<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="fedregister.xsl"?>
<FEDREG xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="FRMergedXML.xsd">
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>230</NO>
    <DATE>Friday, November 29, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Contents</UNITNAME>
    <CNTNTS>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>
                Agricultural Research
                <PRTPAGE P="iii"/>
            </EAR>
            <HD>Agricultural Research Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94701-94702</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28065</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Agriculture</EAR>
            <HD>Agriculture Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Agricultural Research Service</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Forest Service</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Alcohol Tobacco Tax</EAR>
            <HD>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94871-94877</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28008</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Animal</EAR>
            <HD>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Study of Human Behavior and Attitudes Linked to Human-Deer Transmission of SARS-CoV-2, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94702-94703</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28049</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Consumer Financial Protection</EAR>
            <HD>Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Debt Collection Practices (Regulation F):</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Deceptive and Unfair Collection of Medical Debt, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94599</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27791</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Fair Credit Reporting Act Disclosures, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94599-94600</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27695</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Updates to Supervision and Enforcement Procedures, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94600-94601</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27978</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Centers Medicare</EAR>
            <HD>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94731-94732</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28077</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Commerce</EAR>
            <HD>Commerce Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Industry and Security Bureau</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>International Trade Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>National Telecommunications and Information Administration</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Committee for Purchase</EAR>
            <HD>Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Procurement List; Additions and Deletions, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94715-94716</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28066</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28067</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Community Living Administration</EAR>
            <HD>Community Living Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Centers for Independent Living Program Performance Report, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94732-94734</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28052</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Consumer Product</EAR>
            <HD>Consumer Product Safety Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Safety Standard for Toys:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Requirements for Water Beads; Correction, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94630-94631</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28042</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Copyright Royalty Board</EAR>
            <HD>Copyright Royalty Board</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Cost of Living Adjustment:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Public Broadcasters Compulsory License Royalty Rate, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94613-94614</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27722</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Satellite Carrier Compulsory License Royalty Rates, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94614</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27737</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Defense Department</EAR>
            <HD>Defense Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Navy Department</P>
            </SEE>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Discharge Appeal Review Board, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94603-94613</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27268</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Acquisition Regulation:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Inflation Adjustment of Acquisition-Related Thresholds, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94649-94656</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27851</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Federal Acquisition Regulation Part 16 Contract Pricing Requirements, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94730-94731</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28053</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Charter Amendments, Establishments, Renewals and Terminations:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Defense Health Board, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94716-94717</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28059</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Drug</EAR>
            <HD>Drug Enforcement Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Importer, Manufacturer or Bulk Manufacturer of Controlled Substances; Application, Registration, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Cambrex Charles City, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94763</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28064</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Curia Wisconsin, Inc., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94762-94763</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28063</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Energy Department</EAR>
            <HD>Energy Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</P>
            </SEE>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Secretary of Energy Advisory Board; Correction, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94718-94719</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28041</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Environmental Protection</EAR>
            <HD>Environmental Protection Agency</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Guideline on Air Quality Models:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Enhancements to the AERMOD Dispersion Modeling System, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>95034-95075</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27636</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Rubber Tire Manufacturing, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94886-94922</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-26895</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Air Quality State Implementation Plans; Approvals and Promulgations:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>California; Bay Area Air Quality Management District, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94633-94635</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27518</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Significant New Uses:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Chemical Substances (22-1.5e), </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94642-94649</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27914</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Chemical Substances (24-1.F), </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94635-94642</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27913</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc., </DOC>
                    <PGS>94730</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28037</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Human Studies Review Board Meetings for 2025, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94729-94730</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27883</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Farm Credit</EAR>
            <HD>Farm Credit Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94615-94619</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27657</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>
                Federal Aviation
                <PRTPAGE P="iv"/>
            </EAR>
            <HD>Federal Aviation Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Airspace Designations and Reporting Points:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Colusa County Airport, Colusa, CA, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94601-94603</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27837</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Airspace Designations and Reporting Points:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Goldsboro, NC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94629-94630</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27803</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Airbus Helicopters, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94626-94629</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27813</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Airbus Helicopters (Type Certificate previously held by Eurocopter France), </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94623-94626</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27814</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Special Conditions:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>The Boeing Company, Boeing Model 747-8 Series Airplane; Short-Term Occupancy of Lower Lobe during Flight and Installation of Stairway between Main Deck and Lower-Lobe, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94620-94623</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27786</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Election</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Election Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94730</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28212</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Energy</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Application:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Municipality of Skagway Borough, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94728-94729</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27965</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Village of Enosburg Falls, VT, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94724</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27967</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Alabama Power Co., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94723-94724</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27969</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>FirstLight MA Hydro, LLC, Northfield Mountain, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94719-94720</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27970</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Great River Hydro, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94728</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27971</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Venice Gathering System, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94721-94722</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27976</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Extension of Time:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Fuel Gas Supply Corp., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94720-94721</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27977</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Institution of Section 206 Proceeding and Refund Effective Date:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Essential Power OPP, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94722-94723</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27973</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Essential Power Rock Springs, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94724-94725</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27974</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Lakewood Cogeneration, LP, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94722</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27972</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Request Under Blanket Authorization and Establishing Intervention and Protest Deadline:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Florida Gas Transmission Co., LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94726-94728</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27975</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Scoping Comments:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Eagle Creek Sartell Hydro, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94719</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27966</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Pacific Gas and Electric Co., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94725-94726</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27968</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Railroad</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Railroad Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Nonavailability Waiver of Buy America Requirements for Certain High-Speed Rail Products for the California Inaugural High-Speed Rail Service Project, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94868-94871</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28068</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Fish</EAR>
            <HD>Fish and Wildlife Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Endangered and Threatened Species:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Revised Designation of Critical Habitat for the Contiguous U.S. Distinct Population Segment of the Canada Lynx, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94656-94680</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27767</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Hunting and Wildlife Conservation Council, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94755-94756</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28056</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Permits; Applications, Issuances, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Issuance of Emergency Permits to Import Endangered Species, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94754-94755</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28078</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Food and Drug</EAR>
            <HD>Food and Drug Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Administrative Detention and Banned Medical Devices, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94734-94735</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28044</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Financial Disclosure by Clinical Investigators, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94735-94738</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28034</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Medicated Feed Mill License Application, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94740-94742</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28036</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Guidance:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Use of Circulating Tumor Deoxyribonucleic Acid for Curative-Intent Solid Tumor Drug Development, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94738-94740</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28033</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Foreign Trade</EAR>
            <HD>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Proposed Production Activity:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>PCI Pharma Services, Foreign-Trade Zone 35, Croydon and Philadelphia, PA, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94704</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28024</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28026</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Forest</EAR>
            <HD>Forest Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Visitor Use Monitoring, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94703-94704</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27884</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>General Services</EAR>
            <HD>General Services Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Acquisition Regulation:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Inflation Adjustment of Acquisition-Related Thresholds, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94649-94656</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27851</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Federal Acquisition Regulation Part 16 Contract Pricing Requirements, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94730-94731</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28053</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Health and Human</EAR>
            <HD>Health and Human Services Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Community Living Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Food and Drug Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Health Resources and Services Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Inspector General Office, Health and Human Services Department</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>National Institutes of Health</P>
            </SEE>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Federal Financial Participation in State Assistance Expenditures:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Federal Matching Shares for Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, and Aid to Needy Aged, Blind, or Disabled Persons for October 1, 2025, through September 30, 2026, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94742-94746</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27910</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Federal Medical Assistance Percentage Rates:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Adjustments for Disaster-Recovery States to Fiscal Year 2024 and 2025 Rates for Federal Matching Shares for Medicaid and Title IV-E Foster Care, Adoption Assistance, and Guardianship Assistance Programs, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94746-94748</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27938</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Presidential Advisory Council on Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94748-94749</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28075</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Health Resources</EAR>
            <HD>Health Resources and Services Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Final Health Center Program Policy Guidance Regarding Services to Support Transitions in Care for Justice-Involved Individuals Reentering the Community, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94742</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27903</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>
                Housing
                <PRTPAGE P="v"/>
            </EAR>
            <HD>Housing and Urban Development Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Privacy Act; System of Records, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94752-94754</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27901</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Indian Affairs</EAR>
            <HD>Indian Affairs Bureau</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Proclaiming Certain Lands as Reservation:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Cheyenne and Arapaho Tribes, Oklahoma, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94756</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27998</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Requests for Nominations:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Bureau of Indian Education Advisory Board for Exceptional Children, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94756-94757</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27993</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Industry</EAR>
            <HD>Industry and Security Bureau</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Additional Controls on Pakistan, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94603</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>C1-2024-27648</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Chemical Weapons Convention Provisions of the Export Administration Regulations, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94704-94705</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27979</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Inspector General Health</EAR>
            <HD>Inspector General Office, Health and Human Services Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Guidance:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Resources for Industry; General Compliance Program, Industry Segment-Specific Compliance Program for Skilled Nursing Facilities and Nursing Facilities, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94749-94750</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28019</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Interior</EAR>
            <HD>Interior Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Fish and Wildlife Service</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Indian Affairs Bureau</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Land Management Bureau</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>National Park Service</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Internal Revenue</EAR>
            <HD>Internal Revenue Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Superfund Tax on Chemical Substances:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Modification to List of Taxable Substances; Filing for Di-isobutyl Carbinol, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94878-94879</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28070</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Request to Modify List of Taxable Substances; Di-isobutyl Ketone, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94879-94880</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28069</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Request to Modify List of Taxable Substances; Methyl Isobutyl Carbinol, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94877-94878</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28071</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>International Trade Adm</EAR>
            <HD>International Trade Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Investigations, Orders, or Reviews:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Pasta from Italy, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94708-94709</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27882</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Citric Acid and Certain Citrate Salts from Thailand, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94706-94707</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28023</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Laminated Woven Sacks from the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94707-94708</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28022</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Steel Concrete Reinforcing Bar from the Republic of Turkiye, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94705-94706</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28020</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Sales at Less Than Fair Value; Determinations, Investigations, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Epoxy Resins from the People's Republic of China, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94709-94710</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28021</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>International Trade Com</EAR>
            <HD>International Trade Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Investigations; Determinations, Modifications, and Rulings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Glycine from China, India, Japan, and Thailand, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94761-94762</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28018</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Thermoformed Molded Fiber Products from China and Vietnam, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94762</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27937</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Justice Department</EAR>
            <HD>Justice Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Drug Enforcement Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Notice of Appeal to the Board of Immigration Appeals from a Decision of a Department of Homeland Security Officer, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94764-94765</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28048</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Registration for Controlled Substances Act Data-Use Request, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94763-94764</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28045</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Labor Department</EAR>
            <HD>Labor Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Workers Compensation Programs Office</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Land</EAR>
            <HD>Land Management Bureau</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Louse Canyon Geographic Management Area Rangeland Health Management Actions; the Vale District, Oregon, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94759-94761</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28011</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Realty Action:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Non-Competitive (Direct) Land Sale in Eddy County, NM, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94758-94759</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27986</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Segregation of Public Land:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Star Range Solar Project, Beaver County, UT, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94759</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28054</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Library</EAR>
            <HD>Library of Congress</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Copyright Royalty Board</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>NASA</EAR>
            <HD>National Aeronautics and Space Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Acquisition Regulation:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Inflation Adjustment of Acquisition-Related Thresholds, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94649-94656</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27851</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Federal Acquisition Regulation Part 16 Contract Pricing Requirements, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94730-94731</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28053</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Credit</EAR>
            <HD>National Credit Union Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94766-94767</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28074</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Institute</EAR>
            <HD>National Institutes of Health</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery (National Institute Allergy and Infectious Diseases), </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94750-94751</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27902</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Center for Scientific Review, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94750</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28001</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94750-94752</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28000</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28002</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28003</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Institute of Mental Health, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94751-94752</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27915</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94752</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27963</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>
                National Oceanic
                <PRTPAGE P="vi"/>
            </EAR>
            <HD>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Gulf of Alaska; Proposed 2025 and 2026 Harvest Specifications for Groundfish, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94680-94700</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27896</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Atlantic Highly Migratory Species Individual Bluefin Tuna Quota Tracking and Appeals, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94713-94714</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27911</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Report of Whaling Operations, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94712-94713</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27984</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area; Cost Recovery Fee Notice for the Western Alaska Community Development Quota and Trawl Limited Access Privilege Programs, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94710-94712</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28198</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Permits; Applications, Issuances, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Marine Mammals; File No. 28229, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94713</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28047</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Park</EAR>
            <HD>National Park Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>National Register of Historic Places:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Pending Nominations and Related Actions, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94761</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28027</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Telecommunications</EAR>
            <HD>National Telecommunications and Information Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>State Digital Equity Capacity Grant Program, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94714-94715</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27800</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Navy</EAR>
            <HD>Navy Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Naval Station Newport Water and Wastewater Infrastructure Divestment, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94717-94718</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28030</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Nuclear Regulatory</EAR>
            <HD>Nuclear Regulatory Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Permits; Applications, Issuances, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Kairos Power LLC; Hermes 2 Test Reactor Facility; Construction, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94767-94768</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28025</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Occupational Safety Health Adm</EAR>
            <HD>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Heat Injury and Illness Prevention in Outdoor and Indoor Work Settings, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94631-94632</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27897</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Postal Regulatory</EAR>
            <HD>Postal Regulatory Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>New Postal Products, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94768-94770</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28051</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Postal Service</EAR>
            <HD>Postal Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Product Change:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Mid-Market-Non-Published Rates, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94771</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27999</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage Negotiated Service Agreement, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94771-94781, 94783</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27887</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27890</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27893</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27900</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27930</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27931</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27932</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27933</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27934</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27935</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27936</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27943</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27944</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27945</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27946</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27947</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28005</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28007</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage Negotiated Service Agreement, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94770-94782</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27885</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27886</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27888</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27889</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27891</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27892</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27894</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27895</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27898</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27899</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27904</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27905</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27906</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27907</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27908</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27909</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27917</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27918</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27919</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27920</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27921</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27922</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27923</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27924</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27925</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27926</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27927</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27928</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27929</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27948</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27949</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27950</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27951</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27952</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27953</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27954</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27955</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27956</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27957</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27958</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27959</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27960</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27961</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27962</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28004</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28006</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28009</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28010</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28012</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28013</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28014</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Presidential Documents</EAR>
            <HD>Presidential Documents</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROCLAMATIONS</HD>
                <SJ>Special Observances:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Rural Health Day (Proc. 10863), </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94595-94597</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28225</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Securities</EAR>
            <HD>Securities and Exchange Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94783-94784, 94838-94839</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27980</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27983</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Customer Protection Rule Reserve Computations with Respect to U.S. Treasury Securities, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94801-94802</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28058</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Joint Industry Plan:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Order Approving, as Modified, a National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94924-94983</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27644</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94783, 94856</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28159</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28203</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Proposed Rule Changes:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94818-94828</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27997</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94802-94812</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27987</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Cboe Exchange, Inc., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94846-94856</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27994</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>MIAX Exchange, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94828-94838, 94856-94866</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27988</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27989</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>MIAX PEARL, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94784-94794, 94812-94818</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27990</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27991</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Nasdaq ISE, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94986-95032</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27992</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>NYSE Arca, Inc., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94794-94801, 94839-94846</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27995</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27996</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Small Business</EAR>
            <HD>Small Business Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94866-94867</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28039</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>State Department</EAR>
            <HD>State Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Application for a U.S. Passport for Eligible Individuals: Correction, Name Change to Passport Issued 1 Year Ago or Less, and Limited Passport Replacement, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94867-94868</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28038</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Culturally Significant Objects Imported for Exhibition:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Gustave Caillebotte: Painting Men, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94867</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28060</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Imposition of Nonproliferation Measures against Foreign Persons, Including a Ban on U.S. Government Procurement, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94868</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27964</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Transportation Department</EAR>
            <HD>Transportation Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Federal Aviation Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Federal Railroad Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Learning Agenda:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Fiscal Years 2024 - 2026, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94871</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28076</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Treasury</EAR>
            <HD>Treasury Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Internal Revenue Service</P>
            </SEE>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Multiple Internal Revenue Service Information Collection Requests, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94880-94881</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28016</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Bureau of Engraving and Printing Background Information Request Form, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94880</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27985</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Plan-Specific Substitute Mortality Tables for Determining Present Value, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94881-94882</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-27916</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Veteran Affairs</EAR>
            <HD>Veterans Affairs Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Privacy Act; Matching Program, </DOC>
                    <PGS>94882-94883</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28029</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Requests for Nominations:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Veterans' Rural Health Advisory Committee, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94883</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28050</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>
                Workers'
                <PRTPAGE P="vii"/>
            </EAR>
            <HD>Workers Compensation Programs Office</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Uniform Billing Form, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>94765-94766</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-28046</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <PTS>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Separate Parts In This Issue</HD>
            <HD>Part II</HD>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Environmental Protection Agency, </DOC>
                <PGS>94886-94922</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2024-26895</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
            <HD>Part III</HD>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Securities and Exchange Commission, </DOC>
                <PGS>94924-94983</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2024-27644</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
            <HD>Part IV</HD>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Securities and Exchange Commission, </DOC>
                <PGS>94986-95032</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2024-27992</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
            <HD>Part V</HD>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Environmental Protection Agency, </DOC>
                <PGS>95034-95075</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2024-27636</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
        </PTS>
        <AIDS>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Reader Aids</HD>
            <P>Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.</P>
            <P>To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.</P>
        </AIDS>
    </CNTNTS>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>230</NO>
    <DATE>Friday, November 29, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
    <RULES>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="94599"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="F">CONSUMER FINANCIAL PROTECTION BUREAU</AGENCY>
                <CFR>12 CFR Part 1006</CFR>
                <SUBJECT>Debt Collection Practices (Regulation F); Deceptive and Unfair Collection of Medical Debt</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Advisory opinion; revision of date of applicability.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) is revising the date of applicability of the advisory opinion entitled “Debt Collection Practices (Regulation F); Deceptive and Unfair Collection of Medical Debt” to January 2, 2025.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This advisory opinion is applicable as of January 2, 2025.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        George Karithanom, Regulatory Implementation &amp; Guidance Program Analyst, Office of Regulations, at 202-435-7700 or at: 
                        <E T="03">https://reginquiries.consumerfinance.gov/.</E>
                         If you require this a document in an alternative electronic format, please contact 
                        <E T="03">CFPB_Accessibility@cfpb.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The Bureau issued the advisory opinion entitled “Debt Collection Practices (Regulation F); Deceptive and Unfair Collection of Medical Debt” on its website on October 1, 2024 and published the advisory opinion in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on October 4, 2024. As issued and published, the advisory opinion stated that it was to be applicable as of December 3, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>To allow sufficient time to brief issues raised in pending litigation in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, the CFPB is revising the applicable date of the advisory opinion to January 2, 2025. The advisory opinion itself creates no binding legal obligations, and the revision of the applicable date does not affect regulated entities' responsibility to comply with the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act as enacted by Congress and described in the advisory opinion.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Rohit Chopra,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27791 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-AM-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">CONSUMER FINANCIAL PROTECTION BUREAU</AGENCY>
                <CFR>12 CFR Part 1022</CFR>
                <SUBJECT>Fair Credit Reporting Act Disclosures</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule; official interpretation.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) is issuing this final rule amending an appendix for Regulation V, which implements the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA). The CFPB is required to calculate annually the dollar amount of the maximum allowable charge for disclosures by a consumer reporting agency to a consumer pursuant to section 609 of the FCRA; this final rule establishes the maximum allowable charge for the 2025 calendar year.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This final rule is effective January 1, 2025.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        George Karithanom, Regulatory Implementation &amp; Guidance Program Analyst, Office of Regulations, at (202) 435-7700 or at: 
                        <E T="03">https://reginquiries.consumerfinance.gov.</E>
                         If you require this document in an alternative electronic format, please contact 
                        <E T="03">CFPB_Accessibility@cfpb.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The CFPB is amending Appendix O to Regulation V, which implements the FCRA, to establish the maximum allowable charge for disclosures by a consumer reporting agency to a consumer for 2025. The maximum allowable charge will be $15.50 for 2025.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
                <P>
                    Under section 609 of the FCRA, a consumer reporting agency must, upon a consumer's request, disclose to the consumer information in the consumer's file.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Section 612(a) of the FCRA gives consumers the right to a free file disclosure upon request once every 12 months from the nationwide consumer reporting agencies and nationwide specialty consumer reporting agencies.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Section 612 of the FCRA also gives consumers the right to a free file disclosure under certain other, specified circumstances.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Where the consumer is not entitled to a free file disclosure, section 612(f)(1)(A) of the FCRA provides that a consumer reporting agency may impose a reasonable charge on a consumer for making a file disclosure. Section 612(f)(1)(A) of the FCRA provides that the charge for such a disclosure shall not exceed $8.00 and shall be indicated to the consumer before making the file disclosure.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 1681g.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 1681j(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 1681j(b)-(d). The maximum allowable charge announced by the CFPB does not apply to requests made under section 612(a)-(d) of the FCRA. The charge does apply when a consumer who orders a file disclosure has already received a free annual file disclosure and does not otherwise qualify for an additional free file disclosure.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 1681j(f)(1)(A).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Section 612(f)(2) of the FCRA also states that the $8.00 maximum amount shall increase on January 1 of each year, based proportionally on changes in the Consumer Price Index, with fractional changes rounded to the nearest fifty cents.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Such increases are based on the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U), which is the most general Consumer Price Index and covers all urban consumers and all items.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 1681j(f)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Adjustment</HD>
                <P>
                    For 2025, the ceiling on allowable charges under section 612(f) of the FCRA will be $15.50, an amount unchanged from 2024. The CFPB is using the $8.00 amount set forth in section 612(f)(1)(A)(i) of the FCRA as the baseline for its calculation of the increase in the ceiling on reasonable charges for certain disclosures made under section 609 of the FCRA. Since the effective date of section 612(a) was September 30, 1997, the CFPB calculated the proportional increase in the CPI-U from September 1997 to September 2023. The CFPB then determined what modification, if any, from the original base of $8.00 should be made effective for 2025, given the requirement that fractional changes be rounded to the nearest fifty cents.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94600"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Between September 1997 and September 2024, the CPI-U increased by 95.596 percent from an index value of 161.2 in September 1997 to a value of 315.301 in September 2024.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     An increase of 95.596 percent in the $8.00 base figure would lead to a figure of $15.65. However, because the statute directs that the resulting figure be rounded to the nearest $0.50, the maximum allowable charge is $15.50. The CFPB therefore determines that the maximum allowable charge for the year 2025 will remain $15.50.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         The Bureau of Labor Statistics began reporting CPI-U with three decimal points instead of one decimal point in 2007.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Procedural Requirements</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Administrative Procedure Act</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), notice and opportunity for public comment are not required if the CFPB finds that notice and public comment are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to this final rule, in Regulation V, Appendix O is amended to update the maximum allowable charge for 2025 under section 612(f). The amendments in this final rule are technical and non-discretionary, as they merely apply the method previously established in Regulation V for determining adjustments to the thresholds. For these reasons, the CFPB has determined that publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking and providing opportunity for public comment are unnecessary. The amendments therefore are adopted in final form.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                <P>
                    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) does not apply to a rulemaking where a general notice of proposed rulemaking is not required.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As noted previously, the CFPB has determined that it is unnecessary to publish a general notice of proposed rulemaking for this final rule. Accordingly, the RFA's requirement relating to an initial and final regulatory flexibility analysis does not apply.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         5 U.S.C. 603(a), 604(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
                <P>
                    The information collections contained in Regulation V, which implements the FCRA, are approved by the Office of Management and Budget under Control number 3170-0002. The current approval for this control number expires on October 31, 2025. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995,
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the CFPB reviewed this final rule. The CFPB has determined that this rule does not create any new information collections or substantially revise any existing collections.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         44 U.S.C. 3506; 5 CFR part 1320.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Congressional Review Act</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), the CFPB will submit a report containing this rule and other required information to the United States Senate, the United States House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior to the rule taking effect. The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has designated this rule as not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
                </P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 1022</HD>
                    <P>Banks, banking, Consumer protection, Credit unions, Holding companies, National banks, Privacy, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Savings associations. </P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority and Issuance</HD>
                <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the CFPB amends Regulation V, 12 CFR part 1022, as set forth below:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1022—FAIR CREDIT REPORTING (REGULATION V)</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1022">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 1022 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 12 U.S.C. 5512, 5581; 15 U.S.C. 1681a, 1681b, 1681c, 1681c-1, 1681e, 1681g, 1681i, 1681j, 1681m, 1681s, 1681s-2, 1681s-3, and 1681t; Sec. 214, Pub. L. 108-159, 117 Stat. 1952.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1022">
                    <AMDPAR>2. Appendix O is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <APPENDIX>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix O to Part 1022—Reasonable Charges for Certain Disclosures</HD>
                        <P>Section 612(f) of the FCRA, 15 U.S.C. 1681j(f), directs the Bureau to increase the maximum allowable charge a consumer reporting agency may impose for making a disclosure to the consumer pursuant to section 609 of the FCRA, 15 U.S.C. 1681g, on January 1 of each year, based proportionally on changes in the Consumer Price Index, with fractional changes rounded to the nearest fifty cents. The Bureau will publish notice of the maximum allowable charge each year by amending this appendix. For calendar year 2025, the maximum allowable charge is $15.50. For historical purposes:</P>
                        <P>For calendar year 2012, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $11.50.</P>
                        <P>2. For calendar year 2013, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $11.50.</P>
                        <P>3. For calendar year 2014, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $11.50.</P>
                        <P>4. For calendar year 2015, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $12.00.</P>
                        <P>5. For calendar year 2016, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $12.00.</P>
                        <P>6. For calendar year 2017, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $12.00.</P>
                        <P>7. For calendar year 2018, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $12.00.</P>
                        <P>8. For calendar year 2019, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $12.50.</P>
                        <P>9. For calendar year 2020, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $12.50.</P>
                        <P>10. For calendar year 2021, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $13.00.</P>
                        <P>11. For calendar year 2022, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $13.50.</P>
                        <P>12. For calendar year 2023, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $14.50.</P>
                        <P>13. For calendar year 2024, the maximum allowable disclosure charge was $15.50.</P>
                        <P>14. For calendar year 2025, the maximum allowable disclosure charge is $15.50.</P>
                    </APPENDIX>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Brian Shearer,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Director, Office of Policy Planning and Strategy,  Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27695 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-AM-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">CONSUMER FINANCIAL PROTECTION BUREAU</AGENCY>
                <CFR>12 CFR Parts 1070, 1080, 1081, 1082, and 1090</CFR>
                <SUBJECT>Updates to Supervision and Enforcement Procedures</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) is making ministerial updates to its procedures to reflect a recent organizational change.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This rule is effective on November 29, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        George Karithanom, Regulatory Implementation &amp; Guidance Program Analyst, Office of Regulations, at 202-435-7700 or 
                        <E T="03">https://reginquiries.consumerfinance.gov/.</E>
                         If you require this document in an alternative electronic format, please contact 
                        <E T="03">CFPB_Accessibility@cfpb.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The CFPB is making limited amendments to five rules to reflect a recent organizational change. The Division of Supervision, Enforcement, and Fair Lending has been replaced by two divisions, the Supervision Division and the Enforcement Division. The CFPB is transferring certain responsibilities under 12 CFR part 1070, which relate to disclosure of confidential supervisory information, from the associate director of the former division to the Supervision Director as head of the Supervision Division. The CFPB is also updating nomenclature across all five rules to reflect the establishment of the new divisions.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94601"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    As a rule of agency organization, procedure, or practice, this rule is exempt from the notice-and-comment rulemaking requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         5 U.S.C. 553(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The CFPB has determined that this rule does not impose any new or revise any existing recordkeeping, reporting, or disclosure requirements on covered entities or members of the public that would be collections of information requiring approval by the Office of Management and Budget under the Paperwork Reduction Act.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         44 U.S.C. 3501-3521.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
                    <CFR>12 CFR Part 1070</CFR>
                    <P>Confidential business information, Consumer protection, Freedom of information, Privacy.</P>
                    <CFR>12 CFR Part 1080</CFR>
                    <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, banking, Consumer protection, Credit, Credit unions, Investments, Law enforcement, National banks, Savings associations, Trade practices.</P>
                    <CFR>12 CFR Part 1081</CFR>
                    <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, banking, Consumer protection, Credit unions, Law enforcement, National banks, Savings associations, Trade practices.</P>
                    <CFR>12 CFR Part 1082</CFR>
                    <P>Banks, banking, Consumer protection, Credit unions, Law enforcement, National banks, Savings associations, State and local governments.</P>
                    <CFR>12 CFR Part 1090</CFR>
                    <P>Consumer protection, Credit.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority and Issuance</HD>
                <P>For the reasons set forth above, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau amends 12 CFR parts 1070, 1080, 1081, 1082, and 1090 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1070—DISCLOSURE OF RECORDS AND INFORMATION</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1070">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 1070 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                        <P>
                            12 U.S.C. 5481 
                            <E T="03">et seq.;</E>
                             5 U.S.C. 552; 5 U.S.C. 552a; 18 U.S.C. 1905; 18 U.S.C. 641; 44 U.S.C. ch. 31; 44 U.S.C. ch. 35; 12 U.S.C. 3401 
                            <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        </P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1070">
                    <AMDPAR>2. In § 1070.2, revise paragraph (a) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1070.2 </SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>General definitions.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>
                            (a) 
                            <E T="03">Supervision Director</E>
                             means the Supervision Director or any CFPB employee designated by the Director of the CFPB or the Supervision Director to act under this part.
                        </P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1070">
                    <AMDPAR>3. In § 1070.42, remove the text “Associate Director for Supervision, Enforcement and Fair Lending” wherever it appears and add, in its place, the text “Supervision Director”.</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1080">
                    <PART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1080—RULES RELATING TO INVESTIGATIONS</HD>
                    </PART>
                    <AMDPAR>4. The authority citation for part 1080 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                        <P>
                            Pub. L. 111-203, title X, 12 U.S.C. 5481 
                            <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        </P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1080"/>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1080">
                    <AMDPAR>5. In § 1080.2, remove the definition of “Office of Enforcement”. </AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1080">
                    <AMDPAR>6. In addition to the amendment set forth above, in 12 CFR part 1080, remove the words “Assistant Director of the Office of Enforcement” and add, in their place, the words “Enforcement Director” in the following places:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Section 1080.4;</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. Section 1080.6(a), (c) introductory text, (d), (e) introductory text, and (e)(2);</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>c. Section 1080.10(b); and</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>d. Section 1080.11(c). </AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1080">
                    <AMDPAR>7. In addition to the amendments set forth above, in 12 CFR part 1080, remove the words “Deputy Assistant Directors of the Office of Enforcement”, and add, in their place, “Deputy Enforcement Directors” in the following places:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Section 1080.4;</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. Section 1080.6(a), (c) introductory text, (d), (e)(2); and</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>c. Section 1080.11(c).</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1081—RULES OF PRACTICE FOR ADJUDICATION PROCEEDINGS </HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1081">
                    <AMDPAR>8. The authority citation for part 1081 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                        <P>12 U.S.C. 5512(b)(1), 5563(e). </P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1081">
                    <AMDPAR>9. In § 1081.103, remove the definition of “Office of Enforcement” and add a definition of “Enforcement Division” to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1081.103 </SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">Enforcement Division</E>
                             means the unit of the Bureau responsible for enforcement of Federal consumer financial law or other laws enforceable by the Bureau.
                        </P>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1081">
                    <STARS/>
                    <AMDPAR>10. In addition to the amendment set forth above, in 12 CFR part 1081, remove the text “Office of Enforcement” wherever it appears and add, in its place, the text “Enforcement Division”.</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1082—STATE OFFICIAL NOTIFICATION RULES</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1082">
                    <AMDPAR>11. The authority citation for part 1082 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                        <P>
                            12 U.S.C. 5481 
                            <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                              
                        </P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1082">
                    <AMDPAR>12. Amend § 1082.1 by:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Removing the text “Office of Enforcement” wherever it appears and adding, in its place, the text “Enforcement Division”.</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. In paragraph (a)(1), removing the words “office of the Bureau” and adding, in their place, the words “unit of the Bureau”.</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1090—DEFINING LARGER PARTICIPANTS OF CERTAIN CONSUMER FINANCIAL PRODUCT AND SERVICE MARKETS</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1090">
                    <AMDPAR>13. The authority citation for part 1090 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                        <P>12 U.S.C. 5514(a)(1)(B); 12 U.S.C. 5514(a)(2); 12 U.S.C. 5514(b)(7)(A); and 12 U.S.C. 5512(b)(1).</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1090">
                    <AMDPAR>14. In § 1090.101, remove the definition of “Assistant Director” and add a definition of “Supervision Director” to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1090.101 </SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">Supervision Director</E>
                             means the Supervision Director or any Bureau employee designated by the Director of the Bureau or the Supervision Director to act under this part. The Director of the Bureau may perform the functions of the Supervision Director under this part.
                        </P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="1090">
                    <AMDPAR>15. In § 1090.103, remove the text “Assistant Director” wherever it appears and add, in its place, the text “Supervision Director”.</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Rohit Chopra,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27978 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-AM-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 71</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2024-2048; Airspace Docket No. 24-AWP-101]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA66</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Modification of Class E Airspace; Colusa County Airport, Colusa, CA</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94602"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This action proposes to modify the Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface of the earth and remove the Class E airspace extending upward from 1,200 feet above the surface at Colusa County Airport, Colusa, CA. Additionally, this action proposes administrative amendments to update the airport's Class E airspace legal description. These actions would support the safety and management of instrument flight rules (IFR) operations at the airport.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before January 13, 2025.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>Send comments identified by FAA Docket No. FAA-2024-2048 and Airspace Docket No. 24-AWP-101 using any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        * 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and follow the online instructions for sending your comments electronically.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        * 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Send comments to Docket Operations, M-30; U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W12-140, West Building Ground Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        * 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery or Courier:</E>
                         Take comments to Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        * 
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         Fax comments to Docket Operations at (202) 493-2251.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                         Background documents or comments received may be read at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         at any time. Follow the online instructions for accessing the docket or go to the Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        FAA Order JO 7400.11J, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed online at 
                        <E T="03">www.faa.gov/air_traffic/publications/.</E>
                         You may also contact the Rules and Regulations Group, Office of Policy, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW, Washington DC 20591; telephone: (202) 267-8783.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Nathan A. Chaffman, Federal Aviation Administration, Western Service Center, Operations Support Group, 2200 S. 216th Street, Des Moines, WA 98198; telephone (206) 231-3460.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of the airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it would modify Class E airspace to support IFR operations at Colusa County Airport, Colusa, CA.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
                <P>The FAA invites interested persons to participate in this rulemaking by submitting written comments, data, or views. Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, aeronautical, economic, environmental, and energy-related aspects of the proposal. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. To ensure the docket does not contain duplicate comments, commenters should submit only one time if comments are filed electronically, or commenters should send only one copy of written comments if comments are filed in writing.</P>
                <P>The FAA will file in the docket all comments it receives, as well as a report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerning this proposed rulemaking. Before acting on this proposal, the FAA will consider all comments it receives on or before the closing date for comments. The FAA will consider comments filed after the comment period has closed if it is possible to do so without incurring expense or delay. The FAA may change this proposal in light of the comments it receives.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Privacy:</E>
                     In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     as described in the system of records notice (DOT/ALL-14 FDMS), which can be reviewed at 
                    <E T="03">www.dot.gov/privacy.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Availability of Rulemaking Documents</HD>
                <P>
                    An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded through the internet at 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Recently published rulemaking documents can also be accessed through the FAA's web page at 
                    <E T="03">www.faa.gov/air_traffic/publications/airspace_amendments/.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    You may review the public docket containing the proposal, any comments received and any final disposition in person in the Dockets Operations office (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section for address, phone number, and hours of operations). An informal docket may also be examined during normal business hours at the office at the Northwest Mountain Regional Office of the Federal Aviation Administration, Air Traffic Organization, Western Service Center, Operations Support Group, 2200 S 216th Street, Des Moines, WA 98198.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Incorporation by Reference</HD>
                <P>
                    Class E5 airspace designations are published in paragraph 6005 of FAA Order JO 7400.11, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 on an annual basis. This document proposes to amend the current version of that order, FAA Order JO 7400.11J, dated July 31, 2024, and effective September 15, 2024. These updates would be published in the next update to FAA Order JO 7400.11. That order is publicly available as listed in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section of this document.
                </P>
                <P>FAA Order JO 7400.11J lists Class A, B, C, D, and E airspace areas, air traffic service routes, and reporting points.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposal</HD>
                <P>The FAA is proposing an amendment to 14 CFR part 71 to modify the Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface of the earth and remove the Class E airspace extending upward from 1,200 feet above the surface at Colusa County Airport, Colusa, CA.</P>
                <P>
                    The Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface should be slightly expanded to a 6.6-mile radius to better contain departing aircraft until reaching 1,200 feet above ground level (AGL) when executing the Runway (RWY) 14 obstacle departure procedure. A 5.4-mile extension to the south should be established to appropriately contain arriving IFR aircraft below 1,500 feet above the surface while executing the Very High Frequency Omnidirectional Range (VOR)-A approach procedure. A .2-mile extension to the northwest should be 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94603"/>
                    established to contain aircraft ascending via the Area Navigation (RNAV) (Global Positioning System [GPS]) RWY 32 missed approach procedure until reaching 1,200 feet AGL.
                </P>
                <P>The Colusa Class E airspace beginning at 1,200 feet above the surface is redundant and should be removed.</P>
                <P>Finally, the FAA proposes administrative modifications to the airport's legal description to update the geographic coordinates located in the text header to match the FAA's database.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Notices and Analyses</HD>
                <P>The FAA has determined that this proposed regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore: (1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this proposed rule, when promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environmental Review</HD>
                <P>This proposal will be subject to an environmental analysis in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures,” prior to any FAA final regulatory action.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 71</HD>
                    <P>Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
                <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 71—DESIGNATION OF CLASS A, B, C, D, AND E AIRSPACE AREAS; AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ROUTES; AND REPORTING POINTS </HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="71">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 14 CFR part 71 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 71.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended] </SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="71">
                    <AMDPAR>2. The incorporation by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 of FAA Order JO 7400.11J, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated July 31, 2024, and effective September 15, 2024, is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 6005 Class E Airspace Areas Extending Upward From 700 Feet or More Above the Surface of the Earth.</HD>
                        <STARS/>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">AWP CA E5 Colusa, CA [Amended]</HD>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Colusa County Airport, CA</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 39°10´44′N, long. 121°59´36′W)</FP>
                        <P>That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within 6.6-mile radius of the airport, within 1.5 miles either side of the 193° bearing extending from the 6.6-mile radius to 12 miles south of the airport, and within 1.8 miles either side of the 331° bearing extending from the 6.6-mile radius to 6.8 miles northwest of the airport.</P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </EXTRACT>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued in Des Moines, Washington, on November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>B.G. Chew,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Group Manager, Operations Support Group, Western Service Center.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27837 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Bureau of Industry and Security</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>15 CFR Parts 738, 740, 742 and 774</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 241113-0293]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 0694-AJ63</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Implementation of Additional Controls on Pakistan</SUBJECT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction</HD>
                <P>In rule document 2024-27648, appearing on pages 93164-93169, in the issue of Tuesday, November 26, 2024, make the following correction:</P>
                <P>
                    On page 93164, in the third column, in the 
                    <E T="02">DATES</E>
                     section, in the first and second lines “November 25, 2024,” should read “December 26, 2024,”
                </P>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. C1-2024-27648 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 0099-10-D</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE </AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>32 CFR Part 73</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: DoD-2022-OS-0105]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 0790-AL57</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>DoD Discharge Appeal Review Board </SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P> Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness (OUSD(P&amp;R)), Department of Defense (DoD). </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P> Interim final rule; request for comments. </P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P> This interim final rule implements Section 523 of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year (FY) 2020, which requires the DoD to provide Service members and their authorized representatives with one final review of requests for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal. This rule establishes the Discharge Appeal Review Board (DARB) as the DoD authority responsible for considering such requests after all other administrative remedies have been exhausted. This rule also details the procedures for a petitioner and their authorized representatives to request this final review, the standards the DARB will apply when considering a petitioner's request, and the procedures the Military Departments will follow after the DARB adjudicates the request. The purpose of DARB review is to ensure uniform standards of review are met for requests for upgrades of a discharge or dismissal regardless of the petitioner's service affiliation.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This interim final rule is effective November 29, 2024. Comments must be received by January 28, 2025.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and/or Regulation Identifier Number (RIN) number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Department of Defense, Office of the Assistant to the Secretary of Defense for Privacy, Civil Liberties, and Transparency, Regulatory Directorate, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Attn: Mailbox 24, Suite 05F16, Alexandria, VA 22350-1700.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number or RIN for this 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions publicly available at 
                        <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Ms. Margarete Ashmore, Office of Legal Policy, 703-697-3387.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Background</HD>
                <P>
                    At the time of discharge or dismissal from the Armed Forces (Air Force, Army, Coast Guard, Navy, Marine 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94604"/>
                    Corps, and Space Force), each Service member is issued a DD 214 titled “Certificate of Release or Discharge from Active Duty.” 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     It can include the following information about the Service member and his or her period of active military service:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Information on how to request a Service member's military service records (including a DD 214) is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.va.gov/records/get-military-service-records/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Date and place of entry into active duty</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Home address at the time of entry</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Mailing address after separation</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Military service length</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Duty stations and assignments</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Rank and MOS (military occupational specialty)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Decorations, medals, badges, citations, and campaign ribbons</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Military education</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Separation information (type, character of service, authority, separation and reentry codes, and reason for separation)</FP>
                <P>
                    This separation document is used to verify the Service member's period of active service. The reasons surrounding a Service member's discharge or dismissal, noted by a separate code, as well as a narrative, and the resulting characterization of service (
                    <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                     honorable, general (under honorable conditions), other than honorable, bad-conduct, dishonorable) may impact the Service member's eligibility for certain Federal and State provided veteran benefits and could affect his or her employment opportunities following separation. For example, a DD 214 generally is needed to qualify for the following:
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) guaranteed home loans</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• VA education benefits</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Veterans' Preference for civilian employment</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• VA Health Care Enrollment</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• VA Disability claims</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Social Security benefits</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• VA and Department of Labor (DOL) homeless veteran programs</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Federally provided flags and veteran burial benefits</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Certain veteran and military service organizations memberships</FP>
                <P>
                    The Department of Veterans Affairs uses the DD 214 to determine if the Service member is eligible for the GI Bill, a VA home loan, health care eligibility, and disability benefits. The DOL uses it to determine eligibility for certain unemployment compensation and reemployment rights. The surviving spouse or dependents of a military veteran also need this form to apply for Federal and State provided burial and memorial benefits (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     funeral services, headstones, presidential memorial certificates, and burial flags).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Currently, each Military Department, operating through the Military Departments' Discharge Review Boards (DRBs) and Boards for Correction of Military/Naval Records (BCM/NRs) have the authority to upgrade a Service member's characterization of service and to correct the Service member's military record.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Service members seeking a change in their discharge may, within 15 years of the date of their discharge (except for a discharge or dismissal by general courts-martial), apply to their respective Military Department's DRB: 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553; 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         10 U.S.C. 1552.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Air Force Discharge Review Board</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Army Discharge Review Board</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Coast Guard Discharge Review Board</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Naval Discharge Review Board</FP>
                <P>
                    The DRBs may upgrade a Service member's discharge when appropriate based on improprieties or inequities in the discharge.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Service members seeking a correction to their military records that were discharged more than 15 years ago, including Service members who were discharged or dismissed by general courts-martial, may make their request directly to their respective Military Department's BCMR/NR 
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    :
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         32 CFR 70, Part 70—Discharge Review Board (DRB) Procedures and Standards is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-32/subtitle-A/chapter-I/subchapter-D/part-70.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1552; 32 CFR 865 Subpart A (Air Force BCMR), 32 CFR 581.3 (Army BCMR), 33 CFR 52 (Coast Guard BCMR), and 32 CFR 723 (Navy BCMR).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Air Force Board for Correction of Military Records</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Army Board for Correction of Military Records</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Coast Guard Board for Correction of Military Records</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Board for Correction of Naval Records</FP>
                <P>
                    The BCM/NRs are empowered, subject to certain constitutional, statutory, and regulatory limitations, to change a Service member's military record “to correct an error or remove an injustice.” 
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Changes to a Service member's discharge or dismissal as a result of a request to the Military Departments' DRBs and BCM/NRs may include an upgrade to the character of service, a change to separation and reentry codes, and changes to the narrative reason for separation as reflected on the Service member's DD 214.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1552(a)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Previous Regulatory History and Requirements of the 2020 NDAA</HD>
                <P>
                    By statute, the DRBs and BCM/NRs are required to review a Service member's discharge or dismissal upgrade or correction to their military records request based upon combat-related or military sexual trauma (MST)-related post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) or traumatic brain injury (TBI) “with liberal consideration” to the Service member that the combat-related or MST-related PTSD or TBI potentially contributed to the circumstances resulting in the discharge or dismissal or to its characterization.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The term “liberal consideration” is not statutorily defined, but the DoD has provided the Military Departments an analytical framework for reviewing such cases.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Although the DRBs and BCM/NRs have some discretion on how to apply this analytical framework, the policies, procedures, and standards for the review of a discharge or dismissal must be uniform and consistent across the military services.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 U.S.C. 1552(h)(2)(B), 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553(d)(3)(A)(ii)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         The DoD has issued policy guidance related to the application of liberal consideration in DoD memoranda: Secretary of Defense Memorandum, 3 September 2014, titled “Supplemental Guidance to Military Boards for Correction of Military/Naval Records Considering Discharge Upgrade Requests by Veterans Claiming Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)” (“Hagel Memo”); Under Secretary of Defense Memorandum, 25 August 2017, titled “Clarifying Guidance to Military Discharge Review Boards and Boards for Correction of Military/Naval Records Considering Requests by Veterans for Modification of their Discharge Due to Mental Health Conditions, Sexual Assault, or Sexual Harassment” (“Kurta Memo”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         32 CFR 70.1.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In a September 2018 House Armed Services Committee hearing, House committee members expressed concerns that the DRBs and BCM/NRs were not providing appropriate upgrades to Service member's discharges or dismissals or military record corrections for applicants who presented evidence of a service-connected PTSD, a TBI, or being sexually assaulted while in the military.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     House committee members were also concerned that the DRBs and BCM/NRs were inconsistently applying “liberal consideration” and that the discharge or dismissal upgrade rate for these cases was different across all the military services.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         Update on Military Review Board Agencies, Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Military Personnel of the H. Comm. on Armed Services, 115th Cong. (2018), 
                        <E T="03">https://www.congress.gov/event/115th-congress/house-event/LC64219/text?s=1&amp;r=326.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         Update on Military Review Board Agencies, Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Military Personnel of the H. Comm. on Armed Services, 115th Cong. (2018), 
                        <E T="03">https://www.congress.gov/event/115th-congress/house-event/LC64219/text?s=1&amp;r=326.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="94605"/>
                <P>
                    To provide increased oversight and to ensure that the DRBs and BCM/NRs uniformly and consistently apply DoD policies related to the review of a Service member's discharge or dismissal, Congress passed section 523 of the FY 2020 NDAA, as codified at 10 U.S.C. 1553a on December 20, 2019. This allows for a new level of review for petitioners (or their authorized representatives), with certain limitations, to seek “an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal.” 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(c)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    This “final review” is independent from the reviews conducted by the Military Departments' DRBs and BCM/NRs.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Section 523 amended 10 U.S.C. 1553 to include “a request for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal” that was declined “may be considered under section 1552 or section 1553a of this title, as applicable.” 
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Similarly, 10 U.S.C. 1552 was also amended to include “a request for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal” that was declined “may be considered under section 1553a of this title.” 
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1552(a)(4)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The DoD has the authority to design and implement the process to conduct a “final review of a request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal.” 
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Congress directed the Secretary of Defense to “use existing organizations, boards, processes, and personnel of the Department of Defense” to the “maximum extent practicable” when establishing this process and it set January 1, 2021, as the deadline for the implementation.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Secretary of Defense is also required to publish annual reports regarding the DoD's new final review process, to include the number of requests considered, the upgrades granted or declined to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal, and the associated reports must be accessible to the public.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         Public Law 116-92, section 523(c).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         The annual reports can be accessed at 
                        <E T="03">https://boards.law.af.mil/OSD_DARB.htm.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Upon the request of a petitioner who has exhausted all available administrative remedies under 10 U.S.C. 1552 and 1553, the Secretary of Defense must review the findings and decisions of the Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR and make a recommendation to the Secretary of the Military Department concerned for final action.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The term “final review of a request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal” was also defined as “a request by a petitioner for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal” that was exhausted but not granted by his or her Military Department's BCM/NR.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     A “petitioner” means “a member or former member of the armed forces (or if the member or former member is dead, the surviving spouse, next of kin, or legal representative of the member or former member).” 
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(c)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(c)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Progress Since the 2020 NDAA</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 523 directed “[t]he Secretary of Defense shall implement section 1553a . . . not later than January 1, 2021.” 
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     To accommodate the timeline set by Congress, the DoD designated the Physical Disability Board of Review (PDBR), an entity established as part of the NDAA for FY 2008 to reassess the accuracy and fairness of the combined disability ratings assigned Service members who were discharged as unfit for continued military service between September 11, 2001, and December 31, 2009, to assume responsibility while its statutory mission was concluding and later take over the duties for this new review process under this rule. The DoD also established policies for implementing internal requirements while beginning work on this rule. The DoD issued two internal Deputy Secretary of Defense (DepSecDef) Memoranda 
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and one Directive-Type Memorandum (DTM),
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to provide the process and procedures for conducting a final review. This rulemaking is the final step in establishing the DARB.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         Public Law 116-92, section 523.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         The first DoD Memorandum, “Department of Defense Implementation of Section 523 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020,” published January 29, 2021, was updated on May 17, 2022, by DoD Memorandum, “Update to Department of Defense Appeal Review Board Procedures.” These DoD Memoranda can be accessed at 
                        <E T="03">https://afrba-portal.cce.af.mil/#board-info/darb/navbar.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         The Directive-Type Memorandum (“DTM”), “DoD Discharge Appeal Review Board,” published May 5, 2023, and is available on the DoD Directives Division website and can be accessed at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.esd.whs.mil/Directives/Recent-Publications/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">D. Process for Petitioning the DARB</HD>
                <P>
                    It should be noted per statute that the DARB is strictly a document review board.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any new evidence a petitioner wishes to introduce must first be reviewed and a determination made by the respective Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     After reviewing a Service member's case file records, the DARB may make a recommendation to upgrade the characterization of discharge or dismissal based on their de novo review.
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If the DARB recommends an upgrade, this recommendation will be sent to the Secretary of the Military Department concerned for final action.
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(b), (c).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a; Public Law 116-92, section 523.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In most cases, the current or former Service member petitions the DARB for an upgrade to the characterization of his or her discharge or dismissal. If the Service member is deceased or incapacitated, the surviving spouse, next of kin, or legal representative may apply for a final review on the Service member's behalf.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Petitioners are eligible for a DARB review when all four criteria below are met:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(c)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • The Service member's date of discharge or dismissal was on or after December 20, 2019; 
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a; see Public Law 116-92, section 523; 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         DTM, “DoD Discharge Appeal Review Board,” published May 5, 2023, and is available on the DoD Directives Division website and can be accessed at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.esd.whs.mil/Directives/Recent-Publications/.</E>
                         If this portion of the rule is held to be invalid by a court, the remainder of the rule should be considered severable and not affected by such determination.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • The Service member received a less than honorable characterization of service; 
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(c)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • The petitioner has exhausted all remedies available at the respective Military Departments' DRB and BCM/NR; 
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(c)(1)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • The petitioner's request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal was denied or it was only partially granted at their respective Military Department's BCM/NR.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553a(c)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Petitioners can request a DARB discharge review by sending a written request by email to 
                    <E T="03">saf.mr.darb@us.af.mil</E>
                     or by mail to Air Force Review Boards Agency, SAF/MRBD (DARB), 3351 Celmers Lane, Joint Base Andrews, MD 20762-6435. To learn more about DARB and the process for petitioning for a final discharge review, visit the Air Force Review Board Agency website located at 
                    <E T="03">https://afrba-portal.cce.af.mil/#board-info/darb/navbar.</E>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94606"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Expected Impact of This Interim Rule</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Baseline</HD>
                <P>
                    If requesting a discharge upgrade within 15 years of the date of discharge (except discharges by general courts-martial), the Service member must first apply to their respective Military Department's DRB to review their discharge and the resulting characterization of service.
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     A Service member who is not satisfied with the DRB's findings and decision regarding their request may also seek relief from their respective Military Department's BCMR/NR.
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Service members who were discharged more than 15 years ago 
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Service members requesting an upgrade of their dismissal or discharge by general courts-martial should seek review of their discharge or dismissal directly to their respective Military Department's BCMR/NR.
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         32 CFR 70; 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1552.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         There is a three-year deadline to apply to a BCM/NR from the date of the discovery of an alleged error or injustice, but the time limit can be waived in the “interest of justice.” 10 U.S.C. 1552(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         10 U.S.C. 1553.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Between October 1, 2016, and September 30, 2021, approximately 23,176 individuals requested an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal at their Military Department's BCM/NR.
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Of the 23,176 upgrade requests, the BCM/NRs fully granted 15% of their requests for an upgrade to the characterization of their discharge or dismissal on average.
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         The Navy's data was included in this number but its case tracking systems for data was based on an in-house database that was inconsistent before mid-2019, and as a result, it is reasonable to assume that the total numbers may be higher.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         If an applicant received a partial upgrade at the BCM/NR, this data would not be included in the 15% unless the applicant requested and received a partial upgrade at the BCM/NR. Additionally, the Army could not provide the total number of applicants who received the upgrade requested without a case-by-case review, and as a result, it was not included when determining the average percent of upgrades granted by the military departments.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Military Department BCM/NRs are currently the highest level of administrative review for the review of a discharge or dismissal, and their decisions constitute final agency action on a request for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal. As this is a new congressionally mandated additional review, there is no pre-established baseline cost of comparison for this rule.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Policy</HD>
                <P>
                    DoD's solution is to use existing DoD board personnel who are familiar with established review processes to conduct a final review of a request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal—PDBR, as provided under 10 U.S.C. 1554a. The OUSD(P&amp;R) which is responsible for overseeing the Military Department's DRBs and BCM/NRs also oversees the PDBR. This solution was chosen because it provides petitioners with a fair and equitable review and it meets Congress' direction for establishing and implementing a process using existing DoD “organizations, boards, processes, and personnel” to the “maximum extent practicable.” 
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     By using existing PDBR personnel, similar processes, and infrastructure to conduct a similar discharge review, it is the most cost-effective approach, based on the analysis in this section.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         Public Law 116-92, section 523.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Congress directed the establishment of the PDBR in 2008 to review a Service member's request for an upgrade in the disability rating of their medical discharge.
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The PDBR requires at least three members to conduct the review. Service members who were separated from the Armed Forces, who received a disability rating of 20 percent or less, and were found not eligible for retirement, could request a review of their disability rating under the process. The PDBR reviews the Service member's medical records and the Military Department's disability determination and makes a recommendation to the Secretary of the Military Department concerned on whether to upgrade the disability rating. The PDBR was created to review Service member's medical discharges between a set period, ending on December 31, 2009, and the PDBR will cease operating on October 1, 2024.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         Public Law 110-181; 10 U.S.C. 1554a.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Because PDBR personnel are familiar with discharge upgrades from the Military Departments, including Service member medical issues and the related benefits available, the personnel would be able to quickly take on this new congressionally mandated discharge review. The PDBR caseload is dwindling and any remaining cases or requests for a disability upgrade review received after October 1, 2024, will be transferred to their respective Military Department BCM/NRs, so the existing PDBR personnel, processes to conduct comparable reviews, and infrastructure would be fully utilized in the intake of requests and conducting the final reviews. A three-member panel also ensures that a petitioner has a fair process that will allow an opportunity for a thorough and thoughtful review of the Military Department's findings and decisions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Estimated Final Review Requests</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 1553a, any Service member who has been discharged or dismissed with a less than honorable discharge characterization,
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     whose request for an upgrade in the characterization of their discharge or dismissal was denied or only partially granted by their respective Military Department BCM/NR, and who exhausted all available remedies with their respective Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR, may petition the DARB for a final review. Because section 116-92 of the FY 2020 NDAA and 10 U.S.C. 1553a became effective on December 20, 2019, the DARB requires that the Service member was discharged or dismissed on or after December 20, 2019, to be eligible for this additional review. The eligibility date aligns with the language in section 523 of the NDAA for FY 2020 and allows for faster action while also affording finality to prior, and potentially long-resolved, Military Departments' decisions on requests for upgrades, which would in turn permit earlier intervention by a civilian court. Additionally, it provides for clear eligibility determinations by establishing an explicit date-certain timeframe for eligibility.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         A less than honorable discharge characterization includes dismissals, a general, other than honorable, uncharacterized, bad-conduct, and dishonorable discharges.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As of June 30, 2022, there were approximately 63,294 former Active-Duty Service members who had been discharged or dismissed on or after December 20, 2019 and received a less than honorable discharge characterization.
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Petitioners however are not eligible for a DARB final review until they fully exhaust all their administrative remedies at their respective Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         Active-Duty Service members include members of the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast Guard, Air Force, and Space Force. Additionally, while Reserve Service members may be eligible for a final review, Active-Duty Service member data were used here because they primarily petition the DRBs and BCM/NRs, and they are more likely to qualify for Veterans Benefits if their discharge characterization is upgraded as they meet the length-of-service criteria needed for veteran status (38 U.S.C. 5303A(b); 38 CFR 3.12a(a)(1)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The time to fully exhaust their administrative remedies varies significantly based on the complexity of their case, the military service involved, and whether they request a documentary record review or a personal appearance hearing. Based on internal records, the DoD anticipates it will take at least 18 months from their 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94607"/>
                    date of discharge or dismissal to fully exhaust their available remedies at their Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR but it could take much longer than this. Individuals who have requested an upgrade to a discharge or dismissal and are not satisfied with their result at their Military Department's BCM/NR may then consider petitioning the DARB for a final review. The DARB requires a petitioner to request a final review within 12 months of receipt of their BCM/NR decision. Thus, it will take a minimum of 18 to 30 months from the date of a discharge or dismissal for the DARB to receive a petitioner's final review request.
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         In fiscal year 2022, the DoD received 4 requests for a final review under this process, but none of the petitioners were eligible for a final review. The petitioners were not eligible because they were seeking an upgrade to a discharge or dismissal that was issued before December 20, 2019, or they failed to first exhaust their administrative remedies at their respective Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Based on the BCM/NR data analyzed previously in the baseline, approximately 23,176 individuals requested an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal at the Military Department's BCM/NRs over a five-year period, which equates to 4,635 requests a year. Assuming the BCM/NR will fully grant 15% of these requests to fully upgrade the characterization of discharge or dismissal, this results in an estimated 3,940 petitioners a year who will be eligible for a final review. Because the process for a petitioner to request a final review is straight-forward and some petitioners may not be interested in a further appeal as they may have received partial relief and be satisfied with that result, the DoD assumes that 75% of these eligible petitioners a year will petition for a final review. As a result, we estimate that the DARB will receive 2,955 final review requests a year.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Costs of Policy</HD>
                <P>
                    In determining whether to petition the DARB for a final review, we estimate that it would take a petitioner up to 2 hours to view case file records and the BCM/NR decision to decide whether to request a final review, and an additional 5 to 30 minutes on average to submit a request for a final review. Assuming 2.5 hours in total at the median hourly rate of $24.95 based on data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS),
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the cost of this activity is $62.38. While representation by an attorney is not necessary, a Service member may decide to consult with an attorney when determining whether to request a final review. Because the DARB conducts only a record review and a Service member may already have an attorney who represented them in their DRB and BCM/NR proceedings, any consultation with the same attorney for the purposes of conducting this additional DoD review will be minimal.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the median weekly earnings for full-time wage and salary workers in 2021 was $998.00, for an hourly rate based on a 40-hour workweek of $24.95. (
                        <E T="03">http://www/bls.gov/cps/cpsaat39.htm.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The cost to a petitioner or an authorized representative for submitting a request for a final review itself will vary based on whether the request is submitted electronically or by mail. The DARB is not authorized to accept new information in support of a petitioner's request for a final review, so the resulting cost to the petitioner may only be minimal printing, scanning, photocopying, and postage. The DARB encourages electronic submission of requests for final reviews by email as the processing will be faster and such a request will be at no cost to the petitioner. If a petitioner elects to mail a request, a basic letter requesting a final review and any supplementary evidence of a relationship to a Service member, if required, would cost the petitioner $0.55 in postage. A petitioner submitting a request by mail will likely choose to use certified mail, requiring additional postage of $3.75, and may add a return receipt, that is an additional $3.05 for a mail receipt or $1.85 for an electronic return receipt. After a petitioner submits a request for a final review, the DARB will download the relevant case file records from the BCM/NR and this request to transfer records will be at no cost to the petitioner. As a result, we estimate the total cost to a petitioner to request a final review would be $6.24 to $69.35, as shown in Table 1.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,r50,15">
                    <TTITLE>Table 1—Estimated Public Cost for DARB Review</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Activity</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Hours</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Rate</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Total cost</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Review case</ENT>
                        <ENT>0 to 2.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>$24.95</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0-$49.90</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Submit petition</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.08 to 0.50</ENT>
                        <ENT>$24.95</ENT>
                        <ENT>$6.24 to $12.48</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Additional cost to submit petition via mail</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>Postage at $0.55</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0.55</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Certified Mail at $3.75</ENT>
                        <ENT>$3.75</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Mail Return Receipt at $3.05</ENT>
                        <ENT>$3.05</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Electronic Return Receipt at $1.85</ENT>
                        <ENT>$1.85</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total Cost</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>$6.24 to $69.73</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Next, we estimate the costs associated with the intake, review, and processing of a final review request, which is illustrated in Table 2. Once the DARB receives a final review request, it is anticipated that it will take approximately 4 hours of time for intake procedures such as data entry for case creation, verifying BCM/NR case information, receiving case file records, bookmarking key documents in the record, sending acknowledgement letters to petitioners, and assigning the case to a three-member panel. Assuming a GS-11 at the step 5 salary rate of $84,941 based on the 2022 Washington DC, locality pay table, which is equivalent to an effective rate of $81.40 (hourly rate of $40.70 plus benefits at 100%), the cost for this case management activity per final review request is $325.60 (effective rate of $81.40 multiplied by 4 hours of work).</P>
                <P>While the complexity of a case will vary and significantly change the time of review, we estimate that approximately 30 hours in total would be spent by board members reviewing the case file records, voting, and drafting a recommendation on whether to upgrade the characterization of the discharge or dismissal. Assuming a GS-14 at the step 8 salary rate of $155,687 based on the 2022 Washington DC locality pay table, which is equivalent to an effective rate of $149.20 (hourly rate of $74.60 plus benefits at 100%), the cost for the review of a petitioner's request is $4,476.00.</P>
                <P>
                    Additionally, if a petitioner's case involves a mental health issue, a military or civilian healthcare provider 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94608"/>
                    will review the case file records to determine if an advisory opinion was required and included by the BCM/NR. We anticipate this medical review will take about 1 hour on average. Assuming a GP-15 at the step 5 salary rate of $147,942 based on the 2022 General Schedule base pay table with the additional $20,000 General Medical Officer incentive pay incorporated, which is equivalent to an effective rate of $141.78 (hourly rate of $70.89 plus benefits at 100%)), the cost for this case management activity per final review request is $141.78. Based on data from January 2022-March 2022, 41% of the cases before the DRBs and BCM/NRs involved Mental Health claims (
                    <E T="03">https://boards.law.af.mil/stats_CY2022.htm</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Table 2—Estimated Government Sub-Process Cost</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Review process</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Work hours</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Employee grade</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Effective rate</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Number of employees</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost per
                            <LI>process</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Intake</ENT>
                        <ENT>4</ENT>
                        <ENT>GS-11(5)</ENT>
                        <ENT>$81.40</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>$325.60</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Board Review</ENT>
                        <ENT>30</ENT>
                        <ENT>GS-14(8)</ENT>
                        <ENT>149.20</ENT>
                        <ENT>3</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,476.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Medical Review</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>GP-15(5)</ENT>
                        <ENT>141.78</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>141.78</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    Based on the anticipated 2,955 final review requests a year,
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     assuming 41% of these petitions will involve Mental Health claims necessitating a military or civilian healthcare provider review and 59% will not, we estimate the total annual costs for processing and reviewing these requests to be $14,360,565, as shown in Table 3.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         These are the total number of petitions, prior to any analysis of the merits of the claims, or determination of whether the petitioner properly applied for a final review.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Table 3—Estimated Total Government Cost</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Review process</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percent
                            <LI>petitions</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Cases</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Process cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Total cost</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Intake and Board Review</ENT>
                        <ENT>59</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,743</ENT>
                        <ENT>$4,801.60</ENT>
                        <ENT>$8,369,188.8</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Intake, Board Review, and Medical Review</ENT>
                        <ENT>41</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,212</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,943.38</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,991,376.56</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total Cost</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>14,360,565</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Policy Alternative #1</HD>
                <P>The DoD considered using personnel from the BCM/NRs to conduct the final reviews, as these personnel would be fully trained on the review process for a request for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal, but it concluded that this was not the most equitable solution. The BCM/NRs apply military service specific policies in their reviews of discharges or dismissals. While it may be possible to use personnel from each of the BCM/NRs for a consolidated military service review board to conduct these final reviews, utilizing the same personnel who would be reviewing the findings and decisions of the BCM/NRs may present a conflict of interest as these personnel may have an interest in interpreting a DoD policy based on the culture of their military service. Congress also explicitly provided in 10 U.S.C. 1553a that a petitioner must have fully exhausted all remedies available at their respective Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR before they are eligible for a final review, which indicates that congress intended the final review process to be separate and distinct from the existing DRB and BCM/NR review processes.</P>
                <P>This also may not be the most cost-effective approach because, unlike the PDBR mission, the BCM/NRs caseload is not expected to diminish. If the BCM/NRs took on this congressionally mandated additional review, it would add the estimated cost of $14,455,783 per year to their budget and may create inefficiencies due to the increase in workload.</P>
                <P>Accordingly, the DoD concluded that a distinct board focused on applying DoD-level policies was a better policy alternative, as it could ensure the review of a request for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal was consistent with both military service specific policies and DoD policies. The PDBR is a more cost-effective approach because of its dwindling cases, existing infrastructure and resources, and experience conducting military reviews.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Policy Alternative #2</HD>
                <P>The DoD also considered using another existing DoD review board to conduct the final reviews, the Defense Office of Hearings and Appeals (DOHA), but it concluded that it would not be a cost-effective approach. The DOHA holds due process hearings and appeals of security clearance cases. Contractor employees who are applying for or seeking to retain their security clearances can request a hearing, and it will be held and decided before a DOHA Administrative Judge.</P>
                <P>Although DOHA's review is different from the review of a request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal, it was considered as a policy alternative because its board was familiar with applying DoD-level policies and standards of review. The DoD ultimately decided that the PDBR was a better policy alternative than the DOHA because it would take a significant amount of time to train existing DOHA personnel on the review process for a request for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal. It would also require additional personnel, new processes, and infrastructure for the DOHA to conduct these reviews in addition to its security clearance reviews.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Regulatory Compliance Analysis</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Interim Final Rule Justification</HD>
                <P>
                    As discussed in the 
                    <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                     section, the DoD is issuing this rule as an interim final rule because it is a procedural rule that relates to “agency organization, procedure, or practice” within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(A). As such, this rule is exempt from the prior notice and comment and delayed effective date (see 5 U.S.C. 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94609"/>
                    553(d)) requirements. Additionally, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) and (d)(3), there is also good cause to issue this interim final rule and make it immediately effective because delay for notice and comment would be impracticable and unnecessary, and delay in effectiveness is not needed in this circumstance.
                </P>
                <P>Congress' statutory direction and intent was for the DoD to establish and implement a process to conduct a final review of a request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal. This rule merely concerns the DoD's procedures and practice for conducting a final review and directs how those requests should be submitted. To comply with congressional requirements, DoD is issuing this rule to establish the DARB as the administrative body to conduct a final review of a petitioner's request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal. The DARB does not change the substantive standards applicable to requests for an upgrade. The DARB simply reviews the Military Department's decisions to ensure uniform discharge review standards are applied, regardless of the Service member's service affiliation in its review, and it may facilitate an upgrade to the discharge or dismissal characterization.</P>
                <P>
                    A Service member's discharge or dismissal characterization may have a significant impact on their personal, financial, and professional future (and by extension, upon their families). Entitlement to educational benefits under the G.I. Bill, for instance, is limited to Service members who separated from active duty with an honorable characterization of service (even separation under general (under honorable conditions) does not qualify). Service members who separate under other than honorable conditions (OTH) are not automatically eligible for VA disability compensation, access to VA home loans, or medical care at VA facilities.” 
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         Service members who are discharged under other than honorable conditions may apply to the VA for consideration of these benefits and the VA makes this eligibility determination on a fact-specific basis.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Additionally, many employers request the discharge characterization from individuals who list military service on their resume and may be reluctant to hire individuals who were discharged with a less than honorable characterization of service. Finally, spouses and dependents of Service members may also be impacted by this rule because they may be eligible for additional benefits based on the Service member's characterization of service.</P>
                <P>
                    The consequences of delaying an upgrade in the characterization of service can therefore be hugely significant to former Service members and their families. The need to avoid delay in establishing final-review procedures that may result in an upgrade is reflected in Congress' directive that the Department establish a final review process not later than January 1, 2021. Between the statutory deadline and the issuance of this rule, the DoD established the policies and procedures for conducting a final rule and its process was provided in a DTM, “DoD Discharge Appeal Review Board,” which was available to the public in May 2023.
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The DARB is currently operating pursuant to that issued memoranda. The DoD has considered the necessity for immediate implementation against providing affected parties more time for notice and comment on this rule and concluded that, because the rule continues an existing policy and only changes the procedures within the Departments, it is in the best interest of affected Service members and their families to comply with Congress's direction to act expeditiously. Moreover, because the rule provides for continuity with existing policy, time is not needed for parties to plan or adjust their behavior, and there is good cause to implement the rule now, without waiting for a delayed effective date.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         The DTM, “DoD Discharge Appeal Review Board,” published May 5, 2023, is available on the DoD Directives Division website and can be accessed at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.esd.whs.mil/Directives/Recent-Publications/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” as Amended by Executive Order 14094, “Modernizing Regulatory Review” and Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review”</HD>
                <P>Executive Order 12866, as affirmed by Executive Order 13563 and amended by 14094 (88 FR 21879, April 11, 2023), directs agencies to assess all costs, benefits and available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health, safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). These Executive Orders emphasize the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has been designated significant, under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, as amended by Executive Order 14094.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.)</HD>
                <P>Pursuant to subtitle E of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, also known as the Congressional Review Act, the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has determined that this rule does not meet the criteria set forth in 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Public Law 96-354, “Regulatory Flexibility Act” (5 U.S.C. 601)</HD>
                <P>The USD(P&amp;R) certified that this rule is not subject to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601) because it would not, if promulgated, have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Therefore, the Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended, does not require us to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Sec. 202, Public Law 104-4, “Unfunded Mandates Reform Act”</HD>
                <P>Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1532) requires agencies to assess anticipated costs and benefits before issuing any rule whose mandates require spending in any 1 year of $100 million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for inflation. This rule will not mandate any requirements for State, local, or Tribal governments, and will not affect private sector costs.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Public Law 96-511, “Paperwork Reduction Act” (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35)</HD>
                <P>While there are no new information collection requirements associated with this rule, two existing collections under the Paperwork Reduction Act are already in use. The DoD does not believe rule changes the data elements, cost, or burden associated with these collections as the DARB is not authorized to accept new information in support of a petitioner's request for a final review. There is no standardized format for requesting a DARB discharge review.</P>
                <P>
                    • The DARB will review BCM/NR case file records which may include DRB case file records. This is associated with DD 149 titled “Application for Correction of Military Record Under the Provisions of Title 10, U.S. Code, Section 1552,” OMB Control Number. 0704-0003.
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         Information regarding this collection—including all supporting materials—can be accessed at 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov</E>
                         and providing either the title or number of the collection.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • The DRBs have an active collection associated with DD 293 titled “Application for the Review of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94610"/>
                    Discharge From the Armed Forces of The United States,” OMB Control Number. 0704-0004.
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See www.reginfo.gov</E>
                         to access the most current version of this information collection—including all supporting documentation.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The DoD has Privacy Act System of Records Notices (SORNs) associated with these collections are as follows:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    Army (
                    <E T="03">http://dpcld.defense.gov/Privacy/SORNsIndex/DOD-wide-SORN-Article-View/Article/569931/a0015-185-sfmr.aspx</E>
                    )
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    Navy and Marine Corps (
                    <E T="03">http://dpcld.defense.gov/Privacy/SORNsIndex/DOD-wide-SORN-Article-View/Article/570411/nm01000-1/</E>
                    )
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    Air Force (
                    <E T="03">https://dpcld.defense.gov/Privacy/SORNsIndex/DOD-wide-SORN-Article-View/Article/569833/f036-safcb-a/</E>
                    )
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    Defense Finance and Accounting Service (
                    <E T="03">http://dpcld.defense.gov/Privacy/SORNsIndex/DOD-wide-SORN-Article-View/Article/570192/t7340b/</E>
                    )
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    Coast Guard (
                    <E T="03">https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2013-10-02/html/2013-23991.htm</E>
                    )
                </FP>
                <P>Official Military Personnel Files:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    Army (
                    <E T="03">http://dpcld.defense.gov/Privacy/SORNsIndex/DOD-wide-SORN-Article-View/Article/570054/a0600-8-104-ahrc.aspx</E>
                    )
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    Navy (
                    <E T="03">http://dpcld.defense.gov/Privacy/SORNsIndex/DOD-wide-SORN-Article-View/Article/570310/n01070-3/</E>
                    )
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    Marine Corps (
                    <E T="03">http://dpcld.defense.gov/Privacy/SORNsIndex/DOD-wide-SORN-Article-View/Article/570626/m01070-6/</E>
                    )
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    Air Force (
                    <E T="03">http://dpcld.defense.gov/Privacy/SORNsIndex/DOD-Component-Article-View/Article/569821/f036-af-pc-c/</E>
                    )
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    Coast Guard (
                    <E T="03">http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2011-10-28/html/2011-27881.htm</E>
                    )
                </FP>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Executive Order 13132, “Federalism”</HD>
                <P>Executive Order 13132 establishes certain requirements that an agency must meet when it promulgates a rule that imposes substantial direct requirement costs on State and local governments, preempts State law, or otherwise has federalism implications. This rule will not have a substantial effect on State and local governments.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Executive Order 13175, “Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments”</HD>
                <P>Executive Order 13175 establishes certain requirements that an agency must meet when it promulgates a rule that imposes substantial direct compliance costs on one or more Indian Tribes, preempts Tribal law, or effects the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian Tribes. This rule will not have a substantial effect on Indian Tribal governments.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 32 CFR Part 73</HD>
                    <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Military personnel, Veterans, Health professions.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="32" PART="73">
                    <AMDPAR>Accordingly, 32 CFR part 73 is added to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <PART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 73—DOD DISCHARGE APPEAL REVIEW BOARD (DARB)</HD>
                        <CONTENTS>
                            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                            <SECTNO>73.1 </SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
                            <SECTNO>73.2 </SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                            <SECTNO>73.3 </SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Membership and designation.</SUBJECT>
                            <SECTNO>73.4 </SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Responsibilities.</SUBJECT>
                            <SECTNO>73.5 </SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Application procedures.</SUBJECT>
                            <SECTNO>73.6 </SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Review procedures and standards.</SUBJECT>
                            <SECTNO>73.7 </SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Final action.</SUBJECT>
                            <SECTNO>73.8 </SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Annual reporting requirements.</SUBJECT>
                        </CONTENTS>
                        <AUTH>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                            <P>10 U.S.C. 1553a.</P>
                        </AUTH>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 73.1</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> Purpose.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) This part establishes the DARB as the administrative body to conduct a final review of a petitioner's request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal, pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 1553a. This part also provides the procedures for Service members (or their representatives) to request a final review, the standards that the DARB will apply when it reviews a petitioner's request, and the procedures following the DARB's recommended disposition of a request.</P>
                            <P>
                                (b) The DARB ensures that DoD-level policies, procedures, and standards related to the review of discharges and dismissals are uniformly and consistently applied across the military services. Reporting of the number of upgrades granted or denied pursuant to this final review process will also be made available for public inspection through the DoD Reading Room available at 
                                <E T="03">https://boards.law.af.mil.</E>
                                 The term “Military Department” as used here in this part includes the Coast Guard. The terms, “Military Services,” and “Armed Forces,” refers to the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast Guard, Air Force, and Space Force.
                            </P>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 73.2</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Case file records.</E>
                                 All records that members of the BCM/NR have access to, not limited to what the BCM/NR analyst presents to the DARB. These records necessarily include the record of proceedings, exhibits, and findings and decisions of both the BCM/NR and DRB.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Characterization of a discharge or dismissal.</E>
                                 The characterization of a discharge or dismissal is a determination reflecting a Service member's conduct and performance of duty while in military service during a specific period of military service. Administrative discharges can be characterized as honorable, general (under honorable conditions), other than honorable conditions, or can be described as uncharacterized (as in an entry-level separation). If a discharge is adjudged at a court-martial, the assigned characterization may be a bad-conduct discharge, or dishonorable discharge, or a dismissal. The term characterization of a discharge or dismissal is also referred to as a “character of discharge” or “character of service.”
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Characterization of less than honorable.</E>
                                 A characterization that is less than honorable includes a general under honorable conditions, other than honorable conditions, uncharacterized, bad-conduct discharge, dishonorable discharge, or a dismissal.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">DARB member.</E>
                                 A person authorized to review a DARB request and make a recommendation to the DARB president on whether the petitioner's request for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal should be granted, partially granted, or denied.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Discharge Appeal Review Board (DARB).</E>
                                 An administrative board constituted by the Secretary of Defense and vested with the authority to conduct a final review of a request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal under the provisions of 10 U.S.C. 1553a.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Exhausted all remedies available.</E>
                                 Petitioner requested an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal and presented all evidence and arguments in support of their request to their respective Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR, including any materials not previously presented or considered by the board in making such determination when requesting reconsideration by the Military Department BCM/NR.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Final review.</E>
                                 The process by which a petitioner's request for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal that was not granted at the respective Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR after the petitioner exhausted all remedies available to the petitioner is evaluated.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">New information.</E>
                                 Material not previously presented to, or considered by, the appropriate Military Department's BCM/NR.
                                <PRTPAGE P="94611"/>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Petitioner.</E>
                                 A member or former member of the Armed Forces whose request for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal was not granted by the relevant Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR. If the member or former member is deceased or legally incompetent, the term “petitioner” includes the surviving spouse, next-of-kin, or legal representative who is acting on behalf of the member or former member. The term “petitioner” also includes a member or former member of the Armed Forces' counsel.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Preponderance of the evidence.</E>
                                 A standard of proof, evidence which as a whole shows that the fact sought to be proved is more probable than not.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Record review.</E>
                                 A review of the Service member's case file records.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Service member.</E>
                                 A member or former member of the Armed Forces.
                            </P>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 73.3</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> Membership and designation.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>The DARB is set up independently from the Military Departments' DRBs and BCM/NRs. The DARB is comprised of civilian government employees and consists of a President, Deputy Director, and at least three members for each panel. The DARB President and Deputy Director are appointed as inferior officers by the Secretary of Defense. The Secretary of the Air Force (SECAF), as the designated lead agent for the DARB, appoints DARB members and assigns them to a panel(s).</P>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 73.4</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> Responsibilities.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) The USD(P&amp;R) is responsible for directing the implementation of the DARB and serves as the Principal Staff Assistant with oversight of the DARB process, policies, procedures, and standards for the final review of a request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal under 10 U.S.C. 1553a. The USD(P&amp;R) must:</P>
                            <P>(1) Ensure that petitioners are afforded an opportunity to request a final review of their requests for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissals consistent with 10 U.S.C. 1553a;</P>
                            <P>(2) Ensure that Secretary of Defense appoints the DARB President and DARB Deputy Director as inferior officers;</P>
                            <P>(3) Review and approve any DARB or DARB-related policies or procedures that the Secretaries of the Military Departments or the DARB President develops before implementation of such policies or procedures;</P>
                            <P>(4) Resolve all issues concerning the DARB that cannot be resolved between the DARB President and the Secretaries of the Military Departments; and</P>
                            <P>(5) Modify or supplement this part as necessary.</P>
                            <P>(b) The Secretaries of the Military Departments have the authority to approve, partially approve, or disapprove a DARB's recommendation to upgrade or partially upgrade a petitioner's characterization of a discharge or dismissal. The Secretary of the Military Department's decision is the final agency action. If an upgrade or partial upgrade is approved, the Secretary of the Military Department is responsible for ensuring that all necessary administrative actions are taken to effect the change, including issuance of a new or corrected DD 214.</P>
                            <P>(c) SECAF is responsible for the formation, operation, and management of the DARB. The SECAF must:</P>
                            <P>(1) Appoint DARB members to a panels and assign cases to ensure reviews are conducted in an impartial manner;</P>
                            <P>(2) Appoint other staff as necessary for intake procedures;</P>
                            <P>(3) Respond to all inquiries from private individuals, organizations, or public officials about DARB matters. When the specific Military Service can be identified, refer such correspondence to the appropriate Secretary of the Military Department; and</P>
                            <P>(4) Ensure the timely online publication of annual reports as required by section 523 of the FY 2020 NDAA, Public Law 116-92.</P>
                            <P>(d) The DARB President is responsible for administrating and overseeing the DARB. The DARB President may delegate their authority to the Deputy Director of the DARB, but no further delegation is authorized. The DARB President shall:</P>
                            <P>(1) Review a DARB panel's recommendation and provide the final adjudication of the DARB recommendation regarding a petitioner's request for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal.</P>
                            <P>(2) Develop policy, procedures, and evaluation standards for the DARB, subject to review and approval by the SECAF and the USD(P&amp;R) before implementation of such policy, procedures, and evaluation standards.</P>
                            <P>(e) The DARB Deputy Director is responsible for managing the DARB's day-to-day operations.</P>
                            <P>(f) A DARB panel considers a petitioner's final review request properly brought before it, is responsible for performing a record review, applying DoD policies and standards, and if appropriate will make a recommendation to the DARB President on whether a petitioner's request for an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal should be granted, partially granted, or denied.</P>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 73.5</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> Application procedures.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>
                                (a) 
                                <E T="03">Who is eligible for a final review?</E>
                                 To be eligible for a final review, the following criteria must be met:
                            </P>
                            <P>(1) The Service member's date of discharge or dismissal was on or after December 20, 2019;</P>
                            <P>(2) Service member received a less than honorable characterization of service at the time of discharge or dismissal;</P>
                            <P>(3) All remedies available have been exhausted at the respective Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR; and</P>
                            <P>(4) The request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal was denied or it was only partially granted at the respective Military Department's BCM/NR.</P>
                            <P>
                                (b) 
                                <E T="03">Who may request a final review?</E>
                                 (1) In most cases, the petitioner is the Service member, and the final review relates to their military service records.
                            </P>
                            <P>(2) If the Service member is deceased or legally incompetent and incapable of acting on their own behalf, a spouse, next of kin, or legal representative may be able to act on behalf of the Service member.</P>
                            <P>
                                (c) 
                                <E T="03">When can a petitioner request a final review?</E>
                                 (1) Petitioners must first exhaust all available remedies at their respective Military Department's DRB and BCM/NR before requesting a final review. The DARB will return an unexhausted request to the petitioner without considering it.
                            </P>
                            <P>(2) After exhausting their administrative remedies, Petitioners must request a final review within 365 calendar days after the date of receipt of their respective Military Department's BCM/NR decision. The DARB may deny an untimely request.</P>
                            <P>
                                (d) 
                                <E T="03">How does a petitioner make a final review request?</E>
                                 (1) A request must be made in writing, but the completion of a DoD form is not required to request a final review. An email or letter requesting a final review is sufficient to make a request. Sample templates to request a final review can be accessed at 
                                <E T="03">https://afrba-portal.cce.af.mil/#application-submission-darb.</E>
                            </P>
                            <P>(2) The contents of a request must include the following: </P>
                            <P>(i) the petitioner's name, address, telephone number, and email address;</P>
                            <P>(ii) the Service member's name if represented by counsel or a representative; and</P>
                            <P>
                                (iii) the BCM/NR docket number to assist the DARB in obtaining records from the respective Military Department's BCM/NR. If this 
                                <PRTPAGE P="94612"/>
                                information is not provided, the DARB may return the request without considering it.
                            </P>
                            <P>(3) Additional documentation may be needed in support of a request for review by the DARB. If requesting a final review on behalf of a Service member, proof of status or relationship documents are required and must be enclosed or attached to a request for a final review. Proof of status or relationship documentation may include a death certificate, marriage license, divorce decree, birth certificate, notarized power of attorney, and court appointment of conservatorship or guardianship. The DARB will return the request to the petitioner without considering it when a proper relationship to a Service member has not been shown.</P>
                            <P>(4) If there is new information in support of a request to upgrade the characterization of a discharge or dismissal, the DARB cannot review it. If the petitioner has new information, the petitioner must first seek reconsideration from the appropriate Military Department's BCM/NR to exhaust all remedies available.</P>
                            <P>
                                (e) 
                                <E T="03">Where do petitioners send a final review request?</E>
                                 Petitioners may submit a request for a final review by mail or email. Requests by email are preferred and should be sent to the following address: 
                                <E T="03">saf.mr.darb@us.af.mil.</E>
                                 Requests by mail should be sent to the following address: Air Force Review Boards Agency, SAF/MRBD (DARB), 3351 Celmers Lane, Joint Base Andrews, MD 20762-6435.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (f) 
                                <E T="03">How do petitioners withdraw a final review request?</E>
                                 Petitioners may withdraw a request for a final review in writing at any time before the DARB panel's scheduled review.
                            </P>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 73.6</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> Review procedures and standards.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>
                                (a) 
                                <E T="03">Intake of final review requests.</E>
                                 (1) Before conducting a final review, DARB personnel will review submitted requests to ensure eligibility for a final review.
                            </P>
                            <P>(2) DARB personnel will provide notification to the petitioner to confirm receipt of the final review request. If it is determined that the petitioner is ineligible for a final review, DARB personnel will also notify the petitioner in writing of the reason(s) their request did not qualify for a final review.</P>
                            <P>(3) Once a case intake is complete, DARB personnel will access or request case file records from the respective Military Department's BCM/NR and assign a DARB panel to consider the final review request.</P>
                            <P>(4) If it is determined that a petitioner's case involves the adjudication of a Mental Health condition, a military or civilian health care provider will review the case file records to determine if a medical advisory opinion is required and missing. If the case file is missing a medical advisory opinion or other pertinent information the case will be returned the Military Department's BCM/NR for reconsideration or a document request.</P>
                            <P>
                                (b) 
                                <E T="03">Consideration of final review requests</E>
                                —(1) 
                                <E T="03">Scope of review.</E>
                                 The DARB's review is limited to the case file records related to a petitioner's request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal. The DARB is not authorized to review or address new information provided by a petitioner in support of a request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (2) 
                                <E T="03">Standard of review.</E>
                                 In considering a petitioner's request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal, the DARB will review the Military Department's BCM/NR decision 
                                <E T="03">de novo.</E>
                                 The DARB independently reviews the case file records, applies DoD discharge review polices and standards and applicable Military Service policies, and recommends an upgrade, if appropriate. This new review occurs without giving any deference to the Military Department's BCM/NR findings and decision.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (3) 
                                <E T="03">DARB panel adjudication.</E>
                                 The DARB panel will consider the petitioner's request and case file records, examine pertinent DoD and Military Service regulations and policies, discuss the case and issues, and vote to determine whether a petitioner's request for an upgrade in the characterization of a discharge or dismissal should be granted, partially granted, or denied.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (4) 
                                <E T="03">DARB panel recommendation.</E>
                                 A majority vote constitutes the recommended action of the DARB panel. The DARB panel will provide a written recommendation including the number of votes and any minority votes and their reason(s) for their recommendation. The written recommendation must provide a basis for their decision to deny a request to upgrade, to partially upgrade, or to fully upgrade the characterization of a discharge or dismissal. The DARB panel's written recommendation will be submitted to the DARB President.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (5) 
                                <E T="03">Review of the DARB panel's recommendation and the recommendation of the DARB.</E>
                                 The DARB President reviews the DARB panel's written recommendation and makes the recommendation for the DARB. The DARB President will submit the DARB's written recommended action to the SECAF.
                            </P>
                            <P>(i) If the DARB President approves the DARB panel's recommendation, the recommendation will constitute the recommended action of the DARB.</P>
                            <P>(ii) If the DARB President disagrees with the DARB panel's recommendation, the DARB President will provide a new recommendation. This new recommendation will be in writing and will include the change to be made and the reasons for rejecting the recommendation of the DARB panel.</P>
                            <P>
                                (6) 
                                <E T="03">Discretionary review of the DARB's recommended action.</E>
                                 The DARB President's actions are subject to discretionary review by the SECAF.
                            </P>
                            <P>(i) The DARB's recommended action will be the final recommended action unless the SECAF exercises their discretionary review authority within 30 calendar days after the DARB President submits the recommendation to the SECAF.</P>
                            <P>(ii) If the SECAF chooses to exercise their discretionary review authority to review the DARB's recommended action within 30 calendar days, and the SECAF changes the DARB's recommended action, the SECAF will provide a written recommendation with supporting reasons and the new recommendation will constitute the final recommended action.</P>
                            <P>(iii) The SECAF may delegate, in writing, its discretionary authority to act on DARB recommendations to a Presidentially appointed, Senate-confirmed (PAS) official but further re-delegation is not authorized.</P>
                            <P>
                                (c) 
                                <E T="03">Reconsideration at the BCM/NR.</E>
                                 If it is unclear from the DARB's review whether the appropriate Military Department BCM/NR considered relevant evidence when it denied the requested discharge or dismissal upgrade, the DARB may return a case directly to the BCM/NR for reconsideration. If the Military Department BCM/NR concerned accepts the case for reconsideration, the petitioner will be notified in writing.
                            </P>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 73.7</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> Final action.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) The Secretary of the Military Department concerned will approve or disapprove the DARB's recommended action to upgrade or partially upgrade the characterization of a discharge or dismissal within 90 calendar days. The Secretary of the Military Department must approve the DARB's recommended action unless the Secretary finds that the recommendation is not supported by the preponderance of the evidence.</P>
                            <P>
                                (b) If the DARB recommends to deny an upgrade to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal and upholds the 
                                <PRTPAGE P="94613"/>
                                Military Department's BCM/NR decision, the DARB will notify the petitioner in writing of its final decision. If the DARB recommends to upgrade or partially upgrade the characterization of a discharge or dismissal, the Secretary of the Military Department concerned will notify the petitioner in writing of its final decision.
                            </P>
                            <P>(1) If the Secretary of the Military Department approves the DARB recommendation, the petitioner will be notified of the approved change and any change to the characterization of a discharge or dismissal will be effective as of the date of discharge.</P>
                            <P>(2) If the Secretary of the Military Department disapproves the DARB recommendation, the Secretary concerned must provide the petitioner a written explanation detailing its rationale for disapproving the DARB's recommendation.</P>
                            <P>(c) The Secretaries of the Military Departments may delegate, in writing, the authority to act on DARB recommendations to a PAS official but further re-delegation is not authorized.</P>
                            <P>(d) The Secretary's or designee's action will be the final action. The petitioner has no right to a further review or to appeal this decision.</P>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 73.8</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> Annual reporting requirements.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) The DARB President will submit draft reports to OUSD(P&amp;R) by the 1st of October for the preceding FY (October 1st through September 30th). The first report will be published on October 1, 2022, and the report will contain the DARB data for FY 2022.</P>
                            <P>(b) The reporting period will be inclusive from the first through the last days of each reporting period.</P>
                            <P>(c) The report will contain the following information:</P>
                            <P>(1) The number of requests received;</P>
                            <P>(2) The number of requests rejected for failure to meet eligibility criteria for a final review;</P>
                            <P>(3) The number of requests considered;</P>
                            <P>(4) The number of requests returned to the BCM/NRs for reconsideration;</P>
                            <P>(5) The number of recommendations to upgrade the characterization of a discharge or dismissal granted by the Secretaries of the Military Departments pursuant to the DARB, to include the most common reasons for such upgrades; and</P>
                            <P>(6) The number of recommendations to upgrade the characterization of a discharge or dismissal declined by the Secretaries of the Military Departments pursuant to the DARB, to include the most common reasons for such declinations.</P>
                            <P>
                                (d) The annual reports will be published on a publicly accessible DoD website; the reports can be accessed at 
                                <E T="03">https://boards.law.af.mil/OSD_DARB.htm.</E>
                            </P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </PART>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 18, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Patricia L. Toppings,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27268 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">LIBRARY OF CONGRESS</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Copyright Royalty Board</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>37 CFR Part 381</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 24-CRB-0009-PBR (2023-2027) COLA (2025)]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Cost of Living Adjustment to Public Broadcasters Compulsory License Royalty Rate</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule; cost of living adjustment.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Copyright Royalty Judges announce a cost of living adjustment (COLA) to the royalty rate that noncommercial radio stations at certain colleges, universities, and other educational institutions that are not affiliated with National Public Radio must pay for the use in 2025 of published nondramatic musical compositions in the SESAC Performing Rights, LLC (SESAC) and Global Music Rights, LLC (GMR) repertories pursuant to the statutory license under the Copyright Act for noncommercial broadcasting.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Effective date:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Applicability dates:</E>
                         These rates are applicable to the period January 1, 2025, through December 31, 2025.
                    </P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Anita Brown, CRB Program Assistant, (202) 707-7658, 
                        <E T="03">crb@loc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>Section 118 of the Copyright Act, title 17 of the United States Code, creates a statutory license for the use of published nondramatic musical works and published pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works in connection with noncommercial broadcasting.</P>
                <P>
                    On June 28, 2023, the Copyright Royalty Judges (Judges) adopted final regulations governing the rates and terms of copyright royalty payments under section 118 of the Copyright Act for the license period 2023-2027. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     88 FR 41827. Pursuant to these regulations, on or before December 1 of each year, the Judges shall publish in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice of the change in the cost of living and a revised schedule of the rates codified at § 381.5(c)(3) and (4) relating to compositions in the repertory of SESAC and GMR. The adjustment, fixed to the nearest dollar, shall be the greater of (1) the change in the cost of living as determined by the Consumer Price Index (all consumers, all items) (“CPI-U”) “during the period from the most recent index published prior to the previous notice to the most recent index published prior to December 1 of that year” or (2) 1.5%. 37 CFR 381.10.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The change in the cost of living as determined by the CPI-U during the period from the most recent index published prior to the previous notice, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     before December 1, 2023, to the most recent index published before December 1, 2024, is 2.6%.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In accordance with 37 CFR 381.10(b), the Judges announce that the COLA for calendar year 2025 shall be 2.6%. Application of the 2.6% COLA to the 2024 rates for the performance of published nondramatic musical compositions in the repertory of SESAC and GMR—$194 per station—results in an adjusted rate of $199 per station, rounded to the nearest dollar.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         On November 13, 2024, the Bureau of Labor Statistics announced that the CPI-U increased 2.6% over the last 12 months.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 37 CFR Part 381</HD>
                    <P>Copyright, Music, Radio, Rates, Television.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Regulations</HD>
                <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Copyright Royalty Judges amend part 381 of title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 381—USE OF CERTAIN COPYRIGHTED WORKS IN CONNECTION WITH NONCOMMERCIAL EDUCATIONAL BROADCASTING</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="37" PART="381">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 381 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 17 U.S.C. 118, 801(b)(1) and 803.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="37" PART="381">
                    <AMDPAR>2. Section 381.5 is amended by revising paragraphs (c)(3)(iii) and (c)(4)(iii) as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 381.5 </SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Performance of musical compositions by public broadcasting entities licensed to colleges and universities.</SUBJECT>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(c) * * *</P>
                        <P>
                            (3) * * *
                            <PRTPAGE P="94614"/>
                        </P>
                        <P>(iii) 2025: $199 per station.</P>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(4) * * *</P>
                        <P>(iii) 2025: $199 per station.</P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>David P. Shaw,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief Copyright Royalty Judge.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27722 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 1410-72-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">LIBRARY OF CONGRESS</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Copyright Royalty Board</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>37 CFR Part 386</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 24-CRB-0011-SA-COLA (2025)]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Cost of Living Adjustment to Satellite Carrier Compulsory License Royalty Rates</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Copyright Royalty Board (CRB), Library of Congress.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule; cost of living adjustment.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Copyright Royalty Judges announce a cost of living adjustment (COLA) of 2.6% in the royalty rates satellite carriers pay for a compulsory license under the Copyright Act. The COLA is based on the change in the Consumer Price Index from October 2023 to October 2024.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Effective date:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Applicability dates:</E>
                         These rates are applicable to the period January 1, 2025, through December 31, 2025.
                    </P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Anita Brown, (202) 707-7658, 
                        <E T="03">crb@loc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The satellite carrier compulsory license establishes a statutory copyright licensing scheme for the distant retransmission of television programming by satellite carriers. 17 U.S.C. 119. Congress created the license in 1988 and reauthorized the license for additional five-year periods until 2019 when it made the license permanent.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The most recent five-year reauthorization was pursuant to the STELA Reauthorization Act of 2014, Public Law 113-200. The license was made permanent by the Satellite Television Community Protection and Promotion Act of 2019, Public Law 116-94, div. P, title XI, section 1102(a), (c)(1), 133 Stat. 3201, 3203.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On August 31, 2010, the Copyright Royalty Judges (Judges) adopted rates for the section 119 compulsory license for the 2010-2014 term. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     75 FR 53198. The rates were proposed by Copyright Owners and Satellite Carriers 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and were unopposed. 
                    <E T="03">Id.</E>
                     Section 119(c)(2) of the Copyright Act provides that, effective January 1 of each year, the Judges shall adjust the royalty fee payable under section 119(b)(1)(B) “to reflect any changes occurring in the cost of living as determined by the most recent Consumer Price Index (for all consumers and for all items) [CPI-U] published by the Secretary of Labor before December 1 of the preceding year.” Section 119 also requires that “[n]otification of the adjusted fees shall be published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     at least 25 days before January 1.” 17 U.S.C. 119(c)(2).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Program Suppliers and Joint Sports Claimants comprised the Copyright Owners while DIRECTV, Inc., DISH Network, LLC, and National Programming Service, LLC, comprised the Satellite Carriers.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The change in the cost of living as determined by the CPI-U during the period from the most recent index published before December 1, 2023, to the most recent index published before December 1, 2024, is 2.6%.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Application of the 2.6% COLA to the current rate for the secondary transmission of broadcast stations by satellite carriers for private home viewing—35 cents per subscriber per month—results in a rate of 36 cents per subscriber per month (rounded to the nearest cent). 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     37 CFR 386.2(b)(1). Application of the 2.6% COLA to the current rate for viewing in commercial establishments—72 cents per subscriber per month—results in a rate of 74 cents per subscriber per month (rounded to the nearest cent). 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     37 CFR 386.2(b)(2).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         On November 13, 2024, the Bureau of Labor Statistics announced that the CPI-U increased 2.6% over the last 12 months.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 37 CFR Part 386</HD>
                    <P>Copyright, Satellites, Television.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Regulations</HD>
                <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Copyright Royalty Judges amend part 386 of title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 386—ADJUSTMENT OF ROYALTY FEES FOR SECONDARY TRANSMISSIONS BY SATELLITE CARRIERS</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="37" PART="386">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 386 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P>17 U.S.C. 119(c), 801(b)(1).</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="37" PART="386">
                    <AMDPAR>2. Section 386.2 is amended by adding paragraphs (b)(1)(xvi) and (b)(2)(xvi) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 386.2 </SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Royalty fee for secondary transmission by satellite carriers.</SUBJECT>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(b) * * *</P>
                        <P>(1) * * *</P>
                        <P>(xvi) 2025: 36 cents per subscriber per month.</P>
                        <P>(2) * * *</P>
                        <P>(xvi) 2025: 74 cents per subscriber per month.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>David P. Shaw,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief Copyright Royalty Judge.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27737 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 1410-72-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
    </RULES>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>230</NO>
    <DATE>Friday, November 29, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Proposed Rules</UNITNAME>
    <PRORULES>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="94615"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="F">FARM CREDIT ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <CFR>12 CFR Parts 620 and 630</CFR>
                <RIN>RIN 3052-AD56</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Internal Control Over Financial Reporting</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Farm Credit Administration.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Farm Credit Administration (FCA, we, or Agency) is seeking comments on this proposed rule to amend the reporting regulations to require Farm Credit System (System) associations that meet certain asset thresholds or conditions, as well as all System banks, to obtain annual attestation reports from their external auditors that express an opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), are made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards (GAAS) as promulgated by the American Institute for Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board's (“PCAOB”) auditing standards, and accompany management's assessment and be included with the System Institution's annual report (these attestation reports are hereinafter referred to as “Attestation Reports”). The proposed rule would also require Attestation Reports obtained by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation (Funding Corporation) be made in accordance with GAAS.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments on this proposed rule must be submitted on or before January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>For accuracy and efficiency, please submit comments by email or through FCA's website. We do not accept comments submitted by fax because faxes are difficult to process. Also, please do not submit comments multiple times; submit your comment only once, using one of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • Send an email to 
                        <E T="03">reg-comm@fca.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>• Use the public comment form on our website:</P>
                    <P>
                        1. Go to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.fca.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>2. Click inside the “I want to. . .” field near the top of the page.</P>
                    <P>3. Select “comment on a pending regulation” from the dropdown menu.</P>
                    <P>4. Click “Go.” This takes you to the comment form.</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Send the comment by mail to the following:</E>
                         Autumn R. Agans, Deputy Director, Office of Regulatory Policy, Farm Credit Administration, 1501 Farm Credit Drive, McLean, VA 22102-5090.
                    </P>
                    <P>We post all comments on the FCA website. We will show your comments as submitted, including any supporting information; however, for technical reasons, we may omit items such as logos and special characters. Personal information that you provide, such as phone numbers and addresses, will be publicly available. However, we will attempt to remove email addresses to help reduce internet spam.</P>
                    <P>
                        To review comments on our website, go to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.fca.gov</E>
                         and follow these steps:
                    </P>
                    <P>1. Click inside the “I want to. . .” field near the top of the page.</P>
                    <P>2. Select “find comments on a pending regulation” from the dropdown menu.</P>
                    <P>3. Click “Go.” This will take you to a list of regulatory projects.</P>
                    <P>4. Select the project in which you're interested. If we have received comments on that project, you will see a list of links to the individual comments.</P>
                    <P>
                        You may also review comments at the FCA office in McLean, Virginia. Please call us at (703)883-4056 or email us at 
                        <E T="03">reg-comm@fca.gov</E>
                         to make an appointment.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Technical information:</E>
                         Aaron M. Livernois, Senior Policy Accountant, Office of Regulatory Policy, Farm Credit Administration, McLean, VA 22102-5090, (703) 883-4414, TTY (703) 883-4056.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Legal information:</E>
                         Andra Grossman, Attorney Advisor, Office of General Counsel, Farm Credit Administration, McLean, VA 22102-5090, (703) 883-4323, TTY (703) 883-4056.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Summary of Proposed Objectives and Amendments</HD>
                <P>The objective of this proposed rule is to strengthen the safety and soundness of the System's ICFR by requiring Attestation Reports from certain institutions. As further discussed in section II, complexity and concentration of System banks and their affiliated associations have changed dramatically since 2006 (the fiscal year before § 630.5 was last amended), leading to an increased risk that an internal control weakness or failure, such as an undetected management error, negligence, or fraud event at one association could affect the safety and soundness of the entire System. By requiring certain associations to obtain an Integrated Audit, FCA's proposed rule would help reduce undetected and evolving financial reporting risks in the System.</P>
                <P>The amendments in the proposed rule include changes to financial reporting requirements set forth in 12 CFR 620.3 and 630.5 that:</P>
                <P>• Revise § 620.3 to mandate all System banks obtain an Attestation Report from their external auditors.</P>
                <P>• Revise § 620.3 to mandate all System associations that meet the following thresholds or conditions obtain an Attestation Report from their external auditors:</P>
                <P>○ The association's total assets were one percent or more of total System assets as of December 31 of the previous fiscal year; or</P>
                <P>○ The association's direct note payable to its bank was 15 percent or more of the bank's direct loans to associations as of December 31 of the previous fiscal year; or</P>
                <P>○ FCA staff determines that a material weakness exists in the association's ICFR, or other developments have occurred or are expected to occur that could adversely impact, or result in significant changes to, the association's ICFR that impacts the safety and soundness of the association.</P>
                <P>• Revise § 630.5(d)(2), to correspond with the proposed language in § 620.3(d)(2) and (3) that an Attestation Report be made in accordance with GAAS. Refer to section II for additional information.</P>
                <P>
                    FCA believes requiring associations to obtain an Attestation Report when their assets equal or exceed one percent of total System assets is appropriate because this threshold captures the associations that pose a systemic risk to the System. FCA also believes requiring associations to obtain an Attestation 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94616"/>
                    Report when their direct note payable to their bank equals or exceeds 15 percent of the bank's direct loans to associations is appropriate because these associations hold a large concentration of their bank's direct loans and may pose a systemic risk to the safety and soundness of their bank without meeting the one percent of total System assets. This requirement ensures associations that hold a large concentration of bank direct loans also obtain an Attestation Report.
                </P>
                <P>An association would generally have three fiscal years to obtain its Attestation Report. Additionally, the proposed rule also details how and when merging associations are to obtain Attestation Reports.</P>
                <P>All System banks currently obtain an Integrated Audit, as required by the Funding Corporation. FCA now proposes to formalize this requirement in this regulation.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Law and Regulation</HD>
                <P>
                    The Farm Credit Amendments Act of 1985 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     revised the Farm Credit Act of 1971, as amended (Act),
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to require FCA regulate the disclosure and reporting practices of System institutions and require each System institution to prepare and publish annual financial reports to shareholders. Section 5.19(b) of the Act requires financial statements be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and be audited by an independent public accountant.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Public Law 99-205, 99 Stat. 1678, Dec. 23, 1985.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Public Law 92-181, 85 Stat. 583, Dec. 10, 1971.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In December 2006, FCA issued a final rule at 12 CFR 630.5(d) (71 FR 76111) that, in part, requires the Funding Corporation to require its external auditor to express an opinion on the Funding Corporation's effectiveness of ICFR in preparing disclosures to investors in System-wide and consolidated bank debt obligations. When proposed, FCA stated that a System-wide opinion at the Funding Corporation level on ICFR would accomplish many of the same objectives as requiring an opinion on ICFR at the bank and association levels.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         71 FR 13040, 13043 (March 14, 2006).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Additionally, 12 CFR 620.3(d) of FCA regulations requires all System institutions with over $1 billion in total assets at the end of the prior fiscal year include in their annual reports a report by management assessing the effectiveness of ICFR. These institutions must also report to their board of directors and disclose in their quarterly and annual reports any material changes in ICFR during the reporting period. Associations with assets of less than $1 billion in total assets do not have reporting requirements.</P>
                <P>As discussed below, the complexity and concentration of System banks and associations have changed dramatically, leading to an increased risk that an internal control weakness or failure at one institution could affect the safety and soundness of the entire System, due to the System's cooperative structure. This proposed rule, if adopted, would decrease risks related to the detection and reporting of internal control weakness or failure. FCA believes an Integrated Audit will strengthen the safety and soundness of the System.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Definitions Used in the Preamble</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Internal Control over Financial Reporting.</E>
                     ICFR is a process consisting of policies and procedures designed to assess financial statement risk and provide reasonable assurance that an institution prepares reliable financial statements.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         AICPA Standard AU-C 940.05, 
                        <E T="03">An Audit of Internal Control over Financial Reporting that is Integrated with an Audit of the Financial Statements,</E>
                         section .05.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Audit of ICFR.</E>
                     An audit of ICFR is an audit of the design and operating effectiveness of an entity's ICFR.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         Id.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Integrated Audit.</E>
                     An Integrated Audit is an audit of ICFR that is integrated with an audit of financial statements.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     An Integrated Audit also considers financial reporting systems related to ICFR. The auditor provides an opinion, known as an Attestation Report, on both the financial statements and ICFR in the annual financial statements. Attestation Report and Integrated Audit are used interchangeably in this preamble.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         Id, section .01.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Risks in the System Structure and Related ICFR Considerations</HD>
                <P>The cooperative structure of the System creates a unique environment in which an adverse event at one institution could impact the entire System and affect the Funding Corporation's ability to issue System-wide disclosures on a timely, well-controlled basis as required in § 630.3. Moreover, debt securities are the joint and several obligations of the System banks and are not obligations of or guaranteed by the United States government. As such, any material weakness or other development, such as an undetected management error, negligence, fraud event, or failure, that have occurred, or are expected to occur, could adversely impact, or result in significant changes to ICFR at a bank or one or more of the associations that could impact investor confidence and public trust in the entire System.</P>
                <P>
                    While the System has implemented standards, created workgroups, and employed other practices mentioned below, risks arise from inconsistencies in the design and implementation of ICFR at different institutions. Only the Funding Corporation, System banks, and one association (as a condition of merger) 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     obtain Integrated Audits, which exacerbates this risk of inconsistency.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         Two additional associations (as conditions of merger) will obtain Integrated Audits beginning in 2026.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Risks Have Increased With Farm Credit System Growth and Consolidation</HD>
                <P>
                    When FCA issued 12 CFR 630.5(d) in December 2006, there were five System banks and 95 associations with $162.9 billion in total System assets 
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     with associations holding $100.7 billion.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Since then, as of December 31, 2023, there are four System Banks (20 percent decrease) and 56 associations (41 percent decrease). System assets totaled $507.8 billion (212 percent increase) and association assets totaled $308.4 billion (206 percent increase).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         These figures do not include the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Association (Farmer Mac), although it is a System institution for purposes of the Farm Credit Act and FCA oversight.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         Aside from total system assets, all information presented in the following paragraphs relating to 2006 and 2023 data come from FCA's Call Reporting System. Total system assets information is sourced from the Farm Credit Funding Corporation's 2006 and 2023 Annual Information Statements.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The average and median total asset size for associations has also increased markedly. As of December 31, 2006, associations averaged $1.1 billion in total assets and the median total asset size was $462 million. As of December 31, 2023, associations averaged $5.5 billion in total assets (420 percent increase), and the median total asset size was $1.8 billion (285 percent increase).</P>
                <P>When comparing associations as of December 31, 2006, to associations as of December 31, 2023, asset sizes and concentrations for the associations that held either one percent of total System assets or 15 percent of their bank's direct loans have also increased.</P>
                <P>
                    As of December 31, 2006, 14 associations held one percent or more of total System assets, with these associations holding a combined $57.6 billion in total assets. As of December 31, 2023, 12 associations held one percent or more of total System assets, with these associations holding a 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94617"/>
                    combined $236.1 billion in total assets (310 percent increase). As of December 31, 2006, the 14 associations cited above held 35 percent of total System assets. As of December 31, 2023, the 12 associations cited above held 46 percent of total System assets (31 percent increase).
                </P>
                <P>System bank direct loans to associations have also become more concentrated. As of December 31, 2006, eight associations held 15 percent or more of their bank's direct loans to associations (eight percent of associations). As of December 31, 2023, seven associations held 15 percent or more of their bank's direct note. While the number of associations holding 15 percent or more of their bank's direct note decreased, the percentage of associations holding 15 percent or more of their bank's direct loans increased (13 percent of associations). As of December 31, 2006, those eight associations held approximately 42 percent of all System bank direct notes to associations. As of December 31, 2023, the seven associations held approximately 60 percent of all System bank direct notes to associations (42 percent increase).</P>
                <P>As associations become more complex, and the System has fewer overall associations, an ICFR weakness at one association can become significant to the association's bank and the entire System. As associations become more complex, the effectiveness of ICFR becomes more important to the association, as well as to its bank and the System, more broadly.</P>
                <P>Additionally, the Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (FCSIC), views concentration risk as an increasing concern. The association concentration mentioned above has significantly increased direct loan concentration for System banks, which in turn has impacted FCSIC's risks of insuring System banks. Concentrated associations pose significant inherent risks to their banks and FCSIC's Insurance Fund. FCA consulted with FCSIC on the proposed rule and FCSIC stated that it believes that an Integrated Audit requirement would provide further assurances on the integrity of financial and accounting information at the affected associations, as well as help mitigate large losses to the Insurance Fund that could result from undetected management errors, negligence, a fraud event, or failure.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. FCA Regulations Should Require Certain System Associations To Obtain an Attestation Report To Reduce Systemic Risk</HD>
                <P>FCA regulatory requirements for ICFR audits are limited. As required by § 630.5(d)(2), the Funding Corporation must obtain an Integrated Audit of the combined System-wide financial statements. However, there is no equivalent regulation at the association or Bank level.</P>
                <P>FCA believes requiring associations to obtain an Attestation Report when their assets equal or exceed one percent of total System assets is appropriate because this threshold captures the associations that pose a systemic risk to the System. FCA also believes requiring associations to obtain an Attestation Report when their direct note payable to their bank equals or exceeds 15 percent of the bank's direct loans to associations is appropriate because these associations hold a large concentration of their bank's direct loans and may pose a systemic risk to the safety and soundness of their bank without meeting the one percent of total System assets. This requirement ensures associations that hold a large concentration of bank direct loans also obtain an Attestation Report.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Attestation Report Opinion for Individual Associations</HD>
                <P>
                    FCA acknowledges that System associations have an ICFR review performed by their System bank. System banks may impose monetary penalties, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     increased funding costs due to increased risks, if associations do not maintain adequate ICFR. Additionally, the external auditor of all significant associations (one percent or more of total System assets) performs additional ICFR reviews yearly and at all other associations on a three-year rotation.
                </P>
                <P>The System has also implemented practices related to ICFR. In order to express an opinion on ICFR at the Funding Corporation, all associations must establish a system of internal controls. System associations must make quarterly assertions related to ICFR to the Funding Corporation. The System has also established an ICFR workgroup. This workgroup provides tools and training to System institutions on how to establish and maintain their ICFR environment.</P>
                <P>However, these additional ICFR reviews and practices are designed to support the ICFR opinion at the Funding Corporation and System Bank level and not the individual association level. FCA believes that the scope of such work is not adequate for an external auditor to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the individual association's ICFR. Thus, FCA believes a regulation requiring an Attestation Report will provide an independent review of an association's ICFR environment and reduce the probability and magnitude of an internal control weakness or failure. Additionally, an Attestation Report would examine different controls and in different detail than current requirements for management assessments.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Benefits of Integrated Audits and Reduction of System Risks Justify Cost</HD>
                <P>Integrated Audits are more robust than financial statement audits. The objective of a financial statement audit is to determine if the financial statements are presented fairly, in all material respects. As part of a financial statement audit, auditors obtain an understanding of a System Institution's ICFR. Although a financial statement audit assesses factors that affect the risks of material misstatement on ICFR, the scope of work and level of testing is less than an Integrated Audit. An Integrated Audit is structured to achieve the same objectives as a financial statement audit and additionally tests the design and operating effectiveness of all ICFR controls that can have a material effect on the financial statements and provides an opinion on the controls.</P>
                <P>The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), has considered various studies when promulgating audit requirements for regulated entities that show Integrated Audits offer two benefits compared to financial statement audits:</P>
                <P>
                    • Integrated Audits have been found to provide information to investors about the reliability of the financial statements. For example, a 2011 SEC Staff Study 
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     highlighted evidence that Attestation Reports generally resulted in the identification and disclosure of material weaknesses that were not previously identified or whose severity was misclassified when identified by management in its assessment of ICFR.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         SEC Study: Study and Recommendations on section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Issuers With Public Float Between $75 and $250 Million.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • The reliability of the financial statements can be enhanced through the execution of Integrated Audits. Studies considered in SEC Release No. 34-88365, 
                    <E T="03">Amendments to the Accelerated and Large Accelerated Filer Definitions,</E>
                     documented a significant correlation between audits of ICFR and the maintenance of better internal controls, thereby improving reliability of financial statements. The SEC also found that a failure to maintain effective ICFR has been associated with a higher rate of future restatements and lower earnings quality and a higher rate of future fraud revelations (among other things).
                    <PRTPAGE P="94618"/>
                </P>
                <P>The SEC Release No. 34-88365 noted the following:</P>
                <P>• Risks of fraud and financial statement restatements or misstatements were found to be greater for registrants that would not be subject to a requirement to obtain Attestation Reports. From 2003 to 2020, non-accelerated U.S. filers (which did not obtain Attestation Reports) accounted for 62 percent of the total U.S. financial statement restatements.</P>
                <P>• Registrants not subject to a requirement to obtain Attestation Reports were found to have higher levels of ineffective ICFR compared with issuers subject to that requirement. Over 40 percent of non-accelerated filers (not required to obtain Auditor Attestations) had ineffective ICFR, compared to less than approximately nine and five percent of accelerated and large accelerated filers, respectively (accelerated filers were subject to Integrated Audit requirements).</P>
                <P>While the referenced SEC insights pertain to public companies, FCA believes that this information provides meaningful insights into reporting risks and their reduction at System institutions. Although there are costs in obtaining an Integrated Audit for each institution, there are safety and soundness benefits to the entire System. Consequently, FCA believes requiring certain System institutions to obtain Attestation Reports will reduce financial reporting risks described above that stem from significant changes in the complexity and concentration of System banks and associations justifying the cost to require certain associations obtain Integrated Audits.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Integrated Audit Requirements of Similar Federal Financial Regulators</HD>
                <P>
                    When drafting the proposed rule, FCA reviewed the audit requirements that govern publicly traded financial institutions, institutions regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC),
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and other Federal financial institution regulatory agencies.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In general, other regulators have established requirements that mandate a regulated entity engage an external auditor to conduct an annual audit of its financial statements as well as, under certain circumstances, an Integrated Audit. We reviewed other regulators thresholds and determined the compliance tailored and focused requirements in this proposal are more appropriate for the Farm Credit System than the asset minimums imposed by other regulators.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         12 U.S.C. 363.2 requires FDIC-insured institutions with $1 billion or more in total assets to obtain an Integrated Audit, among other requirements.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         12 U.S.C. 704.15(b)(2) requires NCUA corporate credit unions to obtain an Integrated Audit, among other requirements.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. An Integrated Audit Is Necessary at Certain Institutions, Including Certain Associations, To Strengthen the Safety and Soundness of the Entire System</HD>
                <P>As discussed, the complexity and concentration of System banks and associations have changed dramatically leading to an increased risk that an internal control weakness or failure at one institution could affect the safety and soundness of the entire System, due to the System's cooperative structure. An Integrated Audit will strengthen shareholder and investor confidence in the System's ICFR. By requiring certain associations to obtain an Integrated Audit, FCA's proposed rule would help reduce undetected and evolving financial reporting risks in the System.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Transitional Considerations</HD>
                <P>FCA acknowledges the effort and cost an association would bear to obtain and prepare for its first Integrated Audit. Therefore, FCA believes that the first Integrated Audit for associations should begin in the third full fiscal year after the effective date of this regulation, unless FCA determines it is appropriate to require an association to obtain an Attestation Report sooner because, as considered in § 620.3(d)(3)(i)(C), as proposed, material weaknesses in ICFR are identified or FCA has assessed that other developments have occurred, or are expected to occur, that could adversely impact, or result in significant changes to the association's ICFR that impacts the safety and soundness of the association. FCA believes that three years should provide an adequate period of time to allow affected associations to prepare for their first Integrated Audit.</P>
                <P>All System banks currently obtain an Integrated Audit, as required by the Funding Corporation. Therefore, an Integrated Audit would be formally required for System banks upon the effective date of this regulation given that no transition period would be deemed necessary.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Proposed Rule</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Amendments to § 620.3</HD>
                <P>FCA proposes an amendment to § 620.3 that would require an Integrated Audit:</P>
                <P>• By all Farm Credit System banks;</P>
                <P>• By associations with one percent or more of total System assets;</P>
                <P>• By an association when the direct note payable to its System bank is 15 percent or more of the System bank's direct loans to associations; or</P>
                <P>• when FCA's Office of Examination (referred to as FCA staff in the regulatory text) determines that a material weakness in an association's ICFR exists such that an Integrated Audit is warranted. This could be based on material weaknesses in ICFR controls or other developments which occurred, or are expected to occur, that could adversely impact, or result in significant changes to an association's ICFR that impacts the safety and soundness of the association.</P>
                <P>
                    An association would generally have three fiscal years to obtain its Attestation Report. Additionally, the proposed rule also details how and when merging associations will obtain Attestation Reports.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         No changes are being proposed to the existing § 620.3(d). The existing regulatory language is simply being restyled as proposed § 620.3(d)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Amendment to 12 CFR 630.5(d)(2)</HD>
                <P>With respect to the Funding Corporation, the proposed rule would amend § 630.5(d)(2) to require that an Attestation Report be made in accordance with GAAS to correspond to proposed language in § 620.3(d)(2) and (3).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), FCA hereby certifies that the proposed rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Each of the banks in the Farm Credit System, considered together with its affiliated associations, has assets and annual income in excess of the amounts that would qualify them as small entities. Therefore, Farm Credit System institutions are not “small entities” as defined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
                </P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
                    <CFR>12 CFR Part 620</CFR>
                    <P>Accounting, Agriculture, Banks, banking, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Rural areas.</P>
                    <CFR>12 CFR Part 630</CFR>
                    <P>Accounting, Agriculture, Banks, banking, Organization and functions (Government agencies), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Rural areas.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Farm Credit Administration proposes to amend 12 CFR parts 620 and 630 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94619"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 620—DISCLOSURES TO SHAREHOLDERS</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 620 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                    <P>Secs. 4.3, 4.3A, 4.19, 5.9, 5.17, 5.19 of the Farm Credit Act (12 U.S.C. 2154, 2154a, 2207, 2243, 2252, 2254); sec. 424, Pub. L. 100-233, 101 Stat. 1568, 1656 (12 U.S.C. 2252 note); sec. 514, Pub. L. 102-552, 106 Stat. 4102, 4134.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 620.3 by revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 620.3 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Accuracy of reports and assessment of internal control over financial reporting.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>
                        (d) 
                        <E T="03">Assessment of internal control over financial reporting.</E>
                         (1) Annual reports of those institutions with over $1 billion in total assets (as of the end of the prior fiscal year) must include a report by management assessing the effectiveness of the institution's internal control over financial reporting. The assessment must be conducted during the reporting period and be reported to the institution's board of directors. Quarterly and annual reports for those institutions with over $1 billion in total assets (as of the end of the prior fiscal year) must disclose any material change(s) in the internal control over financial reporting occurring during the reporting period.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) All System banks must require their external auditor to issue an annual attestation report, which must express an opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report must be made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, as promulgated by the American Institute for Certified Public Accountants or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board's auditing standards, if applicable. The resulting attestation report must accompany management's assessment of internal control over financial reporting (as required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section) and be included in the bank's annual report.</P>
                    <P>(3) Any System association that meets the criteria in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A) through (C) of this section must engage its external auditor to issue an annual attestation report, which must express an opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report must be made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, as promulgated by the American Institute for Certified Public Accountants or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board's auditing standards, if applicable. The resulting attestation report must accompany management's assessment of internal control over financial reporting (as required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section), if applicable, and be included in the association's annual report.</P>
                    <P>(i)The requirements of this section apply to associations if:</P>
                    <P>(A) The association's total assets equaled one percent or more of total System assets as of the prior fiscal year;</P>
                    <P>(B) The total direct note payable to the association's funding bank was 15 percent or more of the funding bank's total direct loans to associations as of the prior fiscal year; or</P>
                    <P>(C) FCA staff determines that a material weakness exists in the association's internal control over financial reporting, or other developments have occurred or are expected to occur that could adversely impact, or result in significant changes to the association's internal control over financial reporting that impacts the safety and soundness of the association.</P>
                    <P>(4) An association shall comply with paragraph (d)(3) of this section at the end of the third full fiscal year after the effective date of this rule, or the date on which the association meets the criteria in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A) through (C) of this section, whichever is later, unless FCA staff determines it appropriate to require an earlier compliance date. Associations that merge during the fiscal year shall determine the compliance date as follows:</P>
                    <P>(i) If, on the effective date of the merger, one or more of the merging associations must comply with paragraph (d) of this section, the merged association shall be required to comply with paragraph (d)(3) of this section.</P>
                    <P>(ii) If, on the effective date of the merger, paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section does not apply, and one or more of the merging associations is within the timeframe prescribed in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the merged association shall be required to comply with paragraph (d)(3) of this section on the earliest compliance date of the merging associations as of the day immediately preceding the effective date of the merger.</P>
                    <P>(iii) If, on the effective date of the merger, paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (ii) of this section do not apply, but the merged association meets the criteria in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A) through (C) of this section, the merged association shall comply with paragraph (d)(3) of this section at the end of the third full fiscal year after the effective date of the merger.</P>
                    <P>(5) If an association no longer meets the criteria in paragraph (d)(3)(i)(A) or (B) of this section, an attestation report under paragraph (d)(3) of this section is not required.</P>
                    <P>(6) An attestation report shall no longer be required under paragraph (d)(3)(i)(C) of this section if FCA staff determines that:</P>
                    <P>(i) The association has no material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting; or</P>
                    <P>(ii) No material event exists or is expected to exist that impacts the reliability of the association's financial disclosures; and</P>
                    <P>(iii) No other indication of material risk exists in the association's internal control over financial reporting that impacts the safety and soundness of the association.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 630—DISCLOSURE TO INVESTORS IN SYSTEMWIDE AND CONSOLIDATED BANK DEBT OBLIGATIONS OF THE FARM CREDIT SYSTEM</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>3. The authority citation for part 630 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                    <P>Secs. 4.2, 4.9, 5.9, 5.17, 5.19 of the Farm Credit Act (12 U.S.C. 2153, 2160, 2243, 2252, 2254); sec. 424, Pub. L. 100-233, 101 Stat. 1568, 1656 (12 U.S.C. 2252 note); sec. 514, Pub. L. 102-552, 106 Stat. 4102, 4134.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <AMDPAR>4. Amend § 630.5 by revising the heading to paragraph (d) and paragraph (d)(2) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <STARS/>
                <P>
                    (d) 
                    <E T="03">Assessment of internal control over financial reporting.</E>
                </P>
                <STARS/>
                <P>(2) The Funding Corporation must require its external auditor to issue an attestation report, which must express an opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report must be made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, as promulgated by the American Institute for Certified Public Accountants or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board's auditing standards, if applicable. The resulting attestation report must accompany management's assessment of internal control over financial reporting (as required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section) and be included in the annual report.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Ashley Waldron,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary to the Board, Farm Credit Administration.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27657 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6705-01-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="94620"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 25</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2024-0190; Notice No. 25-24-02-SC]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Special Conditions: The Boeing Company, Boeing Model 747-8 Series Airplane; Short-Term Occupancy of Lower Lobe During Flight and Installation of Stairway Between Main Deck and Lower-Lobe</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed special conditions.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This action proposes special conditions for The Boeing Company (Boeing) Model 747-8 series airplane. This airplane, as modified by Boeing, will have a novel or unusual design feature when compared to the state of technology envisioned in the airworthiness standards for transport category airplanes. This design feature is the installation of stairs for flightcrew to access the forward and aft lower lobe compartments during flight. These compartments will have two main functions: storage of service items and that of a Class C cargo compartment. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These proposed special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Send comments on or before January 13, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>Send comments identified by Docket No. FAA-2024-1090 using any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Federal eRegulations Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and follow the online instructions for sending your comments electronically.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Send comments to Docket Operations, M-30, U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W12-140, West Building Ground Floor, Washington, DC, 20590-0001.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery or Courier:</E>
                         Take comments to Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         Fax comments to Docket Operations at 202-493-2251.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                         Background documents or comments received may be read at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         at any time. Follow the online instructions for accessing the docket or go to Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Alan Sinclair, Technical Policy Branch, Policy and Standards Division, Aircraft Certification Service, Federal Aviation Administration, FAA Seattle Headquarters, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, Washington 98198; telephone and fax 206-231-3215; email 
                        <E T="03">alan.sinclair@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
                <P>The FAA invites interested people to take part in this rulemaking by sending written comments, data, or views. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposed special conditions, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data.</P>
                <P>The FAA will consider all comments received by the closing date for comments and will consider comments filed late if it is possible to do so without incurring delay. The FAA may change these special conditions based on the comments received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Privacy</HD>
                <P>
                    Except for Confidential Business Information (CBI) as described in the following paragraph, and other information as described in title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) 11.35, the FAA will post all comments received without change to 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     including any personal information you provide. The FAA will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact received about these special conditions.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Confidential Business Information</HD>
                <P>Confidential Business Information (CBI) is commercial or financial information that is both customarily and actually treated as private by its owner. Under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552), CBI is exempt from public disclosure. If your comments responsive to these special conditions contain commercial or financial information that is customarily treated as private, that you actually treat as private, and that is relevant or responsive to these special conditions, it is important that you clearly designate the submitted comments as CBI. Please mark each page of your submission containing CBI as “PROPIN.” The FAA will treat such marked submissions as confidential under the FOIA, and the indicated comments will not be placed in the public docket of these proposed special conditions. Send submissions containing CBI to the individual listed in the For Further Information Contact section above. Comments the FAA receives, which are not specifically designated as CBI, will be placed in the public docket for these proposed special conditions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>On July 2, 2018, Boeing applied for a supplemental type certificate (STC) for the installation of stairs for inflight flightcrew to access the forward and aft lower lobe compartments that will have two main functions: access of service items that have been stored and that of a Class C cargo compartment in the Model 747-8 series airplane. The modified Boeing Model 747-8 series airplane, which is a derivative of the Model 747-8F series airplane currently approved under Type Certificate No. A20WE, is a four-engine, transport category airplane with a VIP interior configuration, not for common carriage, seating for 93 passengers and 15 flightcrew, and a maximum takeoff weight of 987,000 pounds.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Type Certification Basis</HD>
                <P>Under the provisions of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) 21.101, Boeing must show that changes to the Boeing Model 747-8 series airplane, as changed, continues to meet the applicable provisions of the regulations listed in Type Certificate No. A20WE or the applicable regulations in effect on the date of application for the change, except for earlier amendments as agreed upon by the FAA.</P>
                <P>
                    If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     14 CFR part 25) do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for the Boeing Model 747-8 series airplanes because of a novel or unusual design feature, special conditions are prescribed under the provisions of § 21.16.
                </P>
                <P>Special conditions are initially applicable to the model for which they are issued. Should the applicant apply for a STC to modify any other model included on the same type certificate to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would also apply to the other model under § 21.101.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the Boeing Model 747-8 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94621"/>
                    series airplanes must comply with the exhaust-emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34, and the noise-certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.
                </P>
                <P>The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and they become part of the type certification basis under § 21.101.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Novel or Unusual Design Features</HD>
                <P>Certain Boeing Model 747-8 series airplanes will incorporate the following novel or unusual design features:</P>
                <P>The installation of stairs for flightcrew to access the forward and aft lower lobe compartments during flight. The compartments will have two main functions: storage of service items and that of a Class C cargo compartment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
                <P>Existing regulations address service areas and Class C cargo compartments independently, but do not address compartments that have both uses. A service compartment can be occupied, and the Class C cargo compartment cannot. Further, firefighting is dealt with differently in each compartment. The crew fights a fire in a service compartment and a flooding suppression system is used to fight a fire in a Class C cargo compartment.</P>
                <P>The proposed special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
                <P>As discussed above, these proposed special conditions are applicable to the Boeing Model 747-8 airplanes as modified by Boeing. Should the applicant apply for a STC to modify any other model included on the same type certificate to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would apply to the other model as well.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
                <P>This action affects only a certain novel or unusual design feature on certain modified Boeing Model 747-8 series airplanes. It is not a rule of general applicability and affects only the applicant who applied to the FAA for approval of these features on the airplanes.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 25</HD>
                    <P>Aircraft, Aviation safety, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority Citation</HD>
                <P>The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:</P>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                    <P>49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702, and 44704.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Special Conditions</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) proposes the following special conditions as part of the type certification basis for Boeing Model 747-8 series airplanes, as modified by The Boeing Company.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Requirements Specific to Lower Lobe Access</HD>
                <P>(a) Alerts and indications are required in the lower lobe compartments to indicate decompression, smoke/fire detection, and the need to return to one's seat. (Definition for alert categorization must be consistent with 14 CFR 25.1322).</P>
                <P>(1) There must be a flight deck indication to advise the flightcrew when the lower lobe service/cargo compartment(s) are occupied. The indication must be accompanied by a placard or message in the flight deck indicating someone is in the lower lobe compartment(s). The flight deck indication must be initiated automatically when the compartments become occupied, without input from the occupying flightcrew other than required to gain access. The flight deck indication must be canceled automatically when the compartment(s) are no longer occupied, and the means of access is returned to the unoccupied configuration.</P>
                <P>(i) There must be flight deck indication to advise the flightcrew that the in-flight accessible doors to the lower lobe compartments are closed prior to initiation of the fire suppression system.</P>
                <P>(2) There must be an “on/off” visual alert light located outside and on or near the access doors to each lower lobe service/cargo compartment with a placard stating, “When light is illuminated entrance is prohibited” (or similar words). The alert is to be automatic in the event of decompression, smoke/fire detection or anytime the compartment visual alerting system is activated.</P>
                <P>(3) A flightcrew operated visual alerting system, which is recognized in accessible areas within the lower lobe compartment(s), must be installed to indicate, during turbulence, that persons must return to their seats. Appropriate procedures and limitations (if required) must be established to ensure that the flightcrew alerting systems notify the occupants to return to their seats at the onset of turbulence and prior to taxi, takeoff and landing.</P>
                <P>(4) An automatically activated aural and visual decompression alerting system must be present and immediately recognizable in accessible areas of the lower lobe compartments to notify occupants when to don oxygen masks.</P>
                <P>(5) An automatically activated aural and visual alerting system, which is recognized in the lower lobe compartment(s), must be installed. This aural and visual alerting system is to indicate that, in the event of smoke detection in the lower lobe compartment(s), persons must don their oxygen masks and initiate oxygen flow, exit the compartment, ensure that the door is closed (smoke barrier) and that communication with the flight deck is established. Entry must not be allowed during flight after release of fire suppressant.</P>
                <P>(6) These alerting requirements must be distinctive and effective, and:</P>
                <P>(i) Visual alerts must be visible from all occupant locations during all expected operational conditions including a rapid decompression where moisture in the air may condense.</P>
                <P>(ii) Aural alerts must be loud enough to be heard during all expected operational conditions including a rapid decompression where the ambient noise level will increase.</P>
                <P>
                    (iii) If there are two or more alerts that an occupant may hear or is expected to respond to, there must be an automatic visual alert in addition to the automatic aural alert. There must be training in the sound of the alerting system, the meaning of the alerting system, and the response to the signal (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     procedures for donning the masks and activating the flow of oxygen).
                </P>
                <P>(b) Placards</P>
                <P>(1) There must be appropriate placards installed inside and outside each access door to the lower lobe compartment(s) to indicate:</P>
                <P>(i) The maximum number of occupants allowed, or number of occupants required, as applicable to the compartment.</P>
                <P>(ii) Occupancy is restricted to crewmembers trained in the procedures of the lower lobe compartment(s).</P>
                <P>(iii) Occupancy is prohibited during taxi, takeoff, and landing, and whilst the fire suppression system is activated.</P>
                <P>(iv) The access door must remain closed except when someone is entering or exiting the compartment.</P>
                <P>(v) Occupancy of the compartment should be of minimum duration.</P>
                <P>(vi) Anyone entering the lower lobe compartment(s) during flight must carry portable oxygen equipment for the entire time that they are in the compartment.</P>
                <P>
                    (2) There must be appropriate placards located conspicuously on or 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94622"/>
                    near each lower lobe compartment exit defining the location and operating instructions for each evacuation route. Placards must be readable from a distance of 30 inches under emergency lighting conditions.
                </P>
                <P>(3) There must be a placard located adjacent to the visual alert light required by condition (a) (2) that states, “When light is illuminated, entrance is prohibited” (or similar words).</P>
                <P>(4) In addition to the above requirements, the following additional placards must be included for an Electronic/Equipment (E/E) Bay:</P>
                <P>(i) No stowage allowed within an E/E Bay.</P>
                <P>(ii) In-flight access for panels/cabinets not designed to be used in-flight is prohibited.</P>
                <P>(iii) Provided the in-flight maintenance requirements in ICA section (g) are met, placarding must declare that “Entrance is prohibited except by permission of the pilot in command” (or similar words).</P>
                <P>(iv) “Access is not permitted during flight” if the in-flight maintenance requirements in ICA Section (g) are not met.</P>
                <P>(v) A placard must be installed on all access panels and doors within lower lobe compartments prohibiting use of those that are not intended for use in flight.</P>
                <P>(c) Equipment: In lieu of that required by §§ 25.819, 25.851(a), 25.1439(a) and 25.1447(c) the following equipment is required:</P>
                <P>
                    (1) There must be a portable oxygen bottle with mask attached to it meeting the requirements § 25.1439(b)(1), (2)(i), (4) for each crewmember occupying the lower lobe compartment(s). The equipment must be mounted outside each access door to the lower lobe service/cargo compartment(s). The equipment and system must be designed to prevent any inward leakage to the inside of the device and prevent any outward leakage causing significant increase in the oxygen content of the local atmosphere (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     full face mask type). A portable oxygen bottle must be carried by each crewmember who is occupying the lower lobe service/cargo compartment. The portable oxygen bottle must also meet the minimum performance requirements of § 25.1443(a) or (b), or the equipment must be shown to protect the occupant from hypoxia at an activity level required to return to a seat on the main deck where oxygen is available following a rapid decompression.
                </P>
                <P>(2) In addition to the emergency illumination required by § 25.819(a), at least two flashlights, each equipped with a locator light, must be provided. One flashlight must be located adjacent to each emergency exit and entrance in the lower lobe compartment(s).</P>
                <P>(3) In addition to the evacuation route requirements of § 25.819(a), all entrances and exits from the lower lobe service/cargo compartment must be capable of being closed after entering and exiting and, after closing, must prevent hazardous quantities of smoke, flames, or fire suppressant agent from entering any compartments occupied by passengers or crew and must prevent loss of fire suppressant agent when activated.</P>
                <P>(4) In lieu of the emergency equipment required by §§ 25.851(a) and 25.1439(a), when the procedures allow for a single occupant in a potential “dead end” volume further than 5 feet from an exit in the lower lobe compartment(s) there must be a readily accessible fire extinguisher, appropriate to the types and kinds of fires that may occur.</P>
                <P>(5) A means must be in place to preclude anyone from being trapped inside the lower lobe compartment(s). If a locking mechanism is installed in the door, it must be capable of being unlocked from the either side of the door without the aid of any tools.</P>
                <P>(6) A means must be in place to restrict access and prevent inadvertent damage to critical aircraft systems and equipment located within the compartment during flight.</P>
                <P>(7) There must be a means to communicate with the flight deck from within the E/E Bay.</P>
                <P>(d) Training: Training manuals and training must include:</P>
                <P>(1) Use and actions associated with aural and visual alerts and placards specified herein.</P>
                <P>(2) Entering and exiting the lower lobe compartment(s), including emergency exiting.</P>
                <P>(3) Checking the oxygen bottle pressure for adequacy prior to entering the lower lobe service/cargo compartment.</P>
                <P>(4) Carrying the oxygen bottle when entering the lower lobe compartment(s) and using the bottle in emergency situations.</P>
                <P>(5) Maintaining exit path aisle and access for the evacuation routes.</P>
                <P>(6) Identification of equipment related hazards such as the potential for electric shock and burns.</P>
                <P>(7) Limiting the occupancy for duration of the required tasks.</P>
                <P>(e) Procedures</P>
                <P>
                    (1) A procedure must be established to ensure that the appropriate actions are taken in the event of smoke/fire detection. These actions are to include evacuation of the lower lobe compartments if occupied, communication with flight deck, determination of the event severity and the closure of the compartment doors for compartment sealing. These actions ensure the fire barriers (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     doors) are closed prior to release of fire suppressant agent in the cargo compartments. Reentry into the lower lobe service/cargo compartments after a smoke/fire detection event would only be allowed by the pilot in command, via controlled procedures.
                </P>
                <P>(2) A procedure must be established to ensure that required equipment, such as portable oxygen, fire extinguishers, protective breathing equipment, and warning light are functional prior to takeoff.</P>
                <P>(f) Limitations of Special Condition</P>
                <P>(1) An FAA approved Cabin Crew Manual requiring the cabin crew verify the lower lobe compartment(s) are not occupied during taxi, takeoff, landing, or after fire suppression activation must be created. The Cabin Crew Manual must include instructions for allowing access; procedures for fire/smoke detection/firefighting; procedures for decompression. The Cabin Crew Manual must be specified by the master drawing list and called out on the description of type design change section of the STC.</P>
                <P>(2) The Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) supplement must include instructions for: allowing access; procedures for fire/smoke detection/firefighting; procedures for decompression.</P>
                <P>(3) The weight and balance manual must include cargo loading restrictions to maintain escape paths.</P>
                <P>(g) Instructions for Continued Airworthiness (ICAs)</P>
                <P>(1) The ICAs must contain appropriate procedures to ensure maintenance can be safely accomplished in-flight.</P>
                <P>(i) The ICA supplement must contain instructions that highlight the special considerations associated with in-flight maintenance. This content includes any assumptions or requirements for compliance with §§ 25.1309, 25.1360, 25.1529 and 25.1721.</P>
                <P>(ii) The ICAs must establish an appropriate foreign object damage (FOD) control process for performing maintenance in-flight. The hazards associated with FOD may be mitigated by design and existing FOD control processes.</P>
                <P>
                    (iii) The ICAs must establish an appropriate lock-out/tag-out procedure for performing maintenance in-flight. A new single lock-out/tag-out procedure may be created for both ground and flight.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94623"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Requirements Specific to the Stairway</HD>
                <P>(h) The stairway must have essentially straight route segments with a landing at each significant change in segment direction.</P>
                <P>(i) The stairway must have essentially rectangular treads.</P>
                <P>(j) The stairway must accommodate the carriage of an incapacitated occupant from the lower deck to the main deck. The crewmember procedures for such carriage must be established and included in the AFM.</P>
                <P>(k) In normal operation, the general illumination level must not be less than 0.05 foot-candles when measured along the center lines of each tread and landing.</P>
                <P>(l) The stairway must have a handrail on at least one side to allow occupants to steady themselves during moderate turbulence in flight. The handrail(s) must be constructed so there is no obstruction on them that will cause the user to release his/her grip or hinder the continuous movement of the hands along the handrail. The design must accommodate the stature of a 5th percentile female and a 95th percentile male.</P>
                <P>(m) The public address system must be intelligible in the stairway during all flight phases.</P>
                <P>(n) “Return to seat” signs must be installed and visible in the stairway both going up and down and at the stairway entrances.</P>
                <P>(o) Appropriate placards must be located outside each main deck entrance to the lower lobe access stairs to indicate:</P>
                <P>(1) The maximum number of occupants allowed in flight.</P>
                <P>(2) Occupancy during flight is restricted to crewmembers that are trained in the procedures for the lower lobe compartments.</P>
                <P>(3) Occupancy is prohibited during taxi, take-off, and landing.</P>
                <P>(4) The stowage of cargo or passenger baggage is not allowed in the stair enclosure. This placard is also required at each stair landing.</P>
                <P>(p) Passengers must be prevented from entering the stairway in the event of an emergency or when no flight attendant is present.</P>
                <P>(q) The means required by condition (p) must be capable of being quickly opened from inside the stairway, even when crowding occurs at the passenger cabin side of the stair entrance.</P>
                <P>(r) A means must be in place to preclude anyone from being trapped inside the stairway. If a locking mechanism is installed, it must be capable of being unlocked from either side without the aid of tools.</P>
                <P>(s) There must be appropriate placards conspicuously located as follows:</P>
                <P>(1) Inside the stairs on or near each exit to the main deck defining the operating instructions for the door.</P>
                <P>(2) On the cabin side, when the door is closed, no higher than 4 feet from the floor, indicating that the door is not an emergency exit. For the placards required by condition (s) the following applies:</P>
                <P>(3) Placards must be readable from a distance of 30 inches under emergency lighting conditions.</P>
                <P>(4) Placards must be illuminated to at least 160 micro-lamberts under emergency lighting conditions.</P>
                <P>(t) There shall be a means (visible and audible) to notify an occupant of the stairway of the need to don supplemental oxygen equipment in the event of a decompression. The aural and visual alerts must activate before the cabin pressure altitude exceeds 15,000 feet.</P>
                <P>(u) A means must be available, in the event of failure of the airplane's main power system, or of the normal stairway lighting system, for emergency illumination to be automatically provided in the stairway.</P>
                <P>(1) This emergency illumination must be independent of the main lighting system.</P>
                <P>(2) The sources of general illumination may be common to both the emergency and the main lighting systems if the power supply to the emergency lighting system is independent of the power supply to the main lighting system.</P>
                <P>(3) Emergency illumination must be provided so that, when measured along the centerlines of each tread and landing, the illumination is not less than 0.05 foot-candles.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued in Kansas City, Missouri, on signature November 18, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Patrick R. Mullen,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Manager, Technical Policy Branch, Policy and Standards Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27786 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2024-2542; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00611-R]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Helicopters (Type Certificate Previously Held by Eurocopter France)</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA proposes to supersede Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2008-10-01 and AD 2010-05-51, which apply to certain Eurocopter France (now Airbus Helicopters) Model EC120B helicopters. AD 2008-10-01 requires replacing certain part-numbered and serial-numbered spherical thrust bearings. AD 2010-05-51 requires repetitively inspecting the main rotor (M/R) head rotor hub (rotor hub) and, depending on the results, taking corrective action. Since the FAA issued those ADs, the manufacturer revised the airworthiness limitations section (ALS) to incorporate various airworthiness limitations, tasks, and associated thresholds and intervals that were previously contained in service bulletins, as well as incorporate a new task. This proposed AD would require revising the ALS of the existing maintenance manual (MM) or instructions for continued airworthiness (ICAs) and the existing approved maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, as specified in a European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD, which is proposed for incorporation by reference. The FAA is proposing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this NPRM by January 13, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                        . Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         (202) 493-2251.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>
                         Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94624"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2024-2542; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this NPRM, the EASA AD, any comments received, and other information. The street address for Docket Operations is listed above.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For EASA material identified in this proposed AD, contact EASA, Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3, 50668 Cologne, Germany; phone: +49 221 8999 000; email: 
                        <E T="03">ADs@easa.europa.eu;</E>
                         website: 
                        <E T="03">easa.europa.eu.</E>
                         You may find the EASA material on the EASA website at 
                        <E T="03">ad.easa.europa.eu.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • You may view this material at the FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Parkway, Room 6N-321, Fort Worth, TX 76177. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (817) 222-5110. The EASA material is also available at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2024-2542.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Hye Yoon Jang, Aviation Safety Engineer, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; phone: (206) 231-3758; email: 
                        <E T="03">hye.yoon.jang@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA invites you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    . Include “Docket No. FAA-2024-2542; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00611-R” at the beginning of your comments. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. The FAA will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend the proposal because of those comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Except for Confidential Business Information (CBI) as described in the following paragraph, and other information as described in 14 CFR 11.35, the FAA will post all comments received, without change, to 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                    , including any personal information you provide. The agency will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact received about this NPRM.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Confidential Business Information</HD>
                <P>
                    CBI is commercial or financial information that is both customarily and actually treated as private by its owner. Under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552), CBI is exempt from public disclosure. If your comments responsive to this NPRM contain commercial or financial information that is customarily treated as private, that you actually treat as private, and that is relevant or responsive to this NPRM, it is important that you clearly designate the submitted comments as CBI. Please mark each page of your submission containing CBI as “PROPIN.” The FAA will treat such marked submissions as confidential under the FOIA, and they will not be placed in the public docket of this NPRM. Submissions containing CBI should be sent to Hye Yoon Jang, Aviation Safety Engineer, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; phone: (206) 231-3758; email: 
                    <E T="03">hye.yoon.jang@faa.gov.</E>
                     Any commentary that the FAA receives which is not specifically designated as CBI will be placed in the public docket for this rulemaking.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>The FAA issued AD 2008-10-01, Amendment 39-15507 (73 FR 24856, May 6, 2008) (AD 2008-10-01), for Eurocopter France (now Airbus Helicopters) Model EC120B helicopters with spherical thrust bearings part number (P/N) 7050A3622036 having serial number LK0130, LK0142, LK0155, or LK0158, installed. AD 2008-10-01 was prompted by Direction generale de l'aviation civile France (DGAC), which was the aviation authority for France before the European Aviation Safety Agency, AD F-2006-040, dated February 15, 2006 (DGAC France AD F-2006-040), to address a batch of non-conforming spherical thrust bearings. AD 2008-10-01 requires removing any identified spherical thrust bearing and installing an airworthy spherical thrust bearing. The FAA issued AD 2008-10-01 to prevent failure of a spherical thrust bearing during flight, which, if not addressed, could cause the M/R system to separate from the helicopter, which would be catastrophic.</P>
                <P>The FAA issued AD 2010-05-51, Amendment 39-16265 (75 FR 22510, April 29, 2010) (AD 2010-05-51), for Eurocopter France (now Airbus Helicopters) Model EC120B helicopters with a rotor hub P/N C622A1002103, C622A1002104, or C622A1002105, installed. AD 2010-05-51 was prompted by European Aviation Safety Agency, which was the aviation authority for France after the DGAC and before the European Union Aviation Safety Agency, Emergency AD 2010-0026-E, dated February 19, 2010 (European Aviation Safety Agency Emergency AD 2010-0026-E), to address failure of a rotor hub attachment area in one of the three drag damper fittings. AD 2010-05-51 requires repetitively inspecting the rotor hub, and depending on the results, sanding the area to inspect for cracks, and replacing the rotor hub if cracks are found. The FAA issued AD 2010-05-51 to prevent failure of a rotor hub, excessive vibrations, loss of an M/R blade, and subsequent loss of control of the helicopter.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Actions Since AD 2008-10-01 and AD 2010-05-51 Were Issued</HD>
                <P>
                    Since the FAA issued AD 2008-10-01 and AD 2010-05-51, EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union (including France), has issued EASA AD 2023-0083, dated April 19, 2023 (EASA AD 2023-0083), to supersede DGAC France AD F-2006-040 and European Aviation Safety Agency Emergency AD 2010-0026-E. EASA advises that airworthiness limitations instructions are identified as mandatory for continued airworthiness and that Revision 3 of AH [Airbus Helicopters] EC 120 B Chapter 4 ALS, dated July 18, 2022, was issued to introduce new, or more restrictive tasks, or both, including incorporation of the requirements of DGAC France AD F-2006-040 and EASA Emergency AD 2010-0026-E. Consequently, EASA AD 2023-0083 retains the requirements of DGAC France AD F-2006-040 and European Aviation Safety Agency Emergency AD 2010-0026-E and requires accomplishing the actions specified in, and the incorporation into the Aircraft Maintenance Programme (AMP) of, AH [Airbus Helicopters] EC 120 B Chapter 4 ALS, Revision 3, dated July 18, 2022. According to EASA, failure to accomplish these instructions could result in an unsafe condition. You may examine EASA AD 2023-0083 in the AD docket at 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FAA-2024-2542.
                </P>
                <P>Lastly, since the FAA issued AD 2008-10-01 and AD 2010-05-51, Eurocopter France changed its name to Airbus Helicopters; this NPRM reflects that change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Material Incorporated by Reference Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA reviewed EASA AD 2023-0083, which requires replacing components before exceeding their life limits and accomplishing all applicable maintenance tasks within thresholds and intervals specified in the ALS as defined within. Depending on the results of the maintenance tasks, EASA AD 2023-0083 requires accomplishing corrective action(s) or contacting AH 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94625"/>
                    [Airbus Helicopters] for approved instructions and accomplishing those instructions.
                </P>
                <P>Additionally, EASA AD 2023-0083 requires revising the AMP by incorporating the limitations, tasks, and associated thresholds and intervals described in the specified ALS, as applicable. Revising the AMP constitutes terminating action for the requirement to record accomplishment of the actions of replacing components before exceeding their life limits and accomplishing maintenance tasks within thresholds and intervals specified in the applicable ALS as required by EASA AD 2023-0083 for demonstration of AD compliance on a continued basis.</P>
                <P>
                    This material is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination</HD>
                <P>These products have been approved by the aviation authority of another country and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to the FAA's bilateral agreement with this State of Design Authority, it has notified the FAA of the unsafe condition described in its AD referenced above. The FAA is issuing this NPRM after determining that the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed AD Requirements in This NPRM</HD>
                <P>This proposed AD would require revising the ALS of the existing MM or ICAs and the existing approved maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, by incorporating new or more restrictive actions and associated thresholds and intervals, including any life limits, specified in EASA AD 2023-0083, described previously, as incorporated by reference, except for any differences identified as exceptions in the regulatory text of this proposed AD and except as discussed under “Differences Between this Proposed AD and the EASA AD.”</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Explanation of Required Compliance Information</HD>
                <P>
                    In the FAA's ongoing efforts to improve the efficiency of the AD process, the FAA developed a process to use some civil aviation authority (CAA) ADs as the primary source of information for compliance with requirements for corresponding FAA ADs. The FAA has been coordinating this process with manufacturers and CAAs. As a result, the FAA proposes to incorporate EASA AD 2023-0083 by reference in the FAA final rule. Using common terms that are the same as the heading of a particular section in EASA AD 2023-0083 does not mean that operators need comply only with that section. For example, where the AD requirement refers to “all required actions and compliance times,” compliance with this AD requirement is not limited to the section titled “Required Action(s) and Compliance Time(s)” in EASA AD 2023-0083. Material referenced in EASA AD 2023-0083 for compliance will be available at 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FAA-2024-2542 after the FAA final rule is published.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Differences Between This Proposed AD and the EASA AD</HD>
                <P>EASA AD 2023-0083 requires, as individual tasks, replacing certain components before exceeding applicable life limits, accomplishing certain maintenance tasks within thresholds and intervals as specified in the ALS, as defined within, and depending on the results, accomplishing corrective action(s), whereas this proposed AD would not. EASA AD 2023-0083 also requires revising the approved AMP to incorporate the limitations, tasks, and associated thresholds and intervals described in that ALS within 12 months, whereas this proposed AD would require revising the ALS of the existing MM or ICAs and the existing approved maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, by incorporating the limitations, tasks, and associated thresholds and intervals described in that ALS within 30 days, and clarifies that if the initial instance of an incorporated limitation or threshold therein is reached before 30 days after the effective date of the final rule of this proposed AD, you still have up to 30 days after the effective date of the final rule of this proposed AD to accomplish the corresponding task.</P>
                <P>Lastly, the material referenced in “the ALS,” as defined in EASA AD 2023-0083, specifies contacting Airbus [Helicopters] if there is a crack in the rotor hub, whereas this proposed AD would not require contacting Airbus Helicopters.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD, if adopted as proposed, would affect 65 helicopters of U.S. registry. Labor rates are estimated at $85 per work-hour. Based on these numbers, the FAA estimates the following costs to comply with this proposed AD.</P>
                <P>Revising the ALS of the existing MM or ICAs and the existing approved maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, would take 1 work-hour, at an estimated cost of $85 per helicopter and $5,525 for the U.S. fleet.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>The FAA determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify that the proposed regulation:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Would not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Would not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94626"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by:</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing Airworthiness Directive 2008-10-01, Amendment 39-15507 (73 FR 24856, May 6, 2008), and AD 2010-05-51, Amendment 39-16265 (75 FR 22510, April 29, 2010); and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Adding the following new airworthiness directive:</AMDPAR>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="04">Airbus Helicopters (Type Certificate previously held by Eurocopter France):</E>
                         Docket No. FAA-2024-2542; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00611-R.
                    </FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Comments Due Date</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this airworthiness directive (AD) by January 13, 2025.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                    <P>This AD replaces AD 2008-10-01, Amendment 39-15507 (73 FR 24856, May 6, 2008), and AD 2010-05-51, Amendment 39-16265 (75 FR 22510, April 29, 2010).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                    <P>This AD applies to Airbus Helicopters (type certificate previously held by Eurocopter France) Model EC120B helicopters, certificated in any category.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                    <P>Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC) Code: 6220, Main Rotor Head.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                    <P>This AD was prompted by new and more restrictive airworthiness limitations. The FAA is issuing this AD to prevent failure of certain parts, which if not addressed, could result in subsequent loss of control of the helicopter.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                    <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Required Actions</HD>
                    <P>Except as specified in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this AD: Comply with all required actions and compliance times specified in, and in accordance with, European Union Aviation Safety Agency AD 2023-0083, dated April 19, 2023 (EASA AD 2023-0083).</P>
                    <P>(h) Exceptions to EASA AD 2023-0083</P>
                    <P>(1) Where EASA AD 2023-0083 refers to its effective date, this AD requires using the effective date of this AD.</P>
                    <P>(2) This AD does not adopt paragraphs (1), (2), (4), and (5) of EASA AD 2023-0083.</P>
                    <P>(3) Where paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2023-0083 specifies “Within 12 months after the effective date of this AD, revise the approved AMP,” this AD requires replacing that text with “Within 30 days after the effective date of this AD, revise the airworthiness limitations section of the existing maintenance manual or instructions for continued airworthiness and the existing approved maintenance or inspection program, as applicable.”</P>
                    <P>(4) Regarding “the ALS” as defined in EASA AD 2023-0083; where the material referenced in “the ALS” in paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2023-0083 specifies contacting Airbus [Helicopters] if there is a crack in the (main rotor head rotor) hub body, this AD does not require contacting Airbus Helicopters.</P>
                    <P>(5) The initial compliance time for doing the tasks specified in paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2023-0083 is on or before the applicable “limitations” and “associated thresholds” as incorporated by the requirements of paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2023-0083 or within 30 days after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs later.</P>
                    <P>(6) This AD does not adopt the “Remarks” section of EASA AD 2023-0083.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Provisions for Alternative Actions and Intervals</HD>
                    <P>After the action required by paragraph (g) of this AD has been done, no alternative actions and associated thresholds and intervals, including life limits, are allowed unless they are approved as specified in the provisions of the “Ref. Publications” section of EASA AD 2023-0083.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
                    <P>
                        (1) The Manager, International Validation Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the International Validation Branch, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (k) of this AD. If sending information directly to the manager of the International Validation Branch, mail it to the address identified in paragraph (k) of this AD or email to: 
                        <E T="03">AMOC@faa.gov.</E>
                         If mailing information, also submit information by email.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Additional Information</HD>
                    <P>
                        For more information about this AD, contact Hye Yoon Jang, Aviation Safety Engineer, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; phone: (206) 231-3758; email: 
                        <E T="03">hye.yoon.jang@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                    <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the material listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                    <P>(2) You must use this material as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                    <P>(i) European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD 2023-0083, dated April 19, 2023.</P>
                    <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                    <P>
                        (3) For EASA material identified in this AD, contact EASA, Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3, 50668 Cologne, Germany; phone: +49 221 8999 000; email: 
                        <E T="03">ADs@easa.europa.eu;</E>
                         website: 
                        <E T="03">easa.europa.eu.</E>
                         You may find the EASA material on the EASA website at 
                        <E T="03">ad.easa.europa.eu.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(4) You may view this material at the FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy., Room 6N-321, Fort Worth, TX 76177. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (817) 222 5110.</P>
                    <P>
                        (5) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                        <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                         or email 
                        <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Victor Wicklund,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27814 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2024-2541; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00006-R]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Helicopters</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA proposes to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Airbus Helicopters Model SA341G and SA342J helicopters. This proposed AD was prompted by a report of a pilot collective pitch stick handle grip that broke when pulled. This proposed AD would require replacing certain pilot collective pitch stick handle grips and prohibit installing those pilot collective pitch stick handle grips. These actions are specified in a European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD, which is proposed for incorporation by reference. The FAA is proposing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this NPRM by January 13, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                        . Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94627"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         (202) 493-2251.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>
                         Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2024-2541; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this NPRM, the mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI), any comments received, and other information. The street address for Docket Operations is listed above.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For EASA material identified in this proposed AD, contact EASA, Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3, 50668 Cologne, Germany; phone: +49 221 8999 000; email: 
                        <E T="03">ADs@easa.europa.eu;</E>
                         website: 
                        <E T="03">easa.europa.eu.</E>
                         You may find the EASA material on the EASA website at 
                        <E T="03">ad.easa.europa.eu.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>• You may view this material at the FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy., Room 6N-321, Fort Worth, TX 76177. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (817) 222-5110.</P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Hye Yoon Jang Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; phone: (206) 231-3758; email: 
                        <E T="03">Hye.Yoon.Jang@faa.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA invites you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2024-2541; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00006-R at the beginning of your comments. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. The FAA will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposal because of those comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Except for Confidential Business Information (CBI) as described in the following paragraph, and other information as described in 14 CFR 11.35, the FAA will post all comments received, without change, to 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                    , including any personal information you provide. The agency will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact received about this NPRM.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Confidential Business Information</HD>
                <P>
                    CBI is commercial or financial information that is both customarily and actually treated as private by its owner. Under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552), CBI is exempt from public disclosure. If your comments responsive to this NPRM contain commercial or financial information that is customarily treated as private, that you actually treat as private, and that is relevant or responsive to this NPRM, it is important that you clearly designate the submitted comments as CBI. Please mark each page of your submission containing CBI as “PROPIN.” The FAA will treat such marked submissions as confidential under the FOIA, and they will not be placed in the public docket of this NPRM. Submissions containing CBI should be sent to Hye Yoon Jang, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; phone: (206) 231-3758; email: 
                    <E T="03">Hye.Yoon.Jang@faa.gov.</E>
                     Any commentary that the FAA receives which is not specifically designated as CBI will be placed in the public docket for this rulemaking.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA AD 2023-0002, dated January 5, 2023 (EASA AD 2023-0002) (also referred to as the MCAI), to correct an unsafe condition on Airbus Helicopters Model SA 341 G and SA 342 J (Gazelle) helicopters if equipped with a pilot collective pitch stick having part number (P/N) 341A27-5041-0057, P/N 341A27-5041-0058, P/N 341A27-5041-0060, P/N 341A27-5041-0063, P/N 341A27-5041-0064, P/N 341A27-5041-0066, P/N 341A27-5041-0067, or P/N 341A27-5041-0068. The MCAI states that a pilot collective pitch stick handle grip broke into two pieces when a maintenance technician pulled the handle grip during helicopter maintenance. According to the MCAI, following investigation and analysis, the handle grip material (Rilsan) is sensitive to aging, with consequent degradation of the structural strength of the handle grip.</P>
                <P>The FAA is proposing this AD to prevent failure of the handle grip, which if not addressed, could result in reduced integrity of the flight control system and subsequent loss of control of the helicopter.</P>
                <P>
                    You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket at 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FAA-2024-2541.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Material Incorporated by Reference Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>
                    EASA AD 2023-0002 requires replacing handle grips P/N 41A27-1377-00 installed on pilot collective pitch sticks before June 15, 2022, and replacing certain part-numbered pilot collective pitch sticks complete with a handle grip. EASA AD 2023-0002 also prohibits installing the affected handle grips and pilot collective pitch sticks equipped with an affected handle grip on any helicopter. This material is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination</HD>
                <P>These products have been approved by the aviation authority of another country and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to the FAA's bilateral agreement with this State of Design Authority, it has notified the FAA of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI referenced above. The FAA is issuing this NPRM after determining that the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop on other products of these same type designs.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed AD Requirements in This NPRM</HD>
                <P>This proposed AD would require accomplishing the actions specified in EASA AD 2023-0002, described previously, as incorporated by reference, except for any differences identified as exceptions in the regulatory text of this proposed AD and except as discussed under “Differences Between this NPRM and the MCAI.”</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Explanation of Required Compliance Information</HD>
                <P>
                    In the FAA's ongoing efforts to improve the efficiency of the AD process, the FAA developed a process to use some civil aviation authority (CAA) ADs as the primary source of information for compliance with requirements for corresponding FAA ADs. The FAA has been coordinating this process with manufacturers and CAAs. As a result, the FAA proposes to incorporate EASA AD 2023-0002 by reference in the FAA final rule. This proposed AD would, therefore, require compliance with EASA AD 2023-0002 in its entirety through that incorporation, except for any differences identified as exceptions in the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94628"/>
                    regulatory text of this proposed AD. Using common terms that are the same as the heading of a particular section in EASA AD 2023-0002 does not mean that operators need comply only with that section. For example, where the AD requirement refers to “all required actions and compliance times,” compliance with this AD requirement is not limited to the section titled “Required Action(s) and Compliance Time(s)” in EASA AD 2023-0002. Material referenced in EASA AD 2023-0002 for compliance will be available at 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FAA-2024-2541 after the FAA final rule is published.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Differences Between This NPRM and the MCAI</HD>
                <P>The MCAI requires using Airbus Helicopters ASB SA341 67.06 and ASB SA342 67.06 (co-published as one document and referred to as ASB No. “GAZ-67.06”), Revision 0, dated June 15, 2022, for compliance, and allows using future revisions of that material, whereas this proposed AD would instead require using Airbus Helicopters ASB No. GAZ-67.06, Revision 1, dated November 2, 2022, and allows using future revisions of that material as specified in the Ref. Publications section of EASA AD 2023-0002, which is proposed for incorporation.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD, if adopted as proposed, would affect 16 helicopters of U.S. registry.</P>
                <P>Replacing the collective pitch handle grip would take 4 work-hours and parts would cost $230 for an estimated cost of $570 per helicopter and $9,120 for the U.S. fleet.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>The FAA determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Would not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Would not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                    <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive:</AMDPAR>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="04">Airbus Helicopters:</E>
                         Docket No. FAA-2024-2541; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00006-R.
                    </FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Comments Due Date</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this airworthiness directive (AD) by January 13, 2025.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                    <P>None.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                    <P>This AD applies to Airbus Helicopters Model SA341G and SA342J helicopters, certificated in any category, as identified in European Union Aviation Safety Agency AD 2023-0002, dated January 5, 2023 (EASA AD 2023-0002).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                    <P>Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC) Code: 2077, Flight Control System.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                    <P>This AD was prompted by a report of a pilot collective pitch stick handle grip that broke into two pieces when a maintenance technician pulled the handle grip during helicopter maintenance. The FAA is issuing this AD to prevent failure of the pilot collective pitch stick handle grip. The unsafe condition, if not addressed, could result in reduced integrity of the flight control system and subsequent loss of control of the helicopter.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                    <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Requirements</HD>
                    <P>Except as specified in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this AD: Comply with all required actions and compliance times specified in, and in accordance with, EASA AD 2023-0002.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Exceptions to EASA AD 2023-0002</HD>
                    <P>(1) Where EASA AD 2023-0002 defines “the ASB” as “AH Alert Service Bulletin (ASB) SA341 67.06 and ASB SA342 67.06 (published as a single document, also ref. No. ASB GAZ-67.06),” this AD requires replacing that text with “Airbus Helicopters Alert Service Bulletin No. GAZ-67.06, Revision 1, dated November 2, 2022.”</P>
                    <P>(2) Where EASA AD 2023-0002 refers to its effective date, this AD requires using the effective date of this AD.</P>
                    <P>(3) Where the material referenced in EASA AD 2023-0002 specifies discarding certain parts, this AD requires removing those parts from service.</P>
                    <P>(4) This AD does not adopt the “Remarks” section of EASA AD 2023-0002.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) No Reporting Requirement</HD>
                    <P>Although the material referenced in EASA AD 2023-0002 specifies to submit certain information to the manufacturer, this AD does not require that action.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
                    <P>
                        (1) The Manager, International Validation Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the International Validation Branch, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (k) of this AD. Information may be emailed to: 
                        <E T="03">9-AVS-AIR-730-AMOC@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local Flight Standards District Office/certificate holding district office.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Related Information</HD>
                    <P>
                        For more information about this AD, contact Hye Yoon Jang, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; phone: (206) 231-3758; email: 
                        <E T="03">Hye.Yoon.Jang@faa.gov.</E>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94629"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                    <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of the material listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                    <P>(2) You must use this material as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                    <P>(i) European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD 2023-0002, dated January 5, 2023.</P>
                    <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                    <P>
                        (3) For EASA material identified in this AD, contact EASA, Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3, 50668 Cologne, Germany; phone: +49 221 8999 000; email: 
                        <E T="03">ADs@easa.europa.eu;</E>
                         website: 
                        <E T="03">easa.europa.eu.</E>
                         You may find the EASA material on the EASA website at 
                        <E T="03">ad.easa.europa.eu.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(4) You may view this material at the FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy., Room 6N-321, Fort Worth, TX 76177. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (817) 222 5110.</P>
                    <P>
                        (5) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                        <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                         or email 
                        <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Victor Wicklund,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27813 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 71</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2024-1984; Airspace Docket No. 24-ASO-25]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA66</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Amendment of Class D and Class E Airspace; Goldsboro, NC</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This action proposes to amend Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface for Goldsboro, NC, by adding airspace for Wayne Memorial Hospital Inc. Heliport, Goldsboro, NC. Additionally, this action would bring the Goldsboro Class D and Class E airspace into compliance with FAA orders and support instrument flight rule (IFR) procedures and operations.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before January 13, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>Send comments identified by FAA Docket No. FAA-2024-1984 and Airspace Docket No. 24-ASO-25 using any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        * 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and follow the online instructions for sending your comments electronically.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        * 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Send comments to Docket Operations, M-30; U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W12-140, West Building Ground Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        * 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery or Courier:</E>
                         Take comments to Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except for Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        * 
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         Fax comments to Docket Operations at (202) 493-2251.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                         Background documents or comments received may be read at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         at any time. Follow the online instructions for accessing the docket or go to the Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except for Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        FAA Order JO 7400.11J Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed online at 
                        <E T="03">www.faa.gov/air_traffic/publications/.</E>
                         You may also contact the Rules and Regulations Group, Office of Policy, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW, Washington DC 20591; telephone: (202) 267-8783.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Rachel Cruz, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation Administration, 1701 Columbia Avenue, College Park, GA 30337; telephone: (404) 305-5571.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority, as it would amend Class D and E airspace in Goldsboro, NC.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
                <P>The FAA invites interested persons to participate in this rulemaking by submitting written comments, data, or views. Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, aeronautical, economic, environmental, and energy-related aspects of the proposal. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. To ensure the docket does not contain duplicate comments, commenters should submit only one time if comments are filed electronically, or commenters should send only one copy of written comments if comments are filed in writing.</P>
                <P>The FAA will file in the docket all comments it receives, as well as a report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerning this proposed rulemaking. Before acting on this proposal, the FAA will consider all comments it receives on or before the closing date for comments. The FAA will consider comments filed after the comment period has closed if it is possible to do so without incurring expense or delay. The FAA may change this proposal in light of the comments it receives.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Privacy:</E>
                     In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     as described in the system of records notice (DOT/ALL-14 FDMS), which can be reviewed at 
                    <E T="03">www.dot.gov/privacy.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Availability of Rulemaking Documents</HD>
                <P>
                    An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded through the internet at 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Recently published rulemaking documents can also be accessed through the FAA's web page at 
                    <E T="03">www.faa.gov/air_traffic/publications/airspace_amendments/.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    You may review the public docket containing the proposal, any comments received, and any final disposition in person in the Dockets Operations office (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section for address, phone number, and hours of operations). An informal docket may also be examined during regular business hours at the office of the Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation Administration, Room 210, 1701 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94630"/>
                    Columbia Ave., College Park, GA, 30337.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Incorporation by Reference</HD>
                <P>
                    Class D and Class E airspace are published in paragraphs 5000 and 6005 of FAA Order JO 7400.11, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 on an annual basis. This document proposes to amend the current version of that order, FAA Order JO 7400.11J, dated July 31, 2024, and effective September 15, 2024. FAA Order JO 7400.11J is publicly available as listed in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section of this document. These amendments will be published in the next update to FAA Order JO 7400.11.
                </P>
                <P>FAA Order JO 7400.11J lists Class A, B, C, D, and E airspace areas, air traffic service routes, and reporting points.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposal</HD>
                <P>This action proposes to amend 14 CFR part 71 by amending Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface for Goldsboro, NC, by adding airspace within a 6-mile radius of Wayne Memorial Hospital Inc. Heliport, Goldsboro, NC. Additionally, this would remove the city associated with the airports in the airspace legal description header and update Wayne Executive Jetport, NC, and Mount Olive Municipal Airport, NC, to comply with changes to FAA Order JO 7400.2P, Procedures for Handling Airspace Matters. Also, this action would replace the terms Notice to Airmen with Notice to Air Missions and Airport/Facility Directory with Chart Supplement in the Class D description. Controlled airspace is necessary for the safety and management of instrument flight rules (IFR) operations in the area.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Notices and Analyses</HD>
                <P>The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore: (1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a Regulatory Evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this proposed rule, when promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environmental Review</HD>
                <P>This proposal would be subject to an environmental analysis in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures,” prior to any FAA final regulatory action.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Lists of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 71</HD>
                    <P>Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
                <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 14 CFR part 71 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 71—DESIGNATION OF CLASS A, B, C, D, AND E AIRSPACE AREAS; AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ROUTES; AND REPORTING POINTS</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 14 CFR part 71 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 71.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>2. The incorporation by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 of Federal Aviation Administration Order JO 7400.11J, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated July 31, 2024, and effective September 15, 2024, is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 5000 Class D Airspace.</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">ASO NC D Goldsboro, NC [Amended]</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Seymour Johnson AFB, NC</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 35°20′22″ N, long. 77°57′38″ W)</FP>
                    <P>That airspace extending upward from the surface to and including 2,600 feet MSL within a 5.7-mile radius of Seymour Johnson AFB. This Class D airspace area is effective during the specific dates and times established in advance by a Notice to Air Missions. The effective dates and times will thereafter be continuously published in the Chart Supplement.</P>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 6005 Class E Airspace Areas Extending Upward From 700 Feet or More Above the Surface of the Earth.</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">ASO NC E5 Goldsboro, NC [Amended]</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Seymour Johnson, AFB, NC</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 35°20′22″ N, long. 77°57′38″ W)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Seymour Johnson TACAN</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 35°20′07″ N, long. 77°58′17″ W)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Wayne Executive Jetport, NC</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 35°27′38″ N, long. 77°57′54″ W)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Mount Olive Municipal Airport, NC</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 35°13′17″ N, long. 78°02′19″ W)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Wayne Memorial Hospital Inc. Heliport, NC</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 35°23′56″ N, long. 77°57′16″ W)</FP>
                    <P>That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 6-6-mile radius of Seymour Johnson, AFB, and within 2.5 miles each side of the Seymour Johnson TACAN 265° radial extending from the 6.6-mile radius to 12 miles west of the TACAN, and within a 5-mile radius of Wayne Executive Jetport, and within a 6.5-mile radius of Mount Olive Municipal Airport, and within a 6-mile radius of Wayne Memorial Hospital Inc. Heliport.</P>
                    <STARS/>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued in College Park, Georgia, on November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Patrick Young,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Manager, Airspace &amp; Procedures Team North, Eastern Service Center, Air Traffic Organization.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27803 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <CFR>16 CFR Part 1250</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[CPSC Docket No. 2024-0027]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Safety Standard for Toys: Requirements for Water Beads; Extension of Comment Period; Correction</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Consumer Product Safety Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking; extension of comment period; correction.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>On November 8, 2024, the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) published an extension of the comment period for the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking: Safety Standard for Toys: Requirements for Water Beads. In this document, CPSC is correcting an incorrect heading in that document.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Submit comments by December 8, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Alberta E. Mills, Office of the Secretary, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, 4330 East West Highway, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, telephone: 301-504-7479; email: 
                        <E T="03">cpsc-os@cpsc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction</HD>
                <P>In FR Doc. 2024-25876 beginning on page 88684 in the issue of Friday, November 8, 2024, make the following correction:</P>
                <P>
                    On page 88685, in the third column, correct the heading “C. Assessment of the JPMA Request” to read “C. 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94631"/>
                    Assessment of The Toy Association Request”.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Alberta E. Mills,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary, Consumer Product Safety Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28042 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6355-01-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. OSHA-2021-0009]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBAGY>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>29 CFR Part 1910, 1915, 1917, 1918, 1926, and 1928</CFR>
                <RIN>RIN 1218-AD39</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Heat Injury and Illness Prevention in Outdoor and Indoor Work Settings</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM); extension of comment period; notice of informal hearing.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA is extending the period for submitting comments by 15 days until January 14, 2025, to allow stakeholders interested in the NPRM on Heat Injury and Illness Prevention in Outdoor and Indoor Work Settings additional time to review the NPRM and collect information and data necessary for comment. In addition, OSHA is scheduling an informal public hearing on this proposed rule. The public hearing will begin June 16, 2025. The proposed rule was published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on August 30, 2024.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The comment period for the NPRM that was published at 89 FR 70698 on August 30, 2024, is extended. Comments on any aspect of the NPRM must be submitted by January 14, 2025.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Informal public hearing:</E>
                         The hearing will be held virtually and will begin June 16, 2025, at 9:30 a.m. If necessary, the hearing will continue on subsequent weekdays. Additional information on how to access the informal hearing will be posted at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/heat-exposure/rulemaking.</E>
                         To testify or question other witnesses at the hearing, interested persons must electronically submit their Notice of Intention to Appear (NOITA) on or before May 2, 2025. In addition, those who request more than 10 minutes for their presentation at the informal hearing and those who intend to submit documentary evidence at the hearing must submit the full text of their testimony, as well as a copy of any documentary evidence, no later than May 23, 2025.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Submission of comments:</E>
                         You may submit comments and attachments, identified by Docket No. OSHA-2021-0009, electronically at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         which is the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal. Follow the online instructions for making electronic submissions. The Federal e-Rulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         is the only way to submit comments on this NPRM.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Notice of Intention to Appear</E>
                         (NOITA): A NOITA must be submitted electronically at 
                        <E T="03">www.osha.gov/heat-exposure/rulemaking.</E>
                         Follow the instructions online for making electronic submissions. Those who file NOITAs must also submit electronic copies of all documents that they intend to use or reference during their testimony. Information about how and when to submit these materials will be provided at the time of registration.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         All submissions must include the agency's name and the docket number for this rulemaking (Docket No. OSHA-2021-0009). All comments, including any personal information you provide, are placed in the public docket without change and may be made available online at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Therefore, OSHA cautions commenters about submitting information they do not want made available to the public or submitting materials that contain personal information (either about themselves or others), such as Social Security Numbers and birthdates.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                         To read or download comments or other material in the docket, go to Docket No. OSHA-2021-0009 at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         All comments and submissions are listed in the 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         index; however, some information (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         copyrighted material) is not publicly available to read or download through that website. All comments and submissions, including copyrighted material, are available for inspection through the OSHA Docket Office. Documents submitted to the docket by OSHA or stakeholders are assigned document identification numbers (Document ID) for easy identification and retrieval. The full Document ID is the docket number plus a unique four or five-digit code. OSHA is identifying supporting information in this NPRM by author name and publication year, when appropriate. This information can be used to search for a supporting document in the docket at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Contact the OSHA Docket Office at 202-693-2350 (TTY number: 877-889-5627) for assistance in locating docket submissions.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P> </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For press inquiries, ASL interpretation, and language translation service requests:</E>
                         Contact Mr. Frank Meilinger, Director, Office of Communications, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor; telephone: (202) 693-1999; email: 
                        <E T="03">meilinger.francis2@dol.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For general information, technical, and hearing inquiries:</E>
                         Contact James Frederick, Deputy Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor; telephone: (202) 693-1950; email: 
                        <E T="03">osha.dsg@dol.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P> </P>
                <P>
                    On August 30, 2024, OSHA published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) for Heat Injury and Illness Prevention in Outdoor and Indoor Work Settings. The proposed standard would apply to all employers conducting outdoor and indoor work in all general industry, construction, maritime, and agriculture sectors where OSHA has jurisdiction. The standard would require employers to create a plan to evaluate and control heat hazards in their workplace. It would clarify employer obligations and the steps necessary to effectively protect employees from hazardous heat.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The public comment period for the NPRM was to close on December 30, 2024, 120 days after publication of the NPRM. However, OSHA received requests from stakeholders to extend the public comment period (
                    <E T="03">see, e.g.,</E>
                     Document ID 18667, 18380, 18373, 18664). Stakeholders requested additional time to carefully review the questions in the NPRM, gather data, and prepare their submissions. Several noted that the current deadline falls during the holiday season, when personal schedules may make finalizing comments difficult.
                </P>
                <P>OSHA agrees to an extension of the public comment period and believes a 15-day extension is sufficient and appropriate to balance the agency's need for stakeholder input with the agency's desire to proceed with the rulemaking in a timely manner. The comment period extension will also avoid the comment deadline falling during the holiday season. Therefore, OSHA is extending the public comment period until January 14, 2025.</P>
                <P>
                    Additionally, several commenters (see, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     Document ID 18377, 18373, 18345) requested that OSHA hold a public hearing. OSHA agrees to hold a fully virtual public hearing, which will begin June 16, 2025, and continue on 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94632"/>
                    subsequent weekdays, if necessary. Witnesses are welcome to testify about any topics, issues, or concerns they have with the proposed rule.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Informal Public Hearing—Purpose, Rules and Procedures</HD>
                <P>OSHA invites interested persons to participate in this rulemaking by providing oral testimony and documentary evidence at the informal public hearing to provide the agency with the best available evidence to use in developing a final rule. The public hearing will be fully virtual to provide the opportunity for more stakeholders from across the country to participate in and/or observe the hearing without the financial and logistical burden of traveling to Washington, DC to attend in person.</P>
                <P>Pursuant to 29 CFR 1911.15(a) and 5 U.S.C. 553(c), members of the public have an opportunity at the informal public hearing to provide oral testimony and evidence on issues raised by the proposal. An administrative law judge (ALJ) will preside over the hearing and will resolve any procedural matters relating to the hearing.</P>
                <P>OSHA's regulation governing public hearings (29 CFR 1911.15) establishes the purpose and procedures of informal public hearings. Although the presiding officer of the hearing is an ALJ and questioning of witnesses is allowed on crucial issues, the proceeding is largely informal and essentially legislative in purpose. Therefore, the hearing provides interested persons with an opportunity to make oral presentations in the absence of rigid procedures that could impede or protract the rulemaking process. The hearing is not an adjudicative proceeding subject to the Federal Rules of Evidence. Instead, it is an informal administrative proceeding convened for the purpose of gathering and clarifying information. Accordingly, questions of relevance, procedure, and participation generally will be resolved in favor of developing a clear, accurate, and complete record.</P>
                <P>Although the ALJ presiding over the hearing makes no decision or recommendation on the merits of the proposal, the ALJ has the responsibility and authority necessary to ensure that the hearing progresses at a reasonable pace and in an orderly manner. To ensure a full and fair hearing, the ALJ has the power to regulate the course of the proceedings; dispose of procedural requests, objections, and comparable matters; confine presentations to matters pertinent to the issues the proposed rule raises; use appropriate means to regulate the conduct of persons present at the hearing; question witnesses and permit others to do so; limit the time for such questioning; and leave the record open for a reasonable time after the hearing for the submission of additional data, evidence, comments, and arguments from those who participated in the hearing (29 CFR 1911.16). In addition, pursuant to 29 CFR 1911.4, the Assistant Secretary may, on reasonable notice, issue additional or alternative procedures to expedite the proceedings, to provide greater procedural protections to interested persons, or to further any other good cause consistent with applicable law.</P>
                <P>At the close of the hearing, there will be a post-hearing comment period during which those persons who submitted a NOITA may submit final briefs, arguments, summations, and additional data and information to OSHA.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Notice of Intention To Appear at the Hearing</HD>
                <P>
                    Interested persons who intend to provide oral testimony or documentary evidence at the hearing must file a written NOITA prior to the hearing and in accordance with the instructions in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section earlier in this document. To testify or question other witnesses at the hearing, interested persons must electronically submit their NOITA on or before May 2, 2025. The NOITA must provide the following information:
                </P>
                <P>(1) Name, address, email address, and telephone number of each individual who will give oral testimony;</P>
                <P>(2) Name of the establishment or organization each individual represents, if any;</P>
                <P>(3) Occupational title and position of each individual testifying; and</P>
                <P>(4) A brief statement of the position each individual will take with respect to the issues raised by the proposed rule.</P>
                <P>
                    The agency will consider the information in each submission when setting the hearing schedule. Before the hearing, OSHA will make the hearing procedures and hearing schedule available at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/heat-exposure/rulemaking</E>
                     and in the docket. OSHA emphasizes that the hearing is open to the public; however, only individuals who file a NOITA may testify at the hearing.
                </P>
                <P>Witnesses will be asked to specify the approximate amount of time requested for each individual or group's testimony (5, 10, 15, or 20 minutes). Individuals or groups who request more than 10 minutes to present their oral testimony at the hearing or who will submit documentary evidence at the hearing must submit the full text of their testimony and all documentary evidence no later than May 23, 2025. The agency will review each submission and determine if the information it contains warrants the amount of time the individual requested for the presentation. If OSHA believes the requested time is excessive, the agency will allocate an appropriate amount of time for the presentation. The agency also may limit to 5 minutes the presentation of any participant who fails to comply substantially with these procedural requirements and may request that the participant return for questioning at a later time. Before the hearing, OSHA will notify participants of the time the agency will allow for their presentation and, if less than requested, the reasons for its decision.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Certification of the Hearing Record and Agency Final Determination</HD>
                <P>Following the close of the hearing and the post-hearing comment period, the ALJ will certify the record to the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health. The record will consist of all written comments, oral testimony, and documentary evidence received during the proceeding. The ALJ, however, will not make or recommend any decisions as to the content of the final standard. Following certification of the record, OSHA will review all the evidence received into the record and will issue the final rule based on the record as a whole.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Authority and Signature</HD>
                <P>This document was prepared under the direction of Douglas L. Parker, Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20210. It is issued under the authority of sections 4, 6, and 8 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); 5 U.S.C. 553; Secretary of Labor's Order No. 8-2020 (85 FR 58393); and 29 CFR part 1911.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC, on November 20, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Douglas L. Parker,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27897 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="94633"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
                <CFR>40 CFR Part 52</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[EPA-R09-OAR-2024-0417; FRL-12279-01-R9]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Air Plan Conditional Approval; California; Bay Area Air Quality Management District</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to conditionally approve revisions to the Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD) portion of the California State Implementation Plan (SIP). These revisions concern emissions of oxides of nitrogen (NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        ) from natural gas-fired furnaces and water heaters. We are proposing to approve local rules to regulate these emission sources under the Clean Air Act (CAA). We are taking comments on this proposal and plan to follow with a final action.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before December 30, 2025.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R09-OAR-2024-0417 at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         For comments submitted at 
                        <E T="03">Regulations.gov</E>
                        , follow the online instructions for submitting comments. Once submitted, comments cannot be edited or removed from 
                        <E T="03">Regulations.gov</E>
                        . The EPA may publish any comment received to its public docket. Do not submit electronically any information you consider to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Multimedia submissions (audio, video, etc.) must be accompanied by a written comment. The written comment is considered the official comment and should include discussion of all points you wish to make. The EPA will generally not consider comments or comment contents located outside of the primary submission (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         on the web, cloud, or other file sharing system). For additional submission methods, please contact the person identified in the 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                         section. For the full EPA public comment policy, information about CBI or multimedia submissions, and general guidance on making effective comments, please visit 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets/commenting-epa-dockets.</E>
                         If you need assistance in a language other than English or if you are a person with a disability who needs a reasonable accommodation at no cost to you, please contact the person identified in the 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                         section.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Allison Kawasaki, EPA Region IX, 75 Hawthorne St., San Francisco, CA 94105; phone: (415) 972-3922; email: 
                        <E T="03">kawasaki.allison@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>Throughout this document, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to the EPA.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents </HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. The State's Submittal</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. What rules did the State submit?</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Are there other versions of these rules?</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. What is the purpose of the submitted rules?</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. The EPA's Evaluation and Action</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. How is the EPA evaluating the rules?</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Do the rules meet the evaluation criteria?</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. What are the rule deficiencies?</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. The EPA's Recommendations To Further Improve the Rules</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Public Comment and Proposed Action</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Incorporation by Reference</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. The State's Submittal</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What rules did the State submit?</HD>
                <P>Table 1 lists the rules addressed by this proposal with the dates that they were adopted by the local air agency and submitted by the California Air Resources Board (CARB).</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="xs60,12,r50,xs80,12">
                    <TTITLE>Table 1—Submitted Rules</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Local agency</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Rule No.</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Rule title</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Adopted/amended</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Submitted</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BAAQMD</ENT>
                        <ENT>9-4</ENT>
                        <ENT>Nitrogen Oxides from Natural Gas-Fired Furnaces</ENT>
                        <ENT>(Amended)03/15/23</ENT>
                        <ENT>01/10/2024</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BAAQMD</ENT>
                        <ENT>9-6</ENT>
                        <ENT>Nitrogen Oxides from Natural Gas-Fired Boilers and Water Heaters</ENT>
                        <ENT>(Adopted) 03/15/23</ENT>
                        <ENT>01/10/2024</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>On July 10, 2024, the submittal for BAAQMD Rule 9-4 and Rule 9-6 were deemed complete by operation of law to meet the completeness criteria in 40 CFR part 51, appendix V.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Are there other versions of these rules?</HD>
                <P>We approved an earlier version of Rule 9-4 into the SIP on January 7, 1986 (47 FR 29231). The BAAQMD adopted revisions to the SIP-approved version on March 15, 2023, and CARB submitted them to us on January 10, 2024. If we take final action to approve the March 15, 2023 version of Rule 9-4, this version will replace the previously approved version of this rule in the SIP.</P>
                <P>There is no previous version of Rule 9-6 in the SIP. The BAAQMD locally adopted an earlier version of Rule 9-6 on April 1, 1992, and an amended version of the rule (amended March 15, 2023) was submitted by CARB to the EPA on January 10, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. What is the purpose of the submitted rules?</HD>
                <P>
                    Emissions of NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                     contribute to the production of ground-level ozone, smog and particulate matter, which harm human health and the environment. Section 110(a) of the CAA requires states to submit plans that provide for implementation, maintenance, and enforcement of the NAAQS. The CAA section 172(c)(1) and section 182 requires areas that are designated as “Moderate” or above for ozone nonattainment to implement Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) for specific sources. The San Francisco Bay Area is designated as “Marginal” nonattainment for the 2015, 2008, and 1997 8-hour ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS).
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The San Francisco Bay Area is a Marginal ozone nonattainment area, which is a less severe classification than Moderate, and thus is not required to implement RACT for the sources regulated by the submitted rules.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         40 CFR 81.305. See 83 FR 25776 (June 04, 2018); 77 FR 30088 (May 21, 2012); 69 FR 23858 (June 15, 2004).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    CAA section 189 requires areas that are are designated Moderate or above for particulate matter nonattainment to assure that reasonably available control measures (RACM) are being implemented within the nonattainment area. The San Francisco Bay Area was designated as Moderate nonattainment for the 2006 24-hour PM
                    <E T="52">2.5</E>
                     NAAQS (74 FR 58688, November 13, 2009). In 2017, the EPA made a determination of attainment by the attainment date (December 31, 2015) for this standard 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94634"/>
                    based on air monitoring data.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The EPA generally evaluates PM
                    <E T="52">2.5</E>
                     RACM requirements in the context of broader attainment planning actions as opposed to individual rule submissions. Nonetheless, pursuant to 40 CFR 51.1015(a), an EPA determination that a Moderate PM
                    <E T="52">2.5</E>
                     nonattainment area has attained the PM
                    <E T="52">2.5</E>
                     NAAQS suspends the requirement for the State to demonstrate RACM. Thus, although the State may choose to rely on reductions from these rules in a future plan or RACM demonstration, we will not evaluate the rules for PM
                    <E T="52">2.5</E>
                     RACM in this rulemaking. Accordingly, Rules 9-4 and 9-6 are not being evaluated for RACT or RACM at this time.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         See 74 FR 58688 (June 02, 2014); 82 FR 21711 (May 10, 2017).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    BAAQMD Rule 9-4 is an amended rule that sets emission limits for natural gas-fired furnaces sold, installed, or offered for sale within the District. Amended Rule 9-4 instates more stringent emission requirements that prohibit the sale or installation of natural gas-fired furnaces manufactured after January 1, 2024, that emit more than 14 ng/J (nanograms per Joule) of NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                     and natural gas-fired furnaces manufactured after January 1, 2029, that emit more than 0.0 ng/J of NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                    . All natural gas-fired furnaces must be certified for sale, installation, or offering for sale within the District. Test methods and procedures are provided in Rule 9-4 for compliance demonstrations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    BAAQMD Rule 9-6 is a locally adopted rule that has not been previously approved into the SIP. The rule applies similar emission limit timelines for natural gas-fired water heaters and boilers, where appliances with higher heat input ratings receive a lower NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                     emission limit at a later date. Natural gas-fired appliances with a 75,000 British Thermal Unit (BTU)/hour or less rated heat input capacity manufactured after January 1, 2027, cannot be sold, installed, or offered for sale within the district if the appliance emits more than 0 ng/J of NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                    . Mid-range and large appliances (75,001 BTU/hour-2,000,000 BTU/hour) manufactured after January 1, 2031, cannot be sold, installed, or offered for sale within the district if the appliance emits more than 0.0 ng/J of NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                    .
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Mobile Home Water Heaters manufactured after January 1, 2008, cannot emit more than 40 ng/J of NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                    . Pools and Spa Heaters manufactured after January 1, 2008, cannot emit more than 40 ng/J of NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                     and units manufactured after January 1, 2013, cannot emit more than 14 ng/J of NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                    . Appliances subject to Rule 9-6 must be certified for sale or installation within the District. Test methods and procedures are provided for certification for compliance demonstration. The EPA's technical support document (TSD) has more information about these rules.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         Note: the emission limits for different sized appliances are different (0 ng/J vs. 0.0 ng/J) due to different rounding conventions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. The EPA's Evaluation and Action</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. How is the EPA evaluating the rules?</HD>
                <P>Rules in the SIP must be enforceable (see CAA section 110(a)(2)), and must not interfere with applicable requirements concerning attainment and reasonable further progress or other CAA requirements (see CAA section 110(l)). As discussed above, these rules are not being evaluated for RACT or RACM in this rulemaking.</P>
                <P>Guidance and policy documents that we used to evaluate enforceability, revision/relaxation and rule stringency requirements for the applicable criteria pollutants include the following:</P>
                <P>1. “Issues Relating to VOC Regulation Cutpoints, Deficiencies, and Deviations,” EPA, May 25, 1988 (the Bluebook, revised January 11, 1990).</P>
                <P>2. “Guidance Document for Correcting Common VOC &amp; Other Rule Deficiencies,” EPA Region 9, August 21, 2001 (the Little Bluebook).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Do the rules meet the evaluation criteria?</HD>
                <P>Rule 9-4 and Rule 9-6 improve the SIP by establishing more stringent emission limits. The rules are largely consistent with CAA requirements and relevant guidance regarding enforceability and SIP revisions. Rule provisions which do not meet the evaluation criteria are summarized below and discussed further in the TSD.</P>
                <P>The District has committed to adopt specific enforceable measures to remedy the identified deficiencies within one year of the EPA's action, and CARB has committed to submit the adopted revisions to the EPA within 12 months of the effective date of the EPA's final conditional approval. These commitment letters are included in the docket for the action, and are described in the TSD.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. What are the rule deficiencies?</HD>
                <P>The EPA is proposing to determine that the following provisions in Rule 9-4 and Rule 9-6 do not satisfy the requirements of section 110 of the CAA.</P>
                <P>1. Rule 9-4 section 201 contains an outdated reference to “Section 4.2.35 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 10, Part 430, Subpart B, Appendix N.” This reference does not exist in the current version of the CFR and thus, does not properly define a variable used in calculating emissions.</P>
                <P>2. Rule 9-4 section 401 contains an outdated reference to “Section 3.1 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10, Part 430, Subpart B, Appendix N.” This reference does not exist in the current version of the CFR and as a consequence does not contain any test method language to verify compliance.</P>
                <P>3. Rule 9-4 section 402.2 references South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1111 certification methods for compliance determination purposes. These certification methods have not been submitted for approval into the SIP and Rule 9-4 does not reference an EPA approved version of the rule. As a result, the certification methods in section 402.2 cannot be utilized to ensure enforceability under the CAA.</P>
                <P>4. Rule 9-4 Section 402 does not require emissions test results used for certifications to be reported to the Air Pollution Control Officer (APCO) when certification takes place through the District. The rule also allows for the use of SCAQMD's certification method. Although, as discussed in the previous deficiency, that manner in which that method is referenced is not approvable, we note that the SCAQMD method requires submittal of the test results, in contrast to the District-only certification option. As a result, the District's certification method does not provide a sufficiently enforceable means for determining compliance.</P>
                <P>5. Rule 9-4 Section 601.3 and 601.4 contain references to Method ST-5 and Method ST-14 from the Bay Area Manual of Procedures. The procedures and test methods have not previously been EPA approved and Rule 9-6 does not reference an EPA approved version of the rule.</P>
                <P>6. Rule 9-6 Section 205 contains an outdated reference to “Section 6.1.3 of the Code of Federal Regulation, Title 10, Part 430, Subpart B, Appendix E.” However, section 6.1.3 does not exist in the current CFR.</P>
                <P>7. Rule 9-6 Section 402.2 references certification methods from SCAQMD Rule 1121 and 1146.2. These methods have not been previously EPA approved and lie outside the SIP.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. The EPA's Recommendations To Further Improve the Rules</HD>
                <P>
                    The TSD includes recommendations for the next time BAAQMD amends the rules.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94635"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Public Comment and Proposed Action</HD>
                <P>Section 110(k)(4) of the CAA authorizes the EPA to conditionally approve a plan revision based on a commitment by the State to adopt specific enforceable measures by a date certain but not later than one year after the date of the plan approval. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k)(4). In this instance, the enforceable measures that the State must submit are new or revised rules that correct the rule deficiencies identified above. On October 30, 2024, the State transmitted a commitment letter, dated October 2, 2024, from the BAAQMD committing to correct the deficiencies identified in this proposed action. The State also submitted a letter, dated October 30, 2024, from CARB committing to submit the revised rules to the EPA within 12 months of the publication of the final conditional approval by the EPA. As authorized in section 110(k)(4) of the CAA, the EPA proposes to conditionally approve the submitted rules based on the commitment by the state to adopt specific enforceable measures by a date certain but not later than one year after the date of the plan approval.</P>
                <P>If this proposed conditional approval is finalized as proposed, and the BAAQMD or the State fail to comply with this commitment, the conditional approval would convert to a disapproval.</P>
                <P>We will accept comments from the public on this proposal until December 30, 2024. If we take final action to approve the submitted rules, our final action will incorporate these rules into the federally enforceable SIP.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Incorporation by Reference</HD>
                <P>
                    In this rule, the EPA is proposing to include in a final EPA rule regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, the EPA is proposing to incorporate by reference BAAQMD, Rule 9-4, Nitrogen Oxides from Natural Gas-Fired Furnaces, amended on March 15, 2023 and BAAQMD, Rule 9-6, Nitrogen Oxides from Natural Gas-Fired Boilers and Water Heaters, adopted March 15, 2023, as discussed in section I. of this document. The EPA has made, and will continue to make, these materials available through 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and at the EPA Region IX Office (please contact the person identified in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     section of this preamble for more information).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
                <P>Under the Clean Air Act, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, the EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the Clean Air Act. Accordingly, this proposed action merely proposes to approve State law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by State law. For that reason, this proposed action:</P>
                <P>• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 14094 (88 FR 21879, April 11, 2023);</P>
                <P>
                    • Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    );
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    );
                </P>
                <P>• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);</P>
                <P>• Does not have federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);</P>
                <P>• Is not subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) because it proposes to approve a State program;</P>
                <P>• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001); and</P>
                <P>• Is not subject to requirements of section 12(ds) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act.</P>
                <P>In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where the EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rulemaking does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).</P>
                <P>Executive Order 12898 (Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, 59 FR 7629, Feb. 16, 1994) directs Federal agencies to identify and address “disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects” of their actions on communities with environmental justice (EJ) concerns to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by law. Executive Order 14096 (Revitalizing Our Nation's Commitment to Environmental Justice for All, 88 FR 25251, April 26, 2023) builds on and supplements E.O. 12898 and defines EJ as, among other things, “the just treatment and meaningful involvement of all people, regardless of income, race, color, national origin, or Tribal affiliation, or disability in agency decision-making and other Federal activities that affect human health and the environment.”</P>
                <P>The air agency evaluated EJ considerations as part of its rule development process even though the CAA and applicable implementing regulations neither prohibit nor require an evaluation. The EPA is taking action under the CAA on bases independent of the air agency's evaluation of EJ. Due to the nature of the action being taken here, this action is expected to have a neutral to positive impact on the air quality of the affected area. In addition, there is no information in the record upon which this decision is based that is inconsistent with the stated goal of Executive Orders 12898 and 14096 of achieving EJ for communities with EJ concerns.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 52</HD>
                    <P>Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen oxides, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 18, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Martha Guzman Aceves,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Regional Administrator, Region IX.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27518 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
                <CFR>40 CFR Part 721</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OPPT-2024-0359; FRL-12342-01-OCSPP]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2070-AB27</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Significant New Use Rules on Certain Chemical Substances (24-1.F)</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94636"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>EPA is proposing significant new use rules (SNURs) under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) for certain chemical substances that were the subject of premanufacture notices (PMNs). The chemical substances received “not likely to present an unreasonable risk” determinations pursuant to TSCA. The SNURs require persons who intend to manufacture (defined by statute to include import) or process any of these chemical substances for an activity that is proposed as a significant new use by this rulemaking to notify EPA at least 90 days before commencing that activity. The required notification initiates EPA's evaluation of that use, under the conditions of use for that chemical substance. In addition, the manufacture or processing for the significant new use may not commence until EPA has conducted a review of the required notification, made an appropriate determination regarding that notification, and taken such actions as required by that determination.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before December 30, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2024-0359, at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the online instructions for submitting comments. Do not submit electronically any information you consider to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Additional instructions on commenting and visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For technical information:</E>
                         Geraldine Hilton, New Chemicals Division (7405M), Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (202) 564-8986; email address: 
                        <E T="03">Hilton.Geraldine@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For general information on SNURs:</E>
                         William Wysong, New Chemicals Division (7405M), Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (202) 564-4163; email address: 
                        <E T="03">wysong.william@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For general information on TSCA:</E>
                         The TSCA-Hotline, ABVI-Goodwill, 422 South Clinton Ave., Rochester, NY 14620; telephone number: (202) 554-1404; email address: 
                        <E T="03">TSCA-Hotline@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Executive Summary</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What is the Agency's authority for taking this action?</HD>
                <P>TSCA section 5(a)(2) (15 U.S.C. 2604(a)(2)) authorizes EPA to determine that a use of a chemical substance is a “significant new use.” EPA must make this determination by rule after considering all relevant factors, including the factors in TSCA section 5(a)(2) (see also the discussion in Unit II.).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What action is the Agency taking?</HD>
                <P>EPA is proposing SNURs for chemical substances that were the subject of PMNs as discussed in Unit III. These SNURs, if finalized as proposed, would require persons who intend to manufacture or process any of these chemical substances for an activity that is designated as a significant new use to notify EPA at least 90 days before commencing that activity.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. General Applicability</HD>
                <P>This action applies to you if you manufacture, process, or use the chemical substances contained in this proposed rule. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:</P>
                <P>
                    • Manufacturers or processors of one or more subject chemical substances (NAICS codes 325 and 324110), 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     chemical manufacturing and petroleum refineries.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3"> 2. Applicability to Importers and Exporters</HD>
                <P>
                    This action may also apply to certain entities through pre-existing import certification and export notification requirements under TSCA (
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/tsca-import-export-requirements</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>Chemical importers are subject to TSCA section 13 (15 U.S.C. 2612), the requirements promulgated at 19 CFR 12.118 through 12.127, 19 CFR 127.28, and the EPA policy in support of import certification at 40 CFR part 707, subpart B. Chemical importers must certify that the shipment of the chemical substance complies with all applicable rules and orders under TSCA, including regulations issued under TSCA sections 5, 6, 7 and Title IV.</P>
                <P>Pursuant to 40 CFR 721.20, any persons who export or intend to export a chemical substance that is the subject of this proposed rule on or after December 30, 2024 are subject to TSCA section 12(b) (15 U.S.C. 2611(b)) and must comply with the export notification requirements in 40 CFR part 707, subpart D.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. What are the incremental economic impacts of this action?</HD>
                <P>EPA has evaluated the potential costs of establishing SNUN reporting requirements for potential manufacturers (including importers) and processors of the chemical substances subject to these proposed SNURs. This analysis, which is available in the docket, is briefly summarized here.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Estimated Costs for SNUN Submissions</HD>
                <P>If a SNUN is submitted, costs are an estimated $45,000 per SNUN submission for large business submitters and $14,500 for small business submitters. These estimates include the cost to prepare and submit the SNUN (including registration for EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX)), and the payment of a user fee. Businesses that submit a SNUN would be subject to either a $37,000 user fee required by 40 CFR 700.45(c)(2)(ii) and (d), or, if they are a small business as defined at 13 CFR 121.201, a reduced user fee of $6,480 (40 CFR 700.45(c)(1)(ii) and (d)) per fiscal year 2022. The costs of submission for SNUNs will not be incurred by any company unless a company decides to pursue a significant new use as defined in these SNURs. Additionally, these estimates reflect the costs and fees as they are known at the time of this rulemaking.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Estimated Costs for Export Notifications</HD>
                <P>
                    EPA has also evaluated the potential costs associated with the export notification requirements under TSCA section 12(b) and the implementing regulations at 40 CFR part 707, subpart D. For persons exporting a substance that is the subject of a SNUR, a one-time notice to EPA must be provided for the first export or intended export to a particular country. The total costs of export notification will vary by chemical, depending on the number of required notifications (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the number of countries to which the chemical is exported). While EPA is unable to make any estimate of the likely number of export notifications for the chemical substances covered by these SNURs, as stated in the accompanying economic analysis, the estimated cost of the export notification requirement on a per unit basis is approximately $106.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94637"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. What should I consider as I prepare my comments for EPA?</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Submitting CBI</HD>
                <P>
                    Do not submit CBI to EPA through email or 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     If you wish to include CBI in your comment, please follow the applicable instructions at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets/commenting-epa-dockets#rules</E>
                     and clearly mark the information that you claim to be CBI. Information so marked will not be disclosed except in accordance with procedures set forth in 40 CFR parts 2 and 703.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Tips for Preparing Your Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    When preparing and submitting your comments, see the commenting tips at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov//epa-dockets.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
                <P>
                    This unit provides general information about SNURs. For additional information about EPA's new chemical program go to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/reviewing-new-chemicals-under-toxic-substances-control-act-tsca.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Significant New Use Determination Factors</HD>
                <P>TSCA section 5(a)(2) states that EPA's determination that a use of a chemical substance is a significant new use must be made after consideration of all relevant factors, including:</P>
                <P>• The projected volume of manufacturing and processing of a chemical substance.</P>
                <P>• The extent to which a use changes the type or form of exposure of human beings or the environment to a chemical substance.</P>
                <P>• The extent to which a use increases the magnitude and duration of exposure of human beings or the environment to a chemical substance.</P>
                <P>• The reasonably anticipated manner and methods of manufacturing, processing, distribution in commerce, and disposal of a chemical substance.</P>
                <P>In determining what would constitute a significant new use for the chemical substances that are the subject of these SNURs, EPA considered relevant information about the toxicity of the chemical substances, and potential human exposures and environmental releases that may be associated with the substances, in the context of the four bulleted TSCA section 5(a)(2) factors listed in this unit and discussed in Unit III.</P>
                <P>These proposed SNURs include PMN substances that received a “not likely to present an unreasonable risk” determination in TSCA section 5(a)(3)(c). During its review of these chemicals, EPA identified certain conditions of use that are not intended by the submitters, but reasonably foreseen to occur. EPA is proposing to designate those conditions of use as significant new uses.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Rationale and Objectives of the SNURs</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Rationale</HD>
                <P>Under TSCA, no person may manufacture a new chemical substance or manufacture or process a chemical substance for a significant new use until EPA makes a determination as described in TSCA section 5(a) and takes any required action. The issuance of a SNUR is not a risk determination itself, only a notification requirement for “significant new uses,” so that the Agency has the opportunity to review the SNUN for the significant new use and make a TSCA section 5(a)(3) risk determination.</P>
                <P>During review of the PMNs submitted for the chemical substances that are the subject of these proposed SNURs and as further discussed in Unit III., EPA identified certain other conditions of use, in addition to those conditions of use intended by the submitter. EPA has determined that the chemical under the conditions of use is not likely to present an unreasonable risk. However, EPA has not assessed risks associated with certain conditions of use. EPA is proposing to designate these other circumstances of use as significant new uses. As a result, those significant new uses cannot occur without going through a separate, subsequent EPA review and determination process associated with a SNUN.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Objectives</HD>
                <P>EPA is proposing these SNURs because the Agency wants:</P>
                <P>• To be able to complete its review and determination on each of the PMN substances, while deferring analysis on the significant new uses proposed in these rules unless and until the Agency receives a SNUN.</P>
                <P>• To have an opportunity to review and evaluate data submitted in a SNUN before the submitter begins manufacturing or processing a listed chemical substance for the described significant new use.</P>
                <P>• To be obligated to make a determination under TSCA section 5(a)(3) regarding the use described in the SNUN, under the conditions of use. The Agency will either determine under TSCA section 5(a)(3)(C) that the significant new use is not likely to present an unreasonable risk, including an unreasonable risk to a potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulation identified as relevant by the Administrator under the conditions of use, or make a determination under TSCA section 5(a)(3)(A) or (B) and take the required regulatory action associated with the determination, before manufacture or processing for the significant new use of the chemical substance can occur.</P>
                <P>
                    Issuance of a proposed SNUR for a chemical substance does not signify that the chemical substance is listed on the TSCA Chemical Substance Inventory (TSCA Inventory). Guidance on how to determine if a chemical substance is on the TSCA Inventory is available at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/</E>
                    tsca-inventory.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Significant New Uses Claimed as CBI</HD>
                <P>EPA is proposing to establish certain significant new uses which have been claimed as CBI subject to Agency confidentiality regulations at 40 CFR part 2 and 40 CFR part 720, subpart E. Absent a final determination or other disposition of the confidentiality claim under 40 CFR part 2 procedures, EPA is required to keep this information confidential. EPA promulgated a procedure to deal with the situation where a specific significant new use is CBI, at 40 CFR 721.11.</P>
                <P>
                    Under these procedures a manufacturer or processor may request EPA to identify the confidential significant new use under the rule. The manufacturer or processor must show that it has a 
                    <E T="03">bona fide</E>
                     intent to manufacture or process the chemical substance and must identify the specific use for which it intends to manufacture or process the chemical substance. If EPA concludes that the person has shown a 
                    <E T="03">bona fide</E>
                     intent to manufacture or process the chemical substance, EPA will identify the confidential significant new use to that person. Since most of the chemical identities of the chemical substances subject to these SNURs are also CBI, manufacturers and processors can combine the 
                    <E T="03">bona fide</E>
                     submission under the procedure in 40 CFR 721.11 into a single step.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Applicability of General Provisions</HD>
                <P>
                    General provisions for SNURs appear in 40 CFR part 721, subpart A. These provisions describe persons subject to SNURs, recordkeeping requirements, exemptions to reporting requirements, and applicability of the rule to uses occurring before the effective date of the rule. Pursuant to 40 CFR 721.1(c), persons subject to SNURs must comply with the same requirements and EPA regulatory procedures as submitters of PMNs under TSCA section 5(a)(1)(A). In particular, these requirements include the information submission requirements of TSCA sections 5(b) and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94638"/>
                    5(d)(1), the exemptions authorized by TSCA sections 5(h)(1), 5(h)(2), 5(h)(3), and 5(h)(5) and the regulations at 40 CFR part 720. In addition, provisions relating to user fees appear at 40 CFR part 700.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Once EPA receives a SNUN, EPA must either determine that the significant new use is not likely to present an unreasonable risk of injury under the conditions of use for the chemical substance or take such regulatory action as is associated with an alternative determination under TSCA section 5 before the manufacture (including import) or processing for the significant new use can commence. If EPA determines that the significant new use of the chemical substance is not likely to present an unreasonable risk, EPA is required under TSCA section 5(g) to make public, and submit for publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , a statement of EPA's findings.
                </P>
                <P>
                    As discussed in Unit I.C.2., persons who export or intend to export a chemical substance identified in a proposed or final SNUR are subject to the export notification provisions of TSCA section 12(b), and persons who import a chemical substance identified in a final SNUR are subject to the TSCA section 13 import certification requirements. See also 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/tsca-import-export-requirements.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Applicability of the Proposed SNURs to Uses Occurring Before the Effective Date of the Final Rule</HD>
                <P>To establish a significant new use, EPA must determine that the use is not ongoing. The chemical substances subject to this proposed rule have undergone premanufacture review. In cases where EPA has not received a notice of commencement (NOC) and the chemical substance has not been added to the TSCA Inventory, no person may commence such activities without first submitting a PMN. Therefore, for chemical substances for which an NOC has not been submitted EPA concludes that the designated significant new uses are not ongoing. The identities of many of the chemical substances subject to this proposed rule have been claimed as confidential per 40 CFR 720.85 and the PMN submitter did not intend to engage in the other circumstances of use that are designated as significant new uses for the chemical substances subject to this proposed rule. Based on this, the Agency believes that it is highly unlikely that any of the significant new uses identified in Unit III. are ongoing.</P>
                <P>When the chemical substances identified are added to the TSCA Inventory, EPA recognizes that, before the rule is effective, other persons might engage in a use that has been identified as a significant new use. Persons who begin manufacture or processing of the chemical substances for a significant new use identified on or after the designated cutoff date specified in Unit III.A. would have to cease any such activity upon the effective date of the final rule. To resume their activities, these persons would have to first comply with all applicable SNUR notification requirements and EPA would have to take action under TSCA section 5 allowing manufacture or processing to proceed.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Important Information About SNUN Submissions</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. SNUN Submissions</HD>
                <P>
                    SNUNs must be submitted on EPA Form No. 7710-25, generated using e-PMN software, and submitted to the Agency in accordance with the procedures set forth in 40 CFR 720.40 and 721.25. E-PMN software is available electronically at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/reviewing-new-chemicals-under-toxic-substances-control-act-tsca.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Development and Submission of Information</HD>
                <P>
                    EPA recognizes that TSCA section 5 does not require development of any particular new information (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     generating test data) before submission of a SNUN. There is an exception: If a person is required to submit information for a chemical substance pursuant to a rule, order or consent agreement under TSCA section 4, then TSCA section 5(b)(1)(A) requires such information to be submitted to EPA at the time of submission of the SNUN.
                </P>
                <P>In the absence of a rule, TSCA order, or consent agreement under TSCA section 4 covering the chemical substance, persons are required only to submit information in their possession or control and to describe any other information known to or reasonably ascertainable by them (see 40 CFR 720.50). However, upon review of PMNs and SNUNs, the Agency has the authority to require appropriate testing. To assist with EPA's analysis of the SNUN, submitters are encouraged, but not required, to provide the potentially useful information identified for the chemical substance in Unit III.C.</P>
                <P>
                    EPA strongly encourages persons, before performing any testing, to consult with the Agency pertaining to protocol selection. Furthermore, pursuant to TSCA section 4(h), which pertains to reduction of testing in vertebrate animals, EPA encourages consultation with the Agency on the use of alternative test methods and strategies (also called New Approach Methodologies, or NAMs), if available, to generate the recommended test data. EPA encourages dialog with Agency representatives to help determine how best the submitter can meet both the data needs and the objective of TSCA section 4(h). For more information on alternative test methods and strategies to reduce vertebrate animal testing, visit 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/assessing-and-managing-chemicals-under-tsca/alternative-test-methods-and-strategies-reduce.</E>
                </P>
                <P>The potentially useful information described in Unit III. may not be the only means of providing information to evaluate the chemical substance associated with the significant new uses. However, submitting a SNUN without any test data may increase the likelihood that EPA will take action under TSCA sections 5(e) or 5(f). EPA recommends that potential SNUN submitters contact EPA early enough so that they will be able to conduct the appropriate tests.</P>
                <P>SNUN submitters should be aware that EPA will be better able to evaluate SNUNs which provide detailed information on the following:</P>
                <P>• Human exposure and environmental release that may result from the significant new use of the chemical substances.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Chemical Substances Subject to These Proposed SNURs</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What is the designated cutoff date for determining whether the new use is ongoing for these chemical substances?</HD>
                <P>EPA designates November 29, 2024 as the cutoff date for determining whether the new use is ongoing. This designation is explained in more detail in Unit II.E.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What information is provided for each chemical substance?</HD>
                <P>For each chemical substance identified in Unit III.C., EPA provides the following information:</P>
                <P>• PMN number (the proposed CFR citation assigned in the regulatory text section of this document).</P>
                <P>• Chemical name (generic name, if the specific name is claimed as CBI).</P>
                <P>• Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number (CASRN) (if assigned for non-confidential chemical identities).</P>
                <P>• Basis for the SNUR.</P>
                <P>• Potentially useful information.</P>
                <P>
                    The regulatory text section of this document specifies the activities designated as significant new uses. Certain new uses, including production volume limits and other uses designated 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94639"/>
                    in the proposed rules, may be claimed as CBI.
                </P>
                <P>The chemical substances have undergone premanufacture review. In addition to those conditions of use intended by the submitter, EPA has identified certain other circumstances of use. EPA has preliminarily determined that the chemicals under their conditions of use are not likely to present an unreasonable risk. However, EPA has not assessed risks associated with the other circumstances of use for these chemicals. EPA is proposing to designate these other circumstances of use as significant new uses. As a result, those significant new uses cannot occur without first going through a separate, subsequent EPA review and determination process associated with a SNUN.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Which chemical substances are subject to this proposed rule?</HD>
                <P>The substances subject to the proposed rules in this document are as follows:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">PMN Number (Proposed CFR Citation): P-20-168 (40 CFR 721.11955)</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Chemical Name:</E>
                     Polyolefin polyamine succinimide, carbopolycycle alkoxylated (generic).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">CASRN:</E>
                     Not available.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Basis for Action:</E>
                     The PMN states that the use of the PMN substance will be as a lubricating additive for engine oils, transmission and hydraulic fluid, and gear oil applications. Based on comparison to analogous chemical substances and the structural alert for aliphatic amines, EPA has identified concerns for irritation to the eyes, skin, and respiratory tract if the chemical substance is not used following the limitation noted. The conditions of use of the PMN substance as described in the PMN include the following protective measure:
                </P>
                <P>• Use of the PMN substance only as a lubricating additive for engine oils, transmission and hydraulic fluid, and gear oil applications.</P>
                <P>The proposed SNUR would designate as a “significant new use” the absence of this protective measure.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Potentially Useful Information:</E>
                     EPA has determined that certain information may be potentially useful to characterize the health effects of the PMN substance if a manufacturer or processor is considering submitting a SNUN for a significant new use that will be designated by this SNUR. EPA has determined that the results of skin irritation testing may be potentially useful to characterize the health effects of the PMN substance.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">PMN Number (Proposed CFR Citation): P-21-5 (40 CFR 721.11956)</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Chemical Name:</E>
                     Carbonmonocyclic alkene polymer with alkyl alkenoate, alkyl alkenoate, alkyl alkenoate and polyalkyldiene alkenoate (generic).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">CASRN:</E>
                     Not available.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Basis for Action:</E>
                     The PMN states that the use of the PMN substance will be as a polymeric additive in gear oils. Based on comparison to analogous chemical substances, information provided in the Safety Data Sheet (SDS), and physical/chemical properties, EPA has identified concerns for skin and eye irritation and lung effects (lung overload) if the chemical substance is not used following the limitation noted. The conditions of use of the PMN substance as described in the PMN include the following protective measure:
                </P>
                <P>• No manufacture, processing, or use of the PMN substance in any manner that results in worker inhalation exposure to the PMN substance.</P>
                <P>The proposed SNUR would designate as a “significant new use” the absence of this protective measure.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Potentially Useful Information:</E>
                     EPA has determined that certain information may be potentially useful to characterize the health effects of the PMN substance if a manufacturer or processor is considering submitting a SNUN for a significant new use that will be designated by this SNUR. EPA has determined that the results of skin irritation, eye irritation, and specific target organ toxicity testing may be potentially useful to characterize the health effects of the PMN substance.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">PMN Number (Proposed CFR Citation): P-21-95 (40 CFR 721.11957)</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Chemical Name:</E>
                     1-tetradecene, homopolymer, hydrogenated, by-products from, C28-42 fraction.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">CASRN:</E>
                     2263959-83-5.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Basis for Action:</E>
                     The PMN states that the use of the PMN substance will be as a base oil for crankcase motor oil, transmission oil, and other industrial applications such as compressor and gear fluids and consumer use as a carrier fluid for additives to motor oils and automatic transmission fluids. Based on comparison to an analogous chemical substance and on physical/chemical properties, EPA has identified concerns for blood, respiratory tract, and lung effects including aspiration hazard if the chemical substance is not used following the limitation noted. The conditions of use of the PMN substance as described in the PMN include the following protective measure:
                </P>
                <P>• No processing of the PMN substance other than in an enclosed system when heated.</P>
                <P>The proposed SNUR would designate as a “significant new use” the absence of this protective measure.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Potentially Useful Information:</E>
                     EPA has determined that certain information may be potentially useful to characterize the health effects of the PMN substance if a manufacturer or processor is considering submitting a SNUN for a significant new use that will be designated by this SNUR. EPA has determined that the results of specific target organ toxicity and pulmonary effects testing may be potentially useful to characterize the health effects of the PMN substance.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">PMN Number (Proposed CFR Citation): P-21-174 (40 CFR 721.11958)</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Chemical Name:</E>
                     Carbonic acid, ester, polymer with alkanediol (C=4,5) (generic).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">CASRN:</E>
                     Not available.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Basis for Action:</E>
                     The PMN states that the generic (non-confidential) use of the PMN substance will be as a raw material for polyurethane. Based on test data submitted on the PMN substance, EPA has identified concerns for aquatic toxicity if the chemical substance is not used following the limitation noted. The condition of use of the PMN substance as described in the PMN includes the following protective measure:
                </P>
                <P>• No release of the PMN substance resulting in surface water concentrations that exceed 200 ppb.</P>
                <P>The proposed SNUR would designate as a “significant new use” the absence of this protective measure.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Potentially Useful Information:</E>
                     EPA has determined that certain information may be potentially useful to characterize the environmental effects of the PMN substance if a manufacturer or processor is considering submitting a SNUN for a significant new use that will be designated by this SNUR. EPA has determined that the results of chronic aquatic toxicity testing may be potentially useful to characterize the environmental effects of the PMN substance.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">PMN Number (Proposed CFR Citation): P-23-17 (40 CFR 721.11959)</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Chemical Name:</E>
                     Hydrolyzed collagen, polymer with aromatic isocyanate, N-triethoxysylil-alkanamine, pectic polysaccharide and poly alkyl alcohol (generic).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">CASRN:</E>
                     Not available.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Basis for Action:</E>
                     The PMN states that the use of the PMN substance will be as an encapsulant for time-released delivery of fragrance. Based on potential changes to the molecular weight or composition of the PMN substance, EPA has identified concerns for lung toxicity 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94640"/>
                    if the chemical substance is not used following the limitation noted. The conditions of use of the PMN substance as described in the PMN include the following protective measure:
                </P>
                <P>• Use of the PMN substance only as an encapsulant for time-released delivery of fragrance.</P>
                <P>The proposed SNUR would designate as a “significant new use” the absence of this protective measure.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Potentially Useful Information:</E>
                     EPA has determined that certain information may be potentially useful to characterize the health effects of the PMN substance if a manufacturer or processor is considering submitting a SNUN for a significant new use that will be designated by this SNUR. EPA has determined that the results of pulmonary effects testing may be potentially useful to characterize the health effects of the PMN substance.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
                <P>
                    Additional information about these statutes and Executive orders can be found at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/laws-regulations-and-executive-orders.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 14094: Modernizing Regulatory Review</HD>
                <P>This action proposes to establish SNURs for new chemical substances that were the subject of PMNs. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), as amended by Executive Order 14094 (88 FR 21879, April 11, 2023).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)</HD>
                <P>
                    According to the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information that requires OMB approval under PRA, unless it has been approved by OMB and displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for EPA's regulations in title 40 of the CFR, after appearing in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , are listed in 40 CFR part 9, and included on the related collection instrument or form, if applicable.
                </P>
                <P>The information collection requirements related to SNURs have already been approved by OMB pursuant to PRA under OMB control number 2070-0038 (EPA ICR No. 1188). This action does not impose any burden requiring additional OMB approval. If an entity were to submit a SNUN to the Agency, the annual burden is estimated to average between 30 and 170 hours per submission. This burden estimate includes the time needed to review instructions, search existing data sources, gather and maintain the data needed, and complete, review, and submit the required SNUN.</P>
                <P>EPA always welcomes your feedback on the burden estimates. Send any comments about the accuracy of the burden estimate, and any suggested methods for improving the collection instruments or instruction or minimizing respondent burden, including through the use of automated collection techniques.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)</HD>
                <P>
                    I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA (5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ). The requirement to submit a SNUN applies to any person (including small or large entities) who intends to engage in any activity described in the final rule as a “significant new use.” Because these uses are “new,” based on all information currently available to EPA, EPA has concluded that no small or large entities presently engage in such activities.
                </P>
                <P>A SNUR requires that any person who intends to engage in such activity in the future must first notify EPA by submitting a SNUN. Although some small entities may decide to pursue a significant new use in the future, EPA cannot presently determine how many, if any, there may be. However, EPA's experience to date is that, in response to the promulgation of SNURs covering over 1,000 chemicals, the Agency receives only a small number of notices per year. For example, the number of SNUNs received was 16 in Federal fiscal year (FY) FY2018, five in FY2019, seven in FY2020, 13 in FY2021, 11 in FY2022, and 15 in FY2023, and only a fraction of these submissions were from small businesses.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition, the Agency currently offers relief to qualifying small businesses by reducing the SNUN submission fee from $37,000 to $6,480. This lower fee reduces the total reporting and recordkeeping cost of submitting a SNUN to about $14,500 per SNUN submission for qualifying small firms. Therefore, the potential economic impacts of complying with these proposed SNURs are not expected to be significant or adversely impact a substantial number of small entities. In a SNUR that published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     of June 2, 1997 (62 FR 29684) (FRL-5597-1), the Agency presented its general determination that SNURs are not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, which was provided to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)</HD>
                <P>This action does not contain an unfunded mandate of $100 million or more (in 1995 dollars) in any one year as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Based on EPA's experience with proposing and finalizing SNURs, State, local, and Tribal governments have not been impacted by SNURs, and EPA does not have any reasons to believe that any State, local, or Tribal government will be impacted by these SNURs. In addition, the estimated costs of this action to the private sector do not exceed $183 million or more in any one year (the 1995 dollars are adjusted to 2023 dollars for inflation using the GDP implicit price deflator). The estimated costs for this action are discussed in Unit I.D.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</HD>
                <P>This action will not have federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999), because it is not expected to have a substantial direct effect on States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Accordingly, the requirements of Executive Order 13132 do not apply to this action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
                <P>This action will not have Tribal implications as specified in Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), because it is not expected to have substantial direct effects on Indian Tribes, significantly or uniquely affect the communities of Indian Tribal governments and does not involve or impose any requirements that affect Indian Tribes. Accordingly, the requirements of Executive Order 13175 do not apply to this action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks</HD>
                <P>
                    This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997), because it does not concern an environmental health or safety risk. Since this action does not concern a human health risk, EPA's 2021 Policy 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94641"/>
                    on Children's Health also does not apply. Although the establishment of these SNURs do not address an existing children's environmental health concern because the chemical uses involved are not ongoing uses, SNURs require that persons notify EPA at least 90 days before commencing manufacture (defined by statute to include import) or processing of any of these chemical substances for an activity that is designated as a significant new use by this rulemaking. This notification allows EPA to assess the intended uses to identify potential risks and take appropriate actions before the activities commence.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>
                <P>This action is not a “significant energy action” as defined in Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001), because it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA)</HD>
                <P>This action does not involve any technical standards subject to NTTAA section 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations and Executive Order 14096: Revitalizing Our Nation's Commitment to Environmental Justice for All</HD>
                <P>This action does not concern human health or environmental conditions and therefore cannot be evaluated with respect to the potential for disproportionate impacts on non-white and low-income populations in accordance with Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994) and Executive Order 14096 (88 FR 25251, April 26, 2023). Although this action does not concern human health or environmental conditions, the premanufacture notifications required by these SNURs allows EPA to assess the intended uses to identify potential disproportionate risks and take appropriate actions before the activities commence.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 721</HD>
                    <P>Environmental protection, Chemicals, Hazardous substances, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Mary Elissa Reaves,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <P>Therefore, for the reasons stated in the preamble, EPA proposes to amend 40 CFR chapter I as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 721—SIGNIFICANT NEW USES OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 721 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P> 15 U.S.C. 2604, 2607, and 2625(c).</P>
                </AUTH>
                <AMDPAR>2. Add §§ 721.11955 through 721.11959 to Subpart E to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SUBPART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Significant New Uses for Specific Chemical Substances</HD>
                </SUBPART>
                <CONTENTS>
                    <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                    <STARS/>
                    <SECTNO>721.11955 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Polyolefin polyamine succinimide, carbopolycycle alkoxylated (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11956 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Carbonmonocyclic alkene polymer with alkyl alkenoate, alkyl alkenoate, alkyl alkenoate and polyalkyldiene alkenoate (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11957 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>1-Tetradecene, homopolymer, hydrogenated, by-products from, C28-42 fraction.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11958 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Carbonic acid, ester, polymer with alkanediol (C=4,5) (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11959 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Hydrolyzed collagen, polymer with aromatic isocyanate, N-triethoxysylil-alkanamine, pectic polysaccharide and poly alkyl alcohol (generic).</SUBJECT>
                </CONTENTS>
                <STARS/>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11955 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Polyolefin polyamine succinimide, carbopolycycle alkoxylated (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as polyolefin polyamine succinimide, carbopolycycle alkoxylated (PMN P-20-168) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are:</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) 
                        <E T="03">Industrial, commercial, and consumer activities.</E>
                         It is a significant new use to use the substance other than as a lubricating additive for engine oils, transmission and hydraulic fluid, and gear oil applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of Subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Recordkeeping.</E>
                         Recordkeeping requirements as specified in § 721.125(a) through (c), and (i) are applicable to manufacturers, importers, and processors of this substance.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11956 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Carbonmonocyclic alkene polymer with alkyl alkenoate, alkyl alkenoate, alkyl alkenoate and polyalkyldiene alkenoate (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as carbonmonocyclic alkene polymer with alkyl alkenoate, alkyl alkenoate, alkyl alkenoate and polyalkyldiene alkenoate (PMN P-21-5) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are:</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) 
                        <E T="03">Industrial, commercial, and consumer activities.</E>
                         It is a significant new use to manufacture, process, or use the substance in any manner that results in worker inhalation exposure to the substance.
                    </P>
                    <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of Subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Recordkeeping.</E>
                         Recordkeeping requirements as specified in § 721.125(a) through (c), and (i) are applicable to manufacturers, importers, and processors of this substance.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11957</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>1-Tetradecene, homopolymer, hydrogenated, by-products from, C28-42 fraction.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified as 1-tetradecene, homopolymer, hydrogenated, by-products from, C28-42 fraction (PMN P-21-95; CASRN 2263959-83-5) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are:</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) 
                        <E T="03">Industrial, commercial, and consumer activities.</E>
                         It is a significant new use to process the substance other than in an enclosed system when heated.
                    </P>
                    <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of Subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Recordkeeping.</E>
                         Recordkeeping requirements as specified in § 721.125(a) through (c), and (i) are 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94642"/>
                        applicable to manufacturers, importers, and processors of this substance.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11958 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Carbonic acid, ester, polymer with alkanediol (C=4,5) (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as carbonic acid, ester, polymer with alkanediol (C=4,5) (PMN P-21-174) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are:</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) 
                        <E T="03">Release to water.</E>
                         Requirements as specified in § 721.90(a)(4), (b)(4), and (c)(4), where N=200.
                    </P>
                    <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of Subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Recordkeeping.</E>
                         Recordkeeping requirements as specified in § 721.125(a) through (c), and (k) are applicable to manufacturers, importers, and processors of this substance.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11959 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Hydrolyzed collagen, polymer with aromatic isocyanate, N-triethoxysylil-alkanamine, pectic polysaccharide and poly alkyl alcohol (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as hydrolyzed collagen, polymer with aromatic isocyanate, N-triethoxysylil-alkanamine, pectic polysaccharide and poly alkyl alcohol (PMN P-23-17) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are:</P>
                    <P>(i) Industrial, commercial, and consumer activities. It is a significant new use to use the substance other than as an encapsulant for time-released delivery of fragrance.</P>
                    <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of Subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Recordkeeping.</E>
                         Recordkeeping requirements as specified in § 721.125(a) through (c), and (i) are applicable to manufacturers, importers, and processors of this substance.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27913 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
                <CFR>40 CFR Part 721</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OPPT-2021-0847; FRL-9972-05-OCSPP]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2070-AB27</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Significant New Use Rules on Certain Chemical Substances (22-1.5e)</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>EPA is issuing this supplemental proposal to update the significant new use rules (SNURs) previously proposed under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) for seventeen chemical substances that were the subject of premanufacture notices (PMNs) and are also subject to an Order issued by EPA pursuant to TSCA. The SNURs would require persons who intend to manufacture (defined by statute to include import) or process any of these seventeen chemical substances for an activity that is proposed as a significant new use by this rulemaking to notify EPA at least 90 days before commencing that activity. The required notification initiates EPA's evaluation of the conditions of use for that chemical substance. In addition, the manufacture or processing for the significant new use may not commence until EPA has conducted a review of the required notification, made an appropriate determination regarding that notification, and taken such actions as required by that determination.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before December 30, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2021-0847, at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the online instructions for submitting comments. Do not submit electronically any information you consider to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Additional instructions on commenting and visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For technical information:</E>
                         Meg Victor, New Chemicals Division (7405M), Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (202) 343-9193; email address: 
                        <E T="03">victor.meg@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For general information on SNURs:</E>
                         William Wysong, New Chemicals Division (7405M), Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (202) 564-4163; email address: 
                        <E T="03">wysong.william@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For general information on TSCA:</E>
                         The TSCA-Hotline, ABVI-Goodwill, 422 South Clinton Ave, Rochester, NY 14620; telephone number: (202) 554-1404; email address: 
                        <E T="03">TSCA-Hotline@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Executive Summary</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What is the Agency's authority for taking this action?</HD>
                <P>TSCA section 5(a)(2) (15 U.S.C. 2604(a)(2)) authorizes EPA to determine that a use of a chemical substance is a “significant new use.” EPA must make this determination by rule after considering all relevant factors, including the factors in TSCA section 5(a)(2) (see also the discussion in Unit II.).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What action is the Agency taking?</HD>
                <P>EPA is proposing SNURs for chemical substances discussed in Unit III. These SNURs, if finalized as proposed, would require persons who intend to manufacture or process any of these chemical substances for an activity that is designated as a significant new use to notify EPA at least 90 days before commencing that activity.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. General Applicability</HD>
                <P>This action applies to you if you manufacture, process, or use the chemical substances contained in this proposed rule. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:</P>
                <P>
                    • Manufacturers or processors of one or more subject chemical substances (NAICS codes 325 and 324110), 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     chemical manufacturing and petroleum refineries.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94643"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Applicability to Importers and Exporters</HD>
                <P>
                    This action may also apply to certain entities through pre-existing import certification and export notification requirements under TSCA (
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/tsca-import-export-requirements</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>Chemical importers are subject to TSCA section 13 (15 U.S.C. 2612), the requirements promulgated at 19 CFR 12.118 through 12.127 (see also 19 CFR 127.28), and the EPA policy in support of import certification at 40 CFR part 707, subpart B. Chemical importers must certify that the shipment of the chemical substance complies with all applicable rules and orders under TSCA, including regulations issued under TSCA sections 5, 6, 7 and Title IV.</P>
                <P>Pursuant to 40 CFR 721.20, any persons who export or intend to export a chemical substance that is the subject of this proposed rule on or after December 30, 2024 are subject to the export notification provisions of TSCA section 12(b) (15 U.S.C. 2611(b)) and must comply with the export notification requirements in 40 CFR part 707, subpart D.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. What are the incremental economic impacts of this action?</HD>
                <P>EPA has evaluated the potential costs of establishing SNUN reporting requirements for potential manufacturers (including importers) and processors of the chemical substances subject to these proposed SNURs. This analysis, which is available in the docket, is briefly summarized here.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Estimated Costs for SNUN Submissions</HD>
                <P>If a SNUN is submitted, costs are an estimated $45,000 per SNUN submission for large business submitters and $14,500 for small business submitters. These estimates include the cost to prepare and submit the SNUN (including registration for EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX)), and the payment of a user fee. Businesses that submit a SNUN would be subject to either a $37,000 user fee required by 40 CFR 700.45(c)(2)(ii) and (d), or, if they are a small business as defined at 13 CFR 121.201, a reduced user fee of $6,480 (40 CFR 700.45(c)(1)(ii) and (d)) per fiscal year 2022. The costs of submission for SNUNs will not be incurred by any company unless a company decides to pursue a significant new use as defined in these SNURs. Additionally, these estimates reflect the costs and fees as they are known at the time of this rulemaking.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Estimated Costs for Export Notifications</HD>
                <P>
                    EPA has also evaluated the potential costs associated with the export notification requirements under TSCA section 12(b) and the implementing regulations at 40 CFR part 707, subpart D. For persons exporting a substance that is the subject of a SNUR, a one-time notice to EPA must be provided for the first export or intended export to a particular country. The total costs of export notification will vary by chemical, depending on the number of required notifications (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the number of countries to which the chemical is exported). While EPA is unable to make any estimate of the likely number of export notifications for the chemical substances covered by these SNURs, as stated in the accompanying economic analysis, the estimated cost of the export notification requirement on a per unit basis is approximately $106.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. What should I consider as I prepare my comments for EPA?</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Submitting CBI</HD>
                <P>
                    Do not submit CBI to EPA through email or 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     If you wish to include CBI in your comment, please follow the applicable instructions at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets/commenting-epa-dockets#rules</E>
                     and clearly mark the information that you claim to be CBI. Information so marked will not be disclosed except in accordance with procedures set forth in 40 CFR parts 2 and 703.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Tips for Preparing Your Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    When preparing and submitting your comments, see the commenting tips at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov//epa-dockets.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
                <P>
                    This unit provides general information about SNURs. For additional information about EPA's new chemical program go to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/reviewing-new-chemicals-under-toxic-substances-control-act-tsca.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Significant New Use Determination Factors</HD>
                <P>TSCA section 5(a)(2) states that EPA's determination that a use of a chemical substance is a significant new use must be made after consideration of all relevant factors, including:</P>
                <P>• The projected volume of manufacturing and processing of a chemical substance.</P>
                <P>• The extent to which a use changes the type or form of exposure of human beings or the environment to a chemical substance.</P>
                <P>• The extent to which a use increases the magnitude and duration of exposure of human beings or the environment to a chemical substance.</P>
                <P>• The reasonably anticipated manner and methods of manufacturing, processing, distribution in commerce, and disposal of a chemical substance.</P>
                <P>In determining what would constitute a significant new use for the chemical substances that are the subject of these SNURs, EPA considered relevant information about the toxicity of the chemical substances, and potential human exposures and environmental releases that may be associated with the substances, in the context of the four bulleted TSCA section 5(a)(2) factors listed in this unit and discussed in Unit III.</P>
                <P>These proposed SNURs include PMN substances that are subject to Orders issued under TSCA section 5(e)(1)(A), as required by the determinations made under TSCA section 5(a)(3)(B). The proposed SNURs identify significant new uses consistent with TSCA section 5(f)(4).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Rationale and Objectives of the SNURs</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Rationale</HD>
                <P>Under TSCA, no person may manufacture a new chemical substance or manufacture or process a chemical substance for a significant new use until EPA makes a determination as described in TSCA section 5(a) and takes any required action. The issuance of a SNUR is not a risk determination itself, only a notification requirement for “significant new uses,” so that the Agency has the opportunity to review the SNUN for the significant new use and make a TSCA section 5(a)(3) risk determination.</P>
                <P>
                    During review of the PMNs that are subject to these proposed SNURs, EPA concluded that regulation was warranted under TSCA section 5(e), pending the development of information sufficient to make reasoned evaluations of the health or environmental effects of the chemical substances. The basis for such findings is outlined in the December 2022 proposal (87 FR 74072, December 2, 2022 (FRL-9972-01-OCSPP)). Based on these findings, TSCA section 5(e) Orders requiring the use of exposure controls were negotiated with the PMN submitters. As a general matter, EPA believes it is necessary to follow the TSCA Orders with a SNUR that identifies the absence of those protective measures as significant new uses to ensure that all manufacturers and processors—not just the original submitter—are held to the same standard.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94644"/>
                </P>
                <P>EPA previously proposed SNURs for these seventeen chemical substances in the December 2022 proposal. Those SNURs would have required notice to EPA by any person prior to manufacturing or processing the chemical substances in a way that does not conform to the measures in the Order; additionally, EPA proposed to require notice for annual production volumes greater than 2,500 pounds and for uses other than the uses described in the PMNs, on the basis that notices of commencement (NOC) had not been received for these chemical substances and the substances were not on the TSCA Inventory.</P>
                <P>A commenter on the December 2022 proposal stated that EPA should designate “any use” of a substance not on the TSCA Inventory as a significant new use, stating that the Agency has the authority to do so given there are currently no ongoing uses. The commenter noted that this would enable EPA to reassess risks from the substances under any conditions of use according to current weight-of-evidence on these substances, stating that the SNURs in the December 2022 proposal may not be sufficient to prevent unreasonable risk given the substances' persistent, bioaccumulative, and toxic nature, and noting that based on analogous substances there may be health risks even at limited production volumes that may present unreasonable risks to human health.</P>
                <P>
                    EPA agrees with the commenter and is issuing this supplemental proposal for the seventeen chemical substances for which NOCs have not been received and the substances are not on the TSCA Inventory; furthermore, EPA has not granted any exemption from full PMN review (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     a low volume exemption) for these chemical substances to any manufacturer. Because these seventeen chemical substances are not on the TSCA Inventory (and no exemptions were granted for their manufacture), EPA proposes to find that there are no ongoing uses of these chemicals. Therefore, EPA is proposing SNURs that identify manufacture (which includes import) or processing these chemical substances for any use as a significant new use, to enable the Agency to evaluate and manage risks, where appropriate, from activities associated with use of these chemical substances before manufacture or processing were to begin.
                </P>
                <P>
                    This proposed rule advances one of the “key actions” in the Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS) Strategic Roadmap where EPA stated it plans to revisit past PFAS regulatory decisions and address those that are insufficiently protective by imposing additional notification requirements. In this way, the Agency can ensure it has the opportunity to review PFAS before they are used in new ways that might present concerns. To view the PFAS Strategic Roadmap and learn more about EPA actions to address PFAS, please visit 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/pfas/epa-actions-address-pfas</E>
                     and 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/system/files/documents/2021-10/pfas-roadmap_final-508.pdf.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Objectives</HD>
                <P>EPA is proposing these SNURs because the Agency wants:</P>
                <P>• To identify as significant new uses any manufacturing, processing, use, distribution in commerce, or disposal of these chemical substances for any use.</P>
                <P>• To have an opportunity to review and evaluate data submitted in a SNUN before the submitter begins manufacturing or processing a listed chemical substance for the described significant new use.</P>
                <P>• To be obligated to make a determination under TSCA section 5(a)(3) regarding the use described in the SNUN, under the conditions of use. The Agency will either determine under TSCA section 5(a)(3)(C) that the significant new use is not likely to present an unreasonable risk, including an unreasonable risk to a potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulation identified as relevant by the Administrator under the conditions of use, or make a determination under TSCA section 5(a)(3)(A) or (B) and take the required regulatory action associated with the determination, before manufacture or processing for the significant new use of the chemical substance can occur.</P>
                <P>
                    Issuance of a proposed SNUR for a chemical substance does not signify that the chemical substance is listed on the TSCA Chemical Substance Inventory (TSCA Inventory). Guidance on how to determine if a chemical substance is on the TSCA Inventory is available at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/</E>
                    tsca-inventory.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Applicability of General Provisions</HD>
                <P>General provisions for SNURs appear in 40 CFR part 721, subpart A. These provisions describe persons subject to SNURs, recordkeeping requirements, exemptions to reporting requirements, and applicability of the rule to uses occurring before the effective date of the rule. Pursuant to 40 CFR 721.1(c), persons subject to SNURs must comply with the same requirements and EPA regulatory procedures as submitters of PMNs under TSCA section 5(a)(1)(A). In particular, these requirements include the information submission requirements of TSCA sections 5(b) and 5(d)(1), the exemptions authorized by TSCA sections 5(h)(1), 5(h)(2), 5(h)(3), and 5(h)(5) and the regulations at 40 CFR part 720. In addition, provisions relating to user fees appear at 40 CFR part 700.</P>
                <P>
                    Once EPA receives a SNUN, EPA must either determine that the significant new use is not likely to present an unreasonable risk of injury under the conditions of use for the chemical substance or take such regulatory action as is associated with an alternative determination under TSCA section 5 before the manufacture (including import) or processing for the significant new use can commence. If EPA determines that the significant new use of the chemical substance is not likely to present an unreasonable risk, EPA is required under TSCA section 5(g) to make public, and submit for publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , a statement of EPA's findings.
                </P>
                <P>
                    As discussed in Unit I.C.2., persons who export or intend to export a chemical substance identified in a proposed or final SNUR are subject to the export notification provisions of TSCA section 12(b), and persons who import a chemical substance identified in a final SNUR are subject to the TSCA section 13 import certification requirements. See also 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/tsca-import-export-requirements</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>EPA is proposing that the general reporting exemption described in 40 CFR 721.45(i) not apply to these SNURs. 40 CFR 721.45(i) provides that the notification requirements of 40 CFR 721.25 do not apply, unless otherwise specified in a specific SNUR, if: “The person is operating under the terms of a consent order issued under section 5(e) of the Act applicable to that person. If a provision of such section 5(e) order is inconsistent with a specific significant new use identified in subpart E of this part, abiding by the provision of the section 5(e) order exempts the person from submitting a significant new use notice for that specific significant new use.” EPA is proposing to make that exemption inapplicable to each SNUR in this document to ensure that persons subject to the Order would also be subject to the significant new use notification requirements in the proposed SNURs.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Applicability of the Proposed SNURs to Uses Occurring Before the Effective Date of the Final Rule</HD>
                <P>
                    To establish a significant new use, EPA must determine that the use is not ongoing. The chemical substances subject to this proposed rule have 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94645"/>
                    undergone premanufacture review and received determinations under TSCA section 5(a)(3)(C). Further, the seventeen substances in this proposed rule are not on the TSCA Inventory (and EPA has not granted any exemption from full PMN review for these chemical substances to any manufacturer). Based on this, the Agency finds that the significant new uses identified in the proposed SNURs are not ongoing.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Important Information About SNUN Submissions</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. SNUN Submissions</HD>
                <P>
                    SNUNs must be submitted on EPA Form No. 7710-25, generated using e-PMN software, and submitted to the Agency in accordance with the procedures set forth in 40 CFR 720.40 and 721.25. E-PMN software is available electronically at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/reviewing-new-chemicals-under-toxic-substances-control-act-tsca.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Development and Submission of Information</HD>
                <P>
                    EPA recognizes that TSCA section 5 does not require development of any particular new information (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     generating test data) before submission of a SNUN. There is an exception: If a person is required to submit information for a chemical substance pursuant to a rule, order or consent agreement under TSCA section 4, then TSCA section 5(b)(1)(A) requires such information to be submitted to EPA at the time of submission of the SNUN.
                </P>
                <P>In the absence of a rule, TSCA order, or consent agreement under TSCA section 4 covering the chemical substance, persons are required only to submit information in their possession or control and to describe any other information known to or reasonably ascertainable by them (see 40 CFR 720.50). However, upon review of PMNs and SNUNs, the Agency has the authority to require appropriate testing. To assist with EPA's analysis of the SNUN, submitters are encouraged, but not required, to provide the potentially useful information that was identified for the chemical substances in the December 2022 proposal.</P>
                <P>
                    EPA strongly encourages persons, before performing any testing, to consult with the Agency pertaining to protocol selection. Furthermore, pursuant to TSCA section 4(h), which pertains to reduction of testing in vertebrate animals, EPA encourages consultation with the Agency on the use of alternative test methods and strategies (also called New Approach Methodologies, or NAMs), if available, to generate the recommended test data. EPA encourages dialog with Agency representatives to help determine how best the submitter can meet both the data needs and the objective of TSCA section 4(h). For more information on alternative test methods and strategies to reduce vertebrate animal testing, visit 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/assessing-and-managing-chemicals-under-tsca/alternative-test-methods-and-strategies-reduce.</E>
                </P>
                <P>The potentially useful information described in the December 2022 proposal may not be the only means of providing information to evaluate the chemical substance associated with the significant new uses. However, submitting a SNUN without any test data may increase the likelihood that EPA will take action under TSCA sections 5(e) or 5(f). EPA recommends that potential SNUN submitters contact EPA early enough so that they will be able to conduct the appropriate tests.</P>
                <P>SNUN submitters should be aware that EPA will be better able to evaluate SNUNs that provide detailed information on the following:</P>
                <P>• Human exposure and environmental release that may result from the significant new use of the chemical substances.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Chemical Substances Subject to These Proposed SNURs</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What is the designated cutoff date for ongoing?</HD>
                <P>EPA designates November 29, 2024 as the cutoff date for determining whether the new use is ongoing. This designation is explained in more detail in Unit II.D.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What information is provided for each chemical substance?</HD>
                <P>For each chemical substance identified in Unit III.C., EPA provides the following information:</P>
                <P>• PMN number (the proposed CFR citation assigned in the regulatory text section of the proposed rule).</P>
                <P>• Chemical name (generic name, if the specific name is claimed as CBI).</P>
                <P>• Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number (CASRN) (if assigned for non-confidential chemical identities).</P>
                <P>• Basis for the action and potentially useful information.</P>
                <P>The regulatory text section of this document specifies the activities proposed to be designated as significant new uses. The proposed SNURs identify as significant new uses manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Which chemical substances are subject to this proposed rule?</HD>
                <P>The 17 substances subject to the proposed rules in this document are as follows:</P>
                <P>PMN Numbers (proposed CFR citation): P-05-491 (40 CFR 721.11735), P-05-492 (40 CFR 721.11736), P-05-503 (40 CFR 721.11737), P-05-504 (40 CFR 721.11738), P-05-505 (40 CFR 721.11739), P-05-838 (40 CFR 721.11740), P-06-206 (40 CFR 721.11741), P-06-207 (40 CFR 721.11742), P-06-208 (40 CFR 721.11743), P-06-211 (40 CFR 721.11744), P-06-212 (40 CFR 721.11745), P-06-213 (40 CFR 721.11746), P-06-214 (40 CFR 721.11747), P-06-215 (40 CFR 721.11748), P-06-216 (40 CFR 721.11749), P-06-217 (40 CFR 721.11750), and P-06-224 (40 CFR 721.11751).</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Chemical Names:</E>
                     Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic) (P-05-491, P-05-492, P-05-504, P-05-505, P-05-838, P-06-207, P-06-208, P-06-211, P-06-212, P-06-213, P-06-214, P-06-215, P-06-216, P-06-217, and P-06-224), Fluorochemical urethane; (generic) (P-05-503), and Fluoroalkyl acrylate (generic) (P-06-206).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">CASRN or Accession Numbers:</E>
                     Not Available.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Basis for the action and potentially useful information:</E>
                     The December 2022 proposal provided the basis for and effective date of the TSCA Order for each of these substances, and also identified potentially useful information.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
                <P>
                    Additional information about these statutes and Executive orders can be found at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/laws-regulations-and-executive-orders.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 14094: Modernizing Regulatory Review</HD>
                <P>This action proposes to establish SNURs for new chemical substances that were the subject of PMNs. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), as amended by Executive Order 14094 (88 FR 21879, April 11, 2023).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)</HD>
                <P>
                    According to the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information that requires OMB approval under PRA, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94646"/>
                    unless it has been approved by OMB and displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for EPA's regulations in title 40 of the CFR, after appearing in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register,</E>
                     are listed in 40 CFR part 9, and included on the related collection instrument or form, if applicable.
                </P>
                <P>The information collection requirements related to SNURs have already been approved by OMB pursuant to PRA under OMB control number 2070-0038 (EPA ICR No. 1188). This action does not impose any burden requiring additional OMB approval. If an entity were to submit a SNUN to the Agency, the annual burden is estimated to average between 30 and 170 hours per submission. This burden estimate includes the time needed to review instructions, search existing data sources, gather and maintain the data needed, and complete, review, and submit the required SNUN.</P>
                <P>EPA always welcomes your feedback on the burden estimates. Send any comments about the accuracy of the burden estimate, and any suggested methods for improving the collection instruments or instruction or minimizing respondent burden, including through the use of automated collection techniques.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)</HD>
                <P>
                    I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA (5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ). The requirement to submit a SNUN applies to any person (including small or large entities) who intends to engage in any activity described in the final rule as a “significant new use.” Because these uses are “new,” based on all information currently available to EPA, EPA has concluded that no small or large entities presently engage in such activities.
                </P>
                <P>A SNUR requires that any person who intends to engage in such activity in the future must first notify EPA by submitting a SNUN. Although some small entities may decide to pursue a significant new use in the future, EPA cannot presently determine how many, if any, there may be. However, EPA's experience to date is that, in response to the promulgation of SNURs covering over 1,000 chemicals, the Agency receives only a small number of notices per year. For example, the number of SNUNs received was 16 in Federal fiscal year (FY) 2018, five in FY2019, seven in FY2020, 13 in FY2021, 11 in FY2022, and 15 in FY2023, and only a fraction of these submissions were from small businesses.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition, the Agency currently offers relief to qualifying small businesses by reducing the SNUN submission fee from $37,000 to 6,480. This lower fee reduces the total reporting and recordkeeping cost of submitting a SNUN to about $14,500 per SNUN submission for qualifying small firms. Therefore, the potential economic impacts of complying with these proposed SNURs are not expected to be significant or adversely impact a substantial number of small entities. In a SNUR that published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on June 2, 1997 (62 FR 29684) (FRL-5597-1), the Agency presented its general determination that SNURs are not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, which was provided to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)</HD>
                <P>This action does not contain an unfunded mandate of $100 million or more (in 1995 dollars) in any one year as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Based on EPA's experience with proposing and finalizing SNURs, State, local, and Tribal governments have not been impacted by SNURs, and EPA does not have any reasons to believe that any State, local, or Tribal government will be impacted by these SNURs. In addition, the estimated costs of this action to the private sector do not exceed $183 million or more in any one year (the 1995 dollars are adjusted to 2023 dollars for inflation using the GDP implicit price deflator). The estimated costs for this action are discussed in Unit I.D.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</HD>
                <P>This action will not have federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999), because it is not expected to have a substantial direct effect on States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Accordingly, the requirements of Executive Order 13132 do not apply to this action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
                <P>This action will not have Tribal implications as specified in Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), because it is not expected to have substantial direct effects on Indian Tribes, significantly or uniquely affect the communities of Indian Tribal governments and does not involve or impose any requirements that affect Indian Tribes. Accordingly, the requirements of Executive Order 13175 do not apply to this action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks</HD>
                <P>This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997), because it does not concern an environmental health or safety risk. Since this action does not concern a human health risk, EPA's 2021 Policy on Children's Health also does not apply. Although the establishment of these SNURs do not address an existing children's environmental health concern because the chemical uses involved are not ongoing uses, SNURs require that persons notify EPA at least 90 days before commencing manufacture (defined by statute to include import) or processing of any of these chemical substances for an activity that is designated as a significant new use by this rulemaking. This notification allows EPA to assess the intended uses to identify potential risks and take appropriate actions before the activities commence.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>
                <P>This action is not a “significant energy action” as defined in Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001), because it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA)</HD>
                <P>This action does not involve any technical standards subject to NTTAA section 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations and Executive Order 14096: Revitalizing Our Nation's Commitment to Environmental Justice for All</HD>
                <P>
                    EPA believes that this type of action does not concern human health or environmental conditions and therefore cannot be evaluated with respect to potentially disproportionate and adverse effects on communities with environmental justice concerns in accordance with Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994) and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94647"/>
                    Executive Order 14096 (88 FR 25251, April 26, 2023). Although this action does not concern human health or environmental conditions, the premanufacture notifications required by these SNURs allows EPA to assess the intended uses to identify potential disproportionate risks and take appropriate actions before the activities commence.
                </P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 721</HD>
                    <P>Environmental protection, Chemicals, Hazardous substances, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Mary Elissa Reaves,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <P>Therefore, for the reasons stated in the preamble, EPA proposes to amend 40 CFR chapter I as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 721—SIGNIFICANT NEW USES OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 721 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                    <P>15 U.S.C. 2604, 2607, and 2625(c).</P>
                </AUTH>
                <AMDPAR>2. Add §§ 721.11735 through 721.11751 to subpart E to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SUBPART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Significant New Uses for Specific Chemical Substances</HD>
                </SUBPART>
                <CONTENTS>
                    <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                    <STARS/>
                    <SECTNO>721.11735</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11736</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11737</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluorochemical urethane (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11738</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11739</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11740</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11741</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkyl acrylate (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11742</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11743</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11744</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11745</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11746</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11747</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11748</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11749</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11750</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>721.11751</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                </CONTENTS>
                <STARS/>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11735</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-05-491) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11736</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-05-492) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11737</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluorochemical urethane (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluorochemical urethane (PMN P-05-503) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11738</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-05-504) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11739</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-05-505) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11740</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-05-838) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94648"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11741</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkyl acrylate (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkyl acrylate (PMN P-06-206) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11742</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-06-207) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11743</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-06-208) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11744</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-06-211) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11745</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-06-212) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11746</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-06-213) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11747</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-06-214) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11748</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-06-215) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94649"/>
                        provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11749</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-06-216) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11750</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-06-217) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 721.11751</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (generic).</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Chemical substance and significant new uses subject to reporting.</E>
                         (1) The chemical substance identified generically as fluoroalkylacrylate copolymer (PMN P-06-224) is subject to reporting under this section for the significant new uses described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) The significant new uses are manufacture (including import) or processing for any use.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Specific requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to this section except as modified by this paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Limitation or revocation of certain notification requirements.</E>
                         The provisions of § 721.185 apply to this section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Exemptions.</E>
                         The exemption of § 721.45(i) does not apply to this section.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27914 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <AGENCY TYPE="O">GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <AGENCY TYPE="O">NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <CFR>48 CFR Parts 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 22, 23, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 42, 50, and 52</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[FAR Case 2024-001, Docket No. FAR-2024-0001, Sequence No. 1]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 9000-AO73</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Federal Acquisition Regulation: Inflation Adjustment of Acquisition-Related Thresholds</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of Defense (DoD), General Services Administration (GSA), and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>DoD, GSA, and NASA are proposing to amend the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) to further implement the statute, which requires an adjustment every five years of statutory acquisition-related thresholds for inflation. The adjustment uses the Consumer Price Index for all urban consumers and does not apply to the Construction Wage Rate Requirements statute (Davis-Bacon Act), Service Contract Labor Standards statute, performance and payment bonds, and trade agreements thresholds. DoD, GSA, and NASA are also proposing to use the same methodology to adjust nonstatutory FAR acquisition-related thresholds in 2025.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Interested parties should submit written comments to the Regulatory Secretariat Division at the address shown below on or before January 28, 2025 to be considered in the formation of the final rule.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Submit comments in response to FAR case 2024-001 to Federal eRulemaking portal at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         by searching for “FAR Case 2024-001”. Select the link “Comment Now” that corresponds with “FAR Case 2024-001”. Follow the instructions provided on the “Comment Now” screen. Please include your name, company name (if any), and “FAR Case 2024-001” on your attached document. If your comment cannot be submitted using 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         call or email the points of contact in the 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                         section of this document for alternate instructions.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         Please submit comments only and cite “FAR Case 2024-001” in all correspondence related to this case. Comments received generally will be posted without change to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         including any personal and/or business confidential information provided. Public comments may be submitted as an individual, as an organization, or anonymously (see frequently asked questions at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov/faq</E>
                        ). To confirm receipt of your comment(s), please check 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         approximately two to three days after submission to verify posting.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        For clarification of content, contact Mr. Michael O. Jackson, Procurement Analyst, at 202-821-9776 or by email at 
                        <E T="03">michaelo.jackson@gsa.gov.</E>
                         For information pertaining to status, publication schedules, or alternate instructions for submitting comments if 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         cannot be used, contact the Regulatory Secretariat Division at 202-501-4755 or 
                        <E T="03">GSARegSec@gsa.gov.</E>
                         Please cite FAR Case 2024-001.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
                <P>This rule proposes to amend multiple FAR parts to further implement 41 U.S.C. 1908. Section 1908 requires an adjustment every five years (on October 1 of each year evenly divisible by five) of statutory acquisition-related thresholds for inflation, using the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for all urban consumers, except for the Construction Wage Rate Requirements statute (Davis-Bacon Act), Service Contract Labor Standards statute, performance and payment bonds, and trade agreements thresholds (see FAR 1.109). As a matter of policy, DoD, GSA, and NASA are also proposing to use the same methodology to adjust nonstatutory FAR acquisition-related thresholds on October 1, 2025.</P>
                <P>
                    This is the fifth review of FAR acquisition-related thresholds since the statute was passed on October 28, 2004 (section 807 of the Ronald W. Reagan National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2005). The last review was 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94650"/>
                    conducted under FAR Case 2019-013 during fiscal year (FY) 2020. The final rule under that case was published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on October 2, 2020 (85 FR 62485), effective October 1, 2020.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Discussion and Analysis</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What is an acquisition-related threshold?</HD>
                <P>This case builds on the review of FAR thresholds in FY 2005, FY 2010, FY 2015, and FY 2020, using the same interpretation of an acquisition-related threshold. 41 U.S.C. 1908 is applicable to “a dollar threshold that is specified in law as a factor in defining the scope of the applicability of a policy, procedure, requirement, or restriction provided in that law to the procurement of property or services by an executive agency, as the Federal Acquisition Regulatory Council (the Council) determines.”</P>
                <P>
                    There are other thresholds in the FAR that, while not specified in law, nevertheless meet all the other criteria. These thresholds may have their origin in Executive order or regulation. Therefore, the Council has determined that in this case “acquisition-related threshold” has a broader meaning, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     a threshold that is specified in law, Executive order, or regulation as a factor in defining the scope of the applicability of a policy, procedure, requirement, or restriction provided in that law, Executive order, or regulation to the procurement of property or services by an Executive agency. DoD, GSA, and NASA conclude that acquisition-related thresholds are generally tied to the value of a contract, subcontract, or modification.
                </P>
                <P>This rule does not address thresholds that are not acquisition-related. Examples of thresholds that are not “acquisition-related,” as defined in this proposed rule, include thresholds relating to claims, penalties, withholding, payments, required levels of insurance, small business size standards, liquidated damages, and protests.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What acquisition-related thresholds are not subject to escalation adjustment under this case?</HD>
                <P>41 U.S.C. 1908 does not permit escalation of acquisition-related thresholds established by the Construction Wage Rate Requirements statute (Davis Bacon Act), the Service Contract Labor Standards statute, performance and payment bonds (formerly the Miller Act), or the United States Trade Representative pursuant to the authority of the Trade Agreements Act of 1979.</P>
                <P>Also, the statute does not authorize the FAR to escalate thresholds originating in Executive order or the implementing agency (such as the Department of Labor or the Small Business Administration), unless the Executive order or agency regulations are first amended.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. How do the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council and the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council (the Councils) analyze a statutory acquisition-related threshold?</HD>
                <P>
                    If an acquisition-related threshold is based on statute, the matrix at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     identifies the statute and the statutory threshold, including the original threshold and any FAR revisions.
                </P>
                <P>With the exception of thresholds set by the Construction Wage Rate Requirements statute (Davis-Bacon Act), Service Contract Labor Standards statute, performance and payment bonds (formerly the Miller Act), and the United States Trade Representative pursuant to the authority of the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, 41 U.S.C. 1908 requires that the Councils adjust the acquisition-related thresholds for inflation using the CPI for all urban consumers. Acquisition-related thresholds in statutes that were in effect on October 1, 2000, are only subject to escalation from that date forward. For purposes of this proposed rule, the matrix includes calculation of escalation based on the estimated CPI value for March 2025 (currently projected at 323.193) divided by the CPI for the date of enactment of the statute or regulation (October 2000, for statutes enacted prior to October 1, 2000). The Councils will subsequently adjust as necessary before issuance of the final rule.</P>
                <P>Once the escalation factor is applied to the acquisition-related threshold, then the threshold must be rounded as follows:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,p1,8/9,i1" CDEF="s25,r25">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">&lt;$10,000 </ENT>
                        <ENT>Nearest $500.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">$10,000-&lt;$100,000 </ENT>
                        <ENT>Nearest $5,000.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">$100,000-&lt;$1 million </ENT>
                        <ENT>Nearest $50,000.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">$1 million-&lt;$10 million </ENT>
                        <ENT>Nearest $500,000.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">$10 million-&lt;$100 million </ENT>
                        <ENT>Nearest $5 million.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">$100 million-&lt;$1 billion </ENT>
                        <ENT>Nearest $50 million.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">$1 billion or more </ENT>
                        <ENT>Nearest $500 million.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The calculations in this proposed rule are all based on the base year amount, because escalated amounts in the 2020 rule were subject to rounding. Therefore, using those amounts as the base would distort future calculations.</P>
                <P>
                    In 2020, some thresholds, although subject to inflation calculation, did not actually change, because the inflation in 2020 was insufficient to overcome the rounding requirements—
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the escalation factor when applied did not cause the escalated values to be high enough to round to the next higher value. However, in FY 2025 many thresholds that did not escalate in 2020 have increased through other statutory actions or will now escalate because of five additional years of inflation. Likewise, some thresholds that were escalated in 2020 will not escalate in 2025.
                </P>
                <P>The thresholds for defining a major system differ for the civilian agencies and DoD. The FAR will continue to escalate the major systems threshold for the civilian agencies; however, DoD has determined that for DoD the major systems thresholds in the FAR must be consistent with the major systems thresholds in DoD Instruction 5000.85, Major Capability Acquisition, established in accordance with the authority in 10 U.S.C. 3041. For the purposes of this rule, the thresholds are unchanged.</P>
                <P>This proposed rule has been coordinated with the Department of Labor and the Small Business Administration in areas of the regulation for which they are the lead agency.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. How do the Councils analyze a nonstatutory acquisition-related threshold?</HD>
                <P>No statutory authorization is required to escalate thresholds that are policy-based within the FAR. For consistency, escalation of the FAR policy-based acquisition-related thresholds is recommended using the same formula applied to the statutory thresholds, unless there is a valid reason for not doing so.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. What is the effect of this proposed rule on the most heavily-used thresholds?</HD>
                <P>This rule includes the following proposed changes to heavily-used thresholds. All these inflation increases assume that the current rate of inflation continues.</P>
                <P>
                    • The micro-purchase threshold at FAR 2.101 will increase from $10,000 to $15,000. Paragraphs (3)(i) and (ii) of the definition, for acquisitions to support contingency operations or to facilitate defense against certain attacks, are proposed to increase from $20,000 to $25,000 and from $35,000 to $40,000, respectively. Paragraph (4)(i), for acquisitions from institutions of higher education, nonprofit entities, or nonprofit and independent research 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94651"/>
                    activities, is proposed to increase from $10,000 to $15,000.
                </P>
                <P>• The simplified acquisition threshold will increase from $250,000 to $350,000. Paragraphs (1)(i) and (ii) of the definition, for acquisitions to support contingency operations or to facilitate defense against certain attacks, are proposed to increase from $800,000 to $1 million and from $1.5 million to $2 million, respectively. Paragraph (2) of the definition, for acquisitions to support humanitarian or peacekeeping operations, is proposed to increase from $500,000 to $650,000.</P>
                <P>• The threshold for reporting first-tier subcontract information including executive compensation (FAR subpart 4.14) will increase from $30,000 to $40,000.</P>
                <P>• The preaward and postaward notices (FAR part 5) remain at $25,000 because of trade agreements.</P>
                <P>• The threshold requirement for limiting competition (FAR part 6) to eligible 8(a) awards over $25 million is increased to $30 million.</P>
                <P>• Approval thresholds of justifications for other than full and open competition (FAR 6.304) will increase from $750,000 to $950,000. Paragraphs (a)(3) and (4) will increase from $15 million to $20 million and from $75 million to $95 million, respectively. The $100 million threshold applicable to DoD, NASA, and the Coast Guard will increase to $150 million.</P>
                <P>• The ceiling for using simplified procedures for certain commercial products and commercial services (FAR 13.500) will increase from $7.5 million to $9.5 million. For acquisitions described at FAR 13.500(c), the ceiling will increase from $15 million to $20 million.</P>
                <P>• The cost or pricing data threshold (FAR 15.403-4) will increase from $2 million to $2.5 million.</P>
                <P>
                    • The threshold for justifications of single-award indefinite-delivery contracts (FAR 16.504(c)(1)(ii)(D)(
                    <E T="03">1</E>
                    )) will increase from $100 million to $150 million.
                </P>
                <P>• The prime contractor subcontracting plan (FAR 19.702) floor will increase from $750,000 to $950,000. The construction threshold will increase from $1.5 million to $2 million.</P>
                <P>This proposed rule is based on a projected CPI of 323.193 for March 2025. If the actual CPI for March 2025 is higher than 323.193, then additional statutory thresholds may be subject to escalation in the final rule, even though not included in the proposed rule.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Applicability to Contracts at or Below the Simplified Acquisition Threshold (SAT) and for Commercial Products (Including Commercially Available Off-the-Shelf (COTS) Items) or for Commercial Services</HD>
                <P>This proposed rule does not create any new provisions or clauses, nor does it change the applicability of any existing provisions or clauses included in solicitations and contracts valued at or below the SAT, or for commercial products, including COTS items, or for commercial services.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Expected Impact of the Rule</HD>
                <P>The proposed rule is not expected to have a significant impact on the public or the Government because the rule is intended to maintain the status quo by adjusting acquisition-related thresholds for inflation. The escalation of statutory acquisition-related thresholds is mandated by 41 U.S.C. 1908, including how to calculate the escalation. The impact on heavily-used FAR thresholds is described in Section II.E. of this preamble.</P>
                <P>The most impactful threshold escalations will likely be associated with the proposed increases to the micro-purchase threshold (MPT) and SAT. According to data from the Federal Procurement Data System (FPDS), the average number of Federal awards valued at or below the current MPT ($10,000) during FY 2022 through FY 2024 was approximately 562,324. Those actions were awarded to approximately 18,440 unique entities. For the same period, FPDS data indicates that between the current MPT and the proposed threshold value of $15,000, another 49,321 awards were made to approximately 13,788 unique entities. While it is unclear how much duplication there is between the unique entities for each data point, the data illustrates an approximate 9 percent increase in the number of actions that would be considered under the MPT.</P>
                <P>For actions above the current MPT but valued at or below the current SAT ($250,000), FPDS data for the same period indicates that an average of 235,020 contract actions were awarded to approximately 48,686 unique entities. According to FPDS data between the current SAT and the proposed threshold value of $350,000, another 5,150 (2 percent) contract actions could be awarded to approximately 3,580 entities using the flexibilities afforded to contracts at or below the SAT.</P>
                <P>While not significant in number or percentage, the data appears to illustrate slight decreases in the number of contract actions that were valued at or under the MPT for each of the reported fiscal years. However, the number of contract actions having a value between the MPT and the SAT have increased slightly. DoD, GSA, and NASA assume that these changes, however insignificant, illustrate that the value of Federal procurements have increased, resulting in more regulatory burden on offerors and contractors.</P>
                <P>DoD, GSA, and NASA expect this proposed rule to provide the adjustments necessary to mitigate the impact of inflation on both the public and the Government as intended under 41 U.S.C. 1908. The rule does not change direction to contracting officers, nor does it change the applicability of any requirements for offerors and contractors.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563</HD>
                <P>Executive Orders (E.O.s) 12866 (as amended by E.O. 14094) and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). E.O. 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This is not a significant regulatory action and, therefore, was not subject to review under section 6(b) of E.O. 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, dated September 30, 1993.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                <P>DoD, GSA, and NASA do not expect this rule to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, because the rule maintains the status quo by adjusting thresholds for actual inflationary increases in the CPI. However, an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis has been performed and is summarized as follows:</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        This proposed rule will amend the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) to implement 41 U.S.C. 1908 and to amend other acquisition-related dollar thresholds that are based on policy rather than statute in order to adjust for the changing value of the dollar. 41 U.S.C. 1908 requires adjustment every 5 years of statutory acquisition-related dollar thresholds, except for Construction Wage Rate Requirements statute (Davis-Bacon Act), Service Contract Labor Standards statute, performance and payment bonds (formerly the Miller Act), and trade agreements thresholds. While reviewing all statutory acquisition-related thresholds, this case presented an opportunity to also review all 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94652"/>
                        nonstatutory acquisition-related thresholds in the FAR that are based on policy.
                    </P>
                    <P>The objective of the rule is to maintain the status quo by adjusting acquisition-related thresholds for inflation. The legal basis is 41 U.S.C. 1908. The promulgation of the FAR is authorized by 40 U.S.C. 121(c); 10 U.S.C. chapter 4 and 10 U.S.C. chapter 137 legacy provisions (see 10 U.S.C. 3016); and 51 U.S.C. 20113.</P>
                    <P>This rule will have a minimal impact on small entities that submit offers or are awarded contracts by the Federal Government. However, most of the threshold changes proposed in this rule are not expected to have any significant economic impact on small entities because the threshold changes are intended to maintain the status quo by adjusting for changes in the value of the dollar. Often any impact will be beneficial, by preventing burdensome requirements from applying to more and more acquisitions, as the dollar loses value.</P>
                    <P>According to the System for Award Management (SAM), as of December 2023, there were 361,685 entities registered as small businesses under any North American Industry Classification System code. This rule assumes that any of the 361,685 small entities registered in SAM may experience some benefit from a reduction in burden as a result of this proposed rule.</P>
                    <P>The rule does not impose any new reporting, recordkeeping, or compliance requirements. Changes in thresholds for approved information collection requirements are intended to maintain the status quo and prevent those requirements from increasing over time.</P>
                    <P>The rule does not duplicate, overlap, or conflict with any other Federal rules.</P>
                    <P>There are no practical alternatives that will accomplish the objectives of the statute.</P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>The Regulatory Secretariat Division has submitted a copy of the IRFA to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration. A copy of the IRFA may be obtained from the Regulatory Secretariat Division. DoD, GSA, and NASA invite comments from small business concerns and other interested parties on the expected impact of this rule on small entities.</P>
                <P>DoD, GSA, and NASA will also consider comments from small entities concerning the existing regulations in subparts affected by the rule in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 610. Interested parties must submit such comments separately and should cite 5 U.S.C. 610 (FAR Case 2024-001), in correspondence.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
                <P>
                    The Paperwork Reduction Act does apply. The proposed changes to the FAR do not impose new information collection requirements that require the approval of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under 44 U.S.C. 3501, 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                     By adjusting the thresholds for inflation, the status quo for the current information collection requirements is maintained under the following OMB clearance numbers: 9000-0007, 1250-0004, and 1293-0005.
                </P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 48 CFR Parts 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 22, 23, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 42, 50, and 52</HD>
                    <P>Government Procurement.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>William F. Clark,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Government-wide Acquisition Policy, Office of Acquisition Policy, Office of Government-wide Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <P>Therefore, DoD, GSA, and NASA propose amending 48 CFR parts 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 22, 23, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 42, 50, and 52 as set forth below:</P>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 48 CFR parts 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 22, 23, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 42, 50, and 52 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P>40 U.S.C. 121(c); 10 U.S.C. chapter 4 and 10 U.S.C. chapter 137 legacy provisions (see 10 U.S.C. 3016); and 51 U.S.C. 20113.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATIONS SYSTEM</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>1.109</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>2. Amend section 1.109, in paragraph (e) by removing “2019-013” and adding “2024-001” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 2—DEFINITIONS OF WORDS AND TERMS</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>2.101</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>3. Amend section 2.101, by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. In the definition “Major system”, removing from paragraph (2) “$ 2.5 million” and adding “$3 million” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. In the definition “Micro-purchase threshold”:</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>i. Removing from the introductory text “$10,000” and adding “$15,000” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>ii. Removing from paragraph (3)(i) “$20,000” and adding “$25,000” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>iii. Removing from paragraph (3)(ii) “$35,000” and adding “$40,000” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>iv. Removing from paragraph (4)(i) “$10,000” and adding “$15,000” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>c. In the definition “Simplified acquisition threshold”:</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>i. Removing from the introductory text “$250,000” and adding “$350,000” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>ii. Removing from paragraph (1)(i) “$800,000” and adding “$1 million” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>iii. Removing from paragraph (1)(ii) “$1.5 million” and adding “$2 million” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>iv. Removing from paragraph (2) “(10 U.S.C. 3015), the term means $500,000” and adding “(10 U.S.C. 3015), the term means $650,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 3—IMPROPER BUSINESS PRACTICES AND PERSONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>3.502-2</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>4. Amend section 3.502-2 in paragraph (i) introductory text by removing “$150,000” and adding “$200,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>3.502-3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>5. Amend section 3.502-3 by removing “$150,000” and adding “$200,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>3.804</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>6. Amend section 3.804 by removing “$150,000” and adding “$200,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>3.808</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>7. Amend section 3.808 in paragraphs (a) and (b) by removing “$150,000” and adding “$200,000” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>3.1004</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>8. Amend section 3.1004 in paragraphs (a), (b)(1)(i), and (b)(3) by removing “$6 million” and adding “$7.5 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 4—ADMINISTRATIVE AND INFORMATION MATTERS</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>4.605</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>9. Amend section 4.605 in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) introductory text and (c)(2)(ii) by removing “$30,000” and adding “$40,000” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>4.1102</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>10. Amend section 4.1102 in paragraph (a)(6) by removing “$30,000” and adding “$40,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>4.1401</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>11. Amend section 4.1401 in paragraph (a) by removing “$30,000” and adding “$40,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>4.1403</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>12. Amend section 4.1403 in paragraph (a) by removing “$30,000” and adding “$40,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 5—PUBLICIZING CONTRACT ACTIONS</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>5.101</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>13. Amend section 5.101 in paragraph (a)(2) introductory text by removing “$15,000” and adding “$20,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94653"/>
                    <SECTNO>5.205</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>14. Amend section 5.205 in paragraph (d)(2) by removing “$15,000” and adding “$20,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>5.206</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>15. Amend section 5.206 in paragraph (a)(2) by removing “$15,000” and adding “$20,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>5.303</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>16. Amend section 5.303 in paragraph (a) introductory text by removing “$4.5 million” and adding “$5.5 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 6—COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>6.204</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>17. Amend section 6.204 in paragraph (b) by removing “$25 million” and adding “$30 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>6.302-5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>18. Amend section 6.302-5 in paragraphs (b)(4) and (c)(2)(iii) by removing “$25 million” and adding “$30 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>6.303-1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>19. Amend section 6.303-1 in paragraph (b) introductory text by removing “$25 million” and adding “$30 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>6.303-2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>20. Amend section 6.303-2 by removing from the introductory text of paragraphs (b) and (d) “$25 million” and adding “$30 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>6.304</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>21. Amend section 6.304 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (a)(1) “$750,000” and adding “$950,000” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (a)(2) “$750,000” and “$15 million” and adding “$950,000” and “$20 million” in their places, respectively;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>c. Removing from paragraph (a)(3) introductory text “$15 million”, “$75 million”, and “$100 million” and adding “$20 million”, “$95 million”, and “$150 million” in their places, respectively; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>d. Removing from paragraph (a)(4) “$75 million” and “$100 million” and adding “$95 million” and “$150 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>6.502</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>22. Amend section 6.502 in paragraph (b)(2)(vii) by removing “$1,000,000” and adding “$1.5 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 8—REQUIRED SOURCES OF SUPPLIES AND SERVICES</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>8.404</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>23. Amend section 8.404 in paragraph (b)(2) by removing “$600,000” and adding “$750,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>8.405-3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>24. Amend section 8.405-3 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (a)(3)(ii) introductory text “$100 million” and adding “$150 million” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (a)(3)(iii) “$100 million” and adding “$150 million” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>c. Removing from paragraph (a)(7)(v) “$100 million” and adding “$150 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>8.405-6</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>25. Amend section 8.405-6 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (d)(1) “$750,000” and adding “$950,000” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (d)(2) “$750,000” and “$15 million” and adding “$950,000” and “$20 million” in their places, respectively;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>c. Removing from paragraph (d)(3) introductory text “$15 million”, “$75 million”, and “$100 million” and adding “$20 million”, “$95 million”, and “$150 million” in their places, respectively; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>d. Removing from paragraph (d)(4) “$75 million” and “$100 million” and adding “$95 million” and “$150 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 9—CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>9.104-5</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>26. Amend section 9.104-5 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (a)(2) “$10,000” and adding “$15,000” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (c) “$5.5 million” and adding “$7 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>9.104-7</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>27. Amend section 9.104-7 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraphs (b) and (c)(1) “$600,000” and adding “$750,000” in their places, respectively; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (e) “$5.5 million” and adding “$7 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>9.405-2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>28. Amend section 9.405-2 in paragraph (b) introductory text by removing “$35,000” wherever it appears and adding “$45,000” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>9.409</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>29. Amend section 9.409 by removing “$35,000” and adding “$45,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 10—MARKET RESEARCH</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>10.001</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>30. Amend section 10.001 in paragraph (d) by removing “$6 million” and adding “$7.5 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>10.003</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>31. Amend section 10.003 by removing “$6 million” and adding “$7.5 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 12—ACQUISITION OF COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS AND COMMERCIAL SERVICES</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>12.102</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>32. Amend section 12.102 in paragraph (f)(2) introductory text by removing “$20 million” and adding “$25 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>12.203</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>33. Amend section 12.203 in paragraph (a) by removing “$7.5 million ($15 million” and adding “$9.5 million ($20 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 13—SIMPLIFIED ACQUISITION PROCEDURES</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>13.000</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>34. Amend section 13.000 by removing “$7.5 million ($15 million” and adding “$9.5 million ($20 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>13.003</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>35. Amend section 13.003 by removing from paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) and (g)(2) “$7.5 million ($15 million” and adding “$9.5 million ($20 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>13.201</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>36. Amend section 13.201 in paragraph (g)(1) by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (i) “$20,000” and adding “$25,000” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (ii) “$35,000” and adding “$40,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>13.303-5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>37. Amend section 13.303-5 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (b)(1) “$7.5 million” and “$15 million” and adding “$9.5 million” and “$20 million” in their places, respectively; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>
                    b. Removing from paragraph (b)(2) “commercial serviceacquisitions” and “$7.5 million ($15 million” and adding “commercial service acquisitions” and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94654"/>
                    “$9.5 million ($20 million” in their places, respectively.
                </AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>13.402</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>38. Amend section 13.402 in paragraph (a) by removing “$35,000” and adding “$45,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>13.500</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>39. Amend section 13.500 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (a) “$7.5 million ($15 million” and adding “$9.5 million ($20 million” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (c) introductory text “$15 million” and adding “$20 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>13.501</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>40. Amend section 13.501 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (a)(2)(i) “$750,000” and adding “$950,000” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (a)(2)(ii) “$750,000” and “$15 million” and adding “$950,000” and “$20 million” in their places, respectively;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>c. Removing from paragraph (a)(2)(iii) “$15 million”, “$75 million”, and “$100 million” and adding “$20 million”, “$95 million”, and “$150 million” in their places, respectively; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>d. Removing from paragraph (a)(2)(iv) “$75 million” and “$100 million” and adding “$95 million” and “$150 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 15—CONTRACTING BY NEGOTIATION</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>15.403-1</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>41. Amend section 15.403-1 in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) by removing “$20 million” and adding “$25 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>15.403-4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>42. Amend section 15.403-4 by removing from paragraphs (a)(1) introductory text and (a)(3) “$2 million” and adding “$2.5 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>15.404-3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>43. Amend section 15.404-3 in paragraph (c)(1)(i) by removing “$15 million” and adding “$20 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>15.407-2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>44. Amend section 15.407-2 by removing from paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) introductory text “$15 million” and adding “$20 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>15.408</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>45. Amend section 15.408, in Table 15-2, section II, paragraph A.(2) by removing “$15 million” and adding “$20 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 16—TYPES OF CONTRACTS</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>16.503</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>46. Amend section 16.503 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (b)(2) “$100 million” and adding “$150 million” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (d) “$15 million” and adding “$20 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>16.504</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>47. Amend section 16.504 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>
                    a. Removing from paragraphs (c)(1)(ii)(D)(
                    <E T="03">1</E>
                    ) introductory text and (D)(
                    <E T="03">3</E>
                    ) introductory text, “$100 million” and adding “$150 million” in their places, respectively; and
                </AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (c)(2)(i) introductory text “$15 million” and adding “$20 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>16.505</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>48. Amend section 16.505 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(A) introductory text “$30,000” and adding “$40,000” in its place;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>
                    b. Removing from paragraph (b)(1)(iv) heading and introductory text “
                    <E T="03">$6 million</E>
                    ” and “$6 million” and adding “
                    <E T="03">$7.5 million</E>
                    ” and “$7.5 million” in their places, respectively;
                </AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>
                    c. Removing from paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(C)(
                    <E T="03">1</E>
                    ) “$750,000” and adding “$950,000” in its place;
                </AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>
                    d. Removing from paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(C)(
                    <E T="03">2</E>
                    ) “$750,000” and “$15 million” and adding “$950,000” and “$20 million” in their places, respectively;
                </AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>
                    e. Removing from paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(C)(
                    <E T="03">3</E>
                    ) introductory text “$15 million”, “$75 million, and “$100 million” and adding “$20 million”, “$95 million” and “$150 million” in their places, respectively;
                </AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>
                    f. Removing from paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(C)(
                    <E T="03">4</E>
                    ) “$75 million” and “$100 million” and adding “$95 million” and “$150 million” in their places, respectively; and
                </AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>
                    g. Removing from paragraph (b)(6) heading and introductory text “
                    <E T="03">$6 million</E>
                    ” and “$6 million” and adding “
                    <E T="03">$7.5 million</E>
                    ” and “$7.5 million” in their places, respectively.
                </AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>16.506</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>49. Amend section 16.506 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraphs (f) and (g) “$15 million” and adding “$20 million” in their places, respectively; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (h) “$6 million” and adding “$7.5 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 17—SPECIAL CONTRACTING METHODS</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>17.108</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>50. Amend section 17.108 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (a) “$15 million” and adding “$20 million” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (b) “$150 million” and adding “$200 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>17.500</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>51. Amend section 17.500 in paragraph (c)(2) by removing “$600,000” and adding “$750,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 19—SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAMS</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>19.702</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>52. Amend section 19.702 by removing from paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) “$750,000 ($1.5 million” and adding “$950,000 ($2 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>19.704</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>53. Amend section 19.704 in paragraph (a)(9) by removing “$750,000 ($1.5 million” and adding “$950,000 ($2 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>19.708</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>54. Amend section 19.708 in paragraph (b)(1) by removing “$750,000 ($1.5 million” and adding “$950,000 ($2 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>19.804-6 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>55. Amend section 19.804-6 in paragraph (c)(2) by removing “$7 million” and “$4.5 million” and adding “$8.5 million” and “$5.5 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>19.805-1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>56. Amend section 19.805-1 in paragraph (a)(2) by removing “$7 million” and “$4.5 million” and adding “$8.5 million” and “$5.5 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>19.808-1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>57. Amend section 19.808-1 in paragraph (a) by removing “$25 million” and adding “$30 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>19.1306 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>58. Amend section 19.1306 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (a)(2)(i) “$7 million” and adding “$8.5 million” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (a)(2)(ii) “$4.5 million” and adding “$5.5 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>19.1406 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>
                    59. Amend section 19.1406 by—
                    <PRTPAGE P="94655"/>
                </AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (a)(2)(i) “$7 million” and adding “$8.5 million” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (a)(2)(ii) “$4 million” and adding “$5.5 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>19.1506</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>60. Amend section 19.1506 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (c)(1)(i) “$7 million” and adding “$8.5 million” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (c)(1)(ii) “$4.5 million” and adding “$5.5 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 22—APPLICATION OF LABOR LAWS TO GOVERNMENT ACQUISITIONS</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>22.305</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>61. Amend section 22.305 in paragraph (a) by removing “$150,000” and adding “$200,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>22.602 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>62. Amend section 22.602 by removing “$15,000” and adding “$20,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>22.603</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>63. Amend section 22.603 in paragraph (b) by removing “$15,000” and adding “$20,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>22.605</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>64. Amend section 22.605 by removing from paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(5) “$15,000” wherever it appears and adding “$20,000” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>22.1103 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>65. Amend section 22.1103 by removing “$750,000” and adding “$950,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>22.1303</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>66. Amend section 22.1303 in paragraphs (a) and (c) by removing “$150,000” and adding “$200,000” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>22.1310</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>67. Amend section 22.1310 in paragraph (a)(1) by removing “$150,000” and adding “$200,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>22.1402</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>68. Amend section 22.1402 in paragraph (a) by removing “$15,000” and adding “$20,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>22.1408</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>69. Amend section 22.1408 in paragraph (a) introductory text by removing “$15,000” and adding “$20,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>22.1701</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>70. Amend section 22.1701 in paragraph (b)(2) by removing “$550,000” and adding “$700,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>22.1703 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>71. Amend section 22.1703 by removing from paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(B) and (c)(3)(i)(B) “$550,000” and adding “$700,000” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>22.1705</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>72. Amend section 22.1705 in paragraph (b)(1) by removing “$550,000” and adding “$700,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 23—ENVIRONMENT, SUSTAINABLE ACQUISITION, AND MATERIAL SAFETY</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>23.109</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>73. Amend section 23.109 in paragraph (b)(2) by removing “$150,000” and adding “$200,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 25—FOREIGN ACQUISITION</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>25.703-2 </SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>74. Amend section 25.703-2 in paragraph (a)(2) by removing “$10,000” and adding “$15,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 26—OTHER SOCIOECONOMIC PROGRAMS</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>26.404 </SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>75. Amend section 26.404 by removing “$30,000” and adding “$35,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 30—COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADMINISTRATION</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>30.201-4 </SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>76. Amend section 30.201-4 in paragraph (b)(1) by removing “$2 million” and adding “$2.5 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 32—CONTRACT FINANCING</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>32.104</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>77. Amend section 32.104 by removing from paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (ii) “$3 million” and adding “$3.5 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>32.404 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>78. Amend section 32.404 in paragraph (a)(7)(i) by removing “$15,000” and adding “$20,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 36—CONSTRUCTION AND ARCHITECT-ENGINEER CONTRACTS</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>36.303-1</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>79. Amend section 36.303-1 in paragraph (a)(4) by removing “$4.5 million” and adding “$5.5 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>36.501 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>80. Amend section 36.501 in paragraph (b) by removing “$1.5 million” wherever it appears and adding “$2 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 42—CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION AND AUDIT SERVICES</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>42.709-1</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>81. Amend section 42.709-1 in paragraph (b) by removing “$800,000” and adding “$1 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>42.709-7 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>82. Amend section 42.709-7 by removing “$800,000” and adding “$1 million” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>42.1502 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>83. Amend section 42.1502 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Removing from paragraph (e) “$750,000” wherever it appears and adding “$950,000” in their places, respectively; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (f) “$35,000” wherever it appears and adding “$45,000” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 50—EXTRAORDINARY CONTRACTUAL ACTIONS AND THE SAFETY ACT</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>50.102-1</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>84. Amend section 50.102-1 in paragraph (b) by removing “$75,000” and adding “$95,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>50.102-3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>85. Amend section 50.102-3 by removing from paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (ii) “$75,000” and adding “$95,000” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 52—SOLICITATION PROVISIONS AND CONTRACT CLAUSES</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>86. Amend section 52.204-8 by revising the date of the provision, and removing from paragraph (c)(1)(ii) “$150,000” and adding “$200,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.204-8</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Annual Representations and Certifications.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Annual Representations and Certifications (DATE)</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>
                    87. Amend section 52.209-12 by revising the date of the provision, and removing from paragraph (b) introductory text “$5.5 million” and adding “$7 million” in its place.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94656"/>
                </AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.209-12 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Certification Regarding Tax Matters.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Certification Regarding Tax Matters (DATE)</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>88. Amend section 52.212-3 by revising the date of the provision, and removing from paragraph (e) “$150,000” and adding “$200,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.212-3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Offeror Representations and Certifications—Commercial Products and Commercial Services.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Offeror Representations and Certifications—Commercial Products and Commercial Services (DATE)</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>89. Amend section 52.212-5 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Revising the date of the clause;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraphs (b)(39)(i) and (e)(1)(xvi)(A) “NOV 2021” and adding “DATE” in their places, respectively;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>c. In Alternate II:</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>i. Revising the date of the alternate; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>
                    ii. Removing from paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(O)(
                    <E T="03">1</E>
                    ) “NOV 2021” and adding “DATE” in its place.
                </AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.212-5 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Contract Terms and Conditions Required To Implement Statutes or Executive Orders—Commercial Products and Commercial Services.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Contract Terms and Conditions Required To Implement Statutes or Executive Orders—Commercial Products and Commercial Services (DATE)</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternate II</E>
                         (DATE). * * *
                    </P>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>90. Amend section 52.213-4 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Revising the date of the clause;</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (a)(2)(vii) “NOV 2024” and adding “DATE” in its place; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>c. Removing from paragraph (b)(1)(ix)(A) “NOV 2021” and adding “DATE” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.213-4 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Terms and Conditions—Simplified Acquisitions (Other Than Commercial Products and Commercial Services).</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Terms and Conditions—Simplified Acquisitions (Other Than Commercial Products and Commercial Services) (DATE)</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>91. In section 52.214-28, amend Alternate I by:</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Revising the date of the alternate; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (b)(2) “$2 million” wherever it appears and adding “$2.5 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.214-28 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Subcontractor Certified Cost or Pricing Data—Modifications—Sealed Bidding.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternate I</E>
                         (DATE) * * *
                    </P>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>92. In section 52.215-12, amend Alternate I by:</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Revising the date of the alternate; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (a)(2) “$2 million” wherever it appears and adding “$2.5 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.215-12</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Subcontractor Certified Cost or Pricing Data.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternate I</E>
                         (DATE) * * *
                    </P>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>93. In section 52.215-13, amend Alternate I by:</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Revising the date of the alternate; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraphs (b)(2) and (d) “$2 million” and adding “$2.5 million” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52. 215-13 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Subcontractor Certified Cost or Pricing Data—Modifications.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternate I</E>
                         (DATE) * * *
                    </P>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>94. Amend section 52.222-50 by revising the date of the clause, and removing from paragraphs (h)(1)(ii) and (i)(1)(ii) “$550,000” and adding “$700,000” in their places, respectively.</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.222-50</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Combating Trafficking in Persons.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Combating Trafficking in Persons (DATE)</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>95. Amend section 52.222-56 by revising the date of the provision, and removing from paragraph (b)(2) “$550,000” and adding “$700,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.222-56 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Certification Regarding Trafficking in Persons Compliance Plan.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Certification Regarding Trafficking in Persons Compliance Plan (DATE)</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>96. Amend section 52.225-8 by revising the date of the clause, and removing from paragraphs (c)(1) introductory text and (j)(2) “$15,000” and adding “$20,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.225-8</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Duty-Free Entry.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Duty-Free Entry (DATE)</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>97. Amend section 52.244-6 by—</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Revising the date of the clause; and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Removing from paragraph (c)(1)(xvii)(A) “NOV 2021” and adding “DATE” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.244-6</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Subcontracts for Commercial Products and Commercial Services.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Subcontracts for Commercial Products and Commercial Services (DATE)</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>98. Amend section 52.248-3 by revising the date of the clause, and removing from paragraph (h) “$75,000” and adding “$95,000” in its place.</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revision reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>52.248-3 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Value Engineering—Construction.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Value Engineering—Construction (DATE)</HD>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27851 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6820-EP-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Fish and Wildlife Service</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>50 CFR Part 17</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2024-0142; FXES1111090FEDR-256-FF09E21000]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 1018-BH59</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Revised Designation of Critical Habitat for the Contiguous U.S. Distinct Population Segment of the Canada Lynx</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94657"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), propose to revise the critical habitat designation for the contiguous U.S. distinct population segment (DPS) of the Canada lynx (
                        <E T="03">Lynx canadensis</E>
                        ) under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). In total, approximately 19,112 square miles (49,500 square kilometers) in Colorado, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Washington, and Wyoming fall within the boundaries of the proposed revisions to the critical habitat designation. We also announce the availability of an economic analysis of the proposed revised designation of critical habitat for the Canada lynx DPS.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        We will accept comments received or postmarked on or before January 28, 2025. Comments submitted electronically using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see 
                        <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                        , below) must be received by 11:59 p.m. eastern time on the closing date. We must receive requests for a public hearing, in writing, at the address shown in 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                         by January 28, 2025.
                    </P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments by one of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Electronically:</E>
                         Go to the Federal eRulemaking Portal: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         In the Search box, enter FWS-R6-ES-2024-0142, which is the docket number for this rulemaking. Then, click on the Search button. On the resulting page, in the panel on the left side of the screen, under the Document Type heading, check the Proposed Rule box to locate this document. You may submit a comment by clicking on “Comment.”
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">By hard copy:</E>
                         Submit by U.S. mail to: Public Comments Processing, Attn: FWS-R6-ES-2024-0142, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, MS: PRB/3W, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        We request that you send comments only by the methods described above. We will post all comments on 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         This generally means that we will post any personal information you provide us (see Information Requested, below, for more information).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Availability of supporting materials:</E>
                         Supporting materials, such as the species status assessment report addendum, are available on the Service's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://ecos.fws.gov/ecp/species/A073?,</E>
                         at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         at Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2024-0142, or both. If we finalize the critical habitat designation, we will make the coordinates or plot points or both from which the maps are generated available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         at Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2024-0142 and on the Service's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.fws.gov/species/canada-lynx-lynx-canadensis.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Amity Bass, Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Montana Ecological Services Field Office, 585 Shepard Way, Suite 1, Helena, MT 59601; telephone 406-449-5225. Individuals in the United States who are deaf, deafblind, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability may dial 711 (TTY, TDD, or TeleBraille) to access telecommunications relay services. Individuals outside the United States should use the relay services offered within their country to make international calls to the point-of-contact in the United States. Please see Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2024-0142 on 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         for a document that summarizes this proposed rule.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Summary</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Why we need to publish a rule.</E>
                     Under the Endangered Species Act (Act), any species that is determined to be threatened or endangered requires critical habitat to be designated to the maximum extent prudent and determinable. Designations and revisions of critical habitat can be completed only by issuing a rule through the Administrative Procedure Act rulemaking process (5 U.S.C. 551 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>
                    The contiguous U.S. distinct population segment (DPS) of the Canada lynx DPS was listed as a threatened species in 2000. We designated critical habitat for the Canada lynx DPS in 2006 and revised the designation in 2009 and 2014. In 2022, the Service committed in a settlement agreement to submit to the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     a proposed rule on the revised designation of critical habitat for the Canada lynx DPS by November 21, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">What this document does.</E>
                     This document proposes to revise the existing designation of critical habitat for the threatened contiguous U.S. DPS of the Canada lynx. Because the Western United States was the subject of a 2016 court order that found fault with our 2014 final critical habitat rule for not designating critical habitat in Colorado and in five National Forests in Idaho and Montana, and because we have new scientific information on lynx habitat in the Western United States, we are proposing to revise Canada lynx critical habitat in the Western United States only. We are not proposing any revisions to critical habitat in Maine and Minnesota.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">The basis for our action.</E>
                     Section 3(5)(A) of the Act defines critical habitat as (i) the specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species, at the time it is listed, on which are found those physical or biological features (I) essential to the conservation of the species and (II) which may require special management considerations or protections; and (ii) specific areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it is listed, upon a determination by the Secretary of the Interior (Secretary) that such areas are essential for the conservation of the species. Section 4(b)(2) of the Act states that the Secretary must make the designation on the basis of the best scientific data available and after taking into consideration the economic impact, the impact on national security, and any other relevant impacts of specifying any particular area as critical habitat.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Information Requested</HD>
                <P>We intend that any final action resulting from this proposed rule will be based on the best scientific and commercial data available and be as accurate and as effective as possible. Therefore, we request comments or information from other governmental agencies, Native American Tribes, the scientific community, industry, or any other interested parties concerning this proposed rule. We particularly seek comments concerning:</P>
                <P>(1) Specific information on:</P>
                <P>(a) The amount and distribution of Canada lynx habitat in the Western United States;</P>
                <P>(b) Any additional areas occurring within the range of the species in the Western United States that should be included in the designation because they (i) were occupied at the time of listing and contain the physical or biological features that are essential to the conservation of the species and that may require special management considerations or protection, or (ii) were unoccupied at the time of listing and are essential for the conservation of the species; and</P>
                <P>(c) Special management considerations or protection that may be needed in critical habitat areas we are proposing, including managing for the potential effects of climate change.</P>
                <P>(2) Land use designations and current or planned activities in the subject areas and their possible impacts on proposed critical habitat.</P>
                <P>
                    (3) Any probable economic, national security, or other relevant impacts of designating any area that may be 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94658"/>
                    included in the final designation, and the related benefits of including or excluding specific areas.
                </P>
                <P>(4) Information on the extent to which the description of probable economic impacts in the draft economic analysis is a reasonable estimate of the likely economic impacts and any additional information regarding probable economic impacts that we should consider.</P>
                <P>(5) Whether any specific areas we are proposing for critical habitat designation should be considered for exclusion under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, and whether the benefits of potentially excluding any specific area outweigh the benefits of including that area under section 4(b)(2) of the Act. In particular, we are considering excluding all Tribal lands (in Montana and New Mexico) as well as lands in (a) Montana, managed in accordance with the Montana Department of Natural Resources and Conservation (DNRC) Forested State Trust Lands Habitat Conservation Plan (Montana DNRC and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 2010, entire), and (b) Washington, managed in accordance with the Washington Department of Natural Resources (DNR) Lynx Habitat Management Plan for DNR-managed Lands (Washington DNR 2006, entire). If you think we should exclude any additional areas, please provide information supporting a benefit of exclusion.</P>
                <P>(6) Whether we could improve or modify our approach to designating critical habitat in any way to provide for greater public participation and understanding, or to better accommodate public concerns and comments.</P>
                <P>Please include sufficient information with your submission (such as scientific journal articles or other publications) to allow us to verify any scientific or commercial information you include.</P>
                <P>Please note that submissions merely stating support for, or opposition to, the action under consideration without providing supporting information, although noted, do not provide substantial information necessary to support a determination. Section 4(b)(1)(A) of the Act directs that determinations as to whether any species is an endangered or a threatened species must be made solely on the basis of the best scientific and commercial data available, and section 4(b)(2) of the Act directs that the Secretary shall designate critical habitat on the basis of the best scientific data available.</P>
                <P>
                    You may submit your comments and materials concerning this proposed rule by one of the methods listed in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    . We request that you send comments only by the methods described in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>
                    If you submit information via 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     your entire submission—including any personal identifying information—will be posted on the website. If your submission is made via a hardcopy that includes personal identifying information, you may request at the top of your document that we withhold this information from public review. However, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. We will post all hardcopy submissions on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Comments and materials we receive, as well as supporting documentation we used in preparing this proposed rule, will be available for public inspection on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>Our final determination may differ from this proposal because we will consider all comments we receive during the comment period as well as any information that may become available after this proposal. Based on the new information we receive (and, if relevant, any comments on that new information), our final designation may not include all areas proposed, may include some additional areas that meet the definition of critical habitat, or may exclude some areas if we find the benefits of exclusion outweigh the benefits of inclusion and exclusion will not result in the extinction of the species. In our final rule, we will clearly explain our rationale and the basis for our final decision, including why we made changes, if any, that differ from this proposal.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Public Hearing</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 4(b)(5) of the Act provides for a public hearing on this proposal, if requested. Requests must be received by the date specified in 
                    <E T="02">DATES</E>
                    . Such requests must be sent to the address shown in 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    . We will schedule a public hearing on this proposal, if requested, and announce the date, time, and place of the hearing, as well as how to obtain reasonable accommodations, in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     and local newspapers at least 15 days before the hearing. We may hold the public hearing in person or virtually via webinar. We will announce any public hearing on our website, in addition to the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . The use of virtual public hearings is consistent with our regulations at 50 CFR 424.16(c)(3).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Previous Federal Actions</HD>
                <P>
                    The Service listed the Canada lynx DPS as a threatened species under the Act in 2000 (65 FR 16052, March 24, 2000). The Service first designated Canada lynx critical habitat in 2006 (71 FR 66008, November 9, 2006), revised the designation in 2009 (74 FR 8616, February 25, 2009), and revised critical habitat again in 2014 (79 FR 54782, September 12, 2014). The 2014 designation was challenged and in 2016 the District Court for the District of Montana held that the Service erred by excluding Colorado and five National Forests in Montana and Idaho from the critical habitat designation, 
                    <E T="03">WildEarth Guardians</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">U.S. Department of the Interior,</E>
                     205 F. Supp.3d 1176 (D. Mont. 2016). The court remanded the critical habitat designation to the Service to reconsider. In 2017, we completed the species status assessment (SSA) report to summarize the best available scientific information on the status and likely future viability of the Canada lynx DPS (Service 2017a, entire). The SSA provided the scientific basis for a 5-year review completed on November 13, 2017, in which we recommended removing the Canada lynx DPS from the Federal List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife (Service 2017b, entire). Given this recommendation, on December 20, 2017, we issued a memorandum on our section 4(f)(1) determination regarding recovery planning for the Canada lynx that found a recovery plan will not promote the conservation of the species (Service 2017c, entire).
                </P>
                <P>
                    In 2020, the Service was challenged for its failure to revise Canada lynx critical habitat in accordance with the 2016 court order. The Service reached a settlement agreement for the date it would comply with the 2016 court order. On April 25, 2022, the court ordered the Service to submit a proposed revised critical habitat rule for the Canada lynx DPS to the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     by November 21, 2024, and a final critical habitat rule within the statutory timeframe in accordance with the settlement agreement.
                </P>
                <P>On December 1, 2023, the Service completed and released an addendum to the SSA report (Service 2023a, entire), to inform recovery planning and critical habitat revision. We published a notice of availability of the draft recovery plan and made it available for public comment on December 1, 2023.</P>
                <P>
                    For more information on previous Federal actions concerning the Canada lynx DPS, refer to the final listing rule published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on March 24, 2000 (65 FR 16052); the clarification of findings published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on July 3, 2003 (68 FR 40076); the 
                    <E T="03">Recovery Outline for the Contiguous United States DPS of Canada Lynx</E>
                     (recovery outline; Service 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94659"/>
                    2005, entire); the final rule designating critical habitat for Canada lynx published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on November 9, 2006 (71 FR 66008); the final rule designating revised critical habitat published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on February 25, 2009 (74 FR 8616); the 12-month finding on a petition to change the final listing of the DPS of the Canada lynx to include New Mexico published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on December 17, 2009 (74 FR 66937); the proposed rule to revise the designation of critical habitat and the boundary for the Canada lynx DPS published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on September 26, 2013 (78 FR 59430); and the final rule designating revised critical habitat for Canada lynx published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on September 12, 2014 (79 FR 54782). These documents and others addressing the status and conservation of the Canada lynx in the contiguous United States may be viewed and downloaded from the Service's website: 
                    <E T="03">https://ecos.fws.gov/ecp/species/A073?.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Peer Review</HD>
                <P>On December 1, 2023, a team of Service biologists, in consultation with recognized lynx and climate experts, completed an addendum to the 2017 SSA for the Canada lynx DPS. The SSA report and addendum represent a compilation of the best scientific and commercial data available concerning the status of the species, including the impacts of past, present, and future factors (both negative and beneficial) affecting the species.</P>
                <P>
                    In accordance with our joint policy on peer review published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on July 1, 1994 (59 FR 34270), and our August 22, 2016, memorandum updating and clarifying the role of peer review in listing and recovery actions under the Act, we solicited independent scientific review of the information contained in the Canada lynx SSA report addendum. We sent the SSA report addendum to five independent peer reviewers and received five responses. Results of this structured peer review process can be found at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     In preparing this proposed rule, we incorporated the results of these reviews, as appropriate, into the SSA report addendum, which is the foundation for this proposed rule.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Peer Reviewer Comments</HD>
                <P>As discussed in Peer Review above, we received comments from five peer reviewers on the draft SSA report addendum. We reviewed all comments we received from the peer reviewers for substantive issues and new information regarding the contents of the SSA report addendum. The peer reviewers generally concurred with our methods and conclusions. The peer reviewers provided additional information, terminology clarifications, suggestions to explain uncertainties, clarifications to the explanation of our resiliency model, and other editorial suggestions. Peer reviewer comments and suggestions were incorporated as appropriate in the final version of the SSA report addendum (Service 2023a, entire).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Critical Habitat</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>Critical habitat is defined in section 3(5)(A) of the Act as:</P>
                <P>(1) The specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species, at the time it is listed in accordance with the Act, on which are found those physical or biological features</P>
                <P>(a) Essential to the conservation of the species, and</P>
                <P>(b) Which may require special management considerations or protection; and</P>
                <P>(2) Specific areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it is listed, upon a determination that such areas are essential for the conservation of the species.</P>
                <P>
                    Our regulations at 50 CFR 424.02 define the geographical area occupied by the species as an area that may generally be delineated around species' occurrences, as determined by the Secretary (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     range). Such areas may include those areas used throughout all or part of the species' life cycle, even if not used on a regular basis (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     migratory corridors, seasonal habitats, and habitats used periodically, but not solely by vagrant individuals).
                </P>
                <P>Conservation, as defined under section 3 of the Act, means to use and the use of all methods and procedures that are necessary to bring an endangered or threatened species to the point at which the measures provided pursuant to the Act are no longer necessary. Such methods and procedures include, but are not limited to, all activities associated with scientific resources management such as research, census, law enforcement, habitat acquisition and maintenance, propagation, live trapping, and transplantation, and, in the extraordinary case where population pressures within a given ecosystem cannot be otherwise relieved, may include regulated taking.</P>
                <P>Critical habitat receives protection under section 7 of the Act through the requirement that each Federal action agency ensure, in consultation with the Service, that any action they authorize, fund, or carry out is not likely to result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated critical habitat. The designation of critical habitat does not affect land ownership or establish a refuge, wilderness, reserve, preserve, or other conservation area. Such designation also does not allow the government or public to access private lands. Such designation does not require implementation of restoration, recovery, or enhancement measures by non-Federal landowners. Rather, designation requires that, where a landowner requests Federal agency funding or authorization for an action that may affect an area designated as critical habitat, the Federal agency consult with the Service under section 7(a)(2) of the Act. If the action may affect the listed species itself (such as for occupied critical habitat), the Federal agency would have already been required to consult with the Service even absent the designation because of the requirement to ensure that the action is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of the species. Even if the Service were to conclude after consultation that the proposed activity is likely to result in destruction or adverse modification of the critical habitat, the Federal action agency and the landowner are not required to abandon the proposed activity, or to restore or recover the species; instead, they must implement “reasonable and prudent alternatives” to avoid destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat.</P>
                <P>Under the first prong of the Act's definition of critical habitat, areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it was listed are included in a critical habitat designation if they contain physical or biological features (1) which are essential to the conservation of the species and (2) which may require special management considerations or protection. For these areas, critical habitat designations identify, to the extent known using the best scientific data available, those physical or biological features that are essential to the conservation of the species (such as space, food, cover, and protected habitat).</P>
                <P>
                    Under the second prong of the Act's definition of critical habitat, we can designate critical habitat in areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it is listed, upon a determination that such areas are essential for the conservation of the species.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94660"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Section 4(b)(2) of the Act requires that we designate critical habitat on the basis of the best scientific data available. Further, our Policy on Information Standards Under the Endangered Species Act (published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on July 1, 1994 (59 FR 34271)), the Information Quality Act (section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act for Fiscal Year 2001 (Pub. L. 106-554; H.R. 5658)), and our associated Information Quality Guidelines provide criteria, establish procedures, and provide guidance to ensure that our decisions are based on the best scientific data available. They require our biologists, to the extent consistent with the Act and with the use of the best scientific data available, to use primary and original sources of information as the basis for recommendations to designate critical habitat.
                </P>
                <P>When we are determining which areas should be designated as critical habitat, our primary source of information is generally the information compiled in the SSA report and information developed during the listing process for the species. Additional information sources may include any generalized conservation strategy, criteria, or outline that may have been developed for the species; the recovery plan for the species; articles in peer-reviewed journals; conservation plans developed by States and counties; scientific status surveys and studies; biological assessments; other unpublished materials; or experts' opinions or personal knowledge.</P>
                <P>Habitat is dynamic, and species may move from one area to another over time. We recognize that critical habitat designated at a particular point in time may not include all of the habitat areas that we may later determine are necessary for the recovery of the species. For these reasons, a critical habitat designation does not signal that habitat outside the designated area is unimportant or may not be needed for recovery of the species. Areas that are important to the conservation of the species, both inside and outside the critical habitat designation, will continue to be subject to: (1) Conservation actions implemented under section 7(a)(1) of the Act; (2) regulatory protections afforded by the requirement in section 7(a)(2) of the Act for Federal agencies to ensure their actions are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species; and (3) the prohibitions found in the 4(d) rule. Federally funded or permitted projects affecting listed species outside their designated critical habitat areas may still result in jeopardy findings in some cases. These protections and conservation tools will continue to contribute to recovery of the species. Similarly, critical habitat designations made on the basis of the best scientific data available at the time of designation will not control the direction and substance of future recovery plans, habitat conservation plans (HCPs), or other species conservation planning efforts if new information available at the time of those planning efforts calls for a different outcome.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Physical or Biological Features Essential to the Conservation of the Species</HD>
                <P>In accordance with section 3(5)(A)(i) of the Act and regulations at 50 CFR 424.12(b), in determining which areas we will designate as critical habitat from within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time of listing, we consider the physical or biological features that are essential to the conservation of the species and which may require special management considerations or protection. The regulations at 50 CFR 424.02 define “physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the species” as the features that occur in specific areas and that are essential to support the life-history needs of the species, including, but not limited to, water characteristics, soil type, geological features, sites, prey, vegetation, symbiotic species, or other features. A feature may be a single habitat characteristic or a more complex combination of habitat characteristics. Features may include habitat characteristics that support ephemeral or dynamic habitat conditions. Features may also be expressed in terms relating to principles of conservation biology, such as patch size, distribution distances, and connectivity. For example, physical features essential to the conservation of the species might include gravel of a particular size required for spawning, alkaline soil for seed germination, protective cover for migration, or susceptibility to flooding or fire that maintains necessary early-successional habitat characteristics. Biological features might include prey species, forage grasses, specific kinds or ages of trees for roosting or nesting, symbiotic fungi, or absence of a particular level of nonnative species consistent with conservation needs of the listed species. The features may also be combinations of habitat characteristics and may encompass the relationship between characteristics or the necessary amount of a characteristic essential to support the life history of the species.</P>
                <P>In considering whether features are essential to the conservation of the species, we may consider an appropriate quality, quantity, and spatial and temporal arrangement of habitat characteristics in the context of the life-history needs, condition, and status of the species. These characteristics include, but are not limited to, space for individual and population growth and for normal behavior; food, water, air, light, minerals, or other nutritional or physiological requirements; cover or shelter; sites for breeding, reproduction, or rearing (or development) of offspring; and habitats that are protected from disturbance.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Species Needs, Habitat, Ecological Requirements</HD>
                <P>A comprehensive review of the species description, biology, taxonomy, genetics, life history, ecology, distribution, species needs, habitat, and ecological requirements of the Canada lynx DPS is presented in the SSA report (Service 2017a, entire) and SSA report addendum (Service 2023a, entire). Here we present a summary of information relevant to the physical and biological features essential to the conservation of the species.</P>
                <P>The Canada lynx (hereafter referred to as lynx) is a North American wild cat that is most strongly associated with northern-latitude boreal forests (taiga) of Canada and Alaska (McCord and Cardoza 1982, p. 729; Agee 2000, pp. 39-41; Aubry et al. 2000, pp. 373-374; Mowat et al. 2000, p. 272). The southern peripheries of the boreal forest and lynx range extend into the northern contiguous United States (Service 2017a, pp. 11-12). The Canada lynx is a medium-sized cat with long legs and large, well-furred paws, which make it well-adapted for traversing and hunting in deep, powdery snow. Its low foot-loading (weight per surface area of foot) is thought to provide a competitive advantage (Buskirk et al. 2000a, p. 90; Buskirk et al. 2000b, p. 400; Interagency Lynx Biology Team (ILBT) 2013, pp. 26, 36, 81) over other terrestrial predators of snowshoe hares, the lynx's primary prey.</P>
                <P>
                    Lynx rely heavily on snowshoe hare to support survival, reproduction, recruitment, and, therefore, population persistence (Ruggiero et al. 2000a, p. 110; Mowat et al. 2000, p. 270; Steury and Murray 2004, pp. 128, 136-138; Service 2005, p. 2; ILBT 2013, p. 30-34; 79 FR 54782, September 12, 2014). All aspects of lynx life history are inextricably tied to the snowshoe hare, which comprises most of the lynx diet throughout its range (Nellis et al. 1972, pp. 323-325; Brand et al. 1976, pp. 422-
                    <PRTPAGE P="94661"/>
                    425; Koehler and Aubry 1994, pp. 75, 85; Apps 2000, pp. 358-359, 363; Aubry et al. 2000, pp. 375-378; Mowat et al. 2000, pp. 267-268), including the DPS (Koehler 1990, p. 848; von Kienast 2003, pp. 37-38; Squires et al. 2004, p. 15, table 8; Moen 2009, p. 7; Vashon et al. 2012, p. 11; Olson 2015, pp. 60-69; Ivan and Shenk 2016, p. 1053). Being highly specialized hare predators, lynx require landscapes that consistently support relatively high hare densities (McCord and Cardoza 1982, p. 744; Quinn and Parker 1987, pp. 684-685; Aubry et al. 2000, pp. 375-378).
                </P>
                <P>The best available science, including recent research in the DPS' range, suggests that landscape-level hare densities consistently ≥ 0.5 hares/hectare (ha) (0.2 hares/acre (ac)) and favorable snow conditions (deep and persistent unconsolidated (“fluffy”) snow) for about 4 months per year are needed to support lynx occupancy, reproduction, and recruitment (Hoving et al. 2005, p. 749; Gonzalez et al. 2007, p. 7; Squires and Ruggiero 2007, pp. 313-314; Moen et al. 2012, pp. 352-354; Simons-Legaard et al. 2013, pp. 567, 574-575). At the southern periphery of lynx distribution, some places, including within the range of the DPS, seem to be at minimum thresholds to meet these requirements or do so inconsistently.</P>
                <P>
                    Lynx and snowshoe hares are strongly associated with moist boreal forests, where winters are long, cold, and snowy (Bittner and Rongstad 1982, p. 154; McCord and Cardoza 1982, p. 743; Quinn and Parker 1987, pp. 684-685; Agee 2000, pp. 39-47; Aubry et al. 2000, pp. 373-382; Hodges 2000a, pp. 183-191; Hodges 2000b, pp. 136-140; McKelvey et al. 2000a, pp. 211-232). The predominant vegetation of boreal forest is conifer trees, primarily species of spruce (
                    <E T="03">Picea</E>
                     spp.) and fir (
                    <E T="03">Abies</E>
                     spp; Elliot-Fisk 1988, pp. 34-35, 37-42). Snowshoe hares feed on conifers, deciduous trees, and shrubs (Hodges 2000a, pp. 181-183) and are most abundant in forests with dense understories that provide forage, cover to escape from predators, and protection during extreme weather (Wolfe et al. 1982, pp. 665-669; Litvaitis et al. 1985, pp. 869-872; Hodges 2000a, pp. 183-195; Hodges 2000b, pp. 136-140). Lynx population dynamics, survival, and reproduction are closely tied to snowshoe hare availability, making snowshoe hare habitat the primary component of lynx habitat.
                </P>
                <P>Lynx distribution and population persistence are also influenced by snow conditions (Peers et al. 2012, pp. 4-9). The species is generally restricted to areas that receive deep and persistent unconsolidated (“fluffy”) snow, which is thought to allow lynx, with their proportionately longer limbs and very large feet, to outcompete other terrestrial hare predators that are less efficient in such conditions (McCord and Cardoza 1982, pp. 748-749; Quinn and Parker 1987, p. 684; Buskirk et al. 2000a, pp. 89-94; Buskirk et al. 2000b, pp. 400-401; Ruggiero et al. 2000b, pp. 445-449; Hoving 2001, p. 75; Hoving et al. 2005, pp. 744-749; Carroll 2007, entire; Gonzalez et al. 2007, entire; ILBT 2013, pp. 25-26; 79 FR 54782, September 12, 2014). The lynx's physical adaptations are thought to provide the lynx a seasonal advantage over potential terrestrial competitors and predators, which generally have higher foot-loading, causing them to sink into the snow more than the lynx (McCord and Cardoza 1982, p. 748; Murray and Boutin 1991, entire; Buskirk et al. 2000a, pp. 86-95; Ruediger et al. 2000, pp. 1-11; Ruggiero et al. 2000b, pp. 445, 450).</P>
                <P>
                    Buskirk et al. (2000a, entire) described potential exploitation (for food) and interference (avoidance) competition between lynx and other terrestrial and avian predators of hares, several of which have also been documented to prey on lynx. Coyotes (
                    <E T="03">Canis latrans</E>
                    ) were thought most likely to exert local or regionally important exploitation competition impacts to lynx (Buskirk et al. 2000a, p. 89). However, subsequent research showed little evidence of meaningful competition for hares between lynx and coyotes in winter (Kolbe et al. 2007, p. 1416; Dowd and Gese 2012, entire; Guillaumet et al. 2015, pp. 141-144), and evidence of competition with, and displacement of lynx by, bobcats (
                    <E T="03">Lynx rufus</E>
                    ) (Robinson 2006, pp. 120-129; Peers et al. 2012, pp. 4-9; Peers et al. 2013, entire; Sirén et al. 2021, p. 1768; Sirén et al. 2022, pp. 761-762). Coyotes, bobcats, and cougars (
                    <E T="03">Puma concolor;</E>
                     also mountain lion) are capable of imparting interference competition (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     aggressive encounters) effects on lynx (Buskirk et al. 2000a, p. 89; Scully et al. 2018, pp. 765-766; King et al. 2020, p. 338). Interference would most likely be during summer but could also occur during winter in areas lacking deep, unconsolidated snow (ILBT 2013, p. 36).
                </P>
                <P>Individual lynx require large landscapes with hare densities that maximize their chances of (1) surviving from birth to independence, (2) establishing and maintaining a home range, (3) breeding successfully, and (4) contributing genes to future generations (Breitenmoser et al. 1993, p. 552). These landscapes also must provide conditions that allow lynx to compete sufficiently for hares and minimize the likelihood of predation and other sources of lynx mortality.</P>
                <P>
                    Lynx populations need large (thousands of square kilometers) boreal forest landscapes with hare densities capable of supporting (1) multiple lynx home ranges, (2) reproduction and recruitment most years, and (3) at least some survival even during years when hare numbers are low. Lynx populations estimated at fewer than 25 individuals or occupying habitat areas too small (&lt;483 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (1,250 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    )) to support at least 25 individual lynx are considered “not resilient/functionally extirpated” because populations that small are unlikely to persist over time (Service 2023a, p. 50-51). Large boreal forest landscapes also must have snow conditions (consistency, depth, and duration) that allow lynx to outcompete other terrestrial hare predators. To persist, lynx populations must exhibit recruitment and immigration rates that equal or exceed mortality and emigration rates on average over the long term. Immigration may be particularly important to the persistence and stability of lynx populations at the southern periphery of the range, including those within the DPS, where hare densities are generally low and hare populations are either non-cyclic or weakly-cyclic compared to northern populations. Low hare densities reduce the likelihood that lynx recruitment will consistently equal or exceed mortality. Non-cyclic or weakly-cyclic hare populations are unlikely to allow the rapid lynx population recovery observed in northern lynx populations outside of the DPS when hare numbers increase dramatically after cyclic population crashes. Conversely, more stable hare populations, even at lower landscape-level densities, likely provide stability (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     prevent periodic steep declines) among lynx populations on the periphery of the range in the DPS and in southern Canada. Although immigration rates for DPS populations are unknown, as is the rate and periodicity of immigration needed to provide demographic stability among them, connectivity with and immigration from lynx populations in Canada are believed to be important to the persistence of lynx populations in the DPS (McKelvey et al. 2000a, pp. 232-242; McKelvey et al. 2000b, pp. 32-34; Schwartz et al. 2002, entire; Service 2005, p. 2; ILBT 2013, pp. 34, 42, 47, 54, 60, 65; Squires et al. 2013, p. 187; 79 FR 54782, September 12, 2014).
                    <PRTPAGE P="94662"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Summary of Essential Physical or Biological Features</HD>
                <P>
                    We derive the specific physical or biological features essential to the conservation of Canada lynx from studies of the species' habitat, ecology, and life history as described below. Additional information can be found in the 2014 final critical habitat rule (79 FR 54782, September 12, 2014), the 2017 SSA report (Service 2017a, entire), and the SSA report addendum (Service 2023a, entire); available on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2024-0142.
                </P>
                <P>We have determined that the following physical or biological features are essential to the conservation of the Canada lynx DPS:</P>
                <P>(1) Snowshoe hare densities adequate to support lynx residency and reproduction over time, distributed across large landscapes.</P>
                <P>(2) A mosaic of boreal/subalpine forest at variable forest structural stages, the majority of which provide year-round dense horizontal cover at ground or snow level.</P>
                <P>(3) Winter conditions that provide and maintain deep fluffy snow for extended periods of time.</P>
                <P>
                    (4) Suitable habitat large enough (483 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (≥1,250 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    )) to support breeding populations.
                </P>
                <P>(5) Permeable landscapes conducive to within-unit lynx daily movements and dispersal.</P>
                <P>We note here that the 2014 critical habitat rule included a discussion of primary constituent elements (PCEs) essential to the conservation of the species (79 FR 54782 at 54811, September 12, 2014). The Service no longer uses PCEs to define critical habitat; rather, we now evaluate and describe the physical or biological features that are essential to the conservation of the species in accordance with the definitions in the Act and our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 424.12(b). We have identified the physical or biological features in this revised proposed critical habitat rule for the Canada lynx DPS in the Western United States. The analysis provided in the 2014 critical habitat rule in support of critical habitat Units 1 (Maine) and 2 (Minnesota), including the description of PCEs, still applies to those units that are not subject to this revision. Even though the eastern critical habitat units are based on PCEs, those PCEs are biologically very similar to the physical and biological features used in this proposed rule.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Special Management Considerations or Protection</HD>
                <P>When designating critical habitat, we assess whether the specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time of listing contain features which are essential to the conservation of the species and which may require special management considerations or protection. The features essential to the conservation of this species may require special management considerations or protection to reduce the following threats: climate change; vegetation management; wildland fire management; and habitat loss/fragmentation through development, roads, and mining (ILBT 2013, pp. 68-78; Service 2017a, pp. 51-105). A detailed discussion of activities influencing the Canada lynx DPS and its habitat can be found in the SSA report (Service 2017a, pp. 51-105) and SSA report addendum (Service 2023a, pp. 31-46).</P>
                <P>Since the DPS was listed in 2000, nearly all Federal forest plans and resource management plans throughout the DPS range have been revised in coordination with the Service and the lynx research community to include science-based measures and management practices consistent with lynx conservation, thereby greatly reducing the potential for population-scale habitat deterioration on Federal lands. These efforts have contributed significantly to addressing the threat for which the DPS was listed—the inadequacy, at that time, of regulatory mechanisms in U.S. Forest Service (USFS) and Bureau of Land Management (BLM) land and resource management plans. Additionally, Federal partners continue to incorporate the best available science into lynx habitat management practices on Federal lands. However, in the future, climate change-related impacts have the potential to reduce lynx and snowshoe hare habitat within the DPS. Special management considerations or protection that may be required within critical habitat areas to address these threats include (but are not limited to) the following: maintaining high-quality lynx habitat and potential climate refugia; maintaining boreal forest vegetation communities that support high densities of snowshoe hares and resident lynx breeding populations; supporting connectivity between DPS populations; implementation of forest management practices that prevent or reduce risk of catastrophic wildfire; reducing indirect impacts to habitat from activities adjacent to critical habitat units; and minimizing habitat disturbance, fragmentation, and destruction through use of best management practices for vegetation management activities.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conservation Strategy and Selection Criteria Used To Identify Critical Habitat</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Conservation Strategy</HD>
                <P>As required by section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we use the best scientific data available to designate critical habitat. In accordance with the Act and our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 424.12(b), we review available information pertaining to the habitat requirements of the species and identify specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time of listing and any specific areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species to be considered for designation as critical habitat. The occupied areas identified encompass the varying habitat types and distribution of the species and provide sufficient habitat to allow for maintaining the populations. We are not currently proposing to designate any areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species at the time of listing because we have not identified any unoccupied areas that meet the definition of critical habitat. Designating areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species at the time of listing would not improve the likelihood of recovery (the point at which the protections of the Act are no longer necessary and delisting the DPS would be appropriate). We do not find that the DPS can only be conserved and recovered if we were to designate areas not occupied at the time of listing. Because these areas are not essential for the conservation and recovery of the DPS, designating them would not comply with the Act.</P>
                <P>
                    We developed a conservation strategy for the Canada lynx DPS to determine and select appropriate areas occupied at the time of listing that contain the physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the species. The goal of our conservation strategy for lynx is to recover the DPS to the point where the protections of the Act are no longer necessary. The role of critical habitat in achieving this conservation goal is to identify the specific areas within the range of the Canada lynx DPS that provide the essential physical and biological features without which the species' range-wide resiliency, redundancy, and representation would be insufficient to achieve recovery. This, in turn, requires an understanding of the fundamental parameters of Canada lynx 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94663"/>
                    biology and ecology based on well-accepted conservation-biology and ecological principles for conserving species and their habitats, such as those described in the 2017 SSA report (Service 2017a, entire), the 2023 SSA report addendum (Service 2023a, entire), and the 2023 draft recovery plan for the Canada lynx (Service 2023b, entire).
                </P>
                <P>The conservation strategy is the outline for the long-term viability of the Canada lynx DPS. In developing our conservation strategy, we focused on maintaining sufficient representation and redundancy within the DPS by maintaining or improving the resiliency of lynx populations and conserving their habitats. The conservation strategy includes the following:</P>
                <P>(1) Maintenance or improvement of the current resiliency of the five breeding lynx populations (Maine, Minnesota, North Cascades, Northern Rocky Mountains, Southern Rocky Mountains) to preserve the redundancy and representation of the DPS.</P>
                <P>(2) Identification and conservation of high-quality lynx habitat and potential climate refugia within the previously mentioned five areas and the Greater Yellowstone Area (GYA).</P>
                <P>(3) Continued implementation and refinement of regulatory mechanisms and other conservation measures that incorporate the best available science to ensure the conservation of lynx habitats and populations.</P>
                <P>(4) Populations distributed across the three large representative units in the DPS range (Northeast, Midwest, and West), and habitat that:</P>
                <P>(a) Supports high or moderate-resiliency, resident lynx breeding populations.</P>
                <P>(b) Supports connectivity between DPS populations and the core of the species' range in Canada.</P>
                <P>(c) Provides the climatic conditions that support resident populations.</P>
                <P>(d) Provides the boreal forest vegetation communities that support high densities of snowshoe hares and resident lynx breeding populations.</P>
                <P>(e) Is potentially capable of providing climate refugia.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Criteria Used To Identify Critical Habitat</HD>
                <P>In previous critical habitat designations, we identified lynx habitat using expert judgement of vegetation and habitat types and elevation thresholds. For the Western United States, we now have new, state-of-the-art models of lynx habitat (Olson et al. 2021, entire; Squires et al., in review) based on the best empirical data of lynx locations across the Western United States. The models accurately map environmental covariates (abiotic and biotic features) found at lynx locations, as compared to a random sample of background locations, within and outside of known home ranges. These models were built using data from thousands of verified fine-scale global positioning system (GPS) locations of radio-marked resident lynx in Montana, Washington, Wyoming, and Colorado. Additionally the models were tested and verified using location data withheld from building the models and incidental lynx occurrence data that included locations within home ranges and locations outside of home ranges. The models cover the western extent of the Canada lynx DPS range and indicate the relative likelihood of lynx presence in Washington, Idaho, western Montana, northwestern and south-central Wyoming, northeastern Utah, western Colorado, and northern New Mexico.</P>
                <P>These models and the use of them to identify high-quality lynx habitat were documented in the 2022 interagency Western Lynx Biology Team (WLBT) report (WLBT 2022, entire). The WLBT included species experts from the Service, USFS, and BLM, as well as scientists from the U.S. Department of Agriculture Rocky Mountain Research Station who led the development of the new habitat models. The WLBT framework also underwent formal peer review. The interagency team used a science-based approach to identify key habitat areas from the models and developed a tiered approach to model outputs by evaluating the extent and proportion of modeled high-quality habitat.</P>
                <P>The WLBT used the models to identify areas of high conservation value for lynx where high-quality habitat is abundant, and further assigned those areas into three tiers. Tier 1 polygons provide large and well-connected areas with high proportions of high-quality habitat, and support long-term lynx occupancy and reproduction. Tier 2 polygons contain lower proportions of high-quality habitat, and they provide habitat for expansion or redundant habitat areas. In tier 2, the objective is to provide habitat to support periodic to regular occupancy, which may include reproductively successful individuals at times. Tier 3 areas are generally smaller islands of habitat that may function as “stepping stones” for dispersing lynx; these areas may be important to maintain connectivity and facilitate dispersal across the landscape and among tiers.</P>
                <P>
                    The WLBT mapping effort and underlying species distribution models identify habitat with the climatic and vegetation characteristics necessary to support lynx residency and reproduction. This includes boreal and subalpine forested habitats with a mosaic of variable forest successional and structural stages, dense horizontal cover, persistent snow, and moderate to high snowshoe hare densities. To inform our delineation of revised critical habitat in the Western United States, the Service used the tier 1 habitat described by the WLBT. When designating critical habitat, we are not required to designate all areas where a species occurs. We chose to focus on tier 1 polygons because these are the areas that have at least 50 percent of the polygon in the highest quality habitat. Tier 1 habitat is the most valuable to long-term lynx occupancy and reproduction and sufficient to provide for the conservation of the Canada lynx DPS. We did not use tier 2 or 3 polygons, as those areas have lower proportions of high-quality lynx habitat, such that they are not likely to support long-term occupancy and reproduction. We identified tier 1 polygons that exceeded or were in close proximity to other polygons that exceeded 1,250 contiguous km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (483 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) of high-quality habitat as the areas on the landscape that contain the physical and biological features essential to the conservation of the Canada lynx DPS.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In summary, for areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time of listing, we delineated critical habitat unit boundaries using the following criteria and methodology. We mapped all WLBT tier 1 polygons in the Cascades, Northern Rocky Mountains, and Southern Rocky Mountains. These polygons were then reviewed by Service biologists, using the best available information, to ensure that all polygons have the physical and biological features essential to Canada lynx. These features include (1) snowshoe hare densities adequate to support lynx residency and reproduction over time, distributed across large landscapes; (2) a mosaic of boreal/subalpine forest at variable forest structural stages, the majority of which provide year-round dense horizontal cover at ground or snow level; (3) winter conditions that provide and maintain deep fluffy snow for extended periods of time; (4) suitable habitat large enough (483 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (≥1,250 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    )) to support breeding populations; (5) permeable landscapes conducive to within-unit lynx daily movements and dispersal.
                </P>
                <P>
                    We then removed any isolated polygons not occupied at the time of listing and smaller than 483 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (≥1,250 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ), which is the minimum area 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94664"/>
                    thought necessary to support a resilient lynx population as identified in the SSA report addendum (Service 2023a, pp. 50-51).
                </P>
                <P>When determining proposed critical habitat boundaries, we made every effort to avoid including developed areas such as lands covered by buildings, pavement, and other structures because such lands lack physical or biological features necessary for lynx. The scale of the maps we prepared under the parameters for publication within the Code of Federal Regulations may not reflect the exclusion of such developed lands. Any such lands inadvertently left inside critical habitat boundaries shown on the maps of this proposed rule have been excluded by text in the proposed rule and are not proposed for designation as critical habitat. Therefore, if the critical habitat is finalized as proposed, a Federal action involving these lands would not trigger section 7 consultation with respect to critical habitat and the requirement of no adverse modification unless the specific action would affect the physical or biological features in the adjacent critical habitat.</P>
                <P>The proposed critical habitat designation is defined by the map or maps, as modified by any accompanying regulatory text, presented at the end of this document under Proposed Regulation Promulgation. We include more detailed information on the boundaries of the critical habitat designation in the preamble of this document.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Critical Habitat Designation</HD>
                <P>Critical habitat was last designated for the Canada lynx DPS in 2014 and included five units in the contiguous United States (79 FR 54782, September 12, 2014). We are proposing to revise critical habitat for the Canada lynx in the Western United States. Existing critical habitat units 1 (Maine) and 2 (Minnesota) are not included in this proposed revision to lynx critical habitat and remain in place as described in the 2014 critical habitat final rule. The critical habitat areas we describe below constitute our current best assessment of areas that meet the definition of critical habitat for lynx in the Western United States. The four areas we propose as critical habitat are: (1) Unit 3: Northern Rockies; (2) Unit 4: North Cascades; (3) Unit 5: Greater Yellowstone Area (GYA); and (4) Unit 6: Southern Rockies. Table 1, below, shows the proposed critical habitat units and the approximate area of each unit. All units were occupied at the time of listing in 2000. Table 1 lists the proposed critical habitat units and their approximate sizes broken down by major land ownership.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="7" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,15,10,10,10,10,15">
                    <TTITLE>
                        Table 1—Proposed Western Critical Habitat Units for Canada Lynx (MI
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         (KM
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        ))
                    </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Area estimates reflect all land within critical habitat unit boundaries]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Critical habitat unit</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Federal</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">State</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Private</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Tribal</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Other</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Total</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">3. Northern Rockies</ENT>
                        <ENT>7,193 (18,630)</ENT>
                        <ENT>310 (803)</ENT>
                        <ENT>214 (554)</ENT>
                        <ENT>230 (596)</ENT>
                        <ENT>12 (30)</ENT>
                        <ENT>7,959 (20,613)</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">4. North Cascades</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,178 (5,641)</ENT>
                        <ENT>170 (441)</ENT>
                        <ENT>6 (15)</ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl">NA</ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl">NA</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,354 (6,097)</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">5. Greater Yellowstone Area</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,117 (2,892)</ENT>
                        <ENT>1 (3)</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 (7)</ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl">NA</ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl">NA</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,121 (2,902)</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">6. Southern Rockies</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,854 (17,752)</ENT>
                        <ENT>50 (129)</ENT>
                        <ENT>684 (1,771)</ENT>
                        <ENT>37 (97)</ENT>
                        <ENT>54 (140)</ENT>
                        <ENT>7,679 (19,889)</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>17,342 (44,915)</ENT>
                        <ENT>531 (1,376)</ENT>
                        <ENT>906 (2,346)</ENT>
                        <ENT>267 (692)</ENT>
                        <ENT>66 (170)</ENT>
                        <ENT>19,112 (49,500)</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <E T="02">Note:</E>
                         Area sizes may not sum due to rounding. Numbers are calculated using the U.S. Geological Survey's (USGS) Protected Areas Database for the United States 3.0 dataset supplemented with the BLM 2023 Surface Management Agency dataset.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>We present brief descriptions of all units, and reasons why they meet the definition of critical habitat for the Canada lynx DPS below.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unit 3: Northern Rockies</HD>
                <P>
                    Unit 3 consists of 7,959 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (20,613 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) located in northwestern Montana in portions of Flathead, Glacier, Granite, Lake, Lewis and Clark, Lincoln, Mineral, Missoula, Pondera, Powell, Ravalli, and Teton Counties and northern and east-central Idaho in portions of Bonner, Boundary, Clearwater, and Idaho Counties. The current proposal represents a 1,808-mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (4,683-km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) reduction in the 2014 designation for this unit, although it includes new areas of proposed critical habitat in northern Idaho and along the central Idaho-Montana border. This unit was occupied by lynx at the time of listing and is currently occupied by the species. Lynx are known to be widely distributed throughout this unit and breeding has been documented in multiple locations. This unit supports a resident population thought by lynx researchers to number between 200 and 300 lynx (Lynx SSA Team 2016, p. 41). This unit is directly connected to lynx habitats and populations in southwestern Alberta and southeastern British Columbia, Canada. Lynx in this unit represent the southern extent of a larger cross-border population, most of which occurs in Western Canada.
                </P>
                <P>Land ownership within the unit is 90 percent Federal, 4 percent State, 3 percent Tribal, and 3 percent private. Federal lands in this unit include National Forest System lands within the Kootenai, Flathead, Lolo, and Helena-Lewis and Clark National Forests in Montana and the Idaho Panhandle National Forest and the Clearwater portion of the Nez Perce-Clearwater National Forest in Idaho; National Park Service lands in Glacier National Park; and BLM lands in the Garnet Resource Area. State lands in this unit include areas managed by the Montana Department of Natural Resources and Conservation; Montana Fish, Wildlife, and Parks; and the Idaho Department of Lands. Tribal lands within this unit include parts of the Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes Flathead Reservation and the Blackfeet Reservation, both in Montana. State and Tribal lands in this unit are included in the proposed critical habitat designation but will be considered for exclusion in accordance with section 4(b)(2) of the Act and some or all may be excluded from the final designation.</P>
                <P>
                    The physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the Canada lynx in this unit may require special management considerations or protection to address activities that may result in removal or reduction of boreal/subalpine forest conditions that support Canada lynx and snowshoe hares. Such activities may include, but are not limited to road construction and maintenance, and commercial, recreational, and energy/mineral development, when they remove or reduce boreal forest in a manner that impacts snowshoe hare densities, the size of suitable habitat patches to support breeding lynx populations, and permeability of landscapes for lynx daily movements and dispersal in this unit. Climate change is expected to negatively impact the duration of deep fluffy snow conditions favorable to lynx in this unit over time.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94665"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unit 4: North Cascades</HD>
                <P>
                    Unit 4 consists of 2,354 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (6,097 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) located in north-central Washington in portions of northern Chelan, Okanogan, and eastern Skagit and Whatcom Counties. The current proposal represents a 520-mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (1,346-km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) increase from the 2014 designation for this unit. This unit was occupied by lynx at the time of listing and is currently occupied by the species. Lynx are known to be distributed throughout much of this unit and breeding has been documented. The Service estimates that this unit is potentially capable of supporting a resident population of 90-120 lynx, but extensive large wildfires in roughly half of lynx habitat over the past 15-20 years are thought to have reduced its carrying capacity commensurately (but perhaps temporarily). Nonetheless, a systematic lynx DNA collection effort between 2018 to 2023 documented 73 individual lynx in north central Washington (Akins and Ransom 2024, pers. comm.). This unit is directly connected to lynx habitats and populations in southern British Columbia, Canada, and lynx in this unit represent the southern extent of a larger cross-border population, most of which occurs in Western Canada.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Land ownership within the unit is 93 percent Federal and 7 percent State, with small parcels of private lands that represent less than one-half of 1 percent of the unit. Federal lands include 1,732 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (4,485 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) within the Okanogan-Wenatchee National Forest and 117 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (303 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) of North Cascades National Park. It also includes 39 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (100 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) of State Forest lands within the Loomis Natural Resources Conservation Area, which is managed by the Washington Department of Natural Resources. We excluded these State Forest lands from previous critical habitat designations and will again consider them for exclusion under section 4(b)(2) of the Act.
                </P>
                <P>The physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the Canada lynx in this unit may require special management considerations or protection to address activities that may result in removal or reduction of boreal/subalpine forest conditions that support Canada lynx and snowshoe hares. Such activities may include, but are not limited to extensive, high-intensity wildfires, road construction and maintenance, and commercial, recreational, and energy/mineral development, when they remove or reduce boreal forest in a manner that impacts snowshoe hare densities, the size of suitable habitat patches to support breeding lynx populations, and permeability of landscapes for lynx daily movements and dispersal in this unit. Climate change is expected to negatively impact the duration of deep fluffy snow conditions favorable to lynx in this unit over time.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unit 5: Greater Yellowstone Area</HD>
                <P>
                    Unit 5 consists of 1,121 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (2,902 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) located in west-central and northwestern Wyoming in portions of Fremont, Lincoln, Sublette, and Teton Counties. The current proposal represents an 8,025-mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (20,785-km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) reduction from the 2014 designation for this unit. Previous research documented very low snowshoe hare densities throughout much of the Greater Yellowstone Area (GYA) (Hodges et al. 2009, entire), but with small pockets of habitat on the Bridger-Teton National Forest in the southern part of the GYA supporting high hare densities (Berg et al. 2012, p. 1483). Recent habitat modeling that is foundational to this critical habitat revision (Olson et al. 2021, entire) demonstrated that most of the GYA, including areas previously designated as lynx critical habitat, does not contain the physical and biological features necessary to support persistent lynx residency. This unit was occupied at the time of listing and occasional lynx occurrence has been documented since then. It is uncertain whether this unit historically supported a small resident population or if lynx presence and reproduction were and are naturally ephemeral and intermittent. The area currently does not appear to support a resident breeding population.
                </P>
                <P>Based on home range sizes and lynx densities estimated elsewhere in the western part of the DPS range (Montana, Washington, Colorado), the Service estimates that this unit could potentially support a population of 25-50 lynx if sufficient habitat conditions and hare densities could be achieved and maintained, and a resident lynx population is established via translocation. This unit is not directly connected to lynx habitats and populations elsewhere in the DPS range or in the core of the species' range in Western Canada. However, historical records suggest that dispersing lynx associated with cyclic irruptions of lynx from Canada into the northern contiguous United States occasionally reached the GYA (McKelvey et al. 2000a, pp. 229-230). Additionally, at least nine radio-marked lynx released in Colorado subsequently moved into or through the GYA unit in the period 1999-2010, with several establishing temporary residency in the area proposed for critical habitat designation (Ivan 2017, entire).</P>
                <P>
                    Land ownership within the unit is more than 99 percent Federal and includes small (less than 4 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (10 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) parcels of private and State lands; there are no Tribal lands. Most of this unit occurs within the Bridger-Teton National Forest, with a smaller area in the Shoshone National Forest and several small parcels of BLM lands managed by the Kemmerer and Pinedale Field Offices.
                </P>
                <P>The physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the Canada lynx in this unit may require special management considerations or protection to address activities that may result in removal or reduction of boreal/subalpine forest conditions that support Canada lynx and snowshoe hares. Such activities may include, but are not limited to road construction and maintenance, and commercial, recreational, and energy/mineral development, when they remove or reduce boreal forest in a manner that impacts snowshoe hare densities, the size of suitable habitat patches to support breeding lynx populations, and permeability of landscapes for lynx daily movements and dispersal in this unit. Climate change is expected to negatively impact the duration of deep fluffy snow conditions favorable to lynx in this unit over time.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unit 6: Southern Rockies</HD>
                <P>
                    Unit 6 consists of 7,679 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (19,889 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) located in west-central and southwestern Colorado in portions of Archuleta, Boulder, Chaffee, Clear Creek, Conejos, Dolores, Eagle, Gilpin, Grand, Gunnison, Hinsdale, La Plata, Lake, Mineral, Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Park, Pitkin, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel, and Summit Counties, and northern New Mexico in portions of Rio Arriba County. Critical habitat was not previously designated in the Southern Rockies. At the time of listing, this unit was occupied by lynx translocated from Canada and Alaska and it is currently occupied by the descendants of those released lynx. It is uncertain whether this unit historically supported a resident population or if lynx presence was naturally ephemeral and intermittent.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The area currently supports a resident breeding population that is the result of the State of Colorado's Canada Lynx Reintroduction Program, which included the 1999-2006 translocations of 218 lynx from Canada and Alaska into the San Juan Mountains in southwestern Colorado, with continued lynx occurrence and reproduction documented annually since then. Lynx researchers with Colorado Parks and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94666"/>
                    Wildlife estimate the current size of the population at 75-150 resident lynx. This unit is not directly connected to lynx habitats and populations elsewhere in the DPS range or in the core of the species' range in western Canada. However, historical records suggest that dispersing lynx associated with cyclic irruptions of lynx from Canada into the northern contiguous United States occasionally reached the Southern Rockies. Some of the lynx released into Colorado dispersed into surrounding States, with some traveling north into the GYA, Montana and Idaho.
                </P>
                <P>Land ownership within the unit is almost 89 percent Federal, almost 9 percent private, 1 percent State, and less than 1 percent Tribal and local government. Most (96 percent of) Federal lands occur on national forests, including the Arapaho, Gunnison, Pike, Rio Grande, Roosevelt, San Isabel, San Juan, Uncompahgre, and White River National Forests in Colorado, and the Carson National Forest in New Mexico. The remaining 4 percent of Federal lands occur on BLM lands, mostly those managed by the Gunnison Field Office with smaller parcels managed by the Kremmling, Royal Gorge, and Uncompahgre field offices, and smaller parcels of U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and Bureau of Reclamation lands. Less than 1 percent of this unit includes Off-Reservation Tribal Trust lands of the Jicarilla Apache Nation in northern New Mexico. Tribal lands will be considered for exclusion in accordance with section 4(b)(2) of the Act and some or all may be excluded from the final designation. It also includes small parcels of State and local government lands which, combined, represent less than one-half of 1 percent of the proposed critical habitat designation.</P>
                <P>The physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the Canada lynx in this unit may require special management considerations or protection to address activities that may result in removal or reduction of boreal/subalpine forest conditions that support Canada lynx and snowshoe hares. Such activities may include, but are not limited to road construction and maintenance, and commercial, recreational, and energy/mineral development, when they remove or reduce boreal forest in a manner that impacts snowshoe hare densities, the size of suitable habitat patches to support breeding lynx populations, and permeability of landscapes for lynx daily movements and dispersal in this unit. Climate change is expected to negatively impact the duration of deep fluffy snow conditions favorable to lynx in this unit over time.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Effects of Critical Habitat Designation</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 7 Consultation</HD>
                <P>Section 7(a)(2) of the Act requires Federal agencies, including the Service, to ensure that any action they authorize, fund, or carry out is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered species or threatened species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated critical habitat of such species. In addition, section 7(a)(4) of the Act requires Federal agencies to confer with the Service on any agency action which is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any species proposed to be listed under the Act or result in the destruction or adverse modification of proposed critical habitat.</P>
                <P>Destruction or adverse modification means a direct or indirect alteration that appreciably diminishes the value of critical habitat as a whole for the conservation of a listed species (50 CFR 402.02).</P>
                <P>Compliance with the requirements of section 7(a)(2) is documented through our issuance of:</P>
                <P>(1) A concurrence letter for Federal actions that may affect, but are not likely to adversely affect, listed species or critical habitat; or</P>
                <P>(2) A biological opinion for Federal actions that may affect, and are likely to adversely affect, listed species or critical habitat.</P>
                <P>When we issue a biological opinion concluding that a project is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a listed species and/or destroy or adversely modify critical habitat, we provide reasonable and prudent alternatives to the project, if any are identifiable, that would avoid the likelihood of jeopardy and/or destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. We define “reasonable and prudent alternatives” (at 50 CFR 402.02) as alternative actions identified during formal consultation that:</P>
                <P>(1) Can be implemented in a manner consistent with the intended purpose of the action,</P>
                <P>(2) Can be implemented consistent with the scope of the Federal agency's legal authority and jurisdiction,</P>
                <P>(3) Are economically and technologically feasible, and</P>
                <P>(4) Would, in the Service Director's opinion, avoid the likelihood of jeopardizing the continued existence of the listed species or avoid the likelihood of destroying or adversely modifying critical habitat.</P>
                <P>Reasonable and prudent alternatives can vary from slight project modifications to extensive redesign or relocation of the project. Costs associated with implementing a reasonable and prudent alternative are similarly variable.</P>
                <P>
                    Regulations at 50 CFR 402.16 set forth requirements for Federal agencies to reinitiate consultation. Reinitiation of consultation is required and shall be requested by the Federal agency, where discretionary Federal involvement or control over the action has been retained or is authorized by law and: (1) If the amount or extent of taking specified in the incidental take statement is exceeded; (2) if new information reveals effects of the action that may affect listed species or critical habitat in a manner or to an extent not previously considered; (3) if the identified action is subsequently modified in a manner that causes an effect to the listed species or critical habitat that was not considered in the biological opinion or written concurrence; or (4) if a new species is listed or critical habitat designated that may be affected by the identified action. As provided in 50 CFR 402.16, the requirement to reinitiate consultations for new species listings or critical habitat designation does not apply to certain agency actions (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     land management plans issued by the BLM in certain circumstances).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Destruction or Adverse Modification of Critical Habitat</HD>
                <P>The key factor related to the destruction or adverse modification determination is whether implementation of the proposed Federal action directly or indirectly alters the designated critical habitat in a way that appreciably diminishes the value of the critical habitat for the conservation of the listed species. As discussed above, the role of critical habitat is to support physical or biological features essential to the conservation of a listed species and provide for the conservation of the species.</P>
                <P>
                    Section 4(b)(8) of the Act requires that our 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     documents “shall, to the maximum extent practicable also include a brief description and evaluation of those activities (whether public or private) which, in the opinion of the Secretary, if undertaken may adversely modify [critical] habitat, or may be affected by such designation.” Activities that may be affected by designation of critical habitat for the Canada lynx include those that may affect the physical or biological features of the Canada lynx' critical habitat (see Physical or Biological Features Essential to the Conservation of the Species).
                    <PRTPAGE P="94667"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Exemptions</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Application of Section 4(a)(3) of the Act</HD>
                <P>Section 4(a)(3)(B)(i) of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533(a)(3)(B)(i)) provides that the Secretary shall not designate as critical habitat any lands or other geographical areas owned or controlled by the Department of Defense (DoD), or designated for its use, that are subject to an integrated natural resources management plan (INRMP) prepared under section 101 of the Sikes Act Improvement Act of 1997 (16 U.S.C. 670a), if the Secretary determines in writing that such plan provides a benefit to the species for which critical habitat is proposed for designation. No DoD lands with a completed INRMP are within the proposed critical habitat designation.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Consideration of Impacts Under Section 4(b)(2) of the Act</HD>
                <P>Section 4(b)(2) of the Act states that the Secretary shall designate and make revisions to critical habitat on the basis of the best available scientific data after taking into consideration the economic impact, national security impact, and any other relevant impact of specifying any particular area as critical habitat. The Secretary may exclude any area from critical habitat if the benefits of exclusion outweigh those of inclusion, so long as exclusion will not result in extinction of the species concerned. Exclusion decisions are governed by the regulations at 50 CFR 424.19 and the Policy Regarding Implementation of Section 4(b)(2) of the Endangered Species Act (hereafter, the “2016 Policy”; 81 FR 7226, February 11, 2016), both of which were developed jointly with the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS). We also refer to a 2008 Department of the Interior Solicitor's opinion entitled “The Secretary's Authority to Exclude Areas from a Critical Habitat Designation under Section 4(b)(2) of the Endangered Species Act” (M-37016).</P>
                <P>In considering whether to exclude a particular area from the designation, we identify the benefits of including the area in the designation, identify the benefits of excluding the area from the designation, and evaluate whether the benefits of exclusion outweigh the benefits of inclusion. If the analysis indicates that the benefits of exclusion outweigh the benefits of inclusion, the Secretary may exercise discretion to exclude the area only if such exclusion would not result in the extinction of the species. In making the determination to exclude a particular area, the statute on its face, as well as the legislative history, are clear that the Secretary has broad discretion regarding which factor(s) to use and how much weight to give to any factor. In our final rules, we explain any decision to exclude areas, as well as decisions not to exclude, to make clear the rational basis for our decision. We describe below the process that we use for taking into consideration each category of impacts and any initial analyses of the relevant impacts.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Consideration of Economic Impacts</HD>
                <P>Section 4(b)(2) of the Act and its implementing regulations require that we consider the economic impact that may result from a designation of critical habitat. To assess the probable economic impacts of a designation, we must first evaluate specific land uses or activities and projects that may occur in the area of the critical habitat. We then must evaluate the impacts that a specific critical habitat designation may have on restricting or modifying specific land uses or activities for the benefit of the species and its habitat within the areas proposed. We then identify which conservation efforts may be the result of the species being listed under the Act versus those attributed solely to the designation of critical habitat for this particular species. The probable economic impact of a proposed critical habitat designation is analyzed by comparing scenarios both “with critical habitat” and “without critical habitat.”</P>
                <P>
                    The “without critical habitat” scenario represents the baseline for the analysis, which includes the existing regulatory and socio-economic burden imposed on landowners, managers, or other resource users potentially affected by the designation of critical habitat (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     under the Federal listing as well as other Federal, State, and local regulations). Therefore, the baseline represents the costs of all efforts attributable to the listing of the species under the Act (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     conservation of the species and its habitat incurred regardless of whether critical habitat is designated). The “with critical habitat” scenario describes the incremental impacts associated specifically with the designation of critical habitat for the species. The incremental conservation efforts and associated impacts would not be expected without the designation of critical habitat for the species. In other words, the incremental costs are those attributable solely to the designation of critical habitat, above and beyond the baseline costs. These are the costs we use when evaluating the benefits of inclusion and exclusion of particular areas from the final designation of critical habitat should we choose to conduct a discretionary 4(b)(2) exclusion analysis.
                </P>
                <P>Executive Order (E.O.) 12866 and E.O. 13563 direct Federal agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives in quantitative (to the extent feasible) and qualitative terms. Consistent with these E.O. regulatory analysis requirements, our effects analysis under the Act may take into consideration impacts to both directly and indirectly affected entities, where practicable and reasonable. If sufficient data are available, we assess to the extent practicable the probable impacts to both directly and indirectly affected entities. To determine whether the designation of critical habitat may have an economic effect of $200 million or more in any given year (which would trigger section 3(f)(1) of E.O. 12866, as amended by E.O. 14094), we used a screening analysis to assess whether a revised designation of critical habitat for the Canada lynx DPS is likely to exceed this threshold.</P>
                <P>
                    For this particular designation, we developed an incremental effects memorandum (IEM) considering the probable incremental economic impacts that may result from this proposed designation of critical habitat. The information contained in our IEM was then used to develop a screening analysis of the probable effects of the designation of critical habitat for the Canada lynx DPS (Industrial Economics, Inc. (IEc) 2024, entire). We began by conducting a screening analysis of the proposed designation of critical habitat in order to focus our analysis on the key factors that are likely to result in incremental economic impacts. The purpose of the screening analysis is to filter out particular geographical areas of critical habitat that are already subject to such protections and are, therefore, unlikely to incur incremental economic impacts. In particular, the screening analysis considers baseline costs (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     absent critical habitat designation) and includes any probable incremental economic impacts where land and water use may already be subject to conservation plans, land management plans, best management practices, or regulations that protect the habitat area as a result of the Federal listing status of the species. Ultimately, the screening analysis allows us to focus our analysis on evaluating the specific areas or sectors that may incur probable incremental economic impacts as a result of the designation.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The presence of the listed species in occupied areas of critical habitat means that any destruction or adverse modification of those areas is also likely to jeopardize the continued existence of the species. Therefore, designating occupied areas as critical habitat 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94668"/>
                    typically causes little if any incremental impacts above and beyond the impacts of listing the species. As a result, we generally focus the screening analysis on areas of unoccupied critical habitat (unoccupied units or unoccupied areas within occupied units).
                </P>
                <P>Overall, the screening analysis assesses whether designation of critical habitat is likely to result in any additional management or conservation efforts that may incur incremental economic impacts. This screening analysis combined with the information contained in our IEM constitute what we consider to be our economic analysis of the proposed critical habitat designation for the Canada lynx DPS and is summarized in the narrative below.</P>
                <P>As part of our screening analysis, we considered the types of economic activities that are likely to occur within the areas likely affected by the proposed critical habitat designations. In our evaluation of the probable incremental economic impacts that may result from the proposed designation of critical habitat for the Canada lynx, first we identified, in the IEM dated May 31, 2024, probable incremental economic impacts associated with the following categories of activities: (1) timber harvest; (2) silviculture; (3) wildfire response and management; (4) fuels reduction; (5) recreation management; (6) domestic livestock grazing; (7) infrastructure/facilities maintenance/development; and (8) residential development/construction. We considered each industry or category individually. Additionally, we considered whether their activities have any Federal involvement. Critical habitat designation generally will not affect activities that do not have any Federal involvement; under the Act, designation of critical habitat affects only activities conducted, funded, permitted, or authorized by Federal agencies. Because the species is listed, in areas where the Canada lynx is present, Federal agencies are required to consult with the Service under section 7 of the Act on activities they authorize, fund, or carry out that may affect the species. If when we finalize this proposed critical habitat designation, Federal agencies would be required to consider the effects of their actions on the designated habitat, and if the Federal action may affect critical habitat, our consultations would include an evaluation of measures to avoid the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat.</P>
                <P>
                    In our IEM, we attempted to clarify the distinction between the effects that would result from the species being listed and those attributable to the critical habitat designation (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     difference between the jeopardy and adverse modification standards) for the Canada lynx's critical habitat. Because this species has been listed since 2000 and critical habitat has been designated since 2006, we have a long consultation history to inform this distinction. The following specific circumstances in this case help to inform our evaluation: (1) The essential physical or biological features identified for critical habitat are the same features essential for the life requisites of the species, and (2) any actions that would likely adversely affect the essential physical or biological features of occupied critical habitat are also likely to adversely affect the species itself. The IEM outlines our rationale concerning this limited distinction between baseline conservation efforts and incremental impacts of the revision and designation of critical habitat for this species. This evaluation of the incremental effects has been used as the basis to evaluate the probable incremental economic impacts of this proposed designation of critical habitat.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The proposed revised critical habitat designation for the Canada lynx DPS in the Western United States includes approximately 19,112 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (49,500 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) in four occupied critical habitat units in Colorado, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Washington, and Wyoming. This proposed revision results in an approximately 1,650-mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (4,274-km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) reduction from the 2014 critical habitat designation in the Western United States. Land ownership is approximately 91 percent Federal, 5 percent private, 3 percent State, 1 percent Tribal, and less than 1 percent other. This rule makes no updates to existing critical habitat in Maine and Minnesota; therefore, the economic analysis does not consider the effects of critical habitat in those States.
                </P>
                <P>The incremental effects of revising critical habitat for the Canada lynx are likely to be limited to changes in administrative effort to evaluate the potential for adverse modification of Canda lynx critical habitat. The entities most likely to incur incremental costs are parties to section 7 consultations, including Federal action agencies and, in some cases, third parties, most frequently State agencies or municipalities. This analysis finds that administrative costs and cost savings are on the order of $66,000 and $47,000 respectively, in a given year (2024 dollars). The expected net effect of revising critical habitat for the Canada lynx is a $19,000 increase in administrative costs per year. Thus, this analysis finds that despite a net reduction in the size of critical habitat for the species, the costs of critical habitat are expected to increase given the geographic representation of consultations across the new and removed areas. Incremental economic benefits and forgone benefits are not anticipated. Therefore, the rule is unlikely to meet the threshold for a significant rule as defined in section 3(f)(1) of E.O. 12866, as amended by E.O. 14094.</P>
                <P>This finding is based on several factors, including:</P>
                <P>• No change in costs of complying with critical habitat in existing critical habitat that is included in the proposed revised critical habitat.</P>
                <P>• The proposed units are considered occupied by the Canada lynx, and occupied units are afforded significant baseline protection under the Act due to the presence of the listed species.</P>
                <P>• All projects with a Federal nexus would be subject to section 7 consultation regardless of the designation of critical habitat due to the presence of the listed species.</P>
                <P>• Critical habitat is not likely to change the Service's recommendation for project modifications as part of future consultations considering the Canada lynx.</P>
                <P>• The Canada lynx receives additional baseline protection from co-occurring listed species, which include species with overlapping critical habitat and similar resource and habitat needs.</P>
                <P>Our analysis finds that the proposed revised critical habitat for the Canada lynx is unlikely to result in economic impacts that exceed $200 million in any single year; therefore, they would not be significant. The incremental effects resulting from the proposed critical habitat for the Canada lynx are subject to uncertainty due to limited information on what future projects may require section 7 consultation that considers Canada lynx habitat. However, the focus of the screening analysis is on the likelihood that this proposed rule is economically significant. It is unlikely that additional data gathering and analysis to address uncertainty would change the findings of this analysis.</P>
                <P>
                    We are soliciting data and comments from the public on the economic analysis discussed above. During the development of a final designation, we will consider the information presented in the economic analysis and any additional information on economic impacts we receive during the public comment period to determine whether any specific areas should be excluded from the final critical habitat designation under authority of section 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94669"/>
                    4(b)(2), our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 424.19, and the 2016 Policy. We may exclude an area from critical habitat if we determine that the benefits of excluding the area outweigh the benefits of including the area, provided the exclusion will not result in the extinction of this species.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Consideration of National Security Impacts</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 4(a)(3)(B)(i) of the Act may not cover all DoD lands or areas that pose potential national-security concerns (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     a DoD installation that is in the process of revising its INRMP for a newly listed species or a species previously not covered). If a particular area is not covered under section 4(a)(3)(B)(i), then national-security or homeland-security concerns are not a factor in the process of determining what areas meet the definition of “critical habitat.” However, we must still consider impacts on national security, including homeland security, on those lands or areas not covered by section 4(a)(3)(B)(i) because section 4(b)(2) requires us to consider those impacts whenever it designates critical habitat. Accordingly, if DoD, Department of Homeland Security (DHS), or another Federal agency has requested exclusion based on an assertion of national-security or homeland-security concerns, or we have otherwise identified national-security or homeland-security impacts from designating particular areas as critical habitat, we generally have reason to consider excluding those areas.
                </P>
                <P>However, we cannot automatically exclude requested areas. When DoD, DHS, or another Federal agency requests exclusion from critical habitat on the basis of national-security or homeland-security impacts, we must conduct an exclusion analysis if the Federal requester provides information, including a reasonably specific justification of an incremental impact on national security that would result from the designation of that specific area as critical habitat. That justification could include demonstration of probable impacts, such as impacts to ongoing border-security patrols and surveillance activities, or a delay in training or facility construction, as a result of compliance with section 7(a)(2) of the Act. If the agency requesting the exclusion does not provide us with a reasonably specific justification, we will contact the agency to recommend that it provide a specific justification or clarification of its concerns relative to the probable incremental impact that could result from the designation. If we conduct an exclusion analysis because the agency provides a reasonably specific justification or because we decide to exercise the discretion to conduct an exclusion analysis, we will defer to the expert judgment of DoD, DHS, or another Federal agency as to: (1) Whether activities on its lands or waters, or its activities on other lands or waters, have national-security or homeland-security implications; (2) the importance of those implications; and (3) the degree to which the cited implications would be adversely affected in the absence of an exclusion. In that circumstance, in conducting a discretionary section 4(b)(2) exclusion analysis, we will give great weight to national-security and homeland-security concerns in analyzing the benefits of exclusion.</P>
                <P>In preparing this proposal, we have determined that the lands within the proposed designation of critical habitat for the Canada lynx DPS are not owned or managed by the DoD or DHS, and, therefore, we anticipate no impact on national security or homeland security.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Consideration of Other Relevant Impacts</HD>
                <P>Under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we consider any other relevant impacts, in addition to economic impacts and impacts on national security discussed above. To identify other relevant impacts that may affect the exclusion analysis, we consider a number of factors, including whether there are approved and permitted conservation agreements or plans covering the species in the area—such as safe harbor agreements (SHAs), candidate conservation agreements with assurances (CCAAs) or “conservation benefit agreement” or “conservation agreement” (CBAs) (CBAs are a new type of agreement replacing SHAs and CCAAs in use after April 2024 (89 FR 26070; April 12, 2024)) or HCPs, or whether there are non-permitted conservation agreements and partnerships that may be impaired by designation of, or exclusion from, critical habitat. In addition, we look at whether Tribal conservation plans or partnerships, Tribal resources, or government-to-government relationships of the United States with Tribal entities may be affected by the designation. We also consider any State, local, social, or other impacts that might occur because of the designation.</P>
                <P>When analyzing other relevant impacts of including a particular area in a designation of critical habitat, we weigh those impacts relative to the conservation value of the particular area. To determine the conservation value of designating a particular area, we consider a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the additional regulatory benefits that the area would receive due to the protection from destruction or adverse modification as a result of actions with a Federal nexus, the educational benefits of mapping essential habitat for recovery of the listed species, and any benefits that may result from a designation due to State or Federal laws that may apply to critical habitat.</P>
                <P>In the case of the Canada lynx, the benefits of critical habitat include public awareness of the presence of Canada lynx and the importance of habitat protection, and, where a Federal nexus exists, increased habitat protection for Canada lynx due to protection from destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. Continued implementation of an ongoing management plan that provides conservation equal to or more than the protections that result from a critical habitat designation would reduce those benefits of including that specific area in the critical habitat designation.</P>
                <P>After identifying the benefits of inclusion and the benefits of exclusion, we carefully weigh the two sides to evaluate whether the benefits of exclusion outweigh those of inclusion. If our analysis indicates that the benefits of exclusion outweigh the benefits of inclusion, we then determine whether exclusion would result in extinction of the species. If exclusion of an area from critical habitat will result in extinction, we will not exclude it from the designation.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Private or Other Non-Federal Conservation Plans or Agreements Associated With Permits Under Section 10 of the Act</HD>
                <P>As mentioned above, as part of our section 4(b)(2) analysis, we consider whether there are approved and permitted conservation agreements or plans covering the species in the area such as SHAs, CCAAs, CBAs or HCPs. Under sections 10(a)(1)(A) and 10(a)(1)(B) of the Act, non-Federal entities may develop these agreements or plans when they seek authorization for take that may otherwise be prohibited under section 9 through an enhancement of survival (EOS) or incidental take permit (ITP), respectively.</P>
                <P>
                    Property owners seeking an EOS permit collaborate with the Service to develop a CBA to support the application. The EOS permit authorizes take associated with implementing the agreement and ongoing land management activities that provide a net conservation benefit to the covered 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94670"/>
                    species. The CBA replaces two previous types of voluntary agreements (SHAs and CCAAs) going forward for new agreements after May 2024. However, permitted SHAs and CCAAs or those noticed in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     prior to May 2024 remain in effect.
                </P>
                <P>For incidental take permits issued under section 10(a)(1)(B) of the Act, applicants are required to develop a conservation plan, more commonly known as an HCP, to support their application. ITPs authorize take that is incidental to, but not the purpose of, carrying out otherwise lawful activities provided that the impact of the taking is minimized and mitigated to the maximum extent practicable.</P>
                <P>For both section 10(a)(1)(A) and 10(a)(1)(B) permits, we provide permittees with assurances. In the case of section 10(a)(1)(A) permits, we may not require additional or different conservation measures to be undertaken by a permittee without the consent of the permittee. In the case of section 10(a)(1)(B), we will not impose further land-, water-, or resource-use restrictions, or require additional commitments of land, water, or finances, beyond those agreed to in the HCP.</P>
                <P>We place great value on the partnerships that are developed during the preparation and implementation of conservation plans and agreements. In some cases, permittees agree to do more for the conservation of the species and their habitats on private lands than designation of critical habitat would provide alone.</P>
                <P>When we undertake a discretionary section 4(b)(2) exclusion analysis based on conservation plans or agreements, we anticipate consistently excluding such areas if incidental take caused by the activities in those areas is covered by the permit under section 10 of the Act and the plan meets all of the following three factors:</P>
                <P>a. The permittee is properly implementing the CCAA/SHA/HCP and is expected to continue to do so for the term of the agreement. A CCAA/SHA/HCP is properly implemented if the permittee is and has been fully implementing the commitments and provisions in the CCAA/SHA/HCP, implementing agreement, and permit.</P>
                <P>b. The species for which critical habitat is being designated is a covered species in the CCAA/SHA/HCP, or very similar in its habitat requirements to a covered species. The recognition that the Services extend to such an agreement depends on the degree to which the conservation measures undertaken in the CCAA/SHA/HCP would also protect the habitat features of the similar species.</P>
                <P>c. The CCAA/SHA/HCP specifically addresses that species' habitat and meets the conservation needs of the species in the planning area.</P>
                <P>See the 2016 Policy for additional details. Because combining types of agreements such as SHAs and CCAAs into the term “CBAs” is a recent development (89 FR 26070; April 12, 2024), the 2016 Policy did not expressly reference CBAs. However, because CBAs replace CCAAs and SHAs moving forward we treat CBAs similarly to how we treat CCAAs/SHAs/HCPs described above.</P>
                <P>
                    The proposed critical habitat designation includes areas that are covered by the following permitted plan providing for the conservation of the Canada lynx: Montana Department of Natural Resources and Conservation (DNRC) Forested State Trust Lands Habitat Conservation Plan. After considering the factors described above, we have identified 159 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (413 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) that we have reason to consider excluding because of this permitted plan. We describe below our reasons for considering these areas for potential exclusion.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">State of Montana Department of Natural Resources and Conservation Forested State Trust Lands Habitat Conservation Plan (DNRC HCP)</HD>
                <P>The Montana DNRC multi-species HCP includes a lynx conservation strategy that minimizes impacts of forest management activities on lynx, complements lynx conservation objectives set forth in the States' comprehensive fish and wildlife conservation strategy (Montana Department of Fish, Wildlife and Parks 2005, entire), and describes conservation commitments that are based on recent information from lynx research in Montana (Montana DNRC and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 2010, pp. 2-45-2-61). It also commits to active lynx monitoring and adaptive management programs (Montana DNRC and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 2010, pp. 4-27-4-37). The Montana DNRC worked closely with the Service in developing and completing a National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) analysis on this multi-species HCP (Montana DNRC and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 2010, entire).</P>
                <P>In our biological opinion regarding potential impacts to lynx of implementation of this HCP, the Service concluded that the HCP promotes the conservation of lynx and their habitat through increased conservation commitments by [Montana] DNRC for forest management practices, maintenance of the habitat mosaic, structure, and components required to support lynx and their primary prey, the snowshoe hare, monitoring, and adaptive management (Service 2011, p. III-94). We determined that the proposed action is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of Canada lynx within the contiguous U.S. DPS and that forest management activities managed under the conservation commitments of the DNRC HCP would not appreciably reduce the likelihood of survival and recovery of Canada lynx (Service 2011, p. III-94).</P>
                <P>
                    In the previous final revised critical habitat designation, published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on September 12, 2014 (79 FR 54782), we determined that the benefits of excluding lands managed in accordance with the DNRC HCP outweighed the benefits of including them in the designation, and that doing so would not result in extinction of the species. We, therefore, again consider excluding 159 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (413 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) of forested State Trust lands managed in accordance with the DNRC HCP from the revised lynx critical habitat designation in Unit 3. However, in the final rule, we will again weigh the benefits of inclusion versus exclusion of these lands in the final critical habitat designation.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Non-Permitted Conservation Plans, Agreements, or Partnerships</HD>
                <P>We sometimes exclude specific areas from critical habitat designations based in part on the existence of private or other non-Federal conservation plans or agreements and their attendant partnerships. A conservation plan or agreement describes actions that are designed to provide for the conservation needs of a species and its habitat, and may include actions to reduce or mitigate negative effects on the species caused by activities on or adjacent to the area covered by the plan. Conservation plans or agreements can be developed by private entities with no Service involvement, or in partnership with the Service.</P>
                <P>Shown below is a non-exhaustive list of factors that we consider in evaluating how non-permitted plans or agreements affect the benefits of inclusion or exclusion. These are not required elements of plans or agreements. Rather, they are some of the factors we may consider, and not all of these factors apply to every plan or agreement.</P>
                <P>
                    (i) The degree to which the record of the plan, or information provided by proponents of an exclusion, supports a conclusion that a critical habitat designation would impair the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94671"/>
                    realization of the benefits expected from the plan, agreement, or partnership.
                </P>
                <P>(ii) The extent of public participation in the development of the conservation plan.</P>
                <P>
                    (iii) The degree to which agency review and required determinations (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     State regulatory requirements) have been completed, as necessary and appropriate.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (iv) Whether National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) compliance was required.
                </P>
                <P>(v) The demonstrated implementation and success of the chosen mechanism.</P>
                <P>(vi) The degree to which the plan or agreement provides for the conservation of the essential physical or biological features for the species.</P>
                <P>(vii) Whether there is a reasonable expectation that the conservation management strategies and actions contained in a management plan or agreement will be implemented.</P>
                <P>(viii) Whether the plan or agreement contains a monitoring program and adaptive management to ensure that the conservation measures are effective and can be modified in the future in response to new information.</P>
                <P>
                    The proposed critical habitat designation includes areas that are covered by the following non-permitted plan providing for the conservation of the Canada lynx: State of Washington Department of Natural Resources (WDNR) Lynx Habitat Management Plan for DNR-managed Lands (WDNR LHMP). After considering the factors described above, we have identified 168 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (435 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) that we have reason to consider excluding because of this plan. We describe below our reasons for considering these areas for potential exclusion.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">State of Washington Department of Natural Resources Lynx Habitat Management Plan for DNR-Managed Lands (WDNR LHMP)</HD>
                <P>
                    The WDNR LHMP encompasses 197 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (510 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) of WDNR-managed lands distributed throughout north-central and northeastern Washington in areas delineated as Lynx Management Zones in the Washington State Lynx Recovery Plan (Stinson 2001, p. 39; Washington DNR 2006, pp. 5-13). Of the area covered by the plan, 168 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (435 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) overlaps the area proposed for designation as critical habitat. The WDNR LHMP was finalized in 2006 and is a revision of the lynx plan that WDNR began implementing in 1996. The 1996 plan was developed as a substitute for a species-specific critical habitat designation required by Washington Forest Practices rules in response to the lynx being State-listed as threatened (Washington DNR 2006, p. 5). The 2006 WDNR LHMP provided further provisions to avoid the incidental take of lynx (Washington DNR 2006, p. 6). WDNR is committed to following the LHMP until 2076, or until the lynx is delisted (Washington DNR 2006, p. 6). WDNR requested that lands subject to the plan be excluded from previous critical habitat designation in 2014.
                </P>
                <P>The WDNR LHMP contains measures to guide WDNR in creating and preserving quality lynx habitat through its forest management activities. The objectives and strategies of the LHMP are developed for multiple planning scales (ecoprovince and ecodivision, lynx management zone, lynx analysis unit (LAU), and ecological community), and include:</P>
                <P>(1) Encouraging genetic integrity at the species level by preventing bottlenecks between British Columbia and Washington by limiting size and shape of temporary non-habitat along the border and maintaining major routes of dispersal between British Columbia and Washington;</P>
                <P>(2) Maintaining connectivity between subpopulations by maintaining dispersal routes between and within zones and arranging timber harvest activities that result in temporary non-habitat patches among watersheds so that connectivity is maintained within each zone;</P>
                <P>(3) Maintaining the integrity of requisite habitat types within individual home ranges by maintaining connectivity between and integrity within home ranges used by individuals and/or family groups; and</P>
                <P>(4) Providing a diversity of successional stages within each LAU and connecting denning sites and foraging sites with forested cover without isolating them with open areas by prolonging the persistence of snowshoe hare habitat and retaining coarse woody debris for denning sites (Washington DNR 2006, p. 29).</P>
                <P>The LHMP identifies specific guidelines to achieve the objectives and strategies at each scale; it also describes how WDNR will monitor and evaluate the implementation and effectiveness of the LHMP by providing implementation monitoring reports to the Service and Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife every 2 years (Washington DNR 2006, pp. 29-63).</P>
                <P>
                    In both of the previous final revised critical habitat designations for lynx, published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on February 25, 2009 (74 FR 8616) and September 12, 2014 (79 FR 54782), we determined that the benefits of excluding lands managed in accordance with the WDNR LHMP outweighed the benefits of including them in the designation, and that doing so would not result in extinction of the species. We again consider excluding 168 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (435 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) of lands managed in accordance with the WDNR LHMP from the revised lynx critical habitat designation. However, in the final rule, we will again weigh the benefits of inclusion versus exclusion of these lands in the final critical habitat designation.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Tribal Lands</HD>
                <P>Several Executive Orders, Secretary's Orders, and policies concern working with Tribes. These guidance documents generally confirm our trust responsibilities to Tribes, recognize that Tribes have sovereign authority to control Tribal lands, emphasize the importance of developing partnerships with Tribal governments, and direct the Service to consult with Tribes on a government-to-government basis.</P>
                <P>
                    A joint Secretary's Order that applies to both the Service and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS)— Secretary's Order 3206, 
                    <E T="03">American Indian Tribal Rights, Federal-Tribal Trust Responsibilities, and the Endangered Species Act</E>
                     (June 5, 1997) (S.O. 3206)—is the most comprehensive of the various guidance documents related to Tribal relationships and Act implementation, and it provides the most detail directly relevant to the designation of critical habitat. In addition to the general direction discussed above, the Appendix to S.O. 3206 explicitly recognizes the right of Tribes to participate fully in any listing process that may affect Tribal rights or Tribal trust resources; this includes the designation of critical habitat. Section 3(B)(4) of the Appendix requires the Service to consult with affected Tribes when considering the designation of critical habitat in an area that may impact Tribal trust resources, Tribally owned fee lands, or the exercise of Tribal rights. That provision also instructs the Service to avoid including Tribal lands within a critical habitat designation unless the area is essential to conserve a listed species, and it requires the Service to evaluate and document the extent to which the conservation needs of the listed species can be achieved by limiting the designation to other lands.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 424.19 and the 2016 Policy are consistent with S.O. 3206. When we undertake a discretionary exclusion analysis under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, in accordance with S.O. 3206, we consult with any Tribe whose Tribal trust resources, Tribally owned fee 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94672"/>
                    lands, or Tribal rights may be affected by including any particular areas in the designation. We evaluate the extent to which the conservation needs of the species can be achieved by limiting the designation to other areas and give great weight to Tribal concerns in analyzing the benefits of exclusion.
                </P>
                <P>
                    However, S.O. 3206 does not override the Act's statutory requirement of designation of critical habitat. As stated above, we must consult with any Tribe when a designation of critical habitat may affect Tribal lands or resources. The Act requires us to identify areas that meet the definition of “critical habitat” (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     areas occupied at the time of listing that contain the essential physical or biological features that may require special management considerations or protection and unoccupied areas that are essential to the conservation of a species), without regard to land ownership. While S.O. 3206 provides important direction, it expressly states that it does not modify the Secretaries' statutory authority under the Act or other statutes.
                </P>
                <P>The proposed critical habitat designation includes the following Tribal lands or resources: the Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes of the Flathead Indian Reservation in Montana (Unit 3), the Blackfeet Indian Reservation in Montana (Unit 3), and Jicarilla Apache Tribal Trust Lands in New Mexico (Unit 6).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Flathead Indian Reservation Lands</HD>
                <P>
                    In the previous final rules designating revised critical habitat for lynx, published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on February 25, 2009 (74 FR 8616) and September 12, 2014 (79 FR 54782), we determined that the benefits of excluding Flathead Indian Reservation Lands outweighed the benefits of including them. We determined that exclusion of these Tribal lands from the designation of critical habitat for the lynx will not result in the extinction of the species because the Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes of the Flathead Nation implement programs for the conservation of the species, and physical and biological features essential to it, in occupied areas. The protections afforded to the lynx under the jeopardy standard will remain in place for the areas considered for exclusion from revised critical habitat. Therefore, and in light of Secretary's Order 3206 and Tribal management of lynx and their habitat, we are considering excluding 186 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (482 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) of Flathead Indian Reservation Lands from the revised lynx critical habitat designation. However, in the final rule, we will again weigh the benefits of inclusion versus exclusion of these lands in the final critical habitat designation.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Blackfeet Indian Reservation Lands &amp; Jicarilla Apache Tribal Trust Lands</HD>
                <P>
                    Approximately 44 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (114 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) of Blackfeet Indian Reservation Lands and 37 mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     (97 km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) of Jicarilla Apache Tribal Trust lands overlaps the area proposed for designation as critical habitat for the Canada lynx in the Western United States. In light of Secretary's Order 3206, we will consider these lands for exclusion from the final critical habitat designation. We will coordinate with these Tribes to evaluate any programs that are implemented for the conservation of the species, and physical and biological features essential to it, in occupied areas on Tribal lands. We will weigh the benefits of inclusion versus exclusion of these lands in the final critical habitat designation.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Exclusions Considered Under 4(b)(2) of the Act</HD>
                <P>
                    We have reason to consider excluding the following areas under section 4(b)(2) of the Act from the final critical habitat designation for the Canada lynx DPS in the Western United States. Table 2 below provides approximate areas (mi
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    , km
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    ) of lands that meet the definition of critical habitat, but for which we are considering possible exclusion under section 4(b)(2) of the Act from the final critical habitat rule.
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,15,r50">
                    <TTITLE>Table 2—Areas Considered for Exclusion by Unit for Canada Lynx Critical Habitat</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Unit</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Specific area</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Areas meeting the definition of critical habitat considered for exclusion, in mi
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             (km
                            <SU>2</SU>
                            )
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Reasons for considering exclusion</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">3. Northern Rockies</ENT>
                        <ENT>Tribal Lands: Flathead Reservation, MT</ENT>
                        <ENT>186 (482)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes of the Flathead Nation land management plan with considerations for conserving lynx habitat on Tribal lands within the Reservation.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">3. Northern Rockies</ENT>
                        <ENT>Tribal Lands: Blackfeet Reservation, MT</ENT>
                        <ENT>44 (114)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Existing land management.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">3. Northern Rockies</ENT>
                        <ENT>Montana DNRC Multi-species Habitat Conservation Plan</ENT>
                        <ENT>159 (413)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Existing Habitat Conservation Plan (HCP) with protections for lynx habitat on all DNRC State Trust lands.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">4. North Cascades</ENT>
                        <ENT>Washington DNR Lynx Habitat Management Plan</ENT>
                        <ENT>168 (435)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Existing management plan that includes considerations for conserving lynx habitat.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">6. Southern Rockies</ENT>
                        <ENT>Tribal Lands: Jicarilla Apache Tribal Trust Lands, NM</ENT>
                        <ENT>37 (97)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Existing land management.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    In conclusion, for this proposed rule, we have reason to consider excluding the areas identified above from the final designation based on other relevant impacts. We specifically solicit comments on the inclusion or exclusion of such areas. We also solicit comments on whether there are potential economic, national security, or other relevant impacts from designating any other particular areas as critical habitat. As part of developing the final designation of critical habitat, we will evaluate the information we receive regarding potential impacts from designating the areas described above or any other particular areas, and we may conduct a discretionary exclusion analysis to determine whether to exclude those areas under authority of section 4(b)(2) and our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 424.19. If we receive a request for exclusion of a particular area and after evaluation of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94673"/>
                    supporting information we do not exclude, we will fully describe our decision in the final rule for this action.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Required Determinations</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Clarity of the Rule</HD>
                <P>We are required by E.O.s 12866 and 12988 and by the Presidential Memorandum of June 1, 1998, to write all rules in plain language. This means that each rule we publish must:</P>
                <P>(1) Be logically organized;</P>
                <P>(2) Use the active voice to address readers directly;</P>
                <P>(3) Use clear language rather than jargon;</P>
                <P>(4) Be divided into short sections and sentences; and</P>
                <P>(5) Use lists and tables wherever possible.</P>
                <P>
                    If you feel that we have not met these requirements, send us comments by one of the methods listed in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    . To better help us revise the rule, your comments should be as specific as possible. For example, you should tell us the numbers of the sections or paragraphs that are unclearly written, which sections or sentences are too long, the sections where you feel lists or tables would be useful, etc.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Planning and Review (Executive Orders 12866, 13563 and 14094)</HD>
                <P>Executive Order (E.O.) 14094 amends and reaffirms the principles of E.O. 12866 and E.O. 13563 and states that regulatory analysis should facilitate agency efforts to develop regulations that serve the public interest, advance statutory objectives, and are consistent with E.O.s 12866 and 13563. Regulatory analysis, as practicable and appropriate, shall recognize distributive impacts and equity, to the extent permitted by law. E.O. 13563 emphasizes further that regulations must be based on the best available science and that the rulemaking process must allow for public participation and an open exchange of ideas. We have developed this proposed rule in a manner consistent with these requirements.</P>
                <P>Executive Order 12866, as reaffirmed by E.O. 13563 and amended and reaffirmed by E.O. 14094, provides that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) in the Office of Management and Budget will review all significant rules. OIRA has determined that this rule is significant.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.)</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA; 5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA; title II of Pub. L. 104-121, March 29, 1996), whenever an agency is required to publish a notice of rulemaking for any proposed or final rule, it must prepare and make available for public comment a regulatory flexibility analysis that describes the effects of the rule on small entities (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     small businesses, small organizations, and small government jurisdictions). However, no regulatory flexibility analysis is required if the head of the agency certifies the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The SBREFA amended the RFA to require Federal agencies to provide a certification statement of the factual basis for certifying that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
                </P>
                <P>According to the Small Business Administration, small entities include small organizations such as independent nonprofit organizations; small governmental jurisdictions, including school boards and city and town governments that serve fewer than 50,000 residents; and small businesses (13 CFR 121.201). Small businesses include manufacturing and mining concerns with fewer than 500 employees, wholesale trade entities with fewer than 100 employees, retail and service businesses with less than $5 million in annual sales, general and heavy construction businesses with less than $27.5 million in annual business, special trade contractors doing less than $11.5 million in annual business, and agricultural businesses with annual sales less than $750,000. To determine whether potential economic impacts to these small entities are significant, we considered the types of activities that might trigger regulatory impacts under this designation as well as types of project modifications that may result. In general, the term “significant economic impact” is meant to apply to a typical small business firm's business operations.</P>
                <P>Under the RFA, as amended, and as understood in light of recent court decisions, Federal agencies are required to evaluate the potential incremental impacts of rulemaking on those entities directly regulated by the rulemaking itself; in other words, the RFA does not require agencies to evaluate the potential impacts to indirectly regulated entities. The regulatory mechanism through which critical habitat protections are realized is section 7 of the Act, which requires Federal agencies, in consultation with the Service, to ensure that any action authorized, funded, or carried out by the agency is not likely to destroy or adversely modify critical habitat. Therefore, under section 7, only Federal action agencies are directly subject to the specific regulatory requirement (avoiding destruction and adverse modification) imposed by critical habitat designation. Consequently, only Federal action agencies would be directly regulated if we adopt the proposed critical habitat designation. The RFA does not require evaluation of the potential impacts to entities not directly regulated. Moreover, Federal agencies are not small entities. Therefore, because no small entities would be directly regulated by this rulemaking, the Service certifies that, if made final as proposed, the proposed critical habitat designation will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
                <P>In summary, we have considered whether the proposed designation would result in a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. For the above reasons and based on currently available information, we certify that, if made final, the proposed critical habitat designation would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small business entities. Therefore, an initial regulatory flexibility analysis is not required.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use—Executive Order 13211</HD>
                <P>Executive Order 13211 (Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use) requires agencies to prepare statements of energy effects “to the extent permitted by law” when undertaking actions identified as significant energy actions (66 FR 28355; May 22, 2001). E.O. 13211 defines a “significant energy action” as an action that (i) is a significant regulatory action under E.O. 12866 or E.O. 14094 (88 FR 21879; April 11, 2023)); and (ii) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. This rule is a significant regulatory action under E.O. 12866. In our economic analysis, we did not find that this proposed critical habitat designation revision would significantly affect energy supplies, distribution, or use. Therefore, this action is not a significant energy action, and there is no requirement to prepare a statement of energy effects for this action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.)</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), we make the following finding:
                    <PRTPAGE P="94674"/>
                </P>
                <P>(1) This proposed rule would not produce a Federal mandate. In general, a Federal mandate is a provision in legislation, statute, or regulation that would impose an enforceable duty upon State, local, or Tribal governments, or the private sector, and includes both “Federal intergovernmental mandates” and “Federal private sector mandates.” These terms are defined in 2 U.S.C. 658(5)-(7). “Federal intergovernmental mandates” include a regulation that “would impose an enforceable duty upon State, local, or Tribal governments” with two exceptions. It excludes “a condition of Federal assistance.” It also excludes “a duty arising from participation in a voluntary Federal program,” unless the regulation “relates to a then-existing Federal program under which $500,000,000 or more is provided annually to State, local, and Tribal governments under entitlement authority,” if the provision would “increase the stringency of conditions of assistance” or “place caps upon, or otherwise decrease, the Federal Government's responsibility to provide funding,” and the State, local, or Tribal governments “lack authority” to adjust accordingly. At the time of enactment, these entitlement programs were: Medicaid; Aid to Families with Dependent Children work programs; Child Nutrition; Food Stamps; Social Services Block Grants; Vocational Rehabilitation State Grants; Foster Care, Adoption Assistance, and Independent Living; Family Support Welfare Services; and Child Support Enforcement. “Federal private sector mandate” includes a regulation that “would impose an enforceable duty upon the private sector, except (i) a condition of Federal assistance or (ii) a duty arising from participation in a voluntary Federal program.”</P>
                <P>The designation of critical habitat does not impose a legally binding duty on non-Federal Government entities or private parties. Under the Act, the only regulatory effect is that Federal agencies must ensure that their actions are not likely to destroy or adversely modify critical habitat under section 7. While non-Federal entities that receive Federal funding, assistance, or permits, or that otherwise require approval or authorization from a Federal agency for an action, may be indirectly impacted by the designation of critical habitat, the legally binding duty to avoid destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat rests squarely on the Federal agency. Furthermore, to the extent that non-Federal entities are indirectly impacted because they receive Federal assistance or participate in a voluntary Federal aid program, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act would not apply, nor would critical habitat shift the costs of the large entitlement programs listed above onto State governments.</P>
                <P>(2) We do not believe that this rule would significantly or uniquely affect small governments, because much of the proposed designation (91 percent) occurs on Federal lands. Furthermore, based on an analysis conducted for the previous designation of critical habitat in 2014 and extrapolated to this designation, we do not expect this rule to significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Small governments will be affected only to the extent that any programs having Federal funds, permits, or other authorized activities must ensure that their actions will not adversely affect the critical habitat. Therefore, a Small Government Agency Plan is not required.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Takings—Executive Order 12630</HD>
                <P>In accordance with E.O. 12630 (Government Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Private Property Rights), we have analyzed the potential takings implications of designating critical habitat for the Canada lynx in a takings implications assessment. The Act does not authorize the Services to regulate private actions on private lands or confiscate private property as a result of critical habitat designation. Designation of critical habitat does not affect land ownership, or establish any closures, or restrictions on use of or access to the designated areas. Furthermore, the designation of critical habitat does not affect landowner actions that do not require Federal funding or permits, nor does it preclude development of habitat conservation programs or issuance of incidental take permits to permit actions that do require Federal funding or permits to go forward. However, Federal agencies are prohibited from carrying out, funding, or authorizing actions that would destroy or adversely modify critical habitat. A takings implications assessment has been completed for the proposed designation of critical habitat for the Canada lynx, and it concludes that, if adopted, this designation of critical habitat does not pose significant takings implications for lands within or affected by the designation.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Federalism—Executive Order 13132</HD>
                <P>In accordance with E.O. 13132 (Federalism), this proposed rule does not have significant federalism effects. A federalism summary impact statement is not required. In keeping with Department of the Interior and Department of Commerce policy, we requested information from, and coordinated development of this proposed critical habitat designation with, the appropriate State resource agencies. From a federalism perspective, the designation of critical habitat directly affects only the responsibilities of Federal agencies. The Act imposes no other duties with respect to critical habitat, either for States and local governments, or for anyone else. As a result, the proposed rule does not have substantial direct effects either on the States, or on the relationship between the Federal government and the States, or on the distribution of powers and responsibilities among the various levels of government. The proposed designation may have some benefit to these governments because the areas that contain the features essential to the conservation of the species are more clearly defined, and the physical or biological features of the habitat essential to the conservation of the species are specifically identified. This information does not alter where and what federally sponsored activities may occur. However, it may assist State and local governments in long-range planning because they no longer have to wait for case-by-case section 7 consultations to occur.</P>
                <P>Where State and local governments require approval or authorization from a Federal agency for actions that may affect critical habitat, consultation under section 7(a)(2) of the Act would be required. While non-Federal entities that receive Federal funding, assistance, or permits, or that otherwise require approval or authorization from a Federal agency for an action, may be indirectly impacted by the designation of critical habitat, the legally binding duty to avoid destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat rests squarely on the Federal agency.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Civil Justice Reform—Executive Order 12988</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with E.O. 12988 (Civil Justice Reform), the Office of the Solicitor has determined that the rule would not unduly burden the judicial system and that it meets the requirements of sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of the Order. We have proposed designating critical habitat in accordance with the provisions of the Act. To assist the public in understanding the habitat needs of the species, this proposed rule identifies the physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the species. The proposed areas of critical habitat are presented on maps, and the proposed rule provides several options for the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94675"/>
                    interested public to obtain more detailed location information, if desired.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.)</HD>
                <P>
                    This rule does not contain information collection requirements, and a submission to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) is not required. We may not conduct or sponsor and you are not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.)</HD>
                <P>
                    Regulations adopted pursuant to section 4(a) of the Act are exempt from the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) and do not require an environmental analysis under NEPA. We published a notice outlining our reasons for this determination in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on October 25, 1983 (48 FR 49244). This includes listing, delisting, and reclassification rules, as well as critical habitat designations and species-specific protective regulations promulgated concurrently with a decision to list or reclassify a species as threatened. The courts have upheld this position (
                    <E T="03">e.g., Douglas County</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Babbitt,</E>
                     48 F.3d 1495 (9th Cir. 1995) (critical habitat); 
                    <E T="03">Center for Biological Diversity</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,</E>
                     2005 WL 2000928 (N.D. Cal. Aug. 19, 2005) (concurrent 4(d) rule)).
                </P>
                <P>
                    However, when we designate as “critical habitat” any of the areas that fall within the jurisdiction of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit, including this designation proposed for the Canada lynx, we undertake a NEPA analysis for that critical habitat designation consistent with the Tenth Circuit's ruling in 
                    <E T="03">Catron County Board of Commissioners</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,</E>
                     75 F.3d 1429 (10th Cir. 1996). We invite the public to comment on the extent to which this proposed critical habitat designation may have a significant impact on the human environment, or fall within one of the categorical exclusions for actions that have no individual or cumulative effect on the quality of the human environment. We will complete our analysis, in compliance with NEPA, before finalizing this proposed rule.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Government-to-Government Relationship With Tribes</HD>
                <P>In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994 (Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments; 59 FR 22951, May 4, 1994), E.O. 13175 (Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments), the President's memorandum of November 30, 2022 (Uniform Standards for Tribal Consultation; 87 FR 74479, December 5, 2022), and the Department of the Interior's manual at 512 DM 2, we readily acknowledge our responsibility to communicate meaningfully with federally recognized Tribes and Alaska Native Corporations (ANCs) on a government-to-government basis. In accordance with joint Secretary's Order 3206 of June 5, 1997 (American Indian Tribal Rights, Federal-Tribal Trust Responsibilities, and the Endangered Species Act), we readily acknowledge our responsibilities to work directly with Tribes in developing programs for healthy ecosystems, to acknowledge that Tribal lands are not subject to the same controls as Federal public lands, to remain sensitive to Indian culture, and to make information available to Tribes.</P>
                <P>On October 13, 2022, the Service sent a letter to Tribal partners across the range of the Canada lynx in the Western United States, indicating that we would be updating the SSA, explaining why it was necessary to revise the SSA to inform this critical habitat revision, and requesting additional information. We will coordinate with Tribes that have lands within the boundary of this proposed critical habitat revision to determine eligibility for exclusion of those lands from the final designation of critical habitat. We will continue to work with Tribal entities during the development of a final rule for the designation of critical habitat for the Canada lynx.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">References Cited</HD>
                <P>
                    A complete list of references cited in this rulemaking is available on the internet at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and upon request from the Montana Ecological Services Field Office (see 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authors</HD>
                <P>The primary authors of this proposed rule are the staff members of the Fish and Wildlife Service's Species Assessment Team and the Montana Ecological Services Field Office.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 17</HD>
                    <P>Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Plants, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation, Wildlife.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
                <P>Martha Williams, Director of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, approved this action on November 18, 2024, for publication. On November 21, 2024, Martha Williams authorized the undersigned to sign the document electronically and submit it to the Office of the Federal Register for publication as an official document of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Regulation Promulgation</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Services proposes to amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 17—ENDANGERED AND THREATENED WILDLIFE AND PLANTS</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 17 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                    <P>16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 1531-1544; and 4201-4245, unless otherwise noted.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <AMDPAR>
                    2. In § 17.95, in paragraph (a), amend the entry for “Canada Lynx 
                    <E T="03">(Lynx canadensis)”</E>
                     by:
                </AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>a. Revising paragraphs (1) through (5);</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Adding headings to the figures in paragraphs (6) and (7);</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>c. Revising paragraphs (8) through (10); and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>d. Adding paragraph (11).</AMDPAR>
                <P>The revisions and additions read as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 17.95 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Critical habitat—fish and wildlife.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Mammals.</E>
                    </P>
                    <STARS/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Canada Lynx (Lynx canadensis)</HD>
                    <P>(1) Critical habitat units are depicted for States and Counties on the maps in this entry.</P>
                    <P>(2) Within these areas, the physical or biological features essential to the conservation of Canada lynx consist of the following components:</P>
                    <P>(i) Snowshoe hare densities adequate to support lynx residency and reproduction over time, distributed across large landscapes.</P>
                    <P>(ii) A mosaic of boreal/subalpine forest at variable forest structural stages, the majority of which provide year-round dense horizontal cover at ground or snow level.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Winter conditions that provide and maintain deep fluffy snow for extended periods of time.</P>
                    <P>
                        (iv) Spatial and temporal arrangements of habitat large enough (483 square miles (mi
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        ) (≥1,250 square kilometers (km
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        ))) to support breeding populations.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94676"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(v) Permeable landscapes conducive to within-unit lynx daily movements and dispersal.</P>
                    <P>(3) Critical habitat does not include manmade structures (such as buildings, aqueducts, runways, roads, and other paved areas) and the land on which they are located existing within the legal boundaries on the effective date of the final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        (4) Data layers defining map units were created using the Interagency Western Lynx Bio Team tier 1 polygons. These are based on spatial distribution models that capture 95 percent of withheld and 90 percent of independent lynx GPS (Global Positioning System) locations while accounting for minimum patch size necessary to support multiple home ranges and high-quality habitat metrics. These areas were then verified by species experts to contain the physical and biological features essential to the conservation of the species. Critical habitat units were mapped and analyzed using Environmental Systems Research Institute (ESRI) ArcGIS Pro 2.9.11 Geographic Information System (GIS) program. Area calculations were done in ArcGIS Pro using the North American Datum (NAD) 1983 USA Contiguous Albers Equal Area Conic USGS projection. The maps in this entry, as modified by any accompanying regulatory text, establish the boundaries of the critical habitat designation. The coordinates or plot points or both on which each map is based are available to the public at the Service's internet site, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.fws.gov/species/canada-lynx-lynx-canadensis,</E>
                         at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         at Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2024-0142 and Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2013-0101, and at the field office responsible for this designation. You may obtain field office location information by contacting one of the Service regional offices, the addresses of which are listed at 50 CFR 2.2.
                    </P>
                    <P>(5) Index map follows:</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4333-15-P</BILCOD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        Figure 1 to Canada Lynx (
                        <E T="03">Lynx canadensis</E>
                        ) paragraph (5)
                    </FP>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="293">
                        <GID>EP29NO24.005</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>(6) * * *</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        Figure 2 to Canada Lynx (
                        <E T="03">Lynx canadensis</E>
                        ) paragraph (6)
                    </FP>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>(7) * * *</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        Figure 3 to Canada Lynx (
                        <E T="03">Lynx canadensis</E>
                        ) paragraph (7)
                    </FP>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>(8) Unit 3: Northern Rockies—The entirety or portions of Bonner, Boundary, Clearwater, and Idaho Counties, ID, and Flathead, Glacier, Granite, Lake, Lewis and Clark, Lincoln, Mineral, Missoula, Pondera, Powell, Ravalli, and Teton Counties, MT.</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) Unit 3 consists of 7,959 mi
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         (20,613 km
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        ) located in northwestern Montana and northern and east-central Idaho. Land ownership within the unit is 90 percent Federal, 4 percent State, 3 percent Tribal, and 3 percent private.
                    </P>
                    <P>(ii) Map of Unit 3 follows:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        Figure 4 to Canada Lynx (
                        <E T="03">Lynx canadensis</E>
                        ) paragraph (8)(ii)
                    </FP>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="472">
                        <PRTPAGE P="94677"/>
                        <GID>EP29NO24.006</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>(9) Unit 4: North Cascades—The entirety or portions of Chelan, Okanogan, Skagit, and Whatcom Counties, WA.</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) Unit 4 consists of 2,354 mi
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         (6,097 km
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        ) located in north-central Washington. Land ownership within the unit is 93 percent Federal and 7 percent State, with small parcels of private lands that represent less than one-half of 1 percent of the unit.
                    </P>
                    <P>(ii) Map of Unit 4 follows:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        Figure 5 to Canada Lynx (
                        <E T="03">Lynx canadensis</E>
                        ) paragraph (9)(ii)
                    </FP>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="428">
                        <PRTPAGE P="94678"/>
                        <GID>EP29NO24.007</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>(10) Unit 5: Greater Yellowstone Area—The entirety or portions of Fremont, Lincoln, Sublette, and Teton Counties, WY.</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) Unit 5 consists of 1,121 mi
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         (2,902 km
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        ) located in west-central and northwestern Wyoming. Land ownership within the unit is over 99 percent Federal and includes small (less than 4 mi
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         (10 km
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        )) parcels of private and State lands.
                    </P>
                    <P>(ii) Map of Unit 5 follows:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        Figure 6 to Canada Lynx (
                        <E T="03">Lynx canadensis</E>
                        ) paragraph (10)(ii)
                    </FP>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="479">
                        <PRTPAGE P="94679"/>
                        <GID>EP29NO24.008</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>(11) Unit 6: Southern Rockies—The entirety or portions of Archuleta, Boulder, Chaffee, Clear Creek, Conejos, Dolores, Eagle, Gilpin, Grand, Gunnison, Hinsdale, La Plata, Lake, Mineral, Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Park, Pitkin, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel, and Summit Counties, CO, and Rio Arriba County, NM.</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) Unit 6 consists of 7,679 mi
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         (19,889 km
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        ) located in west-central and southwestern Colorado and northern New Mexico. Land ownership within the unit is almost 89 percent Federal, almost 9 percent private, 1 percent State, and less than 1 percent Tribal and local government.
                    </P>
                    <P>(ii) Map of Unit 6 follows:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        Figure 7 to Canada Lynx (
                        <E T="03">Lynx canadensis</E>
                        ) paragraph (11)(ii)
                    </FP>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="479">
                        <PRTPAGE P="94680"/>
                        <GID>EP29NO24.009</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Madonna Baucum,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Regulations and Policy Chief, Division of Policy, Economics, Risk Management, and Analytics of the Joint Administrative Operations, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27767 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4333-15-C</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>50 CFR Part 679</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 241121-0299; RTID 0648-XE336]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Gulf of Alaska; Proposed 2025 and 2026 Harvest Specifications for Groundfish</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed rule; harvest specifications and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        NMFS proposes 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications, apportionments, and Pacific halibut prohibited species catch (PSC) limits for the groundfish fisheries of the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). This action is necessary to establish harvest limits for groundfish during the 2025 and 2026 fishing years and to accomplish the goals and objectives of the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the GOA (FMP). The 2025 harvest specifications supersede those previously set in the final 2024 and 2025 harvest 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94681"/>
                        specifications, and the 2026 harvest specifications will be superseded in early 2026 when the final 2026 and 2027 harvest specifications are published. The intended effect of this action is to conserve and manage the groundfish resources in the GOA in accordance with the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act).
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received by December 30, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments on this document, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2024-0124 by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Electronic Submission:</E>
                         Submit all electronic public comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal. Go to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and enter NOAA-NMFS-2024-0124 in the Search box. Click on the “Comment” icon, complete the required fields, and enter or attach your comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Submit written comments to Gretchen Harrington, Assistant Regional Administrator, Sustainable Fisheries Division, Alaska Region NMFS. Mail comments to P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         Comments sent by any other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the end of the comment period may not be considered by NMFS. All comments received are a part of the public record and will generally be posted for public viewing on 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         without change. All personal identifying information (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         name, address, 
                        <E T="03">etc.</E>
                        ), confidential business information, or otherwise sensitive information submitted voluntarily by the sender will be publicly accessible. NMFS will accept anonymous comments (enter “N/A” in the required fields if you wish to remain anonymous).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Electronic copies of the Alaska Groundfish Harvest Specifications Final Environmental Impact Statement (Final EIS), Record of Decision (ROD) for the Final EIS, and the annual Supplementary Information Reports (SIR) to the Final EIS prepared for this action are available from 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         An updated 2025 SIR for the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications will be available from the same source. The final 2023 Stock Assessment and Fishery Evaluation (SAFE) report for the groundfish resources of the GOA, dated December 2023, is available from the North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) at 1007 West Third, Suite 400, Anchorage, AK 99501-2252, phone 907-271-2809, or from the NMFS website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/alaska/population-assessments/north-pacific-groundfish-stock-assessments-and-fishery-evaluation.</E>
                         The 2024 SAFE report for the GOA will be available from the same sources.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Abby Jahn, 907-586-7228.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    NMFS manages the GOA groundfish fisheries in the exclusive economic zone (EEZ) of the GOA under the FMP. The Council prepared and NMFS approved the FMP under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Act (16 U.S.C. 1801 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ). Regulations governing U.S. fisheries and implementing the FMP appear at 50 CFR parts 600, 679, and 680.
                </P>
                <P>The FMP and its implementing regulations require that NMFS, after consultation with the Council, specify the total allowable catch (TAC) for each target species, the sum of which must be within the optimum yield (OY) range of 116,000 to 800,000 metric tons (mt) (§ 679.20(a)(1)(i)(B) and 679.20(a)(2)). Section 679.20(c)(1) further requires NMFS to publish and solicit public comment on proposed annual TACs and apportionments thereof for each target species, Pacific halibut PSC limits, and seasonal allowances of pollock and Pacific cod. The proposed harvest specifications in tables 1 through 19 of this rule satisfy these requirements. For 2025 and 2026, the sum of the proposed TAC amounts is 482,000 mt.</P>
                <P>
                    Under § 679.20(c)(3), NMFS will publish the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications after (1) considering comments received within the comment period (see 
                    <E T="02">DATES</E>
                    ), (2) consulting with the Council at its December 2024 meeting, (3) considering information presented in the 2025 SIR to the Final EIS that assesses the need to prepare a Supplemental EIS (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ), and (4) considering information presented in the final 2024 SAFE report, including the 2024 Ecosystem Status Report (ESR) for the GOA.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Other Actions Potentially Affecting the 2025 and 2026 GOA Harvest Specifications</HD>
                <P>The Alaska Board of Fisheries (BOF) is considering five proposals for management of fishing in State waters that if adopted could potentially affect the GOA groundfish harvest specifications for 2025 and 2026. The BOF will not take action on these proposals until after the December 2024 Council meeting.</P>
                <P>Proposal 8, if adopted by the BOF, would increase the Prince William Sound (PWS) Pacific cod fishery guideline harvest level (GHL) from 25 percent to a minimum of 35 percent and a maximum of 50 percent of the acceptable biological catch (ABC) for the Eastern Regulatory Area of the GOA. The final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications would have to account for this increase in the GHL when specifying the Pacific cod TAC for the Eastern Regulatory Area to ensure that the sum of all State waters and Federal waters Pacific cod removals from the GOA do not exceed ABC recommendations. Proposal 13, if adopted, allows for 100 percent retention of longnose and big skate in the PWS Pacific cod and Pacific halibut fisheries until 25 percent of the TAC for the Eastern Regulatory Area is reached. The final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications would need to account for this change when specifying TACs for longnose and big skates for the Eastern Regulatory Area to ensure that the sum of all skate removals from State and Federal waters of the GOA do not exceed ABC recommendations. Proposals 14 and 16, if adopted, would limit or close the PWS pollock fishery, which would mean a reduced or no GHL, and the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications would account for this change to the GHL by changing the TAC. Proposal 43, if adopted, would establish a directed octopus fishery in PWS, which means the State could set a GHL. The final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications would have to account for this GHL for octopus in PWS when specifying the TAC to ensure that the sum of all octopus removals from the State and Federal waters of the GOA do not exceed ABC recommendation.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed ABC and TAC Specifications</HD>
                <P>
                    In October 2024, the Council's Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC), its Advisory Panel (AP), and the Council reviewed the most recent biological and harvest information about the condition of the GOA groundfish stocks. The Council's GOA Groundfish Plan Team (Plan Team) compiled and presented this information in the final 2023 SAFE report for the GOA groundfish fisheries, dated December 2023 (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ). The final 2024 SAFE report, including individual stock assessments, will be available online (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ). The SAFE report contains a review of the latest scientific analyses and estimates of each species' biomass and past, present, and possible future condition of the stocks and groundfish fisheries off Alaska. The SAFE report also contains an economic summary informed by the Economic SAFE report (available online, see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ) and ecosystem information summarized from the ESR. The SAFE 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94682"/>
                    provides information to the Council and NMFS for recommending and setting, respectively, annual harvest levels for each stock and documenting significant trends or changes in the resource, marine ecosystems, and fisheries over time.
                </P>
                <P>
                    An ESR is prepared for the GOA ecosystem (as well as for the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands ecosystems). ESRs compile and summarize information about the status of the Alaska marine ecosystems for the Plan Team, SSC, AP, Council, NMFS, and the public, and they are updated annually. These ESRs include ecosystem report cards, ecosystem assessments, and ecosystem-based management indicators (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     climate indices, sea surface temperature), which together provide context for ecosystem-based fisheries management in Alaska. The ESRs inform stock assessments and are integrated into the annual harvest recommendations primarily through inclusion in stock assessment-specific risk tables that inform the specification of ABC for each target species. The ESRs provide context for the SSC's recommendations for overfishing levels (OFL) and ABC, as well as for the Council's TAC recommendations. The SAFE reports and the ESRs are presented at the October and December Council meetings before the SSC, AP, and the Council make groundfish harvest recommendations, and they aid NMFS in implementing these annual groundfish harvest specificaitions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In addition to the 2023 SAFE report (the most recent final SAFE report available), the Plan Team, SSC, and Council also reviewed preliminary survey data from 2024 surveys, updates on ecosystem and socioeconomic profiles (ESPs) for certain species, initial updates on climate and oceanography for Alaska ecosystems, summaries of potential changes to models, and stock assessment methodologies. From these data and analyses, the Plan Team and SSC recommend the proposed OFL and ABC for each species and species group. The AP and Council also review the data and analyses, including the 2023 SAFE report, as well as Plan Team and SSC recommendations for OFL and ABC to develop their TAC recommendations. The AP and Council recommended that the proposed 2025 and 2026 TACs be set equal to proposed ABCs for all species and species groups (a species or species groups' TAC cannot exceed its ABC), with the exception of the species and species groups further discussed below. The proposed OFLs, ABCs, and TACs could be changed in the final harvest specifications depending on the most recent scientific information contained in the final 2024 SAFE report and comments on this proposed rule. The individual stock assessments that comprise, in part, the 2023 SAFE report are available online (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ). The final 2024 SAFE report will be available from the same source.
                </P>
                <P>In November 2024, the Plan Team will update the 2023 SAFE report to include new information collected during 2024, such as NMFS stock surveys, revised stock assessments, and catch data. The Plan Team will compile this information and present the draft 2024 SAFE report at the December 2024 Council meeting. At that meeting, the SSC and the Council will review the 2024 SAFE report, and the Council will approve the 2024 SAFE report for use in informing the Council's final recommendations to NMFS. The Council will consider information in the 2024 SAFE report, recommendations from the November 2024 Plan Team meeting and December 2024 SSC and AP meetings, public testimony, and relevant written public comments in making its recommendations to NMFS for the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications. Pursuant to § 679.20(a)(2) and (3), NMFS will specify the final TACs based on the biological condition of groundfish stocks, a variety of socioeconomic considerations; ensuring that the sum of all the TACs is to fall within the OY range.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Potential Changes Between Proposed and Final Specifications</HD>
                <P>In previous years, the most significant changes (relative to the amount of assessed tonnage of fish) to the OFLs and ABCs from the proposed to the final harvest specifications have been based on the most recent NMFS stock surveys. These surveys provide updated estimates of stock biomass and spatial distribution and inform changes to the models used for producing stock assessments. At the September 2024 Plan Team meeting, NMFS scientists presented updated and new survey results. Scientists also discussed potential changes to assessment models and accompanying preliminary stock estimates. At the October 2024 Council meeting, the SSC reviewed this information. Species and species groups with proposed changes to assessment models include pollock, Pacific cod, dusky rockfish, and northern rockfish. Model changes may result in changes to the final OFLs, ABCs, and TACs.</P>
                <P>In November 2024, the Plan Team will consider updated survey results and updated stock assessments for groundfish stocks, which will be included in the draft 2024 SAFE report. If the 2024 SAFE report indicates that the stock biomass trend is increasing for a species, then the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications for that species may reflect an increase from the proposed harvest specifications. Conversely, if the 2024 SAFE report indicates that the stock biomass trend is decreasing for a species, then the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications for that species may reflect a decrease from the proposed harvest specifications.</P>
                <P>The proposed 2025 and 2026 OFLs and ABCs are based on the best available biological and scientific information, including projected biomass trends, information on assumed distribution of stock biomass, and revised technical methods used to calculate stock biomass. The FMP specifies the tiers to be used to calculate OFLs and ABCs. The tier applicable to a particular stock or stock complex is determined by the level of reliable information available to the fisheries scientists. This information is categorized into a successive series of six tiers to define OFLs and ABCs, with Tier 1 representing the highest level of information quality available and Tier 6 representing the lowest level of information quality available. The Plan Team used the FMP tier structure to calculate OFLs and ABCs for each groundfish species. The SSC adopted the proposed 2025 and 2026 OFLs and ABCs recommended by the Plan Team for all groundfish species. The proposed 2025 and 2026 TACs are based on the best available biological and socioeconomic information. In making its recommendations, the Council adopted the SSC's OFL and ABC recommendations and the AP's TAC recommendations for all groundfish species. NMFS has reviewed the recommendations of the SSC and Council for OFLs, ABCs, and TACs for target species and species groups in the GOA as well as any other relevant information. Based on that review, NMFS is proposing the OFLs, ABCs, and TACs set forth in the tables of this proposed rule as consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the FMP, and other applicable law, subject to further review and consideration after public comment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Specification and Apportionment of TAC Amounts</HD>
                <P>
                    The combined Western and Central (W/C) Regulatory Areas and the West Yakutat (WYK) District of the Eastern Regulatory Area (the W/C/WYK) pollock TAC and the GOA Pacific cod TACs are set to account for the State GHLs for the State waters pollock and Pacific cod fisheries so that the ABCs are not exceeded. These reductions are 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94683"/>
                    described below. The shallow-water flatfish TAC in the Western Regulatory Area, arrowtooth flounder TACs in the Western Regulatory Area and the Southeast Outside (SEO) District, and flathead sole TAC in the Western Regulatory Area are set to allow for increased harvest opportunities for these target species while conserving the halibut PSC limit for use in other fisheries. The Atka mackerel TAC is set to accommodate incidental catch amounts (ICA) in other fisheries. The other rockfish TAC in the SEO District of the Eastern Regulatory Area is set to reduce the amount of discards of the species in that complex.
                </P>
                <P>NMFS's proposed apportionments of groundfish species are based on the distribution of biomass among the regulatory areas over which NMFS manages the species. Additional regulations govern the apportionment of pollock, Pacific cod, and sablefish. Additional detail on apportionments of pollock, Pacific cod, and sablefish are described below.</P>
                <P>The proposed 2025 and 2026 TAC for the pollock stock in the combined W/C/WYK Regulatory Area is set to account for the GHL established by the State for the PWS pollock fishery. The Plan Team, SSC, AP, and Council have recommended that the sum of all State waters and Federal waters pollock removals from the GOA not exceed ABC recommendations. State fisheries managers set the PWS GHL at 2.5 percent of the annual W/C/WYK pollock ABC. Currently, this GHL is based on the GHL historical percent average from 2001 to 2010. For 2025 and 2026, this yields a projected PWS pollock GHL of 3,942 mt, a decrease of 17 percent from the 2024 PWS GHL of 4,769 mt. After reductions for the PWS GHL, the remaining 2025 and 2026 pollock ABC for the combined W/C/WYK areas is then apportioned among four statistical areas (Areas 610, 620, 630, and 640) and corresponding TACs are proposed to be set equal to the ABCs, as described below and detailed in table 1. The total TACs for the four statistical areas, plus the State GHL, do not exceed the combined W/C/WYK ABC. The proposed W/C/WYK 2025 and 2026 pollock ABC is 157,687 mt, and the proposed TAC is 153,745 mt.</P>
                <P>Apportionments of pollock to the W/C/WYK management areas are considered to be apportionments of the TAC. Apportionments of the TAC in this manner allow NMFS to balance any transfer of TAC among Areas 610, 620, and 630 pursuant to § 679.20(a)(5)(iv)(B) and to ensure that the combined W/C/WYK ABC, ACL, and TAC are not exceeded.</P>
                <P>NMFS proposes pollock TACs in the Western (Area 610) and Central (Areas 620 and 630) Regulatory Areas and the WYK (Area 640) and the SEO (Area 650) Districts of the GOA (see table 1). NMFS also proposes seasonal apportionment of the annual pollock TAC in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas of the GOA among Statistical Areas 610, 620, and 630. These apportionments are divided equally among the following two seasons: the A season (January 20 through May 31) and the B season (September 1 through November 1) (§§ 679.23(d)(2) and 679.20(a)(5)(iv)). Additional detail is provided below; table 2 lists these amounts.</P>
                <P>The proposed 2025 and 2026 Pacific cod TACs (see table 1) are set to account for the State's GHLs for Pacific cod in State waters in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas, as well as in PWS (in the Eastern Regulatory Area). The Plan Team, SSC, AP, and Council recommended that the sum of all State waters and Federal waters Pacific cod removals from the GOA not exceed ABC recommendations. Accordingly, the Council recommended and NMFS proposes that the 2025 and 2026 Pacific cod TACs in the Western, Central, and Eastern Regulatory Areas account for State GHLs. Therefore, the proposed 2025 and 2026 Pacific cod TACs are less than the proposed ABCs by the following amounts: (1) Western GOA, 2,291 mt; (2) Central GOA, 4,495 mt; and (3) Eastern GOA, 641 mt. These amounts reflect the State's projected 2025 and 2026 GHLs in these areas, which are 30 percent of the Western GOA proposed ABC, and 25 percent of both the Eastern and Central GOA proposed ABCs.</P>
                <P>The Western and Central GOA Pacific cod TACs are allocated among various gear and operational sectors. NMFS also establishes seasonal apportionments of the annual Pacific cod TACs in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas. The Pacific cod sector and seasonal apportionments are discussed in detail in a subsequent section and in table 4 of this rule.</P>
                <P>The Council's recommendation for sablefish area apportionments takes into account the prohibition on the use of trawl gear in the SEO District of the Eastern Regulatory Area (§ 679.7(b)(1)) and makes available 5 percent of the Eastern Regulatory Area (WYK and SEO Districts combined) TAC to vessels using trawl gear for use as incidental catch in other trawl groundfish fisheries in the WYK District (§ 679.20(a)(4)(i)). Additional detail is provided below. Tables 5 and 6 list the proposed 2025 and 2026 allocations of the sablefish TAC to fixed gear and trawl gear in the GOA.</P>
                <P>For 2025 and 2026, the Council recommends, and NMFS proposes, the OFLs, ABCs, and TACs listed in table 1. These amounts are consistent with the biological condition of groundfish stocks as described in the 2023 SAFE report. The proposed ABCs reflect harvest amounts that are less than the specified OFLs. The proposed TACs are adjusted for other biological and socioeconomic considerations and do not exceed ABCs. The sum of the proposed TACs for all GOA groundfish target species is 482,000 mt for 2025 and 2026, which is within the OY range specified by the FMP and implementing regulations. These proposed amounts and apportionments by area, season, and sector are subject to change by NMFS pending consideration of the 2024 SAFE report, public comment, and the Council's recommendations for the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications during its December 2024 meeting.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s75,r50,9,9,9">
                    <TTITLE>Table 1—Proposed 2025 and 2026 OFLs, ABCs, and TACs of Groundfish for the Western/Central/West Yakutat, Western, Central, and Eastern Regulatory Areas, the West Yakutat and Southeast Outside Districts of the Eastern Regulatory Area, and Gulfwide District of the Gulf of Alaska </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are rounded to the nearest metric ton]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Species</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Area 
                            <SU>1</SU>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">OFL</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">ABC</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            TAC 
                            <SU>2</SU>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Pollock 
                            <SU>2</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Shumagin (610)</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>32,144</ENT>
                        <ENT>32,144</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Chirikof (620)</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>75,179</ENT>
                        <ENT>75,179</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Kodiak (630)</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>41,821</ENT>
                        <ENT>41,821</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK (640)</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,601</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,601</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>W/C/WYK (subtotal)</ENT>
                        <ENT>182,891</ENT>
                        <ENT>157,687</ENT>
                        <ENT>153,745</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <PRTPAGE P="94684"/>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">SEO (650)</ENT>
                        <ENT>12,998</ENT>
                        <ENT>9,749</ENT>
                        <ENT>9,749</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>195,889</ENT>
                        <ENT>167,436</ENT>
                        <ENT>163,494</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Pacific cod 
                            <SU>3</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>7,638</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,347</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>17,981</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,486</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>E</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,565</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,924</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>33,970</ENT>
                        <ENT>28,184</ENT>
                        <ENT>20,757</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Sablefish 
                            <SU>4</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,719</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,719</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>9,693</ENT>
                        <ENT>9,693</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,940</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,940</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>SEO</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,343</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,343</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Subtotal TAC</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>22,695</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>55,317</ENT>
                        <ENT>47,350</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Shallow-water flatfish 
                            <SU>5</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>23,782</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,250</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>28,311</ENT>
                        <ENT>28,311</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,831</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,831</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>SEO</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,699</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,699</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>69,354</ENT>
                        <ENT>56,623</ENT>
                        <ENT>46,091</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Deep-water flatfish 
                            <SU>6</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>234</ENT>
                        <ENT>234</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,614</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,614</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,827</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,827</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>SEO</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,278</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,278</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,257</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,953</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,953</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Rex sole</ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,363</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,363</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,624</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,624</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,439</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,439</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>SEO</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,877</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,877</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>25,900</ENT>
                        <ENT>21,303</ENT>
                        <ENT>21,303</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Arrowtooth flounder</ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>30,323</ENT>
                        <ENT>14,500</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>64,688</ENT>
                        <ENT>64,688</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>7,848</ENT>
                        <ENT>7,848</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>SEO</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>16,053</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,900</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>142,074</ENT>
                        <ENT>118,912</ENT>
                        <ENT>93,936</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Flathead sole</ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,521</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,650</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>21,702</ENT>
                        <ENT>21,702</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,949</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,949</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>SEO</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,086</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,086</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>50,322</ENT>
                        <ENT>41,258</ENT>
                        <ENT>36,387</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Pacific ocean perch 
                            <SU>7</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,726</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,726</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>27,768</ENT>
                        <ENT>27,768</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,038</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,038</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>SEO</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,822</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,822</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,835</ENT>
                        <ENT>38,354</ENT>
                        <ENT>38,354</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Northern rockfish 
                            <SU>8</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,446</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,446</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,200</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,200</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>E</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,548</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,646</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,646</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Shortraker rockfish 
                            <SU>9</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>34</ENT>
                        <ENT>34</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>189</ENT>
                        <ENT>189</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>E</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>424</ENT>
                        <ENT>424</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>863</ENT>
                        <ENT>647</ENT>
                        <ENT>647</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94685"/>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Dusky rockfish 
                            <SU>10</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>137</ENT>
                        <ENT>137</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,979</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,979</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>81</ENT>
                        <ENT>81</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>SEO</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>28</ENT>
                        <ENT>28</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,796</ENT>
                        <ENT>7,225</ENT>
                        <ENT>7,225</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Rougheye and blackspotted rockfish 
                            <SU>11</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>198</ENT>
                        <ENT>198</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>317</ENT>
                        <ENT>317</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>E</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>526</ENT>
                        <ENT>526</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,566</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,041</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,041</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Demersal shelf rockfish 
                            <SU>12</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>SEO</ENT>
                        <ENT>376</ENT>
                        <ENT>283</ENT>
                        <ENT>283</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Thornyhead rockfish 
                            <SU>13</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>314</ENT>
                        <ENT>314</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>693</ENT>
                        <ENT>693</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>E</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>621</ENT>
                        <ENT>621</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,170</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,628</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,628</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Other rockfish 
                            <E T="51">14 15</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W/C/WYK combined</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,353</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,353</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>SEO</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,421</ENT>
                        <ENT>300</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,977</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,774</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,653</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="01">Atka mackerel</ENT>
                        <ENT>GW</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,200</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,700</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Big skates 
                            <SU>16</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>745</ENT>
                        <ENT>745</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,749</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,749</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>E</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>341</ENT>
                        <ENT>341</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="oi3">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,780</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,835</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,835</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Longnose skates 
                            <SU>17</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>104</ENT>
                        <ENT>104</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,894</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,894</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>E</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>538</ENT>
                        <ENT>538</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,380</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,536</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,536</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Other skates 
                            <SU>18</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>GW</ENT>
                        <ENT>887</ENT>
                        <ENT>665</ENT>
                        <ENT>665</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Sharks</ENT>
                        <ENT>GW</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,521</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,891</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,891</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Octopuses</ENT>
                        <ENT>GW</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,307</ENT>
                        <ENT>980</ENT>
                        <ENT>980</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>673,289</ENT>
                        <ENT>562,224</ENT>
                        <ENT>482,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Regulatory areas and districts are defined at § 679.2. (W=Western Gulf of Alaska; C=Central Gulf of Alaska; E=Eastern Gulf of Alaska; WYK=West Yakutat District; SEO=Southeast Outside District; GW=Gulfwide).
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         The total for the W/C/WYK Regulatory Areas pollock ABC is 157,687 mt. After deducting 2.5 percent (3,942 mt) of that ABC for the State's pollock GHL fishery, the remaining pollock ABC of 153,745 mt (for the W/C/WYK Regulatory Areas) is apportioned among four statistical areas (Areas 610, 620, 630, and 640). The apportionments in Areas 610, 620, and 630 are further divided by season, as detailed in table 2 (proposed 2025 and 2026 seasonal biomass distribution of pollock in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas, area apportionments, and seasonal allowances). In the West Yakutat (Area 640) and Southeast Outside (Area 650) Districts of the Eastern Regulatory Area, pollock is not divided into seasonal allowances.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The annual Pacific cod TAC is apportioned, after seasonal apportionment to the jig sector, as follows: 1) 63.84 percent to the A season and 36.16 percent to the B season and 2) 64.16 percent to the A season and 35.84 percent to the B season in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas of the GOA, respectively. The Pacific cod TAC in the Eastern Regulatory Area of the GOA is allocated 90 percent to vessels harvesting Pacific cod for processing by the inshore component and 10 percent to vessels harvesting Pacific cod for processing by the offshore component. Table 4 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 Pacific cod seasonal apportionments and sector allocations.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         The sablefish OFL and ABC are set Alaska-wide (55,317 mt and 47,350 mt, respectively), and the GOA sablefish TAC is 22,695 mt. Tables 5 and 6 list the proposed 2025 and 2026 allocations of sablefish TACs.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         “Shallow-water flatfish” means flatfish not including “deep-water flatfish,” flathead sole, rex sole, or arrowtooth flounder.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         “Deep-water flatfish” means Dover sole, Greenland turbot, Kamchatka flounder, and deepsea sole.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         “Pacific ocean perch” means 
                        <E T="03">Sebastes alutus.</E>
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         “Northern rockfish” means 
                        <E T="03">Sebastes polyspinis.</E>
                         For management purposes, the one mt apportionment of ABC to the WYK District of the Eastern Regulatory Area has been included in the other rockfish species group.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         “Shortraker rockfish” means 
                        <E T="03">Sebastes borealis.</E>
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         “Dusky rockfish” means 
                        <E T="03">Sebastes variabilis.</E>
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         “Rougheye and blackspotted rockfish” means 
                        <E T="03">Sebastes aleutianus</E>
                         (rougheye) and 
                        <E T="03">Sebastes melanostictus</E>
                         (blackspotted).
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         “Demersal shelf rockfish” means 
                        <E T="03">Sebastes pinniger</E>
                         (canary), 
                        <E T="03">S. nebulosus</E>
                         (china), 
                        <E T="03">S. caurinus</E>
                         (copper), 
                        <E T="03">S. maliger</E>
                         (quillback), 
                        <E T="03">S. helvomaculatus</E>
                         (rosethorn), 
                        <E T="03">S. nigrocinctus</E>
                         (tiger), and 
                        <E T="03">S. ruberrimus</E>
                         (yelloweye).
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         “Thornyhead rockfish” means 
                        <E T="03">Sebastolobus</E>
                         species.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94686"/>
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         “Other rockfish” means 
                        <E T="03">Sebastes aurora</E>
                         (aurora), 
                        <E T="03">S. melanostomus</E>
                         (blackgill), 
                        <E T="03">S. paucispinis</E>
                         (bocaccio), 
                        <E T="03">S. goodei</E>
                         (chilipepper), 
                        <E T="03">S. crameri</E>
                         (darkblotch), 
                        <E T="03">S. elongatus</E>
                         (greenstriped), 
                        <E T="03">S. variegatus</E>
                         (harlequin), 
                        <E T="03">S. wilsoni</E>
                         (pygmy), 
                        <E T="03">S. babcocki</E>
                         (redbanded), 
                        <E T="03">S. proriger</E>
                         (redstripe), 
                        <E T="03">S. zacentrus</E>
                         (sharpchin), 
                        <E T="03">S. jordani</E>
                         (shortbelly), 
                        <E T="03">S. brevispinis</E>
                         (silvergray), 
                        <E T="03">S. diploproa</E>
                         (splitnose), 
                        <E T="03">S. saxicola</E>
                         (stripetail), 
                        <E T="03">S. miniatus</E>
                         (vermilion), 
                        <E T="03">S. reedi</E>
                         (yellowmouth), 
                        <E T="03">S. entomelas</E>
                         (widow), and 
                        <E T="03">S. flavidus</E>
                         (yellowtail). In the Eastern GOA only, other rockfish also includes northern rockfish (
                        <E T="03">S. polyspinis).</E>
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         Other rockfish in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas and in the West Yakutat District of the Eastern Regulatory Area means all rockfish species included in the other rockfish and demersal shelf rockfish categories. The other rockfish species group in the SEO District only includes other rockfish.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         “Big skates” means 
                        <E T="03">Beringraja binoculata.</E>
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         “Longnose skates” means 
                        <E T="03">Raja rhina.</E>
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         “Other skates” means 
                        <E T="03">Bathyraja.</E>
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Proposed Apportionment of Reserves</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 679.20(b)(2) requires NMFS to set aside 20 percent of each TAC for pollock, Pacific cod, flatfish, sharks, and octopuses in reserve for possible apportionment at a later date during the fishing year. Section 679.20(b)(3) authorizes NMFS to reapportion all or part of these reserves. In 2024, NMFS reapportioned all of the reserves in the final 2024 and 2025 harvest specifications. For 2025 and 2026, NMFS proposes reapportionment of each of the reserves for pollock, Pacific cod, flatfish, sharks, and octopuses back into the original TAC from which the reserve was derived. NMFS expects, based on recent harvest patterns, that such reserves will not be necessary for the management of these fisheries and that the entire TAC for each of these species will be caught or are needed to promote efficient fisheries. The TACs in table 1 reflect this proposed reapportionment of reserve amounts to the original TAC for these species and species groups, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     each proposed TAC for the above-mentioned species or species groups contains the full TAC recommended by the Council.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Proposed Apportionments of Pollock TAC Among Seasons and Regulatory Areas and Allocations for Processing by Inshore and Offshore Components</HD>
                <P>In the GOA, pollock is apportioned by season and is further allocated for processing by inshore and offshore components. Pursuant to § 679.20(a)(5)(iv)(B), the annual pollock TAC specified for the Western and Central Regulatory Areas of the GOA is apportioned into two seasonal allowances of 50 percent each. As established by § 679.23(d)(2), the A and B season allowances are available from January 20 through May 31 and September 1 through November 1, respectively.</P>
                <P>
                    Pollock TACs in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas of the GOA are apportioned among Statistical Areas 610, 620, and 630 in proportion to the distribution of pollock biomass determined by the most recent NMFS surveys, pursuant to § 679.20(a)(5)(iv)(A). The pollock chapter of the 2023 SAFE report (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ) contains a comprehensive description of the apportionment and reasons for the minor changes from past apportionments. Pollock is specified between two seasons for the Western and Central Regulatory Areas of the GOA (A and B seasons). There are four seasonal apportionments: A, B, C, and D seasons as outlined in the 2023 GOA pollock assessment in the 2023 SAFE report. The GOA pollock stock assessment continues to use a four-season methodology to determine pollock distribution in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas of the GOA to maintain continuity in the historical pollock apportionment time-series. A and B seasons from the assessment are aggregated into the A season for the purposes of specifications and C and D seasons from the assessement are aggregated into the B season for the purposes of specifications. This method is described and calculated in the 2023 GOA pollock assessment.
                </P>
                <P>Within any fishing year, the amount by which a seasonal allowance is underharvested or overharvested may be added to, or subtracted from, subsequent seasonal allowances in a manner to be determined by the Regional Administrator (§ 679.20(a)(5)(iv)(B)). The rollover amount is limited to 20 percent of the subsequent seasonal TAC apportionment for the statistical area. Any unharvested pollock above the 20 percent limit could be further distributed to the subsequent season in the other statistical areas in proportion to the estimated biomass of the subsequent season and in an amount no more than 20 percent of the seasonal TAC apportionment in those statistical areas (§ 679.20(a)(5)(iv)(B)). The proposed 2025 and 2026 pollock TACs in the WYK District of 4,601 mt and the SEO District of 9,749 mt are not allocated by season.</P>
                <P>Table 2 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 area apportionments and seasonal allowances of pollock in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas. The amounts of pollock for processing by the inshore and offshore components are not shown. Section 679.20(a)(6)(i) requires allocation of 100 percent of the pollock TAC in all regulatory areas and all seasonal allowances to vessels catching pollock for processing by the inshore component after subtraction of amounts projected by the Regional Administrator to be caught by, or delivered to, the offshore component incidental to directed fishing for other groundfish species. Thus, the amount of pollock available for harvest by vessels harvesting pollock for processing by the offshore component is the amount that will be taken as incidental catch during directed fishing for groundfish species other than pollock, up to the maximum retainable amounts allowed by §  679.20(e) and (f). At this time, these ICAs of pollock are unknown and will be determined during the fishing year during the course of fishing activities by the offshore component.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>
                        Table 2—Proposed 2025 and 2026 Distribution of Pollock in the Central and Western Regulatory Areas of the Gulf of Alaska; Area Apportionments; and Seasonal Allowances of Annual TAC 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                    </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are rounded to the nearest metric ton]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Season 
                            <SU>2</SU>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shumigan
                            <LI>(Area 610)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Chirikof
                            <LI>(Area 620)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Kodiak
                            <LI>(Area 630)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total 
                            <SU>3</SU>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">A (January 20-May 31)</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,483</ENT>
                        <ENT>58,629</ENT>
                        <ENT>11,460</ENT>
                        <ENT>74,572</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">B (September 1-November 1)</ENT>
                        <ENT>27,661</ENT>
                        <ENT>16,550</ENT>
                        <ENT>30,361</ENT>
                        <ENT>74,572</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94687"/>
                        <ENT I="03">Annual Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>32,144</ENT>
                        <ENT>75,179</ENT>
                        <ENT>41,821</ENT>
                        <ENT>149,144</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Area apportionments and seasonal allowances may not total precisely due to rounding.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         As established by § 679.23(d)(2), the A and B season allowances are available from January 20 through May 31 and September 1 through November 1, respectively. The amounts of pollock for processing by the inshore and offshore components are not shown in this table.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The West Yakutat and Southeast Outside District pollock TACs are not allocated by season and are not included in the total pollock TACs shown in this table.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Proposed Annual and Seasonal Apportionments of Pacific Cod TAC</HD>
                <P>Section 679.20(a)(12)(i) requires allocations for the 2025 and 2026 Pacific cod TACs in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas of the GOA among gear and operational sectors as well as seasonal apportionments of the Pacific cod TACs in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas. A portion of the annual TAC is apportioned to the A season for hook-and-line, pot, and jig gear from January 1 through June 10 and for trawl gear from January 20 through June 10. The remainder of the annual TAC is apportioned to the B season for jig gear from June 10 through December 31, for hook-and-line and pot gear from September 1 through December 31, and for trawl gear from September 1 through November 1 (§§ 679.23(d)(3) and 679.20(a)(12)). Section 679.20(a)(6)(ii) requires allocations of the 2025 and 2026 Pacific cod TACs annually between the inshore (90 percent) and offshore (10 percent) components in the Eastern Regulatory Area of the GOA.</P>
                <P>In the Western GOA, the Pacific cod TAC is apportioned seasonally first to vessels using jig gear and then among catcher vessels (CVs) using hook-and-line gear, catcher/processors (CPs) using hook-and-line gear, CVs using trawl gear, CPs using trawl gear, and vessels using pot gear (§ 679.20(a)(12)(i)(A)). In the Central GOA, the Pacific cod TAC is apportioned seasonally first to vessels using jig gear and then among CVs less than 50 feet (15.2 meters (m)) in length overall using hook-and-line gear, CVs equal to or greater than 50 feet (15.2 m) in length overall using hook-and-line gear, CPs using hook-and-line gear, CVs using trawl gear, CPs using trawl gear, and vessels using pot gear (§ 679.20(a)(12)(i)(B)). Allocations to the jig sector for the Western and Central GOA are apportioned between the A season (60 percent) and the B season (40 percent) (§ 679.20(a)(12)(i)). Excluding seasonal apportionments to the jig gear sector, the remainder of the annual Pacific cod TACs are apportioned as follows: the seasonal apportionments of the annual TAC are 63.84 percent to the A season and 36.16 percent to the B season in the Western GOA and 64.16 percent to the A season and 35.84 percent to the B season in the Central GOA.</P>
                <P>Under § 679.20(a)(12)(ii), any overage or underage of the Pacific cod allowance from the A season may be subtracted from, or added to, the subsequent B season allowance. In addition, any portion of the hook-and-line, trawl, pot, or jig sector allocations that is determined by NMFS as likely to go unharvested by a sector may be reallocated to other sectors for harvest during the remainder of the fishing year consistent with the factors set forth in regulation.</P>
                <P>Pursuant to § 679.20(a)(12)(i)(A) and (B), a portion of the annual Pacific cod TACs in the Western and Central GOA will be allocated to vessels with a Federal fisheries permit that use jig gear before the TACs are apportioned among other non-jig sectors. In accordance with the FMP, the annual jig sector allocations may increase to up to 6 percent of the annual Western and Central GOA Pacific cod TACs, depending on the annual performance of the jig sector (see table 1 of amendment 83 to the FMP for a detailed discussion of the jig sector allocation process (76 FR 74670, December 1, 2011)). Jig sector allocation increases are established for a minimum of 2 years.</P>
                <P>NMFS has evaluated the historical harvest performance of the jig sector in the Western and Central GOA and is proposing the 2025 and 2026 Pacific cod apportionments to this sector based on its historical harvest performance through 2024. For 2025 and 2026, NMFS proposes that the jig sector receive 3.5 percent of the annual Pacific cod TAC in the Western GOA. The 2025 and 2026 allocation consists of a base allocation of 1.5 percent of the Western GOA Pacific cod TAC and a harvest performance increase of 2 percent based on prior harvest performance. If the jig sector does not reach 90 percent of its Western GOA Pacific cod allocation for the 2024 fishing year, which appears likely based on catch through October 2024, the prior harvest performance increase of 2 percent would be maintained because allocation increases are established for a minimum of 2 years. For 2025 and 2026, NMFS also proposes that the jig sector receive 3 percent of the annual Pacific cod TAC in the Central GOA. The 2025 and 2026 allocation consists of a base allocation of 1 percent and a harvest performance increase of 2 percent based on harvest performance through 2024 because the jig sector did reach 90 percent of its Central GOA Pacific cod allocation for the 2024 fishing year. The Pacific cod jig allocations, catch, and percent allocation changes are listed in table 3.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="8" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12,12,10C,xs75">
                    <TTITLE>Table 3—Summary of Western GOA and Central GOA Pacific Cod Catch by Jig Gear in 2014 Through 2023, and Corresponding Percent Allocation Changes</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Area</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Year</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Initial
                            <LI>percent of TAC</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Initial TAC allocation</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Catch
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percent of initial
                            <LI>allocation</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            &gt;90 Percent of initial
                            <LI>allocation?</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Change to
                            <LI>percent allocation</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Western GOA</ENT>
                        <ENT>2014</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>573</ENT>
                        <ENT>785</ENT>
                        <ENT>137</ENT>
                        <ENT>Y</ENT>
                        <ENT>Increase 1.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2015</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>948</ENT>
                        <ENT>55</ENT>
                        <ENT>6</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>None.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2016</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>992</ENT>
                        <ENT>52</ENT>
                        <ENT>5</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>Decrease 1.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2017</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>635</ENT>
                        <ENT>49</ENT>
                        <ENT>8</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>Decrease 1.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2018</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>125</ENT>
                        <ENT>121</ENT>
                        <ENT>97</ENT>
                        <ENT>Y</ENT>
                        <ENT>Increase 1.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2019</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>134</ENT>
                        <ENT>134</ENT>
                        <ENT>100</ENT>
                        <ENT>Y</ENT>
                        <ENT>Increase 1.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94688"/>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2020</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             n/a
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2021</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>195</ENT>
                        <ENT>26</ENT>
                        <ENT>13</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>None.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2022</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>243</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>Decrease 1.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2023</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>131</ENT>
                        <ENT>131</ENT>
                        <ENT>101</ENT>
                        <ENT>Y</ENT>
                        <ENT>Increase 1.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2024</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>214</ENT>
                        <ENT>17</ENT>
                        <ENT>8</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>None.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Central GOA</ENT>
                        <ENT>2014</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                        <ENT>797</ENT>
                        <ENT>262</ENT>
                        <ENT>33</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>Decrease 1.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2015</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>460</ENT>
                        <ENT>355</ENT>
                        <ENT>77</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>None.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2016</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>370</ENT>
                        <ENT>267</ENT>
                        <ENT>72</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>None.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2017</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>331</ENT>
                        <ENT>18</ENT>
                        <ENT>6</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>None.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2018</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>61</ENT>
                        <ENT>0</ENT>
                        <ENT>0</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>None.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2019</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>58</ENT>
                        <ENT>30</ENT>
                        <ENT>52</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>None.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2020</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             n/a
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2021</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>102</ENT>
                        <ENT>26</ENT>
                        <ENT>26</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>None.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2022</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>113</ENT>
                        <ENT>3</ENT>
                        <ENT>3</ENT>
                        <ENT>N</ENT>
                        <ENT>None.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2023</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>111</ENT>
                        <ENT>246</ENT>
                        <ENT>222</ENT>
                        <ENT>Y</ENT>
                        <ENT>Increase 1.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2024</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                        <ENT>309</ENT>
                        <ENT>303</ENT>
                        <ENT>98</ENT>
                        <ENT>Y</ENT>
                        <ENT>Increase 1.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         NMFS did not evaluate the 2020 performance of the jig sectors in the Western and Central GOA because NMFS prohibited directed fishing for all Pacific cod sectors in 2020 (84 FR 70438, December 23, 2019).
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>NMFS will re-evaluate the annual 2024 harvest performance of the jig sector in the Western and Central GOA when the 2024 fishing year is complete to determine whether to change the jig sector allocations proposed by this action in conjunction with the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications. The current catch through October 2024 by the Central GOA jig sector indicates that the Pacific cod allocation percentage for this sector will increase by 1 percent in the Central GOA. However, based on catch through October 2024, an increase is unlikely for the jig sector in the Western GOA. Table 4 lists the seasonal apportionments and allocations of the proposed 2025 and 2026 Pacific cod TACs.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Table 4—Proposed 2025 and 2026 Seasonal Apportionments and Allocations of Pacific Cod TAC Amounts in the GOA; Allocations to the Western GOA and Central GOA Sectors, and the Eastern GOA Inshore and Offshore Processing Components</TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are rounded to the nearest metric ton]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Regulatory area and sector</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Annual
                            <LI>allocation</LI>
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">A Season</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            Sector
                            <LI>percentage of</LI>
                            <LI>annual</LI>
                            <LI>non-jig TAC</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            Seasonal
                            <LI>allowances</LI>
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">B Season</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            Sector
                            <LI>percentage of</LI>
                            <LI>annual</LI>
                            <LI>non-jig TAC</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            Seasonal
                            <LI>allowances</LI>
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">Western GOA:</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Jig (3.5 percent of TAC)</ENT>
                        <ENT>187</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A</ENT>
                        <ENT>112</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A</ENT>
                        <ENT>75</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Hook-and-line CV</ENT>
                        <ENT>72</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.7</ENT>
                        <ENT>36</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.7</ENT>
                        <ENT>36</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Hook-and-line CP</ENT>
                        <ENT>1022</ENT>
                        <ENT>10.9</ENT>
                        <ENT>562</ENT>
                        <ENT>8.9</ENT>
                        <ENT>459</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Trawl CV</ENT>
                        <ENT>1981</ENT>
                        <ENT>31.54</ENT>
                        <ENT>1627</ENT>
                        <ENT>6.86</ENT>
                        <ENT>354</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Trawl CP</ENT>
                        <ENT>124</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.9</ENT>
                        <ENT>46</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>77</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="03">Pot CV and Pot CP</ENT>
                        <ENT>1961</ENT>
                        <ENT>19.8</ENT>
                        <ENT>1022</ENT>
                        <ENT>18.2</ENT>
                        <ENT>939</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="05">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,347</ENT>
                        <ENT>63.84</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,406</ENT>
                        <ENT>36.16</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,941</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">Central GOA:</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Jig (3 percent of TAC)</ENT>
                        <ENT>405</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A</ENT>
                        <ENT>243</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A</ENT>
                        <ENT>162</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Hook-and-line &lt; 50 CV</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,910</ENT>
                        <ENT>9.32</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,219</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.29</ENT>
                        <ENT>692</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Hook-and-line ≥ 50 CV</ENT>
                        <ENT>877</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.61</ENT>
                        <ENT>734</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.1</ENT>
                        <ENT>144</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Hook-and-line CP</ENT>
                        <ENT>668</ENT>
                        <ENT>4.11</ENT>
                        <ENT>537</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.9975</ENT>
                        <ENT>130</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">
                            Trawl CV 
                            <SU>1</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>5,440</ENT>
                        <ENT>25.29</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,309</ENT>
                        <ENT>16.29</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,131</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Trawl CP</ENT>
                        <ENT>549</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                        <ENT>262</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.19</ENT>
                        <ENT>287</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Pot CV and Pot CP</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,637</ENT>
                        <ENT>17.83</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,332</ENT>
                        <ENT>9.98</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,305</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="05">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,486</ENT>
                        <ENT>64.16</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,641</ENT>
                        <ENT>35.84</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,845</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Eastern GOA</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT A="01">Inshore (90 percent of Annual TAC)</ENT>
                        <ENT A="01">Offshore (10 percent of Annual TAC)</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>1,924</ENT>
                        <ENT A="R01">1,732</ENT>
                        <ENT A="R01">192</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Trawl CVs participating in Rockfish Program cooperatives receive 3.81 percent, or 514 mt, of the annual Central GOA Pacific cod TAC (see table 28c to 50 CFR part 679). This apportionment is deducted from the Trawl CV B season allowance (see table 9: Proposed 2025 and 2026 Apportionments of Rockfish Secondary Species in the Central GOA and table 28c to 50 CFR part 679).
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="94689"/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Proposed Allocations of the Sablefish TAC to Vessels Using Fixed Gear and Trawl Gear</HD>
                <P>Section 679.20(a)(4)(i) and (ii) requires allocations of sablefish TACs for each of the regulatory areas and districts to fixed and trawl gear. In the Western and Central Regulatory Areas, 80 percent of each TAC is allocated to fixed gear, and 20 percent of each TAC is allocated to trawl gear. In the Eastern Regulatory Area, 95 percent of the TAC is allocated to fixed gear, and 5 percent is allocated to trawl gear. The trawl gear allocation in the Eastern Regulatory Area may be used only to support incidental catch of sablefish while directed fishing for other target species using trawl gear (§ 679.20(a)(4)(i)).</P>
                <P>In recognition of the prohibition against trawl gear in the SEO District of the Eastern Regulatory Area, the Council recommended, and NMFS proposes, specifying for incidental catch the allocation of 5 percent of the Eastern Regulatory Area (WYK and SEO Districts combined) sablefish TAC to trawl gear in the WYK District of the Eastern Regulatory Area. The remainder of the WYK District sablefish TAC is allocated to vessels using fixed gear. This proposed action allocates 100 percent of the sablefish TAC in the SEO District to vessels using fixed gear. This results in proposed 2025 allocations of 414 mt to trawl gear and 2,526 mt to fixed gear in the WYK District and a proposed 2025 allocation of 5,343 mt to fixed gear in the SEO District. Table 5 lists the allocations of the proposed 2025 sablefish TACs to fixed and trawl gear. Table 6 lists the allocations of the proposed 2026 sablefish TACs to trawl gear.</P>
                <P>The Council recommended that the trawl sablefish TAC be established for 2 years so that retention of incidental catch of sablefish by trawl gear could commence in January (when the trawl season opens) in the second year of the groundfish harvest specifications. NMFS concurs with this recommendation. Tables 5 and 6 list the proposed 2025 and 2026 trawl allocations, respectively.</P>
                <P>The Council also recommended that the fixed gear sablefish TAC be established annually to ensure that the sablefish individual fishing quota (IFQ) fishery is conducted concurrently with the halibut IFQ fishery and is based on the most recent survey information. Since there is an annual assessment for sablefish and since the final harvest specifications are expected to be published before the IFQ season begins (typically, in early March), the Council recommended that the fixed gear sablefish TAC be set annually, rather than for 2 years. NMFS concurs with this recommendation. Accordingly, table 5 lists the proposed 2025 fixed gear allocations, and the 2026 fixed gear allocations will be specified in the final 2026 and 2027 harvest specifications.</P>
                <P>
                    With the exception of the trawl allocations that are provided to the Rockfish Program (see table 28c to 50 CFR part 679), directed fishing for sablefish with trawl gear is typically closed at the beginning of the fishing year (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     table 27 of the final 2024 and 2025 GOA harvest specifications, 89 FR 15484, March 4, 2024). Also, fishing for groundfish with trawl gear is prohibited prior to January 20 (§ 679.23(c)). Therefore, it is not likely that the sablefish allocation to trawl gear would be reached before the effective date of the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications.
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,15,18,15">
                    <TTITLE>Table 5—Proposed 2025 Sablefish TAC Amounts in the Gulf of Alaska and Allocations to Fixed and Trawl Gear </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are rounded to the nearest metric ton]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Area/District</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">TAC</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Fixed gear allocation</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Trawl allocation</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Western</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,719</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,775</ENT>
                        <ENT>944</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Central 
                            <SU>1</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>9,693</ENT>
                        <ENT>7,754</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,939</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            West Yakutat 
                            <SU>2</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>2,940</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,526</ENT>
                        <ENT>414</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Southeast Outside</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,343</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,343</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>22,695</ENT>
                        <ENT>19,398</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,297</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The proposed trawl allocation of sablefish to the Central Regulatory Area is further apportioned to the Rockfish Program cooperatives (997 mt). See table 9: Proposed 2025 and 2026 Apportionments of Rockfish Secondary Species in the Central GOA. This results in 942 mt being available for the non-Rockfish Program trawl fisheries.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         The proposed trawl allocation is based on allocating 5 percent of the Eastern Regulatory Area (West Yakutat and Southeast Outside Districts combined) sablefish TAC as incidental catch to trawl gear in the West Yakutat District.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>
                        Table 6—Proposed 2026 Sablefish TAC Amounts in the Gulf of Alaska and Allocation to Trawl Gear 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                    </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are rounded to the nearest metric ton]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Area/district</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">TAC</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Fixed gear allocation</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Trawl 
                            <LI>allocation</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Western</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,719</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>944</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Central 
                            <SU>2</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>9,693</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,939</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            West Yakutat 
                            <SU>3</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>2,940</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>414</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Southeast Outside</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,343</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>22,695</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,297</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The Council recommended that the proposed 2026 harvest specifications for the fixed gear sablefish IFQ fisheries not be specified in the 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications. The 2026 fixed gear allocations will be specified in the final 2026 and 2027 harvest specifications.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         The proposed trawl allocation of sablefish to the Central Regulatory Area is further apportioned to the Rockfish Program cooperatives (997 mt). See table 9: Proposed 2025 and 2026 Apportionments of Rockfish Secondary Species in the Central GOA. This results in 942 mt being available for the non-Rockfish Program trawl fisheries.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The proposed trawl allocation is based on allocating 5 percent of the Eastern Regulatory Area (West Yakutat and Southeast Outside Districts combined) sablefish TAC as incidental catch to trawl gear in the West Yakutat District.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="94690"/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Proposed Allocations, Apportionments, and Sideboard Limitations for the Rockfish Program</HD>
                <P>These proposed 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications for the GOA include the fishery cooperative allocations and sideboard limitations established by the Rockfish Program. Program participants are primarily trawl CVs and trawl CPs, with limited participation by vessels using longline gear. The Rockfish Program assigns quota share and cooperative quota to trawl participants for primary species (Pacific ocean perch, northern rockfish, and dusky rockfish) and secondary species (Pacific cod, rougheye and blackspotted rockfish, sablefish, shortraker rockfish, and thornyhead rockfish), allows a participant holding a License Limitation Program (LLP) license with rockfish quota share to form a rockfish cooperative with other persons, and allows holders of CP LLP licenses to opt out of the fishery. The Rockfish Program also has an entry level fishery for rockfish primary species for vessels using longline gear. Longline gear includes hook-and-line, jig, troll, and handline gear.</P>
                <P>
                    Under the Rockfish Program, rockfish primary species in the Central GOA are allocated to participants after deducting for incidental catch needs in other directed fisheries (§ 679.81(a)(2)). Participants in the Rockfish Program also receive a portion of the Central GOA TAC of specific secondary species. In addition to groundfish species, the Rockfish Program allocates a portion of the halibut PSC limit (191 mt) from the third season deep-water species fishery allowance for the GOA trawl fisheries to Rockfish Program participants (§ 679.81(d) and table 28d to 50 CFR part 679). The Rockfish Program also establishes sideboard limits to restrict the ability of harvesters operating under the Rockfish Program to increase their participation in other, non-Rockfish Program fisheries. These restrictions and halibut PSC limits are discussed in the 
                    <E T="03">Rockfish Program Groundfish Sideboard and Halibut PSC Limitations</E>
                     section of this proposed rule.
                </P>
                <P>Section 679.81(a)(2)(ii) and table 28e to 50 CFR part 679 require allocations of 5 mt of Pacific ocean perch, 5 mt of northern rockfish, and 50 mt of dusky rockfish to the entry level longline fishery in 2025 and 2026. The allocations of primary species to the entry level longline fishery may increase incrementally each year if the catch exceeds 90 percent of the allocation of a species. The incremental increase in the allocations would continue each year until reaching the maximum percentage of the TAC for that species. In 2024, the catch for all three primary species did not exceed 90 percent of any allocated rockfish species. Therefore, NMFS is not proposing any increases to the entry level longline fishery 2025 and 2026 allocations in the Central GOA. The remainder of the TACs for the rockfish primary species, after subtracting the ICAs, would be allocated to the CV and CP cooperatives (§ 679.81(a)(2)(iii)). Table 7 lists the allocations of the proposed 2025 and 2026 TACs for each rockfish primary species to the entry level longline fishery, the potential incremental increases for future years, and the maximum percentages of the TACs of the rockfish primary species allocations to the entry level longline fishery.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,r50,16">
                    <TTITLE>Table 7—Proposed 2025 and 2026 Allocations of Rockfish Primary Species to the Entry Level Longline Fishery in the Central Gulf of Alaska</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Rockfish primary species</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Proposed 2025 and 2026 allocations</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Incremental increase in 2025 if &gt;90 percent of 2024 allocation is harvested</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Up to maximum percent of each TAC of</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pacific ocean perch</ENT>
                        <ENT>5 metric tons</ENT>
                        <ENT>5 metric tons</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Northern rockfish</ENT>
                        <ENT>5 metric tons</ENT>
                        <ENT>5 metric tons</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Dusky rockfish</ENT>
                        <ENT>50 metric tons</ENT>
                        <ENT>20 metric tons</ENT>
                        <ENT>5</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Section 679.81 requires allocations of rockfish primary species among various sectors of the Rockfish Program. Table 8 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 allocations of rockfish primary species in the Central GOA to the entry level longline fishery and rockfish CV and CP cooperatives in the Rockfish Program. NMFS also proposes setting aside ICAs for other directed fisheries in the Central GOA of 3,500 mt of Pacific ocean perch, 300 mt of northern rockfish, and 250 mt of dusky rockfish. These amounts are based on recent average incidental catches in the Central GOA by other groundfish fisheries.</P>
                <P>
                    Allocations among vessels belonging to CV or CP cooperatives are not included in these proposed harvest specifications. Rockfish Program applications for CV cooperatives and CP cooperatives are not due to NMFS until March 1 of each calendar year; therefore, NMFS cannot calculate 2025 and 2026 allocations in conjunction with these proposed harvest specifications. After receiving the Rockfish Program applications, NMFS will calculate the 2025 allocations for CV and CP cooperatives, as set forth in § 679.81(b), (c), and (e). NMFS will announce the 2025 allocations after March 1 and post these allocations on the Alaska Region website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/alaska/sustainable-fisheries/alaska-fisheries-management-reports#central-goa-rockfish.</E>
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Table 8—Proposed 2025 and 2026 Allocations of Rockfish Primary Species in the Central Gulf of Alaska to the Entry Level Longline Fishery and Rockfish Cooperatives in the Rockfish Program </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are rounded to the nearest metric ton]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Rockfish primary species</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Central GOA TAC</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Incidental
                            <LI>catch</LI>
                            <LI>allowance</LI>
                            <LI>(ICA)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">TAC minus ICA</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Allocation
                            <LI>to the</LI>
                            <LI>entry level</LI>
                            <LI>
                                longline 
                                <SU>1</SU>
                                fishery
                            </LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Allocation to the rockfish cooperatives 
                            <SU>2</SU>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pacific ocean perch</ENT>
                        <ENT>27,768</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,500</ENT>
                        <ENT>24,268</ENT>
                        <ENT>5</ENT>
                        <ENT>24,263</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Northern rockfish</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,200</ENT>
                        <ENT>300</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,900</ENT>
                        <ENT>5</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,895</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Dusky rockfish</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,979</ENT>
                        <ENT>250</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,729</ENT>
                        <ENT>50</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,679</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94691"/>
                        <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>36,947</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,050</ENT>
                        <ENT>32,897</ENT>
                        <ENT>60</ENT>
                        <ENT>32,837</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Longline gear includes hook-and-line, jig, troll, and handline gear (50 CFR 679.2).
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Rockfish cooperatives include vessels in CV and CP cooperatives (50 CFR 679.81).
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Section 679.81(c) and table 28c to 50 CFR part 679 require allocations of rockfish secondary species to CV and CP cooperatives in the Central GOA. CV cooperatives receive allocations of Pacific cod, sablefish from the trawl gear allocation, and thornyhead rockfish. CP cooperatives receive allocations of sablefish from the trawl gear allocation, rougheye and blackspotted rockfish, shortraker rockfish, and thornyhead rockfish. Table 9 lists the apportionments of the proposed 2025 and 2026 TACs of rockfish secondary species in the Central GOA to CV and CP cooperatives.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Table 9—Proposed 2025 and 2026 Apportionments of Rockfish Secondary Species in the Central GOA to Catcher Vessel and Catcher/Processor Cooperatives </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are in metric tons]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Rockfish secondary species</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Central GOA annual TAC</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Catcher Vessel
                            <LI>cooperatives</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            Percentage of
                            <LI>TAC</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            Apportionment
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Catcher/Processor
                            <LI>cooperatives</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            Percentage of
                            <LI>TAC</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            Apportionment
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pacific cod</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,486</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.81</ENT>
                        <ENT>514</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Sablefish</ENT>
                        <ENT>9,693</ENT>
                        <ENT>6.78</ENT>
                        <ENT>657</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.51</ENT>
                        <ENT>340</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Shortraker rockfish</ENT>
                        <ENT>189</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>40</ENT>
                        <ENT>76</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Rougheye and blackspotted rockfish</ENT>
                        <ENT>317</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>58.87</ENT>
                        <ENT>187</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Thornyhead rockfish</ENT>
                        <ENT>693</ENT>
                        <ENT>7.84</ENT>
                        <ENT>54</ENT>
                        <ENT>26.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>184</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Halibut PSC Limits</HD>
                <P>Section 679.21(d) establishes annual halibut PSC limit apportionments of 1,705 mt for trawl gear, 256 mt for hook-and-line gear, and 9 mt for the demersal shelf rockfish (DSR) fishery in the SEO District. It also authorizes the establishment of apportionments for pot gear.</P>
                <P>The DSR fishery in the SEO District is defined at § 679.21(d)(2)(ii)(A). This fishery is apportioned 9 mt of the halibut PSC limit in recognition of its small-scale harvests of groundfish (§ 679.21(d)(2)(i)(A)). The separate halibut PSC limit for the DSR fishery is intended to prevent that fishery from being impacted from the halibut PSC incurred by other GOA fisheries. NMFS estimates low halibut bycatch in the DSR fishery because (1) the duration of the DSR fishery and the gear soak times are short, (2) the DSR fishery occurs in the winter when there is less overlap in the distribution of DSR and halibut, and (3) the directed commercial DSR fishery has a low DSR TAC. The Alaska Department of Fish and Game sets the commercial GHL for the DSR fishery after deducting (1) estimates of DSR incidental catch in all fisheries (including halibut and subsistence); and (2) the allocation to the DSR sport fish fishery. In 2024, the commercial fishery for DSR was closed due to concerns about declining DSR biomass.</P>
                <P>NMFS, after consultation with the Council, proposes to exempt pot gear, jig gear, and the sablefish IFQ fixed gear fishery categories from the non-trawl halibut PSC limit for 2025 and 2026. The Council recommended and NMFS proposes these exemptions because (1) pot gear fisheries have low annual halibut bycatch mortality; (2) IFQ program regulations prohibit discard of halibut if any halibut IFQ permit holder on board a CV holds unused halibut IFQ for that vessel category and the IFQ regulatory area in which the vessel is operating (§ 679.7(f)(11)); (3) some sablefish IFQ permit holders hold halibut IFQ permits and are therefore required to retain the halibut they catch while fishing sablefish IFQ; and (4) NMFS estimates negligible halibut mortality for the jig gear fisheries given the small amount of groundfish harvested by jig gear, the selective nature of jig gear, and the high survival rates of halibut caught and released with jig gear.</P>
                <P>The best available information on estimated halibut bycatch consists of data collected by fisheries observers during 2024. The calculated halibut bycatch mortality through October 31, 2024, is 337 mt for trawl gear and 25 mt for hook-and-line gear, for a total halibut mortality of 362 mt. This halibut mortality was calculated using groundfish and IFQ halibut catch data from the NMFS Alaska Region's catch accounting system. This accounting system contains historical and recent catch information compiled from each Alaska groundfish and IFQ halibut fishery.</P>
                <P>
                    Section 679.21(d)(4)(i) and (ii) authorizes NMFS to seasonally apportion the halibut PSC limits after consultation with the Council. The FMP and regulations require that the Council and NMFS consider the following information in seasonally apportioning halibut PSC limits: (1) seasonal distribution of halibut, (2) seasonal distribution of target groundfish species relative to halibut distribution, (3) expected halibut bycatch needs on a seasonal basis relative to changes in halibut biomass and expected catch of target groundfish species, (4) expected bycatch rates on a seasonal basis, (5) 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94692"/>
                    expected changes in directed groundfish fishing seasons, (6) expected actual start of fishing effort, and (7) economic effects of establishing seasonal halibut allocations on segments of the target groundfish industry.
                </P>
                <P>The final 2024 and 2025 harvest specifications (89 FR 15484, March 4, 2024) list the final seasonal apportionments based on the FMP and regulatory considerations with respect to halibut PSC limits. The Council's recommendations and NMFS's proposed seasonal apportionments for these proposed 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications are unchanged from the final 2024 and 2025 harvest specifications. Based on public comment, information presented in the 2024 SAFE report, NMFS catch data, State catch data, and International Pacific Halibut Commission (IPHC) stock assessment and mortality data, the Council may recommend and/or NMFS may make changes to the seasonal, gear-type, or fishery category apportionments of halibut PSC limits for the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications pursuant to § 679.21(d)(1) and (d)(4).</P>
                <P>Table 10 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 Pacific halibut PSC limits, allowances, and apportionments. The halibut PSC limits in tables 10, 11, and 12 reflect the halibut PSC limits set forth at § 679.21(d)(2) and (3). Section 679.21(d)(4)(iii) and (iv) specifies that any underages or overages of a seasonal apportionment of a halibut PSC limit will be added to or deducted from the next respective seasonal apportionment within the fishing year.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="8" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,7,7,r25,7,7,r25,7">
                    <TTITLE>Table 10—Proposed 2025 and 2026 Pacific Halibut PSC Limits, Allowances, and Apportionments </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are in metric tons]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Trawl gear</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">Season</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">Percent</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">Amount</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Hook-and-line gear 
                            <SU>1</SU>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">Other than DSR</CHED>
                        <CHED H="3">Season</CHED>
                        <CHED H="3">Percent</CHED>
                        <CHED H="3">Amount</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">DSR</CHED>
                        <CHED H="3">Season</CHED>
                        <CHED H="3">Amount</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">January 20-April 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>30.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>520</ENT>
                        <ENT>January 1-June 10</ENT>
                        <ENT>86</ENT>
                        <ENT>220</ENT>
                        <ENT>January 1-December 31</ENT>
                        <ENT>9</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">April 1-July 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>20</ENT>
                        <ENT>341</ENT>
                        <ENT>June 10-September 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                        <ENT>5</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">July 1-August 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>27</ENT>
                        <ENT>460</ENT>
                        <ENT>September 1-December 31</ENT>
                        <ENT>12</ENT>
                        <ENT>31</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">August 1-October 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>7.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>128</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s,s,n,s,s,n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">October 1-December 31</ENT>
                        <ENT>15</ENT>
                        <ENT>256</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>256</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>9</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The Pacific halibut prohibited species catch (PSC) limit for hook-and-line gear is allocated to the demersal shelf rockfish (DSR) fishery in the SEO District and to hook-and-line fisheries other than the DSR fishery. The Council recommended, and NMFS proposes, that the fixed gear sablefish IFQ fishery, and the pot and jig gear groundfish fisheries, be exempt from halibut PSC limits.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Section 679.21(d)(3)(ii) authorizes further apportionment of the trawl halibut PSC limit as bycatch allowances to trawl fishery categories listed in § 679.21(d)(3)(iii). The annual apportionments are based on each category's share of the anticipated halibut bycatch mortality during a fishing year and optimization of the total amount of groundfish harvest under the halibut PSC limit. The fishery categories for the trawl halibut PSC limits are (1) a deep-water species fishery composed of sablefish, rockfish, deep-water flatfish, rex sole, and arrowtooth flounder; and (2) a shallow-water species fishery composed of pollock, Pacific cod, shallow-water flatfish, flathead sole, Atka mackerel, skates, and “other species” (sharks and octopuses) (§ 679.21(d)(3)(iii)). Halibut mortality incurred while directed fishing for skates with trawl gear accrues towards the shallow-water species fishery halibut PSC limit (69 FR 26320, May 12, 2004).</P>
                <P>NMFS will combine available trawl halibut PSC limit apportionments in part of the second season deep-water and shallow-water species fisheries for use in either fishery from May 15 through June 30 (§ 679.21(d)(4)(iii)(D)). This is intended to maintain groundfish harvest while minimizing halibut bycatch by these sectors to the extent practicable. This provides the trawl gear deep-water and shallow-water species fisheries additional flexibility and the incentive to participate in fisheries at times of the year that may have lower halibut PSC rates relative to other times of the year.</P>
                <P>Table 11 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 seasonal apportionments of trawl halibut PSC limits between the trawl gear deep-water and the shallow-water species fisheries.</P>
                <P>Table 28d to 50 CFR part 679 specifies the amount of the trawl halibut PSC limit that is assigned to the CV and CP sectors that are participating in the Central GOA Rockfish Program. This includes 117 mt of halibut PSC limit to the CV sector and 74 mt of halibut PSC limit to the CP sector. These amounts are allocated from the trawl deep-water species fishery's halibut PSC third seasonal apportionment. After the combined CV and CP halibut PSC limit allocation of 191 mt to the Rockfish Program, 149 mt remains for the trawl deep-water species fishery's halibut PSC third seasonal apportionment.</P>
                <P>Section 679.21(d)(4)(iii)(B) limits the amount of the halibut PSC limit allocated to Rockfish Program participants that could be re-apportioned to the general GOA trawl fisheries for the last seasonal apportionment during the current fishing year to no more than 55 percent of the unused annual halibut PSC limit apportioned to Rockfish Program participants. The remainder of the unused Rockfish Program halibut PSC limit is unavailable for use by any person for the remainder of the fishing year (§ 679.21(d)(4)(iii)(C)).</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,15,15,15">
                    <TTITLE>Table 11—Proposed 2025 and 2026 Apportionment of the Pacific Halibut PSC Limits Between the Trawl Gear Shallow-Water and Deep-Water Species Fishery Categories</TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are in metric tons]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Season</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Shallow-water</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Deep-water 
                            <SU>1</SU>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Total</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">January 20-April 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>385</ENT>
                        <ENT>135</ENT>
                        <ENT>520</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94693"/>
                        <ENT I="01">April 1-July 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>85</ENT>
                        <ENT>256</ENT>
                        <ENT>341</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">July 1-August 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>120</ENT>
                        <ENT>340</ENT>
                        <ENT>460</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">August 1-October 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>53</ENT>
                        <ENT>75</ENT>
                        <ENT>128</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Subtotal, January 20-October 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>643</ENT>
                        <ENT>806</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,449</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">
                            October 1-December 31
                            <SU>2</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>256</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="05">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>n/a</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Vessels participating in cooperatives in the Central GOA Rockfish Program will receive 191 mt of the third season (July 1 through August 1) deep-water species fishery halibut PSC apportionment.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         There is no apportionment between trawl shallow-water and deep-water species fishery categories during the fifth season (October 1 through December 31).
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    Section 679.21(d)(2)(i)(B) requires that the halibut PSC limit apportionment to vessels using hook-and-line gear that are not part of the demersal shelf rockfish fishery (
                    <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                     the other hook-and-line fishery) must be apportioned between CVs and CPs in accordance with § 679.21(d)(2)(iii) in conjunction with these harvest specifications. A comprehensive description and example of the calculations necessary to apportion the other hook-and-line fishery halibut PSC limit between the hook-and-line CV and CP sectors were included in the proposed rule to implement amendment 83 to the FMP (76 FR 44700, July 26, 2011) and are not repeated here.
                </P>
                <P>Pursuant to § 679.21(d)(2)(iii), the halibut PSC limit for the other hook-and-line fishery is apportioned between the CV and CP sectors in proportion to the total Western and Central GOA Pacific cod allocations, which vary annually based on the proportion of the Pacific cod biomass between the Western, Central, and Eastern GOA. Pacific cod is apportioned among these three management areas based on the percentage of overall biomass per area as calculated in the 2023 Pacific cod stock assessment. Information in the final 2023 SAFE report describes this distributional calculation, which allocates ABC among GOA regulatory areas on the basis of the three most recent stock surveys. For 2025 and 2026, the proposed distribution of the total GOA Pacific cod ABC is 27.1 percent to the Western GOA, 63.8 percent to the Central GOA, and 9.1 percent to the Eastern GOA. Therefore, the calculations made in accordance with § 679.21(d)(2)(iii) incorporate the most recent information on GOA Pacific cod distribution and allocations with respect to the proposed annual halibut PSC limits for the CV and CP hook-and-line sectors. The calculations for the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications will use updated information on the distribution of Pacific cod from the Pacific cod stock assessment in the 2024 SAFE report. Additionally, the annual halibut PSC limits for both the CV and CP sectors of the other hook-and-line fishery are proposed to be divided into three seasonal apportionments, using seasonal percentages of 86 percent, 2 percent, and 12 percent.</P>
                <P>For 2025 and 2026, NMFS proposes annual halibut PSC limits of 149 mt and 107 mt to the hook-and-line CV and hook-and-line CP sectors, respectively. Table 12 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 apportionments of halibut PSC limits between the hook-and-line CV and the hook-and-line CP sectors of the other hook-and-line fishery.</P>
                <P>No later than November 1 of each year, NMFS will calculate the projected unused amount of halibut PSC limit by either of the CV or CP hook-and-line sectors of the other hook-and-line fishery for the remainder of the year. The projected unused amount of halibut PSC limit is made available to the other hook-and-line sector for the remainder of that fishing year (§ 679.21(d)(2)(iii)(C)) if NMFS determines that an additional amount of halibut PSC is necessary for that sector to continue its directed fishing operations.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,15,r50,15,15">
                    <TTITLE>Table 12—Proposed 2025 and 2026 Apportionments of the “Other hook-and-line fishery” Annual Halibut PSC Allowance Between the Hook-and-Line Gear Catcher Vessel and Catcher/Processor Sectors </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are in metric tons]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            “Other than DSR”
                            <LI>allowance</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Hook-and-line sector</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Sector annual amount</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Season</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Seasonal
                            <LI>percentage</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Sector seasonal amount</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">256</ENT>
                        <ENT>Catcher Vessel</ENT>
                        <ENT>149</ENT>
                        <ENT>January 1-June 10</ENT>
                        <ENT>86</ENT>
                        <ENT>128</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>June 10-September 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                        <ENT>3</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>September 1-December 31</ENT>
                        <ENT>12</ENT>
                        <ENT>18</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01"/>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Catcher/Processor</ENT>
                        <ENT>107</ENT>
                        <ENT>January 1-June 10</ENT>
                        <ENT>86</ENT>
                        <ENT>92</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>June 10-September 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>September 1-December 31</ENT>
                        <ENT>12</ENT>
                        <ENT>13</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Halibut Discard Mortality Rates (DMR)</HD>
                <P>
                    To monitor halibut bycatch mortality allowances and apportionments, the Regional Administrator uses observed halibut incidental catch rates, halibut DMR, and estimates of groundfish catch to project when a fishery's halibut bycatch mortality allowance or seasonal apportionment is reached. Halibut 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94694"/>
                    incidental catch rates are based on observed estimates of halibut incidental catch in the groundfish fishery. DMRs are estimates of the proportion of incidentally caught halibut that do not survive after being returned to the sea. The cumulative halibut mortality that accrues to a particular halibut PSC limit is the product of a DMR multiplied by the estimated halibut PSC. DMRs are estimated using the best scientific information available in conjunction with the annual GOA stock assessment process. The DMR methodology and findings are included as an appendix to the annual GOA groundfish SAFE report.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In 2016, the DMR estimation methodology underwent revisions per the Council's recommendation. An interagency halibut working group (IPHC, Council, and NMFS staff) developed improved estimation methods that have undergone review by the Plan Team, the SSC, and the Council. A summary of the revised methodology is contained in the GOA proposed 2017 and 2018 harvest specifications (81 FR 87881, December 6, 2016), and the comprehensive discussion of the working group's statistical methodology is available from the Council (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ). The DMR working group's revised methodology is intended to improve estimation accuracy, transparency, and transferability for calculating DMRs. The working group will continue to consider improvements to the methodology used to calculate halibut mortality, including potential changes to the reference period (the period of data used for calculating the DMRs). Future DMRs may change based on additional years of observer sampling, which could provide more recent and accurate data and which could improve the accuracy of estimation and progress on methodology. The methodology will continue to ensure that NMFS is using DMRs that more accurately reflect halibut mortality, which will inform the different sectors of their estimated halibut mortality and allow specific sectors to respond with methods that could reduce mortality and, eventually, the DMR for that sector.
                </P>
                <P>In October 2024, the Council recommended halibut DMRs reviewed by the Plan Team and SSC, which are derived from the revised methodology. The proposed 2025 and 2026 DMRs use an updated 2-year and 4-year reference period depending on data availability. NMFS is proposing the DMRs recommended by the Plan Team, reviewed by the SSC, and recommended by the Council for the proposed 2025 and 2026 DMRs. The proposed DMR for pelagic trawl gear CVs and CPs is maintained at 100 percent. The proposed DMR for Rockfish Program CVs using non-pelagic trawl gear is maintained at 56 percent. The proposed DMR for non-Rockfish Program CVs using non-pelagic trawl gear increased to 74 percent from 69 percent. The proposed DMR for motherships and CPs using non-pelagic trawl gear decreased to 76 percent from 83 percent. The proposed DMR for CPs using hook-and-line gear decreased to 10 percent from 11 percent. The proposed DMR for CVs using hook-and-line gear increased to 19 percent from 10 percent. The proposed DMR for CPs and CVs using pot gear increased to 32 percent from 26 percent. Table 13 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 DMRs.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,r50,15">
                    <TTITLE>Table 13-Proposed 2025 and 2026 Halibut Discard Mortality Rates for Vessels Fishing in the Gulf of Alaska </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are percent of halibut assumed to be dead]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Gear</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Sector</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Groundfish fishery</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Halibut discard
                            <LI>mortality rate</LI>
                            <LI>(percent)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pelagic trawl</ENT>
                        <ENT>Catcher vessel</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>100</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Catcher/processor</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>100</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Non-pelagic trawl</ENT>
                        <ENT>Catcher vessel</ENT>
                        <ENT>Rockfish Program</ENT>
                        <ENT>56</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Catcher vessel</ENT>
                        <ENT>All others</ENT>
                        <ENT>74</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Mothership and catcher/processor</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>76</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Hook-and-line</ENT>
                        <ENT>Catcher/processor</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>10</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Catcher vessel</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>19</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pot</ENT>
                        <ENT>Catcher vessel and catcher/processor</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>32</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Chinook Salmon PSC Limits</HD>
                <P>Section 679.21(h)(2) establishes separate Chinook salmon PSC limits in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas of the GOA in the trawl pollock directed fishery. These limits require that NMFS close directed fishing for pollock in the Western and Central GOA if the applicable Chinook salmon PSC limit is reached (§ 679.21(h)(8)). The annual Chinook salmon PSC limits in the trawl pollock directed fishery of 6,684 salmon in the Western GOA and 18,316 salmon in the Central GOA are set in § 679.21(h)(2)(i) and (ii). The Central GOA Chinook salmon PSC limit was reached in 2024 and NMFS closed directed fishing for pollock in the Central GOA on September 25, 2024, for the remainder of the 2024 fishing year (89 FR 79454).</P>
                <P>Section 679.21(h)(3) and (4) establishes an initial annual PSC limit of 7,500 Chinook salmon for the non-pollock groundfish trawl fisheries in the Western and Central GOA. This limit is apportioned among the three sectors that conduct directed fishing for groundfish species other than pollock: 3,600 Chinook salmon to trawl CPs; 1,200 Chinook salmon to trawl CVs participating in the Rockfish Program; and 2,700 Chinook salmon to trawl CVs not participating in the Rockfish Program (§ 679.21(h)(4)). NMFS will monitor the Chinook salmon PSC in the trawl non-pollock GOA groundfish fisheries and close an applicable sector if it reaches its Chinook salmon PSC limit.</P>
                <P>
                    The Chinook salmon PSC limit for two sectors, trawl CPs and trawl CVs not participating in the Rockfish Program, may be increased in subsequent years based on the performance of these two sectors and their ability to minimize their use of their respective Chinook salmon PSC limits. If either or both of these two sectors limit its use of Chinook salmon PSC to a certain threshold amount in 2024 (3,120 for trawl CPs and 2,340 for non-Rockfish Program trawl CVs), that sector will receive an incremental increase to its 2025 Chinook salmon PSC limit (4,080 for trawl CPs and 3,060 for non-Rockfish Program trawl CVs) (§ 679.21(h)(4)). NMFS will evaluate the annual Chinook 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94695"/>
                    salmon PSC by trawl CPs and non-Rockfish Program trawl CVs when the 2024 fishing year is complete to determine whether to increase the Chinook salmon PSC limits for these two sectors. Based on preliminary 2024 Chinook salmon PSC data, the trawl CP sector may receive an incremental increase of Chinook salmon PSC limit in 2025, and the non-Rockfish Program trawl CV sector may receive an incremental increase of Chinook salmon PSC limit in 2025. This evaluation will be completed in conjunction with the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">American Fisheries Act (AFA) CP and CV Groundfish Harvest and PSC Limits</HD>
                <P>Section 679.64 establishes groundfish harvesting and processing sideboard limits on AFA CPs and CVs in the GOA. These sideboard limits are necessary to protect the interests of fishermen and processors who do not directly benefit from the AFA from those fishermen and processors who receive exclusive harvesting and processing privileges under the AFA. Section 679.7(k)(1)(ii) prohibits listed AFA CPs and CPs designated on a listed AFA CP permit from harvesting any species of fish in the GOA. Additionally, § 679.7(k)(1)(iv) prohibits listed AFA CPs and CPs designated on a listed AFA CP permit from processing any pollock harvested in a directed pollock fishery in the GOA and any groundfish harvested in Statistical Area 630 of the GOA.</P>
                <P>AFA CVs that are less than 125 feet (38.1 meters) length overall, have annual landings of pollock in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands of less than 5,100 mt, and have made at least 40 landings of GOA groundfish from 1995 through 1997 are exempt from GOA CV groundfish sideboard limits under § 679.64(b)(2)(ii). Sideboard limits for non-exempt AFA CVs in the GOA are based on their traditional harvest levels of TAC in groundfish fisheries covered by the FMP. Section 679.64(b)(3)(iv) establishes the CV groundfish sideboard limits in the GOA based on the aggregate retained catch by non-exempt AFA CVs of each sideboard species from 2009 through 2019 divided by the TAC for that species available to CVs from 2009 through 2019. Under the Pacific Cod Trawl Cooperative (PCTC) Program, NMFS modified the calculation of the sideboard ratios for non-exempt AFA CVs using the qualifying years of 2009 through 2019 (88 FR 53704, August 8, 2023). Previously, sideboard limits were based on the ratio of catch to the TAC during the years 1995 through 1997.</P>
                <P>NMFS published a final rule (84 FR 2723, February 8, 2019) that implemented regulations to prohibit non-exempt AFA CVs from directed fishing for specific groundfish species or species groups subject to sideboard limits (§ 679.20(d)(1)(iv)(D) and table 56 to 50 CFR part 679). Under the PCTC Program, NMFS also promulgated regulations to prohibit non-exempt AFA CVs from directed fishing for additional groundfish species or species groups subject to sideboard limits (88 FR 53704, August 8, 2023). All of these prohibitions are found in the revised table 56 to 50 CFR part 679. Sideboard limits not subject to these final rules continue to be calculated and included in the GOA annual harvest specifications.</P>
                <P>Table 14 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 groundfish sideboard limits for non-exempt AFA CVs. NMFS will deduct all targeted or incidental catch of sideboard species made by non-exempt AFA CVs from the sideboard limits listed in table 14.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r100,r50,13,13,13">
                    <TTITLE>Table 14—Proposed 2025 and 2026 GOA Non-Exempt American Fisheries Act Catcher Vessel (CV) Groundfish Sideboard Limits </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are rounded to the nearest metric ton]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Species</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Apportionments by season/gear</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Area/component</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Ratio of 2009-2019 non-exempt AFA CV retained catch to 2009-2019 TAC</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Proposed 2025 and 2026 TACs</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Proposed 2025 and 2026 non-exempt AFA CV sideboard limit</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
                        <ENT>A Season: January 20-May 31</ENT>
                        <ENT>Shumagin (610)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.057</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,483</ENT>
                        <ENT>256</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Chirikof (620)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.064</ENT>
                        <ENT>58,629</ENT>
                        <ENT>3752</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Kodiak (630)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.091</ENT>
                        <ENT>11,460</ENT>
                        <ENT>1043</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>B Season: September 1-November 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>Shumagin (610)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.057</ENT>
                        <ENT>27,661</ENT>
                        <ENT>1577</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Chirikof (620)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.064</ENT>
                        <ENT>16,550</ENT>
                        <ENT>1059</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Kodiak (630)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.091</ENT>
                        <ENT>30,361</ENT>
                        <ENT>2763</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Annual</ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK (640)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.026</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,601</ENT>
                        <ENT>120</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pacific cod</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            A Season: 
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             January 1-June 10
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.009</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,406</ENT>
                        <ENT>31</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.011</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,641</ENT>
                        <ENT>95</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            B Season: 
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             September 1-December 31
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.009</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,941</ENT>
                        <ENT>17</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.011</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,845</ENT>
                        <ENT>53</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Flatfish, shallow-wter</ENT>
                        <ENT>Annual</ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.011</ENT>
                        <ENT>28,311</ENT>
                        <ENT>311</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Rex sole</ENT>
                        <ENT>Annual</ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.014</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,624</ENT>
                        <ENT>191</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Arrowtooth flounder</ENT>
                        <ENT>Annual</ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.011</ENT>
                        <ENT>64,688</ENT>
                        <ENT>712</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Flathead sole</ENT>
                        <ENT>Annual</ENT>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.007</ENT>
                        <ENT>21,702</ENT>
                        <ENT>152</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The Pacific cod A season for trawl gear does not open until January 20.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         The Pacific cod B season for trawl gear closes November 1.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="94696"/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Non-Exempt AFA CV Halibut PSC Limit</HD>
                <P>The non-exempt AFA CVs and the associated LLP licenses PSC limit for halibut in the GOA will be an annual amount based on a static ratio of 0.072, which was derived from the aggregate retained groundfish catch by non-exempt AFA CVs in each PSC target category from 2009 through 2019 (§ 679.64(b)(4)(ii)). This change was implemented with the PCTC Program (88 FR 53704, August 8, 2023). Table 15 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 non-exempt AFA CV halibut PSC sideboard limit for vessels using trawl gear in the GOA.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE>Table 15—Proposed 2025 and 2026 Non-Exempt American Fisheries Act Catcher Vessel (CV) Halibut PSC Sideboard Limits</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Ratio
                            <LI>(percent)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Annual trawl
                            <LI>gear halibut</LI>
                            <LI>PSC limit</LI>
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Annual
                            <LI>non-exempt</LI>
                            <LI>AFA CV</LI>
                            <LI>halibut</LI>
                            <LI>PSC limit</LI>
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">0.072</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>123</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Non-AFA Crab Vessel Groundfish Harvest Limitations</HD>
                <P>Section 680.22 establishes groundfish sideboard limits for vessels with a history of participation in the Bering Sea snow crab fishery to prevent these vessels from using the increased flexibility provided by the Crab Rationalization (CR) Program to expand their level of participation in the GOA groundfish fisheries. Sideboard harvest limits restrict these vessels' catch to their collective historical landings in each GOA groundfish fishery (except the fixed-gear sablefish fishery). Sideboard limits also apply to landings made using an LLP license derived from the history of a restricted vessel, even if that LLP license is used on another vessel.</P>
                <P>The basis for these sideboard harvest limits is described in detail in the final rules implementing the major provisions of the CR Program, including amendments 18 and 19 to the Fishery Management Plan for Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands King and Tanner Crabs (Crab FMP) (70 FR 10174, March 2, 2005), amendment 34 to the Crab FMP (76 FR 35772, June 20, 2011), amendment 83 to the GOA FMP (76 FR 74670, December 1, 2011), and amendment 45 to the Crab FMP (80 FR 28539, May 19, 2015). Also, NMFS published a final rule (84 FR 2723, February 8, 2019) that implemented regulations to prohibit non-AFA crab vessels from directed fishing for all groundfish species or species groups subject to sideboard limits, except for Pacific cod apportioned to CVs using pot gear in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas (§ 680.22(e)(1)(iii)). Accordingly, the GOA annual harvest specifications include only the non-AFA crab vessel groundfish sideboard limits for Pacific cod apportioned to CVs using pot gear in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas.</P>
                <P>Table 16 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 groundfish sideboard limits for non-AFA crab vessels. All targeted or incidental catch of sideboard species made by non-AFA crab vessels or associated LLP licenses will be deducted from these sideboard limits.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r100,r50,13,13,15">
                    <TTITLE>Table 16—Proposed 2025 and 2026 GOA Non-American Fisheries Act Crab Vessel Groundfish Sideboard Limits</TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are rounded to the nearest metric ton]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Species</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Season</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Area/gear</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Ratio of
                            <LI>1996-2000</LI>
                            <LI>non-AFA</LI>
                            <LI>crab vessel</LI>
                            <LI>catch to</LI>
                            <LI>1996-2000</LI>
                            <LI>total harvest</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed
                            <LI>2025 and 2026</LI>
                            <LI>TACs</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed
                            <LI>2025 and</LI>
                            <LI>2026 non-AFA</LI>
                            <LI>crab vessel</LI>
                            <LI>sideboard</LI>
                            <LI>limit</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pacific cod</ENT>
                        <ENT>A Season: January 1-June 10</ENT>
                        <ENT>Western Pot CV</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0997</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,406</ENT>
                        <ENT>340</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Central Pot CV</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0474</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,641</ENT>
                        <ENT>410</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>B Season: September 1-December 31</ENT>
                        <ENT>Western Pot CV</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0997</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,941</ENT>
                        <ENT>193</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Central Pot CV</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0474</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,845</ENT>
                        <ENT>230</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Rockfish Program Groundfish Sideboard and Halibut PSC Limitations</HD>
                <P>The Rockfish Program establishes three classes of sideboard provisions: CV groundfish sideboard restrictions, CP rockfish sideboard restrictions, and CP opt-out vessel sideboard restrictions (§ 679.82(c)(1)). These sideboards are intended to limit the ability of rockfish harvesters to expand into other fisheries.</P>
                <P>CVs participating in the Rockfish Program may not participate in directed fishing for dusky rockfish, Pacific ocean perch, and northern rockfish in the Western GOA and WYK District from July 1 through July 31. Also, CVs may not participate in directed fishing for arrowtooth flounder, deep-water flatfish, and rex sole in the GOA from July 1 through July 31 (§ 679.82(d)).</P>
                <P>Prior to 2021, CPs participating in Rockfish Program cooperatives were restricted by rockfish sideboard limits in the Western GOA. A final rule that implemented amendment 111 to the FMP (86 FR 11895, March 1, 2021) removed Western GOA rockfish sideboard limits for Rockfish Program CPs from regulation. That rule also revised and clarified the establishment of WYK District rockfish sideboard ratios in regulation, rather than specifying the WYK District rockfish sideboard ratios in the annual GOA harvest specifications.</P>
                <P>CPs participating in Rockfish Program cooperatives are restricted by rockfish and halibut PSC sideboard limits. These CPs are prohibited from directed fishing for dusky rockfish, Pacific ocean perch, and northern rockfish in the Western GOA and WYK District from July 1 through July 31 (§ 679.82(e)(2)). The sideboard ratio for each rockfish fishery in the WYK District is set forth in § 679.82(e)(4). The rockfish sideboard ratio for each rockfish fishery in the WYK District is an established percentage of the TAC for CPs in the directed fishery for dusky rockfish and Pacific ocean perch. These percentages are confidential. Holders of CP-designated LLP licenses that opt out of participating in a Rockfish Program cooperative will be able to access that portion of each rockfish sideboard limits that is not assigned to Rockfish Program cooperatives (§ 679.82(e)(7)).</P>
                <P>
                    Under the Rockfish Program, the CP sector is subject to halibut PSC 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94697"/>
                    sideboard limits for the trawl deep-water and shallow-water species fisheries from July 1 through July 31 (§ 679.82(e)(3) and (e)(5)). Halibut PSC sideboard ratios by fishery are set forth in § 679.82(e)(5). No halibut PSC sideboard limits apply to the CV sector, as vessels participating in a rockfish cooperative receive a portion of the annual halibut PSC limit. CPs that opt out of the Rockfish Program would be able to access that portion of the deep-water and shallow-water halibut PSC sideboard limit not assigned to CP rockfish cooperatives. The sideboard provisions for CPs that elect to opt out of participating in a rockfish cooperative are described in § 679.82(c), (e), and (f). Sideboard limits are linked to the catch history of specific vessels that may choose to opt out. After March 1, NMFS will determine which CPs have opted-out of the Rockfish Program in 2025 and will know the ratios and amounts used to calculate opt-out sideboard ratios. NMFS will then calculate any applicable opt-out sideboard limits for 2025. NMFS will announce the 2025 opt-out sideboard limits after March 1 and post these limits on the Alaska Region website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/alaska/sustainable-fisheries/alaska-fisheries-management-reports#central-goa-rockfish.</E>
                     Table 17 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 Rockfish Program halibut PSC sideboard limits for the CP sector.
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12C,12C,12C,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE>Table 17—Proposed 2025 and 2026 Rockfish Program Halibut PSC Sideboard Limits for the Catcher/Processor Sector </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are rounded to the nearest metric ton]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Sector</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shallow-water
                            <LI>species fishery</LI>
                            <LI>halibut PSC</LI>
                            <LI>sideboard ratio</LI>
                            <LI>(percent)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Deep-water
                            <LI>species fishery</LI>
                            <LI>halibut PSC</LI>
                            <LI>sideboard ratio</LI>
                            <LI>(percent)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Annual trawl
                            <LI>gear halibut</LI>
                            <LI>PSC limit</LI>
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Annual
                            <LI>shallow-water</LI>
                            <LI>species</LI>
                            <LI>fishery halibut</LI>
                            <LI>PSC sideboard</LI>
                            <LI>limit</LI>
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Annual deep-
                            <LI>water species</LI>
                            <LI>fishery halibut</LI>
                            <LI>PSC sideboard</LI>
                            <LI>limit</LI>
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Catcher/processor</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.1</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                        <ENT>43</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Amendment 80 Program Groundfish and PSC Sideboard Limits</HD>
                <P>Amendment 80 to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area (Amendment 80 Program) established a limited access privilege program for the non-AFA trawl CP sector. The Amendment 80 Program established groundfish and halibut PSC limits for Amendment 80 Program participants to limit their ability to expand their harvest efforts in the GOA.</P>
                <P>
                    Section 679.92 establishes groundfish harvesting sideboard limits on all Amendment 80 Program vessels, other than the F/V 
                    <E T="03">Golden Fleece,</E>
                     to amounts no greater than the limits shown in table 37 to 50 CFR part 679. Under § 679.92(d), the F/V 
                    <E T="03">Golden Fleece</E>
                     is prohibited from directed fishing for pollock, Pacific cod, Pacific ocean perch, dusky rockfish, and northern rockfish in the GOA.
                </P>
                <P>Groundfish sideboard limits for Amendment 80 Program vessels operating in the GOA are based on their average aggregate harvests from 1998 through 2004 (72 FR 52668, September 14, 2007). Table 18 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 groundfish sideboard limits for Amendment 80 Program vessels. NMFS will deduct all targeted or incidental catch of sideboard species made by Amendment 80 Program vessels from the sideboard limits in table 18.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r100,r50,13,13,13">
                    <TTITLE>Table 18—Proposed 2025 and 2026 GOA Groundfish Sideboard Limits for Amendment 80 Program Vessels </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are rounded to the nearest metric ton]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Species</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Season</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Area</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Ratio of Amendment 80 sector vessels 1998-2004 catch to TAC</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed 2025 and 2026 TAC
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed 2025
                            <LI>and 2026 Amendment 80 vessel sideboard limits</LI>
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
                        <ENT>A Season: January 20-May 31</ENT>
                        <ENT>Shumagin (610)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.003</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,483</ENT>
                        <ENT>13</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Chirikof (620)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.002</ENT>
                        <ENT>58,629</ENT>
                        <ENT>117</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Kodiak (630)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.002</ENT>
                        <ENT>11,460</ENT>
                        <ENT>23</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>B Season: September 1-November 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>Shumagin (610)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.003</ENT>
                        <ENT>27,661</ENT>
                        <ENT>83</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Chirikof (620)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.002</ENT>
                        <ENT>16,550</ENT>
                        <ENT>33</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>Kodiak (630)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.002</ENT>
                        <ENT>30,361</ENT>
                        <ENT>61</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Annual</ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK (640)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.002</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,601</ENT>
                        <ENT>9</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pacific cod</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            A Season: 
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             January 1-June 10
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.02</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,406</ENT>
                        <ENT>68</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.044</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,641</ENT>
                        <ENT>380</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            B Season: 
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             September 1-December 31
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.02</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,941</ENT>
                        <ENT>39</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>C</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.044</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,845</ENT>
                        <ENT>213</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Annual</ENT>
                        <ENT>WYK</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.034</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,924</ENT>
                        <ENT>65</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pacific ocean perch</ENT>
                        <ENT>Annual</ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.994</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,726</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,716</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>WYK</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.961</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,038</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,959</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Northern rockfish</ENT>
                        <ENT>Annual</ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,446</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,446</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Dusky rockfish</ENT>
                        <ENT>Annual</ENT>
                        <ENT>W</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.764</ENT>
                        <ENT>137</ENT>
                        <ENT>105</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>WYK</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.896</ENT>
                        <ENT>81</ENT>
                        <ENT>73</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The Pacific cod A season for trawl gear does not open until January 20.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94698"/>
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         The Pacific cod B season for trawl gear closes November 1.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    The halibut PSC sideboard limits for Amendment 80 Program vessels in the GOA are based on the historical use of halibut PSC by Amendment 80 Program vessels in each PSC target category from 1998 through 2004. These values are slightly lower than the average historical use to accommodate two factors: allocation of halibut PSC cooperative quota under the Rockfish Program and the exemption of the F/V 
                    <E T="03">Golden Fleece</E>
                     from this restriction (§ 679.92(b)(2)). Table 19 lists the proposed 2025 and 2026 halibut PSC sideboard limits for Amendment 80 Program vessels. This table incorporates the maximum percentages of the halibut PSC sideboard limits that may be used by Amendment 80 Program vessels as contained in table 38 to 50 CFR part 679. Any residual amount of a seasonal Amendment 80 halibut PSC sideboard limit may carry forward to the next season limit (§ 679.92(b)(2)).
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r50,r50,15,15,15">
                    <TTITLE>Table 19—Proposed 2025 and 2026 Halibut PSC Sideboard Limits for Amendment 80 Program Vessels in the GOA</TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Values are rounded to the nearest metric ton]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Season</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Season dates</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Fishery category</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Historic Amendment 80 use of the annual halibut PSC limit
                            <LI>(ratio)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Annual trawl gear halibut PSC limit
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed 2025 and 2026 Amendment 80 vessel PSC sideboard limit
                            <LI>(mt)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                        <ENT>January 20-April 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>shallow-water</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0048</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>8</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>deep-water</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0115</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>20</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                        <ENT>April 1-July 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>shallow-water</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0189</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>32</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>deep-water</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.1072</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>183</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
                        <ENT>July 1-August 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>shallow-water</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0146</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>25</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>deep-water</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0521</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>89</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">4</ENT>
                        <ENT>August 1-October 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>shallow-water</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0074</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>13</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>deep-water</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0014</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">5</ENT>
                        <ENT>October 1-December 31</ENT>
                        <ENT>shallow-water</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0227</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>39</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT O="xl"/>
                        <ENT>deep-water</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.0371</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,705</ENT>
                        <ENT>63</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="n,n,s">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Total shallow-water</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>117</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="22">Annual</ENT>
                        <ENT>Total deep-water</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>357</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="01">
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT A="L02">Grand Total, all seasons and categories</ENT>
                        <ENT>474</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
                <P>NMFS is issuing this proposed rule pursuant to section 305(d) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act. Through previous actions, the FMP and regulations at 50 CFR part 679 are designed to authorize NMFS to take this action. The NMFS Assistant Administrator has preliminarily determined that the proposed harvest specifications are consistent with the FMP, the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable laws, subject to further review and consideration after public comment.</P>
                <P>This action is authorized under § 679.20 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866 because it only implements annual catch limits in the GOA.</P>
                <P>
                    NMFS prepared an EIS for the Alaska groundfish harvest specifications and alternative harvest strategies (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ) and made it available to the public on January 12, 2007 (72 FR 1512). On February 13, 2007, NMFS issued the ROD for the Final EIS. A SIR is being prepared for the final 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications to address the need to prepare a Supplemental EIS (40 CFR 1502.9(d)(1)). Copies of the Final EIS, ROD, and annual SIRs for this action are available from NMFS (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ). The Final EIS analyzes the environmental, social, and economic consequences of alternative harvest strategies for developing the annual groundfish harvest specifications on resources in the action area. Based on the analysis in the Final EIS, NMFS concluded that the preferred alternative (Alternative 2) provides the best balance among relevant environmental, social, and economic considerations and allows for continued management of the groundfish fisheries based on the most recent, best scientific information.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis</HD>
                <P>This Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) was prepared for this proposed rule, as required by Section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 603), to describe the economic impact that this proposed rule, if adopted, would have on small entities. The IRFA describes the action; the reasons why this proposed rule is proposed; the objectives and legal basis for this proposed rule; the estimated number and description of directly regulated small entities to which this proposed rule would apply; the recordkeeping, reporting, and other compliance requirements of this proposed rule; and the relevant Federal rules that may duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this proposed rule. The IRFA also describes significant alternatives to this proposed rule that would accomplish the stated objectives of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and any other applicable statutes and that would minimize any significant economic impact of this proposed rule on small entities. The description of the proposed action, its purpose, and the legal basis are explained earlier in the preamble and are not repeated here.</P>
                <P>
                    For RFA purposes only, NMFS has established a small business size standard for businesses, including their affiliates, whose primary industry is commercial fishing (see 50 CFR 200.2). A business primarily engaged in commercial fishing (North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code 11411) is classified as a small business if it is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in its 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94699"/>
                    field of operation (including its affiliates), and has combined annual gross receipts not in excess of $11 million for all its affiliated operations worldwide. A shoreside processor primarily involved in seafood processing (NAICS code 311710) is classified as a small business if it is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in its field of operation (including its affiliates), and has combined annual employment, counting all individuals employed on a full-time, part-time, or other basis, not in excess of 750 employees for all its affiliated operations worldwide.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Number and Description of Small Entities Regulated by This Proposed Rule</HD>
                <P>The entities directly regulated by the groundfish harvest specifications include: (a) entities operating vessels with groundfish Federal fisheries permits (FFPs) catching FMP groundfish in Federal waters (including those receiving direction allocations of groundfish); (b) all entities operating vessels, regardless of whether they hold groundfish FFPs, catching FMP groundfish in the State waters parallel fisheries; and (c) all entities operating vessels fishing for halibut inside 3 miles of the shore (whether or not they have FFPs).</P>
                <P>In 2023 (the most recent year of complete data), there were 682 individual CVs and CPs with gross revenues less than or equal to $11 million. This represents the potential suite of directly regulated small entities and includes an estimated 680 small CV and 3 small CP entities in the GOA groundfish sector. The determination of entity size is based on vessel revenues and affiliated group revenues. This determination also includes an assessment of fisheries cooperative affiliations, although actual vessel ownership affiliations have not been completely established. However, the estimate of these 682 CVs and CPs may be an overstatement of the number of small entities because there are incomplete data for vessel revenues. The CVs had average gross revenues that varied by gear type. Average gross revenues for hook-and-line CVs, pot gear CVs, and trawl gear CVs are estimated to be $910,000, $1,530,000, and $2,280,000, respectively. Average gross revenues for hook-and-line CPs and pot gear CPs are confidential. There are no data for trawl gear CP entity revenue.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Description of Significant Alternatives That Minimize Adverse Impacts on Small Entities</HD>
                <P>The action under consideration is the proposed 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications, apportionments, and Pacific halibut PSC limits for the groundfish fishery of the GOA. This action is necessary to establish harvest limits for groundfish during the 2025 and 2026 fishing years and is taken in accordance with the FMP prepared and recommended by the Council and approved by NMFS pursuant to the Magnuson-Stevens Act. The proposed harvest specifications are developed using the Council and NMFS's harvest strategy to govern the catch of groundfish in the GOA. This strategy was selected from among five alternatives, with the preferred alternative harvest strategy being one in which the TACs fall within the range of ABCs recommended by the SSC through the harvest specifications process. Under the preferred harvest strategy, TACs are set to a level that falls within the range of ABCs recommended by the SSC through the harvest specifications process; the sum of the TACs must achieve the OY specified in the FMP. While the specific numbers that the harvest strategy produces may vary from year to year, the use of the the preferred harvest strategy remains constant each year.</P>
                <P>The TACs associated with preferred harvest strategy are those recommended by the Council in October 2024. OFLs and ABCs for the species were based on recommendations prepared by the Council's Plan Team in September 2024 and reviewed by the Council's SSC in October 2024. The Council based its TAC recommendations on those of its AP, which were consistent with the SSC's OFL and ABC recommendations. The TACs in these proposed 2025 and 2026 harvest specifications are unchanged from the 2025 TACs in the final 2024 and 2025 harvest specifications (89 FR 15484, March 4, 2024), with the exception of the TAC for Atka mackerel, which was incorrectly specified last year. The sum of all TACs remains within the OY for the GOA.</P>
                <P>The proposed 2025 and 2026 OFLs and ABCs are based on the best biological information available, including projected biomass trends, information on assumed distribution of stock biomass, and revised technical methods to calculate stock biomass. The proposed 2025 and 2026 TACs are based on the best biological and socioeconomic information available. The proposed 2025 and 2026 OFLs, ABCs, and TACs are consistent with the biological condition of groundfish stocks as described in the 2023 SAFE report, which is the most recent, completed SAFE report.</P>
                <P>Under this action, the proposed ABCs reflect harvest amounts that are less than the specified OFLs. The proposed TACs are within the range of proposed ABCs recommended by the SSC and do not exceed the biological limits recommended by the SSC (the ABCs and OFLs). For most species and species groups in the GOA, the Council recommended, and NMFS proposes, TACs equal to proposed ABCs, which is intended to maximize harvest opportunities in the GOA.</P>
                <P>For some species and species groups, however, the Council recommended, and NMFS proposes, TACs that are less than the proposed ABCs, including for pollock, Pacific cod, shallow-water flatfish in the Western Regulatory Area, arrowtooth flounder in the Western Regulatory Area and SEO District, flathead sole in the Western Regulatory Area, other rockfish in the SEO District, and Atka mackerel. In the GOA, increasing TACs for some species may not result in increased harvest opportunities for those species for a variety of reasons. There may be a lack of commercial or market interest in some species. Additionally, there are fixed, and therefore constraining, PSC limits associated with the harvest of the GOA groundfish species that can lead to an underharvest of flatfish TACs. For this reason, the shallow-water flatfish, arrowtooth flounder, and flathead sole TACs are set to allow for increased harvest opportunities for these target species while conserving the halibut PSC limit for use in other fisheries. The other rockfish and Atka mackerel TACs are set to accommodate ICAs in other fisheries. Finally, the TACs for two species (pollock and Pacific cod) cannot be set equal to ABC, as the TAC must be set to account for the State's GHLs in these fisheries. The W/C/WYK Regulatory Area pollock TAC and the GOA Pacific cod TACs are therefore set to account for the State's GHLs for the State waters pollock and Pacific cod fisheries so that the ABCs are not exceeded. For all other species in the GOA, the Council recommended, and NMFS proposes, that proposed TACs equal proposed ABCs, unless other conservation or management reasons (described above) support proposed TAC amounts less than the proposed ABCs.</P>
                <P>
                    Based upon the best scientific data available, and in consideration of the Council's objectives of this action, it appears that there are no significant alternatives to the proposed rule that 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94700"/>
                    have the potential to accomplish the stated objectives of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and any other applicable statutes and that have the potential to minimize any significant adverse economic impact of the proposed rule on small entities. This action is economically beneficial to entities operating in the GOA, including small entities. The action proposes TACs for commercially valuable species in the GOA and allows for the continued prosecution of the fishery, thereby creating the opportunity for fishery revenue. After public process, during which the Council solicited input from stakeholders, the Council concluded, and NMFS concurs, that the proposed harvest specifications would best accomplish the stated objectives articulated in the preamble for this proposed rule and the requirements of applicable statutes, and would minimize to the extent practicable adverse economic impacts on the universe of directly regulated small entities.
                </P>
                <P>This action does not modify recordkeeping or reporting requirements, or duplicate, overlap, or conflict with any Federal rules.</P>
                <P>This proposed rule contains no information collection requirements under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.</P>
                <P>
                    Adverse impacts on marine mammals or endangered or threatened species resulting from fishing activities conducted under these harvest specifications are discussed in the Final EIS and its accompanying annual SIR (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                    <P>
                        16 U.S.C. 773 
                        <E T="03">et seq.;</E>
                         16 U.S.C. 1540(f); 16 U.S.C. 1801 
                        <E T="03">et seq.;</E>
                         16 U.S.C. 3631 
                        <E T="03">et seq.;</E>
                         Pub. L. 105-277; Pub. L. 106-31; Pub. L. 106-554; Pub. L. 108-199; Pub. L. 108-447; Pub. L. 109-241; Pub. L. 109-479.
                    </P>
                </AUTH>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Samuel D. Rauch III,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Administrator for Regulatory Programs, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27896 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
    </PRORULES>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>230</NO>
    <DATE>Friday, November 29, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Notices</UNITNAME>
    <NOTICES>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="94701"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Agricultural Statistics Service</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Intent To Request Revision and Extension of a Currently Approved Information Collection</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Agricultural Statistics Service, USDA.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces the intention of the National Agricultural Statistics Service (NASS) to request revision and extension of a currently approved information collection, the Cold Storage Survey. Revisions to burden hours will be needed due to changes in the size of the target population, updated data collection plan, and the estimated average burden minutes to compete each questionnaire. The questionnaires have had some minor modifications to accommodate changes in the products stored by the industry, and to make the questionnaires easier to complete. The target population of cold storage operators (both mandatory and voluntary samples) will be contacted for this data on a monthly basis. The capacity survey is conducted once every other year of all operations with refrigerated storage capacity. Most of these surveys are voluntary; the one exception is for operations that store certain manufactured dairy products that are required by Public Law 106-532 and 107-171 to respond.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments on this notice must be received by January 28, 2025 to be assured of consideration.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number 0535-0001, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Email: ombofficer@nass.usda.gov.</E>
                         Include docket number above in the subject line of the message.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">E-fax:</E>
                         (855) 838-6382.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Mail any paper, disk, or CD-ROM submissions to: Richard Hopper, NASS Clearance Officer, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Room 5336 South Building, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20250-2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>
                         Hand deliver to: Richard Hopper, NASS Clearance Officer, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Room 5336 South Building, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20250-2024.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Joseph J. Prusacki, Associate Administrator, National Agricultural Statistics Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 202-720-4333. Copies of this information collection and related instructions can be obtained without charge from Richard Hopper, NASS—OMB Clearance Officer, at 202-720-2206 or at 
                        <E T="03">ombofficer@nass.usda.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Cold Storage Survey.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     0535-0001.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Expiration Date of Approval:</E>
                     May 31, 2025.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>
                     To revise and extend a currently approved information collection for a period of three years.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The primary objective of the National Agricultural Statistics Service (NASS) is to collect, prepare, and issue State and national estimates of crop and livestock production, prices, and disposition; as well as economic statistics, environmental statistics related to agriculture and also to conduct the Census of Agriculture.
                </P>
                <P>The monthly Cold Storage Survey provides information on national supplies of food commodities in refrigerated storage facilities. A biennial survey of refrigerated warehouse capacity is also conducted to provide a benchmark of the capacity available for refrigerated storage of the nation's food supply. Information on stocks of food commodities that are in refrigerated facilitates have a major impact on the price, marketing, processing, and distribution of agricultural products.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     These data will be collected under authority of 7 U.S.C. 2204(a). Individually identifiable data collected under this authority are governed by Section 1770 of the Food Security Act of 1985 as amended, 7 U.S.C. 2276, which requires USDA to afford strict confidentiality to non-aggregated data provided by respondents. This notice is submitted in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, (Pub. L. 104-13) and Office of Management and Budget regulations at 5 CFR part 1320.
                </P>
                <P>All NASS employees and NASS contractors must also fully comply with all provisions of the Confidential Information Protection and Statistical Efficiency Act (CIPSEA) of 2018, Title III of Public Law 115-435, codified in 44 U.S.C. Ch. 35. CIPSEA supports NASS's pledge of confidentiality to all respondents and facilitates the agency's efforts to reduce burden by supporting statistical activities of collaborative agencies through designation of NASS agents, subject to the limitations and penalties described in CIPSEA.</P>
                <P>Most of these surveys are voluntary; the one exception is for operations that store certain manufactured dairy products that are required by Public Law 106-532 and 107-171 to respond.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimate of Burden:</E>
                     Public reporting burden for this information collection is based on two individual surveys with expected responses of 15-30 minutes. The Refrigerated Capacity Survey is conducted once every two years, the Cold Storage survey is conducted monthly.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     Refrigerated storage facilities.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     1,600.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden on Respondents:</E>
                     With an estimated response rate of approximately 85%, we estimate the burden to be 5,200 hours.
                </P>
                <P>Copies of this information collection and related instructions can be obtained without charge from Richard Hopper, NASS Clearance Officer, at (202) 720-2206.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comments:</E>
                     Comments are invited on: (a) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, technological, or 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94702"/>
                    other forms of information technology collection methods.
                </P>
                <P>All responses to this notice will become a matter of public record and be summarized in the request for OMB approval.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC, November 5, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Joseph J. Prusacki,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Administrator.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28065 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-20-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. APHIS-2024-0052]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Request for Approval of an Information Collection; Study of Human Behavior and Attitudes Linked to Human-Deer Transmission of SARS-CoV-2</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>New information collection; comment request.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service's intention to request an approval of a new information collection associated with a study to understand human behavior and attitudes linked to human-deer transmission of SARS-CoV-2.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>We will consider all comments that we receive on or before January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments by either of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Enter APHIS-2024-0052 in the Search field. Select the Documents tab, then select the Comment button in the list of documents.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Postal Mail/Commercial Delivery:</E>
                         Send your comment to Docket No. APHIS-2024-0052, Regulatory Analysis and Development, PPD, APHIS, Station 2C-10.16, 4700 River Road, Unit 25, Riverdale, MD 20737-1238.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Supporting documents and any comments we receive on this docket may be viewed at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         or in our reading room, which is located in Room 1620 of the USDA South Building, 14th Street and Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC. Normal reading room hours are 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays. To be sure someone is there to help you, please call (202) 799-7039 before coming.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        For information on this human-deer transmission of SARS-CoV-2 study, contact Dr. Keith Carlisle, Supervisory Social Scientist/Human Dimensions Unit Leader, National Wildlife Research Center, WS, APHIS, 4101 La Porte Ave, Fort Collins, CO 80521; (970) 266-6047; email: 
                        <E T="03">keith.m.carlisle@usda.gov.</E>
                         For more information on the information collection process, contact Mr. Joseph Moxey, APHIS' Paperwork Reduction Act Coordinator; (301) 851-2533; email 
                        <E T="03">joseph.moxey@usda.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Study of Human Behavior and Attitudes Linked to Human-Deer Transmission of SARS-CoV-2.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     0579-XXXX.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>
                     Approval of a new information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Under the Act of March 2, 1931 (7 U.S.C. 8351), the Secretary of Agriculture is authorized to conduct a program of wildlife services with respect to injurious animal species and take any action the Secretary considers necessary in conducting the program. Additionally, the Secretary of Agriculture is authorized to conduct activities to control nuisance mammals and birds (except for urban rodent control) and those mammals and bird species that are reservoirs for zoonotic disease. This authority has been delegated to the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service's (APHIS') Wildlife Services (WS). Two responsibilities of the Deputy Administrator of WS are to assist Federal, State, local, and foreign agencies and individuals with regard to wildlife damage and control and conduct research to develop wildlife damage management methods (7 CFR 371.6).
                </P>
                <P>There has been spillover and sustained transmission of SARS-CoV-2 (SCV2) among animal populations, and this has raised significant questions regarding the potential establishment of disease reservoirs among wildlife species. SCV2 infection has been observed in white-tailed deer (WTD) populations across much of the United States, suggesting that deer may serve as a vector and potential reservoir for the disease. While experts suggest human-to-deer transmission is likely, the activities or factors that facilitate transmission have yet to be identified.</P>
                <P>Experts suggest that human behaviors likely contribute to the direct and indirect transmission pathways between humans and WTD. Previous research highlights direct contact (feeding or touching) or aerosol transmission (interacting in close proximity) as likely routes of spillover. However, indirect transmission through fomites (use of attractants, leaving out feed for wildlife, trash/refuse) or environmental contamination (waste, septic or wastewater overflow) cannot be dismissed.</P>
                <P>Little research has been done to explore the nuances of human-deer interactions relevant to SCV2 transmission. Understanding the perceptions, attitudes, and behaviors of community groups relevant to SCV2 spillover and spillback is a pivotal aspect of managing and mitigating current and future threats. While previous research has explored human dimensions aspects related to deer management, it is often done in the context of rural communities or through the lens of consumptive use, such as hunting. Further exploration of human-deer interactions among a larger diversity of stakeholders and within the specific context of disease management is needed.</P>
                <P>For this study, APHIS has established a cooperative agreement with the University of Minnesota to administer quantitative surveys among members of the public in five States (Illinois, Minnesota, New York, Pennsylvania, and Tennessee). The survey will collect data concerning the values, beliefs, attitudes, and behaviors associated with humans' interactions with WTD. This information will provide critical data to inform future disease surveillance, mitigation strategies, and policies aimed at curtailing SCV2 transmission between humans and WTD. This information will be useful for informing future disease surveillance and management efforts by providing in-depth analysis of the social and cognitive drivers of human-deer interactions.</P>
                <P>The information collection activity associated with this study consists of a multi-item questionnaire administered to members of the public with primary residence in the States of Illinois, Minnesota, New York, Pennsylvania, or Tennessee.</P>
                <P>We are asking the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve our use of this information collection activity for 3 years.</P>
                <P>The purpose of this notice is to solicit comments from the public (as well as affected agencies) concerning our information collection. These comments will help us:</P>
                <P>(1) Evaluate whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
                <P>
                    (2) Evaluate the accuracy of our estimate of the burden of the collection 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94703"/>
                    of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
                </P>
                <P>(3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
                <P>
                    (4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, through use, as appropriate, of automated, electronic, mechanical, and other collection technologies; 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of responses.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimate of burden:</E>
                     The public burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 0.075 hours per response.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     Members of the public whose primary residence is in the States of Illinois, Minnesota, New York, Pennsylvania, or Tennessee.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated annual number of respondents:</E>
                     60,000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated annual number of responses per respondent:</E>
                     2.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated annual number of responses:</E>
                     105,000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated total annual burden on respondents:</E>
                     7,868 hours. (Due to averaging, the total annual burden hours may not equal the product of the annual number of responses multiplied by the reporting burden per response.)
                </P>
                <P>All responses to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for OMB approval. All comments will also become a matter of public record.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Done in Washington, DC, this 22nd day of November 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Michael Watson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Administrator, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28049 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-34-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Forest Service</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Information Collection; National Visitor Use Monitoring</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Forest Service, Agriculture (USDA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice; request for comment.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Forest Service (Forest Service or Agency) is requesting public comment on reapproval and proposed revisions of an approved information collection request (ICR), 0596-0110, National Visitor Use Monitoring.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments on reapproval and the proposed revisions of the ICR must be received in writing by January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments may be sent to Dr. Sarah Cline, Mail Stop 1125, Forest Service, USDA, P.O. Box 96090, Washington, DC 20090-6090. Comments also may be submitted via email to 
                        <E T="03">sarah.cline@usda.gov.</E>
                         Comments submitted in response to this notice will be available to the public through relevant websites and upon request. Therefore, do not include confidential information, such as sensitive personal information or proprietary information. An email address associated with a comment will be included with the comment when it is made publicly available online.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The public may inspect the supporting statements for the ICR and comments received at 201 14th Street SW, Washington, DC 20250, Suite 2nd Floor Southwest, on business days between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Visitors are encouraged to call ahead at 202-205-0444 to facilitate entry into the building. The public may request an electronic copy of the supporting statements and comments via return email. Requests should be emailed to 
                        <E T="03">sarah.cline@usda.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Dr. Sarah Cline, Recreation, Heritage, and Volunteer Resources staff, at 202-734-9686 or 
                        <E T="03">sarah.cline@usda.gov.</E>
                         Individuals who use telecommunications devices for the deaf and hard of hearing may call 711 to reach the Telecommunications Relay Service, 24 hours a day, every day of the year, including holidays.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     National Visitor Use Monitoring.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>
                     0596-0110.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Expiration Date of Approval:</E>
                     February 28, 2025.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>
                     Reapproval and proposed revisions of an approved ICR.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The Government Performance and Results Act of 1993 requires that Federal agencies establish measurable goals and monitor their success at meeting those goals. Two of the items the Forest Service must measure are (1) the number of visits that occur on National Forest System lands for recreation and other purposes; and (2) the views and satisfaction levels of recreation visitors to National Forest System lands regarding the recreational services, facilities, and settings they experience. The Agency receives requests for this kind of information from a variety of organizations, including Congressional staffs, newspapers, magazines, and recreation trade organizations.
                </P>
                <P>The data from this ICR provide vital information for strategic planning efforts, decisions regarding allocation of resources, and revisions of Forest Service land management plans. The data provide managers with reliable estimates of the number of visitors recreating in an Agency administrative unit, recreational activities conducted by those visitors, visitor satisfaction, and visitor needs, trends, and desires. The information obtained from the ICR helps identify recreation markets, as well as the contributions made to local economies by visitors' spending on recreational activities on National Forest System lands. The information is collected over a five-year to align with Agency land management planning and other data collection and reporting.</P>
                <P>At developed recreation sites or access points, Agency personnel or contractors conduct interviews with visitors as they complete their visit. Interviewers ask about the purpose and length of the visit, the origin of the trip, the composition of the visitor's party, and the visitor's annual visitation rates, activities during the visit, trip-related spending patterns, use of recreational facilities, and satisfaction with Agency services and facilities. Primary analysis of the information collected is performed by staff in the Agency's Washington Office and by scientists in one or more of the Agency's research stations. The Forest Service is proposing to revise the list of survey questions to reflect recently updated Office of Management and Budget guidance on questions related to race, ethnicity, and gender identity. The Agency is also proposing to add questions about veteran and retirement status and special uses. The Forest Service is also proposing to provide a full Spanish translation of the survey.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Annual Burden per Response:</E>
                     10 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Respondents:</E>
                     Visitors to National Forest System lands.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Annual Number of Respondents:</E>
                     45,000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Annual Number of Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden on Respondents:</E>
                     5,870 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Comment is invited on (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the stated purposes and the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical or scientific utility; (2) the accuracy of the Agency's estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including the use of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94704"/>
                    automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
                </P>
                <P>All comments received in response to this notice, including names and addresses when provided, will be a matter of public record. Comments will be summarized and included in the package submitted to the Office of Management and Budget for reapproval of the ICR as revised.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Jacqueline Emanuel,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Deputy Chief, National Forest System.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27884 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3411-15-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>B-59-2024]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 35, Notification of Proposed Production Activity; PCI Pharma Services; (Pharmaceutical Products); Croydon and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania</SUBJECT>
                <P>PCI Pharma Services (PCI) submitted a notification of proposed production activity to the FTZ Board (the Board) for its facilities in Croydon, Pennsylvania and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania within Subzone 35L. The notification conforming to the requirements of the Board's regulations (15 CFR 400.22) was received on November 21, 2024.</P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to 15 CFR 400.14(b), FTZ production activity would be limited to the specific foreign-status material(s)/component(s) and specific finished product(s) described in the submitted notification (summarized below) and subsequently authorized by the Board. The benefits that may stem from conducting production activity under FTZ procedures are explained in the background section of the Board's website—accessible via 
                    <E T="03">www.trade.gov/ftz.</E>
                </P>
                <P>The proposed finished products include: tulisokibart dosages packed in assembled device in single or multi-dose packaging and sotatercept dosages packed in assembled device in single or multi-dose packaging (duty-free).</P>
                <P>The proposed foreign-status materials/components include: auto-injector sub assembly for sotatercept; auto-injector sub assembly for tulisokibart; tulisokibart in pre-filled syringes; and sotatercept in pre-filled syringes (duty-free). The request indicates that certain materials/components are subject to duties under section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974 (section 301), depending on the country of origin. The applicable section 301 decisions require subject merchandise to be admitted to FTZs in privileged foreign status (19 CFR 146.41).</P>
                <P>
                    Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the Board's Executive Secretary and sent to: 
                    <E T="03">ftz@trade.gov.</E>
                     The closing period for their receipt is January 8, 2025.
                </P>
                <P>A copy of the notification will be available for public inspection in the “Online FTZ Information System” section of the Board's website.</P>
                <P>
                    For further information, contact Kolade Osho at 
                    <E T="03">Kolade.Osho@trade.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Elizabeth Whiteman,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Executive Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28026 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[B-58-2024]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 35, Notification of Proposed Production Activity; PCI Pharma Services; (Pharmaceutical Products); Croydon and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania</SUBJECT>
                <P>PCI Pharma Services (PCI) submitted a notification of proposed production activity to the FTZ Board (the Board) for its facilities in Croydon, Pennsylvania and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania within Subzone 35L. The notification conforming to the requirements of the Board's regulations (15 CFR 400.22) was received on November 21, 2024.</P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to 15 CFR 400.14(b), FTZ production activity would be limited to the specific foreign-status material(s)/component(s) and specific finished product(s) described in the submitted notification (summarized below) and subsequently authorized by the Board. The benefits that may stem from conducting production activity under FTZ procedures are explained in the background section of the Board's website—accessible via 
                    <E T="03">www.trade.gov/ftz.</E>
                </P>
                <P>The proposed finished product includes: cendakimab dosages packed in single and multi-dose packaging (duty-free).</P>
                <P>The proposed foreign-status material/component includes: bulk cendakimab in filled syringes (duty-free).</P>
                <P>
                    Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the Board's Executive Secretary and sent to: 
                    <E T="03">ftz@trade.gov.</E>
                     The closing period for their receipt is January 8, 2025.
                </P>
                <P>A copy of the notification will be available for public inspection in the “Online FTZ Information System” section of the Board's website.</P>
                <P>
                    For further information, contact Kolade Osho at 
                    <E T="03">Kolade.Osho@trade.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Elizabeth Whiteman,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Executive Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28024 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Bureau of Industry and Security</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Chemical Weapons Convention Provisions of the Export Administration Regulations</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    The Department of Commerce will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, on or after the date of publication of this notice. We invite the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on proposed, and continuing information collections, which helps us assess the impact of our information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. Public comments were previously requested via the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on August 28, 2024, during a 60-day comment period. This notice allows for an additional 30 days for public comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Agency:</E>
                     Bureau of Industry and Security, Commerce.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Chemical Weapons Convention Provisions of the Export Administration Regulations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     0694-0117.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Form Number(s):</E>
                     None.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>
                     Regular submission, extension of a current information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     52.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Average Time per Response:</E>
                     33 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Burden Hours:</E>
                     28 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>
                     The Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC) is a multilateral arms control treaty that seeks to achieve an international ban on chemical weapons (CW). The CWC prohibits, the use, development, production, acquisition, stockpiling, retention, and direct or indirect transfer of chemical weapons. This collection 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94705"/>
                    implements the following export provision of the treaty in the Export Administration Regulations:
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Schedule 1 notification and report:</E>
                     Under Part VI of the CWC Verification Annex, the United States is required to notify the Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons (OPCW), the international organization created to implement the CWC, at least 30 days before any transfer (export/import) of Schedule 1 chemicals to another State Party. The United States is also required to submit annual reports to the OPCW on all transfers of Schedule 1 Chemicals.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Schedule 3 End-Use Certificates:</E>
                     Under Part VIII of the CWC Verification Annex, the United States is required to obtain End-Use Certificates for exports of Schedule.
                </P>
                <P>3 chemicals to States not Party to the CWC to ensure the exported chemicals are only used for the purposes not prohibited under the Convention.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Business or other for-profit organizations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     On Occasion.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>
                     Mandatory.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Legal Authority:</E>
                     CWC Implementation Act (Pub. L. 105- 277, Division I), Executive Order 13128, DOC's CWC Regulation (15 CFR 710, 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    )
                </P>
                <P>
                    This information collection request may be viewed at 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                     Follow the instructions to view the Department of Commerce collections currently under review by OMB.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be submitted within 30 days of the publication of this notice on the following website 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                     Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function and entering either the title of the collection or the OMB Control Number 0694-0117.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sheleen Dumas,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Departmental PRA Clearance Officer, Office of the Under Secretary for Economic Affairs, Commerce Department.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27979 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-33-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[C-489-830]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Steel Concrete Reinforcing Bar From the Republic of Türkiye: Rescission of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review; 2023</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) is rescinding the administrative review of the countervailing duty (CVD) order on steel concrete reinforcing bar (rebar) from the Republic of Türkiye (Türkiye), covering the period January 1, 2023, through December 31, 2023.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable November 29, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Peter Shaw, AD/CVD Operations, Office VII, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0697.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    On July 1, 2024, Commerce published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     a notice of opportunity to request an administrative review of the CVD order on rebar from Türkiye.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On July 31, 2024, the Rebar Trade Coalition (the petitioner) timely requested that Commerce conduct an administrative review of Habas Sinai ve Tibbi Gazlar Istihsal Endustrisi A.S (Habas).
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     We received no other requests for review. On August 12, 2024, we received a no shipment certification from Habas.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On August 14, 2024, Commerce published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     a notice of initiation of an administrative review with respect to Habas.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On September 18, 2024, Commerce issued an intent to rescind memorandum notifying interested parties that import data issued by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) indicated that Habas did not have reviewable entries of subject merchandise during the POR for which liquidation is suspended.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Accordingly, in the absence of reviewable, suspended entries of subject merchandise during the POR, Commerce intended to rescind this administrative review with respect to Habas. Commerce provided all parties an opportunity to comment. No parties submitted comments.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Order, Finding, or Suspended Investigation; Opportunity To Request Administrative Review and Join Annual Inquiry Service List,</E>
                         89 FR 54437 (July 1, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner's Letter, “Request for Administrative Review,” dated July 31, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Letter, “Habas no shipment letter,” dated August 12, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Initiation of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Administrative Reviews,</E>
                         89 FR 66047 (August 14, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Intent to Rescind Review,” dated September 18, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Rescission of Review</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.213(d)(3), it is Commerce's practice to rescind an administrative review of a CVD order where it concludes that there were no reviewable entries of subject merchandise during the POR.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Normally, upon completion of an administrative review, the suspended entries are liquidated at the CVD assessment rate for the review period.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, for an administrative review to be conducted, there must be a reviewable, suspended entry that Commerce can instruct CBP to liquidate at the calculated CVD assessment rate for the review period.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As noted above, CBP confirmed that there were no entries of subject merchandise during the POR with respect to Habas, the only company subject to this review. Accordingly, in the absence of reviewable, suspended entries of subject merchandise during the POR, we are rescinding this administrative review, in its entirety, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.213(d)(3).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See, e.g., Certain Hardwood Plywood Products from the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Results of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review and Rescission of Review, in Part; 2017-2018,</E>
                         84 FR 54844, 54845 and n.8 (October 11, 2019) (citing 
                        <E T="03">Lightweight Thermal Paper from the People's Republic of China: Notice of Rescission of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review; 2015,</E>
                         82 FR 14349 (March 20, 2017)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.212(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.213(d)(3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cash Deposit Requirements</HD>
                <P>As Commerce has proceeded to a final rescission of this administrative review, no cash deposit rates will change. Accordingly, the current cash deposit requirements shall remain in effect until further notice.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Assessment</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce will instruct CBP to assess countervailing duties on all appropriate entries. Because Commerce is rescinding this review in its entirety, the entries to which this administrative review pertained shall be assessed at rates equal to the cash deposit of estimated countervailing duties required at the time of entry, or withdrawal from warehouse, for consumption, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.212(c)(1)(i). Commerce intends to issue assessment instructions to CBP no earlier than 35 days after the date of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94706"/>
                    publication of this rescission notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification Regarding Administrative Protective Order</HD>
                <P>This notice serves as a final reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305, which continues to govern business proprietary information in this segment of the proceeding. Timely written notification of the return or destruction of the APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with regulations and terms of an APO is a violation, which is subject to sanction.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>This notice is issued and published in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(l) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, and 19 CFR 351.213(d)(4).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Scot Fullerton,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Operations.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28020 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[A-549-833]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Citric Acid and Certain Citrate Salts From Thailand: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2022-2023</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) determines that certain producers/exporters subject to this administrative review did not make sales of subject merchandise at less than normal value (NV) during the July 1, 2022, through June 30, 2023, period of review (POR).</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable November 29, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Joy Zhang or Anjali Mehindiratta, AD/CVD Operations, Office III, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-1168 or (202) 482-9127, respectively.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    On August 1, 2024, Commerce published the preliminary results of the 2022-2023 administrative review of the antidumping duty order on citric acid and certain citrate salts (citric acid) from Thailand 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     and invited interested parties to comment.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     We received no comments from interested parties on the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results,</E>
                     and we have made no changes to the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results.</E>
                     Accordingly, no decision memorandum accompanies this 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice. The 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results</E>
                     are hereby adopted in these final results. Commerce conducted this administrative review in accordance with section 751(a) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Citric Acid and Certain Citrate Salts from Belgium, Colombia and Thailand: Antidumping Duty Orders,</E>
                         83 FR 35214 (July 25, 2018) (
                        <E T="03">Order</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Citric Acid and Certain Citrate Salts from Thailand: Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2022-2023,</E>
                         89 FR 62718 (August 1, 2024) (
                        <E T="03">Preliminary Results</E>
                        ), and accompanying Preliminary Decision Memorandum.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Order</HD>
                <P>
                    The products covered by this 
                    <E T="03">Order</E>
                     include all grades and granulation sizes of citric acid, sodium citrate, and potassium citrate in their unblended forms, whether dry or in solution, and regardless of packaging type. For a full description of the scope of the 
                    <E T="03">Order, see</E>
                     the Preliminary Decision Memorandum.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Rate for Non-Selected Company</HD>
                <P>
                    The Act and Commerce's regulations do not directly address the establishment of a rate to be applied to individual companies not selected for examination when Commerce limits its examination in an administrative review pursuant to section 777A(c)(2) of the Act. Generally, Commerce looks to section 735(c)(5) of the Act, which provides instructions for calculating the all-others rate in a market economy investigation, for guidance when calculating the rate for companies which were not selected for individual review in an administrative review. Under section 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act, the all-others rate is normally “an amount equal to the weighted average of the estimated weighted-average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated, excluding any zero or 
                    <E T="03">de minimis</E>
                     margins, and any margins determined entirely {on the basis of facts available}.”
                </P>
                <P>
                    In this administrative review, we calculated dumping margins of zero percent for both mandatory respondents: COFCO Biochemical (Thailand) Co., Ltd. (COFCO) and Sunshine Biotech International Co., Ltd. (Sunshine). Thus, in accordance with the expected method, and consistent with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit's decision in 
                    <E T="03">Albemarle,</E>
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     we assign to Xitrical Group Co. LTD., the sole non-selected company under review, a zero percent rate, based on the rates calculated for the two mandatory respondents.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Albemarle Corp.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         821 F.3d 1345, 1352 (Fed. Cir. 2016) (
                        <E T="03">Albemarle</E>
                        ) (holding that Commerce may only use “other reasonable methods” if it reasonably concludes that the expected method is “not feasible” or “would not be reasonably reflective of potential dumping margins”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Results of Review</HD>
                <P>We determine that the following weighted-average dumping margins exist for the period July 1, 2022, through June 30, 2023:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,9">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Producer/exporter</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Weighted-
                            <LI>Average dumping</LI>
                            <LI>margin</LI>
                            <LI>(percent)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">COFCO Biochemical (Thailand) Co., Ltd</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Sunshine Biotech International Co., Ltd</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Xitrical Group Co. LTD</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Disclosure</HD>
                <P>
                    Normally, Commerce discloses to interested parties the calculations of the final results of an administrative review within five days of a public announcement or, if there is no public announcement, within five days of the date of publication of the notice of final results in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b). However, because we have made no changes to the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results,</E>
                     there are no calculations to disclose.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Assessment Rates</HD>
                <P>
                    Consistent with section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.212(b), upon completion of the administrative review, Commerce shall determine, and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries of subject merchandise covered this review. Because the respondents' weighted-average dumping margins or importer-specific assessment rates are zero or 
                    <E T="03">de minimis</E>
                     in the final results of review, we intend to instruct CBP to liquidate entries without regard to antidumping duties.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The final results of this 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94707"/>
                    administrative review shall be the basis for the assessment of antidumping duties on entries of merchandise covered by the final results of this review and for future deposits of estimated duties, where applicable.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping Proceedings: Calculation of the Weighted-Average Dumping Margin and Assessment Rate in Certain Antidumping Proceedings; Final Modification,</E>
                         77 FR 8101, 8102-
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        03 (February 14, 2012); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         19 CFR 351.106(c)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In accordance with Commerce's “automatic assessment” practice, for entries of subject merchandise during the POR produced by each respondent which did not know that its merchandise was destined for the United States, we will instruct CBP to liquidate entries not reviewed at the all-others rate established in the original less-than-fair value (LTFV) investigation (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     11.25 percent) 
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     if there is no rate for the intermediate company(ies) involved in the transaction.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Order,</E>
                         83 FR at 35215.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Commerce intends to issue assessment instructions to CBP no earlier than 35 days after the date of publication of these final results of this review in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . If a timely summons is filed at the U.S. Court of International Trade, the assessment instructions will direct CBP not to liquidate relevant entries until the time for parties to file a request for a statutory injunction has expired (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     within 90 days of publication).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cash Deposit Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     of the notice of final results of administrative review for all shipments of citric acid from Thailand entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication as provided for by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) the cash deposit rate for the companies listed above will be equal to the weighted-average dumping margin established in the final results of this administrative review (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     0.00 percent); (2) for merchandise exported by a company not covered in this review but covered in a prior completed segment of the proceeding, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the company-specific rate published in the completed segment for the most recent period; (3) if the exporter is not a firm covered in this review or another completed segment of this proceeding, but the producer is, then the cash deposit rate will be the company-specific rate established for the completed segment for the most recent period for the producer of the merchandise; and (4) the cash deposit rate for all other producers or exporters will continue to be 11.25 percent, the all-others rate established in the less-than-fair-value investigation.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     These cash deposit requirements, when imposed, shall remain in effect until further notice.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Importers</HD>
                <P>This notice serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during the POR. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in Commerce's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Administrative Protective Order</HD>
                <P>This notice also serves as a final reminder to parties subject to an administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation subject to sanction.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>Commerce is issuing and publishing the final results of this review in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.221(b)(5).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Abdelali Elouaradia,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28023 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[A-552-823, C-552-824]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Laminated Woven Sacks From the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Continuation of Antidumping Duty and Countervailing Duty Orders</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>As a result of the determinations by the U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) and the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) that revocation of the antidumping duty (AD) and countervailing duty (CVD) orders on laminated woven sacks from the Socialist Republic of Vietnam (Vietnam) would likely lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping and net countervailable subsidies, and material injury to an industry in the United States, Commerce is publishing this notice of continuation of these AD and CVD orders.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable November 15, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Luke Caruso or Thomas Martin, AD/CVD Operations, Office IV, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-2081 or (202) 482-3936, respectively.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    On June 4, 2019, Commerce published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     the AD and CVD orders on laminated woven sacks from Vietnam.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 1, 2024, the ITC instituted,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Commerce initiated,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the first sunset reviews of the 
                    <E T="03">Orders</E>
                     pursuant to section 751(c) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). As a result of its reviews, Commerce determined that revocation of the 
                    <E T="03">Orders</E>
                     would likely lead to the continuation or recurrence of dumping and countervailable subsidies, and therefore, notified the ITC of the magnitude of the margins of dumping and subsidy rates likely to prevail should the 
                    <E T="03">Orders</E>
                     be revoked.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Laminated Woven Sacks from the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Antidumping Duty and Countervailing Duty Orders,</E>
                         84 FR 25753 (June 4, 2019) (collectively, 
                        <E T="03">Orders</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Laminated Woven Sacks from Vietnam; Institution of Five-Year Reviews,</E>
                         89 FR 35241 (May 1, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.,</E>
                         89 FR 35073 (May 1, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03"> See Laminated Woven Sacks from the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Final Results of Expedited First Sunset Review of the Antidumping Duty Order,</E>
                         89 FR 73627 (September 11, 2024); 
                        <E T="03">see also Laminated Woven Sacks from the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Final Results of the Expedited First Sunset Review of the Countervailing Duty Order,</E>
                         89 FR 73633 (September 11, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On November 15, 2024, the ITC published its determination, pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act, that revocation of the 
                    <E T="03">Orders</E>
                     would likely lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury to an industry in the United States within a reasonably foreseeable time.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Laminated Woven Sacks From Vietnam,</E>
                         89 FR 91784 (November 20, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Orders</HD>
                <P>
                    The merchandise covered by these orders is laminated woven sacks. 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94708"/>
                    Laminated woven sacks are bags consisting of one or more plies of fabric consisting of woven polypropylene strip and/or woven polyethylene strip, regardless of the width of the strip; with or without an extrusion coating of polypropylene and/or polyethylene on one or both sides of the fabric; laminated by any method either to an exterior ply of plastic film such as biaxially-oriented polypropylene (BOPP), polyester (PET), polyethylene (PE), nylon, or any film suitable for printing, or to an exterior ply of paper; printed; displaying, containing, or comprising three or more visible colors (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     laminated woven sacks printed with three different shades of blue would be covered by the scope), not including the color of the woven fabric; regardless of the type of printing process used; with or without lining; with or without handles; with or without special closing features (including, but not limited to, closures that are sewn, glued, easy-open (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     tape or thread), re-closable (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     slider, hook and loop, zipper), hot-welded, adhesive-welded, or press-to-close); whether finished or unfinished (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     whether or not closed on one end and whether or not in roll form, including, but not limited to, sheets, lay-flat, or formed in tubes); not exceeding one kilogram in actual weight. Laminated woven sacks produced in the Socialist Republic of Vietnam are subject to the scope regardless of the country of origin of the fabric used to make the sack.
                </P>
                <P>The scope of these orders excludes laminated woven sacks having each of the following physical characteristics: (1) no side greater than 24 inches, (2) weight less than 100 grams, (3) an open top that is neither sealable nor closable, the rim of which is hemmed or sewn around the entire circumference, (4) carry handles sewn on the open end, (5) side gussets, and (6) either a bottom gusset or a square or rectangular bottom. The excluded items with the above-mentioned physical characteristics may be referred to as reusable shopping bags.</P>
                <P>Subject laminated woven sacks are currently classifiable under Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheadings 6305.33.0040 and 6305.33.0080. If entered with plastic coating on both sides of the fabric consisting of woven polypropylene strip and/or woven polyethylene strip, laminated woven sacks may be classifiable under HTSUS subheadings 3923.21.0080, 3923.21.0095, and 3923.29.0000. If entered not closed on one end or in roll form (including, but not limited to, sheets, lay-flat tubing, and sleeves), laminated woven sacks may be classifiable under other HTSUS subheadings, including 3917.39.0050, 3921.90.1100, 3921.90.1500, and 5903.90.2500. If the polypropylene strips and/or polyethylene strips making up the fabric measure more than 5 millimeters in width, laminated woven sacks may be classifiable under other HTSUS subheadings including 4601.99.0500,4601.99.9000, and 4602.90.0000. Although HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the scope is dispositive.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Continuation of the Orders</HD>
                <P>
                    As a result of the determinations by Commerce and the ITC that revocation of the 
                    <E T="03">Orders</E>
                     would likely lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping, countervailable subsidies, and material injury to an industry in the United States, pursuant to section 751(d)(2) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218(a), Commerce hereby orders the continuation of the 
                    <E T="03">Orders.</E>
                     U.S. Customs and Border Protection will continue to collect AD and CVD cash deposits at the rates in effect at the time of entry for all imports of subject merchandise.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The effective date of the continuation of the 
                    <E T="03">Orders</E>
                     will be November 20, 2024.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to section 751(c)(2) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218(c)(2), Commerce intends to initiate the next sunset review of the 
                    <E T="03">Orders</E>
                     not later than 30 days prior to the fifth anniversary of the effective date of continuation.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Administrative Protective Order (APO)</HD>
                <P>This notice serves as the only reminder to parties subject to an APO of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>These five-year (sunset) reviews and this notice are in accordance with sections 751(c) and 751(d)(2) of the Act, and published in accordance with section 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218(f)(4).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 20, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Abdelali Elouaradia,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28022 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[C-475-819]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Certain Pasta From Italy: Final Results of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review; 2022</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) determines that certain producers and exporters of certain pasta (pasta) from Italy received countervailable subsidies during the period of review (POR) January 1, 2022, through December 31, 2022.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable November 29, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Stefan Smith, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4342.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    On May 24, 2024, Commerce published the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results</E>
                     of this administrative review in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     and invited comments from interested parties.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For a complete description of the events that occurred since the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results, see</E>
                     the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce conducted this review in accordance with section 751(a)(1)(A) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certain Pasta from Italy: Preliminary Results and Partial Rescission of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review; 2022,</E>
                         89 FR 45837 (May 24, 2024) (
                        <E T="03">Preliminary Results</E>
                        ), and accompanying Preliminary Decision Memorandum.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Issues and Decision Memorandum for the Final Results of the Administrative Review of the Countervailing Duty Order on Certain Pasta from Italy; 2022,” dated concurrently with, and hereby adopted by, this notice (Issues and Decision Memorandum).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                    Scope of the Order 
                    <E T="51">3</E>
                    <FTREF/>
                </HD>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Notice of Countervailing Duty order and Amended Final Affirmative Countervailing Duty Determination: Certain Pasta (“Pasta”) from Italy,</E>
                         61 FR 38544 (July 24, 1996) (
                        <E T="03">Order</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The merchandise covered by the 
                    <E T="03">Order</E>
                     is pasta from Italy. For a complete description of the scope of the 
                    <E T="03">
                        Order, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94709"/>
                        see
                    </E>
                     the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Analysis of Comments Received</HD>
                <P>
                    All issues raised by the interested parties in their case briefs are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum. The topics discussed and the issues raised by parties to which we responded in the Issues and Decision Memorandum are listed in the appendix to this notice. The Issues and Decision Memorandum is a public document and is on file electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS). ACCESS is available to registered users at 
                    <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov.</E>
                     In addition, a complete version of the Issues and Decision Memorandum can be accessed directly at 
                    <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/public/FRNoticesListLayout.aspx.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Changes Since the Preliminary Results</HD>
                <P>
                    Based on our analysis of the comments received from interested parties, we made changes to the net countervailable subsidy rates for Sgambaro SpA. (Sgambaro). For a discussion of these changes, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Methodology</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce conducted this administrative review in accordance with section 751(a)(1)(A) of the Act. For each of the subsidy programs found to be countervailable, we find that there is a subsidy, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     a government-provided financial contribution that gives rise to a benefit to the recipient, and that the subsidy is specific.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For a complete description of the methodology underlying all of Commerce's conclusions, including our reliance, in part, on facts otherwise available, including adverse facts available, pursuant to sections 776(a) and (b) of the Act, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         sections 771(5)(B) and (D) of the Act regarding financial contribution; section 771(5)(E) of the Act regarding benefit; and section 771(5A) of the Act regarding specificity.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Results of the Administrative Review</HD>
                <P>Commerce determines that the following net countervailable subsidy rates exist for the period January 1, 2022, through December 31, 2022:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Producer/exporter</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Subsidy rate
                            <LI>
                                (percent 
                                <E T="03">ad valorem</E>
                                )
                            </LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pastificio Gentile S.r.l</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.94</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Sgambaro SpA</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.29</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Disclosure</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce intends to disclose calculations and analysis performed for these final results of review within five days after the date of publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Assessment Rates</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.212(b)(2), Commerce has determined, and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, countervailing duties on all appropriate entries of subject merchandise covered by this review. Commerce intends to issue assessment instructions to CBP no earlier than 35 days after publication of the final results of this review in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . If a timely summons is filed at the U.S. Court of International Trade, the assessment instructions will direct CBP not to liquidate relevant entries until the time for parties to file a request for a statutory injunction has expired (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     within 90 days of publication).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cash Deposit Requirements</HD>
                <P>In accordance with section 751(a)(1) and (a)(2)(C) of the Act, Commerce also intends to instruct CBP to collect cash deposits of estimated countervailing duties in the amounts shown for the companies listed above for shipments of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of these final results of this administrative review. For all non-reviewed firms, we will instruct CBP to continue to collect cash deposits of estimated countervailing duties at the all-others rate or the most recent company-specific rate applicable to the company, as appropriate. These cash deposit requirements, effective upon publication of these final results, shall remain in effect until further notice.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Administrative Protective Order (APO)</HD>
                <P>This notice also serves as a final reminder to parties subject to an APO of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>The final results are issued and published in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.221(b)(5).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Abdelali Elouaradia,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>List of Topics Discussed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Summary</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Background</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        III. Scope of the 
                        <E T="03">Order</E>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Subsidies Valuation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Use of Facts Otherwise Available and Adverse Inferences</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Analysis of Program</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. Discussion of Issues</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 1: Whether Commerce Erred in the Sales Denominator Used when Calculating Subsidy Rates for Sgambaro</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 2: Whether Commerce Erred in Finding the Preferential Financing for Export Law 394/81 to be Export Contingent</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 3: Whether Commerce Erred in its Calculations for the Sabatini Law Program</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 4: Whether the IRAP Program Is Countervailable</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VIII. Recommendation</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27882 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[A-570-166]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Certain Epoxy Resins From the People's Republic of China: Postponement of Final Determination in the Less Than Fair Value Investigation</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) is postponing the deadline for issuing the final determination in the less-than-fair-value (LTFV) investigation of certain epoxy resins (epoxy resins) from the People's Republic of China (China) until March 28, 2025, and is extending the provisional measures from a four-month period to a period of not more than six months.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable November 29, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Mark Flessner, AD/CVD Operations, Office VI, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-6312.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">
                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                    <PRTPAGE P="94710"/>
                </HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    On April 23, 2024, Commerce initiated an LTFV investigation of imports of epoxy resins from China.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The period of investigation is October 1, 2023, through March 31, 2024. On November 13, 2024, Commerce published its 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Determination</E>
                     of sales at LTFV of epoxy resins from China.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certain Epoxy Resins from the People's Republic of China, India, the Republic of Korea, Taiwan, and Thailand: Initiation of Less-Than-Fair-Value Investigations,</E>
                         89 FR 33324 (April 29, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certain Epoxy Resins from the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value and Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Critical Circumstances,</E>
                         89 FR 89594 (November 13, 2024) (
                        <E T="03">Preliminary Determination</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Postponement of Final Determination</HD>
                <P>Section 735(a)(2) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), and 19 CFR 351.210(b)(2) provide that a final determination may be postponed until not later than 135 days after the date of the publication of the preliminary determination if, in the event of an affirmative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by the exporters or producers who account for a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise, or in the event of a negative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by the petitioners. Further, 19 CFR 351.210(e)(2) requires that such postponement requests by exporters be accompanied by a request for extension of provisional measures from a four-month period to a period of not more than six months, in accordance with section 733(d) of the Act.</P>
                <P>
                    On November 18, 2024, Huntsman Advanced Materials (Guangdong) Company Ltd. (Huntsman), the mandatory respondent in this investigation, requested that Commerce postpone the deadline for the final determination until no later than 135 days from the publication of the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Determination,</E>
                     and extend the application of the provisional measures from a four-month period to a period of not more than six months.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Huntsman's Letter, “Request to Postpone Final Determination,” dated November 18, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In accordance with section 735(a)(2)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.210(b)(2)(ii), because: (1) the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Determination</E>
                     was affirmative; (2) the request was made by an exporter or producer who accounts for a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise; and (3) no compelling reasons for denial exist, Commerce is postponing the final determination until no later than 135 days after the date of the publication of the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Determination,</E>
                     and extending the provisional measures from a four-month period to a period of not more than six months. Accordingly, Commerce will issue its final determination no later than March 28, 2025.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>This notice is issued and published pursuant to section 735(a)(2) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.210(g).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Abdelali Elouaradia,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28021 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[RTID 0648-XE494]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area; Cost Recovery Fee Notice for the Western Alaska Community Development Quota and Trawl Limited Access Privilege Programs</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of standard prices and fee percentage.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>NMFS publishes standard prices and fee percentages for cost recovery for the Amendment 80 Program, the American Fisheries Act (AFA) Program, the Aleutian Islands Pollock (AIP) Program, and the Western Alaska Community Development Quota (CDQ) Program in the Bering Sea Aleutian Islands (BSAI) management area. The fee percentages for 2024 are 1.86 percent for the Amendment 80 Program, 0.24 percent for the AFA inshore cooperatives, 0 percent for the AIP program, and 1.38 percent for the CDQ Program. This notice is intended to provide the 2024 standard prices and fee percentages to calculate the required payment for cost recovery fees due by December 31, 2024.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The standard prices and fee percentages are valid on November 29, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Charmaine Weeks, Fee Coordinator, 907-586-7231.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>Section 304(d) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act) authorizes and requires that NMFS collect cost recovery fees for limited access privilege programs and the CDQ Program. Cost recovery fees include NMFS' actual costs directly related to its management, data collection, and enforcement of the programs. Section 304(d) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act mandates that cost recovery fees not exceed 3 percent of the annual ex-vessel value of fish harvested under any program subject to a cost recovery fee and that the fee be collected either at the time of landing, filing of a landing report, or sale of such fish during a fishing season or in the last quarter of the calendar year in which the fish is harvested.</P>
                <P>
                    NMFS manages the Amendment 80 Program, AFA Program, and AIP Program as limited access privilege programs. On January 5, 2016, NMFS published a final rule to implement cost recovery for these three limited access privilege programs and the CDQ program (81 FR 150). The designated representative (for the purposes of cost recovery) for each program is responsible for submitting the fee payment to NMFS on or before December 31 of the year in which the landings were made. The total dollar amount of the fee due is determined by multiplying the NMFS published fee percentage by the ex-vessel value of all landings under the program made during the fishing year. NMFS publishes this notice of the fee percentages for the Amendment 80, AFA, AIP, and CDQ programs in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     by December 1 each year.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Standard Prices</HD>
                <P>
                    The fee liability is based on the ex-vessel value of fish harvested in each program. For purposes of calculating cost recovery fees, NMFS uses a standard ex-vessel price (standard price) for each species. A standard price is determined using information on landings purchased (volume) and ex-vessel value paid (value). For most groundfish species, NMFS annually summarizes volume and value information for landings of all fishery species subject to cost recovery to estimate a standard price for each species. The standard prices are described in U.S. dollars per pound for landings made during the year. The standard prices for all species in the Amendment 80, AFA, AIP, and CDQ programs are provided in Table 1. Each 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94711"/>
                    landing made under each program is multiplied by the appropriate standard price to arrive at an ex-vessel value for each landing. These values are summed together to arrive at the ex-vessel value of each program (fishery value).
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,r50,15">
                    <TTITLE>Table 1—Standard Ex-Vessel Prices by Species for the 2024 Fishing Year</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Species</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Gear type</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Reporting period</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Standard 
                            <LI>ex-vessel price </LI>
                            <LI>per pound</LI>
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Arrowtooth flounder</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.26</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Atka mackerel</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.24</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Flathead sole</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.18</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Greenland turbot</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.59</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">CDQ halibut</ENT>
                        <ENT>Fixed gear</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>4.15</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pacific cod</ENT>
                        <ENT>Fixed gear</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.30</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Trawl gear</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.25</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pacific ocean perch</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.18</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pollock</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.18</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Rock sole</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to March</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.18</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>April to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.17</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Sablefish</ENT>
                        <ENT>Fixed gear</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.22</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Trawl gear</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.69</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Yellowfin sole</ENT>
                        <ENT>All</ENT>
                        <ENT>January to December</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.16</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Fee Percentage</HD>
                <P>Annually, NMFS calculates the applicable fee percentage for each of the four programs according to the factors and methods described at 50 CFR 679 under §§ 679.33(c)(2) for CDQ, 679.66(c)(2) for AFA, 679.67(c)(2) for AIP, and 679.95(c)(2) for Amendment 80. NMFS determines the fee percentage that applies to landings made during the year by dividing the total costs directly related to the management, data collection, and enforcement of each program (direct program costs) during the year by the fishery value. NMFS captures direct program costs through an established accounting system that allows staff to track labor, travel, contracts, rent, and procurement costs. For 2024, the direct program costs for each program were tracked from October 1, 2023 to September 30, 2024 (the end of the fiscal year). The decline in fishery values caused an increase from the 2023 fee percentage for Amendment 80 Program and CDQ. A decline in both fishery values and direct costs caused a slight decline from the 2023 fee percentage for AFA. The 2024 percentage for the AIP Program is zero because there was no AIP fishery in 2024, thus no associated harvest.</P>
                <P>NMFS will provide an annual report that summarizes direct program costs for each of the programs in early 2025. NMFS calculates the values for each fishery as described earlier under the Standard Prices section of this notice.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Amendment 80 Program Standard Prices and Fee Percentage</HD>
                <P>The Amendment 80 Program allocates total allowable catches (TACs) of groundfish species, other than Bering Sea pollock, to identified trawl catcher/processors fishing in the BSAI. The Amendment 80 Program allocates a portion of the BSAI TACs of six species: Atka mackerel, Pacific cod, flathead sole, rock sole, yellowfin sole, and Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean perch. In recent years, participants in the Amendment 80 sector have established a cooperative to harvest these allocations. Each Amendment 80 cooperative is responsible for payment of the cost recovery fee for fish landed under the Amendment 80 Program. Cost recovery requirements for the Amendment 80 Program are at § 679.95.</P>
                <P>For Amendment 80 species other than rock sole, NMFS annually summarizes volume and value information for landings of all fishery species subject to cost recovery in order to estimate a standard price for each fishery species. Regulations specify that for rock sole, NMFS shall calculate a separate standard price for two periods, January 1 through March 31 and April 1 through October 31, which has historically accounted for a substantial difference in estimated rock sole prices during the first quarter of the year relative to the remainder of the year. The volume and value information are obtained from the First Wholesale Volume and Value Report submitted by catcher/processors that harvested Amendment 80 or CDQ species, and the Pacific Cod Ex-Vessel Volume and Value Report submitted by shoreside processors and motherships that processed landings of BSAI or CDQ Pacific cod.</P>
                <P>Using the fee percentage formula described generally above, the estimated percentage of direct program costs to fishery value for the 2024 calendar year is 1.86 percent for the Amendment 80 Program. For 2024, NMFS applied the fee percentage to each Amendment 80 species landing that was debited from an Amendment 80 cooperative quota allocation between January 1 and December 31 to calculate the Amendment 80 fee liability for each Amendment 80 cooperative. The 2024 fee payments must be submitted to NMFS on or before December 31, 2024. Payment must be made in accordance with the payment methods set forth in § 679.95(a)(3)(iv).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">AFA Standard Price and Fee Percentages</HD>
                <P>The AFA Program allocates the Bering Sea directed pollock fishery TAC to three sectors: catcher/processor, mothership, and inshore. Each sector has established cooperatives to harvest the sector's exclusive allocation. In 2024, each cooperative for the inshore sector is responsible for paying the fee for Bering Sea pollock landed under the AFA Program. Cost recovery requirements for the AFA sectors are found at § 679.66.</P>
                <P>
                    NMFS calculates the standard price for pollock using the most recent annual value information reported to the Alaska Department of Fish and Game for the Commercial Operator's Annual Report and compiled in the Alaska Commercial Fisheries Entry Commission Gross Earnings data. Due to the time required to compile the data, there is a 1-year delay between the gross earnings data year and the fishing year to which it is applied. For example, NMFS used 2023 gross earnings data to calculate the standard price for 2024 pollock landings.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94712"/>
                </P>
                <P>Under the fee percentage formula described above, the estimated percentage of direct program costs to fishery value for the 2024 calendar year is 0.24 percent for the AFA inshore sector. To calculate the 2024 fee liabilities, NMFS applied the respective fee percentages to the landings of Bering Sea pollock debited from each cooperative's fishery allocation that occurred between January 1 and December 31. The 2024 fee payments must be submitted to NMFS on or before December 31, 2024. Payment must be made in accordance with the payment methods set forth in § 679.66(a)(4)(iv).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">AIP Program Standard Price and Fee Percentage</HD>
                <P>The AIP Program allocates the Aleutian Islands directed pollock fishery TAC to the Aleut Corporation, consistent with the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2004 (Pub. L. 108-109) and implementing regulations. Annually, prior to the start of the pollock season, the Aleut Corporation provides NMFS with the identity of its designated representative for harvesting the Aleutian Islands directed pollock fishery TAC. The same individual is responsible for the submission of all cost recovery fees for pollock landed under the AIP Program. Cost recovery requirements for the AIP Program are at § 679.67.</P>
                <P>NMFS calculates the standard price for pollock using the most recent annual value information reported to the Alaska Department of Fish and Game for the Commercial Operator's Annual Report and compiled in the Alaska Commercial Fisheries Entry Commission Gross Earnings data for Aleutian Islands pollock. As explained above, due to the time required to compile the data, there is a 1-year delay between the gross earnings data year and the fishing year to which it is applied.</P>
                <P>For the 2024 fishing year, the Aleut Corporation did not select any participants to harvest or process the Aleutian Islands directed pollock fishery TAC, and most of that TAC was reallocated to the Bering Sea directed pollock fishery TAC. Since there was no fishery for the AIP Program in 2024, the fee percentage is zero.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">CDQ Standard Price and Fee Percentage</HD>
                <P>The CDQ Program was implemented in 1992 to provide access to BSAI fishery resources to villages located in Western Alaska. Section 305(i) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act identifies 65 villages eligible to participate in the CDQ Program and the six CDQ groups to represent these villages. CDQ groups receive exclusive harvesting privileges of the TACs for a broad range of crab species, groundfish species, and halibut. NMFS implemented a CDQ cost recovery program for the BSAI crab fisheries in 2005 (70 FR 10174, March 2, 2005) and published the cost recovery fee percentage for the 2023/2024 crab fishing year on July 2, 2024 (89 FR 54785). This notice provides the cost recovery fee percentage for the CDQ Program with respect to groundfish and halibut. Each CDQ group is subject to cost recovery fee requirements and the designated representative of each CDQ group is responsible for submitting payment for their CDQ group. Cost recovery requirements for the CDQ Program are at § 679.33.</P>
                <P>For most CDQ groundfish species, NMFS annually summarizes volume and value information for landings of all fishery species subject to cost recovery in order to estimate a standard price for each fishery species. The volume and value information are obtained from the First Wholesale Volume and Value Report and the Pacific Cod Ex-Vessel Volume and Value Report. For CDQ halibut and fixed-gear sablefish, NMFS calculates the standard prices using information from the Individual Fishing Quota (IFQ) Ex-Vessel Volume and Value Report, which collects information on both IFQ and CDQ volume and value.</P>
                <P>Using the fee percentage formula described above, the estimated percentage of direct program costs to fishery value for the 2024 calendar year is 1.38 percent for the CDQ Program. For 2024, NMFS applied the calculated CDQ fee percentage to all CDQ groundfish and halibut landings made between January 1 and December 31 to calculate the CDQ fee liability for each CDQ group. The 2024 fee payments must be submitted to NMFS on or before December 31, 2024. Payment must be made in accordance with the payment methods set forth in § 679.33(a)(3)(iv).</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     16 U.S.C. 1801 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Karen H. Abrams,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28198 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Report of Whaling Operations</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    The Department of Commerce will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, on or after the date of publication of this notice. We invite the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on proposed, and continuing information collections, which helps us assess the impact of our information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. Public comments were previously requested via the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on July 17, 2024 during a 60-day comment period. This notice allows for an additional 30 days for public comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Agency:</E>
                     National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Commerce.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Report of Whaling Operations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     0648-0311.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Form Number(s):</E>
                     None.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>
                     Regular submission [extension of a current information].
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     95 (There are approx.165 whaling captains, but many of them do not strike or land a whale in any given year).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Average Hours per Response:</E>
                     30 minutes for reports on whales struck or on recovery of dead whales, including providing the information to the Native American whaling organization; 1 hour for the Native American whaling organization to type in each report; and 2
                    <FR>1/2</FR>
                     hours for the Native American whaling organization to consolidate and submit reports.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     61.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>
                     This request is for extension of a current information collection. Native Americans may conduct certain aboriginal subsistence whaling under the Whaling Convention Act in accordance with the provisions of the International Whaling Commission (IWC). In order to respond to obligations under the International Convention for the Regulation of Whaling, the IWC, and the Whaling Convention Act, whaling captains participating in these operations must submit certain information to the Native American whaling organization about strikes and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94713"/>
                    catch of whales. Anyone retrieving a dead whale is also required to report. Captains must place a distinctive permanent identification mark on any harpoon, lance, or explosive dart used, as well as provide information on the mark and self-identification information. The Native American whaling organization receives the reports, compiles them, and submits the information to NOAA. The information is used to monitor the hunt and to ensure that quotas are not exceeded. The information is also provided to the IWC, which uses it to monitor compliance with its requirements.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Individuals or households; State, Local, or Tribal government.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     Reporting by whaling captains occurs after each strike or landing and is submitted to the Native American whaling organization. The Native American whaling organization may submit interim reports every month and additionally once at the end of each hunting season (Spring and Fall).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>
                     Mandatory.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Legal Authority:</E>
                     Whaling Convention Act (16 U.S.C. 916-9161).
                </P>
                <P>
                    This information collection request may be viewed at 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                     Follow the instructions to view the Department of Commerce collections currently under review by OMB.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be submitted within 30 days of the publication of this notice on the following website 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                     Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function and entering either the title of the collection or the OMB Control Number 0648-0311.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sheleen Dumas,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Departmental PRA Clearance Officer, Office of the Under Secretary for Economic Affairs, Commerce Department.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27984 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[RTID 0648-XE498]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Marine Mammals; File No. 28229</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice; receipt of application.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Notice is hereby given that Humble Bee Films (Responsible Party: Natasha Busjeet), 8 Elmdale Road, Bristol, BS8 1SL, United Kingdom, has applied in due form for a permit to conduct commercial and educational photography on humpback whales (
                        <E T="03">Megaptera novaeangliae</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Written comments must be received on or before December 30, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        These documents are available upon written request via email to 
                        <E T="03">NMFS.Pr1Comments@noaa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Written comments on this application should be submitted via email to 
                        <E T="03">NMFS.Pr1Comments@noaa.gov.</E>
                         Please include File No. 28229 in the subject line of the email comment.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Those individuals requesting a public hearing should submit a written request via email to 
                        <E T="03">NMFS.Pr1Comments@noaa.gov.</E>
                         The request should set forth the specific reasons why a hearing on this application would be appropriate.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Carrie Hubard or Erin Markin, Ph.D., (301) 427-8401.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The subject permit is requested under the authority of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) and the regulations governing the taking and importing of marine mammals (50 CFR part 216).
                </P>
                <P>
                    The applicant proposes to film up to 540 humpback whales annually in the Auau Channel, Hawaii. Filming may occur from vessels, unmanned aircraft systems, and underwater divers. Fifty bottlenose (
                    <E T="03">Tursiops truncatus</E>
                    ) and 50 spinner (
                    <E T="03">Stenella longirostris</E>
                    ) dolphins may be filmed while interacting with humpback whales. Footage will be used for an episode of a natural history television series. The permit would be valid through April 2026.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), an initial determination has been made that the activity proposed is categorically excluded from the requirement to prepare an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Concurrent with the publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , NMFS is forwarding copies of the application to the Marine Mammal Commission and its Committee of Scientific Advisors.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Amy Sloan,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28047 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Atlantic Highly Migratory Species (HMS) Individual Bluefin Tuna Quota Tracking and Appeals</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    The Department of Commerce will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, on or after the date of publication of this notice. We invite the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on proposed, and continuing information collections, which helps us assess the impact of our information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. Public comments were previously requested via the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on July 16, 2024, during a 60-day comment period. This notice allows for an additional 30 days for public comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Agency:</E>
                     National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Commerce.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Atlantic Highly Migratory Species Individual Bluefin Tuna Quota Tracking and Appeals.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     0648-0677.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Form Number(s):</E>
                     None.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>
                     Regular submission (request for extension of a current information collection).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     240.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Average Hours per Response:</E>
                     12 minutes for initial application for IBQ account, 15 minutes per IBQ allocation lease, and 15 minutes per IBQ Cost Recovery.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     96.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>
                     This request is for renewal and extension of a currently approved information collection. Under the provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1801 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) is responsible for management of the Nation's marine fisheries. NMFS must also promulgate regulations, as necessary and appropriate, to carry out 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94714"/>
                    obligations the United States undertakes internationally regarding tuna management through the Atlantic Tunas Convention Act (ATCA, 16 U.S.C. 971 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>Amendment 7 to the 2006 Consolidated HMS Fishery Management Plan (79 FR 71510, December 2, 2014) implemented individual bluefin tuna quota (IBQ) shares and allocations for vessels permitted in the Atlantic Tunas Longline category through the IBQ online system. IBQs are intended to fairly and effectively allocate limited quota for incidental capture of Atlantic bluefin tuna among vessels in the Longline category, while minimizing dead discards and discouraging interactions with bluefin tuna. An online system developed by NMFS tracks allocations and allocation leases, and reconciles allocation with bluefin tuna catches for quota monitoring. This collection of information accounts for the reporting burden associated with allocation and lease tracking. Amendment 13 to the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP (87 FR 59966) reaffirmed the need for IBQs and, among other things, made adjustments to the vessel allocation process, and established procedures for cost recovery if deemed necessary.</P>
                <P>First-time vessel permit holders in the affected categories must obtain and set up an IBQ account in the online “IBQ Catch Shares Program” in order to be issued IBQ shares and resultant allocation, to lease IBQ, and to resolve quota debt. To use the electronic IBQ System, first-time participants will need to request an account and set their account up with background information. The information collected during account issuance and set-up will be used by NMFS to verify the identity of the individual/business and whether they qualify for IBQ allocation leasing.</P>
                <P>The lease monitoring information collected by the online system will be used by each permit holder to keep track of their individual IBQ allocation, and document allocation leases with other IBQ participants. NMFS will use these data to ensure proper accounting of allocations among participants, and to track use of quota allocations and reconcile allocation usage with bluefin tuna catch and landings.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Business or other for-profit organizations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     Once for IBQ account set up; annually, or as needed, for IBQ lease applications; and annually for IBQ cost recovery.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>
                     Mandatory.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Legal Authority:</E>
                     Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1801 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), and the Atlantic Tunas Convention Act of 1975 (16 U.S.C. 971 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>
                    This information collection request may be viewed at 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                     Follow the instructions to view the Department of Commerce collections currently under review by OMB.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be submitted within 30 days of the publication of this notice on the following website 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                     Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function and entering either the title of the collection or the OMB Control Number 0648-0677.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sheleen Dumas,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Departmental PRA Clearance Officer, Office of the Under Secretary for Economic Affairs, Commerce Department.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27911 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Telecommunications and Information Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for Review and Approval; Comment Request; State Digital Equity Capacity Grant Program</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA), Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of information collection, request for comment.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of Commerce, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on proposed and continuing information collections, which help us assess the impact of our information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment preceding submission of the collection to OMB.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>To ensure consideration, comments regarding this proposed information collection must be received on or before January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Interested persons are invited to submit comments to Angela Bennett, Director of Digital Equity, Office of internet Connectivity and Growth, National Telecommunication and Information Administration by email to 
                        <E T="03">digitalequity@ntia.gov</E>
                         or to 
                        <E T="03">PRAcomments@doc.gov.</E>
                         Please reference “FY25 DE Capacity Application Forms Comment” in the subject line of your comments. Do not submit Confidential Business Information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Requests for additional information or specific questions related to collection activities should be directed to Angela Bennett, Director of Digital Equity, Grants Management and Compliance, by mail to1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Room 4826, Washington, DC 20230, via telephone (202) 389-2723, or via email at 
                        <E T="03">digitalequity@ntia.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Abstract</HD>
                <P>
                    The Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (Infrastructure Act or Act) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     provided $65 billion of funding for programs to close the digital divide and ensure that all Americans have access to affordable, reliable, high-speed internet. NTIA administers multiple broadband connectivity grant programs funded by the Act, including the State Digital Equity Capacity Grant Program (SDECG). The purpose of the SDECG is to promote the achievement of digital equity, support digital inclusion activities, and build capacity for efforts by States and U.S. territories and possessions relating to the adoption of broadband.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The SDECG will provide new federal funding in fiscal year 2025 for grants to eligible applicants for the purpose of implementing the State Digital Equity Plans developed by States and U.S. Territories under the State Digital Equity Planning Grant Program 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and pursuing digital inclusion activities..
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act of 2021, Division F, Title III, Public Law 117-58, 135 Stat. 429, 1209 (November 15, 2021).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         47 U.S.C. 1723(a)(1)(A).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         47 U.S.C. 1723(c).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>NTIA will use the information collected from each applicant to the SDECG to effectively review the proposed applications and budgets from States and U.S. territories and possessions for the State Digital Equity Capacity Program.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Method of Collection</HD>
                <P>NTIA will collect data through electronic submission.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Data</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     0660-XXXX.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Form Number(s):</E>
                     TBD.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Regular submission for a new information collection.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94715"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     States and territories or possessions of the United States applying for Infrastructure Act State Digital Equity Capacity Grant Program funding.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     56.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Time per Response:</E>
                     10 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     560 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Cost to Public:</E>
                     $26,096.00.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>
                     Mandatory.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Legal Authority:</E>
                     47 U.S.C. 1723(c) &amp; (d).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Request for Comments</HD>
                <P>We are soliciting public comments to permit the Department/Bureau to:</P>
                <P>(a) Evaluate whether the proposed information collection is necessary for the proper functions of the Department, including whether the information will have practical utility.</P>
                <P>(b) Evaluate the accuracy of our estimate of the time and cost burden for this proposed collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.</P>
                <P>(c) Evaluate ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.</P>
                <P>(d) Minimize the reporting burden on those who are to respond, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
                <P>Comments that you submit in response to this notice are a matter of public record. We will include or summarize each comment in our request to OMB to approve this information collection request (ICR). Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you may ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sheleen Dumas,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Departmental PRA Clearance Officer, Office of the Under Secretary for Economic Affairs, Commerce Department.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27800 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-60-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">COMMITTEE FOR PURCHASE FROM PEOPLE WHO ARE BLIND OR SEVERELY DISABLED</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Procurement List; Proposed Deletions</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed deletions from the Procurement List.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Committee is proposing to delete product(s) and service(s) from the Procurement List that were furnished by nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before: December 29, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 355 E Street SW, Suite 325, Washington, DC 20024.</P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        For further information or to submit comments contact: Mike Jurkowski, Telephone: (703) 489-1322, or email 
                        <E T="03">CMTEFedReg@AbilityOne.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>This notice is published pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 8503 (a)(2) and 41 CFR 51-2.3. Its purpose is to provide interested persons an opportunity to submit comments on the proposed actions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Deletions</HD>
                <P>The following product(s) and service(s) are proposed for deletion from the Procurement List:</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Product(s)</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">NSN(s)—Product Name(s):</E>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2346—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, X Small, X, Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2349—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, X Small, Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2354—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, X Small, Regular</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2359—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, X Small, Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2363—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Small, XX Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2365—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Small, X Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2369—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Small, Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2374—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Small, Regular</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2376—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Small, Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2379—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Small, X Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2381—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Medium, XX Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2389—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Medium, X Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2419—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Medium, Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2423—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Medium, Regular</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2436—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Medium, Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2438—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Medium, X Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2441—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Medium, XX Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2442—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Large, X Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2446—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Large, Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2447—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Large, Regular</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2449—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Large, Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2452—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Large, X Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2453—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, Large, XX Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2456—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, X Large, Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2458—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, X Large, Regular</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2463—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, X Large, Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2467—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, X Large, X Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2468—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, X Large, XX Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2470—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, XX Large, Regular</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2472—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, XX Large, Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2475—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, XX Large, X Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2478—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Men's, Digital Camouflage, XX Large, XX Long</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2455—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Women's, Digital Camouflage, 42 Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2482—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Women's, Digital Camouflage, 32 X Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        8405-01-540-2484—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Women's, Digital Camouflage, 32 Short
                        <PRTPAGE P="94716"/>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2486—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Women's, Digital Camouflage, 35 X Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2590—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Women's, Digital Camouflage, 35 Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2714—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Women's, Digital Camouflage, 35 Regular</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2716—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Women's, Digital Camouflage, 39 X Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2718—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Women's, Digital Camouflage, 39 Short</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-2719—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Women's, Digital Camouflage, 32 Regular</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8405-01-540-3015—Blouse, Working, NWU, Navy, Women's, Digital Camouflage, 43 Regular</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Authorized Source of Supply:</E>
                         Blind Industries &amp; Services of Maryland, Baltimore, MD
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Contracting Activity:</E>
                         DLA TROOP SUPPORT, PHILADELPHIA, PA
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">NSN(s)—Product Name(s):</E>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8465-01-521-7815—Load Lifter Attachment Strap, MOLLE Components, Woodland Camouflage</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Contracting Activity:</E>
                         DLA TROOP SUPPORT, PHILADELPHIA, PA
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">NSN(s)—Product Name(s):</E>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8470-01-599-0789—Retention Assembly, X-Back (D-ring), Foliage Green, XSM</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8470-01-599-0791—Retention Assembly, X-Back (D-ring), Foliage Green, SM/MED</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8470-01-599-0793—Retention Assembly, X-Back (D-ring), Foliage Green, LG/XLG</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8470-01-599-0794—Retention Assembly, X-Back (D-ring), Foliage Green, XXLG</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Authorized Source of Supply:</E>
                         San Antonio Lighthouse for the Blind, San Antonio, TX
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Contracting Activity:</E>
                         W6QK ACC-APG NATICK, NATICK, MA
                    </FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Service(s)</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Service Type:</E>
                         Administrative &amp; Courier Services
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Mandatory for:</E>
                         Office of the Undersecretary of Defense (A&amp;S)/Defense Pricing and Contracting (OUSD(A&amp;S)/DPC), Suffolk Building (including The Pentagon &amp; Mark Center), 5611 Columbia Pike, Falls Church, VA
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Authorized Source of Supply:</E>
                         Anchor Mental Health Association, Washington, DC
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Contracting Activity:</E>
                         WASHINGTON HEADQUARTERS SERVICES (WHS), WASHINGTON HEADQUARTERS SERVICES
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Service Type:</E>
                         Centralized Appointment Call Center
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Mandatory for:</E>
                         U.S. Air Force, Medical Treatment Facility, 308 West D Avenue, Eglin Air Force Base, FL
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Authorized Source of Supply:</E>
                         Bobby Dodd Institute, Inc., Atlanta, GA
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Contracting Activity:</E>
                         DEPT OF THE AIR FORCE, FA2823 AFTC PZIO
                    </FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Michael R. Jurkowski,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Business Operations.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28066 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6353-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">COMMITTEE FOR PURCHASE FROM PEOPLE WHO ARE BLIND OR SEVERELY DISABLED</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Procurement List; Deletions</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Deletions from the Procurement List.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This action deletes service(s) from the Procurement List that were furnished by nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date deleted from the Procurement List:</E>
                         December 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 355 E Street SW, Suite 325, Washington, DC 20024.</P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        For further information or to submit comments contact: Ramon Barreto, Telephone: 703-489-1322, or email 
                        <E T="03">CMTEFedReg@AbilityOne.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Deletions</HD>
                <P>On October 25, 2024 (89 FR 85174), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notice of proposed deletions from the Procurement List. This notice is published pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 8503 (a)(2) and 41 CFR 51-2.3.</P>
                <P>After consideration of the relevant matter presented, the Committee has determined that the service(s) listed below are no longer suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Act Certification</HD>
                <P>I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:</P>
                <P>1. The action will not result in additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities.</P>
                <P>2. The action may result in authorizing small entities to furnish the service(s) to the Government.</P>
                <P>3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the service(s) deleted from the Procurement List.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">End of Certification</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, the following service(s) are deleted from the Procurement List:</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Service(s)</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Service Type:</E>
                         Janitorial/Custodial
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Mandatory for:</E>
                         USDA, ARS, Avian Disease &amp; Oncology Research Laboratory, 4279 E Mount Hope Road, East Lansing, MI
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Authorized Source of Supply:</E>
                         Peckham Vocational Industries, Inc., Lansing, MI
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Contracting Activity:</E>
                         AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH SERVICE, USDA ARS
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Service Type:</E>
                         Janitorial/Custodial Service
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Mandatory for:</E>
                         GSA PBS Region 4, T. G. Abernethy Federal Building, 301 W Commerce Street, Courthouse and Post Office, Aberdeen, MS
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Authorized Source of Supply:</E>
                         Alabama Goodwill Industries, Inc., Birmingham, AL
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Contracting Activity:</E>
                         PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE, ACQUISITION DIVISION/SERVICES BRANCH
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Service Type:</E>
                         Grounds Maintenance
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Mandatory for:</E>
                         U.S. Coast Guard, Townsends Inlet Recreational Facility, 8101 Landis Avenue, Sea Isle, NJ
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Authorized Source of Supply:</E>
                         Fedcap Rehabilitation Services, Inc., New York, NY
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Contracting Activity:</E>
                         U.S. COAST GUARD, TRACEN CAPE MAY(00042)
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Service Type:</E>
                         Administrative Service
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Mandatory for:</E>
                         U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Huntsville Engineering and Support Center, 4820 University Square, Huntsville, AL
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Authorized Source of Supply:</E>
                         Huntsville Rehabilitation Foundation, Inc., Huntsville, AL
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Contracting Activity:</E>
                         DEPT OF THE ARMY, W2V6 USA ENG SPT CTR HUNTSVIL
                    </FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Michael R. Jurkowski,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Business Operations.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28067 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6353-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Renewal of Department of Defense Federal Advisory Committees—Defense Health Board</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of Defense (DoD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Renewal of Federal advisory committee.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The DoD is publishing this notice to announce that it is renewing the Defense Health Board (DHB).</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Jim Freeman, Advisory Committee Management Officer for the Department of Defense, 703-697-1142.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The DHB is being renewed in accordance with chapter 10 of title 5, United States Code (U.S.C.) (commonly referred to as the “Federal Advisory Committee Act” or “FACA”) and 41 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) chapter 102-3.50(d). 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94717"/>
                    The charter and contact information for the DHB's Designated Federal Officer (DFO) are found at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.facadatabase.gov/FACA/apex/FACAPublicAgencyNavigation.</E>
                </P>
                <P>The DHB provides independent advice and recommendations to maximize the safety and quality of, as well as access to, health care for DoD health care beneficiaries. The DHB will focus on matters pertaining to: (a) DoD health care policy and program management; (b) the delivery of high-quality health care services to DoD beneficiaries; (c) the promotion of health, wellness, and prevention within the DoD; (d) the treatment of disease and injury by the DoD; (e) health research priorities; and (f) other health-related matters of special interest to the DoD, as determined by the Secretary of Defense of the Deputy Secretary of Defense (“the DoD Appointing Authority”), or the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness (USD(P&amp;R)). All DHB work will be in response to written terms of reference (ToR) approved by the DoD Appointing Authority or the USD(P&amp;R), unless otherwise provided in statute or Presidential directive.</P>
                <P>The DHB shall be composed of no more than 20 members, and as determined by the DoD Appointing Authority, the DHB's total parent-level and subcommittee-level membership cannot exceed 50 members unless otherwise directed by the DoD Appointing Authority. Membership will consist of private and public health care leaders with a diversity of background, experience, and thought in support of the DHB mission in one or more of the following disciplines: health systems, clinical health care, infectious disease, public health, trauma medicine, beneficiary representation, heal the informatics, patient care safety/quality care, neuroscience, and/or behavioral health.</P>
                <P>The appointment or designation of DHB members to the DHB shall be approved by the DoD Appointing Authority for a term of service of one-to-four years, with annual renewals, in accordance with DoD policy and procedures. No member, unless approved by the DoD Appointing Authority, may serve more than two consecutive terms of service on the DHB, to include its subcommittees, or serve on more than two DoD Federal advisory committees at one time. The DoD Appointing Authority shall appoint the DHB's leadership from among the membership previously approved to serve on the DHB, in accordance with DoD policy and procedures, for a leadership term of service of one-to-two years, with annual renewal, not to exceed the member's approved DHB appointment.</P>
                <P>DHB members who are not full-time or permanent part-time Federal civilian officers or employees, or active-duty members of the Uniformed Services, shall be appointed as experts or consultants pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 3109 to serve as special government employee (SGE) members. DHB members who are full-time or permanent part-time Federal civilian officers or employees, or active-duty members of the Uniformed Services, shall be designated pursuant to 41 CFR 102-3.130(a) to serve as regular government employee (RGE) members. The DoD Appointing Authority shall appoint the DHB's leadership from among the membership previously approved to serve on the DHB in accordance with DoD policy and procedures, for a term of service of one-to-two years, with annual renewal, which shall not exceed the member's approved DHB appointment or designation.</P>
                <P>DHB members are appointed or designated to exercise their own best judgment on behalf of the DoD, without representing any particular points of view, and to discuss and deliberate in a manner that is free from conflicts of interest. Except for reimbursement of official DHB-related travel and per diem, DHB members serve without compensation.</P>
                <P>The public or interested organizations may submit written statements to the DHB about the DHB's mission and functions. Written statements may be submitted at any time or in response to the stated agenda of planned meeting of the DHB. All written statements shall be submitted to the DFO for the DHB, and this individual will ensure that the written statements are provided to the membership for their consideration.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Aaron T. Siegel,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28059 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Department of the Navy</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Intent for Naval Station Newport Water and Wastewater Infrastructure Divestment</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of the Navy (DON), Department of Defense (DoD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The DON (or “Government”) is issuing this solicitation to enter into a land conveyance agreement (“Solicitation”) to convey Naval Station Newport's (“NS Newport”) water and wastewater infrastructure, located in Newport, RI. The Navy is investigating the use of the Exchange Pilot Authority to execute a long-term divestment strategy for the water and wastewater infrastructure at Naval Station Newport. The DON vision is to divest of the Government owned class II property via a Bill of Sale, then enter into a mutually beneficial real estate agreement containing the easement area for the utilities traversing the DON property, whereby an interested eligible party maintains the infrastructure and provides water and wastewater services to the installation, Government entities and surrounding community via a Utility Service Contract. In-Kind Consideration (IKC) will be provided to the DON in the form of credit towards the water and wastewater bill.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The Secretary concerned shall submit a copy of the Federal Registrar notice to ASD(S) no later than 7 calendar days prior to notification. Request for Proposals (RFP) will be released to SAM.gov on December 13, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Command NAVFAC MIDLANT NORFOLK, Attn: Heather Stadler, Deputy Director Real Estate Division, 757-341-2000 
                        <E T="03">heather.m.stadler2.civ@us.navy.mil.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>DON is seeking a potential offer to demonstrate the following qualifications in response to the Request for Proposal. Summary of relevant experience, past and present performance, financial information/history, as well as Development Plan and Maintenance and Management Capability. The submitted information will assist DON in selecting one offeror to move forward into exclusive and technical negotiations. The following entities have been identified as potential offerors due to their response to the Request For Information (RFI), released on March 8, 2024: American Water, Carver Water, and ASUS.</P>
                <P>
                    Naval Station Newport, on behalf of DON, is currently responsible for the operation, maintenance, distribution, and capital improvements of the Installation's Potable Water and Wastewater Infrastructure. Due to limited manpower, funding, and utilization, the Business Case Analysis (BCA) determined it is the best interest of DON to divest these assets and associated operations to an eligible entity willing and able to enter into an 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94718"/>
                    Exchange Agreement with the DON. The infrastructure proposed is owned by the Government, who is responsible for the operation and maintenance. The Navy infrastructure ties into larger City of Newport (“City”)-operated systems, and the City provides water and wastewater services to both Government and private customers. The underlying property is primarily owned by the DON, but exceptions exist where the DON is required to provide services on non-Government owned land or where DON infrastructure runs on or through non-Government owned land to connect with the City provider of potable water and wastewater treatment or provide services to private customers. The DON will continue operating under its agreements with the City for purchase of the commodities, particularly related to its rate determinations and allowable allocations.
                </P>
                <P>The DON expects the selected offeror to acquire the utility infrastructure and approximately 464.44 acres of property surrounding the system.</P>
                <P>The potable water distribution infrastructure consists of two separate licensed potable infrastructure that are regulated by the Rhode Island Department of Health (RIDOH). These two infrastructures are for the Main Base and Fort Adams. The infrastructure consists of approximately 55 miles of distribution piping, four fire pump stations and four underground reservoirs. Potable water is purchased from the City of Newport through metered connections.</P>
                <P>The water infrastructure consists of the following components:</P>
                <P>• Four (4) fire pumping stations;</P>
                <P>• Four (4) underground reservoirs;</P>
                <P>• 520 fire hydrants;</P>
                <P>• 3,000 valves; and</P>
                <P>• 55 miles of potable water line.</P>
                <P>The Naval Station Newport wastewater collection and pumping system includes systems across the installation serving Coasters Harbor Island, Coddington Cove, Coddington Point, the Naval Undersea Warfare Center (NUWC), Navy Housing, and other activities. There are a total of 15 service areas that make up the sanitary sewer collection system. Additionally, sewage flows from private customers that purchase water directly from the municipality and are directed to the NAVSTA sanitary sewer system. The sewer collection system consists of approximately 33 miles of gravity lines, six miles of force mains, and 15 pump stations. Wastewater is discharged through three main connections to the City of Newport. These are pump stations 48 (Coddington Cove), 68 (Training Station), and 338 (Coddington Point). The average sewage flow for Naval Station Newport is approximately 1 million gallons per day. Naval Station Newport purchases all of its wastewater treatment services from the City of Newport.</P>
                <P>The City of Newport recently completed a $35M+ capital improvement project at the wastewater treatment plant facility and the Navy provided funding in the amount of $5.863M in FY20 for the Navy proportional share of these improvements.</P>
                <P>The wastewater collection infrastructure can be broken down as follows:</P>
                <P>• 33 miles of gravity service mains;</P>
                <P>• six miles of force mains;</P>
                <P>• 790 manholes; and</P>
                <P>• 16 pump stations.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Minimum Fair Market Value:</E>
                     An appraisal will be completed by the Selected Offeror during Phase II of the RFP in accordance with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) and reviewed by a government appraiser. The appraisal will be completed after the survey of the infrastructure has been accepted and will establish the minimum fair market value.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     Under the use of 10 U.S.C 2869, Exchange of Property at Military Installations, as further amended by section 2862 for the William M. “Mac” Thornberry National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year 2021, as implemented by the Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Sustainment) Memo, “Establishment of Pilot Program to Expand Real Property Exchange Authority”, dated 30 June 2021, the DON is investigating the divestment of the water and wastewater infrastructure at Naval Station Newport. In exchange, DON is seeking IKC, as authorized under the authority, to include the five-year pilot program, to exercise temporary expanded real property exchange authority to accept installation support services (as defined in 10 U.S.C. 2679(f)).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>A.J. Gioiello,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Lieutenant Commander, Judge Advocate General's Corps, U.S. Navy, Federal Register Liaison Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28030 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3810-FF-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Secretary of Energy Advisory Board; Correction Department of Energy.</SUBJECT>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of open meeting, correction.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>On November 20, 2024, the Department of Energy published a notice of open meeting announcing a meeting on December 10, 2024, of the Secretary of Energy Advisory Board (SEAB). This document makes a location and time correction to that notice. The meeting will now be held from 11:45 a.m.-1 p.m. EDT with virtual attendance only.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        David Borak, Designated Federal Officer; U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585; Telephone: (202) 586-5216 or Email: 
                        <E T="03">seab@hq.doe.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Corrections</HD>
                <P>
                    1. In the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     of November 20, 2024, in FR Doc. 2024-27102, on page 89 FR 91722, starting in the second column, correct the 
                    <E T="02">DATES</E>
                     caption to read:
                </P>
                <FP>
                    <E T="02">DATES:</E>
                     Tuesday, December 10, 2024; 11:45 a.m.-1 p.m.
                </FP>
                <P>
                    2. On page 89 FR 91722, starting in the second column, correct the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     caption to read:
                </P>
                <FP>
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES:</E>
                     This meeting is open to the public virtually. Registration is required by registering at the SEAB meeting page at: 
                    <E T="03">www.energy.gov/seab/seab-meetings.</E>
                </FP>
                <P>
                    3. On page 89 FR 91722, starting in the third column, correct the 
                    <E T="03">Tentative Agenda</E>
                     to read:
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Tentative Agenda:</E>
                     The meeting will start at 11:45 a.m. Eastern Time on December 10, 2024. The tentative meeting agenda includes: roll call, remarks from the SEAB chair, discussion of the SEAB report on artificial intelligence and permitting, and public comment. The meeting will conclude at approximately 1 p.m. Meeting materials can be found here: 
                    <E T="03">www.energy.gov/seab/seab-meetings.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Signing Authority:</E>
                     This document of the Department of Energy was signed on November 22, 2024, by Alyssa Petit, Deputy Committee Management Officer, pursuant to delegated authority from the Secretary of Energy. That document with the original signature and date is maintained by DOE. For administrative purposes only, and in compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the undersigned DOE Federal Register Liaison Officer has been 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94719"/>
                    authorized to sign and submit the document in electronic format for publication, as an official document of the Department of Energy. This administrative process in no way alters the legal effect of this document upon publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, on November 25, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Jennifer Hartzell,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Alternate Federal Register Liaison Officer, U.S. Department of Energy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28041 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC> [Project No. 8315-017]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Request for Soliciting Scoping Comments; Eagle Creek Sartell Hydro, LLC</SUBJECT>
                <P>Take notice that the following hydroelectric application has been filed with the Commission and is available for public inspection.</P>
                <P>
                    a. 
                    <E T="03">Type of Application:</E>
                     New Major License.
                </P>
                <P>
                    b. 
                    <E T="03">Project No.:</E>
                     P-8315-017.
                </P>
                <P>
                    c. 
                    <E T="03">Date Filed:</E>
                     February 28, 2023.
                </P>
                <P>
                    d. 
                    <E T="03">Applicant:</E>
                     Eagle Creek Sartell Hydro, LLC (Eagle Creek).
                </P>
                <P>
                    e. 
                    <E T="03">Name of Project:</E>
                     Sartell Hydroelectric Project.
                </P>
                <P>
                    f. 
                    <E T="03">Location:</E>
                     The existing project is located on the Mississippi River in Stearns and Benton Counties, Minnesota.
                </P>
                <P>
                    g. 
                    <E T="03">Filed Pursuant to:</E>
                     Federal Power Act 16 U.S.C. 791 (a)-825(r).
                </P>
                <P>
                    h. 
                    <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>
                     David H. Fox, Senior Director, Regulatory Affairs, Eagle Creek Sartell Hydro, LLC, 7315 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1100W Bethesda, Maryland 20814; phone: (201) 306-5616; 
                    <E T="03">David.Fox@eaglecreekre.com.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    i. 
                    <E T="03">FERC Contact:</E>
                     Michael Davis at (202) 502-8339; or 
                    <E T="03">michael.davis@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    j. 
                    <E T="03">Deadline for filing scoping comments:</E>
                     December 23, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file motions to intervene and protests and requests for cooperating status using the Commission's eFiling system at 
                    <E T="03">https://ferconline.ferc.gov/FERCOnline.aspx.</E>
                     For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at 
                    <E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     (866) 208-3676 (toll free), or (202) 502-8659 (TTY). In lieu of electronic filing, you may submit a paper copy. Submissions sent via the U.S. Postal Service must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426. Submissions sent via any other carrier must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852. All filings must clearly identify the project name and docket number on the first page: Sartell Hydroelectric Project (P-8315-017).
                </P>
                <P>The Commission's Rules of Practice require all intervenors filing documents with the Commission to serve a copy of that document on each person on the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor files comments or documents with the Commission relating to the merits of an issue that may affect the responsibilities of a particular resource agency, they must also serve a copy of the document on that resource agency.</P>
                <P>k. This application is not ready for environmental analysis at this time.</P>
                <P>
                    l. 
                    <E T="03">The Sartell Hydroelectric Project consists of the following existing facilities:</E>
                     (1) a 46-foot-high dam with four sections; (2) a powerhouse containing 11 generating units; (3) a radial Tainter-type gate section and bascule gate section; (4) a concrete non-overflow dam section; (5) an overflow spillway; (6) an earthen embankment; (7) a step-up transformer; and (8) a 715-foot-long transmission line. The reservoir encompasses approximately 2,350.5 acres with a gross storage capacity of 15,278.3 acre-feet at the reservoir surface elevation of 1,015 feet National Geodetic Vertical Datum 1929. The project has a combined total rated capacity of 8.95 megawatts.
                </P>
                <P>
                    m. The application can be viewed on the Commission's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ferc.gov</E>
                     using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the project's docket number, excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document (P-8315). For assistance, contact FERC Online Support at 
                    <E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     or call (866) 208-3676 (toll-free) or (202) 502 8659 (TTY).
                </P>
                <P>
                    You may also register online at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/esubscription.asp</E>
                     to be notified via email of new filings and issuances related to this or other pending projects. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support.
                </P>
                <P>
                    n. The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595, or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    o. 
                    <E T="03">Scoping Process:</E>
                     Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), Commission staff intends to prepare either an environmental assessment (EA) or an environmental impact statement (EIS) (collectively referred to as the “NEPA document”) that describes and evaluates the probable effects, including an assessment of the site-specific and cumulative effects, if any, of the proposed action and alternatives. The Commission's scoping process will help determine the required level of analysis and satisfy the NEPA scoping requirements, irrespective of whether the Commission issues an EA or an EIS. At this time, we do not anticipate holding an on-site scoping meeting. Instead, we are soliciting written comments and suggestions on the preliminary list of issues and alternatives to be addressed in the NEPA document, as described in scoping document 1 (SD1), issued November 21, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Copies of the SD1 outlining the subject areas to be addressed in the NEPA document were distributed to the parties on the Commission's mailing list and the applicant's distribution list. Copies of SD1 may be viewed on the web at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>
                     using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, call 1-866-208-3676 or for TTY, (202) 502-8659.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27966 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Project No. 1889-085, Project No. 2485-071]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Revised Procedural Schedule for Environmental Impact Statement for the Proposed Project Relicenses: FirstLight MA Hydro LLC, Northfield Mountain LLC</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    On April 29, 2016, and materially amended on December 4, 2020, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94720"/>
                    FirstLight MA Hydro LLC and Northfield Mountain LLC, respectively, filed applications for new major licenses to operate the 62.0-megawatt (MW) Turners Falls Hydroelectric Project (Turners Falls Project; FERC No. 1889) and 1,166.8-MW Northfield Mountain Pumped Storage Project (Northfield Mountain Project; FERC No. 2485) (collectively, projects). On June 5, 2024, Commission staff issued a notice of intent to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) to evaluate the effects of relicensing the projects. The notice included an anticipated schedule for issuing the draft and final EIS.
                </P>
                <P>By this notice, Commission staff is updating the procedural schedule for completing the draft and final EIS. The revised schedule is shown below. Further revisions to the schedule may be made as appropriate.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r50">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Milestone</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Target date</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Issue draft EIS</ENT>
                        <ENT>April 2025.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Draft EIS Public Meeting</ENT>
                        <ENT>May 2025.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Comments on draft EIS due</ENT>
                        <ENT>June 2025.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Commission issues final EIS</ENT>
                        <ENT>December 2025.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 4336a(c), we are soliciting additional comments on alternatives or impacts and on relevant information, studies, or analyses with respect to the proposed action. Such comments must be filed within 30 days of this notice. Comments on these topics already filed in response to the REA Notice do not need to be refiled.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments using the Commission's eFiling system at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling.asp.</E>
                     Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/ecomment.asp.</E>
                     For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at 
                    <E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     (866) 208-3676 (toll free), or (202) 502-8659 (TTY). In lieu of electronic filing, you may submit a paper copy. Submissions sent via the U.S. Postal Service must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426. Submissions sent via any other carrier must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852. All filings must clearly identify the project name and docket number on the first page.
                </P>
                <P>The Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedures require all intervenors filing documents with the Commission to serve a copy of that document on each person on the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor files comments or documents with the Commission relating to the merits of an issue that may affect the responsibilities of a particular resource agency, they must also serve a copy of the document on that resource agency.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595, or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Any questions regarding this notice may be directed to Steve Kartalia at (202) 502-6131 or 
                    <E T="03">stephen.kartalia@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27970 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CP17-443-001]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>National Fuel Gas Supply Corporation; Notice of Request for Extension of Time</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    Take notice that on November 15, 2024, National Fuel Gas Supply Corporation (National Fuel) requested that the Commission grant an extension of time, until December 31, 2025, to complete abandonment of Well WH23 in the Wharton Storage Field as part of its Wharton WH23 Storage Well Abandonment Project (Project) located in Potter County, Pennsylvania. On March 25, 2017, the Commission issued a Notice of Request Under Blanket Authorization for the Project, which established a 60-day comment period, ending on July 7, 2017. No protests were filed during the comment period, and accordingly, by Rule, the project was authorized on July 8, 2017, and construction required to be completed within one year or July 24, 2018. The Commission subsequently granted four extensions of time; the current deadline for the Project facilities to be constructed and placed into service is December 31, 2024.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         See National Fuel Gas Supply Corporation, Request for Extension of Time, filed July 22, 2021, and September 21, 2021 delegated letter order to National Fuel granting National Fuel's request.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>National Fuel states abandonment activities were suspended in June 2023 due to higher than anticipated wellhead pressures and that it has conducted work to allow for monitoring and isolation of certain storage reservoir zones. National Fuel states it plans to complete abandonment work and monitor the wellhead pressure over the 2024-2025 withdrawal season to assure the well is sealed. Therefore, National Fuel requests an extension of time until December 31, 2025, to complete abandonment work and assure that Well WH23 is sealed.</P>
                <P>This notice establishes a 15-calendar day intervention and comment period deadline. Any person wishing to comment on National Fuel's request for an extension of time may do so. No reply comments or answers will be considered. If you wish to obtain legal status by becoming a party to the proceedings for this request, you should, on or before the comment date stated below, file a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.214 or 385.211) and the Regulations under the Natural Gas Act (NGA) (18 CFR 157.10).</P>
                <P>
                    As a matter of practice, the Commission itself generally acts on requests for extensions of time to complete construction for NGA facilities when such requests are contested before order issuance. For those extension requests that are contested,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Commission will aim to issue an order acting on the request within 45 days.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Commission will address all arguments relating to whether the applicant has demonstrated there is good cause to grant the extension.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Commission will not consider arguments that re-litigate the issuance of the certificate order, including whether the Commission properly found the project to be in the public convenience and necessity and whether the Commission's environmental analysis for the certificate complied with the National Environmental Policy Act 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94721"/>
                    (NEPA).
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     At the time a pipeline requests an extension of time, orders on certificates of public convenience and necessity are final and the Commission will not re-litigate their issuance.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Director of the Office of Energy Projects, or his or her designee, will act on all of those extension requests that are uncontested.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Contested proceedings are those where an intervenor disputes any material issue of the filing. 18 CFR 385.2201(c)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Algonquin Gas Transmission, LLC,</E>
                         170 FERC ¶ 61,144, at P 40 (2020).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at P 40.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         Similarly, the Commission will not re-litigate the issuance of an NGA section 3 authorization, including whether a proposed project is not inconsistent with the public interest and whether the Commission's environmental analysis for the permit order complied with NEPA.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Algonquin Gas Transmission, LLC,</E>
                         170 FERC ¶ 61,144, at P 40 (2020).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , the Commission provides all interested persons an opportunity to view and/or print the contents of this document via the internet through the Commission's Home Page (
                    <E T="03">https://www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ). From the Commission's Home Page on the internet, this information is available on eLibrary. The full text of this document is available on eLibrary in PDF and Microsoft Word format for viewing, printing, and/or downloading. To access this document in eLibrary, type the docket number excluding the last three digits of this document in the docket number field.
                </P>
                <P>
                    User assistance is available for eLibrary and the Commission's website during normal business hours from FERC Online Support at (202) 502-6652 (toll free at 1-866-208-3676) or email at 
                    <E T="03">ferconlinesupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     or the Public Reference Room at (202) 502-8371, TTY (202) 502-8659. Email the Public Reference Room at 
                    <E T="03">public.referenceroom@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings of comments in lieu of paper using the “eFile” link at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov.</E>
                     In lieu of electronic filing, you may submit a paper copy which must reference the Project docket number.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via USPS:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via any other courier:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on December 6, 2024.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27977 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CP24-93-000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Schedule for the Preparation of an Environmental Assessment for the Venice Gathering System Abandonment Project: Venice Gathering System, LLC</SUBJECT>
                <P>On March 12, 2024, Venice Gathering System, L.L.C. (VGS) filed an application with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC), in Docket No. CP24-93-000, requesting authorization pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Natural Gas Act to abandon certain natural gas pipeline facilities. The proposed project is known as the Venice Gathering System Abandonment Project (Project).</P>
                <P>On March 18, 2024, the FERC issued its Notice of Application for the Project. Among other things, that notice alerted agencies issuing federal authorizations of the requirement to complete all necessary reviews and to reach a final decision on a request for a federal authorization within 90 days of the date of issuance of the Commission staff's environmental document for the Project.</P>
                <P>
                    This notice identifies Commission staff's intention to prepare an environmental assessment (EA) for the Project and the planned schedule for the completion of the environmental review.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The EA would be issued for a 30-day comment period.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         In accordance with the Council on Environmental Quality's regulations, the unique identification number for documents relating to this environmental review is EAXX-019-20-000-1730110485. 40 CFR 1501.5(c)(4) (2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Schedule for Environmental Review</HD>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Issuance of EA—January 31, 2025</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    90-day Federal Authorization Decision Deadline 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    —May 1, 2025
                </FP>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         The Commission's deadline applies to the decisions of other federal agencies, and state agencies acting under federally delegated authority, that are responsible for federal authorizations, permits, and other approvals necessary for proposed projects under the Natural Gas Act. Per 18 CFR 157.22(a), the Commission's deadline for other agency's decisions applies unless a schedule is otherwise established by federal law.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>If a schedule change becomes necessary, additional notice would be provided by FERC so that the relevant agencies are kept informed of the Project's progress.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Project Description</HD>
                <P>VGS proposes to abandon certain onshore and offshore facilities comprising the Venice Gathering System located onshore in the state of Louisiana and offshore in state and federal waters in the Gulf of Mexico. Specifically, VGS proposes to abandon in-place a total of approximately 121.5 miles of 8-inch to 26-inch-diameter pipeline extending south of Venice Energy Services Company LLC's natural gas processing plant in Plaquemines Parish, Louisiana to offshore federal waters in the Gulf of Mexico in South Timbalier Block 151 and West Delta Blocks 41 and 72.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    On November 5, 2024, the Commission issued a 
                    <E T="03">Notice of Scoping Period Requesting Comments on Environmental Issues for the Proposed Venice Gathering System Pipeline Abandonment Project</E>
                     (Notice of Scoping). The Notice of Scoping was sent to affected landowners; federal, state, and local government agencies; elected officials; environmental and public interest groups; interested Indian tribes; other interested parties; and local libraries and newspapers. As of today's notice, the Commission has received no comments from any parties in response to the Notice of Scoping. All substantive environmental comments will be addressed in the EA. No government agencies volunteered to be cooperating agencies in the preparation of the EA.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Additional Information</HD>
                <P>
                    In order to receive notification of the issuance of the EA and to keep track of formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription. This service provides automatic notification of filings made to subscribed dockets, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. Go to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ferc.gov/ferc-online/overview</E>
                     to register for eSubscription.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94722"/>
                    landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Additional information about the Project is available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs at (866) 208-FERC or on the FERC website (
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ). Using the “eLibrary” link, select “General Search” from the eLibrary menu, enter the selected date range and “Docket Number” excluding the last three digits (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     CP24-93), and follow the instructions. For assistance with access to eLibrary, the helpline can be reached at (866) 208-3676, TTY (202) 502-8659, or at 
                    <E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov.</E>
                     The eLibrary link on the FERC website also provides access to the texts of formal documents issued by the Commission, such as orders, notices, and rule makings.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27976 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. EL25-11-000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Lakewood Cogeneration, L.P.; Notice of Institution of Section 206 Proceeding and Refund Effective Date</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    On November 21, 2024, the Commission issued an order in Docket No. EL25-11-000, pursuant to section 206 of the Federal Power Act (FPA), 16 U.S.C. 824e, instituting an investigation to determine whether Lakewood Cogeneration, L.P.'s Rate Schedule is unjust, unreasonable, unduly discriminatory or preferential, or otherwise unlawful. 
                    <E T="03">Lakewood Cogeneration, L.P.,</E>
                     189 FERC ¶ 61,119 (2024).
                </P>
                <P>
                    The refund effective date in Docket No. EL25-11-000, established pursuant to section 206(b) of the FPA, will be the date of publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>Any interested person desiring to be heard in Docket No. EL25-11-000 must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate, with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, in accordance with Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.214 (2024), within 21 days of the date of issuance of the order.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register,</E>
                     the Commission provides all interested persons an opportunity to view and/or print the contents of this document via the internet through the Commission's Home Page (
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ) using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. From FERC's Home Page on the internet, this information is available on eLibrary. The full text of this document is available on eLibrary in PDF and Microsoft Word format for viewing, printing, and/or downloading. To access this document in eLibrary, type the docket number excluding the last three digits of this document in the docket number field. User assistance is available for eLibrary and the FERC's website during normal business hours from FERC Online Support at 202-502-6652 (toll free at 1-866-208-3676) or email at 
                    <E T="03">ferconlinesupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     or the Public Reference Room at (202) 502-8371, TTY (202) 502-8659. Email the Public Reference Room at 
                    <E T="03">public.referenceroom@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings of comments, protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFile” link at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ferc.gov.</E>
                     In lieu of electronic filing, you may submit a paper copy. Submissions sent via the U.S. Postal Service must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426. Submissions sent via any other carrier must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202)502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27972 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. EL25-7-000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Institution of Section 206 Proceeding and Refund Effective Date; Essential Power OPP, LLC</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    On November 21, 2024, the Commission issued an order in Docket No. EL25-7-000, pursuant to section 206 of the Federal Power Act (FPA), 16 U.S.C. 824e, instituting an investigation to determine whether Essential Power OPP, LLC's Rate Schedule is unjust, unreasonable, unduly discriminatory or preferential, or otherwise unlawful. 
                    <E T="03">Essential Power OPP, LLC,</E>
                     189 FERC ¶ 61,118 (2024).
                </P>
                <P>
                    The refund effective date in Docket No. EL25-7-000, established pursuant to section 206(b) of the FPA, will be the date of publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>Any interested person desiring to be heard in Docket No. EL25-7-000 must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate, with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, in accordance with Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.214 (2024), within 21 days of the date of issuance of the order.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     the Commission provides all interested persons an opportunity to view and/or print the contents of this document via the internet through the Commission's Home Page (
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ) using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. From FERC's Home Page on the internet, this information is available on eLibrary. The full text of this document is available on eLibrary in PDF and Microsoft Word format for viewing, printing, and/or downloading. To access this document in eLibrary, type the docket number excluding the last three digits of this document in the docket number field. User assistance is available for eLibrary and the FERC's website during normal business hours from FERC Online Support at 202-502-6652 (toll free at 1-866-208-3676) or email at 
                    <E T="03">ferconlinesupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     or the Public Reference Room at (202) 502-
                    <PRTPAGE P="94723"/>
                    8371, TTY (202) 502-8659. Email the Public Reference Room at 
                    <E T="03">public.referenceroom@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings of comments, protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFile” link at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov.</E>
                     In lieu of electronic filing, you may submit a paper copy. Submissions sent via the U.S. Postal Service must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE, Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426. Submissions sent via any other carrier must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202)502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27973 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Project No. 2628-066]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Availability of the Draft Environmental Impact Statement for the R.L. Harris Hydroelectric Project, Alabama Power Company, and Public Meetings Soliciting Comments</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>November 21, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    In accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (Commission) regulations, 18 CFR part 380, the Office of Energy Projects has reviewed the application for relicense for the R.L. Harris Hydroelectric Project (Harris Project) (FERC No. 2628) and has prepared a draft environmental impact statement (EIS) for the project. The project is located on the Tallapoosa River near the City of Lineville in Randolph, Clay, and Cleburne Counties, Alabama. The Harris Project also includes land within the James D. Martin-Skyline Wildlife Management Area located approximately 110 miles north of Harris Lake in Jackson County, Alabama.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, amended (Pub. L. 91-190. 42 U.S.C. 4321-4347, as amended by Pub. L. 94-52, July 3, 1975, Pub. L. 94-83, August 9, 1975, Pub. L. 97-258, 4(b), September 13, 1982, Pub. L. 118-5, June 3, 2023). On May 20, 2024, CEQ issued updated regulations that went into effect for new NEPA processes begun after July 1, 2024. 40 CFR 1506.12 (2024). This action is subject to CEQ's previous regulations; thus, citations throughout this document will refer to the 2023 regulations.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The draft EIS contains staff's analysis of the applicant's proposal and the alternatives for relicensing the Harris Project. The draft EIS documents the views of governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations, affected Native-American tribes, the public, the license applicant, and Commission staff.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission provides all interested persons with an opportunity to view and/or print the draft EIS via the internet through the Commission's Home Page (
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/</E>
                    ), using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number, excluding the last three digits in the docket number field, to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support at 
                    <E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     or toll-free at (866) 208-3676, or for TTY, (202) 502-8659.
                </P>
                <P>
                    You may also register online at 
                    <E T="03">https://ferconline.ferc.gov/FERCOnline.aspx</E>
                     to be notified via email of new filings and issuances related to this or other pending projects. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595, or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>All comments must be filed by January 20, 2025.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments using the Commission's eFiling system at 
                    <E T="03">https://ferconline.ferc.gov/eFiling.aspx.</E>
                     Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at 
                    <E T="03">https://ferconline.ferc.gov/QuickComment.aspx.</E>
                     For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at 
                    <E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     (866) 208-3676 (toll free), or (202) 502-8659 (TTY). In lieu of electronic filing, you may submit a paper copy. Submissions sent via the U.S. Postal Service must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426. Submissions sent via any other carrier must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852. The first page of any filing should include docket number P-2628-066.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Anyone may intervene in this proceeding based on this draft EIS (18 CFR 380.10). You must file your request to intervene as specified above.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     You do not need intervenor status to have your comments considered.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Interventions may also be filed electronically via the internet in lieu of paper. See the previous discussion on filing comments electronically.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>In addition to or in lieu of sending written comments, you are invited to attend a public meeting that will be held to receive comments on the draft EIS. Commission staff will hold two public meetings for the purpose of receiving comments on the draft EIS. All interested individuals and entities will be invited to attend one or both of the public meetings. The dates and times of the public meetings are listed below.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Evening Meeting</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Date:</E>
                     Monday, December 16, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Time:</E>
                     6 p.m. to 8 p.m. Central Daylight Time.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Location:</E>
                     Wedowee Marine South, 9681 Highway 48, Lineville, Alabama 36266.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Daytime Meeting</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Date:</E>
                     Tuesday, December 17, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Time:</E>
                     9 a.m. to 11 a.m. Central Daylight Time.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Location:</E>
                     Wedowee Marine South, 9681 Highway 48, Lineville, Alabama 36266.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Commission staff will moderate the meetings. The meetings will begin promptly at their respective start times listed above. At the start of each meeting, Commission staff will provide a brief overview of the meeting format and objectives. Individual oral comments will be taken on a one-on-one basis with a court reporter (with Commission staff present). This format is designed to receive the maximum number of oral comments in a convenient way during the timeframe 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94724"/>
                    allotted. If you wish to speak, Commission staff will hand out numbers in the order of your arrival. If all individuals who wish to provide comments have had an opportunity to do so, Commission staff may conclude the meeting a half hour earlier than the scheduled time.
                </P>
                <P>Comments will be recorded by the court reporter and become part of the public record for this proceeding. Transcripts will be publicly available on FERC's eLibrary system. If a significant number of people are interested in providing oral comments in the one-on-one settings, a time limit may be implemented for each commentor.</P>
                <P>It is important to note that the Commission provides equal consideration to all comments received, whether filed in writing or provided orally at a public meeting. Interested parties who choose not to speak or who are unable to attend the draft EIS meetings may provide written comments and information to the Commission as described above.</P>
                <P>
                    For further information, contact Sarah Salazar at (202) 502-6863, or 
                    <E T="03">sarah.salazar@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27969 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Project No. 2905-035]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Village of Enosburg Falls, Vermont; Notice of Availability of Environmental Assessment</SUBJECT>
                <P>In accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (Commission) regulations, 18 CFR part 380, the Office of Energy Projects has reviewed the application for a subsequent license to continue to operate and maintain the Enosburg Falls Hydroelectric Project No. 2905 (project). The project is located on the Missisquoi River in the Village of Enosburg Falls, Franklin County, Vermont. Commission staff has prepared an Environmental Assessment (EA) for the project.</P>
                <P>The EA contains staff's analysis of the potential environmental impacts of the project and concludes that licensing the project, with appropriate environmental protective measures, would not constitute a major federal action that would significantly affect the quality of the human environment.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission provides all interested persons with an opportunity to view and/or print the EA via the internet through the Commission's Home Page (
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/</E>
                    ), using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number, excluding the last three digits in the docket number field, to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support at 
                    <E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     or at (866) 208-3676 (toll-free), or (202) 502-8659 (TTY).
                </P>
                <P>
                    You may also register online at 
                    <E T="03">https://ferconline.ferc.gov/FERCOnline.aspx</E>
                     to be notified via email of new filings and issuances related to this or other pending projects. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support.
                </P>
                <P>Any comments should be filed within 30 days from the date of this notice.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments using the Commission's eFiling system at 
                    <E T="03">https://ferconline.ferc.gov/FERCOnline.aspx.</E>
                     Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at 
                    <E T="03">https://ferconline.ferc.gov/QuickComment.aspx.</E>
                     You must include your name at the end of your comments. For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support. In lieu of electronic filing, you may submit a paper copy. Submissions sent via the U.S. Postal Service must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426. Submissions sent via any other carrier must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852. The first page of any filing should include docket number P-2905-035.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202)502-6595, or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    For further information, contact Arash Barsari at (202) 502-6207 or 
                    <E T="03">Arash.JalaliBarsari@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27967 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. EL25-6-000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Institution of Section 206 Proceeding and Refund Effective Date: Essential Power Rock Springs, LLC</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    On November 21, 2024, the Commission issued an order in Docket No. EL25-6-000, pursuant to section 206 of the Federal Power Act (FPA), 16 U.S.C. 824e, instituting an investigation to determine whether Essential Power Rock Springs, LLC's Rate Schedule is unjust, unreasonable, unduly discriminatory, or preferential, or otherwise unlawful. 
                    <E T="03">Essential Power Rock Springs, LLC</E>
                     189 FERC ¶ 61,117 (2024).
                </P>
                <P>
                    The refund effective date in Docket No. EL25-6-000, established pursuant to section 206(b) of the FPA, will be the date of publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>Any interested person desiring to be heard in Docket No. EL25-6-000 must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate, with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, in accordance with Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.214 (2024), within 21 days of the date of issuance of the order.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , the Commission provides all interested persons an opportunity to view and/or print the contents of this document via the internet through the Commission's Home Page (
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ) using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. From FERC's Home Page on the internet, this information is available on eLibrary. The full text of this document is available on eLibrary in PDF and Microsoft Word format for viewing, printing, and/or downloading. To access this document in eLibrary, type the docket number excluding the last three digits of this document in the docket number field. User assistance is available for eLibrary and the FERC's website during normal business hours from FERC Online Support at 202-502-6652 (toll free at 1-866-208-3676) or 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94725"/>
                    email at 
                    <E T="03">ferconlinesupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     or the Public Reference Room at (202) 502-8371, TTY (202) 502-8659. Email the Public Reference Room at 
                    <E T="03">public.referenceroom@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings of comments, protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFile” link at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov.</E>
                     In lieu of electronic filing, you may submit a paper copy. Submissions sent via the U.S. Postal Service must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426. Submissions sent via any other carrier must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27974 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Project No. 2735-104]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Notice Soliciting Scoping Comments: Pacific Gas and Electric Company</SUBJECT>
                <P>Take notice that the following application has been filed with the Commission and is available for public inspection.</P>
                <P>
                    a. 
                    <E T="03">Type of Application:</E>
                     New Major License.
                </P>
                <P>
                    b. 
                    <E T="03">Project No.:</E>
                     P-2735-104.
                </P>
                <P>
                    c. 
                    <E T="03">Date filed:</E>
                     April 18, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    d. 
                    <E T="03">Applicant:</E>
                     Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&amp;E).
                </P>
                <P>
                    e. 
                    <E T="03">Name of Project:</E>
                     Helms Pumped Storage Project (Helms Project or project).
                </P>
                <P>
                    f. 
                    <E T="03">Location:</E>
                     The existing project is located approximately 50 miles northeast of the city of Fresno, on the North Fork Kings River and Helms Creek, in Fresno and Madera Counties, California. The project currently occupies 3,346.6 acres of federal land administered by the U.S. Forest Service, 28.36 acres of federal land managed by the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, and 0.07 acre of land managed by the Bureau of Land Management. The project, if relicensed with the proposed project boundary modifications, would occupy a total of 2,887.7 acres of federal land administered by the U.S. Forest Service, 28.5 acres of federal land managed by the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, and 2.22 acres of land managed by the Bureau of Land Management.
                </P>
                <P>
                    g. 
                    <E T="03">Filed Pursuant to:</E>
                     Federal Power Act 16 U.S.C. 791(a)-825(r).
                </P>
                <P>
                    h. 
                    <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>
                     Mr. Dave Gabbard, Vice President Power Generation, Pacific Gas and Electric Company, 300 Lakeside Drive, Oakland, CA 94612; telephone at (650) 207-9705; email at 
                    <E T="03">David.gabbard@pge.com.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    i. 
                    <E T="03">FERC Contact:</E>
                     Evan Williams, (202) 502-8462, or email at 
                    <E T="03">evan.williams@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    j. 
                    <E T="03">Deadline for filing scoping comments:</E>
                     December 21, 2024.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         If the due date falls on a weekend or holiday, the due date is the following business day.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file scoping comments using the Commission's eFiling system at 
                    <E T="03">https://ferconline.ferc.gov/FERCOnline.aspx.</E>
                     Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at 
                    <E T="03">https://ferconline.ferc.gov/QuickComment.aspx.</E>
                     For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at 
                    <E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     (866) 208-3676 (toll free), or (202) 502-8659 (TTY). In lieu of electronic filing, you may submit a paper copy. Submissions sent via the U.S. Postal Service must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426. Submissions sent via any other carrier must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852. All filings must clearly identify the project name and docket number on the first page: Helms Pumped Storage Project (P-2735-104).
                </P>
                <P>k. This application is not ready for environmental analysis at this time.</P>
                <P>
                    l. 
                    <E T="03">Project Description:</E>
                     The existing Helms Project (project) includes: (1) a 132-foot-long, 89-foot-wide, 58.5-foot-high concrete intake-discharge structure (Courtright Intake-Discharge Structure), with metal trash racks, in Courtright Lake; (2) one 4,243-foot-long tunnel (Tunnel 1) composed of two sections: (a) a 3,312-foot-long, 27-foot-diameter concrete-lined section; and (b) a 931-foot-long, 22-foot-diameter steel-lined section; (3) a 32.5-foot-long, 38-foot-wide, 45-foot-high gatehouse; (4) a 206-foot-long, 22-foot-diameter, above-ground steel pipe that connects Tunnel 1 and Tunnel 2; (5) one 9,016-foot-long tunnel (Tunnel 2) composed of two sections: (a) a 764-foot-long, 22-foot-diameter steel-lined section; and (b) a 8,252-foot-long, 27-foot-diameter concrete-lined section; (6) a 600-foot-long adit of an unknown diameter, with an adit plug with frame and gate; (7) a 535-foot-high, vertical shaft surge chamber for Tunnel 2 with a 47-foot-diameter lower section and 60-foot-diameter upper section, with 12 feet of the chamber exposed above grade; (8) a 2,205-foot-long penstock composed of three sections: (a) a 1,070-foot-long, 27-foot-diameter concrete-lined section; (b) a 300-foot-long, 27-foot-diameter concrete-lined section; and (c) a 330-foot-long, 27-foot-diameter concrete-lined manifold section, that branches into three, 505-foot-long steel-lined penstocks, that reduce in diameter from 15.5 feet, to 11.5 feet, to 10.5 feet until connecting to the turbine-generator; (9) a 336-foot-long, 83-foot-wide, 125-foot-high excavated rock chamber underground powerhouse that includes three, 360-megawatt (MW) vertical Francis-type pump-turbine units, for a total installed capacity of 1,080 MW, and three, vertical indoor generators with an approximate total nameplate capacity of 1,212 MW; (10) a 3,727-foot-long, 27-foot-diameter concrete-lined tunnel (Tunnel 3); (11) a 984-foot-tall, vertical shaft surge chamber for Tunnel 3 with a 27-foot-diameter lower section and a 44-foot-diameter upper section that transitions into a 10-foot-diameter air shaft topped by a 10-foot-tall, 14-foot-diameter protective device above grade; (12) an 88-foot-long, 78-foot-wide, 51-foot-high concrete intake-discharge structure (Wishon Intake-Discharge Structure), with metal trash racks, in Lake Wishon; (13) a 220-foot by- 265-foot above ground, fenced switchyard; (14) an underground transformer bank of 10 transformers with a capacity of 150,000 kilo-volt-amperes each; (15) a 3,723-foot-long, 30-foot-wide, 25-foot-high powerhouse access tunnel; and (16) appurtenant facilities.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Although the project facilities do not include any dam or reservoir, PG&amp;E operates the project for power generation using Courtright Lake (upper 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94726"/>
                    reservoir) and Lake Wishon (lower reservoir), impounded by Courtright Dam and Wishon Dam, respectively, which are licensed project facilities of the Hass-Kings River Hydroelectric Project (Project No. P-1988). Courtright Lake has a usable storage area of approximately 123,184 acre-feet and normal maximum and minimum water surface elevations of 8,184 feet and 8,050 feet, respectively. Lake Wishon has a usable storage area of approximately 128,606 acre-feet and normal maximum and minimum water surface elevations of 6,550 feet and 6,428.9 feet, respectively. To generate power, water is released from Courtright Lake through the Courtright Intake-Discharge Structure, Tunnel 1, Tunnel 2, and the penstock, into the powerhouse and is discharged through Tunnel 3 and the Wishon Intake-Discharge Structure into Lake Wishon. During periods of low energy demand, water is pumped through these project facilities in reverse (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     from Lake Wishon to Courtright Lake).
                </P>
                <P>The project generators are connected to the regional electric grid by: (1) an underground transformer bank of 10 transformers with a capacity of 150,000 kilo-volt-amperes each; (2) a 220-foot by- 265-foot above ground, fenced switchyard; and (3) a 60.7-mile-long, double-circuit 230-kilovolt (kV) transmission line that connects the Helms switchyard to PG&amp;E's interconnection point with the grid at the non-project Gregg Substation. The project also includes an approximately 1.8-mile-long, 21-kV distribution line from the non-project Woodchuck Substation to the Helms Headquarters and Helms Powerhouse and an approximately 2-mile-long, 21-kV distribution line from the non-project Woodchuck Substation to the Helms Support Facility and non-project Wishon Village Recreational Vehicle Park.</P>
                <P>The project also includes: (1) the Helms Headquarters facility with ancillary facilities; (2) the Helms Support Facility with ancillary facilities; (3) project recreation facilities including the: (a) Courtright Boat Launch; (b) Trapper Springs Campground; (c) Marmot Rock Campground; (d) Wee-Mee-Kute Fishing Access; (e) Wishon Boat Launch; (f) Lily Pad Campground; (g) Upper Kings River Group Campground; (h) Wishon Dam Fishing Access; (i) Short Hair Creek Fishing Access; (j) Coolidge Meadow Fishing Access; (k) Helms Picnic Area; (l) Upper Kings River Fishing Access, and their ancillary facilities and amenities; (4) an approximately 80-acre Wildlife Habitat Management Area; (5) three, approximately 87-foot-diameter asphalt-surfaced helicopter landing pads; (6) 36.45 miles of non-recreation, vehicular project roads and trails; and (7) 1.08 miles of non-recreation, pedestrian project trails.</P>
                <P>Although water is typically released from Courtright Lake into Lake Wishon for approximately 6 hours daily to generate electricity the timeframe can range from 4- to- 12 hours. The estimated annual generation from 2015 through 2022 was approximately 745 gigawatt-hours per year.</P>
                <P>
                    m. A copy of the application can be viewed on the Commission's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ferc.gov</E>
                     using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document (P-2735). For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support (see item j above).
                </P>
                <P>
                    You may also register at 
                    <E T="03">https://ferconline.ferc.gov/FERCOnline.aspx</E>
                     to be notified via email of new filings and issuances related to this or other pending projects. For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support (see item j above).
                </P>
                <P>
                    n. The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>o. Scoping Process</P>
                <P>Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), Commission staff intends to prepare either an environmental assessment (EA) or an environmental impact statement (EIS) (collectively referred to as the “NEPA document”) that describes and evaluates the probable effects, including an assessment of the site-specific and cumulative effects, if any, of the proposed action and alternatives. The Commission's scoping process will help determine the required level of analysis and satisfy the NEPA scoping requirements, irrespective of whether the Commission issues an EA or an EIS. At this time, we do not anticipate holding an on-site scoping meeting. Instead, we are soliciting written comments and suggestions on the preliminary list of issues and alternatives to be addressed in the NEPA document, as described in scoping document 1 (SD1), issued November 21, 2024.</P>
                <P>
                    Copies of SD1, which outlines the subject areas to be addressed in the NEPA document, were distributed to the parties on the Commission's mailing list and the applicant's distribution list. Copies of SD1 may be viewed on the web at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>
                     using the “eLibrary” link. Follow the directions for accessing information in paragraph m.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27968 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CP24-516-001]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Amendment To Request Under Blanket Authorization and Establishing Intervention and Protest Deadline: Florida Gas Transmission Company, LLC</SUBJECT>
                <P>Take notice that on November 7, 2024, Florida Gas Transmission Company, LLC (FGT), 1300 Main Street, Houston, Texas 77002, filed in the above referenced docket, an amendment to its prior notice request filed in Docket No. CP24-516-000, pursuant to sections 157.205, 157.208, 157.210, and 157.211 of the Commission's regulations under the Natural Gas Act (NGA), and FGT's blanket certificate issued in Docket No. 82-553-000 for the Palatka Project (Project) in Putnam County, Florida. FGT proposes to relocate the start of the proposed 12-inch-diameter Georgia Pacific Loop Lateral, the related above-ground pig launcher, and related appurtenances approximately 0.14 of a mile south of the originally proposed location from milepost (MP) 1.04 on the north side of SR 20 to approximate MP 0.90 on the south side of SR 20. The proposed amendment will allow FGT to address several landowner concerns related to the Project, all as more fully set forth in the amendment and prior notice request which is on file with the Commission and open to public inspection.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , the Commission provides all interested persons an opportunity to view and/or print the contents of this document via the internet through the Commission's Home Page (
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ). From the Commission's 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94727"/>
                    Home Page on the internet, this information is available on eLibrary. The full text of this document is available on eLibrary in PDF and Microsoft Word format for viewing, printing, and/or downloading. To access this document in eLibrary, type the docket number excluding the last three digits of this document in the docket number field.
                </P>
                <P>
                    User assistance is available for eLibrary and the Commission's website during normal business hours from FERC Online Support at (202) 502-6652 (toll free at 1-866-208-3676) or email at 
                    <E T="03">ferconlinesupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     or the Public Reference Room at (202) 502-8371, TTY (202) 502-8659. Email the Public Reference Room at 
                    <E T="03">public.referenceroom@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Any questions concerning this request should be directed to Blair Lichtenwalter, Senior Director of Certificates, Florida Gas Transmission Company, LLC, 1300 Main Street, Houston, Texas 77002, by phone at (713) 989-2605, fax at (713) 989-1205, or by at email 
                    <E T="03">blair.lichtenwalter@energytransfer.com.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation</HD>
                <P>There are three ways to become involved in the Commission's review of this project: you can file a protest to the project, you can file a motion to intervene in the proceeding, and you can file comments on the project. There is no fee or cost for filing protests, motions to intervene, or comments. The deadline for filing protests, motions to intervene, and comments is 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on January 20, 2025. How to file protests, motions to intervene, and comments is explained below.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Protests</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 157.205 of the Commission's regulations under the NGA,
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     any person 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or the Commission's staff may file a protest to the request. If no protest is filed within the time allowed or if a protest is filed and then withdrawn within 30 days after the allowed time for filing a protest, the proposed activity shall be deemed to be authorized effective the day after the time allowed for protest. If a protest is filed and not withdrawn within 30 days after the time allowed for filing a protest, the instant request for authorization will be considered by the Commission.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.205.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Persons include individuals, organizations, businesses, municipalities, and other entities. 18 CFR 385.102(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Protests must comply with the requirements specified in section 157.205(e) of the Commission's regulations,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and must be submitted by the protest deadline, which is January 20, 2025. A protest may also serve as a motion to intervene so long as the protestor states it also seeks to be an intervenor.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.205(e).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Interventions</HD>
                <P>Any person has the option to file a motion to intervene in this proceeding. Only intervenors have the right to request rehearing of Commission orders issued in this proceeding and to subsequently challenge the Commission's orders in the U.S. Circuit Courts of Appeal.</P>
                <P>
                    To intervene, you must submit a motion to intervene to the Commission in accordance with Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the regulations under the NGA 
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     by the intervention deadline for the project, which is January 20, 2025. As described further in Rule 214, your motion to intervene must state, to the extent known, your position regarding the proceeding, as well as your interest in the proceeding. For an individual, this could include your status as a landowner, ratepayer, resident of an impacted community, or recreationist. You do not need to have property directly impacted by the project in order to intervene. For more information about motions to intervene, refer to the FERC website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ferc.gov/resources/guides/how-to/intervene.asp.</E>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         18 CFR 385.214.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>All timely, unopposed motions to intervene are automatically granted by operation of Rule 214(c)(1). Motions to intervene that are filed after the intervention deadline are untimely and may be denied. Any late-filed motion to intervene must show good cause for being late and must explain why the time limitation should be waived and provide justification by reference to factors set forth in Rule 214(d) of the Commission's Rules and Regulations. A person obtaining party status will be placed on the service list maintained by the Secretary of the Commission and will receive copies (paper or electronic) of all documents filed by the applicant and by all other parties.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
                <P>Any person wishing to comment on the project may do so. The Commission considers all comments received about the project in determining the appropriate action to be taken. To ensure that your comments are timely and properly recorded, please submit your comments on or before January 20, 2025. The filing of a comment alone will not serve to make the filer a party to the proceeding. To become a party, you must intervene in the proceeding.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">How To File Protests, Interventions, and Comments</HD>
                <P>There are two ways to submit protests, motions to intervene, and comments. In both instances, please reference the Project docket number CP24-516-001 in your submission.</P>
                <P>
                    (1) You may file your protest, motion to intervene, and comments by using the Commission's eFiling feature, which is located on the Commission's website (
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov)</E>
                     under the link to Documents and Filings. New eFiling users must first create an account by clicking on “eRegister.” You will be asked to select the type of filing you are making; first select “General” and then select “Protest”, “Intervention”, or “Comment on a Filing”; or 
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         Additionally, you may file your comments electronically by using the eComment feature, which is located on the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                         under the link to Documents and Filings. Using eComment is an easy method for interested persons to submit brief, text-only comments on a project.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>(2) You can file a paper copy of your submission by mailing it to the address below. Your submission must reference the Project docket number CP24-516-001.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via USPS:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via any other method:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission encourages electronic filing of submissions (option 1 above) and has eFiling staff available to assist you at (202) 502-8258 or 
                    <E T="03">FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Protests and motions to intervene must be served on the applicant either by mail at: Blair Lichtenwalter, Senior 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94728"/>
                    Director of Certificates, Florida Gas Transmission Company, LLC, 1300 Main Street, Houston, Texas 77002, or by email at 
                    <E T="03">blair.lichtenwalter@energytransfer.com.</E>
                     Any subsequent submissions by an intervenor must be served on the applicant and all other parties to the proceeding. Contact information for parties can be downloaded from the service list at the eService link on FERC Online.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Tracking the Proceeding</HD>
                <P>
                    Throughout the proceeding, additional information about the project will be available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at (866) 208-FERC, or on the FERC website at 
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                     using the “eLibrary” link as described above. The eLibrary link also provides access to the texts of all formal documents issued by the Commission, such as orders, notices, and rulemakings.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In addition, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription which allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. For more information and to register, go to 
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/esubscription.asp.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27975 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Project No. 1904-078, Project No. 1855-050, Project No. 1892-030]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Revised Procedural Schedule for Environmental Impact Statement for the Proposed Project Relicenses: Great River Hydro, LLC</SUBJECT>
                <P>On May 1, 2017, and materially amended on December 7, 2020, Great River Hydro, LLC filed applications for new major licenses to operate its 32.4-megawatt (MW) Vernon Hydroelectric Project (Vernon Project; FERC No. 1904), 40.8-MW Bellows Falls Hydroelectric Project (Bellows Falls Project; FERC No. 1855), and 35.6-MW Wilder Hydroelectric Project (Wilder Project; FERC No. 1892 (collectively, projects). On June 5, 2024, Commission staff issued a notice of intent to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) to evaluate the effects of relicensing the projects. The notice included an anticipated schedule for issuing the draft and final EIS.</P>
                <P>By this notice, Commission staff is updating the procedural schedule for completing the draft and final EIS. The revised schedule is shown below. Further revisions to the schedule may be made as appropriate.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,xs60">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Milestone</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Target date</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Issue draft EIS</ENT>
                        <ENT>April 2025.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Draft EIS Public Meeting</ENT>
                        <ENT>May 2025.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Comments on draft EIS due</ENT>
                        <ENT>June 2025.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Commission issues final EIS</ENT>
                        <ENT>December 2025.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 4336a(c), we are soliciting additional comments on alternatives or impacts and on relevant information, studies, or analyses with respect to the proposed action. Such comments must be filed within 30 days of this notice. Comments on these topics already filed in response to the REA Notice do not need to be refiled.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments using the Commission's eFiling system at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling.asp.</E>
                     Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/ecomment.asp.</E>
                     For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at 
                    <E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     (866) 208-3676 (toll free), or (202) 502-8659 (TTY). In lieu of electronic filing, you may submit a paper copy. Submissions sent via the U.S. Postal Service must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426. Submissions sent via any other carrier must be addressed to: Debbie-Anne A. Reese, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852. All filings must clearly identify the project name and docket number on the first page.
                </P>
                <P>The Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedures require all intervenors filing documents with the Commission to serve a copy of that document on each person on the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor files comments or documents with the Commission relating to the merits of an issue that may affect the responsibilities of a particular resource agency, they must also serve a copy of the document on that resource agency.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595, or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Any questions regarding this notice may be directed to Steve Kartalia at (202) 502-6131 or 
                    <E T="03">stephen.kartalia@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27971 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Project No. 15381-000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Preliminary Permit Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Competing Applications; Municipality of Skagway Borough</SUBJECT>
                <P>On November 13, 2024, the Municipality of Skagway Borough filed an application for a preliminary permit, pursuant to section 4(f) of the Federal Power Act (FPA), proposing to study the feasibility of the Burro Creek Hydroelectric Project (or Project) to be located on Burro Creek, two miles southwest of Skagway, Alaska. The sole purpose of a preliminary permit, if issued, is to grant the permit holder priority to file a license application during the permit term. A preliminary permit does not authorize the permit holder to perform any land-disturbing activities or otherwise enter upon lands or waters owned by others without the owners' express permission.</P>
                <P>
                    The proposed project would consist of the following: (1) a 100-foot-long, 10 foot-high reinforced concrete diversion dam; (2) a 0.5-acre impoundment with a normal surface elevation of approximately 1,160 feet above sea level; (3) a 12,300-foot-long, 2-foot-diameter penstock buried within an access road; (4) a 40-foot-long, 40-foot-wide powerhouse; (5) a 13,300-foot-long access road extending from the dam to tidewater at Burro Creek; (6) a 1,000-
                    <PRTPAGE P="94729"/>
                    foot-long underground transmission line from powerhouse to tidewater; (7) a 2-mile-long submarine cable laid on the floor of Lynn Canal extending from tidewater to the Ore dock facility in Skagway; and (8) appurtenant facilities. The estimated annual generation of the Project would be 24,800 megawatt-hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants Contact:</E>
                     Emily Deach, Municipality of Skagway, P.O. Box 415, Skagway, AK 99840, (907) 612-8247.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">FERC Contact:</E>
                     Maryam Zavareh at 
                    <E T="03">Maryam.zavareh@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, competing applications (without notices of intent), or notices of intent to file competing applications:</E>
                     60 days from the issuance of this notice. Competing applications and notices of intent must meet the requirements of 18 CFR 4.36.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments, motions to intervene, notices of intent, and competing applications using the Commission's eFiling system at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling.asp.</E>
                     Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/ecomment.asp.</E>
                     For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at 
                    <E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>
                     (866) 208-3676 (toll free), or (202) 502-8659 (TTY). In lieu of electronic filing, please send a paper copy to: Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426. The first page of any filing should include docket number.
                </P>
                <P>
                    More information about this project, including a copy of the application, can be viewed or printed on the “eLibrary” link of Commission's website at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/elibrary.asp.</E>
                     Enter the docket number in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27965 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[FRL-12412-01-ORD]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Human Studies Review Board (HSRB) Meetings for 2025</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of public meeting.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Office of Research and Development (ORD), gives notice of its public meetings of the Human Studies Review Board (HSRB) for 2025. The HSRB provides advice, information, and recommendations on issues related to scientific and ethical aspects of third-party human subjects' research that are submitted to the Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP) to be used for regulatory purposes.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Four three-day virtual public meetings will be held on:</P>
                </DATES>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1. January 29-31, 2025; and</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2. April 2-4, 2025; and</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3. July 22-24, 2025; and</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4. October 14-16, 2025.</FP>
                <P>Meetings will be held each day from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Eastern Time. For each meeting, separate follow-up meetings are planned for the HSRB to finalize reports from the three-day meetings. These follow-up meetings will be held from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Eastern Time on the following dates: February 26, 2025; May 1, 2025; August 26, 2025; and November 18, 2025.</P>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        All of the meetings are open to the public and will be conducted entirely virtually and by telephone. For detailed access information and meeting materials please visit the HSRB website: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/osa/human-studies-review-board.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Any member of the public who wishes to receive further information should contact the HSRB Designated Federal Official (DFO), Emily Sokol, via phone/voicemail at: 202-564-1451; or via email at: 
                        <E T="03">sokol.emily@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>The HSRB is a Federal advisory committee operating in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act 5 U.S.C. 10. The HSRB provides advice, information, and recommendations on issues related to scientific and ethical aspects of proposed or completed human research submitted by EPA, including research involving intentional exposure of human subjects to any substance to be considered by EPA in connection with an action under FIFRA (7 U.S.C. 136-136y) or section 408 of FFDCA (21 U.S.C. 346a), and research involving intentional exposure of human subjects to pesticides to be considered by EPA in connection with an action under any statute or regulation administered by EPA.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Meeting access:</E>
                     These meetings will be open to the public. The full agenda with access information and meeting materials will be available prior to the start of each meeting at the HSRB website: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/osa/human-studies-review-board.</E>
                     For questions on document availability, or if you do not have access to the internet, consult with the DFO, Emily Sokol listed under 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Special accommodations.</E>
                     For information on access or services for individuals with disabilities, or to request accommodation of a disability, please contact the DFO listed under 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     at least ten days prior to each meeting to give EPA as much time as possible to process your request.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation</HD>
                <P>The HSRB encourages the public's input. You may participate in these meetings by following the instructions in this section.</P>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Oral comments.</E>
                     To pre-register to make oral comments, please contact the DFO, Emily Sokol, listed under 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    . Requests to present oral comments during the meetings will be accepted up to noon Eastern Time, seven calendar days prior to each meeting date. To the extent that time permits, interested persons who have not pre-registered may be permitted by the HSRB Chair to present oral comments during the meetings at the designated time on the agenda. Oral comments before the HSRB are generally limited to five minutes per individual or organization. If additional time is available, further public comments may be possible.
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">Written comments.</E>
                     For the Board to have the best opportunity to review and consider your comments as it deliberates, you should submit your comments prior to the meetings via email by noon Eastern Time, seven calendar days prior to each meeting date. If you submit comments after these dates, those comments will be provided to the HSRB members, but you should recognize that the HSRB members may not have adequate time to consider your comments prior to their discussion. You should submit your comments to the DFO, Emily Sokol, listed under 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    . There is no limit on the length of written comments for consideration by the HSRB.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Topics for discussion.</E>
                     The agenda and meeting materials will be available seven calendar days in advance of each meeting at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/osa/human-studies-review-board.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Meeting minutes and final reports.</E>
                     Minutes of these meetings, summarizing the topics discussed and recommendations made by the HSRB, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94730"/>
                    will be released within 90 calendar days of each meeting. These minutes will be available at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/osa/human-studies-review-board.</E>
                     In addition, information regarding the HSRB's Final Reports, will be found at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/osa/human-studies-review-board,</E>
                     or can be requested from Emily Sokol listed under 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Kathleen Deener,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Science Advisor, Policy and Engagement.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27883 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY </AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[FRL OP-OFA-154]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Environmental Impact Statements; Notice of Availability</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Responsible Agency:</E>
                     Office of Federal Activities, General Information 202-564-5632 or 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/nepa.</E>
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Weekly receipt of Environmental Impact Statements (EIS)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Filed November 18, 2024 10 a.m. EST Through November 22, 2024 10 a.m. EST.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Pursuant to 40 CFR 1506.9.</FP>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notice</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 309(a) of the Clean Air Act requires that EPA make public its comments on EISs issued by other Federal agencies. EPA's comment letters on EISs are available at: 
                    <E T="03">https://cdxapps.epa.gov/cdx-enepa-II/public/action/eis/search.</E>
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">EIS No. 20240222, Draft, FERC, AL,</E>
                     R.L. Harris Hydroelectric Project,  Comment Period Ends: 01/21/2025, Contact: Office of External Affairs 866-208-3372.
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">EIS No. 20240223, Draft, BLM, OR,</E>
                     Louse Canyon Geographic Management Area,  Comment Period Ends: 01/13/2025, Contact: Michele McDaniel 541-473-3144.
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">EIS No. 20240224, Final, USACE, MS,</E>
                     Yazoo Backwater Area Water Management Project,  Review Period Ends: 12/30/2024, Contact: George Renacker 601-631-5842.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024</DATED>
                    <NAME>Mark Austin, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Director, NEPA Compliance Division Office of Federal Activities.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28037 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL ELECTION COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE: </HD>
                    <P>Tuesday, December 10, 2024 at 10 a.m. and its continuation at the conclusion of the open meeting on December 12, 2024.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE: </HD>
                    <P>1050 First Street NE, Washington, DC and virtual. (This meeting will be a hybrid meeting.)</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS: </HD>
                    <P>This meeting will be closed to the public.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED: </HD>
                    <P>Compliance matters pursuant to 52 U.S.C. 30109.</P>
                    <P>Investigatory records complied for law enforcement purposes and production would disclose investigative techniques.</P>
                    <P>Information the premature disclosure of which would be likely to have a considerable adverse effect on the implementation of a proposed Commission action.</P>
                    <P>Matters concerning participation in civil actions or proceedings or arbitration.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION: </HD>
                    <P>Judith Ingram, Press Officer, telephone: (202) 694-1220.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Authority: Government in the Sunshine Act, 5 U.S.C. 552b)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Vicktoria J. Allen,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Secretary of the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28212 Filed 11-26-24; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6715-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <AGENCY TYPE="O">GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <AGENCY TYPE="O">NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[OMB Control No. 9000-0067; Docket No. 2024-0053; Sequence No. 18]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Information Collection; Certain Federal Acquisition Regulation Part 16 Contract Pricing Requirements</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of Defense (DOD), General Services Administration (GSA), and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) regulations, DoD, GSA, and NASA invite the public to comment on an extension concerning certain Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) part 16 contract pricing requirements. DoD, GSA, and NASA invite comments on: whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of Federal Government acquisitions, including whether the information will have practical utility; the accuracy of the estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways to minimize the burden of the information collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. OMB has approved this information collection for use through April 30, 2025. DoD, GSA, and NASA propose that OMB extend its approval for use for three additional years beyond the current expiration date.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>DoD, GSA, and NASA will consider all comments received by January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        DoD, GSA, and NASA invite interested persons to submit comments on this collection through 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and follow the instructions on the site. This website provides the ability to type short comments directly into the comment field or attach a file for lengthier comments. If there are difficulties submitting comments, contact the GSA Regulatory Secretariat Division at 202-501-4755 or 
                        <E T="03">GSARegSec@gsa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         All items submitted must cite OMB Control No. 9000-0067, Certain Federal Acquisition Regulation Part 16 Contract Pricing Requirements. Comments received generally will be posted without change to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         including any personal and/or business confidential information provided. To confirm receipt of your comment(s), please check 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         approximately two-to-three days after submission to verify posting.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Zenaida Delgado, Procurement Analyst, at telephone 202-969-7207, or 
                        <E T="03">zenaida.delgado@gsa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. OMB Control Number, Title, and Any Associated Form(s) </HD>
                <P>9000-0067, Certain Federal Acquisition Regulation Part 16 Contract Pricing Requirements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Need and Uses</HD>
                <P>This clearance covers the information that contractors must submit to comply with the following FAR requirements:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">FAR 52.216-2, Economic Price Adjustment—Standard</E>
                      
                    <E T="03">
                        Supplies; FAR 52.216-3, Economic Price Adjustment—
                        <PRTPAGE P="94731"/>
                        Semistandard Supplies; and FAR 52.216-4, Economic Price Adjustment—Labor and Material.
                    </E>
                     These clauses require contractors on contracts that provide for economic price adjustments to promptly notify the contracting officer of any increases or decreases to established prices or labor rates (including fringe) because of certain contingencies, such as increases or decreases to established catalog or market prices or changes to cost indexes for labor or materials.
                </P>
                <P>The contracting officer uses the information provided by the contractor to negotiate price adjustments under the contract due to the contingency specified in the contract.</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">FAR 52.216-5, Price Redetermination-Prospective.</E>
                     Paragraph (c) of this clause requires a contractor on a fixed-price contract with prospective price redetermination to submit to the Government (within an agreed upon timeframe) a statement of costs incurred for the most recent period of performance, the proposed prices for the upcoming contract period, and any supporting or relevant documentation. Per paragraph (h) of this clause, during periods where firm prices have not been established, the contractor must also submit quarterly statements that includes a breakdown of total contract prices, costs, and profit incurred and all invoices accepted for delivered items or services for which final prices have not been established.
                </P>
                <P>The contracting officer uses the information to negotiate/redetermine fair and reasonable prices for supplies and services that may be delivered or performed under the contract in the period following the effective date of price redetermination.</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">FAR 52.216-6, Price Redetermination—Retroactive.</E>
                     Paragraph (c) of this clause requires a contractor on a fixed-ceiling-price contract with retroactive price redetermination to submit to the Government (within an agreed upon timeframe after completion of the contract) the proposed prices, all costs incurred in performing the contract, and any supporting or relevant documentation. Per paragraph (g) of this clause, until final price redetermination has been completed, the contractor must also submit a quarterly statement that includes a breakdown of total contract prices, costs, and interim profit incurred and all invoices accepted for delivered items.
                </P>
                <P>The contracting officer uses the information provided by the contractor to negotiate/redetermine fair and reasonable prices for supplies and services that have already been delivered or performed under the contract.</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">FAR 52.216-16, Incentive Price Revision—Firm Target; and FAR 52.216-17, Incentive Price Revision—Successive Targets.</E>
                     These clauses require contractors on fixed price incentive (firm or successive target) contracts to submit to the Government on a quarterly basis a statement regarding total contract prices, costs, portions of interim profit, and amounts of invoices or vouchers for completed work that is cumulative from the beginning of the contract (see 52.216-16(g) and 52.216-17(i)). Upon final delivery of supplies or completion of services for covered line items, the contractor is required to submit a detailed statement of all costs incurred up to the end of that month in performing all work under the items; an estimate of costs of further performance, if any, that may be necessary to complete performance of all work under the items; a list of all residual inventory and an estimate of its value; and any other relevant data that the Contracting Officer may reasonably require (see 52.216-16(c) and 52.216-17(e)). Paragraph (c) of 52.216-17 also requires submission of data for establishing the firm fixed price or a final profit adjustment formula.
                </P>
                <P>The contracting officer uses the information provided by the contractor to evaluate the contractor's performance in meeting the incentive target and to negotiate the final prices of incentive-related items and services.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     2,710.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Annual Responses:</E>
                     45,260.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Burden Hours:</E>
                     71,192.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Obtaining Copies:</E>
                     Requesters may obtain a copy of the information collection documents from the GSA Regulatory Secretariat Division by calling 202-501-4755 or emailing 
                    <E T="03">GSARegSec@gsa.gov.</E>
                     Please cite OMB Control No. 9000-0067, Certain Federal Acquisition Regulation Part 16 Contract Pricing Requirements.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>William Clark,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Governmentwide Acquisition Policy, Office of Acquisition Policy, Office of Governmentwide Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28053 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6820-EP-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Document Identifier: CMS-R-290 and CMS-10443]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, Health and Human Services (HHS).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension or reinstatement of an existing collection of information, and to allow a second opportunity for public comment on the notice. Interested persons are invited to send comments regarding the burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including the necessity and utility of the proposed information collection for the proper performance of the agency's functions, the accuracy of the estimated burden, ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected, and the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology to minimize the information collection burden.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments on the collection(s) of information must be received by the OMB desk officer by December 30, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                         Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, please access the CMS PRA website by copying and pasting the following web address into your web browser: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Legislation/PaperworkReductionActof1995/PRA-Listing.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94732"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>William Parham at (410) 786-4669.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires federal agencies to publish a 30-day notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension or reinstatement of an existing collection of information, before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, CMS is publishing this notice that summarizes the following proposed collection(s) of information for public comment:
                </P>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Type of Information Collection Request:</E>
                     Reinstatement without change of a previously approved collection; 
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Medicare Program: Procedures for Making National Coverage Decisions; 
                    <E T="03">Use:</E>
                     This collection is required by a notice (78 FR 48164-69) published on August 7, 2013 which delineates the process for making a national coverage determination (NCD) including information for external parties to submit a formal request for a new NCD or a reconsideration of an existing NCD. An NCD is defined in 1862(l) of the Social Security Act (the Act) as “a determination by the Secretary with respect to whether or not a particular item or service is covered nationally under this title.” This information collection will assist us in obtaining the information we require to make a national coverage determination in a timely manner and ensuring that the Medicare program continues to meet the needs of its beneficiaries. 
                    <E T="03">Form Number:</E>
                     CMS-R-290 (OMB control number: 0938-0776); 
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     Annual; 
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Private Sector: Business or other for-profits; 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     30; 
                    <E T="03">Total Annual Responses:</E>
                     30; 
                    <E T="03">Total Annual Hours:</E>
                     1,200. (For policy questions regarding this collection contact Lori M. Ashby at 410-786-6322.)
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">Type of Information Collection Request:</E>
                     Reinstatement without change of a previously approved collection: 
                    <E T="03">Title of Information Collection:</E>
                     Transcatheter Valve Therapy (TVT) Registry; 
                    <E T="03">Use:</E>
                     The data collection is required by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) National Coverage Determination (NCD) entitled, “Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement (TAVR)”. The TAVR device is only covered when specific conditions are met including that the heart team and hospital are submitting data in a prospective, national, audited registry. The data includes patient, practitioner and facility level variables that predict outcomes such as all cause mortality and quality of life. CMS finds that the Society of Thoracic Surgery/American College of Cardiology Transcatheter Valve Therapy (STS/ACC TVT) Registry, one registry overseen by the National Cardiovascular Data Registry, meets the requirements specified in the NCD on TAVR. The TVT Registry will support a national surveillance system to monitor the safety and efficacy of the TAVR technologies for the treatment of aortic stenosis.
                </P>
                <P>The data will also include the variables on the eight item Kansas City Cardiomyopathy Questionnaire (KCCQ-10) to assess heath status, functioning and quality of life. In the KCCQ, an overall summary score can be derived from the physical function, symptoms (frequency and severity), social function and quality of life domains. For each domain, the validity, reproducibility, responsiveness and interpretability have been independently established. Scores are transformed to a range of 0-100, in which higher scores reflect better health status.</P>
                <P>The conduct of the STS/ACC TVT Registry and the KCCQ-10 is in accordance with Section 1142 of the Social Security Act (the Act) that describes the authority of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ). Under section 1142, research may be conducted and supported on the outcomes, effectiveness, and appropriateness of health care services and procedures to identify the manner in which disease, disorders, and other health conditions can be prevented, diagnosed, treated, and managed clinically. Section 1862(a)(1)(E) of the Act allows Medicare to cover under coverage with evidence development (CED) certain items or services for which the evidence is not adequate to support coverage under section 1862(a)(1)(A) and where additional data gathered in the context of a clinical setting would further clarify the impact of these items and services on the health of beneficiaries.</P>
                <P>
                    The data collected and analyzed in the TVT Registry will be used by CMS to determine if the TAVR is reasonable and necessary (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     improves health outcomes) for Medicare beneficiaries under Section 1862(a)(1)(A) of the Act. Furthermore, data from the Registry will assist the medical device industry and the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in surveillance of the quality, safety and efficacy of new medical devices to treat aortic stenosis. For purposes of the TAVR NCD, the TVT Registry has contracted with the Data Analytic Centers to conduct the analyses. In addition, data will be made available for research purposes under the terms of a data use agreement that only provides de-identified datasets. 
                    <E T="03">Form Number:</E>
                     CMS-10443 (OMB control number: 0938-1202); 
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     Annual; 
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Individuals, Households and Private Sector; 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     49,704; 
                    <E T="03">Total Annual Responses:</E>
                     198,816; 
                    <E T="03">Total Annual Hours:</E>
                     63,790. (For policy questions regarding this collection contact Nina Arya at 667-290-9456).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>William N. Parham, III,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Division of Information Collections and Regulatory Impacts, Office of Strategic Operations and Regulatory Affairs.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28077 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4120-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Administration for Community Living</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Public Comment Request; Centers for Independent Living Program Performance Report (0985-0061)</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Administration for Community Living, HHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Administration for Community Living (ACL) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on the proposed collection of information listed above. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA), Federal agencies are required to publish a notice in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, and to allow 60 days for public comment in response to the notice. This proposed revision of a currently approved information collection request (ICR Rev) solicits comments on the information collection requirements related to the Centers for Independent Living (CILs) under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 701, 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                         (the Act).
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94733"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments on the collection of information must be submitted electronically by 11:59 p.m. (ET) or postmarked by January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Submit electronic comments on the collection of information to: Peter Nye at 
                        <E T="03">OILPPRAComments@acl.hhs.gov.</E>
                         Submit written comments on the collection of information to Administration for Community Living, Washington, DC 20201, Attention: Peter Nye.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Peter Nye, Administration for Community Living, Washington, DC 20024, (202) 795-7606 or 
                        <E T="03">OILPPRAComments@acl.hhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, before submitting the collection to Office of Management and Budget for approval. To comply with this requirement, ACL is publishing a notice of the proposed collection of information set forth in this document. With respect to the following collection of information, ACL invites comments on our burden estimates or any other aspect of this collection of information, including:
                </P>
                <P>(1) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of ACL's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
                <P>(2) the accuracy of ACL's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used to determine burden estimates;</P>
                <P>(3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
                <P>(4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.</P>
                <P>Independent living (IL) programs, including CILs, are authorized by the Act to “promote a philosophy of independent living including a philosophy of consumer control, peer support, self-help, self-determination, equal access, and individual and system advocacy, in order to maximize the leadership, empowerment, independence, and productivity of individuals with disabilities, and the integration and full inclusion of individuals with disabilities into the mainstream of American society” (Title VII, chapter 1). This request is for the CIL Program Performance Report (PPR), which is submitted annually by all CILs receiving IL Subchapter C funds. The PPRs are used by ACL to assess grantees' compliance with title VII of the Act, with 45 CFR part 1329 of the Code of Federal Regulations, and with applicable provisions of the HHS Regulations at 45 CFR part 75. The PPR serves as the primary basis for ACL's monitoring activities in fulfillment of its responsibilities under sections 706 and 722 of the Act. The PPR is also used by ACL to design CIL and Statewide Independent Living Council training and technical assistance programs authorized by sections 711A and 721 of the Act.</P>
                <P>
                    This revision adds the collection of sexual-orientation and gender-identity (SOGI) data elements consistent with Executive Orders: 13985 
                    <E T="03">Advancing Racial Equity and Support for Underserved Communities Through the Federal Government;</E>
                     13988 
                    <E T="03">Preventing and Combating Discrimination on the Basis of Gender Identity and Sexual Orientation</E>
                     and 14075 
                    <E T="03">Advancing Equality for Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer, and Intersex Individuals.</E>
                     ACL will adhere to best practices for collection of all demographic information in accordance with Office of Management and Budget (OMB) guidance—including, but not limited to guidance specific to the collection of SOGI. In addition, measures were added around the nature of CIL board governance and number of full-time equivalent positions filled by individuals with significant disabilities to affirm adherence to statutory requirements. Additional measures were also added to allow CILs to report carryover funding and to count the total number of services provided by consumer, as well as to describe their collaborations. These measures were added based on the request of stakeholders to yield more precise data that show impact. With the addition of these four measures, eleven other measures are suggested to be removed to increase efficiency and remove redundancy and unnecessary information. The revised CIL PPR instrument is expected to take less time than the prior instrument.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The proposed data collection tool may be found on the ACL website for review at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.acl.gov/about-acl/public-input.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Estimated Program Burden</HD>
                <P>ACL estimates the burden for new measures added as follows: 351 CILs completing one CIL PPR annually, taking an estimated time of 36 hours per CIL for total of 12,708 annual burden hours. This burden estimate is based partly on OILP's estimates of how long CILs take to complete the PPRs as well as feedback gathered from CILs to ACL.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12C,12C,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Respondent/data collection activity</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of 
                            <LI>respondents</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Responses per 
                            <LI>respondent</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Hours per 
                            <LI>response</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Annual burden hours</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">CIL</ENT>
                        <ENT>351</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>36</ENT>
                        <ENT>12,636</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <SIG>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94734"/>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Maura Calsyn,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Principal Deputy Administrator for the Administration for Community Living, performing the delegable duties of the Administrator and the Assistant Secretary for Aging.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28052 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4154-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2024-N-4731]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Administrative Detention and Banned Medical Devices</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the Agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Federal Agencies are required to publish notice in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, and to allow 60 days for public comment in response to the notice. This notice solicits comments on information collection associated with administrative detention and banned medical devices.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Either electronic or written comments on the collection of information must be submitted by January 28, 2025</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        You may submit comments as follows. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. The 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         electronic filing system will accept comments until 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time at the end of January 28, 2025. Comments received by mail/hand delivery/courier (for written/paper submissions) will be considered timely if they are received on or before that date.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Submissions</HD>
                <P>Submit electronic comments in the following way:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                      
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Follow the instructions for submitting comments. Comments submitted electronically, including attachments, to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     will be posted to the docket unchanged. Because your comment will be made public, you are solely responsible for ensuring that your comment does not include any confidential information that you or a third party may not wish to be posted, such as medical information, your or anyone else's Social Security number, or confidential business information, such as a manufacturing process. Please note that if you include your name, contact information, or other information that identifies you in the body of your comments, that information will be posted on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Written/Paper Submissions</HD>
                <P>Submit written/paper submissions as follows:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for written/paper submissions):</E>
                     Dockets Management Staff (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.
                </P>
                <P>• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                     All submissions received must include the Docket No. FDA-2024-N-4731 for “Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Administrative Detention and Banned Medical Devices.” Received comments, those filed in a timely manner (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ), will be placed in the docket and, except for those submitted as “Confidential Submissions,” publicly viewable at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     or at the Dockets Management Staff between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, 240-402-7500.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Submit both copies to the Dockets Management Staff. If you do not wish your name and contact information to be made publicly available, you can provide this information on the cover sheet and not in the body of your comments and you must identify this information as “confidential.” Any information marked as “confidential” will not be disclosed except in accordance with 21 CFR 10.20 and other applicable disclosure law. For more information about FDA's posting of comments to public dockets, see 80 FR 56469, September 18, 2015, or access the information at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2015-09-18/pdf/2015-23389.pdf.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                     For access to the docket to read background documents or the electronic and written/paper comments received, go to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and insert the docket number, found in brackets in the heading of this document, into the “Search” box and follow the prompts and/or go to the Dockets Management Staff, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852, 240-402-7500.
                </P>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Amber Sanford, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852, 301-796-8867, 
                        <E T="03">PRAStaff@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), Federal Agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes Agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires Federal Agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, FDA is publishing notice of the proposed collection of information set forth in this document.
                </P>
                <P>
                    With respect to the following collection of information, FDA invites comments on these topics: (1) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94735"/>
                    of FDA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FDA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques, when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Administrative Detention and Banned Medical Devices—21 CFR 800.55, 895.21, and 895.22</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control Number 0910-0114—Extension</HD>
                <P>This information collection supports FDA regulations. FDA has the statutory authority under section 304(g) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&amp;C Act) (21 U.S.C. 334(g)) to detain during established inspections devices that are believed to be adulterated or misbranded. Section 800.55 (21 CFR 800.55), regarding administrative detention, includes among other things certain reporting requirements (§ 800.55(g)(1) and (2)) and recordkeeping requirements (§ 800.55(k)). Under § 800.55(g), an appellant of a detention order must show documentation of ownership if devices are detained at a place other than that of the appellant. Under § 800.55(k), the owner or other responsible person must supply records about how the devices may have become adulterated or misbranded, in addition to records of distribution of the detained devices. These recordkeeping requirements for administrative detentions permit FDA to trace devices for which the detention period expired before a seizure is accomplished or injunctive relief is obtained.</P>
                <P>FDA also has the statutory authority under section 516 of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 360f) to ban devices that present substantial deception or an unreasonable and substantial risk of illness or injury. Section 895.21 (21 CFR 895.21), regarding banned devices, contains certain reporting requirements. Section 895.21(d) describes the procedures for banning a device when the Commissioner of Food and Drugs (the Commissioner) decides to initiate such a proceeding. Under 21 CFR 895.22, a manufacturer, distributor, or importer of a device may be required to submit to FDA all relevant and available data and information to enable the Commissioner to determine whether the device presents substantial deception, unreasonable and substantial risk of illness or injury, or unreasonable, direct, and substantial danger to the health of individuals.</P>
                <P>FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,12,12,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>
                        Table 1—Estimated Annual Reporting Burden 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                    </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">21 CFR section</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>respondents</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>responses per respondent</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Total annual responses</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Average
                            <LI>burden per</LI>
                            <LI>response</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Total hours</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Administrative detention reporting requirements—800.55(g) &amp; (h)</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>25</ENT>
                        <ENT>25</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Banned devices reporting requirements—895.21(d)(8) and 895.22(a)</ENT>
                        <ENT>26</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>26</ENT>
                        <ENT>16</ENT>
                        <ENT>416</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>441</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,12C,12C,12C,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE>Table 2—Estimated Annual Recordkeeping Burden1</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">21 CFR section</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Number of recordkeepers</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Number of records per recordkeepers</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Total annual records</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Average 
                            <LI>burden per </LI>
                            <LI>recordkeeping</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Total hours</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Records regarding device adulteration or misbranding and records of distribution of detained devices—800.55(k)</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>20</ENT>
                        <ENT>20</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>During the past several years, there has been an average of less than one new administrative detention action per year. Each administrative detention will have varying amounts of data and information that must be maintained. FDA's estimate of the burden under the administrative detention provision is based on FDA's discussion with one of the firms whose devices had been detained.</P>
                <P>Based on our evaluation of the information collection we have made no adjustment to our current estimates.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 19, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>P. Ritu Nalubola,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28044 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4164-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2024-N-4754]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Financial Disclosure by Clinical Investigators</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94736"/>
                        certain information by the Agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Federal Agencies are required to publish notice in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, and to allow 60 days for public comment in response to the notice. This notice solicits comments on financial disclosure by clinical investigators.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Either electronic or written comments on the collection of information must be submitted by January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        You may submit comments as follows. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. The 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         electronic filing system will accept comments until 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time at the end of January 28, 2025. Comments received by mail/hand delivery/courier (for written/paper submissions) will be considered timely if they are received on or before that date.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Submissions</HD>
                <P>Submit electronic comments in the following way:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                      
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Follow the instructions for submitting comments. Comments submitted electronically, including attachments, to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     will be posted to the docket unchanged. Because your comment will be made public, you are solely responsible for ensuring that your comment does not include any confidential information that you or a third party may not wish to be posted, such as medical information, your or anyone else's Social Security number, or confidential business information, such as a manufacturing process. Please note that if you include your name, contact information, or other information that identifies you in the body of your comments, that information will be posted on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Written/Paper Submissions</HD>
                <P>Submit written/paper submissions as follows:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for written/paper submissions):</E>
                     Dockets Management Staff (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.
                </P>
                <P>• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                     All submissions received must include the Docket No. FDA-2024-N-4754 for “Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Financial Disclosure by Clinical Investigators.” Received comments, those filed in a timely manner (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ), will be placed in the docket and, except for those submitted as “Confidential Submissions,” publicly viewable at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     or at the Dockets Management Staff between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, 240-402-7500.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Submit both copies to the Dockets Management Staff. If you do not wish your name and contact information to be made publicly available, you can provide this information on the cover sheet and not in the body of your comments and you must identify this information as “confidential.” Any information marked as “confidential” will not be disclosed except in accordance with 21 CFR 10.20 and other applicable disclosure law. For more information about FDA's posting of comments to public dockets, see 80 FR 56469, September 18, 2015, or access the information at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2015-09-18/pdf/2015-23389.pdf.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                     For access to the docket to read background documents or the electronic and written/paper comments received, go to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and insert the docket number, found in brackets in the heading of this document, into the “Search” box and follow the prompts and/or go to the Dockets Management Staff, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852, 240-402-7500.
                </P>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        JonnaLynn Capezzuto, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852, 301-796-3794, 
                        <E T="03">PRAStaff@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), Federal Agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes Agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires Federal Agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, FDA is publishing notice of the proposed collection of information set forth in this document.
                </P>
                <P>With respect to the following collection of information, FDA invites comments on these topics: (1) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FDA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FDA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques, when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Financial Disclosure by Clinical Investigators</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control Number 0910-0396—Extension</HD>
                <P>
                    Respondents to this collection are sponsors of marketing applications that contain clinical data from studies covered by the regulations. These sponsors represent pharmaceutical, biologic, and medical device firms. Respondents are also clinical investigators who provide financial information to the sponsors of marketing applications.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94737"/>
                </P>
                <P>Table 1 shows information that is the basis of the estimated number of respondents in tables 2 through 4.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s75,12,12,xs50,xs50">
                    <TTITLE>
                        Table 1—Estimated Number of Applications, Clinical Trials, and Investigators Subject to the Regulation by Type of Application 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                    </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Application type</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total number of
                            <LI>applications</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>applications</LI>
                            <LI>affected</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number
                            <LI>of trials</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>investigators</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">Drugs:</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">New drug application (NDA), new molecular entity (NME)</ENT>
                        <ENT>35</ENT>
                        <ENT>35</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 to 10</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 to 100.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">NDA non-NME</ENT>
                        <ENT>94</ENT>
                        <ENT>44</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 to 10</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 to 100.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">NDA efficacy supplement</ENT>
                        <ENT>171</ENT>
                        <ENT>100</ENT>
                        <ENT>1 to 3</ENT>
                        <ENT>10 to 30.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Abbreviated new drug application (ANDA)</ENT>
                        <ENT>685</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.1</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">ANDA supplement</ENT>
                        <ENT>10,366</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">CBER Biologics:</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Biologics license application (BLA)</ENT>
                        <ENT>26</ENT>
                        <ENT>26</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 to 10</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 to 100.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">BLA efficacy supplement</ENT>
                        <ENT>26</ENT>
                        <ENT>26</ENT>
                        <ENT>1 to 3</ENT>
                        <ENT>10 to 30.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">CDER Biologics:</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">BLAs</ENT>
                        <ENT>19</ENT>
                        <ENT>19</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 to 10</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 to 100.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">BLA efficacy supplements</ENT>
                        <ENT>64</ENT>
                        <ENT>50</ENT>
                        <ENT>1 to 3</ENT>
                        <ENT>10 to 30.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">Medical Devices:</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Premarket approval (PMA)</ENT>
                        <ENT>43</ENT>
                        <ENT>50</ENT>
                        <ENT>1 to 31</ENT>
                        <ENT>10 to 20.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">PMA supplement</ENT>
                        <ENT>28</ENT>
                        <ENT>30</ENT>
                        <ENT>to 3</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 to 10.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Reclassification devices</ENT>
                        <ENT>0</ENT>
                        <ENT>0</ENT>
                        <ENT>0</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">510(k)</ENT>
                        <ENT>3401</ENT>
                        <ENT>254</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 to 10.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">De Novo requests</ENT>
                        <ENT>84</ENT>
                        <ENT>76</ENT>
                        <ENT>1 to 3</ENT>
                        <ENT>10 to 20.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Source: Agency estimates.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Reporting Burden</HD>
                <P>Under § 54.4(a) (21 CFR 54.4(a)), applicants submitting an application that relies on clinical studies must submit a complete list of clinical investigators who participated in a covered clinical study, and must either certify to the absence of certain financial arrangements with clinical investigators (Form FDA 3454) or, under § 54.4(a)(3), disclose to FDA the nature of those arrangements and the steps taken by the applicant or sponsor to minimize the potential for bias (Form FDA 3455).</P>
                <P>FDA estimates that almost all applicants submit a certification statement under § 54.4(a)(1) and (2). Preparation of the statement using Form FDA 3454 should require no more than 1 hour per study. The number of respondents is based on the estimated number of affected applications.</P>
                <P>When certification is not possible and disclosure is made using Form FDA 3455, the applicant must describe, under § 54.4(a)(3), the financial arrangements or interests and the steps that were taken to minimize the potential for bias in the affected study. As the applicant would be fully aware of those arrangements and the steps taken to address them, describing them will be straightforward. The Agency estimates that it will take about 5 hours to prepare this narrative. Based on our experience with this collection, FDA estimates that approximately 10 percent of the respondents with affected applications will submit disclosure statements.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,13C,13C,12C,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE>
                        Table 2—Estimated Annual Reporting Burden 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                    </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">21 CFR section</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>respondents</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>responses per</LI>
                            <LI>respondent</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total annual
                            <LI>responses</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Average
                            <LI>burden</LI>
                            <LI>per response</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total
                            <LI>hours</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Certification—54.4(a)(1) and (2)—Form FDA 3454</ENT>
                        <ENT>712</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>712</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>712</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Disclosure—54.4(a)(3)—Form FDA 3455</ENT>
                        <ENT>71</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>71</ENT>
                        <ENT>5</ENT>
                        <ENT>355</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>1,067</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Recordkeeping Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    Under § 54.6 (21 CFR 54.6), the sponsors of covered studies must maintain complete records of compensation agreements with any compensation paid to nonemployee clinical investigators, including information showing any financial interests held by the clinical investigator, for 2 years after the date of approval of the applications. Sponsors of covered studies maintain many records regarding clinical investigators, including protocol agreements and investigator resumes or curriculum vitae. FDA estimates an average of 15 minutes will be required for each recordkeeper to add this record to the clinical investigators' file.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94738"/>
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,13C,13C,12C,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE>
                        Table 3—Estimated Annual Recordkeeping Burden 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                    </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">21 CFR section</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>recordkeepers</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>records per</LI>
                            <LI>recordkeeper</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total annual
                            <LI>records</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Average
                            <LI>burden per</LI>
                            <LI>recordkeeping</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total
                            <LI>
                                hours 
                                <SU>2</SU>
                            </LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Recordkeeping—54.6</ENT>
                        <ENT>712</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>712</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.25</ENT>
                        <ENT>178</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Numbers have been rounded.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Third-Party Disclosure Burden</HD>
                <P>Under § 54.4(b), clinical investigators supply to the sponsor of a covered study financial information sufficient to allow the sponsor to submit complete and accurate certification or disclosure statements. Clinical investigators are accustomed to supplying such information when applying for research grants. Also, most people know the financial holdings of their immediate family and records of such interests are generally accessible because they are needed for preparing tax records. For these reasons, FDA estimates that the time required for this task may range from 5 to 15 minutes; we used the median, 10 minutes, for the average burden per disclosure (see table 4). To estimate the number of respondents for each FDA Center, we took the median number of investigators for each application type, multiplied each median number of investigators by the number of affected applications for that application type, then summed those products to get the total number of respondents for the Center.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,13C,13C,12C,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE>
                        Table 4—Estimated Annual Third-Party Disclosure Burden 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                    </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">21 CFR section</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>respondents</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>disclosures per</LI>
                            <LI>respondent</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total annual
                            <LI>disclosures</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Average
                            <LI>burden per</LI>
                            <LI>disclosure</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total
                            <LI>
                                hours 
                                <SU>2</SU>
                            </LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">54.4(b)—Clinical Investigators</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,646</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,646</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.17</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,320</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.
                    </TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Numbers have been rounded.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The burden for this information collection request has changed since the last OMB approval. We have adjusted our estimated burden for the information collection to reflect the number of submissions we received in the last few years. These adjustments result in an increase of 557 total annual responses and a corresponding increase of 87 total hours.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 19, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>P. Ritu Nalubola,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28034 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4164-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2022-D-0084]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Use of Circulating Tumor Deoxyribonucleic Acid for Curative-Intent Solid Tumor Drug Development; Guidance for Industry; Availability</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of availability.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing the availability of a final guidance for industry entitled “Use of Circulating Tumor DNA for Curative-Intent Solid Tumor Drug Development.” This guidance is intended to help sponsors planning to use circulating cell-free plasma derived tumor DNA (ctDNA) as a biomarker in cancer clinical trials conducted under an investigational new drug application (IND) and/or to support marketing approval of drugs and biological products for treating solid tumor malignancies in the early-stage (curative-intent) setting. This guidance finalizes the draft guidance entitled “Use of Circulating Tumor DNA for Early-Stage Solid Tumor Drug Development” issued on May 2, 2022.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The announcement of the guidance is published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit either electronic or written comments on Agency guidances at any time as follows:</P>
                </ADD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Submissions</HD>
                <P>Submit electronic comments in the following way:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                      
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Follow the instructions for submitting comments. Comments submitted electronically, including attachments, to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     will be posted to the docket unchanged. Because your comment will be made public, you are solely responsible for ensuring that your comment does not include any confidential information that you or a third party may not wish to be posted, such as medical information, your or anyone else's Social Security number, or confidential business information, such as a manufacturing process. Please note that if you include your name, contact information, or other information that identifies you in the body of your comments, that information will be posted on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Written/Paper Submissions</HD>
                <P>Submit written/paper submissions as follows:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Mail/Hand Delivery/Courier (for written/paper submissions):</E>
                     Dockets Management Staff (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.
                </P>
                <P>• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                     All submissions received must include the Docket No. FDA-2022-D-0084 for “Use of Circulating 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94739"/>
                    Tumor Deoxyribonucleic Acid for Curative-Intent Solid Tumor Drug Development.” Received comments will be placed in the docket and, except for those submitted as “Confidential Submissions,” publicly viewable at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     or at the Dockets Management Staff between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, 240-402-7500.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Submit both copies to the Dockets Management Staff. If you do not wish your name and contact information to be made publicly available, you can provide this information on the cover sheet and not in the body of your comments and you must identify this information as “confidential.” Any information marked as “confidential” will not be disclosed except in accordance with 21 CFR 10.20 and other applicable disclosure law. For more information about FDA's posting of comments to public dockets, see 80 FR 56469, September 18, 2015, or access the information at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2015-09-18/pdf/2015-23389.pdf.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                     For access to the docket to read background documents or the electronic and written/paper comments received, go to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and insert the docket number, found in brackets in the heading of this document, into the “Search” box and follow the prompts and/or go to the Dockets Management Staff, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852, 240-402-7500.
                </P>
                <P>You may submit comments on any guidance at any time (see 21 CFR 10.115(g)(5)).</P>
                <P>
                    Submit written requests for single copies of this guidance to the Division of Drug Information, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10001 New Hampshire Ave., Hillandale Building, 4th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002; Office of Communication, Outreach and Development, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. 3128, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002; or Office of Policy, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. 5431, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your requests. See the 
                    <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                     section for electronic access to the guidance document.
                </P>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Paz Vellanki, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research (HFD-150), Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-9366; James Myers, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. 7301, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 240-402-7911; or Center for Devices and Radiological Health, 
                        <E T="03">CDRHClinicalEvidence@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
                <P>FDA is announcing the availability of a guidance for industry entitled “Use of Circulating Tumor DNA for Curative-Intent Solid Tumor Drug Development.” This guidance is intended to help sponsors planning to use circulating cell-free plasma derived tumor DNA (ctDNA) as a biomarker in cancer clinical trials conducted under an IND and/or to support marketing approval of drugs and biological products for treating solid tumor malignancies in the early-stage (curative-intent) setting.</P>
                <P>
                    Certain patients with early-stage solid tumors can be cured with local therapy alone (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     surgery, radiation, or chemoradiation), other patients require (neo)adjuvant systemic therapy in order to be cured, and others may progress to metastatic disease despite surgery and/or systemic therapy. ctDNA is tumor-derived fragmented DNA shed into a patient's bloodstream that is not associated with cells. ctDNA quantity can vary among individuals and depends on the type of tumor, location, stage, tumor burden, and response to therapy. ctDNA as a biomarker has a number of potential regulatory and clinical uses in the early-stage setting that may assist and expedite drug development. In the early-stage cancer setting, ctDNA may be used to detect a certain targetable alteration, to enrich a high- or low-risk population for study in a trial, to reflect a patient's response to treatment, or, potentially, as an early marker of efficacy.
                </P>
                <P>This guidance finalizes the draft guidance entitled, “Use of Circulating Tumor DNA for Early-Stage Solid Tumor Drug Development,” issued on May 2, 2022 (87 FR 26207). FDA considered comments received on the draft guidance as the guidance was finalized. Changes from the draft to the final guidance include edits to further explain the rationale for writing a guidance on use of ctDNA for solid tumor drug development specific to the early-stage, curative-intent disease setting. The part of the guidance that discusses assay considerations was also clarified to indicate that while a major focus of this section pertains to assessment of molecular residual disease (MRD), there may be other uses of ctDNA in the early-stage disease setting. In addition, editorial changes were made to improve clarity.</P>
                <P>This guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). The guidance represents the current thinking of FDA on “Use of Circulating Tumor DNA for Curative-Intent Solid Tumor Drug Development.” It does not establish any rights for any person and is not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>
                <P>
                    While this guidance contains no collection of information, it does refer to previously approved FDA collections of information. The previously approved collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521). The collections of information in 21 CFR parts 50 and 56 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0130; the collections of information in 21 CFR part 314 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0001; the collections of information in 21 CFR part 312 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0014; the collections of information in 21 CFR part 601 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0338; the collections of information in 21 CFR part 800 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0625; and the collections of information pertaining to submission of a biologics license application under section 351(k) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 262(k)) have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0718.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94740"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Electronic Access</HD>
                <P>
                    Persons with access to the internet may obtain the guidance at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.fda.gov/drugs/guidance-compliance-regulatory-information/guidances-drugs, https://www.fda.gov/vaccines-blood-biologics/guidance-compliance-regulatory-information-biologics/biologics-guidances, https://www.fda.gov/medical-devices/device-advice-comprehensive-regulatory-assistance/guidance-documents-medical-devices-and-radiation-emitting-products, https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents,</E>
                     or 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 19, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>P. Ritu Nalubola,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28033 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4164-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2024-N-4687]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Medicated Feed Mill License Application</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Food and Drug Administration (FDA, Agency, or we) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the Agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Federal Agencies are required to publish notice in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, and to allow 60 days for public comment in response to the notice. This notice solicits comments on the information collection provisions of medicated feed mill license reporting.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Either electronic or written comments on the collection of information must be submitted by January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        You may submit comments as follows. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. The 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         electronic filing system will accept comments until 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time at the end of January 28, 2025. Comments received by mail/hand delivery/courier (for written/paper submissions) will be considered timely if they are received on or before that date.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Submissions</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Submit electronic comments in the following way:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                      
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Follow the instructions for submitting comments. Comments submitted electronically, including attachments, to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     will be posted to the docket unchanged. Because your comment will be made public, you are solely responsible for ensuring that your comment does not include any confidential information that you or a third party may not wish to be posted, such as medical information, your or anyone else's Social Security number, or confidential business information, such as a manufacturing process. Please note that if you include your name, contact information, or other information that identifies you in the body of your comments, that information will be posted on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Written/Paper Submissions</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Submit written/paper submissions as follows:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Mail/Hand Delivery/Courier (for written/paper submissions):</E>
                     Dockets Management Staff (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.
                </P>
                <P>• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                     All submissions received must include the Docket No. FDA-2024-N-4687 for “Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Medicated Feed Mill License Application.” Received comments, those filed in a timely manner (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ), will be placed in the docket and, except for those submitted as “Confidential Submissions,” publicly viewable at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     or at the Dockets Management Staff between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, 240-402-7500.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Submit both copies to the Dockets Management Staff. If you do not wish your name and contact information to be made publicly available, you can provide this information on the cover sheet and not in the body of your comments and you must identify this information as “confidential.” Any information marked as “confidential” will not be disclosed except in accordance with 21 CFR 10.20 and other applicable disclosure law. For more information about FDA's posting of comments to public dockets, see 80 FR 56469, September 18, 2015, or access the information at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2015-09-18/pdf/2015-23389.pdf.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                     For access to the docket to read background documents or the electronic and written/paper comments received, go to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and insert the docket number, found in brackets in the heading of this document, into the “Search” box and follow the prompts and/or go to the Dockets Management Staff, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852, 240-402-7500.
                </P>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        JonnaLynn Capezzuto, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852, 301-796-3794, 
                        <E T="03">PRAStaff@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), Federal Agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes Agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires Federal Agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     concerning each 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94741"/>
                    proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, FDA is publishing notice of the proposed collection of information set forth in this document.
                </P>
                <P>With respect to the following collection of information, FDA invites comments on these topics: (1) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FDA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FDA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques, when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Medicated Feed Mill License Application—21 CFR Part 515</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control Number 0910-0337—Extension</HD>
                <P>
                    This information collection helps support implementation of statutory and regulatory provisions related to medicated animal feed mill licensing. Feed manufacturers that seek to manufacture a Type B or Type C medicated feed using Category II, Type A medicated articles or manufacture certain liquid and free-choice feed using Category I, Type A medicated articles that must follow proprietary formulas or specifications, are required to obtain a facility license under section 512 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&amp;C Act) (21 U.S.C. 360b). Our regulations in 21 CFR part 515 establish the procedures associated with applying for a facility license. We require that a manufacturer seeking a facility license submit a completed medicated feed mill license application using Form FDA 3448 (21 CFR 515.10(b)). This form may be submitted via U.S. mail or electronically to a dedicated email address, 
                    <E T="03">MedicatedFeedsTeamMail@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
                     We use the information submitted to establish that the applicant has made the certifications required by section 512 of the FD&amp;C Act, to register the mill, and to schedule a preapproval inspection. Form FDA 3448 may be accessed on our website at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.fda.gov/about-fda/reports-manuals-forms/forms.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We require the submission of a supplemental medicated feed mill license application for a change in facility ownership or a change in facility address (§ 515.11(b) (21 CFR 515.11(b))). If a licensed facility is no longer manufacturing medicated animal feed under § 515.23 (21 CFR 515.23), a manufacturer may request voluntary revocation of a medicated feed mill license. An applicant also has the right to file a request for hearing under § 515.30(c) (21 CFR 515.30(c)) to give reasons why a medicated feed mill license should not be refused or revoked.</P>
                <P>Under § 510.305 (21 CFR 510.305), we require each applicant to maintain in a single accessible location: (a) A copy of the approved medicated feed mill license (Form FDA 3448) on the premises of the manufacturing establishment; and (b) approved or index listed labeling for each Type B and/or Type C feed being manufactured on the premises of the manufacturing establishment or the facility where the feed labels are generated.</P>
                <P>FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,20,10">
                    <TTITLE>
                        Table 1—Estimated Annual Reporting Burden 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                    </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">21 CFR Section; activity</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>respondents</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>responses per</LI>
                            <LI>respondent</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total annual
                            <LI>responses</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Average burden per 
                            <LI>response</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total
                            <LI>hours</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">515.10(b), 515.11(b); Medicated Feed Mill License Application and Supplemental Applications using Form FDA 3448</ENT>
                        <ENT>34</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>34</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.25 (15 minutes)</ENT>
                        <ENT>8.5</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">515.23; Voluntary Revocation of Medicated Feed Mill License</ENT>
                        <ENT>14</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>14</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.25 (15 minutes)</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.5</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">515.30; Filing a Request for a Hearing on Medicated Feed Mill License</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>4</ENT>
                        <ENT>4</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>49</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>16</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>We estimate that respondents will spend 15 minutes to assemble the necessary information, prepare, and submit an application for a feed mill license or revocation of a feed mill license. We estimate that respondents will spend 4 hours to prepare their request for a hearing.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,r20,10">
                    <TTITLE>
                        Table 2—Estimated Annual Recordkeeping Burden 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                    </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">21 CFR Part; activity</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>recordkeepers</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>records per</LI>
                            <LI>recordkeeper</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total annual
                            <LI>records</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Average burden per recordkeeping</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total
                            <LI>hours</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">510.305; Maintenance of Records for Approved Labeling for Each “Type B” and “Type C” Feed</ENT>
                        <ENT>779</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>779</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.03 (2 minutes)</ENT>
                        <ENT>23</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.
                    </TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    We base our estimates on our recent experience with the existing medicated feed mill license application process. Our estimated burden for the information collection reflects an overall increase of 2.5 hours. We 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94742"/>
                    attribute this adjustment to a slight increase in the overall number of submissions we received over the last few years.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 19, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>P. Ritu Nalubola,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28036 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4164-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Health Resources and Services Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Availability of Final Health Center Program Policy Guidance Regarding Services To Support Transitions in Care for Justice-Involved Individuals Reentering the Community</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), Department of Health and Human Services.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The final Health Center Program Policy Guidance Regarding Services to Support Transitions in Care for Justice-Involved Individuals Reentering the Community Policy Information Notice (JI-R PIN) has been developed to assist health centers who choose to provide certain primary health care services to support the transition of JI-R individuals from the carceral setting back into the community setting.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This Final JI-R PIN is effective on the date of publication of this notice.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        For questions regarding this notice, use the HRSA Bureau of Primary Health Care Contact Form: 
                        <E T="03">https://hrsa.force.com/support/s/</E>
                         or call Jennifer Joseph, Director, Office of Policy and Program Development, Bureau of Primary Health Care, HRSA, at 301-594-4300.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>HRSA provides grants to eligible applicants under section 330 of the Public Health Service Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 254b), to support the delivery of preventive and primary care services to the nation's underserved individuals and families. HRSA also certifies eligible applicants under the Health Center Look-Alike Program (see sections 1861(aa)(4)(B) and 1905(l)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act). Look-alikes do not receive Health Center Program funding but must meet the Health Center Program statutory and regulatory requirements. Health centers are local organizations that provide comprehensive, high-quality primary health care services tailored to their communities regardless of their patients' ability to pay. Nearly 1,400 Health Center Program-funded health centers and more than 100 Health Center Program look-alike organizations operate more than 16,100 service delivery sites that provide care to more than 32 million patients in every U.S. state, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the Pacific Basin. Note that for the purposes of this document, the term “health center” refers to entities that receive a federal award under section 330 of the Public Health Service Act, as well as subrecipients and organizations designated as look-alikes, unless otherwise stated.</P>
                <P>This final JI-R PIN establishes policy for all health centers that apply for and receive a federal award under the Health Center Program, as authorized by section 330 of the Public Health Service (PHS) Act (including sections 330(e), (g), (h), and (i)), as well as section 330 subrecipient organizations and Health Center Program look-alikes. This final JI-R PIN is intended to support health centers in providing certain health services—delivered under the exclusive control and authority of the health center—to support the transition of JI-R individuals from the carceral setting back into the community setting. The services the health center provides are limited to services that support reentry. A health center may not take on or replace the provision of any other health care services the carceral authority provides to those who are incarcerated or detained.</P>
                <P>
                    HRSA released a draft of the JI-R PIN for a 60-day public comment period. HRSA revised the JI-R PIN in response to comments and posted a summary of comments and HRSA's responses at 
                    <E T="03">https://bphc.hrsa.gov/sites/default/files/bphc/compliance/pin-2024-05-comments-summary.pdf.</E>
                </P>
                <P>Organizations receiving Health Center Program federal awards, including subrecipients, and organizations designated as Health Center Program look-alikes, continue to be subject to all requirements stated in Notices of Funding Opportunity, Notices of Award, Look-Alike Initial Designation and Redesignation Instructions, Notices of Look-Alike Designation, as well as other applicable laws, regulations, and policies. Organizations are also subject to the distinct statutory, regulatory, and policy requirements of other federal programs in which they participate.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Carole Johnson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27903 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4165-15-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Federal Financial Participation in State Assistance Expenditures; Federal Matching Shares for Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, and Aid to Needy Aged, Blind, or Disabled Persons for October 1, 2025, Through September 30, 2026</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of the Secretary, HHS. </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Federal Medical Assistance Percentages (FMAP), Enhanced Federal Medical Assistance Percentages (eFMAP), and disaster-recovery FMAP adjustments for fiscal year 2026 have been calculated pursuant to the Social Security Act (the Act). These percentages will be effective from October 1, 2025, through September 30, 2026. This notice announces the calculated FMAP rates, in accordance with the Act, that the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) will use in determining the amount of Federal matching for state medical assistance (Medicaid), Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) Contingency Funds, Child Support collections, Child Care Mandatory and Matching Funds of the Child Care and Development Fund, Title IV-E Foster Care Maintenance payments, Adoption Assistance payments and Kinship Guardianship Assistance payments, and the eFMAP rates for the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) expenditures. Table 1 gives figures for each of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands. This notice reminds states of adjustments available for states meeting requirements for disproportionate employer pension or insurance fund contributions and adjustments for disaster recovery. Based on the criteria for a qualifying state, one state meets the requirements for an adjustment for disaster recovery.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The percentages listed in Table 1 will be effective for each of the four quarter-year periods beginning October 1, 2025, and ending September 30, 2026.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94743"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Amelia Whitman, Office of Health Policy, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, Room 447D—Hubert H. Humphrey Building, 200 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20201, (202) 578-1478.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The Secretary of HHS manages programs under titles IV, XIX and XXI of the Act in each jurisdiction of the United States. Programs under titles I, X, and XIV of the Act operate only in Guam and the Virgin Islands, and a program under title XVI of the Act (Aid to the Aged, Blind, or Disabled) operates only in Puerto Rico. The percentages in this notice apply to state expenditures for most medical assistance and child health assistance, and assistance payments for certain social services provided under these titles. The Act provides separate terms for Federal matching of administrative costs.</P>
                <P>Sections 1905(b) and 1101(a)(8)(B) of the Act require the Secretary of HHS to publish the FMAP rates each year. The Secretary calculates the percentages, using formulas set out in sections 1905(b) and 1101(a)(8), and calculations from the Department of Commerce of average income per person in each state and for the United States (meaning, for this purpose, the fifty states). The final percentages are subject to upper and lower limits specified in section 1905(b) of the Act. The percentages for the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Northern Mariana Islands are specified in statute, and thus are not based on the statutory formula that determines the percentages for the 50 states.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Federal Medical Assistance Percentage (FMAP)</HD>
                <P>Section 1905(b) of the Act specifies the formula for calculating FMAPs as follows:</P>
                <P>“Subject to [statutory qualifications], the term `Federal medical assistance percentage' for any state shall be 100 per centum less the state percentage; and the state percentage shall be that percentage which bears the same ratio to 45 per centum as the square of the per capita income of such state bears to the square of the per capita income of the continental United States (including Alaska) and Hawaii; except that (1) the Federal medical assistance percentage shall in no case be less than 50 per centum or more than 83 per centum[.]”</P>
                <P>Section 1905(b) further specifies that the FMAP for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa shall be 55 percent.</P>
                <P>However, section 5101(b) of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023 amended section 1905(ff) of the Act to provide that the FMAP for the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa shall be 83 percent permanently, and that the FMAP for Puerto Rico shall be 76 percent through September 30, 2027. In addition, we note that the rate that applies for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and Guam in certain other programs pursuant to section 1118 of the Act is 75 percent. Section 4725(b) of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 amended section 1905(b) to provide that the FMAP for the District of Columbia, for purposes of titles XIX and XXI, shall be 70 percent. For the District of Columbia, we note under Table 1 that other rates may apply in certain other programs. The rates for the States, the District of Columbia, and the territories are set out in Table 1, Column 1.</P>
                <P>Section 1905(y) of the Act, as added by section 2001(a)(3) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (“Affordable Care Act”) (Pub. L. 111-148), provides for a significant increase in the FMAP for medical assistance expenditures for newly eligible individuals described in section 1902(a)(10)(A)(i)(VIII) of the Act, as added by the Affordable Care Act (the adult group); “newly eligible” is defined in section 1905(y)(2)(A) of the Act. The FMAP for the adult group is 100 percent for Calendar Years 2014, 2015, and 2016, gradually declining to 90 percent in 2020, where it remains indefinitely. Section 1905 of the Act was further amended by section 9814 of the American Rescue Plan of 2021 (Pub. L. 117-2) to provide an eight-quarter increase of five percentage points in a qualifying state or territory's FMAP for a state or territory that begins to cover the adult group after March 11, 2021. In addition, section 1905(z) of the Act, as added by section 10201 of the Affordable Care Act, provides that states that offered substantial health coverage to certain low-income parents and nonpregnant, childless adults on the date of enactment of the Affordable Care Act, referred to as “expansion states,” shall receive an enhanced FMAP beginning in 2014 for medical assistance expenditures for nonpregnant childless adults who may be required to enroll in benchmark coverage under section 1937 of the Act. Some of these provisions are discussed in more detail in the proposed rule, “Medicaid Program; Eligibility Changes Under the Affordable Care Act of 2010”, published on August 17, 2011 (76 FR 51148, 51172) and the final rule and interim final rule published on March 23, 2012 (77 FR 17144, 17194). This notice does not set forth the matching rates for the adult group as specified in section 1905(y) of the Act or the matching rates for nonpregnant, childless adults in expansion states as specified in section 1905(z) of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Other Adjustments to the FMAP</HD>
                <P>For purposes of Title XIX (Medicaid) of the Act, the Federal Medical Assistance Percentage (FMAP), defined in section 1905(b) of the Act, for each state beginning with fiscal year 2006, may be subject to an adjustment pursuant to section 614 of the Children's Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2009 (CHIPRA), Public Law 111-3.</P>
                <P>
                    First, the FMAP is adjusted if a state experiences no growth or positive growth in total personal income and an employer in that state has made a significantly disproportionate contribution to an employer pension or insurance fund. The adjustment involves disregarding the significantly disproportionate employer pension or insurance fund contribution in computing the per capita income for the state (but not in computing the per capita income for the United States). Employer pension and insurance fund contributions are significantly disproportionate if the increase in contributions exceeds 25 percent of the total increase in personal income in that state. A 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     Notice with comment period was published on June 7, 2010 (75 FR 32182) announcing the methodology for calculating this adjustment; a final notice was published on October 15, 2010 (75 FR 63480).
                </P>
                <P>The second situation arises if a state experiences negative growth in total personal income. Beginning with fiscal year 2006, section 614(b)(3) of CHIPRA specifies that, for the purposes of calculating the FMAP for a calendar year in which a state's total personal income has declined, the portion of an employer pension or insurance fund contribution that exceeds 125 percent of the amount of such contribution in the previous calendar year shall be disregarded in computing the per capita income for the state (but not in computing the per capita income for the United States).</P>
                <P>
                    No Federal source of reliable and timely data on pension and insurance contributions by individual employers and states is currently available. We request that states report employer pension or insurance fund contributions to help determine potential FMAP adjustments for states experiencing significantly disproportionate pension 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94744"/>
                    or insurance contributions and states experiencing a negative growth in total personal income. See also the information described in the January 21, 2014 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice (79 FR 3385).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Section 1905(aa) of the Act, as amended by section 2006 of the Affordable Care Act, specifies that notwithstanding section 1905(b) of the Act, the FMAP for a “disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment state” is adjusted as described in section 1905(aa)(1) of the Act. The statute defines a “disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment State” as one of the 50 states or District of Columbia for which, at any time during the preceding 7 fiscal years, the President has declared a major disaster under section 401 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, under which every county or parish in the state warrant individual and public or public assistance from the Federal Government, and for which the regular FMAP as determined for the fiscal year is less than the FMAP for the preceding fiscal year by an amount outlined under sections 1905(aa)(2)(A) and (aa)(2)(B) of the Act. All states and the District of Columbia had a presidential disaster declaration that applies to all counties and parishes within the state in the preceding 7 fiscal years. Section 1905(aa)(3) of the Act defines a state's “regular FMAP” to be the FMAP that would otherwise apply to the state for the fiscal year, as determined under section 1905(b) and without regard to section 1905(aa), (y), and (z), and section 10202 of the Affordable Care Act. One state, Nebraska, meets the requirement that its regular FMAP as determined for Fiscal Year 2026 is less than the previous year FMAP by at least three percentage points (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the amount required under section 1905(aa)(2)(A) for a state's first fiscal year that section 1905(aa) applies to the state). Therefore, this notice provides a disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment for the state of Nebraska for Fiscal Year 2026, as shown in Table 2. See more information described in the December 22, 2010 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice (75 FR 80501).
                </P>
                <P>The increased FMAP (with disaster-recovery adjustment) is available for state medical assistance (Medicaid) and for title IV-E “Foster Care, Adoption Assistance and Guardianship Assistance” programs. Expenditures for which the increased FMAP is not available under title XIX include expenditures for disproportionate share hospital payments and expenditures that are paid at an enhanced FMAP rate, as well as any payments made under Title XXI.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Enhanced Federal Medical Assistance Percentage (eFMAP) for CHIP</HD>
                <P>Section 2105(b) of the Act specifies the formula for calculating the eFMAP rates as follows:</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>[T]he “enhanced FMAP”, for a state for a fiscal year, is equal to the Federal medical assistance percentage (as defined in the first sentence of section 1905(b)) for the state increased by a number of percentage points equal to 30 percent of the number of percentage points by which (1) such Federal medical assistance percentage for the state, is less than (2) 100 percent; but in no case shall the enhanced FMAP for a state exceed 85 percent.</P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>The eFMAP rates are used in the Children's Health Insurance Program under title XXI and in the Medicaid program for expenditures for medical assistance provided to certain children as described in sections 1905(u)(2) and 1905(u)(3) of the Act. There is no specific requirement to publish the eFMAP rates. We include them in this notice for the convenience of the states (Table 1, Column 2).</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.558: TANF Contingency Funds; 93.563: Child Support Services; 93.596: Child Care Mandatory and Matching Funds of the Child Care and Development Fund; 93.658: Foster Care Title IV-E; 93.659: Adoption Assistance; 93.769: Ticket-to-Work and Work Incentives Improvement Act (TWWIIA) Demonstrations to Maintain Independence and Employment; 93.778: Medical Assistance Program; 93.767: Children's Health Insurance Program)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Xavier Becerra,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,16,16">
                    <TTITLE>Table 1—Federal Medical Assistance Percentages and Enhanced Federal Medical Assistance Percentages, Effective October 1, 2025-September 30, 2026 </TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Fiscal year 2026]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">State</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Federal
                            <LI>medical assistance</LI>
                            <LI>percentages</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Enhanced Federal
                            <LI>medical assistance</LI>
                            <LI>percentages</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Alabama</ENT>
                        <ENT>72.63</ENT>
                        <ENT>80.84</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Alaska</ENT>
                        <ENT>52.42</ENT>
                        <ENT>66.69</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">American Samoa *</ENT>
                        <ENT>83.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>85.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Arizona</ENT>
                        <ENT>64.34</ENT>
                        <ENT>75.04</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Arkansas</ENT>
                        <ENT>69.23</ENT>
                        <ENT>78.46</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">California</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Colorado</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Connecticut</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Delaware</ENT>
                        <ENT>59.41</ENT>
                        <ENT>71.59</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">District of Columbia **</ENT>
                        <ENT>70.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>79.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Florida</ENT>
                        <ENT>57.22</ENT>
                        <ENT>70.05</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Georgia</ENT>
                        <ENT>66.40</ENT>
                        <ENT>76.48</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Guam*</ENT>
                        <ENT>83.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>85.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Hawaii</ENT>
                        <ENT>59.68</ENT>
                        <ENT>71.78</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Idaho</ENT>
                        <ENT>66.91</ENT>
                        <ENT>76.84</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Illinois</ENT>
                        <ENT>51.82</ENT>
                        <ENT>66.27</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Indiana</ENT>
                        <ENT>64.74</ENT>
                        <ENT>75.32</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Iowa</ENT>
                        <ENT>62.70</ENT>
                        <ENT>73.89</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Kansas</ENT>
                        <ENT>60.67</ENT>
                        <ENT>72.47</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Kentucky</ENT>
                        <ENT>71.41</ENT>
                        <ENT>79.99</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Louisiana</ENT>
                        <ENT>67.83</ENT>
                        <ENT>77.48</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Maine</ENT>
                        <ENT>61.29</ENT>
                        <ENT>72.90</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Maryland</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Massachusetts</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Michigan</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.30</ENT>
                        <ENT>75.71</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94745"/>
                        <ENT I="01">Minnesota</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.68</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.48</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Mississippi</ENT>
                        <ENT>76.90</ENT>
                        <ENT>83.83</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Missouri</ENT>
                        <ENT>64.44</ENT>
                        <ENT>75.11</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Montana</ENT>
                        <ENT>61.47</ENT>
                        <ENT>73.03</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Nebraska ***</ENT>
                        <ENT>55.94</ENT>
                        <ENT>68.05</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Nevada</ENT>
                        <ENT>59.80</ENT>
                        <ENT>71.86</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">New Hampshire</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">New Jersey</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">New Mexico</ENT>
                        <ENT>71.66</ENT>
                        <ENT>80.16</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">New York</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">North Carolina</ENT>
                        <ENT>64.62</ENT>
                        <ENT>75.23</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">North Dakota</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.99</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.69</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Northern Mariana Islands *</ENT>
                        <ENT>83.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>85.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Ohio</ENT>
                        <ENT>64.85</ENT>
                        <ENT>75.40</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Oklahoma</ENT>
                        <ENT>66.47</ENT>
                        <ENT>76.53</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Oregon</ENT>
                        <ENT>57.75</ENT>
                        <ENT>70.43</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pennsylvania</ENT>
                        <ENT>56.06</ENT>
                        <ENT>69.24</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Puerto Rico *</ENT>
                        <ENT>76.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>83.20</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Rhode Island</ENT>
                        <ENT>57.50</ENT>
                        <ENT>70.25</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">South Carolina</ENT>
                        <ENT>69.53</ENT>
                        <ENT>78.67</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">South Dakota</ENT>
                        <ENT>51.01</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.71</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Tennessee</ENT>
                        <ENT>64.16</ENT>
                        <ENT>74.91</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Texas</ENT>
                        <ENT>59.83</ENT>
                        <ENT>71.88</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Utah</ENT>
                        <ENT>62.46</ENT>
                        <ENT>73.72</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Vermont</ENT>
                        <ENT>59.01</ENT>
                        <ENT>71.31</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Virgin Islands *</ENT>
                        <ENT>83.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>85.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Virginia</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.39</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.27</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Washington</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">West Virginia</ENT>
                        <ENT>74.22</ENT>
                        <ENT>81.95</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Wisconsin</ENT>
                        <ENT>60.68</ENT>
                        <ENT>72.48</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Wyoming</ENT>
                        <ENT>50.00</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>* The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023 set the FMAP for American Samoa, Guam, Northern Marianas, and Virgin Islands permanently at 83 percent and set the FMAP for Puerto Rico at 76 percent through Fiscal Year 2027. For purposes of section 1118 of the Act, the percentage used under titles I, X, XIV, and XVI will be 75 per centum for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and Guam.</TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>** The values for the District of Columbia (DC) in the table were set for the state plan under titles XIX and XXI and for capitation payments and disproportionate share hospital (DSH) allotments under those titles. For other purposes, the percentage for DC is 50.00, unless otherwise specified by law.</TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>*** Nebraska received the FMAP for a disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment State.</TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,12C,12C,12C,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE>Table 2—Fiscal Year 2026 Disaster-Recovery Adjusted FMAP Rates</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">State</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            FY 2025
                            <LI>FMAP</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            FY 2026
                            <LI>regular FMAP</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Decrease in
                            <LI>FMAP</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Disaster-
                            <LI>recovery</LI>
                            <LI>adjustment *</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Disaster-
                            <LI>recovery</LI>
                            <LI>adjusted</LI>
                            <LI>FMAP</LI>
                            <LI>FY 2026</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Nebraska</ENT>
                        <ENT>57.52</ENT>
                        <ENT>54.36</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.16</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.58</ENT>
                        <ENT>55.94</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>* In the first year, the Disaster-Recovery Adjustment is 50 percent of the percentage point decrease between the regular FMAP for such fiscal year and the FMAP from the preceding fiscal year.</TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="94746"/>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27910 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4150-15-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Adjustments for Disaster-Recovery States to the Fiscal Year 2024 and Fiscal Year 2025 Federal Medical Assistance Percentage (FMAP) Rates for Federal Matching Shares for Medicaid and Title IV-E Foster Care, Adoption Assistance, and Guardianship Assistance Programs</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of the Secretary, HHS. </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This notice announces the adjusted Federal Medical Assistance Percentage (FMAP) rates for the Fiscal Year 2024 and Fiscal Year 2025 for disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment States made available under the Social Security Act (the “Act”), as enacted in section 2006 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (“Affordable Care Act”). The Social Security Act adjusts the regular FMAP rate for qualifying states that have experienced a major, statewide disaster. The percentages listed are for Fiscal Year 2024, retroactively effective from October 1, 2023 through September 30, 2024, and for Fiscal Year 2025, effective October 1, 2024 through September 30, 2025. Table 1 gives the Fiscal Year 2024 Disaster-Recovery Adjusted FMAP Rates and Table 2 gives the Fiscal Year 2025 Disaster-Recovery Adjusted FMAP Rates.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The percentages listed in Table 1 will be effective for each of the four quarter-year periods beginning October 1, 2023, and ending September 30, 2024; The percentages listed in Table 2 will be effective for each of the four quarter-year periods beginning October 1, 2024, and ending September 30, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Amelia Whitman, Office of Health Policy, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, Room 447D—Hubert H. Humphrey Building, 200 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20201, (202) 578-1478.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>Programs under titles IV, XIX and XXI of the Act exist in each jurisdiction. Programs under titles I, X, and XIV operate only in Guam and the Virgin Islands, and a program under title XVI (Aid to the Aged, Blind, or Disabled) operates only in Puerto Rico. The percentages in this notice apply to state expenditures for most medical assistance and child health assistance, and assistance payments for certain social services. The Act provides separately for Federal matching of administrative costs.</P>
                <P>Sections 1905(b) and 1101(a)(8)(B) of the Act require the Secretary of HHS to publish the FMAP rates each year. The Secretary calculates the percentages, using formulas in sections 1905(b) and 1101(a)(8) of the Act, and calculations by the Department of Commerce of average income per person in each state and for the United States (meaning, for this purpose, the fifty states). The percentages must fall within the upper and lower limits specified in section 1905(b) of the Act. The percentages for the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Northern Mariana Islands are specified in statute, and thus are not based on the statutory formula that determines the percentages for the 50 states.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Federal Medical Assistance Percentage (FMAP)</HD>
                <P>Section 1905(b) of the Act specifies the formula for calculating FMAPs as follows:</P>
                <P>“ `Federal medical assistance percentage' ” for any state shall be 100 per centum less the state percentage; and the state percentage shall be that percentage which bears the same ratio to 45 per centum as the square of the per capita income of such state bears to the square of the per capita income of the continental United States (including Alaska) and Hawaii; except that (1) the Federal medical assistance percentage shall in no case be less than 50 per centum or more than 83 per centum.”</P>
                <P>Section 1905(b) further specifies that the FMAP for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa shall be 55 percent. However, section 5101(b) of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023 (CAA, 2023) (Pub. L. 117-328) amended section 1905(ff) of the Act to provide that the FMAP for the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa shall be 83 percent permanently, and that the FMAP for Puerto Rico shall be 76 percent through September 30, 2027. In addition, we note that the rate that applies for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and Guam in certain other programs pursuant to section 1118 of the Act is 75 percent. Section 4725(b) of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) (Pub. L. 105-33) amended section 1905(b) of the Act to provide that the FMAP for the District of Columbia, for purposes of titles XIX and XXI, shall be 70 percent.</P>
                <P>
                    Section 1905(y) of the Act, as added by section 2001 of the Affordable Care Act, provides for a significant increase in the FMAP for medical assistance expenditures for newly eligible individuals described in section 1902(a)(10)(A)(i)(VIII) of the Act, as added by the Affordable Care Act (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the adult group); “newly eligible” is defined in section 1905(y)(2)(A) of the Act. The FMAP for the adult group is 100 percent for Calendar Years 2014, 2015, and 2016, gradually declining to 90 percent in 2020, where it remains indefinitely. Section 1905 of the Act was further amended by section 9814 of the American Rescue Plan of 2021 (Pub. L. 117-2) to provide an eight-quarter increase of five percentage points in a qualifying state or territory's FMAP for a state or territory that begins to cover the adult group after March 11, 2021.. In addition, section 1905(z) of the Act, as added by section 10201 of the Affordable Care Act, provides that states that offered substantial health coverage to certain low-income parents and nonpregnant, childless adults on the date of enactment of the Affordable Care Act, referred to as “expansion states,” shall receive an enhanced FMAP beginning in 2014 for medical assistance expenditures for nonpregnant childless adults who may be required to enroll in benchmark coverage under section 1937 of the Act. These provisions are discussed in more detail in the Medicaid Program: Eligibility Changes Under the Affordable Care Act of 2010 proposed rule published on August 17, 2011 (76 FR 51148, 51172) and the final rule published on March 23, 2012 (77 FR 17144, 17194). This notice is not intended to set forth the matching rates for the adult group as specified in section 1905(y) of the Act or the matching rates for nonpregnant, childless adults in expansion states as specified in section 1905(z) of the Act.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Disaster-Recovery Adjustments to the FMAP</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 1905(aa) of the Act, as amended by section 2006 of the Affordable Care Act, specifies that, notwithstanding section 1905(b) of the Act, the FMAP for a “disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment state” is adjusted as described in section 1905(aa)(1) of the Act. The statute defines a “disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment state” as one of the 50 states or District of Columbia for which, at any time during the preceding 7 fiscal years, the President has declared a major disaster under section 401 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (the “Stafford Act”), under which every county or parish in 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94747"/>
                    the state warrant individual and public or public assistance from the Federal Government, and for which the state's regular FMAP (as defined by section 1905(aa)(3) of the Act) as determined for the fiscal year is less than the FMAP for the preceding fiscal year by at least three percentage points, as outlined in sections 1905(aa)(2)(A) and (aa)(2)(B) of the Act. Section 1905(aa)(3) of the Act defines a state's “regular FMAP” to be the FMAP that would otherwise apply to the state for the fiscal year, as determined under 1905(b) and without regard to section 1905(aa), (y), (z), and section 10202 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.
                </P>
                <P>
                    HHS did not consider the temporary FMAP increase available to qualifying states under section 6008 of the Families First Coronavirus Response Act (FFCRA) (Pub. L. 116-127) (as amended by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023, Pub. L. 117-328) from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2023 when determining whether a state is a disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment State, or when determining the amount of such a state's disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment (the calculation of that adjustment is discussed below). HHS interprets the FFCRA FMAP increase to apply only to the state-specific FMAP defined in the first sentence of section 1905(b) of the Act. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     CMS, COVID-19 FAQs, January 6, 2021, at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.medicaid.gov/state-resource-center/downloads/covid-19-faqs.pdf,</E>
                     IV.F.7.  The first sentence of section 1905(b) of the Act provides that the state-specific FMAP defined in that section is “subject to” certain other provisions of section 1905 of the Act that contain language indicating that the FMAP described in the provision replaces the FMAP in the first sentence of section 1905(b) entirely, in which case the FFCRA FMAP increase does not apply. That is the case for section 1905(aa) of the Act. Specifically, the word notwithstanding in section 1905(aa)(1) of the Act and the word otherwise in section 1905(aa)(3) of the Act indicate that the FFCRA FMAP increase is neither applied to the adjusted FMAP for a disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment state, nor taken into account when determining the regular FMAP which is used to determine the amount of the adjustment and whether a state qualifies for it. Additionally, section 1905(aa)(2)(A) of the Act specifies that the preceding year's FMAP against which the state's regular FMAP is compared for purposes of determining whether a state might qualify for an initial-year disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment should be the FMAP determined for the state after the application of 
                    <E T="03">only</E>
                     section 5001(a) of Public Law 111-5—there is no reference to the FFCRA FMAP increase. Because the FFCRA FMAP increase does not affect eligibility for or calculation of the disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment for the first fiscal year a state receives it, the FFCRA FMAP increase also does not affect the determinations for the second and subsequent fiscal years a state receives an adjustment under section 1905(aa) of the Act.
                </P>
                <P>The increased FMAP (with disaster-recovery adjustment) is available for state medical assistance (Medicaid) and for title IV-E Foster Care, Adoption Assistance and Guardianship Assistance programs. Expenditures for which the increased FMAP is not available under title XIX include expenditures for disproportionate share hospital (DSH) payments and expenditures that are paid at an enhanced FMAP rate, as well as any payments made under Title XXI (the Children's Health Insurance Program).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Calculation of the Increased FMAP Rates for Disaster-Recovery FMAP Adjustment States</HD>
                <P>Generally, per section 1905(aa)(1) of the Act, the FMAP for disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment States is calculated by increasing the state's regular FMAP by a percentage of the amount by which it had decreased across the relevant years. For the first year in which a state qualifies for the disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment, the FMAP shall be equal to the regular FMAP as determined for the fiscal year, plus 50 percent of the number of percentage points by which the regular FMAP is less than the FMAP determined for the state for the preceding fiscal year after the application of only subsection (a) of section 5001 of Public Law 111-5 (if applicable to the preceding fiscal year) and without regard to subsections 1905(aa), (y), (z), and subsections (b) and (c) of section 5001 of Public Law 111-5. In year two or any succeeding fiscal year in the qualifying 7 year period, the state's regular FMAP for such fiscal year shall be increased by 25 percent of the number of percentage points by which the state's regular FMAP for such fiscal year is less than the FMAP received by the state during the preceding fiscal year.</P>
                <P>Disaster-recovery FMAP adjustments are included in the annual publication of the FMAP rates for the succeeding fiscal year. An additional notice for the changes discussed above is necessary because for Fiscal Year 2024 and Fiscal Year 2025 disaster-recovery adjustments to the FMAP rates were identified after publication of the FMAP rates for those years.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Disaster-Recovery FMAP Adjustments for Fiscal Year 2024 and Fiscal Year 2025</HD>
                <P>
                    All states and the District of Columbia had a presidential major disaster declaration in Fiscal Year 2020 for COVID-19 under section 401 of the Stafford Act, under which every county or parish in the state was eligible for individual and public or public assistance from the federal government, and will meet the requirement related to the declaration of a major disaster through Fiscal Year 2027. For Fiscal Year 2024, one state, Arizona, meets the requirement that its regular FMAP for such year is less than the previous year FMAP (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Fiscal Year 2023) by at least three percentage points. Therefore, this notice provides a disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment for the state of Arizona for Fiscal Year 2024, as shown in Table 1. With the Fiscal Year 2024 disaster-recovery adjustment, Arizona meets the requirement that the regular FMAP as determined for Fiscal Year 2025 is less than the previous year FMAP, including any applicable disaster-recovery adjustment (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the amount required under section 1905(aa)(2)(A) for a state's first fiscal year that section 1905(aa) applies to the state), by at least three percentage points. Therefore, this notice provides a disaster-recovery FMAP adjustment for the state of Arizona for Fiscal Year 2025, as shown in Table 2. See more information described in the December 22, 2010 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice (75 FR 80501).
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.658: Foster Care Title IV-E; 93.659: Adoption Assistance; 93.090: Guardianship Assistance; 93.778: Medical Assistance Program)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Xavier Becerra,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <PRTPAGE P="94748"/>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12C,12C,12C,17C,17C">
                    <TTITLE>Table 1—Fiscal Year 2024 Disaster-Recovery Adjusted FMAP Rates</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">State</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Fiscal year 
                            <LI>2023 FMAP</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Fiscal year 2024 regular FMAP (unadjusted)</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Decrease 
                            <LI>in FMAP</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Disaster-recovery 
                            <LI>adjustment *</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Disaster-recovery 
                            <LI>adjusted </LI>
                            <LI>FMAP fiscal </LI>
                            <LI>year 2024</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Arizona</ENT>
                        <ENT>69.56</ENT>
                        <ENT>66.29</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.27</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.64</ENT>
                        <ENT>67.93</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>* In the first year, the Disaster-Recovery Adjustment is 50 percent of the percentage point decrease between the regular FMAP for such fiscal year and the FMAP from the preceding fiscal year.</TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12C,12C,12C,17C,17C">
                    <TTITLE>Table 2—Fiscal Year 2025 Disaster-Recovery Adjusted FMAP Rates</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">State</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Fiscal year 
                            <LI>2024 FMAP *</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Fiscal year 
                            <LI>2025 regular FMAP (unadjusted)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Decrease 
                            <LI>in FMAP</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Disaster-recovery 
                            <LI>adjustment **</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Disaster-recovery 
                            <LI>adjusted </LI>
                            <LI>FMAP fiscal </LI>
                            <LI>year 2025</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Arizona</ENT>
                        <ENT>67.93</ENT>
                        <ENT>64.89</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.04</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.76</ENT>
                        <ENT>65.65</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <TNOTE>* Includes applicable Disaster-Recovery Adjustment made for Fiscal Year 2024 (See Table 1).</TNOTE>
                    <TNOTE>** In year two or any succeeding fiscal year in the qualifying seven-year period, the Disaster-Recovery Adjustment is 25 percent of the percentage point decrease between the regular FMAP for such fiscal year and the FMAP from the preceding fiscal year, including any disaster-recovery adjustments.</TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27938 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4150-15-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Meetings of the Presidential Advisory Council on Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Office of the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        As stipulated by the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) is hereby giving notice that an in-person meeting is scheduled to be held for the Presidential Advisory Council on Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria (PACCARB); the main focus of the meeting is to solicit feedback from invited presenters and members of the public on the 2025-2020 National Action Plan on Combating Antibiotic Resistant Bacteria. The meeting will be open to the public as well as streamed live on 
                        <E T="03">hhs.gov/live.</E>
                         A pre-registered public comment and innovation spotlight session will be held during the meeting. Pre-registration is required for members of the public who wish to present their comments or innovations live during the meeting.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The meeting is scheduled to be held on January 28-29, 2025, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. ET (times are tentative and subject to change). The confirmed times and agenda items for the meeting will be posted on the website for the PACCARB at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.hhs.gov/paccarb</E>
                         when this information becomes available. Pre-registration for attending the meeting is strongly suggested and should be completed no later than January 24, 2025.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The meeting will be held in-person at The Ritz-Carlton, Pentagon City, 1250 S. Hayes St., Arlington, VA 22202. The meeting will also be live streamed and can be accessed through a live webcast on the day of the meeting. Additional instructions regarding attending this meeting virtually will be posted at least one week prior to the meeting at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.hhs.gov/paccarb.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Individuals who wish to send in their written public comment should submit it via email to 
                        <E T="03">CARB@hhs.gov.</E>
                         Registration information is available on the website 
                        <E T="03">https://www.hhs.gov/paccarb</E>
                         and must be completed by January 24, 2025, to attend the January 28-29, 2025, public meeting or by January 21, 2025, to provide public comment or innovation spotlight at the meeting. Additional information about registering for the meeting and providing public comment can be obtained at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.hhs.gov/paccarb</E>
                         on the Upcoming Meetings page.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Jomana Musmar, M.S., Ph.D., Designated Federal Officer, Presidential Advisory Council on Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 1101 Wootton Parkway, Rockville, MD 20852. Phone: 202-746-1512; Email: 
                        <E T="03">CARB@hhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The Presidential Advisory Council on Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria (PACCARB), established by Executive Order 13676, is continued by section 505 of Public Law 116-22, the Pandemic and All-Hazards Preparedness and Advancing Innovation Act of 2019 (PAHPAIA). Activities and duties of the PACCARB are governed by the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), Public Law 92-463, as amended (5 U.S.C. app.), which sets forth standards for the formation and use of Federal advisory committees.</P>
                <P>The PACCARB shall advise and provide information and recommendations to the Secretary of Health and Human Services (Secretary) regarding programs and policies intended to reduce or combat antibiotic-resistant bacteria that may present a public health threat and improve capabilities to prevent, diagnose, mitigate, or treat such resistance. The PACCARB shall function solely for advisory purposes.</P>
                <P>
                    Such advice, information, and recommendations may be related to improving: the effectiveness of antibiotics; research and advanced research on, and the development of, improved and innovative methods for combating or reducing antibiotic resistance, including new treatments, rapid point-of-care diagnostics, alternatives to antibiotics, including alternatives to animal antibiotics, and antimicrobial stewardship activities; surveillance of antibiotic-resistant bacterial infections, including publicly available and up-to-date information on resistance to antibiotics; education for health care providers and the public with respect to up-to-date information on antibiotic resistance and ways to reduce or combat such resistance to antibiotics related to humans and animals; methods to prevent or reduce 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94749"/>
                    the transmission of antibiotic-resistant bacterial infections; including stewardship programs; and coordination with respect to international efforts in order to inform and advance the United States capabilities to combat antibiotic resistance.
                </P>
                <P>The focus of the January 28-29, 2025, meeting is to provide input and information to the Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria (CARB) Federal Task Force as they develop the next five-year iteration of the CARB National Action Plan 2025-2030. The meeting will focus on innovative and emerging topics in antimicrobial resistance (AMR), as well as insights from international CARB counterparts. The topics presented at the public meeting include: an overview of other partner country CARB National Action Plans; methods to measure global awareness of AMR; the impact of AMR and food security; AMR as a national security threat; a reflection on the United Nations General Assembly Political Declaration by Federal agencies; the economics of AMR; innovations to combat AMR; among other topics.</P>
                <P>
                    Members of the public are invited to provide comment, especially on the 2025-2030 CARB National Action Plan, during an extended public comment session, in-person during the meeting by pre-registering online at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.hhs.gov/paccarb;</E>
                     pre-registration is required for participation in this session. Additionally, companies or organizations working to combat antimicrobial resistance my share their innovation during the January meeting by pre-registering to speak during the meeting's Innovation Spotlight. Pre-registration online at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.hhs.gov/paccarb</E>
                     is required for participation in this session, and limited spots are available. The meeting agenda will be posted on the PACCARB website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.hhs.gov/paccarb</E>
                     when it has been finalized. All agenda items are tentative and subject to change. Instructions regarding attending the meeting virtually will be posted at least one week prior to the meeting at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.hhs.gov/paccarb.</E>
                     For those unable to attend in person, but who wish to provide input into the next iteration of the CARB National Action Plan 2025-2030, may provide written public comments that can be emailed to 
                    <E T="03">CARB@hhs.gov</E>
                     by midnight January 21, 2025. All public comments received via email prior to January 21, 2025, will be provided to the PACCARB and Interagency CARB Task Force members.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 18, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Jomana F. Musmar,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Designated Federal Officer, Presidential Advisory Council on Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28075 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4150-44-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of Inspector General</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>General Compliance Program Guidance; Industry Segment-Specific Compliance Program Guidance for Skilled Nursing Facilities and Nursing Facilities; Resources for Industry; Availability</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Inspector General (OIG), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of availability.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>OIG is announcing the availability of the following resources for industry: General Compliance Program Guidance (GCPG) and Industry Segment-Specific Compliance Program Guidance for Skilled Nursing Facilities and Nursing Facilities (Nursing Facility ICPG).</P>
                </SUM>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        You may submit written electronic comments on these resources at any time by emailing 
                        <E T="03">Compliance@oig.hhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">GCPG:</E>
                         Contact Amanda Copsey, (202) 577-6982, or Laura Ellis, (202) 834-1665.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Nursing Facility ICPG:</E>
                         Contact Laura Morgan, (240) 930-2425, or Felicia Heimer, (202) 770-7017.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
                <P>
                    On April 24, 2023, OIG announced 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     its plans to improve and update existing OIG Compliance Program Guidance documents (CPGs) and to deliver new CPGs specific to segments of the health care industry and entities involved in the health care industry that have emerged in recent years.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Modernization of Compliance Program Guidance Documents,</E>
                         88 FR 25000 (Apr. 25, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Our April 2023 announcement explained, in part, that:</P>
                <P>• OIG developed CPGs as voluntary, nonbinding guidance documents to encourage the development and use of internal controls to monitor adherence to applicable statutes, regulations, and program requirements.</P>
                <P>
                    • OIG will no longer publish updated or new CPGs in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . All current, updated, and new CPGs will be available on our website.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         All CPGs issued to date are currently available on the Compliance Guidance page of our website at 
                        <E T="03">https://oig.hhs.gov/compliance/compliance-guidance/</E>
                         (last visited Nov. 15, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>• OIG has developed a new format for CPGs:</P>
                <P>○ First, the GCPG pertains to all individuals and entities involved in the health care industry.</P>
                <P>○ Second, industry segment-specific CPGs (ICPGs) pertain to different types of providers, suppliers, and other participants in health care industry subsectors or ancillary industry sectors relating to Federal health care programs.</P>
                <P>Please reference the April 2023 announcement for additional details.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Notice of Availability</HD>
                <P>Through this Notice of Availability, OIG is announcing the availability of the following documents:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">GCPG:</E>
                     This document was published on OIG's website on November 6, 2023. OIG notified the public of the publication of the GCPG using our public listserv 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and other communications platforms. The GCPG may be viewed and downloaded at 
                    <E T="03">https://oig.hhs.gov/compliance/general-compliance-program-guidance/</E>
                     and 
                    <E T="03">https://oig.hhs.gov/documents/compliance-guidance/1135/HHS-OIG-GCPG-2023.pdf.</E>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         To join OIG's listserv, visit 
                        <E T="03">https://cloud.connect.hhs.gov/OIG/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Nursing Facility ICPG:</E>
                     This document was published on OIG's website on November 20, 2024. OIG is notifying the public of the publication of the Nursing Facility ICPG using our public listserv and other communications platforms. The Nursing Facility ICPG may be viewed and downloaded at 
                    <E T="03">https://oig.hhs.gov/compliance/nursing-facility-icpg</E>
                     and 
                    <E T="03">https://oig.hhs.gov/documents/compliance/10038/nursing-facility-icpg.pdf.</E>
                </P>
                <P>These resources are not one-size-fits-all, comprehensive, or all-inclusive of compliance and quality considerations or risks. They are not binding on any individual or entity. Of note, OIG uses the word “should” in the GCPG and Nursing Facility ICPG to present voluntary, nonbinding guidance. This means that the documents do not create any new obligations or standards for any individual or entity.</P>
                <P>
                    OIG may update the GCPG and Nursing Facility ICPG periodically to address newly identified risk areas and compliance and quality measures, ensure timely and meaningful OIG resources, and respond to stakeholder feedback. In addition, OIG anticipates 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94750"/>
                    publishing additional ICPGs addressing other health care industry segments in the future.
                </P>
                <P>
                    OIG welcomes written and specific feedback from the health care community and other stakeholders in connection with the GCPG and the Nursing Facility ICPG. Any such feedback can be submitted by email to 
                    <E T="03">Compliance@oig.hhs.gov.</E>
                     The receipt of any feedback does not obligate OIG to take action, including responding to the feedback, making the feedback public, or issuing or revising public guidance.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>
                <P>These resources contain no collection of information. Therefore, clearance by the Office of Management and Budget under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 is not required.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Christi A. Grimm,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Inspector General.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28019 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4152-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Center for Scientific Review; Amended Notice of Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    Notice is hereby given of a change in the meeting of the Interdisciplinary Molecular Sciences and Training Integrated Review Group, Center for Scientific Review Special Emphasis Panel, December 5, 2024, 10 a.m. to December 5, 2024, 4 p.m., National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 which was published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on November 08, 2024, 89 FR 88789, Doc 2024-25937.
                </P>
                <P>This meeting is being amended to change the meeting start time from 10:00 a.m. to 8:00 a.m. to accommodate an increase in applications being discussed. The meeting is closed to the public.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Miguelina Perez, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28001 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; NIDDK High Risk Multi-Center Clinical Study Review Meeting.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         January 22, 2025.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Address:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, NIDDK, Democracy II, Suite 7000A, 6707 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Meeting Format:</E>
                         Virtual Meeting.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Michele L. Barnard, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Review Branch, DEA, NIDDK, National Institutes of Health, Room 7343, 6707 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20817, (301) 594-8898, 
                        <E T="03">barnardm@extra.niddk.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.847, Diabetes, Endocrinology and Metabolic Research; 93.848, Digestive Diseases and Nutrition Research; 93.849, Kidney Diseases, Urology and Hematology Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Miguelina Perez, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28002 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Collection; 60-Day Comment Request; Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery (National Institute Allergy and Infectious Diseases)</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Institutes of Health, HHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In compliance with the requirement of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 to provide opportunity for public comment on proposed data collection projects, the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) will publish periodic summaries of proposed projects to be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments regarding this information collection are best assured of having their full effect if received within 60 days of the date of this publication.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        To obtain a copy of the data collection plans and instruments, submit comments in writing, or request more information on the proposed project, contact: Sarah Hijaz, Health Science Policy Analyst, Office of Strategic Planning, Initiative Development and Analysis, 5601 Fishers Lane, Rockville, Maryland 20892 or call non-toll-free number (301)761-7790 or Email your request, including your address to: 
                        <E T="03">sarah.hijaz@nih.gov.</E>
                         Formal requests for additional plans and instruments must be requested in writing.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 requires: written comments and/or suggestions from the public and affected agencies are invited to address one or more of the following points: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the function of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) Ways to minimizes the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including the use of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94751"/>
                    appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Proposed Collection Title:</E>
                     Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery (NIAID), 0925-0668, Expiration Date 07/31/2025, EXTENSION, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Need and Use of Information Collection:</E>
                     There are no changes being requested for this submission. The proposed information collection activity provides a means to garner qualitative customer and stakeholder feedback in an efficient, timely manner, in accordance with the Administration's commitment to improving service delivery. By qualitative feedback we mean information that provides useful insights on perceptions and opinions but are not statistical surveys that yield quantitative results that can be generalized to the population of study. This feedback will provide information about the NIAID's customer or stakeholder perceptions, experiences and expectations, provide an early warning of issues with service, or focus attention on areas where communication, training or changes in operations might improve delivery of products or services. These collections will allow for ongoing, collaborative and actionable communications between the NIAID and its customers and stakeholders. It will also allow feedback to contribute directly to the improvement of program management.
                </P>
                <P>OMB approval is requested for 3 years. There are no costs to respondents other than their time. The total estimated annualized burden hours over 3 years are 7200 (2400 per year).</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,12,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Estimated Annualized Burden Hours</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Type of collection</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>respondents</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Annual
                            <LI>frequency per</LI>
                            <LI>response</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Hours per
                            <LI>response</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total
                            <LI>hours</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Customer satisfaction surveys</ENT>
                        <ENT>4000</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>30/60</ENT>
                        <ENT>2000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">In-Depth Interviews (IDIs) or Small Discussion Groups</ENT>
                        <ENT>20</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>90/60</ENT>
                        <ENT>30</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Individual Brief Interviews</ENT>
                        <ENT>40</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>15/60</ENT>
                        <ENT>10</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Focus Groups</ENT>
                        <ENT>30</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                        <ENT>60</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pilot testing surveys</ENT>
                        <ENT>20</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>30/60</ENT>
                        <ENT>10</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Conferences and Training Pre- and Post-surveys</ENT>
                        <ENT>500</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>30/60</ENT>
                        <ENT>250</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Website or Software Usability Tests</ENT>
                        <ENT>20</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>2</ENT>
                        <ENT>40</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>4630</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>2400</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Brandie K. Taylor Bumgardner,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Project Clearance Liaison, National Institutes of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27902 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases Initial Review Group; Kidney, Urologic and Hematologic Diseases D Study Section Hoffert_2/25-27/2025.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 25-27, 2025.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         5 p.m. to 5 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Address:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, NIDDK, Democracy II, Suite 7000A, 6707 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Meeting Format:</E>
                         Virtual Meeting.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Jason D. Hoffert, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Review Branch, DEA, NIDDK, National Institutes of Health, Room 7343, 6707 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20817, 301-496-9010, 
                        <E T="03">hoffertj@niddk.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.847, Diabetes, Endocrinology and Metabolic Research; 93.848, Digestive Diseases and Nutrition Research; 93.849, Kidney Diseases, Urology and Hematology Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS).</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024. </DATED>
                    <NAME>Miguelina Pere,z </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28000 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Mental Health; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Mental Health Special Emphasis Panel; BRAIN Initiative K99/R00 Application Review.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         December 13, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         1 p.m. to 3 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Address:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Neuroscience Center, 6001 Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20852.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Meeting Format:</E>
                         Virtual Meeting.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94752"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Nicholas Gaiano, Ph.D., Review Branch Chief, Division of Extramural Activities, National Institute of Mental Health, National Institutes of Health, Neuroscience Center, 6001 Executive Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-443-2742, 
                        <E T="03">email: nick.gaiano@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program No. 93.242, Mental Health Research Grants, National Institutes of Health, HHS).</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Bruce A. George, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27915 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; U2C-TL1 Applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         March 25-26, 2025.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate cooperative agreement applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Address:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, NIDDK, Democracy II, Suite 7000A, 6707 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Meeting Format:</E>
                         Virtual Meeting.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Jason D. Hoffert, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Review Branch, DEA, NIDDK, National Institutes of Health, Room 7343, 6707 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20817, 301-496-9010, 
                        <E T="03">hoffertj@niddk.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.847, Diabetes, Endocrinology and Metabolic Research; 93.848, Digestive Diseases and Nutrition Research; 93.849, Kidney Diseases, Urology and Hematology Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Miguelina Perez, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28003 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke; Notice of Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of a meeting of the National Advisory Neurological Disorders and Stroke Council.</P>
                <P>
                    The meeting will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend as well as those who need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, must notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting. The open session will be videocast and can be accessed from the NIH Videocasting and Podcasting website (
                    <E T="03">https://videocast.nih.gov/</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5, U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Advisory Neurological Disorders and Stroke Council.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 12-13, 2025.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Open:</E>
                         February 12, 2025, 1:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         Report by the Director, NINDS; Report by the Director, Division of Extramural Activities; and Administrative and Program Developments; and Overview of the NINDS Intramural Program.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Open session will be videocast from this link:</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">https://videocast.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Closed:</E>
                         February 13, 2025, 1 p.m. to 6 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, 6001 Executive Boulevard, Room 1131, Rockville, Maryland 20852 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         David Owens, Ph.D.,  Deputy Director, Extramural Activities, National Institute of Neurological  Disorders and Stroke, NIH,  6001 Executive Blvd., 5th Floor, MSC 9531,  Bethesda, MD 20892  (301) 496-9248, 
                        <E T="03">owensd@ninds.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding the statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice at least 10 days in advance of the meeting. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.</P>
                    <P>
                        Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page: 
                        <E T="03">www.ninds.nih.gov,</E>
                         where an agenda and any additional information for the meeting will be posted when available.
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.853, Clinical Research Related to Neurological Disorders; 93.854, Biological Basis Research in the Neurosciences, National Institutes of Health, HHS.)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024. </DATED>
                    <NAME>Miguelina Perez, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27963 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FR-7092-N-41]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Administration, HUD.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of a New System of Records.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>Pursuant to the provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, the Department of the Housing and Urban Development (HUD), per Circular No. A-108, Federal Agency Responsibilities for Review, Reporting, and Publication under the Privacy Act (PA), notice is hereby given by the Office of Administration, the Privacy Office is establishing a new system called “Privacy Act Request Files (PARF)”. This system covers all information collected, or stored, by HUD from the public under, and protected by the PA.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments will be accepted on or before December 30, 2024. This proposed action will be effective on the date following the end of the comment period unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number or by one of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Federal e-Rulemaking Portal:</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94753"/>
                        instructions provided on that site to submit comments electronically.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         202-619-8365.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Email:</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">www.privacy@hud.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Attention: Privacy Office; LaDonne White, Chief Privacy Officer; Office of the Executive Secretariat; 451 Seventh Street SW, Room 10139; Washington, DC 20410-0001.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number for this rulemaking. All comments received will be posted without change to 
                        <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         including any personal information provided.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                         For access to the docket to read background documents or comments received go to 
                        <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        LaDonne White; 451 Seventh Street SW, Room 10139; Washington, DC 20410-0001; telephone number 202-708-3054 (this is not a toll-free number). Individuals who are hearing- or speech-impaired may access this telephone number via TTY by calling the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339 (this is a toll-free number). HUD welcomes and is prepared to receive calls from individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing, as well as individuals with speech or communication disabilities. To learn more about how to make an accessible telephone call, please visit 
                        <E T="03">https://www.fcc.gov/consumers/guides/telecommunications-relay-service-trs</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The HUD Privacy Act Request Files covers all information collected under the Privacy Act (PA) including but not limited to PA information received via email, hardcopy communications, and other authorized means, including HUD's Privacy Act tracking and management, reporting, and e-Discovery software and tools. This system also covers information pertaining to any administrative appeals or litigation relating to Privacy Act requests to HUD or to another agency.</P>
                <P>HUD proposes a new system of records, titled “Privacy Act Request Files,” to separate Privacy Act request records as an independent system of records.</P>
                <PRIACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM NAME AND NUMBER:</HD>
                    <P>Privacy Act Request Files (PARF), HUD/ADM-05.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">SECURITY CLASSIFICATION:</HD>
                    <P>Unclassified.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM LOCATION:</HD>
                    <P>Records are maintained at HUD Headquarters, 451 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20410-0001.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM MANAGER(S):</HD>
                    <P>LaDonne White, Chief Privacy Officer, Office of Administration, 451 Seventh Street SW, Room 2184, Washington, DC 20410-0001. Phone: (202) 710-1298.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">AUTHORITY FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM:</HD>
                    <P>Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a, and HUD Privacy Handbook 1325.1 Rev. 1.0.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">PURPOSES OF THE SYSTEM:</HD>
                    <P>This system enables HUD to manage Privacy Act administration activities under the Privacy Act; process and track Privacy Act requests and appeals; and record access and amendment requests filed with HUD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">CATEGORIES OF INDIVIDUALS COVERED BY THE SYSTEM:</HD>
                    <P>Individuals who submit information, or appeals, covered by the Privacy Act; individuals whose requests for records have been referred to HUD by other agencies or entities; attorneys or other persons representing individuals submitting such requests and appeals; individuals who are the subject of such requests and appeals or whose information may appear in records required for processing requests and appeals; and individuals who file litigation based on their requests.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">CATEGORIES OF RECORDS IN THE SYSTEM:</HD>
                    <P>Name, address (home &amp; email), date of birth, alias used by the requester, requesters' parents' names (if applicable), dates requests are submitted and received, related appeals, and agency responses which could include internal Privacy Act administrative documents and responsive records.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">RECORD SOURCE CATEGORIES:</HD>
                    <P>Individual.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">ROUTINE USES OF RECORDS MAINTAINED IN THE SYSTEM, INCLUDING CATEGORIES OF USERS AND PURPOSES OF SUCH USES:</HD>
                    <P>1. To a congressional office from the record of an individual, in response to an inquiry at the request of that individual.</P>
                    <P>2. To contractors, grantees, experts, consultants and their agents, or others performing or working under a contract, service agreement, grant, cooperative agreement, or other agreement with HUD or under contract to another agency when necessary to accomplish an agency function related to a system of records. Disclosure requirements are limited to only those data elements considered relevant to accomplishing an agency function.</P>
                    <P>3. To appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when (1) HUD suspects or has confirmed that there has been a breach of the system of records, (2) HUD has determined that as a result of the suspected or confirmed breach there is a risk of harm to individuals, HUD (including its information systems, programs, and operations), the Federal Government, or national security; and (3) the disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with HUD's efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed breach or to prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm.</P>
                    <P>4. To another Federal agency or Federal entity, when HUD determines that information from this system of records is reasonably necessary to assist the recipient agency or entity in (1) responding to a suspected or confirmed breach or (2) preventing, minimizing, or remedying the risk of harm to individuals, the recipient agency or entity (including its information systems, programs, and operations), the Federal Government, or national security, resulting from a suspected or confirmed breach.</P>
                    <P>5. To appropriate Federal, State, local, tribal, or other governmental agencies or multilateral governmental organizations responsible for investigating or prosecuting the violations of, or for enforcing or implementing, a statute, rule, regulation, order, or license, where HUD determines that the information would assist in the enforcement of civil or criminal laws and when such records, either alone or in conjunction with other information, indicate a violation or potential violation of law. Records may only be disclosed upon a showing by the requester that the information is pertinent to the investigation.</P>
                    <P>6. To any component of the Department of Justice or other Federal agency conducting litigation or in proceedings before any court, adjudicative, or administrative body, and to another party before such court, adjudicative, or administrative body; when HUD determines that the use of such records is relevant and necessary to the litigation and when any of the following is a party to the litigation or have an interest in such litigation: (1) HUD, or any component thereof; or (2) any HUD employee in his or her official capacity; or (3) any HUD employee in his or her individual capacity where the Department of Justice or agency conducting the litigation has agreed to represent the employee; or (4) the United States, or any agency thereof, where HUD determines that litigation is likely to affect HUD or any of its components.</P>
                    <P>
                        7. To the National Archives and Records Administration, Office of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94754"/>
                        Government Information Services (OGIS), to the extent necessary to fulfill its responsibilities in 5 U.S.C. 552(h), to review administrative agency policies, procedures and compliance with the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), and to facilitate OGIS' offering of mediation services to resolve disputes between persons making FOIA requests and administrative agencies.
                    </P>
                    <P>8. To a court, magistrate, administrative tribunal, or arbitrator in the course of presenting evidence, including disclosures to opposing counsel or witnesses in the course of civil discovery, litigation, mediation, or settlement negotiations, or in connection with criminal law proceedings; when HUD determines that use of such records is relevant and necessary to the litigation and when any of the following is a party to the litigation or have an interest in such litigation: (1) HUD, or any component thereof; or (2) any HUD employee in his or her official capacity; or (3) any HUD employee in his or her individual capacity where HUD has agreed to represent the employee; or (4) the United States, or any agency thereof, where HUD determines that litigation is likely to affect HUD or any of its components.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">POLICIES AND PRACTICES FOR STORAGE OF RECORDS:</HD>
                    <P>Paper and electronic.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">POLICIES AND PRACTICES FOR RETRIEVAL OF RECORDS:</HD>
                    <P>Name, email address, and contact number.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">POLICIES AND PRACTICIES FOR RETENTION AND DISPOSAL OF RECORDS:</HD>
                    <P>Records are covered under General Records Schedule (GRS) 4.2, Information Access and Protection Records. GRS 4.2 item 050, Privacy Act Accounting of Disclosure files, are disposed of in accordance with the subject individual records, or five years after the disclosure, whichever is later. GRS 4.2 item 060, erroneous release files associated with specific records, generally follow the original records disposition or are destroyed six years after the erroneous release, whichever is later.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">ADMINISTRATIVE, TECHNICAL, AND PHYSICAL SAFEGUARDS:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For Electronic Records:</E>
                         Records are maintained and stored on the SharePoint environment, which runs on HUD's network. These records can only be accessed based off the user's rights and privileges to the system. Records are on an encrypted database system. This environment complies with the security and privacy controls and procedures as described in the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA), National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Special Publications, and Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS). A valid HSPD-12 ID Credential, access to HUD's Local Area Network (LAN), a valid User ID and Password and a Personalized Identification Number (PIN) is required to access the records.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For Electronic Records (cloud based):</E>
                         Records are secured and maintained on a cloud-based software server and operating system that resides in Federal Risk and Authorization Management Program (FedRAMP) and FISMA Moderate dedicated hosting environment. All data located in the cloud-based server is firewalled and encrypted at rest and in transit. The security mechanisms for handing data at rest and in transit are in accordance with HUD encryption standards.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">RECORD ACCESS PROCEDURES:</HD>
                    <P>Individuals requesting records of themselves should address written inquiries to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20410-0001. For verification, individuals should provide their full name, current address, and telephone number. In addition, the requester must provide either a notarized statement or an unsworn declaration made under 24 CFR 16.4.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">CONTESTING RECORD PROCEDURES:</HD>
                    <P>The HUD rule for contesting the content of any record pertaining to the individual by the individual concerned is published in 24 CFR 16.8 or may be obtained from the system manager.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES:</HD>
                    <P>Individuals requesting notification of records of themselves should address written inquiries to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20410-0001. For verification purposes, individuals should provide their full name, office or organization where assigned, if applicable, and current address and telephone number. In addition, the requester must provide either a notarized statement or an unsworn declaration made under 24 CFR 16.4.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">EXEMPTIONS PROMULGATED FOR THE SYSTEM:</HD>
                    <P>N/A.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">HISTORY:</HD>
                    <P>N/A.</P>
                </PRIACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>LaDonne White,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief Privacy Officer, Office of Administration. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27901 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Fish and Wildlife Service</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FWS-HQ-IA-2024-0163; FXIA16710900000-245-FF09A30000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Emergency Exemption: Issuance of Emergency Permits To Import Endangered Species</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of issuance of permits.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, have waived the 30-day public notice period and have issued two endangered species permits for import of three jaguars (
                        <E T="03">Panthera onca</E>
                        ) and three tigers (
                        <E T="03">Panthera tigris</E>
                        ). We issue these permits under the Endangered Species Act.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Materials pertaining to the permit application are available by submitting a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request to the Service's FOIA office at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.doi.gov/foia/foia-request-form.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Brenda Tapia, by phone at 703-358-2104 or via email at 
                        <E T="03">DMAFR@fws.gov.</E>
                         Individuals in the United States who are deaf, blind, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability may dial 711 (TTY, TDD, or TeleBraille) to access telecommunications relay services. Individuals outside the United States should use the relay services offered within their country to make international calls to the point-of-contact in the United States.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), have issued two emergency permits to conduct certain activities with jaguar (
                    <E T="03">Panthera onca</E>
                    ) and tiger (
                    <E T="03">Panthera tigris</E>
                    ) in response to two permit applications that we received under the authority of section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>
                    We issued the requested permits subject to certain conditions set forth in the permit. For the applications, we found that (1) the applications were filed in good faith, (2) the granted permits would not operate to the disadvantage of the endangered species, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94755"/>
                    and (3) the granted permits would be consistent with the purposes and policy set forth in section 2 of the ESA.
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r75,xs70">
                    <TTITLE>Permits Issued Under Emergency Exemption</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Permit number</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Applicant</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Permit issuance date</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">PER12739118</ENT>
                        <ENT>The Wild Animal Sanctuary</ENT>
                        <ENT>October 9, 2024.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">PER12746542</ENT>
                        <ENT>The Wild Animal Sanctuary</ENT>
                        <ENT>October 9, 2024.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The Wild Animal Sanctuary requested two permits to import three live jaguars and three live tigers from Lebanon and Mexico, respectively, due to political instability and the threat of warfare in the former, and due to severe financial difficulty for the partner organization in the latter. After assessing the level of crisis facing the respective partner organizations in Lebanon and Mexico, the Service determined that an emergency affecting the lives of these animals existed, and that no reasonable alternative was available to the applicant.</P>
                <P>On October 9, 2024, the Service issued permits PER12739118 and PER12746542 to The Wild Animal Sanctuary, to import three jaguars and three tigers for the purpose of enhancement of the survival of the species. The animals will be transferred to the Wild Animal Sanctuary where they are anticipated to remain for the entirety of their lifetimes.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority</HD>
                <P>
                    We issue this notice under the authority of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), and its implementing regulations.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Brenda Tapia,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Supervisory Program Analyst/Data Administrator, Branch of Permits, Division of Management Authority.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28078 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4333-15-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Fish and Wildlife Service</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[FWS-HQ-OC-2024-N061; FXGO16600926000-256-FF09X60000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Hunting and Wildlife Conservation Council Meeting </SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of virtual meeting.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) gives notice of a virtual meeting of the Hunting and Wildlife Conservation Council (Council), in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Meeting:</E>
                         The Council will meet on Tuesday, December 17, 2024, from 3 p.m. to 5 p.m. (eastern time).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Registration:</E>
                         Registration to attend or participate in the meeting is required. The registration deadline is Tuesday, December 10, 2024. To register, please contact the Designated Federal Officer (DFO) (see 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Public Comment:</E>
                         If you wish to provide oral public comment or provide a written comment for the Council to consider, contact the DFO (see 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                        ) no later than Tuesday, December 10, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Accessibility and Other Accommodations:</E>
                         The deadline for accommodation requests is Tuesday, December 10, 2024. For more information, please see “Requests for Accommodations,” below.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The meeting will be held via a virtual meeting platform. To register and receive the web address and telephone number for virtual participation, contact the DFO (see 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Douglas Hobbs, DFO, by email at 
                        <E T="03">doug_hobbs@fws.gov,</E>
                         or by telephone at 703-358-2336. Individuals in the United States who are deaf, deafblind, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability may dial 711 (TTY, TDD, or TeleBraille) to access telecommunications relay services. Individuals outside the United States should use the relay services offered within their country to make international calls to the point-of-contact in the United States.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the authority of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 10), the Hunting and Wildlife Conservation Council (Council) was established to further the provisions of the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956 (16 U.S.C. 742a 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (43 U.S.C. 1701-1785), the National Wildlife Refuge System Improvement Act of 1997 (16 U.S.C. 668dd-ee), other statutes applicable to specific Department of the Interior bureaus, and Executive Order 13443 of August 16, 2007, “Facilitation of Hunting Heritage and Wildlife Conservation” (72 FR 46537, August 20, 2007). The Council's purpose is to provide recommendations to the Federal Government, through the Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Agriculture, regarding policies and endeavors that (a) benefit wildlife resources; (b) encourage partnership among the public, sporting conservation organizations, and Federal, State, Tribal, and territorial governments; and (c) benefit fair-chase recreational hunting and safe recreational shooting sports.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Meeting Agenda</HD>
                <P>Among other business to be addressed by the Council, the meeting will include a review and discussion of all Council recommendations made since December 2023.</P>
                <P>
                    The Council will also hear public comment if members of the public make such requests. The final agenda and other related meeting information will be available on the Council website, 
                    <E T="03">https://www.fws.gov/program/hwcc.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Input</HD>
                <P>
                    Depending on the number of people who want to comment and the time available, the amount of time for individual oral comments may be limited. Interested parties should contact the DFO in writing (see 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    ) for placement on the public speaker list for this meeting. Requests to address the Council during the meeting will be accommodated in the order the requests are received. Registered speakers who wish to expand upon their oral statements, or those who had wished to speak but could not be accommodated on the agenda, may submit written statements to the DFO up to 30 days following the meeting.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Requests for Accommodations</HD>
                <P>
                    Please make requests in advance for sign language interpreter services, assistive listening devices, language 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94756"/>
                    translation services, or other reasonable accommodations. We ask that you contact the DFO in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     section of this notice by December 10, 2024, to give the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service sufficient time to process your request. All reasonable accommodation requests are managed on a case-by-case basis.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Disclosure</HD>
                <P>Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information on any comments you might have about this notice, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority</HD>
                <P>5 U.S.C. ch. 10.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Lesli Gray,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Director, Office of Communications.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28056 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4333-15-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Bureau of Indian Affairs</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[256A2100DD/AAKC001030/A0A51010.999900]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Proclaiming Certain Lands as Reservation for Cheyenne and Arapaho Tribes, Oklahoma</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of reservation proclamation.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This notice informs the public that the Assistant Secretary—Indian Affairs proclaimed approximately 79.21 acres, more or less, an addition to the reservation of the Cheyenne and Arapaho Tribe, Oklahoma.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This proclamation was made on November 18, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Ms. Carla Clark, Bureau of Indian Affairs, Division of Real Estate Services, 1001 Indian School Road NW, Box #44, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87104, 
                        <E T="03">carla.clark@bia.gov,</E>
                         (505) 563-3132.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>This notice is published in the exercise of authority delegated by the Secretary of the Interior to the Assistant Secretary—Indian Affairs by part 209 of the Departmental Manual.</P>
                <P>A proclamation was issued according to the Act of June 18, 1934 (48 Stat. 984; 25 U.S.C. 5110) for the lands described below. The lands are proclaimed to be the Cheyenne and Arapaho Tribes, Oklahoma Reservation for the Cheyenne and Arapaho Tribes, Oklahoma in Woodward County, Oklahoma.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cheyenne and Arapaho Tribes, Oklahoma Reservation, Indian Meridian, Woodward County, Oklahoma, Legal Descriptions Containing 79.214 Acres, More or Less</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        Being a 79.21-acre, Surface and Surface Rights only, tract of land lying in Woodward County located in the following Metes and Bounds: The purpose of this survey and description is to combine two parcels into one description, one parcel being described in Book 2500 at Page 242 and the other parcel being described in Book 2500 at Page 242. All that certain real property situate in the Southwest One-Quarter (SW/4) of section fifteen (15), Township Twenty-two (22), North, Range Twenty (20), West of the Indian Meridian (W.I.M.), located in the County of Woodward, State of Oklahoma and further described as follows: The SW/4 of said section 15 lying north of that perpetual easement to the State of Oklahoma as described in Book 41 at Page 275, dated the 25th day of September, 1933. Additionally, being described by metes and bounds as follows: Beginning at ta found 
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        ″ rod with a red cap “OLS 128” cap 5″ deep accepted for the West One-Quarter corner (W?4) of said Section 15; Thence, North 88′19′16″ East on the East-West One Quarter Section line a distance of 2654.70 to a found 
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        ″ iron rod with a cap stamped CA2064 accepted for the center Quarter (/4) of said Section 15; Thence, South 00′11′24″ East on the North-South One-Quarter section line, at 2051.09 feet passing a set 3/8′ x 18″ rebar with a cap stamp CA8035 on the present North Right of Way line of State Highway 270/183, continuing on said One-Quarter Section line for a total distance of 2120.10 feet to a point on the North line of that perpetual easement to the State of Oklahoma as described in Book 41 at Page 275 dated the 25th day of September, 1933; Thence, on the Northline of said perpetual easement the following three courses: (1.) North 59′53′20″ West a distance of 2141.57 feet to an angle point; (2.) North 30′06′40″ East a distance of 25.00 feet to an angle point; (3.) North 59′53′20″ West a distance to 956.02 feet to a point on the west line of said section 15, Thence, on the West line of Section 15 North 00′02′27″ West, at 158.80 feet passing a set 3/8″ x 18″ rebar with a cap stamp CA8035 on the present North Right of Way line of State Highway, continuing on said section line a total of 466.66 feet to the point of beginning.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Containing 79.21 acres as surveyed. The basis of bearing for this description is True North as evidenced by measure between a found 3/8″ iron pin with red cap stamped OSL 128 3 inched deep accepted for the Southwest Corner (SWc) of said Section 15 and a found 
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        ″ iron rod with a red “OLS” cap 5″ deed accepted for the quarter common to Section 15 and 16, bearing being North 00′02′27″ West between said found monuments. Distance shown here on are grid distances. I, Lee K. Goss, being an Oklahoma Licensed Surveyor Number 1778, certify this description was written by me or under my supervision on September 23, 2000, and meet the minimum standards for the practice of Land Surveying as adopted by the Oklahoma State Board for Engineers and land Surveyors. Furthermore, this description and associated survey, attached hereto and made a part thereof was based on a field survey completed on August 16, 2020.
                    </P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>The above-described lands contain a total of 79.21 acres, more or less, which are subject to all valid rights, reservations, rights-of-way, and easements of record.</P>
                <P>This proclamation does not affect title to the lands described above, nor does it affect any valid existing easements for public roads, highways, public utilities, railroads and pipelines, or any other valid easements or rights-of-way or reservations of record.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Bryan Newland,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary—Indian Affairs.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27998 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4337-15-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Bureau of Indian Affairs</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[256A2100DD/AAKC001030/A0A501010.999900]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Request for Nominations of Members To Serve on the Bureau of Indian Education Advisory Board for Exceptional Children</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of request for nominations.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act and the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act of 2004 (IDEA), the Bureau of Indian Education (BIE) requests nominations of individuals to serve on the Advisory Board for Exceptional Children (Advisory Board). There will be five positions available to serve in the areas of: Indian persons with disabilities; Indian parents or guardians of children with disabilities; Teachers of children with disabilities; Service providers to children with disabilities; State education officials; Local education officials; Tribes or tribal organizations; State Interagency Coordinating Councils under Section 641 of the Act in States having Indian reservations; Bureau of Indian Affairs and Bureau of Indian Education employees. Board members shall serve a staggered term of two years 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94757"/>
                        or three years from the date of their appointment. The BIE will consider nominations received in response to this request for nominations, as well as other sources.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Please submit nominations by January 7, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Please submit nominations to Ms. Jennifer Davis, Designated Federal Officer (DFO), Bureau of Indian Education, Division of Performance and Accountability, 2600 N Central Ave., Suite 800, Phoenix, AZ 85004, or Fax to (602) 265-0293 or email to 
                        <E T="03">jennifer.davis@bie.edu.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Jennifer Davis, DFO, at Telephone (202) 860-7845; or email 
                        <E T="03">jennifer.davis@bie.edu.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The Advisory Board was established in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, Public Law 92-463 (20 U.S.C. 1400 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) and 5 U.S.C. Ch. 10. The following provides information about the Committee, the membership and the nomination process.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Objective and Duties</HD>
                <P>(a) Members of the Advisory Board will provide guidance, advice and recommendations with respect to special education and related services for children with disabilities in BIE funded schools in accordance with the requirements of IDEA;</P>
                <P>(b) The Advisory Board will: (1) Provide advice and recommendations for the coordination of services within the BIE and with other local, State and Federal agencies; (2) Provide advice and recommendations on a broad range of policy issues dealing with the provision of educational services to American Indian children with disabilities; (3) Serve as advocates for American Indian students with special education needs by providing advice and recommendations regarding best practices, effective program coordination strategies, and recommendations for improved educational programming; (4) Provide advice and recommendations for the preparation of information required to be submitted to the Secretary of Education under 20 U.S.C. 1411 (h)(2); (5) Provide advice and recommend policies concerning effective inter/intra agency collaboration, including modifications to regulations, and the elimination of barriers to inter- and intra-agency programs and activities; and (6) Will report and direct all correspondence to the Assistant Secretary—Indian Affairs through the Director, BIE with a courtesy copy to the Designated Federal Officer (DFO).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. Membership</HD>
                <P>(a) Pursuant to 20 U.S.C. 1411(h)(6), the Advisory Board will be composed of up to fifteen individuals involved in or concerned with the education and provision of services to American Indian infants, toddlers, children, and youth with disabilities. The Advisory Board composition will reflect a broad range of viewpoints and will include at least one member representing each of the following interests: American Indians with disabilities; teachers of children with disabilities; American Indian parents or guardians of children with disabilities; service providers; state education officials; local education officials; state interagency coordinating councils (for states having Indian reservations); tribal representatives or tribal organization representatives; and other members representing the various divisions and entities of the BIE.</P>
                <P>(b) The Assistant Secretary—Indian Affairs may provide the Secretary of the Interior recommendations for the chairperson; however, the chairperson and other Advisory Board members will be appointed by the Secretary of the Interior. Advisory Board members shall serve staggered terms of two years or three years from the date of their appointment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">3. Miscellaneous</HD>
                <P>(a) Members of the Advisory Board will not receive compensation, but will be reimbursed for travel, including subsistence, and other necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their duties in the same manner as persons employed intermittently in Government Service under 5 U.S.C. 5703.</P>
                <P>(b) A member may not participate in matters that will directly affect, or appear to affect, the financial interests of the member or the member's spouse or minor children, unless authorized by the appropriate ethics official. Compensation from employment does not constitute a financial interest of the member so long as the matter before the committee will not have a special or distinct effect on the member or the member's employer, other than as part of a class. The provisions of this paragraph do not affect any other statutory or regulatory ethical obligations to which a member may be subject.</P>
                <P>(c) The Advisory Board meets at least three or four times a year, budget permitting, but additional meetings may be held as deemed necessary by the Assistant Secretary—Indian Affairs or the DFO.</P>
                <P>(d) All Advisory Board meetings are open to the public in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act regulations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">4. Nomination Information</HD>
                <P>(a) Nominations are requested from individuals, organizations, and federally recognized tribes, as well as from State Directors of Special Education (within the 23 states in which BIE-funded schools are located) concerned with the education of Indian children with disabilities as described above.</P>
                <P>(b) Nominees should have expertise and knowledge of the issues and/or needs of American Indian children with disabilities. Such knowledge and expertise are needed to provide advice and recommendations to the BIE regarding the needs of American Indian children with disabilities.</P>
                <P>(c) A summary of the candidates' qualifications (resume or curriculum vitae) must be included with a completed nomination application form, which is located on the Bureau of Indian Education website. Nominees must have the ability to attend Advisory Board meetings, carry out Advisory Board assignments, participate in teleconference calls, and work in groups.</P>
                <P>(d) The Department of the Interior is committed to equal opportunities in the workplace and seeks diverse Committee membership, which is bound by Indian Preference Act of 1990 (25 U.S.C. 472).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">5. Basis for Nominations</HD>
                <P>If you wish to nominate someone for appointment to the Advisory Board, please do not make the nomination until the person has agreed to have his or her name submitted to the BIE for this purpose. A person can also self-nominate.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">6. Nomination Application</HD>
                <P>
                    Please submit a complete application form and a copy of the nominee's resume or curriculum vitae to the DFO by Tuesday, January 7, 2025. The nomination application form can be found on the BIE website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.bie.edu/landing-page/special-education.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">7. Information Collection</HD>
                <P>
                    This collection of information is authorized by OMB Control Number 1076-0179, available at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAOMBHistory?ombControlNumber=1076-0179.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Bryan Newland,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary—Indian Affairs.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27993 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4337-15-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="94758"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Bureau of Land Management</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[BLM_NM_FRN_MO4500175885; NMNM-144081]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Realty Action: Non-Competitive (Direct) Land Sale in Eddy County, New Mexico</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Bureau of Land Management, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of realty action.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Carlsbad Field Office is proposing a non-competitive direct sale of 199.89 acres of public land in Eddy County, New Mexico, to the county. The purpose of the sale is for the county to build a light industrial, commercial, and retail activity area. The sale would be subject to the applicable provisions of the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (FLPMA), as amended, and BLM land sale regulations. The sale would be for no less than the appraised fair market value of $1.3 million.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Interested parties may submit written comments until January 13, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Send written comments to the BLM Field Manager, Carlsbad Field Office, 620 East Greene Street, Carlsbad, New Mexico 88220, or submit them online at 
                        <E T="03">https://eplanning.blm.gov/eplanning-ui/admin/project/2026187/510.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        BLM Realty Specialist Tessa Telles at telephone: (575) 234-5980, email: 
                        <E T="03">ttelles@blm.gov.</E>
                         Individuals in the United States who are deaf, deafblind, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability may dial 711 (TTY, TDD, or TeleBraille) to access telecommunications relay services for contacting Ms. Telles. Individuals outside the United States should use the relay services offered within their country to make international calls to the point-of-contact in the United States.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The parcel is east of Carlsbad, New Mexico, and is legally described as:</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">New Mexico Principal Meridian, New Mexico</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">T. 22 S., R. 27 E.,</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        sec. 3, lot 2, SW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        NE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , NW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        SE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , and S
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        SE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        .
                    </FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>The area described contains 199.89 acres, according to the official plat of the survey of the said land on file with the BLM.</P>
                <P>Facilities proposed for the sale parcel include a light industrial, commercial, and retail activity area, possibly a fire station, and related appurtenances. The area will support through traffic and enable expansion of businesses along the relief route. This planned development has the potential to create hundreds of service jobs in the area.</P>
                <P>
                    The proposed sale conforms and is consistent with the BLM Carlsbad Field Office Resource Management Plan (RMP), approved in September 2008. The lands are identified as available for disposal and listed by the legal description in Appendix R-11 of the RMP. A parcel-specific environmental assessment (EA), document number DOI-BLM-NM-P020-2023-0918-EA, was prepared in connection with this realty action and may be viewed at 
                    <E T="03">https://eplanning.blm.gov/eplanning-ui/admin/project/2026187/510.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    The EA, appraisal, maps, and environmental site assessment are in case file NMNM-144081, which is in the BLM Carlsbad Field Office at the above address. In addition to publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , the BLM will also publish this notice in the Carlsbad Current Argus newspaper once a week for 3 consecutive weeks.
                </P>
                <P>The land is suitable for direct sale under FLPMA, without competition, consistent with 43 CFR 2711.3-3(a)(2), as direct sales may be used when, in the opinion of the authorized officer, a competitive sale is not appropriate and the public interest would best be served by a direct sale, including when “a tract identified for sale that is an integral part of a project or public importance and speculative bidding would jeopardize a timely completion and economic viability of the project.”</P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to the requirements of 43 CFR 2711.1-2(d), publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     segregates the land from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, except for the sale provisions of FLPMA. Until completion of the sale, the BLM will no longer accept land use applications affecting this public land. The segregative effect will terminate upon issuance of a patent, publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     of termination of the segregation, or on November 30, 2026, unless extended by the BLM New Mexico State Director in accordance with 43 CFR 2711.1-2(d) prior to the termination date.
                </P>
                <P>The land is not required for any Federal purpose. The conveyance of the public land shall be subject to valid existing rights. Subject to limitations prescribed by law and regulations, prior to patent issuance, a holder of any right-of-way within the conveyance area may be given the opportunity to amend the right-of-way for conversion to a new term, including perpetuity, if applicable. The conveyance, if issued, will be subject to provisions of the non-competitive direct land sale and applicable regulations of the Secretary of the Interior, and will contain the following terms, conditions, and reservations to the United States:</P>
                <P>1. A right-of-way thereon for ditches or canals constructed by the authority of the United States, Act of August 30, 1890 (43 U.S.C. 945);</P>
                <P>2. All minerals shall be reserved to the United States, together with the right to prospect for, mine, and remove such deposits from the same under applicable law and such regulations as the Secretary of the Interior may prescribe;</P>
                <P>3. All valid existing rights;</P>
                <P>4. Oil and gas leases NMNM 0473303A and NMNM 04540182 Simultaneous Public Domain Lease;</P>
                <P>5. Telephone line rights-of-way NMNM 0050127 and NMNM 040745 issued to Windstream Communications Inc., its successors or assigns, pursuant to the Act of February 25, 1920 (30 U.S.C. 181);</P>
                <P>6. Water plant rights-of-way NMNM 097956 and NMNM 053860 issued to the City of Carlsbad, its successors or assigns, pursuant to the Act of February 25, 1920 (30 U.S.C. 181);</P>
                <P>7. Water facility right-of-way NMNM 034163 issued to Broom Transportation, its successors or assigns, pursuant to the Act of February 25, 1920 (30 U.S.C. 181);</P>
                <P>8. Gas pipeline right-of-way NMNM 018923 issued to Enterprise Field Services, LLC, its successors or assigns, pursuant to the Act of February 25, 1920 (30 U.S.C. 181);</P>
                <P>9. Telephone line right-of-way NMNM 040746 issued to Valor Telecommunications of Texas LP, its successors or assigns, pursuant to the Act of February 25, 1920 (30 U.S.C. 181);</P>
                <P>10. Gas pipeline rights-of-way NMNM 108380, NMNM 110691, and NMNM 111334 issued to DCP Operating Company, LP, its successors or assigns, pursuant to the Act of February 25, 1920 (30 U.S.C. 181); and</P>
                <P>11. An appropriate indemnification clause protecting the United States from claims arising out of the patentee's use, occupancy, or occupations on the patented lands. It will also contain any other terms and conditions deemed necessary and appropriate by the Authorized Officer.</P>
                <P>
                    Any adverse comments will be reviewed by the BLM New Mexico State Director, who may sustain, vacate, or modify this realty action. In the absence 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94759"/>
                    of any adverse comments, the decision will become effective on January 28, 2025. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. Only written comments submitted to the BLM Carlsbad Field Manager will be considered properly filed.
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Authority: 43 CFR part 2710)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Melanie G. Barnes,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>State Director.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27986 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4331-23-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Bureau of Land Management</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[BLM_UT_FRN_MO4500183472]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Segregation of Public Land for the Star Range Solar Project, Beaver County, Utah</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of segregation.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>Through this notice the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) is segregating public lands included in the right-of-way (ROW) application for the Star Range Solar Project from appropriation under the public land laws, including the Mining Law, but not the Mineral Leasing Act or Material Sales Act, for a period of 2 years from the date of publication of this notice, subject to valid existing rights. This segregation is to allow for the orderly administration of the public lands to facilitate consideration of development of renewable energy resources. The public lands segregated by this notice total 5,158.56 acres.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This segregation for the lands identified in this notice is effective on November 29, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Lennie McConnell, Renewable Energy Project Manager, telephone: (435) 865-3052; email: 
                        <E T="03">lmcconnell@blm.gov;</E>
                         address: Bureau of Land Management, Cedar City Field Office, 176 E DL Sargent Dr., Cedar City, UT 84721. Individuals in the United States who are deaf, deafblind, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability may dial 711 (TTY, TDD, or TeleBraille) to access telecommunications relay services for contracting Mr. McConnell. Individuals outside the United States should use the relay services offered within their country to make international calls to the point-of-contact in the United States.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Regulations found at 43 CFR 2091.3-1(e) and 2804.25(f) allow the BLM to temporarily segregate public lands within a ROW application area for solar energy development from the operation of the public land laws, including the Mining Law, by publication of a 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice. The BLM uses this temporary segregation authority to preserve its ability to approve, approve with modifications, or deny the proposed ROW, and to facilitate the orderly administration of the public lands. This temporary segregation is subject to valid existing rights, including existing valid mining claims located before this segregation notice. Licenses, permits, cooperative agreements, or discretionary land use authorizations of a temporary nature that would not impact lands identified in this notice may be allowed with the approval of an authorized officer of the BLM during the segregation period. The lands segregated under this notice are legally described as follows:
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Star Range Solar Project—UTUT106270777</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Salt Lake Meridian, Utah</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">T. 29 S., R. 11 W.,</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        Sec. 7, SE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        NE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , SE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        SW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , and SE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        ;
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Sec. 8;</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        Sec. 9, W
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        NE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , and W
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        ;
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">secs. 17 and 18;</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        Sec. 19, E
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        ;
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        Sec. 20, W
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        NE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , W
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        , and NW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        SE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        ;
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        Sec. 29, W
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        NW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        ;
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        Sec. 30, lots 1 thru 4, NE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , E
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        NW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , E
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        SW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , N
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        SE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , and SW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        SE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        .
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">T. 29 S., R 12 W.,</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        Sec. 13, SE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        NE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , NE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        SE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , and S
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        SE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        ;
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        Sec. 24, E
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        , and E
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        SW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        ;
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        Sec. 25, E
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        , NE
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        NW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , S
                        <FR>1/2</FR>
                        NW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        , and SW
                        <FR>1/4</FR>
                        .
                    </FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>The areas described contains 5,158.56 acres, according to the official plat of the survey of the said lands, on file with the BLM.</P>
                <P>
                    As provided in the regulations, the segregation of lands in this notice will not exceed 2 years from the date of publication unless extended for an additional 2 years through publication of a new notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . The segregation period will terminate and the lands will automatically reopen to appropriation under the public land laws, including the Mining Law, at the earliest of the following dates: upon issuance of a decision by the authorized officer granting, granting with modifications, or denying the application for a ROW; without further administrative action at the end of the segregation period stated in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice initiating the segregation; or upon publication of a 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice terminating the segregation and opening the lands.
                </P>
                <P>Upon termination of the segregation of these lands, all lands subject to this segregation would automatically reopen to appropriation under the public land laws, including the Mining Law.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     43 CFR 2091.3-1(e) and 43 CFR 2804.25(f).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Matthew Preston,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting State Director.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28054 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-32-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Bureau of Land Management</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[BLM_OR_FRN_MO4500183397]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Availability of the Louse Canyon Geographic Management Area Rangeland Health Management Actions Draft Environmental Impact Statement in the Vale District, Oregon</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Bureau of Land Management, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of availability.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended, and the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976, as amended, the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) announces the availability of the Draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Louse Canyon Geographic Management Area Rangeland Health Management Actions.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        To afford the BLM the opportunity to consider comments in the Draft EIS, please ensure that the BLM receives your comments within 45 days following the date the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) publishes its Notice of Availability (NOA) of the Draft EIS in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        . The EPA usually publishes its NOAs on Fridays.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Draft EIS is available for review on the BLM project website at: 
                        <E T="03">https://eplanning.blm.gov/eplanning-ui/project/1501965/510.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Written comments related to the Louse Canyon Geographic Management Area Rangeland Health Management Actions Draft EIS may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Website: https://eplanning.blm.gov/eplanning-ui/project/1501965/510.</E>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94760"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Email: BLM_OR_VL_Louse_Canyon_GMA@blm.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         LCGMA, BLM Vale District, 100 Oregon Street, Vale, Oregon 97918.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Documents pertinent to this proposal may be examined online at 
                        <E T="03">https://eplanning.blm.gov/eplanning-ui/project/1501965/510</E>
                         and at the BLM Vale District Office.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Jonah Blustain, Malheur Field Manager and Project Lead, telephone: 541-473-6250, address: LCGMA, BLM Vale District, 100 Oregon Street, Vale, Oregon 97918; email: 
                        <E T="03">BLM_OR_VL_Louse_Canyon_GMA@blm.gov.</E>
                         Individuals in the United States who are deaf, deafblind, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability may dial 711 (TTY, TDD, or TeleBraille) to access telecommunications relay services. Individuals outside the United States should use the relay services offered within their country to make international calls to the point-of-contact in the United States.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>The Louse Canyon Geographic Management Area encompasses 547,696 acres within seven BLM livestock grazing allotments—five allotments totaling 536,434 acres in Malheur County, Oregon, and two allotments totaling 11,262 acres in Humboldt County, Nevada. The 2015 Greater Sage-grouse Approved Resource Management Plan Amendment and Oregon Record of Decision identified the entire EIS project area as Greater Sage-grouse habitat, 74 percent of which is classified as Priority Habitat Management Area for Greater Sage-grouse, and the remaining 26 percent classified as General Habitat Management Area. Approximately 26 percent of the EIS project area was impacted by the 2012 Long Draw Fire.</P>
                <P>
                    A Standards for Rangeland Health and Guidelines for Livestock Grazing Management (Standards and Guidelines) evaluation of the area was completed in 2018 and can be accessed at 
                    <E T="03">https://eplanning.blm.gov/eplanning-ui/project/106452/570.</E>
                </P>
                <P>The Draft EIS analyzes a range of alternative livestock management and restoration actions that would allow the Louse Canyon Geographic Management Area's seven livestock grazing allotments to make progress toward meeting the Standards and Guidelines.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Purpose and Need</HD>
                <P>The purposes for the proposed actions are to make progress toward meeting the BLM Oregon/Washington's Standards for Rangeland Health and Guidelines for Livestock Grazing Management. This includes restoring, maintaining, and enhancing riparian, wetland/aquatic, sagebrush, and other wildlife habitat; addressing invasive species; providing sustainable livestock management in concert with other resource objectives; and renewing term grazing permits.</P>
                <P>There is a need to take restoration, livestock grazing, and livestock administration actions to promote ecosystem health, renew livestock grazing permits, and improve livestock grazing management. Portions of the management area are currently not meeting one or more of the Standards and Guidelines as required by 43 CFR subpart 4180 (2005).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Alternatives</HD>
                <P>The Draft EIS analyzes a no action alternative and six action alternatives.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">No Action Alternative:</E>
                     This alternative would make no changes to livestock grazing, and no restoration or livestock administration actions would be implemented.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Alternative A, Condition-Based Flexible Grazing Permits:</E>
                     This adaptive grazing alternative could reduce animal unit months (AUM) below what is currently permitted and/or adjust the season of use to promote healthy rangelands and riparian systems should current environmental conditions change. Restoration and livestock administration actions are proposed to further aid in meeting Standards and Guidelines and promote proper livestock grazing. The restoration actions proposed under this alternative include upland sagebrush and riparian habitat restoration actions such as invasive annual grass treatments, seeding, shrub planting treatments, water trough relocation, and protection and enhancement of riparian areas. The rangeland administration actions proposed under this alternative include water developments, fencing, and livestock trailing and crossing.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Alternative B, Threshold and Response Grazing Permits:</E>
                     Under this alternative, AUMs would remain the same as under the current grazing permit, with an exception in the Bull Flat Pasture of the Anderson Allotment where reductions of 205 AUMs to grazing may be made due to grazing being allocated as unavailable in the Toppin Creek Butte Key Research Natural Area under the 2015 Oregon Approved Resource Management Plan Amendment for Greater Sage-grouse. This action would permit livestock use for year-round grazing and provide a baseline of AUMs. Thresholds and rangeland ecosystem responses would be established to modify annual grazing periods of use to promote healthy rangelands and riparian systems. The proposed restoration and livestock administration actions are identical to Alternative A in order to aid in meeting Standards and Guidelines and promote proper livestock management.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Alternative C, Rest-Rotation and Assigned Individual Use Areas:</E>
                     This alternative would reduce AUMs below what is currently permitted based on carrying capacity and would emphasize resting riparian areas from livestock use during the hot season in July through September. Additionally, this alternative would authorize individual use areas and eliminate community pastures. Alternative C proposes the same restoration and livestock administration actions as Alternative A.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Alternative D, Permittee Proposals:</E>
                     This alternative reflects proposals submitted by the six authorized grazing permittees that hold livestock permits in the project area. This alternative would change the grazing seasons of use and increase the AUMs above the No Action Alternative. Alternative D's proposed restoration and livestock administration actions are the same as Alternative A, except that this alternative proposes additional seeding and brush treatments in three pastures and the installation of new fences.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Alternative E, No Grazing:</E>
                     Under this alternative, no livestock grazing would occur for at least a 10-year period within the seven allotments. No new livestock administration actions would occur and existing livestock improvements, such as fencing and water developments, would be removed. Proposed restoration actions under this alternative would be the same as those described under Alternative A above.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Alternative F, Temporary Suspension of Grazing AUMs and Reduced Restoration:</E>
                     Under Alternative F, the BLM would not issue 10-year grazing permits for any pastures where livestock grazing was identified as a preliminary causal factor for the pasture not achieving the Standards and Guidelines. The pastures that remain available to grazing would retain the same AUMs as the No Action Alternative but would provide the BLM with additional flexibilities to manage the seasons of use. Under Alternative F, the BLM would reduce the acreage where the restoration actions are proposed under Alternatives A through E to focus on restoring higher priority discrete areas. Alternative F's proposed livestock grazing administration actions would be identical to Alternatives A through D, however, the scope of these actions would be reduced to the pastures that remain open to grazing.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94761"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation</HD>
                <P>The BLM will hold one public meeting regarding the Draft EIS in McDermitt, Nevada. The specific date and location of the meeting will be announced at least 15 days in advance through public notices, media releases, and/or mailings to the BLM Vale District's interested public and stakeholder mailing list.</P>
                <P>The BLM will continue to consult with Indian Tribal Nations on a government-to-government basis in accordance with Executive Order 13175, BLM MS 1780, and other Departmental policies. Tribal concerns, including impacts on Indian trust assets and potential impacts to cultural resources, will be given due consideration.</P>
                <P>Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Authority: 40 CFR 1506.6, 40 CFR 1506.10)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Tracy Skerjanec,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Vale Deputy District Manager.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28011 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4331-24-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Park Service</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[NPS-WASO-NRNHL-DTS#-39135; PPWOCRADI0, PCU00RP14.R50000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Park Service, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The National Park Service is soliciting electronic comments on the significance of properties nominated before November 16, 2024, for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments should be submitted electronically by December 16, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments are encouraged to be submitted electronically to 
                        <E T="03">National_Register_Submissions@nps.gov</E>
                         with the subject line “Public Comment on &lt;property or proposed district name, (County) State&gt;.” If you have no access to email, you may send them via U.S. Postal Service and all other carriers to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C Street NW, MS 7228, Washington, DC 20240.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Sherry A. Frear, Chief, National Register of Historic Places/National Historic Landmarks Program, 1849 C Street NW, MS 7228, Washington, DC 20240, 
                        <E T="03">sherry_frear@nps.gov,</E>
                         202-913-3763.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The properties listed in this notice are being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places. Nominations for their consideration were received by the National Park Service before November 16, 2024. Pursuant to section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation.</P>
                <P>Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. Nominations submitted by State or Tribal Historic Preservation Officers.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>Key: State, County, Property Name, Multiple Name (if applicable), Address/Boundary, City, Vicinity, Reference Number.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">GEORGIA</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Chatham County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Kiah Museum, 505 West 36th Street, Savannah, SG100011194.</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">ILLINOIS</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cook County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Edgewater Glen Historic District, Roughly bounded by W. Hood Ave. on the north, W. Norwood St. on the south, Broadway the east, and Clark St. on the west. Chicago, SG100011201. </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">The Hunt Club, 6615 Roosevelt Road, Berwyn, SG100011202.</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Kane County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">International Corset Company Building, 325 South Union Street, Aurora, SG100011203. </FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">TENNESSEE</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cumberland County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">“See Rock City” Barn, (“See Rock City” Signs in Tennessee MPS), 5700 TN-68, Crossville vicinity, MP100011196. </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A request for removal has been made for the following resource(s):</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">WISCONSIN</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Brown County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Nicolet High School, 111 3rd St., De Pere, OT15000703.</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Milwaukee County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Milwaukee Fire Department High Pressure Pumping Station, 2011 S. 1st St., Milwaukee, OT81000049.</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Winnebago County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Brin Building, 1 Main St., Menasha, OT86001541.</FP>
                    <P>Additional documentation has been received for the following resource(s):</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">ARIZONA</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Pima County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Broadmoor Historic District (Additional Documentation II), Residential subdivision south of Broadway Blvd. between Tucson Blvd. and Country Club Rd. Tucson, AD100006151.</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     Section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sherry A. Frear,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief, National Register of Historic Places/National Historic Landmarks Program.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28027 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4312-52-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Investigation Nos. 701-TA-603-604 and 731-TA-1413-1415 (Review)]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Glycine From China, India, Japan, and Thailand;</SUBJECT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Determinations</HD>
                <P>
                    On the basis of the record 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     developed in the subject five-year reviews, the United States International Trade Commission (“Commission”) determines, pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”), that revocation of the antidumping duty orders on glycine from India, Japan, and Thailand, and the countervailing duty orders on glycine from China and India would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury to an industry in the United States within a reasonably foreseeable time.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The record is defined in § 207.2(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 207.2(f)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>The Commission instituted these reviews on May 1, 2024 (89 FR 35237) and determined on August 5, 2024, that it would conduct expedited reviews (89 FR 76507, September 18, 2024).</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission made these determinations pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1675(c)). It 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94762"/>
                    completed and filed its determinations in these reviews on November 22, 2024. The views of the Commission are contained in USITC Publication 5564 (November 2024), entitled 
                    <E T="03">Glycine from China, India, Japan, and Thailand: Investigation Nos. 701-TA-603-604 and 731-TA-1413-1415 (Review).</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Issued: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lisa Barton,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28018 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Investigation Nos. 701-TA-739-740 and 731-TA-1716-1717 (Preliminary)]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Thermoformed Molded Fiber Products From China and Vietnam</SUBJECT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Determinations</HD>
                <P>
                    On the basis of the record 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     developed in the subject investigations, the United States International Trade Commission (“Commission”) determines, pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”), that there is a reasonable indication that an industry in the United States is materially injured by reason of imports of thermoformed molded fiber products (“TMFPs”) from China and Vietnam, provided for in subheading 4823.70.00 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States, that are alleged to be sold in the United States at less than fair value (“LTFV”) and imports of the subject merchandise from China and Vietnam that are alleged to be subsidized by the governments of China and Vietnam.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The record is defined in § 207.2(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 207.2(f)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         89 FR 87551 and 87556 (November 4, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Commencement of Final Phase Investigations</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 207.18 of the Commission's rules, the Commission also gives notice of the commencement of the final phase of its investigations. The Commission will issue a final phase notice of scheduling, which will be published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     as provided in § 207.21 of the Commission's rules, upon notice from the U.S. Department of Commerce (“Commerce”) of affirmative preliminary determinations in the investigations under §§ 703(b) or 733(b) of the Act, or, if the preliminary determinations are negative, upon notice of affirmative final determinations in those investigations under §§ 705(a) or 735(a) of the Act. Parties that filed entries of appearance in the preliminary phase of the investigations need not enter a separate appearance for the final phase of the investigations. Any other party may file an entry of appearance for the final phase of the investigations after publication of the final phase notice of scheduling. Industrial users, and, if the merchandise under investigation is sold at the retail level, representative consumer organizations have the right to appear as parties in Commission antidumping and countervailing duty investigations. The Secretary will prepare a public service list containing the names and addresses of all persons, or their representatives, who are parties to the investigations. As provided in section 207.20 of the Commission's rules, the Director of the Office of Investigations will circulate draft questionnaires for the final phase of the investigations to parties to the investigations, placing copies on the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS, 
                    <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov</E>
                    ), for comment.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>On October 8, 2024, the American Molded Fiber Coalition, which is comprised of Genera Inc., Vonore, Tennessee; Tellus Products, LLC, Belle Glade, Florida; and the United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied Industrial and Service Workers International Union, AFL-CIO, filed petitions with the Commission and Commerce, alleging that an industry in the United States is materially injured or threatened with material injury by reason of subsidized imports of TMFPs from China and Vietnam and LTFV imports of TMFPs from China and Vietnam. Accordingly, effective October 8, 2024, the Commission instituted countervailing duty investigation Nos. 701-TA-739-740 and antidumping duty investigation Nos. 731-TA-1716-1717 (Preliminary).</P>
                <P>
                    Notice of the institution of the Commission's investigations and of a public conference to be held in connection therewith was given by posting copies of the notice in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, Washington, DC, and by publishing the notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on October 15, 2024 (89 FR 83051). The Commission conducted its conference on October 29, 2024. All persons who requested the opportunity were permitted to participate.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission made these determinations pursuant to §§ 703(a) and 733(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1671b(a) and 1673b(a)). It completed and filed its determinations in these investigations on November 22, 2024. The views of the Commission are contained in USITC Publication 5568 (December 2024), entitled 
                    <E T="03">Thermoformed Molded Fiber Products from China and Vietnam: Investigation Nos. 701-TA-739-740 and 731-TA-1716-1717 (Preliminary).</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Issued: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lisa Barton,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27937 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Drug Enforcement Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. DEA-1448]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Importer of Controlled Substances Application: Curia Wisconsin, Inc.</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Drug Enforcement Administration, Justice.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of application.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>Curia Wisconsin, Inc. has applied to be registered as an importer of basic class(es) of controlled substance(s). Refer to Supplementary Information listed below for further drug information.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Registered bulk manufacturers of the affected basic class(es), and applicants therefore, may submit electronic comments on or objections to the issuance of the proposed registration on or before December 30, 2024. Such persons may also file a written request for a hearing on the application on or before December 30, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Drug Enforcement Administration requires that all comments be submitted electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal, which provides the ability to type short comments directly into the comment field on the web page or attach a file for lengthier comments. Please go to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and follow the online instructions at that site for submitting comments. Upon submission of your comment, you will receive a Comment Tracking Number. Please be aware that submitted comments are not instantaneously available for public view on 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         If you have received a Comment Tracking Number, your comment has been successfully submitted and there is no need to resubmit the same comment. All 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94763"/>
                        requests for a hearing must be sent to: (1) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Hearing Clerk/OALJ, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152; and (2) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: DEA Federal Register Representative/DPW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. All requests for a hearing should also be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Administrator, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.34(a), this is notice that on August 22, 2024, Curia Wisconsin, Inc., 870 Badger Circle, Grafton, Wisconsin 53024-9436, applied to be registered as an importer of the following basic class(es) of controlled substance(s):</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,8,xs36">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Controlled substance</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Drug code</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Schedule</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Gamma Hydroxybutyric Acid</ENT>
                        <ENT>2010</ENT>
                        <ENT>I</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Marihuana Extract</ENT>
                        <ENT>7350</ENT>
                        <ENT>I</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Marihuana</ENT>
                        <ENT>7360</ENT>
                        <ENT>I</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Dimethyltryptamine</ENT>
                        <ENT>7435</ENT>
                        <ENT>I</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The company plans to import the listed controlled substances for analytical testing or distribution. No other activities for these drug codes are authorized for this registration.</P>
                <P>Approval of permit applications will occur only when the registrant's business activity is consistent with what is authorized under 21 U.S.C. 952(a)(2). Authorization will not extend to the import of Food and Drug Administration-approved or non-approved finished dosage forms for commercial sale.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Matthew Strait,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Administrator.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28063 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Drug Enforcement Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. DEA-1460]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Importer of Controlled Substances Application: Cambrex Charles City</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Drug Enforcement Administration, Justice.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of application.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>Cambrex Charles City has applied to be registered as an importer of basic class(es) of controlled substance(s). Refer to Supplementary Information listed below for further drug information.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Registered bulk manufacturers of the affected basic class(es), and applicants, therefore, may submit electronic comments on or objections to the issuance of the proposed registration on or before December 30, 2024. Such persons may also file a written request for a hearing on the application on or before December 30, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Drug Enforcement Administration requires that all comments be submitted electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal, which provides the ability to type short comments directly into the comment field on the web page or attach a file for lengthier comments. Please go to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and follow the online instructions at that site for submitting comments. Upon submission of your comment, you will receive a Comment Tracking Number. Please be aware that submitted comments are not instantaneously available for public view on 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         If you have received a Comment Tracking Number, your comment has been successfully submitted and there is no need to resubmit the same comment. All requests for a hearing must be sent to: (1) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Hearing Clerk/OALJ, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152; and (2) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: DEA Federal Register Representative/DPW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. All requests for a hearing should also be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Administrator, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.34(a), this is notice that on June 18, 2024, Cambrex Charles City, 1205 11th Street, Charles City, Iowa 50616-3466, applied to be registered as an importer of the following basic class(es) of controlled substance(s):</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,5,xls34">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Controlled substance</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Drug 
                            <LI>code</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Schedule</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Psilocybin</ENT>
                        <ENT>7437</ENT>
                        <ENT>I</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">4-Anilino-N-phenethyl-4-piperidine (ANPP)</ENT>
                        <ENT>8333</ENT>
                        <ENT>II</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Phenylacetone</ENT>
                        <ENT>8501</ENT>
                        <ENT>II</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Coca Leaves</ENT>
                        <ENT>9040</ENT>
                        <ENT>II</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Opium Raw</ENT>
                        <ENT>9600</ENT>
                        <ENT>II</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Poppy Straw Concentrate</ENT>
                        <ENT>9670</ENT>
                        <ENT>II</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The company plans to import psilocybin for formulation development and clinical trial support for their customers. The remaining listed controlled substances will be imported to support the manufacture into other controlled substances which will be distributed to their customers. No other activities for these drug codes are authorized for this registration.</P>
                <P>Approval of permit applications will occur only when the registrant's business activity is consistent with what is authorized under 21 U.S.C. 952(a)(2). Authorization will not extend to the import of Food and Drug Administration-approved or non-approved finished dosage forms for commercial sale.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Matthew Strait,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Administrator.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28064 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[OMB Number 1117-0059]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Extension of a Previously Approved Collection; Registration for Controlled Substances Act Data-Use Request</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>30-Day notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of Justice (DOJ), Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 30 days until December 30, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        If you have comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Heather E. Achbach, Regulatory Drafting and Policy Support Section, Drug Enforcement Administration; Mailing Address: 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152; Telephone: (571) 776-3882; Email: 
                        <E T="03">DEA.PRA@dea.gov</E>
                         or 
                        <E T="03">Heather.E.Achbach@dea.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    This proposed information collection was previously published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on September 24, 2024, at 89 FR 77895, allowing for a 60-day comment period. Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94764"/>
                    address one or more of the following four points:
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and/or</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    —Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of responses.
                </FP>
                <P>
                    Written comments and recommendations for this information collection should be submitted within 30 days of the publication of this notice on the following website 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain</E>
                    . Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function and entering either the title of the information collection or the OMB Control Number 1117-0059. This information collection request may be viewed at 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                     Follow the instructions to view Department of Justice, information collections currently under review by OMB.
                </P>
                <P>DOJ seeks PRA authorization for this information collection for three (3) years. OMB authorization for an ICR cannot be for more than three (3) years without renewal. The DOJ notes that information collection requirements submitted to the OMB for existing ICRs receive a month-to-month extension while they undergo review.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview of This Information Collection:</HD>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Type of Information Collection:</E>
                     Extension of a previously approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">Title of the Form/Collection:</E>
                     Registration for CSA Data-Use Request.
                </P>
                <P>
                    3. 
                    <E T="03">Agency form number, if any, and the applicable component of the Department of Justice sponsoring the collection:</E>
                     No form number is associated with this collection. The applicable component within the Department of Justice is the Drug Enforcement Administration, Diversion Control Division.
                </P>
                <P>
                    4. 
                    <E T="03">Affected public who will be asked or required to respond, as well as a brief abstract:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected public (Primary):</E>
                     Business or other for-profit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected public (Other):</E>
                     Not-for-profit institutions; Federal, State, Local, and tribal governments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    5. 
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     In accordance with the Controlled Substance Act (CSA), every person who manufactures, distributes, dispenses, conducts research with, imports, or exports any controlled substance to obtain a registration issued by the Attorney General. 21 U.S.C. 822, 823, and 957. While DEA registrants are able to self-verify their registration status, non-registrants do not have an obligation to register under the CSA, and therefore does not have an automatic means to verify the registration of a DEA-registrant. Non-registrants have obligations to verify the registration statuses before doing things such as hiring practitioners, paying for controlled substance prescriptions covered by Medicaid or Medicare, and other means that are apart of commerce. This proposed collection would allow non-registrants to register for access to the CSA Database System, which gives the names and registration statuses of all DEA-registrants. Applicants would be required to re-apply annually by completing this form and submitting to DEA.
                </P>
                <P>
                    6. 
                    <E T="03">Obligation to Respond:</E>
                     Required to obtain or retain benefits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    7. 
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     9,000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    8. 
                    <E T="03">Estimated Time per Respondent:</E>
                     15 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    9. 
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     1 per year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    10. 
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Annual Time Burden:</E>
                     2,250 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    11. 
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Annual Other Costs Burden:</E>
                     $0.
                </P>
                <P>If additional information is required, contact: Darwin Arceo, Department Clearance Officer, Policy and Planning Staff, Justice Management Division, United States Department of Justice, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE, 4W-218 Washington, DC 20530.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Darwin Arceo,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Department Clearance Officer for PRA, U.S. Department of Justice. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28045 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4410-09-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[OMB Number 1125-0010]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection; eComments Requested; Extension of a Previously Approved Collection; Notice of Appeal to the Board of Immigration Appeals From a Decision of a DHS Officer (EOIR-29)</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Executive Office for Immigration Review, Department of Justice.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>30-Day notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR), Department of Justice (DOJ), will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 30 days until December 30, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The proposed information collection was previously published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on September 13, 2024, 89 FR 76510, allowing a 60 day-comment period. If you have additional comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Zach Leciejewski, Attorney Advisor, Executive Office for Immigration Review, 5107 Leesburg Pike, Suite 2500, Falls Church, VA 22041, phone (703) 305-0990 or email 
                        <E T="03">eoir.pra.comments@usdoj.gov or Zach.Leciejewski@usdoj.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    —Evaluate whether and if so how the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected can be enhanced; and
                    <PRTPAGE P="94765"/>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    —Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of responses.
                </FP>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     A party affected by a decision of a Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Officer may appeal that decision to the Board of Immigration Appeals (BIA or Board), provided that the Board has jurisdiction pursuant to 8 CFR 1003.1(b). The party must complete the Form EOIR-29 and submit it to the DHS office having administrative control over the record of proceeding in order to exercise its regulatory right to appeal.
                </P>
                <P>EOIR has made the following substantive changes to the form: allowing respondents to provide a safe mailing address and to designate another individual to receive mail; replacing the field for the respondent's petition form number with a new field for the respondent's petition receipt number; and including new fields for the respondent's street address, apartment or unit number, city, state, and zip code, rather than a single field for the respondent's address. In addition, EOIR has made the following non-substantive changes: modifying the appearance and formatting of the General Instructions; revising the existing form instructions for clarity; and updating links to web pages and resources embedded throughout the form. EOIR intends these revisions to reduce the public's burden in completing the form and to reduce the Agency's processing time for each form.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview of This Information Collection</HD>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Type of Information Collection:</E>
                     Revision and extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">The Title of the Form/Collection:</E>
                     Notice of Appeal to the Board of Immigration Appeals from a Decision of a DHS Officer.
                </P>
                <P>
                    3. 
                    <E T="03">The agency form number, if any, and the applicable component of the Department sponsoring the collection:</E>
                     The form number is EOIR-29. The applicable component within the Department of Justice is the Executive Office for Immigration Review.
                </P>
                <P>
                    4. 
                    <E T="03">Affected public who will be asked or required to respond, as well as the obligation to respond:</E>
                     Individuals or Households. The obligation to respond is required to obtain/retain a benefit (appeal).
                </P>
                <P>
                    5. 
                    <E T="03">An estimate of the total number of respondents and the amount of time estimated for an average respondent to respond:</E>
                     The estimated annual number of respondents for the Form EOIR-29 is 3,056. The estimated time per response is 30 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    6. 
                    <E T="03">An estimate of the total annual burden (in hours) associated with the collection:</E>
                     The total annual burden hours for this collection is 1,528 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    7. 
                    <E T="03">An estimate of the total annual cost burden associated with the collection, if applicable:</E>
                     There are no capital or start-up costs associated with this information collection. The estimated public cost is zero.
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Total Burden Hours</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Activity</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of 
                            <LI>respondents</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Frequency
                            <LI>(annually)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Total annual responses</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Time per 
                            <LI>response </LI>
                            <LI>(minutes)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total annual burden
                            <LI>(hours)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Form EOIR-29</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,056</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,056</ENT>
                        <ENT>30 </ENT>
                        <ENT>1,528</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Unduplicated Totals</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,056</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>3,056</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>1,528</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>If additional information is required contact: Darwin Arceo, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE, 4W-218, Washington, DC.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Darwin Arceo,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Department Clearance Officer for PRA, U.S. Department of Justice. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28048 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4410-30-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of Workers' Compensation Programs</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[OMB Control No. 1240-0019]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Revision of a Currently Approved Collection: Uniform Billing Form (OWCP-04)</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Labor.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Request for public comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of Labor, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a pre-clearance request for comment to provide the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed collections of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This request helps to ensure that: requested data can be provided in the desired format; reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized; collection instruments are clearly understood; and the impact of collection requirements on respondents can be properly assessed. Currently, the Office of Workers' Compensation Programs (OWCP) is soliciting comments on the information collection for Uniform Billing Form (OWCP-04).</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>All comments must be received on or before January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comment as follows. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Written/Paper Submissions:</E>
                         Submit written/paper submissions in the following way:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail/Hand Delivery:</E>
                         Mail or visit DOL-OWCP, Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Room S3524, Washington, DC 20210.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • OWCP will post your comment as well as any attachments, except for information submitted and marked as confidential, in the docket at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Anjanette Suggs, Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, at 
                        <E T="03">suggs.anjanette@dol.gov</E>
                         (email) or (202) 354-9660 (voice).
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
                <P>
                    The Office of Workers' Compensation Programs (OWCP) is the agency responsible for administration of the Federal Employees' Compensation Act (FECA), 5 U.S.C. 8101, the Black Lung Benefits Act (BLBA), 30 U.S.C. 901, and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94766"/>
                    the Energy Employees Occupational Illness Compensation Program Act of 2000 (EEOICPA), 42 U.S.C. 7384. All three of these statutes require that OWCP pay for medical treatment of beneficiaries; this medical treatment can include inpatient/outpatient hospital services, as well as services provided by nursing homes and skilled nursing facilities. In order to determine whether billed amounts are appropriate, OWCP needs to identify the patient, the specific services that were rendered and their relationship to the work-related injury or illness. The regulations implementing these statutes require the use of Form OWCP-04 or OWCP-04 for the submission of medical bills from institutional providers (20 CFR 10.801, 30.701, 725.405, 725.406, 725.701 and 725.715).
                </P>
                <P>The Uniform Billing Form, also known as the paper OWCP-04, has been approved by the American Hospital Association. It is used by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), Tricare, the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA), and the private sector to request payment to institutional providers for medical services. The paper OWCP-04 has been designed by the National Uniform Billing Committee and is neither a government-printed form nor distributed by OWCP; OWCP has, however, developed detailed instructions for institutional providers that use the OWCP-04 to ensure that they provide the information needed to evaluate their requests for payment. The paper OWCP-04 is an ideal billing instrument for the provider community that services FECA, BLBA and EEOICPA beneficiaries because of its familiarity, its common use, and its acceptance by both government and private health service payers.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Desired Focus of Comments</HD>
                <P>OWCP is soliciting comments concerning the proposed information collection related to the Uniform Billing Form.</P>
                <P>OWCP is particularly interested in comments that:</P>
                <P>• Evaluate whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information has practical utility;</P>
                <P>• Evaluate the accuracy of OWCP's estimate of the burden related to the information collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used in the estimate;</P>
                <P>• Suggest methods to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
                <P>
                    • Minimize the burden of the information collection on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of responses.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Background documents related to this information collection request are available at 
                    <E T="03">https://regulations.gov</E>
                     and at DOL-OWCP located at 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Room S-3524, Washington, DC 20210. Questions about the information collection requirements may be directed to the person listed in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION</E>
                     section of this notice.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Current Actions</HD>
                <P>This information collection request concerns the Uniform Billing Form. OWCP has updated the data with respect to the number of respondents, responses, burden hours, and burden costs supporting this information collection request from the previous information collection request.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Revision of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Agency:</E>
                     Office of Workers' Compensation Programs.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>
                     1240-0019.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Private Sector: Business or other for-profits and not-for-profit institutions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     7,549.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     On Occasion.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     198,830.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     16,420.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OWCP Forms:</E>
                     Uniform Billing Form [OWCP-04], [Uniform Billing Form].
                </P>
                <P>
                    Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval of the proposed information collection request; they will become a matter of public record and will be available at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Anjanette C. Suggs,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Certifying Officer. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28046 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-CR-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL CREDIT UNION ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Renewal of Agency Information Collections for Comments Request: Proposed Collections</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Credit Union Administration (NCUA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) will submit the following information collection requests to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, on or after the date of publication of this notice.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Written comments should be received on or before January 28, 2025 to be assured consideration.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the information collection to Dacia Rogers, National Credit Union Administration, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314, Suite 5067; Fax No. (703) 519-8161; or email at 
                        <E T="03">PRAComments@NCUA.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Copies of the submission may be obtained by contacting Dacia Rogers at (703) 518-6547.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>
                     3133-0202.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Proof of Concept for New Charter Organizing Groups.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a previously approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The Office of Credit Union Resources and Expansion (CURE) is responsible for the review and approval of charter applications submitted by organizing groups. CURE has implemented a charter modernization process to improve the quality of charter applications received. This will help ensure organizing groups submit a well-thought out, well-developed charter plan to minimize the back and forth communication and improve overall chartering processing times. CURE management implemented the Proof of Concept (POC) data collection through the CyberGrants system, which documents the four most critical elements for establishing a new charter. The information collection is needed to determine the adequacy of a group's chartering concept and provide guidance, as needed, and would identify the level of understanding an organizing group has before they make a formal charter application submission as prescribed by appendix B to 12 CFR part 701 (12 U.S.C. 1758, 1759).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Private Sector: Not-for-profit institutions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     104.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>
                     3133-0207.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Subordinated Debt, 12 CFR Part 702, subpart D.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a previously approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Subpart D of part 702 addresses limits on loans to other credit unions; an expansion of the borrowing rule to clarify that federal credit unions 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94767"/>
                    (FCUs) can borrow from any source; revisions to the risk-based capital (RBC) rule, and the payout priorities in an involuntary liquidation rule to account for Subordinated Debt and Grandfathered Secondary Capital; and cohering changes to part 741 to account for the other changes proposed in this rule that apply to federally insured, state-chartered credit unions (FISCUs). The borrowing authority granted to FCUs by the FCU Act, along with FCUs' statutory authority to enter into contracts and exercise incidental powers necessary or required to enable the FCUs to effectively carry on their business, supports the legal analysis that FCUs are authorized to incur indebtedness through the issuance of debt securities of the type contemplated by this proposed rule. This rule would permit LICUs, Complex Credit Unions, and New Credit Unions to issue Subordinated Debt Notes for purposes of regulatory capital treatment. It contains a series of requirements in respect of the Subordinated Debt and Subordinated Debt Note, disclosures and offering materials, repayment (including prepayment), and regulatory capital treatment.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Private Sector: Not-for-profit institutions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     5,662.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Request for Comments:</E>
                     Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval. All comments will become a matter of public record. The public is invited to submit comments concerning: (a) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the function of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of the information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By the National Credit Union Administration Board.</P>
                    <NAME>Melane Conyers-Ausbrooks,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary of the Board.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28074 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7535-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket Nos. 50-611 and 50-612; NRC-2023-0138]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Kairos Power LLC; Hermes 2 Test Reactor Facility; Construction Permits</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice; issuance.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is providing notice of the issuance of Construction Permits CPTR-7 and CPTR-8 to Kairos Power LLC (Kairos) for the two units of the proposed Hermes 2 test reactor facility.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The Construction Permits CPTR-7 and CPTR-8 were issued on November 21, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2023-0138 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly available information related to this action by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Website:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and search for Docket ID NRC-2023-0138. Address questions about Docket IDs in 
                        <E T="03">Regulations.gov</E>
                         to Stacy Schumann; telephone: 301-415-0624; email: 
                        <E T="03">Stacy.Schumann@nrc.gov.</E>
                         For technical questions, contact the individual listed in the 
                        <E T="02">For Further Information Contact</E>
                         section of this document.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS):</E>
                         You may obtain publicly available documents online in the ADAMS Public Documents collection at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html.</E>
                         To begin the search, select “Begin Web-based ADAMS Search.” For problems with ADAMS, please contact the NRC's Public Document Room (PDR) reference staff at 1-800-397-4209, at 301-415-4737, or by email to 
                        <E T="03">PDR.Resource@nrc.gov.</E>
                         The ADAMS accession number for each document referenced (if it is available in ADAMS) is provided the first time that it is mentioned in this document.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">NRC's PDR:</E>
                         The PDR, where you may examine and order copies of publicly available documents, is open by appointment. To make an appointment to visit the PDR, please send an email to 
                        <E T="03">PDR.Resource@nrc.gov</E>
                         or call 1-800-397-4209 or 301-415-4737, between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. eastern time (ET), Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Michael Orenak, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-3229; email: 
                        <E T="03">Michael.Orenak@nrc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Introduction</HD>
                <P>
                    Under section 2.106 of title 10 of the 
                    <E T="03">Code of Federal Regulations</E>
                     (10 CFR), the NRC is providing notice of the issuance of Construction Permits, CPTR-7 and CPTR-8, to Kairos for the two units of the proposed Hermes 2 test reactor facility. The construction permits, which are immediately effective, authorize Kairos to construct a test reactor facility, as described in Kairos's construction permit application, in Oak Ridge, Tennessee. With respect to the construction permit application filed by Kairos, the NRC finds that the applicable standards and requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the Commission's regulations have been met. The NRC finds that any required notifications to other agencies or bodies have been duly made and that, among other things, there is reasonable assurance that the activities authorized by the permits will be conducted in compliance with the rules and regulations of the Commission, that safety questions will be satisfactorily resolved by the completion of construction, and that, taking into consideration siting criteria, the proposed facility can be constructed and operated at the proposed location without undue risk to public health and safety, subject to the conditions listed in the construction permits. Furthermore, the NRC finds that the licensee is technically and financially qualified to engage in the activities authorized, and that issuance of the license will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public. Finally, the NRC finds that the findings required by 10 CFR part 51, subpart A, have been made.
                </P>
                <P>Accordingly, the immediately effective construction permits were issued on November 21, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Further Information</HD>
                <P>
                    The NRC prepared a Safety Evaluation (SE) as well as an Environmental Assessment (EA) and Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) that document the NRC's evaluation of Kairos's construction permit application and the NRC's findings. The Commission also issued its Memorandum and Order documenting its final decision on the mandatory hearing on November 20, 2024. In accordance with 10 CFR 2.390 of the NRC's “Agency Rules of Practice and Procedure,” details with respect to this 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94768"/>
                    action, including the SE, EA and FONSI, accompanying documentation included in the construction permit package, and the Commission's hearing decision, are available online in the ADAMS Public Documents collection at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html.</E>
                     From this site, persons can access the NRC's ADAMS, which provides text and image files of NRC's public documents.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Availability of Documents</HD>
                <P>The documents identified in the following table are available to interested persons through one or more of the following methods, as indicated.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s150,r40">
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Document description</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">ADAMS accession no.</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Construction Permit No. CPTR-7</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML24324A021.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Construction Permit No. CPTR-8</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML24324A022.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Commission's Memorandum and Order on the mandatory hearing</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML24325A378.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Safety Evaluation Related to the Kairos Power LLC Construction Permit Application for the Hermes 2 Non-power Test Reactor Facility</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML24200A114 (Package).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Environmental Assessment and Finding of No Significant Impact for the Construction Permits and Environmental Review Exemptions for the Kairos Hermes 2 Test Reactors, dated August 2024</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML24240A034.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Kairos Construction Permit Application</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            ML23195A122.
                            <LI>ML23195A123.</LI>
                            <LI>ML24144A090 (Package).</LI>
                            <LI>ML23195A125.</LI>
                            <LI>ML23195A127.</LI>
                            <LI>ML23195A130.</LI>
                            <LI>ML23195A132.</LI>
                            <LI>ML24103A245.</LI>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <P>For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
                    <NAME>Jeremy Bowen,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Division of Advanced Reactors and Non-Power Production and Utilization Facilities, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28025 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7590-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">POSTAL REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket Nos. MC2025-451 and K2025-448; MC2025-483 and K2025-480; MC2025-484 and K2025-481; MC2025-485 and K2025-482; MC2025-486 and K2025-483; MC2025-487 and K2025-484; MC2025-488 and K2025-485; MC2025-489 and K2025-486; MC2025-490 and K2025-487; MC2025-491 and K2025-488; MC2025-492 and K2025-489; MC2025-493 and K2025-490; MC2025-494 and K2025-492; MC2025-495 and K2025-493; MC2025-496 and K2025-494; MC2025-497 and K2025-495; MC2025-498 and K2025-496]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>New Postal Products</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Postal Regulatory Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Commission is noticing a recent Postal Service filing for the Commission's consideration concerning a negotiated service agreement. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments are due:</E>
                         December 4, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.prc.gov.</E>
                         Those who cannot submit comments electronically should contact the person identified in the 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                         section by telephone for advice on filing alternatives.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Introduction</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Public Proceeding(s)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Summary Proceeding(s)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Introduction</HD>
                <P>Pursuant to 39 CFR 3041.405, the Commission gives notice that the Postal Service filed request(s) for the Commission to consider matters related to Competitive negotiated service agreement(s). The request(s) may propose the addition of a negotiated service agreement from the Competitive product list or the modification of an existing product currently appearing on the Competitive product list.</P>
                <P>
                    The public portions of the Postal Service's request(s) can be accessed via the Commission's website (
                    <E T="03">http://www.prc.gov</E>
                    ). Non-public portions of the Postal Service's request(s), if any, can be accessed through compliance with the requirements of 39 CFR 3011.301.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Docket No. RM2018-3, Order Adopting Final Rules Relating to Non-Public Information, June 27, 2018, Attachment A at 19-22 (Order No. 4679).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Section II identifies the docket number(s) associated with each Postal Service request, if any, that will be reviewed in a public proceeding as defined by 39 CFR 3010.101(p), the title of each such request, the request's acceptance date, and the authority cited by the Postal Service for each request. For each such request, the Commission appoints an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in the proceeding, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505 and 39 CFR 3000.114 (Public Representative). Section II also establishes comment deadline(s) pertaining to each such request.  </P>
                <P>The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's request(s) identified in Section II, if any, are consistent with the policies of title 39. Applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3632, 39 U.S.C. 3633, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3035, and 39 CFR part 3041. Comment deadline(s) for each such request, if any, appear in Section II.</P>
                <P>
                    Section III identifies the docket number(s) associated with each Postal Service request, if any, to add a standardized distinct product to the Competitive product list or to amend a standardized distinct product, the title of each such request, the request's acceptance date, and the authority cited by the Postal Service for each request. Standardized distinct products are negotiated service agreements that are variations of one or more Competitive products, and for which financial models, minimum rates, and classification criteria have undergone advance Commission review. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     39 CFR 3041.110(n); 39 CFR 3041.205(a). Such requests are reviewed in summary proceedings pursuant to 39 CFR 3041.325(c)(2) and 39 CFR 3041.505(f)(1). Pursuant to 39 CFR 3041.405(c)-(d), the Commission does not appoint a Public Representative or 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94769"/>
                    request public comment in proceedings to review such requests.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Public Proceeding(s)</HD>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-451 and K2025-448; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 760 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Gregory Stanton; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-483 and K2025-480; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 481 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Almaroof Agoro; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    3. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-484 and K2025-481; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 782 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Almaroof Agoro; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    4. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-485 and K2025-482; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 783 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Almaroof Agoro; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    5. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-486 and K2025-483; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 482 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Almaroof Agoro; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    6. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-487 and K2025-484; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 784 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Maxine Bradley; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    7. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-488 and K2025-485; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 785 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Christopher Mohr; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    8. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-489 and K2025-486; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 786 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Gregory Stanton; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    9. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-490 and K2025-487; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 787 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Gregory Stanton; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    10. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-491 and K2025-488; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 788 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Maxine Bradley; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    11. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-492 and K2025-489; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 483 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Maxine Bradley; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    12. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-493 and K2025-490; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 789 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Christopher Mohr; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    13. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-494 and K2025-492; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 484 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Jana Slovinska; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    14. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-495 and K2025-493; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 790 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Gregory Stanton; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    15. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-496 and K2025-494; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 791 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Jennaca Upperman; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    16. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-497 and K2025-495; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 792 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Jennaca Upperman; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    17. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2025-498 and K2025-496; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 793 to the Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     November 22, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3035.105, and 39 CFR 3041.310; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Jennaca Upperman; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     December 4, 2024.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94770"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Summary Proceeding(s)</HD>
                <P>
                    None. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     Section II for public proceedings.
                </P>
                <P>
                    This Notice will be published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Erica A. Barker,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28051 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-FW-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 780 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-481, K2025-478.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27956 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 747 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-436, K2025-433.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27898 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 791 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-496, K2025-494.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28009 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 753 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov</E>
                    , Docket Nos. MC2025-442, K2025-439.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27886 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 745 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-433, K2025-430.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27891 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="94771"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 784 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-487, K2025-484.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27960 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 775 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-473, K2025-470.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27951 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 787 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-490, K2025-487.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28004 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Mid-Market—Non-Published Rates</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to establish a new Mid-Market—Non-Published Rates product, named MMNPR.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Date of notice: November 29, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Elizabeth Reed, 202-268-3179.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Establish New Mid-Market—Non-Published Rates Product (MMNPR) and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. RM2025-5 and K2025-491.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Colleen Hibbert-Kapler,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Ethics and Legal Compliance.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27999 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 20, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 767 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-461, K2025-458.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27925 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94772"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 475 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-467, K2025-464.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27934 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 792 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-497, K2025-495.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28013 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 467 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov</E>
                    , Docket Nos. MC2025-431, K2025-428.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27893 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 470 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-446, K2025-443.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27890 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P3</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 746 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-435, K2025-432.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27885 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 772 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94773"/>
                    are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-470, K2025-467.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27948 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 20, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 771 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-466, K2025-463.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27929 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 761 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-452, K2025-449.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27919 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 756 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-447, K2025-444.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27895 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 793 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-498, K2025-496.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28012 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 484 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-494, K2025-492.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28007 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="94774"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 20, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 766 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-459, K2025-456.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27924 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 774 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-472, K2025-469.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27950 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 20, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 473 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-460, K2025-457.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27932 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 755 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-445, K2025-442.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27889 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 760 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-451, K2025-448.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27918 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94775"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 482 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-486, K2025-483.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27947 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 480 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-479, K2025-476.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27945 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 483 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-492, K2025-489.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28005 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 779 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-480, K2025-477.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27955 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 762 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-453, K2025-450.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27920 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 468 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94776"/>
                    are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-434, K2025-431.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27887 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 783 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov</E>
                    , Docket Nos. MC2025-485, K2025-482.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27959 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 476 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-468, K2025-465.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27935 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice: November 29, 2024.</E>
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 481 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-483, K2025-480.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27946 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 20, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 768 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-462, K2025-459.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27926 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 20, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 474 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-465, K2025-462.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27933 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94777"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 790 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-495, K2025-493.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28014 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 778 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-476, K2025-473.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27954 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 789 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-493, K2025-490.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28010 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 754 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-443, K2025-440.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27899 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 758 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-449, K2025-446.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27909 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94778"/>
                    gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 479 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-478, K2025-475.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27944 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 15, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 743 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-429, K2025-426.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27904 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 749 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-438, K2025-435.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27894 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 788 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-491, K2025-488.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28006 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 765 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-458, K2025-455.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27923 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 477 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94779"/>
                    are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-469, K2025-466.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27936 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 471 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-454, K2025-451.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27930 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 776 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-474, K2025-471.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27952 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 763 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-455, K2025-452.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27921 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 752 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-441, K2025-438.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27892 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 469 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-444, K2025-441.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27900 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94780"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 773 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-471, K2025-468.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27949 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 20, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 770 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-464, K2025-461.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27928 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 744 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-432, K2025-429.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27907 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 750 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-439, K2025-436.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27905 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 759 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-450, K2025-447.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27917 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94781"/>
                    gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 478 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-477, K2025-474.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27943 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 786 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-489, K2025-486.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27962 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 748 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-437, K2025-434.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27888 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 781 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-482, K2025-479.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27957 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 782 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-484, K2025-481.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27958 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 20, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 769 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94782"/>
                    are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-463, K2025-460.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27927 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 21, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 777 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-475, K2025-472.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27953 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 764 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-456, K2025-453.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27922 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 751 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-440, K2025-437.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27908 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 22, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 785 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-488, K2025-485.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27961 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean C. Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 757 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-448, K2025-445.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean C. Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27906 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="94783"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Product Change—Priority Mail and USPS Ground Advantage® Negotiated Service Agreement</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Postal Service
                        <E T="51">TM</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date of required notice:</E>
                         November 29, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Sean Robinson, 202-268-8405.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 19, 2024, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a 
                    <E T="03">USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage® Contract 472 to Competitive Product List.</E>
                     Documents are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.prc.gov,</E>
                     Docket Nos. MC2025-457, K2025-454.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sean Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Attorney, Corporate and Postal Business Law.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27931 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE: </HD>
                    <P>Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the Government in the Sunshine Act, Publc Law 94-409, that the Securities and Exchange Commission Investor Advisory Committee will hold a public meeting on Tuesday, December 10, 2024. The meeting will begin at 10:00 a.m. (ET) and will be open to the public.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE: </HD>
                    <P>
                        The meeting will be conducted by remote means. Members of the public may watch the webcast of the meeting on the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">www.sec.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS: </HD>
                    <P>This Sunshine Act notice is being issued because a majority of the Commission may attend the meeting.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Public Comment:</E>
                         The public is invited to submit written statements to the Committee. Written statements should be received on or before December 9, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>Written statements may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Statements</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet submission form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/other.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email message to 
                    <E T="03">rules-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include File No. 265-28 on the subject line; or
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Statements</HD>
                <P>• Send paper statements to Vanessa A. Countryman, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>All submissions should refer to File No. 265-28. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help us process and review your statement more efficiently, please use only one method.</FP>
                <P>The Commission will post all statements on the Commission's website. Statements also will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Room 1503, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Operating conditions may limit access to the Commission's Public Reference Room. Do not include personal information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright.</P>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED: </HD>
                    <P>The agenda for the meeting includes: welcome and opening remarks; approval of previous meeting minutes; a panel discussion regarding the use of mandatory arbitration clauses by registered investment advisers; a panel discussion regarding mainstreaming of alternative assets to retail investors; a discussion of a recommendation regarding protection of investors in their interactions with finfluencers; subcommittee and working group reports; and a non-public administrative session.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION: </HD>
                    <P>For further information, please contact Vanessa A. Countryman from the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                         5 U.S.C. 552b.
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Vanessa A. Countryman, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28203 Filed 11-26-24; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[SEC File No. 270-216, OMB Control No. 3235-0243]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Extension: Rule 206(3)-2</SUBJECT>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">Upon Written Request, Copies Available From:</E>
                     Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-2736
                </FP>
                <P>
                    Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget a request for extension of the previously approved collection of information discussed below.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Rule 206(3)-2, (17 CFR 275.206(3)-2) which is entitled “Agency Cross Transactions for Advisory Clients,” permits investment advisers to comply with section 206(3) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Act”) (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(3)) by obtaining a client's blanket consent to enter into agency cross transactions (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     a transaction in which an adviser acts as a broker to both the advisory client and the opposite party to the transaction). Rule 206(3)-2 applies to all registered investment advisers. In relying on the rule, investment advisers must provide certain disclosures to their clients. Advisory clients can use the disclosures to monitor agency cross transactions that affect their advisory account. The Commission also uses the information required by Rule 206(3)-2 in connection with its investment adviser inspection program to ensure that advisers are in compliance with the rule. Without the information collected under the rule, advisory clients would not have information necessary for monitoring their adviser's handling of their accounts and the Commission would be less efficient and effective in its inspection program.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The information requirements of the rule consist of the following: (1) prior to obtaining the client's consent, appropriate disclosure must be made to the client as to the practice of, and the conflicts of interest involved in, agency cross transactions; (2) at or before the completion of any such transaction, the client must be furnished with a written confirmation containing specified information and offering to furnish upon request certain additional information; and (3) at least annually, the client must be furnished with a 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94784"/>
                    written statement or summary as to the total number of transactions during the period covered by the consent and the total amount of commissions received by the adviser or its affiliated broker-dealer attributable to such transactions.
                </P>
                <P>The Commission estimates that approximately 362 respondents use the rule annually, necessitating about 65 responses per respondent each year, for a total of 23,530 responses. Each response requires an estimated 0.5 hours, for a total of 11,765 hours. The estimated average burden hours are made solely for the purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act and are not derived from a comprehensive or representative survey or study of the cost of Commission rules and forms.</P>
                <P>This collection of information is found at (17 CFR 275.206(3)-2) and is necessary in order for the investment adviser to obtain the benefits of Rule 206(3)-2. The collection of information requirements under the rule is mandatory. Information subject to the disclosure requirements of Rule 206(3)-2 does not require submission to the Commission; and, accordingly, the disclosure pursuant to the rule is not kept confidential.</P>
                <P>Commission-registered investment advisers are required to maintain and preserve certain information required under Rule 206(3)-2 for five (5) years. The long-term retention of these records is necessary for the Commission's inspection program to ascertain compliance with the Advisers Act.</P>
                <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number.</P>
                <P>
                    The 30-day public comment period for this information collection request opens on December 2, 2024 and ends on December 30, 2024. View the full information request and submit comments at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAViewICR?ref_nbr=202409-3235-006</E>
                     or email comments to 
                    <E T="03">MBX.OMB.OIRA.SEC_desk_officer@omb.eop.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27983 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101718; File No. SR-PEARL-2024-53]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; MIAX PEARL, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities, Exchange To Allow the Exchange To List and Trade Options on the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust, the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust, and the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>November 22, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on November 21, 2024, MIAX PEARL, LLC (“MIAX Pearl” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) a proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>The Exchange is filing a proposal to amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities.</P>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.miaxglobal.com/markets/us-equities/pearl-equities/rule-filings,</E>
                     at MIAX Pearl's principal office, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     proposes to amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities, to allow the Exchange to list and trade options on the following exchange-traded products: the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (BTC) (the “Grayscale Fund” or “GBTC”), the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust BTC (the “Grayscale Mini Fund” or “BTC”), and the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF (the “Bitwise Fund” or “BITB” and, collectively, the “Bitcoin Funds” or “Funds”).
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As noted above, MIAX's rules governing position limits and exercise limits for options positions are incorporated by reference into the MIAX Pearl Rulebook and are therefore MIAX Pearl rules applicable to market participants on MIAX Pearl. MIAX is filing a substantively similar proposal to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds. That filing includes proposed change to Exchange Rules 307 (position limits) and 309 (exercise limits), which changes will be incorporated by reference into the MIAX Pearl Rulebook.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that its affiliate options exchanges, Miami International Securities Exchange, LLC (“MIAX”) and MIAX Sapphire, LLC (“MIAX Sapphire”), plan to submit (or have already submitted) substantively identical proposals to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange notes that all the rules of Chapter III of MIAX, including Exchange Rules 307 and 309, are incorporated by reference to the MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire Rulebooks. The Exchange also notes that all of the rules of Chapter III of MIAX, including Exchange Rules 307 and 309, and the rules of Chapter IV of MIAX, including Exchange Rule 402, are incorporated by reference into the Exchange's affiliate, MIAX Emerald, LLC (“MIAX Emerald”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         On January 10, 2024, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) approved proposals by NYSE Arca, Inc., The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, and Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. to list and trade the shares of 11 bitcoin-based commodity-based trust shares and trust units, including the iShares Bitcoin Trust. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (Jan. 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008 (Jan. 17, 2024) (order approving File Nos. SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SR-CboeBZX-2023-044; SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (“Bitcoin ETP Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes that this is a competitive filing based on a similar proposal submitted by NYSE American LLC (“NYSE American”), which was approved by the Commission.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94785"/>
                    Commission also recently approved a rule proposal by Nasdaq ISE, LLC (“ISE”) to allow the listing and trading of options on iShares Bitcoin Trust (or IBIT), which is a trust that holds bitcoin (referred to herein as the “ISE IBIT Approval Order”).
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As discussed herein, the Exchange believes, like the recently-approved options on IBIT, options on the Bitcoin Funds would permit hedging, and allow for more liquidity, better price efficiency, and less volatility with respect to the underlying Funds. Further, permitting the listing of such options would enhance the transparency and efficiency of markets in these and correlated products.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101386 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84960 (October 24, 2024) (SR-NYSEAMER-2024-49) (Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE American LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        as Modified by Amendment No. 3, To Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on Bitcoin Exchange-Traded Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101128 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78942 (September 26, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-03) (Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 4 and 5 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1, 4, and 5, to Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on the iShares Bitcoin Trust (“IBIT”) (“ISE IBIT Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Current Exchange Rule 402(i)(4) provides that securities deemed appropriate for options trading include shares or other securities (“Exchange Traded Fund Shares” or “ETFs”) that represent certain types of interests,
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     including interests in certain specific trusts that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, or precious metals (which are deemed commodities).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i), which permits options trading on ETFS that: (1) represent interests in registered investment companies (or series thereof) organized as open-end management investment companies, unit investment trusts or similar entities that hold portfolios of securities and/or financial instruments (“Funds”), including, but not limited to, stock index futures contracts, options on futures, options on securities and indices, equity caps, collars and floors, swap agreements, forward contracts, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements (the “Financial Instruments”), and money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements (the “Money Market Instruments”) comprising or otherwise based on or representing investments in broad-based indexes or portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments (or that hold securities in one or more other registered investment companies that themselves hold such portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments); (2) represent interests in a trust or similar entity that holds a specified non-U.S. currency or currencies deposited with the trust which when aggregated in some specified minimum number may be surrendered to the trust or similar entity by the beneficial owner to receive the specified non-U.S. currency or currencies and pays the beneficial owner interest and other distributions on the deposited non-U.S. currency or currencies, if any, declared and paid by the trust (“Currency Trust Shares”); (3) represent commodity pool interests principally engaged, directly or indirectly, in holding and/or managing portfolios or baskets of securities, commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or non-U.S. currency (“Commodity Pool ETFs”); (4) are issued by the are issued by the SPDR® Gold Trust, the iShares COMEX Gold Trust, the iShares Silver Trust, the ETFS Silver Trust, the Aberdeen Standard Physical Gold Trust, the ETFS Palladium Trust, the ETFS Platinum Trust, or the Sprott Physical Gold Trust; or (5) represent an interest in a registered investment company (“Investment Company”) organized as an open-end management company or similar entity, that invests in a portfolio of securities selected by the Investment Company's investment adviser consistent with the Investment Company's investment objectives and policies, which is issued in a specified aggregate minimum number in return for a deposit of a specified portfolio of securities and/or a cash amount with a value equal to the next determined net asset value (“NAV”), and when aggregated in the same specified minimum number, may be redeemed at a holder's request, which holder will be paid a specified portfolio of securities and/or cash with a value equal to the next determined NAV (“Managed Fund Share”); provided that all of the conditions listed in subparagraphs (5)(i) and 5(ii) are met.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Bitcoin Funds are Bitcoin-backed commodity ETFs structured as trusts. Similar to any ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading under Exchange Rule 402(i), the investment objective of each Bitcoin Fund is for its shares to reflect the performance of Bitcoin (less the expenses of the trust's operations), offering investors an opportunity to gain exposure to Bitcoin without the complexities of Bitcoin delivery. As is the case for ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading, a Bitcoin Fund's shares represent units of fractional undivided beneficial interest in the trust, the assets of which consist principally of Bitcoin and are designed to track Bitcoin or the performance of the price of Bitcoin and offer access to the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Bitcoin Funds provide investors with cost-efficient alternatives that allow a level of participation in the Bitcoin market through the securities market. The primary substantive difference between Bitcoin Funds and ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading are that ETFs may hold securities, certain financial instruments, and specified precious metals (which are deemed commodities), while Bitcoin Funds hold Bitcoin (which is also deemed a commodity).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         The trust may include minimal cash.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the Exchange's initial listing standards for ETFs on which the Exchange may list options.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Specifically, each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the initial listing standards set forth in Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i), as is the case for other ETFs on which the Exchange lists options (including trusts that hold commodities). Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i) requires that the ETFs must either (1) meet the criteria and standards set forth in Exchange Rule 402(a) or 402(b),
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or (2) be available for creation or redemption each business day from or through the issuer in cash or in kind at a price related to net asset value, and the issuer must be obligated to issue units in a specified aggregate number even if some or all of the investment assets required to be deposited have not been received by the issuer, subject to the condition that the person obligated to deposit the investments has undertaken to deliver the investment assets as soon as possible and such undertaking is secured by the delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash or cash equivalents satisfactory to the issuer, as provided in the respective prospectus. Each Bitcoin Fund satisfies Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i)(B), as each is subject to this creation and redemption process.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         Subparagraphs (a) and (b) of Exchange Rule 402 provide for guidelines to be used by the Exchange when evaluating potential underlying securities for Exchange option transactions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(a)-(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    While not required by the Rules for purposes of options listings, the Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the criteria and guidelines set forth in Exchange Rule 402. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 402, a security (which includes ETFs) on which options may be listed and traded on the Exchange must be duly registered (with the Commission) and be an NMS stock (as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act, and be characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Bitcoin Fund is an NMS Stock as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         The criteria and guidelines for a security to be considered widely held and actively traded are set forth in Exchange Rule 402(b), subject to exceptions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         An “NMS stock” means any NMS security other than an option, and an “NMS security” means any security or class of securities for which transaction reports are collected, processed, and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan (or an effective national market system plan for reporting transaction in listed options). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         17 CFR 242.600(b)(64) (definition of “NMS security”) 
                        <E T="03">and</E>
                         (65) (definition of “NMS stock”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to the data presented in the NYSE American filing 
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    , as of August 30, 2024, the Bitcoin Funds had the following number of shares outstanding (and corresponding market capitalization):
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="94786"/>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,12,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares 
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Market value
                            <LI>(8/30/2024)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>$13,443,091,524</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,930,157,526</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,221,640,670</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As shown above, each Bitcoin Fund had significantly more than 7,000,000 shares outstanding (approximately 29 and 6.5 times that amount, respectively), which is the minimum number of shares of a corporate stock that the Exchange generally requires to list options on that stock pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(b)(1). The Exchange believes this demonstrates that each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares.</P>
                <P>
                    Further, according to the NYSE American filing 
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    , the below table contains information regarding the number of beneficial holders of the Bitcoin Funds as of August 14, 2024:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,10">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Beneficial
                            <LI>holders (8/14/24)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>464,364</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC </ENT>
                        <ENT>13,403</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>75,437</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As this table shows, each Bitcoin Fund has significantly more than 2,000 beneficial holders (approximately 232, 7, and 38 time more, respectively), which is the minimum number of holders the Exchange generally requires for corporate stock in order to list options on that stock pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(b)(2). Therefore, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are widely held.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are actively traded. Further, according to the NYSE American filing 
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    , as of September 30, 2024, the total trading volume (by shares and notional) for these funds since they began trading 
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the average daily volume (“ADV”) over the 30-day period of September 1 through September 30, 2024, was as follows:
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         As noted by NYSE American, GBTC and BITB began trading on January 11th and BTC began trading on July 31st. Thus, the measurement period for the trading volume (shares/notional) is January 11 through September 20, 2024, for GBTC and BITB (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         nine months) and July 31 through September 20, 2024, for BTC (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         two months). 
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         FactSet, 9/30/2024, 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.factset.com/data-attribution.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,14,14,14">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Trading volume
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Trading volume
                            <LI>(notional $)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            ADV
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,803,567,700</ENT>
                        <ENT>93,472,544,497</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,266,138</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>335,492,930</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,792,866,521</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,838,546</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>434,815,840</ENT>
                        <ENT>14,433,361,384</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,949,835</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As demonstrated above, even though these Bitcoin Funds have been trading for less than one year, the trading volume for each is substantially higher than 2,400,000 shares (between roughly 165 and 700 times that amount), which is the minimum 12-month volume the Exchange generally requires for a security in order to list options on that security as set forth in Exchange Rule 402(b). The Exchange believes this data demonstrates each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are actively traded.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to satisfying the Exchange's initial listing standards, options on the Bitcoin Funds will be subject to the Exchange's continued listing standards as set forth in Exchange Rule 403(g).
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to Exchange Rule 403(g), the Exchange will not open for trading any additional series of option contracts covering a fund traded on the Exchange if such fund ceases to be an “NMS stock” as provided for Exchange Rule 402(b) or the fund is halted from trading on its primary market.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, options on funds traded on the Exchange may be subject to the suspension of opening transactions as follows: (1) the fund no longer meets the terms of Exchange Rule 403(b); (2) following the initial twelve-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of the fund, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial holders of the fund for 30 or more consecutive trading days; (3) the value of the underlying commodity is no longer calculated or available; or (4) such other event occurs or condition exists that in the opinion of the Exchange makes further dealing on the Exchange inadvisable.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 402(i)(4) to include the Bitcoin Funds in the list of ETPs deemed “Exchange-Traded Fund Shares”—of ETFs—for purposes of the continued listing standards set forth in Exchange Rule 403(g). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Exchange Rule 402(i)(4). For avoidance of doubt, the Exchange refers “funds” rather than “ETFs” to make clear that the Bitcoin Funds are subject to these continued listing standards.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 403(g).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Options on each Bitcoin Fund will be physically settled contracts with American-style exercise.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consistent with Exchange Rule 404, which governs the opening of options series on a specific underlying security (including ETFs and ETPs), the Exchange will open at least one expiration month for options on each Bitcoin Fund 
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     at the commencement of trading on the Exchange and may also list series of options on Bitcoin Funds for trading on a weekly,
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     monthly,
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or quarterly 
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     basis. The Exchange may also list long-term equity option series (“LEAPS”) that expire from twelve to thirty-nine months from the time they are listed.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 401 (Rights and Obligations of Holders and Writers), which provides that the rights and obligations of holders and writers of option contracts of any class of options dealt in on the Exchange shall be as set forth in the Rules of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         OCC Rules, Chapter VIII, which governs exercise and assignment, and Chapter IX, which governs the discharge of delivery and payment obligations arising out of the exercise of physically settled stock option contracts. OCC Rules can be located at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.theocc.com/getmedia/9d3854cd-b782-450f-bcf7-33169b0576ce/occrules.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404. The monthly expirations are subject to certain listing criteria for underlying securities described within Exchange Rule 402. Monthly listings expire the third Friday of the month. The term “expiration date” (unless separately defined elsewhere in the OCC By-Laws), when used in respect of an option contract (subject to certain exceptions), means the third Friday of the expiration month of such option contract, or if such Friday is a day on which the exchange on which such option is listed is not open for business, the preceding day on which such exchange is open for business. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         OCC By-Laws Article I, Section 1. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404(c), additional series of options of the same class may be opened for trading on the Exchange when the Exchange deems it necessary to maintain an orderly market, to meet customer demand or when the market price of the underlying stock moves more than five strike prices from the initial exercise price or prices. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404(e), new series of options on an individual stock may be added until the beginning of the month in which the options contract will expire. Due to unusual market conditions, the Exchange, in its discretion, may add a new series of options on an individual stock until the close of trading on the business day prior to expiration.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .02.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .13.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .03.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 406.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="94787"/>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404(g), which governs strike prices of series of options on ETFs, the interval between strike prices of series of options on Bitcoin Funds will be $1 or greater when the strike price is $200 or less and $5 or greater where the strike price is over $200.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, the Exchange may list series of options pursuant to the $1 Strike Price Interval Program,
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $0.50 Strike Program,
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the $2.50 Strike Price Program.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to Exchange Rule 510, where the price of a series of a Bitcoin Fund option is less than $3.00, the minimum increment will be $0.05, and where the price is $3.00 or higher, the minimum increment will be $0.10.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any and all new series of Bitcoin Fund options that the Exchange lists will be consistent and comply with the expirations, strike prices, and minimum increments set forth in Exchange Rules 404 and 510, as applicable. Further, the Exchange notes that MIAX Chapter XV Rules (Margin), which governs margin requirements applicable to the trading of all options on the Exchange as that chapter of rules is incorporated by reference into the MIAX Pearl Rulebook, including options on ETFs and ETPs, will also apply to the trading of Bitcoin Fund options.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that for options listed pursuant to the Short Term Option Series Program, the Monthly Options Series Program, and the Quarterly Options Series Program, Exchange Rules 404, Interpretation and Policies .02, .03, and .13, specifically set forth intervals between strike prices on Short Term Option Series, Quarterly Options Series, and Monthly Options Series, respectively.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .01.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .04.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 510(a). If options on a Bitcoin Fund are eligible to participate in the Penny Interval Program, the minimum increment of $0.01 below $3.00 and $0.50 above $3.00 would apply. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 510(a)(3). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         Exchange Rule 510(c) (which describes the requirements for the Penny Interval Program).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Position and Exercise Limits</HD>
                <P>
                    As mentioned above, the rules for position and exercise limits for options, including options on Bitcoin Funds, are determined pursuant to MIAX Rules 307 and 309, respectively, as incorporated by reference into the MIAX Pearl Rulebook. Position and exercise limits for options vary according to the number of outstanding shares and the trading volumes of the underlying security over the past six months, where the largest in capitalization and the most frequently traded funds have an option position and exercise limit of 250,000 contracts (with adjustments for splits, re-capitalizations, etc.) on the same side of the market; and smaller capitalization funds have position and exercise limits of 200,000, 75,000, 50,000 or 25,000 contracts (with adjustments for splits, re-capitalizations, etc.) on the same side of the market.
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MIAX Rule 307. For an option to be eligible for the 50,000-contract limit, the security underlying the option must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 20,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 15,000,000 shares and at least 40,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 75,000-contract limit, the underlying security must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 40,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 30,000,000 shares and at least 120,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 200,000-contract limit, the underlying security must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 80,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 60,000,000 shares and at least 240,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 250,000-contract limit, the security underlying the option must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 100,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 75,000,000 shares and at least 300,000,000 shares currently outstanding. The 25,000-contract limit applies to options on underlying securities that do not qualify for a higher contract limit. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MIAX Rule 307. In addition, Interpretation and Policy .01 to MIAX Rule 307 establishes higher position limits for options on certain ETFs.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Position limits are designed to limit the number of options contracts traded on the Exchange in an underlying security that an investor, acting alone or in concert with others directly or indirectly, may control. The purpose of position limits, which are set forth in MIAX Rule 307, is to address potential manipulative schemes and adverse market impacts surrounding the use of options, such as disrupting the market in the security underlying the options. As such, position limits must balance concerns regarding mitigating potential manipulation and the cost of inhibiting potential hedging activity that investors may use for legitimate economic purposes. To achieve this balance, the Exchange proposes to set the position and exercise limits for the options on the Bitcoin Funds at 25,000 contracts, a limit which has already been approved for IBIT at a competing exchange, an ETP that (like the Bitcoin Funds) holds bitcoin.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Capping the position limit at 25,000 contracts, the lowest limit available in options, would address concerns related to manipulation and protection of investors as this number is conservative for the Bitcoin Funds and therefore appropriate given their liquidity. While the Exchange believes that the proposed 25,000-contract position limit is conservative for options on the Bitcoin Funds, it nonetheless believes that, for the reasons set forth below, evidence exists to support a much higher position limit.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101128 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78942 (September 26, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-03) (Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 4 and 5 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1, 4, and 5, to Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on the iShares Bitcoin Trust (“IBIT”) (“ISE IBIT Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         The Exchange may file a subsequent rule change to amend the position and exercise limit for options on any or all the Bitcoin Funds based on additional data regarding trading activity, to continue to balance any concerns regarding manipulation. A higher position limit would allow institutional investors to utilize options on the Bitcoin Funds for prudent risk management purposes.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As shown in the table below, provided in the NYSE American filing 
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    , GBTC, BITB and BTC would easily qualify for the 250,000-contract position limit available to other ETFs and ETPs pursuant to the criterion in MIAX Rule 307, which requires that, for the most recent six-month period, trading volume for the underlying security be at least 100,000,000 shares.
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As noted in the NYSE American filing, BTC began trading on July 31, 2024, and therefore had only two months of trading data available at the time of the NYSE American filing, as shown below.
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         Per MIAX Rule 307, to qualify for the 250,000-contract position limit for options, the underlying security must (i) have trading volume of at least 100,000,000 shares during the most recent six-month trading period; or (ii) have trading volume of at least 75,000,000 shares during the most recent six-month trading period and have at least 300,000,000 shares currently outstanding.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         FactSet, 9/30/2024, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.factset.com/data-attribution.</E>
                         For avoidance of doubt, the Exchange notes that this chart depicts the most recent six months (at the time the NYSE American filing was filed) of trading data by shares for GBTC and BITB whereas the earlier chart (that depicts volume by notional and shares) covered the first nine months of trading. For BTC, both charts depict the same two-month trading volume by shares.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,r50">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total volume
                            <LI>(9/30/2024)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>723,758,100 (6-months).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>335,492,930 (2-months).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>263,965,870 (6-months).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    Thus, based on the most-recent trading volume, each Bitcoin Fund exceeded the requisite minimum of 100,000,000 shares necessary to qualify for the 250,000-contract position and exercise limits. By comparison, other options symbols with six-month trading volume less than GBTC, BITB, and BTC are eligible for position and exercise limits of at least 250,000.
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.theocc.com/Market-Data/Market-Data-Reports/Series-and-Trading-Data/Series-Search</E>
                         (including the following symbols that 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        have a position limit of 250,000: GLD, IAU, SLV, SIVR, SGOL).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="94788"/>
                <P>
                    With respect to the outstanding shares of each Bitcoin Fund, if a market participant held the maximum number of contracts possible pursuant to the proposed position and exercise limits (25,000 contracts), the equivalent shares represented by the proposed position/exercise limit (2,500,000 shares) would represent the following approximate percentage of current outstanding shares, according to the data presented in the NYSE American filing: 
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,18,15,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed position/
                            <LI>exercise limits in</LI>
                            <LI>equivalent shares</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Outstanding shares
                            <LI>(8/30/2024)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage of
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                            <LI>shares (%)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.9</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.7</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.6</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    As this table demonstrates, if a market participant held the maximum permissible options positions in one of the Bitcoin Fund options and exercised all of them at the same time, that market participant would control a small percentage of the outstanding shares of the underlying Bitcoin Fund. For example, as noted above, a position limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 shares of the applicable Bitcoin Fund (if that market participant exercised all its options). Based on data presented in the NYSE American filing regarding the number of shares outstanding for each Bitcoin Fund as of August 30, 2024, the table below sets forth the approximate number of market participants that could hold the maximum of 25,000 same side positions in each Bitcoin Fund that would equate to the number of shares outstanding of that Bitcoin Fund: 
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>market</LI>
                            <LI>participants</LI>
                            <LI>with 25,000</LI>
                            <LI>same side</LI>
                            <LI>positions</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>114</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>147</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>27</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>This means if 114 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in options on GBTC, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. Similarly, this means if 147 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in options on BTC, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. Finally, this means if 27 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in options on BITB, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. The Exchange believes it is highly unlikely for this to occur; however, even if such event did occur, the Exchange would not expect any of the Bitcoin Fund to be under stress because such an event would merely induce the creation of more shares through the trust's creation and redemption process.</P>
                <P>
                    Further, given that the issuer of each Bitcoin Fund may create and redeem shares that represent an interest in Bitcoin, the Exchange believes it is relevant to compare the size of a position limit to the market capitalization of the Bitcoin market. As of August 30, 2024, the global supply of Bitcoin was 19,747,066, and the price of one Bitcoin was approximately $59,108.23, which equates to a market capitalization of approximately $1.167 trillion.
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consider the proposed position and exercise limit of 25,000 option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund option. A position and exercise limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 shares of GBTC, BTC, or BITB, as applicable (if that market participant exercised all its options). The following table from the NYSE American filing shows the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 30, 2024, the value of 2,500,000 shares of the Bitcoin Fund at that price, and the approximate percentage of that value of the size of the Bitcoin market: 
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.blockchain.com/explorer/charts/total-bitcoins.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Aug. 30th
                            <LI>share price</LI>
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Value of
                            <LI>2,500,000</LI>
                            <LI>shares of</LI>
                            <LI>bitcoin funds</LI>
                            <LI>($)  </LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage
                            <LI>of bitcoin</LI>
                            <LI>market</LI>
                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>46.75</ENT>
                        <ENT>116,875,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.010</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.20</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.001</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>31.95</ENT>
                        <ENT>79,875,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.007</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    Therefore, if a market participant with the maximum 25,000 same side contracts in options on GBTC, BTC, or BITB exercised all positions at one time, such an event would have no practical impact on the Bitcoin market. As described in the NYSE American filing, the below chart shows the market capitalization of each Bitcoin Fund relative to the market capitalization of the entire bitcoin market, as of August 30, 2024.
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="94789"/>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,12,18,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin/shares outstanding</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Market value
                            <LI>(8/30/2024)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            % of
                            <LI>Total bitcoin</LI>
                            <LI>market</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Total Bitcoin Market 
                            <SU>43</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>19,747,066</ENT>
                        <ENT>$1,167,214,096,788</ENT>
                        <ENT>100.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>$13,443,091,524</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.15</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,930,157,526</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.17</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,221,640,670</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.19</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    As shown above, the Bitcoin Funds collectively represent approximately 1.51% of the global supply of Bitcoin (19,747, 066). Based on the $46.75 price of a GBTC share on August 30, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,264 GBTC shares. Another 24,967,146,455 GBTC shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 9,987 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in GBTC options to receive shares of the GBTC holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Similarly, based on the $5.20 price of a BTC share on August 30, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 11,367 BTC shares. Another 224,464,249,382 BTC shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 89,786 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in BTC options to receive shares of BTC holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Similarly, based on the $31.95 price of a BITB share on August 30, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,850 BITB shares. Another 36,532,522,591 BITB shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 14,613 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in BITB options to receive shares of BITB holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Unlike the Bitcoin Funds, the number of shares that corporations may issue is limited. However, like corporations, which authorize additional shares, repurchase shares, or split their shares, the Bitcoin Funds may create, redeem, or split shares in response to demand. While the supply of Bitcoin is limited to 21,000,000, it is believed that it will take more than 100 years to fully mine the remaining Bitcoin.
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The supply of Bitcoin is larger than the available supply of most securities.
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Given the significant unlikelihood of any of these events ever occurring, the Exchange does not believe options on the Bitcoin Funds should be subject to position and exercise limits even lower than those proposed (which are already equal to the lowest available limit for equity options in the industry) to protect the supply of Bitcoin.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.blockchain.com/explorer/assets/btc</E>
                         (citing 21 million as the “total supply” of bitcoin).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         The market capitalization of Bitcoin would rank in the top 10 among securities. 
                        <E T="03">See https://companiesmarketcap.com/usa/largest-companies-in-the-usa-by-market-cap/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also believes the proposed limits are appropriate given position limits for Bitcoin futures. For example, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“CME”) imposes a position limit of 2,000 futures (for the initial spot month) on its Bitcoin futures contract.
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On August 28, 2024, CME Aug 24 Bitcoin Futures settled at $58,950. A position of 2,000 CME Bitcoin futures, therefore, would have a notional value of $589,500,000. The following table shows the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 28, 2024, and the approximate number of option contracts that equates to that notional value: 
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 350 (description of CME Bitcoin Futures) and Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices. Each CME Bitcoin futures contract is valued at five Bitcoins as defined by the CME CF Bitcoin Reference Rate (“BRR”). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rule 35001.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,10,10">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Aug. 28th
                            <LI>share price</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>option contracts</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>46.94</ENT>
                        <ENT>125,585</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.23</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,127,151</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>32.08</ENT>
                        <ENT>183,759</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The approximate number of option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund that equate to the notional value of CME Bitcoin futures is significantly higher than the proposed limit of 25,000 options contract for each Bitcoin Fund option. The fact that many options ultimately expire out-of-the-money and thus are not exercised for shares of the underlying, while the delta of a Bitcoin Future is 1, further demonstrates how conservative the proposed limits of 25,000 options contracts are for the Bitcoin Fund options.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes, unlike options contracts, CME position limits are calculated on a net futures-equivalent basis by contract and include contracts that aggregate into one or more base contracts according to an aggregation ratio(s).
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, if a portfolio includes positions in options on futures, CME would aggregate those positions into the underlying futures contracts in accordance with a table published by CME on a delta equivalent value for the relevant spot month, subsequent spot month, single month and all month position limits.
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If a position exceeds position limits because of an option assignment, CME permits market participants to liquidate the excess position within one business day without being considered in violation of its rules. Additionally, if at the close of trading, a position that includes options exceeds position limits for futures contracts, when evaluated using the delta factors as of that day's close of trading but does not exceed the limits when evaluated using the previous day's delta factors, then the position shall not constitute a position limit violation. Considering CME's position limits on futures for Bitcoin, the Exchange believes that that the proposed same side position limits are more than appropriate for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the available supply of Bitcoin is not relevant to the determination of position and exercise limits for options overlying the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limits are 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94790"/>
                    not a tool that should be used to address a potential limited supply of the underlying of an underlying. Position and exercise limits do not limit the total number of options that may be held, but rather they limit the number of positions a single customer may hold or exercise at one time.
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     “Since the inception of standardized options trading, the options exchanges have had rules imposing limits on the aggregate number of options contracts that a member or customer could hold or exercise.” 
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limit rules are intended “to prevent the establishment of options positions that can be used or might create incentives to manipulate or disrupt the underlying market so as to benefit the options position. In particular, position and exercise limits are designed to minimize the potential for mini-manipulations and for corners or squeezes of the underlying market. In addition, such limits serve to reduce the possibility for disruption of the options market itself, especially in illiquid options classes.” 
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         The Exchange is unaware of any proposed rule change related to position and exercise limits for any equity option (including commodity ETF options) for which the Commission required consideration of whether the available supply of an underlying (whether it be a corporate stock or an ETF) or the contents of an ETF (commodity or otherwise) should be considered when an exchange proposed to establish those limits. 
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 57894 May 30, 2008), 73 FR 32061 (June 5, 2008) (SR-CBOE-2005-11) (approval order in which the Commission stated that the “listing and trading of Gold Trust Options will be subject to the exchanges' rules pertaining to position and exercise limits and margin”). The Exchange notes the position limits in Exchange Rule 307 are the same as when the Commission approved this filing. For reference, the current position and exercise limits for options on SPDR 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        Gold Shares ETF (“GLD”) and options on iShares Silver Trust (“SLV”) are 250,000 contracts, or 10 times that proposed position and exercise limit for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         For example, suppose an option has a position limit of 25,000 option contracts and there are a total of 10 investors trading that option. If all 10 investors max out their positions, that would result in 250,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. However, suppose 10 more investors decide to begin trading that option and also max out their positions. This would result in 500,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. An increase in the number of investors could cause an increase in outstanding options even if position limits remain unchanged.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes that a Registration Statement on Form S-1 was filed with the Commission for each Bitcoin Fund, each of which described the supply of Bitcoin as being limited to 21,000,000 (of which approximately 90% had already been mined), and that the limit would be reached around the year 2140.
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Registration Statement permits an unlimited number of shares of the applicable Bitcoin Fund to be created. Further, the Commission approved proposed rule changes that permitted the listing and trading of shares of each Bitcoin Fund, which approval did not comment on the sufficient supply of Bitcoin or address whether there was a risk that permitting an unlimited number of shares for a Bitcoin Fund would impact the supply of Bitcoin.
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, the Exchange believes the Commission had ample time and opportunity to consider whether the supply of Bitcoin was sufficient to permit the creation of unlimited Bitcoin Fund shares, and does not believe considering this supply with respect to the establishment of position and exercise limits is appropriate given its lack of relevance to the purpose of position and exercise limits. However, given the significant size of the Bitcoin supply, the proposed positions limits are more than sufficient to protect investors and the market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                         GBTC Form S-1 Registration Statement, at p. 17, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1588489/000119312517013693/d157414ds1.htm;</E>
                         BTC Form S-1 Registration Statement, at p. 21, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/2015034/000119312524065444/d785023ds1.htm; and</E>
                         BITB Amendment No 2. to S-1, at p. 47, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1763415/000199937123000735/bitwise-s1a_120423.htm</E>
                         (“Bitcoin Funds Reg. Stmts.”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Approval Order.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Based on the foregoing, the Exchange believes the proposal to list options on the Bitcoin Funds with positions and exercise limits of 25,000 on the same side, the lowest position limit available in the options industry, is conservative and appropriate given the market capitalization, average daily volume, and high number of outstanding shares for each of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposed position and exercise limits reasonably and appropriately balance the liquidity provisioning in the market against the prevention of manipulation. The Exchange believes these proposed limits are effectively designed to prevent an individual customer or entity from establishing options positions that could be used to manipulate the market of the underlying Bitcoin Funds as well as the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>56</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>56</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>As described herein, options on the Bitcoin Funds will trade in the same manner as any other ETF or ETP options on the Exchange. The Exchange Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of options on the Exchange, including, for example, Rules that govern listing criteria, expiration and exercise prices, minimum increments, margin requirements, customer accounts and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to all other ETFs and ETPs that are listed and traded on the Exchange, including the precious metal-backed commodity ETPs already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange pursuant to Exchange Rule 404. Further, as described above, Exchange Rules regarding position and exercise limits will likewise apply to options on the Bitcoin Funds except that, as proposed, the position and exercise limits will be set at 25,000 on the same side.</P>
                <STARS/>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes that options on Bitcoin Funds would not be available for trading until The Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) represents to the Exchange that it is fully able to clear and settle such options. The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it and The Options Price Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional traffic associated with the listing of options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange believes any additional traffic that would be generated from the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds would be manageable. The Exchange represents that Exchange Members 
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     will not have a capacity issue as a result of this proposed rule change.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 100.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange represents that the same surveillance procedures 
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     applicable to all other options currently listed and traded on the Exchange will apply to options on Bitcoin Funds, and that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new option series. The Exchange's existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options on ETFs and ETPs, such as (existing) precious metal-commodity backed ETP options as well as the proposed options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules. The Exchange's staff will have access to the surveillance programs conducted by its affiliate exchanges, MIAX and MIAX Sapphire, with respect to trading in the shares of the underlying trust for each Fund when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Funds. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”) under the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition to obtaining surveillance data from MIAX and MIAX Sapphire, the Exchange will be able to obtain information regarding trading in the shares of the underlying Bitcoin Funds 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94791"/>
                    from NYSE American and other markets through ISG. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). Pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillances.
                    <SU>59</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         The surveillance program includes real-time patterns for price and volume movements and post-trade surveillance patterns (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         spoofing, marking the close, pinging, phishing).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, among other things, requires every SRO registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the SRO's own rules, and, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q(d)(1) 
                        <E T="03">and</E>
                         17 CFR 240.17d-2. Section 17(d)(1) of the Act allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of certain responsibilities with respect to members of the SRO who are also members of another SRO. Specifically, Section 17(d)(1) allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of its responsibilities to: (i) receive regulatory reports from such members; (ii) examine such members for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the SRO; or (iii) carry out other specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The underlying shares of spot bitcoin ETPs, including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in its order approving proposals of several exchanges to list and trade shares of spot bitcoin-based exchange-traded products (“Bitcoin ETP Order”):</P>
                <FP>
                    Each Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                    <SU>60</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </FP>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>60</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008, 3009 (January 17, 2024) (File Nos. SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SR-CboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange states that, given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>61</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>61</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>62</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>62</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (BTC) under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90), filed Jan. 5, 2024, 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2021-90/srnysearca202190-358659-884182.pdf;</E>
                         Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44), filed Jan. 5, 2024, 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2023-44/srnysearca202344-358800-884322.pdf; and</E>
                         Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust Under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E, Commodity-Based Trust Shares, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100290 (June 6, 2024), 89 FR 49931 (June 12, 2024) (SR-NYSEARCA-2024-45).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Finally, quotation and last sale information for ETFs is available via the Consolidated Tape Association (“CTA”) high speed line. Quotation and last sale information for such securities is also available from the exchange on which such securities are listed. Quotation and last sale information for options on Bitcoin Funds will be available via OPRA and major market data vendors.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering options on Bitcoin Funds will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower cost investing tool to gain exposure to the price of Bitcoin and hedging vehicle to meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin-related products and positions. The Exchange expects investors will transact in options on Bitcoin Funds in the unregulated over-the-counter (“OTC”) options market,
                    <SU>63</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     but may prefer to trade such options in a listed environment to receive the benefits of trading listed options, including (1) enhanced efficiency in initiating and closing out position; (2) increased market transparency; and (3) heightened contra-party creditworthiness due to the role of OCC as issuer and guarantor of all listed options. The Exchange believes that listing Bitcoin Fund options may cause investors to bring this liquidity to the Exchange, would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow. The Exchange notes that the ETPs that hold precious metal commodities on which the Exchange may already list and trade options are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to different assets. The Exchange notes that it has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of options on any ETFs or ETPs that hold commodities (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     precious metals) that it currently lists and trades on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>63</SU>
                         The Exchange understands from customers that investors have historically transacted in options on ETFs in the OTC options market if such options were not available for trading in a listed environment.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Finally, the Exchange notes that applicable Exchange rules will require that customers receive appropriate disclosure before trading options in Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>64</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, brokers opening accounts and recommending options transactions must comply with relevant customer suitability standards.
                    <SU>65</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>64</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MIAX Rules 1307(b) and (e), which are incorporated by reference into the MIAX Pearl Rulebook.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>65</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MIAX Rule 1309, which is incorporated by reference into the MIAX Pearl Rulebook.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act 
                    <SU>66</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act 
                    <SU>67</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanisms of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>66</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>67</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposal to list and trade options on Bitcoin Funds will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors because offering options on Bitcoin Funds will provide investors with an opportunity to realize the benefits of utilizing options on a Bitcoin Fund, including cost efficiencies and increased hedging strategies.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options will benefit investors by providing them with a relatively lower-cost risk management tool, which will allow them to manage their positions and associated risk in their portfolios more easily in 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94792"/>
                    connection with exposure to the price of Bitcoin and with Bitcoin-related products and positions. Additionally, the Exchange's offering of Bitcoin Fund options will provide investors with the ability to transact in such options in a listed market environment as opposed to in the unregulated OTC options market, which would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow to the benefit of all investors. The Exchange also notes that it already lists options on other commodity-based ETPs,
                    <SU>68</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which, as described above, are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to a different commodity (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Bitcoin rather than precious metals) and for which the Exchange has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of commodity-backed ETP options it currently lists for trading.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>68</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, because it is consistent with current Exchange Rules previously filed with the Commission. Options on Bitcoin Funds satisfy the initial listing standards and continued listing standards currently in the Exchange Rules applicable to options on all ETFs and ETPs, including ETPs that hold other commodities already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange. Additionally, as demonstrated above and in the NYSE American filing,
                    <SU>69</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of shares that are widely held and actively traded. Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other ETF or ETP options—the same Exchange Rules that currently govern the listing and trading of options, including permissible expirations, strike prices, minimum increments, and margin requirements, will govern the listing and trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in the same manner.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>69</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed position and exercise limit for options on the Bitcoin Funds is 25,000 contracts. These position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available in the options industry, are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the Bitcoin Funds' market capitalization, average daily volume, number of beneficial holders, and high number of outstanding shares.
                    <SU>70</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The proposed position and exercise limits are consistent with the Act as they addresses concerns related to manipulation and protection of investors because the position and exercise limits are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the Bitcoin Funds are actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>70</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that IBIT—which has been approved for options trading—represents a larger percentage of the bitcoin market than all three Bitcoin Funds. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         ISE IBIT Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra note</E>
                         6. As noted herein, the Bitcoin Funds collectively represent approximately 1.51% of the bitcoin market. By comparison, IBIT options have an approved position limit of 25,000 contracts per side, which represents 4% of total underlying spot BTC liquidity, and IBIT is the most liquid spot Bitcoin ETF. 
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new Bitcoin Fund options. The Exchange believes that its existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options, including Bitcoin Fund options. The Exchange's existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options on ETFs and ETPs, such as (existing) precious metal-commodity backed ETP options as well as the proposed options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules. Specifically, the Exchange's market surveillance staff will have access to the surveillances conducted by its affiliates, MIAX and MIAX Sapphire, with respect to the Bitcoin Funds and would review activity in the underlying Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Trust. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the ISG under the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement with the FINRA and, as noted herein, pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillances. Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.</P>
                <P>
                    The underlying shares of spot bitcoin ETPs, including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in its order approving proposals of several exchanges to list and trade shares of spot bitcoin-based ETPs, “[e]ach Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                    <SU>71</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange states that, given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>72</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>73</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds. Further, the Exchange will implement any new 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94793"/>
                    surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin ETPs.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>71</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008, 3009 (January 17, 2024) (File Nos. SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SR-CboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>72</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>73</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (BTC) under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90), filed Jan. 5, 2024, 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2021-90/srnysearca202190-358659-884182.pdf;</E>
                         Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44), filed Jan. 5, 2024, 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2023-44/srnysearca202344-358800-884322.pdf; and</E>
                         Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust Under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E, Commodity-Based Trust Shares, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100290 (June 6, 2024), 89 FR 49931 (June 12, 2024) (SR-NYSEARCA-2024-45).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Finally, the Exchange notes that this proposal will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors because applicable Exchange rules will require that customers receive appropriate disclosure before trading options in Bitcoin Funds 
                    <SU>74</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and will require that brokers opening accounts and recommending options transactions comply with relevant customer suitability standards.
                    <SU>75</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>74</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MIAX Rules 1307(b) and (e).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>75</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MIAX Rule 1309.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intramarket Competition:</E>
                     The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act as Bitcoin Funds would need to satisfy the initial listing standards set forth in the Exchange Rules in the same manner as any other ETF before the Exchange could list options on them. Additionally, Bitcoin Fund options will be equally available to all market participants who wish to trade such options. The Exchange Rules currently applicable to the listing and trading of options on ETFs on the Exchange will apply in the same manner to the listing and trading of all options on Bitcoin Funds. Also, and as stated above, the Exchange already lists options on other commodity-based ETPs.
                    <SU>76</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>76</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intermarket Competition:</E>
                     The Exchange does not believe that the proposal to list and trade options on Bitcoin Funds will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the extent that the advent of Bitcoin Fund options trading on the Exchange may make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace to market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are free to elect to become market participants on the Exchange. As noted herein, this is a competitive filing as the Commission recently approved the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>77</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     as well as another ETP that, like the Bitcoin Funds, holds bitcoin.
                    <SU>78</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, other options exchanges are free to amend their listing rules, as applicable, to permit them to list and trade options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange notes that listing and trading Bitcoin Fund options on the Exchange will subject such options to transparent exchange-based rules as well as price discovery and liquidity, as opposed to alternatively trading such options in the OTC market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>77</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>78</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         ISE IBIT Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 6.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change may relieve any burden on, or otherwise promote, competition as it is designed to increase competition for order flow on the Exchange in a manner that is beneficial to investors by providing them with a lower-cost option to hedge their investment portfolios. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues that offer similar products. Ultimately, the Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options for trading on the Exchange will promote competition by providing investors with an additional, relatively low-cost means to hedge their portfolios and meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin prices and Bitcoin-related products and positions on a listed options exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>Written comments were neither solicited nor received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>79</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>80</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>81</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and subparagraph (f)(6) of Rule 19b-4 thereunder.
                    <SU>82</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>79</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>80</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>81</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>82</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change, along with a brief description and text of the proposed rule change, at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Commission waives this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) 
                    <SU>83</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     under the Act does not normally become operative prior to 30 days after the date of the filing. However, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii),
                    <SU>84</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Commission may designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has requested that the Commission waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission previously approved the listing of options on the Grayscale Fund, the Grayscale Mini Fund, and the Bitwise Fund.
                    <SU>85</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange has provided information regarding the underlying Bitcoin Funds, including, among other things, information regarding trading volume, the number of beneficial holders, and the market capitalization of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposal also establishes position and exercise limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds and provides information regarding the surveillance procedures that will apply Bitcoin Fund options. The Commission believes that waiver of the operative delay could benefit investors by providing an additional venue for trading Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change as operative upon filing.
                    <SU>86</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>83</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>84</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>85</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101386 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84960 (October 24, 2024) (SR-NYSEAMER-2024-49) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 3, To Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on Bitcoin Exchange-Traded Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>86</SU>
                         For purposes only of waiving the 30-day operative delay, the Commission has also considered the proposed rule's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94794"/>
                    Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-PEARL-2024-53 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-PEARL-2024-53. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-PEARL-2024-53 and should be submitted on or before December 20, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>87</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>87</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27990 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101712; File No. SR-NYSEARCA-2024-100]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Option Contracts on the iShares Bitcoin Trust, the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund, and the ARK21Shares Bitcoin ETF</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>November 22, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that, on November 20, 2024, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the self-regulatory organization. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78a.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to list and trade option contracts on the iShares Bitcoin Trust, the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund, and the ARK21Shares Bitcoin ETF. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">www.nyse.com,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and the Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 5.3-O (Criteria for Underlying Securities), Rule 5.4-O (Withdrawal of Approval of Underlying Securities), Rule 5.32-O (Terms of FLEX Options), and Rule 6.8-O (Position Limits),) to allow the Exchange to list and trade options on the following exchange-traded products: the iShares Bitcoin Trust (“iShares Bitcoin” or “IBIT”), the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund (“Fidelity Wise” or “FBTC”), and the ARK21Shares Bitcoin ETF (“ARK21” or “ARKB”) (collectively, the “Bitcoin Funds” or “Funds”).</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes that this is a competitive filing as the Commission recently approved rule proposals by Nasdaq ISE, LLC (“ISE”) and Cboe Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe”) to allow the listing and trading of options on IBIT 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and on FBTC and ARKB, respectively.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange notes that bitcoin-backed ETPs are already approved for options trading on its affiliated exchange, NYSE American LLC.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As discussed below, the Exchange believes options on the Bitcoin Funds would permit hedging, and allow for more liquidity, better price efficiency, and less volatility with respect to the underlying Funds. Further, permitting the listing of such 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94795"/>
                    options would enhance the transparency and efficiency of markets in these and correlated products.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101128 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78942 (September 26, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-03) (Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 4 and 5 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1, 4, and 5, to Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on the iShares Bitcoin Trust) (“IBIT Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101387 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84948 (October 24, 2024) (SE-CBOE-2024-035) (Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 2 and 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 2 and 3, To Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on Bitcoin Exchange-Traded Funds) (“FBTC and ARKB Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101386 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84960 (October 24, 2024) (SR-NYSEAMER-2024-49) (Order approving the listing and trading of options on shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (BTC) (symbol: GBTC), the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust (BTC) (symbol: BTC), and the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF (symbol: BITB)) (the “American Bitcoin Options Approval Order”). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         NYSE American Rule 915, Commentary .10(a). Taken together with the IBIT Approval Order and the FBTC and ARKB Approval Order, the Bitcoin Approval Order, further illustrates that this proposal does not raise any new or novel issues not previously considered by the Commission.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Rule 5.3-O provides that, subject to certain other criteria set forth in the Rule,
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     securities deemed appropriate for options trading include Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (or ETFs) that represent certain types of interests 
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and exchange-traded products (“ETPs”) structured as trusts that hold precious metals (which are deemed commodities).
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Like ETPs backed by precious metals (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     commodities), the Exchange proposes to allow options trading on the Bitcoin Funds that hold Bitcoin—which is also deemed a commodity.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         To be eligible for options trading, ETFs and ETPs must satisfy the initial listing criteria set forth in Rule 5.3-O(g)(1) through (2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g) permits options trading on ETFs that are traded on a national securities exchange and are defined as an “NMS stock” in Rule 600(b)(55) of Regulation NMS, that represent interests in registered investment companies (or series thereof) organized as open-end management investment companies, unit investment trusts or similar entities that hold portfolios of securities and/or financial instruments including, but not limited to, stock index futures contracts, options on futures, options on securities and indexes, equity caps, collars and floors, swap agreements, forward contracts, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements (the “Financial Instruments”), and money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements (the “Money Market Instruments”) comprising or otherwise based on or representing investments in indexes or portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments (or that hold securities in one or more other registered investment companies that themselves hold such portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments); interests in a trust or similar entity that holds a specified non-U.S. currency deposited with the trust or similar entity when aggregated in some specified minimum number may be surrendered to the trust by the beneficial owner to receive the specified non-U.S. currency and pays the beneficial owner interest and other distributions on deposited non-U.S. currency, if any, declared and paid by the trust (“Currency Trust Shares”); commodity pool interests principally engaged, directly or indirectly, in holding and/or managing portfolios or baskets of securities, commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or non-U.S. currency (“Commodity Pool Units”); or represents an interest in a registered investment company (“Investment Company”) organized as an open-end management investment company or similar entity, that invests in a portfolio of securities selected by the Investment Company's investment adviser consistent with the Investment Company's investment objectives and policies, which is issued in a specified aggregate minimum number in return for a deposit of a specified portfolio of securities and/or a cash amount with a value equal to the next determined net asset value (“NAV”), and when aggregated in the same specified minimum number, may be redeemed at a holder's request, which holder will be paid a specified portfolio of securities and/or cash with a value equal to the next determined NAV (“Managed Fund Share”); provided that all of the conditions listed in Rules 5.3-O and 5.4-O are met. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g)(i)-(iii) and (vii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g) permits the listing and trading of options on shares of the following trusts: SPDR Gold Trust, the iShares COMEX Gold Trust, the iShares Silver Trust, the ETFS Silver Trust, the ETFS Gold Trust, ETFS Palladium Trust, or ETFS Platinum Trust. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g)(iv)-(vi) and (viii)-(ix).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Rule 5.3-O, Commentary .01 (The Exchange may list and trade options on shares of IBIT, FBTC, and ARKB, pursuant to Rules 5.3-O and 5.4-O).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Bitcoin Funds are structured as trusts that hold bitcoin. Like ETFs and ETPs currently deemed appropriate for options trading, the investment objective of each Bitcoin Fund trust is for its shares to reflect the performance of Bitcoin (less the expenses of the trust's operations), offering investors an opportunity to gain exposure to Bitcoin without the complexities of Bitcoin delivery. Each Bitcoin Fund's shares represent units of fractional undivided beneficial interest in the trust, the assets of which consist principally of Bitcoin and are designed to track Bitcoin or the performance of the price of Bitcoin and offer access to the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Bitcoin Funds provide investors with cost-efficient alternatives that allow a level of participation in the Bitcoin market through the securities market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         Each trust may include minimal cash.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the Exchange's initial listing standards set forth in Rule 5.3-O(a).
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange notes that the Bitcoin Funds also satisfy the listing standard applied to ETFs traded on the Exchange that they be available for creation and redemption each business day as set forth in Rule 5.3-O(g)(1)(B).
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         Rule 5.3-O(a) provides for guidelines to be used by the Exchange when evaluating potential underlying securities for Exchange option transactions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g)(1)(B) requires that ETFs must be available for creation or redemption each business day from or through the issuer in cash or in kind at a price related to net asset value, and the issuer must be obligated to issue ETFs in a specified aggregate number even if some or all of the investment assets required to be deposited have not been received by the issuer, subject to the condition that the person obligated to deposit the investments has undertaken to deliver the investment assets as soon as possible and such undertaking is secured by the delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash or cash equivalents satisfactory to the issuer, as provided in the respective prospectus.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    First, each of the Bitcoin Funds satisfy the criteria and guidelines set forth in Rule 5.3-O. Pursuant to Rule 5.3-O(b), a security on which options may be listed and traded on the Exchange must be duly registered (with the Commission) and be an NMS stock (as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act) and be characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each of the Bitcoin Funds is an NMS Stock as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         The criteria and guidelines for a security to be considered widely held and actively traded are set forth in Rule 5.3-O(a), subject to exceptions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         An “NMS stock” means any NMS security other than an option, and an “NMS security” means any security or class of securities for which transaction reports are collected, processed, and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan (or an effective national market system plan for reporting transaction in listed options). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         17 CFR 242.600(b)(64) (definition of “NMS security”) and (65) (definition of “NMS stock”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Bitcoin Funds had the following number of shares outstanding:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">IBIT (as of 8/12/24)</ENT>
                        <ENT>611,040,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">FBTC (as of 8/7/24)</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARKB (as of 8/7/24)</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As shown above, each of the Bitcoin Funds had significantly more than 7,000,000 shares outstanding, which is the minimum number of shares of a corporate stock that the Exchange generally requires to list options on that stock pursuant to the Exchange's rules. The Exchange believes this demonstrates that each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares.</P>
                <P>Further, the below table contains information regarding the number of beneficial holders of the Bitcoin Funds.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,r75">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Number of beneficial holders</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">IBIT</ENT>
                        <ENT>193,956 (as of 5/22/23).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">FBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>279,656 (as of 6/27/24).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARKB</ENT>
                        <ENT>69,425 (as of 6/26/24).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Each Bitcoin Fund has significantly more than 2,000 beneficial holders, which is the minimum number of holders the Exchange generally requires for corporate stock in order to list options on that stock pursuant to pursuant to the Exchange's rules. Therefore, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are widely held.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are actively traded. The total trading volume (by shares and notional) for these funds since they began trading and the average daily volume (“ADV”) over the 30-day 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94796"/>
                    period of July 9 through August 7, 2024, was as follows:
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s100,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Trading
                            <LI>volume</LI>
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Trading
                            <LI>volume</LI>
                            <LI>(notional $)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            ADV
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">IBIT (as of 5/13/24)</ENT>
                        <ENT>34,825,921</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,246,060,738</ENT>
                        <ENT>26,000,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">FBTC (as of 8/7/24)</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,112,861,581</ENT>
                        <ENT>250,354,755</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,014,335</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARKB (as of 8/7/24)</ENT>
                        <ENT>279,360,739</ENT>
                        <ENT>90,484,307</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,893,335</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As demonstrated above, even though these Bitcoin Funds have been trading for less than one year, the trading volume for each is substantially higher than 2,400,000 shares, which is the minimum 12-month volume the Exchange generally requires for a security in order to list options on that security. The Exchange believes this data demonstrates each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are actively traded.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to satisfying the Exchange's initial listing standards, options on Bitcoin Funds will be subject to the Exchange's continued listing standards as set forth in Rule 5.4-O.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         The Exchange proposes to adopt Commentary .02 to Rule 5.4-O to specify that for purposes of the continued listing standards set forth in Rule 5.3-O(k), the Bitcoin Funds will be deemed “Exchange-Traded Fund Shares.” 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Commentary .02 to Rule 5.4-O.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Rule 5.4-O(b)(5), the Exchange will not open for trading any additional series of option contracts covering a fund traded on the Exchange if such fund ceases to be an “NMS stock” or the fund is halted from trading on its primary market.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, options on funds traded on the Exchange may be subject to the suspension of opening transactions as follows: (1) the fund no longer meets the terms of Rule 5.4-O(b)(1)-(4); (2) following the initial twelve-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of the fund, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial holders of the fund for 30 or more consecutive trading days; (3) the value of the underlying commodity is no longer calculated or available; or (4) such other event occurs or condition exists that in the opinion of the Exchange makes further dealing on the Exchange inadvisable.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.4-O(k).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Options on each Bitcoin Fund will be physically settled contracts with American-style exercise.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consistent with Rule 6.4-O, which governs the opening of options series on a specific underlying security (including ETFs and ETPs), the Exchange will open at least one expiration month for options on each Bitcoin Fund 
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     at the commencement of trading on the Exchange and may also list series of options on Bitcoin Funds for trading on a weekly,
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     monthly,
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or quarterly 
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     basis. The Exchange may also list long-term equity option series (“LEAPS”) that expire from twelve to thirty-nine months from the time they are listed.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.5-O (Rights and Obligations of Holders and Writers), which provides that the rights and obligations of holders and writers of option contracts of any class of options dealt in on the Exchange shall be as set forth in the Rules of the Clearing Corporation. 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         OCC Rules, Chapter VIII, which governs exercise and assignment, and Chapter IX, which governs the discharge of delivery and payment obligations arising out of the exercise of physically settled stock option contracts. OCC Rules can be located at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.theocc.com/getmedia/9d3854cd-b782-450f-bcf7-33169b0576ce/occrules.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O(d). The monthly expirations are subject to certain listing criteria for underlying securities described within Rule 5.3-O. Monthly listings expire the third Friday of the month. The term “expiration date” (unless separately defined elsewhere in the OCC By-Laws), when used in respect of an option contract (subject to certain exceptions), means the third Friday of the expiration month of such option contract, or if such Friday is a day on which the exchange on which such option is listed is not open for business, the preceding day on which such exchange is open for business. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         OCC By-Laws Article I, Section 1. Pursuant to Rule 903(d), additional series of options of the same class may be opened for trading on the Exchange when the Exchange deems it necessary to maintain an orderly market, to meet customer demand or when the market price of the underlying stock moves more than five strike prices from the initial exercise price or prices. New series of options on an individual stock may be added until the beginning of the month in which the options contract will expire. Due to unusual market conditions, the Exchange, in its discretion, may add a new series of options on an individual stock until the close of trading on the business day prior to expiration.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .07.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .09.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .08.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .05(a), which governs strike prices of series of options on ETFs, the interval between strike prices of series of options on Bitcoin Funds will be $1 or greater when the strike price is $200 or less and $5 or greater where the strike price is over $200.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, the Exchange may list series of options pursuant to the $1 Strike Price Interval Program,
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $0.50 Strike Program,
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $2.50 Strike Price Program,
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the $5 Strike Program.
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to Rule 6.72-O, where the price of a series of a Bitcoin Fund option is less than $3.00, the minimum increment will be $0.05, and where the price is $3.00 or higher, the minimum increment will be $0.10.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any and all new series of Bitcoin Fund options that the Exchange lists will be consistent and comply with the expirations, strike prices, and minimum increments set forth in Rules 6.4-O and 6.72-O, as applicable. Further, the Exchange notes that Rule 4.16-O, which governs margin requirements applicable to the trading of all options on the Exchange, including options on ETFs and ETPs, will also apply to the trading of Bitcoin Fund options.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that for options listed pursuant to the Short Term Option Series Program, the Monthly Options Series Program, and the Quarterly Options Series Program, Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .07 through .09, specifically set forth intervals between strike prices on Quarterly Options Series, Short Term Option Series, and Monthly Options Series, respectively.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .04.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .13.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .03.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         If options on a Bitcoin Fund are eligible to participate in the Penny Interval Program, the minimum increment of $0.01 below $3.00 and $0.50 above $3.00 would apply. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O(a)(3). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         Rule 6.72A-O (which describes the requirements for the Penny Interval Program).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Rule 5.32(f)(1) permits the Exchange to authorize for trading a FLEX option class on any equity security if it may authorize for trading a non-FLEX option class on that equity security pursuant to Rule 5.3-O.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     At this time, the Exchange is not proposing to permit Bitcoin Fund options to trade as FLEX options.
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange therefore proposes to modify Rule 5.32(f)(1) to specify this exception, which will add clarity and transparency to Exchange Rules.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.32-O(f)(1). 
                        <E T="03">See generally</E>
                         Section 4 (Flexible Exchange (“FLEX”) Options).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         The Exchange will continue ongoing discussions with the Commission regarding appropriate position limits for the Bitcoin Funds and plans to submit a separate rule filing that would permit the Exchange to authorize for trading FLEX options on the Funds (which filing may propose changes to existing FLEX option position limits for such options if appropriate).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Rule 5.32(f)(1) (providing, in relevant part, that the Exchange may approve and open for trading any FLEX Equity Options series on any equity security that is eligible for Non-FLEX 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        Options trading under Rule 5.3-O “except those set forth in Commentary .01 to Rule 5.3-O,” 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the Bitcoin Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="94797"/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Position and Exercise Limits</HD>
                <P>
                    Position and exercise limits for options, including options on Bitcoin Funds, are determined pursuant to Rules 6.8-O and 6.9-O, respectively. Position and exercise limits for options vary according to the number of outstanding shares and the trading volumes of the underlying security over the past six months, where the largest in capitalization and the most frequently traded funds have an option position and exercise limit of 250,000 contracts (with adjustments for splits, re-capitalizations, etc.) on the same side of the market; and smaller capitalization funds have position and exercise limits of 200,000, 75,000, 50,000 or 25,000 contracts (with adjustments for splits, re-capitalizations, etc.) on the same side of the market.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Commentary .06(a)-(e) to Rule 6.8-O. For an option to be eligible for the 50,000-contract limit, the security underlying the option must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 20,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 15,000,000 shares and at least 40,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 75,000-contract limit, the underlying security must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 40,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 30,000,000 shares and at least 120,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 200,000-contract limit, the underlying security must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 80,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 60,000,000 shares and at least 240,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 250,000-contract limit, the security underlying the option must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 100,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 75,000,000 shares and at least 300,000,000 shares currently outstanding. The 25,000-contract limit applies to options on underlying securities that do not qualify for a higher contract limit. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Commentary .07(c) to Rule 6.8-O. In addition, Commentary .07(f) to Rule 6.8-O establishes higher position limits for options on certain ETFs.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Position limits are designed to limit the number of options contracts traded on the Exchange in an underlying security that an investor, acting alone or in concert with others directly or indirectly, may control. The purpose of position limits is to address potential manipulative schemes and adverse market impacts surrounding the use of options, such as disrupting the market in the security underlying the options. Accordingly, position limits must balance concerns regarding mitigating potential manipulation and the cost of inhibiting potential hedging activity that investors may use for legitimate economic purposes. To achieve this balance, the Exchange proposes to set the position and exercise limits for the options on the Bitcoin Funds at 25,000 contracts, which limits are already in place for the Bitcoin Funds as traded on other options exchanges and the bitcoin-backed ETPs available for options trading on NYSE American LLC.
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Capping the position limit at 25,000 contracts, the lowest limit available in options, would address concerns related to manipulation and protection of investors as this number is conservative for the Bitcoin Funds and therefore appropriate given their liquidity. The Exchange believes that the proposed 25,000-contract position limit is conservative for options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed 6.8-O, Commentary .07(f) 
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         notes 4 and 5 (regarding the IBIT Approval Order and the FBTC and ARKB Approval Order). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         NYSE American Rule 904, Commentary .07(f) (setting 25,000 position limits for the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (BTC) (symbol: GBTC), the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust (BTC) (symbol: BTC), and the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF (symbol: BITB)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         The Exchange may file a subsequent rule change to amend the position and exercise limit for options on any or all the Bitcoin Funds based on additional data regarding trading activity, to continue to balance any concerns regarding manipulation. A higher position limit would allow institutional investors to utilize options on the Bitcoin Funds for prudent risk management purposes.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Based on the foregoing, the Exchange believes the proposal to list options on the Bitcoin Funds with positions and exercise limits of 25,000 on the same side, the lowest position limit available in the options industry, is conservative and appropriate given the market capitalization, average daily volume, and high number of outstanding shares for each of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposed position and exercise limits reasonably and appropriately balance the liquidity provisioning in the market against the prevention of manipulation. The Exchange believes these proposed limits are effectively designed to prevent an individual customer or entity from establishing options positions that could be used to manipulate the market of the underlying Bitcoin Funds as well as the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>As described herein, options on the Bitcoin Funds will trade in the same manner as any other ETF or ETP options on the Exchange, except that the Bitcoin Funds will not be eligible for FLEX options trading. The Exchange Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of options on the Exchange, including, for example, Rules that govern listing criteria, expiration and exercise prices, minimum increments, margin requirements, customer accounts and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to all other ETFs and ETPs that are listed and traded on the Exchange, including the precious metal-backed commodity ETPs already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange. Further, as described above, Exchange Rules regarding position and exercise limits will likewise apply to options on the Bitcoin Funds except that, as proposed, the position and exercise limits will be set at 25,000 on the same side.</P>
                <STARS/>
                <P>The Exchange notes that options on Bitcoin Funds would not be available for trading until The Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) represents to the Exchange that it is fully able to clear and settle such options. The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it and The Options Price Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional traffic associated with the listing of options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange believes any additional traffic that would be generated from the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds would be manageable. The Exchange represents that Exchange members will not have a capacity issue as a result of this proposed rule change.</P>
                <P>The Exchange represents that the same surveillance procedures applicable to all other options currently listed and traded on the Exchange will apply to options on Bitcoin Funds, and that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new option series. The Exchange's existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options on ETFs and ETPs, such as (existing) precious metal-backed ETP options, as well as the proposed options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules.</P>
                <P>
                    Specifically, the Exchange's market surveillance staff also conducts surveillances with respect to the Bitcoin Funds and, as appropriate, would review activity in the underlying Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on each Trust. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”) under the ISG Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. The Exchange will be able to obtain 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94798"/>
                    information regarding trading in the shares of the underlying Trusts from Nasdaq, LLC, Cboe Exchange, Inc., and other markets on which the Trusts trade through the ISG. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement (“RSA”) with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). Pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillances.
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, among other things, requires every SRO registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the SRO's own rules, and, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q(d)(1) and 17 CFR 240.17d-2. Section 17(d)(1) of the Act allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of certain responsibilities with respect to members of the SRO who are also members of another SRO. Specifically, Section 17(d)(1) allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of its responsibilities to: (i) receive regulatory reports from such members; (ii) examine such members for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the SRO; or (iii) carry out other specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The underlying shares of spot bitcoin ETPs, including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in its order approving proposals of several exchanges to list and trade shares of spot bitcoin-based exchange-traded products (“Bitcoin ETP Order” 
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    ):
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008 (January 17, 2024) (File Nos. SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SRCboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units) (“Bitcoin ETP Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Each Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3009.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, and given that the “CME's surveillance can assist in detecting [the impact of fraud or manipulation] on CME bitcoin future prices,” the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Amendment No. 1 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the iShares Bitcoin Trust under Nasdaq Rule 5711(d), Commodity-Based Trust Shares (SR-NASDAQ-2023-016), filed Jan. 5, 2024, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nasdaq-2023-016/srnasdaq2023016-357659-883042.pdf;</E>
                         Amendment No. 5 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares (SR-CboeBZX-2023-028), filed Jan. 5, 2024, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-cboebzx-2023-028/srcboebzx2023028-358679-884202.pdf;</E>
                         and Amendment No. 3 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares (SR-CboeBZX-2023-044), filed Jan. 5, 2024, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-cboebzx-2023-044/srcboebzx2023044-358759-884163.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Finally, quotation and last sale information for ETFs is available via the Consolidated Tape Association (“CTA”) high speed line. Quotation and last sale information for such securities is also available from the exchange on which such securities are listed. Quotation and last sale information for options on Bitcoin Funds will be available via OPRA and major market data vendors.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering options on the Bitcoin Funds will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower cost investing tool to gain exposure to the price of Bitcoin and hedging vehicle to meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin-related products and positions. The Exchange expects investors will transact in options on Bitcoin Funds in the unregulated over-the-counter (“OTC”) options market,
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     but may prefer to trade such options in a listed environment to receive the benefits of trading listed options, including (1) enhanced efficiency in initiating and closing out position; (2) increased market transparency; and (3) heightened contra-party creditworthiness due to the role of OCC as issuer and guarantor of all listed options. The Exchange believes that listing options on the Bitcoin Funds may cause investors to bring this liquidity to the Exchange, would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow. The Exchange notes that the ETPs that hold precious metal commodities on which the Exchange may already list and trade options are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to different assets. The Exchange notes that it has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of options on any ETFs or ETPs that hold commodities (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     precious metals) that it currently lists and trades on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         The Exchange understands from customers that investors have historically transacted in options on ETFs in the OTC options market if such options were not available for trading in a listed environment.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act 
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act 
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanisms of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposal to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors because offering options on the Bitcoin Funds will provide investors with an opportunity to realize the benefits of utilizing options on a Bitcoin Fund, including cost efficiencies and increased hedging strategies.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options will benefit investors by providing them with a relatively lower-cost risk management tool, which will allow them to manage their positions and associated risk in their portfolios more easily in connection with exposure to the price of Bitcoin and with Bitcoin-related products and positions. Additionally, the Exchange's offering of Bitcoin Fund 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94799"/>
                    options will provide investors with the ability to transact in such options in a listed market environment as opposed to in the unregulated OTC market, which would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow to the benefit of all investors. The Exchange also notes that it already lists options on other commodity-based ETPs,
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which, as described above, are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as the Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to a different commodity (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Bitcoin rather than precious metals) and for which the Exchange has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of commodity-backed ETP options it currently lists for trading.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, because it is consistent with current Exchange Rules previously filed with the Commission. Options on the Bitcoin Funds satisfy the initial listing standards and continued listing standards currently in the Exchange Rules applicable to options on all ETFs and ETPs, including ETPs that hold other commodities already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange. Additionally, as demonstrated above, each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of shares that are widely held and actively traded. Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other ETF or ETP options—the same Exchange Rules that currently govern the listing and trading of options, including permissible expirations, strike prices, minimum increments, and margin requirements, will govern the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds in the same manner.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change to exclude the Bitcoin Funds from being eligible for trading as FLEX options is consistent with the Act, because it will permit the Exchange to continue to participate in ongoing discussions with the Commission regarding appropriate position limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         The Exchange will submit a separate rule filing that would permit the Exchange to authorize for trading FLEX options on the Bitcoin Funds (which filing may propose changes to existing FLEX option position limits for such options if appropriate).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The proposed position and exercise limit for options on the Bitcoin Funds is 25,000 contracts. These position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available in the options industry, are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the Bitcoin Funds' market capitalization, average daily volume, number of beneficial holders, and high number of outstanding shares. The proposed position and exercise limits are consistent with the Act as they addresses concerns related to manipulation and protection of investors because the position and exercise limits are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the Bitcoin Funds are actively traded.</P>
                <P>The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change to Rule 5.32-O, to make clear that options on the Bitcoin Funds are not eligible for FLEX trading, will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because it adds clarity and transparency to Exchange Rules making them easier to navigate and understand to the benefit of investors and the public interest.</P>
                <P>The Exchange represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new Bitcoin Fund options. The Exchange believes that its existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options, including Bitcoin Fund options. The Exchange's existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options on ETFs and ETPs, such as (existing) precious metal-commodity backed ETP options as well as the proposed options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules.</P>
                <P>Specifically, the Exchange's market surveillance staff also conducts surveillances with respect to the Bitcoin Funds and, as appropriate, would review activity in the underlying Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on each Trust. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”) under the ISG Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. The Exchange will be able to obtain information regarding trading in the shares of the underlying Trusts from Nasdaq, LLC, Cboe Exchange, Inc., and other markets on which the Trusts trade through the ISG. In addition, the Exchange is a party to an RSA with FINRA and pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillances. Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.</P>
                <P>
                    The underlying shares of spot bitcoin ETPs, including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in its order approving proposals of several exchanges to list and trade shares of spot bitcoin-based ETPs, “[e]ach Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.” 
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, and given that the “CME's surveillance can assist in detecting [the impact of fraud or manipulation] on CME bitcoin future prices,” the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94800"/>
                    manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds. Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin ETPs.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3009.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         See Amendment No. 1 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the iShares Bitcoin Trust under Nasdaq Rule 5711(d), Commodity-Based Trust Shares (SR-NASDAQ-2023-016), filed Jan. 5, 2024, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nasdaq-2023-016/srnasdaq2023016-357659-883042.pdf;</E>
                         Amendment No. 5 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares (SR-CboeBZX-2023-028), filed Jan. 5, 2024, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-cboebzx-2023-028/srcboebzx2023028-358679-884202.pdf;</E>
                         and Amendment No. 3 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares (SR-CboeBZX-2023-044), filed Jan. 5, 2024, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-cboebzx-2023-044/srcboebzx2023044-358759-884163.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intramarket Competition:</E>
                     The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act as options on the Bitcoin Funds would need to satisfy the initial listing standards set forth in the Exchange Rules in the same manner as any other option on an ETF before the Exchange could list these options. Additionally, Bitcoin Fund options will be equally available to all market participants who wish to trade such options. The Exchange Rules currently applicable to the listing and trading of options on ETFs on the Exchange will apply in the same manner to the listing and trading of all options on the Bitcoin Funds. Also, and as stated above, the Exchange already lists options on other commodity-based ETPs.
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g) permits the listing and trading of options on shares of the following trusts: SPDR Gold Trust, the iShares COMEX Gold Trust, the iShares Silver Trust, the ETFS Silver Trust, the ETFS Gold Trust, ETFS Palladium Trust, or ETFS Platinum Trust. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g)(iv)-(vi) and (viii)-(ix).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intermarket Competition:</E>
                     The Exchange does not believe that the proposal to list and trade options on Bitcoin Funds will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the extent that the advent of Bitcoin Fund options trading on the Exchange may make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace to market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are free to elect to become market participants on the Exchange. As noted herein, this is a competitive filing as the Commission recently approved the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds on other options exchanges.
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         notes 4 and 5 (regarding the IBIT Approval Order and the FBTC and ARKB Approval Order).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Additionally, other options exchanges are free to amend their listing rules, as applicable, to permit them to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange notes that listing and trading Bitcoin Fund options on the Exchange will subject such options to transparent exchange-based rules as well as price discovery and liquidity, as opposed to alternatively trading such options in the OTC market.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change may relieve any burden on, or otherwise promote, competition as it is designed to increase competition for order flow on the Exchange in a manner that is beneficial to investors by providing them with a lower-cost option to hedge their investment portfolios. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues that offer similar products. Ultimately, the Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options for trading on the Exchange will promote competition by providing investors with an additional, relatively low-cost means to hedge their portfolios and meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin prices and Bitcoin-related products and positions on a listed options exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and subparagraph (f)(6) of Rule 19b-4 thereunder.
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change, along with a brief description and text of the proposed rule change, at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Commission waives this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) 
                    <SU>56</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     under the Act does not normally become operative prior to 30 days after the date of the filing. However, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii),
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Commission may designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has requested that the Commission waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission previously approved the listing of options on iShares Bitcoin Trust, the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund, and the ARK21Shares Bitcoin ETF.
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange has provided information regarding the underlying Bitcoin Funds, including, among other things, information regarding trading volume, the number of beneficial holders, and the market capitalization of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposal also establishes position and exercise limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds and provides information regarding the surveillance procedures that will apply to Bitcoin Fund options. The Commission believes that waiver of the operative delay could benefit investors by providing an additional venue for trading Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change as operative upon filing.
                    <SU>59</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>56</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101128 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78942 (September 26, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-03) (Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq ISE, LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 4 and 5 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1, 4, and 5, to Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on the iShares Bitcoin Trust). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101387 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84948 (October 24, 2024) (SR-Cboe-2024-035) (Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 2 and 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 2 and 3, To Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on Bitcoin Exchange-Traded Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         For purposes only of waiving the 30-day operative delay, the Commission has also considered the proposed rule's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94801"/>
                    action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-NYSEARCA-2024-100 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSEARCA-2024-100. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSEARCA-2024-100 and should be submitted on or before December 20, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>60</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>60</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27995 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101729]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Notice Pursuant to Rule 15c3-3a, Note H(b)(3) Regarding Application of the Customer Protection Rule Reserve Computations With Respect to U.S. Treasury Securities</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Securities and Exchange Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) is publishing notice that broker-dealers may include a debit in the customer protection rule reserve computations when depositing cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and/or qualified customer securities to meet a margin requirement of the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”) resulting from positions in U.S. Treasury securities of the customers of the broker-dealer.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Randall W. Roy, Deputy Associate Director; Raymond Lombardo, Assistant Director; or Sheila Dombal Swartz, Senior Special Counsel, at (202) 551-5500, Office of Broker-Dealer Finances, Division of Trading and Markets; Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-7010.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
                <P>
                    On December 13, 2023, the Commission adopted rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) to amend the standards applicable to covered clearing agencies for U.S. Treasury securities (“U.S. Treasury securities CCAs”) to enhance risk management practices for central counterparties in the U.S. Treasury market and facilitate additional clearing of U.S. Treasury securities transactions.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Commission also amended the formula for computing reserve account requirements under the broker-dealer customer protection rule.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The amendments to the formula—which are set forth in Rule 15c3-3a—permit margin required and on deposit with a U.S. Treasury securities CCA to be included as a debit when computing reserve requirements with respect to customers and proprietary accounts of broker-dealers (“PAB”), subject to certain conditions.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In particular, the amendments added Item 15 to the customer and PAB reserve computations on which to record the value of the debit and prescribed conditions—set forth in Note H to Item 15—for including the debit in the formulas.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each of the conditions in Note H needs to be met for a broker-dealer to include a debit equal to the amount of customer or PAB account holder margin required and on deposit at the U.S. Treasury securities CCA.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Standards for Covered Clearing Agencies for U.S. Treasury Securities and Application of the Broker-Dealer Customer Protection Rule With Respect to U.S. Treasury Securities,</E>
                         Exchange Act Release No. 99149 (Dec. 13, 2023), 89 FR 2714 (Jan. 16, 2024) (“Treasury Clearing Release”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Treasury Clearing Release, 89 FR at 2760-68. 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         17 CFR 240.15c3-3a (the formula for computing reserve requirements under the customer protection rule) (“Rule 15c3-3a”); 17 CFR 240.15c3-3 (the customer protection rule) (“Rule 15c3-3”). Rule 15c3-3 requires a broker-dealer to compute the net amount of cash owed to customers and PAB account holders under a formula in Rule 15c3-3a (“customer and PAB reserve computations”). Generally, broker-dealers must perform their customer and PAB reserve computations and make any required deposits in a special reserve account at a bank weekly. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         paragraph (e)(3) to Rule 15c3-3.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Treasury Clearing Release, 89 FR at 2760-68.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                         The amendments also modified Note B to Item 2 of the customer and PAB reserve computations to provide that this item in the reserve computations must include as a credit the market value of customers' and PAB account holders' securities on deposit at a U.S. Treasury CCA. 
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                         at 2761.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Treasury Clearing Release, 89 FR at 2760-68.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Certain of the conditions in Note H require the broker-dealer to take a number of steps with respect to the customer and PAB account holder margin in its custody.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Other conditions provide that the U.S. Treasury securities CCA that will receive the customer or PAB account holder margin from the broker-dealer must have adopted rules—approved by the Commission—that require it to take certain steps with respect to calculating margin requirements and handling customer and PAB account holder margin received from the broker-dealer.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The requirements of Note H are designed to permit the inclusion of the debit in the customer and PAB reserve computations 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94802"/>
                    under conditions that “provide maximum protection” to the broker-dealer's customers and PAB account holders and that do not diminish the customer protection objectives of Rules 15c3-3 and 15c3-3a.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 15c3-3a, Note H(a) and (b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 15c3-3a, Note H(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Treasury Clearing Release, 89 FR at 2760.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Paragraph (b)(3) to Note H sets forth the final condition: that the Commission has approved rules of the U.S. Treasury securities CCA that meet the conditions of Note H and has published (and not subsequently withdrawn) a notice that broker-dealers may include a debit in the customer and/or PAB reserve computations when depositing cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and/or qualified customer securities to meet a margin requirement of the U.S. Treasury securities CCA resulting from positions in U.S. Treasury securities of the customers or PAB account holders of the broker-dealer.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Commission stated that its staff would analyze the U.S. Treasury securities CCA's approved rules and practices regarding the treatment of customer position margin and make a recommendation as to whether they adequately implement the customer protection objectives of the conditions set forth in Note H.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If satisfied with the staff's recommendation, the Commission stated it will publish a positive notice.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 15c3-3a, Note H(b)(3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Treasury Clearing Release, 89 FR at 2768.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Notice</HD>
                <P>
                    On November 21, 2024, the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority, approved proposed rule change SR-FICC-2024-007 (“FICC rule change”).
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The FICC rule change, among other things, modifies FICC's Government Securities Division Rulebook to address the conditions of Note H of the customer and PAB reserve computations set forth in Rule 15c3-3a. FICC expects to implement the FICC rule change by no later than March 31, 2025, and will announce the effective date of the FICC rule change by an Important Notice posted to FICC's website.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The staff has analyzed the FICC rule change and made a recommendation to the Commission that it adequately implements the customer protection objectives of the conditions set forth in Note H.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Act Release No. 101695 (Nov. 21, 2024). FICC also filed this proposed rule change as an Advance Notice (File No. SR-FICC-2024-802) with the Commission pursuant to Section 806(e)(1) of Title VIII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act entitled the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010, 12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1), and Rule 19b-4(n)(1)(i) under the Exchange Act, 17 CFR 240.19b-4(n)(1)(i). On Nov. 21, 2024, the Commission issued a Notice of No Objection to Advance Notice SR-FICC-2024-802.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         File No. SR-FICC-2024-007.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Accordingly, the Commission is publishing this notice to advise broker-dealers that they may include a debit in their customer and/or PAB reserve computations when depositing cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and/or qualified customer securities to meet a margin requirement of FICC resulting from positions in U.S. Treasury securities of the customers of the broker-dealer.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any changes to the relevant FICC rules and practices that would undermine these customer protection objectives could result in the Commission withdrawing this notice, at which point a broker-dealer could no longer include the debit in the customer and/or PAB reserve computations.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5 and accompanying text (discussing Note H conditions).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By the Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28058 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101715; File No. SR-CboeEDGX-2024-077]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To List Options on Certain Bitcoin ETFs</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>November 22, 2024</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on November 21, 2024, Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc. (“Exchange” or “EDGX Options”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc. (the “Exchange” or “EDGX Options”) proposes to amend Rule 19.3. The text of the proposed rule change is provided in Exhibit 5.</P>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is also available on the Exchange's website (
                    <E T="03">http://markets.cboe.com/us/options/regulation/rule_filings/edgx/</E>
                    ), at the Exchange's Office of the Secretary, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 19.3 regarding the criteria for underlying securities. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend Rule 19.3(i)(4) to allow the Exchange to list and trade options on shares or other securities (“Fund Shares”) that are principally traded on a national securities exchange and are defined as an “NMS stock” under Rule 600 of Regulation NMS and that represent interests in the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund (the “Fidelity Fund”) and the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF (the “ARK 21 Fund” and, with the Fidelity Fund, the “Bitcoin Funds”).
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Current Rule 19.3(i) provides that, subject to certain other criteria set forth in that Rule, securities deemed appropriate for options trading include Fund Shares that represent certain types of interests,
                    <FTREF/>
                    <SU>4</SU>
                      
                    <PRTPAGE P="94803"/>
                    including interests in certain specific trusts that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, or precious metals (which are deemed commodities).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008, 3009 (January 17, 2024) (SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SR-CboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units) (“Bitcoin ETP Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.3(i) which permits options trading on Fund Shares that (1) represent interests in registered investment companies (or series thereof) organized as open-end management investment companies, unit investment trusts or similar entities, and that hold portfolios of securities comprising or otherwise based on or representing 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        investments in indexes or portfolios of securities (or that hold securities in one or more other registered investment companies that themselves hold such portfolios of securities) (“Funds ”) and/or financial instruments including, but not limited to, stock index futures contracts, options on futures, options on securities and indexes, equity caps, collars and floors, swap agreements, forward contracts, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements (the “Financial Instruments”), and money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements (the “Money Market Instruments”) constituting or otherwise based on or representing an investment in an index or portfolio of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments, or (2) represent commodity pool interests principally engaged, directly or indirectly, in holding and/or managing portfolios or baskets of securities, commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward 477 contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or non-U.S. currency (“Commodity Pool ETFs”) or (3) represent interests in a trust or similar entity that holds a specified non-U.S. currency or currencies deposited with the trust or similar entity when aggregated in some specified minimum number may be surrendered to the trust by the beneficial owner to receive the specified non-U.S. currency or currencies and pays the beneficial owner interest and other distributions on the deposited non-U.S. currency or currencies, if any, declared and paid by the trust (“Currency Trust Shares”), or (4) represent interests in the SPDR Gold Trust or are issued by the iShares COMEX Gold Trust or iShares Silver Trust.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Bitcoin Funds are Bitcoin-backed commodity exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) structured as trusts. Similar to any Fund Share currently deemed appropriate for options trading under Rule 19.3(i), the investment objective of each Bitcoin Fund is for its shares to reflect the performance of Bitcoin (less the expenses of the trust's operations), offering investors an opportunity to gain exposure to Bitcoin without the complexities of Bitcoin delivery. As is the case for Fund Shares currently deemed appropriate for options trading, a Bitcoin Fund's shares represent units of fractional undivided beneficial interest in the trust, the assets of which consist principally of Bitcoin and are designed to track Bitcoin or the performance of the price of Bitcoin and offer access to the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Bitcoin Funds provide investors with cost-efficient alternatives that allow a level of participation in the Bitcoin market through the securities market. The primary substantive difference between Bitcoin Funds and Fund Shares currently deemed appropriate for options trading are that Fund Shares may hold securities, certain financial instruments, and specified precious metals (which are deemed commodities), while Bitcoin Funds hold Bitcoin (which is also deemed a commodity).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         The trust may include minimal cash.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the Exchange's initial listing standards for Fund Shares on which the Exchange may list options. Specifically, each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the initial listing standards set forth in Rule 19.3(i), as is the case for other Fund Shares on which the Exchange lists options (including trusts that hold commodities). Rule 19.3(i)(1) requires that Fund Shares either (1) meet the criteria and standards set forth in Rule 19.3(a) and (b),
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or (2) are available for creation or redemption each business day in cash or in kind from the investment company, commodity pool or other entity at a price related to net asset value, and the investment company, commodity pool or other entity is obligated to provide that Fund Shares may be created even if some or all of the securities and/or cash required to be deposited have not been received by the Fund, the unit investment trust or the management investment company, provided the authorized creation participant has undertaken to deliver the securities and/or cash as soon as possible and such undertaking is secured by the delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash or cash equivalents satisfactory to the Fund, all as described in the Fund's or unit trust's prospectus. Each Bitcoin Fund satisfies Rule 19.3(i)(1)(B) as each is subject to this creation and redemption process.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         Rule 19.3(a) and (b) sets forth the criteria an underlying security must meet for the Exchange to be able to list options on the underlying.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    While not required by the Rules for purposes of options listings, the Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the criteria and guidelines set forth in Rule 19.3(a) and (b). Pursuant to Rule 19.3(a), a security (which includes a Fund Share) on which options may be listed and traded on the Exchange must be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) and be an NMS stock (as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”)), and be characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Bitcoin Fund is an NMS Stock as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         The criteria and guidelines for a security to be considered widely held and actively traded are set forth in Rule 19.3(b), subject to exceptions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         An “NMS stock” means any NMS security other than an option, and an “NMS security” means any security or class of securities for which transaction reports are collected, processed, and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan (or an effective national market system plan for reporting transaction in listed options). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         17 CFR 242.600(b)(64) (definition of “NMS security”) and (65) (definition of “NMS stock”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>As of August 7, 2024, the Bitcoin Funds had the following number of shares outstanding:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Each Bitcoin Fund had significantly more than 7,000,000 shares outstanding (approximately 29 and 6.5 times that amount, respectively), which is the minimum number of shares of a corporate stock that the Exchange generally requires to list options on that stock pursuant to Rule 19.3(b). The Exchange believes this demonstrates that each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares.</P>
                <P>Further, the below table contains information regarding the number of beneficial holders of the Bitcoin Funds as of the specified dates:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,10,10">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Beneficial holders</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Date</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>279,656</ENT>
                        <ENT>6/27/2024</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>69,425</ENT>
                        <ENT>6/26/2024</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    As this table shows, each Bitcoin Fund has significantly more than 2,000 beneficial holders (approximately 140 and 35 times more, respectively), which is the minimum number of holders the Exchange generally requires for corporate stock in order to list options on that stock pursuant to Rule 19.3(b). Therefore, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are widely held.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         The Exchange continues to believe assets under management (“AUM”), rather than shares outstanding and number of holders, is a better measure of investable capacity of ETFs and a more appropriate figure for determining position and exercise limits of ETFs and looks forward to further discussions with the Commission staff on this topic.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are actively traded. As of August 7, 2024, the total trading volume (by shares) for each fund for the six-month period of February 8 through August 7, 2024 and the approximate average daily volume (“ADV”) (in shares and notional) over the 30-day 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94804"/>
                    period of July 9 through August 7, 2024 for each Bitcoin Fund was as follows:
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,14,10,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            6-month
                            <LI>trading</LI>
                            <LI>volume</LI>
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            30-day
                            <LI>ADV</LI>
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            30-day
                            <LI>ADV</LI>
                            <LI>(notional $)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,112,861,581</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,014,335</ENT>
                        <ENT>250,354,755</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>297,360,739</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,893,335</ENT>
                        <ENT>90,484,307</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                  
                <P>
                    As demonstrated above, despite the fact that the Bitcoin Funds had been trading for approximately seven months 
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only as of August 7, 2024, the six-month trading volume for each as of that date was substantially higher than 2,400,000 shares (approximately 464 and 124 times that amount, respectively), which is the minimum 12-month volume the Exchange generally requires for a corporate stock in order to list options on that security as set forth in Rule 19.3(b). Additionally, as of August 7, 2024, the trading volume for each Bitcoin Fund was in the top 5% of all ETFs that are currently trading. The Exchange believes this data demonstrates each Bitcoin Fund is characterized as having shares that are actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         The Bitcoin Funds began trading on January 11, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Options on the Bitcoin Funds will be subject to the Exchange's continued listing standards set forth in Rule 19.4(g) for Fund Shares deemed appropriate for options trading pursuant to Rule 19.3(i). Specifically, 19.4(g) provides that Fund Shares that were initially approved for options trading pursuant to Rule 19.3 will not be deemed to meet the requirements for continued approval, and the Exchange shall not open for trading any additional series of option contracts of the class covering such Fund Shares if the security ceases to be an NMS stock (see Rule 19.4(b)(4)). Additionally, the Exchange will not open for trading any additional series of option contracts of the class covering Fund Shares in any of the following circumstances: (1) in the case of options covering Fund Shares approved for trading under Rule 19.3(i)(4)(A), in accordance with the terms of Rule 19.4(b)(1), (2) and (3); (2) in the case of options covering Fund Shares approved pursuant to Rule 19.3(i)(4)(B), following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading in the Fund Shares on a national securities exchange and are defined as NMS stock under Rule 600 of Regulation NMS, there were fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial holders of such Fund Shares for 30 consecutive days; (3) the value of the index, non-U.S. currency, portfolio of commodities including commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or Financial Instruments or Money Market Instruments, or portfolio of securities on which the Fund Shares are based is no longer calculated or available; or (4) such other event occurs or condition exists that in the opinion of the Exchange makes further dealing in such options on the Exchange inadvisable.</P>
                <P>
                    Options on each Bitcoin Fund will be physically settled contracts with American-style exercise.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consistent with current Rule 19.6, which governs the opening of options series on a specific underlying security (including Fund Shares), the Exchange will open at least one expiration month for options on each Bitcoin Fund 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     at the commencement of trading on the Exchange and may also list series of options on a Bitcoin Fund for trading on a weekly,
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     monthly,
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or quarterly 
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     basis. The Exchange may also list long-term equity option series (“LEAPS”) that expire from 12 to 39 months from the time they are listed.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.2, which provides that the rights and obligations of holders and writers are set forth in the Rules of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”); 
                        <E T="03">and</E>
                         Equity Options Product Specifications January 3, 2024), available at Equity Options Specifications (cboe.com); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         OCC Rules, Chapters VIII (which governs exercise and assignment) and Chapter IX (which governs the discharge of delivery and payment obligations arising out of the exercise of physically settled stock option contracts).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6(b). The monthly expirations are subject to certain listing criteria for underlying securities described within Rule 19.3. Monthly listings expire the third Friday of the month. The term “expiration date” (unless separately defined elsewhere in the OCC By-Laws), when used in respect of an option contract (subject to certain exceptions), means the third Friday of the expiration month of such option contract, or if such Friday is a day on which the exchange on which such option is listed is not open for business, the preceding day on which such exchange is open for business. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         OCC By-Laws Article I, Section 1. Pursuant to Rule 19.6(c), additional series of options of the same class may be opened for trading on the Exchange when the Exchange deems it necessary to maintain an orderly market, to meet customer demand or when the market price of the underlying stock moves more than five strike prices from the initial exercise price or prices. New series of options on an individual stock may be added until the beginning of the month in which the options contract will expire. Due to unusual market conditions, the Exchange, in its discretion, may add a new series of options on an individual stock until the close of trading on the business day prior to expiration.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .05.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .08.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .04.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.8.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .01, which governs strike prices of series of options on Fund Shares, the interval of strikes prices for series of options on Bitcoin Funds will be $1 or greater when the strike price is $200 or less and $5 or greater where the strike price is over $200.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, the Exchange may list series of options pursuant to the $1 Strike Price Interval Program,
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $0.50 Strike Program,
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $2.50 Strike Price Program,
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the $5 Strike Program.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to Rule 21.5, where the price of a series of a Bitcoin Fund option is less than $3.00, the minimum increment will be $0.05, and where the price is $3.00 or higher, the minimum increment will be $0.10.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any and all new series of Bitcoin Fund options that the Exchange lists will be consistent and comply with the expirations, strike prices, and minimum increments set forth in Rules 19.6 and 21.5, as applicable.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that for options listed pursuant to the Short Term Option Series Program, the Monthly Options Series Program, and the Quarterly Options Series Program, Rule 19.6, Interpretations and Policies .05, .08, and .04 specifically sets forth intervals between strike prices on Quarterly Options Series, Short Term Option Series, and Monthly Options Series, respectively.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .02.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .06.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .03.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6(d)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         If options on a Bitcoin Fund are eligible to participate in the Penny Interval Program, the minimum increment will be $0.01 for series with a price below $3.00 and $0.05 for series with a price at or above $3.00. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         21.5(d) (which describes the requirements for the Penny Interval Program).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other Fund Share options on the Exchange. The Exchange Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of all Fund Share options on the Exchange, including, for example, Rules that govern listing criteria, expirations, exercise prices, minimum 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94805"/>
                    increments, margin requirements, customer accounts, and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds options on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to other options on all other Fund Shares that are listed and traded on the Exchange, including the precious-metal backed commodity Fund Shares already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange pursuant to current Rule 19.3(i).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Rules 18.7 and 18.9, the position and exercise limits, respectively, for each Bitcoin Fund option will be 25,000 same side option contracts.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes these proposed position and exercise limits considering, among other things, the approximate six-month average daily volume (“ADV”) and outstanding shares of each underlying Bitcoin Fund (which as discussed above demonstrate that each Bitcoin Fund is widely held and actively traded and thus justify these conservatively proposed position limits), as set forth below, along with market capitalization (as of August 7, 2024):
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         Rule 18.7(a)(1) provides that no Options Member shall make, for any account in which it has any interest or for the account of any Customer, an opening transaction on any exchange if the Options Member has reason to believe that as a result of such transaction the Options Member or its Customer would, acting alone or in concert with others, directly or indirectly, exceed the applicable position limit fixed by Cboe Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe Options”). Cboe Options Rule 8.30, Interpretation and Policy .10 establishes a position limit for the Bitcoin Fund options of 25,000.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,32">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Six-month
                            <LI>ADV</LI>
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Outstanding shares</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Market
                            <LI>capitalization</LI>
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,902,893</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>14,217,013,188</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,378,886</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,487,666,600</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    The Exchange then compared the number of outstanding shares of the Bitcoin Funds to those of other ETFs. The following table provides the approximate average position (and exercise limit) of ETF options with similar outstanding shares (as of August 27, 2024), compared to the proposed position and exercise limit for the Bitcoin Fund options:-
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         With respect to the Fidelity Fund, over 80% of the ETFs used for comparison have a limit of at least 200,000, and more than half have a limit of 250,000. Additionally, the three-month ADV of the majority of the ETFs used for comparison was lower than the Fidelity Fund three-month ADV of 5,665,027 shares. With respect to the ARK 21 Fund, nearly 80% of the ETFs used for comparison have a limit of at least 75,000 (and up to 250,000). Additionally, the three-month ADV of the majority of ETFs used for comparison was lower (many more than four times lower) than the ARK 21 Fund three-month ADV of 1,737,327 shares.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12">
                    <TTITLE/>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Average Limit
                            <LI>of other</LI>
                            <LI>ETF options</LI>
                            <LI>(contracts)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed limit
                            <LI>(contracts)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>188,110</ENT>
                        <ENT>25,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>108,696</ENT>
                        <ENT>25,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The Exchange considered current position and exercise limits of options on ETFs with outstanding shares comparable to those of each Bitcoin Fund, with the proposed limit significantly lower (between two and ten times lower) than the average limits of the options on the other ETFs. As discussed above, the Bitcoin Funds are actively held and widely traded: (1) each Bitcoin Fund (as of August 7, 2024) had significantly more than 7,000,000 shares outstanding, which is the minimum number of shares of a corporate stock that the Exchange generally requires to list options on that stock pursuant to Rule 19.3(b)(1); (2) each Bitcoin Fund (as of the dates listed above) had significantly more than 2,000 beneficial holders, which is the minimum number of holders the Exchange generally requires for corporate stock in order to list options on that stock pursuant to Rule 19.3(b)(2); and (3) each Bitcoin Fund had a six-month trading volume substantially higher than 2,400,000 shares, which is the minimum 12-month volume the Exchange generally requires for a security in order to list options on that security as set forth in Rule 19.3(b)(4).</P>
                <P>With respect to outstanding shares, if a market participant held the maximum number of positions possible pursuant to the proposed position and exercise limits, the equivalent shares represented by the proposed position/exercise limit would represent the following approximate percentage of current outstanding shares:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed
                            <LI>position/</LI>
                            <LI>exercise</LI>
                            <LI>limit (in equivalent</LI>
                            <LI>shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Outstanding shares</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage of
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                            <LI>shares</LI>
                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.2</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.5</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As this table demonstrates, if a market participant held the maximum permissible options positions in one of the Bitcoin Fund options and exercised all of them at the same time, that market participant would control a small percentage of the outstanding shares of the underlying Bitcoin Fund.  </P>
                <P>
                    Cboe Options Rule 8.30, Interpretation and Policy .02 (which governs position limits on the Exchange pursuant to Rule 18.7, provides two methods of qualifying for a position limit tier above 25,000 option contracts. The first method is based on six-month trading volume in the underlying security, and the second method is based on slightly lower six-month trading volume 
                    <E T="03">and</E>
                     number of shares outstanding in the underlying security. An underlying stock or ETF that qualifies for method two based on trading volume and number of shares outstanding would be required to have the minimum number of outstanding shares as shown in middle column of the table below.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The table, which provides the equivalent shares of the position limits applicable to equity options, including ETFs, further represents the percentages of the minimum number of outstanding shares that an underlying stock or ETF 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94806"/>
                    must have to qualify for that position limit (under the second method described above), all of which are higher than the percentages for the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         6,300,000 is the minimum number of outstanding shares an underlying security must have for the Exchange to continue to list options on that security, so this would be the smallest number of outstanding shares permissible for any corporate option that would have a position limit of 25,000 contract. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.4(b)(1). This rule applies to corporate stock options but not ETF options, which currently have no requirement regarding outstanding shares of the underlying ETF for the Exchange to continue listing options on that ETF. Therefore, there may be ETF options trading for which the 25,000 contract position limits represents an even larger percentage of outstanding shares of the underlying ETF than set forth above.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Position/exercise limit
                            <LI>(in equivalent shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Minimum
                            <LI>outstanding shares</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage
                            <LI>of outstanding shares</LI>
                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,300,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>40.0</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">5,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>40,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>12.5</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">7,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>120,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>6.3</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">20,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>240,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>8.3</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">25,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>300,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>8.3</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    The equivalent shares represented by the proposed position and exercise limits for each Bitcoin Fund as a percentage of outstanding shares of the underlying Bitcoin Fund is significantly lower than the percentage for the lowest possible position limit for equity options of 25,000 (under 6% compared to 40%) and is lower than that percentage for each current position limit bucket.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         As these percentages are based on the minimum number of outstanding shares an underlying security must have to qualify for the applicable position limit, these are the highest possible percentages that would apply to any option subject to that position and exercise limit.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Further, the proposed position and exercise limits for each Bitcoin Fund option are significantly below the limits that would otherwise apply pursuant to current Rules 18.7 and 18.9 (by reference to Cboe Rules 8.30 and 8.42). These position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available in the options industry, are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the market capitalization, average daily volume, and high number of outstanding shares of the Bitcoin Funds.</P>
                <P>All of the above information demonstrates that the proposed position and exercise limits for the Bitcoin Fund options are more than reasonable and appropriate. The trading volume, ADV, and outstanding shares of each Bitcoin Fund demonstrate that these funds are actively traded and widely held, and proposed position and exercise limits are well below those of other ETFs with similar market characteristics. The proposed position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available for equity options in the industry, are extremely conservative, and are more than appropriate given each Bitcoin Fund's market capitalization, ADV, and high number of outstanding shares.</P>
                <PRTPAGE P="94807"/>
                <P>
                    Today, the Exchange has an adequate surveillance program in place for options. Cboe intends to apply those same program procedures to options on the Bitcoin Funds that it applies to the Exchange's other options products.
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange's market surveillance staff would have access to the surveillances conducted by Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     with respect to the Bitcoin Funds and would review activity in the underlying Bitcoin Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Bitcoin Funds. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”) under the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition to obtaining information from its affiliated markets, the Exchange would be able to obtain information regarding trading in shares of the Bitcoin Funds from their primary listing markets and from other markets that trades shares of the Bitcoin Funds through ISG. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) for certain market surveillance, investigation and examinations functions. Pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate amongst themselves and FINRA responsibilities to conduct certain options-related market surveillance that are common to rules of all options exchanges.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         The surveillance program includes surveillance patterns for price and volume movements as well as patterns for potential manipulation (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         spoofing and marking the close).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. is an affiliate of the Exchange.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, among other things, requires every self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the SRO's own rules, and, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q(d)(1) and 17 CFR 240.17d-2. Section 17(d)(1) of the Act allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of certain responsibilities with respect to members of the SRO who are also members of another SRO (“common members”). Specifically, Section 17(d)(1) allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of its responsibilities to: (i) receive regulatory reports from such members; (ii) examine such members for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the SRO; or (iii) carry out other specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The underlying shares of spot bitcoin exchange-traded products (“ETPs”), including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in its order approving proposals of several exchanges to list and trade shares of spot bitcoin-based ETPs, “[e]ach Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange states that, given the consistently high correlation between the CME Bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds. Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin ETPs.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Approval Order.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Approval Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 99290 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2338, 2343, 2347-2348 (January 12, 2024) (SR-CboeBZX-2023-044) Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 3 to a Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund Under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares); and 99288 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2387, 2392, 2399—2400 (January 12, 2024) (SR-CboeBZX-2023-028) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 5 to a Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Shares of the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF Under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008, 3009 (January 17, 2024) (SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SRCboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units) (“Bitcoin ETP Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it believes the Exchange and OPRA have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional traffic associated with the listing of new series that may result from the introduction of options on Bitcoin Funds up to the number of expirations currently permissible under the Rules. Because the proposal is limited to two classes, the Exchange believes any additional traffic that may be generated from the introduction of Bitcoin Fund options will be manageable.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering options on Bitcoin Funds will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower cost investing tool to gain exposure to the price of Bitcoin and hedging vehicle to meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin-related products and positions. The Exchange expects investors will transact in options on Bitcoin Funds in the unregulated over-the-counter (“OTC”) options market,
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     but may prefer to trade such options in a listed environment to receive the benefits of trading listing options, including (1) enhanced efficiency in initiating and closing out positions; (2) increased market transparency; and (3) heightened contra-party creditworthiness due to the role of OCC as issuer and guarantor of all listed options. The Exchange believes that listing Bitcoin Fund options may cause investors to bring this liquidity to the Exchange, would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow. The Fund Shares that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, or precious metal commodities on which the Exchange may already list and trade options are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to different assets. The Exchange notes that it has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of any Fund Share options, including Fund Shares that hold commodities (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     precious metals) that it currently lists and trades on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         The Exchange understands from customers that investors have historically transacted in options on Fund Shares in the OTC options market if such options were not available for trading in a listed environment.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Specifically, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94808"/>
                    the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section 6(b)(5) 
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirements that the rules of an exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. Additionally, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section 6(b)(5) 
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirement that the rules of an exchange not be designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                  
                <P>
                    In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposal to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors because offering options on the Bitcoin Funds will provide investors with an opportunity to realize the benefits of utilizing options on a Bitcoin Fund, including cost efficiencies and increased hedging strategies. The Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options will benefit investors by providing them with a relatively lower-cost risk management tool, which will allow them to manage their positions and associated risk in their portfolios more easily in connection with exposure to the price of Bitcoin and with Bitcoin-related products and positions. Additionally, the Exchange's offering of Bitcoin Fund options will provide investors with the ability to transact in such options in a listed market environment as opposed to in the unregulated OTC options market, which would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow to the benefit of all investors. The Exchange also notes that it already lists options on other commodity-based Fund Shares,
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which, as described above, are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to a different commodity (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Bitcoin rather than precious metals) and for which the Exchange has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of commodity-backed Fund Share options it currently lists for trading.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.3(i)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, because it is consistent with current Exchange Rules previously filed with the Commission. Options on the Bitcoin Funds satisfy the initial listing standards and continued listing standards currently in the Exchange Rules applicable to options on all Fund Shares, including Fund Shares that hold other commodities already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange. Additionally, as demonstrated above, each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of shares that are widely held and actively traded. Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other Fund Share options—the same Exchange Rules that currently govern the listing and trading of all Fund Share options, including permissible expirations, strike prices and minimum increments, and applicable margin requirements, will govern the listing and trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in the same manner.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits are designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices and promote just and equitable principles of trade, as they are designed to address potential manipulative schemes and adverse market impacts surrounding the use of options, such as disrupting the market in the security underlying the options. The proposed position and exercise limits are 25,000 contracts, which is the lowest limit applicable to any equity options (including ETF and options on other Bitcoin ETFs).
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits are extremely conservative for each Bitcoin Fund option given the trading volume and outstanding shares for each. The information above demonstrates that the average position and exercise limits of options on ETFs with comparable outstanding shares and trading volume to those of the Bitcoin Funds are significantly higher than the proposed position and exercise limits for Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the proposed position and exercise limits for the Bitcoin Fund options are conservative relative to options on ETFs with comparable market characteristics.
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Cboe Options Rule 8.30.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">Blockchain.com</E>
                         | Charts—Total Circulating Bitcoin.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 350 (description of CME Bitcoin Futures) and Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices. Each CME Bitcoin futures contract is valued at five Bitcoins as defined by the CME CF Bitcoin Reference Rate (“BRR”). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rule 35001.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Further, given that the issuer of each Bitcoin Fund may create and redeem shares that represent an interest in Bitcoin, the Exchange believes it is relevant to compare the size of a position limit to the market capitalization of the Bitcoin market. As of August 27, 2024, the global supply of Bitcoin was 19,745,940, and the price of one Bitcoin was approximately $59,466.82,
                    <SU>39</SU>
                     which equates to a market capitalization of approximately $1.165 trillion. Consider the proposed position and exercise limit of 25,000 option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund option. A position and exercise limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 of Fidelity Fund shares or ARK 21 Fund shares, as applicable (if that market participant exercised all its options. The following table shows the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 27, 2024, the value of 2,500,000 shares of the Bitcoin Fund at that price, and the approximate percentage of that value of the size of the Bitcoin market:
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15,15,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            August 27, 2024
                            <LI>share price</LI>
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Value of
                            <LI>2,500,000 Shares of</LI>
                            <LI>bitcoin fund</LI>
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage of
                            <LI>bitcoin market</LI>
                            <LI>(%) </LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>54.33</ENT>
                        <ENT>135,825,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.01</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>62.08</ENT>
                        <ENT>155,200,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.01</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="94809"/>
                <P>Therefore, if a market participant with the maximum 25,000 same side contracts in either Fidelity Fund options or ARK 21 Fund options exercised all positions at one time, such an event would have no practical impact on the Bitcoin market.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also believes the proposed limits are appropriate given position limits for Bitcoin futures. For example, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“CME”) imposes a position limit of 2,000 futures (for the initial spot month) on its Bitcoin futures contract.
                    <SU>40</SU>
                     On August 28, 2024, CME Aug 24 Bitcoin Futures settled at $58,950. A position of 2,000 CME Bitcoin futures, therefore, would have a notional value of $589,500,000. The following table shows the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 28, 2024 and the approximate number of option contracts that equates to that notional value:
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            August 28, 2024
                            <LI>share price</LI>
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Number of option contracts</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>51.47</ENT>
                        <ENT>114,532</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>58.83</ENT>
                        <ENT>100,203</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The approximate number of option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund that equate to the notional value of CME Bitcoin futures is significantly higher than the proposed limit of 25,000 options contract for each Bitcoin Fund option. The fact that many options ultimately expire out-of-the-money and thus are not exercised for shares of the underlying, while the delta of a Bitcoin Future is 1, further demonstrates how conservative the proposed limits of 25,000 options contracts are for the Bitcoin Fund options.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes, unlike options contracts, CME position limits are calculated on a net futures-equivalent basis by contract and include contracts that aggregate into one or more base contracts according to an aggregation ratio(s).
                    <SU>41</SU>
                     Therefore, if a portfolio includes positions in options on futures, CME would aggregate those positions into the underlying futures contracts in accordance with a table published by CME on a delta equivalent value for the relevant spot month, subsequent spot month, single month and all month position limits.
                    <SU>42</SU>
                     If a position exceeds position limits because of an option assignment, CME permits market participants to liquidate the excess position within one business day without being considered in violation of its rules. Additionally, if at the close of trading, a position that includes options exceeds position limits for futures contracts, when evaluated using the delta factors as of that day's close of trading but does not exceed the limits when evaluated using the previous day's delta factors, then the position shall not constitute a position limit violation. Considering CME's position limits on futures for Bitcoin, the Exchange believes that that the proposed same side position limits are more than appropriate for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                </P>
                <P>The Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits will have no material impact to the supply of Bitcoin. For example, consider again the proposed position limit of 25,000 option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund option. As noted above, a position limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 shares of the applicable Bitcoin Fund (if that market participant exercised all its options). As of August 7, 2024, the Bitcoin Funds had the number of shares outstanding set forth in the table below. The table below also sets forth the approximate number of market participants that could hold the maximum of 25,000 same side positions in each Bitcoin Fund that would equate to the number of shares outstanding of that Bitcoin Fund:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares 
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>market</LI>
                            <LI>participants</LI>
                            <LI>with 25,000</LI>
                            <LI>same side</LI>
                            <LI>positions</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>80</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>18</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                  
                <P>This means if 80 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in Fidelity Fund options, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. Similarly, this means if 18 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in ARK 21 Fund options, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. The Exchange believes it is highly unlikely for either such event to occur; however, even if either such event did occur, the Exchange would not expect either Bitcoin Fund to be under stress because such an event would merely induce the creation of more shares through the trust's creation and redemption process.</P>
                <P>
                    As of August 7, 2024, the global supply of Bitcoin was approximately 19,736,528.
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Based on the $47.88 price of a Fidelity Fund share on August 7, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,149 Fidelity Fund shares. Another 22,677,270,672 Fidelity Fund shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 9,070 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in Fidelity Fund options to receive shares of the Fidelity Fund holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Similarly, based on the $54.68 price of an ARK 21 Fund share on August 7, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,006 ARK 21 Fund 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94810"/>
                    Shares. Another 19,855 ARK 21 Fund shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin were exhausted. As a result, 7,941 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in ARK 21 Fund options to receive shares of the ARK 21 Fund holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Unlike the Bitcoin Funds, the number of shares that corporations may issue is limited. However, like corporations, which authorize additional shares, repurchase shares, or split their shares, the Bitcoin Funds may create, redeem, or split shares in response to demand. While the supply of Bitcoin is limited to 21,000,000, it is believed that it will take more than 100 years to fully mine the remaining Bitcoin.
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The supply of Bitcoin is larger than the available supply of most securities.
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Given the significant unlikelihood of any of these events ever occurring, the Exchange does not believe options on the Bitcoin Funds should be subject to position and exercise limits even lower than those proposed (which are already equal to the lowest available limit for equity options in the industry) to protect the supply of Bitcoin.
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Blockchain.com</E>
                         | Charts—Total Circulating Bitcoin  (which also shows the price of one Bitcoin equal to $55,033.47).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-254652, Fidelity Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 53-54; and Amendment No. 8 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-257474, ARK 21 Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 15.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         The market capitalization of Bitcoin would rank in the top 10 among securities. See 
                        <E T="03">https://companiesmarketcap.com/usa/largest-companies-in-the-usa-by-market-cap/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         This would be even more unlikely with respect to the Bitcoin Funds for which the Exchange proposes lower position limits.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the available supply of Bitcoin is not relevant to the determination of position and exercise limits for options overlying the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limits are not a tool that should be used to address a potential limited supply of the underlying of an underlying. Position and exercise limits do not limit the total number of options that may be held, but rather they limit the number of positions a single customer may hold or exercise at one time.
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     “Since the inception of standardized options trading, the options exchanges have had rules imposing limits on the aggregate number of options contracts that a member or customer could hold or exercise.” 
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limit rules are intended “to prevent the establishment of options positions that can be used or might create incentives to manipulate or disrupt the underlying market so as to benefit the options position. In particular, position and exercise limits are designed to minimize the potential for mini-manipulations and for corners or squeezes of the underlying market. In addition, such limits serve to reduce the possibility for disruption of the options market itself, especially in illiquid options classes.” 
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         Prior to Bitcoin ETFs, the Exchange is unaware of any proposed rule change related to position and exercise limits for any equity option (including commodity ETF options) for which the Commission required consideration of whether the available supply of an underlying (whether it be a corporate stock or an ETF) or the contents of an ETF (commodity or otherwise) should be considered when an exchange proposed to establish those limits. 
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 57894 (May 30, 2008), 73 FR 32061 (June 5, 2008) (SR-CBOE-2005-11) (approval order in which the Commission stated that the “listing and trading of Gold Trust Options will be subject to the exchanges' rules pertaining to position and exercise limits and margin”). The Exchange notes when the Commission approved this filing, the position limits in Rule 8.30 were the same as they are today. For reference, the current position and exercise limits for options on SPDR Gold Shares ETF (“GLD”) and options on iShares Silver Trust (“SLV”) are 250,000 contracts, or 10 times that proposed position and exercise limit for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         For example, suppose an option has a position limit of 25,000 option contracts and there are a total of 10 investors trading that option. If all 10 investors max out their positions, that would result in 250,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. However, suppose 10 more investors decide to begin trading that option and also max out their positions. This would result in 500,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. An increase in the number of investors could cause an increase in outstanding options even if position limits remain unchanged.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes that a Registration Statement on Form S-1 was filed with the Commission for each Bitcoin Fund, each of which described the supply of Bitcoin as being limited to 21,000,000 (of which approximately 90% had already been mined), and that the limit would be reached around the year 2140.
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Registration Statement permits an unlimited number of shares of the applicable Bitcoin ETF to be created. Further, the Commission approved proposed rule changes that permitted the listing and trading of shares of each Bitcoin Fund, which approval did not comment on the sufficient supply of Bitcoin or address whether there was a risk that permitting an unlimited number of shares for a Bitcoin Fund would impact the supply of Bitcoin.
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, the Exchange believes the Commission had ample time and opportunity to consider whether the supply of Bitcoin was sufficient to permit the creation of unlimited Bitcoin Fund shares, and does not believe considering this supply with respect to the establishment of position and exercise limits is appropriate given its lack of relevance to the purpose of position and exercise limits. However, given the significant size of the Bitcoin supply, the proposed positions limits are more than sufficient to protect investors and the market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-254652, Fidelity Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 53—54; and Amendment No. 8 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-257474, ARK 21 Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 15.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Approval Order.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                  
                <P>
                    Based on the above information demonstrating, among other things, that each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are actively traded and widely held, the Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits are extremely conservative compared to those of ETF options with similar market characteristics. The proposed position and exercise limits reasonably and appropriately balance the liquidity provisioning in the market against the prevention of manipulation. The Exchange believes these proposed limits are effectively designed to prevent an individual customer or entity from establishing options positions that could be used to manipulate the market of the underlying as well as the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new Bitcoin Fund options. As discussed above, the Exchange believes that its existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading Fund Share options, including Bitcoin Fund options.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act as the Bitcoin Fund options will be equally available to all market participants who wish to trade such options and will trade generally in the same manner as other options. The Exchange Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of all Fund Share options on the Exchange, including, for example, Rules that govern listing criteria, expirations, exercise prices, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94811"/>
                    minimum increments, margin requirements, customer accounts, and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds options on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to other options on all other Fund Shares that are listed and traded on the Exchange. Also, and as stated above, the Exchange already lists options on other commodity-based Fund Share.
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, the Bitcoin Funds would need to satisfy the maintenance listing standards set forth in the Exchange Rules in the same manner as any other Fund Share for the Exchange to continue listing options on them.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.3(i)(4)
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposal to list and trade options on Bitcoin Funds will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the extent that the advent of Bitcoin Fund options trading on the Exchange may make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace to market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are free to elect to become market participants on the Exchange. The Commission a rule filing of another exchange to permit the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange notes that listing and trading Bitcoin Fund options on the Exchange will subject such options to transparent exchange-based rules as well as price discovery and liquidity, as opposed to alternatively trading such options in the OTC market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101387 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 8498 (October 24, 2024) (SR-CBOE-2024-035). The Exchange notes the Commission recently approved a rule filing of another exchange to permit the listing and trading of options on the iShares Bitcoin Trust. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101128 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78942 (September 26, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-03).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change may relieve any burden on, or otherwise promote, competition, as it is designed to increase competition for order flow on the Exchange in a manner that is beneficial to investors by providing them with a lower-cost option to hedge their investment portfolios. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues that offer similar products. Ultimately, the Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options for trading on the Exchange will promote competition by providing investors with an additional, relatively low-cost means to hedge their portfolios and meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin prices and Bitcoin-related products and positions on a listed options exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>The Exchange neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act 
                    <SU>56</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>56</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change, along with a brief description and text of the proposed rule change, at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Commission waives this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    A proposed rule change filed pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6) under the Act normally does not become operative for 30 days after the date of its filing. However, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) 
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     permits the Commission to designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has requested that the Commission waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission previously approved the listing of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>59</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange has provided information regarding the underlying Bitcoin Funds, including, among other things, information regarding trading volume, the number of beneficial holders, and the market capitalization of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposal also establishes position and exercise limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds and provides information regarding the surveillance procedures that will apply to options on the Bitcoin Funds. The Commission believes that waiver of the operative delay could benefit investors by providing an additional venue for trading Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change operative upon filing.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101387 (Oct. 18, 2024), 89 FR 84948 (Oct. 24, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Thus, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change operative upon filing.
                    <SU>60</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>60</SU>
                         For purposes only of waiving the 30-day operative delay, the Commission has also considered the proposed rule's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-CboeEDGX-2024-077 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-CboeEDGX-2024-077. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94812"/>
                    Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-CboeEDGX-2024-077 and should be submitted on or before December 23, 2024.
                </FP>
                <P>
                    For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                    <SU>61</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>61</SU>
                         17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12), (59).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27987 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101719; File No. SR-PEARL-2024-54]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; MIAX PEARL, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities, Exchange To Allow the Exchange To List and Trade Options on the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund (the “Fidelity Fund”) and the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF (the “ARK 21 Fund”)</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>November 22, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on November 21, 2024, MIAX PEARL, LLC (“MIAX Pearl” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) a proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>The Exchange is filing a proposal to amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities</P>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.miaxglobal.com/markets/us-equities/pearl-equities/rule-filings,</E>
                     at MIAX Pearl's principal office, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to allow the Exchange to list and trade options on Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund (the “Fidelity Fund”) and the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF (the “ARK 21 Fund” and, with the Fidelity Fund, the “Bitcoin Funds”), designating the Bitcoin Funds as appropriate for options trading on the Exchange.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     This is a competitive filing based on a similar proposal submitted by Cboe Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe”) and approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that its affiliate exchanges, MIAX Options and MIAX Sapphire, submitted substantively identical proposals. The Exchange notes that all the rules of Chapter III of the MIAX Options Exchange, including Rules 307 and 309, are incorporated by reference to MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire. The Exchange also notes that all of the rules of Chapter III of the MIAX Options Exchange, including Rules 307 and 309, and the rules of Chapter IV of the MIAX Options Exchange, including Rule 402, are incorporated by reference to MIAX Emerald.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         On January 10, 2024, the Commission approved proposals by NYSE Arca, Inc., The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, and Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. to list and trade the shares of 11 bitcoin-based commodity-based trust shares and trust units, including the iShares Bitcoin Trust. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (Jan. 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008 (Jan. 17, 2024) (order approving File Nos. SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SR-CboeBZX-2023-044; SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (“Bitcoin ETP Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101387 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84948 (October 24, 2024) (SR-CBOE-2024-35)(Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 2 and 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 2 and 3, to Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on Bitcoin Exchange Traded Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Current Exchange Rule 402(i)(4) provides that securities deemed appropriate for options trading include shares or other securities (“Exchange Traded Fund Shares” or “ETFs”) that represent certain types of interests,
                    <FTREF/>
                    <SU>6</SU>
                      
                    <PRTPAGE P="94813"/>
                    including interests in certain specific trusts that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, or precious metals (which are deemed commodities).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i), which permits options trading on ETFS that: (1) represent interests in registered investment companies (or series thereof) organized as open-end management investment companies, unit investment trusts or similar entities that hold portfolios of securities and/or financial instruments (“Funds”), including, but not limited to, stock index futures contracts, options on futures, options on securities and indices, equity caps, collars and floors, swap agreements, forward contracts, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements (the “Financial Instruments”), and money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements (the “Money Market Instruments”) comprising or otherwise based on or representing investments in broad-based indexes or portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments (or that hold securities in one or more other registered investment companies that themselves hold such portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments); (2) represent interests in a trust or similar entity that holds a specified non-U.S. currency or currencies deposited with the trust which when aggregated in some specified minimum number may be surrendered to the trust or similar entity by the beneficial owner to receive the specified non-U.S. currency or currencies and pays the beneficial owner interest and other distributions on the deposited non-U.S. currency or currencies, if any, declared and paid by the trust (“Currency Trust Shares”); (3) represent commodity pool interests principally engaged, directly or indirectly, in holding and/or managing portfolios or baskets of securities, commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or non-U.S. currency (“Commodity Pool ETFs”); (4) are issued by the are issued by the SPDR® Gold Trust, the iShares COMEX Gold Trust, the iShares Silver Trust, the ETFS Silver Trust, the Aberdeen Standard Physical Gold Trust, the ETFS Palladium Trust, the ETFS Platinum Trust, the Sprott Physical Gold Trust, or the iShares Bitcoin Trust; or (5) represent an interest in a registered investment company (“Investment Company”) organized as an open-end management company or similar entity, that invests in a portfolio of securities selected by the Investment Company's investment adviser consistent with the Investment Company's investment objectives and policies, which is issued in a specified aggregate minimum 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        number in return for a deposit of a specified portfolio of securities and/or a cash amount with a value equal to the next determined net asset value (“NAV”), and when aggregated in the same specified minimum number, may be redeemed at a holder's request, which holder will be paid a specified portfolio of securities and/or cash with a value equal to the next determined NAV (“Managed Fund Share”); provided that all of the conditions listed in (5)(i) and 5(ii) are met.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Bitcoin Funds are Bitcoin-backed commodity ETFs structured as trusts. Similar to any ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading under Exchange Rule 402(i), the investment objective of each Bitcoin Fund is for its shares to reflect the performance of Bitcoin (less the expenses of the trust's operations), offering investors an opportunity to gain exposure to Bitcoin without the complexities of Bitcoin delivery. As is the case for ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading, a Bitcoin Fund's shares represent units of fractional undivided beneficial interest in the trust, the assets of which consist principally of Bitcoin and are designed to track Bitcoin or the performance of the price of Bitcoin and offer access to the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Bitcoin Funds provide investors with cost-efficient alternatives that allow a level of participation in the Bitcoin market through the securities market. The primary substantive difference between Bitcoin Funds and ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading are that ETFs may hold securities, certain financial instruments, and specified precious metals (which are deemed commodities), while Bitcoin Funds hold Bitcoin (which is also deemed a commodity).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         The trust may include minimal cash.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the Exchange's initial listing standards for ETFs on which the Exchange may list options. Specifically, each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the initial listing standards set forth in Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i), as is the case for other ETFs on which the Exchange lists options (including trusts that hold commodities). Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i) requires that the ETFs must either (1) meet the criteria and standards set forth in Exchange Rule 402(a) or 402(b),
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or (2) be available for creation or redemption each business day from or through the issuer in cash or in kind at a price related to net asset value, and the issuer must be obligated to issue ETFs in a specified aggregate number even if some or all of the investment assets required to be deposited have not been received by the issuer, subject to the condition that the person obligated to deposit the investments has undertaken to deliver the investment assets as soon as possible and such undertaking is secured by the delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash or cash equivalents satisfactory to the issuer, as provided in the respective prospectus. Each Bitcoin Fund satisfies Exchange Rule 402(i)(5(i)(B), as each is subject to this creation and redemption process.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         Subparagraphs a and b of Exchange Rule 402 provide for guidelines to be used by the Exchange when evaluating potential underlying securities for Exchange option transactions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    While not required by the Rules for purposes of options listings, the Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the criteria and guidelines set forth in Exchange Rule 402. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 402, a security (which includes ETFs) on which options may be listed and traded on the Exchange must be duly registered (with the Commission) and be an NMS stock (as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act, and be characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Bitcoin Fund is an NMS Stock as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         The criteria and guidelines for a security to be considered widely held and actively traded are set forth in Exchange Rule 403(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         An “NMS stock” means any NMS security other than an option, and an “NMS security” means any security or class of securities for which transaction reports are collected, processed, and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan (or an effective national market system plan for reporting transaction in listed options). See 17 CFR 242.600(b)(64) (definition of “NMS security”) and (65) (definition of “NMS stock”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>As of August 7, 2024, the Bitcoin Funds had the following number of shares outstanding:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares 
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Each Bitcoin Fund had significantly more than 7,000,000 shares outstanding (approximately 29 and 6.5 times that amount, respectively), which is the minimum number of shares of a corporate stock that the Exchange generally requires to list options on that stock pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(b)(1). The Exchange believes this demonstrates that each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares.</P>
                <P>Further, the below table contains information regarding the number of beneficial holders of the Bitcoin Funds as of the specified dates:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Beneficial holders</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Date</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>279,656</ENT>
                        <ENT>6/27/2024</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>69,425</ENT>
                        <ENT>6/26/2024</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As this table shows, each Bitcoin Fund has significantly more than 2,000 beneficial holders (approximately 140 and 35 times more, respectively), which is the minimum number of holders the Exchange generally requires for corporate stock in order to list options on that stock pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(b)(2). Therefore, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are widely held.</P>
                <P>
                    As demonstrated above, despite the fact that the Bitcoin Funds had been trading for approximately seven months 
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only as of August 7, 2024, the six-month trading volume for each as of that date was substantially higher than 2,400,000 shares (approximately 464 and 124 times that amount, respectively), which is the minimum 12-month volume the Exchange generally requires for a corporate stock in order to list options on that security as set forth in Exchange Rule 402(b)(4). Additionally, as of August 7, 2024, the trading volume for each Bitcoin Fund was in the top 5% of all ETFs that are currently trading. The Exchange believes this data demonstrates each Bitcoin Fund is characterized as having shares that are actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         The Bitcoin Funds began trading on January 11, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Options on the Bitcoin Funds will also be subject to the Exchange's continued listing standards set forth in Exchange Rule 403(g), for ETFs deemed appropriate for options trading pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(i). Specifically, Exchange Rule 403(g) provides that ETFs that were initially approved for options trading pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(i) shall be deemed not to meet the requirements for continued approval, and the Exchange shall not open for trading any additional series of option contracts of the class covering that such ETFs, if the ETFs are delisted from trading pursuant to Exchange Rule 403(b)(4), are halted or suspended from trading in their primary market. Additionally, options on ETFs may be subject to the suspension of opening transactions in any of the following 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94814"/>
                    circumstances: (1) in the case of options covering ETFs approved for trading under Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i)(A), in accordance with the terms of paragraphs (b)(1), (2), and (3) of Exchange Rule 403; (2) in the case of options covering ETFs approved for trading under Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i)(B), following the initial twelve-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading in the ETFs on a national securities exchange and are defined as an NMS stock, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial holders of such ETFs for 30 or more consecutive trading days; (3) the value of the index or portfolio of securities, non-U.S. currency, or portfolio of commodities including commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or financial instruments and money market instruments on which the ETFs are based is no longer calculated or available; or (4) such other event shall occur or condition exist that in the opinion of the Exchange makes further dealing in such options on the Exchange inadvisable.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Options on each Bitcoin Fund would be physically settled contracts with American-style exercise.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consistent with current Exchange Rule 404, which governs the opening of options series on a specific underlying security (including ETFs), the Exchange will open at least one expiration month for options on each Bitcoin Fund 
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     at the commencement of trading on the Exchange and may also list series of options on a Bitcoin Fund for trading on a weekly,
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     monthly,
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or quarterly 
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     basis. The Exchange may also list long-term equity option series (“LEAPS”) that expire from 12 to 39 months from the time they are listed.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 401, which provides that the rights and obligations of holders and writers are set forth in the Rules of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         OCC Rules, Chapters VIII (which governs exercise and assignment) and Chapter IX (which governs the discharge of delivery and payment obligations arising out of the exercise of physically settled stock option contracts).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404(b). The monthly expirations are subject to certain listing criteria for underlying securities described within Exchange Rule 404 and its Interpretations and Policies. Monthly listings expire the third Friday of the month. The term “expiration date” (unless separately defined elsewhere in the OCC By-Laws), when used in respect of an option contract (subject to certain exceptions), means the third Friday of the expiration month of such option contract, or if such Friday is a day on which the exchange on which such option is listed is not open for business, the preceding day on which such exchange is open for business. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         OCC By-Laws Article I, Section 1. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404(c), additional series of options of the same class may be opened for trading on the Exchange when the Exchange deems it necessary to maintain an orderly market, to meet customer demand or when the market price of the underlying stock moves more than five strike prices from the initial exercise price or prices. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404(e), new series of options on an individual stock may be added until the beginning of the month in which the options contract will expire. Due to unusual market conditions, the Exchange, in its discretion, may add a new series of options on an individual stock until the close of trading on the business day prior to expiration.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretations and Policies .02.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretations and Policies .13.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretations and Policies .03.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .06, which governs strike prices of series of options on ETFs, the interval between strike prices of series of options on ETFs approved for options trading pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(i) shall be fixed at a price per share which is reasonably close to the price per share at which the underlying security is traded in the primary market at or about the same time such series of options is first open for trading on the Exchange, or at such intervals as may have been established on another options exchange prior to the initiation of trading on the Exchange. With respect to the Short Term Options Series or Weekly Program, during the month prior to expiration of an option class that is selected for the Short Term Option Series Program, the strike price intervals for the related non-Short Term Option (“Related non-Short Term Option”) shall be the same as the strike price intervals for the Short Term Option.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Specifically, the Exchange may open for trading Short Term Option Series at strike price intervals of (i) $0.50 or greater where the strike price is less than $100, and $1 or greater where the strike price is between $100 and $150 for all option classes that participate in the Short Term Options Series Program; (ii) $0.50 for option classes that trade in one dollar increments and are in the Short Term Option Series Program; or (iii) $2.50 or greater where the strike price is above $150.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, the Exchange may list series of options pursuant to the $1 Strike Price Interval Program,
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $0.50 Strike Program,
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the $2.50 Strike Price Program.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to Exchange Rule 510, where the price of a series of options for a Bitcoin Fund is less than $3.00, the minimum increment will be $0.05, and where the price is $3.00 or higher, the minimum increment will be $0.10 
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     consistent with the minimum increments for options on other ETFs listed on the Exchange. Any and all new series of a Bitcoin Fund options that the Exchange lists will be consistent and comply with the expirations, strike prices, and minimum increments set forth in Rules 404 and 510, as applicable.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretations and Policies .02(e).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .01.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .04.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 510.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other ETF options on the Exchange. The Exchange Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of all ETFs options on the Exchange, including, for example, Exchange Rules that govern listing criteria, expiration and exercise prices, minimum increments, position and exercise limits, margin requirements, customer accounts and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds options on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to other options on all other ETFs that are listed and traded on the Exchange, including the precious-metal backed commodity ETFs already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange pursuant to current Exchange Rule 402(i)(4).</P>
                <P>
                    Position and exercise limits for options on ETFs, including Bitcoin Fund options, are determined pursuant to the Exchange's affiliate MIAX Options Rules 307 and 309, respectively. Position and exercise limits for ETF options vary according to the number of outstanding shares and the trading volumes of the underlying ETF over the past six months, where the largest in capitalization and the most frequently traded ETFs have an option position and exercise limit of 250,000 contracts (with adjustments for splits, re-capitalizations, etc.) on the same side of the market; and smaller capitalization ETFs have position and exercise limits of 200,000, 75,000, 50,000 or 25,000 contracts (with adjustments for splits, re-capitalizations, etc.) on the same side of the market. The Exchange further notes that the Exchange's affiliate MIAX Options Rule 1502, which governs margin requirements applicable to trading on the Exchange, including options on ETFs, will also apply to the trading of the Trust options. Notwithstanding the position limits in the Exchange's affiliate MIAX Options Rule 307(d) and exercise limits in the Exchange's affiliate MIAX Options Rule 309, the Exchange proposes the position and exercise limits for the options on the Trust to be 25,000 contracts on the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94815"/>
                    same side pursuant to proposed Supplementary Material .01 to the Exchange's affiliate MIAX Options Rule 307 and proposed Supplementary Material .01 to the Exchange's affiliate MIAX Options Rule 309.
                </P>
                <P>The Exchange represents that the same surveillance procedures applicable to all other options on other ETFs currently listed and traded on the Exchange will apply to options on the Bitcoin Funds. Also the Exchange represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new option series. The Exchange believes that its existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading options on ETFs, including the proposed Bitcoin Funds options.</P>
                <P>
                    Today, the Exchange has an adequate surveillance program in place for options. The Exchange intends to apply those same program procedures to Bitcoin Fund options that it applies to the Exchange's other options products.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange's staff will have access to the surveillance programs conducted by its affiliate exchanges, MIAX Options and MIAX Sapphire with respect to trading in the shares of the underlying Bitcoin Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Bitcoin Funds. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”) under the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition to obtaining surveillance data from MIAX Options and MIAX Sapphire, the Exchange will be able to obtain information regarding trading in the shares of the underlying Bitcoin Funds from Cboe and other markets through ISG. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). Pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillance that are common to rules of all options exchanges.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         The surveillance program includes real-time patterns for price and volume movements and post-trade surveillance patterns (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         spoofing, marking the close, pinging, phishing).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, among other things, requires every SRO registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the SRO's own rules, and, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members. See 15 U.S.C. 78q(d)(1) and 17 CFR 240.17d-2. Section 17(d)(1) of the Act allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of certain responsibilities with respect to members of the SRO who are also members of another SRO (“common members”). Specifically, Section 17(d)(1) allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of its responsibilities to: (i) receive regulatory reports from such members; (ii) examine such members for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the SRO; or (iii) carry out other specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The underlying shares of spot bitcoin exchange-traded products (“ETPs”), including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in Bitcoin ETP Order:</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        Each Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                        <SU>26</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>26</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange states that, given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                        <SU>27</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>27</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>
                    In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds. Further, the Exchange represents that it will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         See Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 99290 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2338, 2343, 2347—2348 (January 12, 2024) (SR-CboeBZX-2023-044) Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 3 to a Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund Under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares); and 99288 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2387, 2392, 2399—2400 (January 12, 2024) (SR-CboeBZX 2023-028) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 5 to a Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Shares of the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF Under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares).
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (Jan. 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008 (Jan. 17, 2024) (order approving File Nos. SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SR-CboeBZX-2023-044; SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (“Bitcoin ETP Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it believes the Exchange and Options Price Reporting Authority or “OPRA” have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional traffic associated with the listing of new series that may result from the introduction of options on Bitcoin Funds up to the number of expirations currently permissible under the Rules. Because the proposal is limited to one class, the Exchange believes any additional traffic that may be generated from the introduction of Bitcoin Funds options will be manageable.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering options on Bitcoin Funds will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower cost investing tool to gain exposure to the price of Bitcoin and hedging vehicle to meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin-related products and positions. The Exchange expects investors will transact in options on Bitcoin ETPs in the unregulated over-the-counter (“OTC”) options market (if the Commission approves Bitcoin ETPs for exchange-trading),
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     but may prefer to trade such options in a listed environment to receive the benefits of trading listing options, including (1) enhanced efficiency in initiating and closing out position; (2) increased market transparency; and (3) heightened contra-party creditworthiness due to the role of OCC as issuer and guarantor of all listed options. The Exchange believes that listing Bitcoin Fund options may cause investors to bring this liquidity to the Exchange, would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow. The ETFs that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, or precious metal commodities on which the Exchange may already list and trade options are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to different assets. The Exchange notes that it has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of any ETFs options, including ETFs that hold commodities (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     precious metals) that 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94816"/>
                    it currently lists and trades on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         The Exchange understands from customers that investors have historically transacted in options on ETFs in the OTC options market if such options were not available for trading in a listed environment.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Specifically, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section 6(b)(5) 
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirements that the rules of an exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. Additionally, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section (6)(b)(5) 
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirement that the rules of an exchange not be designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposal to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors because offering options on the Bitcoin Funds will provide investors with a greater opportunity to realize the benefits of utilizing options on an ETF based on a Bitcoin Fund, including cost efficiencies and increased hedging strategies. The Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Funds options will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower-cost risk management tool, allowing them to manage, more easily, their positions and associated risks in their portfolios in connection with exposure to the price of Bitcoin and with Bitcoin-related products and positions. Additionally, the Exchange's offering of Bitcoin Fund options will provide investors with the ability to transact in such options in a listed market environment as opposed to in the unregulated OTC option market, which would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow to the benefit of all investors. The Exchange also notes that it already lists options on other commodity-based ETFs,
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which, as described above, are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to a different commodity (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Bitcoin rather than precious metals) and for which the Exchange has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of commodity-backed ETF options it currently lists for trading.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, because it is consistent with current Exchange Rules, previously filed with the Commission. Options on Bitcoin Funds must satisfy the initial listing standards and continued listing standards currently in the Exchange Rules, applicable to options on all ETFs, including ETFs that hold other commodities already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange. Additionally, as demonstrated above, each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of shares that are widely held and actively traded. Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other ETF options—the same Exchange Rules that including permissible expirations, strike prices, minimum increments, position and exercise limits (including as proposed in the filing submitted by Exchange's affiliate, MIAX Options), and margin requirements, will govern the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.</P>
                <P>The Exchange represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new Bitcoin Fund options. As discussed above, the Exchange believes that its existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading ETF options, including Bitcoin Fund options.</P>
                <P>
                    Today, the Exchange has an adequate surveillance program in place for options. The Exchange intends to apply those same program procedures to options on the Bitcoin Fund that it applies to the Exchange's other options products.
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange's staff will have access to the surveillance programs conducted by its affiliate exchanges, MIAX Options and MIAX Sapphire with respect to the underlying Bitcoin Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange will review activity in the underlying Bitcoin Fund when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Bitcoin Funds. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the ISG under the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition to obtaining surveillance data from MIAX Options and MIAX Sapphire, the Exchange will be able to obtain information from Cboe and other markets through ISG. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement with FINRA. Pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillance that are common to rules of all options exchanges.
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         The surveillance program includes real-time patterns for price and volume movements and post-trade surveillance patterns (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         spoofing, marking the close, pinging, phishing).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, among other things, requires every SRO registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the SRO's own rules, and, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members. See 15 U.S.C. 78q(d)(1) and 17 CFR 240.17d-2. Section 17(d)(1) of the Act allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of certain responsibilities with respect to members of the SRO who are also members of another SRO (“common members”). Specifically, Section 17(d)(1) allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of its responsibilities to: (i) receive regulatory reports from such members; (ii) examine such members for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the SRO; or (iii) carry out other specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The underlying shares of spot bitcoin ETPs, including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in Bitcoin ETP Order:</P>
                <P>
                    Each Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange states that, given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94817"/>
                    Commission through robust correlation analysis, the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds. Further, the Exchange represents that it will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99295 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2321, 2334-35 (January 12, 2024) (SR-NASDAQ-2023-016) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 1 to a Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Shares of the iShares Bitcoin Trust Under Nasdaq Rule 5711(d)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Finally, the Commission has previously approved the listing and trading of options on other commodity ETFs structured as a trust, such as SPDR® Gold Trust,
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the iShares COMEX Gold Trust 
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the iShares Silver Trust,
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the ETFS Gold Trust,
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the ETFS Silver Trust.
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 57897 (May 30, 2008), 73 FR 32061 (June 5, 2008) (SR-Amex-2008-15; SR-CBOE-2005-11; SR-ISE-2008-12; SR-NYSEArca-2008-52; and SRPhlx-2008-17) (Order Granting Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified, and Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified, Relating to Listing and Trading Options on the SPDR Gold Trust).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59055 (December 4, 2008), 73 FR 75148 (December 10, 2008) (SR-Amex-2008-68; SR-BSE-2008-51; SR-CBOE-2008-72; SR-ISE-2008-58; SRNYSEArca-2008-66; and SR-Phlx-2008-58) (Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes Relating to the Listing and Trading Options on Shares of the iShares COMEX Gold Trust and the iShares Silver Trust).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 61483 (February 3, 2010), 75 FR 6753 (February 10, 2010) (SR-CBOE-2010-007; SR-ISE-2009-106; SR-NYSEAmex-2009-86; and SR-NYSEArca-2009-110) (Order Granting Approval of Proposed Rule Changes and Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to Listing and Trading Options on the ETFS Gold Trust and the ETFS Silver Trust).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. In this regard and as indicated above, the Exchange notes that the rule change is being proposed as a competitive response to filings submitted by Cboe.
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act as options on the Bitcoin Funds will be equally available to all market participants who wish to trade such options and will trade generally in the same manner as other options. Further, options on the Bitcoin Funds will be subject to Exchange Rules that currently govern the listing and trading of options on ETFs, including permissible expirations, strike prices, minimum increments, position and exercise limits (including as proposed in the filing submitted by Exchange's affiliate, MIAX Options), and margin requirements. Also, and as stated above, the Exchange already lists options on other commodity ETFs structured as a trust. 
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, the Bitcoin Funds would need to satisfy the maintenance listing standards set forth in the Exchange Rules in the same manner as any other ETF for the Exchange to continue listing options on them.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposal to list to list and trade options on the Trust will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the extent that the advent of Bitcoin Fund options trading on the Exchange may make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace to market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are free to elect to become market participants on the Exchange. Additionally, other options exchanges are free to amend their listing rules, as applicable, to permit them to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange notes that listing and trading Bitcoin Fund options on the Exchange will subject such options to transparent exchange-based rules as well as price discovery and liquidity, as opposed to alternatively trading such options in the OTC market. The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change may relieve any burden on, or otherwise promote, competition as it is designed to increase competition for order flow on the Exchange in a manner that is beneficial to investors by providing them with a lower-cost option to hedge their investment portfolios. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues that offer similar products. Ultimately, the Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options for trading on the Exchange will promote competition by providing investors with an additional, relatively low-cost means to hedge their portfolios and meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin prices and Bitcoin-related products and positions on a listed options exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>Written comments were neither solicited nor received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and subparagraph (f)(6) of Rule 19b-4 thereunder.
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change, along with a brief description and text of the proposed rule change, at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Commission waives this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) 
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     under the Act does not normally become operative prior to 30 days after the date of the filing. However, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii),
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Commission may designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has requested that the Commission waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission previously approved the listing of options on the Fidelity Fund 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94818"/>
                    and the ARK 21 Fund.
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange has provided information regarding the underlying Bitcoin Funds, including, among other things, information regarding trading volume, the number of beneficial holders, and the market capitalization of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposal also establishes position and exercise limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds and provides information regarding the surveillance procedures that will apply Bitcoin Fund options. The Commission believes that waiver of the operative delay could benefit investors by providing an additional venue for trading Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change as operative upon filing.
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101387 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84948 (October 24, 2024) (SR-Cboe-2024-035) (Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 2 and 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 2 and 3, To Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on Bitcoin Exchange-Traded Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         For purposes only of waiving the 30-day operative delay, the Commission has also considered the proposed rule's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-PEARL-2024-54 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-PEARL-2024-54. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-PEARL-2024-54 and should be submitted on or before December 20, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>54</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>54</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27991 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101714; File No. SR-CboeBZX-2024-118]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To List Options on Certain Bitcoin ETFs</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>November 22, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on November 21, 2024, Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Exchange” or “BZX Options”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (the “Exchange” or “BZX Options”) proposes to amend Rule 19.3. The text of the proposed rule change is provided in Exhibit 5.</P>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is also available on the Exchange's website (
                    <E T="03">http://markets.cboe.com/us/equities/regulation/rule_filings/bzx/</E>
                    ), at the Exchange's Office of the Secretary, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 19.3 regarding the criteria for underlying securities. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend Rule 19.3(i)(4) to allow the Exchange to list and trade options on shares or other securities (“Fund Shares”) that are principally traded on a national securities exchange and are defined as an “NMS stock” under Rule 600 of Regulation NMS and that represent interests in the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund (the “Fidelity Fund”) and the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF (the “ARK 21 Fund” and, with the Fidelity 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94819"/>
                    Fund, the “Bitcoin Funds”).
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Current Rule 19.3(i) provides that, subject to certain other criteria set forth in that Rule, securities deemed appropriate for options trading include Fund Shares that represent certain types of interests,
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     including interests in certain specific trusts that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, or precious metals (which are deemed commodities).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008, 3009 (January 17, 2024) (SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SR-CboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units) (“Bitcoin ETP Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.3(i) which permits options trading on Fund Shares that (1) represent interests in registered investment companies (or series thereof) organized as open-end management investment companies, unit investment trusts or similar entities, and that hold portfolios of securities comprising or otherwise based on or representing investments in indexes or portfolios of securities (or that hold securities in one or more other registered investment companies that themselves hold such portfolios of securities) (“Funds ”) and/or financial instruments including, but not limited to, stock index futures contracts, options on futures, options on securities and indexes, equity caps, collars and floors, swap agreements, forward contracts, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements (the “Financial Instruments”), and money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements (the “Money Market Instruments”) constituting or otherwise based on or representing an investment in an index or portfolio of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments, or (2) represent commodity pool interests principally engaged, directly or indirectly, in holding and/or managing portfolios or baskets of securities, commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward 477 contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or non-U.S. currency (“Commodity Pool ETFs”) or (3) represent interests in a trust or similar entity that holds a specified non-U.S. currency or currencies deposited with the trust or similar entity when aggregated in some specified minimum number may be surrendered to the trust by the beneficial owner to receive the specified non-U.S. currency or currencies and pays the beneficial owner interest and other distributions on the deposited non-U.S. currency or currencies, if any, declared and paid by the trust (“Currency Trust Shares”), or (4) represent interests in the SPDR Gold Trust or are issued by the iShares COMEX Gold Trust or iShares Silver Trust.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Bitcoin Funds are Bitcoin-backed commodity exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) structured as trusts. Similar to any Fund Share currently deemed appropriate for options trading under Rule 19.3(i), the investment objective of each Bitcoin Fund is for its shares to reflect the performance of Bitcoin (less the expenses of the trust's operations), offering investors an opportunity to gain exposure to Bitcoin without the complexities of Bitcoin delivery. As is the case for Fund Shares currently deemed appropriate for options trading, a Bitcoin Fund's shares represent units of fractional undivided beneficial interest in the trust, the assets of which consist principally of Bitcoin and are designed to track Bitcoin or the performance of the price of Bitcoin and offer access to the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Bitcoin Funds provide investors with cost-efficient alternatives that allow a level of participation in the Bitcoin market through the securities market. The primary substantive difference between Bitcoin Funds and Fund Shares currently deemed appropriate for options trading are that Fund Shares may hold securities, certain financial instruments, and specified precious metals (which are deemed commodities), while Bitcoin Funds hold Bitcoin (which is also deemed a commodity).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         The trust may include minimal cash.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the Exchange's initial listing standards for Fund Shares on which the Exchange may list options. Specifically, each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the initial listing standards set forth in Rule 19.3(i), as is the case for other Fund Shares on which the Exchange lists options (including trusts that hold commodities). Rule 19.3(i)(1) requires that Fund Shares either (1) meet the criteria and standards set forth in Rule 19.3(a) and (b),
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or (2) are available for creation or redemption each business day in cash or in kind from the investment company, commodity pool or other entity at a price related to net asset value, and the investment company, commodity pool or other entity is obligated to provide that Fund Shares may be created even if some or all of the securities and/or cash required to be deposited have not been received by the Fund, the unit investment trust or the management investment company, provided the authorized creation participant has undertaken to deliver the securities and/or cash as soon as possible and such undertaking is secured by the delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash or cash equivalents satisfactory to the Fund, all as described in the Fund's or unit trust's prospectus. Each Bitcoin Fund satisfies Rule 19.3(i)(1)(B) as each is subject to this creation and redemption process.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         Rule 19.3(a) and (b) sets forth the criteria an underlying security must meet for the Exchange to be able to list options on the underlying.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    While not required by the Rules for purposes of options listings, the Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the criteria and guidelines set forth in Rule 19.3(a) and (b). Pursuant to Rule 19.3(a), a security (which includes a Fund Share) on which options may be listed and traded on the Exchange must be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) and be an NMS stock (as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”)), and be characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Bitcoin Fund is an NMS Stock as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         The criteria and guidelines for a security to be considered widely held and actively traded are set forth in Rule 19.3(b), subject to exceptions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         An “NMS stock” means any NMS security other than an option, and an “NMS security” means any security or class of securities for which transaction reports are collected, processed, and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan (or an effective national market system plan for reporting transaction in listed options). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         17 CFR 242.600(b)(64) (definition of “NMS security”) and (65) (definition of “NMS stock”).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         The Exchange continues to believe assets under management (“AUM”), rather than shares outstanding and number of holders, is a better measure of investable capacity of ETFs and a more appropriate figure for determining position and exercise limits of ETFs and looks forward to further discussions with the Commission staff on this topic.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         The Bitcoin Funds began trading on January 11, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>As of August 7, 2024, the Bitcoin Funds had the following number of shares outstanding:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Each Bitcoin Fund had significantly more than 7,000,000 shares outstanding (approximately 29 and 6.5 times that amount, respectively), which is the minimum number of shares of a corporate stock that the Exchange generally requires to list options on that stock pursuant to Rule 19.3(b). The Exchange believes this demonstrates that each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares.</P>
                <P>Further, the below table contains information regarding the number of beneficial holders of the Bitcoin Funds as of the specified dates:</P>
                <PRTPAGE P="94820"/>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Beneficial holders</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Date</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>279,656</ENT>
                        <ENT>6/27/2024</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>69,425</ENT>
                        <ENT>6/26/2024</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    As this table shows, each Bitcoin Fund has significantly more than 2,000 beneficial holders (approximately 140 and 35 times more, respectively), which is the minimum number of holders the Exchange generally requires for corporate stock in order to list options on that stock pursuant to Rule 19.3(b). Therefore, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are widely held.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                </P>
                <P>The Exchange also believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are actively traded. As of August 7, 2024, the total trading volume (by shares) for each fund for the six-month period of February 8 through August 7, 2024 and the approximate average daily volume (“ADV”) (in shares and notional) over the 30-day period of July 9 through August 7, 2024 for each Bitcoin Fund was as follows:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,15,12,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            6-Month trading volume
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            30-Day ADV
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            30-Day ADV
                            <LI>(notional $)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,112,861,581</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,014,335</ENT>
                        <ENT>250,354,755</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>297,360,739</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,893,335</ENT>
                        <ENT>90,484,307</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    As demonstrated above, despite the fact that the Bitcoin Funds had been trading for approximately seven months 
                    <SU>10</SU>
                     only as of August 7, 2024, the six-month trading volume for each as of that date was substantially higher than 2,400,000 shares (approximately 464 and 124 times that amount, respectively), which is the minimum 12-month volume the Exchange generally requires for a corporate stock in order to list options on that security as set forth in Rule 19.3(b). Additionally, as of August 7, 2024, the trading volume for each Bitcoin Fund was in the top 5% of all ETFs that are currently trading. The Exchange believes this data demonstrates each Bitcoin Fund is characterized as having shares that are actively traded.
                </P>
                <P>Options on the Bitcoin Funds will be subject to the Exchange's continued listing standards set forth in Rule 19.4(g) for Fund Shares deemed appropriate for options trading pursuant to Rule 19.3(i). Specifically, 19.4(g) provides that Fund Shares that were initially approved for options trading pursuant to Rule 19.3 will not be deemed to meet the requirements for continued approval, and the Exchange shall not open for trading any additional series of option contracts of the class covering such Fund Shares if the security ceases to be an NMS stock (see Rule 19.4(b)(4)). Additionally, the Exchange will not open for trading any additional series of option contracts of the class covering Fund Shares in any of the following circumstances: (1) in the case of options covering Fund Shares approved for trading under Rule 19.3(i)(4)(A), in accordance with the terms of Rule 19.4(b)(1), (2) and (3); (2) in the case of options covering Fund Shares approved pursuant to Rule 19.3(i)(4)(B), following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading in the Fund Shares on a national securities exchange and are defined as NMS stock under Rule 600 of Regulation NMS, there were fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial holders of such Fund Shares for 30 consecutive days; (3) the value of the index, non-U.S. currency, portfolio of commodities including commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or Financial Instruments or Money Market Instruments, or portfolio of securities on which the Fund Shares are based is no longer calculated or available; or (4) such other event occurs or condition exists that in the opinion of the Exchange makes further dealing in such options on the Exchange inadvisable.</P>
                <P>
                    Options on each Bitcoin Fund will be physically settled contracts with American-style exercise.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consistent with current Rule 19.6, which governs the opening of options series on a specific underlying security (including Fund Shares), the Exchange will open at least one expiration month for options on each Bitcoin Fund 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     at the commencement of trading on the Exchange and may also list series of options on a Bitcoin Fund for trading on a weekly,
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     monthly,
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or quarterly 
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     basis. The Exchange may also list long-term equity option series (“LEAPS”) that expire from 12 to 39 months from the time they are listed.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.2, which provides that the rights and obligations of holders and writers are set forth in the Rules of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”); 
                        <E T="03">and</E>
                         Equity Options Product Specifications January 3, 2024), available at Equity Options Specifications (
                        <E T="03">cboe.com</E>
                        ); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         OCC Rules, Chapters VIII (which governs exercise and assignment) and Chapter IX (which governs the discharge of delivery and payment obligations arising out of the exercise of physically settled stock option contracts).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6(b). The monthly expirations are subject to certain listing criteria for underlying securities described within Rule 19.3. Monthly listings expire the third Friday of the month. The term “expiration date” (unless separately defined elsewhere in the OCC By-Laws), when used in respect of an option contract (subject to certain exceptions), means the third Friday of the expiration month of such option contract, or if such Friday is a day on which the exchange on which such option is listed is not open for business, the preceding day on which such exchange is open for business. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         OCC By-Laws Article I, Section 1. Pursuant to Rule 19.6(c), additional series of options of the same class may be opened for trading on the Exchange when the Exchange deems it necessary to maintain an orderly market, to meet customer demand or when the market price of the underlying stock moves more than five strike prices from the initial exercise price or prices. New series of options on an individual stock may be added until the beginning of the month in which the options contract will expire. Due to unusual market conditions, the Exchange, in its discretion, may add a new series of options on an individual stock until the close of trading on the business day prior to expiration.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .05.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .08.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .04.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.8.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .01, which governs strike prices of series of options on Fund Shares, the interval of strikes prices for series of options on Bitcoin Funds will be $1 or greater when the strike price is $200 or less and $5 or greater where the strike price is over $200.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, the Exchange may list series of options pursuant to the $1 Strike Price Interval Program,
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $0.50 Strike Program,
                    <FTREF/>
                    <SU>19</SU>
                      
                    <PRTPAGE P="94821"/>
                    the $2.50 Strike Price Program,
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the $5 Strike Program.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to Rule 21.5, where the price of a series of a Bitcoin Fund option is less than $3.00,
                    <FTREF/>
                     the minimum increment will be $0.05, and where the price is $3.00 or higher, the minimum increment will be $0.10.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                     Any and all new series of Bitcoin Fund options that the Exchange lists will be consistent and comply with the expirations, strike prices, and minimum increments set forth in Rules 19.6 and 21.5, as applicable.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that for options listed pursuant to the Short Term Option Series Program, the Monthly Options Series Program, and the Quarterly Options Series Program, Rule 19.6, Interpretations and Policies .05, .08, and .04 specifically sets forth intervals between strike prices on Quarterly Options Series, Short Term Option Series, and Monthly Options Series, respectively.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .02.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .06.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6, Interpretation and Policy .03.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.6(d)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         If options on a Bitcoin Fund are eligible to participate in the Penny Interval Program, the minimum increment will be $0.01 for series with a price below $3.00 and $0.05 for series with a price at or above $3.00. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         21.5(d) (which describes the requirements for the Penny Interval Program).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other Fund Share options on the Exchange. The Exchange Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of all Fund Share options on the Exchange, including, for example, Rules that govern listing criteria, expirations, exercise prices, minimum increments, margin requirements, customer accounts, and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds options on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to other options on all other Fund Shares that are listed and traded on the Exchange, including the precious-metal backed commodity Fund Shares already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange pursuant to current Rule 19.3(i).</P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Rules 18.7 and 18.9, the position and exercise limits, respectively, for each Bitcoin Fund option will be 25,000 same side option contracts.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes these proposed position and exercise limits considering, among other things, the approximate six-month average daily volume (“ADV”) and outstanding shares of each underlying Bitcoin Fund (which as discussed above demonstrate that each Bitcoin Fund is widely held and actively traded and thus justify these conservatively proposed position limits), as set forth below, along with market capitalization (as of August 7, 2024):
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         Rule 18.7(a)(1) provides that no Options Member shall make, for any account in which it has any interest or for the account of any Customer, an opening transaction on any exchange if the Options Member has reason to believe that as a result of such transaction the Options Member or its Customer would, acting alone or in concert with others, directly or indirectly, exceed the applicable position limit fixed by Cboe Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe Options”). Cboe Options Rule 8.30, Interpretation and Policy .10 establishes a position limit for the Bitcoin Fund options of 25,000.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15,15,18">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Six-month ADV
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Outstanding shares</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Market capitalization
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,902,893</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>14,217,013,188</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,378,886</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,487,666,600</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    The Exchange
                    <FTREF/>
                     then compared the number of outstanding shares of the Bitcoin Funds to those of other ETFs. The following table provides the approximate average position (and exercise limit) of ETF options with similar outstanding shares (as of August 27, 2024), compared to the proposed position and exercise limit for the Bitcoin Fund options: 
                    <SU>24</SU>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         With respect to the Fidelity Fund, over 80% of the ETFs used for comparison have a limit of at least 200,000, and more than half have a limit of 250,000. Additionally, the three-month ADV of the majority of the ETFs used for comparison to the Fidelity Fund was lower than the Fidelity Fund three-month ADV of 5,665,027 shares. With respect to the ARK 21 Fund, nearly 80% of the ETFs used for comparison have a limit of at least 75,000 (and up to 250,000). Additionally, the three-month ADV of the majority of ETFs used for comparison was lower (many more than four times lower) than the ARK 21 Fund three-month ADV of 1,737,327 shares.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,18,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Average limit of 
                            <LI>other ETF options</LI>
                            <LI>(contracts)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed limit
                            <LI>(contracts)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>188,110</ENT>
                        <ENT>25,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>108,696</ENT>
                        <ENT>25,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The Exchange considered current position and exercise limits of options on ETFs with outstanding shares comparable to those of each Bitcoin Fund, with the proposed limit significantly lower (between two and ten times lower) than the average limits of the options on the other ETFs. As discussed above, the Bitcoin Funds are actively held and widely traded: (1) each Bitcoin Fund (as of August 7, 2024) had significantly more than 7,000,000 shares outstanding, which is the minimum number of shares of a corporate stock that the Exchange generally requires to list options on that stock pursuant to Rule 19.3(b)(1); (2) each Bitcoin Fund (as of the dates listed above) had significantly more than 2,000 beneficial holders, which is the minimum number of holders the Exchange generally requires for corporate stock in order to list options on that stock pursuant to Rule 19.3(b)(2); and (3) each Bitcoin Fund had a six-month trading volume substantially higher than 2,400,000 shares, which is the minimum 12-month volume the Exchange generally requires for a security in order to list options on that security as set forth in Rule 19.3(b)(4).</P>
                <P>With respect to outstanding shares, if a market participant held the maximum number of positions possible pursuant to the proposed position and exercise limits, the equivalent shares represented by the proposed position/exercise limit would represent the following approximate percentage of current outstanding shares:</P>
                <PRTPAGE P="94822"/>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15,18,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed 
                            <LI>position/exercise </LI>
                            <LI>limit</LI>
                            <LI>(in equivalent shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Outstanding shares</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage of outstanding shares
                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.2 </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.5 </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As this table demonstrates, if a market participant held the maximum permissible options positions in one of the Bitcoin Fund options and exercised all of them at the same time, that market participant would control a small percentage of the outstanding shares of the underlying Bitcoin Fund.</P>
                <P>
                    Cboe Options Rule 8.30, Interpretation and Policy .02 (which governs position limits on the Exchange pursuant to Rule 18.7, provides two methods of qualifying for a position limit tier above 25,000 option contracts. The first method is based on six-month trading volume in the underlying security, and the second method is based on slightly lower six-month trading volume 
                    <E T="03">and</E>
                     number of shares outstanding in the underlying security. An underlying stock or ETF that qualifies for method two based on trading volume and number of shares outstanding would be required to have the minimum number of outstanding shares as shown in middle column of the table below.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The
                    <FTREF/>
                     table, which provides the equivalent shares of the position limits applicable to equity options, including ETFs, further represents the percentages of the minimum number of outstanding shares that an underlying stock or ETF must have to qualify for that position limit (under the second method described above), all of which are higher than the percentages for the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         6,300,000 is the minimum number of outstanding shares an underlying security must have for the Exchange to continue to list options on that security, so this would be the smallest number of outstanding shares permissible for any corporate option that would have a position limit of 25,000 contract. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.4(b)(1). This rule applies to corporate stock options but not ETF options, which currently have no requirement regarding outstanding shares of the underlying ETF for the Exchange to continue listing options on that ETF. Therefore, there may be ETF options trading for which the 25,000 contract position limits represents an even larger percentage of outstanding shares of the underlying ETF than set forth above.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,20,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Position/exercise limit
                            <LI>(in equivalent shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Minimum 
                            <LI>outstanding </LI>
                            <LI>shares</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Percentage of outstanding shares</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,300,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>40.0</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">5,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>40,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>12.5</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">7,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>120,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>6.3 </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">20,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>240,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>8.3 </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">25,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>300,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>8.3 </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    The equivalent shares represented by the proposed position and exercise limits for each Bitcoin Fund as a percentage of outstanding shares of the underlying Bitcoin Fund is significantly lower than the percentage for the lowest possible position limit for equity options of 25,000 (under 6% compared to 40%) and is lower than that percentage for each current position limit bucket.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         As these percentages are based on the minimum number of outstanding shares an underlying security must have to qualify for the applicable position limit, these are the highest possible percentages that would apply to any option subject to that position and exercise limit.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Further, the proposed position and exercise limits for each Bitcoin Fund option are significantly below the limits that would otherwise apply pursuant to current Rules 18.7 and 18.9 (by reference to Cboe Rules 8.30 and 8.42). These position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available in the options industry, are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the market capitalization, average daily volume, and high number of outstanding shares of the Bitcoin Funds.</P>
                <P>All of the above information demonstrates that the proposed position and exercise limits for the Bitcoin Fund options are more than reasonable and appropriate. The trading volume, ADV, and outstanding shares of each Bitcoin Fund demonstrate that these funds are actively traded and widely held, and proposed position and exercise limits are well below those of other ETFs with similar market characteristics. The proposed position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available for equity options in the industry, are extremely conservative, and are more than appropriate given each Bitcoin Fund's market capitalization, ADV, and high number of outstanding shares.</P>
                <P>
                    Today, the Exchange has an adequate surveillance program in place for options. Cboe intends to apply those same program procedures to options on the Bitcoin Funds that it applies to the Exchange's other options products.
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange's market surveillance staff would have access to the surveillances conducted by the Exchange with respect to the Bitcoin Funds and would review activity in the underlying Bitcoin Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Bitcoin Funds. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”) under the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition to obtaining information from its affiliated markets, the Exchange would be able to obtain information regarding trading in shares of the Bitcoin Funds from their primary listing markets and from other markets that trades shares of the Bitcoin Funds through ISG. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) for certain market surveillance, investigation and examinations functions. Pursuant to a 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94823"/>
                    multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate amongst themselves and FINRA responsibilities to conduct certain options-related market surveillance that are common to rules of all options exchanges.
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         The surveillance program includes surveillance patterns for price and volume movements as well as patterns for potential manipulation (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         spoofing and marking the close).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, among other things, requires every self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the SRO's own rules, and, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q(d)(1) and 17 CFR 240.17d-2. Section 17(d)(1) of the Act allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of certain responsibilities with respect to members of the SRO who are also members of another SRO (“common members”). Specifically, Section 17(d)(1) allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of its responsibilities to: (i) receive regulatory reports from such members; (ii) examine such members for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the SRO; or (iii) carry out other specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The underlying shares of spot bitcoin exchange-traded products (“ETPs”), including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in its order approving proposals of several exchanges to list and trade shares of spot bitcoin-based ETPs, “[e]ach Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange states that, given the consistently high correlation between the CME Bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds. Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin ETPs.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Approval Order.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Approval Order, 89 FR 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 99290 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2338, 2343, 2347—2348 (January 12, 2024) (SR-CboeBZX-2023-044) Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 3 to a Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund Under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares); and 99288 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2387, 2392, 2399-2400 (January 12, 2024) (SR-CboeBZX-2023-028) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 5 to a Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Shares of the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF Under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008, 3009 (January 17, 2024) (SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SRCboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units) (“Bitcoin ETP Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it believes the Exchange and OPRA have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional traffic associated with the listing of new series that may result from the introduction of options on Bitcoin Funds up to the number of expirations currently permissible under the Rules. Because the proposal is limited to two classes, the Exchange believes any additional traffic that may be generated from the introduction of Bitcoin Fund options will be manageable.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering options on Bitcoin Funds will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower cost investing tool to gain exposure to the price of Bitcoin and hedging vehicle to meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin-related products and positions. The Exchange expects investors will transact in options on Bitcoin Funds in the unregulated over-the-counter (“OTC”) options market,
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     but may prefer to trade such options in a listed environment to receive the benefits of trading listing options, including (1) enhanced efficiency in initiating and closing out positions; (2) increased market transparency; and (3) heightened contra-party creditworthiness due to the role of OCC as issuer and guarantor of all listed options. The Exchange believes that listing Bitcoin Fund options may cause investors to bring this liquidity to the Exchange, would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow. The Fund Shares that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, or precious metal commodities on which the Exchange may already list and trade options are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to different assets. The Exchange notes that it has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of any Fund Share options, including Fund Shares that hold commodities (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     precious metals) that it currently lists and trades on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         The Exchange understands from customers that investors have historically transacted in options on Fund Shares in the OTC options market if such options were not available for trading in a listed environment.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Specifically, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section 6(b)(5) 
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirements that the rules of an exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. Additionally, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section 6(b)(5) 
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirement that the rules of an exchange not be designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposal to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors because offering options on the Bitcoin Funds will provide investors with an opportunity to realize the benefits of utilizing options on a Bitcoin Fund, including cost efficiencies and increased hedging strategies. The Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options will benefit investors by providing them with a relatively lower-cost risk management tool, which will 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94824"/>
                    allow them to manage their positions and associated risk in their portfolios more easily in connection with exposure to the price of Bitcoin and with Bitcoin-related products and positions. Additionally, the Exchange's offering of Bitcoin Fund options will provide investors with the ability to transact in such options in a listed market environment as opposed to in the unregulated OTC options market, which would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow to the benefit of all investors. The Exchange also notes that it already lists options on other commodity-based Fund Shares,
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which, as described above, are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to a different commodity (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Bitcoin rather than precious metals) and for which the Exchange has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of commodity-backed Fund Share options it currently lists for trading.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.3(i)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, because it is consistent with current Exchange Rules previously filed with the Commission. Options on the Bitcoin Funds satisfy the initial listing standards and continued listing standards currently in the Exchange Rules applicable to options on all Fund Shares, including Fund Shares that hold other commodities already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange. Additionally, as demonstrated above, each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of shares that are widely held and actively traded. Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other Fund Share options—the same Exchange Rules that currently govern the listing and trading of all Fund Share options, including permissible expirations, strike prices and minimum increments, and applicable margin requirements, will govern the listing and trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in the same manner.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits are designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices and promote just and equitable principles of trade, as they are designed to address potential manipulative schemes and adverse market impacts surrounding the use of options, such as disrupting the market in the security underlying the options. The proposed position and exercise limits are 25,000 contracts, which is the lowest limit applicable to any equity options (including ETF and options on other Bitcoin ETFs).
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits are extremely conservative for each Bitcoin Fund option given the trading volume and outstanding shares for each. The information above demonstrates that the average position and exercise limits of options on ETFs with comparable outstanding shares and trading volume to those of the Bitcoin Funds are significantly higher than the proposed position and exercise limits for Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the proposed position and exercise limits for the Bitcoin Fund options are conservative relative to options on ETFs with comparable market characteristics.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Cboe Options Rule 8.30.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Further, given that the issuer of each Bitcoin Fund may create and redeem shares that represent an interest in Bitcoin, the Exchange believes it is relevant to compare the size of a position limit to the market capitalization of the Bitcoin market. As of August 27, 2024, the global supply of Bitcoin was 19,745,940, and the price of one Bitcoin was approximately $59,466.82,
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which equates to a market capitalization of approximately $1.165 trillion. Consider the proposed position and exercise limit of 25,000 option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund option. A position and exercise limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 of Fidelity Fund shares or ARK 21 Fund shares, as applicable (if that market participant exercised all its options. The following table shows the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 27, 2024, the value of 2,500,000 shares of the Bitcoin Fund at that price, and the approximate percentage of that value of the size of the Bitcoin market:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">Blockchain.com</E>
                         | Charts—Total Circulating Bitcoin.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,15,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            August 27, 2024 
                            <LI>share price</LI>
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Value of 2,500,000 shares of Bitcoin fund
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Percentage of bitcoin market</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>54.33</ENT>
                        <ENT>135,825,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.01</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>62.08</ENT>
                        <ENT>155,200,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.01</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Therefore, if a market participant with the maximum 25,000 same side contracts in either Fidelity Fund options or ARK 21 Fund options exercised all positions at one time, such an event would have no practical impact on the Bitcoin market.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also believes the proposed limits are appropriate given position limits for Bitcoin futures. For example, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“CME”) imposes a position limit of 2,000 futures (for the initial spot month) on its Bitcoin futures contract.
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On August 28, 2024, CME Aug 24 Bitcoin Futures settled at $58,950. A position of 2,000 CME Bitcoin futures, therefore, would have a notional value of $589,500,000. The following table shows the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 28, 2024 and the approximate number of option contracts that equates to that notional value:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 350 (description of CME Bitcoin Futures) and Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices. Each CME Bitcoin futures contract is valued at five Bitcoins as defined by the CME CF Bitcoin Reference Rate (“BRR”). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rule 35001.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            August 28, 2024 
                            <LI>share price</LI>
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of 
                            <LI>option contracts</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>51.47</ENT>
                        <ENT>114,532</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94825"/>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>58.83</ENT>
                        <ENT>100,203</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The approximate number of option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund that equate to the notional value of CME Bitcoin futures is significantly higher than the proposed limit of 25,000 options contract for each Bitcoin Fund option. The fact that many options ultimately expire out-of-the-money and thus are not exercised for shares of the underlying, while the delta of a Bitcoin Future is 1, further demonstrates how conservative the proposed limits of 25,000 options contracts are for the Bitcoin Fund options.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes, unlike options contracts, CME position limits are calculated on a net futures-equivalent basis by contract and include contracts that aggregate into one or more base contracts according to an aggregation ratio(s).
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, if a portfolio includes positions in options on futures, CME would aggregate those positions into the underlying futures contracts in accordance with a table published by CME on a delta equivalent value for the relevant spot month, subsequent spot month, single month and all month position limits.
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If a position exceeds position limits because of an option assignment, CME permits market participants to liquidate the excess position within one business day without being considered in violation of its rules. Additionally, if at the close of trading, a position that includes options exceeds position limits for futures contracts, when evaluated using the delta factors as of that day's close of trading but does not exceed the limits when evaluated using the previous day's delta factors, then the position shall not constitute a position limit violation. Considering CME's position limits on futures for Bitcoin, the Exchange believes that that the proposed same side position limits are more than appropriate for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits will have no material impact to the supply of Bitcoin. For example, consider again the proposed position limit of 25,000 option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund option. As noted above, a position limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 shares of the applicable Bitcoin Fund (if that market participant exercised all its options). As of August 7, 2024, the Bitcoin Funds had the number of shares outstanding set forth in the table below. The table below also sets forth the approximate number of market participants that could hold the maximum of 25,000 same side positions in each Bitcoin Fund that would equate to the number of shares outstanding of that Bitcoin Fund:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares 
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Number of market participants with 25,000 same side positions</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>80</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>18</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>This means if 80 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in Fidelity Fund options, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. Similarly, this means if 18 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in ARK 21 Fund options, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. The Exchange believes it is highly unlikely for either such event to occur; however, even if either such event did occur, the Exchange would not expect either Bitcoin Fund to be under stress because such an event would merely induce the creation of more shares through the trust's creation and redemption process.</P>
                <P>
                    As of August 7, 2024, the global supply of Bitcoin was approximately 19,736,528.
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Based on the $47.88 price of a Fidelity Fund share on August 7, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,149 Fidelity Fund shares. Another 22,677,270,672 Fidelity Fund shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 9,070 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in Fidelity Fund options to receive shares of the Fidelity Fund holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Similarly, based on the $54.68 price of an ARK 21 Fund share on August 7, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,006 ARK 21 Fund Shares. Another 19,855 ARK 21 Fund shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin were exhausted. As a result, 7,941 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in ARK 21 Fund options to receive shares of the ARK 21 Fund holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Unlike the Bitcoin Funds, the number of shares that corporations may issue is limited. However, like corporations, which authorize additional shares, repurchase shares, or split their shares, the Bitcoin Funds may create, redeem, or split shares in response to demand. While the supply of Bitcoin is limited to 21,000,000, it is believed that it will take more than 100 years to fully mine the remaining Bitcoin.
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The supply of Bitcoin is larger than the available supply of most 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94826"/>
                    securities.
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Given the significant unlikelihood of any of these events ever occurring, the Exchange does not believe options on the Bitcoin Funds should be subject to position and exercise limits even lower than those proposed (which are already equal to the lowest available limit for equity options in the industry) to protect the supply of Bitcoin.
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">Blockchain.com</E>
                         | Charts—Total Circulating Bitcoin
                        <E T="03"> (which also shows the price of one Bitcoin equal to $55,033.47).</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-254652, Fidelity Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 53—54; and Amendment No. 8 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-257474, ARK 21 Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 15.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         The market capitalization of Bitcoin would rank in the top 10 among securities. 
                        <E T="03">See https://companiesmarketcap.com/usa/largest-companies-in-the-usa-by-market-cap/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         This would be even more unlikely with respect to the Bitcoin Funds for which the Exchange proposes lower position limits.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the available supply of Bitcoin is not relevant to the determination of position and exercise limits for options overlying the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limits are not a tool that should be used to address a potential limited supply of the underlying of an underlying. Position and exercise limits do not limit the total number of options that may be held, but rather they limit the number of positions a single customer may hold or exercise at one time.
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     “Since the inception of standardized options trading, the options exchanges have had rules imposing limits on the aggregate number of options contracts that a member or customer could hold or exercise.” 
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limit rules are intended “to prevent the establishment of options positions that can be used or might create incentives to manipulate or disrupt the underlying market so as to benefit the options position. In particular, position and exercise limits are designed to minimize the potential for mini-manipulations and for corners or squeezes of the underlying market. In addition, such limits serve to reduce the possibility for disruption of the options market itself, especially in illiquid options classes.” 
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         Prior to Bitcoin ETFs, the Exchange is unaware of any proposed rule change related to position and exercise limits for any equity option (including commodity ETF options) for which the Commission required consideration of whether the available supply of an underlying (whether it be a corporate stock or an ETF) or the contents of an ETF (commodity or otherwise) should be considered when an exchange proposed to establish those limits. 
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 57894 (May 30, 2008), 73 FR 32061 (June 5, 2008) (SR-CBOE-2005-11) (approval order in which the Commission stated that the “listing and trading of Gold Trust Options will be subject to the exchanges' rules pertaining to position and exercise limits and margin”). The Exchange notes when the Commission approved this filing, the position limits in Rule 8.30 were the same as they are today. For reference, the current position and exercise limits for options on SPDR Gold Shares ETF (“GLD”) and options on iShares Silver Trust (“SLV”) are 250,000 contracts, or 10 times that proposed position and exercise limit for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         For example, suppose an option has a position limit of 25,000 option contracts and there are a total of 10 investors trading that option. If all 10 investors max out their positions, that would result in 250,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. However, suppose 10 more investors decide to begin trading that option and also max out their positions. This would result in 500,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. An increase in the number of investors could cause an increase in outstanding options even if position limits remain unchanged.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes that a Registration Statement on Form S-1 was filed with the Commission for each Bitcoin Fund, each of which described the supply of Bitcoin as being limited to 21,000,000 (of which approximately 90% had already been mined), and that the limit would be reached around the year 2140.
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Registration Statement permits an unlimited number of shares of the applicable Bitcoin ETF to be created. Further, the Commission approved proposed rule changes that permitted the listing and trading of shares of each Bitcoin Fund, which approval did not comment on the sufficient supply of Bitcoin or address whether there was a risk that permitting an unlimited number of shares for a Bitcoin Fund would impact the supply of Bitcoin.
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, the Exchange believes the Commission had ample time and opportunity to consider whether the supply of Bitcoin was sufficient to permit the creation of unlimited Bitcoin Fund shares, and does not believe considering this supply with respect to the establishment of position and exercise limits is appropriate given its lack of relevance to the purpose of position and exercise limits. However, given the significant size of the Bitcoin supply, the proposed positions limits are more than sufficient to protect investors and the market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-254652, Fidelity Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 53—54; and Amendment No. 8 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-257474, ARK 21 Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 15.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Approval Order.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Based on the above information demonstrating, among other things, that each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are actively traded and widely held, the Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits are extremely conservative compared to those of ETF options with similar market characteristics. The proposed position and exercise limits reasonably and appropriately balance the liquidity provisioning in the market against the prevention of manipulation. The Exchange believes these proposed limits are effectively designed to prevent an individual customer or entity from establishing options positions that could be used to manipulate the market of the underlying as well as the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new Bitcoin Fund options. As discussed above, the Exchange believes that its existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading Fund Share options, including Bitcoin Fund options.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act as the Bitcoin Fund options will be equally available to all market participants who wish to trade such options and will trade generally in the same manner as other options. The Exchange Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of all Fund Share options on the Exchange, including, for example, Rules that govern listing criteria, expirations, exercise prices, minimum increments, margin requirements, customer accounts, and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds options on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to other options on all other Fund Shares that are listed and traded on the Exchange. Also, and as stated above, the Exchange already lists options on other commodity-based Fund Share.
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, the Bitcoin Funds would need to satisfy the maintenance listing standards set forth in the Exchange Rules in the same manner as any other Fund Share for the Exchange to continue listing options on them.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 19.3(i)(4)
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposal to list and trade options on Bitcoin Funds will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the extent that the advent of Bitcoin Fund options 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94827"/>
                    trading on the Exchange may make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace to market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are free to elect to become market participants on the Exchange. The Commission a rule filing of another exchange to permit the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange notes that listing and trading Bitcoin Fund options on the Exchange will subject such options to transparent exchange-based rules as well as price discovery and liquidity, as opposed to alternatively trading such options in the OTC market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101387 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 8498 (October 24, 2024) (SR-CBOE-2024-035). The Exchange notes the Commission recently approved a rule filing of another exchange to permit the listing and trading of options on the iShares Bitcoin Trust. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101128 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78942 (September 26, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-03).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change may relieve any burden on, or otherwise promote, competition, as it is designed to increase competition for order flow on the Exchange in a manner that is beneficial to investors by providing them with a lower-cost option to hedge their investment portfolios. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues that offer similar products. Ultimately, the Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options for trading on the Exchange will promote competition by providing investors with an additional, relatively low-cost means to hedge their portfolios and meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin prices and Bitcoin-related products and positions on a listed options exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>The Exchange neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act 
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>56</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>56</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change, along with a brief description and text of the proposed rule change, at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Commission waives this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    A proposed rule change filed pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6) under the Act normally does not become operative for 30 days after the date of its filing. However, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) 
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     permits the Commission to designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has requested that the Commission waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission previously approved the listing of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange has provided information regarding the underlying Bitcoin Funds, including, among other things, information regarding trading volume, the number of beneficial holders, and the market capitalization of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposal also establishes position and exercise limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds and provides information regarding the surveillance procedures that will apply to options on the Bitcoin Funds. The Commission believes that waiver of the operative delay could benefit investors by providing an additional venue for trading Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change operative upon filing.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101387 (Oct. 18, 2024), 89 FR 84948 (Oct. 24, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Thus, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change operative upon filing.
                    <SU>59</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         For purposes only of waiving the 30-day operative delay, the Commission has also considered the proposed rule's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-CboeBZX-2024-118 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-CboeBZX-2024-118. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-CboeBZX-2024-118 and should be submitted on or before December 20, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94828"/>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>60</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>60</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12), (59).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27997 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101717; File No. SR-MIAX-2024-43]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; MIAX Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities, Exchange Rule 307, Position Limits, and Exchange Rule 309, Exercise Limits To Allow the Exchange To List and Trade Options on the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund (the “Fidelity Fund”) and the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF (the “ARK 21 Fund”)</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>November 22, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on November 21, 2024, Miami International Securities Exchange, LLC (“MIAX” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities, Exchange Rule 307, Position Limits, and Exchange Rule 309, Exercise Limits.</P>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.miaxglobal.com/markets/us-options/miax-options/rule-filings,</E>
                     at MIAX's principal office, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities, Exchange Rule 307, Position Limits, and Exchange Rule 309, Exercise Limits,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to allow the Exchange to list and trade options on Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund (the “Fidelity Fund”) and the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF (the “ARK 21 Fund” and, with the Fidelity Fund, the “Bitcoin Funds”), designating the Bitcoin Funds as appropriate for options trading on the Exchange.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     This is a competitive filing based on a similar proposal submitted by Cboe Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe”) and approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that its affiliate exchanges, MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire, submitted substantively identical proposals. The Exchange notes that all the rules of Chapter III of the MIAX Options Exchange, including Rules 307 and 309, are incorporated by reference to MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire. The Exchange also notes that all of the rules of Chapter III of the MIAX Options Exchange, including Rules 307 and 309, and the rules of Chapter IV of the MIAX Options Exchange, including Rule 402, are incorporated by reference to MIAX Emerald.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         On January 10, 2024, the Commission approved proposals by NYSE Arca, Inc., The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, and Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. to list and trade the shares of 11 bitcoin-based commodity-based trust shares and trust units, including the iShares Bitcoin Trust. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (Jan. 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008 (Jan. 17, 2024) (order approving File Nos. SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SR-CboeBZX-2023-044; SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (“Bitcoin ETP Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101387 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84948 (October 24, 2024) (SR-CBOE-2024-35)(Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 2 and 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 2 and 3, to Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on Bitcoin Exchange Traded Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Current Exchange Rule 402(i)(4) provides that securities deemed appropriate for options trading include shares or other securities (“Exchange Traded Fund Shares” or “ETFs”) that represent certain types of interests,
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     including interests in certain specific trusts that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, or precious metals (which are deemed commodities).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i), which permits options trading on ETFS that: (1) represent interests in registered investment companies (or series thereof) organized as open-end management investment companies, unit investment trusts or similar entities that hold portfolios of securities and/or financial instruments (“Funds”), including, but not limited to, stock index futures contracts, options on futures, options on securities and indices, equity caps, collars and floors, swap agreements, forward contracts, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements (the “Financial Instruments”), and money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements (the “Money Market Instruments”) comprising or otherwise based on or representing investments in broad-based indexes or portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments (or that hold securities in one or more other registered investment companies that themselves hold such portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments); (2) represent interests in a trust or similar entity that holds a specified non-U.S. currency or currencies deposited with the trust which when aggregated in some specified minimum number may be surrendered to the trust or similar entity by the beneficial owner to receive the specified non-U.S. currency or currencies and pays the beneficial owner interest and other distributions on the deposited non-U.S. currency or currencies, if any, declared and paid by the trust (“Currency Trust Shares”); (3) represent commodity pool interests principally engaged, directly or indirectly, in holding and/or managing portfolios or baskets of securities, commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or non-U.S. currency (“Commodity Pool ETFs”); (4) are issued by the are issued by the SPDR® Gold Trust, the iShares COMEX Gold Trust, the iShares Silver Trust, the ETFS Silver Trust, the Aberdeen Standard Physical Gold Trust, the ETFS Palladium Trust, the ETFS Platinum Trust, the Sprott Physical Gold Trust, or the iShares Bitcoin Trust; or (5) represent an interest in a registered investment company (“Investment Company”) organized as an open-end management company or similar entity, that invests in a portfolio of securities selected by the Investment Company's investment adviser consistent with the Investment Company's investment objectives and policies, which is issued in a specified aggregate minimum number in return for a deposit of a specified portfolio of securities and/or a cash amount with a value equal to the next determined net asset value (“NAV”), and when aggregated in the same specified minimum number, may be redeemed at a holder's request, which holder will be paid a specified portfolio of securities and/or cash with a value equal to the next determined NAV (“Managed Fund Share”); provided that all of the conditions listed in (5)(i) and 5(ii) are met.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Bitcoin Funds are Bitcoin-backed commodity ETFs structured as trusts. Similar to any ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading under Exchange Rule 402(i), the investment objective of each Bitcoin Fund is for its shares to reflect the performance of Bitcoin (less the expenses of the trust's operations), offering investors an 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94829"/>
                    opportunity to gain exposure to Bitcoin without the complexities of Bitcoin delivery. As is the case for ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading, a Bitcoin Fund's shares represent units of fractional undivided beneficial interest in the trust, the assets of which consist principally of Bitcoin and are designed to track Bitcoin or the performance of the price of Bitcoin and offer access to the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Bitcoin Funds provide investors with cost-efficient alternatives that allow a level of participation in the Bitcoin market through the securities market. The primary substantive difference between Bitcoin Funds and ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading are that ETFs may hold securities, certain financial instruments, and specified precious metals (which are deemed commodities), while Bitcoin Funds hold Bitcoin (which is also deemed a commodity).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         The trust may include minimal cash.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the Exchange's initial listing standards for ETFs on which the Exchange may list options. Specifically, each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the initial listing standards set forth in Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i), as is the case for other ETFs on which the Exchange lists options (including trusts that hold commodities). Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i) requires that the ETFs must either (1) meet the criteria and standards set forth in Exchange Rule 402(a) or 402(b),
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or (2) be available for creation or redemption each business day from or through the issuer in cash or in kind at a price related to net asset value, and the issuer must be obligated to issue ETFs in a specified aggregate number even if some or all of the investment assets required to be deposited have not been received by the issuer, subject to the condition that the person obligated to deposit the investments has undertaken to deliver the investment assets as soon as possible and such undertaking is secured by the delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash or cash equivalents satisfactory to the issuer, as provided in the respective prospectus. Each Bitcoin Fund satisfies Exchange Rule 402(i)(5(i)(B), as each is subject to this creation and redemption process.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         Subparagraphs a and b of Exchange Rule 402 provide for guidelines to be used by the Exchange when evaluating potential underlying securities for Exchange option transactions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    While not required by the Rules for purposes of options listings, the Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the criteria and guidelines set forth in Exchange Rule 402. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 402, a security (which includes ETFs) on which options may be listed and traded on the Exchange must be duly registered (with the Commission) and be an NMS stock (as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act, and be characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Bitcoin Fund is an NMS Stock as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         The criteria and guidelines for a security to be considered widely held and actively traded are set forth in Exchange Rule 403(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         An “NMS stock” means any NMS security other than an option, and an “NMS security” means any security or class of securities for which transaction reports are collected, processed, and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan (or an effective national market system plan for reporting transaction in listed options). See 17 CFR 242.600(b)(64) (definition of “NMS security”) and (65) (definition of “NMS stock”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>As of August 7, 2024, the Bitcoin Funds had the following number of shares outstanding:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares 
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Each Bitcoin Fund had significantly more than 7,000,000 shares outstanding (approximately 29 and 6.5 times that amount, respectively), which is the minimum number of shares of a corporate stock that the Exchange generally requires to list options on that stock pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(b)(1). The Exchange believes this demonstrates that each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares.</P>
                <P>Further, the below table contains information regarding the number of beneficial holders of the Bitcoin Funds as of the specified dates:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Beneficial holders</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Date</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>279,656</ENT>
                        <ENT>6/27/2024</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>69,425</ENT>
                        <ENT>6/26/2024</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As this table shows, each Bitcoin Fund has significantly more than 2,000 beneficial holders (approximately 140 and 35 times more, respectively), which is the minimum number of holders the Exchange generally requires for corporate stock in order to list options on that stock pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(b)(2). Therefore, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are widely held.</P>
                <P>
                    As demonstrated above, despite the fact that the Bitcoin Funds had been trading for approximately seven months 
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only as of August 7, 2024, the six-month trading volume for each as of that date was substantially higher than 2,400,000 shares (approximately 464 and 124 times that amount, respectively), which is the minimum 12-month volume the Exchange generally requires for a corporate stock in order to list options on that security as set forth in Exchange Rule 402(b)(4). Additionally, as of August 7, 2024, the trading volume for each Bitcoin Fund was in the top 5% of all ETFs that are currently trading. The Exchange believes this data demonstrates each Bitcoin Fund is characterized as having shares that are actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         The Bitcoin Funds began trading on January 11, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Options on the Bitcoin Funds will also be subject to the Exchange's continued listing standards set forth in Exchange Rule 403(g), for ETFs deemed appropriate for options trading pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(i). Specifically, Exchange Rule 403(g) provides that ETFs that were initially approved for options trading pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(i) shall be deemed not to meet the requirements for continued approval, and the Exchange shall not open for trading any additional series of option contracts of the class covering that such ETFs, if the ETFs are delisted from trading pursuant to Exchange Rule 403(b)(4), are halted or suspended from trading in their primary market. Additionally, options on ETFs may be subject to the suspension of opening transactions in any of the following circumstances: (1) in the case of options covering ETFs approved for trading 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94830"/>
                    under Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i)(A), in accordance with the terms of paragraphs (b)(1), (2), and (3) of Exchange Rule 403; (2) in the case of options covering ETFs approved for trading under Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i)(B), following the initial twelve-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading in the ETFs on a national securities exchange and are defined as an NMS stock, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial holders of such ETFs for 30 or more consecutive trading days; (3) the value of the index or portfolio of securities, non-U.S. currency, or portfolio of commodities including commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or financial instruments and money market instruments on which the ETFs are based is no longer calculated or available; or (4) such other event shall occur or condition exist that in the opinion of the Exchange makes further dealing in such options on the Exchange inadvisable.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Options on each Bitcoin Fund would be physically settled contracts with American-style exercise.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consistent with current Exchange Rule 404, which governs the opening of options series on a specific underlying security (including ETFs), the Exchange will open at least one expiration month for options on each Bitcoin Fund 
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     at the commencement of trading on the Exchange and may also list series of options on a Bitcoin Fund for trading on a weekly,
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     monthly,
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or quarterly 
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     basis. The Exchange may also list long-term equity option series (“LEAPS”) that expire from 12 to 39 months from the time they are listed.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 401, which provides that the rights and obligations of holders and writers are set forth in the Rules of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         OCC Rules, Chapters VIII (which governs exercise and assignment) and Chapter IX (which governs the discharge of delivery and payment obligations arising out of the exercise of physically settled stock option contracts).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404(b). The monthly expirations are subject to certain listing criteria for underlying securities described within Exchange Rule 404 and its Interpretations and Policies. Monthly listings expire the third Friday of the month. The term “expiration date” (unless separately defined elsewhere in the OCC By-Laws), when used in respect of an option contract (subject to certain exceptions), means the third Friday of the expiration month of such option contract, or if such Friday is a day on which the exchange on which such option is listed is not open for business, the preceding day on which such exchange is open for business. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         OCC By-Laws Article I, Section 1. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404(c), additional series of options of the same class may be opened for trading on the Exchange when the Exchange deems it necessary to maintain an orderly market, to meet customer demand or when the market price of the underlying stock moves more than five strike prices from the initial exercise price or prices. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404(e), new series of options on an individual stock may be added until the beginning of the month in which the options contract will expire. Due to unusual market conditions, the Exchange, in its discretion, may add a new series of options on an individual stock until the close of trading on the business day prior to expiration.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretations and Policies .02.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretations and Policies .13.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretations and Policies .03.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .06, which governs strike prices of series of options on ETFs, the interval between strike prices of series of options on ETFs approved for options trading pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(i) shall be fixed at a price per share which is reasonably close to the price per share at which the underlying security is traded in the primary market at or about the same time such series of options is first open for trading on the Exchange, or at such intervals as may have been established on another options exchange prior to the initiation of trading on the Exchange. With respect to the Short Term Options Series or Weekly Program, during the month prior to expiration of an option class that is selected for the Short Term Option Series Program, the strike price intervals for the related non-Short Term Option (“Related non-Short Term Option”) shall be the same as the strike price intervals for the Short Term Option.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Specifically, the Exchange may open for trading Short Term Option Series at strike price intervals of (i) $0.50 or greater where the strike price is less than $100, and $1 or greater where the strike price is between $100 and $150 for all option classes that participate in the Short Term Options Series Program; (ii) $0.50 for option classes that trade in one dollar increments and are in the Short Term Option Series Program; or (iii) $2.50 or greater where the strike price is above $150.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, the Exchange may list series of options pursuant to the $1 Strike Price Interval Program,
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $0.50 Strike Program,
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the $2.50 Strike Price Program.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to Exchange Rule 510, where the price of a series of options for a Bitcoin Fund is less than $3.00, the minimum increment will be $0.05, and where the price is $3.00 or higher, the minimum increment will be $0.10 
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     consistent with the minimum increments for options on other ETFs listed on the Exchange. Any and all new series of a Bitcoin Fund options that the Exchange lists will be consistent and comply with the expirations, strike prices, and minimum increments set forth in Rules 404 and 510, as applicable.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretations and Policies .02(e).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .01.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .04.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 510.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other ETF options on the Exchange. The Exchange Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of all ETFs options on the Exchange, including, for example, Exchange Rules that govern listing criteria, expiration and exercise prices, minimum increments, position and exercise limits, margin requirements, customer accounts and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds options on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to other options on all other ETFs that are listed and traded on the Exchange, including the precious-metal backed commodity ETFs already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange pursuant to current Exchange Rule 402(i)(4).</P>
                <P>The Exchange also proposes to amend Rules 307 and 309. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend Supplementary Material .01 to Exchange Rule 307 to provide a position limit of 25,000 same side option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund option. Additionally, pursuant to the proposed change to Supplementary Material .01 to Exchange Rule 309, the exercise limits for options on each Bitcoin Fund will be equivalent to this proposed position limit.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange determined these proposed position and exercise limits considering, among other things, the approximate six-month average daily volume (“ADV”) and outstanding shares of each underlying Bitcoin Fund (which as discussed above demonstrate that each Bitcoin Fund is widely held and actively traded and thus justify these conservatively proposed position limits), as set forth below, along with market capitalization (as of August 7, 2024):
                    <PRTPAGE P="94831"/>
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15,15,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Six-month ADV
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Outstanding shares</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Market 
                            <LI>capitalization</LI>
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,902,893</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>14,217,013,188</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,378,886</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,487,666,600</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The Exchange then compared the number of outstanding shares of the Bitcoin Funds to those of other ETFs. The following table provides the approximate average position (and exercise limit) of ETF options with similar outstanding shares (as of August 27, 2024), compared to the proposed position and exercise limit for the Bitcoin Fund options:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Average limit of other ETF options
                            <LI>(contracts)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed limit
                            <LI>(contracts)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>24</SU>
                             188,110
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>25,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>25</SU>
                             108,696
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>25,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    The Exchange considered current position and exercise limits of options on ETFs with outstanding shares comparable to those of each Bitcoin Fund, with the proposed limit significantly lower (between two and ten times lower) than the average limits of the options on the other ETFs. As discussed above, the Bitcoin Funds are actively held and widely traded: (1) each Bitcoin Fund (as of August 7, 2024) had significantly more than 7,000,000 shares outstanding, which is the minimum number of shares of a corporate stock that the Exchange generally requires to list options on that stock pursuant to Rule 402(b)(1); (2) each Bitcoin Fund (as of the dates listed above) had significantly more than 2,000 beneficial holders, which is the minimum number of holders the Exchange generally requires for corporate stock in order to list options on that stock pursuant to Rule 402(b)(2); and (3) each Bitcoin Fund had a six-month trading volume substantially higher than 2,400,000 shares, which is the minimum 12-month volume the Exchange generally requires for a security in order to list options on that security as set forth in Rule 402(b)(3).
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         Over 80% of the ETFs used for comparison have a limit of at least 200,000, and more than half have a limit of 250,000. Additionally, the three-month ADV of the majority of the ETFs used for comparison was lower than the Fidelity Fund three-month ADV of 5,665,027 shares.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         Nearly 80% of the ETFs used for comparison have a limit of at least 75,000 (and up to 250,000). Additionally, the three-month ADV of the majority of ETFs used for comparison was lower (many more than four times lower) than the ARK 21 Fund three-month ADV of 1,737,327 shares.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>With respect to outstanding shares, if a market participant held the maximum number of positions possible pursuant to the proposed position and exercise limits, the equivalent shares represented by the proposed position/exercise limit would represent the following approximate percentage of current outstanding shares:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15,15,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed 
                            <LI>position/exercise limit</LI>
                            <LI>(in equivalent shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Outstanding shares</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage of outstanding shares
                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.2</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.5</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As this table demonstrates, if a market participant held the maximum permissible options positions in one of the Bitcoin Fund options and exercised all of them at the same time, that market participant would control a small percentage of the outstanding shares of the underlying Bitcoin Fund.</P>
                <P>Rule 309 provides two methods of qualifying for a position limit tier above 25,000 option contracts. The first method is based on six-month trading volume in the underlying security, and the second method is based on slightly lower six-month trading volume and number of shares outstanding in the underlying security. An underlying stock or ETF that qualifies for method two based on trading volume and number of shares outstanding would be required to have the minimum number of outstanding shares as shown in middle column of the table below.</P>
                <P>The table, which provides the equivalent shares of the position limits applicable to equity options, including ETFs, further represents the percentages of the minimum number of outstanding shares that an underlying stock or ETF must have to qualify for that position limit (under the second method described above), all of which are higher than the percentages for the Bitcoin Funds.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s30,15,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Position/Exercise Limit
                            <LI>(in equivalent shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Minimum 
                            <LI>Outstanding Shares</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage of Outstanding Shares
                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>26</SU>
                             6,300,000
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>40.0</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">5,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>40,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>12.5</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94832"/>
                        <ENT I="01">7,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>120,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>6.3</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">20,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>240,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>8.3</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">25,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>300,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>8.3</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    The equivalent shares represented by the proposed position and exercise limits for each Bitcoin Fund as a percentage of outstanding shares of the underlying Bitcoin Fund is significantly lower than the percentage for the lowest possible position limit for equity options of 25,000 (under 6% compared to 40%) and is lower than that percentage for each current position limit bucket.
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         This is the minimum number of outstanding shares an underlying security must have for the Exchange to continue to list options on that security, so this would be the smallest number of outstanding shares permissible for any corporate option that would have a position limit of 25,000 contract. See Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .01. This rule applies to corporate stock options but not ETF options, which currently have no requirement regarding outstanding shares of the underlying ETF for the Exchange to continue listing options on that ETF. Therefore, there may be ETF options trading for which the 25,000 contract position limits represents an even larger percentage of outstanding shares of the underlying ETF than set forth above.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         As these percentages are based on the minimum number of outstanding shares an underlying security must have to qualify for the applicable position limit, these are the highest possible percentages that would apply to any option subject to that position and exercise limit.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Further, the proposed position and exercise limits for each Bitcoin Fund option are significantly below the limits that would otherwise apply pursuant to current Rule 307. These position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available in the options industry, are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the market capitalization, average daily volume, and high number of outstanding shares of the Bitcoin Funds.</P>
                <P>All of the above information demonstrates that the proposed position and exercise limits for the Bitcoin Fund options are more than reasonable and appropriate. The trading volume, ADV, and outstanding shares of each Bitcoin Fund demonstrate that these funds are actively traded and widely held, and proposed position and exercise limits are well below those of other ETFs with similar market characteristics. The proposed position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available for equity options in the industry, are extremely conservative, and are more than appropriate given each Bitcoin Fund's market capitalization, ADV, and high number of outstanding shares.</P>
                <P>The Exchange further notes that Exchange Rule 1502, which governs margin requirements applicable to trading on the Exchange, including options on ETFs, will also apply to the trading of the Bitcoin Fund options. Notwithstanding the position limits in Exchange Rule 307(d) and exercise limits in Exchange Rule 309, the Exchange proposes the position and exercise limits for the options on the Bitcoin Fund to be 25,000 contracts on the same side pursuant to proposed Supplementary Material .01 to Exchange Rule 307 and proposed Supplementary Material .01 to Exchange Rule 309.</P>
                <P>The Exchange represents that the same surveillance procedures applicable to all other options on other ETFs currently listed and traded on the Exchange will apply to options on the Bitcoin Funds. Also the Exchange represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new option series. The Exchange believes that its existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading options on ETFs, including the proposed Bitcoin Funds options.</P>
                <P>
                    Today, the Exchange has an adequate surveillance program in place for options. The Exchange intends to apply those same program procedures to Bitcoin Fund options that it applies to the Exchange's other options products.
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange's staff will have access to the surveillance programs conducted by its affiliate exchanges, MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire with respect to trading in the shares of the underlying Bitcoin Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Bitcoin Funds. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”) under the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition to obtaining surveillance data from MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire, the Exchange will be able to obtain information regarding trading in the shares of the underlying Bitcoin Funds from Cboe and other markets through ISG. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). Pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillance that are common to rules of all options exchanges.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         The surveillance program includes real-time patterns for price and volume movements and post-trade surveillance patterns (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         spoofing, marking the close, pinging, phishing).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, among other things, requires every SRO registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the SRO's own rules, and, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members. See 15 U.S.C. 78q(d)(1) and 17 CFR 240.17d-2. Section 17(d)(1) of the Act allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of certain responsibilities with respect to members of the SRO who are also members of another SRO (“common members”). Specifically, Section 17(d)(1) allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of its responsibilities to: (i) receive regulatory reports from such members; (ii) examine such members for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the SRO; or (iii) carry out other specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The underlying shares of spot bitcoin exchange-traded products (“ETPs”), including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in Bitcoin ETP Order:</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        Each Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                        <SU>30</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>30</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange states that, given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94833"/>
                        manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                        <SU>31</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>31</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>
                    In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds. Further, the Exchange represents that it will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         See Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 99290 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2338, 2343, 2347—2348 (January 12, 2024) (SR-CboeBZX-2023-044) Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 3 to a Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund Under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares); and 99288 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2387, 2392, 2399—2400 (January 12, 2024) (SR-CboeBZX-2023-028) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 5 to a Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Shares of the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF Under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (Jan. 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008 (Jan. 17, 2024) (order approving File Nos. SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SR-CboeBZX-2023-044; SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (“Bitcoin ETP Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it believes the Exchange and Options Price Reporting Authority or “OPRA” have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional traffic associated with the listing of new series that may result from the introduction of options on Bitcoin Funds up to the number of expirations currently permissible under the Rules. Because the proposal is limited to one class, the Exchange believes any additional traffic that may be generated from the introduction of Bitcoin Funds options will be manageable.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering options on Bitcoin Funds will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower cost investing tool to gain exposure to the price of Bitcoin and hedging vehicle to meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin-related products and positions. The Exchange expects investors will transact in options on Bitcoin ETPs in the unregulated over-the-counter (“OTC”) options market (if the Commission approves Bitcoin ETPs for exchange-trading),
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     but may prefer to trade such options in a listed environment to receive the benefits of trading listing options, including (1) enhanced efficiency in initiating and closing out position; (2) increased market transparency; and (3) heightened contra-party creditworthiness due to the role of OCC as issuer and guarantor of all listed options. The Exchange believes that listing Bitcoin Fund options may cause investors to bring this liquidity to the Exchange, would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow. The ETFs that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, or precious metal commodities on which the Exchange may already list and trade options are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to different assets. The Exchange notes that it has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of any ETFs options, including ETFs that hold commodities (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     precious metals) that it currently lists and trades on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         The Exchange understands from customers that investors have historically transacted in options on ETFs in the OTC options market if such options were not available for trading in a listed environment.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Specifically, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section 6(b)(5) 
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirements that the rules of an exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. Additionally, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section (6)(b)(5) 
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirement that the rules of an exchange not be designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposal to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors because offering options on the Bitcoin Funds will provide investors with a greater opportunity to realize the benefits of utilizing options on an ETF based on a Bitcoin Fund, including cost efficiencies and increased hedging strategies. The Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Funds options will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower-cost risk management tool, allowing them to manage, more easily, their positions and associated risks in their portfolios in connection with exposure to the price of Bitcoin and with Bitcoin-related products and positions. Additionally, the Exchange's offering of Bitcoin Fund options will provide investors with the ability to transact in such options in a listed market environment as opposed to in the unregulated OTC option market, which would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow to the benefit of all investors. The Exchange also notes that it already lists options on other commodity-based ETFs,
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which, as described above, are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to a different commodity (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Bitcoin rather than precious metals) and for which the Exchange has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of commodity-backed ETF options it currently lists for trading.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, because it is consistent with current Exchange Rules, previously filed with the Commission. Options on Bitcoin Funds must satisfy the initial listing standards and continued listing standards currently in the Exchange Rules, applicable to options on all ETFs, including ETFs that hold other commodities already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange. Additionally, as demonstrated above, each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of shares that are widely held and actively traded. Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other ETF options—the same Exchange Rules that including permissible 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94834"/>
                    expirations, strike prices, minimum increments, position and exercise limits (as proposed herein), and margin requirements, will govern the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <P>The Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits are designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices and promote just and equitable principles of trade, as they are designed to address potential manipulative schemes and adverse market impacts surrounding the use of options, such as disrupting the market in the security underlying the options. The proposed position and exercise limits for options on each of the Bitcoin Funds is 25,000 contracts. These position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available in the options industry, are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given each of the Bitcoin Funds market capitalization, average daily volume, and high number of outstanding shares for each. The information above demonstrates that the average position and exercise limits of options on ETFs with comparable outstanding shares and trading volume to those of the Bitcoin Funds are significantly higher than the proposed position and exercise limits for Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the proposed position and exercise limits for the Bitcoin Fund options are conservative relative to options on ETFs with comparable market characteristics.</P>
                <P>
                    Further, given that the issuer of each Bitcoin Fund may create and redeem shares that represent an interest in Bitcoin, the Exchange believes it is relevant to compare the size of a position limit to the market capitalization of the Bitcoin market. As of August 27, 2024, the global supply of Bitcoin was 19,745,940, and the price of one Bitcoin was approximately $59,466.82,
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which equates to a market capitalization of approximately $1.165 trillion. Consider the proposed position and exercise limit of 25,000 option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund option. A position and exercise limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 of Fidelity Fund shares or ARK 21 Fund shares, as applicable (if that market participant exercised all its options. The following table shows the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 27, 2024, the value of 2,500,000 shares of the Bitcoin Fund at that price, and the approximate percentage of that value of the size of the Bitcoin market:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Blockchain.com</E>
                         | Charts—Total Circulating Bitcoin.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,15,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            August 27, 2024 share price
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Value of 2,500,000 shares of bitcoin fund
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage of bitcoin market
                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>54.33</ENT>
                        <ENT>135,825,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.01</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>62.08</ENT>
                        <ENT>155,200,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.01</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Therefore, if a market participant with the maximum 25,000 same side contracts in either Fidelity Fund options or ARK 21 Fund options exercised all positions at one time, such an event would have no practical impact on the Bitcoin market.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also believes the proposed limits are appropriate given position limits for Bitcoin futures. For example, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“CME”) imposes a position limit of 2,000 futures (for the initial spot month) on its Bitcoin futures contract.
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On August 28, 2024, CME Aug 24 Bitcoin Futures settled at $58,950. A position of 2,000 CME Bitcoin futures, therefore, would have a notional value of $589,500,000. The following table shows the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 28, 2024 and the approximate number of option contracts that equates to that notional value:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 350 (description of CME Bitcoin Futures) and Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices. Each CME Bitcoin futures contract is valued at five Bitcoins as defined by the CME CF Bitcoin Reference Rate (“BRR”). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rule 35001.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            August 28, 2024 share price
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of 
                            <LI>option </LI>
                            <LI>contracts</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>51.47</ENT>
                        <ENT>114,532</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>58.83</ENT>
                        <ENT>100,203</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The approximate number of option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund that equate to the notional value of CME Bitcoin futures is significantly higher than the proposed limit of 25,000 options contract for each Bitcoin Fund option. The fact that many options ultimately expire out of-the-money and thus are not exercised for shares of the underlying, while the delta of a Bitcoin Future is 1, further demonstrates how conservative the proposed limits of 25,000 options contracts are for the Bitcoin Fund options.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes, unlike options contracts, CME position limits are calculated on a net futures-equivalent basis by contract and include contracts that aggregate into one or more base contracts according to an aggregation ratio(s).
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, if a portfolio includes positions in options on futures, CME would aggregate those positions into the underlying futures contracts in accordance with a table published by CME on a delta equivalent value for the relevant spot month, subsequent spot month, single month and all month position limits.
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If a position exceeds position limits because of an option assignment, CME permits market participants to liquidate the excess position within one business day without being considered in violation of its rules. Additionally, if at the close of trading, a position that includes options exceeds position limits for futures contracts, when evaluated using the delta factors as of that day's close of trading but does not exceed the limits when evaluated using the previous day's delta factors, then the position 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94835"/>
                    shall not constitute a position limit violation. Considering CME's position limits on futures for Bitcoin, the Exchange believes that that the proposed same side position limits are more than appropriate for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits will have no material impact to the supply of Bitcoin. For example, consider again the proposed position limit of 25,000 option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund option. As noted above, a position limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 shares of the applicable Bitcoin Fund (if that market participant exercised all its options). As of August 7, 2024, the Bitcoin Funds had the number of shares outstanding set forth in the table below. The table below also sets forth the approximate number of market participants that could hold the maximum of 25,000 same side positions in each Bitcoin Fund that would equate to the number of shares outstanding of that Bitcoin Fund:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s30,15,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Underlying Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares 
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Number of market participants with 25,000 same side positions</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fidelity Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>201,100,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>80</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">ARK 21 Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>45,495,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>18</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>This means if 80 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in Fidelity Fund options, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. Similarly, this means if 18 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in ARK 21 Fund options, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. The Exchange believes it is highly unlikely for either such event to occur; however, even if either such event did occur, the Exchange would not expect either Bitcoin Fund to be under stress because such an event would merely induce the creation of more shares through the trust's creation and redemption process.</P>
                <P>
                    As of August 7, 2024, the global supply of Bitcoin was approximately 19,736,528.
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Based on the $47.88 price of a Fidelity Fund share on August 7, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,149 Fidelity Fund shares. Another 22,677,270,672 Fidelity Fund shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 9,070 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in Fidelity Fund options to receive shares of the Fidelity Fund holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Similarly, based on the $54.68 price of an ARK 21 Fund share on August 7, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,006 ARK 21 Fund Shares. Another 19,855 ARK 21 Fund shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin were exhausted. As a result, 7,941 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in ARK 21 Fund options to receive shares of the ARK 21 Fund holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Unlike the Bitcoin Funds, the number of shares that corporations may issue is limited. However, like corporations, which authorize additional shares, repurchase shares, or split their shares, the Bitcoin Funds may create, redeem, or split shares in response to demand. While the supply of Bitcoin is limited to 21,000,000, it is believed that it will take more than 100 years to fully mine the remaining Bitcoin.
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The supply of Bitcoin is larger than the available supply of most securities.
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Given the significant unlikelihood of any of these events ever occurring, the Exchange does not believe options on the Bitcoin Funds should be subject to position and exercise limits even lower than those proposed (which are already equal to the lowest available limit for equity options in the industry) to protect the supply of Bitcoin.
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">Blockchain.com</E>
                         | Charts—Total Circulating Bitcoin (which also shows the price of one Bitcoin equal to $55,033.47).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-254652, Fidelity Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 53-54; and Amendment No. 8 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-257474, ARK 21 Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 15.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         The market capitalization of Bitcoin would rank in the top 10 among securities.
                        <E T="03"> See https://companiesmarketcap.com/usa/largest-companies-in-the-usa-by-market-cap/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         This would be even more unlikely with respect to the Bitcoin Funds for which the Exchange proposes lower position limits.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the available supply of Bitcoin is not relevant to the determination of position and exercise limits for options overlying the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limits are not a tool that should be used to address a potential limited supply of the underlying of an underlying. Position and exercise limits do not limit the total number of options that may be held, but rather they limit the number of positions a single customer may hold or exercise at one time.
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     “Since the inception of standardized options trading, the options exchanges have had rules imposing limits on the aggregate number of options contracts that a member or customer could hold or exercise.” 
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limit rules are intended “to prevent the establishment of options positions that can be used or might create incentives to manipulate or disrupt the underlying market so as to benefit the options position. In particular, position and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94836"/>
                    exercise limits are designed to minimize the potential for mini-manipulations and for corners or squeezes of the underlying market. In addition, such limits serve to reduce the possibility for disruption of the options market itself, especially in illiquid options classes.” 
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         The Exchange is unaware of any proposed rule change related to position and exercise limits for any equity option (including commodity ETF options) for which the Commission required consideration of whether the available supply of an underlying (whether it be a corporate stock or an ETF) or the contents of an ETF (commodity or otherwise) should be considered when an exchange proposed to establish those limits. 
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.</E>
                        <E T="03">,</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 57894 (May 30, 2008), 73 FR 32061 (June 5, 2008) (SR-CBOE-2005-11) (approval order in which the Commission stated that the “listing and trading of Gold Trust Options will be subject to the exchanges' rules pertaining to position and exercise limits and margin”). The Exchange notes when the Commission approved this filing, the position limits in Cboe Rule 8.30 were the same as they are today. For reference, the current position and exercise limits for options on SPDR Gold Shares ETF (“GLD”) and options on iShares Silver Trust (“SLV”) are 250,000 contracts, or 10 times that proposed position and exercise limit for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         For example, suppose an option has a position limit of 25,000 option contracts and there are a total of 10 investors trading that option. If all 10 investors max out their positions, that would result in 250,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. However, suppose 10 more investors decide to begin trading that option and also max out their positions. This would result in 500,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. An increase in the number of investors could cause an increase in outstanding options even if position limits remain unchanged.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes that a Registration Statement on Form S-1 was filed with the Commission for each Bitcoin Fund, each of which described the supply of Bitcoin as being limited to 21,000,000 (of which approximately 90% had already been mined), and that the limit would be reached around the year 2140.
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Registration Statement permits an unlimited number of shares of the applicable Bitcoin ETF to be created. Further, the Commission approved proposed rule changes that permitted the listing and trading of shares of each Bitcoin Fund, which approval did not comment on the sufficient supply of Bitcoin or address whether there was a risk that permitting an unlimited number of shares for a Bitcoin Fund would impact the supply of Bitcoin.
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, the Exchange believes the Commission had ample time and opportunity to consider whether the supply of Bitcoin was sufficient to permit the creation of unlimited Bitcoin Fund shares, and does not believe considering this supply with respect to the establishment of position and exercise limits is appropriate given its lack of relevance to the purpose of position and exercise limits. However, given the significant size of the Bitcoin supply, the proposed positions limits are more than sufficient to protect investors and the market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-254652, Fidelity Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 53-54; and Amendment No. 8 to Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-257474, ARK 21 Fund, filed January 9, 2024, at 15.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Based on the above information demonstrating, among other things, that each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are actively traded and widely held, the Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits are extremely conservative compared to those of ETF options with similar market characteristics. The proposed position and exercise limits reasonably and appropriately balance the liquidity provisioning in the market against the prevention of manipulation. The Exchange believes these proposed limits are effectively designed to prevent an individual customer or entity from establishing options positions that could be used to manipulate the market of the underlying as well as the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new Bitcoin Fund options. As discussed above, the Exchange believes that its existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading ETF options, including Bitcoin Fund options.</P>
                <P>
                    Today, the Exchange has an adequate surveillance program in place for options. The Exchange intends to apply those same program procedures to options on the Bitcoin Fund that it applies to the Exchange's other options products.
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange's staff will have access to the surveillance programs conducted by its affiliate exchanges, MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire with respect to the underlying Bitcoin Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange will review activity in the underlying Bitcoin Fund when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Bitcoin Funds. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the ISG under the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition to obtaining surveillance data from MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire, the Exchange will be able to obtain information from Cboe and other markets through ISG. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement with FINRA. Pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillance that are common to rules of all options exchanges.
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         The surveillance program includes real-time patterns for price and volume movements and post-trade surveillance patterns (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         spoofing, marking the close, pinging, phishing).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, among other things, requires every SRO registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the SRO's own rules, and, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members. See 15 U.S.C. 78q(d)(1) and 17 CFR 240.17d-2. Section 17(d)(1) of the Act allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of certain responsibilities with respect to members of the SRO who are also members of another SRO (“common members”). Specifically, Section 17(d)(1) allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of its responsibilities to: (i) receive regulatory reports from such members; (ii) examine such members for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the SRO; or (iii) carry out other specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The underlying shares of spot bitcoin ETPs, including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in Bitcoin ETP Order:</P>
                <P>
                    Each Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange states that, given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>56</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>56</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds. Further, the Exchange represents that it will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds. Finally, the Commission has previously approved the listing and trading of options on other commodity ETFs structured as a trust, such as SPDR® Gold Trust,
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the iShares COMEX Gold 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94837"/>
                    Trust 
                    <SU>59</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the iShares Silver Trust,
                    <SU>60</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the ETFS Gold Trust,
                    <SU>61</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the ETFS Silver Trust.
                    <SU>62</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99295 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2321, 2334-35 (January 12, 2024) (SR-NASDAQ-2023-016) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 1 to a Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Shares of the iShares Bitcoin Trust Under Nasdaq Rule 5711(d)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 57897 (May 30, 2008), 73 FR 32061 (June 5, 2008) (SR-Amex-2008-15; SR-CBOE-2005-11; SR-ISE-2008-12; SR-NYSEArca-2008-52; and SRPhlx-2008-17) (Order Granting Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified, and Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified, Relating to Listing and Trading Options on the SPDR Gold Trust).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59055 (December 4, 2008), 73 FR 75148 (December 10, 2008) (SR-Amex-2008-68; SR-BSE-2008-51; SR-CBOE-2008-72; SR-ISE-2008-58; SRNYSEArca-2008-66; and SR-Phlx-2008-58) (Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes Relating to the Listing and Trading Options on Shares of the iShares COMEX Gold Trust and the iShares Silver Trust).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>60</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>61</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 61483 (February 3, 2010), 75 FR 6753 (February 10, 2010) (SR-CBOE-2010-007; SR-ISE-2009-106; SR-NYSEAmex-2009-86; and SR-NYSEArca-2009-110) (Order Granting Approval of Proposed Rule Changes and Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to Listing and Trading Options on the ETFS Gold Trust and the ETFS Silver Trust).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>62</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. In this regard and as indicated above, the Exchange notes that the rule change is being proposed as a competitive response to filings submitted by Cboe.
                    <SU>63</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>63</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act as options on the Bitcoin Funds will be equally available to all market participants who wish to trade such options and will trade generally in the same manner as other options. Further, options on the Bitcoin Funds will be subject to Exchange Rules that currently govern the listing and trading of options on ETFs, including permissible expirations, strike prices, minimum increments, position and exercise limits (including as proposed to modify herein), and margin requirements. Also, and as stated above, the Exchange already lists options on other commodity ETFs structured as a trust.
                    <SU>64</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, the Bitcoin Funds would need to satisfy the maintenance listing standards set forth in the Exchange Rules in the same manner as any other ETF for the Exchange to continue listing options on them.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>64</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposal to list to list and trade Bitcoin Funds options will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the extent that the advent of Bitcoin Fund options trading on the Exchange may make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace to market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are free to elect to become market participants on the Exchange. Additionally, other options exchanges are free to amend their listing rules, as applicable, to permit them to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange notes that listing and trading Bitcoin Fund options on the Exchange will subject such options to transparent exchange-based rules as well as price discovery and liquidity, as opposed to alternatively trading such options in the OTC market.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change may relieve any burden on, or otherwise promote, competition as it is designed to increase competition for order flow on the Exchange in a manner that is beneficial to investors by providing them with a lower-cost option to hedge their investment portfolios. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues that offer similar products. Ultimately, the Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options for trading on the Exchange will promote competition by providing investors with an additional, relatively low-cost means to hedge their portfolios and meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin prices and Bitcoin-related products and positions on a listed options exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received from Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>Written comments were neither solicited nor received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>65</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>66</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>67</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and subparagraph (f)(6) of Rule 19b-4 thereunder.
                    <SU>68</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>65</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>66</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>67</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>68</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change, along with a brief description and text of the proposed rule change, at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Commission waives this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) 
                    <SU>69</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     under the Act does not normally become operative prior to 30 days after the date of the filing. However, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii),
                    <SU>70</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Commission may designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has requested that the Commission waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission previously approved the listing of options on the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF.
                    <SU>71</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange has provided information regarding the underlying Bitcoin Funds, including, among other things, information regarding trading volume, the number of beneficial holders, and the market capitalization of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposal also establishes position and exercise limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds and provides information regarding the surveillance procedures that will apply to Bitcoin Fund options. The Commission believes that waiver of the operative delay could benefit investors by providing an additional venue for trading Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change as operative upon filing.
                    <SU>72</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>69</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>70</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>71</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101387 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84948 (October 24, 2024) (SR-Cboe-2024-035) (Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 2 and 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 2 and 3, To Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on Bitcoin Exchange-Traded Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>72</SU>
                         For purposes only of waiving the 30-day operative delay, the Commission has also considered the proposed rule's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94838"/>
                    public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-MIAX-2024-43 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-MIAX-2024-43. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-MIAX-2024-43 and should be submitted on or before December 20, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>73</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>73</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12), (59).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27989 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[SEC File No. 270-224, OMB Control No. 3235-0217]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Extension: Rule 17e-1</SUBJECT>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">Upon Written Request, Copies Available From:</E>
                     Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-2736
                </FP>
                <P>
                    Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) (“Paperwork Reduction Act”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) a request for extension of the previously approved collection of information described below.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Rule 17e-1 (17 CFR 270.17e-1) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) (the “Investment Company Act”) deems a remuneration as “not exceeding the usual and customary broker's commission” for purposes of Section 17(e)(2)(A) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(e)(2)(A)) if, among other things, a registered investment company's (“fund's”) board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund, has adopted procedures reasonably designed to provide that the remuneration to an affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to that received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period of time and the board makes and approves such changes as it deems necessary. In addition, each quarter, the board must determine that all transactions effected under the rule during the preceding quarter complied with the established procedures (“review requirement”). Rule 17e-1 also requires the fund to (i) maintain permanently in an easily accessible place a written copy of the procedures adopted by the board for complying with the requirements of the rule; and (ii) maintain for a period of six years, the first two in an easily accessible place, a written record of each transaction subject to the rule, setting forth the amount and source of the commission, fee, or other remuneration received; the identity of the broker; the terms of the transaction; and the materials used to determine that the transactions were effected in compliance with the procedures adopted by the board (“recordkeeping requirement”). The review and recordkeeping requirements of rule 17e-1 permit Commission staff to monitor the reasonableness and fairness of remuneration received by affiliated persons of the fund. Without the recordkeeping requirement, Commission inspectors would have difficulty ascertaining whether funds were complying with rule 17e-1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Based upon an analysis of fund filings on Form N-CEN, approximately 1,614 funds report reliance on rule 17e-1.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Based on staff experience and conversations with fund representatives, we estimate that the burden of compliance with rule 17e-1 is approximately 50 hours per fund per year. This time is spent, for example, reviewing the applicable transactions and maintaining records. Accordingly, we calculate the total estimated annual internal burden of complying with the review and recordkeeping requirements of rule 17e-1 to be approximately 80,700 hours.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     We further estimate that, of these:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Staff estimate is based on a three-year average of funds reporting reliance on rule 17e-1 covering calendar years 2022-2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         1,614 funds × 50 hours per fund = 80,700 hours.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • 60 percent (48,420 hours) are spent by senior accountants, at an estimated hourly wage of $266,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for a total of approximately $12,879,720 per year; 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The Commission's estimates concerning the allocation of burden hours and the relevant wage rates are based on consultations with industry representatives and on salary information for the securities industry compiled by the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association; the estimated wage figures are also based on published rates for senior accountants and in-house attorneys, modified to account for an 1800-hour work-year and multiplied by 5.35 to account for bonuses, firm size, employee benefits, and overhead, yielding effective hourly rates of $266 and $511, respectively; 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association, Report on Management &amp; Professional Earnings in the Securities Industry 2013.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         48,420 hours × $266 per hour = $12,879,720.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • 30 percent (24,210 hours) are spent by in-house attorneys at an estimated hourly wage of $511, for a total of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94839"/>
                    approximately $12,371,310 per year; 
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         24,210 hours × $511 per hour = $12,371,310.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • 10 percent (8,070) are spent by the funds' board of directors at an hourly cost of $4,770, for a total of approximately $38,493,900 per year.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         8,070 hours × $4,770 per hour = $38,493,900; the estimate for the cost of board time as a whole is derived from estimates made by the staff regarding typical board size and compensation that is based on information received from fund representatives and publicly available sources.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Based on these estimated wage rates, the total cost to the industry of the hour burden for complying with the review and recordkeeping requirements of rule 17e-1 is approximately $63,744,930.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Commission staff estimates that there is no cost burden associated with the information collection requirement of rule 17e-1 other than this cost.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         $12,879,720 + $12,371,310 + $38,493,900 = $63,744,930.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Estimates of the average burden hours are made solely for the purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act and are not derived from a comprehensive or even a representative survey or study of the costs of Commission rules and forms. The collection of information under rule 17e-1 is required to obtain the benefits of the rule. The information provided under rule 17e-1 will not be kept confidential. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
                <P>
                    The 30-day public comment period for this information collection request opens on December 2, 2024 and ends on December 30, 2024. View the full information request and submit comments at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAViewICR?ref_nbr=202409-3235-009</E>
                     or email comments to 
                    <E T="03">MBX.OMB.OIRA.SEC_desk_officer@omb.eop.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27980 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101713; File No. SR-NYSEARCA-2024-101]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Option Contracts on the Grayscale Fund, the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust BTC, and the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>November 22, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that, on November 20, 2024, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the self-regulatory organization. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78a.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to list and trade option contracts on the Grayscale Fund, (BTC), the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust BTC, and the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">www.nyse.com,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and the Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 5.3-O (Criteria for Underlying Securities), Rule 5.4-O (Withdrawal of Approval of Underlying Securities), Rule 5.32-O (Terms of FLEX Options), and Rule 6.8-O (Position Limits),) to allow the Exchange to list and trade options on the following exchange-traded products: the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (BTC) (the “Grayscale Fund” or “GBTC”), the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust BTC (the “Grayscale Mini Fund” or “BTC”), and the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF (the “Bitwise Fund” or “BITB” and, collectively, the “Bitcoin Funds” or “Funds”).
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     This proposal would align the Exchange's rules with that of its affiliated exchange, NYSE American LLC.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As such this proposal does not raise any new or novel issues not previously considered by the Commission.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Rule 5-3-O, Commentary .010. On January 11, 2024, GBTC and BITB began trading on the Exchange after the Commission approved rule changes to list and trade shares of “Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares” pursuant to Rule 8.201-E(c)(1) (Commodity-Based Trust Shares), including GBTC and BITB. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units), 89 FR 3008 (January 17, 2024) (SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44; SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90). 
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        On July 13, 2024, after receiving approval of the Commission, BTC began trading on the Exchange. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100610 (July 26, 2024) (Order Granting Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, to List and Trade Share of BTC pursuant to NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares)), 89 FR 62821 (August 1, 2024) (SR-NYSEARCA-2023-45).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101386 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84960 (October 24, 2024) (SR-NYSEAMER-2024-49) (Order approving the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds) (the “American Bitcoin Options Approval Order”). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         NYSE American Rule 915, Commentary .10(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>As discussed herein, the Exchange believes options on the Bitcoin Funds would permit hedging, and allow for more liquidity, better price efficiency, and less volatility with respect to the underlying Funds. Further, permitting the listing of such options would enhance the transparency and efficiency of markets in these and correlated products.</P>
                <P>
                    Rule 5.3-O provides that, subject to certain other criteria set forth in the Rule,
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     securities deemed appropriate for 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94840"/>
                    options trading include Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (or ETFs) that represent certain types of interests 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and exchange-traded products (“ETPs”) structured as trusts that hold precious metals (which are deemed commodities).
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Like ETPs backed by precious metals (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     commodities), the Exchange proposes to allow options trading on the Bitcoin Funds that hold Bitcoin—which is also deemed a commodity.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         To be eligible for options trading, ETFs and ETPs must satisfy the initial listing criteria set forth in Rule 5.3-O(g)(1) through (2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g) permits options trading on ETFs that are traded on a national securities exchange and are defined as an “NMS stock” in Rule 600(b)(55) of Regulation NMS, that represent interests in registered investment companies (or series thereof) organized as open-end management investment companies, unit investment trusts or similar entities that hold portfolios of securities and/or financial instruments including, but not limited to, stock index futures contracts, options on futures, options on securities and indexes, equity caps, collars and floors, swap agreements, forward contracts, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements (the “Financial Instruments”), and money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements (the “Money Market Instruments”) comprising or otherwise based on or representing investments in indexes or portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments (or that hold securities in one or more other registered investment companies that themselves hold such portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments); interests in a trust or similar entity that holds a specified non-U.S. currency deposited with the trust or similar entity when aggregated in some specified minimum number may be surrendered to the trust by the beneficial owner to receive the specified non-U.S. currency and pays the beneficial owner interest and other distributions on deposited non-U.S. currency, if any, declared and paid by the trust (“Currency Trust Shares”); commodity pool interests principally engaged, directly or indirectly, in holding and/or managing portfolios or baskets of securities, commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or non-U.S. currency (“Commodity Pool Units”); or represents an interest in a registered investment company (“Investment Company”) organized as an open-end management investment company or similar entity, that invests in a portfolio of securities selected by the Investment Company's investment adviser consistent with the Investment Company's investment objectives and policies, which is issued in a specified aggregate minimum number in return for a deposit of a specified portfolio of securities and/or a cash amount with a value equal to the next determined net asset value (“NAV”), and when aggregated in the same specified minimum number, may be redeemed at a holder's request, which holder will be paid a specified portfolio of securities and/or cash with a value equal to the next determined NAV (“Managed Fund Share”); provided that all of the conditions listed in Rules 5.3-O and 5.4-O are met. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g)(i)-(iii) and (vii)
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g) permits the listing and trading of options on shares of the following trusts: SPDR Gold Trust, the iShares COMEX Gold Trust, the iShares Silver Trust, the ETFS Silver Trust, the ETFS Gold Trust, ETFS Palladium Trust, or ETFS Platinum Trust. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g)(iv)-(vi) and (viii)-(ix)
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Rule 5.3-O, Commentary .01 (The Exchange may list and trade options on shares of GBTC, BTC, and BITB, pursuant to Rules 5.3-O and 5.4-O”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Bitcoin Funds are structured as trusts that hold bitcoin. Like ETFs and ETPs currently deemed appropriate for options trading, the investment objective of each Bitcoin Fund trust is for its shares to reflect the performance of Bitcoin (less the expenses of the trust's operations), offering investors an opportunity to gain exposure to Bitcoin without the complexities of Bitcoin delivery. Each Bitcoin Fund's shares represent units of fractional undivided beneficial interest in the trust, the assets of which consist principally of Bitcoin and are designed to track Bitcoin or the performance of the price of Bitcoin and offer access to the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Bitcoin Funds provide investors with cost-efficient alternatives that allow a level of participation in the Bitcoin market through the securities market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         Each trust may include minimal cash.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the Exchange's initial listing standards set forth in Rule 5.3-O(a).
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange notes that the Bitcoin Funds also satisfy the listing standard applied to ETFs traded on the Exchange that they be available for creation and redemption each business day as set forth in Rule 5.3-O(g)(1)(B).
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         Rule 5.3-O(a) provides for guidelines to be used by the Exchange when evaluating potential underlying securities for Exchange option transactions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g)(1)(B) requires that ETFs must be available for creation or redemption each business day from or through the issuer in cash or in kind at a price related to net asset value, and the issuer must be obligated to issue ETFs in a specified aggregate number even if some or all of the investment assets required to be deposited have not been received by the issuer, subject to the condition that the person obligated to deposit the investments has undertaken to deliver the investment assets as soon as possible and such undertaking is secured by the delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash or cash equivalents satisfactory to the issuer, as provided in the respective prospectus.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    First, each of the Bitcoin Funds satisfy the criteria and guidelines set forth in Rule 5.3-O. Pursuant to Rule 5.3-O(b), a security on which options may be listed and traded on the Exchange must be duly registered (with the Commission) and be an NMS stock (as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act) and be characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each of the Bitcoin Funds is an NMS Stock as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         The criteria and guidelines for a security to be considered widely held and actively traded are set forth in Rule 5.3-O(a), subject to exceptions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.3-O(b). An “NMS stock” means any NMS security other than an option, and an “NMS security” means any security or class of securities for which transaction reports are collected, processed, and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan (or an effective national market system plan for reporting transaction in listed options). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         17 CFR 242.600(b)(64) (definition of “NMS security”) and (65) (definition of “NMS stock”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>As of August 30, 2024, the Bitcoin Funds had the following number of shares outstanding (and corresponding market capitalization):</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares 
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Market value
                            <LI>(8/30/2024)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>$13,443,091,524</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,930,157,526</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,221,640,670</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As shown above, each of the Bitcoin Funds had significantly more than 7,000,000 shares outstanding, which is the minimum number of shares of a corporate stock that the Exchange generally requires to list options on that stock pursuant to the Exchange's rules. The Exchange believes this demonstrates that each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares.</P>
                <P>Further, the below table contains information regarding the number of beneficial holders of the Bitcoin Funds as of August 14, 2024.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Beneficial holders
                            <LI>(8/14/24)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>464,364</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,403</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>75,437</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="94841"/>
                <P>As this table shows, each Bitcoin Fund has significantly more than 2,000 beneficial holders (approximately 232, 7, and 38 times more, respectively), which is the minimum number of holders the Exchange generally requires for corporate stock in order to list options on that stock pursuant to pursuant to the Exchange's rules. Therefore, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are widely held.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are actively traded. Further, as of September 30, 2024, the total trading volume (by shares and notional) for these funds since they began trading 
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the average daily volume (“ADV”) over the 30-day period of September 1 through September 30, 2024, was as follows:
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         As noted 
                        <E T="03">supra,</E>
                         GBTC and BITB began trading on January 11th and BTC began trading on July 31st. The measurement period for the trading volume (shares/notional) is January 11 through September 20, 2024, for GBTC and BITB (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         nine months) and July 31through September 20, 2024, for BTC (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         two months).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         FactSet, 9/30/2024, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.factset.com/data-attribution.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,15,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Trading 
                            <LI>volume</LI>
                            <LI>(Shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Trading volume
                            <LI>(Notional $)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            ADV
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,803,567,700</ENT>
                        <ENT>93,472,544,497</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,266,138</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>335,492,930</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,792,866,521</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,838,546</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>434,815,840</ENT>
                        <ENT>14,433,361,384</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,949,835</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As demonstrated above, even though these Bitcoin Funds have been trading for less than one year (and in the case of the BTC, for several months), the trading volume for each is substantially higher than 2,400,000 shares (between roughly 165 and 700 times that amount), which is the minimum 12-month volume the Exchange generally requires for a security in order to list options on that security. The Exchange believes this data demonstrates each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are actively traded.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to satisfying the Exchange's initial listing standards, options on Bitcoin Funds will be subject to the Exchange's continued listing standards as set forth in Rule 5.4-O.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         The Exchange proposes to adopt Commentary .02 to Rule 5.4-O to specify that for purposes of the continued listing standards set forth in Rule 5.3-O(k), the Bitcoin Funds will be deemed “Exchange-Traded Fund Shares.” 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Commentary .02 to Rule 5.4-O.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Rule 5.4-O(b)(5), the Exchange will not open for trading any additional series of option contracts covering a fund traded on the Exchange if such fund ceases to be an “NMS stock” or the fund is halted from trading on its primary market.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, options on funds traded on the Exchange may be subject to the suspension of opening transactions as follows: (1) the fund no longer meets the terms of Rule 5.4-O(b)(1)-(4); (2) following the initial twelve-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of the fund, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial holders of the fund for 30 or more consecutive trading days; (3) the value of the underlying commodity is no longer calculated or available; or (4) such other event occurs or condition exists that in the opinion of the Exchange makes further dealing on the Exchange inadvisable.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.4-O(k).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Options on each Bitcoin Fund will be physically settled contracts with American-style exercise.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consistent with Rule 6.4-O, which governs the opening of options series on a specific underlying security (including ETFs and ETPs), the Exchange will open at least one expiration month for options on each Bitcoin Fund 
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     at the commencement of trading on the Exchange and may also list series of options on Bitcoin Funds for trading on a weekly,
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     monthly,
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or quarterly 
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     basis. The Exchange may also list long-term equity option series (“LEAPS”) that expire from twelve to thirty-nine months from the time they are listed.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.5-O (Rights and Obligations of Holders and Writers), which provides that the rights and obligations of holders and writers of option contracts of any class of options dealt in on the Exchange shall be as set forth in the Rules of the Clearing Corporation. 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         OCC Rules, Chapter VIII, which governs exercise and assignment, and Chapter IX, which governs the discharge of delivery and payment obligations arising out of the exercise of physically settled stock option contracts. OCC Rules can be located at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.theocc.com/getmedia/9d3854cd-b782-450f-bcf7-33169b0576ce/occrules.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O(d). The monthly expirations are subject to certain listing criteria for underlying securities described within Rule 5.3-O. Monthly listings expire the third Friday of the month. The term “expiration date” (unless separately defined elsewhere in the OCC By-Laws), when used in respect of an option contract (subject to certain exceptions), means the third Friday of the expiration month of such option contract, or if such Friday is a day on which the exchange on which such option is listed is not open for business, the preceding day on which such exchange is open for business. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         OCC By-Laws Article I, Section 1. Pursuant to Rule 6.4-O(a), additional series of options of the same class may be opened for trading on the Exchange when the Exchange deems it necessary to maintain an orderly market, to meet customer demand or when the market price of the underlying stock moves more than five strike prices from the initial exercise price or prices. New series of options on an individual stock may be added until the beginning of the month in which the options contract will expire. Due to unusual market conditions, the Exchange, in its discretion, may add a new series of options on an individual stock until the close of trading on the business day prior to expiration.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .07.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .09.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .08.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .05(a), which governs strike prices of series of options on ETFs, the interval between strike prices of series of options on Bitcoin Funds will be $1 or greater when the strike price is $200 or less and $5 or greater where the strike price is over $200.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, the Exchange may list series of options pursuant to the $1 Strike Price Interval Program,
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $0.50 Strike Program,
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $2.50 Strike Price Program,
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the $5 Strike Program.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to Rule 6.72-O, where the price of a series of a Bitcoin Fund option is less than $3.00, the minimum increment will be $0.05, and where the price is $3.00 or higher, the minimum increment will be $0.10.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any and all new series of Bitcoin Fund options that the Exchange lists will be consistent and comply with the expirations, strike prices, and minimum increments set forth in Rules 6.4-O and 6.72-O, as applicable. Further, the Exchange notes that Rule 4.16-O, which governs margin requirements applicable 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94842"/>
                    to the trading of all options on the Exchange, including options on ETFs and ETPs, will also apply to the trading of Bitcoin Fund options.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that for options listed pursuant to the Short Term Option Series Program, the Monthly Options Series Program, and the Quarterly Options Series Program, Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .07 through .09, specifically set forth intervals between strike prices on Quarterly Options Series, Short Term Option Series, and Monthly Options Series, respectively.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .04.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .13.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .03.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O, Commentary .10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         If options on a Bitcoin Fund are eligible to participate in the Penny Interval Program, the minimum increment of $0.01 below $3.00 and $0.50 above $3.00 would apply. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 6.4-O(a)(3). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         Rule 6.72A-O (which describes the requirements for the Penny Interval Program).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Rule 5.32(f)(1) permits the Exchange to authorize for trading a FLEX option class on any equity security if it may authorize for trading a non-FLEX option class on that equity security pursuant to Rule 5.3-O.
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     At this time, the Exchange is not proposing to permit Bitcoin Fund options to trade as FLEX options.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange therefore proposes to modify Rule 5.32(f)(1) to specify this exception, which will add clarity and transparency to Exchange Rules.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.32-O(f)(1). 
                        <E T="03">See generally</E>
                         Section 4 (Flexible Exchange (“FLEX”) Options).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         The Exchange will continue ongoing discussions with the Commission regarding appropriate position limits for the Bitcoin Funds and plans to submit a separate rule filing that would permit the Exchange to authorize for trading FLEX options on the Funds (which filing may propose changes to existing FLEX option position limits for such options if appropriate).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Rule 5.32(f)(1) (providing, in relevant part, that the Exchange may approve and open for trading any FLEX Equity Options series on any equity security that is eligible for Non-FLEX Options trading under Rule 5.3-O “except those set forth in Commentary .01 to Rule 5.3-O,” 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the Bitcoin Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Position and Exercise Limits</HD>
                <P>
                    Position and exercise limits for options, including options on Bitcoin Funds, are determined pursuant to Rules 6.8-O and 6.9-O, respectively. Position and exercise limits for options vary according to the number of outstanding shares and the trading volumes of the underlying security over the past six months, where the largest in capitalization and the most frequently traded funds have an option position and exercise limit of 250,000 contracts (with adjustments for splits, re-capitalizations, etc.) on the same side of the market; and smaller capitalization funds have position and exercise limits of 200,000, 75,000, 50,000 or 25,000 contracts (with adjustments for splits, re-capitalizations, etc.) on the same side of the market.
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Commentary .06(a)-(e) to Rule 6.8-O. For an option to be eligible for the 50,000-contract limit, the security underlying the option must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 20,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 15,000,000 shares and at least 40,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 75,000-contract limit, the underlying security must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 40,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 30,000,000 shares and at least 120,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 200,000-contract limit, the underlying security must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 80,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 60,000,000 shares and at least 240,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 250,000-contract limit, the security underlying the option must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 100,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 75,000,000 shares and at least 300,000,000 shares currently outstanding. The 25,000-contract limit applies to options on underlying securities that do not qualify for a higher contract limit. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Commentary .07(c) to Rule 6.8-O. In addition, Commentary .07(f) to Rule 6.8-O establishes higher position limits for options on certain ETFs.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Position limits are designed to limit the number of options contracts traded on the Exchange in an underlying security that an investor, acting alone or in concert with others directly or indirectly, may control. The purpose of position limits is to address potential manipulative schemes and adverse market impacts surrounding the use of options, such as disrupting the market in the security underlying the options. Accordingly, position limits must balance concerns regarding mitigating potential manipulation and the cost of inhibiting potential hedging activity that investors may use for legitimate economic purposes. To achieve this balance, the Exchange proposes to set the position and exercise limits for the options on the Bitcoin Funds at 25,000 contracts, which limits are already in place for the Bitcoin Funds on NYSE American LLC.
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed 6.8-O, Commentary .07(f).
                        <E T="03"> See</E>
                         NYSE American Rule 904, Commentary .07(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Capping the position limit at 25,000 contracts, the lowest limit available in options, would address concerns related to manipulation and protection of investors as this number is conservative for the Bitcoin Funds and therefore appropriate given their liquidity. The Exchange believes that the proposed 25,000-contract position limit is conservative for options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         The Exchange may file a subsequent rule change to amend the position and exercise limit for options on any or all the Bitcoin Funds based on additional data regarding trading activity, to continue to balance any concerns regarding manipulation. A higher position limit would allow institutional investors to utilize options on the Bitcoin Funds for prudent risk management purposes.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Based on the foregoing, the Exchange believes the proposal to list options on the Bitcoin Funds with positions and exercise limits of 25,000 on the same side, the lowest position limit available in the options industry, is conservative and appropriate given the market capitalization, average daily volume, and high number of outstanding shares for each of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposed position and exercise limits reasonably and appropriately balance the liquidity provisioning in the market against the prevention of manipulation. The Exchange believes these proposed limits are effectively designed to prevent an individual customer or entity from establishing options positions that could be used to manipulate the market of the underlying Bitcoin Funds as well as the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>As described herein, options on the Bitcoin Funds will trade in the same manner as any other ETF or ETP options on the Exchange, except that the Bitcoin Funds will not be eligible for FLEX options trading. The Exchange Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of options on the Exchange, including, for example, Rules that govern listing criteria, expiration and exercise prices, minimum increments, margin requirements, customer accounts and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to all other ETFs and ETPs that are listed and traded on the Exchange, including the precious metal-backed commodity ETPs already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange. Further, as described above, Exchange Rules regarding position and exercise limits will likewise apply to options on the Bitcoin Funds except that, as proposed, the position and exercise limits will be set at 25,000 on the same side.</P>
                <P>The Exchange notes that options on Bitcoin Funds would not be available for trading until The Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) represents to the Exchange that it is fully able to clear and settle such options. The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it and The Options Price Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional traffic associated with the listing of options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange believes any additional traffic that would be generated from the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds would be manageable. The Exchange represents that Exchange members will not have a capacity issue as a result of this proposed rule change.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange represents that the same surveillance procedures applicable to all other options currently listed and traded on the Exchange will apply to options on Bitcoin Funds, and that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new option series. The Exchange's existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options on ETFs and ETPs, such as (existing) precious metal-backed ETP options, as well as the proposed options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94843"/>
                    believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Specifically, the Exchange's market surveillance staff also conducts surveillances with respect to the Bitcoin Funds and, as appropriate, would review activity in the underlying Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on each Trust. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”) under the ISG Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. The Exchange will be able to obtain information regarding trading in the shares of the underlying Trusts from Nasdaq, LLC, Cboe Exchange, Inc., and other markets on which the Trusts trade through the ISG. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement (“RSA”) with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). Pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillances.
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, among other things, requires every SRO registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the SRO's own rules, and, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q(d)(1) and 17 CFR 240.17d-2. Section 17(d)(1) of the Act allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of certain responsibilities with respect to members of the SRO who are also members of another SRO. Specifically, Section 17(d)(1) allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of its responsibilities to: (i) receive regulatory reports from such members; (ii) examine such members for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the SRO; or (iii) carry out other specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The underlying shares of spot bitcoin ETPs, including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in its order approving proposals of several exchanges to list and trade shares of spot bitcoin-based exchange-traded products (“Bitcoin ETP Order”): 
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008 (January 17, 2024) (File Nos. SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SRCboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units) (“Bitcoin ETP Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Each Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3009.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, and given that the “CME's surveillance can assist in detecting [the impact of fraud or manipulation] on CME bitcoin future prices,” the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <FTREF/>
                    <SU>42</SU>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (BTC) under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90), filed Jan. 5, 2024, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2021-90/srnysearca202190-358659-884182.pdf</E>
                         ; Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44), filed Jan. 5, 2024, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2023-44/srnysearca202344-358800-884322.pdf;</E>
                         and Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust Under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E, Commodity-Based Trust Shares, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100290 (June 6, 2024), 89 FR 49931 (June 12, 2024) (SR-NYSEARCA-2024-45).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Finally, quotation and last sale information for ETFs is available via the Consolidated Tape Association (“CTA”) high speed line. Quotation and last sale information for such securities is also available from the exchange on which such securities are listed. Quotation and last sale information for options on Bitcoin Funds will be available via OPRA and major market data vendors.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering options on the Bitcoin Funds will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower cost investing tool to gain exposure to the price of Bitcoin and hedging vehicle to meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin-related products and positions. The Exchange expects investors will transact in options on Bitcoin Funds in the unregulated over-the-counter (“OTC”) options market,
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     but may prefer to trade such options in a listed environment to receive the benefits of trading listed options, including (1) enhanced efficiency in initiating and closing out position; (2) increased market transparency; and (3) heightened contra-party creditworthiness due to the role of OCC as issuer and guarantor of all listed options. The Exchange believes that listing options on the Bitcoin Funds may cause investors to bring this liquidity to the Exchange, would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow. The Exchange notes that the ETPs that hold precious metal commodities on which the Exchange may already list and trade options are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to different assets. The Exchange notes that it has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of options on any ETFs or ETPs that hold commodities (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     precious metals) that it currently lists and trades on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         The Exchange understands from customers that investors have historically transacted in options on ETFs in the OTC options market if such options were not available for trading in a listed environment.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act 
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act 
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanisms of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposal to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds will remove impediments to and perfect the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94844"/>
                    mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors because offering options on the Bitcoin Funds will provide investors with an opportunity to realize the benefits of utilizing options on a Bitcoin Fund, including cost efficiencies and increased hedging strategies.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options will benefit investors by providing them with a relatively lower-cost risk management tool, which will allow them to manage their positions and associated risk in their portfolios more easily in connection with exposure to the price of Bitcoin and with Bitcoin-related products and positions. Additionally, the Exchange's offering of Bitcoin Fund options will provide investors with the ability to transact in such options in a listed market environment as opposed to in the unregulated OTC market, which would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow to the benefit of all investors. The Exchange also notes that it already lists options on other commodity-based ETPs,
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which, as described above, are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as the Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to a different commodity (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Bitcoin rather than precious metals) and for which the Exchange has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of commodity-backed ETP options it currently lists for trading.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, because it is consistent with current Exchange Rules previously filed with the Commission. Options on the Bitcoin Funds satisfy the initial listing standards and continued listing standards currently in the Exchange Rules applicable to options on all ETFs and ETPs, including ETPs that hold other commodities already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange. Additionally, as demonstrated above, each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of shares that are widely held and actively traded. Bitcoin fund options will trade in the same manner as any other ETF or ETP options—the same Exchange Rules that currently govern the listing and trading of options, including permissible expirations, strike prices, minimum increments, and margin requirements, will govern the listing and trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in the same manner.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change to exclude the Bitcoin Funds from being eligible for trading as FLEX options is consistent with the Act, because it will permit the Exchange to continue to participate in ongoing discussions with the Commission regarding appropriate position limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         The Exchange will submit a separate rule filing that would permit the Exchange to authorize for trading FLEX options on the Bitcoin Funds (which filing may propose changes to existing FLEX option position limits for such options if appropriate).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed position and exercise limit for options on the Bitcoin Funds is 25,000 contracts. These position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available in the options industry, are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the Bitcoin Funds' market capitalization, average daily volume, number of beneficial holders, and high number of outstanding shares.
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The proposed position and exercise limits are consistent with the Act as they addresses concerns related to manipulation and protection of investors because the position and exercise limits are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the Bitcoin Funds are actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that the Bitcoin Funds have are approved for options trading on NYSE American. 
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change to Rule 5.32-O, to make clear that options on the Bitcoin Funds are not eligible for FLEX trading, will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because it adds clarity and transparency to Exchange Rules making them easier to navigate and understand to the benefit of investors and the public interest.</P>
                <P>The Exchange represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new Bitcoin Fund options. The Exchange believes that its existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options, including Bitcoin Fund options. The Exchange's existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options on ETFs and ETPs, such as (existing) precious metal-commodity backed ETP options as well as the proposed options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules.</P>
                <P>Specifically, the Exchange's market surveillance staff also conducts surveillances with respect to the Bitcoin Funds and, as appropriate, would review activity in the underlying Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on each Trust. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement (“ISG”) under the ISG Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition, the Exchange is a party to an RSA with FINRA and pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillances. Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.</P>
                <P>
                    The underlying shares of spot bitcoin ETPs, including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in its order approving proposals of several exchanges to list and trade shares of spot bitcoin-based ETPs, “[e]ach Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.” 
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, and given that the “CME's surveillance can assist in detecting [the impact of fraud or manipulation] on CME bitcoin future prices,” the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In light of surveillance measures related to both options and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94845"/>
                    futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds. Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin ETPs.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3009.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (BTC) under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90), filed Jan. 5, 2024, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2021-90/srnysearca202190-358659-884182.pdf</E>
                         ; Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44), filed Jan. 5, 2024, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2023-44/srnysearca202344-358800-884322.pdf;</E>
                         and Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust Under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E, Commodity-Based Trust Shares, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100290 (June 6, 2024), 89 FR 49931 (June 12, 2024) (SR-NYSEARCA-2024-45).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intramarket Competition:</E>
                     The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act as options on the Bitcoin Funds would need to satisfy the initial listing standards set forth in the Exchange Rules in the same manner as any other option on an ETF before the Exchange could list these options. Additionally, Bitcoin Fund options will be equally available to all market participants who wish to trade such options. The Exchange Rules currently applicable to the listing and trading of options on ETFs on the Exchange will apply in the same manner to the listing and trading of all options on the Bitcoin Funds. Also, and as stated above, the Exchange already lists options on other commodity-based ETPs.
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g) permits the listing and trading of options on shares of the following trusts: SPDR Gold Trust, the iShares COMEX Gold Trust, the iShares Silver Trust, the ETFS Silver Trust, the ETFS Gold Trust, ETFS Palladium Trust, or ETFS Platinum Trust). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 5.3-O(g)(iv)-(vi) and (viii)-(ix).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intermarket Competition:</E>
                     The Exchange does not believe that the proposal to list and trade options on Bitcoin Funds will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the extent that the advent of Bitcoin Fund options trading on the Exchange may make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace to market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are free to elect to become market participants on the Exchange. As noted herein, this is a competitive filing as the Commission recently approved the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds on NYSE American LLC.
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 4 (regarding the American Bitcoin Options Approval Order). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         NYSE American Rule 915, Commentary .10(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Additionally, other options exchanges are free to amend their listing rules, as applicable, to permit them to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange notes that listing and trading Bitcoin Fund options on the Exchange will subject such options to transparent exchange-based rules as well as price discovery and liquidity, as opposed to alternatively trading such options in the OTC market.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change may relieve any burden on, or otherwise promote, competition as it is designed to increase competition for order flow on the Exchange in a manner that is beneficial to investors by providing them with a lower-cost option to hedge their investment portfolios. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues that offer similar products. Ultimately, the Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options for trading on the Exchange will promote competition by providing investors with an additional, relatively low-cost means to hedge their portfolios and meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin prices and Bitcoin-related products and positions on a listed options exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>56</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and subparagraph (f)(6) of Rule 19b-4 thereunder.
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>56</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change, along with a brief description and text of the proposed rule change, at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Commission waives this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) 
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     under the Act does not normally become operative prior to 30 days after the date of the filing. However, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii),
                    <SU>59</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Commission may designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has requested that the Commission waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission previously approved the listing of options on the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust, the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust BTC, and the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF.
                    <SU>60</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange has provided information regarding the underlying Bitcoin Funds, including, among other things, information regarding trading volume, the number of beneficial holders, and the market capitalization of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposal also establishes position and exercise limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds and provides information regarding the surveillance procedures that will apply to Bitcoin Fund options. The Commission believes that waiver of the operative delay could benefit investors by providing an additional venue for trading Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94846"/>
                    Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change as operative upon filing.
                    <SU>61</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>60</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101386 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84960 (October 24, 2024) (SR-NYSEAMER-2024-49) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 3, To Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on Bitcoin Exchange-Traded Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>61</SU>
                         For purposes only of waiving the 30-day operative delay, the Commission has also considered the proposed rule's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number NYSEARCA-2024-101 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number NYSEARCA-2024-101. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number NYSEARCA-2024-101 and should be submitted on or before December 20, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>62</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>62</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27996 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101711; File No. SR-CBOE-2024-051]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Exchange Rules 4.3, 4.20, and 8.30</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>November 22, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on November 21, 2024, Cboe Exchange, Inc. (“Exchange” or “Cboe Options”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>Cboe Exchange, Inc. (the “Exchange” or “Cboe Options”) proposes to amend Rules 4.3, 4.20, and 8.30. The text of the proposed rule change is provided in Exhibit 5.</P>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is also available on the Exchange's website (
                    <E T="03">http://www.cboe.com/AboutCBOE/CBOELegalRegulatoryHome.aspx</E>
                    ), at the Exchange's Office of the Secretary, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend Rules 4.3 regarding the criteria for underlying securities. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06(a)(4) to allow the Exchange to list and trade options on Units 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     that represent interests in the iShares Bitcoin Trust (the “iShares Fund”), the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (the “Grayscale Fund”), the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust (the “Grayscale Mini Fund”), or the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF (the “Bitwise Fund” and, together with the iShares Fund, the Grayscale Fund, and the Grayscale Mini Fund, the “Bitcoin Funds”),
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     designating them as “Units” deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange. This is a competitive filing based on similar proposals submitted by Nasdaq ISE, LLC (“ISE”) (with respect to the iShares Fund) and NYSE American, LLC (“NYSE American”) (with respect to the Grayscale Fund, the Grayscale Mini Fund, and the Bitwise Fund), which were recently approved by the Securities and Exchange 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94847"/>
                    Commission (the “Commission”).
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Current Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06 provides that, subject to certain other criteria set forth in that Rule, securities deemed appropriate for options trading include Units that represent certain types of interests,
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     including interests in certain specific trusts that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, precious metals (which are deemed commodities), or Bitcoin (which is deemed a commodity). In addition, Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06 requires that Units must either (1) meet the criteria and standards set forth in Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .01(a),
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or (2) be available for creation or redemption each business day from or through the issuer in cash or in kind at a price related to net asset value, and the issuer must be obligated to issue Units in a specified aggregate number even if some or all of the investment assets required to be deposited have not been received by the issuer, subject to the condition that the person obligated to deposit the investments has undertaken to deliver the investment assets as soon as possible and such undertaking is secured by the delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash or cash equivalents satisfactory to the issuer, as provided in the respective prospectus.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         Rule 1.1 defines a “Unit” (which may also be referred to as an ETF) as a share or other security traded on a national securities exchange and defined as an NMS stock as set forth in Rule 4.3.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008, 3009 (January 17, 2024) (SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SR-CboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units) (“Bitcoin ETP Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 101128 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78942 (September 26, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-03) (“ISE Approval”); and 101386 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84960 (October 24, 2024) (SR-NYSEAMER-2024-49) (“NYSE American Approval”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06(a), which permits options trading on Units that represent (1) interests in registered investment companies (or series thereof) organized as open-end management investment companies, unit investment trusts or similar entities that hold portfolios of securities and/or financial instruments including, but not limited to, stock index futures contracts, options on futures, options on securities and indexes, equity caps, collars and floors, swap agreements, forward contracts, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements (the “Financial Instruments”), and money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements (the “Money Market Instruments”) comprising or otherwise based on or representing investments in indexes or portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments (or that hold securities in one or more other registered investment companies that themselves hold such portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments); (2) interests in a trust or similar entity that holds a specified non-U.S. currency deposited with the trust or similar entity when aggregated in some specified minimum number may be surrendered to the trust by the beneficial owner to receive the specified non-U.S. currency and pays the beneficial owner interest and other distributions on deposited non-U.S. currency, if any, declared and paid by the trust (“Currency Trust Shares”); (3) commodity pool interests principally engaged, directly or indirectly, in holding and/or managing portfolios or baskets of securities, commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or non-U.S. currency (“Commodity Pool Units”); (4) interests in the SPDR Gold Trust, the iShares COMEX Gold Trust, the iShares Silver Trust, the Aberdeen Standard Physical Silver Trust, the Aberdeen Standard Physical Gold Trust, the Aberdeen Standard Physical Palladium Trust, the Aberdeen Standard Physical Platinum Trust, the Sprott Physical Gold Trust, the Goldman Sachs Physical Gold ETF, the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund (the “Fidelity Fund”), or the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF (the “Ark 21 Fund”); or (5) an interest in a registered investment company (“Investment Company”) organized as an open-end management investment company or similar entity, that invests in a portfolio of securities selected by the Investment Company's investment adviser consistent with the Investment Company's investment objectives and policies, which is issued in a specified aggregate minimum number in return for a deposit of a specified portfolio of securities and/or a cash amount with a value equal to the next determined net asset value (“NAV”), and when aggregated in the same specified minimum number, may be redeemed at a holder's request, which holder will be paid a specified portfolio of securities and/or cash with a value equal to the next determined NAV (“Managed Fund Share”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .01 provides for guidelines to be by the Exchange when evaluating potential underlying securities for Exchange option transactions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Bitcoin Funds are Bitcoin-backed commodity ETFs structured as trusts. Similar to any Unit currently deemed appropriate for options trading under Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06, the investment objective of each Bitcoin Fund is for its shares to reflect the performance of Bitcoin (less the expenses of the trust's operations), offering investors an opportunity to gain exposure to Bitcoin without the complexities of Bitcoin delivery. As is the case for Units currently deemed appropriate for options trading, a Bitcoin Fund's shares represent units of fractional undivided beneficial interest in the trust, the assets of which consist principally of Bitcoin and are designed to track Bitcoin or the performance of the price of Bitcoin and offer access to the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Bitcoin Funds provide investors with cost-efficient alternatives that allow a level of participation in the Bitcoin market through the securities market. The Bitcoin Funds are similar to the Fidelity Fund and the Ark 21 Fund, which are already eligible for options trading on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         The trust may include minimal cash.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange's initial listing standards for Units on which options may be listed and traded on the Exchange will apply to the Bitcoin Funds. Pursuant to Rule 4.3(a), a security (which includes a Unit) on which options may be listed and traded on the Exchange must be duly registered (with the Commission) and be an NMS stock (as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”)), and be characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, Rule 4.3(a), Pursuant to Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06, requires that Units must either (1) meet the criteria and standards set forth in Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .01(a),
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or (2) be available for creation or redemption each business day from or through the issuer in cash or in kind at a price related to net asset value, and the issuer must be obligated to issue Units in a specified aggregate number even if some or all of the investment assets required to be deposited have not been received by the issuer, subject to the condition that the person obligated to deposit the investments has undertaken to deliver the investment assets as soon as possible and such undertaking is secured by the delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash or cash equivalents satisfactory to the issuer, as provided in the respective prospectus. Each Bitcoin Fund satisfies Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06(b)(2), as each is subject to this creation and redemption process.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         The criteria and guidelines for a security to be considered widely held and actively traded are set forth in Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .01, subject to exceptions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .01 provides for guidelines to be by the Exchange when evaluating potential underlying securities for Exchange option transactions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Options on the Bitcoin Funds will be subject to the Exchange's continued listing standards set forth in Rule 4.4, Interpretation and Policy .06 for Units deemed appropriate for options trading pursuant to Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06. Specifically, Rule 4.4, Interpretation and Policy .06 provides that Units that were initially approved for options trading pursuant to Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06 shall be deemed not to meet the requirements for continued approval, and the Exchange shall not open for trading any additional series of option contracts of the class covering that such Units, if the Units cease to be an NMS stock or the Units are halted from trading in their primary market. Additionally, options on Units may be subject to the suspension of opening transactions in any of the following circumstances: (1) in the case of options covering Units approved for trading under Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06(b)(1), in accordance with the terms of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of Rule 4.4, Interpretation and Policy .01; (2) in the case of options covering Units approved for trading under Rule 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94848"/>
                    4.3 Interpretation and Policy .06(b)(2) (as is the case for the Bitcoin Funds), following the initial twelve-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading in the Units on a national securities exchange and are defined as an NMS stock, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial holders of such Units for 30 or more consecutive trading days; (3) the value of the index or portfolio of securities, non-U.S. currency, or portfolio of commodities including commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or financial instruments and money market instruments on which the Units are based is no longer calculated or available; or (4) such other event shall occur or condition exist that in the opinion of the Exchange makes further dealing in such options on the Exchange inadvisable.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Options on each Bitcoin Fund will be physically settled contracts with American-style exercise.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consistent with current Rule 4.5, which governs the opening of options series on a specific underlying security (including Units), the Exchange will open at least one expiration month for options on each Bitcoin Fund 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     at the commencement of trading on the Exchange and may also list series of options on a Bitcoin Fund for trading on a weekly,
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     monthly,
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or quarterly 
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     basis. The Exchange may also list long-term equity option series (“LEAPS”) that expire from 12 to 180 months from the time they are listed.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.2, which provides that the rights and obligations of holders and writers are set forth in the Rules of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”); 
                        <E T="03">and</E>
                         Equity Options Product Specifications January 3, 2024), available at Equity Options Specifications (cboe.com); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         OCC Rules, Chapters VIII (which governs exercise and assignment) and Chapter IX (which governs the discharge of delivery and payment obligations arising out of the exercise of physically settled stock option contracts).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.5(b). The monthly expirations are subject to certain listing criteria for underlying securities described within Rule 4.3. Monthly listings expire the third Friday of the month. The term “expiration date” (unless separately defined elsewhere in the OCC By-Laws), when used in respect of an option contract (subject to certain exceptions), means the third Friday of the expiration month of such option contract, or if such Friday is a day on which the exchange on which such option is listed is not open for business, the preceding day on which such exchange is open for business. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         OCC By-Laws Article I, Section 1. Pursuant to Rule 4.5(c), additional series of options of the same class may be opened for trading on the Exchange when the Exchange deems it necessary to maintain an orderly market, to meet customer demand or when the market price of the underlying stock moves more than five strike prices from the initial exercise price or prices. New series of options on an individual stock may be added until the beginning of the month in which the options contract will expire. Due to unusual market conditions, the Exchange, in its discretion, may add a new series of options on an individual stock until the close of trading on the business day prior to expiration.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.5(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.5(g).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.5(e).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.5(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Rule 4.5, Interpretation and Policy .07, which governs strike prices of series of options on Units, the interval of strikes prices for series of options on Bitcoin Funds will be $1 or greater when the strike price is $200 or less and $5 or greater where the strike price is over $200.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, the Exchange may list series of options pursuant to the $1 Strike Price Interval Program,
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $0.50 Strike Program,
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $2.50 Strike Price Program,
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the $5 Strike Program.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to Rule 5.4, where the price of a series of a Bitcoin Fund option is less than $3.00, the minimum increment will be $0.05, and where the price is $3.00 or higher, the minimum increment will be $0.10.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any and all new series of Bitcoin Fund options that the Exchange lists will be consistent and comply with the expirations, strike prices, and minimum increments set forth in Rules 4.5 and 5.4, as applicable.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that for options listed pursuant to the Short Term Option Series Program, the Monthly Options Series Program, and the Quarterly Options Series Program, Rules 4.5(d), (e), and (g) specifically sets forth intervals between strike prices on Quarterly Options Series, Short Term Option Series, and Monthly Options Series, respectively.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.5, Interpretation and Policy .01(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.5, Interpretation and Policy .01(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.5, Interpretation and Policy .04.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.5, Interpretation and Policy .01(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         If options on a Bitcoin Fund are eligible to participate in the Penny Interval Program, the minimum increment will be $0.01 for series with a price below $3.00 and $0.05 for series with a price at or above $3.00. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         5.4(d) (which describes the requirements for the Penny Interval Program).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other Unit options on the Exchange. The Exchange Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of all Unit options on the Exchange, including, for example, Rules that govern listing criteria, expirations, exercise prices, minimum increments, margin requirements, customer accounts, and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds options on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to other options on all other Units that are listed and traded on the Exchange, including the precious-metal backed commodity Units and the Fidelity and Ark 21 Funds already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange pursuant to current Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06(a)(4).</P>
                <P>Rule 4.20 currently permits the Exchange to authorize for trading a FLEX option class on any equity security if it may authorize for a trading a non-FLEX option class on that equity security pursuant to Rule 4.3. The proposed rule change amends Rule 4.20 to exclude the Bitcoin Funds from this provision.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also proposes to amend Rule 8.30. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend Rule 8.30, Interpretation and Policy .10 to provide a position limit of 25,000 same side option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund option. Additionally, pursuant to the Rule 8.42, Interpretation and Policy .02, the exercise limits for options on each Bitcoin Fund will be equivalent to this proposed position limit. In considering the appropriate position and exercise limits for the Bitcoin Funds, the Exchange reviewed the data presented by ISE in its filing (specifically in Exhibit 3 of the filing) with respect to the iShares Fund 
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and by NYSE American in its filing with respect to the Grayscale Fund, the Grayscale Mini Fund, and the Bitwise Fund.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         ISE Approval; and Letter from Angela Dunn, Nasdaq ISE, LLC, to Vanessa Countryman, Secretary, Commission, dated August 21, 2024) (“ISE Letter”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         NYSE American Approval.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    With respect to the iShares Fund, in its filing, ISE considered the iShares Fund market capitalization and average daily volume (“ADV”) against those of other underlying securities, as well as the proposed position limit in relation to other options. In measuring the iShares Fund against other securities, ISE aggregated market capitalization and volume data for securities that have defined position limits utilizing data from The Options Clearing Corporations (“OCC”).
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     This pool of data took into consideration 3,984 options on single stock securities, excluding broad based ETFs.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Next, ISE aggregated the data based on market capitalization and ADV and grouped option symbols by position limit utilizing statistical thresholds for ADV and market capitalization that were one standard deviation above the mean for each position limit category (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     25,000, 50,000 to 65,000, 75,000, 100,000 to less than 250,000, 250,000 to 400,000, 450,000 to 1,000,000, and greater than or equal to 1,000,000) (sic).
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Rule 8.30 sets out position limits 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94849"/>
                    for various contracts. For example, on the Exchange, like ISE, a 25,000 contract position limit applies to options with an underlying security that does not meet the requirements for a higher options contract position limit. ISE performed an exercise to demonstrate the iShares Fund position limit relative to other options symbols in terms of market capitalization and ADV. For reference the market capitalization for the iShares Fund was 19,789,068 billion 
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     with an ADV, for the preceding three months prior to August 7, 2024, of greater than 26 million shares.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     By comparison, other options symbols with similar market capitalization and ADV have a position limit in excess of 400,000.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, the proposed 25,000 same side position limit for options on the iShares Fund is extremely conservative relative to these options symbols which are a full standard deviation above the mean in comparison.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         The computations are based on OCC data from August 6, 2024. Data displaying zero values in market capitalization or ADV were removed.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         The iShares Fund has one asset and therefore is not comparable to a broad based ETF where there are typically multiple components.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         ISE Letter at 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         ISE acquired this figure as of August 13, 2024. 
                        <E T="03">See https://www.ishares.com/us/products/333011/ishares-bitcoin-trust.</E>
                         The global supply of Bitcoin grows each day Bitcoin are minted.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         ISE Letter at 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                         iShares® iBoxx® $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF (“HYG”) with a market capitalization of 13,859,235,000 billion as of November 4, 2024. 
                        <E T="03">See https://www.ishares.com/us/products/239565/ishares-iboxx-high-yield-corporate-bond-etf.</E>
                         The Exchange notes that HYG has a position limit of 500,000 contracts.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Second, ISE reviewed the iShares Fund's data relative to the market capitalization of the entire Bitcoin market in terms of exercise risk and availability of deliverables. Utilizing data as of August 3, 2024, there were 19,737,193 Bitcoins in circulation.
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     ISE took a price of $57,000 that equates to a market capitalization of greater than 1.125 trillion U.S. dollars, and applied that to a position limit of 400,000 for options on the iShares Fund.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If a position limit of 400,000 options were considered (the position limit that would be typically assigned based upon data) the exercisable risk would represent only 6.6% of the outstanding shares of the iShares Fund. The 25,000 position limit being sought only represents 0.4% of the outstanding shares of the iShares Fund. Since the iShares Fund has a creation and redemption process managed through the issuer, additionally it can be compared the position limit sought to the total market capitalization of the entire Bitcoin market. In this case, the exercisable risk for options on the iShares Fund would be less than 0.01% of the market capitalization of all outstanding Bitcoin. Assuming a scenario where all options on the iShares Fund's shares were exercised given the proposed 25,000 per same side position limit, this would have a virtually unnoticed impact on the entire Bitcoin market. This analysis demonstrates that the proposed 25,000 per same side position limit is also extremely conservative and more than appropriate for options on the iShares Fund.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         See ISE Letter at 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Third, ISE reviewed the proposed position limit by comparing it to position limits for derivative products regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). While the CFTC, through the relevant Designated Contract Markets, only regulates options positions based upon delta equivalents (creating a less stringent standard), ISE examined equivalent bitcoin futures position limits. In particular, ISE looked at the CME Bitcoin futures contract that has a position limit of 2,000 futures.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On August 7, 2024, CME Bitcoin futures settled at $55,000.
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Taking the position limit of 2,000 futures at a $5 multiplier equates to $550 million of notional value for Bitcoin futures. By way of comparison, on August 7, 2024, the iShares Fund settled at $31.19 per share, which would equate to 17,633,857 shares of the iShares Fund 
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     if the CME notional position limit were utilized. Since substantial portions of any distributed options portfolio are likely to be out of the money on expiration, an options position limit equivalent to the CME position limit for Bitcoin futures (considering that all options deltas are &lt;=1.00) should be a bit higher than the CME implied 176,338 limit.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 350 (description of CME Bitcoin Futures) and Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices. Each CME Bitcoin futures contract is valued at five Bitcoins as defined by the CME CF Bitcoin Reference Rate (“BRR”). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rule 35001.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://finance.yahoo.com/quote/BTC%3DF/history/?guccounter=1&amp;guce_referrer=aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cuZ29vZ2xlLmNvbS8&amp;guce_referrer_sig=AQAAAM7ngaS6ZQS9c2Wzx7JW2IUe-_-_1FnLyr8T-Qw4jjkleHyCENfSMIEpPPt2hCzPDEryTVyB78NIwxkwFB5Fuw-jA-YiuSmYJHBriWbV6dYn91VQfzQNt3p0I2RkYLD3HhzXPwu4AP5as-_WzHNpEBon4sk5sUZXgkapMrZR--CS.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         ISE Letter at 11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes, unlike options contracts, CME position limits are calculated on a net futures-equivalent basis by contract and include contracts that aggregate into one or more base contracts according to an aggregation ratio(s).
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, if a portfolio includes positions in options on futures, CME would aggregate those positions into the underlying futures contracts in accordance with a table published by CME on a delta equivalent value for the relevant spot month, subsequent spot month, single month and all month position limits.
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If a position exceeds position limits because of an option assignment, CME permits market participants to liquidate the excess position within one business day without being considered in violation of its rules. Additionally, if at the close of trading, a position that includes options exceeds position limits for futures contracts, when evaluated using the delta factors as of that day's close of trading but does not exceed the limits when evaluated using the previous day's delta factors, then the position shall not constitute a position limit violation. Considering CME's position limits on futures for Bitcoin, the Exchange believes that that the proposed same side position limits are more than appropriate for the iShares Fund options.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In analyzing the proposed position limit for options on the iShares Fund, ISE also considered the supply of Bitcoin. Specifically, ISE examined the number of market participants with position limits that would need to exercise in unison to put the underlying asset under stress. In the case of options on the iShares Fund, the proposed 25,000 same side position limit effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could be exercised in excess of 2,500,000 shares of the iShares Fund. Utilizing data from August 12, 2024, the iShares Fund had 611,040,000 shares outstanding, therefore 244 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise position limits in order to create a scenario that may put the underlying asset (iShares Fund) under stress.
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange notes that historically, from observation only, it appears that no more than five market participants holding position limits in any security have exercised in unison in any option. As unlikely an occurrence as all market participants exercising their position limits in unison would be, if it were to occur, it should be noted that even such an occurrence would not likely put the iShares Fund under stress as economic incentives, would induce the creation of more shares through the ETF creation and redemption process.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.ishares.com/us/products/333011/ishares-bitcoin-trust.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    By way of example, given that the current global supply of Bitcoin, the underlying asset of the iShares Fund, is 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94850"/>
                    19,789,068 
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and that each Bitcoin can currently be redeemed for 1,755 shares of the iShares Fund, another 34,729,814,340 shares of the iShares Fund could be created. To exhaust this supply of the iShares Fund, 13,891 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise their position limit. Comparing the iShares Fund to the SPDR Gold Shares (“GLD”) ETF or the iShares Silver Trust (“SLV”) ETF, which have position limits of 250,000 or ten times the proposed position limit for the iShares Fund as well as lower shares outstanding in both products,
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     it is unjustified to mandate a different level of stringency with respect to a position limit for options on the iShares Fund.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         This figure was acquired as of August 13, 2024. 
                        <E T="03">See https://www.ishares.com/us/products/333011/ishares-bitcoin-trust.</E>
                         The global supply of Bitcoin grows each day Bitcoin are minted.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         As of August 13, 2024, GLD had 294,000,000 shares outstanding and SLV had 510,200,000 shares outstanding. 
                        <E T="03">See https://www.ssga.com/us/en/intermediary/etfs/funds/spdr-gold-shares-gld</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">https://www.ishares.com/us/products/239855/ishares-silver-trust-fund.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    With respect to the Grayscale Fund, the Grayscale Mini Fund, and the Bitwise Fund, the Exchange reviewed the data presented by NYSE American in its filing. NYSE American aggregated market capitalization, volume, and shares outstanding data of the Bitcoin Funds and compared that data to those of other ETFs, and compared the proposed position limit of the Bitcoin Funds to the position limits of the options overlying those other ETFs. The Exchange reviewed NYSE American's data that demonstrated that each of these three Bitcoin Funds would easily qualify for the 250,000-contract position limit available to other ETFs and ETPs pursuant to the criterion in Rule 8.30, Interpretation and Policy .02, which requires the most recent six-month trading volume of the underlying security to be at least 100,000,000 shares.
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         Rule 8.30, Interpretation and Policy .02(e) states that to be eligible for the 250,000 option contract limit, either the most recent six-month trading volume of the underlying security must have totaled at least 100,000,000 shares; or the most recent six-month trading volume of the underlying security must have totaled at least 75,000,000 shares and the underlying security must have at least 300,000,000 currently outstanding.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total volume (shares)
                            <LI>(as of September 30, 2024)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>723,758,100</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Mini Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>335,492,930</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Bitwise Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>263,965,870</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    Based on this trading volume,
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     each Bitcoin Fund exceeded the requisite 100,000,000 shares necessary to qualify for the 250,000-contract position and exercise limits. By comparison, the underlying of other options with six-month trading volume less than the volumes in the table above are eligible for position and exercise limits of at least 250,000.
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         FactSet, 9/30/2024, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.factset.com/data-attribution.</E>
                         Bitwise Fund shares began trading on July 31, 2024, and therefore the data in the above table has only two months of trading data available.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.theocc.com/Market-Data/Market-Data-Reports/Series-and-Trading-Data/Series-Search</E>
                         (including the following symbols that have a position limit of 250,000: GLD, IAU, SLV, SIVR, SGOL).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Second, with respect to the outstanding shares of these three Bitcoin Funds, the Exchange reviewed NYSE American's data regarding the outstanding shares of each of these Bitcoin Funds. NYSE American performed an exercise to demonstrate that if a market participant held the maximum number of contracts possible pursuant to the proposed position and exercise limits (25,000 contracts), the equivalent shares represented by the proposed position and exercise limits (2,500,000 shares) would represent the following approximate percentage of outstanding shares as of August 30, 2024:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed
                            <LI>position/exercise</LI>
                            <LI>limits in</LI>
                            <LI>equivalent shares</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Outstanding shares</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage of outstanding shares
                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.9</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Mini Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.7</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Bitwise Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.6</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As this table demonstrates, if a market participant held the maximum permissible options positions in one of the Bitcoin Fund options and exercised all of them at the same time, that market participant would control a small percentage of the outstanding shares of the underlying Bitcoin Fund. For example, as noted above, a position limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 shares of the applicable Bitcoin Fund (if that market participant exercised all its options). NYSE American used the number of shares outstanding for each Bitcoin Fund as of August 30, 2024, and calculated the approximate number of market participants that could hold the maximum of 25,000 same side positions in each Bitcoin Fund that would equate to the number of shares outstanding of that Bitcoin Fund:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15,18">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Outstanding shares</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>market participants</LI>
                            <LI>with 25,000</LI>
                            <LI>same side positions</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>114</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Mini Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>147</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Bitwise Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>27</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    This means if 114 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in options on the Grayscale Fund, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. Similarly, this means if 147 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in options on the Grayscale Mini Fund, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. Finally, this means if 27 market participants had 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94851"/>
                    25,000 same side positions in options on the Bitwise Fund, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. The Exchange believes it is highly unlikely for this to occur; however, even if such event did occur, the Exchange would not expect any of the Bitcoin Fund to be under stress because such an event would merely induce the creation of more shares through the trust's creation and redemption process.
                </P>
                <P>
                    NYSE American also performed an exercise to compare the size of the proposed position limit to the market capitalization of the Bitcoin market given that the issuer of each of these three Bitcoin Funds may create and redeem shares that represent an interest in Bitcoin. NYSE American took the global supply of Bitcoin, which was 19,747,066, and the price of one Bitcoin, which was approximately $59,108.23, as of August 30, 2024, which equates to a market capitalization of approximately $1.167 trillion.
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consider the proposed position and exercise limit of 25,000 option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund option. A position and exercise limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 shares of the Grayscale Fund, the Grayscale Mini Fund, or the Bitwise Fund, as applicable (if that market participant exercised all its options). NYSE American considered the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 30, 2024 and calculated the value of 2,500,000 shares of the Bitcoin Fund at that price, and the approximate percentage of that value of the size of the Bitcoin market:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.blockchain.com/explorer/charts/total-bitcoins.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Share price
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Value of 2,500,000 shares</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage of bitcoin market
                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>46.75</ENT>
                        <ENT>116,875,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.010</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Mini Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.20</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.001</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Bitwise Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>31.95</ENT>
                        <ENT>79,875,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.007</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Therefore, if a market participant with the maximum 25,000 same side contracts in options on the Grayscale Fund, the Grayscale Mini Fund, or the Bitwise Fund exercised all positions at one time, such an event would have no practical impact on the Bitcoin market.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also reviewed NYSE American's data regarding the market capitalization of each of these three Bitcoin Funds relative to the market capitalization of the entire Bitcoin market, as of August 30, 2024: 
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,12,15,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin/shares outstanding</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Market value
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">% of total bitcoin market</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Total Bitcoin Market</ENT>
                        <ENT>19,747,066</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,167,214,096,788</ENT>
                        <ENT>100</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,443,091,524</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.15</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Mini Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,930,157,526</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.17</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Bitwise Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,221,640,670</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.19</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As this data gathered by NYSE American demonstrates, none of these three Bitcoin Funds represent more than 1.2% of the global supply of Bitcoin (19,747,066). Based on the $46.75 price of a Grayscale Fund share on August 30, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,264 Grayscale Fund shares. Another 24,967,146,455 Grayscale Fund shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 9,987 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in Grayscale Fund options receive shares of the Grayscale Fund holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Similarly, based on the $5.20 price of a Grayscale Mini Fund share on August 30, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 11,367 Grayscale Mini Fund shares. Another 224,464,249,382 Grayscale Mini Fund shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 89,786 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in Grayscale Mini Fund options to receive shares of Grayscale Mini Fund holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Similarly, based on the $31.95 price of a Bitwise Fund share on August 30, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,850 Bitwise Fund shares. Another 36,532,522,591 Bitwise Fund shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 14,613 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in Bitwise Fund options to receive shares of Bitwise Fund holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin.</P>
                <P>As ISE did with respect to the iShares Fund, NYSE American compared the proposed position limits to the position limit of CME Bitcoin futures, which as noted above is 2,000 futures. On August 28, 2024, CME Aug 24 Bitcoin Futures settled at $58,950. A position of 2,000 CME Bitcoin futures, therefore, would have a notional value of $589,500,000. The following table shows the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 28, 2024, and the approximate number of option contracts that equates to that notional value:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,15,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin Fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Share price
                            <LI>($)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>option contracts</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>46.94</ENT>
                        <ENT>125,585</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Grayscale Mini Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.23</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,127,151</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Bitwise Fund</ENT>
                        <ENT>32.08</ENT>
                        <ENT>183,759</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="94852"/>
                <P>The approximate number of option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund that equate to the notional value of CME Bitcoin futures is significantly higher than the proposed limit of 25,000 options contract for each Bitcoin Fund option. As noted above, the fact that many options ultimately expire out-of-the-money and thus are not exercised for shares of the underlying, while the delta of a Bitcoin Future is 1, further demonstrates how conservative the proposed limits of 25,000 options contracts are for the Bitcoin Fund options.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes, again, unlike options contracts, CME position limits are calculated on a net futures-equivalent basis by contract and include contracts that aggregate into one or more base contracts according to an aggregation ratio(s).
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, if a portfolio includes positions in options on futures, CME would aggregate those positions into the underlying futures contracts in accordance with a table published by CME on a delta equivalent value for the relevant spot month, subsequent spot month, single month and all month position limits.
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If a position exceeds position limits because of an option assignment, CME permits market participants to liquidate the excess position within one business day without being considered in violation of its rules. Additionally, if at the close of trading, a position that includes options exceeds position limits for futures contracts, when evaluated using the delta factors as of that day's close of trading but does not exceed the limits when evaluated using the previous day's delta factors, then the position shall not constitute a position limit violation. Considering CME's position limits on futures for Bitcoin, the Exchange believes that that the proposed same side position limits are more than appropriate for the Grayscale Fund, Grayscale Mini Fund, and Bitwise Fund options.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    While the supply of Bitcoin is limited to 21,000,000, it is believed that it will take more than 100 years to fully mine the remaining Bitcoin.
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange notes that Bitcoin is a viable economic alternative to traditional assets. The price of goods denominated by Bitcoin has actually declined. This dynamic not only makes a fixed supply desirable, but a necessary condition of the value added by this asset in the broader economy. Unlike the Bitcoin Funds, the number of shares that corporations may issue is limited. However, like corporations, which authorize additional shares, repurchase shares, or split their shares, the Bitcoin Funds may create, redeem, or split shares in response to demand. Given the significant unlikelihood of any of events described above ever occurring, the Exchange does not believe options on the Bitcoin Funds should be subject to position and exercise limits even lower than those proposed (which are already equal to the lowest available limit for equity options in the industry) to protect the supply of Bitcoin.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.blockchain.com/explorer/assets/btc</E>
                         (citing 21 million as the “total supply” of bitcoin).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Importantly, because the supply of Bitcoin is much larger than the available supply of most securities and the proposed 25,000 contract position limit is so conservative, the Exchange believes that evaluating the available supply of Bitcoin in establishing a position limit for options on each of the Bitcoin Funds would demonstrate that the proposed limit is safe for investors and the market.
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Bitcoin Fund represents less than 2% of the entire Bitcoin supply. When comparing the market capitalization of bitcoin against the largest securities, Bitcoin would rank 7th among those securities.
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, the Exchange believes that its proposal to list options on the Bitcoin Funds each with a position limit of 25,000 on the same side is a conservative position limit that does not lend itself to manipulation in the market given the ample market capitalization and liquidity in each Bitcoin Fund. If we look to the liquidity statistics of similar instruments and their concomitant position limits, we are able to extrapolate a reasonable standard for arriving at a position limit for a new product. In this case we can look to GLD, SLV, and the ProShares Bitcoin Strategy ETF. These products have volume statistics and “float” statistics, which gauge liquidity, which are in line, yet slightly lower than the Bitcoin Funds. All three of these reference products have position limits of 250,000 contracts. These reference products are remarkably similar in nature to the Bitcoin Funds; they are exchange-traded products (“ETPs”) holding one asset in a trust.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         A supply consideration would likely be valuable for an option symbol that had far less liquidity than the Trust.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://companiesmarketcap.com/usa/largest-companies-in-the-usa-by-market-cap/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the available supply of Bitcoin is not relevant to the determination of position and exercise limits for options overlying the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limits are not a tool that should be used to address a potential limited supply of the underlying of an underlying. Position and exercise limits do not limit the total number of options that may be held, but rather they limit the number of positions a single customer may hold or exercise at one time.
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     “Since the inception of standardized options trading, the options exchanges have had rules imposing limits on the aggregate number of options contracts that a member or customer could hold or exercise.” 
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limit rules are intended “to prevent the establishment of options positions that can be used or might create incentives to manipulate or disrupt the underlying market so as to benefit the options position. In particular, position and exercise limits are designed to minimize the potential for mini-manipulations and for corners or squeezes of the underlying market. In addition, such limits serve to reduce the possibility for disruption of the options market itself, especially in illiquid options classes.” 
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         The Exchange is unaware of any proposed rule change related to position and exercise limits for any equity option (including commodity ETF options) for which the Commission required consideration of whether the available supply of an underlying (whether it be a corporate stock or an ETF) or the contents of an ETF (commodity or otherwise) should be considered when an exchange proposed to establish those limits. 
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 57894 (May 30, 2008), 73 FR 32061 (June 5, 2008) (SR-CBOE-2005-11) (approval order in which the Commission stated that the “listing and trading of Gold Trust Options will be subject to the exchanges' rules pertaining to position and exercise limits and margin”). The Exchange notes when the Commission approved this filing, the position limits in Rule 8.30 were the same as they are today. For reference, the current position and exercise limits for options on SPDR Gold Shares ETF (“GLD”) and options on iShares Silver Trust (“SLV”) are 250,000 contracts, or 10 times that proposed position and exercise limit for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         For example, suppose an option has a position limit of 25,000 option contracts and there are a total of 10 investors trading that option. If all 10 investors max out their positions, that would result in 250,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. However, suppose 10 more investors decide to begin trading that option and also max out their positions. This would result in 500,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. An increase in the number of investors could cause an increase in outstanding options even if position limits remain unchanged.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes that a Registration Statement on Form S-1 was filed with the Commission for each Bitcoin Fund, each of which described the supply of Bitcoin as being limited to 21,000,000 (of which approximately 90% had already been mined), and that 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94853"/>
                    the limit would be reached around the year 2140.
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Registration Statement permits an unlimited number of shares of the applicable Bitcoin Fund to be created. Further, the Commission approved proposed rule changes that permitted the listing and trading of shares of each Bitcoin Fund, which approval did not comment on the sufficient supply of Bitcoin or address whether there was a risk that permitting an unlimited number of shares for a Bitcoin Fund would impact the supply of Bitcoin.
                    <SU>56</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, the Exchange believes the Commission had ample time and opportunity to consider whether the supply of Bitcoin was sufficient to permit the creation of unlimited Bitcoin Fund shares, and does not believe considering this supply with respect to the establishment of position and exercise limits is appropriate given its lack of relevance to the purpose of position and exercise limits. However, given the significant size of the Bitcoin supply, the proposed positions limits are more than sufficient to protect investors and the market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         iShares Fund Form S-1 Registration Statement, at p. 25, bit20230608_s1.htm; Grayscale Fund Form S-1 Registration Statement, at p. 17, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1588489/000119312517013693/d157414ds1.htm;</E>
                         Grayscale Mini Fund, Form S-1 Registration Statement, at p. 21, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/2015034/000119312524065444/d785023ds1.htm;</E>
                         and Bitwise Amendment No 2. to S-1, at p. 47, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1763415/000199937123000735/bitwise-s1a_120423.htm.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>56</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Approval Order.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>All of the above information demonstrates that the proposed position and exercise limits for the Bitcoin Fund options are more than reasonable and appropriate. The trading volume, ADV, and outstanding shares of each Bitcoin Fund demonstrate that these funds are actively traded and widely held, and proposed position and exercise limits are well below those of other ETFs with similar market characteristics. The proposed position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available for equity options in the industry, are extremely conservative, and are more than appropriate given each Bitcoin Fund's market capitalization and ADV.</P>
                <P>
                    Today, the Exchange has an adequate surveillance program in place for options. Cboe intends to apply those same program procedures to options on the Bitcoin Funds that it applies to the Exchange's other options products.
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Cboe's market surveillance staff would have access to the surveillances conducted by Cboe BYX Exchange, Inc., Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc., Cboe EDGA Exchange, Inc., and Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc.
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     with respect to the Bitcoin Funds and would review activity in the underlying Bitcoin Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Bitcoin Funds. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”) under the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition to obtaining information from its affiliated markets, the Exchange would be able to obtain information regarding trading in shares of the Bitcoin Funds from their primary listing markets and from other markets that trades shares of the Bitcoin Funds through ISG. In addition, Cboe has a Regulatory Services Agreement with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) for certain market surveillance, investigation and examinations functions. Pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate amongst themselves and FINRA responsibilities to conduct certain options-related market surveillance that are common to rules of all options exchanges.
                    <SU>59</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         The surveillance program includes surveillance patterns for price and volume movements as well as patterns for potential manipulation (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         spoofing and marking the close).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         Cboe BYX Exchange, Inc., Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc., Cboe EDGA Exchange, Inc., and Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc. are affiliated markets of the Exchange.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, among other things, requires every self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the SRO's own rules, and, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q(d)(1) and 17 CFR 240.17d-2. Section 17(d)(1) of the Act allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of certain responsibilities with respect to members of the SRO who are also members of another SRO (“common members”). Specifically, Section 17(d)(1) allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of its responsibilities to: (i) receive regulatory reports from such members; (ii) examine such members for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the SRO; or (iii) carry out other specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The underlying shares of spot bitcoin ETPs, including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in its order approving proposals of several exchanges to list and trade shares of spot bitcoin-based ETPs, “[e]ach Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                    <SU>60</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange states that, given the consistently high correlation between the CME Bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>61</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>62</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds. Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin ETPs.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>60</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Approval Order.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>61</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Approval Order, 89 FR 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>62</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 99290 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2338, 2343, 2347-2348 (January 12, 2024) (SR-CboeBZX-2023-044) Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 3 to a Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Fidelity Wise Origin Bitcoin Fund Under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares); and 99288 (January 8, 2024), 89 FR 2387, 2392, 2399-2400 (January 12, 2024) (SR-CboeBZX-2023-028) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 5 to a Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Shares of the ARK 21Shares Bitcoin ETF Under BZX Rule 14.11(e)(4), Commodity-Based Trust Shares). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008, 3009 (January 17, 2024) (SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SRCboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units) (“Bitcoin ETP Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it believes the Exchange and OPRA have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional traffic associated with the listing of new series that may result from the introduction of options on Bitcoin Funds up to the number of expirations currently permissible under the Rules. Because the proposal is limited to four classes, the Exchange believes any additional traffic that may be generated from the introduction of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94854"/>
                    Bitcoin Fund options will be manageable.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering options on Bitcoin Funds will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower cost investing tool to gain exposure to the price of Bitcoin and hedging vehicle to meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin-related products and positions. The Exchange expects investors will transact in options on Bitcoin Funds in the unregulated over-the-counter (“OTC”) options market,
                    <SU>63</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     but may prefer to trade such options in a listed environment to receive the benefits of trading listing options, including (1) enhanced efficiency in initiating and closing out positions; (2) increased market transparency; and (3) heightened contra-party creditworthiness due to the role of OCC as issuer and guarantor of all listed options. The Exchange believes that listing Bitcoin Fund options may cause investors to bring this liquidity to the Exchange, would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow. The Units that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, or precious metal commodities on which the Exchange may already list and trade options are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to different assets. The Exchange notes that it has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of any Unit options, including Units that hold commodities (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     precious metals and Bitcoin) that it currently lists and trades on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>63</SU>
                         The Exchange understands from customers that investors have historically transacted in options on Units in the OTC options market if such options were not available for trading in a listed environment.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”) and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
                    <SU>64</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Specifically, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section 6(b)(5) 
                    <SU>65</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirements that the rules of an exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. Additionally, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section 6(b)(5) 
                    <SU>66</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirement that the rules of an exchange not be designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>64</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>65</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>66</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposal to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors because offering options on the Bitcoin Funds will provide investors with a greater opportunity to realize the benefits of utilizing options on an ETF based on spot Bitcoin, including cost efficiencies and increased hedging strategies. The Exchange believes that offering options on a competitively priced ETF based on spot Bitcoin will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower-cost risk management tool, allowing them to manage, more easily, their positions and associated risks in their portfolios in connection with exposure to spot Bitcoin. Today, the Exchange lists options on other commodity (including Bitcoin) ETFs structured as a trust, which essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, and for which the Exchange has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of options on those ETFs.</P>
                <P>The Exchange also believes the proposal to permit options on the Bitcoin Funds will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, because options on the Bitcoin Funds will comply with current Exchange Rules. Options on the Bitcoin Funds must satisfy the initial listing standards and continued listing standards currently in the Rules, applicable to options on all ETFs, including options on other commodity ETFs already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange pursuant to Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06(a)(d). Additionally, as demonstrated above, the Bitcoin Funds are characterized by a substantial number of shares that are widely held and actively traded. Further, Rules that currently govern the listing and trading of options on ETFs, including permissible expirations, strike prices, minimum increments, position and exercise limits (as proposed herein), and margin requirements, will govern the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.</P>
                <P>
                    The proposed position and exercise limits for options on each of the Bitcoin Funds is 25,000 contracts. These position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available in the options industry, are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given Bitcoin Fund's market capitalization, ADV, and high number of outstanding shares. The proposed position limit, and exercise limit, is consistent with the Act as it addresses concerns related to manipulation and protection of investors because, as demonstrated above, the position limit (and exercise limit) is extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the Bitcoin Funds are actively traded. In support of the proposed position and exercise limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds are 25,000 contracts, the Exchange is citing the in depth analysis each of ISE and NYSE American did in their respective filings. As noted above, in the ISE and NYSE American Approvals, each of ISE and NYSE American considered the: (1) applicable Bitcoin Fund's market capitalization and ADV, and proposed position limit in relation to other securities; (2) market capitalization of the entire Bitcoin market in terms of exercise risk and availability of deliverables; (3) proposed position limit by comparing it to position limits for derivative products regulated by the CFTC; and (4) supply of Bitcoin. Based on the Exchange's review of these analyses, the Exchange believes that the setting position and exercise limits for options on each of the Bitcoin Funds is 25,000 contracts is more than appropriate. The proposed position and exercise limits reasonably and appropriately balance the liquidity provisioning in the market against the prevention of manipulation. The Exchange believes these proposed limits are effectively designed to prevent an individual customer or entity from establishing options positions that could be used to manipulate the market of the underlying as well as the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>67</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>67</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new Bitcoin Fund options. As discussed above, the Exchange 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94855"/>
                    believes that its existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading Unit options, including Bitcoin Fund options.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change to exclude the Bitcoin Funds from being eligible for trading as FLEX options is consistent with the Act, because it will permit the Exchange to continue to participate in ongoing discussions with the Commission regarding appropriate position limits for ETF options.
                    <SU>68</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>68</SU>
                         The Exchange will submit a separate rule filing that would permit the Exchange to authorize for trading FLEX options on the Bitcoin Funds (which filing may propose changes to existing FLEX option position limits for such options if appropriate).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act as the Bitcoin Fund options will be equally available to all market participants who wish to trade such options and will trade generally in the same manner as other options. The Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of all Unit options on the Exchange, including, for example, Rules that govern listing criteria, expirations, exercise prices, minimum increments, margin requirements, customer accounts, and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds options on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to other options on all other Fund Shares that are listed and traded on the Exchange. Also, and as stated above, the Exchange already lists options on other commodity-based Units (including Bitcoin-based).
                    <SU>69</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, the Bitcoin Funds would need to satisfy the maintenance listing standards set forth in the Exchange Rules in the same manner as any other Unit for the Exchange to continue listing options on them.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>69</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 4.3, Interpretation and Policy .06(a)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposal to list and trade options on Bitcoin Funds will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the extent that the advent of Bitcoin Fund options trading on the Exchange may make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace to market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are free to elect to become market participants on the Exchange. The Commission recently approved rule filings of other exchanges to permit the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>70</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange notes that listing and trading Bitcoin Fund options on the Exchange will subject such options to transparent exchange-based rules as well as price discovery and liquidity, as opposed to alternatively trading such options in the OTC market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>70</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         ISE Approval and NYSE American Approval.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change may relieve any burden on, or otherwise promote, competition, as it is designed to increase competition for order flow on the Exchange in a manner that is beneficial to investors by providing them with a lower-cost option to hedge their investment portfolios. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues that offer similar products. Ultimately, the Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options for trading on the Exchange will promote competition by providing investors with an additional, relatively low-cost means to hedge their portfolios and meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin prices and Bitcoin-related products and positions on a listed options exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act 
                    <SU>71</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>72</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>71</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>72</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change, along with a brief description and text of the proposed rule change, at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Commission waives this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    A proposed rule change filed pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6) under the Act normally does not become operative for 30 days after the date of its filing. However, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) 
                    <SU>73</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     permits the Commission to designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has requested that the Commission waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission previously approved the listing of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>74</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange has provided information regarding the underlying Bitcoin Funds, including, among other things, information regarding trading volume, the number of beneficial holders, and the market capitalization of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposal also establishes position and exercise limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds and provides information regarding the surveillance procedures that will apply to options on the Bitcoin Funds. The Commission believes that waiver of the operative delay could benefit investors by providing an additional venue for trading Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change operative upon filing.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>73</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>74</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Thus, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change operative upon filing.
                    <SU>75</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>75</SU>
                         For purposes only of waiving the 30-day operative delay, the Commission has also considered the proposed rule's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94856"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-CBOE-2024-051 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-CBOE-2024-051. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-CBOE-2024-051 and should be submitted on or before December 20, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>76</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>76</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12), (59).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27994 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE: </HD>
                    <P>2:00 p.m. on Thursday, December 5, 2024.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
                    <P>The meeting will be held via remote means and/or at the Commission's headquarters, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549. </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
                    <P>This meeting will be closed to the public.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
                    <P>Commissioners, Counsel to the Commissioners, the Secretary to the Commission, and recording secretaries will attend the closed meeting. Certain staff members who have an interest in the matters also may be present.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the event that the time, date, or location of this meeting changes, an announcement of the change, along with the new time, date, and/or place of the meeting will be posted on the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The General Counsel of the Commission, or her designee, has certified that, in her opinion, one or more of the exemptions set forth in 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(3), (5), (6), (7), (8), 9(B) and (10) and 17 CFR 200.402(a)(3), (a)(5), (a)(6), (a)(7), (a)(8), (a)(9)(ii) and (a)(10), permit consideration of the scheduled matters at the closed meeting.</P>
                    <P>The subject matter of the closed meeting will consist of the following topics: Institution and settlement of injunctive actions;</P>
                    <P>Institution and settlement of administrative proceedings;</P>
                    <P>Resolution of litigation claims; and</P>
                    <P>Other matters relating to examinations and enforcement proceedings.</P>
                    <P>At times, changes in Commission priorities require alterations in the scheduling of meeting agenda items that may consist of adjudicatory, examination, litigation, or regulatory matters.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION: </HD>
                    <P>For further information, please contact Vanessa A. Countryman from the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Authority: 5 U.S.C. 552b.)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Vanessa A. Countryman, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28159 Filed 11-26-24; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101716; File No. SR-MIAX-2024-42]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; MIAX Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities, Exchange Rule 307, Position Limits, and Exchange Rule 309, Exercise Limits To Allow the Exchange To List and Trade Options on the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust, the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust, and the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>November 22, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on November 21, 2024, Miami International Securities Exchange, LLC (“MIAX” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities, Exchange Rule 307, Position Limits, and Exchange Rule 309, Exercise Limits.</P>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.miaxglobal.com/markets/us-options/miax-options/rule-filings,</E>
                     at MIAX's principal office, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94857"/>
                    statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 402, Criteria for Underlying Securities, Exchange Rule 307, Position Limits, and Exchange Rule 309, Exercise Limits,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to allow the Exchange to list and trade options on the following exchange-traded products: the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (BTC) (the “Grayscale Fund” or “GBTC”), the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust BTC (the “Grayscale Mini Fund” or “BTC”), and the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF (the “Bitwise Fund” or “BITB” and, collectively, the “Bitcoin Funds” or “Funds”).
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that its affiliate options exchanges, MIAX PEARL, LLC (“MIAX Pearl”) and MIAX Sapphire, LLC (“MIAX Sapphire”), plan to submit (or have already submitted) substantively identical proposals to list and trade options on the Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange notes that all the rules of Chapter III of MIAX, including Exchange Rules 307 and 309, are incorporated by reference to MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire. The Exchange also notes that all of the rules of Chapter III of MIAX, including Exchange Rules 307 and 309, and the rules of Chapter IV of MIAX, including Exchange Rule 402, are incorporated by reference into the Exchange's affiliate, MIAX Emerald, LLC (“MIAX Emerald”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         On January 10, 2024, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) approved proposals by NYSE Arca, Inc., The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, and Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. to list and trade the shares of 11 bitcoin-based commodity-based trust shares and trust units, including the iShares Bitcoin Trust. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (Jan. 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008 (Jan. 17, 2024) (order approving File Nos. SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44; SR-NYSEARCA-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ-2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX-2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SR-CboeBZX-2023-044; SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (“Bitcoin ETP Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes that this is a competitive filing based on a similar proposal submitted by NYSE American LLC (“NYSE American”), which was approved by the Commission.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Commission also recently approved a rule proposal by Nasdaq ISE, LLC (“ISE”) to allow the listing and trading of options on iShares Bitcoin Trust (or IBIT), which is a trust that holds bitcoin (referred to herein as the “ISE IBIT Approval Order”).
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As discussed herein, the Exchange believes, like the recently-approved options on IBIT, options on the Bitcoin Funds would permit hedging, and allow for more liquidity, better price efficiency, and less volatility with respect to the underlying Funds. Further, permitting the listing of such options would enhance the transparency and efficiency of markets in these and correlated products.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101386 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84960 (October 24, 2024) (SR-NYSEAMER-2024-49) (Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE American LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 3, To Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on Bitcoin Exchange-Traded Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101128 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78942 (September 26, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-03) (Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 4 and 5 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1, 4, and 5, to Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on the iShares Bitcoin Trust (“IBIT”) (“ISE IBIT Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Current Exchange Rule 402(i)(4) provides that securities deemed appropriate for options trading include shares or other securities (“Exchange Traded Fund Shares” or “ETFs”) that represent certain types of interests,
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     including interests in certain specific trusts that hold financial instruments, money market instruments, or precious metals (which are deemed commodities).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i), which permits options trading on ETFS that: (1) represent interests in registered investment companies (or series thereof) organized as open-end management investment companies, unit investment trusts or similar entities that hold portfolios of securities and/or financial instruments (“Funds”), including, but not limited to, stock index futures contracts, options on futures, options on securities and indices, equity caps, collars and floors, swap agreements, forward contracts, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements (the “Financial Instruments”), and money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements (the “Money Market Instruments”) comprising or otherwise based on or representing investments in broad-based indexes or portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments (or that hold securities in one or more other registered investment companies that themselves hold such portfolios of securities and/or Financial Instruments and Money Market Instruments); (2) represent interests in a trust or similar entity that holds a specified non-U.S. currency or currencies deposited with the trust which when aggregated in some specified minimum number may be surrendered to the trust or similar entity by the beneficial owner to receive the specified non-U.S. currency or currencies and pays the beneficial owner interest and other distributions on the deposited non-U.S. currency or currencies, if any, declared and paid by the trust (“Currency Trust Shares”); (3) represent commodity pool interests principally engaged, directly or indirectly, in holding and/or managing portfolios or baskets of securities, commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, swaps, forward contracts and/or options on physical commodities and/or non-U.S. currency (“Commodity Pool ETFs”); (4) are issued by the are issued by the SPDR® Gold Trust, the iShares COMEX Gold Trust, the iShares Silver Trust, the ETFS Silver Trust, the Aberdeen Standard Physical Gold Trust, the ETFS Palladium Trust, the ETFS Platinum Trust, the Sprott Physical Gold Trust, or the iShares Bitcoin Trust; or (5) represent an interest in a registered investment company (“Investment Company”) organized as an open-end management company or similar entity, that invests in a portfolio of securities selected by the Investment Company's investment adviser consistent with the Investment Company's investment objectives and policies, which is issued in a specified aggregate minimum number in return for a deposit of a specified portfolio of securities and/or a cash amount with a value equal to the next determined net asset value (“NAV”), and when aggregated in the same specified minimum number, may be redeemed at a holder's request, which holder will be paid a specified portfolio of securities and/or cash with a value equal to the next determined NAV (“Managed Fund Share”); provided that all of the conditions listed in subparagraphs (5)(i) and 5(ii) are met.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Bitcoin Funds are Bitcoin-backed commodity ETFs structured as trusts. Similar to any ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading under Exchange Rule 402(i), the investment objective of each Bitcoin Fund is for its shares to reflect the performance of Bitcoin (less the expenses of the trust's operations), offering investors an opportunity to gain exposure to Bitcoin without the complexities of Bitcoin delivery. As is the case for ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading, a Bitcoin Fund's shares represent units of fractional undivided beneficial interest in the trust, the assets of which consist principally of Bitcoin and are designed to track Bitcoin or the performance of the price of Bitcoin and offer access to the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Bitcoin Funds provide investors with cost-efficient alternatives that allow a level of participation in the Bitcoin market through the securities market. The primary substantive difference between Bitcoin Funds and ETFs currently deemed appropriate for options trading are that ETFs may hold securities, certain financial instruments, and specified precious metals (which are deemed commodities), while Bitcoin Funds hold Bitcoin (which is also deemed a commodity).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         The trust may include minimal cash.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the Exchange's initial listing standards for ETFs on which the Exchange may list options.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Specifically, each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the initial listing standards set forth in Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i), as is the case for other ETFs on which the Exchange lists options (including trusts that hold commodities). Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i) requires that the ETFs must either (1) meet the criteria and standards set forth in Exchange Rule 402(a) or 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94858"/>
                    402(b),
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or (2) be available for creation or redemption each business day from or through the issuer in cash or in kind at a price related to net asset value, and the issuer must be obligated to issue units in a specified aggregate number even if some or all of the investment assets required to be deposited have not been received by the issuer, subject to the condition that the person obligated to deposit the investments has undertaken to deliver the investment assets as soon as possible and such undertaking is secured by the delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash or cash equivalents satisfactory to the issuer, as provided in the respective prospectus. Each Bitcoin Fund satisfies Exchange Rule 402(i)(5)(i)(B), as each is subject to this creation and redemption process.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         Subparagraphs (a) and (b) of Exchange Rule 402 provide for guidelines to be used by the Exchange when evaluating potential underlying securities for Exchange option transactions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(a)-(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    While not required by the Rules for purposes of options listings, the Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund satisfies the criteria and guidelines set forth in Exchange Rule 402. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 402, a security (which includes ETFs) on which options may be listed and traded on the Exchange must be duly registered (with the Commission) and be an NMS stock (as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act, and be characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Bitcoin Fund is an NMS Stock as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are widely held and actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         The criteria and guidelines for a security to be considered widely held and actively traded are set forth in Exchange Rule 402(b), subject to exceptions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         An “NMS stock” means any NMS security other than an option, and an “NMS security” means any security or class of securities for which transaction reports are collected, processed, and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan (or an effective national market system plan for reporting transaction in listed options). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         17 CFR 242.600(b)(64) (definition of “NMS security”) 
                        <E T="03">and</E>
                         (65) (definition of “NMS stock”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to the data presented in the NYSE American filing,
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     as of August 30, 2024, the Bitcoin Funds had the following number of shares outstanding (and corresponding market capitalization):
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,12,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Shares
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Market value
                            <LI>(8/30/2024)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>$13,443,091,524</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,930,157,526</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,221,640,670</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As shown above, each Bitcoin Fund had significantly more than 7,000,000 shares outstanding (approximately 29 and 6.5 times that amount, respectively), which is the minimum number of shares of a corporate stock that the Exchange generally requires to list options on that stock pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(b)(1). The Exchange believes this demonstrates that each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares.</P>
                <P>
                    Further, according to the NYSE American filing,
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the below table contains information regarding the number of beneficial holders of the Bitcoin Funds as of August 14, 2024:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Beneficial
                            <LI>holders</LI>
                            <LI>(8/14/24)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>464,364</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,403</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>75,437</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As this table shows, each Bitcoin Fund has significantly more than 2,000 beneficial holders (approximately 232, 7, and 38 time more, respectively), which is the minimum number of holders the Exchange generally requires for corporate stock in order to list options on that stock pursuant to Exchange Rule 402(b)(2). Therefore, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are widely held.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition, the Exchange believes the shares of each Bitcoin Fund are actively traded. Further, according to the NYSE American filing,
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     as of September 30, 2024, the total trading volume (by shares and notional) for these funds since they began trading 
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the average daily volume (“ADV”) over the 30-day period of September 1 through September 30, 2024, was as follows: 
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         As noted by NYSE American, GBTC and BITB began trading on January 11th and BTC began trading on July 31st. Thus, the measurement period for the trading volume (shares/notional) is January 11 through September 20, 2024, for GBTC and BITB (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         nine months) and July 31 through September 20, 2024, for BTC (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         two months). 
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         FactSet, 9/30/2024, 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.factset.com/data-attribution.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,15,15,9">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Trading volume
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Trading volume
                            <LI>(notional $)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            ADV
                            <LI>(shares)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,803,567,700</ENT>
                        <ENT>93,472,544,497</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,266,138</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>335,492,930</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,792,866,521</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,838,546</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>434,815,840</ENT>
                        <ENT>14,433,361,384</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,949,835</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As demonstrated above, even though these Bitcoin Funds have been trading for less than one year, the trading volume for each is substantially higher than 2,400,000 shares (between roughly 165 and 700 times that amount), which is the minimum 12-month volume the Exchange generally requires for a security in order to list options on that security as set forth in Exchange Rule 402(b). The Exchange believes this data demonstrates each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of outstanding shares that are actively traded.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to satisfying the Exchange's initial listing standards, options on the Bitcoin Funds will be subject to the Exchange's continued listing standards as set forth in Exchange Rule 403(g).
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to Exchange Rule 403(g), the Exchange will not open for trading any additional series of option contracts covering a fund traded on the Exchange if such fund ceases to be an “NMS stock” as provided for Exchange Rule 402(b) or the fund is halted from trading on its primary market.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, options on funds traded on the Exchange may be subject to the suspension of opening transactions as follows: (1) the fund no longer meets the terms of Exchange Rule 403(b); (2) following the initial twelve-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of the fund, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial holders of the fund for 30 or more consecutive trading days; (3) the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94859"/>
                    value of the underlying commodity is no longer calculated or available; or (4) such other event occurs or condition exists that in the opinion of the Exchange makes further dealing on the Exchange inadvisable.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 402(i)(4) to include the Bitcoin Funds in the list of ETPs deemed “Exchange-Traded Fund Shares”—of ETFs—for purposes of the continued listing standards set forth in Exchange Rule 403(g). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Exchange Rule 402(i)(4). For avoidance of doubt, the Exchange refers “funds” rather than “ETFs” to make clear that the Bitcoin Funds are subject to these continued listing standards.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 403(g).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Options on each Bitcoin Fund will be physically settled contracts with American-style exercise.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consistent with Exchange Rule 404, which governs the opening of options series on a specific underlying security (including ETFs and ETPs), the Exchange will open at least one expiration month for options on each Bitcoin Fund 
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     at the commencement of trading on the Exchange and may also list series of options on Bitcoin Funds for trading on a weekly,
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     monthly,
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or quarterly 
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     basis. The Exchange may also list long-term equity option series (“LEAPS”) that expire from twelve to thirty-nine months from the time they are listed.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 401 (Rights and Obligations of Holders and Writers), which provides that the rights and obligations of holders and writers of option contracts of any class of options dealt in on the Exchange shall be as set forth in the Rules of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         OCC Rules, Chapter VIII, which governs exercise and assignment, and Chapter IX, which governs the discharge of delivery and payment obligations arising out of the exercise of physically settled stock option contracts. OCC Rules can be located at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.theocc.com/getmedia/9d3854cd-b782-450f-bcf7-33169b0576ce/occrules.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404. The monthly expirations are subject to certain listing criteria for underlying securities described within Exchange Rule 402. Monthly listings expire the third Friday of the month. The term “expiration date” (unless separately defined elsewhere in the OCC By-Laws), when used in respect of an option contract (subject to certain exceptions), means the third Friday of the expiration month of such option contract, or if such Friday is a day on which the exchange on which such option is listed is not open for business, the preceding day on which such exchange is open for business. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         OCC By-Laws Article I, Section 1. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404(c), additional series of options of the same class may be opened for trading on the Exchange when the Exchange deems it necessary to maintain an orderly market, to meet customer demand or when the market price of the underlying stock moves more than five strike prices from the initial exercise price or prices. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404(e), new series of options on an individual stock may be added until the beginning of the month in which the options contract will expire. Due to unusual market conditions, the Exchange, in its discretion, may add a new series of options on an individual stock until the close of trading on the business day prior to expiration.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .02.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .13.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .03.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 406.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Exchange Rule 404(g), which governs strike prices of series of options on ETFs, the interval between strike prices of series of options on Bitcoin Funds will be $1 or greater when the strike price is $200 or less and $5 or greater where the strike price is over $200.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, the Exchange may list series of options pursuant to the $1 Strike Price Interval Program,
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the $0.50 Strike Program,
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the $2.50 Strike Price Program.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Pursuant to Exchange Rule 510, where the price of a series of a Bitcoin Fund option is less than $3.00, the minimum increment will be $0.05, and where the price is $3.00 or higher, the minimum increment will be $0.10.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any and all new series of Bitcoin Fund options that the Exchange lists will be consistent and comply with the expirations, strike prices, and minimum increments set forth in Exchange Rules 404 and 510, as applicable. Further, the Exchange notes that Exchange Rule 1502, which governs margin requirements applicable to the trading of all options on the Exchange, including options on ETFs and ETPs, will also apply to the trading of Bitcoin Fund options.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that for options listed pursuant to the Short Term Option Series Program, the Monthly Options Series Program, and the Quarterly Options Series Program, Exchange Rules 404, Interpretation and Policies .02, .03, and .13, specifically set forth intervals between strike prices on Short Term Option Series, Quarterly Options Series, and Monthly Options Series, respectively.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .01.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404, Interpretation and Policy .04.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 404(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 510(a). If options on a Bitcoin Fund are eligible to participate in the Penny Interval Program, the minimum increment of $0.01 below $3.00 and $0.50 above $3.00 would apply. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 510(a)(3). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         Exchange Rule 510(c) (which describes the requirements for the Penny Interval Program).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Position and Exercise Limits</HD>
                <P>
                    Position and exercise limits for options, including options on Bitcoin Funds, are determined pursuant to Exchange Rules 307 and 309, respectively. Position and exercise limits for options vary according to the number of outstanding shares and the trading volumes of the underlying security over the past six months, where the largest in capitalization and the most frequently traded funds have an option position and exercise limit of 250,000 contracts (with adjustments for splits, re-capitalizations, etc.) on the same side of the market; and smaller capitalization funds have position and exercise limits of 200,000, 75,000, 50,000 or 25,000 contracts (with adjustments for splits, re-capitalizations, etc.) on the same side of the market.
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 307. For an option to be eligible for the 50,000-contract limit, the security underlying the option must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 20,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 15,000,000 shares and at least 40,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 75,000-contract limit, the underlying security must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 40,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 30,000,000 shares and at least 120,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 200,000-contract limit, the underlying security must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 80,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 60,000,000 shares and at least 240,000,000 shares currently outstanding. For an option to be eligible for the 250,000-contract limit, the security underlying the option must have most recent six-month trading volume of at least 100,000,000 shares, or most recent six-month trading volume of at least 75,000,000 shares and at least 300,000,000 shares currently outstanding. The 25,000-contract limit applies to options on underlying securities that do not qualify for a higher contract limit. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 307. In addition, Interpretation and Policy .01 to Exchange Rule 307 establishes higher position limits for options on certain ETFs.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Position limits are designed to limit the number of options contracts traded on the Exchange in an underlying security that an investor, acting alone or in concert with others directly or indirectly, may control. The purpose of position limits, which are set forth in Exchange Rule 307, is to address potential manipulative schemes and adverse market impacts surrounding the use of options, such as disrupting the market in the security underlying the options. As such, position limits must balance concerns regarding mitigating potential manipulation and the cost of inhibiting potential hedging activity that investors may use for legitimate economic purposes. To achieve this balance, the Exchange proposes to set the position and exercise limits for the options on the Bitcoin Funds at 25,000 contracts, a limit which has already been approved for IBIT at a competing exchange, an ETP that (like the Bitcoin Funds) holds bitcoin.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Capping the position limit at 25,000 contracts, the lowest limit available in options, would address concerns related to manipulation and protection of investors as this number is conservative for the Bitcoin Funds and therefore appropriate given their liquidity. While the Exchange believes that the proposed 25,000-contract position limit is conservative for options on the Bitcoin Funds, it nonetheless believes that, for the reasons set forth below, evidence exists to support a much higher position limit.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101128 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78942 (September 26, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-03) (Notice of Filing of Amendment Nos. 4 and 5 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1, 4, and 5, to Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on the iShares Bitcoin Trust (“IBIT”) (“ISE IBIT Approval Order”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         The Exchange may file a subsequent rule change to amend the position and exercise limit for 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        options on any or all the Bitcoin Funds based on additional data regarding trading activity, to continue to balance any concerns regarding manipulation. A higher position limit would allow institutional investors to utilize options on the Bitcoin Funds for prudent risk management purposes.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="94860"/>
                <P>
                    As shown in the table below, provided in the NYSE American filing 
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    , GBTC, BITB and BTC would easily qualify for the 250,000-contract position limit available to other ETFs and ETPs pursuant to the criterion in Exchange Rule 307, which requires that, for the most recent six-month period, trading volume for the underlying security be at least 100,000,000 shares.
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As noted in the NYSE American filing, BTC began trading on July 31, 2024, and therefore had only two months of trading data available at the time of the NYSE American filing, as shown below.
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         Per Exchange Rule 307, to qualify for the 250,000-contract position limit for options, the underlying security must (i) have trading volume of at least 100,000,000 shares during the most recent six-month trading period; or (ii) have trading volume of at least 75,000,000 shares during the most recent six-month trading period and have at least 300,000,000 shares currently outstanding.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         FactSet, 9/30/2024, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.factset.com/data-attribution.</E>
                         For avoidance of doubt, the Exchange notes that this chart depicts the most recent six months (at the time the NYSE American filing was filed) of trading data by shares for GBTC and BITB whereas the earlier chart (that depicts volume by notional and shares) covered the first nine months of trading. For BTC, both charts depict the same two-month trading volume by shares.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,r50">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total volume
                            <LI>(9/30/2024)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>723,758,100 (6-months).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>335,492,930 (2-months).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>263,965,870 (6-months).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    Thus, based on the most-recent trading volume, each Bitcoin Fund exceeded the requisite minimum of 100,000,000 shares necessary to qualify for the 250,000-contract position and exercise limits. By comparison, other options symbols with six-month trading volume less than GBTC, BITB, and BTC are eligible for position and exercise limits of at least 250,000.
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.theocc.com/Market-Data/Market-Data-Reports/Series-and-Trading-Data/Series-Search</E>
                         (including the following symbols that have a position limit of 250,000: GLD, IAU, SLV, SIVR, SGOL).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    With respect to the outstanding shares of each Bitcoin Fund, if a market participant held the maximum number of contracts possible pursuant to the proposed position and exercise limits (25,000 contracts), the equivalent shares represented by the proposed position/exercise limit (2,500,000 shares) would represent the following approximate percentage of current outstanding shares, according to the data presented in the NYSE American filing: 
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,18,18,18">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Bitcoin
                            <LI>fund</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proposed position/
                            <LI>exercise limits in</LI>
                            <LI>equivalent shares</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Outstanding shares
                            <LI>(8/30/24)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage of
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                            <LI>shares</LI>
                            <LI>(%) </LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.9</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.7</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,500,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.6</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    As this table demonstrates, if a market participant held the maximum permissible options positions in one of the Bitcoin Fund options and exercised all of them at the same time, that market participant would control a small percentage of the outstanding shares of the underlying Bitcoin Fund. For example, as noted above, a position limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 shares of the applicable Bitcoin Fund (if that market participant exercised all its options). Based on data presented in the NYSE American filing regarding the number of shares outstanding for each Bitcoin Fund as of August 30, 2024, the table below sets forth the approximate number of market participants that could hold the maximum of 25,000 same side positions in each Bitcoin Fund that would equate to the number of shares outstanding of that Bitcoin Fund: 
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,18,21">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Shares outstanding </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>market participants</LI>
                            <LI>with 25,000</LI>
                            <LI>same side positions</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>114</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>147</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>27</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>This means if 114 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in options on GBTC, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. Similarly, this means if 147 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in options on BTC, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. Finally, this means if 27 market participants had 25,000 same side positions in options on BITB, each of them would have to simultaneously exercise all of those options to create a scenario that may put the underlying security under stress. The Exchange believes it is highly unlikely for this to occur; however, even if such event did occur, the Exchange would not expect any of the Bitcoin Fund to be under stress because such an event would merely induce the creation of more shares through the trust's creation and redemption process.</P>
                <P>
                    Further, given that the issuer of each Bitcoin Fund may create and redeem shares that represent an interest in Bitcoin, the Exchange believes it is relevant to compare the size of a position limit to the market capitalization of the Bitcoin market. As of August 30, 2024, the global supply of Bitcoin was 19,747,066, and the price of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94861"/>
                    one Bitcoin was approximately $59,108.23, which equates to a market capitalization of approximately $1.167 trillion.
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consider the proposed position and exercise limit of 25,000 option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund option. A position and exercise limit of 25,000 same side contracts effectively restricts a market participant from holding positions that could result in the receipt of no more than 2,500,000 shares of GBTC, BTC, or BITB, as applicable (if that market participant exercised all its options). The following table from the NYSE American filing shows the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 30, 2024, the value of 2,500,000 shares of the Bitcoin Fund at that price, and the approximate percentage of that value of the size of the Bitcoin market: 
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.blockchain.com/explorer/charts/total-bitcoins.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,12,18,15">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Aug. 30th
                            <LI>share price</LI>
                            <LI>($) </LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Value of 2,500,000
                            <LI>shares of</LI>
                            <LI>Bitcoin funds</LI>
                            <LI>($) </LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Percentage of
                            <LI>Bitcoin market</LI>
                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>46.75</ENT>
                        <ENT>116,875,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.010</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.20</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,000,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.001</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>31.95</ENT>
                        <ENT>79,875,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.007</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    Therefore, if a market participant with the maximum 25,000 same side contracts in options on GBTC, BTC, or BITB exercised all positions at one time, such an event would have no practical impact on the Bitcoin market. As described in the NYSE American filing, the below chart shows the market capitalization of each Bitcoin Fund relative to the market capitalization of the entire bitcoin market, as of August 30, 2024.
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,15,18,15">
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Bitcoin/shares 
                            <LI>outstanding</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Market value
                            <LI>(8/30/2024)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            % of Total
                            <LI>Bitcoin market</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Total Bitcoin Market 
                            <SU>43</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>19,747,066 </ENT>
                        <ENT>1,167,214,096,788</ENT>
                        <ENT>100.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>284,570,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,443,091,524</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.15</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>366,950,100</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,930,157,526</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.17</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>68,690,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,221,640,670</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.19</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    As shown above, the Bitcoin Funds collectively represent approximately 1.51% of the global supply of Bitcoin (19,747, 066). Based on the $46.75 price of a GBTC share on August 30, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,264 GBTC shares. Another 24,967,146,455 GBTC shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 9,987 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in GBTC options to receive shares of the GBTC holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Similarly, based on the $5.20 price of a BTC share on August 30, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 11,367 BTC shares. Another 224,464,249,382 BTC shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 89,786 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in BTC options to receive shares of BTC holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Similarly, based on the $31.95 price of a BITB share on August 30, 2024, a market participant could have redeemed one Bitcoin for approximately 1,850 BITB shares. Another 36,532,522,591 BITB shares could be created before the supply of Bitcoin was exhausted. As a result, 14,613 market participants would have to simultaneously exercise 25,000 same side positions in BITB options to receive shares of BITB holding the entire global supply of Bitcoin. Unlike the Bitcoin Funds, the number of shares that corporations may issue is limited. However, like corporations, which authorize additional shares, repurchase shares, or split their shares, the Bitcoin Funds may create, redeem, or split shares in response to demand. While the supply of Bitcoin is limited to 21,000,000, it is believed that it will take more than 100 years to fully mine the remaining Bitcoin.
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The supply of Bitcoin is larger than the available supply of most securities.
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Given the significant unlikelihood of any of these events ever occurring, the Exchange does not believe options on the Bitcoin Funds should be subject to position and exercise limits even lower than those proposed (which are already equal to the lowest available limit for equity options in the industry) to protect the supply of Bitcoin.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.blockchain.com/explorer/assets/btc</E>
                         (citing 21 million as the “total supply” of bitcoin).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         The market capitalization of Bitcoin would rank in the top 10 among securities. 
                        <E T="03">See https://companiesmarketcap.com/usa/largest-companies-in-the-usa-by-market-cap/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also believes the proposed limits are appropriate given position limits for Bitcoin futures. For example, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“CME”) imposes a position limit of 2,000 futures (for the initial spot month) on its Bitcoin futures contract.
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On August 28, 2024, CME Aug 24 Bitcoin Futures settled at $58,950. A position of 2,000 CME Bitcoin futures, therefore, would have a notional value of $589,500,000. The following table shows the share price of each Bitcoin Fund on August 28, 2024, and the approximate number of option contracts that equates to that notional value: 
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 350 (description of CME Bitcoin Futures) and Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices. Each CME Bitcoin futures contract is valued at five Bitcoins as defined by the CME CF Bitcoin Reference Rate (“BRR”). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rule 35001.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,12,12">
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Bitcoin fund</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Aug. 28th
                            <LI>share price</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>option</LI>
                            <LI>contracts</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">GBTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>46.94</ENT>
                        <ENT>125,585</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BTC</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.23</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,127,151</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">BITB</ENT>
                        <ENT>32.08</ENT>
                        <ENT>183,759</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    The approximate number of option contracts for each Bitcoin Fund that equate to the notional value of CME Bitcoin futures is significantly higher 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94862"/>
                    than the proposed limit of 25,000 options contract for each Bitcoin Fund option. The fact that many options ultimately expire out-of-the-money and thus are not exercised for shares of the underlying, while the delta of a Bitcoin Future is 1, further demonstrates how conservative the proposed limits of 25,000 options contracts are for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes, unlike options contracts, CME position limits are calculated on a net futures-equivalent basis by contract and include contracts that aggregate into one or more base contracts according to an aggregation ratio(s).
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, if a portfolio includes positions in options on futures, CME would aggregate those positions into the underlying futures contracts in accordance with a table published by CME on a delta equivalent value for the relevant spot month, subsequent spot month, single month and all month position limits.
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If a position exceeds position limits because of an option assignment, CME permits market participants to liquidate the excess position within one business day without being considered in violation of its rules. Additionally, if at the close of trading, a position that includes options exceeds position limits for futures contracts, when evaluated using the delta factors as of that day's close of trading but does not exceed the limits when evaluated using the previous day's delta factors, then the position shall not constitute a position limit violation. Considering CME's position limits on futures for Bitcoin, the Exchange believes that that the proposed same side position limits are more than appropriate for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CME Rulebook Chapter 5, Position Limit, Position Accountability and Reportable Level Table in the Interpretations &amp; Special Notices.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the available supply of Bitcoin is not relevant to the determination of position and exercise limits for options overlying the Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limits are not a tool that should be used to address a potential limited supply of the underlying of an underlying. Position and exercise limits do not limit the total number of options that may be held, but rather they limit the number of positions a single customer may hold or exercise at one time.
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     “Since the inception of standardized options trading, the options exchanges have had rules imposing limits on the aggregate number of options contracts that a member or customer could hold or exercise.” 
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Position and exercise limit rules are intended “to prevent the establishment of options positions that can be used or might create incentives to manipulate or disrupt the underlying market so as to benefit the options position. In particular, position and exercise limits are designed to minimize the potential for mini-manipulations and for corners or squeezes of the underlying market. In addition, such limits serve to reduce the possibility for disruption of the options market itself, especially in illiquid options classes.” 
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         The Exchange is unaware of any proposed rule change related to position and exercise limits for any equity option (including commodity ETF options) for which the Commission required consideration of whether the available supply of an underlying (whether it be a corporate stock or an ETF) or the contents of an ETF (commodity or otherwise) should be considered when an exchange proposed to establish those limits. 
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 57894 May 30, 2008), 73 FR 32061 (June 5, 2008) (SR-CBOE-2005-11) (approval order in which the Commission stated that the “listing and trading of Gold Trust Options will be subject to the exchanges' rules pertaining to position and exercise limits and margin”). The Exchange notes the position limits in Exchange Rule 307 are the same as when the Commission approved this filing. For reference, the current position and exercise limits for options on SPDR Gold Shares ETF (“GLD”) and options on iShares Silver Trust (“SLV”) are 250,000 contracts, or 10 times that proposed position and exercise limit for the Bitcoin Fund options.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         For example, suppose an option has a position limit of 25,000 option contracts and there are a total of 10 investors trading that option. If all 10 investors max out their positions, that would result in 250,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. However, suppose 10 more investors decide to begin trading that option and also max out their positions. This would result in 500,000 option contracts outstanding at that time. An increase in the number of investors could cause an increase in outstanding options even if position limits remain unchanged.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes that a Registration Statement on Form S-1 was filed with the Commission for each Bitcoin Fund, each of which described the supply of Bitcoin as being limited to 21,000,000 (of which approximately 90% had already been mined), and that the limit would be reached around the year 2140.
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Each Registration Statement permits an unlimited number of shares of the applicable Bitcoin Fund to be created. Further, the Commission approved proposed rule changes that permitted the listing and trading of shares of each Bitcoin Fund, which approval did not comment on the sufficient supply of Bitcoin or address whether there was a risk that permitting an unlimited number of shares for a Bitcoin Fund would impact the supply of Bitcoin.
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, the Exchange believes the Commission had ample time and opportunity to consider whether the supply of Bitcoin was sufficient to permit the creation of unlimited Bitcoin Fund shares, and does not believe considering this supply with respect to the establishment of position and exercise limits is appropriate given its lack of relevance to the purpose of position and exercise limits. However, given the significant size of the Bitcoin supply, the proposed positions limits are more than sufficient to protect investors and the market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                         GBTC Form S-1 Registration Statement, at p. 17, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1588489/000119312517013693/d157414ds1.htm;</E>
                         BTC Form S-1 Registration Statement, at p. 21, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/2015034/000119312524065444/d785023ds1.htm; and</E>
                         BITB Amendment No 2. to S-1, at p. 47, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1763415/000199937123000735/bitwise-s1a_120423.htm</E>
                         (“Bitcoin Funds Reg. Stmts.”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Approval Order.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Based on the foregoing, the Exchange believes the proposal to list options on the Bitcoin Funds with positions and exercise limits of 25,000 on the same side, the lowest position limit available in the options industry, is conservative and appropriate given the market capitalization, average daily volume, and high number of outstanding shares for each of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposed position and exercise limits reasonably and appropriately balance the liquidity provisioning in the market against the prevention of manipulation. The Exchange believes these proposed limits are effectively designed to prevent an individual customer or entity from establishing options positions that could be used to manipulate the market of the underlying Bitcoin Funds as well as the Bitcoin market.
                    <SU>56</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>56</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 39489 (December 24, 1997), 63 FR 276 (January 5, 1998) (SR-CBOE-1997-11).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As described herein, options on the Bitcoin Funds will trade in the same manner as any other ETF or ETP options on the Exchange. The Exchange Rules that currently apply to the listing and trading of options on the Exchange, including, for example, Rules that govern listing criteria, expiration and exercise prices, minimum increments, margin requirements, customer accounts and trading halt procedures will apply to the listing and trading of Bitcoin Funds on the Exchange in the same manner as they apply to all other ETFs and ETPs that are listed and traded on the Exchange, including the precious metal-backed commodity ETPs already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange pursuant to Exchange Rule 404. Further, as described above, Exchange Rules regarding position and exercise limits will likewise apply to options on the Bitcoin Funds except 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94863"/>
                    that, as proposed, the position and exercise limits will be set at 25,000 on the same side.
                </P>
                <STARS/>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes that options on Bitcoin Funds would not be available for trading until The Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) represents to the Exchange that it is fully able to clear and settle such options. The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it and The Options Price Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional traffic associated with the listing of options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange believes any additional traffic that would be generated from the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds would be manageable. The Exchange represents that Exchange Members 
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     will not have a capacity issue as a result of this proposed rule change.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 100.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange represents that the same surveillance procedures 
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     applicable to all other options currently listed and traded on the Exchange will apply to options on Bitcoin Funds, and that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new option series. The Exchange's existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options on ETFs and ETPs, such as (existing) precious metal-commodity backed ETP options as well as the proposed options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules. The Exchange's staff will have access to the surveillance programs conducted by its affiliate exchanges, MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire, with respect to trading in the shares of the underlying trust for each Fund when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Funds. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”) under the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition to obtaining surveillance data from MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire, the Exchange will be able to obtain information regarding trading in the shares of the underlying Bitcoin Funds from NYSE American and other markets through ISG. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). Pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillances.
                    <SU>59</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         The surveillance program includes real-time patterns for price and volume movements and post-trade surveillance patterns (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         spoofing, marking the close, pinging, phishing).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, among other things, requires every SRO registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the SRO's own rules, and, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q(d)(1) 
                        <E T="03">and</E>
                         17 CFR 240.17d-2. Section 17(d)(1) of the Act allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of certain responsibilities with respect to members of the SRO who are also members of another SRO. Specifically, Section 17(d)(1) allows the Commission to relieve an SRO of its responsibilities to: (i) receive regulatory reports from such members; (ii) examine such members for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the SRO; or (iii) carry out other specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The underlying shares of spot bitcoin ETPs, including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in its order approving proposals of several exchanges to list and trade shares of spot bitcoin-based exchange-traded products (“Bitcoin ETP Order”):</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        Each Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                        <SU>60</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>60</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008, 3009 (January 17, 2024) (File Nos. SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SRCboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange states that, given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>61</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>61</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>62</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>62</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (BTC) under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90), filed Jan. 5, 2024, 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2021-90/srnysearca202190-358659-884182.pdf;</E>
                         Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44), filed Jan. 5, 2024, 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2023-44/srnysearca202344-358800-884322.pdf;</E>
                         and Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust Under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E, Commodity-Based Trust Shares, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100290 (June 6, 2024), 89 FR 49931 (June 12, 2024) (SR-NYSEARCA-2024-45).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Finally, quotation and last sale information for ETFs is available via the Consolidated Tape Association (“CTA”) high speed line. Quotation and last sale information for such securities is also available from the exchange on which such securities are listed. Quotation and last sale information for options on Bitcoin Funds will be available via OPRA and major market data vendors.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering options on Bitcoin Funds will benefit investors by providing them with an additional, relatively lower cost investing tool to gain exposure to the price of Bitcoin and hedging vehicle to meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin-related products and positions. The Exchange expects investors will transact in options on Bitcoin Funds in the unregulated over-the-counter (“OTC”) options market,
                    <SU>63</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     but may prefer to trade such options in a listed environment to receive the benefits of trading listed options, including (1) enhanced efficiency in initiating and closing out position; (2) increased market transparency; and (3) heightened contra-party creditworthiness due to the role of OCC as issuer and guarantor of all listed options. The Exchange believes that listing Bitcoin Fund options may cause investors to bring 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94864"/>
                    this liquidity to the Exchange, would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow. The Exchange notes that the ETPs that hold precious metal commodities on which the Exchange may already list and trade options are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to different assets. The Exchange notes that it has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of options on any ETFs or ETPs that hold commodities (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     precious metals) that it currently lists and trades on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>63</SU>
                         The Exchange understands from customers that investors have historically transacted in options on ETFs in the OTC options market if such options were not available for trading in a listed environment.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Finally, the Exchange notes that applicable Exchange rules will require that customers receive appropriate disclosure before trading options in Bitcoin Funds.
                    <SU>64</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, brokers opening accounts and recommending options transactions must comply with relevant customer suitability standards.
                    <SU>65</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>64</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rules 1307(b) and (e).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>65</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 1309.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act 
                    <SU>66</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act 
                    <SU>67</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanisms of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>66</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>67</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposal to list and trade options on Bitcoin Funds will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors because offering options on Bitcoin Funds will provide investors with an opportunity to realize the benefits of utilizing options on a Bitcoin Fund, including cost efficiencies and increased hedging strategies.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options will benefit investors by providing them with a relatively lower-cost risk management tool, which will allow them to manage their positions and associated risk in their portfolios more easily in connection with exposure to the price of Bitcoin and with Bitcoin-related products and positions. Additionally, the Exchange's offering of Bitcoin Fund options will provide investors with the ability to transact in such options in a listed market environment as opposed to in the unregulated OTC options market, which would increase market transparency and enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow to the benefit of all investors. The Exchange also notes that it already lists options on other commodity-based ETPs,
                    <SU>68</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which, as described above, are trusts structured in substantially the same manner as Bitcoin Funds and essentially offer the same objectives and benefits to investors, just with respect to a different commodity (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Bitcoin rather than precious metals) and for which the Exchange has not identified any issues with the continued listing and trading of commodity-backed ETP options it currently lists for trading.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>68</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, because it is consistent with current Exchange Rules previously filed with the Commission. Options on Bitcoin Funds satisfy the initial listing standards and continued listing standards currently in the Exchange Rules applicable to options on all ETFs and ETPs, including ETPs that hold other commodities already deemed appropriate for options trading on the Exchange. Additionally, as demonstrated above and in the NYSE American filing,
                    <SU>69</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     each Bitcoin Fund is characterized by a substantial number of shares that are widely held and actively traded. Bitcoin Fund options will trade in the same manner as any other ETF or ETP options—the same Exchange Rules that currently govern the listing and trading of options, including permissible expirations, strike prices, minimum increments, and margin requirements, will govern the listing and trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in the same manner.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>69</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed position and exercise limit for options on the Bitcoin Funds is 25,000 contracts. These position and exercise limits are the lowest position and exercise limits available in the options industry, are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the Bitcoin Funds' market capitalization, average daily volume, number of beneficial holders, and high number of outstanding shares.
                    <SU>70</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The proposed position and exercise limits are consistent with the Act as they addresses concerns related to manipulation and protection of investors because the position and exercise limits are extremely conservative and more than appropriate given the Bitcoin Funds are actively traded.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>70</SU>
                         The Exchange notes that IBIT—which has been approved for options trading—represents a larger percentage of the bitcoin market than all three Bitcoin Funds. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         ISE IBIT Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra note</E>
                         6. As noted herein, the Bitcoin Funds collectively represent approximately 1.51% of the bitcoin market. By comparison, IBIT options have an approved position limit of 25,000 contracts per side, which represents 4% of total underlying spot BTC liquidity, and IBIT is the most liquid spot Bitcoin ETF. 
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new Bitcoin Fund options. The Exchange believes that its existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options, including Bitcoin Fund options. The Exchange's existing surveillance and reporting safeguards are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might arise from listing and trading options on ETFs and ETPs, such as (existing) precious metal-commodity backed ETP options as well as the proposed options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin Funds in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules. Specifically, the Exchange's market surveillance staff will have access to the surveillances conducted by its affiliates, MIAX Pearl and MIAX Sapphire, with respect to the Bitcoin Funds and would review activity in the underlying Funds when conducting surveillances for market abuse or manipulation in the options on the Trust. Additionally, the Exchange is a member of the ISG under the Intermarket Surveillance Group Agreement. ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock, options, and futures markets. In addition, the Exchange has a Regulatory Services Agreement with the FINRA and, as noted herein, pursuant to a multi-party 17d-2 joint plan, all options exchanges allocate regulatory responsibilities to FINRA to conduct certain options-related market surveillances. Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94865"/>
                    effectively monitor the trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The underlying shares of spot bitcoin ETPs, including the Bitcoin Funds, are also subject to safeguards related to addressing market abuse and manipulation. As the Commission stated in its order approving proposals of several exchanges to list and trade shares of spot bitcoin-based ETPs, “[e]ach Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance-sharing agreement with the CME via their common membership in the Intermarket Surveillance Group. This facilitates the sharing of information that is available to the CME through its surveillance of its markets, including its surveillance of the CME bitcoin futures market.
                    <SU>71</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange states that, given the consistently high correlation between the CME bitcoin futures market and the spot bitcoin market, as confirmed by the Commission through robust correlation analysis, the Commission was able to conclude that such surveillance sharing agreements could reasonably be “expected to assist in surveilling for fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in the specific context of the [Bitcoin ETPs].” 
                    <SU>72</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In light of surveillance measures related to both options and futures as well as the underlying Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>73</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that existing surveillance procedures are designed to deter and detect possible manipulative behavior which might potentially arise from listing and trading the proposed options on the Bitcoin Funds. Further, the Exchange will implement any new surveillance procedures it deems necessary to effectively monitor the trading of options on Bitcoin ETPs.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>71</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99306 (January 10, 2024), 89 FR 3008, 3009 (January 17, 2024) (File Nos. SR-NYSEArca-2021-90; SR-NYSEArca-2023-44; SR-NYSEArca-2023-58; SR-NASDAQ2023-016; SR-NASDAQ-2023-019; SR-CboeBZX-2023-028; SR-CboeBZX-2023-038; SR-CboeBZX2023-040; SR-CboeBZX-2023-042; SRCboeBZX-2023-044; and SR-CboeBZX-2023-072) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Changes, as Modified by Amendments Thereto, to List and Trade Bitcoin-Based Commodity-Based Trust Shares and Trust Units).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>72</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Bitcoin ETP Order, 89 FR at 3010-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>73</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (BTC) under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2021-90), filed Jan. 5, 2024, 
                        <E T="03">available at</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2021-90/srnysearca202190-358659-884182.pdf;</E>
                         Amendment No. 2 to Proposed Rule Change to List and Trade Shares of the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E (Commodity-Based Trust Shares) (SR-NYSEARCA-2023-44), filed Jan. 5, 2024, 
                        <E T="03">available at</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2023-44/srnysearca202344-358800-884322.pdf; and</E>
                         Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To List and Trade Shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust Under NYSE Arca Rule 8.201-E, Commodity-Based Trust Shares, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100290 (June 6, 2024), 89 FR 49931 (June 12, 2024) (SR-NYSEARCA-2024-45).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Finally, the Exchange notes that this proposal will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors because applicable Exchange rules will require that customers receive appropriate disclosure before trading options in Bitcoin Funds 
                    <SU>74</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and will require that brokers opening accounts and recommending options transactions comply with relevant customer suitability standards.
                    <SU>75</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>74</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rules 1307(b) and (e).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>75</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 1309.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intramarket Competition:</E>
                     The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act as Bitcoin Funds would need to satisfy the initial listing standards set forth in the Exchange Rules in the same manner as any other ETF before the Exchange could list options on them. Additionally, Bitcoin Fund options will be equally available to all market participants who wish to trade such options. The Exchange Rules currently applicable to the listing and trading of options on ETFs on the Exchange will apply in the same manner to the listing and trading of all options on Bitcoin Funds. Also, and as stated above, the Exchange already lists options on other commodity-based ETPs.
                    <SU>76</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>76</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Rule 402(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intermarket Competition:</E>
                     The Exchange does not believe that the proposal to list and trade options on Bitcoin Funds will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the extent that the advent of Bitcoin Fund options trading on the Exchange may make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace to market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are free to elect to become market participants on the Exchange. As noted herein, this is a competitive filing as the Commission recently approved the listing and trading of options on the Bitcoin Funds,
                    <SU>77</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     as well as another ETP that, like the Bitcoin Funds, holds bitcoin.
                    <SU>78</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, other options exchanges are free to amend their listing rules, as applicable, to permit them to list and trade options on Bitcoin Funds. The Exchange notes that listing and trading Bitcoin Fund options on the Exchange will subject such options to transparent exchange-based rules as well as price discovery and liquidity, as opposed to alternatively trading such options in the OTC market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>77</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>78</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         ISE IBIT Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 6.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change may relieve any burden on, or otherwise promote, competition as it is designed to increase competition for order flow on the Exchange in a manner that is beneficial to investors by providing them with a lower-cost option to hedge their investment portfolios. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues that offer similar products. Ultimately, the Exchange believes that offering Bitcoin Fund options for trading on the Exchange will promote competition by providing investors with an additional, relatively low-cost means to hedge their portfolios and meet their investment needs in connection with Bitcoin prices and Bitcoin-related products and positions on a listed options exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>Written comments were neither solicited nor received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>79</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>80</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>81</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94866"/>
                    subparagraph (f)(6) of Rule 19b-4 thereunder.
                    <SU>82</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>79</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>80</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>81</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>82</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change, along with a brief description and text of the proposed rule change, at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Commission waives this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) 
                    <SU>83</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     under the Act does not normally become operative prior to 30 days after the date of the filing. However, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii),
                    <SU>84</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Commission may designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has requested that the Commission waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission previously approved the listing of options on the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust, the Grayscale Bitcoin Mini Trust, and the Bitwise Bitcoin ETF.
                    <SU>85</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange has provided information regarding the underlying Bitcoin Funds, including, among other things, information regarding trading volume, the number of beneficial holders, and the market capitalization of the Bitcoin Funds. The proposal also establishes position and exercise limits for options on the Bitcoin Funds and provides information regarding the surveillance procedures that will apply to Bitcoin Fund options. The Commission believes that waiver of the operative delay could benefit investors by providing an additional venue for trading Bitcoin Fund options. Therefore, the Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change as operative upon filing.
                    <SU>86</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>83</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>84</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>85</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101386 (October 18, 2024), 89 FR 84960 (October 24, 2024) (SR-NYSEAMER-2024-49) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 3, To Permit the Listing and Trading of Options on Bitcoin Exchange-Traded Funds).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>86</SU>
                         For purposes only of waiving the 30-day operative delay, the Commission has also considered the proposed rule's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-MIAX-2024-42 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-MIAX-2024-42. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-MIAX-2024-42 and should be submitted on or before December 20, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>87</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>87</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12), (59).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27988 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Data Collection Available for Public Comments</SUBJECT>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>60-Day notice and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces the Small Business Administration's (SBA) intentions to request approval for reinstatement with modification of a previously approved information collection.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Submit comments on or before January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>Send all comments regarding whether this information collection is necessary for the proper performance of the function of the agency, whether the burden estimates are accurate, and if there are ways to minimize the estimated burden and enhance the quality of the collections, to Elden Hawkes, Jr., Small Business Innovation Research and Technology Transfer Office, Office of Investment and Innovation, Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street, 6th Floor, Washington, DC 20416.</P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Elden Hawkes, Jr., Partnership and Innovation Specialist, 202-731-8503, 
                        <E T="03">FAST@sba.gov,</E>
                         or Curtis B. Rich, Agency Clearance Officer, 202-205-7030, 
                        <E T="03">curtis.rich@sba.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The Federal and State Technology Partnership (FAST) Program is a competitive grants program designed to strengthen the technological competitiveness of small businesses seeking funding from the Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) and Small Business Technology Transfer (STTR) programs. FAST provides funding to organizations to execute state/regional programs that increase the number of SBIR/STTR proposals (through outreach and financial support); increase the number of SBIR/STTR awards (through technical assistance and mentoring); 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94867"/>
                    and better prepare SBIR/STTR awardees for commercialization success (through technical assistance and mentoring).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Solicitation of Public Comments:</E>
                     SBA is requesting comments on (a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the agency to properly perform its mission and functions with respect to the SBIC program; (b) whether the burden estimates are accurate; (c) whether there are ways to minimize the burden, including through the use of automated techniques or other forms of information technology; and (d) whether there are ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">OMB Control Number 3245-0405</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     FAST Program Quarterly Reporting Form.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     Quarterly.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">SBA Form Number:</E>
                     N/A.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description of Respondents:</E>
                     FAST award recipients, including Small Business and Technology Development Centers (SBTDCs), state and local economic development agencies, and other FAST award recipients.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Responses:</E>
                     200.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Burden:</E>
                     400.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Curtis Rich,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Agency Clearance Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28039 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8026-09-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF STATE</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Public Notice: 12597]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Determinations; Culturally Significant Objects Being Imported for Exhibition—Determinations: “Gustave Caillebotte: Painting Men” Exhibition</SUBJECT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Notice is hereby given of the following determinations: I hereby determine that certain objects being imported from abroad pursuant to agreements with their foreign owners or custodians for temporary display in the exhibition “Gustave Caillebotte: Painting Men” at the J. Paul Getty Museum at the Getty Center, Los Angeles, California; The Art Institute of Chicago, in Chicago, Illinois; and at possible additional exhibitions or venues yet to be determined, are of cultural significance, and, further, that their temporary exhibition or display within the United States as aforementioned is in the national interest. I have ordered that Public Notice of these determinations be published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Reed Liriano, Program Coordinator, Office of the Legal Adviser, U.S. Department of State (telephone: 202-632-6471; email: 
                        <E T="03">section2459@state.gov</E>
                        ). The mailing address is U.S. Department of State, L/PD, 2200 C Street NW, (SA-5), Suite 5H03, Washington, DC 20522-0505.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The foregoing determinations were made pursuant to the authority vested in me by the Act of October 19, 1965 (79 Stat. 985; 22 U.S.C. 2459), Executive Order 12047 of March 27, 1978, the Foreign Affairs Reform and Restructuring Act of 1998 (112 Stat. 2681, 
                    <E T="03">et seq.;</E>
                     22 U.S.C. 6501 note, 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), Delegation of Authority No. 234 of October 1, 1999, Delegation of Authority No. 236-3 of August 28, 2000, and Delegation of Authority No. 523 of December 22, 2021.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Nicole L. Elkon,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Professional and Cultural Exchanges, Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, Department of State.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28060 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4710-05-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF STATE</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Public Notice 12580]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Application for a U.S. Passport for Eligible Individuals: Correction, Name Change to Passport Issued 1 Year Ago or Less, and Limited Passport Replacement</SUBJECT>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of request for public comment.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of State is seeking Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we are requesting comments on this collection from all interested individuals and organizations. The purpose of this notice is to allow 60 days for public comment preceding submission of the collection to OMB.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of State will accept comments from the public up to January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Web:</E>
                         Persons with access to the internet may comment on this notice by going to 
                        <E T="03">www.Regulations.gov.</E>
                         You can search for the document by entering “Docket Number: DOS-2024-0039 in the Search field. Then click the “Comment Now” button and complete the comment form. Email and regular mail options have been suspended to centralize receiving and addressing all comments in a timely manner.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Email: Passport-Form-Comments@State.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>You must include the DS form number (if applicable), information collection title, and the OMB control number in the email subject line.</P>
                </ADD>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Title of Information Collection:</E>
                     Application for a U.S. Passport for Eligible Individuals: Correction, Name Change to Passport Issued 1 Year Ago or Less, and Limited Passport Replacement.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     1405-0160.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>
                     Revision of a Currently Approved Collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Originating Office:</E>
                     Bureau of Consular Affairs, Passport Services, Office of Program Management and Operational Support (CA/PPT/S/PMO).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Form Number:</E>
                     DS-5504.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     Individuals or Households.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     767,500.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Responses:</E>
                     767,500.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Time per Response:</E>
                     40 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Burden Time:</E>
                     511,700 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     On occasion.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Obligation to Respond:</E>
                     Required to Obtain a Benefit.
                </P>
                <P>We are soliciting public comments to permit the Department to:</P>
                <P>• Evaluate whether the proposed information collection is necessary for the proper functions of the Department.</P>
                <P>• Evaluate the accuracy of our estimate of the time and cost burden for this proposed collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.</P>
                <P>• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.</P>
                <P>• Minimize the reporting burden on those who are to respond, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
                <P>Please note that comments submitted in response to this Notice are public record. Before including any detailed personal information, you should be aware that your comments as submitted, including your personal information, will be available for public review.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Abstract of Proposed Collection</HD>
                <P>
                    The Application for a U.S. Passport for Eligible Individuals: Correction, Name Change to Passport Issued 1 Year Ago or Less, and Limited Passport Replacement (form DS-5504) is used by current passport holders who are 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94868"/>
                    eligible to re-apply for a passport at no cost.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Methodology</HD>
                <P>Passport Services collects information from U.S. citizens and non-citizen nationals when they complete and submit the Application for a U.S. Passport for Eligible Individuals: Correction, Name Change to Passport Issued 1 Year Ago or Less, and Limited Passport Replacement (form DS-5504). Passport applicants can either download the DS-5504 from the internet or obtain the form from an acceptance facility/passport agency. The form must be completed, signed, and be submitted by mail (or in person at Passport Agencies domestically or U.S. embassies/consulates overseas).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Amanda E Smith,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Managing Director for Passport Support Operations,  Bureau of Consular Affairs, Passport Services, Department of State.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28038 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4710-06-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF STATE</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Public Notice: 12598]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Imposition of Nonproliferation Measures Against Foreign Persons, Including a Ban on U.S. Government Procurement</SUBJECT>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of determination.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>A determination has been made that a number of foreign persons have engaged in activities that warrant the imposition of measures pursuant to the Iran, North Korea, and Syria Nonproliferation Act (INKSNA).</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>These measures are applicable November 20, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        On general issues: Pam Durham, Office of Missile, Biological, and Chemical Nonproliferation, Bureau of International Security and Nonproliferation, Department of State, Telephone (202) 647-4930. For U.S. Government procurement ban issues: Eric Moore, Office of the Procurement Executive, Department of State, Telephone: (703) 875-4079. Email: 
                        <E T="03">mooreen@state.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The INKSNA provides for sanctions on foreign entities and individuals for the transfer to or acquisition from Iran since January 1, 1999; the transfer to or acquisition from Syria since January 1, 2005; or the transfer to or acquisition from the DPRK since January 1, 2006, of goods, services, or technology controlled under multilateral control lists (Australia Group, Chemical Weapons Convention, Missile Technology Control Regime, Nuclear Suppliers Group, Wassenaar Arrangement) or otherwise having the potential to make a material contribution to the development of weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or cruise or ballistic missile systems. The latter category includes: items of the same kind as those on multilateral lists but falling below the control list parameters when it is determined that such items have the potential of making a material contribution to WMD or cruise or ballistic missile systems; items on U.S. national control lists for WMD/missile reasons that are not on multilateral lists; and other items with the potential of making such a material contribution when added through case-by-case decisions.</P>
                <P>On November 20, 2024, the U.S. Government applied the measures authorized in Section 3 of the Iran, North Korea, and Syria Nonproliferation Act (Pub. L. 109-353) against the following foreign persons identified in the report submitted pursuant to Section 2(a) of the Act:</P>
                <P>Bearings on Lipetsk LLC (Russian entity); and any successor, sub-unit, or subsidiary thereof;</P>
                <P>Dandong Mason-Age Trade Co Ltd. (PRC entity); and any successor, sub-unit, or subsidiary thereof;</P>
                <P>Igor Aleksandrovich Michurin (Russian national); and any successor, sub-unit, or subsidiary thereof;</P>
                <P>Kim Sang-ch'o'l (Kim Sang Chang Chol) (DPRK national).</P>
                <P>Ri Su'ung-ch'o'l (Ri Sung Chol) (DPRK national).</P>
                <P>Accordingly, pursuant to Section 3 of the Act, the following measures are imposed on these persons:</P>
                <P>1. No department or agency of the U.S. government may procure or enter into any contract for the procurement of any goods, technology, or services from these foreign persons, except to the extent that the Secretary of State otherwise may determine;</P>
                <P>2. No department or agency of the U.S. government may provide any assistance to these foreign persons, and these persons shall not be eligible to participate in any assistance program of the U.S. government, except to the extent that the Secretary of State otherwise may determine;</P>
                <P>3. No U.S. government sales to these foreign persons of any item on the United States Munitions List are permitted, and all sales to these persons of any defense articles, defense services, or design and construction services under the Arms Export Control Act are terminated; and</P>
                <P>4. No new individual licenses shall be granted for the transfer to these foreign persons of items the export of which is controlled under the Export Control Reform Act of 2018 or the Export Administration Regulations, and any existing such licenses are suspended.</P>
                <P>These measures shall be implemented by the responsible departments and agencies of the U.S. government and will remain in place for two years from the effective date, except to the extent that the Secretary of State may subsequently determine otherwise. These measures are independent of and in addition to any other sanctions imposed on such entities and/or individuals by other federal agencies under separate legal authorities.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Ann K. Ganzer,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Assistant Secretary, International Security and Nonproliferation, Department of State. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27964 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4710-27-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Railroad Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>Docket No. FRA-2024-0104]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Final Nonavailability Waiver of Buy America Requirements for Certain High-Speed Rail Products for the California Inaugural High-Speed Rail Service Project</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) is issuing a waiver of its Buy America requirements to the California High-Speed Rail Authority (the Authority) to use certain products that are not produced in the United States for use in the California Inaugural High-Speed Rail Service Project between Merced, California and Bakersfield, California (Project). FRA is funding the Project under the Federal-State Partnership for Intercity Passenger Rail Program (FSP Program); therefore, FRA's Buy America requirements apply to the Project. FRA's Buy America requirements include both FRA's statutory requirements, which require 100 percent of the manufactured products and steel and iron used in an FRA-funded project to be produced in the United States, and the Build America, Buy America Act (BABA), which requires that all construction materials used in the FRA-funded project be produced in the United 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94869"/>
                        States. FRA is not waiving the applicable BABA requirements for construction materials used in the Project. The final waiver would apply to the aluminum car shells, signal systems, high-speed rail turnouts and fire alarm systems based on the domestic nonavailability of such products, as identified by the Authority. The Authority estimates that over 98 percent of the total direct dollar expenditures for the Project would be spent on domestically sourced products and labor, including 100 percent of the civil infrastructure costs.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This waiver is effective December 4, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Please submit all comments electronically to the Federal eRulemaking Portal. Go to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and follow the instructions for submitting comments. 
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         All submissions must refer to the Federal Railroad Administration and the docket number in this notice (FRA-2024-0104). Note that all submissions received, including any personal information provided, will be posted without change and will be available to the public on 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         published April 11, 2000 (65 FR 19477), or at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.transportation.gov/</E>
                        privacy.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        For questions about this notice, please contact Shreyas Bhatnagar, Regional Supervisor, Office of Regional Outreach &amp; Project Delivery, Office of Railroad Development, FRA, telephone: (202) 495-8630, email: 
                        <E T="03">Shreyas.Bhatnagar@dot.gov</E>
                         or Ryan Arbuckle, Chief, Program Coordination and Strategy, Office of Railroad Development, FRA, telephone: (202) 617-0212, email: 
                        <E T="03">Ryan.Arbuckle@dot.gov.</E>
                         For legal questions, please contact Faris Mohammed, Attorney-Adviser, Office of the Chief Counsel, FRA, telephone: (202) 763-3230, email: 
                        <E T="03">Faris.Mohammed@dot.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Project History and Background</HD>
                <P>
                    On December 7, 2022, FRA published a Notice of Funding Opportunity (NOFO) announcing application requirements and procedures to obtain grant funding under the FSP Program for projects not located on the Northeast Corridor for Fiscal Year 2022. The FSP Program provides a federal funding opportunity to improve passenger rail service. On February 3, 2023, FRA published a notice adding funding and extending the application period for the FSP Program NOFO. On March 22, 2023, FRA published a notice (March Notice) inviting high-speed rail project sponsors to voluntarily submit, in advance of being selected to receive FRA funding, a domestic sourcing and workforce plan (DSWP) to demonstrate how the sponsor will maximize the use of domestic goods, products and materials, consistent with FRA's Buy America requirements.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Advancing High-Speed Rail Projects Intended for Operations Over 160 Miles Per Hour Through Domestic Sourcing Plans and Buy America Compliance, 88 FR 17289 (March 22, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Authority applied for FSP Program funding expressing its intent to advance the California High-Speed Rail System through completion of the Inaugural High-Speed Rail Service Project between the cities of Merced and Bakersfield in the Central Valley of California.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Consistent with FRA's March Notice, the Authority submitted a DSWP,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which included an initial request for a waiver of FRA's Buy America requirements for certain products that the Authority concluded are not produced in the United States. The DSWP also provides the Authority's justification for seeking a waiver based on nonavailability of the requested products. The Authority describes its coordination with potential suppliers and consideration of alternate products. In addition to the Authority's market research and coordination, the Authority also refers to market research conducted by Brightline West for the Brightline West High-Speed Train Project, as the Authority anticipates using the same or substantially similar products for the Project. In December 2023, FRA selected the Project to receive $3,073,600,000 in funding under the FSP Program. In a letter dated September 13, 2024, the Authority requested a waiver from FRA's Buy America requirements consistent with the Authority's DSWP.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         The California High-Speed Rail System is a multi-phase effort that is planned to provide service between San Francisco and Los Angeles and to provide a competitive transportation mode with estimated speeds capable of 186 (or greater) miles per hour.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The DSWP contains proprietary information that FRA has determined is confidential business information. As such, FRA is not making the DSWP available to the public at this time; however, pertinent non-proprietary information provided in the DSWP is discussed in this notice.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Authority is responsible for developing product specifications and procuring materials for use in the Project and expects to use FSP Program funds for costs associated with those procurements. The Authority's procurement process is separate from FRA's review of the Authority's request for a waiver of Buy America requirements, and FRA is not involved in the development of product specifications or the Authority's procurement process. FRA's role is limited to reviewing the Authority's request for a waiver and making certain statutory findings, consistent with 49 U.S.C. 22905(a)(2). FRA plays no role in the business decisions the Authority makes with respect to procurement of the best products for its project.</P>
                <P>
                    In August 2023, the Authority issued a Request for Qualifications (RFQ) to procure six trainsets for the Project that could meet FRA's Passenger Equipment Safety Standards governing Tier III equipment (Tier III Rule), which establishes safety standards for high-speed rail equipment and operations that travel at speeds above 125 mph.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Two Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) responded to the Authority's RFQ. Neither OEM indicated that they would be able to supply a fully Buy America-compliant trainset in their responses as both OEMs indicated they would need a waiver from FRA's Buy America requirements for the aluminum car shells (shell, structure, and vehicle paintwork), as the car shells are not produced in the United States. In April 2024, the Authority issued a Request for Proposals for the six trainsets. In addition to trainsets, the Authority identified additional products that are not produced domestically, which would also require a waiver. The Authority expects to complete its procurement process for the trainsets and other contracts later this year.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         49 CFR part 238.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Based on information gathered through the procurement process and through market research, the Authority revised its initial DSWP, which further explains how the Authority will meet FRA's Buy America requirements and identifies any necessary waivers for noncompliant products. FRA reviewed the DSWP, including the market research conducted by the Authority.</P>
                <P>On September 20, 2024, FRA published for a 30-day public comment period a proposed waiver for the Project based on the domestic nonavailability of certain components. FRA received 11 unique comments, which are discussed below. This notice summarizes FRA's Buy America requirements, the Authority's request for a waiver, and FRA's findings and final waiver.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. FRA's Buy America Requirements and Policy</HD>
                <P>
                    Projects that receive funding under FRA's FSP Program are subject to FRA's Buy America requirements. FRA's Buy America requirements include both: (i) FRA's statutory requirements for steel, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94870"/>
                    iron, and manufactured goods at 49 U.S.C. 22905(a); and (ii) requirements under the Build America, Buy America Act (BABA) and related guidance at 2 CFR 184.6 for construction materials. This means that FRA can fund a project only if the steel, iron, and manufactured goods used in the project are produced in the United States. 49 U.S.C. 22905(a). In addition, FRA-funded projects must also comply with the relevant provisions of BABA, including the requirement that all construction materials used in the project must also be produced in the United States. Public Law 117-58, 70914(a); 2 CFR 184.6.
                </P>
                <P>FRA strictly enforces compliance with its Buy America requirements to ensure that FRA-funded projects maximize the use of materials produced in the United States. FRA expects recipients to work with suppliers to conduct thorough market research and adequately consider, where appropriate, qualifying alternate items, products, or materials that can also meet the recipient's technical specifications. Compliance with FRA's Buy America requirements supports domestic industry and well-paying jobs.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. FRA's Authority To Waive Buy America Requirements</HD>
                <P>There are limited circumstances in which FRA can waive its Buy America requirements under 49 U.S.C. 22905(a) and BABA. FRA will grant a waiver request only after making the requisite findings consistent with the statutory criteria for a waiver and where a project sponsor has adequately justified the need for a waiver.</P>
                <P>
                    FRA may waive its Buy America requirements if FRA determines that: applying the Buy America requirements would be inconsistent with the public interest; the steel, iron, and goods produced in the United States are not produced in a sufficient and reasonably available amount or are not of a satisfactory quality; rolling stock or power train equipment cannot be bought and delivered in the United States within a reasonable time; or including domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project by more than 25 percent. 49 U.S.C. 22905(a)(2); 
                    <E T="03">see also</E>
                     Public Law 117-58, 70914(b) (prescribing similar statutory conditions for waivers); and 2 CFR 184.7 (doing the same).
                </P>
                <P>Specifically, when determining whether the steel, iron, and goods produced in the United States are not produced in a sufficient and reasonably available amount or are not of a satisfactory quality pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 22905(a)(2)(B), FRA considers whether the recipient has used appropriate due diligence, such as market research or by soliciting proposals through an open procurement process, to identify domestic products or domestically available alternative products that meet the recipient's specifications. A comparable product that performs a similar function is not necessarily a domestic alternative; the product must also meet the recipient's specific requirements. FRA's statutory requirements do not require recipients to change product specifications in order to utilize domestic products that do not meet the recipient's original specifications. If there are no domestically produced products that also meet the recipient's specifications, and the recipient has exercised appropriate diligence, FRA may waive its Buy America requirements based on nonavailability, consistent with 49 U.S.C. 22905(a)(2)(B).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Summary of the Proposed Waiver</HD>
                <P>On September 20, 2024, FRA issued the Notice of Proposed Nonavailability Waiver of Buy America Requirements for Certain High-Speed Rail Products for the California Inaugural High-Speed Rail Service Project, at 89 FR 77224. Based on the information provided by the Authority, FRA concluded that the following products were not available in the United States:</P>
                <P>• Car Shells (shell structure, frame, vehicle paintwork) for six trainsets;</P>
                <P>
                    • Eurobalises and Euroloops; 
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         Eurobalise and Euroloops are products installed between the rails of a railway that are part of the European train control system. These products store infrastructure data (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         position reference, speed limits, track grade, and maintenance zones) and can send this information to the train.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>• Counting Heads and Axle Counter Sensors;</P>
                <P>• Truck Press (test stand);</P>
                <P>• Turnout Systems including Derailers; and</P>
                <P>• Fire Alarm Systems.</P>
                <P>At the time of the proposed waiver, the Authority had not selected an OEM for the trainsets and had not completed its procurement process for the Project, but neither OEM indicated that they would be able to supply a fully Buy America-compliant trainset, as both OEMs would require aluminum car shells that are not produced in the U.S. The Authority's procurement process is separate from FRA's consideration of nonavailability under 49 U.S.C. 22905(a)(2)(B). FRA expects the Authority to make its procurement decision based on the needs for the Project and to select products that meet the Authority's specifications. In a letter dated October 24, 2024, the Authority requested FRA finalize the waiver as proposed. The Authority noted that it will continue its procurement process and review and evaluate proposals based on the needs of the Project. If, based on the final procurement, there are changes to the items described in the final waiver, the Authority may need to request additional waivers from FRA.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Discussion of Public Comments</HD>
                <P>Comments on the waiver were due October 7, 2024. FRA received 11 comments that generally supported the proposed waiver, and no comments that generally opposed the proposed waiver. Commenters did not raise significant concerns or provide new information relevant to FRA's proposed waiver. As such, FRA is not modifying the proposed waiver in response to comments.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. NIST-MEP Supplier Scouting Results</HD>
                <P>
                    Consistent with section 70916 of BABA, FRA will request that recipients consult with the National Institute of Standards and Technology's Manufacturing Extension Partnership (NIST-MEP) through the NIST-MEP's supplier scouting program, prior to issuing a final waiver. The NIST-MEP supplier scouting opportunity allows agencies, manufacturers, and project sponsors to identify potential manufacturers from across the nation to assist in market research on domestic availability. As the products included in this final waiver are the same as the products described in the Final Nonavailability Waiver for the Brightline West Project, FRA is relying on the results of NIST-MEP's supplier scouting effort for the Brightline West Project. As of January 26, 2024, the NIST-MEP was not able to identify a domestic manufacturer for the products listed within the Brightline West waiver through the supplier scouting program.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     This further supports FRA's conclusion that the products listed in the proposed waiver are not produced in the United States.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         89 FR 45934 (May 24, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Final Waiver</HD>
                <P>Based on its review of the waiver request and DSWP, and in consideration of comments received on the proposed waiver, FRA is waiving its Buy America requirements for the following products:</P>
                <P>• Car Shells (shell structure, frame, vehicle paintwork) for six trainsets;</P>
                <P>• Eurobalises and Euroloops;</P>
                <P>• Counting Heads and Axle Counter Sensors;</P>
                <P>
                    • Truck Press (test stand);
                    <PRTPAGE P="94871"/>
                </P>
                <P>• Turnout Systems including Derailers; and</P>
                <P>• Fire Alarm Systems.</P>
                <P>The waiver would apply only to products listed in Section IV for use in the Project. FRA is not proposing to waive any requirements under BABA, as the waiver does not apply to any construction materials used in the Project. The waiver would not apply to other FRA recipients or to other grants that might be made to the Authority for other projects (including any future phases related to the Project). This waiver will expire upon the end of the period of performance and closeout of the grant agreement for the Project.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>Issued in Washington DC. </P>
                    <NAME>Allison Ishihara Fultz,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief Counsel.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28068 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-06-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION </AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. DOT-OST-2024-0005]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Office of the Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs; U.S. Department of Transportation Learning Agenda: Fiscal Years 2024-2026, Response to Comments Received</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of the Secretary (OST), Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of availability of the learning agenda.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        This document provides the public with responses to the comments received for 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         Request for Information “Office of the Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs; U.S. Department of Transportation Learning Agenda Supplement: Fiscal Years 2024-2026” (Docket No. DOT-OST-2024-0005).
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>November 29, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        For access to DOT Docket Number DOT-OST 2024-0005 to read background document and comments received, go to 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         at any time or to the U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590 between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Please email 
                        <E T="03">PEER@dot.gov</E>
                         or call John D. Giorgis at (202) 366-6513 for further information. Office hours are from 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. EDT, Monday through Friday, except for Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) systematically plans for building evidence to inform policy, regulatory, and operational decisions. This systematic plan, known as a learning agenda, is developed in accordance with Title I of the 
                    <E T="03">Foundations for Evidence-Based Policymaking Act of 2018.</E>
                    <SU>1</SU>
                </P>
                <P>
                    In March 2022, DOT published the first Department-wide 
                    <E T="03">Learning Agenda: Fiscal Years (FY) 2022-2026,</E>
                     in conjunction with the Department's 
                    <E T="03">Strategic Plan: FY 2022-2026.</E>
                    <SU>2</SU>
                     DOT reviews and assesses the 
                    <E T="03">Learning Agenda</E>
                     on an annual basis in accordance with Section 290.8 of Office of Management and Budget's Circular A-11 and OMB Memoranda M-19-23 and M-21-27.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                     Upon reaching the mid-point of the 
                    <E T="03">Learning Agenda: FY 2022-2026,</E>
                     the Department determined it was beneficial to update it and issue the 
                    <E T="03">Learning Agenda: FY 2024-2026.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    As part of the development process for the 
                    <E T="03">Learning Agenda: FY 2024-2026,</E>
                     DOT's Office of the Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs issued a Request for Information (RFI).
                    <SU>4</SU>
                     The RFI sought public comment regarding potential updates to DOT's first Learning Agenda in three main areas:
                </P>
                <P>• Whether there were new priority learning questions;</P>
                <P>• Whether there were new priority data needs; and</P>
                <P>
                    • Whether the learning questions or data needs in the 
                    <E T="03">Learning Agenda: FY 2022-2026</E>
                     needed to be adjusted.
                </P>
                <P>The RFI was published on February 13, 2024, and accepted responses during a 60-day comment period.</P>
                <P>
                    DOT received eight comments through the Request for Information and took them into consideration when developing the 
                    <E T="03">Learning Agenda: FY 2024-2026.</E>
                     Most comments offered broad input. One comment sent by the Institute for Policy Integrity at New York University School of Law focused on the Corporate Annual Fuel Economy (CAFE) standards; it was forwarded to the appropriate office within the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration for their consideration.
                </P>
                <P>
                    DOT published the 
                    <E T="03">Learning Agenda: FY 2024-2026</E>
                     on November 13, 2024. It is available on the DOT's web page under the Office of the Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>Issued in Washington, DC.</P>
                    <NAME>Victoria Wassmer,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs and Chief Financial Officer, U.S. Department of Transportation.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Endnotes</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Public Law 115-435, title I, sec. 101(a)(2); 5 U.S.C. 312(a).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         DOT (2022), 
                        <E T="03">Learning Agenda: FY 2024-2026, https://www.transportation.gov/mission/budget/learning-agenda-fy-2022-2026; Strategic Plan: FY 2022-2026, https://www.transportation.gov/mission/us-dot-strategic-plan-fy-2022-2026.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         Office of Management and Budget (2024), 
                        <E T="03">Circular A-11: Preparation, Submission and Execution of the Budget,</E>
                         Section 290.8, 
                        <E T="03">www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/s290.pdf;</E>
                         (2019), “Memoranda 19-23,” 
                        <E T="03">https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/M-19-23.pdf;</E>
                         (2021), “Memoranda M-21-27,” 
                        <E T="03">https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/M-21-27.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         89 FR 10155 (February 13, 2024), 
                        <E T="03">www.federalregister.gov/documents/2024/02/13/2024-02669/office-of-the-chief-financial-officer-and-assistant-secretary-for-budget-and-programs-us-department.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         DOT (2024), 
                        <E T="03">Learning Agenda: FY 2024-2026, https://www.transportation.gov/mission/budget/learning-agenda-fy-24-26.</E>
                    </P>
                </EXTRACT>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28076 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-9X-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. TTB-2024-0003]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Information Collections; Comment Request (No. 94)</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB); Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>As part of our continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we invite comments on the continuing or proposed information collections listed below in this document.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>We must receive your written comments on or before January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may send comments on the information collections described in this document using one of these two methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Internet</E>
                        —To submit comments electronically, use the comment form for this document posted on the “
                        <E T="03">Regulations.gov</E>
                        ” e-rulemaking website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         within Docket No. TTB-2024-0003.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94872"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail</E>
                        —Send comments to the Paperwork Reduction Act Officer, Regulations and Rulings Division, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW, Box 12, Washington, DC 20005.
                    </P>
                    <P>Please submit separate comments for each specific information collection described in this document. You must reference the information collection's title, form number or recordkeeping requirement number (if any), and OMB control number in your comment.</P>
                    <P>
                        You may view copies of this document, the relevant TTB forms, and any comments received at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         within Docket No. TTB-2024-0003. TTB has posted a link to that docket on its website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.ttb.gov/rrd/information-collection-notices.</E>
                         You also may obtain paper copies of this document, the listed forms, and any comments received by contacting TTB's Paperwork Reduction Act Officer at the addresses or telephone number shown below.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Michael Hoover, Regulations and Rulings Division, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW, Box 12, Washington, DC 20005; 202-453-1039, ext. 135; or complete the Regulations and Rulings Division contact form at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.ttb.gov/contact-rrd.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request for Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    The Department of the Treasury and its Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB), as part of a continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invite the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on the proposed or continuing information collections described below, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>Comments submitted in response to this document will be included or summarized in our request for Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval of the relevant information collection. All comments are part of the public record and subject to disclosure. Please do not include any confidential or inappropriate material in your comments.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">We invite comments on:</E>
                     (a) Whether an information collection is necessary for the proper performance of the agency's functions, including whether the information has practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the information collection's burden; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; (d) ways to minimize the information collection's burden on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and (e) estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide the requested information.
                </P>
                <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information has a valid OMB control number.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Information Collections Open for Comment</HD>
                <P>Currently, we are seeking comments on the following forms, letterhead applications or notices, recordkeeping requirements, questionnaires, or surveys:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0007</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Brewer's Report of Operations and Quarterly Brewer's Report of Operations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Numbers:</E>
                     TTB F 5130.9 and 5130.26.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The Internal Revenue Code (IRC) at 26 U.S.C. 5415 requires that all brewers furnish reports of operations and transactions as the Secretary of the Treasury (the Secretary) prescribes by regulation. Under that authority, the TTB regulations in 27 CFR part 25 require brewers to file monthly operations reports using TTB F 5130.9, Brewer's Report of Operations, if they anticipate an annual excise tax liability of $50,000 or more for beer in a given calendar year. Taxpayers who anticipate a liability of less than $50,000 for such taxes in a given year and had such liability the previous year may file quarterly operations reports using TTB F 5130.9 or the simplified TTB F 5130.26, Quarterly Brewer's Report of Operations. TTB provides a “smart form” version of the TTB F 5130.26, identified as TTB F 5130.26sm. The information collected from brewers on these reports regarding the amount of beer they produce, receive, return, remove, transfer, destroy, or otherwise gain or dispose of is necessary to ensure the tax provisions of the IRC are appropriately applied.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is decreasing the number of annual respondents and increasing the number of responses and burden hours associated with this collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     3,470.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     9.67.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     33,560.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     0.75 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     25,170 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0008</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Application and Permit to Ship Liquors and Articles of Puerto Rican Manufacture Taxpaid to the United States.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5170.7.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 7652 provides that products made in Puerto Rico, shipped to the United States, and withdrawn for consumption or sale are subject to a tax equal to the internal revenue tax imposed on like products made in the United States. In addition, that section provides that the taxes collected on such Puerto Rican products are transferred into the Treasury of Puerto Rico. Under the TTB regulations in 27 CFR part 26, applicants use TTB F 5170.7 to apply for authorization for, and to document, the shipment of tax-paid or tax-determined Puerto Rican spirits to the United States. The collected information documents the specific spirits and articles, the amounts shipped and received, and the amount of tax, and it identifies the consignor in Puerto Rico and consignee in the United States. TTB uses the information to verify the accuracy of prepayments of excise tax and semimonthly payments of deferred excise taxes, and to determine the amount of revenue to be transferred into the Treasury of Puerto Rico.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     20.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     106.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     2,120.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     0.5 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     1,060 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0013</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Change in Bond (Change of Surety).
                    <PRTPAGE P="94873"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5000.18.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5114, 5173, 5272, 5354, 5401, and 5711 requires certain alcohol or tobacco industry proprietors to post a bond as the Secretary requires by regulation. The required bond ensures payment of alcohol and tobacco excise taxes by a surety if a proprietor defaults on those taxes. Changes in the terms of bonds are effectuated on TTB F 5000.18, Change in Bond (Consent of Surety). Once executed by the proprietor and an approved surety company, the proprietor files the form with TTB, which retains it as long as the revised bond agreement remains in force. This collection is necessary to protect the revenue generated by the tax provisions of the IRC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     120.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     120.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     120 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0018</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Application for Basic Permit under the Federal Alcohol Administration Act.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5100.24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Section 103 of the Federal Alcohol Administration Act (FAA Act, 27 U.S.C. 203) requires that a person apply to the Secretary for a “basic permit” before beginning business as: (1) An importer into the United States of distilled spirits, wine, or malt beverages, (2) a producer of distilled spirits or wine, or (3) a wholesaler of distilled spirits, wine, or malt beverages. In addition, the FAA Act prescribes who is entitled to a basic permit (27 U.S.C. 204(a)), and it authorizes the Secretary to prescribe the manner and form of, and the information required in, basic permit applications (27 U.S.C. 204(c)). Under these authorities, the TTB regulations in 27 CFR part 1 require that applicants use TTB F 5100.24 to apply for new FAA Act basic permits. That application enables TTB to determine the location of the proposed business, the extent of its operations, and if the applicant is qualified under the FAA Act for a basic permit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is increasing the number of annual respondents and responses to this information collection but is decreasing its average per-response burden and total burden hours due to an increase in the number of applications submitted electronically via TTB's Permits Online (PONL) system.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses and other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     11,300.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     11,300.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1.015 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     11,475 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0020</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Application for and Certification/Exemption of Label/Bottle Approval.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5100.31.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The FAA Act at 27 U.S.C. 205(e) requires that alcohol beverages sold or introduced into interstate or foreign commerce be labeled in conformity with regulations issued by the Secretary to prevent consumer deception, misleading or false statements, and provide the consumer with “adequate information” as to the identity and quality of the product. Further, under the FAA Act, prior to an alcohol beverage product's introduction into interstate or foreign commerce, the producer, bottler, or importer of the product must apply for and receive TTB approval of the product's label. For wines and distilled spirits, such respondents also may apply for exemption from label approval for products not sold or entered into interstate or foreign commerce. For distilled spirits, the TTB regulations also require approval of distinctive liquor bottles. Respondents use form TTB F 5100.31 or its electronic equivalent, COLAs Online, to request and obtain such approvals. If approved by TTB, the form also serves as a certificate of label approval (COLA), a certificate of exemption from label approval, or distinctive liquor bottle approval. This collection of information and its related form implement these statutory and regulatory provisions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is increasing the number of annual respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     13,000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     16.4.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     213,200.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     31 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     110,153 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0021</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Formula and Process for Nonbeverage Products.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5154.1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5111-5114 authorizes drawback (refund) of excise tax paid on distilled spirits used in the manufacture of medicines, medicinal preparations, food products, flavors, flavoring extracts, or perfume that are unfit for beverage purposes, and it authorizes the Secretary to prescribe regulations to ensure that drawback is not paid for unauthorized purposes. Under those authorities, TTB has issued regulations to require that nonbeverage drawback claimants show that the taxpaid distilled spirits for which a claimant makes a drawback claim were used in the manufacture of a product unfit for beverage use. Respondents base this showing on the product's formula and manufacturing process, which they describe using TTB F 5154.1 or its electronic equivalent in Formulas Online. The collected information allows TTB to ensure that the tax provisions of the IRC regarding drawback are appropriately applied. This information collection also is beneficial to respondents as TTB's determination regarding the described product allows claimants to know in advance of actual manufacture if the product is or is not fit for beverage purposes and thus eligible or not eligible for drawback.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is decreasing the number of annual respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94874"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     350.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     39.085.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     13,680.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     0.6033 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     8,253 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0026</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Claims for Drawback of Tax on Tobacco Products, Cigarette Papers, and Cigarette Tubes Exported from the United States.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Numbers:</E>
                     TTB F 5200.17 and TTB F 5620.7.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5706 provides for the drawback (refund) of Federal excise taxes paid on tobacco products, and on cigarette papers and tubes, when such articles are subsequently exported in accordance with the bond and regulatory requirements prescribed by the Secretary. Under that authority, the TTB regulations in 27 CFR part 44 provide for drawback of excise taxes paid on such products shipped to a foreign country, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, or a possession of the United States when the person who paid the tax files the prescribed claim and bond. The regulations require that respondents file such claims and certain supporting documentation using TTB F 5620.7, while the required bond is filed using TTB F 5200.17. In addition, respondents may file letterhead applications for relief from certain regulatory requirements regarding filing of supporting documentation showing export or loss. This collection ensures drawback is provided consistent with the statutory provisions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection at this time, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses and other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     13.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     13.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1.385 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     18 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0027</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Removals of Tobacco Products and Cigarette Papers and Tubes without Payment of Tax.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5200.14.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5704(b) provides that a manufacturer or export warehouse proprietor, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary, may remove tobacco products and cigarette papers and tubes, without payment of tax, for export or consumption beyond the jurisdiction of the internal revenue laws of the United States. That IRC section also provides that such persons may transfer such articles, without payment of tax, to the bonded premises of another such entity. In addition, the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5722 requires such persons to make reports as required by regulation. Under those authorities, the TTB regulations in 27 CFR part 44 require tobacco product and cigarette paper and tube manufacturers and export warehouse proprietors to report such removals on TTB F 5200.14. Alternatively, under the alternate procedure described in TTB Industry Circular 2004-3, respondents may submit a Monthly Summary Report of such removals if records maintained at the respondent's premises document the export of each removal. Under this information collection, respondents also submit letterhead notices to modify previously submitted information, and they submit letterhead applications to obtain authorization to use an alternative Monthly Summary Report procedure. The collected information ensures products removed or transferred without payment of tax are appropriately accounted for and, therefore, protect the revenue generated by the tax provisions of the IRC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     300.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     73.23.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     21,970.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1.26 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     27,730 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0030</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Claims—Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms Taxes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5620.8.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5008, 5056, 5370, and 5705 authorizes the Secretary to provide for claims for relief from excise taxes paid on distilled spirits, wine, beer, and tobacco products lost or destroyed by theft or disaster, voluntarily destroyed, or returned or withdrawn from the market. The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5044 also allows for the refund of tax for wine returned to bond. In addition, the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5111-5114, authorizes the Secretary to issue drawback (refunds) for a portion of the excise taxes paid on distilled spirits used in the manufacture of certain nonbeverage products. Finally, the IRC at U.S.C. 6402-6404 provides that taxpayers may be refunded on certain overpayments, while section 6423 sets conditions on such claims for alcohol and tobacco excise taxes. Under those IRC authorities, the TTB regulations require taxpayers to make claims using TTB F 5620.8. On that form, the respondent states the amount of and the reasons and circumstances for the claim. This collected information is necessary to ensure the tax provisions of the IRC are appropriately applied as it allows TTB to determine if submitted claims meet the statutory and regulatory criteria.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to a change in agency estimates, TTB is increasing the number of respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits; Individuals or households; and Not-for profit institutions.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     15,300.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     15,300.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     15,300 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0040</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Application for Operating Permit Under 26 U.S.C. 5171(d).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5110.25.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     As required by the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5171(d), persons who intend to distill, process, or warehouse distilled spirits for non-beverage use, or who intend to manufacture articles using distilled spirits or warehouse bulk spirits for non-industrial use without bottling, are required to apply for and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94875"/>
                    obtain a distilled spirits plant (DSP) operating permit before beginning such operations. Under that IRC authority, the TTB regulations in 27 CFR part 19 require such persons to apply for a DSP operating permit using TTB F 5110.25. The form identifies the name and business address of the applicant, the DSP's location, and the operations to be conducted at the plant. Applicants also must submit a statement of business organization information regarding the persons with significant interest in the business, and a list of trade names the applicant will use in connection with the specified operations. The collected information allows TTB to determine if an applicant is qualified under the IRC to receive a DSP operating permit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is increasing the number of annual respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     160.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     160.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     160 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0052</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Alcohol Fuel Plant (AFP) Reports and Miscellaneous Letterhead Applications, and Notices, Marks, and Records.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5110.75.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     While distilled spirits produced or imported into the United States are normally subject to excise tax under the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5001, the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5214(a)(12) allows distilled spirits used for fuel purposes to be withdrawn free of that tax. As such, the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5181 and 5207 requires a proprietor of a distilled spirits plant established as an alcohol fuel plant (AFP) to make applications, maintain records, and render reports as the Secretary prescribes by regulation. Under those IRC authorities, TTB has issued AFP regulations in 27 CFR part 19 that require proprietors to keep certain records, provide certain notices, place certain marks on alcohol fuel containers, and make an annual operations report on TTB F 5110.75. TTB uses the collected information to ensure that the tax provisions of the IRC are appropriately applied and to help prevent diversion of alcohol fuel to taxable beverage use.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to a change in agency estimates, TTB is decreasing the number of respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits; Not-for-profit institutions; and Individuals or households.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     300.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     300.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     300.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0054</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Offer in Compromise of Liability Incurred under the Provisions of Title 26 U.S.C. Enforced and Administered by TTB; Collection Information Statements for Individuals and Businesses.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Numbers:</E>
                     TTB F 5600.17, TTB F 5600.18, TTB F 5640.1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 7122 provides that the Secretary may compromise any civil or criminal case arising under it, including tax liabilities, in lieu of civil or criminal action. Under this authority, the TTB regulations require persons to submit offers in compromise for violations of the IRC on TTB F 5640.1. Submitters use that form to identify the tax liabilities or violations being compromised, the amount of the compromise offer, and the reason for the offer. To support requests for installment payments of compromise offers, TTB may require individual and business respondents to supply information documenting financial hardship on TTB F 5600.17 and TTB F 5600.18, respectively. The collected information allows TTB to consider the offer in compromise in relation to the alleged violations of the law and the potential for a payment plan to address circumstances in which the individual or business is unable to pay an accepted offer in compromise immediately in full.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits; and Individuals or households.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     40.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     40.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     2.25 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     90 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0055</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Offer in Compromise of Liability Incurred under the Federal Alcohol Administration Act.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5640.2.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The FAA Act (27 U.S.C. 201 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) requires certain alcohol beverage industry members to obtain basic permits from the Secretary, and it prohibits unfair trade practices and deceptive advertising and labeling of alcohol beverages. Under 27 U.S.C. 207, violations of the Act are subject to civil and criminal penalties, but the Secretary may accept monetary compromise for such alleged violations. Under that authority, the TTB regulations provide that a proponent or their agent may submit an offer in compromise to resolve alleged FAA Act violations using TTB F 5640.2. The form identifies the alleged violation(s) and violator(s), amount of the compromise offer, and the reason(s) for the offer. TTB uses the information to evaluate the adequacy of the compromise offer in relation to the alleged violation(s) of the FAA Act and to make a determination on the offer.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits; and Individuals or households.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     20.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     20.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     2 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     40 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0090</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Excise Tax Return—Alcohol and Tobacco (Puerto Rico).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5000.25.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94876"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5061(a) and 26 U.S.C. 5703(b) requires that excise taxes on alcohol and tobacco products be collected on the basis of a return, filed for the periods, at the times, and containing the information the Secretary requires by regulation. Under the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 7652(a), such taxes, at the same rates, are imposed on similar products manufactured in Puerto Rico and brought into the United States, and the majority of those taxes are subsequently transferred into the treasury of Puerto Rico. The TTB regulations in 27 CFR part 26 (for distilled spirits, wine, and beer) and part 41 (for tobacco products and cigarette papers and tubes), prescribe the use of TTB F 5000.25, Excise Tax Return—Alcohol and Tobacco (Puerto Rico) for the collection of the excise taxes imposed by 26 U.S.C. 7652(a). This collection is necessary to ensure the tax provisions of the IRC are appropriately applied.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits; Individuals and households.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     19.75.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     474.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     0.75 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     356 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0103</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Tobacco Bond-Collateral, Tobacco Bond-Surety, and Tobacco Bond.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Numbers:</E>
                     TTB F 5200.25, TTB F 5200.26, and TTB F 5200.29.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5711 requires every person, before commencing business as a manufacturer of tobacco products or cigarette papers and tubes, or as an export warehouse proprietor, to file a bond in the amount, form, and manner as the Secretary prescribes by regulation. Also, the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 7101 requires that such bonds be guaranteed by a surety or by the deposit of collateral in the form of United States Treasury bonds or notes. Under those IRC authorities, TTB has issued tobacco bond regulations in 27 CFR parts 40 and 44. Those regulations require the prescribed persons to file a surety or collateral bond with TTB in an amount equivalent to the potential tax liability of the person, within a minimum and a maximum amount. The TTB regulations also require a strengthening bond when the amount of an existing bond becomes insufficient or a superseding bond when a current bond is no longer valid for reasons specified by regulation. Respondents may provide a surety bond using TTB F 5200.25, a collateral bond using TTB F 5200.26, or they may use TTB F 5200.29 for either type of bond as an approved alternate procedure. TTB uses the collected information to ensure the bond provisions of the IRC are implemented and, as a result, to protect the revenue generated by the tax provisions of the IRC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is increasing the estimated number of annual respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits, and individuals.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     215.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     215.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     215 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0107</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Monthly Report—Importer of Tobacco Products or Processed Tobacco.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5220.6.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Under the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5722, importers of tobacco products and of processed tobacco are required to make reports containing such information, in such form, at such times, and for such periods as the Secretary prescribes by regulation. Under that authority, the TTB regulations in 27 CFR part 41 require tobacco product and processed tobacco importers to submit a monthly report on TTB F 5220.6 to account for such products on hand, received, and removed. This collection is necessary to ensure the tax provisions of the IRC are appropriately applied and to help prevent diversion of tobacco products and processed tobacco into the illegal market.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     280.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     12.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     3,360.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     3,360.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0112</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Special (Occupational) Tax Registration and Returns.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Numbers:</E>
                     TTB F 5630.5a, TTB F 5630.d, and TTB F 5630.5t.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Before July 1, 2008, various sections of chapter 51 of the IRC required alcohol industry members to register for and pay an annual special occupational tax (SOT). However, section 11125 of Public Law 109-59 permanently repealed, effective July 1, 2008, the SOT on alcohol beverage producers and marketers, non-beverage product manufacturers, tax-free alcohol users, and specially denatured spirits users and dealers, but any SOT liabilities incurred for periods before that date remain. Also, while most SOT requirements for the alcohol industry were repealed, 26 U.S.C. 5124 continues to require wholesale and retail alcohol dealers to register with the Secretary when commencing or ending business or when certain changes to existing registration information are necessary. In addition, the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5731 and 5732 continues to require manufacturers of tobacco products and cigarette papers and tubes, as well as export warehouse proprietors, to register and pay an annual SOT by the use of a return. The registrations and SOT payments for such entities are due on or before the date of commencing business, and on or before July 1 of every year after that. Under the TTB regulations in 27 CFR part 31, alcohol industry members with pre-July 1, 2008, SOT liabilities use TTB F 5630.5a as the return for such liabilities, while wholesale and retail alcohol dealers register or report registration changes on TTB F 5630.5d. Under the TTB regulations in 27 CFR parts 40, 44, and 46, tobacco industry members use TTB F 5630.5t to register and pay SOT. This collection is necessary to ensure the registration and SOT provisions of the IRC are appropriately applied and SOT revenue is collected as required under the IRC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94877"/>
                    extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is increasing the number of respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits; Individuals or households; and Not-for-profit institutions.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     6,520.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     6,520.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     25 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     2,717 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0118</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Formulas for Fermented Beverage Products, TTB REC 5052/1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Recordkeeping Number:</E>
                     TTB REC 5052/1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Under the authority of the IRC excise tax, recordkeeping, reporting, and regulatory compliance provisions at 26 U.S.C. 5051, 5052, 5415, 5555, and 7805, and of the FAA Act at 27 U.S.C. 205(e), the TTB regulations in 27 CFR parts 7 and 25 require beer and malt beverage producers and importers to file a formula when certain non-exempted ingredients, flavors, colors, or processes are used to produce a fermented beverage product. This information collection is necessary to ensure that the tax provisions of the IRC are appropriately applied, and that the alcohol beverage labeling provisions of the FAA Act are met for imported products that meet that Act's definition of malt beverage.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Revision of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits; Individuals.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     550.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     3.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     1,650.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     1,650.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0122</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Formula and Process for Domestic and Imported Alcohol Beverages.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5100.51.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Chapter 51 of the IRC (26 U.S.C. chapter 51) governs the production, classification, and taxation of alcohol products, and the Federal Alcohol Administration Act (FAA Act) at 27 U.S.C. 205(e) requires alcohol beverage labels to provide consumers with adequate information as to the identity and quality of alcohol beverages. Each statute also authorizes the Secretary to issue regulations related to such activities. As such, the TTB regulations require alcohol beverage producers and importers to obtain formula approval for certain non-standard products or products with non-standard ingredients to ensure that such products are properly classified for excise tax purposes under the IRC and properly labeled under the FAA Act. Currently, in lieu of the formula forms and letterhead notices specified in the TTB regulations for each alcohol commodity (distilled spirits, wine, and beer/malt beverages), which are approved under separate OMB control numbers, respondents may submit TTB F 5100.51 or its electronic equivalent in Formulas Online (FONL) as an alternate procedure under this OMB control number.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is decreasing the number of annual respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     3,200.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     6.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     19,200.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     2 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     38,400.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0140</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Voluntary Chemist Certification Program Applications, Notices, and Records.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     TTB offers the Chemist Certification Program as a service to the alcohol beverage industry to facilitate export of beverage alcohol to foreign markets. Many countries that require testing as a condition of entry for alcohol beverages accept a report of analysis of those alcohol beverages from a TTB-certified chemist. This certification program ensures that chemists, enologists, brewers, and technicians generate quality data and have the required proficiencies to conduct the required chemical analyses. This information collection includes the application, notice, and recordkeeping requirements associated with the TTB voluntary chemist certification program, including letterhead applications for certification, submission of certification test results, requests for TTB-affirmed reports of analysis, and notices of changes in chemist employment place or status. Under this program, certified chemists and their laboratories must also maintain usual and customary records regarding all analytical results conducted under the TTB certification, and records related to laboratory equipment, quality control policies, procedures and systems, and analyst training and competence.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is decreasing the number of annual respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this collection, as well as the average per-response time, for the information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     275.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     275.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1.00 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     275 hours.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Amy R. Greenberg,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Assistant Administrator, Headquarters Operations. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28008 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-31-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Superfund Tax on Chemical Substances; Request To Modify List of Taxable Substances; Notice of Filing for Methyl Isobutyl Carbinol</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of filing and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        This notice of filing announces that a petition has been filed requesting that methyl isobutyl carbinol be added to the list of taxable 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94878"/>
                        substances. This notice of filing also requests comments on the petition. This notice of filing is not a determination that the list of taxable substances is modified.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Written comments and requests for a public hearing must be received on or before January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Commenters are encouraged to submit public comments or requests for a public hearing relating to this petition electronically via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         (indicate public docket number IRS-2024-0057 or methyl isobutyl carbinol) by following the online instructions for submitting comments. Comments cannot be edited or withdrawn once submitted to the Federal eRulemaking Portal. Alternatively, comments and requests for a public hearing may be mailed to: Internal Revenue Service, Attn: CC:PA:01:PR (Notice of Filing for Methyl Isobutyl Carbinol), Room 5203, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington DC 20044. All comments received are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. All comments received will be posted without change to 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         including any personal information provided. You should submit only information that you wish to make publicly available. If a public hearing is scheduled, notice of the time and place for the hearing will be published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Andrew J. Clark or Camille Edwards Bennehoff at (202) 317-6855 (not a toll-free number).</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Reques To Add Substance to the List</HD>
                <P>
                    (a) 
                    <E T="03">Overview.</E>
                     A petition was filed pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2022-26 (2022-29 I.R.B. 90), as modified by Rev. Proc. 2023-20 (2023-15 I.R.B. 636), requesting that methyl isobutyl carbinol be added to the list of taxable substances under section 4672(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (List). The petition requesting the addition of methyl isobutyl carbinol to the List is based on weight and contains the information detailed in paragraph (b) of this document. The information is provided for public notice and comment pursuant to section 9 of Rev. Proc. 2022-26. The publication of petition information in this notice of filing is not a determination and does not constitute Treasury Department or IRS confirmation of the accuracy of the information published.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) 
                    <E T="03">Petition Content.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (1) 
                    <E T="03">Substance name:</E>
                     Methyl isobutyl carbinol
                </P>
                <P>The substance is also known as 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 4-methylpentan-2-ol, methyl amyl alcohol, MIBC, and isobutylmethylcarbinol.</P>
                <P>
                    (2) 
                    <E T="03">Petitioner:</E>
                     ALTIVIA Ketones &amp; Additives LLC, an exporter of methyl isobutyl carbinol.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (3) 
                    <E T="03">Proposed classification numbers:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">HTSUS number:</E>
                     2905.19.9090.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Schedule B number:</E>
                     2905.19.9095.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (iii) 
                    <E T="03">CAS number:</E>
                     108-11-2.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (4) 
                    <E T="03">Petition filing dates:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">Petition filing date for purposes of making a determination:</E>
                     September 23, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Petition filing date for purposes of section 11.02 of Rev. Proc. 2022-26, as modified by section 3 of Rev. Proc. 2023-20:</E>
                     January 1, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) 
                    <E T="03">Description from petition:</E>
                     According to the petition, methyl isobutyl carbinol is an organic chemical compound. It is used as a lube oil additive, as a frother in mining applications, and in fracking fluids.
                </P>
                <P>Methyl isobutyl carbinol is made from propylene. Taxable chemicals constitute 82.36 percent by weight of the materials used to produce this substance.</P>
                <P>
                    (6) 
                    <E T="03">Process identified in petition as predominant method of production of substance:</E>
                     The predominant method of production is aldol condensation of acetone. Aldol condensation is a two-step process in which an aldol reaction forms an aldol product and a dehydration reaction removes water to form the final product. The process uses acetone in condensation, dehydration, and hydrogenation steps. Acetone is passed over a strong base catalyst to form diacetone alcohol, then dehydrated to mesityl oxide, and subsequently hydrogenated to methyl isobutyl ketone. Generally, the process forms co-produced methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl carbinol, di-isobutyl ketone and, to a lesser extent, di-isobutyl carbinol.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (7) 
                    <E T="03">Stoichiometric material consumption equation, based on process identified as predominant method of production:</E>
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    2(C
                    <E T="52">3</E>
                    H
                    <E T="52">6</E>
                     (propylene)) + H
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                    O → C
                    <E T="52">6</E>
                    H
                    <E T="52">14</E>
                    O (methyl isobutyl carbinol)
                </FP>
                <P>
                    (8) 
                    <E T="03">Tax rate calculated by Petitioner, based on Petitioner's conversion factors for taxable chemicals used in production of substance:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">Tax rate:</E>
                     $7.99 per ton.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Conversion factors:</E>
                     0.82 for propylene.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (9) 
                    <E T="03">Public docket number:</E>
                     IRS-2024-0057.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Michael Beker,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Senior Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), IRS Office of Chief Counsel.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28071 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Superfund Tax on Chemical Substances; Request To Modify List of Taxable Substances; Notice of Filing for Di-isobutyl Carbinol</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of filing and Request for Comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This notice of filing announces that a petition was filed requesting that di-isobutyl carbinol be added to the list of taxable substances. This notice of filing also requests comments on the petition. This notice of filing is not a determination that the list of taxable substances is modified.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Written comments and requests for a public hearing must be received on or before January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Commenters are encouraged to submit public comments or requests for a public hearing relating to this petition electronically via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         (indicate public docket number IRS-2024-0055 or di-isobutyl carbinol) by following the online instructions for submitting comments. Comments cannot be edited or withdrawn once submitted to the Federal eRulemaking Portal. Alternatively, comments and requests for a public hearing may be mailed to: Internal Revenue Service, Attn: CC:PA:01:PR (Notice of Filing for Di-isobutyl Carbinol), Room 5203, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington DC 20044. All comments received are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. All comments received will be posted without change to 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         including any personal information provided. You should submit only information that you wish to make publicly available. If a public hearing is scheduled, notice of the time and place for the hearing will be published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Andrew J. Clark or Camille Edwards Bennehoff at (202) 317-6855 (not a toll-free number).</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">
                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                    <PRTPAGE P="94879"/>
                </HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Add Substance to the List</HD>
                <P>
                    (a) 
                    <E T="03">Overview.</E>
                     A petition was filed pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2022-26 (2022-29 I.R.B. 90), as modified by Rev. Proc. 2023-20 (2023-15 I.R.B. 636), requesting that di-isobutyl carbinol be added to the list of taxable substances under section 4672(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (List). The petition requesting the addition of di-isobutyl carbinol to the List is based on weight and contains the information detailed in paragraph (b) of this document. The information is provided for public notice and comment pursuant to section 9 of Rev. Proc. 2022-26. The publication of petition information in this notice of filing is not a determination and does not constitute Treasury Department or IRS confirmation of the accuracy of the information published.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) 
                    <E T="03">Petition Content.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (1) 
                    <E T="03">Substance name:</E>
                     Di-isobutyl carbinol.
                </P>
                <P>The substance is also known as DIBC, 2,6-dimethylheptan-4-ol, or 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanol.</P>
                <P>
                    (2) 
                    <E T="03">Petitioner:</E>
                     ALTIVIA Ketones &amp; Additives, LLC, an exporter of di-isobutyl carbinol.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (3) 
                    <E T="03">Proposed classification numbers:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">HTSUS number:</E>
                     2905.19.9090
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Schedule B number:</E>
                     2905.19.9095
                </P>
                <P>
                    (iii) 
                    <E T="03">CAS number:</E>
                     108-82-7
                </P>
                <P>
                    (4) 
                    <E T="03">Petition filing dates:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">Petition filing date for purposes of making a determination:</E>
                     September 23, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Petition filing date for purposes of section 11.02 of Rev. Proc. 2022-26, as modified by section 3 of Rev. Proc. 2023-20:</E>
                     January 1, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) 
                    <E T="03">Description from petition:</E>
                     According to the petition, di-isobutyl carbinol is a nine carbon branched alcohol. It is used in high purity hydrogen peroxide and electronics cleaning.
                </P>
                <P>Di-isobutyl carbinol is made from propylene. Taxable chemicals constitute 87.51 percent by weight of the materials used to produce this substance.</P>
                <P>
                    (6) 
                    <E T="03">Process identified in petition as predominant method of production of substance:</E>
                     The predominant method of production is aldol condensation of acetone. Aldol condensation is a two-step process in which an aldol reaction forms an aldol product and a dehydration reaction removes water to form the final product. The process uses acetone in condensation, dehydration, and hydrogenation steps. Acetone is passed over a strong base catalyst to form diacetone alcohol, then dehydrated to mesityl oxide, and subsequently hydrogenated to methyl isobutyl ketone. Generally, the process forms co-produced methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl carbinol, di-isobutyl ketone and, to a lesser extent, di-isobutyl carbinol.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (7) 
                    <E T="03">Stoichiometric material consumption equation, based on process identified as predominant method of production:</E>
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    3(C
                    <E T="52">3</E>
                    H
                    <E T="52">6</E>
                     (propylene)) + H
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                    O → C
                    <E T="52">9</E>
                    H
                    <E T="52">20</E>
                    O (di-isobutyl carbinol)
                </FP>
                <P>
                    (8) 
                    <E T="03">Tax rate calculated by Petitioner, based on Petitioner's conversion factors for taxable chemicals used in production of substance:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">Tax rate:</E>
                     $8.57 per ton.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Conversion factors:</E>
                     0.88 for propylene.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (9) 
                    <E T="03">Public docket number:</E>
                     IRS-2024-0055.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Michael Beker,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Senior Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), IRS Office of Chief Counsel.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28070 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Superfund Tax on Chemical Substances; Request To Modify List of Taxable Substances; Notice of Filing for Di-isobutyl Ketone</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of filing and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This notice of filing announces that a petition was filed requesting that di-isobutyl ketone be added to the list of taxable substances. This notice of filing also requests comments on the petition. This notice of filing is not a determination that the list of taxable substances is modified.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Written comments and requests for a public hearing must be received on or before January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Commenters are encouraged to submit public comments or requests for a public hearing relating to this petition electronically via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         (indicate public docket number IRS-2024-0056 or di-isobutyl ketone) by following the online instructions for submitting comments. Comments cannot be edited or withdrawn once submitted to the Federal eRulemaking Portal. Alternatively, comments and requests for a public hearing may be mailed to: Internal Revenue Service, Attn: CC:PA:01:PR (Notice of Filing for Di-isobutyl Ketone), Room 5203, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington DC 20044. All comments received are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. All comments received will be posted without change to 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         including any personal information provided. You should submit only information that you wish to make publicly available. If a public hearing is scheduled, notice of the time and place for the hearing will be published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Andrew J. Clark or Camille Edwards Bennehoff at (202) 317-6855 (not a toll-free number).</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Add Substance to the List</HD>
                <P>
                    (a) 
                    <E T="03">Overview.</E>
                     A petition was filed pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2022-26 (2022-29 I.R.B. 90), as modified by Rev. Proc. 2023-20 (2023-15 I.R.B. 636), requesting that di-isobutyl ketone be added to the list of taxable substances under section 4672(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (List). The petition requesting the addition of di-isobutyl ketone to the List is based on weight and contains the information detailed in paragraph (b) of this document. The information is provided for public notice and comment pursuant to section 9 of Rev. Proc. 2022-26. The publication of petition information in this notice of filing is not a determination and does not constitute Treasury Department or IRS confirmation of the accuracy of the information published.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) 
                    <E T="03">Petition Content.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (1) 
                    <E T="03">Substance name:</E>
                     Di-isobutyl ketone.
                </P>
                <P>The substance is also known as 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone, 2,6-dimethylheptan-4-one, DIBK, and isovalerone.</P>
                <P>
                    (2) 
                    <E T="03">Petitioner:</E>
                     ALTIVIA Ketones &amp; Additives, LLC, an exporter of di-isobutyl ketone.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (3) 
                    <E T="03">Proposed classification numbers:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">HTSUS number:</E>
                     2914.19.0000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Schedule B number:</E>
                     2914.19.0000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (iii) 
                    <E T="03">CAS number:</E>
                     108-83-8.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (4) 
                    <E T="03">Petition filing dates:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">Petition filing date for purposes of making a determination:</E>
                     September 23, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Petition filing date for purposes of section 11.02 of Rev. Proc. 2022-26, as modified by section 3 of Rev. Proc. 2023-20:</E>
                     January 1, 2024
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) 
                    <E T="03">Description from petition:</E>
                     According to the petition, di-isobutyl ketone is an organic compound. It is used in solvents; paints and coatings; automobile refinishing; and pharmaceuticals.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Di-isobutyl ketone is made from propylene. Taxable chemicals constitute 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94880"/>
                    87.51 percent by weight of the materials used to produce this substance.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (6) 
                    <E T="03">Process identified in petition as predominant method of production of substance:</E>
                     The predominant method of production is aldol condensation of acetone. Aldol condensation is a two-step process in which an aldol reaction forms an aldol product and a dehydration reaction removes water to form the final product. The process uses acetone in condensation, dehydration, and hydrogenation steps. Acetone is passed over a strong base catalyst to form diacetone alcohol, then dehydrated to mesityl oxide, and subsequently hydrogenated to methyl isobutyl ketone. Generally, the process forms co-produced methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl carbinol, di-isobutyl ketone and, to a lesser extent, di-isobutyl carbinol.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (7) 
                    <E T="03">Stoichiometric material consumption equation, based on process identified as predominant method of production:</E>
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    3(C
                    <E T="52">3</E>
                    H
                    <E T="52">6</E>
                     (propylene)) + H
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                    O → C
                    <E T="52">9</E>
                    H
                    <E T="52">18</E>
                    O (di-isobutyl ketone) + H
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                </FP>
                <P>
                    (8) 
                    <E T="03">Tax rate calculated by Petitioner, based on Petitioner's conversion factors for taxable chemicals used in production of substance:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">Tax rate:</E>
                     $8.67 per ton.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Conversion factors:</E>
                     0.89 for propylene.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (9) 
                    <E T="03">Public docket number:</E>
                     IRS-2024-0056.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Michael Beker,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Senior Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), IRS Office of Chief Counsel.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28069 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Bureau of Engraving and Printing Background Information Request Form</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>U.S. Department of the Treasury, Bureau of Engraving and Printing.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other federal agencies to comment on the proposed information collections listed below, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Written comments must be received on or before January 28, 2025.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Send comments regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of the information collection, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to Treasury PRA Clearance Officer, 1750 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Suite 8142, Washington, DC 20220, or email at 
                        <E T="03">PRA@treasury.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Copies of the submissions may be obtained from Valerie Alstadt by emailing the Banknote Equipment Manufacturer and Currency Reader Manufacturers Support office at 
                        <E T="03">BEM_and_CRM_Customer_Support@bep.gov,</E>
                         calling (202) 435-8050, or viewing the entire information collection request at 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Bureau of Engraving and Printing Background Investigation Request Form.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     1525-0011.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension without change.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     The Background Information Request Form for is completed by applicant companies per BEP Circular 82-00.13 to establish the eligibility of each company and key personnel to gain access to test decks of new designs and production samples of Federal Reserve Notes so they can update their products to denominate and/or authenticate genuine currency. The applicant companies are Banknote Equipment Manufacturers (BEMs) and Currency Reader Manufacturers (CRMs). Banknote Equipment Manufacturers (BEMs) are companies that produce any type of equipment that handles banknotes for commercial purposes involving accept/reject decisions for FRNs. Currency Reader Manufacturers (CRMs) are companies that produce a commercially available device or application designed for the purpose of denominating US currency by an individual.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Form:</E>
                     BEP Background Investigation Request Form.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Banknote Equipment Manufacturers and Currency Reader Manufacturers and their employees.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     150.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>
                     On occasion.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Number of Annual Responses:</E>
                     50.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Time per Response:</E>
                     45 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     38.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Request for Comments:</E>
                     Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval. All comments will become a matter of public record. Comments are invited on: (a) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of technology; and (e) estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services required to provide information.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Katherine A Allen,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>BEP PRA Clearance Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27985 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4840-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Multiple Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Information Collection Requests</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Departmental Offices, U.S. Department of the Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection requests to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, on or after the date of publication of this notice. The public is invited to submit comments on these requests.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments should be received on or before December 30, 2024 to be assured of consideration.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                         Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Copies of the submissions may be obtained from Melody Braswell by emailing 
                        <E T="03">PRA@treasury.gov,</E>
                         calling (202) 622-1035, or viewing the entire information collection request at 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">
                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                    <PRTPAGE P="94881"/>
                </HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Internal Revenue Service (IRS)</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">1. Title:</E>
                     Credit for Oil and Gas Production from Marginal Wells.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>
                     1545-2278.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Form Number:</E>
                     8904.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Public Law 108-357, title III, subtitle C, section 341(a) has caused us to develop a credit for oil and gas production from marginal wells, which is reflected on Form 8904 and its instructions. Tax year 2017 was the first year Form 8904 and its instructions were released.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no changes being made to Form 8904 at this time.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Business or other for-profit organizations, Individuals or households, not-for-profit institutions, farms, and State, local or Tribal governments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Responses:</E>
                     20,000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Time per Respondent:</E>
                     2 hrs., 58 mins.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     59,200.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">2. Title:</E>
                     Qualified Intermediary (QI), Withholding Foreign Partnership (WP), and Withholding Foreign Trust (WT) Application and Account Management System.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>
                     1545-1597.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Document Number:</E>
                     Form 14345.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Internal Revenue Code (IRC) section 1441 (Withholding of tax on nonresident aliens), states any nonresident alien individual or of any foreign partnership shall deduct and withhold from such items a tax equal to 30 percent or 14 percent depending on circumstances. Revenue Procedure 2022-43 sets forth the final qualified intermediary (QI) withholding agreement (QI agreement) entered by the Internal Revenue Service and certain foreign persons under Treas. Reg. section 1.1441-1(e)(5) and (6). The Qualified Intermediary (QI), Withholding Foreign Partnership (WP), and Withholding Foreign Trust (WT) Application and Account Management System (QAAMS) allows entities to apply, renew, or terminate their status as a QI, WP, or WT.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no changes to the burden previously approved by OMB. This request is to extend the current approval for another 3 years.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Individuals or households and Business or other for-profit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     1,097,991.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Time per Respondent:</E>
                     16 min.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     301,018.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">3. Title:</E>
                     Request on Reduction of Tax Attributes Due to Discharge of Indebtedness.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>
                     1545-0046.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Form Number:</E>
                     982.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Reduction of Tax Attributes Due to Discharge of Indebtedness. Internal Revenue Code (IRC) section 108 allows taxpayers to exclude from gross income amounts attributable to discharge of indebtedness in title 11 cases, insolvency, or a qualified farm indebtedness. Section 1081(b) allows corporations to exclude from gross income amounts attributable to certain transfers of property. The data is used to verify adjustments to basis of property and reduction of tax attributes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There is no change to the paperwork burden previously approved by OMB.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Individuals or households, businesses or other for profit, small businesses, or organizations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     667.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Time per Response:</E>
                     11 hours, 23 min.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     7,491 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Melody Braswell,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Treasury PRA Clearance Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28016 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request on Burden Related to the Plan-Specific Substitute Mortality Tables for Determining Present Value</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Departmental Offices, U.S. Department of the Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Internal Revenue Service, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning the burden related to the Plan-Specific Substitute Mortality Tables for Determining Present Value.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments should be received on or before December 30, 2024 to be assured of consideration.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                         Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Copies of the submissions may be obtained from Melody Braswell by emailing 
                        <E T="03">PRA@treasury.gov,</E>
                         calling (202) 622-1035, or viewing the entire information collection request at 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Internal Revenue Service (IRS)</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Plan-Specific Substitute Mortality Tables for Determining Present Value.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>
                     1545-2073.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Document Number:</E>
                     TD 10005, RP 2024-32.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) prescribes minimum funding requirements for defined benefit pension plans. Section 430 specifies the minimum funding requirements that apply generally to defined benefit plans that are single-employer plans (that is, not multiemployer plans). Revenue Procedure 2024-32 updates the procedures set forth in Rev. Proc. 2017-55 to reflect the amendments to § 1.430(h)(3)-2 made by TD 10005.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     The reinstatement of OMB Control No. 1545-2073 will account for a previously approved burden under OMB Control Number 1545-0047 U.S. Tax-Exempt Income Tax Return. This action is in reference to new regulations and updated procedures related to the COVID-19 pandemic, benefit pension plans, and substitute mortality rate tables.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Reinstatement with change of a previously approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Individuals or households and Business or other for-profit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     15.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Time per Respondent:</E>
                     267 min.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     4,000.
                    <PRTPAGE P="94882"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Melody Braswell,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Treasury PRA Clearance Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27916 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; Matching Program</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of a modified matching program.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This is an 18-month re-establishment computer matching agreement (CMA) with the Defense Manpower Data Center (DMDC), Department of Defense (DoD) and the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), regarding Veterans that have returned to active duty and that are also in receipt of compensation or pension benefits. The purpose of this agreement is to verify eligibility for DoD and United States Coast Guard members of the Reserve forces who receive VA disability compensation or pension to receive, in lieu and upon election, military pay and allowances when performing active duty.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments on this matching program must be received no later than December 30, 2024. If no public comment is received during the period allowed for comment or unless otherwise published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         by VA, the new agreement will become effective a minimum of 30 days after date of publication in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        . If VA receives public comments, VA shall review the comments to determine whether any changes to the notice are necessary. This matching program will be valid for 18 months from the effective date of this notice.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments may be submitted through 
                        <E T="03">www.Regulations.gov</E>
                         or mailed to VA Privacy Service, 810 Vermont Avenue NW, (005X6F), Washington, DC 20420. Comments should indicate that they are submitted in response to CMA 87 Return to Active Duty. Comments received will be available at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         for public viewing, inspection or copies.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Delonda Garmon (VBA), Program Analyst, Department of Veterans Affairs, 1800 G Street NW, Washington, DC 20006, 
                        <E T="03">Delonda.Garmon2@va.gov,</E>
                         202-461-9700.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>This agreement continues an arrangement for a periodic computer-matching program between VA, VBA as the matching recipient agency and the DoD, DMDC as the matching source agency. This agreement sets forth the responsibilities of VBA and DoD with respect to information disclosed pursuant to this agreement and takes into account both agencies' responsibilities under the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, as amended by the Computer Matching and Privacy Protection Act of 1988, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, including computer matching portions of a revision of OMB Circular No. A-108, 81 FR 94424, dated December 23, 2016. </P>
                <PRIACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">PARTICIPATING AGENCIES:</HD>
                    <P>VA, VBA, as the matching recipient agency, and DoD, DMDC, as the matching source agency.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">AUTHORITY FOR CONDUCTING THE MATCHING PROGRAM:</HD>
                    <P>The legal authority for conducting the matching program for use in the administration of VA's Compensation and Pension Benefits Programs is contained in 38 U.S.C. 5304(c), Prohibition Against Duplication of Benefits, which precludes pension, compensation, or retirement pay on account of any person's own service, for any period for which he receives active duty pay. The law (10 U.S.C. 12316) prohibits the receipt of reserve pay and VA compensation for the same time period, however, it does permit waiver of VA compensation to draw reserve pay.”</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">PURPOSE(S):</HD>
                    <P>The purpose of this matching program between VBA and DoD is to verify the continuing eligibility for Uniformed Services Members, including National Guard and Reserve personnel, for VA benefits by identifying VA disability benefit recipients who return to active duty, including active-duty training status, and to ensure that VA benefits are terminated or adjusted when appropriate.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">CATEGORIES OF INDIVIDUALS:</HD>
                    <P>1. Veterans who have applied for compensation for service-connected disability under 38 U.S.C. ch. 11.</P>
                    <P>2. Veterans who have applied for nonservice-connected disability under 38 U.S.C. ch. 15.</P>
                    <P>3. Veterans entitled to burial benefits under 38 U.S.C. ch. 23.</P>
                    <P>4. Surviving spouses and children who have claimed pensions based on nonservice-connected death of a Veteran under 38 U.S.C. ch. 15.</P>
                    <P>5. Surviving spouses and children who have claimed death compensation based on service-connected death of a Veteran under 38 U.S.C. ch. 11.</P>
                    <P>6. Surviving spouses and children who have claimed dependency and indemnity compensation for service-connected death of a Veteran under 38 U.S.C. ch. 13.</P>
                    <P>7. Parents who have applied for death compensation based on service-connected death of a Veteran under 38 U.S.C. ch. 11.</P>
                    <P>8. Parents who have applied for dependency and indemnity compensation for service-connected death of a Veteran under 38 U.S.C. ch. 13.</P>
                    <P>9. Individuals who applied for educational assistance benefits administered by VA under title 38 of the U.S. Code.</P>
                    <P>10. Individuals who applied for educational assistance benefits maintained by the Department of Defense under title 10 of the U.S. Code that are administered by VA.</P>
                    <P>11. Veterans who apply for training and employers who apply for approval of their programs under the provisions of the Emergency Veterans' Job Training Act of 1983, Pub. L. 98-77.</P>
                    <P>12. Any VA employee who generates or finalizes adjudicative actions using the Benefits Delivery Network or the Veterans Service Network computer processing systems.</P>
                    <P>13. Veterans who apply for training and employers who apply for approval of their programs under the provisions of the Service Members Occupational Conversion and Training Act of 1992, Pub. L. 102-484.</P>
                    <P>14. Representatives of individuals covered by the system.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">CATEGORIES OF RECORDS:</HD>
                    <P>Records may include: 1. Name 2. Social Security Number 3. Date of birth 4. Paid Inactive-duty training days 5. Paid Active-duty days.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">SYSTEM(S) OF RECORDS:</HD>
                    <P>Compensation, Pension, Education, and Vocational Rehabilitation and Employment Records—VA (58 VA 21/22/28), last published at 86 FR 61858 (November 8, 2021); DMDC 01, entitled “Defense Manpower Data Center Data Base,” last published at 87 FR 32145 (May 27, 2022); and “Veterans Affairs/Department of Defense Identity Repository (VADIR)-VA (138VA005Q)”, last published at 87 FR 79066 (December 23, 2022).</P>
                </PRIACT>
                <PRTPAGE P="94883"/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
                <P>The Senior Agency Official for Privacy, or designee, approved this document and authorized the undersigned to sign and submit the document to the Office of the Federal Register for publication electronically as an official document of the Department of Veterans Affairs. John Oswalt, Chief Privacy Officer and Chair of the Data Integrity Board, Department of Veterans Affairs approved this document on November 8, 2024 for publication.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Amy L. Rose,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Government Information Specialist, VA Privacy Service, Office of Compliance, Risk and Remediation, Office of Information and Technology, Department of Veterans Affairs.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28029 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Solicitation of Nomination for Appointment to the Veterans' Rural Health Advisory Committee</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of Veterans Affairs.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of solicitation for nominations.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), Veterans Health Administration (VHA), is seeking nominations of qualified candidates to be considered for appointment as members of the Veterans' Rural Health Advisory Committee (hereinafter referred to as “the VRHAC”).</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Nominations for membership on the Committee must be received by January 21, 2025, no later than 4 p.m., eastern standard time. Packages received after this time will not be considered for the current membership cycle.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        All nomination packages should be emailed to Mr. Paul Boucher, Committee Manager at 
                        <E T="03">paul.boucher@va.gov</E>
                         and cc: Dr. Peter Kaboli, Designated Federal Officer at 
                        <E T="03">peter.kaboli@va.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Shannon Middleton, Assistant Designated Federal Officer, Center for Women Veterans, Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW (00W), Washington, DC 20420, telephone 202-461-6194.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>In carrying out the duties set forth, the Committee responsibilities include, but are not limited to,</P>
                <P>(1) Providing a letter to the Secretary and congress outlining recommendations to improve and enhance VA's delivery of services to rural Veterans.</P>
                <P>(2) Meeting with VA officials, Veteran Service Organizations, and other stakeholders to assess the Department's efforts in providing access to healthcare, outreach and education services offered to rural Veterans.</P>
                <P>(3) Making annual site visits and holding town hall meetings with Veterans to address their concerns.</P>
                <P>Management and support services for the Committee are provided by the Office of Rural Health (ORH).</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     The Committee was established pursuant to 38 U.S.C. 3121 and operates under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) to advise the Secretary through the Under Secretary for Health on ways to improve and enhance access to VA health care services for Veterans residing in rural areas by reviewing current program activities and identifying barriers to accessing care and services.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Membership Criteria:</E>
                     The VRHAC is requesting nominations for upcoming vacancies on the Committee. The committee is composed of 12 members, in addition to ex-officio members. As required by statute, the members of the Committee are appointed by the Secretary from the general public, including, but not limited to:
                </P>
                <P>(1) Representatives of Veterans Service Organizations.</P>
                <P>(2) Persons who have distinguished themselves in the public, academic affiliation, community healthcare organizations, and private sector.</P>
                <P>(3) Ex-officio members of the Committee may include one representative from U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Indian Health Service, Federal Office of Rural Health Policy, Department of Defense, and the Department of Agriculture.</P>
                <P>To the extent possible, the Secretary seeks members who have diverse professional and personal qualifications. We ask that nominations include information of this type so that VA can ensure a balanced Committee membership. Individuals appointed to the Committee by the Secretary shall be invited to serve a three-year term. The Secretary may reappoint a member for an additional term of service. In accordance with Federal Travel Regulation, Committee members will receive travel expenses and a per diem allowance for any travel made in association with duties as members of the Committee and within Federal travel guidelines. Self- nominations are acceptable. Any letters of nomination from organizations or other individuals should accompany the package when it is submitted. Non-Veterans are also eligible for nomination.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Requirements for Nomination Submission:</E>
                     Nominations should be typed (one nomination per nominator). Nomination package should include: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ruralhealth.va.gov/docs/VRHAC-Application-Form_7-31-18.pdf.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (1) A letter of nomination that clearly states the name and affiliation of the nominee, the basis for the nomination (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     specific attributes which qualify the nominee for service in this capacity), and a statement from the nominee indicating that he/she is a U.S. citizen and is willingness to serve as a member of the Committee.
                </P>
                <P>(2) The nominee's contact information, including name, mailing address, telephone numbers, and email address.</P>
                <P>(3) The nominee's resume or curriculum vitae. the nominee's curriculum vitae.</P>
                <P>(4) A summary of the nominee's experience and qualifications relative to the membership considerations described above.</P>
                <P>(5) A statement confirming that he/she is not a federally-registered lobbyist.</P>
                <P>The Department makes every effort to ensure that the membership of VA Federal advisory committees is balanced in terms of points of view represented and the committee's function. Appointments to this Committee shall be made without discrimination based on a person's race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, age, disability, or genetic information. Nominations must state that the nominee appears to have no conflict of interest that would preclude membership. An ethics review is conducted for each selected nominee.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Jelessa M. Burney,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Federal Advisory Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28050 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8320-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
    </NOTICES>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>230</NO>
    <DATE>Friday, November 29, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Presidential Documents</UNITNAME>
    <PRESDOCS>
        <PRESDOCU>
            <PROCLA>
                <TITLE3>Title 3—</TITLE3>
                <PRES>
                    The President
                    <PRTPAGE P="94595"/>
                </PRES>
                <PROC>Proclamation 10863 of November 20, 2024</PROC>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">National Rural Health Day, 2024</HD>
                <PRES>By the President of the United States of America</PRES>
                <PROC>A Proclamation</PROC>
                <FP>In America, health care should be a right, not a privilege—no matter a person's zip code. On National Rural Health Day, we show gratitude to all the health professionals providing incredible care to the more than 60 million people who live in rural America. And we recommit to ensuring that rural communities have access to affordable, quality health care.</FP>
                <FP>Too many people living in rural communities worry about whether they can access and afford health care when they need it. Rural Americans often have fewer health care providers within reach, although they are more likely to be older and have disabilities. Since 2010, over 150 rural hospitals have closed down or stopped providing in-patient care, putting a strain on local economies and leaving families without a reliable source of health care.</FP>
                <FP>I came into office determined to invest in rural America—and that includes investing in rural hospitals and health care. My American Rescue Plan delivered $8.5 billion to rural healthcare providers. This funding was essential during the pandemic, helping to keep hospitals and clinics operational when they were most needed. My Administration also launched a Rural Emergency Hospital designation to provide a new option to some struggling hospitals, and the Department of Health and Human Services has provided tens of millions of dollars to expand health services and provide assistance to hospitals facing financial distress. We made historic investments of over $4 billion that can be used to deliver telehealth to increase access to health care services in rural and remote areas. The Department of Health and Human Services also updated regulations under section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act to reduce discrimination in health care against people with disabilities, including those living in rural communities.</FP>
                <FP>Investing in the future of rural health care also means training the next generation of providers. That is why the Rural Emergency Hospital funds also provide funds to train health care professionals to serve rural communities, addressing both current and future needs. Programs like the National Health Service Corps support more than 3,700 rural behavioral health clinicians with scholarships and loan repayment to meet the growing needs of these communities. My Administration also launched new programs to support the training of more nurse midwives and more nurse practitioners with a focus on maternal health in underserved and rural areas. And our investments in the Delta region support community-based organizations as they expand access to and coordinate health services in rural communities in the South.</FP>
                <FP>
                    My Administration has also worked to lower the cost of health care for every American. We expanded coverage under the Affordable Care Act, reducing health insurance premiums and saving millions of families an average of $800 per year. My Inflation Reduction Act finally beat Big Pharma, empowering Medicare to negotiate lower drug prices for the first time in American history. Medicare can now negotiate prices with major manufacturers that treat everything from blood clots to cancer. It also capped the cost of insulin at $35 per month for people with Medicare. At the same 
                    <PRTPAGE P="94596"/>
                    time, we are requiring drug companies to reimburse Medicare if they raise prices higher than the rate of inflation—saving seniors up to $618 on medication.
                </FP>
                <FP>My Administration has also been working to tackle the health challenges impacting rural communities—from improving maternal health care to addressing the mental health crisis and beating the opioid epidemic. We released a Blueprint for Addressing the Maternal Health Crisis.</FP>
                <FP>We have expanded evidence-based home visiting services and programs like Healthy Start, which support families across the country, including in rural areas. We have invested $535 million in rural areas to expand programs that provide prevention, treatment, and recovery services for mental health and substance use disorders. Under our leadership, opioid overdose deaths are decreasing for the first time in years. We have provided tens of millions of dollars through the Department of Agriculture's Farm and Ranch Stress Assistance Network to connect vulnerable agricultural producers and their families with increased access to supportive services where they live and work. And we released a national strategy to end hunger and reduce diet-related diseases by 2030, which includes a pathway to providing free, healthy school meals for all children.</FP>
                <FP>Through the Biden Cancer Moonshot, we have also been working hard to prevent cancer in rural communities, detect it early so it may be easier to treat, and connect people with world-class care, no matter where they live. Tobacco is still the number one preventable cause of cancer in this country and we have expanded efforts to help people in rural America quit smoking—so they may never face a cancer diagnosis in the first place. We have increased access to cancer screenings, making them free and widely available to virtually everyone in our Nation. And we have linked cancer screening in rural areas with treatment from centers with expertise, making sure high-quality care is accessible to all.</FP>
                <FP>Across the country, American communities are writing the greatest comeback story our Nation has ever known—creating and pursuing opportunities in their hometowns and putting shovels in the ground while restoring pride in their communities, in America, and in one another. We must continue expanding access to affordable health care for every American. On National Rural Health Day, we recommit to ensuring every rural American has the resources they need to stay healthy, care for their well-being, and thrive.</FP>
                <FP>NOW, THEREFORE, I, JOSEPH R. BIDEN JR., President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and the laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim November 21, 2024, as National Rural Health Day. I call upon the people of the United States to reaffirm our dedication to the health and well-being of rural America.</FP>
                <PRTPAGE P="94597"/>
                <FP>IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twentieth day of November, in the year of our Lord two thousand twenty-four, and of the Independence of the United States of America the two hundred and forty-ninth.</FP>
                <GPH SPAN="1" DEEP="80" HTYPE="RIGHT">
                    <GID>BIDEN.EPS</GID>
                </GPH>
                <PSIG> </PSIG>
                <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-28225 </FRDOC>
                <FILED>Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FILED>
                <BILCOD>Billing code 3395-F4-P</BILCOD>
            </PROCLA>
        </PRESDOCU>
    </PRESDOCS>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>230</NO>
    <DATE>Friday, November 29, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
    <NEWPART>
        <PTITLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="94885"/>
            <PARTNO>Part II</PARTNO>
            <AGENCY TYPE="P">Environmental Protection Agency</AGENCY>
            <CFR>40 CFR Part 63</CFR>
            <TITLE>National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Rubber Tire Manufacturing; Final Rule</TITLE>
        </PTITLE>
        <RULES>
            <RULE>
                <PREAMB>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94886"/>
                    <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
                    <CFR>40 CFR Part 63</CFR>
                    <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392; FRL-5949.1-03-OAR]</DEPDOC>
                    <RIN>RIN 2060-AV70</RIN>
                    <SUBJECT>National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Rubber Tire Manufacturing</SUBJECT>
                    <AGY>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                        <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
                    </AGY>
                    <ACT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                        <P>Final rule.</P>
                    </ACT>
                    <SUM>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                        <P>The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is promulgating amendments to the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) for Rubber Tire Manufacturing, as required by the Clean Air Act (CAA). To ensure that all emissions of hazardous air pollutants (HAP) from sources in the source category are regulated, the EPA is promulgating emissions standards for the rubber processing subcategory of the rubber tire manufacturing industry, which is the only unregulated subcategory within the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category.</P>
                    </SUM>
                    <EFFDATE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                        <P>This final rule is effective on November 29, 2024. The incorporation by reference (IBR) of certain publications listed in the rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of November 29, 2024.</P>
                    </EFFDATE>
                    <ADD>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                        <P>
                            The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392. All documents in the docket are listed on the 
                            <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov/</E>
                             website. Although listed, some information is not publicly available, 
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the internet and will be publicly available only as pdf versions that can only be accessed on the EPA computers in the docket office reading room. Certain databases and physical items cannot be downloaded from the docket but may be requested by contacting the docket office at 202-566-1744. The docket office has up to 10 business days to respond to these requests. With the exception of such material, publicly available docket materials are available electronically at 
                            <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </ADD>
                    <FURINF>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                        <P>
                            For questions about this final action, contact U.S. EPA, Attn: Mr. Korbin Smith, Sector Policies and Programs Division, Mail Drop: D243-04, 109 T.W. Alexander Drive, P.O. Box 12055, RTP, North Carolina 27711; telephone number: (919) 541-2416; and email address: 
                            <E T="03">smith.korbin@epa.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FURINF>
                </PREAMB>
                <SUPLINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Preamble acronyms and abbreviations.</E>
                         Throughout this document the use of “we,” “us,” or “our” is intended to refer to the EPA. We use multiple acronyms and terms in this preamble. While this list may not be exhaustive, to ease the reading of this preamble and for reference purposes, the EPA defines the following terms and acronyms here:
                    </P>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">3xRDL three times the representative detection level</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">BDL below detection limit</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">BLDS bag leak detection system</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CBI Confidential Business Information</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">CEMS continuous emission monitoring system</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">CFR Code of Federal Regulations</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">DLL detection level limited</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">DRE destruction and removal efficiency</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">EPA Environmental Protection Agency</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">fPM filterable particulate matter</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">g gram</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">g/Mg grams per megagram</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">HAP hazardous air pollutant(s)</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">ICR information collection request</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">km kilometer</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">lb pound</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">lb/Mton pounds per million tons</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">lb/ton pounds per ton</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">MACT maximum achievable control technology</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Mg megagram</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">NAICS North American Industry Classification System</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">NESHAP national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">NTTAA National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">OAQPS Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">OMB Office of Management and Budget</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">PAH polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">PM particulate matter</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">ppm parts per million</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">PRA Paperwork Reduction Act</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">RDL representative detection level</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">RTO regenerative thermal oxidizer</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">RTR risk and technology review</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">SSM startup, shutdown, and malfunction</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">THC total hydrocarbons</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">the court United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">μg/Nm3 microgram per normal cubic meter</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">UMRA Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">UPL upper predictive limit</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VCS voluntary consensus standards</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VOC volatile organic compound</FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Background information.</E>
                         On November 16, 2023, the EPA proposed revisions to the Rubber Tire Manufacturing NESHAP (88 FR 78692), specifically standards for the rubber processing subcategory of the rubber tire manufacturing industry, to ensure that all emissions of HAP from sources in the source category are regulated. In this action, we are finalizing decisions and revisions for the rule. We summarize some of the more significant comments we timely received regarding the proposed rule and provide our responses in this preamble. A summary of all other public comments on the proposal and the EPA's responses to those comments is available in 
                        <E T="03">Comment Summary and Response Document for Proposed NESHAP for Rubber Processing in the Rubber Tire Manufacturing Industry,</E>
                         Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392. A “track changes” version of the regulatory language that incorporates the changes in this action is available in the docket.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Organization of this document.</E>
                         The information in this preamble is organized as follows:
                    </P>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. General Information</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Does this action apply to me?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Where can I get a copy of this document and other related information?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Judicial Review and Administrative Reconsideration</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Background</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. What is the statutory authority for this action?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. What is the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category and how does the NESHAP regulate HAP emissions from the source category?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. What changes did we propose for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category in our November 16, 2023, proposal?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. What outreach did we conduct following the proposal?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. What is included in this final rule?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. What are the final rule amendments pursuant to CAA sections 112(d)(2) and (3) for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. What other changes have been made to the NESHAP?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. What are the effective and compliance dates of the standards?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. What is the rationale for our final decisions and amendments for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Emission Standards for Unregulated Organic HAP Emissions from the Rubber Processing Subcategory</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Emission Standards for Unregulated Metal HAP Emissions from the Rubber Processing Subcategory</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Emission Testing and Compliance Demonstrations</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Summary of Cost, Environmental, and Economic Impacts and Additional Analyses Conducted</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. What are the affected facilities?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. What are the air quality impacts?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. What are the cost impacts?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. What are the economic impacts?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. What are the benefits?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. What analysis of environmental justice did we conduct?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                            G. What analysis of children's environmental health did we conduct?
                            <PRTPAGE P="94887"/>
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review, Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review, and Executive Order 14094: Modernizing Regulatory Review</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) and 1 CFR part 51</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations and Executive Order 14096: Revitalizing Our Nation's Commitment to Environmental Justice for All</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)</FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. General Information</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Regulated entities.</E>
                         Categories and entities potentially regulated by this action are shown in table 1 of this preamble.
                    </P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,r50">
                        <TTITLE>Table 1—NESHAP and Industrial Source Categories Affected by This Final Action</TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                NESHAP and source
                                <LI>category</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                NAICS 
                                <SU>1</SU>
                                 code
                            </CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Rubber Tire Manufacturing (40 CFR part 63, subpart XXXX)</ENT>
                            <ENT>326211, 326212, 314992.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <TNOTE>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             North American Industry Classification System (NAICS).
                        </TNOTE>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>
                        Table 1 of this preamble is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather to provide a guide for readers regarding entities likely to be affected by the final action for the source category listed. To determine whether your facility is affected, you should examine the applicability criteria in the appropriate NESHAP. If you have any questions regarding the applicability of any aspect of this NESHAP, please contact the appropriate person listed in the preceding 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                         section of this preamble.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Where can I get a copy of this document and other related information?</HD>
                    <P>
                        In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy of this final action will also be available on the internet. Following signature by the EPA Administrator, the EPA will post a copy of this final action at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/stationary-sources-air-pollution/rubber-tire-manufacturing-national-emission-standards-hazardous.</E>
                         Following publication in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        , the EPA will post the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         version and key technical documents at this same website.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Judicial Review and Administrative Reconsideration</HD>
                    <P>Under CAA section 307(b)(1), judicial review of this final action is available only by filing a petition for review in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit (the court) by January 28, 2025. Under CAA section 307(b)(2), the requirements established by this final rule may not be challenged separately in any civil or criminal proceedings brought by the EPA to enforce the requirements.</P>
                    <P>
                        Section 307(d)(7)(B) of the CAA further provides that only an objection to a rule or procedure which was raised with reasonable specificity during the period for public comment (including any public hearing) may be raised during judicial review. This section also provides a mechanism for the EPA to reconsider the rule if the person raising an objection can demonstrate to the Administrator that it was impracticable to raise such objection within the period for public comment or if the grounds for such objection arose after the period for public comment (but within the time specified for judicial review) and if such objection is of central relevance to the outcome of the rule. Any person seeking to make such a demonstration should submit a Petition for Reconsideration to the Office of the Administrator, U.S. EPA, Room 3000, WJC South Building, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460, with a copy to both the person(s) listed in the preceding 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                         section, and the Associate General Counsel for the Air and Radiation Law Office, Office of General Counsel (Mail Code 2344A), U.S. EPA, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What is the statutory authority for this action?</HD>
                    <P>
                        On November 16, 2023, the EPA proposed revisions to the NESHAP for Rubber Tire Manufacturing.
                        <SU>1</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The EPA is finalizing in this action amendments to the NESHAP to ensure that all emissions of HAP from sources in the source category are regulated.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             88 FR78962, November 16, 2023.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the 
                        <E T="03">Louisiana Environmental Action Network</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">EPA</E>
                         (LEAN) decision issued on April 21, 2020, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit held that the EPA has an obligation to address unregulated emissions from a major source category when the Agency conducts the 8-year technology review.
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In setting standards for major source categories under CAA 112(d), EPA has the obligation to address all HAP listed under CAA 112((b).
                        <SU>3</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The amendments in this rulemaking address currently unregulated emissions of HAP from the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category, specifically from the rubber processing subcategory. Available data indicate the following unregulated pollutants are emitted from the source category: organic HAP compounds and metallic HAP compounds. Therefore, the EPA is finalizing standards that reflect maximum achievable control technology (MACT) for these pollutants emitted by the source category, pursuant to CAA sections 112(d)(2) and (3). Additionally, in accordance with CAA, costs are not considered when setting these initial MACT standards.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Louisiana Environmental Action Network</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">EPA,</E>
                             955 F.3d 1088 (D.C. Cir. 2020) (“LEAN”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>3</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See Desert Citizens Against Pollution</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">EPA,</E>
                             699 F3d 524, 527 (D.C. Cir. 2012) (“[W]e have read subparagraphs (1) and (3) of section 112(d) to require the regulations of all HAPs listed in section 112(b)(1)” citations omitted).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What is the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category and how does the NESHAP regulate HAP emissions from the source category?</HD>
                    <P>
                        The EPA promulgated the initial Rubber Tire Manufacturing NESHAP on July 9, 2002 (67 FR 45598). The standards are codified in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) at 40 CFR part 63, subpart XXXX. The Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category consists of facilities that produce rubber tire components including but not limited to rubber compounds, sidewalls, tread, tire beads, tire cord, and liners. The source category covered by the NESHAP currently includes 15 major source facilities.Since first established, the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category has been split into 4 subcategories for different phases of rubber tire manufacturing. These subcategories include rubber processing, tire production, tire cord production, and puncture sealant application. In the original Rubber Tire Manufactuing NESHAP, emission limits were established for tire production, tire cord production and puncture sealant 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94888"/>
                        application but no standards were established for rubber processing.
                    </P>
                    <P>The 2002 NESHAP for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category (67 FR 45598) established emission limits on a subcategory basis as follows.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Rubber Processing</HD>
                    <P>There are currently no emission limits for the rubber processing subcategory. The EPA proposed emission limits for the rubber processing subcategory on November 16, 2023, and the EPA is finalizing emission limits for this subcategory with this action.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Tire Production</HD>
                    <P>There are 2 equivalent standards for the tire production subcategory, and sources can comply with either standard. The first standard, is based on HAP materials purchased and used in the process. This standard considers that the quantity of HAP material purchased will represent the amount of HAP emitted for uncontrolled processes. The emission limit requires that emissions of each HAP in table 21 to 40 CFR part 63, subpart XXXX, that is used in the tire production process not exceed 1,000 grams (g) HAP per megagram (Mg) (2 pounds per ton (lb/ton)) of total cements and solvents used at the tire production affected source, and requires that the amount of each HAP not in table 21 to 40 CFR part 63, subpart XXXX, that is used in the tire production process not exceed 10,000 g HAP per Mg (20 lb/ton) of total cements and solvents used at the tire production affected source.</P>
                    <P>
                        The second standard is a production-based emission-limit option. A production-based standard sets a quantity of emissions allowed per unit of production (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         amount of HAP emitted per ton of rubber produced). For this option, emissions of HAP must not exceed 0.024 grams per megagram (g/Mg), (0.00005 lb/ton) of rubber processed at the tire production affected source.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Tire Cord Production</HD>
                    <P>There are 3 standards for the tire cord production subcategory, and sources can choose which standard to comply with within this subcategory, depending, in part, on whether the source is an existing or new source. The first standard is a production-based emission-limit option for existing tire cord production affected sources. As part of this standard, emissions must not exceed 280 g HAP per Mg (0.56 lb/ton) of fabric processed at the tire cord production affected source for the monthly average.</P>
                    <P>The second standard is a production-based emission-limit option for new or reconstructed tire cord production affected sources. As part of this standard, emissions must not exceed 220 g HAP per Mg (0.43 lb/ton) of fabric processed at the tire cord production affected source.</P>
                    <P>The third standard is a HAP constituent emission-limit option available to both existing and new or reconstructed tire cord production affected sources. A HAP constituent standard requires that no material be purchased and used at an affected facility that contains HAP in amounts above a specific composition limit. To comply with this standard, emissions of each HAP in table 16 to 40 CFR part 63, subpart XXXX, that is used in the tire cord production process must not exceed 1,000 g HAP per Mg (2 lb/ton) of total coatings used at the tire cord production affected source, and emissions of each HAP not in table 16 to 40 CFR part 63, subpart XXXX, that is used in the tire cord production process must not exceed 10,000 g HAP per Mg (20 lb/ton) of total coatings used at the tire cord production affected source.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Puncture Sealant Application</HD>
                    <P>There are 3 equivalent standards for the puncture sealant application subcategory, and sources can choose which standard to comply with within this subcategory depending, in part, on whether the source is an existing or new source. The first standard is a percent reduction emission-limit option for existing puncture sealant application spray booths. As part of this standard, facilities are required to reduce spray booth HAP (measured as volatile organic compounds (VOCs)) emissions by at least 86 percent by weight.</P>
                    <P>The second standard is a percent reduction emission-limit option for new or reconstructed puncture sealant application spray booths. As part of this standard, facilities are required to reduce spray booth HAP (measured as VOCs) emissions by at least 95 percent by weight.</P>
                    <P>The third standard is a HAP constituent emission-limit option for both existing and new or reconstructed puncture sealant application spray booths. As part of this standard, emissions of each HAP in table 16 to 40 CFR part 63, subpart XXXX, must not exceed 1,000 g HAP per Mg (2 lb/ton) of total puncture sealants used at the puncture sealant affected source, and emissions of each HAP not in table 16 to 40 CFR part 63, subpart XXXX, must not exceed 10,000 g HAP per Mg (20 lb/ton) of total puncture sealants used at the puncture sealant affected source.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Alternatives for Meeting Emission Limits</HD>
                    <P>Compliance alternatives are available for the 3 subcategories currently subject to emission limits (tire production, tire cord production, and puncture sealant application) to meet the emission limits mentioned earlier in section II.B. of this preamble. For more information on these compliance alternatives, a detailed breakdown of the compliance alternatives for these subcategories may be found at 40 CFR 63.5985, 40 CFR 63.5987, and 40 CFR 63.5989, for tire production, tire cord production, and puncture sealant application, respectively. These alternatives are also summarized here.</P>
                    <P>For tire production, alternatives for showing compliance are available for both emission standards. For the standard option based on the materials purchased and used the alternatives are to use only cements and solvents that as purchased contain no more HAP than allowed by the specified emission limitations; use cements and solvents such that the monthly average HAP emissions meet the specified emission limitations; or use control devices to reduce HAP emissions such that the monthly average HAP emissions meet the specified emission limitations. For the production-based standard option the alternatives are to use cements and solvents such that the monthly average HAP emissions meet the specified emissions limitations; or use control devices to reduce HAP emissions such that the monthly average HAP emissions meet the specified emission limitations.</P>
                    <P>For tire cord production there are two alternative compliance options: use coating solutions such that the monthly average HAP emissions do not exceed the applicable emission limit; or use a control device to reduce HAP emissions such that the monthly average HAP emissions do not exceed the applicable emission limitation.</P>
                    <P>
                        For puncture sealant application, there are two alternative compliance options: use an emissions capture system and control device and demonstrate that the application booth emissions meet the specified emission limitations and operating limits; or use a permanent total enclosure that satisfies the Method 204 criteria in 40 CFR part 51 and demonstrate that the control device meets the specified operating limits and reduces at least 86 percent of emissions for existing sources and 95 percent of emissions for new sources.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94889"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Recent Actions Relating to the NESHAP for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing Source Category</HD>
                    <P>In the 2020 Risk and Technology Review (RTR) (85 FR 44752), the EPA found that the risk associated with air emissions from rubber tire manufacturing was acceptable considering all the health information and factors evaluated, and risk estimation uncertainty. The EPA found that the current NESHAP provides an ample margin of safety to protect public health and to prevent an adverse environmental effect. The EPA determined that there were no developments in practices, processes, or control technologies that warranted revisions to the MACT standards under CAA section 112(d)(6). Based on the analysis conducted as part of the RTR, no revisions to the numerical emission limits were made for any of the Rubber Tire Manufacturing subcategories. The 2020 RTR addressed periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction (SSM) by clarifying that emissions during SSM operations are subject to the NESHAP. In addition, the 2020 amendments included provisions requiring electronic reporting of performance test results and reports, compliance reports, and Notification of Compliance Status reports.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. What changes did we propose for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category in our November 16, 2023, proposal?</HD>
                    <P>
                        In response to the 
                        <E T="03">LEAN</E>
                         decision requiring the EPA to ensure that missing emission standards are promulgated when the EPA undertakes a 112(d)(6) technology review, on November 16, 2023, the EPA published a proposed rule in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing NESHAP, 40 CFR part 63, subpart XXXX, that took into consideration the MACT analyses for the rubber processing subcategory. In the proposed rule, the EPA proposed numerical emissions limits for the rubber processing subcategory of the rubber tire manufacturing industry, which is the only unregulated subcategory within the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category with unregulated HAP.
                    </P>
                    <P>Additionally, EPA solicited comment on several aspects of the proposed rulemaking. EPA solicited comment on the use of THC as a surrogate for organic HAP, as well as on the EPA's approach to testing for THC, as opposed to testing for individual speciated organic HAP. EPA solicited comment on the use of THC as a surrogate in place of setting emission limits for PAHs, specifically. EPA solicited comment on our approach regarding the 30-day THC data. EPA solicited comment on the proposed approach to addressing negative THC values. EPA solicited comment on the proposed compliance periods, and specifically requested submission of information from sources in this source category regarding specific actions that would need to be undertaken to comply with the proposed amended provisions and the time needed to make the adjustments for compliance with any of the revised provisions.</P>
                    <P>The EPA proposed to establish MACT standards for the rubber processing subcategory for total hydrocarbons (THC) as a surrogate for organic HAP. For these MACT standards, we proposed a THC emission limit for mixers processing silica containing compounds and a THC emission limit for mixers processing non-silica containing compounds. Both limits were based on a 15-day rolling average.</P>
                    <P>The EPA also proposed MACT standards for filterable particulate matter (fPM) and metal HAP. The emission limits proposed for new and existing sources were an emissions limit for fPM, as a surrogate for metal HAP, with an emission limit for total metal HAP as an alternative.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. What outreach did we conduct following the proposal?</HD>
                    <P>Following publication of the proposed rule, the EPA offered the opportunity for a public hearing, but none was requested. However, the USTMA did request a meeting with the EPA, and the EPA and USTMA met in May 2024 and USTMA discussed supplemental testing performed by USTMA and the use of THC as a surrogate for organic HAP. A summary of that meeting is in the docket for this rulemaking (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. What is included in this final rule?</HD>
                    <P>This action finalizes the EPA's determinations pursuant to the MACT provisions of CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3) for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category and sets emission limitations for the rubber tire processing subcategory within the Rubber Tire Manufacturing NESHAP based on those determinations.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What are the final rule amendments pursuant to CAA sections 112(d)(2) and (3) for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category?</HD>
                    <P>
                        We are establishing MACT standards for the rubber processing subcategory in the rubber tire manufacturing source category, as required by the CAA. To satisfy the requirements of CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3), we are revising the NESHAP to include emissions limitations for the previously unregulated rubber processing subcategory including limitations for THC, as a surrogate for organic HAP emissions; fPM, as a surrogate for metal HAP; and an alternative limit for metal HAP. The standards in this final rule are similar in format to those in the proposed rule, but with updates to the standards based on public comments and additional data received and analyzed for the final rule. In the proposal, the EPA included separate THC standards for silica-containing and non-silica-containing processed rubber. Based on comments and data received during the comment period, the EPA is establishing a single MACT standard, instead of setting separate standards for the mixing of silica-containing and non-silica containing compounds, as proposed. The same THC standard is being established for both new and existing facilities and is based on 3 times the representative detection level (3xRDL) since this value is larger than the calculated Upper Prediction Limit (UPL) for THC.
                        <SU>4</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Also based on the public comments, the final rule is allowing facility-wide averaging of the individual emissions from each mixer to demonstrate compliance with the THC emission limits.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>4</SU>
                             It is the practice of the EPA to use the higher of the calculated UPL and 3xRDL value when setting an emission limit, as describedin the memorandum, 
                            <E T="03">Data and Procedure for Handling Below Detection Level Data in Analyzing Various Pollutant Emissions Databases for MACT and RTR Emissions Limits</E>
                            , which is available in the docket for this rulemaking.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The final rule is also setting standards for fPM, as a surrogate for metal HAP, and an alternative standard for metal HAP, with the same standards applying for new and existing facilities. The final standards for fPM and metal HAP are also based on the 3xRDL value for fPM and metal HAP, since this value is larger than the calculated UPL. Also based on the public comments, the final rule is allowing facility-wide averaging of the individual emissions from each mixer to demonstrate compliance with the fPM emission limits.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons</HD>
                    <P>
                        The EPA received data from 5 facilities for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) emissions. The PAH compounds measured were aniline, dibenzofuran, hydroquinone, naphthalene, and o-toluidine. The PAH emissions were collected using U.S. EPA SW-846 Method 0010, extracted 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94890"/>
                        using Method 3542, and analyzed using Method 8270E.
                        <SU>5</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>5</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/hw-sw846/sw/846/compendium.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Many of the measured emissions for the PAH compounds were below the detection limit (BDL) of the approved testing method, and others were detection level limited (DLL). Results are considered BDL when every measured result for a compound in a test run is less than the laboratory's reported detection level.
                        <SU>6</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Data is considered DLL when only some results in a given test run are less than the laboratory's reported detection level for that compound. The Agency's practice in establishing emission limits for pollutants with DLL values is to use the DLL value to calculate the UPL and then to compare the calculated UPL to a value that is 3 times the pollutant's RDL (3xRDL value). Consistent with our practice described in the aforementioned memo,
                        <SU>7</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the larger of the UPL calculation or the 3xRDL value becomes the emission limit. Reported levels of 2 PAH compounds—dibenzofuran and hydroquinone—are BDL at each facility; therefore, the EPA did not propose and is not promulgating emission limits for dibenzofuran or hydroquinone. The EPA has no data indicating the presence of polychlorinated dioxins or polychlorinated dibenzofurans, and measured unpolychlorinated dibenzofuran values are BDL, therefore, the EPA did not propose and is not promulgating separate emission limits for dioxin-like compounds.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>6</SU>
                             In keeping with the EPA's practice, when all pollutant values fall below BDL, no emission limit should be established for that pollutant.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>7</SU>
                             See the memorandum 
                            <E T="03">Data and Procedure for Handling Below Detection Level Data in Analyzing Various Pollutant Emissions Databases for MACT and RTR Emissions Limits,</E>
                             which is available in the docket for this rulemaking.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The test results for the remaining PAH species—aniline, naphthalene, and o-toluidine—were DLL. However, these PAH species are also organic HAP and hydrocarbons and will be accounted for in THC measurements. As such, setting both a separate PAH standard in addition to a THC standard would be redundant and doubly regulate PAH emissions. In order to prevent this redundance, the EPA did not propose and is not promulgating a separate emission limit for PAHs and instead proposed and is promulgating a limit for THC emissions, which will encompass PAHs. The THC results include the effect of PAH, other organic HAP, and VOC contained in exhaust streams and are well suited to serve as surrogates for these compounds.</P>
                    <P>
                        A detailed description of the analysis of the PAH data is included in the memorandum, 
                        <E T="03">Final Rule Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) Analysis for the Rubber Processing Subcategory in the Rubber Tire Manufacturing Industry,</E>
                         located in the docket for this action (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Total Hydrocarbon Emissions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. THC Existing Source Standard</HD>
                    <P>The EPA determined the existing source MACT floor THC emission limit based on the top 2 performing mixers. There are 97 mixers; for a source category of this size, the CAA requires the EPA to use the average emission limitation achieved by the best performing 12 percent of the existing sources (for which the Administrator has emissions information) when establishing the MACT floor level of control. The EPA has THC data measured for 12 mixers, and 12 percent of 12 mixers is 1.44 mixers, which we rounded up to 2 mixers for purposes of determining the existing source MACT floor. The EPA received THC data from an additional 5 mixers as a result of the ICR, but these data represented the uncontrolled emissions from units that were collected prior to the emission stream entering a regenerative thermal oxidizer (RTO) and the EPA did not have data for the controlled emissions, which would be collected after the exhaust stream has passed through the RTO. In response to comments, the EPA determined the destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) of an RTO can vary depending on the THC inlet concentration, thus a reported DRE measured at one THC concentration may not be applicable to the THC concentrations observed for these mixers. As such, without specifically measuring DRE values for each THC concentration, accurate controlled emissions could not be determined for these 5 mixers by applying the reported DRE to emissions prior to the control device. While it is expected that emissions from these controlled mixers would be low, the EPA does not have post-control emission data from these mixers. As a result, the EPA is not including these 5 mixers in the MACT analysis.</P>
                    <P>
                        When determining the best performing 12 percent of existing sources for the MACT floor pool, we round fractional amounts to the next whole number to ensure that the MACT floor calculations are based on no fewer than the best performing 12 percent of existing sources. In this instance, we rounded up to 2 mixers for determining the existing source MACT floor. The EPA is promulgating the MACT floor THC emission limit for existing sources based on the average 15-day emission rate achieved by the 2 best performing (
                        <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                         lowest emitting) mixers. From the data available, the 2 best performing mixers are Continental Mt. Vernon mixer #22, which is controlled by an RTO, and Goodyear Fayetteville mixer #4, which has no control device for THC. For these 2 best performing mixers, the EPA included each mixer's daily average THC emission rate in a list and then calculated 15-day rolling averages from the combined daily averages. The 15-day rolling averages were then used to calculate the 15-day UPL THC emission rate in g/Mg rubber produced, which was 24 g/Mg.
                    </P>
                    <P>The EPA-calculated THC emission limits for existing mixers are based on the calculated 99 percent UPL or 3xRDL, whichever is higher, calculated from the 15-day rolling averages of the data combined from the 2 mixers.</P>
                    <P>The 3xRDL for THC for the 2 combined mixers is 63.1 g/Mg rubber produced. Because the 3xRDL value is higher than the calculated UPL value from the 2 combined mixers, and because the EPA rounds up when simplifying to 2 significant figures, the existing source THC limit in the final rule is 64 g/Mg rubber produced. You may choose to comply with the THC emission limit for each rubber processing mixer separately, or for a group of rubber processing mixers routed to the same control device or stack, the emissions and amount of rubber processed for the connected mixers can be combined. Additionally, an alternative facility-wide average for THC emissions for all mixers is discussed in section A.2.d.</P>
                    <P>
                        The maximum THC parts per million (ppm) value (from minute-to-minute analysis provided during the information collection request (ICR)) from the 2 best performers is 25 ppm, so an appropriate instrument range is 0 to 50 ppm, which leads to an RDL value of 3.082 ppm and a 3xRDL value of 9.25 ppm. For additional information on how the EPA calculated these RDL values please see the memorandum titled 
                        <E T="03">Measurement Detection Capabilities for EPA for Instrumental Test Methods</E>
                         located in the docket for this rule. When this 3xRDL value is combined with the average flow rate, and production of the best performers, the result is 63.1 g/Mg rubber produced. Since the 3xRDL value is higher than the UPL value of 24 g/Mg rubber produced, the 3xRDL value (63.1 g/Mg) is the basis for the existing source MACT floor for all rubber processing, which is then set to 64 g/Mg.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94891"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Of the 12 mixers for which the EPA has measured emissions, 4 mixers (33 percent) have emissions (based on their calculated UPL) that are estimated to be greater than the final rule THC limit of 64 g/Mg rubber produced (rounded to 2 significant figures) and thus would need to install a control device. Therefore, we estimate that 33 percent of the 97 mixers (33 mixers) located at major sources would need to be controlled (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         by an RTO) to meet the final rule limit.
                    </P>
                    <P>Based on data received in response to the CAA section 114 information request, which shows on average currently installed RTOs are shared by 3 co-located mixers, EPA estimates, on average, one RTO will be shared by 3 mixers for any new RTOs installed as a result of this rulemaking. Accounting for the current number of mixers and RTOs at each major source facility, the EPA estimates that a total of 17 RTOs (corresponding to a total of 35 mixers) would likely be needed to comply with this final rule. Given that 9 RTOs already exist at the regulated facilities at issue, the EPA expects that the cumulative impact to industry would be the installation of 8 new RTOs. EPA acknowledges it is possible some facilities may choose to comply with the rule through a variety of technology pathways including the installation of boilers instead of RTOs or a different ratio of RTOs to mixers than assumed in this analysis. However, EPA has no way of accurately knowing how facilities will choose to comply thus we are unable to determine exactly what business decisions firms will make. For additional information on how EPA calculated the amount of RTOs likely to be installed for this rulemaking see the memo “Rubber Processing Control Costs, Emission Reductions, and Cost Effectiveness” available in the docket for this rulemaking (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. THC Beyond-The-Floor Existing Source Standard</HD>
                    <P>
                        In addition to determining the MACT floor level of control, as a second step in the standard-setting process, the EPA must also examine whether to adopt additional, and more stringent, “beyond-the-floor” regulatory options. The first step, as discussed in the preceding section, requires the establishment of an emission floor—developed under CAA section 112(d)(3). The second step requires consideration of whether additional reductions are achievable, taking into account the factors listed in section 112(d)(2) (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         cost, non-air quality health and environmental impacts, and energy requirements). If additional reductions are determined to be achievable, taking these factors into account, the resulting emissions standards are referred to as “beyond-the-floor” MACT standards.
                        <SU>8</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>8</SU>
                             CAA section 112(d)(2) provides, in pertinent part, that emissions standards promulgated under section 112 “shall require the maximum degree of reduction in emisions of the hazardous air pollutants,” after taking into consideration “the cost of achieving such emission reduction, and any non-air quality health and environmental impacts and energy requirements,” which EPA “determines is achievable.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Unlike the MACT floor, which represents the minimum stringency requirement, the EPA must consider various impacts of more stringent regulatory options when considering beyond-the-floor options. If the EPA concludes that the more stringent regulatory options are not reasonable, then EPA selects the MACT floor as the final MACT standard. However, if the EPA concludes that the beyond-the-floor levels of control are reasonable, when considering additional emissions reductions that would be achieved, then those beyond-the-floor measures represent the applicable MACT standard.</P>
                    <P>
                        As part of our beyond-the-floor analysis, we identify control options or techniques that could achieve emission reductions beyond the MACT floor level of control. The EPA did not identify any control options or techniques other than what is currently used (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         an RTO) that could serve as a basis for establishing a limit beyond the MACT floor.
                    </P>
                    <P>In addition to the lack of additional control options, the MACT floor limit for the existing source category already reflects the lowest concentration that can be reliably measured. Following the EPA's well-established approach to determining MACT floor limits, the EPA is finalizing a MACT floor limit for the existing source category that is based on the 3xRDL value. This is because—for the measurement method and data—the value of 3xRDL is higher than the combined calculated UPL for the 2 best performing sources. This MACT floor limit based on 3xRDL reflects the detection limit of the measurement method and represents the lowest concentration that can be reliably measured. Because no further measurable reductions can be achieved from these sources, EPA is unable to adopt a beyond-the-floor limit in this action.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. THC New Source Standard</HD>
                    <P>The THC MACT emission limits for new sources are based on the emission limitation achieved by the single best performing similar source. However, as stated above the MACT floor limit is based on the 3xRDL value for the measurement method and data because the 3xRDL value is higher than the combined UPL, and thus represents the lowest level at which THC can be reliably detected. Because the MACT floor limit is based on the 3xRDL value for the THC measurements, it is not feasible to establish a lower limit. Therefore, the final MACT standard for new and existing mixers is the MACT floor limit and is 64 g/Mg. You may choose to comply with the THC emission limit for each rubber processing mixer separately, or for a group of rubber processing mixers routed to the same control device or stack, the emissions and amount of rubber processed for the connected mixers can be combined. Additionally, an alternative facility-wide average for THC emissions for all mixers is discussed in section A.2.d.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Alternative THC Standard: Facility-Wide Averaging</HD>
                    <P>
                        In response to the proposed rule, the EPA received public comment regarding the potential for a facility-wide standard. Upon review, the EPA is establishing an alternative standard based on facility-wide averaging. Averaging across rubber mixers is appropriate, and consistent with CAA section 112(d)(2)-(3), because the total quantity of HAP that may be emitted by the regulated source is not greater than if each mixer complied separately with the applicable standard. For additional information on EPA's decision to include facility-wide averaging, see the Response to Comments document available in the docket for this rule (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392). This standard is based on averaging the individual emissions of each mixer at a facility. For an individual mixer, the THC emission limit for both new and existing sources is 64 g/Mg (1.3 × 10
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         lb/Mton) of rubber processed; thus, the average for all mixers across a facility is also 64 g/Mg. Because the THC emission limit is already set at the 3xRDL level, no emissions discount is applied for setting the standard for facility-wide averaging. To comply based on averaging, the facility would sum the emissions from all mixers at the facility over a 15-day period and divide the sum of the emissions by the sum of the rubber processed in all of the mixers at the facility over the same 15-day period.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Particulate Matter and Metal HAP</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Existing Source Standard</HD>
                    <P>
                        Based on responses to the CAA section 114 information request, the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94892"/>
                        EPA has fPM data from 7 mixers and of those metal HAP data is available from 5 of the mixers. The EPA had no reason to assume a difference in fPM and metal HAP emissions based on the mixing of silica-containing or non-silica-containing compounds. Thus, a single emission standard was calculated for mixing all classes of rubber compounds. For each mixer, the EPA calculated the 99 percent UPL for both fPM and the sum of the metal HAP that were measured (antimony, arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, manganese, mercury, nickel, phosphorous, and selenium).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Detailed data by individual run and for each metal HAP, as well as total metal HAP and fPM, were provided and are summarized in the memorandum, 
                        <E T="03">Final Rule Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) Analysis for the Rubber Processing Subcategory in the Rubber Tire Manufacturing Industry,</E>
                         included in the docket for this rulemaking. In the metal HAP measurements for Continental, Mt. Vernon, the phosphorous data were unreliable because of a contaminated reagent and are not included in the table and in the total metals. The PM data provided from USTMA before proposal for Danville mixers #5 and #7 were the only data containing fPM and corresponding rubber production data. The metal HAP data provided for Danville mixers #5 and #7 by USTMA before proposal were not in the format needed to calculate production-based emission rates.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        After proposal, the EPA also received additional fPM data from USTMA for 4 mixers as part of their public comments, and these data are also summarized in 
                        <E T="03">Final Rule Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) Analysis for the Rubber Processing Subcategory in the Rubber Tire Manufacturing Industry</E>
                         memorandum, available in the docket for this rule (Docket ID EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392). The data for 3 mixers consisted of at least 3 runs, which is consistent with the fPM testing that the EPA requested in the ICR, and the data for the fourth mixer consisted of only 2 runs, which is fewer than the minimum number of runs requested in the ICR and the number needed to calculate a UPL value.
                    </P>
                    <P>There are 97 mixers; for a source category of this size, the CAA requires the EPA to determine the average emission limitation achieved by the best performing 12 percent of the existing sources (for which the Administrator has information).</P>
                    <P>The EPA has metal HAP data from 5 mixers. The EPA calculated 12 percent of 5 mixers for metal HAP, which results in 0.6. When determining the best performing 12 percent of existing sources for the MACT floor pool, we round fractional amounts to the next whole number to ensure that the MACT floor calculations are based on no fewer than the best performing 12 percent of existing sources. In this instance, we rounded the value of 0.6 up to one mixer for purposes of determining the existing source MACT floor for metal HAP.</P>
                    <P>Since the EPA has fPM emissions data from a total of 10 mixers for which UPL values could be calculated, the MACT floor final rule limit for fPM is based on 12 percent of 10 mixers, which is 1.2. This includes the 7 tests from the EPA ICR, and 3 of the tests from USTMA for which a UPL value could be calculated. When determining the best performing 12 percent of existing sources for the MACT floor pool, we round fractional amounts to the next whole number to ensure that the MACT floor calculations are based on no fewer than the best performing 12 percent of existing sources. In this instance, we rounded the fPM of 1.2 up to 2 and the metal HAP value of 0.6 to one mixer for purposes of determining the existing source MACT. Because metal HAP are emitted as fPM, the EPA is using fPM as a surrogate for metal HAP. Additionally, the EPA is finalizing an alternative emission limit for total metal HAP. Data gathered from the CAA section 114 information request identified that the primary control devices utilized for metal HAP emissions on rubber tire mixers are baghouses and capture of fPM will reliably indicate capture of metal HAP. It is also practical to use fPM as a surrogate for metal HAP because the fPM emission limit accounts for variability in individual metal HAP emission rates among different batches of rubber compound being mixed.</P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA calculated the UPL for fPM as 2.5 g/Mg (4900 lb/Mton) of rubber produced and total metal HAP emission rate of 3.7 × 10
                        <E T="51">−</E>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         g/Mg (74 lb/Mton) rubber produced. The lowest fPM UPL emission rate and the lowest metal HAP emission rate were measured at the same mixer, and the fPM and metal HAP emissions were measured simultaneously.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA calculated the 3xRDL for fPM using the average flow rate of the top 2 mixers. The average flow rate was 9,622 dry standard cubic feet per minute (dscfm) and average production rate was 17.98 tons per hour (ton/hr) for Goodyear Lawton Mixer #1 and Goodyear Danville Mixer #7 as representative values. The calculations also used a fPM RDL of 2 mg and 3xRDL of 6 mg in a sample volume of 2 dscm, or 3 mg/dscm. These values would provide a fPM 3xRDL value of 3.0 g/Mg (6,000 lb/Mton) rubber processed. These calculations are detailed in the MACT memo for the final rule. Because the 3xRDL value is greater than the UPL, the final rule fPM emission limit is based on the 3xRDLvalue instead of the 99-percent UPL value. Rounded to 2 significant figures, this limit is 3.0 g/Mg (6.0 × 10
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         lb/Mton).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA also used the flow and production data from Goodyear Lawton Mixer #1 (top performer) to calculate the 3xRDL value for total metal HAP. The calculations used the RDL values for each metal HAP in a sample volume of 2 dscf. The total metal HAP 3xRDL value is 109.7 µg in a sample volume of 2 dscm, or a value of 5.4 × 10
                        <E T="51">−</E>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         g/Mg rubber (110 lb/Mton) rubber processed using the flow and production data for Goodyear Lawton Mixer #1. Because the 3xRDL value is greater than the UPL, the final rule total metal alternative emission limit is based on the 3xRDL value instead of the UPL value. Rounded to 2 significant figures, this limit is 5.4 × 10
                        <E T="51">−</E>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         g/Mg rubber (110 lb/Mton). These calculations are detailed in the memorandum titled 
                        <E T="03">Final Rule Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) Analysis for the Rubber Processing Subcategory in the Rubber Tire Manufacturing Industry</E>
                         found in the docket for this rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>You may choose to comply with the fPM emission limit (or the total metal HAP alternative) for each rubber processing mixer separately, or for a group of rubber processing mixers routed to the same control device or stack, the emissions and amount of rubber processed for the connected mixers can be combined. Additionally, an alternative facility-wide average of fPM (or total metal HAP) emissions for all mixers is discussed in section A.3.d.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. New Source Standard</HD>
                    <P>
                        The fPM and the total metal HAP alternative MACT emission limits for new sources are based on the emission limitation achieved by the best controlled similar source. However, as stated above the MACT floor limit is set at the value of the 3xRDL for the measurement method and data because the 3xRDL value is higher than the combined UPL. Because the MACT floor limit is set at the 3xRDL value for both fPM and the total metal alternative measurements, it is not feasible to establish a lower limit. Therefore, the final MACT standard for new and existing mixers is the MACT floor limit and is 3.0 g/Mg (6,000 lb/Mton) rubber processed for fPM and 5.4 × 10
                        <E T="51">−</E>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         g/Mg 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94893"/>
                        rubber (110 lb/Mton) for total metal HAP. You may choose to comply with the fPM emission limit (or the total metal HAP alternative) for each rubber processing mixer separately, or for a group of rubber processing mixers routed to the same control device or stack, the emissions and amount of rubber processed for the connected mixers can be combined. Additionally, an alternative facility-wide average of fPM (or total metal HAP) emissions for all mixers is discussed in section A.3.d.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Beyond the Floor Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        In addition to determining the MACT floor level of control, the EPA must examine more stringent “beyond-the-floor” regulatory options when establishing the applicable MACT emission limitation. Unlike the MACT floor minimum stringency requirements, when considering beyond-the-floor options, the CAA provides that the EPA must consider various impacts of the more stringent regulatory options in determining whether beyond-the-floor measures should be included in a final MACT emission standard. If the EPA concludes that the more stringent regulatory options are not reasonable, then the EPA selects the MACT floor as the final applicable MACT standard. However, if the EPA concludes that the beyond-the-floor levels of control are reasonable considering the additional emissions reductions that would be achieved, the EPA selects those levels as MACT.
                        <SU>9</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>9</SU>
                             As discussed in supra section III.A.2.b., EPA evaluates whether additional regulatory measures are appropriate under CAA section 112(d)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As part of our beyond-the-floor analysis, we identify control options or techniques that could achieve emission reductions beyond the MACT floor level of control. The EPA did not identify any control options or techniques other than what is currently used.</P>
                    <P>The existing source MACT floor limit is set at the value of the 3xRDL for the measurement method and data because the 3xRDL value is higher than the average UPL of the 2 lowest emitting sources for fPM and the UPL of the single lowest emitting source for total metal HAP. For both fPM and total metal HAP, the existing source MACT floor limit is set at the 3xRDL value, which represents the lowest concentration that can be measured. As such, we did not identify additional controls for reducing emissions further because no further reductions can be achieved that are measurable. The final MACT standard for existing mixers is the MACT floor limit and is set at the 3×RDL value.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Alternative fPM Standard: Facility-Wide Averaging</HD>
                    <P>
                        In response to the proposed rule, the EPA received public comment regarding the potential for a facility-wide standard. Upon review, the EPA agrees with the commenters, and is establishing an alternative standard based on facility-wide averaging. For additional information on EPA's decision to include facility-wide averaging, see the Response to Comments document available in the docket for this rule (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392). This standard is based on averaging the individual emissions of every mixer at a facility and can be applied to either the fPM or total metal HAP standard. For an individual mixer, the fPM emission limit for both new and existing sources is 3.0 g/Mg rubber produced (5.4 × 10
                        <E T="51">−</E>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         g/Mg for the total metal HAP alternative). Averaging this limit across all mixers at a facility results in an identical emission limit for the facility-wide alternative. Because the facility-wide average emission limit is identical to the limit for individual mixers, the EPA does not anticipate a difference in the achieved emissions reduction. As stated above, this approach is consistent with CAA section 112(d)(2)-(3), because the total quantity of HAP that may be emitted by the regulated source is not greater than if each mixer complied separately with the applicable standard.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">B. What other changes have been made to the NESHAP?</HD>
                    <P>We are updating the electronic reporting requirements found in 40 CFR 63.6009(k) and in 40 CFR 63.6010(g) and (h) to reflect new procedures for reporting CBI. The update provides an email address to which source owners and operators can electronically mail CBI to the OAQPS CBI Office when submitting compliance reports.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">C. What are the effective and compliance dates of the standards?</HD>
                    <P>
                        Amendments to the Rubber Tire Manufacturing NESHAP finalized in this rulemaking for adoption under CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3) are subject to the compliance deadlines outlined in the CAA under section 112(i). For existing sources, CAA section 112(i)(3) provides that there shall be compliance “as expeditiously as practicable, but in no event later than 3 years after the effective date of such standard,” subject to certain exemptions further detailed in the statute.
                        <SU>10</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In determining what compliance period is as “expeditious as practicable,” we consider the amount of time needed to plan and construct projects, as well as any time necessary to implement changes in operating procedures. As provided in CAA section 112(i), all new affected sources would comply with these provisions by the effective date of the final amendments to the Rubber Tire Manufacturing NESHAP or upon startup, whichever is later.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>10</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Association of Battery Recyclers</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">EPA</E>
                             716 F.3d 667, 672 (D.C. Cir. 2013) (“Section 112(i)(3)'s 3-year maximum compliance period applies generally to any emission standard . . . promulgated under [section 112]” (brackets in original).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The EPA projects that some existing sources may be required to install add-on controls to comply with the emission limits, including new RTOs and new or upgraded baghouses. These sources would require time to design, construct, conduct performance testing, and implement monitoring to comply with the revised provisions. Sources would also be required to install a THC continuous emissions monitoring system (CEMS) and conduct performance testing. Therefore, the final rule allows 3 years for existing sources to comply with the new emission standards. All affected facilities must continue meeting the current provisions of 40 CFR part 63, subpart XXXX, until the applicable compliance date of the amended rule. This final action does not meet the criteria under 5 U.S.C. 804(2), so the revisions to the MACT standards being promulgated by this action are effective on November 29, 2024 as specified in CAA section 112(d)(10).</P>
                    <P>For all affected sources that commence construction or reconstruction on or before November 16, 2023, the final rule provides 3 years after the effective date of the final rule (or upon startup, whichever is later) for owners and operators to comply with the provisions of this action. For all affected sources that commence construction or reconstruction after November 16, 2023, owners and operators must comply with the provisions by the effective date of the final rule (or upon startup, whichever is later).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. What is the rationale for our final decisions and amendments for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category?</HD>
                    <P>
                        For each issue, this section provides a description of what we proposed and what we are finalizing for the issue, the EPA's rationale for the final decisions and amendments, and a summary of key comments and responses. For all comments not discussed in this preamble, comment summaries and the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94894"/>
                        EPA's responses can be found in the comment summary and response document available in the docket.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Emission Standards for Unregulated Organic HAP Emissions From the Rubber Processing Subcategory</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. What did we propose pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3) for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category?</HD>
                    <P>In the proposed rule, published on November 16, 2023, we proposed emission limits for THC as a surrogate for organic HAP. Separate limits were proposed for mixing silica-containing and non-silica-containing rubber compounds, including different emission limits for new and existing sources. The proposed emission limits were based on the EPA's determination of the MACT floor after options more stringent than the MACT floor were determined to not be feasible or cost-effective. The format of the proposed limits was in grams of THC emitted per megagram of rubber produced over a 15-day period. The proposed limits for existing sources were based on the average emission rate of the top 2 best performing sources, and the limits for new sources were based on the lowest emitting source.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. How did the analysis pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3) change for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category?</HD>
                    <P>In the final rule, the EPA is promulgating THC emission limits as a surrogate for organic HAP for rubber processing but has made several changes since proposal. First, the EPA had proposed separate THC emission limits based on the mixing of silica-containing or non-silica-containing compounds because the EPA believed the presence of silica compounds impacted the emission profiles. However, for the final rule the EPA is not promulgating separate standards for mixing silica-containing and non-silica-containing rubber compounds. Second, the final THC emission limits for both new and existing sources are based on the 3xRDL value for THC because that value is higher than the calculated UPL of the 2 best performing sources for THC. Additionally, in response to comments, the EPA is not using data from mixers that tested and reported emissions prior to a control device such as an RTO. At proposal the EPA applied a DRE to the data from mixers that then routed emissions to an RTO, since those streams were combined with other mixers not being tested at that time. Since the EPA does not have true outlet data (outlet of control device) from those mixers, we determined it is inappropriate to use such data to set MACT standards. Finally, the EPA is allowing facilities to demonstrate compliance with the THC emission limit by averaging emissions across mixers at the same facility.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. What key comments did we receive on the analysis pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3), and what are our responses?</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comment:</E>
                         One commenter argued that emissions of organic HAP and THC vary too widely between mixers and even at different times at the same mixer to be practicably measured as the basis for an emission standard. The commenter noted that data already available to the EPA show that emission rates and species of organic HAP can vary depending on the tire component for which the rubber is being mixed, the different raw materials added, and the mixing conditions. The commenter stated that different organic HAP emissions are produced during rubber mixing from small amounts of organic HAP that are contained as impurities in the raw materials and are also generated by the mixing process when natural and synthetic rubbers are mixed at elevated temperatures. The commenter added that each product formulation may include different raw materials and ingredients because the unique combination of the different raw materials and ingredients imparts in a tire compound a specific combination of certain desired tire properties, such as traction, fuel efficiency, noise, vibration, robustness, etc. Thus, according to the commenter, the organic HAP and THC emission profile will differ from tire component to tire component and within the same tire component, between one product formulation and another.
                    </P>
                    <P>The same commenter added that different passes through the mixer within the rubber mixing process will also impact the levels of organic HAP and THC emissions from rubber mixers with the 3 major passes (initial, middle, and final) being different in terms of the raw materials and ingredients added, heating temperature, and duration. The commenter also noted that each pass specification is different from company to company and sometimes from plant to plant, and the passes that need to be run are different from tire component to tire component. As a result, according to the commenter, each pass will yield significantly different organic HAP and THC emissions, and the same pass at a different tire plant may produce significantly different organic HAP and THC emissions. The commenter stated that these differences in emissions were demonstrated by past industry testing, the testing in response to the EPA's ICR, and by the supplemental testing results submitted with the public comments.</P>
                    <P>The commenter argued that attempting to determine an appropriate emission limitation using an average of 15 days or longer does not mean that the resulting limitation would be representative of the actual performance of the particular mixers tested for the ICR, let alone the entire range of operations and designs of the nearly 100 mixers at major source tire manufacturing plants. The commenter stated that, depending on when 15 days of sampling were conducted, or which tire component a mixer happened to be processing entirely or primarily during emissions testing, the average THC concentration emitted could be far higher or lower than what would be measured during a different 15-day interval. The commenter added that what each mixer will produce or run, however, is entirely dependent on each tire plant's production quota that it must meet, and it is nearly impossible to forecast more than a couple of weeks in advance what each mixer will produce or run, such that the results of a short-term testing at a mixer that was running a certain combination of product formulation and pass may not be representative or indicative of its emission levels at other times. The commenter stated that impracticably lengthy and wide-ranging testing would be required both to ensure that emission measurement at such mixers can be used to set an emissions standard that the mixer can meet at other times and to demonstrate compliance with such an emissions standard.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, the commenter noted that THC emissions are so variable that the agency proposes in its RTR rule to not only require each mixer to be equipped with a CEMS, but also use a dual-range calibration system to capture the range of different emission levels. The commenter stated that the need to install, operate, and maintain a THC CEMS device at each mixer carries a heavy financial burden which underlines the impracticability of measuring THC emissions at rubber mixers. The commenter estimated that based on EPA's 2007 Cost Tool for CEMS, adjusted with current vendor costs for continuous monitoring systems and updated costs for labor, installing continuous THC monitors for all mixers would impose a capital cost of millions of dollars per facility, with annualized capital and operating costs of around $180,000 to $1.8 million per plant. The 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94895"/>
                        commenter estimated that the cost may be as much as $9 million annually for the rubber tire manufacturing industry to monitor THC emissions.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Response:</E>
                         The EPA disagrees with the commenter's statement that emissions of THC vary too widely to be practicably measured. While the EPA acknowledges that manufacturing rubber tires, like many other manufacturing processes, exhibits variable emissions. However, in phase I of the 114 information collection request, data received showed all known mixers within this source category have stacks where emissions can be measured; as such, emissions measured at these point sources may be used to set a numerical emission standard. The EPA collected from the industry and then processed data that demonstrate this source variability; the EPA obtained from industry test results from a variety of mixers at different facilities that run different types of passes. Data were gathered for 30 days per mixer to account for emissions variability and show representative data during normal operation. Additionally, the EPA set emission limits based on a 15-day average, and the UPL for the mixers, which is an approach used by the EPA in this and other standards, calculated from all 15-day averages in the data from each mixer to account for variability in emissions. Facilities may need to install and operate control devices, such as an RTO or similar control technology, to account for variability while ensuring the emission limit is met.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The Agency agrees with the commenter's assertions that THC CEMS are necessary due to variability, as stressed by the commenter, but disagrees that dual-range calibration systems are required, and further disagrees that industry would be required to pay annualized costs of between $180,000 to $1.8 million per plant. As mentioned earlier, given the potential disparity between and among individual mixer emissions, coupled with the lack of THC data from source owners or operators, the EPA's ICR obtained at least 30 days of continuous THC data per mixer. Source owners or operators may not have known their mixers' THC emissions or potential emission limit during ICR testing; however, now that the THC emission limit is known, source owners need not choose a dual-range THC CEMS; rather they can select an instrument with a range appropriate for the emission limit. Of course, should source owners or operators believe additional calibrated ranges beyond the emission limit are necessary, they are able to select and use multiple ranges—but those additional range choices represent voluntary selection and are not imposed by this rule. The EPA agrees that THC CEMS have the ability to properly measure a wide range of emissions and that they also provide those data continuously, which allows for ongoing compliance demonstration, unlike the sporadic compliance demonstration offered by periodic testing. As an aside, most THC CEMS include a built-in variety of ranges, including site-developed and selected ranges, so source owners or operators should have little trouble narrowing their instruments' focus on a range appropriate to the THC emission limit. EPA's Monitoring and Cost Analysis Tool shows the initial cost of a THC CEMS is less than $145,000 and the annualized cost would be less than $50,000. Finally, the EPA estimated the cost for installing and operating a THC CEMS for each individual mixer.
                        <SU>11</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, it is likely that facilities will choose to share THC CEMS given that one THC CEMS should be able to serve 3 mixers—and perhaps more.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>11</SU>
                             For calculations of the THC CEMS cost, see the memorandum 
                            <E T="03">Final Rule—Rubber Processing Control Costs Emission Reductions, and Cost Effectiveness,</E>
                             available in the docket for this rule (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comment:</E>
                         One commenter argued the EPA should establish work practice standards under CAA section 112(h) instead of numerical emission limits. The commenter stated that the unique characteristics of mixing operations at tire manufacturing facilities imply that not even multiple days of stack testing a single mixer would be sufficient to produce organic HAP or THC emission rates that even that mixer would have a high probability of not exceeding during other periods of operation. The commenter cited Continental's 2019 engineering test at Mixer 22, to argue that when processing a single worst-case rubber formulation or compound most likely to generate highest emissions of ethanol, the resulting THC emissions may be almost 2 times higher than during any other time. The commenter continued by saying if this single worst-case rubber formulation were processed 15 days in a row at Mixer 22, it would generate THC emissions at rates nearly 7 times higher than the EPA's proposed THC emission limit for silica-containing category for existing sources, even after RTO control—despite the fact that the EPA identified Continental Mixer 22 as the best performing mixer among those mixers for which the EPA has test data.
                    </P>
                    <P>The commenter stated that it would be prohibitively costly and time-consuming to conduct enough stack testing on individual mixers, performed on enough mixers, to determine emission rates representative of the ranges of operations of mixers at tire plants, which would be needed to support establishment of emissions limitations that all mixers would have to meet at all times. The commenter added that even if stack testing could reasonably be accomplished to support emission limitations, modifying dozens of mixers to allow compliance testing, and then conducting enough stack tests on each of those mixers to be assured that measured emissions fall below the emissions limitations, would itself be impracticable.</P>
                    <P>The commenter argued that mixers, therefore, present a clear example of a type of source for which the measurement of emissions is not practicable due to technological or economic factors, and so work practice standards are authorized and appropriate under CAA section 112(h). The commenter argues that the impracticability of measuring (for purposes of establishing emission limitations, or for purposes of determining compliance) emissions that vary widely over time and over the variety of products manufactured is precisely the kind of situation in which the EPA can and should use work practice standards. As an example, the commenter refers to the EPA rulemaking setting MACT standards for periodic [batch] brick kilns, where the EPA concluded that work standards were appropriate due to the wide variety in emissions over time and products manufactured.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Response:</E>
                         The EPA disagrees with the commenter's statement that the EPA should recognize that conditions at rubber mixers warrant the establishment of work practice standards in lieu of numerical emissions limits. CAA section 112(h) provides, in pertinent part, that the EPA may establish a design, equipment, work practice, or operational standard if it is “not feasible” for EPA to prescribe or enforce an emission standard. CAA section 112(h)(2)(A) further clarifies that the phrase “not feasible to prescribe or enforce an emission standard” includes situations in which “a hazardous air pollutant or pollutants cannot be emitted through a conveyance designed and constructed to emit or capture such pollutant . . .”
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA acknowledges that, like many other regulated source categories, rubber processing is a “batch” process. However, as stated in the 2020 RTR (85 FR 44752), rubber processing is a 
                        <E T="03">continuous</E>
                         batch operation which generates more consistent emissions than other batch processes. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94896"/>
                        Additionally, a 15-day average inherently reduces the effect of emissions variability and allows owners and operators to determine whether it is necessary to install and operate a control device, such as an RTO, to ensure that the emission limit is met at all times. As verified in the responses to phase I of the ICR, all mixers route to stacks which can and should be used for testing and for emissions measurements to establish appropriate emission limits for the rubber processing subcategory. As such, since rubber processing operations emissions are, or are capable of being, routed to stacks, these operations do not satisfy the requirement described in CAA section 112(h)(2)(A).
                    </P>
                    <P>The EPA disagrees with the commenter that the test results at Continental mixers 12 and 22 in 2019 support the need for a work practice standard. The test results cited by commenters were obtained over relatively short test runs of only 3 hours per test condition. The EPA acknowledges that individual mixers will exhibit variable emissions, depending on the material being mixed and the pass of the material through the mixer, and this was also shown in the phase II emissions testing conducted to support this rulemaking. However, the EPA has specifically addressed the issue of emissions variability by establishing the standards based on a 15-day average THC emission rate, rather than on short-term testing.</P>
                    <P>The EPA also disagrees with the commenter's assertion that rubber processing is comparable to periodic [batch] brick kilns. Unlike the process of rubber tire production, brick kilns are truly batch processes that may take from between several days to nearly a week (or more) to complete, whereas rubber processing is a continuous batch process where each batch takes only a few minutes, then another batch is mixed allowing for more steady emissions. Therefore, the type of scenario described by commentors (whereby they claim that the process with the highest emissions could result in exceeding the limit seven-fold) is not expected to occur during normal business operations. In addition, the HAP of concern (and their potential surrogates) for periodic brick kilns cannot be easily measured on a continuous basis, whereas THC can be monitored continuously with a CEMS. Therefore, the situations are not comparable.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comment:</E>
                         One commenter disagreed with the EPA's decision to regulate organic HAP through the use of THC as a surrogate instead of developing a design, equipment, work practice, or operational standard under CAA section 112(h) because measurement of organic HAP emissions from mixing is infeasible. The commenter argued that the EPA ignored process information and emissions testing, provided by USTMA members, that showed THC is not an appropriate surrogate because it is affected primarily by emissions of pollutants that are not classified as HAPs. The commenter stated that organic HAP testing required by the EPA through the ICR, as well as additional testing conducted at numerous USTMA member mixers, demonstrated that organic HAP emissions are not correlated with THC emissions and that HAP emissions are affected by different factors. The commenter argued that, unlike the instances in which the EPA's use of surrogate emission limitations has been upheld by the court, in the Rubber Processing affected source subcategory, even the “MACT floor” best performer mixers sometimes do not have emission control technologies in place that reduce either organic HAPs or THC, nor is there some aspect of the mixing process that can be controlled that affects THC and organic HAPs similarly, such as how controlling incomplete combustion in a boiler affects both carbon monoxide and organic HAP emissions.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Response:</E>
                         The EPA disagrees with the commenter's statement that THC is not a viable surrogate for organic HAP. We have long recognized that regulation by surrogate is appropriate, so long as controlling emissions of the surrogate achieves the Act's requirement to limit emissions of corresponding HAPs. See 
                        <E T="03">Sierra Club</E>
                         v 
                        <E T="03">EPA</E>
                        , 863 F.3d at 838 (D.C. Cir. 2017); 
                        <E T="03">U.S. Sugar</E>
                         v 
                        <E T="03">EPA</E>
                        , 830 F.3d at 628 (D.C. Cir. 2016).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        EPA acknowledges the commenter provided additional data relevant to a relationship between THC and volatile organic HAP. However, data provided by the commenter only shows limited data, whereas historical testing (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         HAP data collected by a predecessor rubber tire manufacturing trade organization to support the development of AP-42 emission factors) shows over 40 organic HAP emitted from a bench scale mixing operation.
                    </P>
                    <P>Additionally, upon further review the data submitted relevant to the relationship between THC and volatile organic HAP was done in short 3 run tests, unlike the 30 days of continuous THC data collected as part of ICR. As the commenter has stated throughout their comment document, emissions are variable, thus a simple 3 run test for THC is not likely to take variability into account, unlike the 30-day continuous THC data used to set the MACT floor. Additionally, the ICR required concurrent testing for both semi-volatile organic compounds and THC; however, the data supplied by the commenter were not collected concurrently, greatly reducing, if not eliminating, their suitability for showing a correlation between the datasets due to differing operation conditions during data collection. Finally, the data collected by the commenter were not certified according to the requirements of the ICR. For these reasons, the EPA is unable to assess the usefulness or suitability of the data collected and submitted by the commenter regarding the relationship between THC and organic HAP.</P>
                    <P>
                        The commenter is expecting a single shared correlation to exist across all sources; however, the EPA believes each source will have its own individual relationship between organic HAP and THC. The figure below provides an example, showing the relationship between the concurrently-collected organic HAP and THC data obtained from the best-performing THC source (Continental Mt. Vernon Mixer 22). These data were collected, certified, and submitted by that source.
                        <SU>12</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Note that THC increases as organic HAP increases and that the relationship has an R-squared value of 0.959, which indicates a very high correlation between the THC and organic HAP measurements.
                        <SU>13</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Although the EPA only has concurrent organic HAP and THC data from the best performing source, we expect, based on the data before us, that the better performing sources would exhibit similarly high correlations.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>12</SU>
                             See test reports for Continental Mixer 22, Goodyear Lawson Mixer 1, Goodyear Fayetteville Mixer 8, Goodyear Danville Mixer 7, Michelin Mixer 81, and Cooper Mixer 9. Note that Goodyear Fayetteville Mixer 8 and Goodyear Lawson Mixer 1 data are separated according to Belt, Tread, and Mixer categories.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>13</SU>
                             R-squared values shows the relationship between two variable (THC and organic HAP). Generally, R-squared values range from 0 to 1. A value of 0 implies that there is no relationship, while a value of 1indicates a direct relationship.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="265">
                        <PRTPAGE P="94897"/>
                        <GID>ER29NO24.000</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        Figure 1. Relationship between Organic HAP and THC for the best performing source.
                        <SU>14</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>14</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">THC</E>
                             vs 
                            <E T="03">Organic HAP</E>
                             tables are available in the docket for this rulemaking.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In this case THC encompasses all relevant organic HAP emitted. Additionally, by using a control device such as an RTO, which is currently operated in the source category and which meets minimum temperature, loading, and retention times, one can reasonably conclude that the associated organic HAP is also being controlled. VOC destruction (which includes organic HAP) efficiencies range from 95 to 99 percent, according to EPA's Air Pollution Control Technology Fact Sheet.
                        <SU>15</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Although combustion is a complex process that can produce some HAP, it is well documented that the use of an RTO is an effective way to reduce organic HAP.
                        <SU>16</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         While the use of RTOs does have secondary impacts,
                        <SU>17</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the EPA expects few HAP emissions created as a result of combustion in an RTO: the EPA's experience for any such created HAP is that they are below current detection levels.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>15</SU>
                             See EPA's Regenerative Thermal Oxidizer Fact Sheet EPA-452/F-03-021, available at 
                            <E T="03">https://nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=P1008OH5.PDF.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>16</SU>
                             See EPA's Thermal Oxidizer Fact Sheet EPA-452/F-03-022, availabe at 
                            <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/sites/production/files/2020/11/documents/thermal.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>17</SU>
                             See the memorandum Final Rule—Rubber Processing Control Costs, Emission Reductions, and Cost Effectiveness available in the docket for this rule (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As a result, the EPA believes THC is both a reasonable and viable surrogate to represent organic HAP emitted from rubber processing.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comment:</E>
                         One commenter argued that the EPA cannot subcategorize an industry category based on factors that are unrelated to HAP emissions, including whether silica is an ingredient in the rubber compound being mixed, whether the mixer has high emissions of a non-HAP (THC), or whether the mixer already has a particular type of control technology. The commenter stated that USTMA's supplemental testing shows that high emissions of THC are not correlated with high emissions of organic HAPs, and thus the EPA should not subcategorize mixers or set different limitations for mixers where silica is used in the compound being mixed based on the perception that this leads to higher THC emissions. The commenter added that even if subcategorizing were appropriate because of higher THC emissions associated with the silanization reaction when mixing high-silica tread compounds and silane coupling agents under certain operating conditions, the limits should apply only when silane coupling agents are being introduced under such operating conditions. The commenter argued subcategories should not be based solely on the presence of silica as an ingredient, because the presence of silica as an ingredient on its own (without silane coupling agents) is not expected to contribute to higher THC or organic HAP emissions, and this was confirmed by the emissions data the EPA collected through the ICR testing and supplemental emission testing at USTMA member facilities.
                    </P>
                    <P>The commenter argued that the EPA's derivation of MACT floor emission limitations for THC fails to meet the statutory directive because the EPA ignored “emissions information” that CAA section 112(d)(3) requires it to consider, which shows that less than 12 percent of existing mixers achieve an emission limitation reflective of RTO controls, because only 4 percent of mixers are routed continuously to an RTO. The commenter asserted that while additional mixers are controlled intermittently with an RTO, RTO control does not represent an “emission limitation achieved” by those additional mixers, since an emission limitation, by statutory definition and as interpreted by the Court and by the EPA, is only a level of control that is achieved on a continuous basis.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Response:</E>
                         The EPA acknowledges the commenter's statement that an increase in THC emissions is attributed to the addition of both silica and the silane coupling agent (forms bonds between organic and inorganic materials). Upon further evaluation, the EPA agrees there are factors other than just the addition of silica, such as the inclusion of a silane coupling agent, variations in raw materials used, and type of rubber being processed, that create different emission profiles. In response, the EPA decided to set a single standard for THC emissions from mixers for the final rule.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94898"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>The EPA disagrees with the commenter's statement that the EPA selected separate standards based on what processes were currently controlled. As stated in the proposal, the EPA determined it was appropriate to set separate standards for silica-containing batches and non-silica-containing batches due to expected different emission profiles between the 2 processes that use different raw materials, because the addition of silica leads to chemical reactions producing additional organics. The expected increase in organics for silica-containing batches is represented by higher levels of THC emissions compared to non-silica batches.</P>
                    <P>
                        Furthermore, the standard based on the application of RTOs as a control technology satisfies the CAA's requirement that an emission limitation or standard apply continuously. Commenters misstate the statutory requirements, suggesting that a control technology must be used continuously for an emission standard to be valid. This is incorrect; commenter's position conflates the requirement that a standard apply continuously with the notion that a control technology, or tool used to achieve that standard, apply, or be operated continuously. In this MACT Final Rule, the EPA determined that one standard will apply to all units. The requirement to meet this standard is “continuous,” in that regulated parties must demonstrate compliance with the emission rate standards at all times (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         there are no exceptions for periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction). However, a regulated party need not operate an RTO, if the regulated party can demonstrate compliance with the emission rate standard. This is consistent with other emission standards, in that a regulated party is generally not required to conform to any specific control technology, provided they demonstrate compliance with the emission standard at all times.
                    </P>
                    <P>The EPA disagrees that our MACT floor emissions limitation for THC failed to meet the statutory directive. The CAA provides specific guidance for setting MACT standards for source categories which include setting the average emission limitation achieved by the best-performing 12 percent of the existing sources (for which the Administrator has emissions information). For this source category, the EPA only received emissions data from 17 mixers, and data from only 12 mixers represented actual THC emissions after the application of any controls (THC data from five mixers were collected before an RTO and EPA was unable to accurately estimate values for their emissions after being controlled by an RTO); therefore, the EPA set the MACT standard for THC using the actual THC emissions data from the 12 mixers that were made available to the Administrator as the CAA requires.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comment:</E>
                         One commenter stated that tire plants typically have a number of mixers, which may be used for different purposes on different days or even different portions of a day, and tire plants must have the flexibility with the mixers to produce the rubber needed for various processes within the Tire Production affected source, in the quantities involved and on the time schedule involved.
                    </P>
                    <P>The commenter argued that the proposed rule treats the mixers as if each one operated entirely independently of other mixers at the plant and would not recognize the interplay among mixer exhaust points, requiring each mixer exhaust to demonstrate compliance with an identical emission limitation.</P>
                    <P>The commenter recommended that instead, numerical emission limitations for THC should be expressed as the overall average of pounds of THC emissions per ton of rubber processed for all mixers at the plant. The commenter suggested this would recognize that mixers are used in an interrelated way, and it would allow tire plants to more cost-effectively optimize controls to prevent excessive emissions across the entire facility. The commenter noted that the EPA has taken this approach for numerous other source categories and averaged emissions would still reflect MACT.</P>
                    <P>The commenter added that expressing a THC numerical emission limitation as an overall average for all mixers at a plant would allow plants to optimize their investments by installing controls on units where lower emissions can be most cost effective, facilitate pollution prevention innovations, and facilitate tire plants developing measures that reduce organic HAP emissions by taking advantage of the interconnectedness of mixers in ways that might, for example, affect emissions only from particular compounds or particular passes. Finally, the commenter noted that emissions averaging may also allow for control options that benefit the environment by minimizing energy use.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Response:</E>
                         The EPA agrees with the commenter that a facility wide-average emission limit for mixers is an appropriate approach to account for variability in emissions among mixers and to provide flexibility in demonstrating compliance. In response to the comment, the EPA has added an alternative compliance option for THC that allows facilities to average their emissions at all mixers at an individual facility to meet the emission limit. (The EPA has allowed a similar option for demonstrating compliance with the limits for fPM described below in section IV.B. of this preamble.)
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. What is the rationale for our final approach for the final rule?</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons explained in the preamble to the proposed rule (88 FR 78692, November 16, 2023), and in the comment responses above in section IV.A.3. of this preamble, we are finalizing the emission limits for THC as a surrogate for organic HAP from rubber processing as proposed, but with several changes since proposal. First, we are establishing a single emission limit for THC without separate emission limits for subcategories for mixing silica-containing and non-silica-containing compounds to reflect the fact that variables other than silica affect emissions, such as the inclusion of a silane coupling agent, variations in raw materials used, and type of rubber being processed. Therefore, the EPA determined it was not appropriate to separate emission limits by silica and non-silica. Additionally, by setting a single emission limit instead of two separate emission limits, the compliance demonstration for facilities that mix multiple compounds in the same mixer at different times will be significantly simplified. Second, upon additional review of the data and new knowledge of emission range that contributes to the calculation of 3xRDL, we are revising the THC emission limit for new and existing rubber processing affected sources so that it is equal to the 3xRDL value for THC emission measurements calculated from the available testing data. The same 3xRDL value will apply to both new and existing rubber processing affected sources, and the 3xRDL value in the final rule is higher than the proposed THC emission limits for new and existing sources for both silica-containing and non-silica-containing batches. Third, in response to comments, we are allowing owners and operators to demonstrate compliance with the THC emission limit by using facility-wide averaging among mixers within a single facility. For each 15-day compliance period, the owner or operator would demonstrate compliance using averaging by summing the mass of emissions from the mixers included in the average over that period and dividing that sum by the sum of the rubber produced from the same mixers over the same period. This change results in reducing reporting burden and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94899"/>
                        accounts for additional variability across the source category.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Emission Standards for Unregulated Metal HAP Emissions From the Rubber Processing Subcategory</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. What did we propose pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3) for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category?</HD>
                    <P>Based on responses to the CAA section 114 information request, the EPA had fPM data from 7 mixers and of those metal HAP data from 5 of the mixers. The EPA had no reason to assume a difference in fPM and metal HAP emissions based on the mixing of silica-containing or non-silica-containing compounds, as silica was expected to cause an increase in organic emissions, which does not impact PM. Thus, a single emission standard was proposed for mixing of all rubber compounds. For each mixer, the EPA calculated the 99 percent UPL for both fPM and the sum of the metal HAP that were measured (antimony, arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, manganese, mercury, nickel, phosphorus, and selenium). The CAA requires the EPA to determine the average emission limitation achieved by the best performing 12 percent of the existing sources (for which the Administrator has information) when establishing the MACT floor level of control. There are an estimated 97 mixers in the source category, and the MACT floor is calculated using data from the top performing 12 percent of mixers for which we have data. At proposal, the EPA had fPM data from 7 mixers and of those metal HAP data for 5 of the mixers. The EPA calculated 12 percent of 7 mixers (fPM) and 12 percent of 5 mixers (metal HAP) which results in 0.84 and 0.6, respectively. When determining the best performing 12 percent of existing sources for the MACT floor pool, we rounded the fractional amounts to the next whole number of mixers. In this instance, we rounded up to one mixer for purposes of determining the existing source MACT floors for both the fPM and metal HAP emission limits.</P>
                    <P>When setting new source MACT floors, the emission limit is achieved in practice by the best controlled similar source. As a result, the MACT floors for both new and existing sources are based on the best performing existing source. Based on responses to the CAA section 114 information request, all mixers in this subcategory are controlled by a baghouse or similar control devices which control PM emissions.</P>
                    <P>To account for variability in the rubber processing operations and resulting emissions, the stack test data were used to calculate the PM MACT floor limits based on the 99 percent UPL.</P>
                    <P>We calculated the MACT floor UPL emission rate for fPM as 1.7 g/Mg (3,410 pounds per million tons (lb/Mton)) rubber produced, and a total metal HAP UPL emission rate of 0.037 g/Mg (74.1 lb/Mton) rubber produced. The lowest fPM emission rate and the lowest metal HAP emission rate were measured at the same mixer, and the fPM and metal HAP emissions were measured simultaneously. Because metal HAP are emitted as fPM, the EPA proposed an emission limit for fPM as a surrogate for metal HAP, and also an alternative emission limit for total metal HAP itself. The baghouses that are used to capture fPM will also reliably capture metal HAP, and the fPM emission limit accounts for variability in individual metal HAP emission rates among different batches of rubber compound being mixed.</P>
                    <P>Because the proposed standards for new and existing sources are based on the best performing mixer, which is already controlled by a baghouse, and no more effective controls than a baghouse for PM or metal HAP are in use or were identified, we did not identify any beyond-the-floor options to evaluate for either existing or new mixers.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. How did the analysis pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3) change for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category?</HD>
                    <P>Since proposal, the EPA has received additional fPM data for 3 mixers (bringing the total to 10) and has recalculated the MACT floor to include the additional data and has also recalculated the 3xRDL values for fPM and metal HAP. (The EPA also received fPM data for a fourth additional mixer in the public comments, but those data did not include the production data needed to calculate emissions per mass of rubber processed, so the fourth mixer could not be included in the final rule MACT analysis.) The final rule limits for fPM and metal HAP have been increased since proposal. The existing source MACT floor UPL has been recalculated using the combined data from the 2 lowest emitting mixers because they represent 12 percent of the 10 mixers for which the Administrator now has fPM data. The EPA has also recalculated the 3xRDL value to reflect the higher number of sources for which the Administrator has data.</P>
                    <P>The final rule limits for fPM and metal HAP also include the option of facility-wide averaging among mixers to demonstrate compliance.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. What key comments did we receive on the analysis pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3), and what are our responses?</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comment:</E>
                         One commenter argued that the EPA should find that HAP metals emissions from mixers are already controlled and are incidental to the very efficient dust control measures that are an integral part of mixing operations for materials recovery purposes and safety reasons, and therefore there is no “gap” that is “necessary” for the EPA to fill under CAA section 112(d)(6), as the EPA effectively already recognized in the 2020 RTR rulemaking. The commenter asserted it is inappropriate to impose additional costs for essentially no benefit, since metals emissions from mixing are already low, often below detection limits, and the EPA has already determined the residual risk from metals emissions from all processes at tire plants is acceptable. However, the commenter agreed that if the EPA nevertheless imposes new limits on HAP metal emissions from mixing, then total fPM is an appropriate surrogate, and establishing alternative emission limitations for HAP metals as the EPA proposed is permissible under the CAA.
                    </P>
                    <P>The commenter also argued that the EPA should base the MACT floor for fPM on more than just a single mixer and supplied additional particulate test data from which the EPA could calculate a fPM emission limitation substantially higher than what the EPA proposed.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Response:</E>
                         The EPA disagrees that there is no “gap” in the standards for metal HAPs. While mixers operate baghouses to control nuisance PM, the current MACT standard does not specifically regulate emissions of metal HAP or the fPM surrogate from mixers. Metal HAPs emitted during rubber processing include, antimony, arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, manganese, mercury, nickel, phosphorus, and selenium.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The court in 
                        <E T="03">National Lime Association</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">EPA,</E>
                         233 F.3d 625, 633-34 (D.C. Cir. 2000), found that section 112(d)(1) requires the EPA to set emissions standards for all listed HAP emitted from each listed major source category (or subcategory). The court in 
                        <E T="03">Sierra Club</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">EPA,</E>
                         479 F.3d 875, 878 (D.C. Cir. 2007) confirmed the prior holding in 
                        <E T="03">National Lime Association</E>
                         that section 112(d)(1) requires the EPA 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94900"/>
                        to set emissions standards for all listed HAP emitted from each listed major source category (or subcategory). Additionally, the 
                        <E T="03">LEAN</E>
                         decision requires that when the EPA undertakes a 112(d)(6) technology review, it must set a MACT standard for previously unregulated pollutants, even if there is a prior risk assessment that identifies the risk from those pollutants as “low.” 
                        <SU>18</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This requirement, that the EPA address all enumerated air toxic pollutants, is applicable to the EPA regardless of any findings that the EPA has made regarding the risk posed by the expected emission levels from those currently unregulated pollutants, or other cited considerations from commenters.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>18</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See LEAN,</E>
                             955 F.3d 1088 at 109 (“We hold that . . . EPA's section 112(d)(6) review of a source category's emission standard must address all listed air toxics the source category emits.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The CAA does not authorize the EPA to decline to set the emission limits required by 112(d)(1) because a risk assessment under 112(f)(2) finds that the existing standards provide an ample margin of safety. It is clear that Congress intended the EPA to set technology-based standards that address all emitted HAP, and the EPA does not agree that the absence of such limits in an existing NESHAP justifies a decision at this point not to address all emitted HAP from a major source.</P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, the CAA provides specific guidance for setting MACT standards for source categories, which includes setting the average emission limitation achieved by the best-performing 12 percent of the existing sources (for which the Administrator has emissions information). For this source category the EPA received fPM emissions data from 7 mixers before proposal and from 3 more mixers since proposal that could be used to calculate UPL values for each mixer. Therefore, for the proposed rule, the EPA set the MACT standard using the top 12 percent of the 7 mixers data (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the best performing mixer) that was made available to the administrator at proposal, as the act requires. However, after proposal the EPA received additional fPM data representing 4 more mixers, including 3 mixers with enough data to calculate a UPL value. (The data for one mixer included only 2 runs.) For the final rule, the EPA has recalculated the MACT floor for existing sources using the data from the 2 best performing mixers, but the MACT floor for new sources is still equal to the best performing source. The MACT floor fPM UPL emission limit for existing sources from the combined data for the 2 lowest emitters is 2.4 g/Mg (4.9 × 10
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         lb/Mton). However, the recalculated 3xRDL from the same 2 mixers is equal to 3.0 g/Mg (6.0 × 10
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         lb/Mton).
                    </P>
                    <P>The EPA acknowledges the commenter agrees with the EPA that fPM is an appropriate surrogate for HAP metals, noting that fPM contains HAP metals and that fPM control devices such as baghouses also collect HAP metals, just as THC emissions contain organic HAP and that THC control devices such as thermal oxidizers also control organic HAP emissions.</P>
                    <P>This rule correctly applies statutory requirements, consistent with past Agency practice, to select the best performing source and to calculate appropriate emission limits. In keeping with regulatory requirements and past Agency practice, this rule applies techniques to ensure source owners or operators can determine compliance with the rule on a continuous basis. While use of PM CEMS could provide this information, the rule allows the use of bag leak detection system (BLDS) parameter measurement to supply data upon which compliance can be determined. The commenter's assertion that mixer emissions are too variable and should escape regulation appears to disregard the use of a 15-day averaging period, which, as described earlier, smooths out production and emissions spikes and dips. Contrary to the commenter's view, BLDS parameters provide a better description of ongoing baghouse operation than the typical baghouse continuous parameters of pressure drop and flow rate, which typically only show catastrophic failure.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comment:</E>
                         One commenter argued that the EPA must base the fPM emission limitations on stack tests conducted while mixing nonproductive rubber. The commenter stated that the EPA has long recognized that the majority of emissions from rubber mixing occur during nonproductive passes, such as in the documentation supporting the AP-42 emission factors for rubber tire manufacturing. The commenter noted that most of the raw materials are added during the nonproductive passes, so one would expect that fPM emissions during nonproductive passes are greater than during mixing of productive rubber. The commenter noted that the available fPM emissions data from both the ICR testing and the additional fPM stack testing data submitted by the commenter show that fPM emissions were higher when mixing non-productive passes: over twice as high on a concentration basis and over 5 times higher on a mass of fPM per mass of rubber processed basis.
                        <SU>19</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>19</SU>
                             The commenter cited the data presented on pages 4-6 of Attachment 4 of docket item EPA&amp;HQ-OAR-19-0132.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The commenter asserted that MACT floor emissions must represent an emissions rate that the best performers can achieve under the worst-case conditions,
                        <SU>20</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and an fPM emission limitation based on what the best performers achieve during productive passes would not reflect what those mixers can achieve during non-productive passes. The commenter stated that a majority of mixers at major-source tire plants either are presently used or could be used for non-productive passes, and non-productive mixing is essential for processing rubber for rubber tire components. The commenter added that the EPA would have to conduct additional fPM emissions testing and data collection and re-propose if the EPA wanted to create 2 subcategories of mixers for productive and non-productive rubber fPM emission limitations. Thus, according to the commenter, the EPA must establish fPM surrogate emissions limitations based only on testing that occurred while mixing non-productive rubber.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>20</SU>
                             The commenter cited, 
                            <E T="03">e.g., National Ass'n of Clean Water Agencies</E>
                             v . 
                            <E T="03">EPA,</E>
                             F.3d 1115, 1132 (D.C. Cir. 2013) (“[A]s we explained in 
                            <E T="03">Sierra Club,</E>
                             it is reasonable to expect that the incinerator on which the MACT floors are based should be able to ‘in practice,’ which it could not do unless ‘achieved in practice’ meant ‘achieved under the worst forseeable circumstancfes,’ ”) (internal citations omitted); 
                            <E T="03">Mossville Environmental Action Now</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">EPA</E>
                            , 370 F.3d 1232 1242 (D.C. Cir. 2004) (“[E]ven the best performing sources occasionally have spikes, and under the standard, each facility must meet the 400 ppm standard every day and under all operating conditions.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Response:</E>
                         The EPA disagrees that the final rule limit cannot be achieved by sources during the mixing of non-productive rubber passes. The emission standard was developed based on data submitted to EPA by regulated parties, and the emission standard is therefore “achieved in practice” by the best controlled similar source. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         CAA section 112(d)(3). In the data provided by USTMA in Attachment 6 to their comments, Goodyear Mt. Vernon Mixer #14 achieved an average emission rate of 2.3 g/Mg while mixing non-productive rubber on all 3 passes. As explained above in the response to comments in this same section, the EPA has revised the fPM limit in the final rule to 3.0 g/Mg and added facility wide averaging allowing for increased flexibility to account for variability in emissions. Therefore, the final rule emission limits are achievable during the mixing of non-productive rubber on 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94901"/>
                        all passes.. For a detailed discussion of the EPA stance on worst-case performance, see section IV.c. of the Response to Comments document found in the docket for this rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. What is the rationale for our final approach for the final rule?</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons explained in the preamble to the proposed rule (88 FR 78692, November 16, 2023), and in the comment responses above in section IV.B.3. of this preamble, we are promulgating emission limits for fPM from rubber processing with several changes since proposal. First, we are revising the emission limit for both fPM and metal HAP. For fPM, we are basing the existing source MACT floor on the average performance of the 2 lowest emitting sources instead of the single lowest emitting source because we have more fPM data than at proposal. We have fPM data for 10 mixers and 12 percent of 10 is 1.2, which is rounded up to 2 mixers. The UPL calculated for the combined data for the 2 lowest emitting mixers is 2.4 g/Mg (4.9 × 10
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         lb/Mton) rubber produced.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        We have also recalculated the 3xRDL value to reflect the higher number of mixers for which the Administrator has data. The 3xRDL value recalculated for the final rule is 3.0 g/Mg (6.0 × 10
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         lb/Mton) rubber produced. Because this value is higher than the revised UPL value(s) for new and existing sources, the final rule is based on the 3xRDL values for fPM.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Emission Testing and Compliance Demonstrations</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. What did we propose pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3) for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category?</HD>
                    <P>The EPA proposed that facilities demonstrate compliance with the THC emission limits by monitoring the emissions from each mixer with a CEMS and also monitoring production and calculating the emission rate in grams THC per megagram rubber produced (g/Mg) on a 15-day rolling average. The EPA proposed that compliance would be demonstrated for each mixer separately.</P>
                    <P>The EPA also proposed that THC emissions would be measured at the outlet for each RTO on a 5-year interval and during the testing operating limits would be established for each RTO.</P>
                    <P>The EPA proposed that facilities could choose to comply with either the emission limit for fPM or the alternative emission limit for total metal HAP and, accordingly, measure fPM emissions using EPA Method 5 or the metal HAP emissions using EPA Method 29. The fPM or metal HAP measurements would be required every 5 years. For each baghouse, owners and operators would need to install and operate a bag leak detection system.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. How did the analysis pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3) change for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category?</HD>
                    <P>The final rule will allow facilities to average among mixers to demonstrate compliance with both the THC and fPM or metal HAP emission limits. The final rule does not include the requirement to perform a THC compliance test every 5 years and does not require the facility to establish and comply with operating limits for the RTO, but instead requires the use of THC CEMS. The other proposed emission testing and monitoring compliance requirements have been retained in the final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. What key comments did we receive on the analysis pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(2) and (3), and what are our responses?</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comment:</E>
                         One commenter stated that the rule should not require multiple THC CEMS at each mixer exhaust point instead of allowing for measurement of THC emissions at the actual point at which they exhaust to the atmosphere. The commenter suggested that this approach would reduce the number of THC CEMS required and also eliminate the need for continuous monitoring of RTO combustion temperature and a 5-year repeat performance test using Method 25A. The commenter added that if the EPA requires use of CEMS for compliance, then parameter monitoring, and a 5-year repeat performance test are not needed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Response:</E>
                         The EPA recognizes that because sources will be operating THC CEMS that will continuously record the THC concentration in the emissions at the stack, there is no need to require operating limits for the RTOs (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         operating temperature) if an RTO is being used for compliance and there is similarly no need for a periodic (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         every 5 years) performance test of the RTO. Therefore, the operating limits for RTOs and the periodic THC testing requirement have been removed from the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>In addition, as explained above in section IV.A., the final rule will allow for demonstrating compliance with facility-wide emission limits for THC, which will also allow for use of a single THC CEMS at the exhaust point for combined mixer exhausts and reduce the number of THC CEMS needed.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comment:</E>
                         One commenter disagreed with the proposal to require BLDS as the continuous compliance demonstration method for the proposed PM emission limit for rubber processing because they were not justified by the current fPM and metal HAP from particulate controls on mixers and the EPA has not justified them as a beyond-the-floor technology.
                    </P>
                    <P>The commenter reported that no BLDS are currently installed at rubber processing facilities, and over 100 BLDS will need to be installed as a result of the proposed requirement, resulting in additional capital costs not only for the monitors and data acquisition and handling system, but also for stack/duct modifications to accommodate a monitor. The commenter noted that the EPA has estimated that the proposed standards will result in a reduction of only 318 lb of metal HAP per year and asserted that installation of a complicated monitoring system that is not currently in use in the industry is not reasonable for the expected HAP reduction. The commenter stated that facilities currently employ pressure drop and/or visible emissions observations along with a program of regular internal and external inspections and maintenance of the duct work and baghouse to ensure compliance with PM limits in their air permits.</P>
                    <P>The commenter recommended that the EPA should replace the requirement for BLDS with the use of baghouse pressure drop or twice daily visible emissions monitoring to ensure baghouses are operating properly as the continuous compliance determination method.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Response:</E>
                         The EPA disagrees with the commenter's suggestion to rely on continuous parameter monitoring other than that associated with BLDS; those other parameters—including visible emissions, flow rate, or pressure drop—do not provide relevant information quickly enough to correct problems before emission limits may be compromised. For example, the commenter mentions twice daily visible emission checks; such an approach is not continuous and detection with the human eye is only possible at 5 percent opacity and above. As a result, lower opacities may yield fPM values that exceed the emission limits but would occur undetected by visible emission checks. As mentioned earlier, flow rate and pressure drop across baghouses can indicate catastrophic failures, but not provide information to preclude baghouse problems before exceedances occur. Of course, owners or operators could use PM CEMS in lieu of BLDS; PM CEMS would provide direct, continuous measurement of the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94902"/>
                        pollutant of concern and would enable source owners or operators to forgo any type of fPM control device parameter monitoring. Using the process in the NESHAP general provisions, mentioned earlier, owners or operators could request—and expect to receive—approval from the EPA for use of PM CEMS for rule compliance purposes.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. What is the rationale for our final approach for the final rule?</HD>
                    <P>For the reasons explained in the preamble to the proposed rule (88 FR 78692, November 16, 2023), and in the comment responses above in section IV.C.3. of this preamble, we are finalizing emission testing and compliance demonstration requirements as proposed, but with several changes since proposal.</P>
                    <P>
                        First, the EPA has removed the requirement for a periodic THC compliance test and compliance with THC operating limits and monitoring (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         RTO operating temperature) because THC emissions will be continuously monitored by a THC CEMS. The final rule will also allow for demonstrating compliance with facility-wide emission limits for THC, which will also allow for use of a single THC CEMS at the exhaust point for combined mixer exhausts and reduce the number of THC CEMS needed.
                    </P>
                    <P>Second, the EPA believes requiring BLDS will provide significantly more accurate and continuous feedback on the operation of a baghouse and can provide an earlier indication of potential bag leaks compared to the requested visible emission inspections.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Summary of Cost, Environmental, and Economic Impacts and Additional Analyses Conducted</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What are the affected facilities?</HD>
                    <P>
                        As listed in CFR 63.5982 (b)(4), the rubber processing affected source is the collection of all rubber mixing processes (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         banburys and associated drop mills) that either mix compounds or warm a rubber compound before the compound is processed into components of rubber tires. The mixed rubber compound itself is also included in the rubber processing affected source. Among the 15 major sources that are subject to the NESHAP, 12 facilities perform rubber processing, while 3 facilities do not perform rubber processing and use rubber that is processed at other facilities.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What are the air quality impacts?</HD>
                    <P>This action proposes first-time MACT floor-based emission standards for THC (as a surrogate for organic HAP), metal HAP, and fPM from rubber processing. These first-time MACT standards will limit HAP emissions and require, in some cases, the installation of additional controls at rubber tire manufacturing plants that are major sources of HAP. We estimate that the rubber tire manufacturing industry will comply with the final standards for THC, metal HAP, and fPM through the installation and operation of control devices.</P>
                    <P>For THC, we estimate that the installation of RTOs or similar control devices will achieve annual reductions of THC of 94 Mg (104 tons) across the source category.</P>
                    <P>For fPM and metal HAP, we estimate that the replacement or upgrade of baghouses will achieve annual reductions of fPM of 61 Mg (67 tons) or 0.073 Mg (160 lb) of total metal HAP (antimony, arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, manganese, mercury, nickel, phosphorous, and selenium) across the source category.</P>
                    <P>
                        Indirect or secondary air emissions impacts are impacts that would result from the increased energy usage associated with the operation of control devices (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         increased secondary emissions of criteria pollutants from power plants). Energy impacts are due to use of natural gas needed to operate control devices and other equipment. We conclude that the secondary impacts of this action are minimal, resulting from the operation of the control device, and would comprise CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and methane (CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        ) emissions from the combustion of the natural gas required to operate an RTO. For purposes of assessing the projected disbenefits, we estimate that the monetized disbenefits would be no greater than $8.1 million in any year, with estimates ranging from $2.7 million to $8.1 million per year depending on the discount rate assumption.
                        <SU>21</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>21</SU>
                             This range of disbenefit estimates is presented in 2022 dollars and was calculating by multiplying the social cost of carbon (SC-CO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                            ) by  17,536 metric tons of CO2e reductions for each year in the timeframe of 2027 to 2036. We applied near-term Ramsey discount rates of 2.5 percent, 2.0 percent, and 1.5 percent,and found that the largest disbenefit estimate was 2036 when using a 1.5 percent near-term Ramsey discount rate. Additional information on the social cost of carbon and an EPA workbook for applying SC-CO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             estimates is found here: 
                            <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/scghg</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For the final rule, we estimate that 8 new RTOs would be needed and each RTO would consume about 29,800 thousand standard feet (mscf) per year of natural gas and 1.33 million kilowatt hours per year of electricity. For all 8 new RTOs, the indirect greenhouse gas emissions of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         from the combustion of the natural gas and the generation of electricity would be equivalent to 19,330 tons (17,536 Mg) of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. What are the cost impacts?</HD>
                    <P>This action proposes MACT floor-based emission limits for new and existing sources in the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category, specifically the rubber processing subcategory. Although the action contains requirements for new sources, we are not aware of any new sources being constructed now or planned in the next 3 years and we are not aware of any new additional mixers to existing facilities. Consequently, we did not estimate any cost impacts for new sources. We estimate the total annualized cost of the final rule to existing sources in the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category to be $13.3 million per year. The costs are a combination of the annualized capital and annual operating costs for installing and operating RTOs or similar control devices to control THC and organic HAP; baghouses and associated BLDSs to control fPM and metal HAP; and THC CEMS to monitor THC emissions. The capital and annual costs are summarized in table 2.</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,14">
                        <TTITLE>Table 2—Summary of Capital and Annual Costs</TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Cost element</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                Total
                                <LI>capital</LI>
                                <LI>investments</LI>
                                <LI>(million)</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                Annualized
                                <LI>equipment and</LI>
                                <LI>operation and </LI>
                                <LI>maintenance costs</LI>
                                <LI>(million)</LI>
                            </CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">RTOs (8 new)</ENT>
                            <ENT>$25.0</ENT>
                            <ENT>$4.9</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW RUL="n,s">
                            <PRTPAGE P="94903"/>
                            <ENT I="01">THC CEMS (97 CEMS)</ENT>
                            <ENT>14.0 </ENT>
                            <ENT>4.2 </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="03">Total Annual RTO and CEMS Costs</ENT>
                            <ENT/>
                            <ENT>9.1</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">New Baghouses (46 mixers)</ENT>
                            <ENT>19.6</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.0</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Retrofitted Baghouses (new bags; 34 mixers)</ENT>
                            <ENT/>
                            <ENT>0.5 </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">BLDS and PM Testing (114 BLDS)</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.54 </ENT>
                            <ENT>1.7 </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW RUL="n,s">
                            <ENT I="03">Total Annual Baghouse, BLDS, and PM Testing Costs</ENT>
                            <ENT/>
                            <ENT>4.2 </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="03">Totals</ENT>
                            <ENT/>
                            <ENT>13.3</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>
                        The estimated annual costs are based on operation and maintenance of the added control systems. A memorandum titled 
                        <E T="03">Final Rule Rubber Processing Control Costs, Emission Reductions, And Cost Effectiveness,</E>
                         includes details of our cost assessment, and is included in the docket for this action (Docket ID EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. What are the economic impacts?</HD>
                    <P>
                        The EPA conducted economic impact analyses for the final rule in the report titled 
                        <E T="03">Economic Impact Analysis for the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Rubber Tire Manufacturing Amendments, Final,</E>
                         which is available in the docket for this action (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392). The economic impacts of the final rule are calculated as the percentage of total annualized costs incurred by affected ultimate parent owners compared to their revenues. This ratio provides a measure of the direct economic impact to ultimate parent owners of facilities while presuming no impact on consumers. We estimate that none of the ultimate parent owners affected by this final rule will incur total annualized costs of 1 percent or greater of their revenues. Thus, these economic impacts are low for affected companies and the industry impacted by the final rule, and there will not be substantial impacts on the markets for affected products. We lack the information necessary to independently assess the downtime loss of production due to capital improvements or deferred maintenance that would be associated with these controls for each affected facility. The costs of the final rule are not expected to result in a significant market impact, regardless of whether they are passed on to the purchaser or absorbed by the firms.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. What are the benefits?</HD>
                    <P>The benefits of this rule include any benefits relating to the reduction of emissions of organic HAP and fPM. The rule is projected to reduce emissions of THC, as a surrogate for organic HAP, and fPM, as a surrogate for metal HAP, through the installation and operation of control devices. The reduction in fPM can also result in associated reduction in PM-related mortality and morbidity.</P>
                    <P>The EPA is currently unable to monetize most benefits associated with HAP reductions. The potential benefits from reducing THC were not monetized and are therefore not reflected in the benefit estimates associated with this rulemaking. However, we estimate that the final rule amendments would reduce THC emissions by 104 tons/yr and metal HAP emissions by 160 lb/yr and thus lower risk of serious adverse health effects from exposure to certain HAPs in communities near rubber tire manufacturing plants. It is reasonable to expect that emissions reductions from this rule will improve air quality and public health for populations exposed to emissions from rubber tire manufacturing facilities. Due to methodology and data limitations, we could not monetize the health benefits of HAP reductions for this final rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>
                        Although we are unable to quantify the benefits of reducing HAPs from this rulemaking, we are providing a qualitative assessment of the benefits of reducing both organic and metal HAPs. This is detailed in section 4 of 
                        <E T="03">Economic Impact Analysis for the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Rubber Tire Manufacturing Amendments, Final,</E>
                         which is available in the docket for this action (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392). These HAPs include, but are not limited to, the following: organic HAPs such as 2-butanone, acetophenone, cumene, hexane, isooctane, methylene chloride, phenol, toluene, and xylene, and metal HAPs such as antimony, arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, manganese, mercury, nickel, phosphorus, and selenium.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The control measures are expected to reduce fPM by 66.7 tons/yr for the source category. Any monetization of PM-related health benefits would require the EPA to assume the percentage of fPM that is PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                        . As the percentage of the fPM reductions that is PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                         is unknown, it is too uncertain to estimate the PM-related benefit impacts of this rule. For purposes of assessing the economic significance of these benefits, we can determine that if all of the fPM were PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                        , the annual benefits would be estimated to be no greater than $24 million, occurring in 2028.
                        <SU>22</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Therefore, this action is not economically significant based on benefit impacts. This rule is expected to limit emissions of directly emitted PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                        , which may will in turn reduce ambient concentrations of PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                         and in turn benefit public health. Though EPA neither quantified nor monetized these benefits, we anticipate reducing PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                         concentrations will reduce the incidence or premature death, non-fatal heart attacks, cases of aggravated asthma, lost days of work and school and other adverse effects (U.S. EPA, 2022).
                        <SU>23</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This rule is also expected to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94904"/>
                        reduce emissions of Hg. Methylmercury (MeHg), which is formed by microbial action in the top layers of sediment and soils, after mercury has precipitated from the air and deposited into waterbodies or land, can cause a number of adverse effects when impacting fishes associated with recreational or commercial consumption and present at sufficiently elevated levels. Though not quantified here, these effects include IQ loss measured by performance on neurobehavioral tests, particularly on tests of attention, fine motor-function, language, and visual spatial ability.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>22</SU>
                             This estimate is based on the use of a “benefit-per-ton” (BPT) approach to estimate the benefits of this rulemaking assuming that all fPM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                             These BPT estimates provide the estimated monetized human health benefits (the sum of premature mortality and premature mobidity) of reducing one tone of the PM2.5 from a specified source. Specifically, in this analysis, we multiplied the estimates from the “Synthetic Organic Chemicals” sector by the corresponding emission reductions. The method used to derive these estimates is described in the BPT Technical Support Document on Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing Directly Emitted PM2.5
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>23</SU>
                             U.S. EPA, 2022. Estimating PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                            - and Ozone-Attributable Health Benefits. Office of Air and Radiation, Research Triangle Park, NC.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. What analysis of environmental justice did we conduct?</HD>
                    <P>
                        For purposes of analyzing regulatory impacts, the EPA relies upon its June 2016 “
                        <E T="03">Technical Guidance for Assessing Environmental Justice in Regulatory Analysis,”</E>
                         which provides recommendations that encourage analysts to conduct the highest quality analysis feasible, recognizing that data limitations, time, resource constraints, and analytical challenges will vary by media and circumstance. The Technical Guidance states that a regulatory action may involve potential environmental justice concerns if it could: (1) create new disproportionate impacts on communities with EJ concerns; (2) exacerbate existing disproportionate impacts on communities with EJ concerns; or (3) present opportunities to address existing disproportionate impacts on communities with EJ concerns through this action under development.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA's EJ technical guidance states that “[t]he analysis of potential EJ concerns for regulatory actions should address three questions: (A) Are there potential EJ concerns associated with environmental stressors affected by the regulatory action for population groups of concern in the baseline? (B) Are there potential EJ concerns associated with environmental stressors affected by the regulatory action for population groups of concern for the regulatory option(s) under consideration? (C) For the regulatory option(s) under consideration, are potential EJ concerns created or mitigated compared to the baseline?” 
                        <SU>24</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>24</SU>
                             “Technical Guidance for Assessing Environmental Justice in Regulatory Analysis”, U.S. EPA, June 2016. Quote is from Section 3-Key Analytic Considerations, page 11. 
                            <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/environmentaljustice/technical/guidance/assessing-environmental/justice/regulatory/analysis.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The environmental justice analysis is presented for the purpose of providing the public with as full as possible an understanding of the potential impacts of this final action. The EPA notes that analysis of such impacts is distinct from the determinations finalized in this action under CAA section 112, which are based solely on the statutory factors the EPA is required to consider under this section.</P>
                    <P>We did not conduct any new demographic analyses for this final rule. There were no known changes to the population of Rubber Tire Manufacturing facilities nor any known changes to our estimates of HAP emissions from Rubber Tire Manufacturing facilities since proposal. Therefore, the EPA relied on the demographic analysis performed for the 2020 proposal for this final rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the 2020 proposal, we conducted a baseline proximity analysis and baseline risk-based analysis (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         before implementation of any controls promulgated by this action). The baseline proximity demographic analysis is an assessment of individual demographic groups in the total population living within 5 kilometers (km) (approximately 3.1 miles) and 50 km (approximately 31 miles) of the facilities. The baseline risk-based demographic analysis is an assessment of risks to individual demographic groups in the population living within 5 km and 50 km of the facilities prior to the implementation of any controls promulgated by this action. The results of the proximity demographic analysis and the risk-based demographic analysis for populations living within 5 km and 50 km are included in the document titled 
                        <E T="03">Analysis of Demographic Factors for Populations Living Near Rubber Tire Manufacturing Source Category Operations,</E>
                         which is available in the docket for this action (see Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392-0069).
                    </P>
                    <P>The results of the proximity analysis conducted for the 2020 proposal indicated that a total of approximately 516,000 people live within 5 km of the 21 Rubber Tire Manufacturing facilities. The percent of the population that is Black (24 percent, 124.000 people) is double the national average (12 percent). The percent of people living below the poverty level (21 percent, 108,000 people) and the percent of people over the age of 25 without a high school diploma (16 percent, 83,000 people) are higher than the national averages (14 percent and 14 percent, respectively). The results of the baseline proximity analysis indicate that the proportion of other demographic groups living within 5 km of Rubber Tire Manufacturing facilities is similar to or below the national average.</P>
                    <P>The baseline risk-based demographic analysis conducted for the 2020 proposal, indicated that emissions from the source category, prior to the controls we are proposing, expose approximately 4,500 people living near 21 facilities to a cancer risk at or above 1-in-1 million (maximum individual risk is 4-in-1 million) and expose no people to a chronic noncancer target organ-specific hazard index (TOSHI) greater than 1 (maximum noncancer HI is 0.2). The percent of the baseline population with estimated cancer risks great than or equal to 1-in-1 million that are Black (25 percent, 1,000 people) is more than 2 times the average percentage of the national population (12 percent). The percent of the population with cancer risks greater than or equal to 1-in-1 million resulting from Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category emissions prior to the proposed controls that is Below the Poverty Level (21 percent, 1,000 people) is above the national average (14 percent).</P>
                    <P>As indicated in section V.B. of this preamble, this final action is projected to reduce HAP emissions from Rubber Tire Manufacturing facilities by setting first time emission limits on the mixing operation. As a result, we expect risk for all exposed individuals and communities will also be reduced. See section V.B. of this preamble for more details.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">G. What analysis of children's environmental health did we conduct?</HD>
                    <P>In the July 24, 2020, final Rubber Tire Manufacturing RTR rule (85 FR 44752), the EPA conducted a residual risk assessment and determined that risk from the Rubber Tire Manufacturing source category was acceptable, and the standards provided an ample margin of safety to protect public health (see Docket Item No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392-0013). There are no known changes that would increase risk, thus the EPA relied on the 2020 demographic analysis for this rulemaking. In addition, this action promulgates first-time emissions standards for THC and fPM and metal HAP, including mercury and lead which are known to cause particular impacts to children's health and/or from early life exposure, for the rubber processing subcategory, which will further reduce emissions. Specifically, we estimate that the new emission limits will reduce THC and fPM emissions by 94 Mg/yr and 61 Mg/yr, respectively.</P>
                    <P>
                        This action's health and risk assessments are protective of the most vulnerable populations, including children, due to how we determine exposure and through the health 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94905"/>
                        benchmarks that we use. Specifically, the risk assessments we perform assume a lifetime of exposure, in which populations are conservatively presumed to be exposed to airborne concentrations at their residence continuously, 24 hours per day for a 70-year lifetime, including childhood. With regards to children's potentially greater susceptibility to noncancer toxicants, the assessments rely on the EPA's (or comparable) hazard identification and dose-response values that have been developed to be protective for all subgroups of the general population, including children. For further details on the health and risk assessments can be found in the document “Risk and Technology Review—Analysis of Demographic Factors for Populations Living Near Rubber Tire Manufacturing Source Category Operations,” available in the docket for this action (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
                    <P>
                        Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/laws-regulations/laws-and-executive-orders</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review, Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review, and Executive Order 14094: Modernizing Regulatory Review</HD>
                    <P>This action is a “ significant regulatory action”  as defined in Executive Order 12866, as amended by Executive Order 14094. Accordingly, EPA submitted this action to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for Executive Order 12866 review. Documentation of any changes made in response to the Executive Order 12866 review is available in the docket. The EPA prepared an economic analysis of the potential impacts associated with this action. This analysis is briefly summarized in section V. Summary of Cost, Environmental, and Economic Impacts and Additional Analyses Conducted. This analysis, “ Economic Impact Analysis for the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Rubber Tire Manufacturing Amendments, Final”  (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392), is also available in the docket.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)</HD>
                    <P>The information collection activities in this final rule have been submitted for approval to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the PRA. The ICR document that the EPA prepared has been assigned EPA ICR number 1982.06. You can find a copy of the ICR in the docket for this rule, and it is briefly summarized here. The information collection requirements are not enforceable until OMB approves them.</P>
                    <P>The final rule ICR describes changes to the reporting and recordkeeping requirements for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing NESHAP associated with the incorporation of reporting and recordkeeping requirements associated with the new and existing source MACT standards for THC, fPM, and metal HAP.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Respondents/affected entities:</E>
                         Owners or operators of rubber tire manufacturing facilities conducting rubber processing operations that are major sources. 
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Respondent's obligation to respond:</E>
                         Mandatory (40 CFR part 63, subpart XXXX). 
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Estimated number of respondents:</E>
                         12. 
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Frequency of response:</E>
                         Initially, semiannually, annually.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Total estimated burden:</E>
                         The average annual burden to industry over the next 3 years from the recordkeeping and reporting requirements is estimated to be 1,162 hours per year. Burden is defined at 5 CFR 1320.3(b). 
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Total estimated cost:</E>
                         The annual recordkeeping and reporting costs for all facilities to comply with all of the requirements in the NESHAP is estimated to be $2.12 million per year. This includes labor costs of $149,000 per year and non-labor capital and operations and maintenance costs of $1.97 million per year for monitoring systems for the final rubber processing amendments when they are fully implemented. 
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for the EPA's regulations in 40 CFR are listed in 40 CFR part 9. When OMB approves this ICR, the Agency will announce that approval in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         and publish a technical amendment to 40 CFR part 9 to display the OMB control number for the approved information collection activities contained in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)</HD>
                    <P>I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. This action will not impose any requirements on small entities. The Agency has determined that none of the 4 ultimate parent companies owning the potentially affected facilities are small entities, as defined by the U.S. Small Business Administration. Details of this analysis are presented in “ Economic Impact Analysis for the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Rubber Tire Manufacturing Amendments, Final,”  which is located in the docket for this action (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)</HD>
                    <P>This action does not contain an unfunded mandate of $100 million or more as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. The action imposes no enforceable duty on any State, local, or Tribal governments or the private sector.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</HD>
                    <P>This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
                    <P>This action does not have Tribal implications as specified in Executive Order 13175. The EPA does not know of any rubber tire manufacturing facilities owned or operated by Indian Tribal governments. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks</HD>
                    <P>
                        This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f)(1) of Executive Order 12866 (as amended by Executive Order 14094), and because the EPA does not believe the environmental health or safety risks addressed by this action present a disproportionate risk to children. The risks due to HAP emissions from this source category were found to be acceptable for all populations (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         with inhalation cancer risks less than or equal to 4-in-1 million for all populations and non-cancer hazard indexes are less than 1). The methodology and the results of the demographic analyses are included in a technical report, Risk and Technology Review—Analysis of Demographic Factors for Populations Living Near Rubber Tire Manufacturing Source Category Operations, available in the docket for this action (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392). The first-
                        <PRTPAGE P="94906"/>
                        time emission standards for THC and fPM (or metal HAP) promulgated by this action, will further reduce emissions and thereby protect children's health.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, EPA's Policy on Children's Health applies to this action. Information on how the Policy was applied is available under “What analysis of children's environmental health did we conduct” in section V.G. of this preamble.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>
                    <P>This action is not a “significant energy action” because it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. In this final action, the EPA is setting emission standards for two previously unregulated pollutants. This does not impact energy supply, distribution, or use.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) and 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                    <P>This action involves technical standards. Therefore, the EPA conducted searches for the Rubber Tire Manufacturing NESHAP through the Enhanced National Standards Systems Network (NSSN) Database managed by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). We also conducted a review of voluntary consensus standards (VCS) organizations and accessed and searched their databases. We conducted searches for EPA Methods 5, 25A, 29, SW-846, M0010, SW-846 M3542, SW-846, M8270E, M204, PS 8A, and QA Procedure 2. During the EPA's VCS search, if the title or abstract (if provided) of the VCS described technical sampling and analytical procedures that are similar to that of the EPA's referenced method, the EPA ordered a copy of the standard and reviewed it as a potential equivalent method. We reviewed all potential standards to determine the practicality of the VCS for this rule. This review requires significant method validation data that meet the requirements of EPA Method 301 for accepting alternative methods or scientific, engineering, and policy equivalence to procedures in the EPA referenced methods. The EPA may reconsider determinations of impracticality when additional information is available for any particular VCS.</P>
                    <P>
                        Two VCS were identified as acceptable alternatives to EPA test methods for this final rule. The VCS ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981, Part 10 of 
                        <E T="03">Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses,</E>
                         is an acceptable alternative to EPA Method 3B (the manual portion only and not the instrumental portion). The voluntary consensus standard ASTM D6784-16—Standard Test Method for Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury Gas Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method) D6784-16 was revised and approved in 2016 to include better quality control than the earlier 2008 version. It is an acceptable alternative to EPA Methods 101A and Method 29 (portion for particulate mercury only) as a method for measuring mercury. [Note: this acceptability applies to concentrations between approximately 0.5 and 100 micrograms per normal cubic meter (μg/Nm
                        <SU>3</SU>
                        )].
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA is incorporating by reference the VCS ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981-Part 10, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses,” a method for quantitatively determining the gaseous constituents of exhausts resulting from stationary combustion and includes a description of the apparatus, and calculations which are used in conjunction with Performance Test Codes to determine quantitatively, as an acceptable alternative to EPA Method 3B of appendix A-2 to 40 CFR part 60 for the manual procedures only and not the instrumental procedures. The manual method segment of the oxygen determination is performed through the absorption of oxygen. This VCS may be obtained from Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990; phone: (800) 843-2763; email: 
                        <E T="03">CustomerCare@asme.org;</E>
                         website: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.asme.org.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA is incorporating by reference the VCS ASTM D6784-16, “Standard Test Method for Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury Gas Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method)” as an acceptable alternative to EPA Method 29 (particulate portion for mercury only) as a method for measuring mercury concentrations ranging from approximately 0.5 to 100 μg/Nm
                        <SU>3</SU>
                        . This test method describes equipment and procedures for obtaining samples from effluent ducts and stacks, equipment and procedures for laboratory analysis, and procedures for calculating results. VCS ASTM D6784-16 allows for additional flexibility in the sampling and analytical procedures for the earlier version of the same standard VCS ASTM D6784-02 (Reapproved 2008).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA is also incorporating by reference EPA-454/R-98-015, Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, September 1997. This document provides guidance on the use of triboelectric monitors as fabric filter bag leak detectors. The document includes fabric filter and monitoring system descriptions; guidance on monitor selection, installation, setup, adjustment, and operation; and quality assurance procedures. The document is reasonably available and can be viewed or downloaded at 
                        <E T="03">https://nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=2000D5T6.PDF.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Detailed information on the VCS search and determination can be found in the memorandum, “Voluntary Consensus Standard Results for National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Rubber Tire Manufacturing Amendments,” which is available in the docket for this action (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2017-0329). The two VCS may be obtained from 
                        <E T="03">https://www.astm.org</E>
                         or from the ASTM Headquarters at 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania, 19428-2959. The standards are available to everyone at a cost determined by ASTM. The costs of obtaining these methods are not a significant financial burden, making the methods reasonably available.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations and Executive Order 14096: Revitalizing Our Nation's Commitment to Environmental Justice for All</HD>
                    <P>
                        The EPA believes that the human health and environmental conditions that exist prior to this action do not result in disproportionate and adverse effects on communities with EJ concerns. The risks due to HAP emissions from this source category were found to be acceptable for all populations (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         with inhalation cancer risks less than or equal to 4-in-1 million for all populations and non-cancer hazard indexes are less than 1). The methodology and the results of the demographic analyses are included in a technical report, Risk and Technology Review—Analysis of Demographic Factors for Populations Living Near Rubber Tire Manufacturing Source Category Operations, available in the docket for this action (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2019-0392).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA believes that this action is not likely to result in new disproportionate and adverse effects on communities with environmental justice concerns. We expect this final rule to achieve reductions in HAP emissions. This final rule will provide additional 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94907"/>
                        benefits to all populations, including these demographic groups that have a greater representation in the 50 km radius of modeled facilities, by establishing new emission limits for rubber processing.
                    </P>
                    <P>The information supporting this Executive Order review is contained in section V.F. of this preamble.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)</HD>
                    <P>This action is subject to the CRA, and the EPA will submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. This action does not meet the criteria under 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
                    <LSTSUB>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 63</HD>
                        <P>Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedures, Air pollution control, Hazardous substances, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
                    </LSTSUB>
                    <SIG>
                        <NAME>Michael S. Regan,</NAME>
                        <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
                    </SIG>
                    <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the EPA is amending 40 CFR part 63 as follows:</P>
                    <PART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 63—NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS FOR SOURCE CATEGORIES</HD>
                    </PART>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 63 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <AUTH>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                            <P>
                                 42 U.S.C. 7401 
                                <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                            </P>
                        </AUTH>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <SUBPART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General Provisions</HD>
                    </SUBPART>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 63.14 by revising paragraphs (f)(1), (i)(105), and (o)(4) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.14</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Incorporations by reference.</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(f) * * *</P>
                            <P>(1) ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses [Part 10, Instruments and Apparatus], issued August 31, 1981; §§ 63.116(c) and (h); 63.128(a); 63.145(i); 63.309(k); 63.365(b); 63.457(k); 63.490(g); 63.772(e) and (h); 63.865(b); 63.997(e); 63.1282(d) and (g); 63.1450(a), (b), (d), (e), (g); 63.1625(b); table 5 to subpart EEEE; §§ 63.3166(a); 63.3360(e); 63.3545(a); 63.3555(a); 63.4166(a); 63.4362(a); 63.4766(a); 63.4965(a); 63.5160(d); table 4 to subpart UUUU; tables 5, 16, and 17 to subpart XXXX; table 3 to subpart YYYY; table 4 to subpart AAAAA; § 63.7322(b); table 5 to subpart DDDDD; §§ 63.7822(b); 63.7824(e); 63.7825(b); 63.8000(d); table 4 to subpart JJJJJ; table 4 to subpart KKKKK; §§ 63.9307(c); 63.9323(a); 63.9621(b) and (c);table 4 to subpart SSSSS; tables 4 and 5 of subpart UUUUU; table 1 to subpart ZZZZZ; §§ 63.11148(e); 63.11155(e); 63.11162(f); 63.11163(g); table 4 to subpart JJJJJJ; §§ 63.11410(j); 63.11551(a); 63.11646(a); 63.11945.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(i) * * *</P>
                            <P>(105) ASTM D6784-16, Standard Test Method for Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method), Approved March 1, 2016; IBR approved for §§ 63.1450(d); 63.9621; table 5 to subpart AAAAA; table 17 to subpart XXXX; table 5 to subpart UUUUU; appendix A to subpart UUUUU.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(o) * * *</P>
                            <P>
                                (4) EPA-454/R-98-015, Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance, September 1997; IBR approved for §§ 63.548(e); 63.864(e); 63.6012(c); 63.7525(j); 63.8450(e); 63.8600(e); 63.9632(a); 63.9804(f); 63.11224(f); 63.11423(e). (Available at: 
                                <E T="03">https://nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=2000D5T6.pdf</E>
                                ).
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <SUBPART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart XXXX—National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Rubber Tire Manufacturing</HD>
                    </SUBPART>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>3. Amend § 63.5981 by revising paragraph (a)(1) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.5981</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) * * *</P>
                            <P>(1) Rubber tire manufacturing includes rubber processing, the production of rubber tires and/or the production of components integral to rubber tires, the production of tire cord, and the application of puncture sealant. Components of rubber tires include, but are not limited to, rubber compounds, sidewalls, tread, tire beads, tire cord and liners. Other components often associated with rubber tires but not integral to the tire, such as wheels, inner tubes, tire bladders, and valve stems, are not components of rubber tires or tire cord and are not subject to this subpart.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>4. Amend § 63.5982 by revising paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(4), and (c) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.5982</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>What parts of my facility does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(b) * * *</P>
                            <P>(1) The tire production affected source is the collection of all processes that use or process cements and solvents as defined in § 63.6022, located at any rubber tire manufacturing facility. It includes, but is not limited to: Storage and mixing vessels and the transfer equipment containing cements and/or solvents; wastewater handling and treatment operations; tread and cement operations; tire painting operations; ink and finish operations; undertread cement operations; process equipment cleaning materials; bead cementing operations; tire building operations; green tire spray operations; extruding, to the extent cements and solvents are used; cement house operations; marking operations; calendar operations, to the extent solvents are used; tire striping operations; tire repair operations; slab dip operations; other tire building operations, to the extent that cements and solvents are used; and balance pad operations.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (4) The rubber processing affected source is the collection of all rubber mixing processes (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 banburys and associated drop mills) that either mix compounds or warm rubber compound before the compound is processed into components of rubber tires. The mixed rubber compound itself is also included in the rubber processing affected source. On and before November 29, 2024, there are no emission limitations or other requirements for the rubber processing affected source. The emission limitations for the rubber processing affected source are effective after November 29, 2024.
                            </P>
                            <P>(c) An affected source that is not a rubber processing affected source is a new affected source if construction of the affected source commenced after October 18, 2000, and it met the applicability criteria of § 63.5981 at the time construction commenced. An affected source that is a rubber processing affected source is a new affected source if construction of the affected source commenced after November 16, 2023, and it met the applicability criteria of § 63.5981 at the time construction commenced.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>5. Amend § 63.5983 by revising paragraphs (b) and (d) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.5983</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (b) If you own or operate an existing affected source that is not a rubber processing affected source, you must comply with the emission limitations for existing sources no later than July 11, 2005. If you own or operate a rubber processing affected sources that began construction or reconstruction before 
                                <PRTPAGE P="94908"/>
                                November 16, 2023, you must comply with the emission limitations for existing rubber processing existing sources no later than November 29, 2027.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(d) You must meet the notification requirements in § 63.6016 according to the schedule in § 63.6016 and in subpart A of this part. Some of the notifications must be submitted before the date you are required to comply with the emission limitations in this subpart.</P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>6. Amend § 63.5990 by revising paragraphs (a) and (f)(2) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.5990</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) Before January 21, 2021, you must be in compliance with the applicable emission limitations specified in tables 1 through 4 to this subpart at all times, except during periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction if you are using a control device to comply with an emission limit. After January 20, 2021, you must be in compliance with the applicable emission limitations specified in tables 1 through 4 to this subpart at all times. After November 29, 2024, you must be in compliance with the applicable emission limitations for rubber processing specified in tables 15 and 16 to this subpart at all times according to the compliance dates in § 63.5983.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(f) * * *</P>
                            <P>
                                (2) Before January 21, 2021, ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with the general requirements of § 63.8(d). After January 20, 2021, ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with the general requirements of § 63.8(d)(1) and (2). The owner or operator shall keep these written procedures on record for the life of the affected source or until the affected source is no longer subject to the provisions of this part, to be made available for inspection by the Administrator. If the performance evaluation plan is revised, the owner or operator shall keep previous (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 superseded) versions of the performance evaluation plan on record to be made available for inspection by the Administrator, for a period of 5 years after each revision to the plan. The program of corrective action should be included in the plan required under § 63.8(d)(2).
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>7. Revise § 63.5992 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.5992</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>If you use a control system (add-on control device and capture system) to meet the emission limitations, you must also conduct a performance test at least once every 5 years following your initial compliance demonstration to verify control system performance and reestablish operating parameters or operating limits for control systems used to comply with the emissions limits. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to the measurement of THC emissions that are monitored with a continuous emission monitoring system for demonstrating compliance with the THC emission limitations for rubber processing in § 63.6009. When complying with the emission limits for rubber processing in § 63.6009 for fPM or metal HAP based on averaging to comply with the facility-wide average alternatives, the subsequent performance tests must begin no later than 5 years after the first test of the averaged mixers is performed.</P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>8. Revise and republish § 63.5993 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.5993</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>What performance tests and other procedures must I use?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) If you use a control system to meet the emission limitations, you must conduct each performance test in table 5 to this subpart that applies to you, except that for the rubber processing affected source, you must conduct performance tests according to table 17 instead of table 5.</P>
                            <P>(b) Each performance test must be conducted according to the specific conditions specified in table 5 to this subpart, except that for the rubber processing affected source, you must conduct performance tests according to table 17 instead of table 5.</P>
                            <P>(c) Before January 21, 2021, you may not conduct performance tests during periods startup, shutdown, or malfunction, as specified in § 63.7(e)(1). After January 20, 2021, performance tests shall be conducted under such conditions as the Administrator specifies to the owner or operator based on representative performance of the affected source for the period being tested. Representative conditions exclude periods of startup and shutdown unless specified by the Administrator or an applicable subpart. The owner or operator may not conduct performance tests during periods of malfunction. The owner or operator must record the process information that is necessary to document operating conditions during the test and include in such record an explanation to support that such conditions represent the entire range of normal operation, including operational conditions for maximum emissions if such emissions are not expected during maximum production. The owner or operator shall make available to the Administrator such records as may be necessary to determine the conditions of performance tests.</P>
                            <P>(d) Before January 21, 2021, you must conduct three separate test runs for each performance test required in this section, as specified in § 63.7(e)(1) unless otherwise specified in the test method. Each test run must last at least 1 hour. After January 20, 2021, you must conduct three separate test runs for each performance test required in this section, as specified in paragraph (c) of this section, unless otherwise specified in the test method. Each test run must last at least 1 hour.</P>
                            <P>(e) If you are complying with the emission limitations using a control system, you must also conduct performance tests according to the requirements in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section as they apply to you. The provisions of paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section do not apply to the rubber processing subcategory.</P>
                            <P>
                                (1) 
                                <E T="03">Determining capture efficiency of permanent or temporary total enclosure.</E>
                                 Determine the capture efficiency of a capture system by using one of the procedures in Table 5 to this subpart.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (2) 
                                <E T="03">Determining capture efficiency of an alternative method.</E>
                                 As an alternative to constructing a permanent or temporary total enclosure, you may determine the capture efficiency using any capture efficiency protocol and test methods if the data satisfy the criteria of either the Data Quality Objective or the Lower Confidence Limit approach in appendix A to subpart KK of this part.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (3) 
                                <E T="03">Determining efficiency of an add-on control device.</E>
                                 Use Table 5 to this subpart to select the test methods for determining the efficiency of an add-on control device.
                            </P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>9. Amend § 63.5996 by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.5996</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits for tire production affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(b) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the requirements in § 63.6016(e).</P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>10. Amend § 63.5999 by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <PRTPAGE P="94909"/>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.5999</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits for tire cord production affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(b) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the requirements in § 63.6016(e).</P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>11. Amend § 63.6002 by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6002</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits for puncture sealant application affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(b) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the requirements in § 63.6016(e).</P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="4063" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>12. Amend § 63.6004 by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6004</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limits for tire production affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(b) You must report each instance in which you did not meet an emission limit in table 1 to this subpart. You must also report each instance in which you did not meet the applicable requirements in table 10 to this subpart. These instances are deviations from the emission limits in this subpart. The deviations must be reported in accordance with the requirements in § 63.6017(e).</P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>13. Amend § 63.6006 by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6006</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limits for tire cord production affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(b) You must report each instance in which you did not meet an applicable emission limit in table 2 to this subpart. You must also report each instance in which you did not meet the applicable requirements in table 12 to this subpart. These instances are deviations from the emission limits in this subpart. The deviations must be reported in accordance with the requirements in § 63.6017(e).</P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>14. Amend § 63.6008 by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6008</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations for puncture sealant application affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(b) You must report each instance in which you did not meet an applicable emission limit in table 3 to this subpart. You must also report each instance in which you did not meet the applicable requirements in table 14 to this subpart. These instances are deviations from the emission limits in this subpart. The deviations must be reported in accordance with the requirements in § 63.6017(e).</P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>15. Add undesignated center heading “Emission Limits for Rubber Processing Affected Sources” immediately following § 63.6008.</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>16. Redesignate §§ 63.6013 through 63.6015 as §§ 63.6020 through 63.6022 and transfer undesignated center “Other Requirements and Information” to immediately before newly redesignated § 63.6020.</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>17. Redesignate §§ 63.6009 through 63.6012 as §§ 63.6016 through 63.6019 and transfer undesignated center heading “Notifications, Reports, and Records” to immediately before newly redesignated § 63.6016.</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>18. Add new §§ 63.6009 through 63.6015, undesignated center heading “Emission Limits for Rubber Processing Affected Sources” before new §§ 63.6009, undesignated center heading “Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements for Rubber Processing Affected Sources” immediately following new § 63.6010, and undesignated center heading “Continuous Compliance Requirements for Rubber Processing Affected Sources” immediately following new § 63.6013 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <CONTENTS>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Emission Limits for Rubber Processing Affected Sources</HD>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6009</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>What emission limits must I meet for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6010</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>What are my alternatives for meeting the emission limits for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements for Rubber Processing Affected Sources</HD>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6011</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>How do I conduct tests and procedures for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6012</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>What are my rubber processing monitoring installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6013</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Continuous Compliance Requirements for Rubber Processing Affected Sources</HD>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6014</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limits for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6015</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limits for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                        </CONTENTS>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Emission Limits for Rubber Processing Affected Sources</HD>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6009</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>What emission limits must I meet for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) You must meet the emission limit for total hydrocarbons (THC) and either total metal HAP or the alternative emission limit for filterable particulate matter (fPM) in table 15 to this subpart that applies to you. You may choose to comply with each emission limit for each rubber processing mixer separately or for a group of rubber processing mixers routed to the same control device or stack, or with an alternative for all mixers combined based on a facility-wide average.</P>
                            <P>(b) You must also meet each operating limit in table 16 to this subpart that applies to you.</P>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6010</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>What are my alternatives for meeting the emission limits for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) You must comply with the applicable emission limit for THC in table 15 of this subpart for each rubber processing mixer or a group of rubber processing mixers routed to the same control device, or you must demonstrate compliance by averaging among all mixers and comply with the limit as a facility-wide emission limit.</P>
                            <P>(b) You must demonstrate compliance with either the emission limit for fPM or the alternative emission limit for total metal HAP in table 15 of this subpart; if you demonstrate compliance with the alternative fPM emission limit, you do not have to demonstrate compliance with the emission limit for metal HAP. You must comply with the applicable emission limit for fPM or metal HAP in table 15 of this subpart for each rubber processing mixer or group of rubber processing mixers routed to the same control device, or you must demonstrate compliance by averaging among all mixers and comply with the limit as a facility-wide emission limit.</P>
                            <P>(c) For each rubber processing mixer, you must show that the control device and capture system meet the operating limits in table 16 to this subpart.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements for Rubber Processing Affected Sources</HD>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6011</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> How do I conduct tests and procedures for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) Conduct any required compliance demonstration according to the requirements in § 63.5993 (b), (c), and (d).</P>
                            <P>
                                (b) You must use the methods in table 17 of this subpart and according to 
                                <PRTPAGE P="94910"/>
                                paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section to measure emissions and stack gas flow rates and characteristics to determine THC and fPM or metal HAP mass emission rates in grams per day.
                            </P>
                            <P>(1) You must operate a THC CEMS in accordance with the requirements in § 63.6012 and Performance Specification 8A in appendix B to 40 CFR part 60. For the purposes of conducting the accuracy and quality assurance evaluations for CEMS, the reference method (RM) is Method 25A of appendix A-7 to 40 CFR part 60. Owners or operators are responsible for ensuring their instruments provide appropriate data continuously. If a THC monitor will be used for an emission stream that could have a wide variability in THC concentrations because of mixing both high-emitting and low-emitting compounds at different times, then a dual-span monitor should be considered for use. If the THC monitor is used for emissions that are relatively constant, then a dual-span monitor may not be needed, but it remains the responsibility of source owners or operators to make that determination. Owners and operators cannot discard from the compliance determination THC concentration data that exceed the calibration range of the monitor.</P>
                            <P>
                                (2) Use the THC CEMS to conduct the initial compliance test for the first 15 mixer operating days after the applicable compliance date for each mixer. All THC values must be used as they are recorded by the THC CEMS, except that negative values equal to or greater than to −5 should be treated as zeros, and values less than (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 more negative than) −5 cannot be used as valid compliance data in the calculations.
                            </P>
                            <P>(3) To convert the THC concentration measurements to mass emission rates, you must measure the volumetric flow rate in the same duct or stack in which the THC concentration is monitored no less frequently than once every 5 years. You may use the same flow rate measurements that are completed for demonstrating compliance with the emission limits for fPM or total metal HAP according to table 17 of this subpart. If you change operations in a way that would likely result in a change to volumetric flow rate, you must conduct an additional measurement of the new volumetric flow rate.</P>
                            <P>(c) You must monitor mixed rubber compound processed in each mixer in Mg per day during the testing for THC. During the testing for fPM or total metal HAP, you must monitor the mixed rubber compound processed in each mixer in Mg for the same periods that fPM or total metal HAP testing runs are performed, excluding the mass of rubber processed during the time between fPM or metal HAP sampling runs.</P>
                            <P>(d) You must use the methods in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section to calculate the THC emission rate for the 15-day initial compliance period to demonstrate initial compliance. You must use the average THC emission rate obtained during the first 15 mixer operating days after the applicable compliance date to determine initial compliance for each mixer, group of mixers routed to the same control device or stack, or all mixers combined if complying with the facility-wide average alternative.</P>
                            <P>(1) Use Equation 1 to paragraph (d)(1) of this section to calculate the 15-day average THC emission rate in grams THC per megagram of mixed rubber compound processed. This emission rate is calculated for each rubber mixer separately, group of mixers routed to the same control device or stack, or for all rubber mixers combined if complying with the facility-wide average alternative.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Equation 1 to Paragraph (d)(1)</HD>
                            <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="29">
                                <GID>ER29NO24.001</GID>
                            </GPH>
                            <EXTRACT>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    E
                                    <E T="52">15 days</E>
                                     = Emission rate of the THC emitted per total mass of mixed rubber compounds processed per 15-day period, grams THC per megagram of mixed rubber compound processed.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    THC
                                    <E T="52">i</E>
                                     = Daily THC emissions for each day during the 15-day compliance period, grams/day, using the methods in paragraph (b) of this section. These THC emission values are calculated for each rubber mixer separately if compliance is demonstrated for each mixer separately, or for all rubber mixers combined if complying with the facility-wide average alternative. If you are demonstrating compliance for two or more mixers routed to the same control device or stack, then these THC emission values are calculated using the data for the combined mixer emissions at the common stack.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    RP
                                    <E T="52">i</E>
                                     = Daily mass of mixed rubber compound processed for each day 
                                    <E T="03">i</E>
                                     during the 15-day compliance period, megagrams/day. These rubber mass processed values are calculated for each rubber mixer separately if compliance is demonstrated for each mixer separately, or for all rubber mixers combined if complying with the facility-wide emission average alternative. If you are demonstrating compliance for two or more mixers that are routed to the same control device or stack, then these rubber mass values are calculated for the combined mass processed for the mixers that share the common stack.
                                </FP>
                            </EXTRACT>
                            <P>
                                (2) Use Equation 2 to paragraph (d)(2) of this section to calculate the THC emission rate in grams per day THC as propane for each day 
                                <E T="03">i</E>
                                 in the 15-day initial compliance period for rubber processing for each rubber mixer emission stack.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Equation 2 to Paragraph (d)(2)</HD>
                            <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="42">
                                <GID>ER29NO24.002</GID>
                            </GPH>
                            <EXTRACT>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    THC
                                    <E T="52">i</E>
                                     = Daily THC emissions from rubber processing, grams/day for each rubber mixer emission stack.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    THC
                                    <E T="52">j</E>
                                     = Daily average THC concentration, parts per million by volume, for each day during the 15-day compliance period for rubber processing for each rubber mixer emission stack, as measured by the THC CEMS.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Q = Average volumetric flow rate of gas, dry standard cubic feet per minute, dscfm, for each rubber mixer emission stack from the most recent available emissions test.</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    H = Hours per day that rubber processing is performed in at least one of the mixers vented to the rubber mixer emission 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="94911"/>
                                    stack for which emissions are being calculated.
                                </FP>
                            </EXTRACT>
                            <P>(e) You must use Equation 3 to this paragraph to calculate the fPM emission rate in grams per megagram of mixed rubber compound processed or use Equation 4 to of this paragraph to calculate the metal HAP emission rate in grams per megagram of mixed rubber compound processed to demonstrate initial compliance. The rubber mass processed at each mixer must be recorded for the exact same period of time as the fPM or metal HAP emissions are measured at each mixer. If you are demonstrating compliance with the facility-wide emission average alternative, the relevant measurement of fPM or metal HAP, as appropriate, at each mixer does not need to be done simultaneously for all mixers, but all tests of mixers to be averaged must be done within the same 3-month period.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Equations 3 and 4 to Paragraph (e)</HD>
                            <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="74">
                                <GID>ER29NO24.003</GID>
                            </GPH>
                            <EXTRACT>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where: </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    E
                                    <E T="52">fPM</E>
                                     = Emission rate of the fPM emitted in grams of fPM per megagram of mixed rubber compound processed.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    fPM
                                    <E T="52">i</E>
                                     = Total grams of fPM emitted during the performance test, measured using EPA method 5. These fPM emission values are calculated for each rubber mixer i separately if compliance is demonstrated for each mixer separately, and it is summed for all rubber mixers combined if complying with the facility-wide average alternative.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    RP
                                    <E T="52">j</E>
                                     = Total megagrams of mixed rubber compound mass processed rate recorded during the fPM (Eq. 3A) or total metal HAP emissions test (Eq. 3B).
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    E
                                    <E T="52">MHAP</E>
                                     = Emission rate of the total metal HAP in grams of metal HAP per megagram of mixed rubber compound processed.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    MHAP
                                    <E T="52">i</E>
                                     = Total grams of total metal HAP emitted during the performance test, measured using the methods specified in table 17 to this subpart. These total metal HAP emission values are calculated for each rubber mixer separately if compliance is demonstrated for each mixer separately, and it is summed for all rubber mixers combined if complying with the facility-wide average alternative.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">N = Number of mixers included if complying with the facility-wide average alternative.</FP>
                            </EXTRACT>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6012</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> What are my rubber processing monitoring installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) You must install and operate a THC continuous emission monitoring system (CEMS) according to § 63.8 (b) and (c) and comply with the monitoring requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section. Standard operating procedures must be incorporated into the monitoring plan required by § 63.5990(e).</P>
                            <P>(1) On each stack used to exhaust emissions from a rubber processing mixer to the atmosphere, you must install, operate, and maintain a THC CEMS in accordance with Performance Specification 8A of appendix B to 40 CFR part 60 and comply with all of the requirements for CEMS found in the general provisions, subpart A of this part. The THC CEMS must be installed downstream of any organic vapor control device (such as a thermal oxidizer), if present. A single THC CEMS may be used to monitor the combined emissions from multiple rubber mixers.</P>
                            <P>(2) You must operate and maintain each CEMS according to the quality assurance requirements in Procedure 1 of appendix F to 40 CFR part 60. Where a dual range analyzer is used, the daily calibration drift check must be performed for each operating range. For THC CEMS certified under Performance Specification 8A of appendix B to 40 CFR part 60, conduct the relative accuracy test audits required under Procedure 1 in accordance with Performance Specification 8, sections 8 and 11 using Method 25A in appendix A-7 to 40 CFR part 60 as the reference method; the relative accuracy must meet the criteria of Performance Specification 8, section 13.2.</P>
                            <P>(b) Parameter monitoring requirements. If you have an operating limit that requires the use of a continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS), you must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS according to the procedures in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section by the applicable compliance date specified in § 63.5983. Standard operating procedures must be incorporated into the monitoring plan required by § 63.5990(e).</P>
                            <P>(1) The CPMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation for each successive 15-minute period. You must have a minimum of four successive cycles of operation to have a valid hour of data.</P>
                            <P>(2) You must conduct all monitoring in continuous operation at all times that the mixer is operating.</P>
                            <P>(3) Determine the 1-hour block average of all recorded readings.</P>
                            <P>(4) Record the results of each inspection, calibration, and validation check.</P>
                            <P>(c) For each bag leak detection system (BLDS), you must meet any applicable requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (10) of this section. Standard operating procedures must be incorporated into the monitoring plan required by § 63.5990(e).</P>
                            <P>(1) The BLDS must be certified by the manufacturer to be capable of detecting fPM emissions at concentrations of 1.0 milligrams per dry standard cubic meter or less.</P>
                            <P>(2) The sensor on the BLDS must provide output of relative fPM emissions.</P>
                            <P>(3) The BLDS must be equipped with a device to continuously record the output signal from the sensor.</P>
                            <P>(4) The BLDS must have an alarm that will sound automatically when it detects an increase in relative fPM emissions greater than a preset level.</P>
                            <P>(5) The alarm must be located in an area where appropriate plant personnel will be able to hear it.</P>
                            <P>(6) For a positive-pressure fabric filter baghouse, each compartment or cell must have a bag leak detector (BLD). For a negative-pressure or induced-air fabric filter baghouse, the BLD must be installed downstream of the fabric filter. If multiple BLD are required (for either type of fabric filter baghouse), the detectors may share the system instrumentation and alarm.</P>
                            <P>
                                (7) Each triboelectric BLDS must be installed, calibrated, operated, and maintained according to EPA-454/R-98-015, 
                                <E T="03">Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance,</E>
                                 (incorporated by reference; see § 63.14). Other types of bag leak 
                                <PRTPAGE P="94912"/>
                                detection systems must be installed, operated, calibrated, and maintained according to the manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations. Standard operating procedures must be incorporated into the monitoring plan required by § 63.5990(e).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (8) At a minimum, initial adjustment of the system must consist of establishing the baseline output in both of the following ways in paragraphs (c)(8)(i) and (ii), according to section 5.0 of the EPA-454/R-98-015, 
                                <E T="03">Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance,</E>
                                 (incorporated by reference; see § 63.14):
                            </P>
                            <P>(i) Adjust the range and the averaging period of the device.</P>
                            <P>(ii) Establish the alarm set points and the alarm delay time.</P>
                            <P>
                                (9) After initial adjustment, the sensitivity or range, averaging period, alarm set points, or alarm delay time may not be adjusted except as specified in the monitoring plan required by § 63.5990(e). In no event may the range be increased by more than 100 percent or decreased by more than 50 percent over a 365-day period, unless such adjustment follows a complete fabric filter inspection that demonstrates that the fabric filter is in good operating condition, as defined in section 5.2 of the EPA-454/R-98-015, 
                                <E T="03">Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance,</E>
                                 (incorporated by reference; see § 63.14). You must record each adjustment.
                            </P>
                            <P>(10) Record the results of each inspection, calibration, and validation check.</P>
                            <P>(d) For each emission unit equipped with an add-on air pollution control device, you must inspect each capture/collection and closed vent system at least once each calendar year to ensure that each system vents captured emissions through a closed system, except that dilution air may be added to emission streams for the purpose of controlling temperature at the inlet to a fabric filter. You must record the results of each inspection.</P>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6013</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with each emission limit that applies to you according to table 17 to this subpart.</P>
                            <P>(b) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the requirements in § 63.6016(e).</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Continuous Compliance Requirements for Rubber Processing Affected Sources</HD>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6014</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limits for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) You must monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limits for rubber processing affected sources as specified in table 18 to this subpart.</P>
                            <P>(b) You must monitor and collect data according to the requirements in § 63.6012.</P>
                        </SECTION>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6015</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limits for rubber processing affected sources?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each applicable emission limit in table 15 and each operating limit in table 16 to this subpart using the methods specified in table 18 to this subpart.</P>
                            <P>(b) You must report each instance in which you did not meet an applicable emission limit in table 15 or operating limit in table 16 to this subpart. You must also report each instance in which you did not meet the applicable requirements in table 18 to this subpart. These instances are deviations from the emission limitations in this subpart. The deviations must be reported in accordance with the requirements in § 63.6017(e).</P>
                        </SECTION>
                        <AMDPAR>19. Amend newly redesignated § 63.6016 by revising paragraphs (e) and (k) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6016</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(e) If you are required to conduct a performance test, design evaluation, or other initial compliance demonstration as specified in tables 5 through 8 and table 17 to this subpart, you must submit a Notification of Compliance Status according to § 63.9(h)(2)(ii). The Notification must contain the information listed in table 20 to this subpart for compliance reports. The Notification of Compliance Status must be submitted according to the following schedules, as appropriate:</P>
                            <P>(1) For each initial compliance demonstration required in tables 6 through 8 and table 17 to this subpart that does not include a performance test, you must submit the Notification of Compliance Status before the close of business on the 30th calendar day following the completion of the initial compliance demonstration.</P>
                            <P>(2) Before January 21, 2021, for each initial compliance demonstration required in tables 6 through 8 and table 17 to this subpart that includes a performance test conducted according to the requirements in table 5 to this subpart, you must submit the Notification of Compliance Status, including the performance test results, before the close of business on the 60th calendar day following the completion of the performance test according to § 63.10(d)(2). After January 20, 2021, for each initial compliance demonstration required in tables 6 through 8 to this subpart that includes a performance test conducted according to the requirements in table 5 to this subpart, you must submit the Notification of Compliance Status, including the performance test results, before the close of business on the 60th calendar day following the completion of the performance test according to §§ 63.10(d)(2) and 63.6017(h)(1) through (3).</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (k) You must submit to the Administrator notification reports of the following recorded information. Beginning on January 21, 2021, or once the reporting form has been available on the Compliance and Emissions Data Reporting Interface (CEDRI) website for 1-year, whichever date is later, you must submit all subsequent notification of compliance status reports required in §§ 63.9(h) and paragraphs (d) through (i) of this section to the EPA via the CEDRI. The CEDRI interface can be accessed through the EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX) (
                                <E T="03">https://cdx.epa.gov</E>
                                ). You must use the appropriate electronic report form (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 template) on the CEDRI website (
                                <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/electronic-reporting-air-emissions/cedri</E>
                                ) for this subpart. The date on which the report form becomes available will be listed on the CEDRI website. If the reporting form for the notification of compliance status report specific to this subpart is not available in CEDRI at the time that the report is due, you must submit the report to the Administrator at the appropriate addresses listed in § 63.13. Once the form has been available in CEDRI for 1 year, you must begin submitting all subsequent notification of compliance status reports via CEDRI. The applicable notification must be submitted by the deadline specified in this subpart, regardless of the method in which the report is submitted. The EPA will make all the information submitted through CEDRI available to the public without further notice to you. Do not use CEDRI to submit information you claim as confidential business information (CBI). Anything submitted using CEDRI cannot later be claimed to be CBI. Although we 
                                <PRTPAGE P="94913"/>
                                do not expect persons to assert a claim of CBI, if persons wish to assert a CBI, if you claim that some of the information required to be submitted via CEDRI is CBI, submit a complete report, including information claimed to be CBI, to the EPA. The report must be generated using the appropriate electronic reporting form found on the CEDRI website. Submit the file on a compact disc, flash drive, or other commonly used electronic storage medium and clearly mark the medium as CBI. Mail the electronic medium to U.S. EPA/OAQPS/CORE CBI Office, Attention: Group Leader, Measurement Policy Group, MD C404-02, 4930 Old Page Rd., Durham, NC 27703. The same file with the CBI omitted shall be submitted to the EPA via the EPA's CDX CEDRI as described earlier in this paragraph. All CBI claims must be asserted at the time of submission. Furthermore, under CAA section 114(c) emissions data is not entitled to confidential treatment and requires EPA to make emissions data available to the public. Thus, emissions data will not be protected as CBI and will be made publicly available. Where applicable, you may assert a claim of the EPA system outage, in accordance with § 63.6017(i), or force majeure, in accordance with § 63.6017(j), for failure to timely comply with this requirement.
                            </P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>20. Amend newly redesignated § 63.6017 by:z</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>a. Revising paragraphs (a), (b) introductory text, and (c) introductory text;</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>b. Adding paragraph (c)(11);</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>c. Revising paragraphs (d) introductory text, (d)(2), (g), and (h) introductory text; and</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>d. Adding paragraph (k).</AMDPAR>
                        <P>The revisions and additions read as follows:</P>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6017</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) You must submit each applicable report in table 20 to this subpart.</P>
                            <P>(b) Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule for submission of reports under § 63.10(a), you must submit each report by the date in table 20 to this subpart and according to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(c) The compliance report must contain information specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (11) of this section.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(11) For each rubber processing affected source, whether you are complying with the particulate matter or total metal HAP emission limit alternative in table 15 to this subpart.</P>
                            <P>(d) Before January 21, 2021, for each deviation from an emission limitation (emission limit or operating limit) that occurs at an affected source where you are not using a CPMS to comply with the emission limitations in this subpart, the compliance report must contain the information in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) and paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction when the affected source is operating. After January 20, 2021, for each deviation from an emission limitation (emission limit or operating limit) that occurs at an affected source where you are not using a CPMS to comply with the emission limitations in this subpart, the compliance report must contain the information in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) and (d)(1) through (3) of this section. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction of process, air pollution control, and monitoring equipment when the affected source is operating.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(2) Before January 20, 2021, information on the number, duration, and cause of deviations (including unknown cause, if applicable) and the corrective action taken. After January 20, 2021, for each failure to meet an applicable standard, record and retain a list of the cause of deviations (including unknown cause, if applicable), affected sources or equipment, whether the failure occurred during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, an estimate of the quantity of each regulated pollutant emitted over any emission limit and a description of the method used to estimate the emissions.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (g) Before July 24, 2021, or once the reporting form has been available on the CEDRI website for 1-year, whichever date is later, if acceptable to both the Administrator and you, you may submit reports and notifications electronically. Beginning on July 24, 2021, or once the reporting form has been available on the CEDRI website for 1-year, whichever date is later, you must submit compliance reports required in paragraphs (c)(1) through (11) of this section, as applicable, to the EPA via the CEDRI. The CEDRI interface can be accessed through the EPA's CDX (
                                <E T="03">https://cdx.epa.gov</E>
                                ). You must use the appropriate electronic report form on the CEDRI website (
                                <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/electronic-reporting-air-emissions/cedri</E>
                                ) for this subpart. The date on which the report form becomes available will be listed on the CEDRI website. If the reporting form for the compliance report specific to this subpart is not available in CEDRI at the time that the report is due, you must submit the report to the Administrator at the appropriate addresses listed in § 63.13. Once the form has been available in CEDRI for 1-year, you must begin submitting all subsequent reports via CEDRI. The reports must be submitted by the deadlines specified in this subpart, regardless of the method in which the reports are submitted. The EPA will make all the information submitted through CEDRI available to the public without further notice to you. Do not use CEDRI to submit information you claim as CBI. Anything submitted using CEDRI cannot later be claimed to be CBI. Although we do not expect persons to assert a claim of CBI, if persons wish to assert a CBI, if you claim that some of the information required to be submitted via CEDRI is CBI, submit a complete report, including information claimed to be CBI, to the EPA. The report must be generated using the appropriate electronic reporting form found on the CEDRI website. Submit the file on a compact disc, flash drive, or other commonly used electronic storage medium and clearly mark the medium as CBI. Mail the electronic medium to U.S. EPA/OAQPS/CORE CBI Office, Attention: Group Leader, Measurement Policy Group, MD C404-02, 4930 Old Page Rd., Durham, NC 27703. The same file with the CBI omitted shall be submitted to the EPA via the EPA's CDX CEDRI as described earlier in this paragraph. All CBI claims must be asserted at the time of submission. Furthermore, under CAA section 114(c) emissions data is not entitled to confidential treatment and requires EPA to make emissions data available to the public. Thus, emissions data will not be protected as CBI and will be made publicly available.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (h) After January 20, 2021, if you use a control system (add-on control device and capture system) to meet the emission limitations, you must also conduct a performance test at least once every 5 years following your initial compliance demonstration to verify control system performance and reestablish operating parameters or operating limits for control systems used to comply with the emissions limits. Within 60 days after the date of completing each performance test required by this subpart, you must submit the results of the performance test following the procedures specified in paragraphs (h)(1) through (3) of this section. The provisions of this 
                                <PRTPAGE P="94914"/>
                                paragraph (h) and (h)(1) and (h)(3) do not apply to control devices and capture systems to control THC emissions from rubber processing when monitored by a THC CEMS.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(k) For each THC CEMS, within 60 days after the reporting period ends, you must report all of the calculated 15-day rolling average values derived from the THC CEMS for THC emissions in grams of THC per megagram (g/Mg) of rubber processed, either for each mixer individually, or for all mixers that use a single control device or stack, or that are averaged to comply on the basis of the facility-wide average alternative.</P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>21. Amend newly redesignated § 63.6018 by redesignating paragraph (e) as paragraph (f) and adding new paragraph (e) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6018</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(e) For each rubber processing affected source, you must keep the records specified in table 19 to this subpart to show continuous compliance with each emission limit that applies to you.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>22. Revise newly redesignated § 63.6020 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6020</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
                            <P>Table 22 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions in §§ 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you. </P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>23. Amend newly redesignated § 63.6021 by revising paragraph (c)(1) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6021</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(c) * * *</P>
                            <P>(1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in §§ 63.5981 through 63.5984, 63.5986, 63.5988, and 63.6009.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>24. Amend newly redesignated § 63.6022 by adding the definitions “Bag leak detector system (BLDS)” and “Particulate matter (PM) detector” in alphabetical order to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 63.6022</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Bag leak detector system</E>
                                 (BLDS) is a type of PM detector used on fabric filters to identify an increase in PM emissions resulting from a broken filter bag or other malfunction and sound an alarm.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Particulate matter (PM) detector</E>
                                 means a system that is continuously capable of monitoring PM loading in the exhaust of a fabric filter in order to detect bag leaks, upset conditions, or control device malfunctions and sounds an alarm at a preset level. A PM detector system includes, but is not limited to, an instrument that operates on triboelectric, light scattering, light transmittance, or other effects to continuously monitor relative particulate loadings. A BLDS is a type of PM detector.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>25. Revise tables 1 through 3 to subpart XXXX of part 63 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 1 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Emission Limits for Tire Production Affected Sources</HD>
                        <P>As stated in § 63.5984, you must comply with the emission limits for each new, reconstructed, or existing tire production affected source in the following table:</P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r150">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">For each . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">You must meet the following emission limits</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">1. Option 1—HAP constituent option</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. Emissions of each HAP in table 21 to this subpart must not exceed 1,000 grams HAP per megagram (2 pounds per ton) of total cements and solvents used at the tire production affected source, and  b. Emissions of each HAP not in table 21 to this subpart must not exceed 10,000 grams HAP per megagram (20 pounds per ton) of total cements and solvents used at the tire production affected source.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">2. Option 2—production-based option</ENT>
                                <ENT>Emissions of HAP must not exceed 0.024 grams per megagram (0.00005 pounds per ton) of rubber used at the tire production affected source.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 2 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Emission Limits for Tire Cord Production Affected Sources</HD>
                        <P>As stated in § 63.5986, you must comply with the emission limits for tire cord production affected sources in the following table:</P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r150">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">For each . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">You must meet the following emission limits</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">1. Option 1.a (production-based option)—Existing tire cord production affected source</ENT>
                                <ENT>Emissions must not exceed 280 grams HAP per megagram (0.56 pounds per ton) of fabric processed at the tire cord production affected source.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">2. Option 1.b (production-based option)—New or reconstructed tire cord production affected source</ENT>
                                <ENT>Emissions must not exceed 220 grams HAP per megagram (0.43 pounds per ton) of fabric processed at the tire cord production affected source.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">3. Option 2 (HAP constituent option)—Existing, new or reconstructed tire cord production affected source</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    a. Emissions of each HAP in table 21 to this subpart must not exceed 1,000 grams HAP per megagram (2 pounds per ton) of total coatings used at the tire cord production affected source, and 
                                    <LI>b. Emissions of each HAP not in table 21 to this subpart must not exceed 10,000 grams HAP per megagram (20 pounds per ton) of total coatings used at the tire cord production affected source.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94915"/>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 3 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Emission Limits for Puncture Sealant Application Affected Sources</HD>
                        <P>As stated in § 63.5988(a), you must comply with the emission limits for puncture sealant application affected sources in the following table:</P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r150">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">For each . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">You must meet the following emission limits</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">1. Option 1.a (percent reduction option)—Existing puncture sealant application spray booth</ENT>
                                <ENT>Reduce spray booth HAP (measured as volatile organic compounds (VOC)) emissions by at least 86 percent by weight.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">2. Option 1.b (percent reduction option)—New or reconstructed puncture sealant application spray booth</ENT>
                                <ENT>Reduce spray booth HAP (measured as VOC) emissions by at least 95 percent by weight.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">3. Option 2 (HAP constituent option) Existing, new or reconstructed puncture sealant application spray booth</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    a. Emissions of each HAP in table 21 to this subpart must not exceed 1,000 grams HAP per megagram (2 pounds per ton) of total puncture sealants used at the puncture sealant affected source, and 
                                    <LI>b. Emissions of each HAP not in table 21 to this subpart must not exceed 10,000 grams HAP per megagram (20 pounds per ton) of total puncture sealants used at the puncture sealant affected source.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>26. Revise table 5 to subpart XXXX of part 63 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 5 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Requirements for Performance Tests</HD>
                        <P>As stated in § 63.5993, you must comply with the requirements for performance tests in the following table:</P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s30,r50,r50,r100">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">If you are using . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">You must . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">Using . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">According to the following requirements . . .</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">1. A thermal oxidizer</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. Measure total HAP emissions, determine destruction efficiency of the control device, and establish a site-specific firebox secondary chamber temperature limit at which the emission limit that applies to the affected source is achieved</ENT>
                                <ENT>i. Method 25 or 25A performance test and data from the temperature monitoring system</ENT>
                                <ENT>(1). Measure total HAP emissions and determine the destruction efficiency of the control device using Method 25 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7). You may use Method 25A (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7) if: an exhaust gas volatile organic matter concentration of 50 parts per million (ppmv) or less is required to comply with the standard; the volatile organic matter concentration at the inlet to the control system and the required level of control are such that exhaust volatile organic matter concentrations are 50 ppmv or less; or because of the high efficiency of the control device exhaust, is 50 ppmv or less, regardless of the inlet concentration. </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT O="xl"/>
                                <ENT O="xl"/>
                                <ENT>(2). Collect firebox secondary chamber temperature data every 15 minutes during the entire period of the initial 3-hour performance test, and determine the average firebox temperature over the 3-hour performance test by computing the average of all of the 15-minute reading.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">2. A carbon adsorber (regenerative)</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. Measure total organic HAP emissions, establish the total regeneration mass or volumetric flow, and establish the temperature of the carbon bed within 15 minutes of completing any cooling cycles. The total regeneration mass, volumetric flow, and carbon bed temperature must be those at which the emission limit that applies to the affected source is achieved</ENT>
                                <ENT>i. Method 25 or Method 25A performance test and data from the carbon bed temperature monitoring device</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    (1). Measure total HAP emissions using Method 25. You may use Method 25A, if an exhaust gas volatile organic matter concentration of 50 ppmv or less; or because of the high efficiency of the control device, exhaust is 50 ppmv or less is required to comply with the standard; the volatile organic matter concentration (VOMC) at the inlet to the control system and the required level of control are such that exhaust VOMCs are 50 ppmv or less; or because of the high efficiency of the control device, exhaust is 50 ppmv or less, regardless of the inlet concentration. 
                                    <LI>(2). Collect carbon bed total regeneration mass or volumetric flow for each carbon bed regeneration cycle during the performance test. </LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT O="xl"/>
                                <ENT O="xl"/>
                                <ENT>
                                    (3). Record the maximum carbon bed temperature data for each carbon bed regeneration cycle during the performance test. 
                                    <LI>(4). Record the carbon bed temperature within 15 minutes of each cooling cycle during the performance test. </LI>
                                    <LI>(5). Determine the average total regeneration mass or the volumetric flow over the 3-hour performance test by computing the average of all of the readings. </LI>
                                    <LI>(6). Determine the average maximum carbon bed temperature over the 3-hour performance test by computing the average of all of the readings. </LI>
                                    <LI>(7). Determine the average carbon bed temperature within 15 minutes of the cooling cycle over the 3-hour performance test.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">3. Any control device other than a thermal oxidizer or carbon adsorber</ENT>
                                <ENT>Determine control device efficiency and establish operating parameter limits with which you will demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limit that applies to the affected source</ENT>
                                <ENT>EPA-approved methods and data from the continuous parameter monitoring system</ENT>
                                <ENT>Conduct the performance test according to the site-specific plan submitted according to § 63.7(c)(2)(i).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">4. All control devices</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. Select sampling ports' location and the number of traverse ports</ENT>
                                <ENT>Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
                                <ENT>Locate sampling sites at the inlet and outlet of the control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <PRTPAGE P="94916"/>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>b. Determine velocity and volumetric flow rate</ENT>
                                <ENT>Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>c. Conduct gas analysis</ENT>
                                <ENT>Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40 CFR part 60 appendix A; as an alternative to the manual portion of Method 3B, you may use ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981 (incorporated by reference; see § 63.14)</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>d. Measure moisture content of the stack gas</ENT>
                                <ENT>Method 4 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">5. A permanent total enclosure (PTE)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Measure the face velocity across natural draft openings and document the design features of the enclosure</ENT>
                                <ENT>Method 204 of CFR part 51, appendix M</ENT>
                                <ENT>Capture efficiency is assumed to be 100 percent if the criteria are met</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">6. Temporary total enclosure (TTE)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Construct a temporarily installed enclosure that allows you to determine the efficiency of your capture system and establish operating parameter limits</ENT>
                                <ENT>Method 204 and the appropriate combination of Methods 204A-204F of 40 CFR part 51, appendix M</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 8 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Initial Compliance With the Emission Limits for Puncture Sealant Application Affected Sources</HD>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>27. Revise the heading of table 8 to subpart XXXX of part 63 to read as set forth above.</AMDPAR>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>28. Redesignate tables 15 through 17 to subpart XXXX of part 63 as tables 20 through 22 to subpart XXXX of part 63.</AMDPAR>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>29. Add new tables 15 through 17 and tables 18 and 19 to subpart XXXX of part 63 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 15 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Emission Limits for Rubber Processing Affected Sources</HD>
                        <P>As stated in § 63.6009(a), you must comply with the emission limits for each new, reconstructed, or existing rubber processing affected source in the following table:</P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r150">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">For each . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">You must meet the following emission limits</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">1. Existing rubber processing affected sources</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    a. THC emissions, measured as propane must not exceed 64 grams/Mg mixed rubber compound processed, based on a 15-day rolling average.
                                    <LI>b. fPM emissions must not exceed 3.0 grams/Mg mixed rubber compound processed, or metal HAP emissions must not exceed 0.051 grams/Mg mixed rubber compound processed.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">2. New or reconstructed rubber processing affected sources</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    a. THC emissions, measured as propane must not exceed 64 grams/Mg mixed rubber compound processed, based on a 15-day rolling average.
                                    <LI>b. fPM emissions must not exceed 3.0 grams/Mg mixed rubber compound processed, or metal HAP emissions must not exceed 0.051 grams/Mg mixed rubber compound processed.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 16 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Operating Limits for Rubber Processing Control Devices</HD>
                        <P>As stated in § 63.6009(b) you must comply with the operating limits for rubber processing affected sources in the following table:</P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r150">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">For each . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">You must . . .</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">1. For each rubber processing mixer</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. Inspect each emission capture system or enclosure and closed vent system at least once each calendar year to ensure that each system or enclosure vents captured emissions through a closed system, except that dilution air may be added to emission streams for the purpose of controlling temperature at the inlet to a fabric filter. You must record the results of each inspection.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">2. Each mixer equipped with a fabric filter</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. Maintain and operate the fabric filter such that the BLDS detector alarm condition does not exist for more than 5 percent of the total operating time in a 6-month period; and comply with the requirements in § 63.6012(c). Standard operating procedures must be incorporated into the monitoring plan required by § 63.5990(e).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 17 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Initial Compliance With the Emission Limits for Rubber Processing Affected Sources</HD>
                        <P>
                            As stated in § 63.6011, you must show initial compliance with the emission limits for the rubber processing affected source and conduct performance tests according to the following table:
                            <PRTPAGE P="94917"/>
                        </P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r150">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">For the following emission limit . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">You must do the following . . .</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">1. The applicable THC emission limit in table 15 to this subpart</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    a. Continuously measure THC emissions using a THC CEMS and mass of mixed rubber compounds processed over a period of not less than 15 days.
                                    <LI>b. Use the applicable methods in item 2 in this table to measure exhaust flow rate in dry standard cubic feet per minute to determine THC mass emissions in grams per day using the equations and procedures in § 63.6011.</LI>
                                    <LI>c. Demonstrate that you have achieved the applicable THC emission limits in table 15 to this subpart according to the applicable procedures in § 63.6011.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">2. The applicable fPM emission limit in table 15 to this subpart</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    a. Conduct the performance test according to the site-specific plan submitted according to § 63.7(c)(2)(i).
                                    <LI>b. Measure fPM and the mass of mixed rubber compound processed for at least 3 runs lasting at least 1 hour per run.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    c. Use Method 5 in appendix A-3 to 40 CFR part 60 to measure fPM emissions.
                                    <LI>d. Select sampling ports' location and the number of traverse ports according to Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1.</LI>
                                    <LI>e. Determine velocity and volumetric flow rate according to Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1 and A-2.</LI>
                                    <LI>f. Conduct the gas analysis according to Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-2; as an alternative to the manual portion of Method 3B, you may use ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981 (incorporated by reference; see § 63.14).</LI>
                                    <LI>g. Measure moisture content of the stack gas using Method 4 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3.</LI>
                                    <LI>h. Demonstrate that you have achieved the applicable fPM emission limit in table 15 to this subpart according to the applicable procedures in § 63.6011.</LI>
                                    <LI>i. Install, operate, and maintain the BLDS according to the requirements in § 63.6012(c) at the time of the initial compliance test. Standard operating procedures for the BLDS must be incorporated into the monitoring plan required by § 63.5990(e).</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">3. The applicable metal HAP alternative emission limit in table 15 to this subpart</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    a. Conduct the performance test according to the site-specific plan submitted according to § 63.7(c)(2)(i).
                                    <LI>b. Measure metal HAP emissions and mass of mixed rubber compound processed for at least 3 runs lasting at least 1 hour per run.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>c. Use Method 29 in appendix A-8 to 40 CFR part 60 to measure metal HAP emissions. As an alternative to Method 29 for mercury only, you may use the particulate mercury portion of ASTM D6784-16 to measure particulate mercury emissions (incorporated by reference; see § 63.14).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>d. Select sampling ports' location and the number of traverse ports according to Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>e. Determine velocity and volumetric flow rate according to Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1 and A-2.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>f. Conduct the gas analysis according to Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-2; as an alternative to the manual portion of Method 3B, you may use ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981 (incorporated by reference; see § 63.14).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>g. Measure moisture content of the stack gas using Method 4 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>h. Demonstrate that you have achieved the applicable metal HAP emission limit in table 15 to this subpart according to the applicable procedures in § 63.6011.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>i. Install, operate, and maintain the BLDS according to the requirements in § 63.6012(c) at the time of the initial compliance test. Standard operating procedures for the BLDS must be incorporated into the monitoring plan required by § 63.5990(e).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 18 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Continuous Compliance With the Emission Limitations for Rubber Processing Affected Sources</HD>
                        <P>As stated in § 63.6014(a), you must show continuous compliance with the emission limitations for rubber processing affected sources according to the following table:</P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r150">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">You must demonstrate continuous compliance by . . .</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">1. Each THC continuous emissions monitoring system installed in a rubber processing mixer affected source</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. Continuously monitoring and record the THC concentration and calculate the daily THC emissions in grams per day.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">2. Each rubber processing affected source</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. Continuously monitor the daily mass of mixed rubber compound processed for each mixer in megagrams per day.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">3. Each rubber processing affected source fabric filter</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. Maintain and operate the fabric filter so that the alarm on the BLDS is not activated and an alarm condition does not exist for more than 5 percent of the total operating time in each 6-month reporting period; and continuously recording the output from the BLDS detection system; and</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>b. Each time the alarm sounds and the owner or operator initiates corrective actions within 1 hour of the alarm, 1 hour of alarm time will be counted (if the owner or operator takes longer than 1 hour to initiate corrective actions, alarm time will be counted as the actual amount of time taken by the owner or operator to initiate corrective actions); if inspection of the fabric filter system demonstrates that no corrective actions are necessary, no alarm time will be counted.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94918"/>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 19 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Minimum Data for Continuous Compliance With the Emission Limitations for Rubber Processing Affected Sources</HD>
                        <P>As stated in § 63.6018(e), you must maintain minimum data to show continuous compliance with the emission limitations for rubber processing affected sources according to the following table:</P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r150">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">You must maintain . . .</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">1. Rubber processing affected sources using an emission capture system or enclosure to capture emissions and performing the inspections specified in table 16 to this subpart</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. Records of the annual inspections of the enclosure and closed vent system specified in table 16 to this subpart.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">2. Rubber processing affected sources using a continuous emissions monitoring system to comply with the THC limits in table 15 to this subpart</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    a. Records of each THC concentration measurement and each inspection, calibration, and validation check.
                                    <LI>b. Records of each flow rate measurement.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">3. Rubber processing affected sources subject to the THC emission limit in table 15 to this subpart</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    a. Records of daily mass of mixed rubber compound processed for each mixer, in megagrams per day.
                                    <LI>b. Records of each calculated 15-day rolling average THC emission rate, in grams THC per Mg rubber processed for each mixer separately or for all mixers combined and complying with the facility-wide emission limit.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">4. Rubber processing affected sources subject to the fPM or metal HAP emission limits in table 15 to this subpart</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    a. Records of applicable periodic fPM or metal HAP performance tests.
                                    <LI>b. Records of mass of mixed rubber compound processed during the periodic fPM or metal HAP performance test.</LI>
                                    <LI>c. Records of the calculated fPM or metal HAP emission rate, in grams fPM or metal HAP per Mg rubber processed for each mixer separately or for all mixers combined and complying with the facility-wide emission limit.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    d. Records of each inspection, calibration, and validation check of the bag leak detection system.
                                    <LI>e. Records of each bag leak detection system alarm, the amount of time taken to initiate corrective action after the alarm, and the response and corrective action taken.</LI>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>30. Revise newly redesignated table 20 to subpart XXXX of part 63 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 20 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Requirements for Reports</HD>
                        <P>As stated in § 63.6017, you must submit each report that applies to you according to the following table.</P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s75,r100,r75">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1">You must submit a(n)</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">The report must contain . . .</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1" O="L">You must submit the report . . .</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">1. Compliance report</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. If there are no deviations from any emission limitations that apply to you, a statement that there were no deviations from the emission limitations during the reporting period. If there were no periods during which the CPMS was out-of-control as specified in § 63.8(c)(7), a statement that there were no periods during which the CPMS was out-of-control during the reporting period</ENT>
                                <ENT>Semiannually according to the requirements in § 63.6017(b), unless you meet the requirements for annual reporting in § 63.6017(f) for the tire production affected source only.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>b. If you have a deviation from any emission limitation during the reporting period at an affected source where you are not using a CPMS, the report must contain the information in § 63.6010(d). If the deviation occurred at a source where you are using a CMPS or if there were periods during which the CPMS were out-of-control as specified in § 63.8(c)(7), the report must contain the information required by § 63.5990(f)(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Semiannually according to the requirements in § 63.6017(b), unless you meet the requirements for annual reporting in § 63.6017(f) for the tire production affected source only.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>c. Before January 21, 2021, If you had a startup, shutdown, and malfunction during the reporting period and you took actions consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, the compliance report must include the information in § 63.10(d)(5)(i). After January 20, 2021, this information is no longer required</ENT>
                                <ENT>Before January 21, 2021, semiannually according to the requirements in § 63.6017(b), unless you meet the requirements for annual reporting in § 63.6017(f). After January 20, 2021, this information is no longer required.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <PRTPAGE P="94919"/>
                                <ENT I="01">2. Before January 21, 2021, immediate startup, shutdown, and malfunction report if you had a startup, shutdown, and malfunction during the reporting period that is not consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan. After January 20, 2021, this report is no longer required</ENT>
                                <ENT>a. Before January 21, 2021, actions taken for the event. After January 20, 2021, this report is no longer required</ENT>
                                <ENT>Before January 21, 2021, by fax or telephone within 2 working days after starting actions inconsistent with the plan. After January 20, 2021, this report is no longer required.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                <ENT>b. Before January 21, 2021, the information in (§ 63.10(d)(5)(ii)). After January 20, 2021, this report is no longer required</ENT>
                                <ENT>Before January 21, 2021, by letter within 7 working days after the end of the event unless you have made alternative arrangements with the permitting authority (§ 63.10(d)(5)(ii)). After January 20, 2021, this report is no longer required.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">3. Performance Test Report</ENT>
                                <ENT>If you use a control system (add-on control device and capture system) to meet the emission limitations</ENT>
                                <ENT>Conduct a performance test at least once every 5 years following your initial compliance demonstration according to the requirements in § 63.5993.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="63">
                        <AMDPAR>31. Amend newly redesignated table 22 to subpart XXXX of part 63 by:</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>a. Revising the introductory text to the first table (that applies before January 21, 2021); and</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>b. Revising the second table (that applies after January 20, 2021).</AMDPAR>
                        <P>The revisions read as follows:</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 22 to Subpart XXXX of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to This Subpart XXXX</HD>
                        <P>Before January 21, 2021, as stated in § 63.6020, you must comply with the applicable General Provisions (GP) requirements according to the following table:</P>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>After January 20, 2021, as stated in § 63.6020, you must comply with the applicable General Provisions (GP) requirements according to the following table:</P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="xs62,r50,r100,r50,xs60">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1">Citation</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">Subject</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">Brief description of applicable sections</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">Applicable to subpart XXXX?</CHED>
                                <CHED H="2">
                                    Using a 
                                    <LI>control device</LI>
                                </CHED>
                                <CHED H="2">
                                    Not using a 
                                    <LI>control device</LI>
                                </CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.1</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
                                <ENT>Initial applicability determination; applicability after standard established; permit requirements; extensions; notifications</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.2</ENT>
                                <ENT>Definitions</ENT>
                                <ENT>Definitions for part 63 standards</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.3</ENT>
                                <ENT>Units and Abbreviations</ENT>
                                <ENT>Units and abbreviations for part 63 standards</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.4</ENT>
                                <ENT>Prohibited Activities</ENT>
                                <ENT>Prohibited activities; compliance date; circumvention; severability</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.5</ENT>
                                <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applicability; applications; approvals</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(a)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
                                <ENT>GP apply unless compliance extension; GP apply to area sources that become major</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(1)-(4)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Compliance Dates for New and Reconstructed Sources</ENT>
                                <ENT>Standards apply at effective date; 3 years after effective date; upon startup; 10 years after construction or reconstruction commences for CAA section 112(f)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(5)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Notification</ENT>
                                <ENT>Must notify if commenced construction or reconstruction after proposal</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(6)</ENT>
                                <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(7)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Compliance Dates for New and Reconstructed Area Sources that Become Major</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(1)-(2)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Compliance Dates for Existing Sources</ENT>
                                <ENT>Comply according to date in subpart, which must be no later than 3 years after effective date; for CAA section 112(f) standards, comply within 90 days of effective date unless compliance extension</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(3)-(4)</ENT>
                                <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(5)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Compliance Dates for Existing Area Sources that Become Major</ENT>
                                <ENT>Area sources that become major must comply with major source standards by date indicated in subpart or by equivalent time period (for example, 3 years)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(d)</ENT>
                                <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(e)(1)(i)-(ii)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Operations and Maintenance</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No. See § 63.5990(a)</ENT>
                                <ENT>No. See § 63.5990(a).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(e)(1)(iii)-(2)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Operation and Maintenance</ENT>
                                <ENT>Operate to minimize emissions at all times; correct malfunctions as soon as practicable; and operation and maintenance requirements independently enforceable; information Administrator will use to determine if operation and maintenance requirements were met</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(e)(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction Plan</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(f)(1)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction Exemption</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No. See § 63.5990(a)</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(f)(2)-(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Methods for Determining Compliance</ENT>
                                <ENT>Compliance based on performance test; operation and maintenance plans; records; inspection</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(g)(1)-(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Alternative Standard</ENT>
                                <ENT>Procedures for getting an alternative standard</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <PRTPAGE P="94920"/>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(h)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Opacity/Visible Emissions (VE) Standards</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(i)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Compliance Extension</ENT>
                                <ENT>Procedures and criteria for Administrator to grant compliance extension</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(j)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Presidential Compliance Exemption</ENT>
                                <ENT>President may exempt source category from requirement to comply with rule</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(1)-(2)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Performance Test Dates</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>CAA section 114 Authority</ENT>
                                <ENT>Administrator may require a performance test under CAA section 114 at any time</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(b)(1)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Notification of Performance Test</ENT>
                                <ENT>Must notify Administrator 60 days before the test</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(b)(2)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Notification of Rescheduling</ENT>
                                <ENT>If rescheduling a performance test is necessary, must notify Administrator 5 days before scheduled date of rescheduled date</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(c)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Quality Assurance/Test Plan</ENT>
                                <ENT>Requirement to submit site-specific test plan 60 days before the test or on date Administrator agrees with: test plan approval procedures; performance audit requirements; and internal and external quality assurance procedures for testing</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(d)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Testing Facilities</ENT>
                                <ENT>Requirements for testing facilities</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(e)(1)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Conditions for Conducting Performance Tests</ENT>
                                <ENT>Performance tests must be conducted under representative conditions; cannot conduct performance tests during startup, shutdown, and malfunction</ENT>
                                <ENT>No. See § 63.5993(c)</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(e)(2)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Conditions for Conducting Performance Tests</ENT>
                                <ENT>Must conduct according to rule and the EPA test methods unless Administrator approves alternative</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(e)(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Test Run Duration</ENT>
                                <ENT>Must have three test runs of at least 1 hour each; compliance is based on arithmetic mean of three runs; and conditions when data from an additional test run can be used</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(f)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Alternative Test Method</ENT>
                                <ENT>Procedures by which Administrator can grant approval to use an alternative test method</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(g)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Performance Test Data Analysis</ENT>
                                <ENT>Must include raw data in performance test report; must submit performance test data 60 days after end of test with the Notification of Compliance Status report; and keep data for 5 years</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(h)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Waiver of Tests</ENT>
                                <ENT>Procedures for Administrator to waive performance test</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(1)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applicability of Monitoring Requirements</ENT>
                                <ENT>Subject to all monitoring requirements in standard</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(2)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Performance Specifications</ENT>
                                <ENT>Performance Specifications in appendix B of 40 CFR part 60 apply</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes, if using a CEMS</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes, if using a CEMS.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(4)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Monitoring with Flares</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(b)(1)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Monitoring</ENT>
                                <ENT>Must conduct monitoring according to standard unless Administrator approves alternative</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(b)(2)-(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Multiple Effluents and Multiple Monitoring Systems</ENT>
                                <ENT>Specific requirements for installing monitoring systems; must install on each effluent before it is combined and before it is released to the atmosphere unless Administrator approves otherwise; if more than one monitoring system on an emission point, must report all monitoring system results, unless one monitoring system is a backup</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Monitoring System Operation and Maintenance</ENT>
                                <ENT>Maintain monitoring system in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practices</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.5990(e) and (f)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.5990(e) and (f).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)(i)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Routine and Predictable Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)(ii)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction not in Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction Plan</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)(iii)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Compliance with Operation and Maintenance Requirements</ENT>
                                <ENT>How the Administrator determines if source complying with operation and maintenance requirements; review of source operation and maintenance procedures, records, manufacturer's instructions, recommendations, and inspection of monitoring system</ENT>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(2)-(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Monitoring System Installation</ENT>
                                <ENT>Must install to get representative emission and parameter measurements; must verify operational status before or at performance test</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(4)</ENT>
                                <ENT>CMS Requirements</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.5990(f)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.5990(f).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(5)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Continuous Opacity Monitoring Systems Minimum Procedures</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(6)</ENT>
                                <ENT>CMS Requirements</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.5990(e)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.5990(e).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(7)-(8)</ENT>
                                <ENT>CMS Requirements</ENT>
                                <ENT>Out-of-control periods, including reporting</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <PRTPAGE P="94921"/>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(d)(1)-(2)</ENT>
                                <ENT>CMS Quality Control</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.5990(e) and (f)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.5990(e) and (f).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(d)(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Written Procedures for CMS</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No. See § 63.5990(f)(2).</ENT>
                                <ENT>No. See § 63.5990(f)(2).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(e)</ENT>
                                <ENT>CMS Performance Evaluation</ENT>
                                <ENT>Performance evaluation of continuous monitoring systems</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(f)(1)-(5)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Alternative Monitoring Method</ENT>
                                <ENT>Procedures for Administrator to approve alternative monitoring</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(f)(6)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Alternative to Relative Accuracy Test</ENT>
                                <ENT>Requesting an alternative to the relative accuracy test for a CEMS</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(g)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Data Reduction</ENT>
                                <ENT>How to reduce CMS data</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.5990(f)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.5990(f).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(a)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Notification Requirements</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applicability and state delegation</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(b)(1)-(5)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Initial Notifications</ENT>
                                <ENT>Submit notification 120 days after effective date; notification of intent to construct/reconstruct, notification of commencement of construct/reconstruct, notification of startup; and contents of each</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(c)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Request for Compliance Extension</ENT>
                                <ENT>Can request if cannot comply by date or if installed best available control technology or lowest achievable emission rate</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(d)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Notification of Special Compliance Requirements for New Source</ENT>
                                <ENT>For sources that commence construction between proposal and promulgation and want to comply 3 years after effective date</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(e)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Notification of Performance Test</ENT>
                                <ENT>Notify Administrator 60 days prior</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(f)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Notification of VE/Opacity Test</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(g)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Additional Notifications When Using CMS</ENT>
                                <ENT>Additional notification requirements for sources with continuous monitoring systems</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(h)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Notification of Compliance Status</ENT>
                                <ENT>Contents; due 60 days after end of performance test or other compliance demonstration, except for opacity/VE, which are due 30 days after; when to submit to Federal vs. State authority</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(i)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Adjustment of Submittal Deadlines</ENT>
                                <ENT>Procedures for Administrator to approve change in when notifications must be submitted</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(j)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Change in Previous Information</ENT>
                                <ENT>Must submit within 15 days after the change</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(k)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Notification</ENT>
                                <ENT>Electronic reporting procedures</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes, as specified in § 63.9(j)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes, as specified in § 63.9(j).</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(a)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Recordkeeping/Reporting</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applies to all, unless compliance extension; when to submit to Federal vs. State authority; procedures for owners of more than 1 source</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(1)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Recordkeeping/Reporting</ENT>
                                <ENT>General Requirements; keep all records readily available; and keep for 5 years</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(i) and (iv-v)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Records related to Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(ii)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Recordkeeping of failures to meet a standard</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>
                                    No. 
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     63.6017 for recordkeeping of (1) date, time, cause, and duration; (2) listing of affected source or equipment, whether the failure occurred during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, an estimate of the quantity of each regulated pollutant emitted over the standard and the method used to estimate the emissions; and (3) actions to minimize emissions and correct the failure
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(iii), (vi), and (x)-(xi)</ENT>
                                <ENT>CMS Records</ENT>
                                <ENT>Malfunctions, inoperative, out-of-control; calibration checks; adjustments, maintenance</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(vii)-(ix)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Records</ENT>
                                <ENT>Measurements to demonstrate compliance with emission limitations; performance test, performance evaluation, and VE observation results; and measurements to determine conditions of performance tests and performance evaluations</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xii)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Records</ENT>
                                <ENT>Records when under waiver</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xiii)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Records</ENT>
                                <ENT>Emission levels relative to the criterion for obtaining permission to use an alternative to the relative accuracy test</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xiv)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Records</ENT>
                                <ENT>All documentation supporting Initial Notification and Notification of Compliance Status</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Records</ENT>
                                <ENT>Applicability determinations</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(c)(1)-(14)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Records</ENT>
                                <ENT>Additional recordkeeping requirements for sources with continuous monitoring systems</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(c)(15)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Use of SSM plan</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <PRTPAGE P="94922"/>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(1)</ENT>
                                <ENT>General Reporting Requirements</ENT>
                                <ENT>Requirement to report</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(2)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Report of Performance Test Results</ENT>
                                <ENT>When to submit to Federal or State authority</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(3)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Reporting Opacity or VE Observations</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(4)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Progress Reports</ENT>
                                <ENT>Must submit progress reports on schedule if under compliance extension</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(5)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction Reports</ENT>
                                <ENT>See § 63.6017(d) for malfunction reporting requirements</ENT>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Additional CMS Reports</ENT>
                                <ENT>Additional reporting requirements for sources with continuous monitoring systems</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(f)</ENT>
                                <ENT>Waiver for Recordkeeping/Reporting</ENT>
                                <ENT>Procedures for Administrator to waive</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.11</ENT>
                                <ENT>Flares</ENT>
                                <ENT/>
                                <ENT>No</ENT>
                                <ENT>No.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.12</ENT>
                                <ENT>Delegation</ENT>
                                <ENT>State authority to enforce standards</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.13</ENT>
                                <ENT>Addresses</ENT>
                                <ENT>Addresses where reports, notifications, and requests are sent</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.14</ENT>
                                <ENT>Incorporation by Reference</ENT>
                                <ENT>Test methods incorporated by reference</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">§ 63.15</ENT>
                                <ENT>Availability of Information</ENT>
                                <ENT>Public and confidential information</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                    </REGTEXT>
                </SUPLINF>
                <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-26895 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
            </RULE>
        </RULES>
    </NEWPART>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>230</NO>
    <DATE>Friday, November 29, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Notices</UNITNAME>
    <NEWPART>
        <PTITLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="94923"/>
            <PARTNO>Part III </PARTNO>
            <AGENCY TYPE="P">Securities and Exchange Commission</AGENCY>
            <TITLE>Joint Industry Plan; Order Approving, as Modified, a National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data; Notice</TITLE>
        </PTITLE>
        <NOTICES>
            <NOTICE>
                <PREAMB>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94924"/>
                    <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                    <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101672; File No. 4-757]</DEPDOC>
                    <SUBJECT>Joint Industry Plan; Order Approving, as Modified, a National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data</SUBJECT>
                    <DATE>November 20, 2024.</DATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Introduction</HD>
                    <P>
                        On October 23, 2023, Cboe BYX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe BYX”), Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe BZX”), Cboe EDGA Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe EDGA”), Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe EDGX”), Cboe Exchange, Inc., Investors Exchange LLC (“IEX”), Long Term Stock Exchange, Inc. (“LTSE”), MEMX LLC (“MEMX”), MIAX PEARL, LLC (“MIAX PEARL”), Nasdaq BX, Inc. (“Nasdaq BX”), Nasdaq ISE, LLC (“Nasdaq ISE”), Nasdaq PHLX LLC (“Nasdaq PHLX”), Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, New York Stock Exchange LLC, NYSE American LLC (“NYSE American”), NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”), NYSE Chicago, Inc. (“NYSE Chicago”), NYSE National, Inc. (“NYSE National”), and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) (collectively, “SROs”) 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to section 11A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) 
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and Rule 608 of Regulation National Market System (“Regulation NMS”) thereunder,
                        <SU>3</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         a proposed new single national market system plan governing the public dissemination of real-time consolidated equity market data for national market system stocks (the “Proposed CT Plan”). The Proposed CT Plan was published for comment in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on January 25, 2024.
                        <SU>4</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             For purposes of this order, the exchange group consisting of Cboe BYX, Cboe BZX, Cboe EDGA, Cboe EDGX, and Cboe Exchange, Inc., will be referred to collectively as “Cboe”; the exchange group consisting of Nasdaq BX, Nasdaq ISE, Nasdaq PHLX, and Nasdaq Stock Market LLC will be referred to collectively as “Nasdaq”; and the exchange group consisting of the New York Stock Exchange LLC, NYSE American, NYSE Arca, NYSE Chicago, and NYSE National will be referred to collectively as “NYSE.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78k-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>3</SU>
                             17 CFR 242.608.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>4</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Joint Industry Plan; Notice of Filing of a National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99403 (Jan. 19, 2024), 89 FR 5002 (Jan. 25, 2024) (“Notice”). Comments received in response to the Notice can be found on the Commission's website at: 
                            <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/4-757/4-757.htm.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On April 23, 2024, the Commission instituted proceedings pursuant to Rule 608(b)(2)(i) of Regulation NMS 
                        <SU>5</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to determine whether to approve or disapprove the Proposed CT Plan or to approve the Proposed CT Plan with such changes or subject to such conditions as the Commission may deem necessary or appropriate, if it finds that such plan or amendment is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a national market system, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act.
                        <SU>6</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         On July 11, 2024, pursuant to Rule 608(b)(2)(i) of Regulation NMS,
                        <SU>7</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission extended the period within which to conclude proceedings regarding the Proposed CT Plan to September 21, 2024.
                        <SU>8</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         On September 20, 2024, pursuant to Rule 608(b)(2)(ii) of Regulation NMS,
                        <SU>9</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission further extended the period within which to conclude proceedings regarding the Proposed CT Plan to November 20, 2024.
                        <SU>10</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>5</SU>
                             17 CFR 242.608(b)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>6</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Joint Industry Plan; Order Instituting Proceedings to Determine Whether to Approve or Disapprove a National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100017 (Apr. 23, 2024), 89 FR 33412 (Apr. 29, 2024) (“OIP”). Comments received in response to the OIP can be found on the Commission's website at: 
                            <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/4-757/4-757.htm.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>7</SU>
                             17 CFR 242.608(b)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>8</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Joint Industry Plan; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on a Proposed National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100500 (July 11, 2024), 89 FR 58235 (July 17, 2024).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>9</SU>
                             17 CFR 242.608(b)(2)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>10</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Joint Industry Plan; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on a Proposed National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101125 (Sept. 20, 2024), 89 FR 78950 (Sept. 26, 2024).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>This order approves the Proposed CT Plan with certain modifications that the Commission has determined are appropriate, which are described in detail below. As discussed throughout this order, the Commission finds that the Proposed CT Plan, as modified, is appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanism of a national market system, or is otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act. A copy of the Proposed CT Plan, marked to reflect the modifications the Commission has made, is Attachment A to this order.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Discussion and Commission Findings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Background</HD>
                    <P>
                        On May 6, 2020, the Commission ordered the SROs to act jointly in developing and filing with the Commission a proposed new national market system plan to govern the public dissemination of real-time, consolidated equity market data for NMS stocks to replace the existing equity data plans.
                        <SU>11</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission sought to address with the Governance Order, among other things, the inherent conflicts of interest between the SROs' role in collecting and disseminating consolidated equity market data and their interests in selling proprietary data products. As the Commission stated in the Governance Order, since the adoption of Regulation NMS in 2005,
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>11</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Order Directing the Exchanges and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority to Submit a New National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 88827 (May 6, 2020), 85 FR 28702 (May 13, 2020) (File No. 4-757) (“Governance Order”). The three NMS plans that currently govern the collection, consolidation, processing, and dissemination of equity market data for NMS stocks and oversee the securities information processors (“SIPs”) for equity market data for NMS stocks are (1) the Consolidated Tape Association Plan (“CTA Plan”), (2) the Consolidated Quotation Plan (“CQ Plan”), and (3) the Joint Self-Regulatory Organization Plan Governing the Collection, Consolidation, and Dissemination of Quotation and Transaction Information for Nasdaq-Listed Securities Traded on Exchanges on an Unlisted Trading Privileges Basis (“UTP Plan”) (collectively, the “Equity Data Plans”). 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 28703, n.34.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP>
                            developments in technology and changes in the equities markets have heightened an inherent conflict of interest between the Participants' collective responsibilities in overseeing the Equity Data Plans and their individual interests in maximizing the viability of proprietary data products that they sell to market participants. This conflict of interest, combined with the concentration of voting power in the Equity Data Plans among a few large “exchange groups”—multiple exchanges operating under one corporate umbrella—has contributed to significant concerns regarding whether the consolidated feeds meet the purposes for them set out by Congress and by the Commission in adopting the national market system. Additionally, the Commission believes that the continued existence of three separate NMS plans for equity market data creates inefficiencies and unnecessarily burdens ongoing improvements in the provision of equity market data to market participants. Addressing the issues with the current governance structure of the Equity Data Plans . . . is a key step in responding to broader concerns about the consolidated data feeds.
                            <SU>12</SU>
                            <FTREF/>
                        </FP>
                        <FTNT>
                            <P>
                                <SU>12</SU>
                                 Governance Order, 
                                <E T="03">supra</E>
                                 note 11, 85 FR at 28702.
                            </P>
                        </FTNT>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        Moreover, as stated in the Governance Order, “[t]he Commission believes that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94925"/>
                        the demutualization of the exchanges and the proliferation of proprietary exchange data products have heightened the conflicts between the SROs' business interests in proprietary data offerings and their obligations as SROs under the national market system to ensure prompt, accurate, reliable, and fair dissemination of core data through the jointly administered Equity Data Plans.” 
                        <SU>13</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>13</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 28704.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Thus, the Commission determined that the current governance structure of the existing Equity Data Plans is “inadequate to respond to changes in the market and in the ownership of exchanges, and to the evolving needs of investors and other market participants,” 
                        <SU>14</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the Commission ordered the SROs to develop and file with the Commission a proposed new NMS plan regarding equity market data with a set of specified governance provisions designed to address the issues identified by the Commission,
                        <SU>15</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and to ensure, consistent with the Exchange Act, the “prompt, accurate, reliable, and fair collection, processing, distribution, and publication of information with respect to quotations for and transactions in such securities and the fairness and usefulness of the form and content of such information.” 
                        <SU>16</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>14</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 28702.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>15</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 28729-31.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>16</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78k-1(c)(1)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On August 11, 2020, the SROs 
                        <SU>17</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         filed a proposed new NMS plan pursuant to the Governance Order, and notice of the proposed plan was published for comment in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on October 13, 2020.
                        <SU>18</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         After instituting proceedings with respect to the new NMS plan proposed by the SROs, the Commission ultimately approved, as modified, the new NMS plan on August 6, 2021 (“2021 CT Plan”).
                        <SU>19</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>17</SU>
                             MIAX PEARL was not among the SROs filing that proposed plan because it did not become national securities exchange for trading equity securities until after that filing was made. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To Establish Rules Governing the Trading of Equity Securities, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 89563 (Aug. 14, 2020), 85 FR 51510 (Aug. 20, 2020).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>18</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Joint Industry Plan; Notice of Filing of a National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 90096 (Oct. 6, 2020), 85 FR 64565 (Oct. 13, 2020) (File No. 4-757).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>19</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Joint Industry Plan; Order Approving, as Modified, a National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 92586 (Aug. 6, 2021), 86 FR 44142 (Aug. 11, 2021) (File No. 4-757) (“2021 Approval Order”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Nasdaq, NYSE, and Cboe then petitioned the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit (“D.C. Circuit”) for review of the Commission's action, challenging three aspects of the Governance Order and the 2021 Approval Order: (1) the inclusion of non-SRO representatives as voting members of the 2021 CT Plan's operating committee; (2) the grouping of SROs by corporate affiliation for voting; and (3) the requirement that the 2021 CT Plan's administrator be independent of any SRO that sells its own proprietary equity market data.
                        <SU>20</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>20</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, et al.</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">Securities and Exchange Commission,</E>
                             38 F.4th 1126, 1131 (D.C. Cir. 2022) (“
                            <E T="03">Nasdaq</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">SEC</E>
                             ”). The petitioners were Nasdaq, NYSE, and Cboe. The petitioners also filed a motion with the Commission seeking a stay of the effect of the 2021 Approval Order pending final resolution of their petitions before the D.C. Circuit, which the Commission denied. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Order Denying Stay, Securities Exchange Release No. 93051 (Sept. 17, 2021), 86 FR 52933 (Sept. 23, 2021) (File No. 4-757). The petitioners also filed for and, on October 13, 2021, received a stay of the 2021 Approval Order from the D.C. Circuit. 
                            <E T="03">See Nasdaq</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">SEC,</E>
                             38 F.4th at 1135.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On July 5, 2022, the D.C. Circuit granted the exchanges' petition with respect to the inclusion of non-SRO voting members on the new NMS plan operating committee, but denied the petition with respect to the other challenged aspects of the Governance Order and the 2021 Approval Order, including upholding the Commission's actions with respect to requiring voting by SRO group and requiring an independent administrator.
                        <SU>21</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The court vacated the 2021 Approval Order in full, but “sever[ed] only those parts of the Governance Order directing [the SROs] to include non-SRO representation in its proposed plan, leaving the remainder in place.” 
                        <SU>22</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>21</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See Nasdaq</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">SEC, supra</E>
                             note 20, 38 F.4th at 1131.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>22</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 1145.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On September 1, 2023, in light of the court's decision, the Commission issued an amended order directing the SROs to file a new NMS plan regarding consolidated equity market data,
                        <SU>23</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the SROs filed the Proposed CT Plan pursuant to that Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>24</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>23</SU>
                             Amended Order Directing the Exchanges and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., to File a National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98271 (Sept. 1, 2023), 88 FR 61630, 61631 (Sept. 7, 2023) (File No. 4-757) (“Amended Governance Order”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>24</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Notice, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 4, 89 FR at 5003.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Below, this order separately addresses each of the provisions of the Proposed CT Plan, discussing the comments received and explaining the modifications, if any, that the Commission is making.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. The Provisions of the Proposed CT Plan</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Recitals</HD>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (a) of the Recitals states the procedural history of the Proposed CT Plan. Paragraph (a) of the Recitals also establishes that the Proposed CT Plan is filed with the Commission in response to the Commission's Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>25</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>25</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (a) of the Recitals of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (b) of the Recitals states that, as the Members have already formed the Company 
                        <SU>26</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act 
                        <SU>27</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         by filing a certificate of formation with the Delaware Secretary of State, the Proposed CT Plan will become effective on the date (the “Effective Date”) when approved by the Commission pursuant to Rule 608 of Regulation NMS as an NMS plan governing the public dissemination of real-time consolidated market data for Eligible Securities.
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>26</SU>
                             For purposes of this order, all capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this order shall have the same meaning as in the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>27</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article I, Section 1.1(21) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved) (defining “Delaware Act” as “the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, Title 6, Chapter 18, §§ 18-101, 
                            <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                             and any successor statute, as amended”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (b) of the Recitals of the Proposed CT Plan. Upon approval by the Commission, the Proposed CT Plan will be an “effective national market system plan” within the meaning of Rule 600(b)(34) of Regulation NMS, 17 CFR 242.600(b)(34), and an “effective transaction reporting plan,” within the meaning of Rule 600(b)(35) of Regulation NMS, 17 CFR 242.600(b)(35).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (c) of the Recitals sets forth the SROs' statement of their regulatory obligations to the Proposed CT Plan. Specifically, paragraph (c) states that, in performing their obligations and duties under the Proposed CT Plan, the Members are performing and discharging functions and responsibilities related to the operation of the national market system for and on behalf of the Members in their capacities as self-regulatory organizations, as required under section 11A of the Exchange Act, and pursuant to Rule 603(b) of Regulation NMS thereunder. Paragraph (c) of the Recitals further provides that the Proposed CT Plan and the operations of the Company shall be subject to ongoing oversight by the Commission.
                        <SU>29</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally this paragraph of the Recitals sets forth that no provision of the Proposed CT Plan shall be construed to limit or diminish the obligations and duties of the Members as self-regulatory 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94926"/>
                        organizations under the federal securities laws and the regulations thereunder.
                        <SU>30</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>29</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (c) of the Recitals of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>30</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (b) of the Recitals of the Proposed CT Plan. The “Members” of the Agreement, as defined in the first paragraph of the Agreement, are the SROs identified in Exhibit A to the Agreement.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is making a non-substantive modification to paragraph (b) to add the defined term “Plan” at the end of the phrase “an NMS plan governing the public dissemination of real-time consolidated market data for Eligible Securities.” This modification is appropriate because the Proposed CT Plan contains numerous references to the “plan,” which term had not been defined. Apart from this modification, the Recitals are substantively similar to corresponding recitals of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>31</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and were not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of the Recitals of the Proposed CT Plan, and the Commission is approving the Recitals as modified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>31</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44143-49 (approving Paragraph (a) of the Recitals of the 2021 CT Plan, as proposed, Paragraph (b) of the Recitals of the 2021 CT Plan, as modified, and Paragraph (g) of the Recitals of the 2021 CT Plan as modified).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Definitions</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article I of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the defined terms used throughout, as well as provisions for interpreting, the Proposed CT Plan and its Exhibits.
                        <SU>32</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>32</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article I, Sections 1.1 and 1.2 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(a) Section 1.1 Definitions</HD>
                    <P>While the Commission received no comments on the proposed definitions, it is, as explained below, making certain modifications to the proposed definitions.</P>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is modifying the definition of “Administrator” to delete text that incompletely duplicates part of the provisions of Article VI, Section 6.2 of the Proposed CT Plan as modified and instead refer directly to Article VI of the Proposed CT Plan. Specifically, the Commission is revising the definition to read, “ ‘Administrator’ means the Person selected by the Company to perform the administrative functions under Article VI of this Agreement.” This modification is appropriate to avoid potential ambiguity between the terms of the definition as proposed and the provisions of Article VI as modified by the Commission, in particular the text of Section 6.2 of the Agreement regarding the independence of the Administrator, as modified by the Commission.
                        <SU>33</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>33</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See infra</E>
                             Section II.B.7(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is modifying Section 1.1 to add a new paragraph (2) to define the term “Advisory Committee” to mean “the committee formed in accordance with Section 4.7 of this Agreement.” 
                        <SU>34</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This modification is appropriate because the term “Advisory Committee” is used throughout the Proposed CT Plan but was undefined. The Commission is further modifying Section 1.1 to renumber the following paragraphs of Section 1.1 accordingly.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>34</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Section 1.1(2) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved). The Commission has also renumbered the paragraphs of Section 1.1 to reflect this addition.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is modifying the definitions of “Company Identified Party,” “Covered Persons,” “Executive Session,” and “Party to a Proceeding” to delete the acronym “SRO” from the term “SRO Voting Representative.” These modifications are appropriate because the defined term proposed in the Proposed CT Plan is “Voting Representative” rather than “SRO Voting Representative.” 
                        <SU>35</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>35</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article I, Section 1.1(83) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved) (defining “Voting Representative”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is modifying the definition of “Agent” to insert, immediately after the words “the Administrator,” the words “the Interim Administrator(s).” The Commission is also modifying the definition of “Covered Persons” to insert in two places immediately following the words “the Administrator,” the words “the Interim Administrator(s).” 
                        <SU>36</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These modifications are appropriate because, as discussed below in Section II.B.7 of this order, the Commission is modifying the Proposed CT Plan to permit the appointment by the Operating Committee of one or more Interim Administrator(s), and these insertions are needed to conform to that modification.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>36</SU>
                             As modified, Section 1.1(14) provides that the term “Covered Persons” means “representatives of the Members (including the Voting Representative, alternate Voting Representative, and Member Observers), members of the Advisory Committee, SRO Applicants, SRO Applicant Observers, the Administrator, the Interim Administrator(s), and the Processors; Affiliates, employees, and Agents of the Operating Committee, a Member, the Administrator, the Interim Administrator(s), and the Processors; and any third parties invited to attend meetings of the Operating Committee or subcommittees. Covered Persons do not include staff of the SEC.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is modifying the definition of “Highly Confidential Information” to specify that “Highly Confidential Information” shall also include the Company's contract negotiations with the Interim Administrator(s).
                        <SU>37</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This modification is appropriate because the Company's contract negotiations with the Interim Administrator(s) would raise confidentiality concerns similar to those of the Company's contract negotiations with the Administrator, which require classification as Highly Confidential Information under the confidentiality provisions of the Proposed CT Plan. The Commission is further modifying the definition of “Highly Confidential Information” 
                        <SU>38</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to delete the word “applicable” and insert, immediately after the words “privilege or immunity” the words “recognized under Applicable Law.” This modification is appropriate to place clear limits around the circumstances in which sharing of information with Advisory Committee members will be restricted under the Confidentiality Policy by requiring that the “privilege or immunity” under which information may be designated as Highly Confidential Information must be a “privilege or immunity recognized under Applicable Law,” which is a term defined in Section 1.1 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>39</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>37</SU>
                             To effect this modification, the Commission is inserting, immediately after “Administrator” the words “or Interim Administrator(s).” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Section 1.1(35) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>38</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article I, Section 1.1(35) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>39</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See infra</E>
                             Section II.B.5(l) (discussing the Confidentiality Policy set forth in Article IV, Section 4.12 of and Exhibit C to the Proposed CT Plan).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is modifying the definition of “Operative Date” to insert, immediately after “Exchange Act,” the words “and the rules and regulations thereunder.” This modification is appropriate to help ensure that this provision more broadly encompasses all of the laws and regulations governing the regulatory functions to be performed by the Members through the Proposed CT Plan. The proposed and approved definition of “Operative Date” also differs from that approved by the Commission in the 2021 CT Plan 
                        <SU>40</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in that it specifies the two major conditions required to be fulfilled before the Proposed CT Plan has been fully implemented. This change is appropriate because it ties the definition of Operative Date to the accomplishment of key milestones.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>40</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44207.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Except as described above (and with respect to the removal of provisions regarding non-SRO representatives, as required by the Amended Governance Order 
                        <SU>41</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        ), the definitions in Section 1.1 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94927"/>
                        are identical to the corresponding definitions in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>42</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and were not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Article I, Section 1.1 of the Proposed CT Plan, and the Commission is approving Article I, Section 1.1 of the Proposed CT Plan as modified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>41</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631 (“In accordance with the D.C. Circuit's ruling, the Commission is modifying the 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            Governance Order to remove the provisions regarding the participation of non-SRO representatives as members of the operating committee of the Revised New Consolidated Data Plan and to make conforming changes.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>42</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44149-50, 44207-10.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(b) Section 1.2 Interpretation</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 1.2 of the Proposed CT Plan provides rules for the interpretation of terms used in the Proposed CT Plan. This provision is identical to the corresponding plan provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>43</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing Section 1.2, and the Commission is approving Section 1.2 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>43</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44210.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Organization</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article II of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth provisions governing the organization of the Company. The SROs have organized the Proposed CT Plan in the form of a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to a limited liability company agreement, entitled the Limited Liability Company Agreement (“Agreement”) of CT Plan LLC (“Company”).
                        <SU>44</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Members of the Company will be the national securities exchanges for equities and FINRA,
                        <SU>45</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         each of which will be a “Participant” of the Proposed CT Plan as an effective NMS plan for the dissemination of consolidated equity market data.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>44</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article II, Section 2.1 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>45</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.1 of the Proposed CT Plan. The names and addresses of each Member are set forth in Exhibit A to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Proposed CT Plan states that the purposes of the Company are to engage in the following activities on behalf of the Members: (i) the collection, consolidation, and dissemination of Transaction Reports, Quotation Information, and such other information concerning Eligible Securities as the Members shall agree as provided therein; (ii) contracting for the distribution of such information; (iii) contracting for and maintaining facilities to support any activities permitted in the Agreement and guidelines adopted thereunder, including the operation and administration of the System; 
                        <SU>46</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (iv) providing for those other matters set forth in the Agreement and in all guidelines adopted thereunder; (v) operating the System to comply with Applicable Laws; and (vi) engaging in any other business or activity that now or thereafter may be necessary, incidental, proper, advisable, or convenient to accomplish any of the foregoing purposes and that is not prohibited by the Delaware Act, the Exchange Act, or other Applicable Law.
                        <SU>47</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Agreement itself, including its appendices, constitutes the Proposed CT Plan. Under the Proposed CT Plan, the governing body of the Company would be the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>48</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>46</SU>
                             Section 1.1(75) of Article I of the Proposed CT Plan defines the term “System” as “all data processing equipment, software, communications facilities, and other technology and facilities, utilized by the Company or the Processors in connection with the collection, consolidation, and dissemination of Transaction Reports, Quotation Information, and other information concerning Eligible Securities.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>47</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article II, Section 2.4 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>48</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Article II of the Proposed CT Plan is identical to the corresponding plan provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>49</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing Article II of the Proposed CT Plan, and the Commission is approving Article II of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed for the same reasons stated in the 2021 Approval Order.
                        <SU>50</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>49</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44150-52.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>50</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Membership</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article III of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth provisions relating to membership in the Company. Pursuant to Article III, Section 3.2(a) of the Proposed CT Plan, any national securities association or national securities exchange whose market, facilities, or members, as applicable, trades Eligible Securities 
                        <SU>51</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         may become a Member by (i) providing written notice to the Company; (ii) executing a joinder to the Agreement; (iii) paying a Membership Fee to the Company as determined pursuant to Section 3.2(b) (“Membership Fee”); and (iv) executing a joinder to any other agreements to which all of the other Members have been made party in connection with being a Member.
                        <SU>52</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Membership Fees paid will be added to the general revenues of the Company.
                        <SU>53</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>51</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article I, Section 1.1(23) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved) (defining “Eligible Security” as “(i) any equity security, as defined in Section 3(a)(11) of the Exchange Act, or (ii) a security that trades like an equity security, in each case that is listed on a national securities exchange”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>52</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.2(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>53</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.2(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Article III, Section 3.2 of the Proposed CT Plan specifies that the factors that will be considered in determining a Membership Fee are: (1) the portion of costs previously paid by the Company (or by the Members prior to the formation of the Company) for the development, expansion and maintenance of the System which, under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), would have been treated as capital expenditures and would have been amortized over the five years preceding the admission of the new member; and (2) an assessment of costs incurred and to be incurred by the Company for modifying the System or any part thereof to accommodate the new member, which costs are not otherwise required to be paid or reimbursed by the new Member.
                        <SU>54</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Proposed CT Plan prohibits a Member's transfer of its Membership Interest in the Company, except in connection with the withdrawal of a Member from the Company, as discussed below.
                        <SU>55</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>54</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.2(b) of the Proposed CT Plan. The Proposed CT Plan provides that Participants of the CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan are not required to pay the Membership Fee. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.2(c) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>55</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.3 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to Article III, Section 3.4, any Member may voluntarily withdraw from the Company by: (i) providing not less than 30 days' prior written notice of such withdrawal to the Company, (ii) causing the Company to file with the Commission an amendment to effectuate the withdrawal,
                        <SU>56</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (iii) transferring such Member's Membership Interest to the Company.
                        <SU>57</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If a Member ceases to be a registered national securities association or registered national securities exchange, that Member automatically withdraws from the Company.
                        <SU>58</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 3.4 further provides that after withdrawal from Membership, the Member will remain liable for any obligations arising prior to withdrawal.
                        <SU>59</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A withdrawing Member 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94928"/>
                        is entitled to receive a portion of the Net Distributable Operating Income attributable to the period prior to the Member's withdrawal.
                        <SU>60</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>56</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.4(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>57</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.4(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>58</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.4(b) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>59</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.4(d)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>60</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.4(d)(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Pursuant to proposed Sections 3.4(d)(iii) and (iv), a Member that has withdrawn from the Company will no longer have the right to have its Transaction Reports, Quotation Information, or other information disseminated over the System, and the Capital Account of that Member will not be allocated profits and losses of the Company.</P>
                    <P>
                        Article III, Section 3.5 of the Proposed CT Plan provides that a Member's bankruptcy under Section 18-304 of the Delaware Act shall not itself cause a withdrawal of such Member from the Company, so long as such Member continues to be a national securities association or national securities exchange. As proposed, Section 3.6 provides that, following the Operative Date, each Member will be required to comply with the provisions of the Proposed CT Plan and enforce compliance with the Proposed CT Plan by its members.
                        <SU>61</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>61</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.6 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Article III of the Proposed CT Plan also sets forth the obligations and liabilities of the Members. Article III, Section 3.7 provides that Members will not be required to contribute capital or make loans to the Company, nor will Members have any liability for the debts and liabilities of the Company.
                        <SU>62</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This section also states that it is the intent of the Members that no distribution to any Member pursuant to the Company Agreement will be considered a return of money or other property paid or distributed in violation of the Delaware Act, and that any such payment will be considered a compromise within the meaning of Delaware Act, and the Member receiving any payment will not be required to return any payment to any person, provided that a Member will be required to return any payment made due to a clear accounting or similar error or as otherwise provided in Section 3.7(b).
                        <SU>63</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, Article III of the Proposed CT Plan provides that no Member, unless authorized by the Operating Committee, has the authority to represent the Company or to make any expenditure on behalf of the Company; provided, however, that the Tax Matters Partner may represent, act for, sign for or bind the Company as permitted under Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of the Agreement.
                        <SU>64</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, Section 3.7(e) provides that no Member owes any duty (fiduciary or otherwise) to the Company or to any other Member other than the duties expressly set forth in the Agreement.
                        <SU>65</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>62</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.7(a)-(b) of the Proposed CT Plan. However, in the event that the Processors or the Administrator have not been paid pursuant to the terms of the Processor Services Agreements and Administrative Services Agreement, the Proposed CT Plan requires each Member to return to the Company its pro rata share of any moneys distributed to it by the Company until an aggregated amount equal to the amount owed has been recontributed to the Company. The Company will pay the amount(s) owed. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.7(b) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>63</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.7(c) of the Proposed CT Plan. The Proposed CT Plan further provides that if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that any Member is obligated to make any such payment, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Member and not of the Operating Committee. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>64</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.7(d) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>65</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article III, Section 3.7(e) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Commission is modifying Section 3.6 to replace the “Operative Date” with “Effective Date” as that term is defined in the Recitals. This change is appropriate because the Effective Date of the Agreement is the date it is approved by the Commission, whereas the Operative Date is defined as the date that Members conduct, through the Company, the Processor and Administrator functions related to the public dissemination of real-time consolidated equity market data and the Equity Data Plans cease their operations. This modification will facilitate the implementation of the Proposed CT Plan as, pursuant to Article XIV of the approved plan, the obligation of each Member to comply with the provisions of the Agreement and enforce compliance by its members shall begin when the Agreement is approved.</P>
                    <P>
                        Aside from the modification to Section 3.6, Article III is, with immaterial differences, identical to the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>66</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Article III of the Proposed CT Plan, and the Commission is approving Article III of the Proposed CT Plan as modified for the same reasons stated in the 2021 Approval Order.
                        <SU>67</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>66</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44152-54, 44211-12. With respect to proposed Article III of the Proposed CT Plan, the differences between the language of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission in the 2021 Approval Order and that of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed are the substitution of the word “will” for the word “are” in Section 3.2(c) as proposed and the paragraph numbering in Section 3.4(d) as proposed.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>67</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Management of the Company</HD>
                    <P>Article IV of the Proposed CT Plan establishes the overall governance structure for the management of the Company.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(a) Operating Committee</HD>
                    <P>As an initial matter, Section 4.1 of the Proposed CT Plan has a typographical error in that the subsections are numbered in Section 4.1 as (f), (g), and (h), rather than (a), (b), and (c). Accordingly, the Commission is modifying the Proposed CT Plan to correct this typographical error, and, for ease of reading, all further references to Section 4.1 will be to the paragraphs as renumbered. These modifications are appropriate because they would alleviate confusion on those referencing the Proposed CT Plan.</P>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.1(a) provides that the Company be managed by the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>68</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Article IV, Section 4.1(a) also provides that the Operating Committee has the authority to take actions it deems necessary to accomplish the purposes of the Company, including: (1) proposing amendments or implementing policies and procedures; 
                        <SU>69</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) selecting, overseeing, specifying the role and responsibilities of, and evaluating the performance of the Administrator, the Processor, an auditor, and any other professional service providers; 
                        <SU>70</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (3) developing fair and reasonable fees and consistent terms for Transaction Reports and Quotation Information; 
                        <SU>71</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (4) reviewing the performance of the Processors and ensuring public reporting of the Processors' performance and other metrics and information about the processors; 
                        <SU>72</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (5) assessing the marketplace for equity data products and ensuring that the CT Feeds are priced in a manner that is fair and reasonable, and designed to ensure the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94929"/>
                        widespread availability of CT Feeds data to investors and market participants; 
                        <SU>73</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (6) designing a fair and reasonable formula to be applied by the Administrator for allocating plan revenues, and overseeing, reviewing, and revising the formula as needed; 
                        <SU>74</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (7) interpreting the Agreement and its provisions; 
                        <SU>75</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (8) carrying out other specific responsibilities provided for in the Agreement.
                        <SU>76</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>68</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a) of the Proposed CT Plan. This paragraph further provides that unless otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, no Member shall have authority to act for, or to assume any obligation or responsibility on behalf of, the Company, without the prior approval of the Operating Committee. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>69</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>70</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a)(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>71</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a)(iii) of the Proposed CT Plan (providing that that the Operating Committee has the authority to take actions it deems necessary to accomplish the purposes of the Company, including “developing and maintaining fair and reasonable Fees and consistent terms for the distribution, transmission, and aggregation of Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities”). 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>72</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a)(iv) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>73</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a)(v) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>74</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a)(vi) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>75</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a)(vii) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>76</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a)(viii) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.1(b) proposes to permit the Operating Committee to delegate all or part of its administrative functions under the Proposed CT Plan, excluding those administrative functions to be performed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 6.1, to (1) a subcommittee; (2) one or more of the Members; or (3) any other Persons (including the Administrator),
                        <SU>77</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         provided that a delegation would not convey the authority to take action on behalf of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>78</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         And Section 4.1(c) provides that neither the Company nor the Operating Committee will have authority over any Member's proprietary systems or the collection and dissemination of quotation or transaction information in Eligible Securities in any Member's Market, or, in the case of FINRA, from FINRA Participants. Section 4.1 as proposed and approved differs from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission in two ways. First, in lieu of the term “core data” in Section 4.1(a)(iii) of the 2021 CT Plan, the Proposed CT Plan uses the phrase “Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities.” Second, Section 4.1(b) as proposed and approved removes a reference to Non-SRO Voting Representatives, which is consistent with the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>79</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>77</SU>
                             The limitations on the Operating Committee's authority to delegate those administrative functions to be performed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 6.1, to (1) a subcommittee; (2) one or more of the Members; or (3) any other Persons (including the Administrator) under Section 4.1(b) of the Proposed CT Plan apply equally with respect to those administrative functions to be performed by the Interim Administrator(s) appointed pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>78</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(b) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>79</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631 (“In accordance with the D.C. Circuit's ruling, the Commission is modifying the Governance Order to remove the provisions regarding the participation of non-SRO representatives as members of the operating committee of the Revised New Consolidated Data Plan and to make conforming changes.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter states that the Commission should “encourage the Revised CT Plan to consider” whether current policies of the Equity Data Plans, “such as those surrounding non-display use reporting and professional versus non-professional designations, are necessary or merely add unnecessary complexity and confusion.” 
                        <SU>80</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter states that a “benefit of transparent, simple, fee schedules and policies governing consolidated equity market data is that they [would] also likely reduce the scope of services that the Plan Administrator would need to provide to the Revised CT Plan, thereby reducing Plan costs.” 
                        <SU>81</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter states that the policies for the Proposed CT Plan “must be improved” from those of the Equity Data Plans.
                        <SU>82</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that “there must be greater transparency in the various stages of the workstreams and alternative views considered” and that the “seemingly rent-seeking behavior that has plagued the Existing Plans must be addressed, and every aspect surrounding the governance and administration of Consolidated Data must be reimagined.” 
                        <SU>83</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter suggests that, in developing policies, consideration should be given to “invit[ing] potential RFP respondents to present their thoughts on issues and potential solutions for the new plan.” 
                        <SU>84</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>80</SU>
                             Letter from Krista Ryan, SVP, Deputy General Counsel and Holly Grotnik, Head of Consolidated Data Services, Fidelity Investments, at 5 (Feb. 26, 2024) (“Fidelity Letter”) at 5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>81</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>82</SU>
                             Letter from Stan Sater, Legal Counsel, Polygon.io, Inc. (Feb. 26, 2024) (“Polygon Letter”), at 1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>83</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>84</SU>
                             Letter from Thomas Jordan, President, Jordan &amp; Jordan, at 2 (June 12, 2024) (“Jordan Letter”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        With respect to the comments addressing the policies to be developed for the Proposed CT Plan, including comments suggesting that such policies should improve upon those of the Equity Data Plans with respect to their complexity, effectiveness, and transparency,
                        <SU>85</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and for the participants to the Proposed CT Plan to consider whether such policies are necessary,
                        <SU>86</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         these comments provide insufficient detail with respect to the measures or specific plan language that, in the commenters' views, would be necessary to address the commenters' concerns. Additionally, the requirements of the Proposed CT Plan, as proposed and approved, provide appropriate guidelines for the development and implementation of such policies. For example, the Proposed CT Plan, as proposed and approved, requires that the Operating Committee implement “policies and procedures as necessary to ensure prompt, accurate, reliable, and fair collection, processing, distribution, and publication of information with respect to Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities and the fairness and usefulness of the form and content of that information.” 
                        <SU>87</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, any plan policies or operational interpretations adopted by the Operating Committee must be consistent with the terms of the Plan.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>85</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 5; Polygon Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 82, at 1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>86</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>87</SU>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a)(1) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        With respect to the concerns based on the commenters' experience with the Equity Data Plans as it relates to equity market data or plan policies in general,
                        <SU>88</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         these commenters provide insufficient detail with respect to the measures that, in the commenters' views, are necessary to address the expressed concerns. Regarding the plan policies to be developed, the Proposed CT Plan includes specified provisions designed to, among other things, address the governance concerns identified by the Commission with respect to the governance of the Equity Data Plans.
                        <SU>89</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Implementing the governance reforms in the Proposed CT Plan, as approved in this order, is a key step in responding to broader concerns about whether the Equity Data Plans continue to serve their regulatory purpose.
                        <SU>90</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These changes, including, as approved in this order, a reallocation of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94930"/>
                        voting power,
                        <SU>91</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         broader representation from members of the Advisory Committee,
                        <SU>92</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as well as the appointment of an Administrator meeting the independence requirements of Section 6.2 of the Proposed CT Plan,
                        <SU>93</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         should, when combined into a single new NMS plan, significantly enhance the governance of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>94</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         They should also facilitate enhanced decision-making and innovation in the provision of equity market data, including with respect to the development of plan-related policies. Additionally, replacing the Equity Data Plans' two current administrators with the single independent Administrator upon full implementation of the Proposed CT Plan should improve upon the policies of the Equity Data Plans by facilitating both uniform plan policies and the uniform application of those policies. Moreover, the Proposed CT Plan will provide for a broader set of Advisory Committee members than the Equity Data Plans do, and the Advisory Committee will have the opportunity to provide input from a broader selection of market participants on any proposed policies prior to the adoption of those policies by the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>95</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Accordingly, the Commission is not modifying the Proposed CT Plan in response to these comments.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>88</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 5; Polygon Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 82, at 1-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>89</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631. In the Governance Order, “[t]he Commission sought to address . . . , among other things, the inherent conflicts of interest between the self-regulatory organizations' role in collecting and disseminating consolidated equity market data and their interests in selling proprietary data products.” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44142. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11 (“[T]he Commission believes that the demutualization of the exchanges and the proliferation of proprietary exchange data products have heightened the conflicts between the SROs' business interests in proprietary data offerings and their obligations as SROs under the national market system to ensure prompt, accurate, reliable, and fair dissemination of core data through the jointly administered Equity Data Plans. And these conflicts bear on the exchanges' incentives to meaningfully improve the provision of core data.”) (citations omitted)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>90</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28705 (citing to Securities Exchange Act Release No. 87906 (Jan. 8, 2020), 85 FR 2164, 2173 (Jan. 14, 2020) (File No. 4-757).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>91</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.3 (establishing requirements for action of the Operating Committee of the Proposed CT Plan).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>92</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.7 of the Proposed CT Plan (governing, among other things, the formation, composition, function, and rights of the Advisory Committee of the Proposed CT Plan).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>93</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article VI, Section 6.2 of the Proposed CT Plan (governing independence requirements for the Administrator of the Proposed CT Plan).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>94</SU>
                             As the Commission stated in the Governance Order, changes to the governance structure of the SIPs are appropriate to create a governance structure that will reduce obstacles to ongoing improvement of the consolidated market data feeds in ways that the current governance structure of the Equity Data Plans has not; and making these governance changes will facilitate decision-making regarding operational changes. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28707.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>95</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Article IV, Sections 4.1 and 4.7 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above, Section 4.1 of Article IV of the Proposed CT Plan is substantively similar to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>96</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and, other than for the removal of provisions regarding non-SRO representatives, which is consistent with the Amended Governance Order,
                        <SU>97</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.1 was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. For the same reasons stated in the 2021 Approval Order (apart from those pertaining to the participation of non-SRO representatives as members of the operating committee of the 2021 CT Plan, which is not included in the Proposed CT Plan),
                        <SU>98</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission is approving Section 4.1 of Article IV of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>96</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44156-63.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>97</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631 (stating that “[i]n accordance with the D.C. Circuit's ruling, the Commission is modifying the Governance Order to remove the provisions regarding the participation of non-SRO representatives as members of the operating committee of the Revised New Consolidated Data Plan and to make conforming changes”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>98</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44156-63.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(b) Composition and Selection of Operating Committee</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.2 governs the composition and selection of the Operating Committee members. Article IV, Section 4.2(a) provides that each SRO group 
                        <SU>99</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and each non-affiliated SRO 
                        <SU>100</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         will designate a Voting Representative to serve on the Operating Committee and vote on its behalf.
                        <SU>101</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Article IV, Section 4.2(b) of the Proposed CT Plan provides that entities that have not yet been registered with the Commission as national securities exchanges may appoint, subject to Section 4.4(i), an individual to attend regularly scheduled Operating Committee meetings (an “SRO Applicant Observer”).
                        <SU>102</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Paragraph (b) of Section 4.2 further provides that if the SRO Applicant's Form 1 petition or Section 19(b)(1) filing is withdrawn, returned, or is otherwise not actively pending with the Commission for any reason, then the SRO Applicant will no longer be eligible to have an SRO Applicant Observer attend Operating Committee meetings. Article IV, Section 4.2(c) of the Proposed CT Plan provides that in the event that a non-affiliated SRO, or that all national securities exchanges in an SRO group, cease operations as a market (or have not commenced operation of a market), those entities will not be permitted to appoint a Voting Representative. Such a non-affiliated SRO or SRO group will, however, be permitted to attend meetings of the Operating Committee as an observer, except for Executive Sessions.
                        <SU>103</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If such a non-affiliated SRO or SRO group does not commence operations within six months of first attending an Operating Committee meeting as a non-operational exchange(s), it will no longer be permitted to attend Operating Committee meetings until it resumes operations as a market.
                        <SU>104</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>99</SU>
                             For example, New York Stock Exchange LLC, NYSE American, NYSE Arca, NYSE Chicago, and NYSE National would be one SRO group for purposes of the Proposed CT Plan and would select one individual to represent the SRO group on the Operating Committee.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>100</SU>
                             Currently, the non-affiliated SROs are FINRA, IEX, LTSE, MEMX, and MIAX PEARL.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>101</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.2(a) of the Proposed CT Plan. Section 4.2(a) further provides that each SRO group and each non-affiliated SRO may designate an alternate individual or individuals who shall be authorized to vote on behalf of such SRO group or such non-affiliated SRO, respectively, in the absence of the designated SRO Voting Representative. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>102</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.2(b) of the Proposed CT Plan. This section further provides that each SRO Applicant may designate an alternate individual or individuals who shall be authorized to act as the SRO Applicant Observer on behalf of the SRO Applicant in the absence of the designated SRO Applicant Observer. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>103</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.2(c) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>104</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.2(c) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The text of Section 4.2 of the Proposed CT Plan is substantively similar to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission, except for the following differences, which are consistent with the requirements of the Amended Governance Order: 
                        <SU>105</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (1) the removal of all provisions regarding the participation of non-SRO representatives as members of the operating committee (“Non-SRO Voting Representatives”), consistent with requirements of the Amended Governance Order; (2) the replacement of references to “SRO Voting Representatives” with references to “Voting Representatives” which, as discussed above, conforms to the defined term; and (3) the renumbering of paragraphs in proposed Section 4.2 to conform the section with the foregoing deletions. The Commission received no comments on Section 4.2 of the Proposed CT Plan. The Commission is approving Section 4.2 as proposed for the reasons stated in the 2021 Approval Order (apart from those pertaining to the participation of non-SRO representatives as members of the operating committee of the 2021 CT Plan, which is not included in the Proposed CT Plan).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>105</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(c) Action of Operating Committee</HD>
                    <P>Article IV, Section 4.3 of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the voting allocation and voting structure for actions of the Operating Committee.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(i) Allocation of Votes</HD>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the requirements of the Amended Governance Order,
                        <SU>106</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Article IV, Section 4.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan provides that each 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94931"/>
                        Voting Representative will have one vote to cast on behalf of the SRO group or non-affiliated SRO that he or she represents, with a second vote provided if the SRO group or non-affiliated SRO has a market center or centers that trade more than 15 percent of consolidated equity market share 
                        <SU>107</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         for four of the six calendar months preceding a vote of the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>108</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Commenters addressed the allocation of votes in the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>109</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>106</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61639.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>107</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan. Section 4.3(a) further provides that, for purposes of Section 4.3(a), “consolidated equity market share” means the average daily dollar equity trading volume of Eligible Securities of an SRO group or non-affiliated SRO as a percentage of the average daily dollar equity trading volume of all of the SRO groups and non-affiliated SROs, as reported under this Agreement or under the CQ, CTA, and UTP Plans. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>108</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan. Article IV, Section 4.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan states that FINRA shall not be considered to operate a market center within the meaning of this Section 4.3(a) solely by virtue of facilitating quoting on the FINRA Alternative Display Facility or reporting on behalf of FINRA participants of transactions effected otherwise than on an exchange.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>109</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Letter from Patrick Sexton, EVP, General Counsel &amp; Corporate Secretary, Cboe Global Markets, Inc. (Jan. 26, 2024) (“Cboe Letter I”); Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80; Letter from Sarah Bessin, Deputy General Counsel, Securities Regulation and Nhan Nguyen, Associate General Counsel, Securities Regulation, Investment Company Institute (Feb. 26, 2024) (“ICI Letter”); Letter from Adrian Griffiths, Head of Market Structure, MEMX LLC (Feb. 26, 2024) (“MEMX Letter”); Letter from Erika Moore, Vice President and Corporate Secretary, Nasdaq, Inc. (Feb. 26, 2024) (“Nasdaq Letter”); Letter from Hope Jarkowski, General Counsel, NYSE Group, Inc. (Feb. 26, 2024) (“NYSE Letter”); Letter from Ellen Greene, managing Director, Equities &amp; Options Market Structure and Joseph Corcoran, Managing Directors, Associate General Counsel, Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (Feb. 26, 2024) (“SIFMA Letter”); Letter from Patrick Sexton, EVP, General Counsel &amp; Corporate Secretary, Cboe Global Markets, Inc. (May 20, 2024) (“Cboe Letter II”); Jordan Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 84; Letter from Adrian Griffiths, Head of Market Structure, MEMX, John Ramsay, Chief Market Policy Officer, IEX, Christopher Solgan, VP, Senior Counsel, MIAX Pearl, and Alanna Barton, Director and Senior Counsel, Markets and Regulation, LTSE (Aug. 16, 2024) (“MEMX-IEX-MIAX Pearl-LTSE Letter”); Letter from Patrick Sexton, EVP, General Counsel &amp; Corporate Secretary, Cboe Global Markets, Inc. (Sept. 18, 2024) (“Cboe Letter III”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(A) The Allocation of Votes by SRO Group and Trading Volume</HD>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters support approving the allocation of votes as proposed.
                        <SU>110</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One commenter agrees with the Proposed CT Plan provision that the voting power on the Operating Committee should be limited to one vote per exchange group, with the ability to obtain a second vote if the exchange group maintains a consolidated market share of at least fifteen percent for at least four of the six calendar months preceding a vote of the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>111</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One commenter states that it supports the allocation of votes as proposed because it would reduce the “concentration of voting authority that is currently held by a minority of Participant organizations that control several votes today.” 
                        <SU>112</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>110</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 3; MEMX Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2; ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 1-2; SIFMA Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2; MEMX-IEX-MIAX Pearl-LTSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 1-5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>111</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>112</SU>
                             MEMX Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2, 10.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Conversely, certain commenters state that, while the Commission stated in the 2021 Approval Order that its voting framework was designed to reflect the importance of those SROs that oversee trading activity that generates a significant amount of equity market data, the 15-percent consolidated equity market share necessary for a second vote is not rationally related to the Commission's goal.
                        <SU>113</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, these commenters state that the Proposed CT Plan's voting framework violates the Exchange Act and is arbitrary and capricious under the Administrative Procedure Act (“APA”).
                        <SU>114</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>113</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter I, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2-5; Cboe Letter II, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2, 3-6; Nasdaq Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2-5; NYSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 5-7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>114</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter I, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3-6; Nasdaq Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2; NYSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter states that the proposed allocation of voting power is “illogical and violative of the APA” because it (1) “lacks a rational basis” and “any rational connection” to this commenter's consolidated equity market share, (2) treats the commenter's SRO group the same as dissimilarly situated non-affiliated exchanges, while treating the commenter's SRO group differently from other similarly situated SRO groups, and (3) unjustifiably equates this commenter's significance to the market to that of the much smaller, non-affiliated exchanges, thus yielding results that are “antithetical” and inconsistent with the Commission's statement that voting should reflect the “significance within the national market system of those exchanges that, in their roles as SROs, oversee trading activity that generates a significant amount of equity market data.” 
                        <SU>115</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>115</SU>
                             Cboe Letter I, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2, 3-4; 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Cboe Letter II, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3-6; Cboe Letter III, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 7-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        This commenter further states that consolidated market share statistics for 2023 and year-to-date (“YTD”) 2024 support its argument against allocating to its SRO group the same single vote allocated to each of the unaffiliated SROs.
                        <SU>116</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the commenter states that for YTD August 2024, the consolidated equity market share of its SRO group is more than four times that of two unaffiliated SROs, almost ten times more than a third unaffiliated SRO, and approaching more than 2600 times more volume than a fourth unaffiliated SRO.
                        <SU>117</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter further states that for YTD August 2024, the combined consolidated equity market share of these four non-affiliated exchanges was little more than 50% of the consolidated equity market share alone of this commenter's SRO group.
                        <SU>118</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter states that, by allocating the non-affiliated exchanges four total votes and the commenter's SRO group one vote, the Commission has effectively given the non-affiliated exchanges eight times more voting power for their market share relative to the commenter's, which the commenter states is unsupported by reasoned analysis.
                        <SU>119</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>116</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter II, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>117</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter III, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>118</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter II, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>119</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 4; Cboe Letter III, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter states that the Commission should consider more than just trading market share when considering the significance of exchanges and SRO groups to the national market structure, saying that it would not be reasonable for the Commission to conclude that an exchange group that operates one or more listing exchanges, attracts significant quoting and trading activity, generates a substantial portion of equity market data, and commands more than 10% of the trading market share is no longer “significant” enough to warrant a second vote (and have the same voting power as an exchange with zero percent market share).
                        <SU>120</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>120</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             NYSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Another commenter states that consideration should be given to comments favoring a “more market oriented” approach to the allocation of votes under the Proposed CT Plan because, as proposed, the voting mechanism seems “somewhat arbitrary,” with one SRO group and much smaller unaffiliated SROs having equivalent voting power.
                        <SU>121</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that, based on average daily volume for the first week of June 2024, one SRO group executed over 1400 times the volume of one of the unaffiliated SROs.
                        <SU>122</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94932"/>
                        questions whether it is appropriate for the basis for an equity market data voting structure to differ from that of other regulations and states that Section 31 fees, the Trading Activity Fee (“TAF”) and Consolidated Audit Trail (“CAT”) fees are, for example, all based on either notional amount of sales multiplied by a fixed assessment fee or total number of round turn transactions multiplied by a fixed fee or number of shares executed or even an income assessment based on gross revenue.
                        <SU>123</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>121</SU>
                             Jordan Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 84, at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>122</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             This commenter further states that approval of the Proposed CT Plan, including its proposed voting structure, would likely lead to 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            litigation with consequent delays to the implementation of the Proposed CT Plan. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>123</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Commission disagrees that the allocation of the same voting power to a single SRO and to a group of several SROs—even if an SRO group operates one or more listing exchanges, attracts significant quoting and trading activity, generates a substantial portion of equity market data, and commands more than 10% of the trading market share—is without rational basis or inconsistent with the APA. As the Commission stated in the Governance Order:</P>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP>
                            Congress charged the Commission with ensuring the “prompt, accurate, reliable, and fair collection, processing, distribution, and publication of information with respect to quotations for and transactions in such securities and the fairness and usefulness of the form and content of such information.” In furtherance of this responsibility, the Commission seeks through its rules and regulations to help ensure that certain “core data” is widely available for reasonable fees. The Commission has recognized that investors must have this core data “to participate in the U.S. equity markets.” And the purpose of the Equity Data Plans, adopted pursuant to Regulation NMS, is to facilitate the collection and dissemination of core data so that the public has ready access to a “comprehensive, accurate, and reliable source of information for the prices and volume of any NMS stock at any time during the trading day.” 
                            <SU>124</SU>
                            <FTREF/>
                        </FP>
                        <FTNT>
                            <P>
                                <SU>124</SU>
                                 Governance Order, 
                                <E T="03">supra</E>
                                 note 11, 85 FR at 28705 (citations omitted).
                            </P>
                        </FTNT>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <FP>
                        However, as the Commission also stated, “exchange consolidation has altered the relative voting power of SROs such that exchange groups under common management now have greater voting power with respect to plan governance. Exchanges that historically had only one vote on NMS plans have now been consolidated into exchange groups that can control blocks of four or five votes.” 
                        <SU>125</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, as the Commission explained in the Governance Order, “the current governance structure [of the Equity Data Plans] provides voting power based on each exchange license and thereby concentrates voting power in a small number of exchange group stakeholders, which also have inherent conflicts of interest with respect to the operation of the Plans,” 
                        <SU>126</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that these conflicts have “perpetuated disincentives for the Equity Data Plans to make improvements to the SIP data products” 
                        <SU>127</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and “contributed to significant concerns regarding whether the consolidated feeds meet the purposes for them set out by Congress and by the Commission in adopting the national market system,” 
                        <SU>128</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and that “modernizing plan governance by reallocating votes by exchange group should help to ensure the prompt, accurate, reliable, and fair collection, processing, distribution, and publication of information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks and the fairness and usefulness of the form and content of that information.” 
                        <SU>129</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </FP>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>125</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 28712.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>126</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 28713.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>127</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>128</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 28702.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>129</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 28713.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Moreover, in ruling on the petition challenging the 2021 Approval Order, the D.C. Circuit confirmed that the allocation of votes in the CT Plan by exchange group is consistent with Section 11A of the Exchange Act and Rule 608 of Regulation NMS.
                        <SU>130</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Inherent in that structure—which was included in both the Governance Order and the Amended Governance Order—is the provision of the same voting power to some SRO groups with larger market share and exchanges with smaller trading volume. And, at most, the largest SRO groups would have only twice the voting power of the smallest unaffiliated exchange. By implication, in upholding these provisions, the Court concluded that these features were rational.
                        <SU>131</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, although commenters have opposed granting similar voting power to SRO groups and non-affiliated SROs with significantly different trading volumes,
                        <SU>132</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the existing system for allocating votes in the Equity Data Plans, which is favored by these commenters, allocates voting power without 
                        <E T="03">any</E>
                         consideration of trading volume. The existing system also provides the large SRO groups disproportionate influence over the Equity Data Plans through casting the vote of multiple consolidated SROs as a unified block.
                        <SU>133</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Addressing this allocation of disproportionate voting power to SRO groups with conflicts of interest—not simply favoring non-affiliated SRO groups or denying the SRO groups a majority of voting power 
                        <SU>134</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        —remains the Commission's purpose in allocating votes among SROs in the Amended Governance Order.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>130</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See Nasdaq</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">SEC, supra</E>
                             note 20, 38 F.4th at 1138-42.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>131</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 1139-42 (addressing the petitioners' arguments that the Commission's decision to “limit SRO votes according to an SRO's corporate affiliation with another SRO” was arbitrary, capricious, and contrary to section 11A of the Exchange Act); 
                            <E T="03">see also infra</E>
                             notes 189-197 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>132</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 116-120, 122, 123 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>133</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28713 (citing the “disproportionate influence affiliated exchange groups currently exercise in Plan matters by voting as a block,” as well as the “need to rebalance voting power in Plan governance” to address this concern).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>134</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter II, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Finally, while one commenter also questions whether it is appropriate for the voting structure of the Proposed CT Plan to differ from other regulations—such as the allocation of Section 31 fees, the TAF, and CAT fees—the voting scheme required by the Amended Governance Order is designed to address issues specific to the Equity Data Plans: the concentration of voting power in a small number of exchange group stakeholders with inherent conflicts of interest with respect to the operation of the Equity Data Plans, which has perpetuated disincentives for the Equity Data Plans to make improvements to the SIP data products.
                        <SU>135</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, if the Commission allocated voting power on the Proposed CT Plan purely by trading volume, similar to the fees cited by the commenter, the result would be an even greater concentration of voting power than currently exists in the Equity Data Plans, perpetuating the existing disincentives to improve the SIP data products.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>135</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28713; Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61632. 
                            <E T="03">See also Nasdaq</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">SEC, supra</E>
                             note 20, 38 F.4th at 1140-41 (finding that the Commission had justified its “differing treatment of SROs for voting” in the 2021 Approval Order).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(B) Market Changes Since 2020</HD>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters also state that, because of changes that have taken place in the markets since the Commission set the 15-percent threshold in the Governance Order, that threshold is no longer supportable and should be reconsidered. One commenter states that the 15-percent threshold for obtaining a second vote has become “stale” since the Commission first proposed it in 2020.
                        <SU>136</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that, since the Commission justified the 15-percent threshold in the Governance Order, there has been a proliferation of non-affiliated exchanges, with three independent exchanges having launched (LTSE, MEMX, and MIAX PEARL), BOX 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94933"/>
                        Exchange LLC having received approval of its registration as an exchange, and that three other entities have announced plans to launch new exchanges.
                        <SU>137</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>136</SU>
                             NYSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>137</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        This commenter further states that the Commission's concerns in 2020 and 2021 about exchange consolidation were unfounded when rejecting a 10% threshold.
                        <SU>138</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that the Commission justified the 15-percent threshold in 2020 as reflecting “the significance within the national market system of those exchanges that, in their roles as SROs, oversee trading activity that generates a significant amount of equity market data,” and by pointing to the market shares of the three SRO groups at that time, which the commenter says were all “comfortably above” the 15-percent threshold but have since declined.
                        <SU>139</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>138</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id. See also</E>
                             Nasdaq Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 4 (stating that, as new exchanges have entered the market over the past three years, the trend of liquidity moving toward non-exchange venues has continued).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>139</SU>
                             NYSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 5 (quoting the 2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44164).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The commenter states that the Commission “clearly did not foresee this turn of events,” and that, “[b]y the Commission's own reasoning, if the Proposed Plan does not allocate a second vote to the SRO Groups that oversee the vast majority of on-exchange quoting, trading, and related market data creation, then the voting threshold is incorrectly set.” 
                        <SU>140</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter states that, given the increasing fragmentation of the market and decline of SRO-group market share, an exchange group that manages to achieve 14, or 12, or even 10 percent market share should qualify for a second vote,
                        <SU>141</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and observes that, “while the four independent exchanges have collectively managed to achieve almost 8 percent market share, none of them individually has had a market share of more than 4 percent, and one of them has essentially zero percent.” 
                        <SU>142</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>140</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>141</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>142</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Another commenter also states that the Commission based its analysis on the erroneous assumption that the largest exchange groups would have a market share ranging from 17 percent to 22 percent 
                        <SU>143</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        —with the 15-percent threshold well below that range—and that data show the actual range to be approximately 4 points below that, between 13 and 18 percent, with the threshold in the middle of that range, a downward trend that is likely to endure.
                        <SU>144</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         According to this commenter, the 15-percent threshold is therefore “not fit for purpose” because it is too high to differentiate between exchanges that oversee trading activity that generates a significant amount of equity market data and those that do not.
                        <SU>145</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter further states that the Commission must examine the relevant data and articulate a satisfactory explanation for its action including a rational connection between the facts found and the choice made.
                        <SU>146</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter states that the data does not support the proposed voting scheme.
                        <SU>147</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>143</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Nasdaq Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3 (citing Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28714).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>144</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>145</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>146</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>147</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 4-5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters that support the proposed voting allocation state that “relative market share trends are fluid and subject to constant change,” and therefore are not relevant to the proper effectuation of the SROs' shared regulatory responsibilities in the Proposed CT Plan's voting framework.
                        <SU>148</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>148</SU>
                             MEMX-IEX-MIAX Pearl-LTSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission agrees with commenters that stated that relative market share trends are by their nature fluid and subject to constant change and that the court's ruling did not suggest that a transitory change in market share between competitors is relevant to the question of how to properly effectuate the SROs' shared regulatory responsibilities in the Proposed CT Plan's voting framework, or that that proposed voting structure is now, after its long procedural history, inconsistent with the Exchange Act.
                        <SU>149</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>149</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 3-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, while the commenters opposing the voting allocation of the Proposed CT Plan 
                        <SU>150</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         state that there has been a proliferation of non-affiliated exchanges and a decline in SRO-group market share, and that the 15-percent threshold is now inconsistent with the Commission's observation in the Governance Order that the consolidated equity market share of the largest exchange groups was “already well above 10 percent and continues to range from 17 percent to 22 percent,” 
                        <SU>151</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the Commission's statement that the threshold “reflects the significance within the national market system of those exchanges that, in their roles as SROs, oversee trading activity that generates a significant amount of equity market data,” 
                        <SU>152</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission did not define “significant” to mean that each of the three SRO groups would, in perpetuity, receive a second vote on the new NMS plan's Operating Committee. That two SRO groups, as opposed to all three, would receive a second vote under the current distribution of trading volume, does not invalidate the Commission's decision to permit a second vote only for those unaffiliated SROs or SRO groups with at least a 15-percent market share.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>150</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter I, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2-6; Cboe Letter II, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2-8; Cboe Letter III, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2-4; NYSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 1-7; Nasdaq Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 1-5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>151</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28714.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>152</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter I, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3 (quoting 2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44164); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Cboe Letter II, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 4-5; Cboe Letter III, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 5, 8; NYSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2; Nasdaq Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 1-2 (citing 2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44164).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Moreover, the Commission specifically rejected a lower threshold in the Governance Order precisely because adopting a lower threshold would have created the expectation that SRO groups would receive a third vote at a higher level of market share:</P>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP>
                            Setting the threshold for a second vote at 10 percent consolidated equity market share would create the expectation that exchange groups should receive a third vote at the same interval threshold above 10 percent (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             20 percent). However, the Commission is not permitting the exchange groups, regardless of their consolidated equity market share, to have a third vote as this would lead to a continuing concentration of voting power.
                            <SU>153</SU>
                            <FTREF/>
                        </FP>
                        <FTNT>
                            <P>
                                <SU>153</SU>
                                 Governance Order, 
                                <E T="03">supra</E>
                                 note 11, 85 FR at 28714.
                            </P>
                        </FTNT>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <FP>
                        And, in fact, the alternative voting framework proposed by one of the SRO groups, and discussed in detail below,
                        <SU>154</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         would do precisely that: lower the threshold for a second vote such that certain SRO groups would receive a third vote, increasing the concentration of voting power on the Operating Committee in the SRO groups.
                    </FP>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>154</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See infra</E>
                             Section II.B.5(c)(i)(D).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission, in issuing the Governance Order, also agreed with a “commenter's assertion that the two-vote cap would serve to deter actions, such as establishing a new exchange or further consolidation of existing exchanges into groups, taken for the sole purpose of gaining additional voting power on the operating committee.” 
                        <SU>155</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission remains concerned that, as it stated in the Governance Order, a lower market-share threshold “may be too easy to achieve through consolidation, which would result in too low a threshold for obtaining an additional vote and could lead to a 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94934"/>
                        continuing concentration of voting power.” 
                        <SU>156</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>155</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>156</SU>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28714.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        And although commenters state that further growth in the number of equities exchanges and further dispersion of trading volume across venues counter the Commission's concerns about exchange consolidation—and that, by the Commission's own reasoning, the threshold for a second vote was incorrectly set because it would now fail to assign a second vote to one of the three SRO groups—the ability of an SRO group or unaffiliated SRO to cross the threshold over time, in either direction, is entirely consistent with the voting scheme's express purpose. That purpose, as the Commission stated in the Governance Order, is “to rebalance voting power in Plan governance to address the disproportionate influence of affiliated exchange groups.” 
                        <SU>157</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Indeed, that an SRO group's market share has crossed the threshold for a second vote since 2020 demonstrates that the threshold selected by the Commission was set at a level that would, over time, continue to distinguish the very largest SRO groups and non-affiliated SROs—which will receive two votes on the Operating Committee—from the other SRO groups and non-affiliated exchanges—which would receive one vote. Thus, an analysis of the relevant data—the current distribution of equity trading volume across the exchanges and exchange groups, as well as the future distribution of voting power on the Operating Committee of the Proposed CT Plan—supports the Proposed CT Plan's allocation of a second vote on the Operating Committee only to SRO groups or non-affiliated SROs with at least a 15-percent share of equities trading volume.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>157</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 28713.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(C) Commission Rulemaking</HD>
                    <P>
                        One commenter states that a proposed Commission rulemaking would affect the distribution of trading volume in a way that would undercut the rationale behind the 15-percent threshold for a second vote. This commenter states that the Commission's October 2023 proposal regarding volume-based exchange transaction pricing for NMS stocks would drive trading volumes away from exchanges to off-exchange venues where volume-based pricing would still be available.
                        <SU>158</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter states that the Commission's proposed changes to on- and off-exchange minimum pricing increments and exchange access fees 
                        <SU>159</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         are likely to further impact the distribution of trading across on- and off-exchange venues, as well as the market shares of individual exchanges and SRO groups.
                        <SU>160</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>158</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             NYSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 6 (citing Volume-Based Exchange Transaction Pricing for NMS Stocks, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98766 (Oct. 18, 2023), 88 FR 76282 (Nov. 6, 2023) (File No. S7-18-23) (Proposed Rule)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>159</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Regulation NMS: Minimum Pricing Increments, Access Fees, and Transparency of Better Priced Orders, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101070 (Sept. 18, 2024), 89 FR 81620 (Oct. 8, 2024) (File No. S7-30-22) (Final Rules) (“Regulation NMS Amendments”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>160</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             NYSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 6-7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission does not agree that a potential future change in the distribution of trading in the equities markets, including from the Commission's recently adopted amendments to Regulation NMS,
                        <SU>161</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         would merit changing the volume threshold for a second vote on the Proposed CT Plan's Operating Committee. And if rules adopted by the Commission were to significantly change the distribution of on- versus off-exchange trading, then the Commission could consider whether the threshold should be revisited, whether by proposed plan amendment or Commission rulemaking. For example, if the commenter were correct that Commission rulemaking would move significant trading volume off exchange, then lowering the threshold might be appropriate. However, the only recent rule amendments with expected distributional effects on order flow are the recently adopted Regulation NMS Amendments.
                        <SU>162</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, far from sending order flow off exchange, the net effect of the rules is expected to be additional order flow on the exchanges, potentially increasing the overall market share of the exchanges.
                        <SU>163</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Directionally this effect would be opposite to the commenter's position and does not support its rational for lowering the threshold.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>161</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Regulation NMS Amendments, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 159.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>162</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>163</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.,</E>
                             89 FR at 81760.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Changes in the distribution of trading may occur for many reasons in the future.
                        <SU>164</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         And that one SRO group has experienced a decline in market share crossing the 15-percent threshold does not undermine the rationale in initially setting that threshold. Indeed, the Commission considered such a possibility at the time the 15-percent threshold was set,
                        <SU>165</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and this eventuality is consistent with the Commission's purpose in selecting the 15-percent threshold, which was to rebalance voting power to address the disproportionate influence of affiliated exchange groups.
                        <SU>166</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>164</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Notice of Proposed Order Directing the Exchanges and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority To Submit a New National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 87906 (Jan. 8, 2020), 85 FR 2164, 2176 (Jan. 14, 2020) (File No. 4-757) (“While exchange group market share has remained relatively steady over the past several years, competition for order flow among the exchanges and the registration of new national securities exchanges that trade equities may lead to more significant changes in market share.”) (citation omitted).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>165</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28714 (“[U]sing a look-back period of at least four of the six calendar months preceding a vote of the operating committee for determining whether an exchange group or an unaffiliated exchange has met the threshold for a second vote would allow the voting structure of the New Consolidated Data Plan to adapt over time to potential fluctuations in trading volume among exchanges, while avoiding frequent changes in vote allocations resulting from short-term changes in trading activity.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>166</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28713.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(D) Alternative Proposed Voting Framework</HD>
                    <P>
                        One commenter suggests,
                        <SU>167</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and another commenter supports,
                        <SU>168</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         modifying the Proposed CT Plan to provide for a three-tiered voting framework in which SRO groups and non-affiliated SROs would receive either one, two, or three votes based on their consolidated equity market share. Pursuant to the commenter's suggestion, all SRO groups or unaffiliated SROs would receive at least one vote; SRO groups or unaffiliated SROs with between 5 and 15-percent consolidated equity market share would receive two votes; and those with more than 15-percent consolidated equity market share would receive three votes.
                        <SU>169</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter suggests that the Proposed CT Plan require a two-thirds majority vote for Plan action and that the calculation of consolidated equity market share in the Proposed CT Plan 
                        <SU>170</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         be modified by removing 50 percent of the transaction volume reported by the Transaction Reporting Facilities (“TRFs”) 
                        <SU>171</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         because, according to the commenter, the TRFs contribute “only trades, while exchanges contribute both trades and quotes, and any calculation of consolidated equity market share should 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94935"/>
                        recognize this distinction.” 
                        <SU>172</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter states that including the TRF volume is an error, and while it would remove the TRF volume from the calculation of consolidated equity market share altogether, it supports the other commenter's suggestion of removing 50 percent of transaction volume on the TRFs as a reasonable compromise.
                        <SU>173</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>167</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter I, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 6-11; Cboe Letter II, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>168</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Nasdaq Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>169</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter I, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3, 6-11.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>170</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.3 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>171</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter I, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3, 6-11. This commenter further states that its suggested voting allocation would support, as proposed, the Proposed CT Plan's provision that an exchange would be eligible to vote on the Proposed CT Plan's operating committee only if it operates a trading venue. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>172</SU>
                             Cboe Letter I, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>173</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Nasdaq Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Another commenter states that the Commission should consider more than just trading market share when evaluating the significance of the SRO or SRO group in the trading ecosystem because, according to the commenter, it would not be reasonable to conclude that an exchange group that generates a substantial portion of equity market data and commands more than 10 percent of the trading market share is no longer significant enough to warrant a second vote.
                        <SU>174</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>174</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             NYSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above and in the Governance Order,
                        <SU>175</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         one reason that the Commission selected the 15-percent threshold for a second vote was to avoid creating the expectation that SRO groups should receive a third vote at a higher market share (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         20 percent), which would perpetuate the ability of two exchange groups to command a majority of votes, which would perpetuate the status quo.
                        <SU>176</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Proposed CT Plan's vote allocation should not be designed to perpetuate the concentration of voting power among SRO groups or provide incentives for further exchange-group consolidation. Therefore, an individual SRO group should not receive a third vote on the Proposed CT Plan's Operating Committee, regardless of trading volume.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>175</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 153-156 and accompanying text; Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28714.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>176</SU>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28714.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission disagrees with commenters suggesting that the calculation of “consolidated equity market share” should be modified to remove some or all TRF volume from that calculation, because, as the Commission stated in the Governance Order, the threshold for a second vote on the Operating Committee is designed to reflect “the importance to the national market system of those exchanges that, in their roles as SROs, therefore oversee trading activity that generates a significant amount of equity market data,” 
                        <SU>177</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and removing from the calculation some or all of the trading volume that occurs off exchange would serve to exaggerate the share of trading activity that occurs on any given exchange. Further, the Proposed CT Plan's inclusion of TRF volume is not an “error,” as characterized by a commenter,
                        <SU>178</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as the vote allocation scheme and underlying calculation in the Proposed CT Plan are consistent with the requirements of both the Governance Order and the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>179</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>177</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>178</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 173 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>179</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Se</E>
                            e Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28712 (“[T]he term `consolidated equity market share' means the average daily dollar equity trading volume of an exchange group or unaffiliated SRO as a percentage of the average daily dollar equity trading volume of 
                            <E T="03">all</E>
                             of the SROs, as reported by the Equity Data Plans or the New Consolidated Data Plan.” (emphasis added; citation omitted)); Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61639 (providing that the threshold for a second vote on the Operating Committee is “consolidated equity market share of more than 15 percent during four of the previous six months preceding a vote of the operating committee”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(E) The Effect of the D.C. Circuit's Ruling</HD>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters state that while the D.C. Circuit held that the Commission could not allocate votes to non-SRO market participants, the Commission should not “relitigate” the allocation of votes to SRO groups because the court already found that the arguments opposing the voting allocation in the Proposed CT Plan were without merit.
                        <SU>180</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These commenters state that “the court's ruling is clear: the Commission is free to consider the policy objectives it identified in allocating votes, and the mandated allocation of votes among SROs was proper.” 
                        <SU>181</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, these commenters state that the proposed allocation of votes, including the 15-percent threshold for a second vote, is consistent with the Exchange Act and request that the Commission approve the Proposed CT Plan without change to the proposed voting structure.
                        <SU>182</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>180</SU>
                             MEMX-IEX-MIAX Pearl-LTSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>181</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>182</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In response, another commenter states that “the D.C. Circuit did not consider whether the 15% voting threshold was consistent either with the Exchange Act or the . . . APA . . . because that issue was never presented to the Court.” 
                        <SU>183</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that the Commission is not precluded from considering this commenter's alternative voting framework.
                        <SU>184</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter further states that the D.C. Circuit ruled only on the three issues raised by the petitioning exchanges,
                        <SU>185</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and did not rule that any of the other mandates in the Governance Order were proper.
                        <SU>186</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, this commenter states, because the D.C. Circuit vacated the 2021 Approval Order in its entirety, this had the procedural effect of “sending the SEC and the SROs back to the drawing board on how to structure voting under the Plan.” 
                        <SU>187</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, this commenter states that the Commission “did not limit the scope of the issues that could be raised by commenters,” and instead broadly sought comment on the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>188</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>183</SU>
                             Cboe Letter III, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>184</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 3. 
                            <E T="03">See also supra</E>
                             Section II.B.5(c)(i)(D) (discussing the commenter's suggested alternative voting framework).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>185</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 20 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>186</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Letter III, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>187</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>188</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 3-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission agrees that the D.C. Circuit's ruling does not preclude consideration of comments on any aspect of the Proposed CT Plan or the Amended Governance Order, including the voting framework for the Proposed CT Plan. The Commission disagrees, however, that the D.C. Circuit's decision did not address or uphold the allocation of votes to SROs in the Governance Order. The precise allocation of votes to SROs in the Governance Order and the 2021 Approval Order—which is identical to that required by the Amended Governance Order 
                        <SU>189</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        —was upheld by the court.
                        <SU>190</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In challenging the 2021 Approval Order, the SRO groups 
                        <SU>191</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         contended that “the Commission's use of SRO Groups departs from the Commission's past practice of treating affiliated SROs as distinct legal entities in other regulatory settings and subjects affiliated SROs to less favorable treatment as compared to unaffiliated SROs.” 
                        <SU>192</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The petitioning SROs argued that the Commission's “bare assertion that its arbitrary 15% threshold for a second `SRO Group' vote reflects the significance of those SROs' contributions to the national market system is . . . insufficient because it fails to justify affording the same number of votes to SRO groups that exceed the 15-percent threshold no matter their market share or the number of SROs in the group.” 
                        <SU>193</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         They argued that the Commission “arbitrarily selected a 15% threshold for acquiring a second vote solely to dilute the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94936"/>
                        affiliated SROs' voting power,” 
                        <SU>194</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and that there could be no “justifiable reason for treating an SRO group with 14% market share differently from an otherwise identical SRO group with 15% market share.” 
                        <SU>195</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The court, however, found the petitioners' arguments about the allocation of votes to SROs and SRO groups to be “without merit.” 
                        <SU>196</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the D.C. Circuit did not qualify in any way its judgment upholding the voting allocation scheme in the Governance Order. Thus, the court's decision did not cast any doubt on the Commission's reasoning in the Governance Order, and in fact left the allocation of votes to SROs unchanged. The Commission has considered the comments regarding the voting scheme, including alternatives suggested by commenters. However, as discussed above, the voting allocation in the Governance Order remains appropriate.
                        <SU>197</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>189</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61639.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>190</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See Nasdaq</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">SEC, supra</E>
                             note 20; 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Cboe Letter I, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109; Cboe Letter II 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109; Cboe Letter III, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109; Nasdaq Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, NYSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>191</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 190 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>192</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Nasdaq</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">SEC, supra</E>
                             note 20, 38 F.4th at 1140.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>193</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Nasdaq</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">SEC, supra</E>
                             note 20, Reply Brief for Petitioners, 2022 WL 225906 at *24.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>194</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Nasdaq</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">SEC, supra</E>
                             note 20, Opening Brief for Petitioners, 2022 WL 225907 at *16.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>195</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.,</E>
                             2022 WL 225907 at *52-53.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>196</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>197</SU>
                             Commenters' statements about other commenters' underlying interests or motivations do not affect the Commission's analysis. 
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Cboe Letter III, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 6; MEMX-IEX-MIAX Pearl-LTSE Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(F) SRO Revisions to Section 4.3</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.3(a) of Article IV of the Proposed CT Plan differs from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission in three respects. First, and consistent with the Amended Governance Order, proposed Section 4.3(a) omits provisions regarding the participation of non-SRO representatives as members of the Operating Committee and modifies the voting provisions to conform with modifications required by the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>198</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Second, as proposed, Section 4.3(a), specifies that the average daily dollar equity trading volume used in the calculation of consolidated equity market share for purposes of establishing the SRO voting allocation pursuant to that section shall be that as reported under the Proposed CT Plan, or under the CQ, CTA, and UTP Plans, rather than as solely as reported under the CT Plan. The textual addition to Section 4.3(a) is appropriate because the average daily dollar equity trading volume of the Equity Data Plans, as proposed, would inform the 
                        <E T="03">initial</E>
                         allocation of SRO votes pursuant to this section. Thereafter, and for all subsequent allocation of SRO votes, it is the Proposed CT Plan's average daily dollar equity trading volume—and not that of the Equity Data Plans—that will be required to form the basis of that calculation. Finally, proposed Section 4.3(a) differs from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan in that the provision adds “quoting on the FINRA Alternative Display Facility” to the non-exhaustive list of activities that shall not cause FINRA to be considered to operate a market center within the meaning of Section 4.3. This change to proposed Section 4.3(a) makes clear that quoting activity outside the Proposed CT Plan, such as that on the FINRA Alternative Display Facility, will not figure into calculation for allocating SRO votes pursuant to Section 4.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>198</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, at 61631-32.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, the Commission is approving Article IV, Section 4.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(ii) Operating Committee Actions and Voting</HD>
                    <P>Article IV, Section 4.3(b) of the Proposed CT Plan provides that (with the limited exceptions listed in Section 4.3(c)) all actions of the Operating Committee will require the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of all votes on the Operating Committee, allocated in the manner provided for in Section 4.3(a).</P>
                    <P>
                        As proposed, Section 4.3(c) provides that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.3(b) the following Operating Committee actions that would require a majority vote of the Operating Committee: (1) the selection of the Advisory Committee; 
                        <SU>199</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) the decision to enter into Executive Session; 
                        <SU>200</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (3) the decision to discuss a matter in a legal subcommittee pursuant to Section 4.8(d) of the Proposed CT Plan; 
                        <SU>201</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (4) decisions concerning the operation of the Company as an LLC.
                        <SU>202</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>199</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.7 of the Proposed CT Plan (providing for, among other things, the formation, composition, and function of the Advisory Committee).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>200</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.3(c)(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan (providing that the decision to enter into Executive Session will be subject to a majority vote of the Operating Committee).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>201</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.3(c)(iii) of the Proposed CT Plan (providing that the decision to discuss a matter in a legal subcommittee pursuant to Section 4.8(d) of the Proposed CT Plan will require only a majority vote of the Operating Committee).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>202</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.3(c)(iv) of the Proposed CT Plan (providing that decisions concerning the operation of the Company as an LLC as specified in Section 10.3 and Section 11.2 of the Proposed CT Plan will require a majority vote of the Operating Committee). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Article X, Section 10.3 of the Proposed CT Plan (providing that any compromise or settlement of any tax audit or litigation affecting members, as well as any material proposed inaction or election to be taken by the Partnership Representative, require a majority vote of Members); and Article XI, Section 11.2 of the Proposed CT Plan (providing that the distribution of proceeds from the liquidation of the Company to Members is subject to a majority vote of the Members).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the OIP, the Commission solicited comment on, among other things, whether there were additional actions of the Proposed CT Plan that should not be subject to the two-thirds voting requirement in Section 4.3(b) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>203</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission received several comments addressing the two-thirds voting requirement in Section 4.3(b) of the Proposed CT Plan. One commenter states that the Proposed CT Plan should be modified to provide that a simple—rather than two-thirds—majority vote would be required for most actions of the Operating Committee, including those relating to implementation of the Proposed CT Plan, such as selection of the independent administrator, or filing of required fee amendments.
                        <SU>204</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This potential modification, the commenter states, would streamline the Proposed CT Plan's decision-making process and reduce the risk of the delay in implementing the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>205</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that the proposed two-thirds voting requirement is likely to be unworkable in practice, leading to gridlock, inaction, and delays in implementation.
                        <SU>206</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that another option would be to require different voting thresholds depending on the subject matter under consideration, adding that the commenter would not be opposed to requiring a two-thirds supermajority for more significant Proposed CT Plan amendments that are subject to a unanimous vote under the Equity Data Plans.
                        <SU>207</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>203</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             OIP, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 6, 89 FR at 33413.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>204</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             MEMX Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>205</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>206</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>207</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter opposes the proposed two-thirds rather than simple majority-vote threshold, stating that it is, in conjunction with the allocation of voting by SRO group, “a compromise, rather than striking an appropriate balance in the divergence between private rights and social costs,” that will “cause stagnation rather than encourage innovation,” and that the Operating Committee will “continue to be a bureaucracy with countless arguments among SROs and with the Advisory Committee, while market participants continue to suffer from ever higher market data and connectivity costs.” 
                        <SU>208</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>208</SU>
                             Letter from Kelvin To, Founder and President, Data Boiler Technologies, LLC, (Feb. 26, 2024) (“Data Boiler Letter”), at 2, 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94937"/>
                    <P>
                        The Commission agrees that certain additional actions by the Operating Committee should be subject to a majority vote pursuant to Section 4.3(c), beyond those proposed, in order to facilitate efficient operation of the Operating Committee and the Proposed CT Plan. Specifically, the Commission is modifying Section 4.3(c) to permit the election of the Chair and other Officers of the Plan by majority vote of the Operating Committee, rather than by the proposed two-thirds majority.
                        <SU>209</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This modification is appropriate because requiring a two-thirds majority vote of the Operating Committee, as proposed, could provide opportunities for a minority of the votes allocated on the Operating Committee to obstruct a purely administrative action necessary for the day-to-day operations of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>210</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, modifying this section to require a majority vote of the Operating Committee to elect the Chair and Officers of the Proposed CT Plan is appropriate because it will reduce the likelihood of unnecessary delays in the administration and implementation of the Proposed CT Plan.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>209</SU>
                             To effect this modification, the Commission is inserting, under Section 4.3(c)(i), the words “the election of the Chair and other Officers of the Plan;” and renumbering proposed Section 4.3(c)(i)-(iv) as Section 4.3(c)(ii-v) accordingly. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.3 of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>210</SU>
                             With respect to the Equity Data Plans, unless otherwise specified, a majority vote of the Participants entitled to vote is required to constitute the action of the Operating Committees, including the election of a Chair. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Exhibit A, Article V, Section 2, and Article IV(a) of the CTA Plan; Article IV.C-D of the UTP Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Further expanding the list of actions that can be taken by a majority vote of the Operating Committee is not warranted. While commenters raise concerns about potential gridlock, stagnation, or inefficiency, as the Commission stated in the Amended Governance Order:</P>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP>
                            the requirement for a two-thirds majority strikes an appropriate balance between ensuring that plan action has broad support among members of the operating committee while also preventing a single SRO group or unaffiliated SRO from vetoing plan action. Moreover, requiring a two-thirds, rather than a simple, majority of SRO votes, in conjunction with allocating votes by exchange group, prevents a small number of SRO groups from dictating plan action without further support from other SRO members.
                            <SU>211</SU>
                            <FTREF/>
                        </FP>
                        <FTNT>
                            <P>
                                <SU>211</SU>
                                 Amended Governance Order, 
                                <E T="03">supra</E>
                                 note 23, 88 FR at 61632.
                            </P>
                        </FTNT>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.3(b) differs from the corresponding provision in 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission in that it conforms to the requirements of the Amended Governance Order by: (1) removing provisions regarding the participation of non-SRO representatives as members of the Operating Committee, and (2) modifying voting provisions to provide that all actions by the Operating Committee shall require a two-thirds majority vote of the votes allocated to the Operating Committee, except for the actions specified in Section 4.3(c).
                        <SU>212</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.3(c) differs from the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan in that it conforms to requirements of the Amended Governance Order by removing provisions relating to the participation of non-SROs representatives as members of the Operating Committee and by requiring a majority vote of the Operating Committee for the selection of members of the Advisory Committee pursuant to Section 4.7. Separately, Section 4.3(c) adds to the actions requiring only a majority vote of the Operating Committee: (1) the election of the Chair and Officers of the Plan, as modified by the Commission, as well as (2) the decision to discuss a matter in a legal subcommittee pursuant to Section 4.8(d) of the Proposed CT Plan,
                        <SU>213</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         which, as discussed above, is consistent with the Amended Governance Order.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>212</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 61639-41.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>213</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, the Commission is approving Sections 4.3(b) as proposed and Section 4.3(c) as renumbered and modified.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(d) Meetings of the Operating Committee</HD>
                    <P>Article IV, Section 4.4 of the Proposed CT Plan addresses meetings of the Operating Committee. Sections 4.4(a) through 4.4(f) contain general provisions regarding Operating Committee meetings, and Section 4.4(g) contains provisions specific to meetings in Executive Session.</P>
                    <P>
                        Sections 4.4(a) through 4.4(f) are identical to the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>214</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         with the following exceptions, all of which are consistent with the requirements of the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>215</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         First, as proposed, Section 4.4(a) adds a reference to “Advisory Committee members” 
                        <SU>216</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and corrects a cross-reference to reflect the numbering of paragraphs in the Proposed CT Plan. Second, proposed Section 4.4(c) deletes language regarding quorum requirements of Voting Representatives, consistent with the requirements of the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>217</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         And third, for the same reason as explained above—that the replaced term is the defined term—proposed Section 4.4(e) replaces reference to “SRO Voting Representatives” with reference to “Voting Representatives.” 
                        <SU>218</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission is, however, modifying the text of Section 4.4(e)(ii) to replace the reference to “Section 4.3” in the first sentence of paragraph (ii) of Section 4.4(e) with a reference to “Section 4.3(c),” to conform this provision to the Commission's modifications to Section 4.3(c)(i) regarding the election of the Chair and other officers of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>219</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Separately, the Commission is modifying Section 4.4(e) to replace the term “Operative Date” with the term “Effective Date” as that term is defined in the Recitals. This change is appropriate because the Effective Date of the Agreement is the date it is approved by the Commission, whereas the Operative Date, as defined, does not occur until the date that Members conduct, through the Company, the Processor and Administrator functions related to the public dissemination of real-time consolidated equity market data and the Equity Data Plans cease their operations. As proposed, Section 4.4(e) states that the Chair of the Operating Committee shall be elected beginning with the first quarterly meeting of the Operating Committee following the Operative Date. The modification will, consistent with the role and functions of the Chair as outlined in Section 4.4(e), facilitate the implementation of the Proposed CT Plan, as the Chair will be able to be elected following the Effective Date and will be able to enter into contracts on behalf of the Company.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>214</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44166-68, 44213-14.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>215</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61639-41.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>216</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 61632 (stating that “because non-SRO representatives will no longer be required to be included as voting members of the operating committee of the Revised New Consolidated Data Plan, the Commission is modifying the Governance Order's requirements to provide that the Revised New Consolidated Data Plan must provide for participation by non-SROs in the operation of the plan as members of an advisory committee”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>217</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>218</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article I, Section 1.1(84) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved) (defining the term “Voting Representative”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>219</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 209 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission received no comments on Section 4.4(a)-(d) and (f) of the Proposed CT Plan, and for the foregoing reasons, as well as for the reasons stated with respect to the corresponding provisions in the 2021 Approval Order,
                        <SU>220</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission is approving Section 4.4(a)-(d), and (f) of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94938"/>
                        the Proposed CT Plan as proposed, and Section 4.4(e) as modified.
                        <SU>221</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>220</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44166-68.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>221</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 44166-72.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.4(g) of the Proposed CT Plan provides that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Proposed CT Plan, the Voting Representatives, Member Observers, SEC staff, and other persons as deemed appropriate by a majority vote of the Voting Representatives may meet in an Executive Session of the Operating Committee to discuss an item of business for which it is appropriate to exclude the Advisory Committee. A request to meet in Executive Session must be included on the written agenda for an Operating Committee meeting, along with a clearly stated rationale as to why that item would be appropriate for discussion in Executive Session.
                        <SU>222</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A majority vote of the Voting Representatives would be required to create an Executive Session.
                        <SU>223</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Voting Representatives would be permitted to discuss only the topic for which the Executive Session was created and would disband upon fully discussing the topic.
                        <SU>224</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>222</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.4(g) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>223</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>224</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.4(g) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.4(g)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan also provides that topics discussed in Executive Session “should” be limited to the following: (1) any topic that requires discussion of Highly Confidential Information; (2) Vendor or Subscriber Audit Findings; (3) litigation matters; (4) responses to regulators with respect to inquiries, examinations, or findings; and (5) other discrete matters approved by the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>225</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.4(g)(ii) states that the mere fact that a topic is controversial or a matter of dispute does not, by itself, make a topic appropriate for Executive Session.
                        <SU>226</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This section further provides that the minutes for an Executive Session must include the reason for including any item in an Executive Session.
                        <SU>227</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.4(g)(iii) provides that requests to discuss a topic in Executive Session must be included on the written agenda for the Operating Committee meeting, along with the clearly stated rationale for each topic as to why such discussion is appropriate for Executive Session.
                        <SU>228</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This section further provides that the rationale may be that the topic to be discussed falls within the list of topics that may be discussed pursuant to paragraph 4.4(g)(i).
                        <SU>229</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>225</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.4(g)(i)(A)-(E) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>226</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.4(g)(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>227</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>228</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.4(g)(iii) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>229</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission received one comment on Section 4.4(g). Specifically, one commenter suggests that the Proposed CT Plan should be modified to: (1) use non-discretionary, rather than permissive language, with respect to the scope of potential items that could be discussed in Executive Session and (2) preclude discussions regarding contract negotiations with the plan processors or the plan administrator in Executive Session.
                        <SU>230</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that “similar policy rationales for narrowly tailoring the use of Executive Sessions or other exclusive meeting forums apply where non-SROs are Advisory Committee members” rather than voting non-SRO members, as provided in the 2021 CT Plan.
                        <SU>231</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>230</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3, n.11.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>231</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id. See also</E>
                             Section 4.4(g)(i) of the 2021 CT Plan; 2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44214.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission agrees with the commenter that the Proposed CT Plan should provide clear boundaries with respect to the scope of potential topics permitted to be discussed in an Executive Session.
                        <SU>232</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, for the same reasons discussed in the 2021 Approval Order,
                        <SU>233</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission is modifying Article IV, Section 4.4(g)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan to require that the items for discussion in an Executive Session “shall be” limited to the topics enumerated in subsections 4.4(g)(i)(A)-(E) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>234</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>232</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44170 (stating that “the topics that may be discussed in Executive Session should be specifically enumerated in the CT Plan to provide transparent and clear boundaries”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>233</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             (modifying Article IV, Section 4.4(g)(i) of the 2021 CT Plan to require that the items for discussion in an Executive Session “shall be” limited to the topics enumerated in subsections 4.4(g)(i)(A)-(E) of that plan).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>234</SU>
                             To effect this change, the Commission is modifying proposed Section 4.4(g)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan to delete the word “should” and replace it with “shall.” The Commission is also making a conforming change to proposed Section 4.4(g)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan to remove the word “as” that appears after “topics” in that subsection.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As the Commission stated in the 2021 Approval Order, “not every topic that may be appropriate for Executive Session can be foreseen, and . . . some provision must therefore be made in the CT Plan for unanticipated topics suitable for Executive Session.” 
                        <SU>235</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The language in Section 4.4(g)(i)(E) that permits the SROs to meet in Executive Session to discuss “[o]ther discrete matters approved by the Operating Committee” provides the necessary flexibility for unanticipated topics to be addressed without altering the list of permissible topics for Executive Session into a non-exclusive list of suggestions.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>235</SU>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44171.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission does not agree with the commenter's suggestion that the Proposed CT Plan provide that “discussions regarding contract negotiations with the Processors or Administrator” do not qualify for discussion in Executive Session.
                        <SU>236</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         While the Commission specifically added this language to the plan it approved in the 2021 Approval Order,
                        <SU>237</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that was in the context of an Operating Committee that included Non-SRO Voting Representatives as full members, and the Commission did not believe that it was appropriate for 
                        <E T="03">any</E>
                         members of the Operating Committee to be excluded from such discussions by holding the discussions in an SRO-only Executive Session.
                        <SU>238</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In the Proposed CT Plan, however, the Operating Committee will not include any non-SRO representatives,
                        <SU>239</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and it is therefore appropriate, and consistent with the Amended Governance Order, for the Operating Committee to meet in Executive Session to discuss “[a]ny topic that requires discussion of Highly Confidential Information,” which, by definition, includes discussion concerning contract negotiations with the Processors or the Administrator.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>236</SU>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>237</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44170-71.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>238</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>239</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61639-41.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.4(g) of the Proposed CT Plan differs from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>240</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in several respects. First, this section conforms to requirements of the Amended Governance Order by removing provisions governing the participation of non-SROs as members of the Operating Committee, and, relatedly, by using the terms “Voting Representatives” rather than “SRO Voting Representatives,” and “Advisory Committee” rather than “Non-SRO Voting Representatives.” Separately, Section 4.4(g)(i) differs in that it (1) removes, as a topic not permitted for discussion within an Executive Session, discussions regarding contract negotiations with the Processor or the Administrator for the reasons discussed, and (2) removes a provision addressing voting requirements for actions requiring a vote in Executive Session, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94939"/>
                        which reduces redundancy because such requirements are set forth in Section 4.3(a). The modification made by the Commission to Section 4.4(g)(i) (to replace “should” with “shall”) is appropriate because it conforms this provision with the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission.
                        <SU>241</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For the foregoing reasons, as well as those stated in the 2021 Approval Order with respect to the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan, (apart from those pertaining to the participation of non-SROs representatives as members of the operating committee of the 2021 CT Plan, which is not included in the Proposed CT Plan),
                        <SU>242</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission is approving Section 4.4(g) as modified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>240</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44168-71.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>241</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 44170.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>242</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 44168-71.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(e) Certain Transactions</HD>
                    <P>Article IV, Section 4.5 of the Proposed CT Plan states that the Company is not prohibited from employing or dealing with persons in which an SRO or any of its affiliates has a connection or a direct or indirect interest. Specifically, the section provides that the fact that a Member or any of its Affiliates is directly or indirectly interested in or connected with any person employed by the Company to render or perform a service, or from which or to whom the Company may buy or sell any property, shall not prohibit the Company from employing or dealing with such person.</P>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.5 is identical to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>243</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comment on Section 4.5 of the Proposed CT Plan, and for the same reasons stated in the 2021 Approval Order,
                        <SU>244</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission is approving Section 4.5 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>243</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>244</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(f) Company Opportunities</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.6(a) of the Proposed CT Plan provides that each Member, its Affiliates, and each of its respective equity holders, controlling persons, and employees may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company.
                        <SU>245</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.6(b) provides that Members are permitted to have, and may presently or in the future have, investments or other business relationships with persons engaged in the business of the Company other than through the Company, and that Members have and may develop strategic relationships with businesses that are and may be competitive or complementary with the Company.
                        <SU>246</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.6(b) further provides that none of the SROs shall be obligated to recommend or take any action that prefers the interest of the Company or any other Member over its own interests, prohibited from pursing and engaging in other activities, nor obligated to inform or present to the Company any opportunity, relationship, or investment.
                        <SU>247</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, this section states that Members will not acquire or be entitled to any interest or participation in any other business as a result of the participation therein of any of the other Members, and that the involvement of another Member in any other business does not constitute a conflict of interest by such person with respect to the Company. This provision defines investments or other business relationships with persons engaged in the business of the Company other than through the Proposed CT Plan as “Other Business.” 
                        <SU>248</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Separately, Exhibit B (“Disclosures”) of the Proposed CT Plan provides a list of questions and instructions tailored to elicit responses that disclose potential conflicts of interest.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>245</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.6(a). This Section further provides that neither the Company nor any Member shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any such Person. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>246</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.6(b) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>247</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>248</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.6 is identical to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>249</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comment on Section 4.6 of the Proposed CT Plan, and, for the same reasons stated in the 2021 Approval Order,
                        <SU>250</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission is approving Section 4.6 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>249</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44173-74.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>250</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(g) Advisory Committee</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.7 of the Proposed CT Plan governs the formation, composition, and function of the Advisory Committee to the Proposed CT Plan. Section 4.7(a) provides that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Proposed CT Plan, an Advisory Committee to the Proposed CT Plan shall be formed and shall function in accordance with the provisions set forth in that section.
                        <SU>251</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.7(b) governs the composition of the Advisory Committee. Specifically, this section provides that the members of the Advisory Committee will be selected by the Operating Committee for two-year terms as follows: (1) by affirmative vote of a majority of the Members entitled to vote, the Operating Committee will select at least one representative from each of the following categories to be members of the Advisory Committee: (A) an institutional investor; (B) a broker-dealer with a predominantly retail investor customer base; (C) a broker-dealer with a predominantly institutional investor customer base; (D) a securities market data vendor that is not affiliated or associated with a Member, broker-dealer, or investment adviser with third-party clients; (E) an issuer of NMS stock that is not affiliated or associated with a Member, broker-dealer, or investment adviser with third-party clients; and (F) a Retail Representative.
                        <SU>252</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.7(b)(i) further addresses Advisory Committee selections and provides that the Operating Committee will not be permitted to select any person employed by or affiliated with any Member or its affiliates or facilities.
                        <SU>253</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.7(b)(ii) governs Member selections and provides that each Member will have the right to select one member of the Advisory Committee, provided, however, that a Member will not be permitted to select any person employed by or affiliated with any Member or its affiliates or facilities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>251</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.7(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>252</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.7(b)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>253</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.7(b)(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.7(c), as proposed, sets forth the function of the Advisory Committee. Specifically, Section 4.7(c) provides that members of the Advisory Committee will have the right to submit their views to the Operating Committee on Plan matters, prior to a decision by the Operating Committee on such matters.
                        <SU>254</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This section further provides that such matters will include, but not be limited to, any new or modified product, fee, contract, or pilot program that is offered or used pursuant to the Plan.
                        <SU>255</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, Section 4.7(d), as proposed, clarifies that members of the Advisory Committee are not Members of the Company.
                        <SU>256</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>254</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.7(c) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>255</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>256</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.7(d) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter supports provisions addressing the composition and attendance at Operating Committee and subcommittee meetings by members of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94940"/>
                        the Advisory Committee, stating that this feature of the Proposed CT Plan is essential to providing non-SRO market participants with the transparency needed to continue to provide their views to the Operating Committee and participate in plan governance.
                        <SU>257</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>257</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See ICI Letter, supra note</E>
                             109
                            <E T="03">, at 2.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As required by the Amended Governance Order, the Proposed CT Plan provides for participation by non-SROs in the operation of the Proposed CT Plan as members of an advisory committee.
                        <SU>258</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the provisions of Section 4.4(a) (permitting attendance by Advisory Committee members at meetings of the Operating Committee, except for Executive Sessions), Section 4.4(b) (requiring the provision of subcommittee minutes to members of the Advisory Committee), and Section 4.8(c) (permitting attendance by Advisory Committee members at subcommittee meetings, other than a legal subcommittee) provide transparency in the operations of the Proposed CT Plan, as supported by the commenter.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>258</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61632, 61639.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is, however, modifying proposed Section 4.7 to further conform provisions regarding the composition and selection of members of the Advisory Committee with the requirements of the Amended Governance Order. First, the Commission is modifying Section 4.7(b) to require that selection of members of the Advisory Committee shall be by majority vote of the Operating Committee,
                        <SU>259</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as required by the Amended Governance Order,
                        <SU>260</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         rather than “[b]y affirmative vote of a majority of the Members entitled to vote,” as proposed. The modification is appropriate to conform the Proposed CT Plan to the requirements of the Amended Governance Order, which requires that votes on the Operating Committee shall be allocated by SRO Group or Non-Affiliated SRO rather than by individual SROs. To effect this modification the Commission, is deleting, from paragraph (b)(i) of proposed Section 4.7 the following text: “Members of the Advisory Committee shall be selected for two-year terms as follows: (i) Operating Committee Selections. By affirmative vote of a majority of the Members entitled to vote.” 
                        <SU>261</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission is further modifying Section 4.7(b), as renumbered, to insert, in its first sentence, the words “by majority vote,” and is moving the phrase “Members of the Advisory Committee shall be selected for two-year terms” to a new Section 4.7(c).
                        <SU>262</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>259</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV Section 4.3(c)(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>260</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61639 (“The Revised New Consolidated Data Plan shall provide for a non-voting Advisory Committee to be selected by majority vote of the operating committee.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>261</SU>
                             The Commission is further modifying Section 4.7(b)(i) to (1) remove, from its first sentence, the comma and spacing after “vote,” as well as the “t” that immediately follows, and (2) substitute, for the stricken “t,” a capital “T.” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.3(c)(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>262</SU>
                             Accordingly, the Commission is renumbering proposed Sections 4.7(c) and (d) as Section 4.7(d) and (e), respectively.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Further, the Commission is modifying the Proposed CT Plan by deleting Section 4.7(b)(ii) in its entirety. Section 4.7(b)(ii) would have provided each SRO with the ability to appoint a person to serve on the Advisory Committee. That provision, however, is inconsistent with the requirement of the Amended Governance Order:</P>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP>
                            The Revised New Consolidated Data Plan shall provide for a non-voting Advisory Committee to be selected by majority vote of the operating committee. The Advisory Committee shall consist of individuals representing each of the following categories: an institutional investor, a broker-dealer with a predominantly retail investor customer base, a broker-dealer with a predominantly institutional investor customer base, a securities market data vendor, an issuer of NMS stock, and a person who represents the interests of retail investors (“retail representative”), provided that the representatives of the securities market data vendor and the issuer are not permitted to be affiliated or associated with an SRO, a broker-dealer, or an investment adviser with third-party clients.
                            <SU>263</SU>
                            <FTREF/>
                        </FP>
                        <FTNT>
                            <P>
                                <SU>263</SU>
                                 Amended Governance Order, 
                                <E T="03">supra</E>
                                 note 23, 88 FR at 61639.
                            </P>
                        </FTNT>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <FP>
                        The Amended Governance Order thus requires that members of the Advisory Committee be selected by a majority vote of the Operating Committee and lists the categories of persons who shall constitute the Advisory Committee to allow for participation by non-SROs in the operation of the new NMS plan.
                        <SU>264</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The modification to delete Section 4.7(b)(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan is appropriate because, as discussed above, that provision is inconsistent with requirements of the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>265</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Permitting each of the SROs that are “Members” of the Proposed CT Plan to appoint its own member to the Advisory Committee would create an Advisory Committee numerically dominated by the chosen representatives of individual SROs, rather than one reflecting the broader industry perspectives provided by the six required categories specified by the Amended Governance Order.
                    </FP>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>264</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>265</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For the foregoing reasons, the Commission is approving Section 4.7 of the Proposed CT Plan as modified.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(h) Subcommittees</HD>
                    <P>Section 4.8 of Article IV of the Proposed CT Plan governs the Operating Committee's discretion to create and disband subcommittees, as well as the selection of subcommittee chairs, permissible attendees at subcommittee meetings, minutes of subcommittee meetings, and special provisions applicable to meetings of a legal subcommittee.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(i) Selection of Subcommittee Chairs</HD>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (a) of Section 4.8 permits the Operating Committee to create and disband subcommittees and to determine the duties, responsibilities, powers, and composition of any of its subcommittees.
                        <SU>266</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This paragraph also requires that subcommittee chairs be selected by the Operating Committee from Voting Representatives.
                        <SU>267</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Furthermore, this paragraph provides that the Operating Committee may not delegate to a subcommittee the administrative functions to be performed by the Administrator of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>268</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>266</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.8(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>267</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>268</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter supports the provision of the Proposed CT Plan precluding subcommittees from carrying out administrative functions of the independent administrator.
                        <SU>269</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>269</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.8(a) is consistent with requirements of the Amended Governance Order 
                        <SU>270</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and differs from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>271</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in that, consistent with requirements of the Amended Governance Order, it (1) removes all references to “SRO Voting Representatives,” (2) replaces the term “SRO Voting Representatives” with Voting Representatives, and (3) prohibits the Operating Committee from delegating to a subcommittee the administrative functions to be performed by the Administrator.
                        <SU>272</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For the foregoing reasons, as well as those in the 2021 Approval Order (apart from those pertaining to the participation of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94941"/>
                        non-SRO representatives as members of the operating committee of the 2021 CT Plan, which is not included in the Proposed CT Plan),
                        <SU>273</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission is approving Section 4.8(a) as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>270</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61641.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>271</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44214.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>272</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631, 61641.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>273</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 18, 86 FR 44174.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(ii) Transparency of Subcommittee Meetings</HD>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (b) of Section 4.8 provides that, except that as provided for minutes of the legal subcommittee in Section 4.8(d), the Secretary or designee will prepare minutes of all subcommittee minutes and that such minutes will be made available to the Operating Committee and members of the Advisory Committee.
                        <SU>274</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>274</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.8(b) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter supports the provisions of the Proposed CT Plan addressing the preparation and distribution of all meeting minutes.
                        <SU>275</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>275</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.8(b) differs from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission in that it conforms this provision with requirements of the Amended Governance Order regarding transparency of subcommittee meetings.
                        <SU>276</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Accordingly, the Commission is approving Section 4.8(b) as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>276</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61638, 61641.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(iii) Permissible Attendees of Subcommittee Meetings</HD>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (c) of Section 4.8 of the Proposed CT Plan states that Voting Representatives, the Advisory Committee, Member Observers, SEC staff, and other persons as deemed appropriate by the Operating Committee may attend subcommittee meetings.
                        <SU>277</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>277</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.8(c) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.8(c) is consistent with requirements of the Amended Governance Order 
                        <SU>278</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and substantively similar to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>279</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         other than for replacing the term “Non-SRO Voting Representatives” with “the Advisory Committee,” consistent with requirements in the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>280</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission received no comments on Section 4.8(c), and, for the same reasons as stated in the 2021 Approval Order (apart from those pertaining to participation of non-SRO representatives as member of the operating committee of the 2021 CT Plan, which is not part of the Proposed CT Plan),
                        <SU>281</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission is approving Section 4.8(c) as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>278</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631, 61638-39.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>279</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44175, 44214.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>280</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631-32.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>281</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44175, 44214.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(iv) Legal Subcommittee</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.8(d) provides that Voting Representatives, Member Observers, and other persons as deemed appropriate by majority vote of the Voting Representatives may meet in a subcommittee to discuss an item that exclusively affects the Members with respect to the following: (1) litigation matters or responses to regulators with respect to inquiries, examinations, or findings; and (2) other discrete legal matters approved by the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>282</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.8(d) further provides that the Secretary will prepare the minutes of legal subcommittee meetings, and that such minutes will include the following: (i) attendance at the meeting; (ii) the subject matter of each item discussed; (iii) sufficient non-privileged information to identify the rationale for referring the matter to the legal subcommittee, and (iv) the privilege or privileges claimed with respect to that item.
                        <SU>283</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This paragraph further provides that such minutes will be made available only to the Voting Representatives, Member Observers, and other persons deemed appropriate by a majority vote of the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>284</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>282</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.8(d) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>283</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>284</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter supports the provisions of the Proposed CT Plan addressing the preparation and distribution of all meeting minutes.
                        <SU>285</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter also states that the Commission should reincorporate provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission that were intended to promote the role of non-SROs, including expanding the scope of information required to justify referral of a matter to a legal subcommittee.
                        <SU>286</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that similar policy rationales for narrowly tailoring the use of Executive Sessions or other exclusive meetings apply when non-SROs are Advisory Committee members.
                        <SU>287</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>285</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2, n.6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>286</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 3, 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>287</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 3, n.11.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The provisions of proposed Section 4.8(d) sufficiently limit the matters that may be discussed in a legal subcommittee meeting of the Proposed CT Plan. Proposed Section 4.8(d) specifically requires that a matter referred to the legal subcommittee be limited to “an item that exclusively affects the Members” in two circumstances: (1) litigation matters or responses to regulators with respect to inquiries, examinations, or findings; and (2) other discrete legal matters approved by the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>288</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, referral to the legal subcommittee must be approved by a majority vote of the Operating Committee. The SROs have a right to consult with legal counsel with respect to such items, and permitting non-SROs to attend discussions regarding those items might cause a waiver of the SROs' attorney-client privilege.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>288</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Section 4.8(d) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Moreover, the provisions of proposed Section 4.8(d) provide sufficient accountability regarding the use by the SROs of the legal subcommittee. Minutes of legal subcommittee meetings will be required, and those minutes must, for each matter discussed, identify the privilege claimed and include sufficient non-privileged information to identify the reason the matter was referred to the legal subcommittee. These minutes, like all CT Plan documents, will be available to the Commission and its staff,
                        <SU>289</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         which will provide accountability regarding use of the legal subcommittee, while preserving, to the extent appropriate, the SROs' attorney-client privilege with respect to discussions at legal subcommittee meetings.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>289</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Section 4.10 of the Proposed CT Plan (Commission Access to Information and Records).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Therefore, the provisions of proposed Section 4.8(d) are consistent with the requirements of the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>290</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, other than for differences to conform to requirements of the Amended Governance Order, including (1) the omission of references to Non-SRO Voting Representatives,
                        <SU>291</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         which are no longer part of the Proposed CT Plan, (2) the use of the term “Voting Representative” rather than “SRO Voting Representative,” 
                        <SU>292</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as well as (3) the addition of specific requirements regarding the content, preparation, and distribution of subcommittee minutes,
                        <SU>293</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the provisions of Section 4.8(d) are substantively similar to the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94942"/>
                        Commission.
                        <SU>294</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For the foregoing reasons, as well as those in the 2021 Approval Order (apart from those pertaining to the participation of non-SRO representatives as members of the operating committee of the 2021 CT Plan, which is not included in the Proposed CT Plan),
                        <SU>295</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission is approving Section 4.8(d) as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>290</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61638-39.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>291</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 61631.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>292</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>293</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 61641.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>294</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44175-77.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>295</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44175-77.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(i) Officers</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.9 of Article IV of the Proposed CT Plan governs the selection of CT Plan Officers. Paragraph (a) of Section 4.9 provides that, other than the Chair, the Operating Committee may, from time to time, designate and appoint one or more persons as Officers of the Company.
                        <SU>296</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This paragraph further provides that other than the Chair, no such officer need be a Voting Representative.
                        <SU>297</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to this paragraph, any officer so designated will have such authority and perform such duties as the Operating Committee may, from time to time, delegate to them, and that any such delegation may be revoked at any time by the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>298</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Paragraph (a) of Section 4.9 further provides that the Operating Committee may assign titles to particular Officers, and that each Officer will hold office until a successor is designated, or until the Officer's death, resignation, or removal, as provided in the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>299</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This paragraph further provides that an individual may hold any number of offices, and that Officers shall not be entitled to receive salary or other compensation, unless approved by the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>300</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This section further provides that any Officer may resign at any time, that such resignation must be made in writing, and that it shall take effect at the time specified in the notice, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>301</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to this section, the acceptance of a resignation will not be necessary to make it effective.
                        <SU>302</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, this section provides that any officer may be removed at any time by a majority vote of the Members.
                        <SU>303</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>296</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.9(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>297</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>298</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>299</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>300</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>301</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.9(b) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>302</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>303</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.9(c) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is modifying Section 4.9 to provide that a majority vote of the Operating Committee, rather than of its Members, shall be required to remove any Officer. To effect this modification, the Commission is therefore deleting, from proposed Section 4.9(c), the word “Members,” and substituting the words “Operating Committee.” This modification is appropriate to make the provision consistent with the requirements of Section 4.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan, which governs the allocation of votes to the Members of the Proposed CT Plan. As required by the Amended Governance Order, Section 4.3 allocates votes to SRO Groups and Non-Affiliated SROs—not to each individual SRO that is a Member of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>304</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>304</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Other than as modified by the Commission to conform to Amended Governance Order requirements regarding action of the Operating Committee,
                        <SU>305</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as discussed above, Section 4.9 is, other than for immaterial differences,
                        <SU>306</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         substantively similar to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission.
                        <SU>307</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission received no comments addressing Section 4.9 of the Proposed CT Plan, and, for the reasons discussed above, as well as for the reasons stated in the 2021 Approval Order (apart from those pertaining to the participation of non-SRO representatives as members of the operating committee of the 2021 CT Plan, which is not included in the Proposed CT Plan),
                        <SU>308</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission is approving Section 4.9 of the Proposed CT Plan as modified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>305</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>306</SU>
                             Article IV, Section 4.9 of the Proposed CT Plan corresponds to Article IV, Section 4.8 of the 2021 CT Plan. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44215.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>307</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44178.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>308</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(j) Commission Access to Information and Records</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.10 of Article IV of the Proposed CT Plan provides that “[n]othing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to limit or impede the rights of the Commission or SEC staff to access information and records of the Company or any of the Members (including their employees) pursuant to U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.” 
                        <SU>309</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This provision is identical to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>310</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing this provision, and the Commission is approving Section 4.10 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>309</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.10 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>310</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, at 86 FR at 44178.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(k) Disclosure of Potential Conflicts of Interest; Recusal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.11 of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the disclosure requirements with respect to conflicts of interest, and the provisions for recusal, as approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>311</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         with certain modified requirements as set forth in the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>312</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>311</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 88823 (May 6, 2020), 85 FR 28046 (May 12, 2020); 88824 (May 6, 2020), 85 FR 28119 (May 12, 2020) (collectively, the “Conflicts of Interest Approval Orders”). In the Governance Order, as well as in the Amended Governance Order, the Commission ordered the SROs to incorporate into the new NMS plan provisions consistent with the Conflicts of Interest Approval Orders. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28726; Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61633-34, 61640.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>312</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61634-35, 61640.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(i) Disclosure Requirements</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.11 of Article IV provides that the Members (including any Member Observers), the Processors, the Administrator, and each service provider or subcontractor (each a “Disclosing Party”) engaged in Company business (including the audit of Subscribers' data usage) that has access to Restricted 
                        <SU>313</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         or Highly Confidential Information 
                        <SU>314</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (“Disclosing Parties”), as defined in the Plan,
                        <SU>315</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         shall complete a prescribed questionnaire and be subject to the disclosure requirements as described in Section 4.11(c) and Exhibit B to the Plan to disclose all material facts necessary to identify potential conflicts of interest.
                        <SU>316</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Exhibit B to the Proposed CT Plan provides a list of questions and instructions tailored to elicit responses that disclose potential conflicts of interest.
                        <SU>317</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.11(a) also states that the Operating Committee, a Member, Processors, or Administrator 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94943"/>
                        may not use a service provider or subcontractor on Company business unless that service provider or subcontractor has agreed in writing to provide the disclosures required by this section and has submitted completed disclosures to the Administrator prior to starting work.
                        <SU>318</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>313</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article I, Section 1.1(64) of the Proposed CT Plan (defining “Restricted Information”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>314</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article I, Section 1.1(34) of the Proposed CT Plan (defining “Highly Confidential Information”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>315</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 313-314 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>316</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.11(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>317</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.11(c) of and Exhibit B to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>318</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.11(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.11(a) further provides that if state laws, rules, or regulations, or applicable professional ethics rules or standards of conduct, would act to restrict or prohibit a Disclosing Party from making any particular required disclosure, a Disclosing Party must refer to such law, rule, regulation, or professional ethics rule or standard and include in response to that disclosure the basis for its inability to provide a complete response, and further, that this would not relieve the Disclosing Party from disclosing any information it is not restricted from providing.
                        <SU>319</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>319</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.11(a) also describes circumstances in which a potential conflict of interest may exist,
                        <SU>320</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         provides for required updates of disclosures,
                        <SU>321</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         provides for public dissemination of disclosures,
                        <SU>322</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and provides that Disclosing Parties that are not Members or members of the Advisory Committee to comply with the required disclosure and recusal provisions in their respective agreements with the Company, a Member, the Administrator, or the Processors.
                        <SU>323</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>320</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.11(a)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>321</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.11(a)(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>322</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.11(a)(iii) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>323</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.11(a)(iv) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 4.11(a) differs substantively from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission only in that, consistent with the Amended Governance Order,
                        <SU>324</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the term “Non-SRO Voting Representatives” has been struck where it appeared and has been replaced by “members of the Advisory Committee” in Section 4.11(a)(iv). The Commission is modifying proposed Section 4.11(a) to add “members of the Advisory Committee” to the first sentence of this section, which defines “Disclosing Parties.” It is appropriate that members of the Advisory Committee be included in the definition, given that they are replacing the Non-SRO Voting Representatives, will have access to Restricted or Highly Confidential Information, and are referenced in Section 4.11(a)(iv) as a Disclosing Party, they should be subject to the requirements of Section 4.11, including disclosing all material facts necessary to identify potential conflicts of interest and be recused consistent with Section 4.11(b) (discussed below). Additionally Exhibit B (the disclosure questionnaire) differs substantively from the corresponding portion of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>325</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         only in that, consistent with the Amended Governance Order,
                        <SU>326</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         it replaces references to Non-SRO Voting Representatives with references to members of the Advisory Committee. The Commission received no comments on Section 4.11(a) of the Proposed CT Plan, and for the foregoing reasons, the Commission is approving Section 4.11(a) as modified and Exhibit B as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>324</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631-32.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>325</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44178-82, 44221-22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>326</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631-32.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(ii) Recusal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.11(b) of the Proposed CT Plan discusses recusals and expressly prohibits a Member from appointing as its Voting Representative, alternate Voting Representative, or a Member Observer a person that is responsible for or involved with procurement for, or development, modeling, pricing, licensing (including all functions related to monitoring or ensuring a subscriber's compliance with the terms of the license contained in its data subscription agreement and all functions relating to the auditing of subscriber data usage and payment), or sale of proprietary market data product offered to customers of the CT Feeds,
                        <SU>327</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         if the person has a financial interest (including compensation) that is tied directly to the Disclosing Party's market data business or the procurement of market data, and if that compensation would cause a reasonable objective observer to expect the compensation to affect the impartiality of the representative.
                        <SU>328</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.11(b) further requires recusal of a Disclosing Party (including its representative(s), employees, and agents) from participating in Company activities if it has not submitted the required disclosure form, or the Operating Committee votes that the Disclosing Party's disclosure form is materially deficient. Pursuant to this paragraph (ii), such recusal will be in effect until the Disclosing Party submits a sufficiently complete disclosure form to the Administrator.
                        <SU>329</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.11(b)(iii) provides that a Disclosing Party, including its representatives(s), and its Affiliates and their representatives(s), is recused from voting on matters in which it or its Affiliate is seeking a position or contract with the Company or has a position or contract with the Company and whose performance is being evaluated by the Company.
                        <SU>330</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 4.11(b)(iv) requires that all recusals, including a person's determination of whether to voluntarily recuse himself or herself, be reflected in the meeting minutes.
                        <SU>331</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>327</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article I, Sections 1.16-1.18 of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>328</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.11(b)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>329</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.11(b)(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>330</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.11(b)(iii) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>331</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.11(b)(iv) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter supports the provision of the Proposed CT Plan that prohibits an SRO from appointing a representative that is involved with licensing of proprietary data products.
                        <SU>332</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter also supports the Proposed CT Plan's inclusion of provisions applying the conflicts-of-interest policies to any SRO-designated person, including a member observer, that attends operating committee and subcommittee meetings as proposed under this section.
                        <SU>333</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>332</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2, n.6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>333</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 4.11(b) differs substantively from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>334</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         only in that it includes language specified by the Commission in the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>335</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Accordingly, the Commission is approving Section 4.11(b) as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>334</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44178-82, 44215.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>335</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61635, 61640 (requiring that the term “licensing” include “all functions related to monitoring or ensuring a subscriber's compliance with the terms of the license contained in its data subscription agreement and all functions relating to the auditing of subscriber data usage and payment”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(iii) Required Disclosures</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.11(c) of the Proposed CT Plan provides that, as part of the disclosure regime, the Members, the Processors, the Administrator, members of the Advisory Committee, and service providers and subcontractors must respond to questions that are tailored to elicit responses that disclose the potential conflicts of interest as set forth in Exhibit B.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94944"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 4.11(c) differs substantively from the corresponding 2021 CT Plan provision approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>336</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         only in that, consistent with the Amended Governance Order,
                        <SU>337</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         it replaces a reference to “Non-Voting SRO Representatives” with a reference to “members of the Advisory Committee.” The Commission received no comments addressing Section 4.11(c) of the Proposed CT Plan, and the Commission is approving Section 4.11(c) as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>336</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44181-82, 44215.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>337</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631-32.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(l) Confidentiality Policy</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article IV, Section 4.12 provides that all Covered Persons are subject to the Confidentiality Policy set forth in Exhibit C to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>338</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This Section further provides that the Company will arrange for Covered Persons that are not Voting Representatives, Member Observers, or members of the Advisory Committee to comply with the Confidentiality Policy under their respective agreements with either the Company, a Member, the Administrator, or the Processors.
                        <SU>339</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>338</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.12 of the Proposed CT Plan. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Section 1.1(3) of the Proposed CT Plan (defining “Covered Persons”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>339</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.12 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        This provision is identical to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>340</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and it was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing Section 4.12 of the Proposed CT Plan, and the Commission is approving Section 4.12 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>340</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44182-90.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Exhibit C to the Proposed CT Plan constitutes the Confidentiality Policy and describes the purpose and scope of the policy, including, among other things, the procedures regarding the custodian of and designations for all documents, as well as the procedures concerning Restricted Information, Highly Confidential Information, and Confidential Information.</P>
                    <P>The Commission received no comments on Exhibit C.</P>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (a) of the Confidentiality Policy lays out the purpose and scope of the policy. Paragraph (a) is unchanged from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>341</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and it was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission is approving paragraph (a) of Exhibit C as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>341</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 44182-89, 44222-24.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (b) of the Confidentiality Policy lays out the procedures for treatment and disclosure of Restricted Information, Highly Confidential Information, and Confidential Information. Paragraph (b)(i) is identical to the corresponding 2021 CT Plan provisions approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>342</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and it was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission is approving paragraph (b)(i) of the Exhibit C as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>342</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (b)(ii) of Exhibit C sets forth the procedures concerning Restricted Information. While paragraph (b)(ii) was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order, this paragraph has been reorganized from the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>343</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the substance of the provisions has not changed. The Commission is, however, making one modification to this paragraph. In paragraph (b)(ii)(A)(2), where the policy states that any authorization to disclose Restricted Information must identify the Covered Persons or third party authorized to receive information, the Commission is modifying this sentence to specify that the Restricted Information to be disclosed must also be specified: “Any authorization to disclose Restricted Information must specify the information to be disclosed and identify the Covered Persons or third party authorized to receive the Restricted Information. . . .” This modification is appropriate, as it is designed to help ensure that the Restricted Information is tightly controlled and that only the Restricted Information specified is permitted to be disclosed. Accordingly, the Commission is approving paragraph (b)(ii) of Exhibit C as modified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>343</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (b)(iii) of Exhibit C sets forth the procedures concerning Highly Confidential Information. While paragraph (b)(iii) was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order, this paragraph has been reorganized from the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>344</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the substance of the provisions has changed in only three respects.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>344</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        First, for the reasons explained above, references to a “Non-SRO Voting Representative” have been replaced by references to “a member of the Advisory Committee.” 
                        <SU>345</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Second, proposed paragraph (b)(iii)(A)(2) would permit Voting Representatives to share certain Highly Confidential Information with “officers and employees” of a Member who have direct or supervisory responsibility for the Member's participation in the plan, rather than with only “officers” as in the 2021 CT Plan. The addition of “employees” to the list of persons who may receive certain Highly Confidential Information is appropriate because disclosure would still be limited to those with direct or supervisory responsibility for the Member's participation in the plan and because not all persons with such responsibilities may formally be “officers” of a Member.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>345</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631-32.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        And third, proposed paragraph (b)(iii)(A)(1) would permit disclosures of Highly Confidential Information in specified circumstances “or as otherwise required by law (such as those required to receive the information to ensure the Member complies with its regulatory obligations).” In the 2021 Approval Order, the Commission specifically removed identical quoted language in response to commenters' concern that it was too broad and their request for greater clarity. Consequently, the Commission in the 2021 CT Plan separately permitted the disclosure of Highly Confidential Information “as required by Applicable Law” because it provided greater specificity as to when Highly Confidential Information could be disclosed, consistent with the defined term.
                        <SU>346</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, paragraph (b)(iii)(A)(2) of the Proposed CT Plan would permit a Voting Representative to share Highly Confidential Information with “officers or employees of a Member who have direct or supervisory responsibility for the Member's participation in the Plan, or with agents for the Member supporting the Member's participation in the Plan,” which would thereby facilitate the Member's ability to meet its regulatory obligations with respect to the operations of the Proposed CT Plan. Accordingly, it is appropriate to modify paragraph (b)(iii)(A)(1) of Exhibit C to delete the phrase “or as otherwise required by law (such as those required to receive the information to ensure the Member complies with its regulatory obligations).”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>346</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44186; 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Paragraph (b)(iii)(A)(4) of Exhibit C.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is also modifying paragraph (b)(iii) to make the following 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94945"/>
                        typographical corrections. In paragraph (b)(iii)(A)(1), the Commission is correcting a cross-reference to read “Section 4.8(d)” instead of “Section 4.7(c).” In paragraph (b)(iii)(A)(2), the Commission is correcting two references to “SRO Voting Representatives” to read “Voting Representatives” because that is the defined term in the Proposed CT Plan,
                        <SU>347</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the Commission is also correcting a reference to “Restricted Information” to read “Highly Confidential Information” because the paragraph in fact relates to procedures concerning Highly Confidential Information. In paragraph (b)(iii)(A)(5), which discusses disclosures to third parties, the Commission is striking two references to “Covered Persons” because the paragraph discusses disclosure to identified third parties that are acting as Agents, rather than to Covered Persons. There are two paragraphs numbered (b)(iii)(A)(5), and the Commission is renumbering the second of those paragraphs as paragraph (b)(iii)(A)(6). The Commission is also correcting a reference to “SRO Voting Representatives” in paragraph (b)(iii)(B) to read “Voting Representative” because other references to SRO Voting Representatives in the Proposed CT Plan have been removed and replaced with references to Voting Representatives to conform to the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>348</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These modifications are appropriate because they would alleviate confusion on those referencing the Proposed CT Plan by correcting typographical errors. For the reasons discussed above, the Commission is approving paragraph (b)(iii) of Exhibit C as modified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>347</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             Section II.B.2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>348</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (b)(iv) of Exhibit C to the Proposed CT Plan governs procedures concerning Confidential Information. With one exception, paragraph (b)(iv) as proposed is identical to the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>349</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and it was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. That exception is that the word “only” was removed from the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan that stated, “Additionally, a Covered Person may disclose Confidential Information 
                        <E T="03">only</E>
                         to other persons who need to receive such information to fulfill their responsibilities to the Plan, including oversight of the Plan.” (Emphasis added.) Although the Commission added the word “only” to this sentence in the 2021 Approval Order,
                        <SU>350</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the general provision of paragraph (a)(iii) of Exhibit C—which provides that “Covered Persons may not disclose Restricted, Highly Confidential, or Confidential information except as consistent with this Policy and directed by the Operating Committee”—sufficiently limits the authorization provided by paragraph (b)(iv)(A) without adding the word “only” in the sentence described above. The Commission is, however, modifying the last phrase of paragraph (b)(iv)(A), “or as may be otherwise required by law,” to read, “or as may be otherwise required by Applicable Law.” The modification is appropriate because it uses a term specifically defined in the Proposed CT Plan, thus adding clarity to the application of the phrase, and because the modification will make paragraph (b)(iv)(A) consistent with paragraph (b)(iii)(A)(4) as proposed, which also uses the term “Applicable Law.”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>349</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44182-89, 44222-24.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>350</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 44188, 44223.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, the Commission is approving paragraph (b)(iv) of Exhibit C as modified.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. The Processors; Information; Indemnification</HD>
                    <P>Article V of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the provisions related to the Processors.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(a) General Functions of the Processors</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to Article V, Section 5.1, the Company, under the direction of the Operating Committee, shall be required to enter into agreements with the Processors obligating the Processors to perform certain processing functions on behalf of the Company (the “Processor Services Agreements”).
                        <SU>351</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Proposed CT Plan specifies that, among other things, the Company shall require the Processors to collect from the Members, and consolidate and disseminate to Vendors and Subscribers, Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities in a manner designed to ensure the prompt, accurate, and reliable collection, processing, and dissemination of information with respect to all Eligible Securities in a fair and non-discriminatory manner.
                        <SU>352</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>351</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.1 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>352</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 5.1 is identical to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>353</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing this provision, and the Commission is approving Section 5.1 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>353</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44190-91, 44215.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(b) Evaluation of the Processors</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article V, Section 5.2 of the Proposed CT Plan requires that the Processors' performance of their functions under the Processor Services Agreements shall be subject to review at any time as determined by an affirmative vote of the Operating Committee, provided, however, that a review will be conducted at least once every two calendar years but not more than once each calendar year unless the Processors have materially defaulted under the Processor Services Agreement and the default has not been cured within the applicable cure period established in the Processor Services Agreement, in which case such limitations will not apply.
                        <SU>354</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This section further provides that the Operating Committee may review the Processors at staggered intervals.
                        <SU>355</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>354</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.2 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>355</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 5.2 is identical to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>356</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing this provision, and the Commission is approving Section 5.2 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>356</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44191-92, 44215.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(c) Process for Selecting New Processors</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article V, Section 5.3 of the Proposed CT Plan requires that the Operating Committee, by an affirmative vote pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Proposed CT Plan,
                        <SU>357</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         establish procedures for selecting a new Processor (the “Processor Selection Procedures”).
                        <SU>358</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Proposed CT Plan requires that the Processor Selection Procedures be established no later than upon the termination or withdrawal of a Processor or the expiration of a Processor Services Agreement with a Processor.
                        <SU>359</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Processor Selection Procedures are required to set forth, at a minimum: (i) the minimum technical and operational requirements to be fulfilled by the Processor; (ii) the criteria for selecting the Processor; (iii) the entities (other than Voting Representatives) that are eligible to comment on the selection of the Processor; and (iv) the entity that will: 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94946"/>
                        (A) draft the Operating Committee's request for proposal for a new Processor; (B) assist the Operating Committee in evaluating bids for the new Processor; and (C) otherwise provide assistance and guidance to the Operating Committee in the selection process.
                        <SU>360</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Operating Committee, as part of the process of establishing the Processor Selection Procedures, is permitted to solicit and consider the timely comment of any entity affected by the operation of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>361</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>357</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>358</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>359</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>360</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.3(b)(i)(A)-(C) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>361</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 5.3 provides that the Operating Committee does not need to establish Processor Selection Procedures “if the Operating Committee initially selects the CQ Plan and CTA Plan's processor and the UTP Plan's processor to provide the same services to the Company that are currently provided under the CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan.” 
                        <SU>362</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In the Transmittal Letter, the SROs state that, because the focus of the Amended Governance Order is the selection of a new independent Administrator rather than new Processors, the SROs believe it is reasonable for the Operating Committee to have the option of continuing with the current processors without having to go through an extensive procedure for selecting the processors.
                        <SU>363</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The SROs state that this option would also allow for quicker implementation of the plan by allowing the Operating Committee to focus on the selection of the new Administrator.
                        <SU>364</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>362</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>363</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Letter from James P. Dombach, Davis Wright Tremaine LLP, to Vanessa Countryman, Secretary, Commission, at 2 (Oct. 23, 2023) (“Transmittal Letter”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>364</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Transmittal Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 363, at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        With respect to Section 5.3(a), one commenter states that it supports the proposal to provide the Operating Committee with the option of selecting an existing NMS plan processor to serve as processor for the Proposed CT Plan, provided that selection of the current processor is for the sole purpose of expediting transition to the competing consolidator model, and that such processor be fully retired at the end of the transition period.
                        <SU>365</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter agrees that it is reasonable for the Operating Committee to have the option to continue with the current processors.
                        <SU>366</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states its “expectation” that the Commission and the SROs “will promptly take the requisite steps necessary to transition to a competitive decentralized consolidation model for consolidated market data such that the role of a CT Plan Processor is time-limited, mitigating the need to create new procedures for Plan Processor selection.” 
                        <SU>367</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>365</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Letter from Christina Qi, Chief Executive Officer, Luca Lin, Chief Technology Officer, Zach Banks, Engineering Director, Databento Inc., at 1-2 (Mar. 15, 2024) (“Databento Letter”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>366</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>367</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The establishment of Processor Selection Procedures is appropriate, as proposed, because the existing exclusive SIP model will continue to operate during the transition to the competing consolidator model, and the proposed Selection Procedures are reasonably designed to help ensure that the Operating Committee establishes a process that governs the selection of a new Processor for the Proposed CT Plan through a fair, transparent, and competitive process. The Commission agrees with the commenter, that it is reasonable to provide the Operating Committee with the option of initially selecting the current processors to provide the same services under the Proposed CT Plan without having to establish procedures for their selection, as proposed in Section 5.3(a).
                        <SU>368</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Providing the Operating Committee with this option should facilitate implementation of the Proposed CT Plan as the Operating Committee would not have to immediately undertake the extensive process for selecting and onboarding a new Processor, and may instead focus on the selection of the new Administrator and other key governance reforms necessary under the Proposed CT Plan.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>368</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.3 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Other than as discussed above, Section 5.3 of the Proposed CT Plan is substantively similar to the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission.
                        <SU>369</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For the reasons discussed above, the Commission is approving Article V, Section 5.3 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>369</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44192, 44216.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(d) Transmission of Information to Processors by Members</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article V, Section 5.4 of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the manner in which each Member is responsible for promptly collecting and transmitting to the Processors accurate Quotation Information and Transaction Reports as set forth in the Processor Services Agreements.
                        <SU>370</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In particular, this section requires Members to include the following elements in their Quotation Information: (i) identification of the Eligible Security, using the listing market's symbol; (ii) the price bid and offered, together with size; (iii) for FINRA, the FINRA Participant along with the FINRA Participant's market participant identification or Member from which the quotation emanates; (iv) appropriate timestamps; (v) identification of quotations that are not firm; and (vi) through appropriate codes and messages, withdrawals and similar matters.
                        <SU>371</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In the case of a national securities exchange, the Quotation Information must include the reporting Participant's matching engine publication timestamp.
                        <SU>372</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In the case of FINRA, the Quotation Information must include the quotation publication timestamp that FINRA's bidding or offering member reports to FINRA's quotation facility in accordance with FINRA rules.
                        <SU>373</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>370</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.4 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>371</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.4(a)(ii)(A)-(F) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>372</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.4(a)(iii)(A) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>373</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.4(a)(iii)(B) of the Proposed CT Plan. In addition, proposed Section 5.4(a)(iii)(B) provides that if FINRA's quotation facility provides a proprietary feed of its quotation information, then the quotation facility will also furnish the Processors with the time of the quotation as published on the quotation facility's proprietary feed. FINRA shall convert any quotation times reported to it to nanoseconds and shall furnish such times to the Processors in nanoseconds since Epoch. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.4(a)(iii)(B) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In addition, Section 5.4 requires Members to report the following elements to in their Transaction Reports to the Processor as set forth in the Processor Services Agreement: (i) identification of the Eligible Security, using the listing market's symbol; (ii) the number of shares in the transaction; (iii) the price at which the shares were purchased or sold; (iv) the buy/sell/cross indicator; (v) appropriate timestamps; (vi) the market of execution; and (vii) through appropriate codes and messages, late or out-of-sequence trades, corrections, and similar matters.
                        <SU>374</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>374</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.4(b)(i)-(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan; Notice, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 4, 89 FR at 5015.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Each Member must also (a) transmit Transaction Reports to the Processors as soon as practicable, but not later than ten seconds, after the time of execution, (b) establish and maintain collection and reporting procedures and facilities reasonably designed to comply with this requirement, and (c) designate as “late” any last sale price not collected and reported as described above or as to which the Member has knowledge that the time interval after the time of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94947"/>
                        execution is significantly greater than the time period referred to above.
                        <SU>375</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This section provides that Members will seek to reduce the time period for reporting last sale prices to the Processors as conditions warrant.
                        <SU>376</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>375</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.4(b)(iv) of the Proposed CT Plan; Notice, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 4, 89 FR at 5015.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>376</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 5.4(c) of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the symbols that shall be used to denote the applicable Member.
                        <SU>377</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>377</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.4(c) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 5.4 excludes the following types of transactions from being required to be reported to the Processors: (i) transactions that are part of a primary distribution by an issuer or of a registered secondary distribution or of an unregistered secondary distribution; (ii) transactions made in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933; (iii) transactions in which the buyer and the seller have agreed to trade at a price unrelated to the current market for the security (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         to enable the seller to make a gift); (iv) the acquisition of securities by a broker-dealer as principal in anticipation of making an immediate exchange distribution or exchange offering on an exchange; (v) purchases of securities pursuant to a tender offer; (vi) purchases or sales of securities effected upon the exercise of an option pursuant to the terms thereof or the exercise of any other right to acquire securities at a pre-established consideration unrelated to the current market; and (vii) transfers of securities that are expressly excluded from trade reporting under FINRA rules.
                        <SU>378</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>378</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.4(b)(v)(A)-(G) of the Proposed CT Plan (as adopted).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Furthermore, Section 5.4(d) provides that each Member agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless and defend the Company, each other Member, the Processors, the Administrator, the Operating Committee, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, and Affiliates (each, a “Member Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, and expense whatsoever incurred or threatened against such Member Indemnified Party as a result of a system error or disruption at such Member's Market affecting any Transaction Reports, Quotation Information, or other information reported to the Processors by such Member and disseminated by the Processors to Vendors and Subscribers. This section further provides that this indemnity shall be in addition to any liability that the indemnifying Member may otherwise have.
                        <SU>379</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>379</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.4(d)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan (as adopted). Section 5.4(d)(ii) of the Proposed CT Plan specifies the procedures for addressing claims by a Member Indemnified Party.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The provisions of Section 5.4 relating to each Member's obligations to collect and transmit to the Processors accurate and reliable Quotation Information and Transaction Reports are reasonably designed to facilitate the collection and dissemination of consolidated equity market data for NMS stocks for the beneficial use of investors and the market.
                        <SU>380</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 5.4 differs substantively from the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission in that it (1) replaces the term “Participant” with “Member,” which difference is appropriate to correspond with the definitions in the Proposed CT Plan, and (2) updates, in Section 5.4(c), the symbols used to denote the applicable Member, which difference is appropriate to help ensure the accuracy of this information. The Commission received no comments addressing this provision, which was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order, and the Commission is approving Section 5.4, as renumbered and proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>380</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44193.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(e) Operational Issues</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article V, Section 5.5 of the Proposed CT Plan requires each Member to be responsible for collecting and validating quotes and last sale reports within its own system prior to transmitting this data to the Processors.
                        <SU>381</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This section also requires each Member to promptly notify the Processors whenever a level of trading activity or unusual market conditions prevent such Member from collecting and transmitting Transaction Reports or Quotation Information to the Processor, or where a trading halt or suspension in an Eligible Security is in effect in its market.
                        <SU>382</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This provision further requires the Member to resume collecting and transmitting Transaction Reports and Quotation Information to the Processors as soon as the condition or event is terminated.
                        <SU>383</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In the event of a system malfunction that prevents a Member or its members from transmitting Transaction Reports or Quotation Information to the Processors, the Member is required to promptly notify the Processors of such event or condition.
                        <SU>384</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Upon receiving such a notification, Section 5.5 of the Proposed CT Plan requires the Processors to take appropriate action, including either closing the quotation or purging the system of the affected quotations.
                        <SU>385</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>381</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.5(a) of the Proposed CT Plan. Section 5.5(b) of the Proposed CT Plan provides that each Member may utilize a dedicated Member line into the Processors to transmit Transaction Reports and Quotation Information to the Processors.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>382</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article V, Section 5.5(c) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>383</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>384</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>385</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 5.5 is identical to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>386</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing Section 5.5 of the Proposed CT Plan, and the Commission is approving Section 5.5 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>386</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44194.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. The Administrator</HD>
                    <P>Article VI of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth provisions relating to the Administrator.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(a) General Functions of the Administrator</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to Article VI, Section 6.1, the Company, under the direction of the Operating Committee, will be required to enter into an agreement with the Administrator (the “Administrative Services Agreement”) obligating the Administrator to perform certain administrative functions on behalf of the Company, including: recordkeeping; administering vendor and subscriber contracts; administering fees, including billing, collection, and auditing of vendors and subscribers; administering distributions; tax functions of the Company; the preparation of the Company's audited financial reports; and support of Company governance.
                        <SU>387</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>387</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article VI, Section 6.1 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 6.1 of the Proposed CT Plan is identical to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission, except that the provision now includes “support of Company governance” among the Administrator's functions.
                        <SU>388</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Including this additional function for the Administrator is reasonable given the extensive responsibilities of the Administrator for supporting the operations of the plan. This section was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing Section 6.1, and for the reasons discussed above, the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94948"/>
                        Commission is approving Section 6.1 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>388</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44194-95.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(b) Independence of the Administrator</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article VI, Section 6.2 of the Proposed CT Plan requires that the Administrator selected by the Operating Committee may not be owned or controlled by a corporate entity that, either directly or via another subsidiary, offers for sale its own proprietary market data products.
                        <SU>389</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 6.2 of the Proposed CT Plan is identical to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>390</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and is consistent with the requirements of the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>391</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>389</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article VI, Section 6.2 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>390</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44194-99, 44217.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>391</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61640.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter supports having an independent administrator, stating that an independent administrator with a unique balance of experience and expertise, but without conflict, will be the single most important factor for the successful transition to a unified consolidated tape.
                        <SU>392</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter states that the Proposed CT Plan should not only exclude SROs from serving as Administrator, but also data vendors that sell proprietary market data products or consolidate proprietary market data for sale as their own product.
                        <SU>393</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         According to this commenter, vendors may provide users with an alternative to consolidated equity market data offered under the Proposed CT Plan,
                        <SU>394</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         compromising the independence of such a vendor.
                        <SU>395</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter recommends that, Section 6.2 of the Proposed CT Plan should be modified to read as follows: The Administrator may not be owned or controlled by a corporate entity that, either directly or via another subsidiary, offers for sale its own proprietary market data products 
                        <E T="03">or that of single or multiple Participants</E>
                        .
                        <SU>396</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>392</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Letter from Mark Schaedel, CEO, DataBP, LLC, at 3-4 (Feb.23.2024) (“dataBP Letter”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>393</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Nasdaq Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>394</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>395</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>396</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             (emphasis in original).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission addressed a similar comment in the 2021 Approval Order, and, as it stated in that order, the Commission did not mandate in the Governance Order that non-SRO data vendors serve as the new independent Administrator.
                        <SU>397</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Nor are such entities the only viable alternative Administrator.
                        <SU>398</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission chose to address one substantial, inherent conflict of interest when it decided that any plan Administrator cannot be owned or controlled by a corporate entity that offers for sale its own proprietary equity market data products.
                        <SU>399</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Proposed CT Plan, as proposed and approved, under the direction of the Operating Committee, can exercise discretion in the selection of the new Administrator, including ensuring that any potential conflict of interest does not compromise the independence of the selected Administrator.
                        <SU>400</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Furthermore, the Operating Committee of the Proposed CT Plan would not have any incentive to choose as the Administrator a non-SRO entity that would face a financial conflict of interest and act as a direct competitor to the SROs' proprietary data business.
                        <SU>401</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The D.C. Circuit upheld the rationality of this reasoning.
                        <SU>402</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         And, for these same reasons, the Commission again declines to modify the restrictions on entities that can serve as Administrator in the manner suggested by the commenter.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>397</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44197.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>398</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>399</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>400</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan (providing, in part, that “the Operating Committee shall have full and complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company, and to take all such actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company, including . . . selecting, overseeing, specifying the role and responsibilities of, and evaluating the performance of, the Administrator”). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44197.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>401</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44197.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>402</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See Nasdaq</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">SEC, supra</E>
                             note 20, 38 F.4th at 1143 (“Although petitioners contend that non-SRO data vendors face `the exact same conflict' as SROs selling competing data products, the conflict is not the same because, as the Commission notes, the SROs have `sufficient voting power' and `incentive' to ensure that any non-SRO chosen to serve as administrator `would [not] face a financial conflict of interest and act as a direct competitor to the SROs' proprietary data business.' ” (quoting 2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44197) (internal citations omitted).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Another commenter states that the scope of the independence requirement might be too narrow.
                        <SU>403</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that one or more exchange groups could seek to establish a new “independent” administrator by spinning off or selling to a new corporate entity the administrator functions, even though all of the employees of such a new entity would remain the same or nearly the same after the spin-off or sale.
                        <SU>404</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>403</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             SIFMA Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 5. The commenter states that such a scenario could call into question the independence of the new Administrator. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>404</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        With respect to this concern, an Administrator of the Proposed CT Plan would not be “independent” of a disqualified entity if its employees were also employees of that disqualified entity. Because the Administrator and its employees would have access to “sensitive information of significant commercial or competitive value,” 
                        <SU>405</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         those employees would have a conflict of interest if simultaneously employed by an entity that offers for sale its own proprietary data products, which would defeat the purpose of the independence requirements in the Proposed CT Plan for the Administrator, as well as the limitations on sharing information under the Confidentiality Policy.
                        <SU>406</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Therefore, it is appropriate to further protect against the potential for misuse of sensitive information by modifying Section 6.2 to add an additional requirement: “The Administrator may not employ any person who is also employed by a corporate entity that, either directly or via a subsidiary, offers for sale its own PDP.” More generally, as discussed above,
                        <SU>407</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Operating Committee can also exercise discretion in the selection of the new Administrator to ensure that any potential conflict of interest does not compromise the independence of the selected Administrator, and on an ongoing basis, the Administrator will be required to disclose all material facts necessary to identify potential conflicts of interest.
                        <SU>408</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>405</SU>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61639.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>406</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             Section II.B.5(l) (discussing Confidentiality Policy of the Proposed CT Plan).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>407</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 400 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>408</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 313-316 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Other than as modified by the Commission, Section 6.2 of the Proposed CT Plan is identical to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>409</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. For the foregoing reasons, the Commission is approving Article V, Section 6.2 as modified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>409</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44217.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(c) Evaluation of the Administrator</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article VI, Section 6.3 of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the provisions for the evaluation of an Administrator.
                        <SU>410</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 6.3 is identical to the corresponding 2021 CT Plan provisions approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>411</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94949"/>
                        Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing Section 6.3 of the Proposed CT Plan, and the Commission is approving Article VI, Section 6.3 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>410</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article VI, Section 6.3 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>411</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44198.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(d) Process for Selecting New Administrator</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article VI, Section 6.4 of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the provisions for the selection of an Administrator.
                        <SU>412</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 6.4 of the Proposed CT Plan is identical to the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>413</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing this provision, and the Commission is approving Section 6.4 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>412</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article VI, Section 6.4 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>413</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44198-99, 44217.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(e) Interim Administrator(s)</HD>
                    <P>
                        One commenter states that the Commission should modify the Proposed CT Plan to allow the Operating Committee to appoint one of the current administrators of the Equity Data Plans as interim Administrator until such time as the Operating Committee selects and onboards a new independent Administrator that meets the requirements for an independent administrator under the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>414</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter states that appointment of such an interim Administrator would allow the Plan to become operative while the Operating Committee works towards full implementation of all required Plan elements.
                        <SU>415</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that selection and onboarding of an independent Administrator would, according to the proposed schedule, account for the majority of the 30-month implementation period.
                        <SU>416</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter is also concerned that the selection and onboarding of a new Administrator is a potential source of delay, as the process is not fully within the control of the Operating Committee. Thus, the commenter states that there is no need for the implementation of other governance reforms to be tied to the new Administrator.
                        <SU>417</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter states that selecting an interim administrator, as suggested,
                        <SU>418</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         is a good idea because, once selected, this interim administrator could start developing plan policies that are not dependent on the independent administrator, possibly drawing on the expertise of members of the Market Data Administration subcommittee of the Equity Data Plans.
                        <SU>419</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that the goal should be to implement the plan at the earliest possible time, and that appointing an interim administrator would advance that objective.
                        <SU>420</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>414</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             MEMX Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 4, 7-9.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>415</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>416</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 6-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>417</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>418</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 5-7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>419</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Jordan Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 84, at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>420</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 1-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission agrees with commenters 
                        <SU>421</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that timely implementation of the Proposed CT Plan is important and that the Proposed CT Plan should provide for an option, such as that suggested by a commenter,
                        <SU>422</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         by which key governance reforms, such as those governing the allocation of SRO votes for action by the Operating Committee, could be implemented before the proposed 30 months. Interim Administrator(s) that are already familiar with, and have vast experience in, the operation of the Equity Data Plans could assist in having the Proposed CT Plan become operative prior to the selection and onboarding of an independent Administrator that the SROs have acknowledged would be a lengthy process.
                        <SU>423</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Although commenters have suggested the appointment of a single interim administrator, the ability of the Operating Committee to pick either or both of the current administrators of the Equity Data Plans as Interim Administrator(s) may facilitate the timely achievement of the date by which the Proposed CT Plan will become operative.
                        <SU>424</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The flexibility to employ either or both of the current administrators of the Equity Data Plans would permit the Operating Committee, if it so chooses, to postpone the work involved in transitioning from one administrator to another until such time as a permanent, independent Administrator has been selected and thus to postpone this effort until closer to the Operative Date.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>421</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             MEMX Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 5-7; Jordan Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 84, at 2; dataBP Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 392, at 3-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>422</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 422 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>423</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Notice, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 4, 89 FR at 5027-29 (Exhibit F to the Proposed CT Plan); 
                            <E T="03">see also infra</E>
                             section II.B.15(a) (discussing the implementation timeline for the Proposed CT Plan).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>424</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article I, Section 1.1(56) of the Proposed CT Plan (as modified; defining the term “Operative Date” as “the date that (i) the Members conduct, through the Company, the Processor and Administrator functions related to the public dissemination of real-time consolidated equity market data for Eligible Securities required by the Commission to be performed by the Members under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) the CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan cease their operations”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Therefore, the Commission is modifying the Proposed CT Plan, to provide, in new Section 6.5, that the Operating Committee may select one or more of the current administrators of the CTA Plan, CQ Plan, and UTP Plan to perform the general functions of the Administrator under Section 6.1 of the Proposed CT Plan on an interim basis during the implementation of the Plan, consistent with the timeline set forth in Article XIV of this Agreement (“Interim Administrator(s)”), notwithstanding the provisions with respect to the independence of the Administrator (Section 6.2) and the selection process of the Administrator (Section 6.4). This modification is appropriate to enhance efficiencies associated with the completion of actions necessary for a timely implementation of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>425</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>425</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             15 U.S.C. 78k-1(c)(1)(B) (to ensure the “prompt, accurate, reliable, and fair collection, processing, distribution, and publication of information with respect to quotations for and transactions in such securities and the fairness and usefulness of the form and content of such information.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">8. Regulatory Matters</HD>
                    <P>Article VII of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth provisions governing regulatory matters.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(a) Regulatory and Operational Halts</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 7.1 of Article VII addresses regulatory and operational halts, and it is unchanged from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>426</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         with one exception. That exception is the addition of new paragraph 7.1(c)(ii)(D), which would permit notice of a regulatory halt to be disseminated by “a notification via an alternate Processor, if available.”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>426</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44199-200, 44217-18.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter states that the only acceptable backup for a processor should be an automated regulatory halt message notification by an alternate Processor, as proposed in paragraph (D) of Section 7.1(c)(ii), and that, for this reason, paragraphs (A)-(C) of Section 7.1(c)(ii) should be deleted.
                        <SU>427</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter further states that the current two processors should serve as backups for each other in the same manner that the NYSE and Nasdaq serve as backups for each other for Trade Reporting Facility and closing auctions purposes. The commenter also states that if the Proposed CT Plan were to move to a single processor prior to future implementation of competing consolidators, the plan should address 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94950"/>
                        the single point of failure that would exist.
                        <SU>428</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>427</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             SIFMA Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 4-5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>428</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        While the proposal to disseminate Regulatory Halt notices through an alternate Processor in the event another Processor is unable to disseminate the notices is reasonable, the Commission does not share the commenter's view that this should be the 
                        <E T="03">only</E>
                         permitted backup, to the exclusion of all other alternatives in proposed paragraph 7.2(c)(ii) 
                        <SU>429</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        —namely, notification via a proprietary data product, a posting on a publicly available Member website, or system status messages—absent a representation from the SROs that such an alternate Processor backup functionality has been developed and tested. Absent such a representation, modifying Section 7.1 as the commenter proposes would create uncertainty with respect to compliance with requirements under this section, as well the potential for unnecessary delays in the implementation of the Proposed CT Plan. For the foregoing reasons, the Commission is approving Section 7.1 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>429</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 4-5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(b) Hours of Operation of the System</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 7.2 of Article VII of the Proposed CT Plan governs the hours of operation during which time Quotation Information and Transaction Reports must be entered by Members and will be disseminated by the Processor.
                        <SU>430</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>430</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article VII, Section 7.2 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 7.2 of the Proposed CT Plan differs from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission in two respects. First, Section 7.2(a) clarifies that, during Regular Hours, Transaction Reports shall be entered by Members pursuant to that section “for executions that occur from 9:30 a.m. until 4:00:00 p.m. ET” rather than “between 9:30 a.m. and 4:00:10 p.m. ET.” Second, Section 7.2(b)(i) adds a parenthetical to the provision that, outside of Regular Hours, reports for transactions in Eligible Securities executed from 4:00 a.m. up to 9:30:00 a.m. ET “(or as otherwise designated by a Member as an execution occurring outside of Regular Trading Hours)” must be designated with a certain indicator to denote their execution outside normal market hours.
                        <SU>431</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These differences are appropriate to provide greater specificity with respect to the information to be submitted pursuant to Section 7.2. The Commission is modifying proposed Section 7.2 to replace the reference to “Section 7.3” in paragraph (b)(iv) with “Section 7.2.” This modification is appropriate to correct a typographical error because the reference in paragraph (b)(iv) of Section 7.2 is to “this Section,” which in this context is Section 7.2 rather than Section 7.3, and because the Proposed CT Plan does not contain a section numbered “7.3.” The Commission received no comments addressing this provision. For the reasons discussed above, the Commission is approving Section 7.2 of the Proposed CT Plan as modified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>431</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article VII, Section 7.2(b)(i) of the Proposed CT Plan. Relatedly, Article VII, Section 7.2(b)(i) of the 2021 CT Plan read as follows: “Members that execute transactions in Eligible Securities outside of Regular Trading Hours, shall report such transactions as follows: (i) transactions in Eligible Securities executed between 4:00 a.m. and 9:29:59 a.m. ET and between 4:00:01 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. ET, shall be designated with an appropriate indicator to denote their execution outside normal market hours.” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44218.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">9. Capital Contributions; Capital Accounts</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article VIII of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the provisions related to the establishment and maintenance of capital accounts for the Members, additional capital contributions to the Company, and the distribution of revenues of the Company to the Members. Specifically, Article VIII, Section 8.1 of the Proposed CT Plan requires a separate capital account to be established by the Company and maintained by the Administrator for each Member.
                        <SU>432</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the Proposed CT Plan specifies the formula for crediting and debiting a Member's capital account.
                        <SU>433</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>432</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article VIII, Section 8.1(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>433</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 8.1(b) of the Proposed CT Plan further provides that the fair market value of contributed, distributed, or revalued property shall be agreed to by the Operating Committee or, if there is no such agreement, by an appraisal.
                        <SU>434</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>434</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article VIII, Section 8.1(b) of the Proposed CT Plan. Additionally, Section 8.1(c) of the Proposed CT Plan provides that the provisions of Section 8.1 and other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 8.2 of the Proposed CT Plan specifies that no Member will be obligated or permitted to make any additional contribution to the capital of the Company except with the approval of the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>435</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>435</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article VIII, Section 8.2 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 8.3 of the Proposed CT Plan requires the distributions of revenues of the Company to the Members at the times and in the aggregate amounts set forth in Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>436</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>436</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article VIII, Section 8.3 of the Proposed CT Plan (providing, in part, that “[e]xcept as set forth in this Section 8.3 and Section 11.2, and subject to the provisions of Section 13.1, Distributions shall be made to the Members at the times and in the aggregate amounts set forth in Exhibit D. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a Distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such Distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Delaware Act or other Applicable Law”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Article VIII of the Proposed CT Plan differs from the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>437</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in that it provides that the capital accounts will be established by the Company and maintained by the Administrator, whereas in the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan it was the Company that both established and maintained such accounts.
                        <SU>438</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>437</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44200, 44218-19.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>438</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 44200, 44218.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission received no comments on Article VIII of the Proposed CT Plan. The function of administering the capital accounts is reasonably within the scope of the general functions of the Administrator under Section 6.1 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>439</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For this reason, and as the other provisions in Article VIII are substantively similar to the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>440</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and were not required to be modified by the Amended Governance order, the Commission is approving Article VIII of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>439</SU>
                             See Article VI, Section 6.1 of the Proposed CT Plan (providing, in part, that “the Administrator shall perform administrative functions on behalf of the Company including recordkeeping; administering Vendor and Subscriber contracts; administering Fees, including billing, collection, and auditing of Vendors and Subscribers; administering Distributions; tax functions of the Company; and the preparation of the Company's audited financial reports; and support of Company governance”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>440</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44200, 44218-19.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">10. Allocations</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article IX of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the provisions related to the allocation of profits and losses of the Company to Members. Pursuant to Article XI, Section 9.1, the profits and losses of the Company must be determined for each fiscal year in a manner consistent with GAAP.
                        <SU>441</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Article IX, Section 9.2 provides that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94951"/>
                        profits and losses of the Company must be allocated among the Members in accordance with Exhibit D of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>442</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 9.2 also specifies the procedures for certain allocation events in accordance with federal tax code regulations.
                        <SU>443</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>441</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IX, Section 9.1 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>442</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IX, Section 9.2(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>443</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IX, Section 9.2(b)-(d) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Exhibit D of the Proposed CT Plan outlines the methodology for revenue sharing among Members.</P>
                    <P>
                        Paragraphs (b), (c), and (e) through (i) of Exhibit D set forth the definitions used for determining the revenue sharing among Members, including “Security Income Allocation,” 
                        <SU>444</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         “Volume Percentage,” 
                        <SU>445</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         “Trading Share,” 
                        <SU>446</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         “Trade Rating,” 
                        <SU>447</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         “Quoting Share,” 
                        <SU>448</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         “Quote Rating,” 
                        <SU>449</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and “Quote Credits.” 
                        <SU>450</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>444</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (b) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>445</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (c) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>446</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (e) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>447</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (f) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>448</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (g) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>449</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (h) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>450</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (i) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (d) of Exhibit D specifies a cap on the Net Distributable Operating Income of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>451</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>451</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (d) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (j) of Exhibit D specifies the formula for determining the Net Distributable Operating Income for any calendar year.
                        <SU>452</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>452</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (j) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (k) of Exhibit D specifies that once a new Member implements a Processor-approved electronic interface with the Processors, the Member will become eligible to receive revenue.
                        <SU>453</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>453</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (k) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (l) of Exhibit D specifies the Company will cause the Administrator to provide Members with written estimates of each Member's quarterly Net Distributable Operating Income within 45 calendar days of the end of the quarter.
                        <SU>454</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>454</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (l) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (m) of Exhibit D specifies that the Company will cause the Administrator to submit to the Members a quarterly itemized statement setting forth the basis upon which Net Distributable Operating Income was calculated.
                        <SU>455</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>455</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Paragraph (m) of Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter suggests modifying the definition of “Net Distributable Operating Income” under paragraph (j) of Exhibit D to remove a 6.25% allocation to FINRA.
                        <SU>456</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that the proposed FINRA set-aside is a “historical artifact” and “inconsistent with the overall scheme of revenue distribution,” which the commenter states bases revenue sharing on the contribution of each participant to market transparency.
                        <SU>457</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter states that “payments to FINRA, like that of all participants, should be based on the principle of contribution to the market,” and that the 6.25% adjustment should be removed from the calculation.
                        <SU>458</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>456</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Nasdaq Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 2, 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>457</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>458</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In response to the commenter, another commenter opposes removal of the 6.25% FINRA set-aside from the calculation of “Net Distributable Operating Income” under paragraph (j) of Exhibit D.
                        <SU>459</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that because both the inclusion of OTC Equity Data and the associated 6.25% revenue allocation were in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission, and these provisions were not challenged in the subsequent litigation, the Amended Governance Order requires that these provisions remain in the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>460</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter further states that the Market Data Infrastructure Rules (“MDI Rules”) 
                        <SU>461</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         will ultimately resolve the treatment of OTC Equity Data under the Proposed CT Plan,
                        <SU>462</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in part because the final MDI Rules will require FINRA to identify and build alternative means for distributing OTC Equity Data to investors.
                        <SU>463</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter states that, until the MDI Rules are implemented, the most efficient way to provide investors with this important information is to include OTC Equity data together with NMS stock data under the applicable NMS Plan.
                        <SU>464</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, the commenter states that the 6.25% revenue allocation is an integral part of the overall revenue allocation formula and reflects the Commission-approved determination that such revenue is appropriate, and accordingly recommends that the Commission retain it in Exhibit D.
                        <SU>465</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>459</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Letter from Marcia E. Asquith, Corporate Secretary, EVP, Board and External Relations, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., dated May 20, 2024 (“FINRA Letter”) at 2-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>460</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>461</SU>
                             The “MDI Rules” as used in this order, and as relevant to this order, are Rules 600, 603, and 614 of Regulation NMS. 17 CFR 242.600, 242.603, 242.614. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 90610 (Dec. 9, 2020), 86 FR 18596 (Apr. 9, 2021) (File No. S7-03-20) (“MDI Rules Release”); Securities Exchange Act Release No. 90610A (May 24, 2021), 86 FR 29195 (June 1, 2021) (File No. S7-03-20) (technical correction to MDI Rules Release). Several exchanges filed petitions for review challenging the MDI Rules in the D.C. Circuit, which were denied on May 24, 2022. 
                            <E T="03">See The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, et al.</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">SEC,</E>
                             No. 21-1100 (D.C. Cir. May 24, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>462</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>463</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>464</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>465</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 2, 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As stated in the Amended Governance Order, the provisions of the 2021 Approval Order that were not challenged—including the 6.25% set-aside for FINRA—continue to be appropriate for the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>466</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Separately, the Commission agrees that the provisions of the Commission's MDI Rules will resolve this issue,
                        <SU>467</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and that when the Proposed CT Plan becomes the effective NMS plan for dissemination of equity market data under the MDI Rules, the Proposed CT Plan will no longer include OTC data within the definition of “core data,” and no revenue allocation of plan revenues for OTC data will be necessary or appropriate.
                        <SU>468</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, because the provisions of the Proposed CT Plan related to the allocation of profits and losses of the Company to the Members, including those relating to the 6.25% revenue allocation to FINRA, are consistent with the corresponding provision of the 2021 CT Plan,
                        <SU>469</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         it is not necessary to modify the Proposed CT Plan as suggested by the commenter.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>466</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amended Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 23, 88 FR at 61631. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44201-202.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>467</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44201 (citing Market Data Infrastructure, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 90610 (Dec. 9, 2020), 86 FR 18596 (File No. S7-03-20) (Final Rule)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>468</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>469</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44224.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Separately, one commenter disagrees with the provisions in Exhibit D relating to revenue sharing, stating that the “entirety of Exhibit D revenue sharing scheme is nothing more than SROs meeting behind closed doors in dividing the cake of SIPs/CC revenue.” 
                        <SU>470</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that costs should be minimized because “putting data in motion from one place to another incurs no costs.” 
                        <SU>471</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         According to this commenter, quote and trade distribution should be rewarded differently, and suggests adopting a format paralleling that of the music industry.
                        <SU>472</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>470</SU>
                             Data Boiler Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 208, at 5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>471</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>472</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94952"/>
                    <P>
                        In response to the comment that the proposed revenue sharing arrangement is unjustified, and the suggestion that the format for quote and trade distribution should parallel that of the music industry,
                        <SU>473</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         it is unclear from the comment how revenue sharing in one industry may be applicable to the Proposed CT Plan. Furthermore, the SROs as operators of the SIPs are well suited to determine how the revenues are distributed among the SROs.
                        <SU>474</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>473</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>474</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28728.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The provisions of the Proposed CT Plan related to the allocation of profits and losses of the Company to the Members are identical to those of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>475</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and are consistent with the requirements of the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>476</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For the reasons discussed above, the Commission is approving Article IX as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>475</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44200-02, 44224-25.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>476</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 44224.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">11. Records and Accounting; Reports</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article X of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the Company's obligations and policies related to accounting and tax matters. Article X, Section 10.1 of the Proposed CT Plan specifies that the Operating Committee shall determine all matters concerning accounting procedures of the Company and maintain an accounting system that enables the Company to produce accounting records and information substantially consistent with GAAP.
                        <SU>477</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Article X, Section 10.2 of the Proposed CT Plan specifies that the Company is intended to be treated as a partnership for federal, state, and local income tax purposes.
                        <SU>478</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to this section, all tax returns are required to be prepared in a manner consistent with the Distributions made in accordance with Exhibit D to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>479</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Article X, Section 10.3 of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth provisions regarding the functions and duties of an entity appointed as the “Partnership Representative” of the Company as required by the federal tax code.
                        <SU>480</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Partnership Representative is required to use reasonable efforts to notify each Member of all significant matters that may come to its attention and to forward to each Member copies of all significant written communications it receives in such capacity.
                        <SU>481</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Partnership Representative must also consult with the Members before taking any material actions with respect to tax matters and must not compromise or settle any tax audit or litigation affecting the Members without the approval of a majority of Members.
                        <SU>482</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>477</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article X, Section 10.1(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>478</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article X, Section 10.2(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>479</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article X, Section 10.2(b) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>480</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article X, Section 10.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>481</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article X, Section 10.3(b) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>482</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article X, Section 10.3(c) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Sections 10.1-10.3 are identical to the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>483</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing Article X, and the Commission is approving the provisions of Article X as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>483</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44202.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">12. Dissolution and Termination</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(a) Dissolution of the Company</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article XI, Section 11.1 of the Proposed CT Plan specifies the events that would trigger the dissolution of the Company, including: (i) unanimous written consent of the Members to dissolve the Company; (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the Company's assets outside the ordinary course of business; (iii) an event which makes it unlawful or impossible for the Company business to be continued; (iv) the withdrawal of one or more Members such that there is only one remaining Member; or (v) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Delaware Act.
                        <SU>484</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>484</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XI, Section 11.1 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 11.1 of the Proposed CT Plan is identical to the corresponding one in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>485</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing Section 11.1, and the Commission is approving this provision of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>485</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44202.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(b) Liquidation and Distribution</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article XI, Section 11.2 of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth the procedures for the liquidation and distribution of assets following the dissolution of the Company. Specifically, Section 11.2 requires the Members to appoint a liquidating trustee to wind up the affairs of the Company by (i) selling its assets in an orderly manner (so as to avoid the loss normally associated with forced sales), and (ii) applying and distributing the proceeds of such sale, together with other funds held by the Company: (a) first, to the payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company; (b) second, to the establishments of any reserves reasonably necessary to provide for any contingent recourse liabilities and obligations; (c) third, to the Members in accordance with Exhibit D of the Proposed CT Plan; and (d) fourth, to the Members as determined by a majority of Members.
                        <SU>486</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>486</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XI, Section 11.2 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 11.2 of the Proposed CT Plan is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>487</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing Section 11.2, and the Commission is approving Article XI, Section 11.2 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>487</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44202-03.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(c) Termination</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article XI, Section 11.3 of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth termination procedures following the dissolution of the Company. Specifically, Section 11.3 provides that each Member will receive a statement prepared by the independent accountants retained on behalf of the Company that shall set forth (i) the assets and liabilities of the Company as of the date of the final distribution of Company's assets under Section 11.2 of the Proposed CT Plan and (ii) the net profit or net loss for the fiscal period ending on such date, and upon completion of the dissolution, winding up, liquidation, and distribution of the liquidation proceeds, the Company will terminate.
                        <SU>488</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 11.3 is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>489</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing this provision, and the Commission is approving Article XI, Section 11.3 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>488</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XI, Section 11.3 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>489</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44203.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">13. Exculpation and Indemnification</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(a) Exculpation and Indemnification</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article XII, Sections 12.1 and 12.2 of the Proposed CT Plan provide broad liability, exculpation, and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94953"/>
                        indemnification protections for SROs and Voting Representatives. Specifically, Section 12.1 provides that the liability of each Member and each individual currently or formerly serving as an SRO Voting Representative (each, an “Exculpated Party”) will be limited to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law or as otherwise expressly provided in the Proposed CT Plan “for any loss suffered in connection with a breach of any fiduciary duty, errors in judgment or other acts or omissions by such Exculpated Party.” Section 12.2 provides indemnification to current or former SROs and Voting Representatives (“Company Indemnified Party”) for losses from being a Party to a Proceeding.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is making a modification to Section 12.1 to delete “SRO” from the term “SRO Voting Representative,” as used in this section. This modification is appropriate because the defined term in the Proposed CT Plan is “Voting Representative,” and not “SRO Voting Representative.” 
                        <SU>490</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Aside from the one modification to Section 12.1, the provisions in Sections 12.1 and 12.2. are identical to the corresponding provisions in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>491</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and were not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing Sections 12.1 and 12.2 of the Proposed CT Plan, and the Commission is approving Sections 12.1 of the Proposed CT Plan as modified, and 12.2 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>490</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article I, Section 1.1(84) of the Proposed CT Plan (defining “Voting Representative”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>491</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44203-04.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(b) Advance Payment</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article XII, Section 12.3 of the Proposed CT Plan provides for the payment of reasonable expenses incurred by a Company Indemnified Party who is a named defendant or respondent to a Proceeding, except that such Company Indemnified Party must repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification.
                        <SU>492</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This provision is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>493</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on this provision, and the Commission is approving Section 12.3 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>492</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XII, Section 12.3 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>493</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44204-05.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(c) Appearance as a Witness</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article XII, Section 12.4 of the Proposed CT Plan provides for the payment or reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Company Indemnified Party in connection with appearance as a witness or other participation in a Proceeding at a time when the Company Indemnified Party is not a named defendant or respondent in the Proceeding.
                        <SU>494</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This provision is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>495</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on this provision, and the Commission is approving Section 12.4 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>494</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XII, Section 12.4 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>495</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44205.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(d) Nonexclusivity of Rights</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article XII, Section 12.5 of the Proposed CT Plan provides that the right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in Article XII shall not be exclusive of any other right a Company Indemnified Person may have or hereafter acquire.
                        <SU>496</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This provision is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>497</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Section 12.5, and the Commission is approving this provision as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>496</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XII, Section 12.5 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>497</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44205.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">14. Miscellaneous Provisions</HD>
                    <P>Article XIII of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth miscellaneous provisions governing the Proposed CT Plan.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(a) Expenses</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 13.1 of the Proposed CT Plan governs the payment of expenses by the Proposed CT Plan and requires that all such expenses be paid before any allocations may be made to the Members.
                        <SU>498</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 13.1 further provides that Members will be responsible for reserves for contingent liabilities and that each Member shall be responsible for the costs of any technical enhancements “made at its request and solely for its use,” unless another Member subsequently makes use of the enhancement.
                        <SU>499</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This provision is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>500</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Section 13.1, and the Commission is approving Section 13.1 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>498</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.1 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>499</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>500</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44205.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(b) Entire Agreement</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 13.2 provides that the Proposed CT Plan will supersede the existing Equity Data Plans and all other prior agreements with respect to consolidated equity market data. The provision is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>501</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Section 13.2, and the Commission is approving Section 13.2 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>501</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(c) Notices and Addresses</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 13.3 of the Proposed CT Plan provides that all communications must be written and sets forth the permissible methods of delivery.
                        <SU>502</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This provision is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>503</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Section 13.3, and Commission is approving Section 13.3 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>502</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.3 of the Proposed CT Plan. As proposed, Section 13.3 also states the effective dates for communications under this section. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>503</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44206.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(d) Governing Law</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 13.4 of the Proposed CT Plan provides that Delaware law will be the governing law for the Proposed CT Plan. Specifically, the Proposed CT Plan states that the Agreement will be “governed by and construed in accordance with the Delaware Act and internal laws and decisions of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof” but will also be subject to “any applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and any 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94954"/>
                        rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.” 
                        <SU>504</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>504</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.4 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 13.4 of the Proposed CT Plan is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>505</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments addressing Section 13.4, and the Commission is approving Section 13.4 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>505</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44206.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(e) Amendments</HD>
                    <P>Section 13.5 of the Proposed CT Plan governs amendments to the Proposed CT Plan. Paragraph (a) of Section 13.5 states that the Proposed CT Plan may be modified when authorized by the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3, subject to the requirements of section 11A of the Exchange Act and Rule 608 of Regulation NMS.</P>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (b) of Section 13.5 sets forth the process for Ministerial Amendments, in which the Chair of the Operating Committee may modify the Proposed CT Plan by filing an amendment with the Commission unilaterally, so long as the required 48-hours advance written notice is provided to the Operating Committee. Paragraph (c) of Section 13.5 defines the term, “Ministerial Amendment” to include, among other things, an amendment to the Proposed CT Plan pertaining to “incorporating a change (A) that a Governmental Authority requires relating to the governance or operation of an LLC, (B) that requires conforming language to the text of this Agreement, and (C) whose conforming language to the text of this Agreement has been approved by the affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3 or upon approval by a majority of Members pursuant to Section 13.5(b), as applicable.” 
                        <SU>506</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>506</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.5(c)(v) of the Proposed CT Plan (emphasis added).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is modifying paragraph (v) of Section 13.5(c) to delete the language that reads, “or upon approval by a majority of the Members pursuant to Section 13.5(b), as applicable.” 
                        <SU>507</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This modification is appropriate because the language is textually unclear. Moreover, the Commission's modification is appropriate to conform this provision with Section 4.3 of the Proposed CT Plan governing action by the Operating Committee, which provides for voting by SRO group or Non-Affiliated SRO, rather than by the “Members” of the Plan (which would be each of the individual SROs), as proposed.
                        <SU>508</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         And this would be the case whether the action in question requires the affirmative vote of two-thirds, or a simple majority of the votes allocated to the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>509</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As modified, Section 13.5 of the Proposed CT Plan is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>510</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on this provision, and the Commission is approving Section 13.5 of the Proposed CT Plan as modified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>507</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             In the 2021 Approval Order, the Commission modified renumbered paragraph (v) of Section 13.5(c) of the plan to delete substantively similar language. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44206.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>508</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.5(c)(v) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>509</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.3 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>510</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44206.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(f) Successors</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 13.6 of the Proposed CT Plan provides that the Proposed CT Plan shall bind and inure “to the benefit of the Members and their respective legal representatives and successors.” 
                        <SU>511</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The provision is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>512</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Section 13.6, and the Commission is approving the provision as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>511</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.6 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>512</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44206.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(g) Limitation on Rights of Others</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 13.7 of the Proposed CT Plan provides that the Proposed CT Plan shall not be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Proposed CT Plan and shall not create any legal rights, remedies, or claims.
                        <SU>513</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The provision is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>514</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Section 13.7, and the Commission is approving the provision as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>513</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.7 of the Proposed CT Plan. Section 13.7 further provides that “except as provided in Section 3.7(b), the Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.” 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>514</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44206.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(h) Counterparts</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article XIII, Section 13.8 of the Proposed CT Plan provides that the Members to the Proposed CT Plan may execute the Proposed CT Plan individually in “any number of counterparts,” no one of which need contain the signature of all Members.
                        <SU>515</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 13.8 further provides that, as many counterparts as shall together contain all such signatures shall constitute one and the same instrument.
                        <SU>516</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>515</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.8 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>516</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 13.8 is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>517</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Section 13.8, and the Commission is approving the provision as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>517</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44207.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(i) Headings</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 13.9 of the Proposed CT Plan provides that CT Plan headings are for “reference purposes only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions of this Agreement.” 
                        <SU>518</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The provision is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>519</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Section 13.9, and the Commission is approving the provision as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>518</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.9 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>519</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44207.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(j) Validity and Severability</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 13.10 of the Proposed CT Plan provides that any determination that any provision of the Proposed CT Plan is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of the Proposed CT Plan, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.
                        <SU>520</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 13.10 is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>521</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Section 13.10, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94955"/>
                        and the Commission is approving the provision as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>520</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.10 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>521</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44207.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(k) Statutory References</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article XIII, Section 13.11 of the Proposed CT Plan provides that the references in the Proposed CT Plan to a particular statute or regulation, or a provision thereof, “shall be deemed to refer to such statute or regulation, or provision thereof, or to any similar or superseding statute or regulation, or provision thereof, as is from time to time in effect.” 
                        <SU>522</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 13.11 is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>523</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Section 13.11, and the Commission is approving the provision as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>522</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.11 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>523</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44207.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(l) Modifications To Be in Writing</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article XIII, Section 13.12 of the Proposed CT Plan provides that the Proposed CT Plan constitutes the entire understanding of its parties, and that any amendment, modification, or alteration of the Proposed CT Plan must in writing and must be adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.5.
                        <SU>524</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 13.12 is identical to the corresponding provision in the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission 
                        <SU>525</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was not required to be modified by the Amended Governance Order. The Commission received no comments on Section 13.12, and the Commission is approving the provision as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>524</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIII, Section 13.12 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>525</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44207.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">15. Implementation</HD>
                    <P>Article XIV of the Proposed CT Plan governs the proposed schedule for implementation of the Proposed CT Plan.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(a) Implementation Timeline</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 14.1 provides that the steps to implement the Proposed CT Plan, and the timelines for completing these various steps, are set forth in Exhibit F.
                        <SU>526</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed timelines would begin when the Proposed CT Plan is approved by the Commission and that approval is published on the Commission's website.
                        <SU>527</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 14.1 further provides (1) that the steps to implement the plan have been organized into multiple workstreams, some of which can be performed in parallel, and others which have dependencies that need to be completed before they can begin, and (2) that, in Exhibit F to the Proposed CT Plan, the Company has identified such dependencies, some of which are outside the control of the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>528</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>526</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIV, Section 14.1 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>527</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>528</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Furthermore, as proposed, Section 14.1 provides that, in the event a workstream listed in Exhibit F takes shorter or, due to factors outside the Operating Committee's reasonable control, takes longer than expected, the timelines for contingent steps will be adjusted accordingly to account for such change.
                        <SU>529</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As proposed in this section, any lengthening of the timeline would require the affirmative vote of the Operating Committee, and must be based on a reasonable determination that the timeline needs to be extended.
                        <SU>530</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, as proposed, this section provides that, in such instances, the Operating Committee would be required to include any adjustment in its written progress report to the Commission in accordance with Section 14.2 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>529</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>530</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the OIP, the Commission sought comment on the proposed implementation timeline, including, among other things, (1) whether any elements of the proposed timeline should be shortened to ensure that implementation of the Proposed CT Plan can be achieved within a reasonable time, (2) whether the proposed implementation schedule's dependencies—the steps that need to be completed before other steps can begin—are justified or otherwise reasonable, and (3) whether certain dependencies could be removed or modified to accelerate implementation of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>531</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, the Commission sought comment on (1) whether the Commission should modify the Proposed CT Plan to allow the Operating Committee to appoint one or more of the current Equity Data Plan administrators to serve as interim Administrator for the Proposed CT Plan pending the selection and onboarding of a permanent independent Administrator that meets the Amended Governance Order's requirements for the independent plan Administrator, (2) the advantages or disadvantages associated with appointing such an interim Administrator, (3) how an interim Administrator might affect the implementation schedule for the Proposed CT Plan, and (4) whether, and, if so, how, the implementation schedule should be modified, were the Commission to modify the Proposed CT Plan to permit the appointment of such an interim Administrator.
                        <SU>532</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>531</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             OIP, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 6, 89 FR at 33413.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>532</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter states that the Commission should consider measures to address unwarranted delays because the proposed timeline could be lengthened by a vote of the Operating Committee.
                        <SU>533</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter states that the provision allowing the Operating Committee to extend the proposed timeline is a potential source of delay and an aspect of the Proposed CT Plan that “leaves much to be desired.” 
                        <SU>534</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that the Commission should take all necessary steps to ensure that the Proposed CT Plan is implemented as expeditiously as possible.
                        <SU>535</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>533</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>534</SU>
                             MEMX Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 5-7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>535</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission agrees that it is not appropriate for the Operating Committee of the Proposed CT Plan to be able to unilaterally modify the timeline for implementation by the affirmative vote of the Operating Committee, without being required to file a proposed amendment with the Commission. Such a provision could permit the implementation deadlines to be delayed indefinitely without a clear mechanism for enforcement of the implementation schedule. Accordingly, it is appropriate to modify the Proposed CT Plan to remove from proposed Section 14.1 of the Proposed CT Plan the ability of the Operating Committee to unilaterally extend the implementation timeline.
                        <SU>536</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The removal of this provision, however, would still permit the Operating Committee to file an amendment to the Plan with the Commission pursuant to Rule 608 of Regulation NMS or to otherwise seek exemptive relief from the Commission to extend any of the implementation deadlines.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>536</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIV, Section 14.1 of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, as discussed below, the Commission is substantially simplifying the implementation schedule by setting deadlines for the most significant milestones, rather than for each step of the implementation schedule, thereby reducing the likelihood that the SROs would not be able to comply with the implementation schedule in the event of delays in the completion of any of the over 30 discrete activities that were set 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94956"/>
                        forth in the Proposed CT Plan's implementation schedule. This modification is appropriate because it balances the need to provide a mechanism for adjusting the established implementation deadlines in the event of delay with the important goal of facilitating the timely implementation of the Proposed CT Plan, which is “critical to reducing existing redundancies, inefficiencies, and inconsistencies in the current Equity Data Plans and to modernizing plan governance.” 
                        <SU>537</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>537</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR 44145-46 (citing Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28703-05, 28711).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter supports laying out a detailed transition plan as proposed, and offers two suggestions for improving the proposed transition schedule.
                        <SU>538</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         First, this commenter supports progressing Workstream 2 (establishing fees, policies, and data subscriber agreements) in parallel with selecting and negotiating the contract with the independent administrator (Workstreams 3 and 4).
                        <SU>539</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Second, the commenter states that Workstreams 5.3, 5.5, 5.6, and 5.7 (concerning customers transition from the legacy plans to the Proposed CT Plan) could be completed in fewer than the proposed ten months, and in as little as six months.
                        <SU>540</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One commenter states that all items in Workstream 2 (establishing fees, polices, data subscriber agreements) should not have to be completed as a condition to beginning work on Workstream 5 (independent administrator commences operations).
                        <SU>541</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>538</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             dataBP Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 392, at 3-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>539</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>540</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>541</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter states that the proposed 30-month implementation period is too long,
                        <SU>542</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and that the Commission should not “wait for all reforms to be ready before any could be implemented.” 
                        <SU>543</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that merely setting an earlier deadline or reducing the timeframe for completing workstreams, however, would be insufficient given the potential sources of delay described by the SROs.
                        <SU>544</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         According to the commenter, making the Operative Date contingent on the completion of all workstreams in Exhibit F, as proposed, would incentivize the three SRO groups to create gridlock in the voting process and remain responsible for the dissemination of consolidated market data through the current Equity Data Plans.
                        <SU>545</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that because “the selection and onboarding of the independent Administrator is responsible for the lion's share of the 30-month implementation period,” the Commission should amend the Proposed CT Plan “to allow the Operating Committee to select one of the two current Administrators of the Equity Data Plans as interim Administrator until such time as the Operating Committee selects and onboards a new Administrator that meets the Plans requirements for independence.” 
                        <SU>546</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This amendment, the commenter states, “would allow the Plan to become operative while the Operating Committee works towards full implementation of all required Plan elements.” 
                        <SU>547</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter states that making the Service Level Agreement (“SLA”) terms part of the selection process could reduce the time for contract negotiations with the new Administrator from 4 months to 2 months.
                        <SU>548</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>542</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             MEMX Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>543</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 6, 9.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>544</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>545</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 9-10.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>546</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 7-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>547</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 9.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>548</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             SIFMA Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission recognizes the challenges associated with completing the actions required for implementation of the Proposed CT Plan and the complexity of the endeavor, as illustrated by Exhibit F to the Proposed CT Plan. And while setting enforceable deadlines for the implementation of the Proposed CT Plan is necessary for the timely achievement of the Operative Date, setting enforceable deadlines for each of the 30 individual tasks specified in Exhibit F is impracticable because the failure of the Operating Committee to meet the deadline for 
                        <E T="03">any</E>
                         of those tasks—whether or not the specific deadline was critical to the timely implementation of the Proposed CT Plan—would require the Operating Committee either to file a proposed amendment with the Commission to modify the implementation schedule or to seek exemptive relief from the Commission. Instead, the detailed project-management information outlined in Exhibit F would be appropriate for, and should be included in, the written progress reports required by Section 14.2 of the Proposed CT Plan, because including such detail in the written progress reports would provide transparency to the Commission and to market participants about the progress of implementation without requiring that any delay in the completion of a subtask creates the need for a proposed plan amendment or a request for exemptive relief from the Commission.
                    </P>
                    <P>Accordingly, the Commission is not adopting the commenters' suggestions with respect to modifying or otherwise reconfiguring the workstreams proposed in Exhibit F. Instead, the Commission is deleting Exhibit F in its entirety and is replacing the text of Section 14.1 with a series of fixed deadlines for high-level milestones along the implementation timelines. The Commission recognizes that the SROs have extensive experience in operating the existing Equity Data Plans, and that they can draw on that experience to develop internal workstreams reasonably suited to help ensure the timely completion of the specific actions needed to implement the Proposed CT Plan within the deadlines specified in Section 14.1 as modified and approved by the Commission. The modification is appropriate because it strikes a balance between helping to ensure that implementation proceeds in a timely manner while providing for flexibility in the scheduling of individual implementation tasks.</P>
                    <P>Accordingly, having considered the implementation schedule in Section 14.1 and Exhibit F of the Proposed CT Plan, the Commission is replacing Section 14.1 of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed with a series of deadlines for specific milestones in the implementation of the Proposed CT Plan.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">First,</E>
                         new paragraph 14.1(a) provides that, no later than one month after the Effective Date, the Voting Representatives shall be determined pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>549</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This timeframe is the same as proposed by the SROs in Exhibit F, Workstream 1, and therefore does not represent, in and of itself, a substantive modification of the Proposed CT Plan as proposed.
                        <SU>550</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, the SROs, who have already selected their representatives to the operating committees of the existing Equity Data Plans, and who have extensive experience in doing so, should be able to select their Voting Representatives to the Operating Committee within the timeframe provided.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>549</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIV, Section 14.1(b) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>550</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Exhibit F to the Proposed CT Plan (as proposed).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Second,</E>
                         new paragraph 14.1(b) provides that, that no later than three months after the Effective Date, the Voting Representatives shall select the members of the Advisory Committee.
                        <SU>551</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This three month timeframe is the same as proposed by the SROs in Exhibit F, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94957"/>
                        Workstream 1.
                        <SU>552</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, the SROs have extensive experience in selecting members of the advisory committee of the Equity Data Plans such that they should be able to finalize all actions to select members of the Advisory Committee within the timeframe provided.
                        <SU>553</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>551</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIV, Section 14.1(c) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>552</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Exhibit F to the Proposed CT Plan; Notice, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 4, 89 FR at 5026-29.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>553</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Section III(e)(ii) of the CTA Plan; Section IV.E.(b) of the UTP Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Third,</E>
                         new paragraph 14.1(c) provides that, no later than 12 months after the Effective Date, the Operating Committee shall file with the Commission proposed Fees charged to Vendors and Subscribers for Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities.
                        <SU>554</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This 12-month timeframe is the same as proposed by the SROs in Exhibit F, Workstream 1.
                        <SU>555</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, given the importance of market data fees to both SROs and other market participants, the determination of Proposed CT Plan fees will be a critical priority for both SROs and members of the Advisory Committee. As stated in the 2021 Approval Order, “[a]ssessing fees to subscribers for access to the SIP data is one of the fundamental responsibilities of the Operating Committee and one of the issues most consequential to both SROs and other market participants.” 
                        <SU>556</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Additionally, through its extensive experience overseeing the Equity Data Plans and the national market system, the Commission has observed that the SROs have detailed and substantial pre-existing knowledge and experience with the content and pricing of the equity data products that are disseminated under the current centralized SIP model.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>554</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIV, Section 14.1(d) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>555</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Exhibit F to the Proposed CT Plan; Notice, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 4, 89 FR at 5026-29.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>556</SU>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44148.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission received several comments addressing the substance of the fee amendment required to be filed by the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>557</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One commenter states that the Commission should ensure that the fees proposed for the Proposed CT Plan are fair and reasonable.
                        <SU>558</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that the Commission should encourage the Proposed CT Plan to evaluate new or alternative fee models for consolidated equity market data.
                        <SU>559</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         According to this commenter, data costs are currently charged to retail customers on a per investor basis (based on whether they are acting in a non-professional or professional capacity) and to broker-dealers via a myriad of additional fees (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         display fees, non-display fees, access fees, etc.) for use of this exact same data.
                        <SU>560</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter states that this “complex and often opaque pricing model is completely inconsistent with the cost to the SROs to produce the data (which does not scale on a per investor basis) and is highly biased towards the retail investor.” 
                        <SU>561</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>557</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Workstream 2 (“New Fees, Policies, and Data Subscriber Agreements”) of proposed Exhibit F to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>558</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 4-5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>559</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>560</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>561</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission received comments expressing concern about the fees required to be proposed for the Proposed CT Plan, as well as suggesting that the Commission clarify regulatory standards or encourage alternative models for such fee-related filings in the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>562</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         With respect to the development of fees for equity market data to be disseminated by the Proposed CT Plan more broadly, Article IV, Section 4.1 of the Proposed CT Plan charges the Operating Committee with “developing fair and reasonable fees for equity market data,” as well as with “assessing the marketplace for equity data products and ensuring that CT Plan feeds are priced in a manner that is fair and reasonable, and designed to ensure the widespread availability of CT Feeds data to investors and market participants.” 
                        <SU>563</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         And fees for data under the Proposed CT Plan will be established at a later date as proposed amendments, and any such fees will be assessed against the statutory and regulatory standards that apply to fees proposed by the effective national market system plan(s), including Sections 11A(c)(1)(D) of the Exchange Act 
                        <SU>564</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and Rule 603(a) under Regulation NMS.
                        <SU>565</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed fees must be fair and reasonable.
                        <SU>566</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         They must also be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 608 
                        <SU>567</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and would be published for public comment and thereafter must be approved by the Commission before becoming effective. Therefore, the requirement that fees be fair and reasonable need not be restated or otherwise clarified in the Proposed CT Plan.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>562</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.;</E>
                             Polygon Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 82, at 1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>563</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article IV, Section 4.1(a)(iii) and (a)(v) of the Proposed CT Plan (as approved).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>564</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78k-1(c)(1)(D).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>565</SU>
                             17 CFR 242.603(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>566</SU>
                             17 CFR 242.603(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>567</SU>
                             17 CFR 242.608.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Fourth,</E>
                         new paragraph Section 14.1(d) would require that, no later than 30 months after the Effective Date, or no later than 90 days after the Commission has approved Fees charged to Vendors and Subscribers for Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities, whichever date is later, the Proposed CT Plan shall conduct the Processor and Administrator functions related to the public dissemination of real-time consolidated Transaction Reports and Quotation Information for Eligible Securities. The 30-month timeframe is the same as proposed by the SROs in Exhibit F, Workstream 1,
                        <SU>568</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the text of this new paragraph further recognizes that approval of fees by the Commission is a necessary step toward implementation of the Proposed CT Plan. Providing a minimum of 90 days after Commission approval of the required fees is appropriate because the provision could not serve to shorten the 30-month provision for implementing the other aspects of the Proposed CT Plan and because, once implementation of those other aspects is complete, 90 days' notice should be sufficient notice to market participants of the upcoming change in the dissemination of consolidated market data. Additionally, the Commission is modifying the Proposed CT Plan to permit the Operating Committee to appoint one or more of the current Equity Data Plan administrators to serve as Interim Administrator(s) pending the selection and onboarding of the Administrator, which, because the selection process for the Administrator would take 26 of the 30-months in total required for the Proposed CT Plan to become operative, should reduce the likelihood that the process to select and onboard the independent Administrator would delay the Operative Date.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>568</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Exhibit F to the Proposed CT Plan; Notice, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 4, 89 FR at 5026-29.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Fifth,</E>
                         new paragraph 14.1(e) would provide that, no later than 30 months after the Effective Date, the Administrator of the Proposed CT Plan, consistent with the provisions of Section 6.2 and Section 6.4 of the Proposed CT Plan, shall be selected. This modification, in conjunction with the modification to the Proposed CT Plan to add new Section 6.5 (Interim Administrator(s)), is appropriate to facilitate the full and timely implementation of the Proposed CT Plan by permitting crucial reforms to the governance of the NMS plans for consolidated equity market data without delaying the process until the lengthiest implementation component can be completed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters support close Commission oversight of the Proposed 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94958"/>
                        CT Plan implementation process.
                        <SU>569</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One commenter states that, consistent with Rule 608, the Commission needs to have strong oversight over the implementation process for the Proposed CT Plan because the SROs have resisted changes to the Equity Data Plans, and the Proposed CT Plan does not include financial penalties if the SROs' implementation of the Proposed CT Plan does not proceed as anticipated.
                        <SU>570</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter states that the Commission should assert “special oversight” over the process, and urges the Commission to hold member SROs more accountable.
                        <SU>571</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter states that the Commission should focus on robust oversight of the Operating Committee to ensure that the Proposed CT Plan is implemented as expeditiously as possible.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>569</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 4; ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3-4; Polygon Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 82, at 2; SIFMA Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 4; MEMX Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>570</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 3-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>571</SU>
                             Polygon Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 82, at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>With respect to the comment suggesting that the Commission should exercise special or strong oversight over the Proposed CT Plan's implementation process, as well as the comment stating that the Proposed CT Plan does not provide for financial penalties in the event implementation of the plan does not proceed as anticipated, the modifications discussed above enhance the Commission's oversight over the implementation process by removing the ability of the Operating Committee to unilaterally extend the implementation timeline and by providing enforceable deadlines for the achievement of key milestones in the process. Additionally, the written progress reports required by Section 14.2 of the Proposed CT Plan will assist with the Commission's oversight of the plan and its requirements, including oversight of the progress made toward completing each of the steps required to implement the Proposed CT Plan. The written reports will also be available to the Equity Data Plans' websites, which should provide sufficient transparency and accountability with respect to implementation progress of the Proposed CT Plan.</P>
                    <P>For the foregoing reasons, the Commission is approving Section 14.1 of the Proposed CT Plan as modified.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(b) Written Progress Reports</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 14.2 of the Proposed CT Plan sets forth requirements for certain written reports to the Commission.
                        <SU>572</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, Section 14.2(a) provides that beginning three months after the formation of the Operating Committee and continuing every three months until the Operative Date, the Operating Committee will provide written progress reports to the Commission.
                        <SU>573</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 14.2(b) provides that such written progress reports will contain the actions undertaken to date by the Operating Committee and a detailed description of the progress made toward completing each of the steps listed in Exhibit F to the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>574</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, this section requires that the Operating Committee make such progress reports available on the CQ Plan and CTA Plan's and UTP Plan's websites, and on the Proposed CT Plan's website, when available after the selection of the Administrator.
                        <SU>575</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>572</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIV, Section 14.2 of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>573</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIV, Section 14.2(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>574</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Notice, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 4, 89 FR at 5027-29 (Exhibit F of the Proposed CT Plan).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>575</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIV, Section 14.2(b) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter supports the requirement that the Proposed CT Plan Operating Committee provide written progress reports to the Commission every three months, beginning from the formation of the Operating Committee until the Operative Date.
                        <SU>576</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter also supports the requirement to publish the required progress reports on plan websites, including those of the Equity Data Plans.
                        <SU>577</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter suggests making clear that progress reports provided to the Commission under this section are also required to be made publicly available at the same time as reports are provided to the Commission.
                        <SU>578</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One commenter states that the Commission should closely monitor the Operating Committee's progress, including carefully reviewing the public written progress reports that must be submitted to the Commission.
                        <SU>579</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter supports greater transparency during implementation of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>580</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One commenter states that Section 14.2 should be revised to clarify that posting of progress reports on the Equity Data Plans' websites must occur prior to the selection of the independent administrator, rather than after a new administrator is selected, as proposed, so as to avoid unnecessary delay and ensure that this provision is consistent with the Amended Governance Order.
                        <SU>581</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>576</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>577</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>578</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             SIFMA Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>579</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>580</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Polygon Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 82, at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>581</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3, n.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission agrees that ensuring transparency with respect to the progress made to implement the Proposed CT Plan will be helpful to market participants because such reports provide market participants visibility into the actions undertaken and the progress made toward completing each of the actions required for implementation of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>582</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For the reasons set out in the 2021 Approval Order, the required frequency of the progress reports, one report every three months, should be sufficient to identify for the Commission any significant delays in implementation without imposing unnecessary burdens on efforts to implement the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>583</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>582</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44149 (“The requirement to provide progress reports in writing to the Commission on a quarterly basis and to make them publicly available is designed to help ensure that affected market participants are informed about the status of the steps that are taken to implement the CT Plan within the prescribed time periods. Providing periodic updates to the Commission should also facilitate holding the Operating Committee accountable for its progress in completing the interim steps towards satisfying the longer-range requirements.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>583</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             (“The Commission believes that this requirement should not be overly burdensome to the Operating Committee or distract from its performance of the specified actions required by the CT Plan, because the quarterly reports would essentially reflect the analysis the Operating Committee would need to undertake in any event for its diligent oversight of the implementation process.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission agrees with commenters, however, that Section 14.2 should be clearer with respect to requirements governing the publication of progress reports.
                        <SU>584</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission is therefore modifying Section 14.2 to clarify that publication of the required progress reports must be promptly made on the CTA Plan, the CQ Plan, and the UTP Plan websites “until such time as the Plan's website becomes available.” This modification is appropriate to provide greater clarity with respect to requirements for publication of the required progress reports, including those concerning their timing. Requiring that such progress reports be made promptly available to the public on plan websites, as modified, is appropriate to help ensure that affected market participants are timely informed regarding the filing of such reports.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>584</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3, n.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission agrees that close monitoring of progress towards the implementation of the Proposed CT Plan will be important.
                        <SU>585</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94959"/>
                        requirement to provide progress reports in writing to the Commission on a quarterly basis and to make them publicly available is designed to not only help ensure that affected market participants are informed about the status of the steps that are taken to implement the Proposed CT Plan within the prescribed time periods, but also to provide the Commission with periodic updates, which should facilitate holding the Operating Committee accountable for its progress in completing the interim steps towards satisfying the longer-range requirements. As discussed above, the required frequency of the progress reports should be sufficient to identify for the Commission any significant delays in implementation without imposing unnecessary burdens on efforts to implement the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>586</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, the required quarterly progress reports and the involvement of the Operating Committee, as well as of members of the Advisory Committee, should be sufficient to help ensure timely implementation of the Proposed CT Plan.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>585</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 3-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>586</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44149 (“The Commission believes that this requirement should not be overly burdensome to the Operating Committee or distract from its performance of the specified actions required by the CT Plan, because the quarterly reports would essentially reflect the analysis the Operating Committee would need to undertake in any event for its diligent oversight of the implementation process.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, the Commission is modifying Section 14.2(b) to replace the phrase “steps listed in Exhibit F” with the phrase “steps required to implement the Plan.” This modification is appropriate to conform Section 14.2(b) with Commission modifications to Section XIV of the Proposed CT Plan governing its implementation.</P>
                    <P>For the foregoing reasons, the Commission is approving Section 14.2 as modified.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(c) Transition From CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan</HD>
                    <P>
                        Article XIV, Section 14.3 of the Proposed CT Plan addresses the transition from the current Equity Data Plans to the Proposed CT Plan. Section 14.3(a) provides that until the Operative Date, the Members will continue to operate pursuant to the CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan with respect to the public dissemination of real-time consolidated equity market data for Eligible Securities rather than the Proposed CT Plan.
                        <SU>587</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         And Section 14.3(b) provides that, as of the Operative Date, the Members shall conduct, through the Company, the Processor and Administrator functions related to the public dissemination of real-time consolidated equity market data for Eligible Securities required by the Commission to be performed by the Members under the Exchange Act.
                        <SU>588</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, paragraph (b) of Section 14.3 further provides that the Members must file an amendment to the CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan to cease their operation as of the Operative Date.
                        <SU>589</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>587</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIV, Section 14.3(a) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>588</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Article XIV, Section 14.3(b) of the Proposed CT Plan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>589</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Section 14.3 is substantively similar to the corresponding provisions of the 2021 CT Plan approved by the Commission,
                        <SU>590</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         with the exception of the added requirement that, as of the Operative Date, the Members shall file an amendment to the CQ Plan, the CTA Plan, and the UTP Plan to cease those plans' operations. This addition is appropriate as it clarifies the steps to be taken to complete the transition from the existing Equity Data Plans to the Proposed CT Plan. The Commission is also modifying the text of paragraph 14.3(b) to add the words “and the rules and regulations thereunder” to the end of the phrase regarding the functions “required by the Commission to be performed by the Members under the Exchange Act.” This modification is appropriate because the SROs are also subject to certain requirements with respect to NMS plans, including the Proposed CT Plan under the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission under the Exchange Act. The Commission received no comments addressing Section 14.3, and the Commission is approving Section 14.3 of the Proposed CT Plan as modified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>590</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             2021 Approval Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 19, 86 FR at 44140.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(d) Implementation of the MDI Rules</HD>
                    <P>
                        Rule 614(e)(1) of the MDI Rules directed the participants of the effective national market system plan(s) for NMS stocks to file an amendment pursuant to Rule 608 of Regulation NMS to conform the effective national market system plan(s) for NMS stocks to reflect the provision of information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks that is necessary to generate consolidated market data by the national securities exchange and national securities association participants to competing consolidators and self-aggregators.
                        <SU>591</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The MDI Rules also required that the amendment to the effective national market system plan(s) required under Rule 614(e)(1) “must include the fees proposed by the plan(s) for data underlying consolidated market data.” 
                        <SU>592</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>591</SU>
                             17 CFR 242.614(e)(1); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             MDI Rules Release, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 461, 86 FR at 18699.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>592</SU>
                             MDI Rules Release, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 461, 86 FR at 18699.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On November 5, 2021, the SROs filed separate amendments of the Equity Data Plans pursuant to these requirements, and the Commission on September 22, 2022, disapproved the proposed amendments, finding, in the case of the amendments relating to the expanded definition of “core data” and the introduction of competing consolidators, that the amendments did not conform the Equity Data Plans to reflect the provision of information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks that is necessary to generate consolidated market data by the SROs to competing consolidators and self-aggregators,
                        <SU>593</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and, in the case of the associated fee amendments, that the amendments did not demonstrate that the proposed fees were fair, reasonable, and not unreasonably discriminatory.
                        <SU>594</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>593</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Consolidated Tape Association; Order Disapproving the Thirty-Seventh Substantive Amendment to the Second Restatement of the CTA Plan and the Twenty-Eighth Substantive Amendment to the Restated CQ Plan, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 95850 (Sept. 21, 2022), 87 FR 58560 (Sept. 27, 2022) (File No. SR-CTA/CQ-2021-02); Joint Industry Plan; Order Disapproving the Fifty-First Amendment to the Joint Self-Regulatory Organization Plan Governing the Collection, Consolidation and Dissemination of Quotation and Transaction Information for Nasdaq-Listed Securities Traded on Exchanges on an Unlisted Trading Privileges Basis, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 95848 (Sept. 21, 2022), 87 FR 58544 (Sept. 27, 2022) (File No. S7-24-89).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>594</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Consolidated Tape Association; Order Disapproving the Twenty-Fifth Charges Amendment to the Second Restatement of the CTA Plan and Sixteenth Charges Amendment to the Restated CQ Plan, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 95851 (Sept. 21, 2022), 87 FR 58613 (Sept. 27, 2022) (File No. SR-CTA/CQ-2021-03); Joint Industry Plan; Order Disapproving the Fifty-Second Amendment to the Joint Self-Regulatory Organization Plan Governing the Collection, Consolidation and Dissemination of Quotation and Transaction Information for Nasdaq-Listed Securities Traded on Exchanges on an Unlisted Trading Privileges Basis, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 95849 (Sept. 21, 2022), 87 FR 58592 (Sept. 27, 2022) (File No. S7-24-89).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter states that the Proposed CT Plan should be amended to require that the Proposed CT Plan assume responsibility for all core data, as defined in Rule 600(b)(21) of Regulation NMS, and not only the subset of core data that is currently made available by the Equity Data Pans.
                        <SU>595</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that the “Amended [Governance] Order and the infrastructure rule appear to 
                        <E T="03">require</E>
                         that the Plan include provisions that are consistent with the revised definition of `core data' in Rule 600(b)(21) of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94960"/>
                        Regulation NMS,” 
                        <SU>596</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         which would include data elements in addition to transaction reports and quotation information.
                        <SU>597</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter further states that, “by contrast, Section 4.1 of the [Proposed CT] Plan replaces the broad reference to `core data' in the Amended [Governance] Order with a significantly narrower reference” to the Operating Committee's responsibilities with respect to Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Security, which does not include all elements of “core data” as defined in Rule 600(b)(21) and is “flatly inconsistent with the Amended Order and the infrastructure rule.” 
                        <SU>598</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>595</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             MEMX Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 15-20.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>596</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 16-17 (emphasis in original).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>597</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 17.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>598</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter states that the Commission should clarify in this order its expectations with respect to establishing a credible plan for implementing the MDI Rules.
                        <SU>599</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter states that the Commission should require the SROs in the Proposed CT Plan to address other non-fee aspects prescribed in the MDI Rules, as this would address the current uncertainty as to when the current Operating Committee will submit revised proposals for the Commission's approval.
                        <SU>600</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>599</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             SIFMA Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>600</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters suggest that the Commission address, whether in the Proposed CT Plan or in the order approving it, the fee proposals to be filed with the Commission under the MDI Rules.
                        <SU>601</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One commenter states that the Commission should require the SROs to act on the fees for data to be provided under the MDI Rules because, without approval of such fee filing, a competitive market for consolidated market data cannot begin.
                        <SU>602</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One commenter suggests that the Commission clarify, in the order approving the Proposed CT Plan, its expectations with respect to the timing for the SROs to propose fees for enhanced core equity market data to be distributed under the MDI Rules.
                        <SU>603</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter states that the Commission should require the SROs to re-file revised plan amendments setting the fees for the expanded core data elements to address the current uncertainty as to when the current Operating Committee will submit revised proposals.
                        <SU>604</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>601</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 5-6; SIFMA Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3-4; ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>602</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fidelity Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 80, at 5-6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>603</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             SIFMA Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>604</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             ICI Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Another commenter seeks clarification with respect to whether the fees under the Proposed CT Plan would be for the equity market data currently distributed under the Equity Market Data Plans or for the enhanced core data to be distributed under the Commission's MDI Rules.
                        <SU>605</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>605</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             SIFMA Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 109, at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Commission recognizes that the full implementation of the revised governance structure of the Proposed CT Plan and of the MDI Rules must be appropriately sequenced and that an important step toward full implementation of these initiatives should be the implementation of the new governance structure of the Proposed CT Plan. The immediate implementation of the MDI Rules through the Proposed CT Plan would be impracticable, because it would require simultaneous implementation of both a new governance structure and the provisions of the MDI Rules, and the immediate implementation of the MDI Rules through the existing Equity Data Plans does not make sense, given that those plans are to be phased out of operation in favor of the Proposed CT Plan. Therefore, the Commission is not modifying the Proposed CT Plan to require the dissemination of “core data” as defined in the MDI Rules.</P>
                    <P>
                        The SROs, however, remain under the obligation imposed by Rule 614(e) of Regulation NMS to file an amendment “[c]onforming the effective national market system plan(s) for NMS stocks to reflect provision of information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks that is necessary to generate consolidated market data by the national securities exchange and national securities association participants to competing consolidators and self-aggregators.” 
                        <SU>606</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Although, as described above,
                        <SU>607</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the SROs previously filed proposed amendments to the Equity Data Plans under Rule 614(e), the Commission disapproved those proposed amendments, finding that the proposed amendments “do not comply with Rule 614(e)(1) because they do not conform the Plans to reflect the provision of information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks that is necessary to generate consolidated market data by the SROs to competing consolidators and self-aggregators.” 
                        <SU>608</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Because the previously filed and disapproved amendments were “inconsistent with the MDI Rules, specifically Rule 614(e),” 
                        <SU>609</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the participants to the effective national market system plan(s) will need to develop and file new proposed amendments pursuant to Rule 608,
                        <SU>610</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and—given that the approved CT Plan will, when fully implemented, replace the Equity Data Plans—it is the Commission's expectation that the SROs will file these proposed amendments to the approved CT Plan. The proposed amendments would also need to include the fees proposed for data underlying consolidated market data.
                        <SU>611</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>606</SU>
                             17 CFR 242.614(e)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>607</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 593 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>608</SU>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 95848, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 593, 87 FR at 58545; Securities Exchange Act Release No. 95850, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 593, 87 FR at 58561.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>609</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>610</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Regulation NMS Amendments, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 159, 89 FR 81625.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>611</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             MDI Rules Release, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 461, 86 FR at 18699 (“The first key milestone [in the implementation of the MDI Rules] will be the amendment to the effective national market system plan(s) required under Rule 614(e), which must include the fees proposed by the plan(s) for data underlying consolidated market data.”). On Nov. 5, 2021, the SROs filed proposed fee amendments pursuant to these requirements, but the Commission on Sept. 22, 2022, disapproved the amendments because they did not demonstrate that the proposed fees were fair, reasonable, and not unreasonably discriminatory. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Consolidated Tape Association; Order Disapproving the Twenty-Fifth Charges Amendment to the Second Restatement of the CTA Plan and Sixteenth Charges Amendment to the Restated CQ Plan, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 95851 (Sept. 21, 2022), 87 FR 58613 (Sept. 27, 2022) (File No. SR-CTA/CQ-2021-03); Joint Industry Plan; Order Disapproving the Fifty-Second Amendment to the Joint Self-Regulatory Organization Plan Governing the Collection, Consolidation and Dissemination of Quotation and Transaction Information for Nasdaq-Listed Securities Traded on Exchanges on an Unlisted Trading Privileges Basis, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 95849 (Sept. 21, 2022), 87 FR 58592 (Sept. 27, 2022) (File No. S7-24-89).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(e) Consideration of Other Actions</HD>
                    <P>
                        One commenter states that the Commission should consider ways of expediting implementation of the MDI Rules, including through the use of exchange proprietary data feeds.
                        <SU>612</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, this commenter states that the Commission (or the SROs on their initiative) could allow market data vendors, who would register with the Commission, to use exchange proprietary market data feeds to generate consolidated market data pursuant to the MDI Rules on a temporary basis until the fee arrangements and related infrastructure for the Proposed CT Plan are finalized. Otherwise, this commenter states that market participants would have to wait over two and a half years before the Commission's MDI Rules are implemented, even though the technical ability to actualize those rules already exists.
                        <SU>613</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter further states that a top concern when implementing 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94961"/>
                        the Commission's MDI Rules should be addressing certain onboarding paperwork and reporting processes.
                        <SU>614</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that end users of consolidated market data should be required to contract with the competing consolidator of their choice, rather than with the Plan Administrator.
                        <SU>615</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To compensate the SROs for the loss of such downstream fee revenues, the commenter states that it would support a potential revenue sharing agreement, such as one whereby SROs would receive a portion of the competing consolidator's revenue.
                        <SU>616</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter further states that that consolidated market data should be sold to competing consolidators free and clear of downstream fees, such as device fees or non-display fees. Otherwise competing consolidators would be reduced to “mere fee collectors” for the plan, with little incentive for operating as such.
                        <SU>617</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>612</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Databento Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 365, at 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>613</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>614</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>615</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>616</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>617</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        One commenter suggests rejecting the Proposed CT Plan and revisiting the MDI Rules.
                        <SU>618</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that the MDI Rules and the decentralized consolidator model “undermined the latency issue and skewed towards the interests of subscribers and proprietary products” because users of SIPs or competing consolidators have an extra hop latency disadvantage that would affect demand of the new single consolidated tape.
                        <SU>619</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter states that due to conflicting interests in connection with the sale of proprietary products, it is not in the exchanges' interest to ensure that the consolidated tape feeds are delivered timely, without latency, and that they have no interest in ensuring that the data sent to the SIP, or eventually competing consolidator, is published in sync with their proprietary products.
                        <SU>620</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         According to this commenter, “[w]ithout a secured and synchronized start line,” competing consolidators will never be a reasonable compromise, if not a close substitute, to compete with proprietary products.
                        <SU>621</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter states that the Commission should facilitate the establishment of the NMS in accordance with and in furtherance of Congress's objectives.
                        <SU>622</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To that end, this commenter suggests that the Commission: (1) disapprove the Proposed CT Plan and “ditch regulatory price control through MDIR and/or the CT Plan;” (2) mandate that the availability of market data across SIPs and competing consolidators and proprietary data fees be secured and synchronized in accordance with an atomic clock; (3) require market and data redistributors to maintain a connectivity disparity ratio between the fastest proprietary products and the slowest mass market product (&lt;2.5 to 4 times) to ensure consolidated market data evolves along with the ecosystem; (4) affirm that data ownership rights belong to content creators; (5) prohibit market centers from offering any proprietary products “that the maximum capacity cannot be concurrently used by at least 20% of all market participants,” and require that the offering of proprietary products must be “accompanied by at least one mass market product,” such as the SIPs or competing consolidator, that is “available and affordable by 80% of all market participants;” (6) ensure that the hierarchical pricing of proprietary products be in proportion with the performance improvement over mass market products, and that proprietary product pricing be transparent and publicly disclosed; and (7) introduce price gouging rules in times of market volatility.
                        <SU>623</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>618</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Data Boiler Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 208, at 8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>619</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 2-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>620</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>621</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>622</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 6-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>623</SU>
                             Data Boiler Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 208, at 6-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        With respect to the comment recommending disapproval of the Proposed CT Plan,
                        <SU>624</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the purpose of the Proposed CT Plan is to facilitate the collection and dissemination of core data so that the public has ready access to a comprehensive, accurate, and reliable source of information for the prices and volume of any NMS stock at any time during the trading day. With the modifications approved by the Commission, as set forth in this order, the Proposed CT Plan is reasonably designed to achieve these goals. Therefore, disapproval of the Proposed CT Plan would not ensure the prompt, accurate, reliable, and fair collection processing, distribution, or the publication of information with respect to NMS securities in the public interest.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>624</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             at 6-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        With respect to comments stating that the Proposed CT Plan seems to perpetuate the status quo of the Equity Data Plans,
                        <SU>625</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and as the Commission stated in the Governance Order, addressing issues with the current governance structure of the Equity Data Plans is “an important 
                        <E T="03">first step</E>
                         in responding to concerns about the consolidated data feed.” 
                        <SU>626</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission recognizes that the inadequacies in the governance model of the Equity Data Plans that the Proposed CT Plan is designed to address may not be the sole cause of broader concerns about the consolidated feed.
                        <SU>627</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As the Commission stated in the Governance Order, however, the governance structure of the Equity Data Plans contributes significantly to the broader concerns about the consolidated data feed.
                        <SU>628</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, contrary to the commenter's statements,
                        <SU>629</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         changing the governance structure through which the SROs oversee the operations of the SIPs, as provided under the Proposed CT Plan, is appropriate to create a governance structure that will reduce obstacles to ongoing improvement of the consolidated market data feeds in ways that the current governance structure of the Equity Data Plans has not.
                        <SU>630</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>625</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Polygon Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 82, at 1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>626</SU>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28707 (citing to Securities Exchange Act Release No. 87906 (Jan. 8, 2020), 85 FR 2164, 2173 (Jan. 14, 2020) (File No. 4-757) (emphasis in original; citations omitted)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>627</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28707.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>628</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>629</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Polygon Letter, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 82, at 1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>630</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Governance Order, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11, 85 FR at 28707.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Conclusion</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed above, the Commission finds that the Proposed CT Plan, as modified, is consistent with the requirements of section 11A of the Exchange Act,
                        <SU>631</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and Rule 608 thereunder,
                        <SU>632</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that the NMS plan is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanism of, a national market system, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>631</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78k-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>632</SU>
                             17 CFR 242.608.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">It is therefore ordered</E>
                         that, pursuant to section 11A of the Exchange Act,
                        <SU>633</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the rules and regulations thereunder, the Proposed CT Plan (File No. 4-757), as modified, be and it hereby is approved and declared effective, and the Participants are authorized to act jointly to implement the Proposed CT Plan as approved as a means of facilitating a national market system.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>633</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78k-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <SIG>
                        <PRTPAGE P="94962"/>
                        <P>By the Commission.</P>
                        <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                        <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                    </SIG>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attachment A</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF CT PLAN LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company</HD>
                    <FP>
                        (As modified by the Commission; additions are 
                        <E T="03">italicized;</E>
                         deletions are [bracketed].)
                    </FP>
                    <P>(1) This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of the [•] day of [•], [•] is made and entered into by and among the parties identified in Exhibit A, as Exhibit A may be amended from time to time (the “Members”), which are the members of CT Plan LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”). The Members shall constitute the “members” (as that term is defined in the Delaware Act) of the Company.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">RECITALS</HD>
                    <P>(a) On September 1, 2023, the Commission ordered the Members to act jointly in developing and filing with the Commission by October 23, 2023, a proposed new single national market system (“NMS”) plan to govern the public dissemination of real-time consolidated equity market data for NMS stocks. See Amended Order Directing the Exchanges and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority to Submit a New National Market System Plan Regarding Consolidated Equity Market Data, Release No. 34-98271 (September 1, 2023), 88 FR 61630 (Sept. 7, 2023) (File No. 4-757) (the “Amended Order”). This Agreement is being filed with the Commission, as directed in the Amended Order.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) As the Members have already formed the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Act by filing a certificate of formation (the “Certificate”) with the Delaware Secretary of State, this Agreement will become effective on the date (the “Effective Date”) when approved by the Commission pursuant to Rule 608 of Regulation NMS as an NMS plan governing the public dissemination of real-time consolidated market data for Eligible Securities (
                        <E T="03">the “Plan</E>
                        ”).
                    </P>
                    <P>(c) It is understood and agreed that, in performing their obligations and duties under this Agreement, the Members are performing and discharging functions and responsibilities related to the operation of the national market system for and on behalf of the Members in their capacities as self-regulatory organizations, as required under the Section 11A of the Exchange Act, and pursuant to Rule 603(b) of Regulation NMS thereunder. It is further understood and agreed that this Agreement and the operations of the Company shall be subject to ongoing oversight by the Commission. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to limit or diminish the obligations and duties of the Members as self-regulatory organizations under the federal securities laws and the regulations thereunder.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article I. </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">DEFINITIONS</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 1.1 Definitions.</HD>
                    <P>As used throughout this Agreement and the Exhibits:</P>
                    <P>
                        (1) “Administrator” means the Person selected by the Company to perform the administrative functions 
                        <E T="03">under Article VI of this Agreement</E>
                        [described in this Agreement pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement. The Person selected as the Administrator will not be owned or controlled by a corporate entity that, either directly or via another subsidiary, offers for sale its own proprietary market data product for NMS stocks].
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">“Advisory Committee” means the committee formed in accordance with Section 4.7 of this Agreement.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(3)</E>
                         “Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such Person. Affiliate or Affiliated, when used as an adjective, shall have a correlative meaning.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(3)]
                        <E T="03">(4)</E>
                         “Agent” means, for purposes of Exhibit C, agents of the Operating Committee, a Member, the Administrator, 
                        <E T="03">the Interim Administrator(s),</E>
                         and the Processors, including, but not limited to, attorneys, auditors, advisors, accountants, contractors or subcontractors.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(4)]
                        <E T="03">(5)</E>
                         “Applicable Law” means all applicable provisions of (a) constitutions, treaties, statutes, laws (including the common law), rules, regulations, decrees, ordinances, codes, proclamations, declarations or orders of any Governmental Authority; (b) any consents or approvals of any Governmental Authority; and (c) any orders, decisions, advisory or interpretative opinions, injunctions, judgments, awards, decrees of, or agreements with, any Governmental Authority.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(5)]
                        <E T="03">(6)</E>
                         “Best Bid and Offer” has the meaning ascribed to the term “best bid and best offer” by Rule 600(b)(8) of Regulation NMS.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(6)]
                        <E T="03">(7)</E>
                         “Capital Contributions” means any cash, cash equivalents, or other property that a Member contributes to the Company with respect to its Membership Interest.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(7)]
                        <E T="03">(8)</E>
                         “Chair” shall mean the individual elected pursuant to Section 4.4(e).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(8)]
                        <E T="03">(9)</E>
                         “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(9)]
                        <E T="03">(10)</E>
                         “Commission” or “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(10)]
                        <E T="03">(11)</E>
                         “Company Indemnified Party” means a Person, and any other Person of whom such Person is the legal representative, that is or was a Member or a[n SRO] Voting Representative.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(11)]
                        <E T="03">(12)</E>
                         “Confidential Information” means, except to the extent covered by the definitions for Restricted Information, Highly Confidential Information, or Public Information: (i) any non-public data or information designated as Confidential by the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3; (ii) any document generated by a Member and designated by that Member as Confidential; and (iii) the individual views and statements of Covered Persons and SEC staff disclosed during a meeting of the Operating Committee or any subcommittees thereunder.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(12)]
                        <E T="03">(13)</E>
                         “Control” means, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities (or other ownership interest), by contract or otherwise.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(13)]
                        <E T="03">(14)</E>
                         “Covered Persons” means representatives of the Members (including the [SRO ]Voting Representative, alternate Voting Representative, and Member Observers), members of the Advisory Committee, SRO Applicants, SRO Applicant Observers, the Administrator, 
                        <E T="03">the Interim Administrator(s),</E>
                         and the Processors; Affiliates, employees, and Agents of the Operating Committee, a Member, the Administrator, 
                        <E T="03">the Interim Administrator(s),</E>
                         and the Processors; and any third parties invited to attend meetings of the Operating Committee or subcommittees. Covered Persons do not include staff of the SEC.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(14)]
                        <E T="03">(15)</E>
                         “CQ Plan” means the Restated CQ Plan.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(15)]
                        <E T="03">(16)</E>
                         “CT Feeds” means the CT Quote Data Feed(s) and the CT Trade Data Feed(s).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(16)]
                        <E T="03">(17)</E>
                         “CT Quote Data Feed(s)” means the service(s) that provides Vendors and Subscribers with (i) National Best Bids and Offers and their sizes and the Members' identifiers 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94963"/>
                        providing the National Best Bids and Offers; (ii) each Member's Best Bids and Offers and their sizes and the Member's identifier; and (iii) in the case of FINRA, the identifier of the FINRA Participant(s) that constitute(s) FINRA's Best Bids and Offers, in each case for Eligible Securities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(17)]
                        <E T="03">(18)</E>
                         “CT Trade Data Feed(s)” means the service(s) that provides Vendors and Subscribers with Transaction Reports for Eligible Securities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(18)]
                        <E T="03">(19)</E>
                         “CTA Plan” means the Second Restatement of the CTA Plan.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(19)]
                        <E T="03">(20)</E>
                         “Current” means, with respect to Transaction Reports or Quotation Information, such Transaction Reports or Quotation Information during the fifteen (15) minute period immediately following the initial transmission thereof by the Processors.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(20)]
                        <E T="03">(21)</E>
                         “Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, Title 6, Chapter 18, §§ 18-101, 
                        <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                         and any successor statute, as amended.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(21)]
                        <E T="03">(22)</E>
                         “Distribution” means a distribution to the Members of revenues of the Company under this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.3 and Exhibit D of the Agreement.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(22)]
                        <E T="03">(23)</E>
                         “Eligible Security” means (i) any equity security, as defined in Section 3(a)(11) of the Exchange Act, or (ii) a security that trades like an equity security, in each case that is listed on a national securities exchange.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(23)]
                        <E T="03">(24)</E>
                         “ET” means Eastern Time.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(24)]
                        <E T="03">(25)</E>
                         “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(25)]
                        <E T="03">(26)</E>
                         “Executive Session” means a meeting of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.4(g), which includes [SRO ]Voting Representatives, Member Observers, SEC Staff, and other persons as deemed appropriate by a majority vote of the [SRO ]Voting Representatives.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(26)]
                        <E T="03">(27)</E>
                         “Extraordinary Market Activity” means a disruption or malfunction of any electronic quotation, communication, reporting, or execution system operated by, or linked to, the Processors or a Trading Center or a member of such Trading Center that has a severe and continuing negative impact, on a market-wide basis, on quoting, order, or trading activity or on the availability of market information necessary to maintain a fair and orderly market. For purposes of this definition, a severe and continuing negative impact on quoting, order, or trading activity includes (i) a series of quotes, orders, or transactions at prices substantially unrelated to the current market for the security or securities; (ii) duplicative or erroneous quoting, order, trade reporting, or other related message traffic between one or more Trading Centers or their members; or (iii) the unavailability of quoting, order, transaction information, or regulatory messages for a sustained period.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(27)]
                        <E T="03">(28)</E>
                         “Fees” means fees charged to Vendors and Subscribers for Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(28)]
                        <E T="03">(29)</E>
                         “Final Decision of the Operating Committee” means an action or inaction of the Operating Committee as a result of the vote of the Operating Committee, but will not include the individual votes of a Voting Representative.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(29)]
                        <E T="03">(30)</E>
                         “FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(30)]
                        <E T="03">(31)</E>
                         “FINRA Participant” means a FINRA member that utilizes the facilities of FINRA pursuant to applicable FINRA rules.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(31)]
                        <E T="03">(32)</E>
                         “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company adopted pursuant to Section 10.1(a) of this Agreement.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(32)]
                        <E T="03">(33)</E>
                         “GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time, consistently applied.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(33)]
                        <E T="03">(34)</E>
                         “Governmental Authority” means (a) the U.S. federal government or government of any state of the U.S., (b) any instrumentality or agency of any such government, (c) any other individual, entity or organization authorized by law to perform any executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative, military or police functions of any such government, or (d) any intergovernmental organization of U.S. entities, but “Governmental Authority” excludes any self-regulatory organization registered with the Commission.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(34)]
                        <E T="03">(35)</E>
                         “Highly Confidential Information” means any highly sensitive Member-specific, customer-specific, individual-specific, or otherwise sensitive information relating to the Operating Committee, Members, Vendors, Subscribers, or customers that is not otherwise Restricted Information. Highly Confidential Information includes: the Company's contract negotiations with the Processors
                        <E T="03">,</E>
                         or Administrator
                        <E T="03"> or Interim Administrator(s);</E>
                         personnel matters that affect the employees of SROs or the Company; information concerning the intellectual property of Members or customers; and any document subject to the Attorney-Client Privilege, Work Product Doctrine, or any other [applicable ]privilege or immunity
                        <E T="03"> recognized under Applicable Law.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(35)]
                        <E T="03">(36)</E>
                         “Limit Up Limit Down” means the Plan to Address Extraordinary Market Volatility pursuant to Rule 608 of Regulation NMS under the Exchange Act.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(36)]
                        <E T="03">(37)</E>
                         “Losses” means losses, judgments, penalties (including excise and similar taxes and punitive damages), fines, settlements, and reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) actually incurred by such Company Indemnified Party as a Party to a Proceeding.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(37)]
                        <E T="03">(38)</E>
                         “Market” means (i) in respect of FINRA or a national securities association, the facilities through which FINRA Participants display quotations and report transactions in Eligible Securities to FINRA and (ii) in respect of each national securities exchange, the marketplace for Eligible Securities that such exchange operates.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(38)]
                        <E T="03">(39)</E>
                         “Market-Wide Circuit Breaker” means a halt in trading in all stocks in all Markets under the rules of a Primary Listing Market.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(39)]
                        <E T="03">(40)</E>
                         “Material SIP Latency” means a delay of quotation or last sale price information in one or more securities between the time data is received by the Processors and the time the Processors disseminate the data, which delay the Primary Listing Market determines, in consultation with, and in accordance with, publicly disclosed guidelines established by the Operating Committee, to be (a) material and (b) unlikely to be resolved in the near future.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(40)]
                        <E T="03">(41)</E>
                         “Member Observer” means any employee of a Member or any attorney to a Member (other than a Voting Representative) that a Member determines is necessary in connection with such Member's compliance with its obligations under Rule 608(c) of Regulation NMS to attend Operating Committee and subcommittee meetings, provided that the designation of the Member Observer is consistent with the prohibition in Section 4.11(b)(i).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(41)]
                        <E T="03">(42)</E>
                         “Membership Fee” means the fee to be paid by a new Member pursuant to Section 3.2.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(42)]
                        <E T="03">(43)</E>
                         “Membership Interest” means an interest in the Company owned by a Member.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(43)]
                        <E T="03">(44)</E>
                         “Nasdaq” means The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(44)]
                        <E T="03">(45)</E>
                         “National Best Bid and Offer” has the meaning ascribed to the term “national best bid and national best offer” by Rule 600(b)(43) of Regulation NMS.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(45)]
                        <E T="03">(46)</E>
                         “National securities association” means a securities 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94964"/>
                        association that is registered under Section 15A of the Exchange Act.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(46)]
                        <E T="03">(47)</E>
                         “National securities exchange” means a securities exchange that is registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(47)]
                        <E T="03">(48)</E>
                         “Network A Security” means an Eligible Security for which NYSE is the Primary Listing Market.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(48)]
                        <E T="03">(49)</E>
                         “Network B Security” means an Eligible Security for which a national securities exchange other than NYSE or Nasdaq is the Primary Listing Market.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(49)]
                        <E T="03">(50)</E>
                         “Network C Security” means an Eligible Security for which Nasdaq is the Primary Listing Market.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(50)]
                        <E T="03">(51)</E>
                         “Non-Affiliated SRO” means a Member that is not affiliated with any other Member.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(51)]
                        <E T="03">(52)</E>
                         “NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange LLC.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(52)]
                        <E T="03">(53)</E>
                         “Officer” means each individual designated as an officer of the Company pursuant to Section 4.8.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(53)]
                        <E T="03">(54)</E>
                         “Operating Committee” means the committee established under Article IV of this Agreement, each member of which shall be deemed a “manager” (as defined in the Delaware Act) and shall be referred to herein as a Voting Representative.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(54)]
                        <E T="03">(55)</E>
                         “Operational Halt” means a halt in trading in one or more securities only on a Member's Market declared by such Member and is not a Regulatory Halt.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(55)]
                        <E T="03">(56)</E>
                         “Operative Date” means the date that (i) the Members conduct, through the Company, the Processor and Administrator functions related to the public dissemination of real-time consolidated equity market data for Eligible Securities required by the Commission to be performed by the Members under the Exchange Act
                        <E T="03"> and the rules and regulations thereunder</E>
                         and (ii) the CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan cease their operations.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(56)]
                        <E T="03">(57)</E>
                         “Party to a Proceeding” means a Company Indemnified Party that is, was, or is threatened to be made, a party to a Proceeding, or is involved in a Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such Company Indemnified Party is or was a Member, or a[n SRO] Voting Representative.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(57)]
                        <E T="03">(58)</E>
                         “PDP” means a Member or non-Member's proprietary market data product that includes Transaction Reports and Quotation Information data in Eligible Securities from a Member's Market or a Trading Center, and if from a Member, is filed with the Commission.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(58)]
                        <E T="03">(59)</E>
                         “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, Governmental Authority, unincorporated organization, trust, association, or other entity.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(59)]
                        <E T="03">(60)</E>
                         “Primary Listing Market” means the national securities exchange on which an Eligible Security is listed. If an Eligible Security is listed on more than one national securities exchange, Primary Listing Market means the exchange on which the security has been listed the longest.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(60)]
                        <E T="03">(61)</E>
                         “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed suit, proceeding, or other action, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or arbitrative, or any appeal in such action or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(61)]
                        <E T="03">(62)</E>
                         “Processor(s)” means the entity(ies) selected by the Company to perform the processing functions described in this Agreement and pursuant to the Processor Services Agreement(s), including the operation of the System.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(62)]
                        <E T="03">(63)</E>
                         “Public Information” means: (i) any information that is not either Restricted Information or Highly Confidential Information or that has not been designated as Confidential Information; (ii) any Confidential Information that has been approved by the Operating Committee for release to the public; (iii) the duly approved minutes of the Operating Committee with detail sufficient to inform the public on matters under discussion and the views expressed thereon (without attribution); (iv) Vendor, Subscriber and performance metrics; (v) Processor transmission metrics; and (vi) any information that is otherwise publicly available, except for information made public as a result of a violation of the Company's Confidentiality Policy or Applicable Law. Public Information includes, but is not limited to, any topic discussed during a meeting of the Operating Committee, an outcome of a topic discussed, or a Final Decision of the Operating Committee.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(63)]
                        <E T="03">(64)</E>
                         “Regulatory Halt” means a halt declared by the Primary Listing Market in trading in one or more securities on all Trading Centers for regulatory purposes, including for the dissemination of material news, news pending, suspensions, or where otherwise necessary to maintain a fair and orderly market. A Regulatory Halt includes a trading pause triggered by Limit Up Limit Down, a halt based on Extraordinary Market Activity, a trading halt triggered by a Market-Wide Circuit Breaker, and a SIP Halt.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(64)]
                        <E T="03">(65)</E>
                         “Restricted Information” means highly sensitive customer-specific financial information, customer-specific audit information, other customer financial information, and personal identifiable information.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(65)]
                        <E T="03">(66)</E>
                         “Quotation Information” means all bids, offers, displayed quotation sizes, market center identifiers and, in the case of FINRA, the identifier of the FINRA Participant that entered the quotation, all withdrawals, and all other information pertaining to quotations in Eligible Securities required to be collected and made available to the Processors pursuant to this Agreement.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(66)]
                        <E T="03">(67)</E>
                         “Regular Trading Hours” has the meaning provided in Rule 600(b)(68) of Regulation NMS. Regular Trading Hours can end earlier than 4:00 p.m. ET in the case of an early scheduled close.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(67)]
                        <E T="03">(68)</E>
                         “Retail Representative” means an individual who (1) represents the interests of retail investors, (2) has experience working with or on behalf of retail investors, (3) has the requisite background and professional experience to understand the interests of retail investors, the work of the Operating Committee of the Company, and the role of market data in the U.S. equity market, and (4) is not affiliated with a Member or broker-dealer.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(68)]
                        <E T="03">(69)</E>
                         “Self-regulatory organization” or “SRO” has the meaning provided in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(69)]
                        <E T="03">(70)</E>
                         “SIP Halt” means a Regulatory Halt to trading in one or more securities that a Primary Listing Market declares in the event of a SIP Outage or Material SIP Latency.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(70)]
                        <E T="03">(71)</E>
                         “SIP Halt Resume Time” means the time that the Primary Listing Market determines as the end of a SIP Halt.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(71)]
                        <E T="03">(72)</E>
                         “SIP Outage” means a situation in which a Processor has ceased, or anticipates being unable, to provide updated and/or accurate quotation or last sale price information in one or more securities for a material period that exceeds the time thresholds for an orderly failover to backup facilities established by mutual agreement among the Processors, the Primary Listing Market for the affected securities, and the Operating Committee unless the Primary Listing Market, in consultation with the affected Processor and the Operating Committee, determines that resumption of accurate data is expected in the near future.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(72)]
                        <E T="03">(73)</E>
                         “SRO Applicant” means (1) any Person that is not a Member and for which the Commission has published a Form 1 to be registered as a national securities exchange or national securities association to operate a Market, or (2) a national securities exchange that is not a Member and for 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94965"/>
                        which the Commission has published a proposed rules change to operate a Market.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(73)]
                        <E T="03">(74)</E>
                         “SRO Group” means a group of Members that are Affiliates.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(74)]
                        <E T="03">(75)</E>
                         “Subscriber” means a Person that receives Current Transaction Reports or Quotation Information from the Processors or a Vendor and that itself is not a Vendor.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(75)]
                        <E T="03">(76)</E>
                         “System” means all data processing equipment, software, communications facilities, and other technology and facilities, utilized by the Company or the Processors in connection with the collection, consolidation, and dissemination of Transaction Reports, Quotation Information, and other information concerning Eligible Securities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(76)]
                        <E T="03">(77)</E>
                         “Taxes” means taxes, levies, imposts, charges, and duties (including withholding tax, stamp, and transaction duties) imposed by any taxing authority together with any related interest, penalties, fines, and expenses in connection with them.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(77)]
                        <E T="03">(78)</E>
                         “Trading Center” has the same meaning as that term is defined in Rule 600(b)(82) of Regulation NMS.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(78)]
                        <E T="03">(79)</E>
                         “Transaction Reports” means reports required to be collected and made available pursuant to this Agreement containing the stock symbol, price, and size of the transaction executed, the Market in which the transaction was executed, and related information, including a buy/sell/cross indicator, trade modifiers, and any other required information reflecting completed transactions in Eligible Securities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(79)]
                        <E T="03">(80)</E>
                         “Transfer” means to directly sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, hypothecate, or similarly dispose of, either voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, or to enter into any contract, option, or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or similar disposition of any Membership Interests owned by a Person or any interest (including a beneficial interest) in any Membership Interests owned by a Person. “Transfer” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(80)]
                        <E T="03">(81)</E>
                         “UTP Plan” means the Joint Self-Regulatory Organization Plan Governing the Collection, Consolidation and Dissemination of Quotation and Transaction Information for Nasdaq-Listed Securities Traded on Exchanges on an Unlisted Trading Privileges Basis.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(81)]
                        <E T="03">(82)</E>
                         “Vendor” means a Person that the Administrator has approved to re-distribute Current Transaction Reports or Quotation Information to the Person's employees or to others.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(82)]
                        <E T="03">(83)</E>
                         “Voting Representative” means an individual designated by each SRO Group and each Non-Affiliated SRO pursuant to Section 4.2(a) to vote on behalf of such SRO Group or such Non-Affiliated SRO.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 1.2 Interpretation.</HD>
                    <P>For purposes of this Agreement: (a) the words “include,” “includes,” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (b) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto,” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole. The definitions given for any defined terms in this Agreement shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, and neuter forms. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (x) to Articles, Sections, and Exhibits mean the Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits attached to, this Agreement; (y) to an agreement, instrument, or other document mean such agreement, instrument, or other document as amended, supplemented, and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof; and (z) to a statute mean such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. The Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article II.</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">ORGANIZATION</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 2.1 Formation.</HD>
                    <P>(a) The Members formed the Company as a limited liability company on [•], [•] pursuant to the Delaware Act by filing a certificate of formation (the “Certificate”) with the Delaware Secretary of State.</P>
                    <P>(b) This Agreement shall constitute the “limited liability company agreement” (as that term is used in the Delaware Act) of the Company. The rights, powers, duties, obligations, and liabilities of the Members shall be determined pursuant to the Delaware Act and this Agreement. To the extent that the rights, powers, duties, obligations, and liabilities of any Member are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be under the Delaware Act in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Delaware Act, control.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 2.2 Name.</HD>
                    <P>The name of the Company is “CT Plan LLC” and all Company business shall be conducted in that name or such other name or names as the Operating Committee may designate; provided, that the name shall always contain the words “Limited Liability Company” or the abbreviation “L.L.C.” or the designation “LLC.”</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices.</HD>
                    <P>(a) The registered office of the Company required by the Delaware Act to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Operating Committee may designate from time to time in the manner provided by the Delaware Act and Applicable Law.</P>
                    <P>(b) The registered agent for service of process of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other Person or Persons as the Operating Committee may designate from time to time in the manner provided by the Delaware Act and Applicable Law.</P>
                    <P>(c) The principal office of the Company shall be located at such place as the Operating Committee may designate from time to time, which need not be in the State of Delaware, and the Company shall maintain its books and records there. The Company shall give prompt notice to each of the Members of any change to the principal office of the Company.</P>
                    <P>(d) The Company may have such other offices as the Operating Committee may designate from time to time.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 2.4 Purpose; Powers.</HD>
                    <P>(a) The purposes of the Company are to engage in the following activities on behalf of the Members:</P>
                    <P>(i) the collection, consolidation, and dissemination of Transaction Reports, Quotation Information, and such other information concerning Eligible Securities as the Members shall agree as provided herein;</P>
                    <P>(ii) contracting for the distribution of such information;</P>
                    <P>
                        (iii) contracting for and maintaining facilities to support any activities 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94966"/>
                        permitted in this Agreement and guidelines adopted hereunder, including the operation and administration of the System;
                    </P>
                    <P>(iv) providing for those other matters set forth in this Agreement and in all guidelines adopted hereunder;</P>
                    <P>(v) operating the System to comply with Applicable Laws; and</P>
                    <P>(vi) engaging in any other business or activity that now or hereafter may be necessary, incidental, proper, advisable, or convenient to accomplish any of the foregoing purposes and that is not prohibited by the Delaware Act, the Exchange Act, or other Applicable Law.</P>
                    <P>(b) The Company shall have all the powers necessary or convenient to carry out the purposes for which it is formed, including the powers granted by the Delaware Act.</P>
                    <P>(c) It is expressly understood that each Member shall be responsible for the collection of Transaction Reports and Quotation Information within its Market and that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to govern or apply to the manner in which each Member does so.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 2.5 Term.</HD>
                    <P>The term of the Company commenced as of the date the Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and shall continue in existence perpetually until the Company is dissolved in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate or this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not become effective until the Effective Date.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 2.6 No State-Law Partnership.</HD>
                    <P>The Members intend that the Company not be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Member be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member by virtue of this Agreement for any purposes other than as set forth in Sections 10.2 and 10.3, and neither this Agreement nor any other document entered into by the Company or any Member relating to the subject matter of this Agreement shall be construed to suggest otherwise.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article III. </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">MEMBERSHIP</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 3.1 Members.</HD>
                    <P>The Members of the Company shall consist of the Persons identified in Exhibit A, as updated from time to time to reflect the admission of new Members pursuant to this Agreement.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 3.2 New Members.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Any national securities association or national securities exchange whose market, facilities, or members, as applicable, trades Eligible Securities may become a Member by (i) providing written notice to the Company, (ii) executing a joinder to this Agreement, at which time Exhibit A shall be amended to reflect the addition of such association or exchange as a Member, (iii) paying a Membership Fee to the Company as determined pursuant to Section 3.2(b), and (iv) executing a joinder to any other agreements to which all of the other Members have been made party in connection with being a Member. Membership Fees paid shall be added to the general revenues of the Company.</P>
                    <P>(b) The Membership Fee shall be based upon the following factors:</P>
                    <P>(i) the portion of costs previously paid by the Company (or by the Members prior to the formation of the Company) for the development, expansion, and maintenance of the System which, under GAAP, would have been treated as capital expenditures and would have been amortized over the five years preceding the admission of the new Member (and for this purpose all such capital expenditures shall be deemed to have a five-year amortizable life); and</P>
                    <P>(ii) an assessment of costs incurred and to be incurred by the Company for modifying the System or any part thereof to accommodate the new Member, which are not otherwise required to be paid or reimbursed by the new Member.</P>
                    <P>(c) Participants of the CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan will not be required to pay the Membership Fee.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 3.3 Transfer of Membership Interests.</HD>
                    <P>Except as set forth in Section 3.4, a Member shall not have the right to Transfer (whether in whole or in part) its Membership Interest in the Company.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 3.4 Withdrawal from Membership.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Any Member may voluntarily withdraw from the Company at any time on not less than 30 days' prior written notice (the “Withdrawal Date”), by (i) providing such notice of such withdrawal to the Company, (ii) causing the Company to file with the Commission an amendment to effectuate the withdrawal and (iii) Transferring such Member's Membership Interest to the Company.</P>
                    <P>(b) A Member shall automatically be withdrawn from the Company upon such Member no longer being a registered national securities association or registered national securities exchange. Such Member's Membership Interest will automatically transfer to the Company. The Company shall file with the Commission an amendment to effectuate the withdrawal.</P>
                    <P>(c) A withdrawal of a Member shall not be effective until approved by the Commission after filing an amendment to the Agreement in accordance with Section 13.5.</P>
                    <P>(d) From and after the Withdrawal Date of such Member:</P>
                    <P>(i) Such Member shall remain liable for any obligations under this Agreement of such Member (including indemnification obligations) arising prior to the Withdrawal Date (but such Member shall have no further obligations under this Agreement or to any of the other Members arising after the Withdrawal Date);</P>
                    <P>(ii) Such Member shall be entitled to receive a portion of the Net Distributable Operating Income (if any) in accordance with Exhibit D attributable to the period prior to the Withdrawal Date of such Member;</P>
                    <P>(iii) Such Member shall cease to have the right to have its Transaction Reports, Quotation Information, or other information disseminated over the System; and</P>
                    <P>(iv) Profits and losses of the Company shall cease to be allocated to the Capital Account of such Member.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 3.5 Member Bankruptcy.</HD>
                    <P>In the event a Member becomes subject to one or more of the events of bankruptcy enumerated in Section 18-304 of the Delaware Act, that event by itself shall not cause a withdrawal of such Member from the Company so long as such Member continues to be a national securities association or national securities exchange.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 3.6 Undertaking by All Members.</HD>
                    <P>
                        Following the [Operative]
                        <E T="03">Effective</E>
                         Date, each Member shall be required, pursuant to Rule 608(c) of Regulation NMS, to comply with the provisions hereof and enforce compliance by its members with the provisions hereof.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 3.7 Obligations and Liability of Members.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or Applicable Law, no Member shall be obligated to contribute capital or make loans to the Company.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) Except as provided in this Agreement or Applicable Law, no Member shall have any liability whatsoever in its capacity as a Member, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94967"/>
                        whether to the Company, to any of the Members, to the creditors of the Company or to any other Person, for the debts, liabilities, commitments or any other obligations of the Company or for any losses of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that amounts have not been paid to the Processors or Administrator under the terms of the Processor Services Agreements and Administrative Services Agreement, respectively, or this Agreement, as and when due, (i) each Member shall be obligated to return to the Company its pro rata share of any moneys distributed to such Member in the one year period prior to such default in payment (such pro rata share to be based upon such Member's proportionate receipt of the aggregate distributions made to all Members in such one year period) until an aggregate amount equal to the amount of any such defaulted payments has been re-contributed to the Company and (ii) the Company shall promptly pay such amount to the Processors or Administrator, as applicable.
                    </P>
                    <P>(c) In accordance with the Delaware Act, a member of a limited liability company may, under certain circumstances, be required to return amounts previously distributed to such member. It is the intent of the Members that no distribution to any Member pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed a return of money or other property paid or distributed in violation of the Delaware Act. The payment of any such money or distribution of any such property to a Member shall be deemed to be a compromise within the meaning of the Delaware Act, and the Member receiving any such money or property shall not be required to return any such money or property to any Person; provided, however, that a Member shall be required to return to the Company any money or property distributed to it in clear and manifest accounting or similar error or as otherwise provided in Section 3.7(b). However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Member is obligated to make any such payment, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Member and not of the Operating Committee.</P>
                    <P>(d) No Member (unless duly authorized by the Operating Committee) has the authority or power to represent, act for, sign for or bind the Company or to make any expenditure on behalf of the Company; provided, however, that the Tax Matters Partner may represent, act for, sign for or bind the Company as permitted under Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement.</P>
                    <P>(e) To the fullest extent permitted by law, no Member shall, in its capacity as a Member, owe any duty (fiduciary or otherwise) to the Company or to any other Member other than the duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article IV. </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.1 Operating Committee.</HD>
                    <P>
                        [(f)]
                        <E T="03">(a)</E>
                         Except for situations in which the approval of the Members is required by this Agreement, the Company shall be managed by the Operating Committee. Unless otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, no Member shall have authority to act for, or to assume any obligation or responsibility on behalf of, the Company, without the prior approval of the Operating Committee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Operating Committee shall have full and complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company, and to take all such actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company, including the following:
                    </P>
                    <P>(i) proposing amendments to this Agreement or implementing other policies and procedures as necessary to ensure prompt, accurate, reliable, and fair collection, processing, distribution, and publication of information with respect to Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities and the fairness and usefulness of the form and content of that information;</P>
                    <P>(ii) selecting, overseeing, specifying the role and responsibilities of, and evaluating the performance of, the Administrator, the Processors, an auditor, and other professional service providers, provided that any expenditures for professional services that are paid for from the Company's revenues must be for activities consistent with the terms of this Agreement and must be authorized by the Operating Committee;</P>
                    <P>(iii) developing and maintaining fair and reasonable Fees and consistent terms for the distribution, transmission, and aggregation of Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities;</P>
                    <P>(iv) reviewing the performance of the Processors and ensuring the public reporting of Processors' performance and other metrics and information about the Processors;</P>
                    <P>(v) assessing the marketplace for equity market data products and ensuring that the CT Feeds are priced in a manner that is fair and reasonable, and designed to ensure the widespread availability of CT Feeds data to investors and market participants;</P>
                    <P>(vi) designing a fair and reasonable revenue allocation formula for allocating plan revenues to be applied by the Administrator, and overseeing, reviewing, and revising that formula as needed;</P>
                    <P>(vii) interpreting the Agreement and its provisions; and</P>
                    <P>(viii) carrying out such other specific responsibilities as provided under this Agreement.</P>
                    <P>
                        [(g)]
                        <E T="03">(b)</E>
                         The Operating Committee may delegate all or part of its administrative functions under this Agreement, excluding those administrative functions to be performed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 6.1, to a subcommittee, to one or more of the Members, or to other Persons (including the Administrator), and any Person to which administrative functions are so delegated shall perform the same as agent for the Company, in the name of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, no delegation to a subcommittee shall contravene Section 4.3 and no subcommittee shall take actions requiring approval of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3 unless such approval shall have been obtained. Any authority delegated hereunder is subject to the provisions of Section 4.3 hereof.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(h)]
                        <E T="03">(c)</E>
                         It is expressly agreed and understood that neither the Company nor the Operating Committee shall have authority in any respect of any Member's proprietary systems. Neither the Company nor the Operating Committee shall have any authority over the collection and dissemination of quotation or transaction information in Eligible Securities in any Member's Market, or, in the case of FINRA, from FINRA Participants.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.2 Composition and Selection of Operating Committee.</HD>
                    <P>
                        (a) Voting Representatives. The Operating Committee shall include one Voting Representative designated by each SRO Group and each Non-Affiliated SRO to vote on behalf of such SRO Group or such Non-Affiliated SRO. Each SRO Group and each Non-Affiliated SRO may designate an alternate individual or individuals who shall be authorized to vote on behalf of such SRO Group or such Non-Affiliated SRO, respectively, in the absence of the designated Voting Representative.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94968"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(b) An SRO Applicant will be permitted to appoint one individual to attend (subject to Section 4.4(i)) regularly scheduled Operating Committee meetings in the capacity of a non-voting observer (each, an “SRO Applicant Observer”). Each SRO Applicant may designate an alternate individual or individuals who shall be authorized to act as the SRO Applicant Observer on behalf of the SRO Applicant in the absence of the designated SRO Applicant Observer. If the SRO Applicant's Form 1 petition or Section 19(b)(1) filing is withdrawn, returned, or is otherwise not actively pending with the Commission for any reason, then the SRO Applicant will no longer be eligible to have an SRO Applicant Observer attend Operating Committee meetings.</P>
                    <P>(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) a national securities exchange that has ceased operations as a Market (or has yet to commence operation as a Market) and that is a Non-Affiliated SRO will not be permitted to designate a Voting Representative and (ii) an SRO Group in which all national securities exchanges have ceased operations as a Market (or have yet to commence operation as a Market) will not be permitted to designate a Voting Representative. Such SRO Group or Non-Affiliated SRO may attend the Operating Committee as an observer but may not attend the Executive Session of the Operating Committee. In the event such an SRO Group or Non-Affiliated SRO does not commence operation as a Market for six months after first attending an Operating Committee meeting, such SRO Group or Non-Affiliated SRO may no longer attend the Operating Committee until it commences/re-commences operation as a Market.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.3 Action of Operating Committee.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Each Voting Representative shall be authorized to cast one vote on behalf of the SRO Group or Non-Affiliated SRO that he or she represents, provided, however, that each Voting Representative representing an SRO Group or Non-Affiliated SRO whose combined market center(s) have consolidated equity market share of more than fifteen (15) percent during four of the six calendar months preceding an Operating Committee vote shall be authorized to cast two votes. For purposes of this Section 4.3(a), “consolidated equity market share” means the average daily dollar equity trading volume of Eligible Securities of an SRO Group or Non-Affiliated SRO as a percentage of the average daily dollar equity trading volume of all of the SRO Groups and Non-Affiliated SROs, as reported under this Agreement or under the CQ, CTA, and UTP Plans. For the avoidance of doubt, FINRA shall not be considered to operate a market center within the meaning of this Section 4.3(a) solely by virtue of facilitating quoting on the FINRA Alternative Display Facility or trade reporting of Eligible Securities through the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility Carteret, the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility Chicago, the FINRA/NYSE Trade Reporting Facility, or any other trade reporting facility that FINRA may operate from time to time in affiliation with a registered national securities exchange to provide a mechanism for FINRA Participants to report transactions in Eligible Securities effected otherwise than on an exchange.</P>
                    <P>(b) All actions of the Operating Committee will require an affirmative vote of not less than (2/3rd) two-thirds of all votes allocated in the manner described in Section 4.3(a) to Voting Representatives who are eligible to vote on such action.</P>
                    <P>(c) Notwithstanding Section 4.3(b), the following actions will require only a majority vote of the Operating Committee:</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) 
                        <E T="03">the election of the Chair and other Officers of the Plan;</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(ii)</E>
                         the selection of members of the Advisory Committee pursuant to Section 4.7;
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(ii)]
                        <E T="03">(iii)</E>
                         the decision to enter Executive Session pursuant to Section 4.4(g), except for matters considered pursuant to Section 4.4(g)(i)(E);
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(iii)]
                        <E T="03">(iv)</E>
                         the decision to discuss a matter in a legal subcommittee pursuant to Section 4.8(d); and
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(iv)]
                        <E T="03">(v)</E>
                         decisions concerning the operation of the Company as an LLC as specified in Section 10.3 and Section 11.2.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.4 Meetings of the Operating Committee.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Subject to Section 4.4(g), meetings of the Operating Committee may be attended by each Voting Representative, Member Observers, SRO Applicant Observers, Advisory Committee members, SEC staff, and other persons as deemed appropriate by the Operating Committee. Meetings shall be held at such times and locations as shall from time to time be determined by the Operating Committee. Member Observers shall be entitled to attend and participate in any discussion at any such meeting, unless attendance or participation would be inconsistent with the provisions of Section 4.11(b), but shall not be entitled to vote on any matter.</P>
                    <P>(b) Special meetings of the Operating Committee may be called by the Chair on at least 24 hours' notice to each Voting Representative and all persons eligible to attend Operating Committee meetings.</P>
                    <P>
                        (c) Any action requiring a vote can be taken at a meeting only if a quorum of all Voting Representatives is present. A quorum is equal to the minimum votes necessary to obtain approval under Section 4.3(b), 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         Voting Representatives reflecting 2/3rd of Operating Committee votes eligible to vote on such action.
                    </P>
                    <P>(i) Any Voting Representative recused from voting on a particular action (i) mandatorily pursuant to Section 4.10(b) or (ii) upon a Voting Representative's voluntary recusal, shall not be considered in the numerator or denominator of the calculations in paragraph (c) for determining whether a quorum is present.</P>
                    <P>(ii) A Voting Representative is considered present at a meeting only if such Voting Representative is either in physical attendance at the meeting or participating by conference telephone or other electronic means that enables each Voting Representative to hear and be heard by all others present at the meeting.</P>
                    <P>(d) A summary of any action sought to be resolved at a meeting shall be sent to each Voting Representative entitled to vote on such matter at least one week prior to the meeting via electronic mail, portal notification, or regular U.S. or private mail (or if one week is not practicable, then with as much time as may be reasonably practicable under the circumstances); provided, however, that this requirement to provide a summary of any action prior to a meeting may be waived by the vote of the percentage of the Committee required to vote on any particular matter, under Section 4.3 above.</P>
                    <P>
                        (e) Beginning with the first quarterly meeting of the Operating Committee following the [Operative]
                        <E T="03">Effective</E>
                         Date, the Chair of the Operating Committee shall be elected for a one-year term from the constituent Voting Representatives (and an election for the Chair shall be held every year). Subject to the requirements of Section 4.3 hereof, the Chair shall have the authority to enter into contracts on behalf of the Company and otherwise bind the Company, but only as directed by the Operating Committee. The Chair shall designate a Person to act as Secretary to record the minutes of each meeting. The location of meetings shall be in a location capable of holding the number of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94969"/>
                        attendees of such meetings, or such other locations as may from time to time be determined by the Operating Committee.
                    </P>
                    <P>(i) To elect a Chair, the Operating Committee will elicit nominations for those individuals to be considered for Chair.</P>
                    <P>
                        (ii) In the event that no nominated Person is elected by an affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3
                        <E T="03">(c),</E>
                         the Person(s) with the lowest number of votes will be eliminated from consideration. The Operating Committee will repeat this process until a Person is elected by affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3. In the event two candidates remain and neither is elected by an affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3
                        <E T="03">(c),</E>
                         the Person receiving the most votes from Voting Representatives will be elected.
                    </P>
                    <P>(f) Meetings may be held by conference telephone or other electronic means that enables each Voting Representative to hear and be heard by all others present at the meeting.</P>
                    <P>(g) Voting Representatives, Member Observers, SEC Staff, and other persons as deemed appropriate by a majority vote of the Voting Representatives may meet in Executive Session of the Operating Committee to discuss an item of business that falls within the topics identified in subsection (i) below and for which it is appropriate to exclude the Advisory Committee. A request to create an Executive Session must be included on the written agenda for an Operating Committee meeting, along with the clearly stated rationale as to why such item to be discussed would be appropriate for Executive Session. The creation of an Executive Session will be by a majority vote of Voting Representatives with votes allocated pursuant to Section 4.3(a)(1). The Executive Session shall only discuss the topic for which it was created and shall be disbanded upon fully discussing the topic.</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) Items for discussion within an Executive Session [should]
                        <E T="03">shall</E>
                         be limited to the following topics[ as]:
                    </P>
                    <P>(A) Any topic that requires discussion of Highly Confidential Information;</P>
                    <P>(B) Vendor or Subscriber Audit Findings;</P>
                    <P>(C) Litigation matters;</P>
                    <P>(D) Responses to regulators with respect to inquiries, examinations, or findings; and</P>
                    <P>(E) Other discrete matters approved by the Operating Committee.</P>
                    <P>(ii) The mere fact that a topic is controversial or a matter of dispute does not, by itself, make a topic appropriate for Executive Session. The minutes for an Executive Session shall include the reason for including any item in Executive Session.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Requests to discuss a topic in Executive Session must be included on the written agenda for the Operating Committee meeting, along with the clearly stated rationale for each topic as to why such discussion is appropriate for Executive Session. Such rationale may be that the topic to be discussed falls within the list provided in subparagraph (g)(i).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.5 Certain Transactions.</HD>
                    <P>The fact that a Member or any of its Affiliates is directly or indirectly interested in or connected with any Person employed by the Company to render or perform a service, or from which or to whom the Company may buy or sell any property, shall not prohibit the Company from employing or dealing with such Person.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.6 Company Opportunities.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Each Member, its Affiliates, and each of their respective equity holders, controlling persons and employees may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company. Neither the Company nor any Member shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any such Person.</P>
                    <P>(b) Each Member expressly acknowledges that (i) the other Members are permitted to have, and may presently or in the future have, investments or other business relationships with Persons engaged in the business of the Company other than through the Company (an “Other Business”), (ii) the other Members have and may develop strategic relationships with businesses that are and may be competitive or complementary with the Company, (iii) the other Members shall not be obligated to recommend or take any action that prefers the interests of the Company or any Member over its own interests, (iv) none of the other Members will be prohibited by virtue of their ownership of equity in the Company or service on the Operating Committee (or body performing similar duties) from pursuing and engaging in any such activities, (v) none of the other Members will be obligated to inform or present to the Company any such opportunity, relationship, or investment, (vi) such Member will not acquire or be entitled to any interest or participation in any Other Business as a result of the participation therein of any of the other Members, and (vii) the involvement of another Member in any Other Business in and of itself will not constitute a conflict of interest by such Person with respect to the Company or any of the Members.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.7 Advisory Committee.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Formation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, an Advisory Committee to the Plan shall be formed and shall function in accordance with the provisions set forth in this section.</P>
                    <P>(b) Composition. [Members of the Advisory Committee shall be selected for two year terms as follows:</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) Operating Committee Selections. By affirmative vote of a majority of the Members entitled to vote, t]
                        <E T="03">T</E>
                        he Operating Committee shall
                        <E T="03">, by majority vote,</E>
                         select at least one representative from each of the following categories to be members of the Advisory Committee: (A) an institutional investor; (B) a broker-dealer with a predominantly retail investor customer base; (C) a broker-dealer with a predominantly institutional investor customer base; (D) a securities market data vendor that is not affiliated or associated with a Member, broker-dealer, or investment adviser with third-party clients; (E) an issuer of NMS stock that is not affiliated or associated with a Member, broker-dealer, or investment adviser with third-party clients; and (F) a Retail Representative. The Operating Committee shall not select any person employed by or affiliated with any Member or its affiliates or facilities.
                    </P>
                    <P>[(ii) Member Selections. Each Member shall have the right to select one member of the Advisory Committee. A Member shall not select any person employed by or affiliated with any Member or its affiliates or facilities.]</P>
                    <P>
                        (c) 
                        <E T="03">Term: Members of the Advisory Committee shall be selected for two-year terms.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(d)</E>
                         Function. Members of the Advisory Committee shall have the right to submit their views to the Operating Committee on Plan matters, prior to a decision by the Operating Committee on such matters. Such matters shall include, but not be limited to, any new or modified product, fee, contract, or pilot program that is offered or used pursuant to the Plan.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        [(d)]
                        <E T="03">(e)</E>
                         Not Members of the Company. For the sake of clarity, members of the Advisory Committee are not Members of the Company.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.8 Subcommittees.</HD>
                    <P>
                        (a) Subject to Section 4.1, the Operating Committee shall have the power and right, but not the obligation, to create and disband subcommittees of the Operating Committee and to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94970"/>
                        determine the duties, responsibilities, powers, and composition of such subcommittees. Subcommittee chairs will be selected by the Operating Committee from Voting Representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Operating Committee may not delegate to a subcommittee those administrative functions to be performed by the Administrator.
                    </P>
                    <P>(b) Except as provided in Section 4.8(d), the Secretary or designee shall prepare minutes of all subcommittee meetings and such minutes will be made available to the Operating Committee and members of the Advisory Committee.</P>
                    <P>(c) Voting Representatives, the Advisory Committee, Member Observers, SEC Staff, and other persons as deemed appropriate by the Operating Committee may attend meetings of any subcommittees.</P>
                    <P>(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (c), Voting Representatives, Member Observers, and other persons as deemed appropriate by majority vote of the Voting Representatives may meet in a subcommittee to discuss an item that exclusively affects the Members with respect to: (1) litigation matters or responses to regulators with respect to inquiries, examinations, or findings; and (2) other discrete legal matters approved by the Operating Committee. The Secretary shall prepare the minutes of such subcommittee's meetings, and such minutes shall include, (i) attendance at the meeting; (ii) the subject matter of each item discussed; (iii) sufficient non-privileged information to identify the rationale for referring the matter to the legal subcommittee, and (iv) the privilege or privileges claimed with respect to that item. Such minutes will be made available only to the Voting Representatives, Member Observers, and other persons deemed appropriate by a majority vote of the Operating Committee.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.9 Officers.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Except as provided in Section 4.4(e), the Operating Committee may (but need not), from time to time, designate and appoint one or more persons as an Officer of the Company. Other than the Chair, no Officer need be a Voting Representative. Any Officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Operating Committee may, from time to time, delegate to them. Any such delegation may be revoked at any time by the Operating Committee. The Operating Committee may assign titles to particular Officers. Each Officer shall hold office until such Officer's successor shall be duly designated or until such Officer's death, resignation, or removal as provided in this Agreement. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual. Officers shall not be entitled to receive salary or other compensation, unless approved by the Operating Committee.</P>
                    <P>(b) Any Officer may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified in the notice, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Operating Committee. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.</P>
                    <P>
                        (c) Any Officer may be removed at any time upon the majority vote of the [Members]
                        <E T="03">Operating Committee.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.10 Commission Access to Information and Records.</HD>
                    <P>Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to limit or impede the rights of the Commission or SEC staff to access information and records of the Company or any of the Members (including their employees) pursuant to U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.11 Disclosure of Potential Conflicts of Interest; Recusal.</HD>
                    <P>
                        (a) Disclosure Requirements. The Members (including any Member Observers), the Processors, the Administrator, 
                        <E T="03">members of the Advisory Committee,</E>
                         and each service provider or subcontractor engaged in Company business (including the audit of Subscribers' data usage) that has access to Restricted or Highly Confidential information (for purposes of this section, “Disclosing Parties”) shall complete the applicable questionnaire to provide the required disclosures set forth in subsection (c) below to disclose all material facts necessary to identify potential conflicts of interest. The Operating Committee, a Member, Processors, or Administrator may not use a service provider or subcontractor on Company business unless that service provider or subcontractor has agreed in writing to provide the disclosures required by this section and has submitted completed disclosures to the Administrator prior to starting work. If state laws, rules, or regulations, or applicable professional ethics rules or standards of conduct, would act to restrict or prohibit a Disclosing Party from making any particular required disclosure, a Disclosing Party shall refer to such law, rule, regulation, or professional ethics rule or standard and include in response to that disclosure the basis for its inability to provide a complete response. This does not relieve the Disclosing Party from disclosing any information it is not restricted from providing.
                    </P>
                    <P>(i) A potential conflict of interest may exist when personal, business, financial, or employment relationships could be perceived by a reasonable objective observer to affect the ability of a person to be impartial.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Updates to Disclosures. Following a material change in the information disclosed pursuant to Section 4.11(a), a Disclosing Party shall promptly update its disclosures. Additionally, a Disclosing Party shall update annually any inaccurate information prior to the Operating Committee's first quarterly meeting of a calendar year.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Public Dissemination of Disclosures. The Disclosing Parties shall provide the Administrator with its disclosures and any required updates. The Administrator shall ensure that the disclosures are promptly posted to the Company's website.</P>
                    <P>(iv) The Company will arrange for Disclosing Parties that are not Members or members of the Advisory Committee to comply with the required disclosures and recusals under this Section 4.11 and Exhibit B in their respective agreements with either the Company, a Member, the Administrator, or the Processors.</P>
                    <P>(b) Recusal.</P>
                    <P>(i) A Disclosing Party that is a Member may not appoint as its Voting Representative, alternate Voting Representative, or a Member Observer a person that is responsible for or involved with the procurement for, or development, modeling, pricing, licensing (including all functions related to monitoring or ensuring a subscriber's compliance with the terms of the license contained in its data subscription agreement and all functions relating to the auditing of subscriber data usage and payment), or sale of PDP offered to customers of the CT Feeds if the person has a financial interest (including compensation) that is tied directly to the Disclosing Party's market data business or the procurement of market data and if that compensation would cause a reasonable objective observer to expect the compensation to affect the impartiality of the representative.</P>
                    <P>
                        (ii) A Disclosing Party (including its representative(s), employees, and agents) will be recused from participating in Company activities if it has not submitted a required disclosure form or the Operating Committee votes that its disclosure form is materially deficient. The recusal will be in effect until the Disclosing Party submits a sufficiently complete disclosure form to the Administrator.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94971"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(iii) A Disclosing Party, including its representative(s), and its Affiliates and their representative(s), are recused from voting on matters in which it or its Affiliate (i) is seeking a position or contract with the Company or (ii) have a position or contract with the Company and whose performance is being evaluated by the Company.</P>
                    <P>(iv) All recusals, including a person's determination of whether to voluntarily recuse himself or herself, shall be reflected in the meeting minutes.</P>
                    <P>(c) Required Disclosures. As part of the disclosure regime, the Members, the Processors, the Administrator, members of the Advisory Committee, and service providers and subcontractors must respond to questions that are tailored to elicit responses that disclose the potential conflicts of interest as set forth in Exhibit B.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 4.12 Confidentiality Policy.</HD>
                    <P>All Covered Persons are subject to the Confidentiality Policy set forth in Exhibit C to the Plan. The Company will arrange for Covered Persons that are not Voting Representatives, Member Observers, or members of the Advisory Committee to comply with the Confidentiality Policy under their respective agreements with either the Company, a Member, the Administrator, or the Processors.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article V. </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">THE PROCESSORS; INFORMATION; INDEMNIFICATION</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 5.1 General Functions of the Processors.</HD>
                    <P>Subject to the general direction of the Operating Committee, as more fully set forth in the agreement to be entered into between the Company and the Processors (the “Processor Services Agreements”), the Company shall require the Processors to perform certain processing functions on behalf of the Company. Among other things, the Company shall require the Processors to collect from the Members, and consolidate and disseminate to Vendors and Subscribers, Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities in a manner designed to assure the prompt, accurate, and reliable collection, processing, and dissemination of information with respect to all Eligible Securities in a fair and non-discriminatory manner.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 5.2 Evaluation of the Processors.</HD>
                    <P>The Processors' performance of their functions under the Processor Services Agreements shall be subject to review at any time as determined by a vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3; provided, however, that a review shall be conducted at least once every two calendar years but not more frequently than once each calendar year (unless the Processors have materially defaulted in their obligations under the Processor Services Agreements and such default has not been cured within the applicable cure period set forth in the Processor Services Agreements, in which event such limitation shall not apply). The Operating Committee may review the Processors at staggered intervals.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 5.3 Process for Selecting New Processors.</HD>
                    <P>(a) No later than upon the termination or withdrawal of a Processor or the expiration of a Processor Services Agreement with a Processor, the Operating Committee shall establish procedures for selecting a new Processor (the “Processor Selection Procedures”). The Operating Committee, as part of the process of establishing Processor Selection Procedures, may solicit and consider the timely comment of any entity affected by the operation of this Agreement. The Operating Committee will not need to establish Processor Selection Procedures if the Operating Committee initially selects the CQ Plan and CTA Plan's processor and the UTP Plan's processor to provide the same services to the Company that are currently provided under the CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan.</P>
                    <P>(b) The Processor Selection Procedures shall be established by the affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3, and shall set forth, at a minimum:</P>
                    <P>(i) the entity that will:</P>
                    <P>(A) draft the Operating Committee's request for proposal for bids on a new Processor;</P>
                    <P>(B) assist the Operating Committee in evaluating bids for the new Processor; and</P>
                    <P>(C) otherwise provide assistance and guidance to the Operating Committee in the selection process;</P>
                    <P>(ii) the minimum technical and operational requirements to be fulfilled by the Processor;</P>
                    <P>(iii) the criteria to be considered in selecting the Processor; and</P>
                    <P>(iv) the entities (other than Voting Representatives) that are eligible to comment on the selection of the Processor.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 5.4 Transmission of Information to Processors by Members.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Quotation Information.</P>
                    <P>(i) Each Member shall, during the time it is open for trading, be responsible for promptly collecting and transmitting to the Processors accurate Quotation Information in Eligible Securities through any means set forth in the Processor Services Agreements to ensure that the Company complies with its obligations under the Processor Services Agreements.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Quotation Information shall include:</P>
                    <P>(A) identification of the Eligible Security, using the Listing Market's symbol;</P>
                    <P>(B) the price bid and offered, together with size;</P>
                    <P>(C) for FINRA, the FINRA Participant along with the FINRA Participant's market participant identification or Member from which the quotation emanates;</P>
                    <P>(D) appropriate timestamps;</P>
                    <P>(E) identification of quotations that are not firm; and</P>
                    <P>(F) through appropriate codes and messages, withdrawals and similar matters.</P>
                    <P>(iii) In addition, Quotation Information shall include:</P>
                    <P>(A) in the case of a national securities exchange, the reporting Member's matching engine publication timestamp; or</P>
                    <P>(B) in the case of FINRA, the quotation publication timestamp that FINRA's bidding or offering member reports to FINRA's quotation facility in accordance with FINRA rules. In addition, if FINRA's quotation facility provides a proprietary feed of its quotation information, then the quotation facility shall also furnish the Processors with the time of the quotation as published on the quotation facility's proprietary feed. FINRA shall convert any quotation times reported to it to nanoseconds and shall furnish such times to the Processors in nanoseconds since Epoch.</P>
                    <P>(b) Transaction Reports.</P>
                    <P>(i) Each Member shall, during the time it is open for trading, be responsible for promptly transmitting to the Processor Transaction Reports in Eligible Securities executed in its Market by means set forth in the Processor Services Agreements.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Transaction Reports shall include:</P>
                    <P>(A) identification of the Eligible Security, using the Listing Market's symbol;</P>
                    <P>(B) the number of shares in the transaction;</P>
                    <P>(C) the price at which the shares were purchased or sold;</P>
                    <P>(D) the buy/sell/cross indicator;</P>
                    <P>(E) appropriate timestamps;</P>
                    <P>(F) the Market of execution; and</P>
                    <P>
                        (G) through appropriate codes and messages, late or out-of-sequence trades, corrections, and similar matters.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94972"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(iii) In addition, Transaction Reports shall include the time of the transaction as identified in the Member's matching engine publication timestamp. However, in the case of FINRA, the time of the transaction shall be the time of execution that a FINRA member reports to a FINRA trade reporting facility in accordance with FINRA rules. In addition, if the FINRA trade reporting facility provides a proprietary feed of trades reported by the trade reporting facility to the Processor, then the FINRA trade reporting facility shall also furnish the Processors with the time of the transmission as published on the facility's proprietary feed. The FINRA trade reporting facility shall convert times that its members report to it to nanoseconds and shall furnish such times to the Processors in nanoseconds since Epoch.</P>
                    <P>(iv) Each Member shall (a) transmit all Transaction Reports in Eligible Securities to the Processors as soon as practicable, but not later than 10 seconds, after the time of execution, (b) establish and maintain collection and reporting procedures and facilities reasonably designed to comply with this requirement, and (c) designate as “late” any last sale price not collected and reported in accordance with the above-referenced procedures or as to which the Member has knowledge that the time interval after the time of execution is significantly greater than the time period referred to above. The Members shall seek to reduce the time period for reporting last sale prices to the Processors as conditions warrant.</P>
                    <P>(v) The following types of transactions are not required to be reported to the Processors pursuant to this Agreement:</P>
                    <P>(A) transactions that are part of a primary distribution by an issuer or of a registered secondary distribution or of an unregistered secondary distribution;</P>
                    <P>(B) transactions made in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933;</P>
                    <P>
                        (C) transactions in which the buyer and the seller have agreed to trade at a price unrelated to the current market for the security (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         to enable the seller to make a gift);
                    </P>
                    <P>(D) the acquisition of securities by a broker-dealer as principal in anticipation of making an immediate exchange distribution or exchange offering on an exchange;</P>
                    <P>(E) purchases of securities pursuant to a tender offer;</P>
                    <P>(F) purchases or sales of securities effected upon the exercise of an option pursuant to the terms thereof or the exercise of any other right to acquire securities at a pre-established consideration unrelated to the current market; and</P>
                    <P>(G) transfers of securities that are expressly excluded from trade reporting under FINRA rules.</P>
                    <P>(c) The following symbols shall be used to denote the applicable Member:</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="xs48,r50">
                        <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Code</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Member</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">A</ENT>
                            <ENT>NYSE American LLC.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">B</ENT>
                            <ENT>Nasdaq BX, Inc.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">C</ENT>
                            <ENT>NYSE National, Inc.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">D</ENT>
                            <ENT>Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">H</ENT>
                            <ENT>MIAX Pearl Exchange, LLC.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">I</ENT>
                            <ENT>Nasdaq ISE, LLC.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">J</ENT>
                            <ENT>Cboe EDGA Exchange, Inc.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">K</ENT>
                            <ENT>Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">L</ENT>
                            <ENT>Long-Term Stock Exchange Inc.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">M</ENT>
                            <ENT>NYSE Chicago, Inc.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">N</ENT>
                            <ENT>New York Stock Exchange LLC.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">P</ENT>
                            <ENT>NYSE Arca, Inc.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Q</ENT>
                            <ENT>The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">U</ENT>
                            <ENT>MEMX LLC.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">V</ENT>
                            <ENT>Investors Exchange LLC.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">W</ENT>
                            <ENT>Cboe Exchange, Inc.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">X</ENT>
                            <ENT>Nasdaq PHLX LLC.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Y</ENT>
                            <ENT>Cboe BYX Exchange, Inc.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Z</ENT>
                            <ENT>Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>(d) Indemnification.</P>
                    <P>(i) Each Member agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless and defend the Company, each other Member, the Processors, the Administrator, the Operating Committee, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, and Affiliates (each, an “Member Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, and expense whatsoever incurred or threatened against such Member Indemnified Party as a result of a system error or disruption at such Member's Market affecting any Transaction Reports, Quotation Information, or other information reported to the Processors by such Member and disseminated by the Processors to Vendors and Subscribers. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability that the indemnifying Member may otherwise have.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Promptly after receipt by a Member Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any action, such Member Indemnified Party will, if it intends to make a claim in respect thereof against an indemnifying Member, notify the indemnifying Member in writing of the commencement thereof; provided, however, that the failure to so notify the indemnifying Member will only relieve the indemnifying Member from any liability which it may have to any Member Indemnified Party to the extent such indemnifying Member is actually prejudiced by such failure. In case any such action is brought against any Member Indemnified Party and it promptly notifies an indemnifying Member of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying Member will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it elects (jointly with any other indemnifying Member similarly notified), to assume and control the defense thereof with counsel chosen by it. After notice from the indemnifying Member of its election to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying Member will not be liable to such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Member Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof but the Member Indemnified Party may, at its own expense, participate in such defense by counsel chosen by it without, however, impairing the indemnifying Member's control of the defense. If the indemnifying Member has assumed the defense in accordance with the terms hereof, the indemnifying Member may enter into a settlement or consent to any judgment without the prior written consent of the Member Indemnified Party if (i) such settlement or judgment involves monetary damages only, all of which will be fully paid by the indemnifying Member and without admission of fault or culpability on behalf of any Member Indemnified Party, and (ii) a term of the settlement or judgment is that the Person or Persons asserting such claim unconditionally and irrevocably release all Member Indemnified Parties from all liability with respect to such claim; otherwise, the consent of the Member Indemnified Party shall be required in order to enter into any settlement of, or consent to the entry of a judgment with respect to, any claim (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 5.5 Operational Issues.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Each Member shall be responsible for collecting and validating quotes and last sale reports within its own system prior to transmitting this data to the Processors.</P>
                    <P>(b) Each Member may utilize a dedicated Member line into the Processors to transmit Transaction Reports and Quotation Information to the Processors.</P>
                    <P>
                        (c) Whenever a Member determines that a level of trading activity or other unusual market conditions prevent it from collecting and transmitting Transaction Reports or Quotation Information to the Processor, or where 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94973"/>
                        a trading halt or suspension in an Eligible Security is in effect in its Market, the Member shall promptly notify the Processors of such condition or event and shall resume collecting and transmitting Transaction Reports and Quotation Information to it as soon as the condition or event is terminated. In the event of a system malfunction resulting in the inability of a Member or its members to transmit Transaction Reports or Quotation Information to the Processors, the Member shall promptly notify the Processors of such event or condition. Upon receiving such notification, the Processors shall take appropriate action, including either closing the quotation or purging the system of the affected quotations.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article VI. </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">THE ADMINISTRATOR</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 6.1 General Functions of the Administrator.</HD>
                    <P>Subject to the general direction of the Operating Committee, as more fully set forth in the agreement entered into between the Company and the Administrator (the “Administrative Services Agreement”), the Administrator shall perform administrative functions on behalf of the Company including recordkeeping; administering Vendor and Subscriber contracts; administering Fees, including billing, collection, and auditing of Vendors and Subscribers; administering Distributions; tax functions of the Company; the preparation of the Company's audited financial reports; and support of Company governance.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 6.2 Independence of the Administrator.</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Administrator may not be owned or controlled by a corporate entity that, either directly or via another subsidiary, offers for sale its own PDP.
                        <E T="03"> The Administrator may not employ any person who is also employed by a corporate entity that, either directly or via a subsidiary, offers for sale its own PDP.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 6.3 Evaluation of the Administrator.</HD>
                    <P>The Administrator's performance of its functions under the Administrative Services Agreement shall be subject to review at any time as determined by an affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3; provided, however, that a review shall be conducted at least once every two calendar years but not more frequently than once each calendar year (unless the Administrator has materially defaulted in its obligations under the Administrative Services Agreement and such default has not been cured within the applicable cure period set forth in the Administrative Services Agreement, in which event such limitation shall not apply). The Operating Committee shall appoint a subcommittee or other Persons to conduct the review. The Company shall require the reviewer to provide the Operating Committee with a written report of its findings and to make recommendations (if necessary), including with respect to the continuing operation of the Administrator. The Administrator shall be required to assist and participate in such review. The Operating Committee shall notify the Commission of any recommendations it may approve as a result of the review of the Administrator and shall supply the Commission with a copy of any reports that may be prepared in connection therewith.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 6.4 Process for Selecting New Administrator.</HD>
                    <P>Prior to the Operative Date, upon the termination or withdrawal of the Administrator, or upon the expiration of the Administrative Services Agreement, the Operating Committee shall establish procedures for selecting a new Administrator (the “Administrator Selection Procedures”). The Operating Committee, as part of the process of establishing Administrator Selection Procedures, may solicit and consider the timely comment of any entity affected by the operation of this Agreement. The Administrator Selection Procedures shall be established by the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3, and shall set forth, at a minimum:</P>
                    <P>(a) the entity that will:</P>
                    <P>(i) draft the Operating Committee's request for proposal for bids on a new Administrator;</P>
                    <P>(ii) assist the Operating Committee in evaluating bids for the new Administrator; and</P>
                    <P>(iii) otherwise provide assistance and guidance to the Operating Committee in the selection process.</P>
                    <P>(b) the minimum technical and operational requirements to be fulfilled by the Administrator;</P>
                    <P>(c) the criteria to be considered in selecting the Administrator; and</P>
                    <P>(d) the entities (other than Voting Representatives) that are eligible to comment on the selection of the Administrator.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                        <E T="7462">Section 6.5 Interim Administrator(s).</E>
                    </HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.2 and 6.4 of this Agreement, the Operating Committee may select one or more of the current administrators of the CTA Plan, CQ Plan, and UTP Plan to perform the general functions of the Administrator under Section 6.1 of the Plan on an interim basis during the implementation of the Plan, consistent with the timeline set forth in Article XIV of this Agreement (“Interim Administrator(s)”).</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article VII. </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">REGULATORY MATTERS</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 7.1 Regulatory and Operational Halts.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Operational Halts. A Member shall notify the Processors if it has concerns about its ability to collect and transmit quotes, orders, or last sale prices, or where it has declared an Operational Halt or suspension of trading in one or more Eligible Securities, pursuant to the procedures adopted by the Operating Committee.</P>
                    <P>(b) Regulatory Halts.</P>
                    <P>(i) The Primary Listing Market may declare a Regulatory Halt in trading for any security for which it is the Primary Listing Market:</P>
                    <P>(A) as provided for in the rules of the Primary Listing Market;</P>
                    <P>(B) if it determines there is a SIP Outage, Material SIP Latency, or Extraordinary Market Activity; or</P>
                    <P>(C) in the event of national, regional, or localized disruption that necessitates a Regulatory Halt to maintain a fair and orderly market.</P>
                    <P>(ii) In making a determination to declare a Regulatory Halt under subparagraph (b)(i), the Primary Listing Market will consider the totality of information available concerning the severity of the issue, its likely duration, and potential impact on Member Firms and other market participants and will make a good-faith determination that the criteria of subparagraph (b)(i) have been satisfied and that a Regulatory Halt is appropriate. The Primary Listing Market will consult, if feasible, with the affected Trading Center(s), the other Members, or the Processors, as applicable, regarding the scope of the issue and what steps are being taken to address the issue. Once a Regulatory Halt under subparagraph (b)(i) has been declared, the Primary Listing Market will continue to evaluate the circumstances to determine when trading may resume in accordance with the rules of the Primary Listing Market.</P>
                    <P>(c) Initiating a Regulatory Halt.</P>
                    <P>(i) The start time of a Regulatory Halt is when the Primary Listing Market declares the halt, regardless of whether an issue with communications impacts the dissemination of the notice.</P>
                    <P>
                        (ii) If a Processor is unable to disseminate notice of a Regulatory Halt 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94974"/>
                        or the Primary Listing Market is not open for trading, the Primary Listing Market will take reasonable steps to provide notice of a Regulatory Halt, which shall include both the type and start time of the Regulatory Halt, by dissemination through:
                    </P>
                    <P>(A) PDP;</P>
                    <P>(B) posting on a publicly-available Member website;</P>
                    <P>(C) system status messages; or</P>
                    <P>(D) a notification via an alternate Processor, if available.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Except in exigent circumstances, the Primary Listing Market will not declare a Regulatory Halt retroactive to a time earlier than the notice of such halt.</P>
                    <P>(iv) Resumption of Trading After Regulatory Halts Other Than SIP Halts. The Primary Listing Market will declare a resumption of trading when it makes a good-faith determination that trading may resume in a fair and orderly manner and in accordance with its rules.</P>
                    <P>(v) For a Regulatory Halt that is initiated by another Member that is a Primary Listing Market, a Member may resume trading after the Member receives notification from the Primary Listing Market that the Regulatory Halt has been terminated.</P>
                    <P>(d) Resumption of Trading After SIP Halt.</P>
                    <P>(i) The Primary Listing Market will determine the SIP Halt Resume Time. In making such determination, the Primary Listing Market will make a good-faith determination and consider the totality of information to determine whether resuming trading would promote a fair and orderly market, including input from the Processors, the other Members, or the operator of the system in question (as well as any Trading Center(s) to which such system is linked), regarding operational readiness to resume trading. The Primary Listing Market retains discretion to delay the SIP Halt Resume Time if it believes trading will not resume in a fair and orderly manner.</P>
                    <P>(ii) The Primary Listing Market will terminate a SIP Halt with a notification that specifies a SIP Halt Resume Time. The Primary Listing Market shall provide a minimum notice of a SIP Halt Resume Time, as specified by the rules of the Primary Listing Market, during which period market participants may enter quotes and orders in the affected securities. During Regular Trading Hours, the last SIP Halt Resume Time before the end of Regular Trading Hours shall be an amount of time as specified by the rules of the Primary Listing Market. The Primary Listing Market may stagger the SIP Halt Resume Times for multiple symbols in order to reopen in a fair and orderly manner.</P>
                    <P>(iii) During Regular Trading Hours, if the Primary Listing Market does not open a security within the amount of time as specified by the rules of the Primary Listing Market after the SIP Halt Resume Time, a Member may resume trading in that security. Outside Regular Trading Hours, a Member may resume trading immediately after the SIP Halt Resume Time.</P>
                    <P>(e) Member to Halt Trading During Regulatory Halt. A Member will halt trading for any security traded on its Market if the Primary Listing Market declares a Regulatory Halt for the security.</P>
                    <P>(f) Communications. Whenever, in the exercise of its regulatory functions, the Primary Listing Market for an Eligible Security determines it is appropriate to initiate a Regulatory Halt, the Primary Listing Market will notify all other Members and the affected Processors of such Regulatory Halt as well as provide notice that a Regulatory Halt has been lifted using such protocols and other emergency procedures as may be mutually agreed to between the Members and the Primary Listing Market. The affected Processors shall disseminate to Members notice of the Regulatory Halt (as well as notice of the lifting of a Regulatory Halt) (i) through the CT Feeds or (ii) any other means the affected Processors, in its sole discretion, considers appropriate. Each Member shall be required to continuously monitor these communication protocols established by the Operating Committee and the Processors during market hours, and the failure of a Member to do so shall not prevent the Primary Listing Market from initiating a Regulatory Halt in accordance with the procedures specified herein.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 7.2 Hours of Operation of the System.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Quotation Information shall be entered, as applicable, by Members as to all Eligible Securities in which they make a market during Regular Trading Hours on all days the Processors are in operation. Transaction Reports shall be entered for executions that occur from 9:30 a.m. until 4:00:00 p.m. ET by Members as to all Eligible Securities in which they execute transactions during Regular Trading Hours on all days the Processors are in operation.</P>
                    <P>(b) Members that execute transactions in Eligible Securities outside of Regular Trading Hours, shall report such transactions as follows:</P>
                    <P>(i) transactions in Eligible Securities executed from 4:00 a.m. up to 9:30:00 a.m. ET (or as otherwise designated by a Member as an execution occurring outside of Regular Trading Hours) and after 4:00:00 p.m. until 8:00 p.m. ET, shall be designated with an appropriate indicator to denote their execution outside normal market hours;</P>
                    <P>(ii) transactions in Eligible Securities executed after 8:00 p.m. and before 12:00 a.m. (midnight) shall be reported to the Processors between the hours of 4:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m. ET on the next business day (T+1), and shall be designated “as/of” trades to denote their execution on a prior day, and be accompanied by the time of execution;</P>
                    <P>(iii) transactions in Eligible Securities executed between 12:00 a.m. (midnight) and 4:00 a.m. ET shall be transmitted to the Processors between 4:00 a.m. and 9:30 a.m. ET, on trade date, shall be designated with an appropriate indicator to denote their execution outside normal market hours, and shall be accompanied by the time of execution; and</P>
                    <P>
                        (iv) transactions reported pursuant to this Section [7.3]
                        <E T="03">7.2</E>
                         shall be included in the calculation of total trade volume for purposes of determining Net Distributable Operating Revenue, but shall not be included in the calculation of the daily high, low, or last sale.
                    </P>
                    <P>(c) Late trades shall be reported in accordance with the rules of the Member in whose Market the transaction occurred and can be reported between the hours of 4:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m. ET.</P>
                    <P>(d) The Processors shall collect, process and disseminate Quotation Information in Eligible Securities at other times between 4:00 a.m. and 9:30 a.m. ET, and after 4:00 p.m. ET, when any Member or FINRA Participant is open for trading, until 8:00 p.m. ET (the “Additional Period”); provided, however, that the National Best Bid and Offer quotation will not be disseminated before 4:00 a.m. or after 8:00 p.m. ET. Members that enter Quotation Information or submit Transaction Reports to the Processors during the Additional Period shall do so for all Eligible Securities in which they enter quotations.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article VIII.</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 8.1 Capital Accounts.</HD>
                    <P>
                        (a) A separate capital account (“Capital Account”) shall be established by the Company and maintained by the Administrator for each Member in accordance with section 704(b) of the Code and Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). There shall be 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94975"/>
                        credited to each Member's Capital Account (i) the Capital Contributions (at fair market value in the case of contributed property) made by such Member (which shall be deemed to be zero for the initial Members), (ii) allocations of Company profits and gain (or items thereof) to such Member pursuant to Section 9.2 and (iii) any recaptured tax credits, or portion thereof, to the extent such increase to the tax basis of a Member's interest in the Company may be allowed pursuant to the Code. Each Member's Capital Account shall be decreased by (x) the amount of distributions (at fair market value in the case of property distributed in kind) to such Member, (y) allocations of Company losses to such Member (including expenditures which can neither by capitalized nor deducted for tax purposes, organization and syndication expenses not subject to amortization and loss on sale or disposition of the Company's assets, whether or not disallowed under sections 267 or 707 of the Code) pursuant to Section 9.2 and (z) any tax credits, or portion thereof, as may be required to be charged to the tax basis of a Membership Interest pursuant to the Code. Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted to reflect a Member's share of liabilities under section 752 of the Code.
                    </P>
                    <P>(b) The fair market value of contributed, distributed, or revalued property shall be agreed to by the Operating Committee or, if there is no such agreement, by an appraisal.</P>
                    <P>(c) The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b) promulgated under section 704(b) of the Code, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 8.2 Additional Capital Contributions.</HD>
                    <P>Except with the approval of the Operating Committee or as otherwise provided in this Section 8.2, no Member shall be obligated or permitted to make any additional contribution to the capital of the Company. The Members agree to make additional Capital Contributions from time to time as appropriate in respect of reasonable administrative and other reasonable expenses of the Company.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 8.3 Distributions.</HD>
                    <P>Except as set forth in this Section 8.3 and Section 11.2, and subject to the provisions of Section 13.1, Distributions shall be made to the Members at the times and in the aggregate amounts set forth in Exhibit D. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a Distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such Distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Delaware Act or other Applicable Law. Distributions may be made in cash or, if determined by the Operating Committee, in-kind. The Operating Committee may reserve amounts for anticipated expenses or contingent liabilities of the Company. In the event that additional Capital Contributions are called for, and any Member fails to provide the full amount of such additional Capital Contributions as set forth in the relevant resolution of the Operating Committee, any Distributions to be made to such defaulting Member shall be reduced by the amount of any required but unpaid Capital Contribution due from such Member.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article IX.</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">ALLOCATIONS</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 9.1 Calculation of Profits and Losses.</HD>
                    <P>To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the profits and losses of the Company shall be determined for each fiscal year in a manner consistent with GAAP.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 9.2 Allocation of Profits and Losses.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 9.2, for Capital Account purposes, all items of income, gain, loss, and deduction shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with Exhibit D.</P>
                    <P>(b) For federal, state and local income tax purposes, items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with the allocations of the corresponding items for Capital Account purposes under this Section 9.2, except that items with respect to which there is a difference between tax and book basis will be allocated in accordance with Section 704(c) of the Code, the Treasury Regulations thereunder and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(i).</P>
                    <P>(c) Notwithstanding any provision set forth in this Section 9.2, no item of deduction or loss shall be allocated to a Member to the extent the allocation would cause a negative balance in such Member's Capital Account (after taking into account the adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6)) that exceeds the amount that such Member would be required to reimburse the Company pursuant to this Agreement or Applicable Law.</P>
                    <P>(d) In the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6), items of the Company's income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate as quickly as possible any deficit balance in its Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions in excess of that permitted under Section 9.2(c). Any special allocations of items of income or gain pursuant to this Section 9.2(d) shall be taken into account in computing subsequent allocations pursuant to this Section 9.2 so that the net amount of any items so allocated and all other items allocated to each Member pursuant to this Section 9.2 shall, to the extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Member pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.2 if such unexpected adjustments, allocations or distributions had not occurred.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article X. </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING; REPORTS</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 10.1 Accounting.</HD>
                    <P>(a) The Operating Committee shall maintain a system of accounting which enables the Company to produce accounting records and information substantially consistent with GAAP. The Fiscal Year of the Company shall be the calendar year unless Applicable Law requires a different Fiscal Year.</P>
                    <P>(b) All matters concerning accounting procedures shall be determined by the Operating Committee.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 10.2 Tax Status; Returns.</HD>
                    <P>(a) It is the intent of this Company and the Members that this Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal, state and local income tax purposes. Neither the Company nor any Member shall make an election for the Company to be classified as other than a partnership pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3 or otherwise.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) The Company shall cause federal, state, and local income tax returns for the Company to be prepared and timely filed with the appropriate authorities and shall arrange for the timely delivery to the Members of such information as is necessary for such Members to prepare their federal, state and local tax returns. All tax returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94976"/>
                        the Distributions made in accordance with Exhibit D.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 10.3 Partnership Representative.</HD>
                    <P>(a) The Operating Committee shall appoint an entity as the “Partnership Representative” of the Company for purposes of Section 6223 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and all federal, state, and local Tax audits and litigation shall be conducted under the direction of the Partnership Representative.</P>
                    <P>(b) The Partnership Representative shall use reasonable efforts to inform each Member of all significant matters that may come to its attention by giving notice thereof and to forward to each Member copies of all significant written communications it may receive in such capacity. The Partnership Representative shall consult with the Members before taking any material actions with respect to tax matters, including actions relating to (i) an IRS examination of the Company commenced under Section 6231(a) of the Code, (ii) a request for administrative adjustment filed by the Company under Section 6227 of the Code, (iii) the filing of a petition for readjustment under Section 6234 of the Code with respect to a final notice of partnership adjustment, (iv) the appeal of an adverse judicial decision, and (v) the compromise, settlement, or dismissal of any such proceedings.</P>
                    <P>(c) The Partnership Representative shall not compromise or settle any tax audit or litigation affecting the Members without the approval of a majority of Members. Any material proposed action, inaction, or election to be taken by the Partnership Representative, including the election under Section 6226(a)(1) of the Code, shall require the prior approval of a majority of Members.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article XI. </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 11.1 Dissolution of Company.</HD>
                    <P>The Company shall dissolve, and its assets and business shall be wound up, upon the occurrence of any of the following events:</P>
                    <P>(a) Unanimous written consent of the Members to dissolve the Company;</P>
                    <P>(b) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the Company's assets outside the ordinary course of business;</P>
                    <P>(c) An event which makes it unlawful or impossible for the Company business to be continued;</P>
                    <P>(d) The withdrawal of one or more Members such that there is only one remaining Member; or</P>
                    <P>(e) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Delaware Act.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 11.2 Liquidation and Distribution.</HD>
                    <P>Following the occurrence of an event described in Section 11.1, the Members shall appoint a liquidating trustee who shall wind up the affairs of the Company by (i) selling its assets in an orderly manner (so as to avoid the loss normally associated with forced sales), and (ii) applying and distributing the proceeds of such sale, together with other funds held by the Company: (a) first, to the payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company; (b) second, to the establishments of any reserves reasonably necessary to provide for any contingent recourse liabilities and obligations; (c) third, to the Members in accordance with Exhibit D; and (d) fourth, to the Members as determined by a majority of Members.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 11.3 Termination.</HD>
                    <P>Each of the Members shall be furnished with a statement prepared by the independent accountants retained on behalf of the Company, which shall set forth the assets and liabilities of the Company as of the date of the final distribution of Company's assets under Section 11.2 and the net profit or net loss for the fiscal period ending on such date. Upon compliance with the distribution plan set forth in Section 11.2, the Members shall cease to be such, and the liquidating trustee shall execute, acknowledge, and cause to be filed a certificate of cancellation of the Company. Upon completion of the dissolution, winding up, liquidation, and distribution of the liquidation proceeds, the Company shall terminate.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article XII. </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 12.1 Exculpation.</HD>
                    <P>Each Member, by and for itself, each of its Affiliates and each of its and their respective equity holders, directors, officers, controlling persons, partners, employees, successors and assigns, hereby acknowledges and agrees that it is the intent of the Company and each Member that the liability of each Member and each individual currently or formerly serving as a[n SRO] Voting Representative (each, an “Exculpated Party”) be limited to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law or as otherwise expressly provided herein. In accordance with the foregoing, the Members hereby acknowledge and agree that:</P>
                    <P>(a) To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law or as otherwise expressly provided herein, no present or former Exculpated Party or any of such Exculpated Party's Affiliates, heirs, successors, assigns, agents or representatives shall be liable to the Company or any Member for any loss suffered in connection with a breach of any fiduciary duty, errors in judgment or other acts or omissions by such Exculpated Party; provided, however, that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of such Exculpated Party for (i) acts or omissions which involve gross negligence, willful misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or (ii) as provided in Section 5.4(d) hereof, losses resulting from such Exculpated Party's Transaction Reports, Quotation Information or other information reported to the Processors by such Exculpated Party (collectively “Non-Exculpated Items”). Any Exculpated Party may consult with counsel and accountants in respect of Company affairs, and provided such Person acts in good faith reliance upon the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants, such Person shall not be liable for any loss suffered in reliance thereon.</P>
                    <P>(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, whenever in this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or otherwise, an Exculpated Party is permitted or required to take any action or to make a decision in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or that it deems “necessary,” or “necessary or appropriate” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the Exculpated Party may, insofar as Applicable Law permits, make such decision in its sole discretion (regardless of whether there is a reference to “sole discretion” or “discretion”). The Exculpated Party (i) shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires (including its own interests), (ii) shall have no duty or obligation (fiduciary or otherwise) to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or the Members, and (iii) shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, or any other agreement contemplated hereby, under any Applicable Law or in equity.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 12.2 Right to Indemnification.</HD>
                    <P>
                        (a) Subject to the limitations and conditions provided in this Article XII and to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company shall indemnify each Company Indemnified Party for Losses as a result of the Company Indemnified Party being a 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94977"/>
                        Party to a Proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such indemnification shall be available in the event the Company is a claimant against the Company Indemnified Party.
                    </P>
                    <P>(b) Indemnification under this Article XII shall continue as to a Company Indemnified Party who has ceased to serve in the capacity that initially entitled such Company Indemnified Party to indemnity hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify a Company Indemnified Party for the Company Indemnified Party's Non-Exculpated Items.</P>
                    <P>(c) The rights granted pursuant to this Article XII shall be deemed contract rights, and no amendment, modification, or repeal of this Article XII shall have the effect of limiting or denying any such rights with respect to actions taken or Proceedings arising prior to any amendment, modification, or repeal. It is expressly acknowledged that the indemnification provided in this Article XII could involve indemnification for negligence or under theories of strict liability.</P>
                    <P>(d) The Company shall be the primary obligor in respect of any Company Indemnified Party's claim for indemnification, for advancement of expenses, or for providing insurance, subject to this Article XII. The obligation, if any, of any Member or its Affiliates to indemnify, to advance expenses to, or provide insurance for any Company Indemnified Party shall be secondary to the obligations of the Company under this Article XII (and the Company's insurance providers shall have no right to contribution or subrogation with respect to the insurance plans of such Member or its Affiliates).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 12.3 Advance Payment.</HD>
                    <P>Reasonable expenses incurred by a Company Indemnified Party who is a named defendant or respondent to a Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Company Indemnified Party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 12.4 Appearance as a Witness.</HD>
                    <P>Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XII, the Company shall pay or reimburse reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Company Indemnified Party in connection with his appearance as a witness or other participation in a Proceeding at a time when he is not a named defendant or respondent in the Proceeding.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 12.5 Nonexclusivity of Rights.</HD>
                    <P>The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article XII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Company Indemnified Person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate or this Agreement or otherwise.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article XIII. </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">MISCELLANEOUS</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.1 Expenses.</HD>
                    <P>The Company shall pay all current expenses, including any Taxes payable by the Company, whether for its own account or otherwise required by law (including any costs of complying with applicable tax obligations), third-party service provider fees, and all administrative and processing expenses and fees, as well as any other amounts owing to the Processors under the Processor Services Agreements, to the Administrator under the Administrative Services Agreement, or to the Processors, Administrator, or FINRA under Exhibit D to this Agreement, before any allocations may be made to the Members. Appropriate reserves, as unanimously determined by the Members, may be charged to the Capital Account of the Members for (i) contingent liabilities, if any, as of the date any such contingent liabilities become known to the Operating Committee, or (ii) amounts needed to pay the Company's operating expenses, including administrative and processing expenses and fees, before any allocations are made to the Member. Each Member shall bear the cost of implementation of any technical enhancements to the System made at its request and solely for its use, subject to reapportionment should any other Member subsequently make use of the enhancement, or the development thereof.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.2 Entire Agreement.</HD>
                    <P>Upon the Operative Date, this Agreement supersedes the CQ Plan, the CTA Plan, and the UTP Plan and all other prior agreements among the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof. This instrument contains the entire agreement with respect to such subject matter.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.3 Notices and Addresses.</HD>
                    <P>Unless otherwise specified herein, all notices, consents, approvals, reports, designations, requests, waivers, elections, and other communications (collectively, “Notices”) authorized or required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and may be delivered by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, by hand, by any private overnight courier service, or notification through the Company's web portal. Such Notices shall be mailed or delivered to the Members at the addresses set forth on Exhibit A or such other address as a Member may notify the other Members of in writing. Any Notices to be sent to the Company shall be delivered to the principal place of business of the Company or at such other address as the Operating Committee may specify in a notice sent to all of the Members. Notices shall be effective (i) if mailed, on the date three days after the date of mailing, (ii) if hand delivered or delivered by private courier, on the date of delivery, or (iii) if sent by through the Company's web portal, on the date sent; provided, however, that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.4 Governing Law.</HD>
                    <P>This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Delaware Act and internal laws and decisions of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof; provided, however, that the rights and obligations of the Members, the Processors and the Administrator, and of Vendors, Subscribers, and other Persons contracting with the Company in respect of the matters covered by this Agreement, shall at all times also be subject to any applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement waives any protection or limitation of liability afforded any of the Members or any of their Affiliates by common law, including the doctrines of self-regulatory organization immunity and federal preemption.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.5 Amendments.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Except as this Agreement otherwise provides, this Agreement may be modified from time to time when authorized by the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3, subject to the approval of the Commission or when such modification otherwise becomes effective pursuant to Section 11A of the Exchange Act and Rule 608 of Regulation NMS.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) In the case of a Ministerial Amendment, the Chair of the Company's Operating Committee may modify this Agreement by submitting to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94978"/>
                        the Commission an appropriate amendment that sets forth the modification; provided, however, that 48-hours advance notice of the amendment to the Operating Committee in writing is required. Such an amendment shall become effective upon filing with the Commission in accordance with Section 11A of the Exchange Act and Rule 608 of Regulation NMS.
                    </P>
                    <P>(c) “Ministerial Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement that pertains solely to any one or more of the following:</P>
                    <P>(i) admitting a new Member to the Company;</P>
                    <P>(ii) changing the name or address of a Member;</P>
                    <P>(iii) incorporating a change that the Commission has implemented by rule and that requires no conforming language to the text of this Agreement;</P>
                    <P>(iv) incorporating a change (A) that the Commission has implemented by rule, (B) that requires conforming language to the text of this Agreement, and (C) whose conforming language to the text of this Agreement has been approved by the affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3;</P>
                    <P>(v) incorporating a change (A) that a Governmental Authority requires relating to the governance or operation of an LLC, (B) that requires conforming language to the text of this Agreement, and (C) whose conforming language to the text of this Agreement has been approved by the affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3[ or upon approval by a majority of Members pursuant to Section 13.5(b), as applicable]; or</P>
                    <P>(vi) incorporating a purely technical change, such as correcting an error or an inaccurate reference to a statutory provision, or removing language that has become obsolete.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.6 Successors.</HD>
                    <P>This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective legal representatives and successors.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.7 Limitation on Rights of Others.</HD>
                    <P>None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company. Furthermore, except as provided in Section 3.7(b), the Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in any Person not a party hereto (other than any Person indemnified under Article XII).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.8 Counterparts.</HD>
                    <P>This Agreement may be executed by the Members in any number of counterparts, no one of which need contain the signature of all Members. As many such counterparts as shall together contain all such signatures shall constitute one and the same instrument.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.9 Headings.</HD>
                    <P>The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions of this Agreement.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.10 Validity and Severability.</HD>
                    <P>If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, that shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.11 Statutory References.</HD>
                    <P>Each reference in this Agreement to a particular statute or regulation, or a provision thereof, shall be deemed to refer to such statute or regulation, or provision thereof, or to any similar or superseding statute or regulation, or provision thereof, as is from time to time in effect.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 13.12 Modifications To Be in Writing.</HD>
                    <P>This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no amendment, modification or alteration shall be binding unless the same is in writing and adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.5.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Article XIV. </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">IMPLEMENTATION</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 14.1 Implementation Timeline.</HD>
                    <P>[The steps to implement the Plan and timelines for completing these various steps are set forth in Exhibit F. The timeline shall begin when the Plan is approved by the Commission, and such approval is published on the Commission's website. The steps to implement the Plan have been organized into multiple workstreams, some of which can be performed in parallel, and others have dependencies that need to be completed before they can begin. In the Exhibit F, the Company has identified such dependencies, some of which are outside the control of the Operating Committee. In the event a workstream listed in Exhibit F takes shorter or, due to factors outside the Operating Committee's reasonable control, takes longer than expected, the timelines for contingent steps shall be adjusted accordingly to account for such change. Any lengthening of the timeline must be made by an affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3(b) and must be based on a reasonable determination that the timeline needs to be extended. In such instances, the Operating Committee will include the adjustment in its written progress report to the Commission in accordance with Section 14.2.]</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(a) No later than one month after the Effective Date, the Voting Representatives shall be determined pursuant to Section 4.2 of this Agreement.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(b) No later than three months after the Effective Date, the Voting Representatives shall select the members of the Advisory Committee.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(c) No later than 12 months after the Effective Date, the Operating Committee shall file with the Commission proposed Fees charged to Vendors and Subscribers for Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(d) No later than 30 months after the Effective Date, or no later than 90 days after the Commission has approved Fees charged to Vendors and Subscribers for Transaction Reports and Quotation Information in Eligible Securities, whichever date is later, the Plan shall conduct the Processor and Administrator functions related to the public dissemination of real-time consolidated Transaction Reports and Quotation Information for Eligible Securities.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(e) No later than 30 months after the Effective Date, the entity performing the role of Administrator of the Plan shall meet the requirements of Section 6.2 of this Agreement and shall have been selected pursuant to the process in Section 6.4 of this Agreement.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 14.2 Written Progress Reports to Commission.</HD>
                    <P>
                        (a) Beginning three months after the formation of the Operating Committee and continuing every three months until the Operative Date, the Operating Committee will provide written progress reports to the Commission every three months.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94979"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (b) The written progress reports will contain the actions undertaken to date by the Operating Committee and a detailed description of the progress made toward completing each of the steps [listed in Exhibit F]
                        <E T="03">required to implement the Plan.</E>
                         The Operating Committee will 
                        <E T="03">promptly</E>
                         make such progress reports available on the CQ Plan and CTA Plan's and UTP Plan's websites 
                        <E T="03">until such time as</E>
                        [, and on] the Plan's website 
                        <E T="03">becomes available</E>
                        [, when available after the selection of the Administrator].
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Section 14.3 Transition From CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan.</HD>
                    <P>(a) Until the Operative Date, the Members will continue to operate pursuant to the CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan with respect to the public dissemination of real-time consolidated equity market data for Eligible Securities rather than this Agreement.</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) As of the Operative Date, the Members shall conduct, through the Company, the Processor and Administrator functions related to the public dissemination of real-time consolidated equity market data for Eligible Securities required by the Commission to be performed by the Members under the Exchange Act
                        <E T="03"> and the rules and regulations thereunder.</E>
                         The Members shall file an amendment to the CQ Plan, CTA Plan, and UTP Plan to cease their operation as of the Operative Date.
                    </P>
                    <P>IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Members have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">EXHIBIT A</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Members of CT Plan LLC</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Member Name and Address</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Cboe BYX Exchange, Inc., 400 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60605</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc., 400 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60605</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Cboe EDGA Exchange, Inc., 400 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60605</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc., 400 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60605</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Cboe Exchange, Inc., 400 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60605</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., 1700 K Street NW, Washington, D.C. 20006</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Investors Exchange LLC, 3 World Trade Center 58th Floor, New York, New York 10007</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Long-Term Stock Exchange, Inc., 101 Greenwich Street, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10014</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MEMX LLC, 382 NE 191st Street, Suite 92178, Miami, FL 33179</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MIAX PEARL, LLC, 7 Roszel Road, Suite 1A, Princeton, New Jersey 08540</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Nasdaq BX, Inc., One Liberty Plaza, 165 Broadway, New York, New York 10006</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Nasdaq ISE, LLC, One Liberty Plaza, 165 Broadway, New York, New York 10006</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Nasdaq PHLX LLC, FMC Tower, Level 8, 2929 Walnut Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, One Liberty Plaza, 165 Broadway, New York, NY 10006</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">New York Stock Exchange LLC, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NYSE American LLC, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NYSE Arca, Inc., 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NYSE Chicago, Inc., 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NYSE National, Inc., 11 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">EXHIBIT B</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Disclosures</HD>
                    <P>(a) The Members must respond to the following questions and instructions:</P>
                    <P>(i) Is the Member for profit or not-for-profit? If the Member is for profit, is it publicly or privately owned? If privately owned, list any owner with an interest of 5% or more of the Member, where to the Member's knowledge, such owner, or any affiliate controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the owner, subscribes, directly or through a third-party vendor, to CT Feeds and/or Member PDP.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Does the Member offer PDP? If yes, list each product, describe its content, and provide a link to where fees for each product are disclosed.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Provide the names of the Voting Representative, any alternate Voting Representatives designated by the Member, and any Member Observers. Also provide a narrative description of such persons' roles within the Member organization, including the title of each individual as well as any direct responsibilities related to the development, dissemination, sales, or marketing of the Member's PDP, and the nature of those responsibilities sufficient for the public to identify the nature of any potential conflict of interest that could be perceived by a reasonable objective observer as having an effect on the operation of the Company. If such persons work in or with the Member's PDP business, describe such persons' roles and describe how that business and such persons' Company responsibilities impacts their compensation. In addition, describe how such persons' responsibilities with the PDP business may present a conflict of interest with their responsibilities to the Company.</P>
                    <P>(iv) Does the Member, its Voting Representative, its alternate Voting Representative, or its Member Observers or any affiliate have additional relationships or material economic interests that could be perceived by a reasonable objective observer to present a potential conflict of interest with their responsibilities to the Company? If so, provide a detailed narrative discussion of all material facts necessary to identify the potential conflicts of interest and the effects they may have on the Company.</P>
                    <P>(b) The Processors must respond to the following questions and instructions:</P>
                    <P>(i) Is the Processor an affiliate of or affiliated with any Member? If yes, disclose the Member(s) and describe the nature of the affiliation. Include an entity-level organizational chart depicting the Processor and its affiliates.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Provide a narrative description of the functions directly performed by senior staff, the manager employed by the Processor to provide Processor services to the Company, and the staff that reports to that manager.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Does the Processor provide any services for any Member's PDP, other NMS Plans, or creation of consolidated equity data information for its own use? If Yes, disclose the services the Processor performs and identify which NMS Plans. Does the Processor have any profit or loss responsibility for a Member's PDP or any other professional involvement with persons the Processor knows are engaged in a Member's PDP business? If so, describe.</P>
                    <P>(iv) List the policies and procedures established to safeguard Restricted Information, Highly Confidential Information, and Confidential Information that is applicable to the Processor.</P>
                    <P>(v) Does the Processor, or its representatives, have additional relationships or material economic interests that could be perceived by a reasonable objective observer to present a potential conflict of interest with the representatives' responsibilities to the Company? If so, provide a detailed narrative discussion of all material facts necessary to identify the potential conflicts of interest and the effects they may have on the Company.</P>
                    <P>(c) The Administrator must respond to the following questions and instructions:</P>
                    <P>
                        (i) Provide a narrative description of the functions directly performed by senior staff, the administrative services 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94980"/>
                        manager, and the staff that reports to that manager.
                    </P>
                    <P>(ii) Does the Administrator provide any services for any Member's PDP? If yes, what services? Does the Administrator have any profit or loss responsibility, or licensing responsibility, for a Member's PDP or any other professional involvement with persons the Administrator knows are engaged in the Member's PDP business? If so, describe.</P>
                    <P>(iii) List the policies and procedures established to safeguard Restricted Information, Highly Confidential Information, and Confidential Information that is applicable to the Administrator.</P>
                    <P>(iv) Does the Administrator, or its representatives, have additional relationships or material economic interests that could be perceived by a reasonable objective observer to present a potential conflict of interest with the representatives' responsibilities to the Company? If so, provide a detailed narrative discussion of all material facts necessary to identify the potential conflicts of interest and the effects they may have on the Company.</P>
                    <P>(d) The members of the Advisory Committee must respond to the following questions and instructions:</P>
                    <P>(i) Provide the member of the Advisory Committee's title and a brief description of the member of the Advisory Committee's role within the firm as well as any direct responsibilities related to the procurement of PDP or CT Feeds or the development, dissemination, sales, or marketing of PDP, and the nature of those responsibilities sufficient for the public to identify the nature of any potential conflict of interest that could be perceived by a reasonable objective observer as having an effect on the operation of the Company. If such representatives work in or with their employer's market data business, describe such member of the Advisory Committee's roles and describe how that business impacts their compensation. In addition, describe how such representatives' responsibilities with the market data business may present a conflict of interest with their responsibilities to the Company.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Does the member of the Advisory Committee have responsibilities related to the firm's use or procurement of market data?</P>
                    <P>(iii) Does the member of the Advisory Committee have responsibilities related to the firm's trading or brokerage services?</P>
                    <P>(iv) Does the member of the Advisory Committee's firm use the CT Feeds? Does the member of the Advisory Committee's firm use a Member's PDP?</P>
                    <P>(v) Does the member of the Advisory Committee's firm offer PDP? If yes, list each product, described its content, and provide information about the fees for each product.</P>
                    <P>(vi) Does the member of the Advisory Committee's firm have an ownership interest of 5% or more in one or more Members? If yes, list the Member(s).</P>
                    <P>(vii) Does the member of the Advisory Committee actively participate in any litigation against the CQ Plan, CTA Plan, UTP Plan, or the Company?</P>
                    <P>(viii) Does the member of the Advisory Committee or the member of the Advisory Committee's firm have additional relationships or material economic interests that could be perceived by a reasonable objective observer to present a potential conflict of interest with their responsibilities to the Company. If so, provide a detailed narrative discussion of all material facts necessary to identify the potential conflicts of interest and the effects they may have on the Company.</P>
                    <P>(e) Each service provider or subcontractor that has agreed in writing to provide required disclosures and be treated as a Disclosing Party shall respond to the following questions and instructions:</P>
                    <P>(i) Is the service provider or subcontractor affiliated with a Member, Processor, Administrator, or employer of a member of the Advisory Committee? If yes, disclose with whom the person is affiliated and describe the nature of the affiliation.</P>
                    <P>(ii) If the service provider's or subcontractor's compensation is on a commission basis or is tied to specific metrics, provide a detailed narrative summary of how compensation is determined for performing work on behalf of the Company.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Is the service provider or subcontractor subject to policies and procedures (including information barriers) concerning the protection of confidential information that includes affiliates? If so, describe. If not, explain their absence.</P>
                    <P>(iv) Does the service provider or subcontractor, or its representative, have additional relationships or material economic interests that could be perceived by a reasonable objective observer to present a potential conflict of interest with its responsibilities to the Company? If so, provide a detailed narrative discussion of all material facts necessary to identify the potential conflicts of interest and the effects they may have on the Company.</P>
                    <P>(f) The responses to these questions will be posted on the Company's website. If a Disclosing Party has any material changes in its responses, the Disclosing Party must promptly update its disclosures. Additionally, the Disclosing Parties must update the disclosures on an annual basis to reflect any changes. This annual update must be made before the first quarterly session meeting of each calendar year, which is generally held in mid-February.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">EXHIBIT C</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Confidentiality Policy</HD>
                    <P>(a) Purpose and Scope.</P>
                    <P>(i) The purpose of this Confidentiality Policy is to provide guidance to the Operating Committee, and all subcommittees thereof, regarding the confidentiality of any data or information (in physical or electronic form) generated by, accessed by, or transmitted to the Operating Committee or any subcommittee, as well as discussions occurring at a meeting of the Operating Committee or any subcommittee.</P>
                    <P>(ii) This Policy applies to all Covered Persons. All Covered Persons must adhere to the principles set out in this Policy and all Covered Persons that are natural persons may not receive Company data and information until they affirm in writing that they have read this Policy and undertake to abide by its terms.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Covered Persons may not disclose Restricted, Highly Confidential, or Confidential information except as consistent with this Policy and directed by the Operating Committee.</P>
                    <P>(iv) The Administrator and Processors will establish written confidential information policies that provide for the protection of information under their control and the control of their Agents, including policies and procedures that provide systemic controls for classifying, declassifying, redacting, aggregating, anonymizing, and safeguarding information, that is in addition to, and not less than, the protection afforded herein. Such policies will be reviewed and approved by the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3, publicly posted, and made available to the Operating Committee for review and approval every two years thereafter or when changes are made, whichever is sooner.</P>
                    <P>(v) Information will be classified solely based on its content.</P>
                    <P>(b) Procedures.</P>
                    <P>(i) General</P>
                    <P>
                        (A) The Administrator and Processors will be the custodians of all documents discussed by the Operating Committee and will be responsible for maintaining 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94981"/>
                        the classification of such documents pursuant to this Policy.
                    </P>
                    <P>(B) The Administrator may, under delegated authority, designate documents as Restricted, Highly Confidential, or Confidential, which will be determinative unless altered by an affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3.</P>
                    <P>(C) The Administrator will ensure that all Restricted, Highly Confidential, or Confidential documents are properly labeled and, if applicable, electronically safeguarded.</P>
                    <P>(D) All contracts between the Company and its Agents shall require Company information to be treated as Confidential Information that may not be disclosed to third parties, except as necessary to effect the terms of the contract or as required by law, and shall incorporate the terms of this Policy, or terms that are substantially equivalent or more restrictive, into the contract.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Procedures Concerning Restricted Information.</P>
                    <P>(A) Disclosure of Restricted Information</P>
                    <P>(1) Except as provided below, Covered Persons in possession of Restricted Information are prohibited from disclosing it to others.</P>
                    <P>
                        (2) Covered Persons in possession of Restricted Information are prohibited from disclosing it to others, including Agents, except where authorized to do so by the Operating Committee. Any authorization to disclose Restricted Information must 
                        <E T="03">specify the information to be disclosed and</E>
                         identify the Covered Persons or third party authorized to receive the Restricted Information, and such disclosure must be in furtherance of the interests of the plan. Any authorization must be granted on a case-by-case basis, unless the Operating Committee grants standing approval to allow disclosure of specified recurring information to identified Covered Persons. Any Covered Person or third party receiving or having access to Restricted Information pursuant to this subparagraph must segregate such information, retain it in confidence, and use it only in a manner consistent with the terms of this Policy.
                    </P>
                    <P>(3) Covered Persons may disclose Restricted Information to the staff of the SEC or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, or to other Covered Persons as expressly provided for by this Policy.</P>
                    <P>(B) If the Administrator determines that it is appropriate to share a customer's financial information with the Operating Committee or a subcommittee thereof, the Administrator will first anonymize the information by redacting the customer's name and any other information that may lead to the identification of the customer.</P>
                    <P>(C) The Administrator may disclose the identity of a customer that is the subject of Restricted Information in Executive Session only if the Administrator determines in good faith that it is necessary to disclose the customer's identity in order to obtain input or feedback from the Operating Committee or a subcommittee thereof about a matter of importance to the Company. In such an event, the Administrator will change the designation of the information at issue from “Restricted Information” to “Highly Confidential Information,” and its use will be governed by the procedures for Highly Confidential Information in subparagraph (iii) below.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Procedures Concerning Highly Confidential Information</P>
                    <P>(A) Disclosure of Highly Confidential Information:</P>
                    <P>
                        (1) Highly Confidential Information may be disclosed in Executive Session of the Operating Committee or to the subcommittee established pursuant to Section [4.7(c)]
                        <E T="03">4.8(d).</E>
                         Covered Persons in possession of Highly Confidential Information are prohibited from disclosing it to others, including Agents, except as provided below. This prohibition does not apply to disclosures to the staff of the SEC[or as otherwise required by law (such as those required to receive the information to ensure the Member complies with its regulatory obligations)].
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) A[n SRO] Voting Representative may disclose certain Highly Confidential Information to officers or employees of a Member who have direct or supervisory responsibility for the Member's participation in the Plan, or with agents for the Member supporting the Member's participation in the Plan, provided that such information may not be used in the procurement for, or development, modeling, pricing, licensing, or sale of, PDP. The types of Highly Confidential Information permitted to be shared under this subparagraph shall consist of (i) the Plan's contract negotiations with the Processor(s) or Administrator; (ii) communications with, and work product of, counsel to the Plan; and (iii) information concerning personnel matters that affect the employees of the Member or of the Plan. Any Covered Person receiving or having access to [Restricted Information]
                        <E T="03">Highly Confidential Information</E>
                         pursuant to this subparagraph must segregate such information, retain it in confidence, and use it only in a manner consistent with the terms of this Policy. Any [SRO]Voting Representative who discloses Highly Confidential Information pursuant to this subparagraph shall maintain a log documenting each instance of such disclosure, including the information shared, the persons receiving the information, and the date the information was shared.
                    </P>
                    <P>(3) Highly Confidential Information may be disclosed to the staff of the SEC, unless it is protected by the Attorney-Client Privilege or the Work Product Doctrine. Any disclosure of Highly Confidential Information to the staff of the SEC will be accompanied by a FOIA Confidential Treatment request.</P>
                    <P>(4) Highly Confidential Information may be disclosed, as required by Applicable Law.</P>
                    <P>(5) The Operating Committee may authorize the disclosure of specified Highly Confidential Information to identified third parties that are acting as Agents. Any authorization must be granted on a case-by-case basis, unless the Operating Committee grants standing approval to allow disclosure of specified recurring information to identified third parties[Covered Persons]. Any [Covered Person or ]third party receiving or having access to Highly Confidential Information pursuant to this subparagraph must segregate such information, retain it in confidence, and use it only in a manner consistent with the terms of this Policy.</P>
                    <P>
                        [(5)]
                        <E T="03">(6)</E>
                         Apart from the foregoing, the Operating Committee has no power to authorize any other disclosure of Highly Confidential Information.
                    </P>
                    <P>(B) In the event that a Covered Person is determined by an affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to this Policy to have disclosed Highly Confidential Information, the Operating Committee will determine the appropriate remedy for the breach based on the facts and circumstances of the event. For a[n SRO] Voting Representative or Member Observer, remedies include a letter of complaint submitted to the SEC, which may be made public by the Operating Committee. For a member of the Advisory Committee, remedies include removal of that member of the Advisory Committee.</P>
                    <P>(iv) Procedures Concerning Confidential Information</P>
                    <P>
                        (A) Confidential Information may be disclosed during a meeting of the Operating Committee or any subcommittee thereof. Additionally, a Covered Person may disclose Confidential Information to other persons who need to receive such information to fulfill their 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94982"/>
                        responsibilities to the Plan, including oversight of the Plan. The recipient must segregate the information, retain it in confidence, and use it only in a manner consistent with the terms of this policy. A Covered Person also may disclose Confidential Information to the staff of the SEC, as authorized by the Operating Committee as described below, or as may be otherwise required by [law]
                        <E T="03">Applicable Law.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(B) The Operating Committee may authorize the disclosure of Confidential Information by an affirmative vote of the Operating Committee pursuant to Section 4.3. Any authorization must be granted on a case-by-case basis, unless the Operating Committee grants standing approval to allow disclosure of specified recurring information to identified Covered Persons. Any Covered Person or third party receiving or having access to Confidential Information pursuant to this subparagraph must segregate such information, retain it in confidence, and use it only in a manner consistent with the terms of this Policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Operating Committee will not authorize the disclosure of Confidential Information that is generated by a Member or member of the Advisory Committee and designated by such Member or member of the Advisory Committee as Confidential, unless such Member or member of the Advisory Committee consents to the disclosure.</P>
                    <P>(C) Members of the Advisory Committee may be authorized by the Operating Committee to disclose particular Confidential Information only in furtherance of the interests of the Company, to enable them to consult with industry representatives or technical experts, provided that the members of the Advisory Committee take any steps requested by the Operating Committee to prevent further dissemination of that Confidential Information, including providing the individual(s) consulted with a copy of this Policy and requesting that person to maintain the confidentiality of such information in a manner consistent with this policy.</P>
                    <P>(D) A Covered Person that is a representative of a Member may be authorized by the Operating Committee to disclose particular Confidential Information to other employees or agents of the Member or its affiliates only in furtherance of the interests of the Company as needed for such Covered Person to perform his or her function on behalf of the Company. A copy of this Policy will be made available to recipients of such information who are employees or agents of a Member or its affiliates that are not Covered Persons, who will be required to abide by this Confidentiality Policy.</P>
                    <P>(E) A Covered Person may disclose their own individual views and statements that may otherwise be considered Confidential Information without obtaining authorization of the Operating Committee, provided that in so disclosing, the Covered Person is not disclosing the views or statements of any other Covered Person or Member that are considered Confidential Information.</P>
                    <P>(F) A person that has reason to believe that Confidential Information has been disclosed by another without the authorization of the Operating Committee or otherwise in a manner inconsistent with this Policy may report such potential unauthorized disclosure to the Chair of the Operating Committee. In addition, a Covered Person that discloses Confidential Information without the authorization of the Operating Committee will report such disclosure to the Chair of the Operating Committee. Such self-reported unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information will be recorded in the minutes of the meeting of the Operating Committee and will contain: (a) the name(s) of the person(s) who disclosed such Confidential Information, and (b) a description of the Confidential Information disclosed. The name(s) of the person(s) who disclosed such Confidential Information will also be recorded in any publicly available summaries of Operating Committee minutes.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">EXHIBIT D</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Distributions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cost Allocation and Revenue Sharing</HD>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Payments.</E>
                         In accordance with Paragraph (l) of this Exhibit D, each Member will receive an annual payment (if any) for each calendar year that is equal to the sum of the Member's Trading Shares and Quoting Shares (each as defined below), in each Eligible Security for such calendar year. In the event that total Net Distributable Operating Income (as defined below) is negative for a given calendar year, each Member will receive an annual bill for such calendar year to be determined according to the same formula (described in this paragraph) for determining annual payments to the Members. Unless otherwise stated in this agreement, a year shall run from January 1st to December 31st and quarters shall end on March 31st, June 30th, September 30th, and December 31st. The Company shall cause the Administrator to provide the Members with written estimates of each Member's percentage of total volume within five business days of the end of each calendar month.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Security Income Allocation.</E>
                         The “Security Income Allocation” for an Eligible Security shall be determined by multiplying (i) the Net Distributable Operating Income under this Agreement for the calendar year by (ii) the Volume Percentage for such Eligible Security (the “Initial Allocation”), and then adding or subtracting any amounts specified in the reallocation set forth below.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (c) 
                        <E T="03">Volume Percentage.</E>
                         The “Volume Percentage” for an Eligible Security shall be determined by dividing (A) the square root of the dollar volume of Transaction Reports disseminated by the Processors in such Eligible Security during the calendar year by (B) the sum of the square roots of the dollar volume of Transaction Reports disseminated by the Processors in each Eligible Security during the calendar year.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (d) 
                        <E T="03">Cap on Net Distributable Operating Income.</E>
                         If the Initial Allocation of Net Distributable Operating Income in accordance with the Volume Percentage of an Eligible Security equals an amount greater than $4.00 multiplied by the total number of qualified Transaction Reports in such Eligible Security during the calendar year, the excess amount shall be subtracted from the Initial Allocation for such Eligible Security and reallocated among all Eligible Securities in direct proportion to the dollar volume of Transaction Reports disseminated by the Processors in Eligible Securities during the calendar year. A Transaction Report with a dollar volume of $5,000 or more shall constitute one qualified Transaction Report. A Transaction Report with a dollar volume of less than $5,000 shall constitute a fraction of a qualified Transaction Report that equals the dollar volume of the Transaction Report divided by $5,000.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (e) 
                        <E T="03">Trading Share.</E>
                         The “Trading Share” of a Member in an Eligible Security shall be determined by multiplying (i) an amount equal to fifty percent of the Security Income Allocation for the Eligible Security by (ii) the Member's Trade Rating in the Eligible Security.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (f) 
                        <E T="03">Trade Rating.</E>
                         A Member's “Trade Rating” in an Eligible Security shall be determined by taking the average of (A) the Member's percentage of the total dollar volume of Transaction Reports disseminated by the Processors in the Eligible Security during the calendar year, and (B) the Member's percentage of the total number of qualified 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94983"/>
                        Transaction Reports disseminated by the Processors in the Eligible Security during the calendar year.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (g) 
                        <E T="03">Quoting Share.</E>
                         The “Quoting Share” of a Member in an Eligible Security shall be determined by multiplying (A) an amount equal to fifty percent of the Security Income Allocation for the Eligible Security by (B) the Member's Quote Rating in the Eligible Security.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (h) 
                        <E T="03">Quote Rating.</E>
                         A Member's “Quote Rating” in an Eligible Security shall be determined by dividing (A) the sum of the Quote Credits earned by the Member in such Eligible Security during the calendar year by (B) the sum of the Quote Credits earned by all Members in such Eligible Security during the calendar year.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (i) 
                        <E T="03">Quote Credits.</E>
                         A Member shall earn one “Quote Credit” for each second of time (with a minimum of one full second) multiplied by dollar value of size that an automated best bid (offer) transmitted by the Member to the Processors during regular trading hours is equal to the price of the National Best Bid and Offer in the Eligible Security and does not lock or cross a previously displayed “automated quotation” (as defined under Rule 600 of Regulation NMS). The dollar value of size of a quote shall be determined by multiplying the price of a quote by its size.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (j) 
                        <E T="03">Net Distributable Operating Income.</E>
                         The “Net Distributable Operating Income” for any particular calendar year shall mean:
                    </P>
                    <P>(i) all cash revenues, funds and proceeds received by the Company during such calendar year (other than Capital Contributions by the Members or amounts paid pursuant to Section 3.7(b) of this Agreement), including all revenues from (A) the CT Feeds, which includes the dissemination of information with respect to Eligible Securities to foreign marketplaces, and (B) FINRA quotation data and last sale information for securities classified as OTC Equity Securities under FINRA's Rule 6400 Series (the “FINRA OTC Data”) ((A) and (B) collectively, the “Data Feeds”), and (C) any Membership Fees; less</P>
                    <P>
                        (ii) 6.25% of the revenue received by the Company during such calendar year attributable to the segment of the Data Feeds reflecting the dissemination of information with respect to Network C Securities and FINRA OTC Data (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including revenue attributable to the segment of the Data Feeds reflecting the dissemination of information with respect to Network A Securities and Network B Securities), which amount shall be paid to FINRA as compensation for the FINRA OTC Data; 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         less
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             All costs associated with collecting, consolidating, validating, generating, and disseminating the FINRA OTC Data are borne directly by FINRA and not the Company and the Members.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>(iii) reasonable working capital reserves and reasonable reserves for contingencies for such calendar year, as determined by the Operating Committee, and all costs and expenses of the Company during such calendar year, including:</P>
                    <P>(A) all amounts payable during such calendar year to the Administrator pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement or this Agreement;</P>
                    <P>(B) all amounts payable during such calendar year to the Processors pursuant to the Processor Services Agreements or this Agreement; and</P>
                    <P>(C) all amounts payable during such calendar year to third-party service providers engaged by or on behalf of the Company.</P>
                    <P>
                        (k) 
                        <E T="03">Initial Eligibility.</E>
                         At the time a Member implements a Processor-approved electronic interface with the Processors, the Member will become eligible to receive revenue.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (l) 
                        <E T="03">Quarterly Distributions.</E>
                         The Company shall cause the Administrator to provide Members with written estimates of each Member's quarterly Net Distributable Operating Income within 45 calendar days of the end of the quarter, and estimated quarterly payments or billings shall be made on the basis of such estimates. All quarterly payments or billings shall be made to each eligible Member within 45 days following the end of each calendar quarter in which the Member is eligible to receive revenue; provided, that each quarterly payment or billing shall be reconciled against a Member's cumulative year-to-date payment or billing received to date and adjusted accordingly; further, provided, that the total of such estimated payments or billings shall be reconciled at the end of each calendar year and, if necessary, adjusted by March 31st of the following year. Interest shall be included in quarterly payments and in adjusted payments made on March 31st of the following year. Such interest shall accrue monthly during the period in which revenue was earned and not yet paid and will be based on the 90-day Treasury bill rate in effect at the end of the quarter in which the payment is made. Monthly interest shall start accruing 45 days following the month in which it is earned and accrue until the date on which the payment is made.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (m) 
                        <E T="03">Itemized Statements.</E>
                         In conjunction with calculating estimated quarterly and reconciled annual payments under this Exhibit D, the Company shall cause the Administrator to submit to the Members a quarterly itemized statement setting forth the basis upon which Net Distributable Operating Income was calculated. Such Net Distributable Operating Income shall be adjusted annually based solely on the quarterly itemized statement audited pursuant to the annual audit. The Company shall cause the Administrator to pay or bill Members for the audit adjustments within thirty days of completion of the annual audit. Upon the affirmative vote of Voting Representatives pursuant to Section 4.3, the Company shall cause the Administrator to engage an independent auditor to audit the Administrator's costs or other calculation(s).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">EXHIBIT E</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Fees</HD>
                    <FP>(To be determined by the Operating Committee under this Agreement)</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">[EXHIBIT F] *</HD>
                    <FP>* The Commission has deleted proposed Exhibit F in its entirety.</FP>
                </PREAMB>
                <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27644 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
            </NOTICE>
        </NOTICES>
    </NEWPART>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>230</NO>
    <DATE>Friday, November 29, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Notices</UNITNAME>
    <NEWPART>
        <PTITLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="94985"/>
            <PARTNO>Part IV </PARTNO>
            <AGENCY TYPE="P">Securities and Exchange Commission</AGENCY>
            <TITLE>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq ISE, LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 1 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To Adopt Rules To List and Trade FLEX Options; Notice</TITLE>
        </PTITLE>
        <NOTICES>
            <NOTICE>
                <PREAMB>
                    <PRTPAGE P="94986"/>
                    <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                    <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-101720; File No. SR-ISE-2024-12]</DEPDOC>
                    <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq ISE, LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 1 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To Adopt Rules To List and Trade FLEX Options</SUBJECT>
                    <DATE>November 22, 2024.</DATE>
                    <P>
                        On March 11, 2024, Nasdaq ISE, LLC (“ISE” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         a proposed rule change to adopt new Options 3A that will govern the listing and trading of Flexible Exchange Options (“FLEX Options”) on the Exchange's electronic market. The proposed rule change was published for comment in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on March 29, 2024.
                        <SU>3</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>3</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99825, 89 FR 22294 (March 29, 2024) (“Notice”). Comments on the proposed rule change can be found at: 
                            <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-ise-2024-12/srise202412.htm.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On May 9, 2024, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act,
                        <SU>4</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Commission designated a longer period within which to approve the proposed rule change, disapprove the proposed rule change, or institute proceedings to determine whether to disapprove the proposed rule change.
                        <SU>5</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         On June 26, 2024, the Commission instituted proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act 
                        <SU>6</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to determine whether to approve or disapprove the proposed rule change.
                        <SU>7</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         On September 20, 2024, the Commission designated a longer period for Commission action on the proposed rule change.
                        <SU>8</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         On November 20, 2024, the Exchange submitted Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change, which replaced and superseded the proposed rule change as originally filed.
                        <SU>9</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on Amendment No. 1 from interested persons, and is approving the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, on an accelerated basis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>4</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>5</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100086, 89 FR 42528 (May 15, 2024). The Commission designated June 27, 2024, as the date by which the Commission shall approve or disapprove, or institute proceedings to determine whether to approve or disapprove, the proposed rule change.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>6</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>7</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100438, 89 FR 54886 (July 2, 2024) (Notice of Order Instituting Proceedings) (“OIP”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>8</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101116 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78928 (September 26, 2024) (Extension No. 2). The Commission designated November 24, 2024, as the date by which the Commission shall approve or disapprove the proposed rule change.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>9</SU>
                             On November 20, 2024, the Exchange submitted Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change. Amendment No. 1 is available on the Commission's website at: 
                            <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-ise-2024-12/srise202412-541455-1551502.pdf</E>
                             (“Amendment No. 1”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                        I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Description of the Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1 
                        <E T="51">10</E>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </HD>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>10</SU>
                             This Section I and II reproduces Amendment No. 1, as filed by the Exchange.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Exchange proposes to adopt rules that will govern the listing and trading of flexible exchange options (“FLEX Options”). This Amendment No. 1 supersedes the original filing in its entirety.</P>
                    <P>
                        The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/rulebook/ise/rules,</E>
                         at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                    <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange proposes to adopt rules in new Options 3A that will govern the listing and trading of FLEX Options on the Exchange's electronic market. This Amendment No. 1 supersedes the original filing in its entirety, and is being filed to better align the proposed rule change with the rules of other exchanges and provide more clarity to the proposed rule text as well as the description of and statutory basis for the proposed rule change. As discussed in further detail later in this filing, Amendment No. 1 makes a number of clarifying changes to the proposed rule text as well as the following more substantive rule text changes from the original filing: (i) excluding the iShares Bitcoin Trust ETF from FLEX trading in proposed Options 3A, Section 3(a); (ii) clarifying in proposed Options 3A, Section 3(b)(2) that on the expiration date, a FLEX Order for the expiring FLEX Option series may only be submitted to close out a position in such expiring FLEX Option series; (iii) aligning the Exchange's closing only provisions in proposed Options 3A, Section 3(d)(2) to already effective rules of other options exchanges; (iv) clarifying in proposed Options 3A, Section 5 which provisions will govern how the minimum increments for complex FLEX Orders (including complex FLEX Orders with a stock component) will be handled; (v) clarifying in proposed Options 3A, Sections 6(a) and 6(b) that only the specified order types, times-in-force, and order and quote protocols are available for FLEX trading; (vi) removing in proposed Options 3A, Section 7(b) the Exchange's discretion to determine on a class-by-class basis which complex FLEX Orders would not have to adhere to the ratio requirements for the standard complex market; (vii) adding language in proposed Options 3A, Section 11(a)(2)(A) to describe what would happen if there is a complex FLEX Order and subsequently, a non-FLEX Option series is introduced for the component leg(s), which would align to already effective rules of another options exchange; (viii) adding language in proposed Options 3A, Sections 12(a)(2) and 13(a)(2) that each leg of a complex FLEX Order must be in a permissible FLEX option series that complies with proposed Options 3; (ix) specifying in proposed Options 3A, Section 13(a)(4) that the minimum size requirement will apply to each leg of a complex FLEX Order; (x) adding in proposed Options 3A, Section 14(b) that the Price Limit for Complex Order protections as applicable to the stock component, the Stock-Tied NBBO protections, and the Stock-Tied Reg SHO protections will also be available to FLEX Options as complex order risk protections; and (xi) aligning the proposed position limits for FLEX Index Options in proposed Options 3A, Section 18(a) with the position limits for index options in the Exchange's standard index options market.</P>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange notes that Amendment No. 1 is solely intended to further clarify the proposed rule text and conform the rule text with the already 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94987"/>
                        established rules of other exchanges, and to provide additional detail and specificity with respect to the proposed rule change and additional information in support of the purpose and statutory basis for the proposed rule change.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Summary</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange is proposing this new functionality be implemented in connection with a technology migration to enhanced Nasdaq, Inc. (“Nasdaq”) functionality that will result in higher performance, scalability, and more robust architecture, which will be implemented as a day 2 change after the first phase of the system migration was implemented in September 2024.
                        <SU>11</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange intends to begin implementation of the proposed rule change by May 12, 2025. The delayed implementation of the proposed FLEX rules will ensure that the Exchange will have the necessary functionality in place to trade FLEX. The Exchange will issue a public notice to Exchange members (“Members”) to provide notification of the FLEX implementation date and highlight the features for FLEX proposed hereunder.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>11</SU>
                             The Exchange separately proposed a number of rule filings in connection with this technology migration. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 94897 (May 12, 2022), 87 FR 30294 (May 18, 2022) (SR-ISE-2022-11); 96362 (November 18, 2022), 87 FR 72539 (November 25, 2022) (SR-ISE-2022-25); 96518 (December 16, 2022), 87 FR 78740 (December 22, 2022) (SR-ISE-2022-28); 96818 (February 6, 2023), 88 FR 8950 (February 10, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-06); 97605 (May 26, 2023), 88 FR 36350 (June 2, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-10); 98066 (August 7, 2023), 88 FR 54672 (August 11, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-13); 98443 (September 20, 2023), 88 FR 66106 (September 26, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-19); and 98702 (October 6, 2023), 88 FR 71046 (October 13, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-22). As per the previously announced technology migration, ISE completed its symbol migration on September 23, 2024. 
                            <E T="03">See https://www.nasdaqtrader.com/MicroNews.aspx?id=OTA2024-1.</E>
                             As a result and prior to any FLEX trading on ISE, the foregoing rule changes are currently all effective and operative.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As proposed, FLEX Options will be customized options contracts that will allow investors to tailor contract terms for exchange-listed equity and index options. FLEX Options will be designed to meet the needs of investors for greater flexibility in selecting the terms of options within the parameters of the Exchange's proposed rules. FLEX Options will not be preestablished for trading and will not be listed individually for trading on the Exchange. Rather, investors will select FLEX Option terms and will be limited by the parameters detailed below in their selection of those terms. As a result, FLEX Options would allow investors to specify more specific, individualized investment objectives than may be available to them in the standardized options market.</P>
                    <P>Some key features of the new electronic FLEX Options functionality are as follows:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">System Availability:</E>
                         The Exchange will not conduct an Opening Process pursuant to Options 3, Section 8 in FLEX Options.
                        <SU>12</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Orders in FLEX Options may only be submitted through an electronic FLEX Auction, a FLEX Price Improvement Auction (“FLEX PIM”), or a FLEX Solicited Order Mechanism (“FLEX SOM”), each as discussed in detail below.
                        <SU>13</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Accordingly, the Exchange's simple and complex order books will not be available for transactions in FLEX Options.
                        <SU>14</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>12</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 8(a). Rather, Members may begin submitting orders in FLEX Options into one of the proposed auction mechanisms (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             electronic FLEX Auction, FLEX Price Improvement Mechanism, and FLEX Solicited Order Mechanism) once the underlying security is open for trading. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 8(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>13</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>14</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 10(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Terms:</E>
                         FLEX Options will be a type of put or call, and will allow investors the flexibility to choose an exercise style of American or European, an expiration date, a settlement type, and an exercise price, all within the parameters specified in the proposed rules.
                        <SU>15</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed further below, FLEX Options will not be permitted with identical terms as an existing non-FLEX Option series listed on the Exchange.
                        <SU>16</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>15</SU>
                             As discussed later in this filing, proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c) will govern FLEX Options terms.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>16</SU>
                             At least one of the following terms must differ between FLEX Options and non-FLEX Options on the same underlying security: exercise date, exercise price, or exercise style. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Priority:</E>
                         As discussed in detail below within the respective sections for FLEX Auctions, FLEX PIM, and FLEX SOM, the Exchange will apply the same priority order for FLEX Options as it applies today in its standard non-FLEX market, particularly in its standard auction mechanisms such as its standard Solicited Order Mechanism and standard Price Improvement Mechanism. Specifically, the System 
                        <SU>17</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         shall execute trading interest at the best price level within the System before executing at the next best price. Priority Customers shall have priority over non-Priority Customer interest at the same price with time priority meaning that priority shall be afforded to Priority Customer orders in the sequence in which they are received by the System. As set out in Options 1, Section 1(a)(37), the term “Priority Customer” means a person or entity that (i) is not a broker or dealer in securities, and (ii) does not place more than 390 orders in listed options per day on average during a calendar month for its own beneficial account(s).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>17</SU>
                             The term “System” means the electronic system operated by the Exchange that receives and disseminates quotes, executes orders and reports transactions. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 1, Section 1(a)(50).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Because of their composition, the Exchange believes that FLEX Options may allow investors to more closely meet their individual investment and hedging objectives by customizing options contracts for the purpose of satisfying particular investment objectives that could not be met by the standardized markets.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Background</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Commission approved the trading of FLEX Options in 1993.
                        <SU>18</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         At the time, the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc., now Cboe Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe”), proposed FLEX Options based on the Standard and Poor's Corporation 500 and 100 Stock Indexes.
                        <SU>19</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These FLEX Options were offered as an alternative to an over-the-counter (“OTC”) market in customized equity options.
                        <SU>20</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Several years after the initial approval, the Commission approved the trading of additional FLEX Options on specified equity securities.
                        <SU>21</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In its order, the Commission provided: “The benefits of the Exchanges' options markets include, but are not limited to, a centralized market center, an auction market with posted transparent market quotations and transaction reporting, parameters and procedures for clearance and settlement, and the guarantee of the OCC [Options Clearing Corporation] for all contracts traded on the Exchange.” 
                        <SU>22</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>18</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 31920 (February 24, 1993), 58 FR 12280 (March 3, 1993) (SR-CBOE-92-17) (Order Approving and Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval to Amendment Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 to Proposed Rule Changes by the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc., Relating to FLEX Options).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>19</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>20</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>21</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841 (February 14, 1996), 61 FR 6666 (February 21, 1996) (SR-CBOE-95-43) (SR-PSE-95-24) (Order Approving Proposed Rule Changes and Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Amendments by the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc. and the Pacific Stock Exchange, Inc., Relating to the Listing of Flexible Exchange Options on Specified Equity Securities).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>22</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             The Exchange notes that the Commission found pursuant to Rule 9b-1 under the Act, that FLEX Options, including FLEX Equity Options, are standardized options for purposes of the options disclosure framework established under Rule 9b-1 of the Act. 
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange notes that FLEX Options are currently traded on Cboe, NYSE American LLC (“NYSE American”), NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94988"/>
                        Arca”), Nasdaq PHLX LLC (“Phlx”), and FLEX Equity Options on BOX Exchange LLC (“BOX”).
                        <SU>23</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange further notes that Cboe offers electronic and open outcry FLEX Options trading while NYSE American, NYSE Arca, Phlx and BOX offer only open outcry trading of FLEX Options on their respective trading floors.
                        <SU>24</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange now proposes to allow for the trading of FLEX Options on its electronic market 
                        <SU>25</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in a substantially similar manner as Cboe's electronic FLEX Options, with certain intended differences primarily to align to current System behavior (and especially current auction behavior) to provide increased consistency for Members trading FLEX Options and non-FLEX Options on ISE, as discussed in detail below. Further, the Exchange has omitted certain Cboe rules from the proposed rules due to differences in scope and operation of FLEX trading at Cboe compared to the proposed scope and operation of FLEX trading on ISE, each as noted below. For example, the Exchange will not include Cboe rule provisions related to open outcry trading, Asian- or Cliquet-settled FLEX index options, or FLEX index options with an index multiplier of one (“Micro FLEX Index Options”) as it does not offer these capabilities today. For the same reason, the Exchange will not allow prices in FLEX trading to be expressed as percentages under this proposal. The Exchange also will not incorporate the concept of a “FLEX Official” as this is a floor concept and the Exchange does not have a trading floor. As such, instead of nullifying FLEX Option transactions that do not conform to the terms of the Exchange's proposed FLEX rules,
                        <SU>26</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Exchange will System enforce its proposed FLEX rules and reject at the outset a FLEX Option transaction that does not conform to the terms of the proposed FLEX rules. The very few instances where the Exchange will not System-enforce the proposed FLEX rules and will instead apply its surveillance patterns will be specifically noted below.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>23</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rules 4.20-4.22 and 5.70-5.75, NYSE American Rules 900G-910G, NYSE Arca Rules 5.30-O-5.41-O, Phlx Options 8, Section 34, and BOX Rules 5055 and 7605. The Exchange also notes that BOX recently received approval from the Commission to allow for the trading of FLEX equity options on the BOX trading floor. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100156 (May 15, 2024), 89 FR 44721 (May 21, 2024) (SR-BOX-2023-20).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>24</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 23.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>25</SU>
                             The Exchange is not proposing to add open outcry FLEX Options trading as it does not have a trading floor.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>26</SU>
                             Cboe Rule 5.75(b) sets forth the responsibilities of FLEX Officials, including the responsibility to nullify certain FLEX Option transactions that do not conform to Cboe's FLEX rules, and to call upon a FLEX Market-Maker with an appointment in a FLEX Option class to respond to open outcry FLEX Auctions in that FLEX Option class when no other ICMPs respond. The Exchange will not adopt these provisions because a FLEX Official is a floor concept and Exchange does not have a trading floor (and therefore no open outcry auctions).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Transactions in FLEX Options traded on the Exchange will generally be subject to the same rules that apply to the trading of equity options and index options. In order, however, to provide investors with the flexibility to designate certain of the terms of the options, and to accommodate other special features of FLEX Options and the way in which they are traded, the Exchange proposes new rules applicable to FLEX Options in new Options 3A, Sections 1-19.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. General Provisions (Section 1)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 1(a) will set forth the applicability of Exchange Rules, and will provide that Options 3A Rules will apply only to FLEX Options and that trading of FLEX Options will be subject to all other Rules applicable to the trading of options on the Exchange, unless otherwise provided in Options 3A. The Exchange has conducted a thorough review of its existing trading rules to ensure that the proposed Rules in Options 3A accurately reflects the application of the Exchange's non-FLEX Option trading rules to FLEX Options,
                        <SU>27</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as well as those non-FLEX Option trading rules that would not apply to FLEX Options.
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>27</SU>
                             For example, Options 3, Section 1 (Hours of Business) will apply to FLEX and non-FLEX Options, except the Exchange may determine to narrow or otherwise restrict the trading hours for FLEX Options. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 2. As another example, Options 3, Section 9 (Trading Halts) will apply to FLEX and non-FLEX Options. The Exchange notes that pursuant to proposed Options 3A, Section 9, it will always halt trading in a FLEX Option class when trading in a non-FLEX Option class with the same underlying equity security or index is halted on the Exchange. Furthermore, the System does not accept a FLEX Order for a FLEX Option series while trading in a FLEX Option class is halted.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             For example, the Exchange's simple and complex order books will not be available for transactions in FLEX Options. See proposed Options 3A, Section 10. In addition, FLEX Options may not trade via the Block Order Mechanism (Options 3, Section 11(a)), simple and complex Facilitation Mechanism (Options 3, Section 11(b) and (c)), or as simple and complex Customer Cross Orders (Options 3, Section 12(a) and (b)), simple and complex Qualified Contingent Cross (“QCC”) Orders (Options 3, Section 12(c) and (d)), and simple and complex QCC with Stock Orders (Options 3, Section 12(e) and (f))). If the Exchange intends to allow FLEX Options to trade via any of the foregoing auction mechanisms or as any of the foregoing crossing orders, the Exchange would be required to file a proposed rule change with the Commission to amend its FLEX rules to allow for the use of the foregoing trading functionality for FLEX Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Proposed Section 1(b) will set forth the definitions used specifically in Options 3A, namely that the term “FLEX Option” means a flexible exchange option. A FLEX Option on an equity security may be referred to as a “FLEX Equity Option,” and a FLEX Option on an index may be referred to as a “FLEX Index Option.” Further, the term “FLEX Order” means an order submitted in a FLEX Option pursuant to Options 3A.</P>
                    <P>The Exchange also proposes to add the definition of “FLEX Order” in Options 3, Section 7 (Order Types) in new paragraph (z). While FLEX Orders will also be defined in (and governed by) Options 3A, the Exchange believes that it will be useful to market participants to have the order types available on ISE centralized within one rule. Lastly, the Exchange proposes a non-substantive change to paragraph (y) in Options 3, Section 7 to fix a typo.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Hours of Business (Section 2)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 2(a) will provide that the trading hours for FLEX Options will be the same as the trading hours for corresponding non-FLEX Options as set forth in Options 3, Section 1, except the Exchange may determine to narrow or otherwise restrict the trading hours for FLEX Options.
                        <SU>29</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Therefore, the trading hours for FLEX Options will generally be 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, except for certain options products that trade until 4:15 p.m. Eastern time.
                        <SU>30</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This would align the proposed trading hours for FLEX Options with the current trading hours for corresponding non-FLEX Options.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>29</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.1(b)(3)(A) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>30</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 1(c)-(e). These products are currently options on Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (as defined in Options 4, Section 3(h), options on Index-Linked Securities (as defined in Options 4, Section 3(k)(1)), and options on certain broad-based indexes, as designated by the Exchange.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As it relates to the Exchange's proposed discretion relating to the trading hours for FLEX Options, this is consistent with Cboe's FLEX Options rules as noted above. The Exchange believes that given the unique nature of FLEX, in contrast to the non-FLEX market, it is reasonable to permit the Exchange, in its discretion, to narrow or otherwise restrict the trading hours for FLEX Options, so long as such trading hours occur within the normal options trading hours of the Exchange described above. The Exchange would provide adequate advance notification to its Members of such changes in FLEX trading hours.
                        <PRTPAGE P="94989"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. FLEX Option Classes and Permissible Series (Section 3(a) and (b))</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 3(a), the Exchange may authorize for trading a FLEX Option class on any equity security (except the iShares Bitcoin Trust ETF) or index if it may authorize for trading a non-FLEX Option class on that equity security or index pursuant to Options 4, Section 3 and Options 4A, Section 3,
                        <SU>31</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         respectively, even if the Exchange does not list that non-FLEX Option class for trading.
                        <SU>32</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange proposes to exclude iShares Bitcoin Trust ETF (“IBIT”) from being eligible for trading as a FLEX Option on ISE to be consistent with the Commission's approval of IBIT options, which required the position limit for IBIT options to be 25,000 contracts.
                        <SU>33</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed in the position limits section below, there will generally be no position limits for FLEX Equity Options.
                        <SU>34</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange therefore proposes to exclude IBIT options from being eligible to trade as a FLEX Option (namely, a FLEX ETF option) to continue to limit the position limits for IBIT options. For clarity, this exclusion will apply to both physically-settled and cash-settled FLEX ETF options (as further described in this filing), such that IBIT options will be excluded from being eligible to trade as a physically-settled or a cash-settled FLEX ETF option. If the Exchange determines to allow FLEX trading on IBIT options at a later date, it will do so by submitting a 19b-4 rule filing with the Commission.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>31</SU>
                             Options 4, Section 3 provides the criteria for the listing of options on several different underlying types of securities, including, for example, securities registered with the SEC under Regulation NMS of the Act (“NMS stock”) and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). Options 4A, Section provides the criteria for the listing of options on indexes.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>32</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 4.20 for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>33</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101128 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78942 (September 26, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-03).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>34</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 18(b)(1)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 3(b) will provide that the Exchange may approve a FLEX Option series for trading in any FLEX Option class it may authorize for trading pursuant to proposed Section 3(a). FLEX Option series are not pre-established. A FLEX Option series is eligible for trading on the Exchange upon submission to the System of a FLEX Order for that series pursuant to proposed Sections 11 through 13,
                        <SU>35</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         subject to the following stipulations.
                        <SU>36</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         First, the Exchange will only permit trading in a put or call FLEX Option series that does not have the same exercise style, same expiration date, and same exercise price as a non-FLEX Option series on the same underlying security or index that is already available for trading. This would include permitting trading in a FLEX Option series before a series with identical terms is listed for trading as a non-FLEX Option series. If the Exchange lists for trading a non-FLEX Option series with identical terms as a FLEX Option series, the FLEX Option series will become fungible with the non-FLEX Option series pursuant to proposed paragraph (d) of Section 3. The System would not accept a FLEX Order for a put or call FLEX Option series if a non-FLEX Option series on the same underlying security or index with the same expiration date, exercise price, and exercise style is already listed for trading.
                        <SU>37</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Second, a FLEX Order for a FLEX Option series may be submitted on any trading day prior to the expiration date.
                        <SU>38</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange also proposes to clarify in proposed Section 3(b)(2) that on the expiration date, a FLEX Order for the expiring FLEX Option series may only be submitted to close out a position in such expiring FLEX Option series.
                        <SU>39</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>35</SU>
                             Proposed Sections 11 through 13 of Options 3A will govern the electronic FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, and FLEX SOM, respectively. As discussed later in this filing, FLEX Orders may only be submitted through an electronic FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, or FLEX SOM.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>36</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(b), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>37</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(b)(1), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>38</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(b)(2), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(a)(2). The Exchange notes that it will System enforce which options are eligible to be submitted as FLEX Options. As such, the System will reject at the outset a FLEX Option transaction that does not conform to the terms of the FLEX rules.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>39</SU>
                             The Exchange will System enforce this provision such that it will reject an opening position in an expiring FLEX Option series on the day of expiration.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Third, in the event the relevant expiration is a holiday pursuant to General 3 (which incorporates Nasdaq General 3, Rule 1030 by reference),
                        <SU>40</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         proposed Section 3(d) will apply to options with an expiration date that is the business day immediately preceding the holiday, except for Monday-expiring Weekly Expirations (as defined in Options 4A, Section 3), in which case proposed Section 3(d) will apply to options with an expiration date that is a business day immediately following the holiday.
                        <SU>41</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>40</SU>
                             ISE General 3 incorporates by reference Series 1000 in General 3 of the Rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC (“Nasdaq”) (including Nasdaq Rule 1030).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>41</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(b)(3), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.22(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. FLEX Options Terms (Section 3(c))</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 3(c) will specify the terms that must be included in a FLEX Order.
                        <SU>42</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, when submitting a FLEX Order for a FLEX Option series to the System, the submitting Member must include one of each of the terms detailed in proposed subparagraphs (1)-(6) of Section 3(c) in the FLEX Order (all other terms of a FLEX Option series are the same as those that apply to non-FLEX Options), provided that a FLEX Equity Option overlying an ETF (cash- or physically-settled) may not be the same type (put or call) and may not have the same exercise style, expiration date, and exercise price as a non-FLEX Equity Option overlying the same ETF,
                        <SU>43</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         which terms constitute the FLEX Option series.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>42</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 4.21(b) for similar provisions. The Exchange notes that unlike Cboe, it is not proposing FLEX Index Options with a multiplier of 1 (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             Micro FLEX Index Options) or FLEX Index Options that are Asian- or Cliquet-settled as the Exchange does not have these capabilities today for index options. For the same reason, the Exchange is not proposing to allow exercise prices to be expressed as a percentage value. Therefore, the Exchange has not incorporated the applicable provisions in this Rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>43</SU>
                             The Exchange will discuss cash-settled FLEX Equity Options overlying an ETF (“cash-settled FLEX ETFs”) later in this filing. As discussed below, the Commission previously approved a rule filing by NYSE American to permit the listing and trading of this product, and Cboe recently filed an immediately effective rule change based on NYSE American's filing. 
                            <E T="03">See infra</E>
                             notes 243 and 244.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As proposed, the submitting Member must specify the following terms in the FLEX Order: (1) underlying equity security or index, as applicable (the index multiplier for FLEX Index Options is 100); 
                        <SU>44</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) type of option (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         put or call); 
                        <SU>45</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (3) exercise style, which may be American-style or European-style; 
                        <SU>46</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (4) expiration date, which may be any business day (specified to the day, month, and year) no more than 15 years from the date on which a Member submits a FLEX Order to the System; 
                        <SU>47</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (5) settlement type for the FLEX Equity Option or FLEX Index Option, as applicable; 
                        <SU>48</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (6) exercise 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94990"/>
                        price, which may be in increments no smaller than $0.01.
                        <SU>49</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the Exchange may determine the smallest increment for exercise prices of FLEX Options on a class-by-class basis without going lower than $0.01.
                        <SU>50</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange notes that the exercise price of the FLEX Option would generally be dependent on the price of the underlying security.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>44</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c)(1), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(1) except for the provisions relating to Micro FLEX Index Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>45</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c)(2), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(2) except the provisions related to Asian-settled or Cliquet-settled FLEX Index Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>46</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c)(3), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(3) except with respect to Asian-settled or Cliquet-settled FLEX Index Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>47</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c)(4), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(4) except with respect to Asian-settled or Cliquet-settled FLEX Index Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>48</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c)(5), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(5) except with 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            respect to Asian-settled or Cliquet-settled FLEX Index Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>49</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c)(6), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(6) except the Exchange is not proposing Cliquet-settled Index Options or to allow exercise prices to be expressed as a percentage value.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>50</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(b) except for the provisions allowing the exercise price to be expressed as a percentage amount and with respect to Micro FLEX Index Options. As noted above, the Exchange does not offer these capabilities today for non-FLEX index options. The Exchange will also clarify that it would not go lower than $0.01 when determining the smallest increment for exercise prices of FLEX Options to make clear that it would stay within the stated confines of this Rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As it relates to the settlement type for FLEX Equity Options, the Exchange proposes in subparagraph (c)(5)(A)(i) of Options 3A, Section 3 that FLEX Equity Options, other than as permitted in proposed subparagraphs (c)(5)(A)(ii) and (iii), are settled with physical delivery of the underlying security. Proposed subparagraph (c)(5)(A)(ii) will allow for the cash-settlement of certain qualifying FLEX Equity Options with an underlying security that is an ETF.
                        <SU>51</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed subparagraph (c)(5)(A)(iii) will provide that FLEX Equity Options are subject to the exercise by exception provisions of OCC Rule 805.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>51</SU>
                             As discussed later in this filing, the Exchange is proposing to list and trade cash-settled FLEX ETFs in the same manner as NYSE American and Cboe.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As it relates to the settlement type for FLEX Index Options, the Exchange proposes in subparagraphs (c)(5)(B)(i) and (ii) of Options 3A, Section 3 that FLEX Index Options are settled in U.S. dollars, and may be either a.m.-settled (with exercise settlement value determined by reference to the reported level of the index derived from the reported opening prices of the component securities) or p.m.-settled (with exercise settlement value determined by reference to the reported level of the index derived from the reported closing prices of the component securities). The Exchange notes that Cboe recently received approval of its pilot program that permitted it to list p.m.-settled FLEX Index Options whose exercise settlement value is derived from closing prices on the last trading day prior to expiration that expire on or within two business days of a third Friday-of-the-month expiration day for a non-FLEX Option (“FLEX PM Third Friday Options”).
                        <SU>52</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Consistent with the Commission's approval of Cboe's proposal, the Exchange is proposing to allow the listing of FLEX PM Third Friday Options on ISE as well, and will align proposed Section 3(c)(5)(B)(ii) with Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(5)(B)(ii).
                        <SU>53</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>52</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99222 (December 21, 2023), 88 FR 89771 (December 28, 2023) (SR-CBOE-2023-018) (“FLEX Settlement Pilot Approval”). In support of making the pilot a permanent program, Cboe cited to its own review of pilot data during the course of the pilot program and a study by the Commission's Division of Economic and Risk Analysis (“DERA”) staff. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             FLEX Settlement Pilot Approval, notes 18 and 35.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>53</SU>
                             The only broad-based index option that would be able to list as a FLEX PM Third Friday Option is the Nasdaq-100 Index option (“NDX” or “NDX options”) because the Exchange only received approval to list a third-Friday-of-the-month p.m. expiration on NDX options its standardized market. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98935 (November 14, 2023), 88 FR 80792 (November 20, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-20) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change To Permit the Listing and Trading of P.M.-Settled Nasdaq-100 Index Options With a Third-Friday-of-the-Month Expiration).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. FLEX Fungibility (Section 3(d))</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 3(d)(1)(A) will provide that if the Exchange lists for trading a non-FLEX Option series with identical terms as a FLEX Option series, all existing open positions established under the FLEX trading procedures will become fully fungible with transactions in the identical non-FLEX Option series.
                        <SU>54</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, proposed Section 3(d)(1)(B) will provide that any further trading in the series would be as non-FLEX Options subject to non-FLEX trading procedures and Rules.
                        <SU>55</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The foregoing provisions are materially identical to Cboe Rule 4.22(a)(1) and (2).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>54</SU>
                             An open position resulting from a transaction on the Exchange becomes fungible post-trade and is separate from the execution occurring on the Exchange. For example, assume a Member buys one (1) American style AAPL call option expiring on October 9, 2024, with a strike price of 150, which is a FLEX series because there is no standard option listed with those same terms. Now assume, while holding this position, a standard option with the same terms is listed (American style AAPL call option expiring on October 9, 2024, with a strike price of 150). After this standard option is listed, the Member purchases one (1) contract in this non-FLEX option series. After this second transaction, the Participant will have an open position of two (2) contracts in the standard AAPL call expiring on October 9, 2024, with a 150 strike price.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>55</SU>
                             This includes all priority and trade-through provisions on the Exchange. 
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Options 3, Section 10 and Options 5, Section 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Notwithstanding the above, if a non-FLEX Option series 
                        <SU>56</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         is added intraday, for the balance of that trading day, a position established under the FLEX trading procedures may be closed using the FLEX trading procedures in this Options 3A against another closing only FLEX position. No FLEX Orders may be submitted into an electronic auction pursuant to Sections 11(b), 12, or 13 below for a FLEX Option series with the same terms as the non-FLEX Option series, unless the FLEX Order is a closing order, and it is the day on which the non-FLEX Option series was added intraday. Members may only submit responses that close out existing FLEX positions.
                        <SU>57</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In the event the non-FLEX Option series is added on a trading day after the position is established, the holder or writer of a FLEX Option position established under the FLEX trading procedures would be permitted to close such position as a non-FLEX transaction consistent with the requirements of subsection (d)(1) of this rule.
                        <SU>58</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange will notify Members when a FLEX Option series is restricted to closing only transactions. The System will reject a transaction in such a restricted series that does not conform to the requirements specified in proposed Options 3A, Section 3(d).
                        <SU>59</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>56</SU>
                             Cboe Rule 4.22(b)(1) currently indicates that Cboe's closing-only provisions apply if a non-FLEX Option 
                            <E T="03">American-style</E>
                             series is added intraday. The Exchange, however, believes it is more straightforward to apply the closing-only provisions to 
                            <E T="03">all</E>
                             non-FLEX Option series (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             American-style and European-style FLEX Option series) instead of limiting these provisions to one type of exercise style. As such, the Exchange's proposed language in Options 3A, Section 3(d)(2)(A) will instead provide that the Exchange's closing-only provisions would apply “if a non-FLEX Option is added intraday.” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             BOX Rule 7605(d)(3), which similarly does not limit BOX's closing-only provisions to American-style FLEX Options series.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>57</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(d)(2)(A), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.22(b)(1) except the Exchange is not incorporating Cboe's provisions for open outcry trading as the Exchange does not offer open outcry trading today. The Exchange is also adding cross-cites to its electronic FLEX SOM and FLEX PIM auctions in proposed Options 3A, Sections 12 and 13 because the closing only provisions in proposed Options 3A, Section 3(d)(2) will also apply to those electronic FLEX auctions. Lastly, the Exchange notes that unlike Cboe, it is not proposing to add FLEX Index Options with a multiplier of 1 (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             Micro FLEX Index Options) and will therefore not incorporate Cboe's closing only language with respect to Micro FLEX Index Options in Rule 4.22(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>58</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(d)(2)(B), which is materially identical to BOX Rule 5055(f)(3). The Exchange is adding this language to clarify how it would handle open FLEX positions if an identical non-FLEX Option series is added on the day after.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>59</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(d)(2), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.22(b), except the Exchange is replacing the concept of “FLEX Official” from Cboe's rule to “the System” as a FLEX Official is a floor concept. As such, the Exchange will System enforce the rejection of FLEX Options that are fully fungible with a non-FLEX Option instead of following Cboe, which specifies that a FLEX Official could nullify such a transaction on Cboe.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Units of Trading; Minimum Trading Increments (Sections 4 and 5)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 4(a) of Options 3A will provide that bids and offers for 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94991"/>
                        FLEX Options must be expressed in U.S. dollars and decimals in the minimum increments as set forth in proposed Section 5.
                        <SU>60</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed Section 5(a) will provide that the Exchange would determine the minimum increment for bids and offers on FLEX Options on a class-by-class basis, which may not be smaller than $0.01 for the options leg of a FLEX Option.
                        <SU>61</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed Section 5(b) will provide that for the stock leg of a FLEX Option, the minimum increments are set forth in Options 3A, Section 11(b)(1)(G), Section 12(a)(5), and Section 13(a)(5). As discussed later in this filing, the foregoing rules specify how minimum increments for complex FLEX Orders (including complex FLEX Orders with a stock component) would be handled. The Exchange is adding these cross cites in the minimum increments rule in proposed Options 3A, Section 5(b) for transparency and clarity.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>60</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.3(e)(3) for similar provisions, except the Exchange is not proposing to allow prices to be expressed as a percentage value, or to provide for Micro FLEX Index Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>61</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.4(c)(4) for similar provisions, except the Exchange is not proposing to allow prices to be expressed as a percentage value. The Exchange is also clarifying that this provision would apply to the options leg of a FLEX Option.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Types of Orders; Order and Quote Protocols (Section 6)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 6(a), the Exchange may determine to make only the Limit Order and Cancel and Replace Order order types 
                        <SU>62</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and Immediate or Cancel times-in-force,
                        <SU>63</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         respectively, in Options 3, Section 7 available on a class or System basis for FLEX Orders.
                        <SU>64</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange notes that it currently has the authority to make certain order types and TIFs available on a class or System basis for non-FLEX Options pursuant to Options 3, Section 7, and therefore proposes to have similar authority with respect to FLEX Options.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>62</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Sections 7(b) and 7(f) for a description of Limit Orders and Cancel and Replace Orders, respectively. All of the other order types listed in Options 3, Section 7 (such as Customer Cross Orders, Qualified Contingent Cross Orders, QCC with Stock Orders, Block Orders, and Facilitation Orders) do not apply to FLEX.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>63</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Supplementary Material .02(d) to Options 3, Section 7 for a description of Immediate-or-Cancel. All of the other TIFs in Supplementary Material .02 to Options 3, Section 7 will not apply to FLEX.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>64</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 7 for descriptions of these order types and times-in-force.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 6(b) will provide that only the following order and quote protocols in Supplementary Material .03 to Options 3, Section 7 will be available for FLEX Orders, FLEX auction notifications, and FLEX auction responses: 
                        <SU>65</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>65</SU>
                             Notes 58-60 below describe what features are available on these protocols today for non-FLEX Options. The Exchange is proposing to specify that some of these features (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             sending/receiving FLEX Orders, FLEX notifications and FLEX responses) will be available for FLEX Options through the specified protocols as described above. While other basic features will be available for FLEX Options (for example, the options symbol directory will be available for FLEX Options), the Exchange is proposing to specify the particular features in proposed Options 3A, Section 6(b) to highlight the most important features that would be available through these protocols for FLEX trading.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • FIX: 
                        <SU>66</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         FLEX Orders and FLEX auction responses
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>66</SU>
                             “Financial Information eXchange” or “FIX” is an interface that allows Members and their Sponsored Customers to connect, send, and receive messages related to orders and auction orders to the Exchange. Features include the following: (1) execution messages; (2) order messages; (3) risk protection triggers and cancel notifications; and (4) post trade allocation messages. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Supplementary Material .03(a) to Options 3, Section 7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • OTTO: 
                        <SU>67</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         FLEX Orders, FLEX auction notifications, and FLEX auction responses
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>67</SU>
                             “Ouch to Trade Options” or “OTTO” is an interface that allows Members and their Sponsored Customers to connect, send, and receive messages related to orders, auction orders, and auction responses to the Exchange. Features include the following: (1) options symbol directory messages (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             underlying and complex instruments); (2) System event messages (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             start of trading hours messages and start of opening); (3) trading action messages (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             halts and resumes); (4) execution messages; (5) order messages; (6) risk protection triggers and cancel notifications; (7) auction notifications; (8) auction responses; and (9) post trade allocation messages. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Supplementary Material .03(b) to Options 3, Section 7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • SQF: 
                        <SU>68</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         FLEX auction notifications and FLEX auction responses
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>68</SU>
                             “Specialized Quote Feed” or “SQF” is an interface that allows Market Makers to connect, send, and receive messages related to quotes, Immediate-or-Cancel Orders, and auction responses to the Exchange. Features include the following: (1) options symbol directory messages (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             underlying and complex instruments); (2) System event messages (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             start of trading hours messages and start of opening); (3) trading action messages (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             halts and resumes); (4) execution messages; (5) quote messages; (6) Immediate-or-Cancel Order messages; (7) risk protection triggers and purge notifications; (8) opening imbalance messages; (9) auction notifications; and (10) auction responses. The SQF Purge Interface only receives and notifies of purge requests from the Market Maker. Market Makers may only enter interest into SQF in their assigned options series. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Supplementary Material .03(c) to Options 3, Section 7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Complex Orders (Section 7)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 7(a), the Exchange may make complex orders, including a Complex Options Order,
                        <SU>69</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Stock-Options Order,
                        <SU>70</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and Stock-Complex Order 
                        <SU>71</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         available for FLEX trading. Complex FLEX Orders may have up to the maximum number of legs determined by the Exchange.
                        <SU>72</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Each leg of a complex FLEX Order: (1) must be for a FLEX Option series authorized for FLEX trading with the same underlying equity security or index; (2) must have the same exercise style (American or European); and (3) for a FLEX Index Option, may have a different settlement type (a.m.-settled or p.m.-settled).
                        <SU>73</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange notes that a non-FLEX complex order can have both am-settled and p.m.-settled legs today. The Exchange received approval to permit the listing and trading of p.m.-settled NDX options pursuant to Supplementary Material .07 to Options 4A, Section 12.
                        <SU>74</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the Exchange is permitted to list p.m.-settled NDX options that expire (1) on any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, or Friday (other than the third Friday-of-the-month or days that coincide with an end-of-month expiration) 
                        <SU>75</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         or (2) on the last day of the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94992"/>
                        trading month.
                        <SU>76</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, NDX options are also currently allowed to be listed as a.m.-settled with a standard expiration (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the third-Friday-of-the-month).
                        <SU>77</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Therefore, ISE may currently list NDX options that are both a.m.-settled and p.m.-settled for its non-FLEX market. As such, the Exchange's FLEX proposal for complex orders in this respect will not only align with Cboe's current FLEX complex order functionality as noted above,
                        <SU>78</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         but will also align with its own current non-FLEX complex order functionality.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>69</SU>
                             A Complex Options Order is an order for a Complex Options Strategy, which is the simultaneous purchase and/or sale of two or more different options series in the same underlying security, for the same account, in a ratio that is equal to or greater than one-to-three (.333) and less than or equal to three-to-one (3.00) and for the purpose of executing a particular investment strategy. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 14(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>70</SU>
                             A Stock-Option Order is an order for a Stock-Option Strategy, which is the purchase or sale of a stated number of units of an underlying stock or a security convertible into the underlying stock (“convertible security”) coupled with the purchase or sale of options contract(s) on the opposite side of the market representing either (A) the same number of units of the underlying stock or convertible security, or (B) the number of units of the underlying stock necessary to create a delta neutral position, but in no case in a ratio greater than eight-to-one (8.00), where the ratio represents the total number of units of the underlying stock or convertible security in the option leg to the total number of units of the underlying stock or convertible security in the stock leg. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 14(a)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>71</SU>
                             A Stock-Complex Order is an order for a Stock-Complex Strategy, which is the purchase or sale of a stated number of units of an underlying stock or a security convertible into the underlying stock (“convertible security”) coupled with the purchase or sale of a Complex Options Strategy on the opposite side of the market representing either (A) the same number of units of the underlying stock or convertible security, or (B) the number of units of the underlying stock necessary to create a delta neutral position, but in no case in a ratio greater than eight-to-one (8.00), where the ratio represents the total number of units of the underlying stock or convertible security in the option legs to the total number of units of the underlying stock or convertible security in the stock leg. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 14(a)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>72</SU>
                             The Exchange will initially permit a maximum of 10 legs.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>73</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.70(b) for similar provisions except the Exchange is not proposing Asian-settled or Cliquet-settled FLEX Index Options, as currently specified in Cboe Rule 5.70(b)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>74</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98450(September 20, 2023), 88 FR 66111 (September 26, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-08) (Order Granting Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To Make Permanent Certain P.M.-Settled Pilots).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>75</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Supplementary Material .07(a) to Options 4A, Section 12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>76</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Supplementary Material .07(b) to Options 4A, Section 12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>77</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 4A, Section 12(a)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>78</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 73.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 7(b), complex FLEX Orders will not have to adhere to the ratio requirements in Options 3, Sections 14(a)(1)-(3). Options 3, Sections 14(a)(1)-(3) currently includes the complex ratio requirements for Complex Options Strategies, Stock-Options Strategies, and Stock-Complex Strategies.
                        <SU>79</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange is not changing the complex ratio requirements for non-FLEX complex orders under this proposal. Instead, it is proposing to offer this feature only for complex FLEX Orders so that Members may submit complex FLEX Orders with any ratio.
                        <SU>80</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange notes that Cboe currently permits complex FLEX Orders to be submitted with any ratio.
                        <SU>81</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>79</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 69-71.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>80</SU>
                             For instance, the Exchange may permit Complex Options Strategies with a ratio on the options legs less than one-to-three (.333) or greater than three-to-one (3.00), and Stock-Option Strategies with a ratio greater than eight-to-one (8.00), where the ratio represents the total number of units of the underlying stock or convertible security in the option leg(s) to the total number of units of the underlying stock or convertible security in the stock leg.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>81</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe US Options Complex Book Process, Section 2.1 (Ratios) and Section 3 (Complex FLEX Order Functionality), available at 
                            <E T="03">https://cdn.cboe.com/resources/membership/US-Options-Complex-Book-Process.pdf.</E>
                             For its non-FLEX market, the Exchange will continue to require non-FLEX complex orders to adhere to the complex ratios in Options 3, Sections 14(a)(1)-(3), and therefore will not permit non-FLEX complex orders to be submitted in any ratio outside of those stipulated in Section 14.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Opening of FLEX Trading (Section 8)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 8(a) will specify that there will be no Opening Process 
                        <SU>82</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         pursuant to Options 3, Section 8 in FLEX Options. Instead, as specified in proposed Section 8(b), Members may begin submitting FLEX Orders into an electronic FLEX Auction pursuant to proposed Section 11(b), a FLEX PIM pursuant to proposed Section 12, or a FLEX SOM pursuant to proposed Section 13 when the underlying security is open for trading.
                        <SU>83</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange will also make clear in proposed Section 8(b) that for FLEX Index Options, the term “underlying security” will have the same meaning as defined in Options 4A, Section 2(q).
                        <SU>84</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>82</SU>
                             As described in Options 3, Section 8(c)(i), ISE's “Opening Process” for an option series is conducted pursuant to Options 3, Section 8 paragraphs (f)-(j), on or after 9:30 a.m. Eastern Time if the Away Best Bid or Offer, if any, is not crossed and the System has received, within two minutes of the opening trade or quote on the market for the underlying security, a Valid Width Quote. The System will accept a Primary Market Maker's Valid Width Quote or the Valid Width Quote of at least one Competitive Market Maker. The term “Away Best Bid or Offer” or “ABBO” means the displayed National Best Bid or Offer not including the Exchange's Best Bid or Offer. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 1, Section 1(a)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>83</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 8(a) and (b), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.71 except with respect to open outcry trading and trading sessions outside of regular trading hours.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>84</SU>
                             Options 4A, Section 2(q) states that the term “underlying security” or “underlying securities” with respect to an index options contract means any of the securities that are the basis for the calculation of the index.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Because market participants incorporate transaction prices of underlying securities or the values of underlying indexes when pricing options (including FLEX Options), the Exchange believes that it will benefit investors for FLEX Options trading to not be available until that information has begun to be disseminated in the market (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         when the security opens for trading).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, the Exchange's Opening Process is used to open or reopen a series of options on ISE at a single opening price.
                        <SU>85</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         There is a period of time before an options series opens during which orders placed on the Exchange's order book do not generate trade executions but may participate in the Opening Process.
                        <SU>86</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As noted above, FLEX Options will not be placed on the Exchange's simple and complex order books and therefore will not have an Opening Process.
                        <SU>87</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         FLEX Options are created with terms unique to individual investment objectives. As such, each investor may require FLEX Options with slightly different terms than those already created. These individually defined FLEX Options are customized for each investor, so the Opening Process may not be useful for investors who may create their own FLEX Options because the Opening Process is designed, in part, to determine a single opening, or reopening, price based on orders and quotes from multiple Members. With the bespoke nature of FLEX Options, there is not the opportunity, nor the need, to bring together multiple orders and quotes as part of an Opening Process.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>85</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 8(h) and (j).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>86</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 8(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>87</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 10(a). Instead, Members will be required to submit FLEX Orders into an electronic FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, or FLEX SOM. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Trading Halts (Section 9)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 9 will provide that the Exchange may halt trading in a FLEX Option class pursuant to Options 3, Section 9, and always halts trading in a FLEX Option class when trading in a non-FLEX Options class with the same underlying equity security or index is halted on the Exchange. The System will not accept a FLEX Order for a FLEX Option series while trading in a FLEX Option class is halted.
                        <SU>88</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>88</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 4.21(a)(3) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Exchange Order Books (Section 10)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 10 will provide that the Exchange's simple and complex order books will not be available for transactions in FLEX Options. Accordingly, FLEX Options may only be traded on the Exchange by submitting FLEX Orders into a FLEX Electronic Auction pursuant to proposed Options 11(b), FLEX PIM pursuant to proposed Options 12, and FLEX SOM pursuant to proposed Options 13, each as discussed further below. The Exchange notes that its proposal is in line with other options exchanges' FLEX rules that do not contemplate the interaction of their respective order books with FLEX transactions.
                        <SU>89</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>89</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See e.g.,</E>
                             NYSE Arca Rule 5.30-O(c). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 87235 (October 4, 2019), 84 FR 54671 (October 10, 2019) (SR-CBOE-2019-084) (among other changes, eliminating the availability of an electronic book for FLEX Options).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">L. FLEX Options Trading (Section 11)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 11 will describe the procedures for FLEX trading on the Exchange. Specifically, a FLEX Option series will only be eligible for trading if a Member submits a FLEX Order for that series into an electronic FLEX Auction pursuant to proposed paragraph (b) of Options 11, or submits the FLEX Order to a FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM Auction pursuant to proposed Section 12 or Section 13, respectively.
                        <SU>90</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>90</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(a), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.72(b) except the Exchange is not proposing an open outcry FLEX Auction.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Proposed Section 11(a)(1) and (2) will specify the requirements for both simple and complex FLEX Orders.</P>
                    <P>
                        • For a simple FLEX Order, a FLEX Order for a FLEX Option series submitted to the System must include all terms for a FLEX Option series set forth in proposed Section 3 as described 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94993"/>
                        above, size, side of the market, and a bid or offer price.
                        <SU>91</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange also proposes that the System will not accept a FLEX Order with identical terms as a non-FLEX Option series that is already listed for trading to signify that this requirement is System-enforced.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>91</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.72(b)(1) for similar provisions. The Exchange does not have an analogous rule as Cboe Rule 5.7, which specifies the different trading sessions during which the system is available to receive FLEX orders, and thus has not incorporated the applicable language. As noted above, the Exchange will accept FLEX Orders entered into an electronic FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM when the underlying security is open for trading. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • For a complex FLEX Order, a FLEX Order for a FLEX Option complex strategy submitted to the System must satisfy the criteria for a complex FLEX Order set forth in proposed Section 7(a) as described above, and include size, side of the market, and a net debit or credit price. Additionally, each leg of the FLEX Option complex strategy must include all terms for a FLEX Option series set forth in proposed Section 3.
                        <SU>92</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Similar to simple FLEX Orders, the Exchange proposes to System enforce the stipulation that it will not accept a FLEX Option complex strategy if a leg in the order has identical terms as a non-FLEX Option series that is already listed for trading.
                        <SU>93</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange also proposes to add similar language as BOX to describe what would happen if there is a complex FLEX Order and subsequently, a non-FLEX Option series is introduced for the component leg(s). Specifically, proposed Section 11(a)(2)(A)(i) and (ii) will provide that if a non-FLEX Option series is added intra-day for a component leg(s) of a complex FLEX Order, the holder or writer of a FLEX Option position in the component leg(s) resulting from such complex FLEX Order would be permitted to close its position(s) under the FLEX trading procedures against another closing only FLEX Option position for the balance of the trading day on which the non-FLEX Option series is added. If a non-FLEX Option series is added for a component leg(s) of a complex FLEX Order on a trading day after the complex FLEX Order position is established, the holder or writer of a FLEX Option position in the component leg(s) resulting from such complex FLEX Order would be required to execute separate FLEX Option and non-FLEX Option transactions to close its position(s), such that FLEX Option component leg(s) would trade under the FLEX trading procedures and non-FLEX Option component leg(s) would trade subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules.
                        <SU>94</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Additionally, a complex FLEX Order submitted into the System for an electronic FLEX Auction pursuant to proposed Section 11(b), a FLEX PIM pursuant to Section 12, or a FLEX SOM pursuant to Section 13 must include a bid or offer price for each leg, which leg prices when combined must equal the net price of the complex FLEX Order.
                        <SU>95</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>92</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.72(b)(2) for similar provisions. As noted above for simple FLEX Orders, the Exchange does not have an analogous rule as Cboe Rule 5.7, and thus has not incorporated the applicable language. 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 91.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>93</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(a)(2)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>94</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(a)(2)(A)(i) and (ii), which is materially identical to BOX Rule 7605(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>95</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(a)(2)(B), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.72(b)(2)(A) except the Exchange will also add references to FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM for accuracy and completeness. The Exchange will also clarify in its proposed rule that the leg prices 
                            <E T="03">when combined must equal</E>
                             the net price 
                            <E T="03">of the complex FLEX Order</E>
                             (additions emphasized). Cboe's rule currently states that the leg prices “must add together to equal” the net price. However, the Exchange notes that sell legs of a complex order are subtracted, and therefore proposes the language in Options 3A, Section 11(a)(2)(B) (instead of copying Cboe Rule 5.72(b)(2)(A)) for greater accuracy.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 11(b) will describe the electronic FLEX Auction. The proposed FLEX Auction will be substantially similar to Cboe's electronic FLEX Auction set forth in Cboe Rule 5.72(c), except for certain intended differences as further described below.
                        <SU>96</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, a Member may electronically submit a FLEX Order (simple or complex) into an electronic FLEX Auction for execution pursuant to this paragraph (b). Pursuant to proposed subparagraph (b)(1), a FLEX Auction may be initiated if all of the below conditions in proposed subparagraph (b)(1)(A)-(G) are met; otherwise, the System rejects or cancels a FLEX Order that does not meet the conditions in this subparagraph (b)(1).
                        <SU>97</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>96</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 87235 (October 4, 2019), 84 FR 54671 (SR-CBOE-2019-084) (October 10, 2019) (adopting an electronic FLEX Auction on Cboe, among other changes).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>97</SU>
                             Proposed paragraph (b) is based on Cboe Rule 5.72(c). The proposed eligibility requirements for the FLEX Auction in subparagraph (b)(1) are similar to Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(1), except as noted below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Class:</E>
                         The FLEX Order is in a class of options the Exchange is authorized to list for trading on the Exchange.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Size:</E>
                         There is no minimum size for FLEX Orders.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Terms:</E>
                         A simple or complex FLEX Order must comply with proposed Section 11(a).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Price:</E>
                         The bid or offer price, or the net debit or credit price, as applicable, of the FLEX Order is the “auction price.”
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         A FLEX Order may only be submitted for electronic execution in a FLEX Auction after FLEX trading has opened pursuant to proposed Section 8.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Exposure Interval:</E>
                         The submitting Member must designate the length of the “exposure interval,” which must be between three seconds and five minutes.
                        <SU>98</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If the designated time exceeds the market close, then the FLEX Auction will end at the market close with an execution, if an execution is permitted pursuant to proposed Section 11(b).
                        <SU>99</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>98</SU>
                             There will be no default setting to the FLEX Auction exposure interval. As such, Members will be required to specify the exposure interval; otherwise, their FLEX Order will be rejected by the System.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>99</SU>
                             Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(1)(F) does not specify whether an execution would occur (if permitted) when the designated time exceeds the market close, and only expressly prohibits the designated time from going beyond the market close. While the Exchange's rules are silent in this regard, the Exchange notes that its proposal will follow current non-FLEX auction behavior, including current PIM and SOM behavior. In doing so, the Exchange's proposal will promote executions in electronic FLEX Auctions (instead of cancelling the FLEX Order) and also prevent executions that occur after the market close.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Minimum Increment:</E>
                         The price of a simple FLEX Order must be in an increment the Exchange determines on a class basis (which may not be smaller than the amounts set forth in proposed Section 5 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         $0.01)). If the FLEX Order is a complex order, the price must be a net price for the complex strategy.
                        <SU>100</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The foregoing rule proposal will be substantially similar to the minimum increment requirements in Cboe Rules 5.73(a)(5) and 5.74(a)(5). While the Exchange will align to Cboe's minimum increment requirements (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         $0.01) for the individual options legs of a complex FLEX Order entered into a FLEX Auction, the Exchange also proposes to align the minimum increment requirements for stock-tied FLEX complex strategies with the existing requirements for stock-tied non-FLEX complex strategies as set forth in Options 3, Section 14(c)(1). As such, proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(1)(G) will further provide that the prices of Complex Options Strategies (as defined in Options 3, Section 14) may 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94994"/>
                        be expressed in one cent ($0.01) increments, and the options leg of Complex Options Strategies may be executed in no smaller than one cent ($0.01) increments, regardless of the minimum increments otherwise applicable to the individual options legs of the order. Prices of Stock-Option Strategies or Stock-Complex Strategies (each as defined in Options 3, Section 14) may be expressed in any decimal price determined by the Exchange,
                        <SU>101</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the stock leg of a Stock-Option Strategy or Stock-Complex Strategy may be executed in any decimal price permitted in the equity market. The options leg of a Stock-Option Strategy or Stock-Complex Strategy may be executed in no smaller than one cent ($0.01) increments, regardless of the minimum increments otherwise applicable to the individual options legs of the order. Similar to stock-tied complex orders today, the Exchange believes that smaller minimum increments are appropriate for complex FLEX Orders that contain a stock component as the stock component can trade at finer decimal increments permitted by the equity market.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>100</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed subparagraph (G) of Section 11(b)(1). While Cboe's electronic FLEX Auction eligibility requirements in Rule 5.72(c)(1) are silent on minimum increments, the eligibility requirements for Cboe's FLEX AIM and FLEX SAM in Cboe Rules 5.73(a)(5) and 5.74(a)(5), respectively, address minimum increments. The Exchange believes it will be helpful to add a similar requirement for electronic FLEX Auctions for greater consistency and clarity. The Exchange also notes that unlike Cboe, it is not proposing to allow exercise prices to be expressed as percentages, and will therefore not incorporate the applicable provisions. As discussed above, the Exchange is also incorporating within proposed subparagraph (G) the minimum increment provisions for non-FLEX complex orders that are stock-tied from Options 3, Section 14(c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>101</SU>
                             The minimum increment for individual options leg of a FLEX Order may not be smaller than $0.01, as required under proposed Options 3A, Section 5. However, when a stock leg is included in a complex strategy (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             Stock-Option Strategy or Stock-Complex Strategy) for the FLEX Option, then the price for FLEX Stock-Option Strategies and FLEX Stock-Complex Strategies can be expressed to four decimal places in order to trade at finer decimal increments permitted by the equity market. However, the options leg will not be permitted to execute in increments smaller than one cent ($0.01). This is identical to how a non-FLEX Stock-Option Strategy and a non-FLEX Stock-Complex Strategy can be priced today. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 14(c)(1) for identical provisions. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 84373 (October 5, 2018), 83 FR 51730 at 51732 (October 12, 2018) (SR-ISE-2018-56).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed subparagraph (b)(2) of Options 11 will describe the FLEX Auction process, and will provide that upon receipt of a FLEX Order that meets the conditions in subparagraph (a) as described above, the FLEX Auction commences. Proposed subparagraph (b)(2)(A) will describe the contents of the FLEX Auction message, and will provide that the System initiates a FLEX Auction by sending a FLEX Auction notification message to Members detailing the FLEX Option series or complex strategy (as applicable), side, size, auction ID,
                        <SU>102</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         capacity, and exposure interval. Similar to all other auction notifications, FLEX Auction notification messages are not disseminated to OPRA.
                        <SU>103</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Like Cboe, the FLEX Auction message will not include the price of the auctioned FLEX Order. The Exchange believes not including the auction price in the notification message will encourage Members to respond with the best prices at which they are willing to trade against the auctioned FLEX Order. If the message included the price, Members may only respond to trade at that price; without the price, Members may respond at better prices, which may result in price improvement opportunities for the auctioned FLEX Order.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>102</SU>
                             As discussed below, this information on the proposed auction message will permit responses to only execute at the conclusion of the auction into which the responses were submitted.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>103</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(2)(A) for similar provisions, except with respect to the exposure interval and Attributable designation. The Exchange will simply disseminate the duration of the exposure interval, instead of calculating and disseminating what time the auction will conclude like Cboe. In addition, the Exchange is not proposing to offer an Attributable designation for FLEX Orders like Cboe does today.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed subparagraph (b)(2)(B) will provide that one or more FLEX Auctions in the same FLEX Option series or complex strategy (as applicable) may occur at the same time. To the extent there is more than one FLEX Auction in a FLEX Option series or complex strategy (as applicable) underway at the same time, the FLEX Auctions conclude sequentially based on the times at which each FLEX Auction's exposure interval concludes. At the time each FLEX Auction concludes, the System allocates the FLEX Order pursuant to proposed subparagraph (3) and takes into account all FLEX responses submitted during the exposure interval.
                        <SU>104</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Generally, if a Member attempts to initiate an electronic FLEX Auction in a FLEX Option series while another auction in that series is ongoing, the Exchange believes it will provide that second FLEX Order with an opportunity for execution in a timely manner by initiating another FLEX Auction, rather than having the Member wait for the first auction to conclude. The second Member may not be able to submit a response to trade in the ongoing FLEX Auction, because the terms may not be consistent with that Member's order (for example, there may not be sufficient size, and the Member may only receive a share of the auctioned order depending on other responses). Therefore, the Exchange believes providing this proposed functionality may encourage Members to use electronic FLEX Auctions to execute their FLEX Orders.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>104</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(2)(B) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed subparagraph (b)(2)(C) will provide that the submitting Member may cancel a FLEX Auction prior to the end of the exposure interval.
                        <SU>105</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed subparagraph (b)(2)(D) will specify the conditions for submitting responses to a FLEX Auction. Any Member (including the submitting Member) may submit responses to a FLEX Auction that are properly marked specifying the FLEX Option series or complex strategy (as applicable), bid or offer price or net price (respectively), size, side of the market, and the auction ID for the FLEX Auction to which the Member is submitting the response. A FLEX response may only participate in the FLEX Auction with the auction ID specified in the response, which is why the auction notification message described above will include an auction ID and responses must identify the applicable auction ID.
                        <SU>106</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If there are concurrent FLEX Auctions occurring, a Member may submit responses to all ongoing auctions, and thus concurrent auctions will not hinder a Member's ability to participate in any FLEX Auction.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>105</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(2)(C) for materially identical provisions. The Exchange notes that submitting Members may cancel but not modify a FLEX Auction prior to the end of the exposure interval.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>106</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(2)(D) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                      
                    <P>
                        A Member using the same badge/ 
                        <SU>107</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         mnemonic 
                        <SU>108</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         may only submit a single FLEX response per auction ID to a FLEX Auction.
                        <SU>109</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If an additional FLEX response is submitted for the same auction ID from the same badge/mnemonic, then that FLEX response will automatically replace the previous FLEX response.
                        <SU>110</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The System caps the size of a FLEX response for the same badge/mnemonic at the size of the FLEX Order (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the System ignores the size in excess of the size of the FLEX Order when processing the FLEX Auction).
                        <FTREF/>
                        <SU>111</SU>
                          
                        <PRTPAGE P="94995"/>
                        Given that the Exchange is proposing below to apply a pro-rata allocation methodology to executions at the conclusion of the FLEX Auction, this provision is intended to prevent a Member from submitting a response with an extremely large size into the electronic FLEX Auction in order to obtain a larger pro-rata share of the FLEX Order.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>107</SU>
                             A “badge” shall mean an account number, which may contain letters and/or numbers, assigned to Market Makers. A Market Maker account may be associated with multiple badges. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 1, Section 1(a)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>108</SU>
                             A “mnemonic” shall mean an acronym comprised of letters and/or numbers assigned to Electronic Access Members. An Electronic Access Member account may be associated with multiple mnemonics. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 1, Section 1(a)(23).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>109</SU>
                             A badge and mnemonic are essentially Member identifiers. Every order that comes into the System is tied to a badge or mnemonic.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>110</SU>
                             In other words, the Member does not have to cancel the previous FLEX response before submitting an additional one as the previous response is 
                            <E T="03">automatically</E>
                             replaced. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(2)(D)(i), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(2)(D)(i) except the Exchange will not allow Members to submit multiple FLEX responses using the same badge/mnemonic, and will not aggregate all of the Member's FLEX responses. While not specified in the Exchange's current rules, this is consistent with current auction behavior, including current PIM and SOM behavior.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>111</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(2)(D)(ii), which is based on Cboe Rule 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            5.72(c)(2)(D)(ii) except the Exchange will not aggregate all of the Member's FLEX responses. 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 110.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Further, FLEX responses must be on the opposite side of the market as the FLEX Order. The System rejects a FLEX response on the same side of the market as the FLEX Order.
                        <SU>112</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         FLEX responses are not visible to Members or disseminated to OPRA.
                        <SU>113</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This is consistent with how Cboe treats FLEX responses pursuant to Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(2)(D)(iv). The proposed rule change is also consistent with the Exchange's existing auctions, in which responses are not visible to the market.
                        <SU>114</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Responses to electronic auctions are not firm prior to the conclusion of the auction, at which time their price and size are firm. For the same reason as the Exchange is proposing not to disseminate the auction price on the auction notification message as discussed above, the Exchange believes it will encourage Members to submit responses at their best possible price if they do not know the prices at which other Members are willing to trade.
                        <SU>115</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>112</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(2)(D)(iii), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(2)(D)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>113</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(2)(D)(iv), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(2)(D)(iv).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>114</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Supplementary Material .02 to Options 3, Section 11; and Options 3, Section 13(c)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>115</SU>
                             For example, if during a FLEX Auction of a buy FLEX Order, a Member submitted a response to sell at $1.05, if another Member saw that response, it may merely respond to sell at $1.05, or maybe $1.04, even though it may ultimately be willing to sell at $1.03. Without seeing the other responses, the second Member may instead submit a response to sell at $1.03, which could result in price improvement for the auctioned order.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        A Member may modify or cancel it FLEX Responses during the exposure interval.
                        <SU>116</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The minimum price increment for FLEX responses is the same as the one the Exchange determines for a class pursuant to proposed subparagraph (b)(1)(G) above. A response to a FLEX Auction of a complex order must have a net price. The System rejects a FLEX response that is not in the applicable minimum increment.
                        <SU>117</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>116</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(2)(D)(v), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(2)(D)(v).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>117</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(2)(D)(vi). While Cboe's electronic FLEX Auction response requirements in Rule 5.72(c)(2)(D) are silent on minimum increments, the response requirements for Cboe's FLEX AIM and FLEX SAM in Cboe Rules 5.73(c)(5)(A) and 5.74(c)(5)(A), respectively, have similar provisions. The Exchange believes it will be helpful to add a similar requirement for electronic FLEX Auction responses for greater consistency and clarity. The Exchange also notes that unlike Cboe, it is not proposing to allow percentage formats for exercise prices of FLEX Options, and will therefore not incorporate the applicable provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed subparagraph (b)(3) of Section 11, the FLEX Auction concludes at the end of the exposure interval, unless the Exchange halts trading in the affected underlying or the submitting Member cancels the FLEX Auction before the end of the exposure interval, in which case the FLEX Auction concludes without execution.
                        <SU>118</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         At the conclusion of the FLEX Auction:
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>118</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(3) for similar provisions, except the Exchange is making minor modifications to replace “affected series” with “affected underlying” and to specify that the submitting Member has to cancel the FLEX Auction before the end of the exposure period. The foregoing changes are merely clarifications to better articulate the functionality.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Pursuant to proposed subparagraph (b)(3)(A), the System executes the FLEX Order against the FLEX responses at the best price(s), to the price at which the balance of the FLEX Order or the FLEX responses can be fully executed (the “final auction price”). For purposes of ranking FLEX responses when determining how to allocate a FLEX Order, the term “price” refers to the dollar and decimal amount of the response bid or offer.
                        <SU>119</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>119</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(3)(A) for similar provisions, except the Exchange is not proposing to allow percentage values of the response bid or offer.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Pursuant to proposed subparagraph (b)(3)(A)(i), if there are multiple FLEX responses at the same price level, then the contracts in those FLEX responses are allocated proportionally according to Size Pro-Rata Priority 
                        <SU>120</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         with Priority Customer 
                        <SU>121</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         overlay 
                        <SU>122</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (as described in Options 3, Section 10(c)(1)(A)). The Exchange notes that this is similar to Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(3)(A)(i), except Cboe applies no overlays to its size pro-rata allocation methodology whereas the Exchange will apply an overlay for Priority Customers on top of its standard size pro-rata allocation methodology. This is consistent with the Exchange's standard allocation methodology in its SOM and PIM for non-FLEX Options where the Priority Customer gets priority treatment over non-Priority Customers.
                        <SU>123</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>120</SU>
                             Size Pro-Rata Priority shall mean that if there are two or more resting orders or quotes at the same price, the System allocates contracts from an incoming order or quote to resting orders and quotes beginning with the resting order or quote displaying the largest size proportionally according to displayed size, based on the total number of contracts displayed at that price. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 10(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>121</SU>
                             The term “Priority Customer” means a person or entity that (i) is not a broker or dealer in securities, and (ii) does not place more than 390 orders in listed options per day on average during a calendar month for its own beneficial account(s). See Options 1, Section 1(a)(37).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>122</SU>
                             Priority Customer overlay mean that the highest bid and lowest offer shall have priority except that Priority Customer orders shall have priority over non-Priority Customer interest at the same price in the same options series. If there are two or more Priority Customer orders for the same options series at the same price, priority shall be afforded to such Priority Customer orders in the sequence in which they are received by the System. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 10, Section 10(c)(1)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>123</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Options 3, Section 11(d)(3)(C) (SOM allocation methodology) and Options 3, Section 13(d) (PIM allocation methodology).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                      
                    <P>
                        • Pursuant to proposed subparagraph (b)(3)(A)(ii), the executable quantity is allocated to the nearest whole number, with fractions rounded up for the FLEX response with the higher quantity. Further, proposed subparagraph (b)(3)(A)(iii) will provide that if an allocation would result in less than one contract, then one contract will be allocated. The Exchange is not adopting the rounding and allocation language in Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(3)(A)(ii) and (iii), but is rather adopting language that is consistent with its current rounding and allocation methodology as the Exchange does not allocate fractional contracts and instead rounds up to the nearest whole number.
                        <SU>124</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>124</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 10(c), Supplementary Material .09 to Options 3, Section 11, and Supplementary Material .10 to Options 3, Section 13.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed subparagraph (b)(3)(B), the System cancels an unexecuted FLEX Order (or unexecuted portion).
                        <SU>125</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, proposed subparagraph (b)(3)(C) will provide that the System cancels any unexecuted responses (or unexecuted portions).
                        <SU>126</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>125</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(3)(B) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>126</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(3)(C) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">M. FLEX PIM (Section 12)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange proposes to establish PIM auction functionality for FLEX Options in Options 3A, Section 12. The proposed FLEX PIM auction will be substantially similar to Cboe's FLEX AIM in Cboe Rule 5.73, except for certain intended differences as further described below. Pursuant to proposed Section 12, a Member (the “Initiating Member”) may electronically submit for execution an order (which may be a simple or complex order) it represents as agent (“Agency Order”) against 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94996"/>
                        principal interest or a solicited order(s) (except, if the Agency Order is a simple order, for an order for the account of any FLEX Market Maker with an appointment in the applicable FLEX Option class on the Exchange) (an “Initiating Order”), provided it submits the Agency Order for electronic execution into a FLEX PIM auction pursuant to this Rule.
                        <SU>127</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>127</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.73 for similar provisions, except the Exchange will not incorporate the reference to FLEX SPX as this is a Cboe-specific product.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Proposed Section 12(a)(1)—(5) will set forth the FLEX PIM auction eligibility requirements. Specifically, the Initiating Member may initiate a FLEX PIM auction if all of the following conditions are met:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Class.</E>
                         An Agency Order must in a FLEX Option class the Exchange designates as eligible for FLEX PIM auctions.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">FLEX Option Series.</E>
                         The Agency Order and Initiating Order must each be a FLEX Order that complies with proposed Section 11(a) in a permissible FLEX Option series that complies with proposed Section 3 above. For a complex FLEX Order, each leg must be in a permissible FLEX option series that complies with proposed Section 3 above.
                        <SU>128</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>128</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.73(a)(2) for similar provisions, except the Exchange will add a similar stipulation for each leg of a complex FLEX Order for clarity.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Marking.</E>
                         The Initiating Member must mark an Agency Order for FLEX PIM auction processing.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Size.</E>
                         There will be no minimum size for Agency Orders. The Initiating Order must be for the same size as the Agency Order.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Minimum Increment.</E>
                         The price of the Agency Order and Initiating Order for simple FLEX Orders must be in an increment the Exchange determines on a class basis (which may not be smaller than the amounts set forth in Section 5 above). If the Agency Order and Initiating Order are complex orders, the price must be a net price for the complex strategy.
                        <SU>129</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         While the Exchange will align to Cboe's minimum increment requirements (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         $0.01) for the individual options legs of a complex FLEX Order entered into a FLEX PIM, the Exchange also proposes to align the minimum increment requirements for stock-tied FLEX complex strategies with the existing requirements for stock-tied non-FLEX complex strategies as set forth in Options 3, Section 14(c)(1). As such, proposed Options 3A, Section 12(a)(5) will further provide that the prices of Complex Options Strategies (as defined in Options 3, Section 14) may be expressed in one cent ($0.01) increments, and the options leg of Complex Options Strategies may be executed in no smaller than one cent ($0.01) increments, regardless of the minimum increments otherwise applicable to the individual options legs of the order. Prices of Stock-Option Strategies or Stock-Complex Strategies (each as defined in Options 3, Section 14) may be expressed in any decimal price determined by the Exchange,
                        <SU>130</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the stock leg of a Stock-Option Strategy or Stock-Complex Strategy may be executed in any decimal price permitted in the equity market. The options leg of a Stock-Option Strategy or Stock-Complex Strategy may be executed in no smaller than one cent ($0.01) increments, regardless of the minimum increments otherwise applicable to the individual options legs of the order. Similar to stock-tied complex orders today, the Exchange believes that smaller minimum increments are appropriate for complex FLEX Orders that contain a stock component as the stock component can trade at finer decimal increments permitted by the equity market.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>129</SU>
                             The Exchange notes that unlike Cboe, it will not allow prices to be entered as a percentage value, and therefore will not incorporate the applicable language from Cboe Rule 5.73(a)(5) into proposed Section 12(a)(5). As discussed above, the Exchange will also add existing complex order minimum increment requirements in Options 3, Section 14(c)(1) to align the proposed FLEX functionality with non-FLEX functionality.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>130</SU>
                             The prices of the FLEX Stock-Option Strategies and FLEX Stock-Complex Strategies can be expressed to four decimal places, which is identical to how the stock portion of a non-FLEX Stock-Option Strategy and a non-FLEX Stock-Complex Strategy can be priced today. However, the options leg will not be permitted to execute in increments smaller than one cent ($0.01). 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 101.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                      
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Time.</E>
                         An Initiating Member may only submit an Agency Order to a FLEX PIM auction after trading in FLEX Options is open pursuant to proposed Section 8.
                    </P>
                    <P>The System will reject or cancel both an Agency Order and Initiating Order submitted to a FLEX PIM auction that do not meet the conditions in proposed paragraph (a) as described above. The proposed FLEX PIM eligibility requirements in proposed Section 12(a) are substantially similar to Cboe's FLEX AIM eligibility requirements in Cboe Rule 5.73(a), except with respect to the language related to the percentage value, as noted above.</P>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 12(b), the Initiating Order must stop the entire Agency Order at a specified price. If the Agency Order and Initiating Order are Complex Orders, the price must be a net price for the complex strategy.
                        <SU>131</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In particular, the Initiating Member must specify either of the below; otherwise, the System will reject or cancel both an Agency Order and Initiating Order submitted to a FLEX PIM auction that do not meet the conditions in this proposed paragraph (b).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>131</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.73(b) for similar provisions, except the Exchange will not allow prices to be entered as a percentage value, and therefore will not incorporate the applicable language from Cboe's rule into proposed Section 12(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Pursuant to proposed subparagraph (b)(1), a single price at which it seeks to execute the Agency Order against the Initiating Order (a “single-price submission”), including whether it elects to have less than its guaranteed allocation (as described in proposed Section 12(e)(4) below). This is similar to Cboe Rule 5.73(b)(1), except the Exchange is not proposing to allow Initiating Members to elect for the Initiating Order to have last priority to trade against the Agency Order, and will instead allow them to elect less than their guaranteed allocation.
                        <SU>132</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As further discussed below, the proposed guaranteed allocation process will be based on the guaranteed allocation process available in non-FLEX PIM auctions, and therefore the proposed rule change will provide further consistency across the Exchange's auction mechanism processes.
                        <SU>133</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>132</SU>
                             The Exchange will allow the Initiating Member to customize their guaranteed allocation percentage of the Initiating Order anywhere from 0% up to 50% of the Agency Order (if there is a response(s) from 
                            <E T="03">one</E>
                             other Member at the same price) or up to 40% of the Agency Order (if there are responses from 
                            <E T="03">two or more</E>
                             Members at the same price). For example, an Agency Order is entered into FLEX PIM for 100 contracts. If the Initiating Member only wants to have a guaranteed allocation of 10% on the Initiating Order that was entered with the Agency Order, the Initiating Member can stipulate 10% on the Initiating Order. If there are 4 FLEX PIM responses for a total of 200 contracts at the end of the auction, then the Initiating Member will only get 10 contracts allocated on its Initiating Order (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             the guaranteed 10% of 100 contracts). Cboe's rule does not allow for the Initiating Member's guaranteed allocation percentages to be customized. 
                            <E T="03">See infra</E>
                             note 158 for further discussion on the 50%/40% allocation percentages.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>133</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See infra</E>
                             note 158 for further discussion on the 50%/40% allocation percentages.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>• Pursuant to subparagraph (b)(2), an initial stop price and instruction to automatically match the price and size of all FLEX PIM responses (“auto-match”) at each price, up to a designated limit price, better than the price at which the balance of the Agency Order can be fully executed (the “final auction price”). This is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.73(b)(2).</P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 12(c) will govern the FLEX PIM auction process. Specifically, upon receipt of an Agency 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94997"/>
                        Order that meets the conditions in paragraphs (a) and (b) as described above, the FLEX PIM auction process commences. Proposed subparagraphs (c)(1)(A) and (B) will describe concurrent FLEX PIM auctions for simple Agency Orders and complex Agency Orders, respectively. One or more FLEX PIM auctions in the same FLEX Option series or same complex strategy (as applicable) may occur at the same time.
                        <SU>134</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To the extent there is more than one FLEX PIM auction in a FLEX Option series or complex strategy (as applicable) underway at the same time, the FLEX PIM auctions will conclude sequentially based on the times at which the FLEX PIM auction periods end. At the time each FLEX PIM auction concludes, the System allocates the Agency Order pursuant to proposed paragraph (e) as described below, and takes into account all FLEX PIM responses received during the FLEX PIM auction period. The concurrent FLEX PIM auction feature in proposed Section 12(c)(1)(A) and (B) is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.73(c)(1)(A) and (B), and is also consistent with the concurrent auction feature proposed above for FLEX Auctions. Similar to FLEX Auctions as proposed above, if a Member attempts to initiate a FLEX PIM Auction in a FLEX Option series while another auction in that series in ongoing, the Exchange believes it will provide that second FLEX Order with an opportunity for execution in a timely manner by initiating another FLEX PIM Auction, rather than requiring the Member to wait for the first auction to conclude. The second Member may not be able to submit a response to trade in the ongoing FLEX PIM Auction because the terms may not be consistent with that Member's order (for example, there may not be sufficient size, and the Member may only receive a share of the auctioned order depending on other responses). Therefore, the Exchange believes that providing this functionality for FLEX PIM may provide additional opportunities for execution of FLEX Orders by encouraging Members to use FLEX PIM.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>134</SU>
                             Further, for complex Agency Orders, PIM auctions in different complex strategies may be ongoing at any given time, even if the complex strategies have overlapping components. A FLEX PIM auction in a complex strategy may be ongoing at the same time as a FLEX PIM auction in any component of the complex strategy. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed subparagraph (c)(1)(B)(i) of Options 3A, Section 12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 12(c)(2), the System initiates the FLEX PIM auction process by sending a FLEX PIM auction notification message detailing the side, size, auction ID, the length of the FLEX PIM auction period, and FLEX Option series or complex strategy, as applicable, of the Agency Order to all Members that elect to receive FLEX PIM auction notification messages. The Exchange may also determine to include the stop price in FLEX PIM auction notification messages, which will apply to all FLEX PIM auctions. Similar to all other auction notifications, FLEX PIM auction notification messages will not be disseminated to OPRA.
                        <SU>135</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>135</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.73(c)(2) for substantially similar provisions except the Exchange will not incorporate the reference to SPX as it does not list this symbol.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 12(c)(3) will describe the “FLEX PIM Auction period,” and is based on Cboe Rule 5.73(c)(3). The FLEX PIM Auction period will be defined as a period of time that must be designated by the Initiating Member, which may be no less than three seconds and no more than five minutes. Similar to the exposure interval for electronic FLEX Auctions in Section 11(b) discussed above, the Initiating Member will be required to identify a length of time within the specified parameters for FLEX PIM as there will be no default for the FLEX PIM Auction period. Otherwise, their FLEX Order will be rejected by the System. Further, if the designated length of the FLEX PIM Auction period exceeds the market close, then the auction will end at the market close with an execution, if an execution is permitted by this Section 12. Cboe's rule does not specify whether an execution (if permitted) would occur if the designated length exceeds the market close. However, the Exchange's non-FLEX auctions currently allow executions (as permitted by their respective rules) to occur in such scenarios, so the Exchange proposes to be consistent with current System functionality in this regard.
                        <SU>136</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In doing so, the Exchange's proposal will promote executions in FLEX PIM (instead of cancelling the FLEX Order) and also prevent executions from occurring after the market close.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>136</SU>
                             While this behavior is not explicitly stated in the current Rules, the Exchange's proposal will be consistent with current non-FLEX auction behavior, including current PIM and SOM behavior.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 12(c)(4) will provide that an Initiating Member may not modify or cancel an Agency Order or Initiating Order after submission to a FLEX PIM auction, except to improve the price of the Initiating Order. This will be similar to Cboe Rule 5.73(c)(4) except unlike Cboe, the Exchange will allow a limited exception by allowing Initiating Members to improve the price of their Initiating Orders. The Exchange notes that this will align to current non-FLEX PIM behavior, which allows entering Members to modify their Counter-Side Orders 
                        <SU>137</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         upon entry into the PIM by improving upon the initial price of the Counter-Side Order.
                        <SU>138</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Similar to allowing the initiating Member of a non-FLEX PIM to improve the initial price of its Counter-Side Order, the Exchange believes that it is appropriate to allow the Initiating Member of the FLEX PIM to improve the price of its Initiating Order (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         contra-side to the Agency Order) because it would also improve the stop price of the Agency Order that came in together with the Initiating Order.
                        <SU>139</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>137</SU>
                             Counter-Side Orders (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             contra-side to the Agency Order) for PIM are functionally equivalent to Initiating Orders (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             contra-side order to the Agency Order) for FLEX PIM. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 13(b) for a description of Counter-Side Orders.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>138</SU>
                             See Options 3, Section 13(b)(5) (providing that the Crossing Transaction may not be canceled or modified, but the price of the Counter-Side Order may be improved during the exposure period).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>139</SU>
                             As proposed, the Initiating Member enters a paired FLEX Order into FLEX PIM consisting of an Agency Order and an Initiating Order (which is the contra-side of the Agency Order). This is identical to how standard non-FLEX PIM works today in that the Initiating Member enters a paired order into standard PIM consisting of an Agency Order and a Counter-Side Order (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             the PIM Agency Order's contra-side, and the functional equivalent to an Initiating Order on FLEX PIM).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Proposed Section 12(c)(5) will govern the requirements for FLEX PIM responses. Specifically:</P>
                    <P>
                        • Any Member other than the Initiating Member (the System rejects a response with the same badge/mnemonic as the Initiating Order) may submit responses to a FLEX PIM auction that are properly marked specifying price, size, side, and the auction ID for the FLEX PIM auction to which the Member is submitting the response. A FLEX PIM response may only participate in the FLEX PIM auction with the auction ID specified in the response.
                        <SU>140</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>140</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(5), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.73(c)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • The minimum price increment for FLEX PIM responses is the same as the one the Exchange determines for a class pursuant to proposed Section 12(a)(5) above. A response to a FLEX PIM auction of a complex Agency Order must have a net price. The System will reject a FLEX PIM response that is not in the applicable minimum increment.
                        <SU>141</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>141</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(5)(A), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.73(c)(5)(A) except the Exchange will not allow prices to be expressed as a percentage value. Further, the Exchange will not incorporate the Cboe rule portions on Index Combo Orders as the Exchange does not offer this functionality.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • A Member using the same badge/mnemonic may only submit a single 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94998"/>
                        FLEX PIM response per auction ID for a given auction. If an additional FLEX PIM response is submitted for the same auction ID from the same badge/mnemonic, then that FLEX PIM response will automatically replace the previous FLEX PIM response.
                        <SU>142</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>142</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(5)(B), which will be different from Cboe Rule 5.73(c)(5)(B) because the Exchange will not allow Members to submit multiple FLEX PIM responses using the same badge/mnemonic, and will not aggregate all of the Member's FLEX PIM responses. While the rules are currently silent in this regard, this will align to current non-FLEX auction behavior, including PIM auction behavior.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • The System will cap the size of a FLEX PIM response at the size of the Agency Order (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the System will ignore size in excess of the size of the Agency Order when processing the FLEX PIM auction).
                        <SU>143</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>143</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(5)(C), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.73(c)(5)(C) except the Exchange will not allow Members to submit multiple FLEX PIM responses using the same badge/mnemonic, and will not aggregate all of the Member's FLEX PIM responses. As noted above, this will align to current non-FLEX auction functionality, including PIM auction functionality in Options 3, Section 13.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • FLEX PIM responses must be on the opposite side of the market as the Agency Order. The System rejects a FLEX PIM response on the same side of the market as the Agency Order.
                        <SU>144</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>144</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(5)(D), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.73(c)(5)(D).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • FLEX PIM responses will not be visible to PIM auction participants or disseminated to OPRA.
                        <SU>145</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>145</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(5)(E), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.73(c)(5)(E).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • A Member may modify or cancel its FLEX PIM responses during the FLEX PIM auction.
                        <SU>146</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>146</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(5)(F), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.73(c)(5)(F).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 12(d), a FLEX PIM auction concludes at the earliest to occur of the following times: (1) the end of the FLEX PIM auction period; and (2) any time the Exchange halts trading in the affected underlying, provided, however, that in such instance the FLEX PIM auction concludes without execution.
                        <SU>147</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>147</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.73(d) for similar provisions, except the Exchange will make a minor clarification that this rule applies when the Exchange halts trading in the affected 
                            <E T="03">underlying</E>
                             (and not series, which is what Cboe currently has in its rule).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                      
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 12(e) will govern how executions will occur in FLEX PIM. In particular, at the end of the FLEX PIM auction, the System allocates the Initiating Order or FLEX PIM responses against the Agency Order at the best price(s), to the price at which the balance of the Agency Order can be fully executed (the “final auction price”), as follows. For purposes of ranking the Initiating Order and FLEX PIM responses when determining how to allocate the Agency Order against the Initiating Order and those responses, the term “price” refers to the dollar and decimal amount of the order or response bid or offer.
                        <SU>148</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed subparagraphs (e)(1)-(4) details the FLEX PIM allocation methodology for the following scenarios:
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>148</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.73(e) for similar provisions except the Exchange will not allow prices to be expressed as a percentage value.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">No Price Improvement:</E>
                         If the FLEX PIM auction results in no price improvement, the System executes the Agency Order at the stop price in the following order:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Priority Customer responses (in time priority); 
                        <SU>149</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>149</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 12(e)(1)(A), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(1)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • The Initiating Order for the greater of (1) one contract or (2) up to 50% of the Agency Order if there is a response(s) from one other Member at the same price or 40% of the Agency Order if there are responses from two or more other Members at the same price (which percentages are based on the original size of the Agency Order).
                        <SU>150</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Unless there are remaining contracts after including all PIM responses, under no circumstances does the Initiating Member receive an allocation percentage at the final auction price of more than 50% of the initial Agency Order in the event there is a response(s) from one other Member or 40% of the initial Agency Order in the event there are responses from two or more other Members, except when rounding up. The Exchange is specifying two limited scenarios in this Rule where the Initiating Member may receive an allocation percentage greater than its guaranteed allocation percentage, which is either when there are remaining contracts after including all PIM responses or when rounding up.
                        <SU>151</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As an example of the first scenario, assume an Initiating Member submitted a FLEX Order for 20 contracts into FLEX PIM and there are 2 PIM responses (one for 3 contracts and one for 4 contracts). After the 7 PIM responses are allocated, the Initiating Member would then receive the remaining 13 contracts (which is more than their 40% allocation percentage) because there are remaining contracts after all PIM responses are included.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>150</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 12(e)(1)(B)(ii), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(1)(B)(ii) except the percentages will be based on the original size of the Agency Order, instead of the number of contracts remaining after execution against Priority Customer responses like Cboe. This will align to current PIM functionality. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 13(d)(3). 
                            <E T="03">See infra</E>
                             note 158 for further discussion on the 50%/40% allocation percentages.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>151</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 12(e)(1)(B), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(1)(B) except with respect to the two limited scenarios discussed above. This behavior relating to the remaining contracts scenario and rounding up scenario will align to current PIM functionality. While the Exchange's rules are silent on the first scenario, the rounding up scenario is specified in Options 3, Section 13(d)(7).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • All other FLEX PIM responses, allocated on a Size Pro-Rata basis (as defined in Options 3, Section 10(c)); 
                        <SU>152</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>152</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 12(e)(1)(C), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(1)(C). The Exchange notes that Size Pro-Rata (as defined in Options 3, Section 10(c)) is similar to pro-rata as referenced in the Cboe rule (and as defined in Cboe Rule 5.32(a)(1)(B)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • The Initiating Order to the extent there are any remaining contracts.
                        <SU>153</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>153</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 12(e)(1)(D), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(1)(D).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Price Improvement With Single-Price Submission:</E>
                         If the FLEX PIM auction results in price improvement for the Agency Order and the Initiating Member selected a single-price submission, at each price better than the final auction price, the System executes the Agency Order in the following order:  
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Priority Customer responses (in time priority); 
                        <SU>154</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>154</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 12(e)(2)(A), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(2)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>• Other FLEX PIM responses (in time priority) at prices better than the final auction price; and</P>
                    <P>
                        • All other FLEX PIM responses at the final auction price, allocated on a Size Pro-Rata basis (as defined in Options 3, Section 10(c)).
                        <SU>155</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>155</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 12(e)(2)(B), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(2)(B), except the Exchange will specify that other FLEX PIM responses at prices better than the final auction price will be allocated in time priority and all other FLEX PIM responses at the final auction price will be allocated on a Size Pro-Rata Basis. While the current rules are silent in this regard, this behavior follows current System behavior for its PIM functionality.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For example, assume a FLEX PIM Agency Order is sent for 100 contracts with a price of $1.00 and the Initiating Member selected a single-price submission. There are two PIM responses for 5 contracts each at $0.98, two PIM responses for 20 contracts each at $0.99, and two PIM responses for 40 contracts each at $1.00. The PIM responses at $0.98 and $0.99 will be executed in their entirety. The PIM responses at $1.00 (final auction price) will be executed on a Size Pro-Rata basis. At the final auction price, the System executes any remaining contracts from the Agency Order at that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="94999"/>
                        price in the order set forth in proposed Section 12(e)(1), as described above.
                        <SU>156</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>156</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 12(e)(2), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Price Improvement With Auto-Match:</E>
                         If the FLEX PIM auction results in price improvement for the Agency Order and the Initiating Member selected auto-match, at each price better than the final auction price up to the designated limit price, the System executes the Agency Order against the Initiating Order for the number of contracts equal to the aggregate size of all FLEX PIM responses and then executes the Agency Order against those responses in the order set forth in proposed subparagraph (e)(2) described above. At the final auction price, the System executes contracts at that price in the order set forth in proposed subparagraph (e)(1) described above.
                        <SU>157</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>157</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 12(e)(3), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Guaranteed Allocation:</E>
                         If the Initiating Member selects a single-price submission, it may elect for the Initiating Order to have less than their guaranteed allocation (50% if there is a response(s) from one other Member or 40% if there are responses from two or more Members) to trade against the Agency Order. The Initiating Member may select a lesser percentage than their guaranteed allocation. If the Initiating Member elects 0%, then notwithstanding subparagraphs (e)(1) and (2), the System only executes the Initiating Order against any remaining Agency Order contracts at the stop price after the Agency Order is allocated to all FLEX PIM responses at all prices equal to or better than the stop price. Guaranteed allocation information is not available to other market participants and may not be modified after it is submitted.
                        <SU>158</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>158</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 12(e)(4), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(4) except the Exchange will replace Cboe's last priority feature with a guaranteed allocation feature similar to current PIM functionality that allows Members to request a lower percentage than their guaranteed allocation. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 13(d)(3). As such, the difference between Cboe's rule and ISE's rule will be that ISE Members will be able to customize their guaranteed allocation percentages for FLEX PIM (which will follow the non-FLEX PIM process) while Cboe's rules do not seem to allow this for FLEX AIM. The Exchange notes that the proposed guaranteed allocation percentages of 50% (if there is a response(s) from one other Member) and 40% (if there are responses from two or more Members) for FLEX PIM will differ from the current guaranteed allocation percentage of 40% for standard PIM. As such, the Exchange is aligning to Cboe's allocation percentages. The Exchange also notes that its affiliates, Nasdaq BX, Inc. (“BX”) and Nasdaq PHLX LLC (“Phlx”), have consistent guaranteed allocation percentages for their standard non-FLEX price improvement auctions, BX PRISM and Phlx PIXL. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             BX Options 3, Section 13(ii)(A)(1) and Phlx Options 3, Section 13(b)(5)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 12(e)(5), the System cancels any unexecuted FLEX PIM responses (or unexecuted portions) at the conclusion of the FLEX PIM auction.
                        <SU>159</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>159</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(5) for substantially similar provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Lastly, the Exchange proposes a number of policies applicable to FLEX PIM as Supplementary Materials to Options 3A, Section 12. Specifically, proposed Supplementary Material .01 will provide that a Member may only use a FLEX PIM auction where there is a genuine intention to execute a bona fide transaction.
                        <SU>160</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .02 will provide that it will be deemed conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade and a violation of Options 9, Section 1 
                        <SU>161</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to engage in a pattern of conduct where the Initiating Member breaks up an Agency Order into separate orders for the purpose of gaining a higher allocation percentage than the Initiating Member would have otherwise received in accordance with the allocation procedures contained in proposed paragraph (e) above.
                        <SU>162</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Lastly, proposed Supplementary Material .03 will provide that if an allocation would result in less than one contract, then one contract will be allocated.
                        <SU>163</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This aligns to how the Exchange currently allocates contracts in PIM.
                        <SU>164</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>160</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.73, Interpretations and Policies .01 for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>161</SU>
                             Options 9, Section 1 provides that no Member shall engage in acts or practices inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade. Persons associated with Members shall have the same duties and obligations as Members under the Rules of Options 9.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>162</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.73, Interpretations and Policies .02 for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>163</SU>
                             The Exchange notes that it is not proposing to add the provision from Cboe Rule 5.73, Interpretations and Policies .03 that states: “A FLEX Official may nullify a transaction following a FLEX AIM Auction pursuant to Rule 5.75(b).” Because the FLEX Official is a floor concept and the Exchange does not operate a trading floor, the Exchange will not incorporate this concept into its proposed FLEX rules. Instead, the Exchange will System-enforce this provision by rejecting a FLEX PIM auction that does not comply with the provisions in proposed Options 3A, Section 12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>164</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Supplementary Material .10 to Options 3, Section 13.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">N. FLEX SOM (Section 13)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange proposes to establish SOM auction functionality for FLEX Options in Options 3A, Section 13. The proposed FLEX SOM auction will be substantially similar to Cboe's FLEX SAM in Cboe Rule 5.74, except for certain intended differences to align with the Exchange's current System functionality for non-FLEX Options, as further described below. Pursuant to proposed Section 13, a Member (the “Initiating Member”) may electronically submit for execution an order (which may be a simple or complex order) it represents as agent (“Agency Order”) against a solicited order (“Solicited Order”) if it submits the Agency Order for electronic execution into a FLEX SOM auction pursuant to this Rule.
                        <SU>165</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>165</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.74 for similar provisions, except the Exchange will not add Cboe's language that the Solicited Order cannot have a Capacity F (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             Firm capacity) for the same executing firm ID (“EFID”) as the Agency Order for the foregoing reasons. Facilitated orders cannot be entered into FLEX SOM (just like they cannot be entered into standard SOM today). Since an order with the capacity of Firm can be valid for a solicitation order, the Exchange will not System enforce the rejection of Firm capacity orders to avoid the rejection of contra-side orders that are entered with a Firm capacity and are, in fact, solicitations at the outset. Instead, it will monitor for compliance with the requirement that the contra-side order be a solicitation rather than a facilitation through surveillance, as it does today for non-FLEX SOM. The applicable rule for the foregoing requirement will be set forth in Supplementary Material .02 to Options 3A, Section 13.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Proposed Section 13(a)(1)-(6) will set forth the FLEX SOM auction eligibility requirements, and will be substantially similar to Cboe Rule 5.74(a)(1)-(6) except as noted below. Specifically, the Initiating Member may initiate a FLEX SOM auction if all of the following conditions are met:</P>
                    <P>• Class. An Agency Order must in a FLEX Option class the Exchange designates as eligible for FLEX SOM auctions.</P>
                    <P>
                        • FLEX Option Series. The Agency Order and Solicited Order must each be a FLEX Order that complies with proposed Section 11(a) in a permissible FLEX Option series that complies with proposed Section 3 above. For a complex FLEX Order, each leg must be in a permissible FLEX option series that complies with Section 3 above.
                        <SU>166</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>166</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.74(a)(2) for similar provisions, except the Exchange will add a similar stipulation for each leg of a complex FLEX Order for clarity.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>• Marking. The Initiating Member must mark an Agency Order for FLEX SOM auction processing.</P>
                    <P>
                        • Size. The Agency Order must be for at least the minimum size designated by the Exchange (which may not be less than 500 standard option contracts). For complex FLEX Orders, this minimum size requirement will apply to each leg. The Solicited Order must be for the same size as the Agency Order. The System handles each of the Agency Order and the Solicited Order as all-or-none.
                        <SU>167</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>167</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.74(a)(4) for similar provisions except unlike Cboe, the Exchange will not allow the Solicited Order to be comprised of multiple solicited orders in FLEX SOM to be consistent with current non-FLEX SOM functionality in Options 3, 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            Section 11(d). In addition, the Exchange will not incorporate Cboe's provisions relating to mini options or Micro FLEX Index Options into proposed Section 13(a)(4) as the Exchange does not list these products today. Further, the Exchange is adding a minor clarification that the minimum size requirement will apply to each leg of a complex FLEX Order.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="95000"/>
                    <P>
                        • Minimum Increment. The price of the Agency Order and Solicited Order for simple FLEX Orders must be in an increment the Exchange determines on a class basis (which may not be smaller than the amounts set forth in Section 5 above). If the Agency Order and Solicited Order are complex orders, the price must be a net price for the complex strategy.
                        <SU>168</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         While the Exchange will align to Cboe's minimum increment requirements (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         $0.01) for the individual options legs of a complex FLEX Order entered into a FLEX SOM, the Exchange also proposes to align the minimum increment requirements for stock-tied FLEX complex strategies with the existing requirements for stock-tied non-FLEX complex strategies as set forth in Options 3, Section 14(c)(1). As such, proposed Options 3A, Section 12(a)(5) will further provide that the prices of Complex Options Strategies (as defined in Options 3, Section 14) may be expressed in one cent ($0.01) increments, and the options leg of Complex Options Strategies may be executed in no smaller than one cent ($0.01) increments, regardless of the minimum increments otherwise applicable to the individual options legs of the order. Prices of Stock-Option Strategies or Stock-Complex Strategies (each as defined in Options 3, Section 14) may be expressed in any decimal price determined by the Exchange,
                        <SU>169</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the stock leg of a Stock-Option Strategy or Stock-Complex Strategy may be executed in any decimal price permitted in the equity market. The options leg of a Stock-Option Strategy or Stock-Complex Strategy may be executed in no smaller than one cent ($0.01) increments, regardless of the minimum increments otherwise applicable to the individual options legs of the order. Similar to stock-tied complex orders today, the Exchange believes that smaller minimum increments are appropriate for complex FLEX Orders that contain a stock component as the stock component can trade at finer decimal increments permitted by the equity market.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>168</SU>
                             The Exchange notes that unlike Cboe, it will not allow prices to be entered as a percentage value, and therefore will not incorporate the applicable language from Cboe Rule 5.74(a)(5) into proposed Section 13(a)(5). As discussed above, the Exchange will also incorporate existing minimum increment requirements for non-FLEX complex orders into proposed Section 13(a)(5) to align the proposed FLEX functionality with non-FLEX functionality.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>169</SU>
                             The prices for FLEX Stock-Option Strategies and FLEX Stock-Complex Strategies can be expressed to four decimal places, which is identical to how the stock portion of a non-FLEX Stock-Option Strategy and a non-FLEX Stock-Complex Strategy can be priced today. 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 101.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>• An Initiating Member may only submit an Agency Order to a FLEX SOM auction after trading in FLEX Options is open pursuant to proposed Section 8.</P>
                    <P>The System will reject or cancel both an Agency Order and Solicited Order submitted to a FLEX SOM auction that do not meet the conditions in proposed paragraph (a) as described above.</P>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 13(b), the Solicited Order must stop the entire Agency Order at a specified price. If the Agency Order and Solicited Order are complex orders, the price must be a net price for the complex strategy. The Initiating Member must specify a single price at which it seeks to execute the Agency Order against the Solicited Order. Otherwise, the System will reject or cancel both an Agency Order and Solicited Order submitted to a FLEX SOM auction that do not meet this condition.
                        <SU>170</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>170</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.74(b) for similar provisions, except the Exchange will not allow prices to be entered as a percentage value, and therefore will not incorporate the applicable language from Cboe's rule into proposed Section 13(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Proposed Section 13(c) will govern the FLEX SOM auction process. Specifically, upon receipt of an Agency Order that meets the conditions in paragraphs (a) and (b) as described above, the FLEX SOM auction process commences. Proposed subparagraphs (c)(1)(A) and (B) will describe concurrent FLEX SOM auctions for simple Agency Orders and complex Agency Orders, respectively, and will be materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(1)(A) and (B).  </P>
                    <P>
                        One or more FLEX SOM auctions in the same FLEX Option series or same complex strategy (as applicable) may occur at the same time.
                        <SU>171</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To the extent there is more than one FLEX SOM auction in a FLEX Option series or complex strategy (as applicable) underway at the same time, the FLEX SOM auctions will conclude sequentially based on the times at which the FLEX SOM auction periods end. At the time each FLEX SOM auction concludes, the System allocates the Agency Order pursuant to proposed paragraph (e) as described below, and takes into account all FLEX SOM responses received during the FLEX SOM auction period. As noted above, the proposed concurrent FLEX SOM auction feature is consistent with Cboe's concurrent FLEX SAM auctions feature in Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(1), and is also consistent with the concurrent auction feature proposed above for FLEX Auctions and FLEX PIM. For the same reasons stated above for FLEX Auctions and FLEX PIM, the Exchange believes that providing this concurrent auction functionality for FLEX SOM may provide additional opportunities for execution of FLEX Orders by encouraging Members to use FLEX SOM.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>171</SU>
                             Further, for complex Agency Orders, SOM auctions in different complex strategies may be ongoing at any given time, even if the complex strategies have overlapping components. A FLEX SOM auction in a complex strategy may be ongoing at the same time as a FLEX SOM auction in any component of the complex strategy. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed subparagraph (c)(1)(B)(i) of Options 3A, Section 13.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Pursuant to proposed Section 13(c)(2), the System initiates the FLEX SOM auction process by sending a FLEX SOM auction notification message detailing the side, size, price, capacity, auction ID, the length of the FLEX SOM auction period, and FLEX Option series or complex strategy, as applicable, of the Agency Order to all Members that elect to receive FLEX SOM auction notification messages. Similar to all other auction notifications, FLEX SOM auction notification messages will not be disseminated to OPRA. These provisions are materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(2).</P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 13(c)(3) will describe the “FLEX SOM Auction period,” and is based on Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(3). The FLEX SOM Auction period will be defined as a period of time that must be designated by the Initiating Member, which may be no less than three seconds and no more than five minutes. Similar to the exposure interval for electronic FLEX Auctions in Section 11(b) and the FLEX PIM Auction period in Section 12(c)(3) as discussed above, the Initiating Member will be required to identify a length of time within the specified parameters for FLEX SOM as there will be no default for the FLEX SOM Auction period. Otherwise, their FLEX Order will be rejected by the System. Further, if the designated length of the FLEX SOM Auction period exceeds the market close, then the auction will end at the market close with an execution, if an execution is permitted by this Section 13. Cboe's rule does not specify whether an execution (if permitted) would occur if the designated length exceeds the market close. However, the Exchange's non-FLEX auctions currently allow executions (as permitted by their respective rules) to occur in such scenarios, so the Exchange proposes to be consistent with current 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95001"/>
                        System functionality in this regard.
                        <SU>172</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In doing so, the Exchange's proposal will promote executions in FLEX SOM (instead of cancelling the FLEX Order) while also preventing executions from occurring after the market close.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>172</SU>
                             While this behavior is not explicitly stated in the current Rules, the Exchange's proposal will be consistent with current non-FLEX auction behavior, including current PIM and SOM behavior.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 13(c)(4) will provide that an Initiating Member may not modify an Agency Order or Solicited Order after submission to a FLEX SOM auction. This will be similar to Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(4) except unlike Cboe, the Exchange will allow Initiating Members to cancel their Agency Orders and Solicited Orders upon submission into a FLEX SOM, which will align with current SOM functionality.
                        <SU>173</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>173</SU>
                             This feature is not explicitly stated in the current SOM rules in Options 3, Section 11(d), but it is consistent with current SOM functionality.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Proposed Section 13(c)(5) will govern the requirements for FLEX SOM responses. Specifically:</P>
                    <P>
                        • Any Member other than the Initiating Member (the response cannot have the same badge/mnemonic as the Agency Order) may submit responses to a FLEX SOM auction that are properly marked specifying size, side, price, and the auction ID for the FLEX SOM auction to which the Member is submitting the response. A FLEX SOM response may only participate in the FLEX SOM auction with the auction ID specified in the response.
                        <SU>174</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>174</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 13(c)(5), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • The minimum price increment for FLEX SOM responses is the same as the one the Exchange determines for a class pursuant to proposed Section 12(a)(5) above. A response to a FLEX SOM auction of a complex Agency Order must have a net price. The System will reject a FLEX SOM response that is not in the applicable minimum increment.
                        <SU>175</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>175</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 13(c)(5)(A), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(5)(A) except the Exchange will not allow prices to be expressed as a percentage value.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • A Member using the same badge/mnemonic may only submit a single FLEX SOM response per auction ID for a given auction. If an additional SOM response is submitted for the same auction ID from the same badge/mnemonic, then that FLEX SOM response will automatically replace the previous FLEX SOM response.
                        <SU>176</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>176</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 13(c)(5)(B), which will be different from Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(5)(B) because the Exchange will not allow Members to submit multiple FLEX SOM responses using the same badge/mnemonic, and will not aggregate all of the Member's FLEX SOM responses. While the Exchange's standard non-FLEX rules are currently silent in this regard, the Exchange is making these concepts clear in the proposed FLEX language. Ultimately the Exchange's proposed FLEX SOM functionality in this regard will align to current non-FLEX auction functionality, including SOM auctions in Options 3, Section 11(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • The System will cap the size of a FLEX SOM response at the size of the Agency Order (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the System will ignore size in excess of the size of the Agency Order when processing the FLEX SOM auction).
                        <SU>177</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>177</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 13(c)(5)(C), which is based on Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(5)(C) except the Exchange will not allow Members to submit multiple FLEX SOM responses using the same badge/mnemonic, and will not aggregate all of the Member's FLEX SOM responses. As noted above, this will align to current non-FLEX auction functionality, including SOM auctions in Options 3, Section 11(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • FLEX SOM responses must be on the opposite side of the market as the Agency Order. The System rejects a FLEX SOM response on the same side of the market as the Agency Order.
                        <SU>178</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>178</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 13(c)(5)(D), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(5)(D).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • FLEX SOM responses will not be visible to FLEX SOM auction participants or disseminated to OPRA.
                        <SU>179</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>179</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 13(c)(5)(E), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(5)(E).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • A Member may modify or cancel its FLEX SOM responses during a FLEX SOM auction.
                        <SU>180</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>180</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 13(c)(5)(F), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.74(c)(5)(F).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 13(d), a FLEX SOM auction concludes at the earliest to occur of the following times: (1) the end of the FLEX SOM auction period; and (2) any time the Exchange halts trading in the affected underlying, provided, however, that in such instance the FLEX SOM auction concludes without execution.
                        <SU>181</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>181</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.74(d) for similar provisions, except the Exchange will make a minor clarification that this rule applies when the Exchange halts trading in the affected 
                            <E T="03">underlying</E>
                             (and not series, which is what Cboe currently has in its rule).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 13(e) will govern how executions will occur in FLEX SOM. In particular, at the end of the FLEX SOM auction, the System will execute the Agency Order against the Solicited Order or FLEX SOM responses at the best price(s) as follows. For purposes of ranking the Solicited Order and FLEX SOM responses when determining how to allocate the Agency Order against the Solicited Order and those responses, the term “price” refers to the dollar and decimal amount of the order or response bid or offer.
                        <SU>182</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed subparagraphs (e)(1)-(3) detail the FLEX SOM allocation methodology for the following scenarios:
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>182</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.74(e) for similar provisions except the Exchange will not allow prices to be expressed as a percentage value.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Execution Against Solicited Order:</E>
                         The System executes the Agency Order against the Solicited Order at the stop price if there are no Priority Customer FLEX SOM responses and the aggregate size of FLEX SOM responses at an improved price(s) is insufficient to satisfy the Agency Order.
                        <SU>183</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>183</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 13(e)(1), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.74(e)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Execution Against FLEX SOM Responses:</E>
                         The System executes the Agency Order against FLEX SOM responses if (1) there is a Priority Customer FLEX SOM response and the aggregate size of that response and all other FLEX SOM responses is sufficient to satisfy the Agency Order or (2) the aggregate size of FLEX SOM responses at an improved price(s) is sufficient to satisfy the Agency Order. The Agency Order executes against FLEX SOM responses at each price level. At the price at which the balance of the Agency Order can be fully executed, in the following order:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Priority Customer FLEX SOM responses (in time priority); 
                        <SU>184</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>184</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 13(e)(2)(A), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.74(e)(2)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • All other FLEX SOM responses, allocated on a Size Pro-Rata basis (as defined in Options 3, Section 10(c)).
                        <SU>185</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>185</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 13(e)(2)(B), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.74(e)(2)(B). The Exchange notes that Size Pro-Rata (as defined in Options 3, Section 10(c)) is similar to pro-rata as referenced in the Cboe rule (and as defined in Cboe Rule 5.32(a)(1)(B)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">No Execution:</E>
                         The System will cancel the Agency Order and Solicited Order with no execution if there is a Priority Customer FLEX SOM response and the aggregate size of that response and other FLEX SOM responses is insufficient to satisfy the Agency Order.
                        <SU>186</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>186</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 13(e)(3), which is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.74(e)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 12(e)(4), the System cancels any unexecuted FLEX SOM responses (or unexecuted portions) at the conclusion of a FLEX SOM auction.
                        <SU>187</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>187</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.74(e)(4) for substantially similar provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                      
                    <P>
                        Lastly, the Exchange proposes a number of policies applicable to FLEX SOM as Supplementary Materials to Options 3A, Section 13. Specifically, proposed Supplementary Material .01 will provide that prior to entering Agency Orders into a FLEX SOM auction on behalf of customers, Initiating Members must deliver to the customer a written notification informing the customer that its order 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95002"/>
                        may be executed using the FLEX SOM Auction. The written notification must disclose the terms and conditions contained in this Rule and be in a form approved by the Exchange.
                        <SU>188</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .02 will provide that under this Rule, Initiating Members may enter contra-side orders that are solicited. FLEX SOM provides a facility for Members that locate liquidity for their customer orders. Members may not use the FLEX SOM auction to circumvent Options 3, Section 22(b) limiting principal transactions. This may include, but is not limited to, Members entering contra-side orders that are solicited from (1) affiliated broker-dealers, or (2) broker-dealers with which the Member has an arrangement that allows the Member to realize similar economic benefits from the solicited transaction as it would achieve by executing the customer order in whole or in part as principal. Additionally, any solicited contra-side orders entered by Members to trade against Agency Orders may not be for the account of an Exchange Market Maker that is assigned to the options class.
                        <SU>189</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Lastly, proposed Supplementary Material .03 will provide that if an allocation would result in less than one contract, then one contract will be allocated.
                        <SU>190</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This aligns to how the Exchange currently allocates contracts in SOM.
                        <SU>191</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>188</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.74, Interpretations and Policies .01 for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>189</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.74, Interpretations and Policies .02 for similar provisions. The Exchange is also adding a prohibition against solicited contra-side orders being for the account of an Exchange Market Maker assigned to the options class to align with the current prohibition in Supplementary Material .03 to Options 3, Section 11.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>190</SU>
                             The Exchange notes that it is not proposing to add the provision from Cboe Rule 5.74, Interpretations and Policies .03 that states: “A FLEX Official may nullify a transaction following a FLEX SAM Auction pursuant to Rule 5.75(b).” Because the FLEX Official is a floor concept and the Exchange does not operate a trading floor, the Exchange will not incorporate this concept into its proposed FLEX rules. Instead, the Exchange will System-enforce this provision by rejecting a FLEX SAM auction that does not comply with the provisions in proposed Options 3A, Section 13.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>191</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Supplementary Material .09 to Options 3, Section 11.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">O. Risk Protections (Section 14)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange proposes in Options 3A, Section 14 to specify which of the Exchange's risk protections apply to FLEX trading. Risk protections are protections in our System to help minimize risk. The risk protections specified in proposed Options 3A, Sections 14(a) and 14(b) are mandatory whereas the risk protections specified in proposed Options 3A, Section 14(c) are optional. Proposed Section 14(a) will provide that the following simple order risk protections (as described in Options 3, Section 15) are available to FLEX Options: Market Wide Risk Protection and Size Limitation.
                        <SU>192</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As set forth in Options 3, Section 15(a)(1)(C), Market Wide Risk Protections are mandatory activity-based protections that allow Members to establish limits for order entry and execution rate during a specified period of time. The System maintains separate counts for each of the thresholds specified in the rule over rolling periods of time.
                        <SU>193</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Upon triggering the specified limits, the System will either delete all open orders and prevent entry of new orders for the Member, or prevent entry of new orders for the Member. Similar to how Market Wide Risk Protection assists Members in better managing their risk in the standard non-FLEX market on ISE today, the Exchange believes that applying Market Wide Risk Protection to its FLEX market will be beneficial for Members using FLEX trading.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>192</SU>
                             Size Limitation for simple orders is a limit on the number of contracts an incoming order may specify. Orders that exceed the maximum number of contracts are rejected. The maximum number of contracts, which shall not be less than 10,000, is established by the Exchange from time-to-time. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 15(a)(2)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>193</SU>
                             As set out in Options 3, Section 15(a)(1)(C), the Market Wide Risk Protection will have counting programs that will maintain separate counts, over rolling time periods specified by the Member for each count, of: (1) the total number of orders entered in the regular order book; (2) the total number of orders entered in the complex order book with only options legs; (3) the total number of Stock-Option and Stock-Complex Orders; (4) the total number of contracts traded in regular orders; (5) the total number of contracts traded in Complex Options Orders; and (6) the total number of contracts traded in Stock-Option and Stock-Complex Orders. As applied to FLEX, only items (4) through (6) of the foregoing will apply. Items (1) through (3) will not apply to FLEX because there is no order book for FLEX. The Exchange notes that Options 3, Section 15(a)(1)(C)(5) (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             item (5) of the foregoing) presently refers to Stock-Option and Stock Complex Orders, instead of Complex Options Orders. However, ISE will file a clean-up amendment so that subparagraph (5) will refer instead to Complex Options Orders. This clean-up will align ISE's rule to MRX Options 3, Section 15(a)(1)(C).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 14(b) will provide that the following complex order risk protections (as described in Options 3, Section 16) are available to FLEX Options: Strategy Protections (only to FLEX Auctions and FLEX responses in proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)), Size Limitation,
                        <SU>194</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Price Limit for Complex Order protections as appliable to the stock component (as described in Options 3, Section 16(a)),
                        <SU>195</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Stock-Tied NBBO protections (as described in Options 3, Section 16(d)),
                        <SU>196</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the Stock-Tied Reg SHO protections (as described in Options 3, Section 16(e)).
                        <SU>197</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>194</SU>
                             Size Limitation for complex orders is a limit on the number of contracts (and shares in the case of a Stock-Option Strategy or Stock-Complex Strategy) any single leg of an incoming Complex Order may specify. Orders that exceed the maximum number of contracts (or shares) are rejected. The maximum number of contracts (or shares), which shall not be less than 10,000 (or 100,000 shares), is established by the Exchange from time-to-time. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 16 (c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>195</SU>
                             The Exchange amended the Price Limits for Complex Order protections in Options 3, Section 16(a) for its standard non-FLEX complex market as part of the technology migration to enhanced Nasdaq functionality discussed above. See supra note 11. See also Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98066 (August 7, 2023), 88 FR 54672 (August 11, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-13).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>196</SU>
                             The Exchange introduced the Stock-Tied NBBO protections in Options 3, Section 16(d) for its standard non-FLEX complex market as part of the technology migration to enhanced Nasdaq functionality discussed above. See supra note 11. See also Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98066 (August 7, 2023), 88 FR 54672 (August 11, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-13).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>197</SU>
                             The Exchange introduced the Stock-Tied Reg SHO protections in Options 3, Section 16(e) for its standard non-FLEX complex market as part of the technology migration to enhanced Nasdaq functionality discussed above. See supra note 11. See also Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98066 (August 7, 2023), 88 FR 54672 (August 11, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-13).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Strategy Protections listed in Options 3, Section 16(b) are the Vertical Spread Protection,
                        <SU>198</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Calendar Spread Protection,
                        <SU>199</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Butterfly Spread Protection,
                        <SU>200</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and Box Spread Protection.
                        <SU>201</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These Strategy Protections are all aimed at preventing the potential execution of the specified complex strategies (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         vertical spread, calendar spread, butterfly spread, and box spread) outside of specified price parameters in order to prevent executions at undesirable prices. Today, Strategy Protections do not apply to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95003"/>
                        orders and responses submitted into non-FLEX PIM and non-FLEX SOM.
                        <SU>202</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange will align this application to FLEX such that Strategy Protections would only apply to FLEX Auctions and FLEX responses in proposed Section 11(b) as described above, and not to FLEX Orders and responses submitted into FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>198</SU>
                             The Vertical Spread Protection will apply to a vertical spread. A vertical spread is an order to buy a call (put) option and to sell another call (put) option in the same security with the same expiration but at a higher (lower) strike price. See Options 3, Section 16(b)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>199</SU>
                             The Calendar Spread Protection will apply to a Calendar Spread. A calendar spread is an order to buy a call (put) option with a longer expiration and to sell another call (put) option with a shorter expiration in the same security at the same strike price. See Options 3, Section 16(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>200</SU>
                             The Butterfly Spread Protection will apply to a butterfly spread. A butterfly spread is a three legged Complex Order with the following: (1) two legs to buy (sell) the same number of calls (puts); (2) one leg to sell (buy) twice the number of calls (puts) with a strike price at mid-point of the two legs to buy (sell); (3) all legs have the same expiration; and (4) each leg strike price is equidistant from the next sequential strike price. See Options 3, Section 16(b)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>201</SU>
                             The Box Spread Protection will apply to a box spread. A box spread is a four legged Complex Order with the following: (1) one pair of legs with the same strike price with one leg to buy a call (put) and one leg to sell a put (call); (2) a second pair of legs with a different strike price from the pair described in (1) with one leg to sell a call (put) and one leg to buy a put (call); (3) all legs have the same expiration; and (4) all legs have equal volume. See Options 3, Section 16(b)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>202</SU>
                             See Options 3, Section 16(b), which describes the non-applicability of the Strategy Protections to certain auction mechanisms. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 100743 (August 16, 2024), 89 FR 68014 (August 22, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-39) (effective but not yet operative). As amended by SR-ISE-2024-39, Options 3, Section 16(b) would provide that the Strategy Protections will not apply when a standard non-FLEX complex order includes at least one p.m.-settled leg and at least one a.m.-settled leg. This would likewise be true for complex FLEX Orders (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             the Strategy Protections would not apply when a complex FLEX Order includes at least one p.m.-settled leg and at least one a.m.-settled leg).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As noted above, the Exchange adopted the Price Limit for Complex Order protections in Options 3, Section 16(a),
                        <SU>203</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Stock-Tied NBBO protections in Options 3, Section 16(d),
                        <SU>204</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the Stock-Tied Reg SHO protections in Options 3, Section 16(e) 
                        <SU>205</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (collectively, the “Stock-Tied Risk Protections”) as part of SR-ISE-2023-13 for its standard non-FLEX complex market. The Exchange is now proposing to apply the Stock-Tied Risk Protections to complex FLEX Orders to the extent the complex FLEX Order has a stock component. The Price Limits for Complex Orders in Options 3, Section 16(a) seek to prevent complex executions from occurring outside of certain price limits that are tied to the NBBO for the options series or for any stock component. Because there will be no book for FLEX trading (and therefore no NBBO for the FLEX Options series), the Exchange will not apply the price limit protection tied to the NBBO for the options series for FLEX trading. To the extent the complex FLEX Order has a stock component, the Exchange will only apply the price limit protection tied to the NBBO for the stock component. The below is an example of how the Exchange will apply the Options 3, Section 16(a) price protection to complex FLEX Orders.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>203</SU>
                             Specifically, Options 3, Section 16(a) states that as provided in Options 3, Section 14(d)(2), the legs of a complex strategy may be executed at prices that are inferior to the prices available on other exchanges trading the same options series. Notwithstanding, the System will not permit any leg of a complex strategy to trade through the NBBO for the series or any stock component by a configurable amount calculated as the lesser of (i) an absolute amount not to exceed $0.10, and (ii) a percentage of the NBBO not to exceed 500%, as determined by the Exchange on a class, series or underlying basis. A Member can also include an instruction on a Complex Order that each leg of the Complex Order is to be executed only at a price that is equal to or better than the NBBO for the options series or any stock component, as applicable (“Do-Not-Trade-Through” or “DNTT”). As discussed later in this filing, the NBBO price limit for the option series will not apply to complex FLEX orders; however, the NBBO price limit for the stock component will apply.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>204</SU>
                             Specifically, Options 3, Section 16(d) provides that for Complex Orders in Stock-Option Strategies and Stock-Complex Strategies, the Exchange shall electronically communicate the underlying security component of a Complex Order to Nasdaq Execution Services, LLC (“NES”), its designated broker dealer, for immediate execution. Such execution and reporting will not occur on the Exchange and will be handled by NES pursuant to applicable rules regarding equity trading. NES will ensure that the execution price is within the high-low range for the day in that stock at the time the Complex Order is processed and within a certain price from the current market pursuant to Options 3, Section 16(a). If the stock price is not within these parameters, the Complex Order is not executable and the Exchange will hold the Complex Order on the Order Book, if consistent with Member instructions. This risk protection will apply wholesale to complex FLEX Orders with a stock component.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>205</SU>
                             Specifically, Options 3, Section 16(e) provides that when the short sale price test in Rule 201 of Regulation SHO is triggered for a covered security, NES will not execute a short sale order in the underlying covered security component of a Complex Order if the price is equal to or below the current national best bid. However, NES will execute a short sale order in the underlying covered security component of a Complex Order if such order is marked “short exempt,” regardless of whether it is at a price that is equal to or below the current national best bid. If NES cannot execute the underlying covered security component of a Complex Order in accordance with Rule 201 of Regulation SHO, the Exchange will hold the Complex Order on the Complex Order Book, if consistent with Member instructions. The order may execute at a price that is not equal to or below the current national best bid. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “covered security” shall have the same meaning as in Rule 201(a)(1) of Regulation SHO. This risk protection will apply wholesale to complex FLEX Orders with a stock component.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Scenario illustrating applicability of the stock buffer described in Options 3, Section 16(a) Price Limits for Complex Orders:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        <E T="03">IBM Underlying/Stock NBBO is 1.00 × 2.00</E>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        <E T="03">Stock buffer is configured to the lesser of $0.05 or 5%</E>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        <E T="03">FLEX Option NBBO does not exist, but the minimum trading increment/minimum price variation (MPV) for option leg executions is $0.01</E>
                    </FP>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">FLEX Auction is entered in a Stock-Complex Strategy encompassing 2 IBM FLEX Put options:</E>
                         Buy 1 Put (FLEX option leg A) + Buy 1 Put (FLEX option leg B) + Buy 100 shares IBM stock: Buy 110 units of the A + B + Stock strategy @net price of $1.02.
                    </P>
                    <P>• A firm responds to Sell 110 @net price of $0.89.</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        <E T="03">FLEX Auction timer passes &amp; auction concludes</E>
                    </FP>
                    <P>• The firm's response trades with the FLEX Auction order 110 @net price of $0.97 because the stock component cannot trade at any price lower than $0.95 ($1.00−$0.05 [price limit for stock component] = $0.95) and the FLEX option legs cannot trade at any price lower than $0.01 as this is the minimum trading increment for option legs; therefore, the minimum stock price of $0.95 plus the $0.01 minimum option leg price means that, despite the $0.89 limit price on the response, the strategy cannot trade below $0.97 ($0.95 + [$0.01*2 legs]).</P>
                    <P>
                        As it relates to the other Stock-Tied Risk Protections (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the Stock-Tied NBBO protections and the Stock-Tied Reg SHO protections), these will apply wholesale to complex FLEX Orders with a stock component as noted above.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 14(c) will provide that the optional risk protections in Options 3, Section 28 are available to FLEX Options.
                        <SU>206</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In particular, the following are optional risk protections in Options 3, Section 28: (1) notional dollar value per order (which will be calculated as quantity multiplied by limit price multiplied by number of underlying shares), (2) daily aggregate notional dollar value, (3) quantity per order, and (4) daily aggregate quantity. In sum, Members may set thresholds for each of the foregoing protections in order to limit the quantity and notional value they can send per order and on aggregate for the day.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>206</SU>
                             The Exchange introduced the optional risk protections in Options 3, Section 28 as part of the technology migration to enhanced Nasdaq functionality discussed above. See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 96818 (February 6, 2023), 88 FR 8950 (February 10, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-06).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">P. Data Feeds (Section 15)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange proposes to specify in Options 3A, Section 15 which data feeds it will disseminate auction notifications for simple and complex FLEX Orders. Proposed Section 15(a) will provide that auction notifications for simple FLEX Orders will be disseminated through the Order Feed, as described in Options 3, Section 23(a)(2).
                        <SU>207</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed Section 15(b) will provide that auction notifications for complex FLEX Orders will be disseminated through the Spread Feed, as described in Options 3, Section 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95004"/>
                        23(a)(5).
                        <SU>208</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange notes that this aligns to current functionality where simple auction notifications are disseminated over the Order Feed and complex auction notifications are disseminated over the Spread Feed. Today, simple and complex auction notifications inform Members that an auction order has been accepted by the System and that an auction is commencing. Auction notifications also contain all of the relevant information Members need to respond to that particular auction.
                        <SU>209</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As proposed, the simple and complex FLEX auction notifications will likewise inform Members that a FLEX auction order has been accepted by the System, a FLEX auction is commencing, and will also contain all of the relevant information Members need to respond to that particular FLEX auction.
                        <SU>210</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The FLEX auction notifications will specify that a particular auction is FLEX versus non-FLEX. As is the case today for non-FLEX auctions, FLEX auction notifications disseminated over the Order Feed and the Spread Feed will be available to all Members that elect to receive such notification messages.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>207</SU>
                             The Nasdaq ISE Order Feed (“Order Feed”) provides information on new orders resting on the book (
                            <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                             price, quantity and market participant capacity). In addition, the feed also announces all auctions. The data provided for each option series includes the symbols (series and underlying security), put or call indicator, expiration date, the strike price of the series, and whether the option series is available for trading on ISE and identifies if the series is available for closing transactions only. The feed also provides order imbalances on opening/reopening.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>208</SU>
                             Nasdaq ISE Spread Feed (“Spread Feed”) is a feed that consists of: (1) options orders for all Complex Orders (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             spreads, buy-writes, delta neutral strategies, etc.); (2) data aggregated at the top five price levels (BBO) on both the bid and offer side of the market; (3) last trades information. The Spread Feed provides updates, including prices, side, size and capacity, for every Complex Order placed on the ISE Complex Order book. The Spread Feed shows: (1) aggregate bid/ask quote size; (2) aggregate bid/ask quote size for Professional Customer Orders; and (3) aggregate bid/ask quote size for Priority Customer Orders for ISE traded options. The feed also provides Complex Order auction notifications. The Exchange notes that as applied to FLEX, the majority of the data elements in the Spread Feed will not applicable to FLEX Options (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             data aggregated at the top five price levels (BBO) on both the bid and offer side of the market and aggregate bid/ask quote size). While other data elements (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             options orders for all Complex Orders and last trades information) also apply to FLEX, the Exchange is pointing out auction notifications in the proposed rule to be transparent about the most salient feature for complex FLEX Orders.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>209</SU>
                             For example, at the commencement of a standard, non-FLEX PIM auction, the Exchange sends a broadcast message (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             auction notification) that includes the series, price and size of the Agency Order, and whether it is to buy or sell, through the Order Feed. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 13(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>210</SU>
                             For example, at the commencement of a FLEX PIM Auction, the Exchange would send FLEX PIM Auction notification message detailing the side, size, auction ID, the length of the FLEX PIM Auction period, and FLEX Option series or complex strategy, as applicable, of the Agency Order to all Members that elect to receive FLEX PIM Auction notification messages. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Q. FLEX Market Makers (Section 16)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 16 will govern FLEX Market Makers on the Exchange. Pursuant to proposed Section 16(a), a FLEX Market Maker will automatically receive an appointment in the same FLEX option class(es) as its non-FLEX class appointments selected pursuant to Options 2, Section 3.
                        <SU>211</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Only the Primary Market Maker in the non-FLEX Option may be the assigned Primary Market Maker in that FLEX Option.
                        <SU>212</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Today, in order for Market Makers to submit auction responses in option classes through SQF, they need to be appointed to that option class.
                        <SU>213</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As such, the Exchange is automatically carrying over the FLEX Market Maker's non-FLEX options class appointment as its FLEX option class appointment in order to allow the FLEX Market Maker to respond to the electronic FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, and FLEX SOM as described above.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>211</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 3.58(c) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>212</SU>
                             The Exchange notes that this requirement is based on Phlx Options 8, Section 34(d)(1), which currently states that only the Lead Market Maker in the non-FLEX option may be the assigned Specialist in that FLEX option. Primary Market Maker on ISE is analogous to a Lead Market Maker on Phlx.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>213</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 68 describing SQF features available in the Exchange's non-FLEX market today (including the ability for Market Makers to currently send auction responses). As discussed above, the Exchange is proposing to also allow FLEX auction responses through SQF.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 16(b) will provide that each FLEX Market Maker must fulfill all the obligations of a Market Maker under Options 2 and must comply with the applicable provisions, except FLEX Market Makers do not need to provide continuous quotes in FLEX Options.
                        <SU>214</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>214</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.57 for similar provisions related to FLEX Market Makers. The Exchange will not impose continuing quoting obligations on FLEX Market Makers (similar to Cboe) given that such obligations are relevant for book trading. As discussed above, there will be no book trading for FLEX Options. As discussed above, the Exchange will not incorporate provisions related to FLEX Officials like Cboe as this is generally a floor trading concept and the Exchange does not have a trading floor.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">R. Letters of Guarantee (Section 17)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange proposes in Options 3A, Section 17(a) to provide that no FLEX Market Maker shall effect any transaction in FLEX Options unless one or more effective Letter(s) of Guarantee has been issued by a Clearing Member and filed with the Exchange accepting financial responsibility for all FLEX transactions made by the FLEX Market Maker pursuant to Options 6, Section 4.
                        <SU>215</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>215</SU>
                             Options 6, Section 4 provides that no Market Maker shall make any transactions on the Exchange unless a Letter of Guarantee has been issued for such Member by a Clearing Member and filed with the Exchange, and unless such Letter of Guarantee has not been revoked pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Rule. A Letter of Guarantee shall provide that the issuing Clearing Member accepts financial responsibilities for all Exchange Transactions made by the guaranteed Member.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">S. Position Limits (Section 18)</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange proposes to detail the position limits for FLEX Options in Options 3A, Section 18. As discussed below, proposed Section 18 will be based on the FLEX Options position limit rules on Cboe and its own market.</P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 18(a) will govern the position limits for FLEX Index Options. Specifically, proposed Section 18(a)(1) will provide that except as provided in proposed Section 18(a)(2)-(4) below, FLEX Index Options shall be subject to the same position limits governing index options as provided for in Options 4A, Sections 6 and 7.
                        <SU>216</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed Section 18(a)(2) will provide that except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (a)(3) of this Rule, in no event shall the position limits for broad-based FLEX Index Options exceed 25,000 contracts on the same side of the market.
                        <SU>217</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed Section 18(a)(3) will provide that there shall be no position limits for broad-based index options listed in Options 4A, Section 6(a).
                        <SU>218</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, each Member (other than FLEX Market Makers) that maintains a FLEX broad-based index option position on the same side of the market in excess of 100,000 contracts in NDX or RUT for its own account or for the account of a customer, shall report information as to whether the positions are hedged and provide documentation as to how such contracts are hedged, in the manner and form required by the Exchange. In calculating the applicable contract-reporting amount, reduced-value contracts will be aggregated with full-value contracts and counted by the amount by which they equal a full-value contract (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         10 MNX options equal 1 NDX full-value contract). The Exchange may impose other reporting requirements as well as the limit at which the reporting requirement may be triggered.
                        <SU>219</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Whenever the Exchange 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95005"/>
                        determines that additional margin is warranted in light of the risks associated with an under-hedged FLEX NDX or RUT options position, the Exchange may impose additional margin upon the account maintaining such under-hedged position pursuant to its authority under Options 6C, Section 5. The clearing firm carrying the account also will be subject to capital charges under Rule 15c3-1 under the Exchange Act to the extent of any margin deficiency resulting from the higher margin requirements.
                        <SU>220</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>216</SU>
                             Options 4A, Sections 6 and 7 presently set forth the position limits for broad-based and industry index options, respectively.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>217</SU>
                             This separate same side position limit for broad-based FLEX Index Options (except for the ones noted below) is based on the Exchange's same side position limit for its standard market as set forth in Options 4A, Section 6(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>218</SU>
                             As such the following broad-based index options listed in Options 4A, Section 6(a) will have no position limits for FLEX Index Options: options on the Nasdaq 100 Index, Mini Nasdaq 100 Index, Nations VolDex Index, Nasdaq 100 Reduced Value Index, and Nasdaq Micro Index Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>219</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 4A, Section 9(a)(13) (setting forth the same reporting requirements for the Exchange's standard non-FLEX index options market). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Cboe Rule 8.35(b) for similar reporting requirements.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>220</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 4A, Section 9(a)(14) (setting forth the same stipulation for the Exchange's standard index options market). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Cboe Rule 8.35(b) for similar stipulations.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 18(a)(4) will provide that industry-based FLEX Index Options shall be subject to separate position limits of 18,000, 24,000, or 31,500 contracts, depending on the position limit tier determined pursuant to Options 4A, Section 7(a)(1).
                        <SU>221</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>221</SU>
                             The proposed position limits align to the Exchange's non-FLEX position limits for industry index options in Options 4A, Section 7(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 18(b) will govern the position limits for FLEX Equity Options. Pursuant to proposed Section 18(b)(1)(A), there will generally be no position limits for FLEX Equity Options with the exceptions noted below.
                        <SU>222</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to proposed Section 18(b)(2), each Member (other than a Market Maker) that maintains a position on the same side of the market in excess of the standard limit under Options 9, Section 13 for non-FLEX Equity Options of the same class on behalf of its own account or for the account of a customer shall report information on the FLEX Equity option position, positions in any related instrument, the purpose or strategy for the position, and the collateral used by the account. This report shall be in the form and manner prescribed by the Exchange.
                        <SU>223</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to proposed Section 18(b)(3), whenever the Exchange determines that a higher margin requirement is necessary in light of the risks associated with a FLEX Equity option position in excess of the standard limit for non-FLEX Equity options of the same class, the Exchange may consider imposing additional margin upon the account maintaining such under-hedged position, pursuant to its authority under Options 6C, Section 5.
                        <SU>224</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Additionally, it should be noted that the clearing firm carrying the account will be subject to capital charges under Rule 15c3-1 under the Exchange Act to the extent of any margin deficiency resulting from the higher margin requirement.
                        <SU>225</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>222</SU>
                             See Cboe Rule 8.35(c)(1)(A) for materially identical provisions. Like Cboe, the Exchange's rule will have exceptions for the aggregation of FLEX positions (proposed Section 18(c)) and for position limits for cash-settled FLEX Equity Options where the underlying security is an ETF (proposed Section 18(b)(1)(B), which will be discussed later in this filing).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>223</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 8.35(c)(2) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>224</SU>
                             Options 6C, Section 5 provides that the amount of margin prescribed by these Rules is the minimum which must be required initially and subsequently maintained with respect to each account affected thereby; but nothing in these Rules shall be construed to prevent a Member from requiring margin in an amount greater than that specified. Further, the Exchange may at any time impose higher margin requirements with respect to such positions when it deems such higher margin requirements to be advisable.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>225</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 8.35(c)(3) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 18(c) will govern the aggregation of FLEX positions. Specifically, for purposes of the position limits and reporting requirements set forth in this Section 18, FLEX Option positions shall not be aggregated with positions in non-FLEX Options other than as provided in this Section 18(c) and in Section 18(b)(1)(B),
                        <SU>226</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and positions in FLEX Index Options on a given index shall not be aggregated with options on any stocks included in the index or with FLEX Index Option positions on another index.
                        <SU>227</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to proposed Section 18(c)(1), commencing at the close of trading two business days prior to the last trading day of the calendar quarter, positions in P.M.-settled FLEX Index Options (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         FLEX Index Options having an exercise settlement value determined by the level of the index at the close of trading on the last trading day before expiration) shall be aggregated with positions in Quarterly Options Series on the same index with the same expiration and shall be subject to the position limits set forth in Options 4A, Section 6 or Section 7, as applicable.
                        <SU>228</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to proposed Section 18(c)(2), commencing at the close of trading two business days prior to the last trading day of the week, positions in FLEX Index Options that are cash settled 
                        <SU>229</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         shall be aggregated with positions in Short Term Option Series on the same underlying (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         same underlying index as a FLEX Index Option) with the same means for determining exercise settlement value (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         opening or closing prices of the underlying index) and same expiration, and shall be subject to the position limits set forth in Options 4A, Section 6 (for broad-based index options) or Section 7 (for narrow-based index options), as applicable.
                        <SU>230</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to proposed Section 18(c)(3), as long as the options positions remain open, positions in FLEX Options that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month expiration day shall be aggregated with positions in non-FLEX Options on the same underlying, and shall be subject to the position limits set forth in Options 4A, Section 6, Options 4A, Section 7, or Options 9, Section 13, as applicable, and the exercise limits set forth in Options 9, Section 15, as applicable.
                        <SU>231</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>226</SU>
                             Proposed Section 18(b)(1)(B) will set forth the position limits for cash-settled FLEX ETF options and will be discussed later in this filing.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>227</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 8.35(d) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>228</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 8.35(d)(1) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>229</SU>
                             The Exchange notes that all FLEX Index Options will be cash settled.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>230</SU>
                             This is based on Cboe Rule 8.35(d)(2), except the Exchange does not currently list Credit Default Options and will therefore not incorporate the applicable portion into its proposed rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>231</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 8.35(d)(3) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">T. Exercise Limits (Section 19)</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange proposes to detail the exercise limits for FLEX Options in Options 3A, Section 19. As discussed below, proposed Section 19 will be based on the FLEX Options exercise limit rules on Cboe and Phlx.</P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 19(a) will provide that exercise limits for FLEX Options shall be equivalent to the FLEX position limits prescribed in proposed Section 18.
                        <SU>232</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         There shall be no exercise limits for broad-based FLEX Index Options (including reduced value option contracts) on broad-based index options listed in Options 4A, Section 6(a).
                        <SU>233</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>232</SU>
                             Proposed Section 19(a) is based on Cboe Rule 8.42(g) except the Exchange will not incorporate references to Cboe-specific products like Micro FLEX Index Options, FLEX Individual Stock or ETF Based Volatility Index Options. Similarly, the Exchange will replace the references to Cboe-specific broad-based index options like SPX, VIX, etc. with the broad-based index options in Options 4A, Section 6(a), which are similar index products on ISE.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>233</SU>
                             As such the following broad-based index options listed in Options 4A, Section 6(a) will have no exercise limits for FLEX Index Options: options on the Nasdaq 100 Index, Mini Nasdaq 100 Index, Nations VolDex Index, Nasdaq 100 Reduced Value Index, and Nasdaq Micro Index Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 19(a)(1) will require that the minimum value size for FLEX Equity Option exercises be 25 contracts or the remaining size of the position, whichever is less.
                        <SU>234</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed Section 19(a)(2) will require that the minimum value size for FLEX Index Option exercises be $1 million Underlying Equivalent Value (as defined below) or the remaining Underlying Equivalent Value of the position, whichever is less.
                        <SU>235</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed Section 19(a)(3) will stipulate that except as provided in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95006"/>
                        proposed Section 18(b)(1)(B) and Section 18(c) above,
                        <SU>236</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         FLEX Options shall not be taken into account when calculating exercise limits for non-FLEX Option contracts.
                        <SU>237</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Lastly, proposed Section 19(a)(4) will set forth the definition of Underlying Equivalent Value as the aggregate value of a FLEX Index Option (index multiplier times the current index value) multiplied by the number of FLEX Index Options.
                        <SU>238</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>234</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 8.42(g)(1) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>235</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 8.42(g)(2) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>236</SU>
                             As described above, proposed Section 18(c) will govern the aggregation of FLEX positions generally, while proposed Section 18(b)(1)(B) will govern the aggregation of cash-settled FLEX Equity Options specifically and that positions in such cash-settled FLEX Equity Options will be aggregated with positions in physically settled options on the same underlying ETF. Cash-settled FLEX Equity Options will be discussed later in this filing.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>237</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 8.42(g)(3) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>238</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Phlx Options 8, Section 34(b)(8)(D) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">U. Capacity and Surveillances</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange has analyzed its capacity and represents that it believes the Exchange and the Options Price Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional message traffic associated with the listing of new series that may result from the introduction of FLEX Options.
                        <SU>239</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>239</SU>
                             The Exchange will report FLEX Option trades and, if necessary, trade cancellations to OPRA.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Additionally, the Exchange believes it has an adequate surveillance program in place and intends to apply the same program procedures to FLEX Options that is applied to the Exchange's other options products, as applicable. FLEX Option products and their respective symbols will be integrated into the Exchange's existing surveillance system architecture and will be subject to the relevant surveillance processes. The Exchange believes that any potential risk of manipulative activity is mitigated by these existing surveillance technologies, procedures, and reporting requirements, which allow the Exchange to properly identify disruptive and/or manipulative trading activity. Additionally, taking into consideration that FLEX Options have unique characteristics, the Exchange has reviewed its catalog of patterns and updated a number of patterns to include FLEX Options transactions for when they begin trading. The Exchange will periodically review its surveillance procedures and make any changes that the Exchange believes are necessary for FLEX trading.</P>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in more detail in the “Cash-Settled FLEX ETFs” section below, the Exchange is also a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”),
                        <SU>240</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and works with other self-regulatory organizations and exchanges on intermarket surveillance related issues through its participation in the ISG. As discussed in the “Cash-Settled FLEX ETFs” section below, the Exchange and all other ISG members can and do share information for regulatory purposes.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>240</SU>
                             ISG is an industry organization formed in 1983 to coordinate intermarket surveillance among the SROs by cooperatively sharing regulatory information pursuant to a written agreement between the parties. The goal of the ISG's information sharing is to coordinate regulatory efforts to address potential intermarket trading abuses and manipulations.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">V. Cash-Settled FLEX ETFs</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange proposes to include rule text in proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c) and Section 18, each as discussed above, to allow for cash settlement of certain FLEX Equity Options. Generally, as discussed above, FLEX Equity Options will be settled by physical delivery of the underlying security,
                        <SU>241</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         while all FLEX Index Options will be settled by delivery in cash.
                        <SU>242</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange proposes to allow FLEX Equity Options where the underlying security is an ETF to be settled by delivery in cash if the underlying security meets prescribed criteria. The Exchange notes that cash-settled FLEX ETF Options will be subject to the same trading rules and procedures described above that will govern the trading of other FLEX Options on the Exchange, with the exception of the rules to accommodate the cash-settlement feature proposed as follows. Today, NYSE American Rule 903G 
                        <SU>243</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(5)(A) 
                        <SU>244</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         allow for cash-settled FLEX ETF Options as well. The Exchange's proposed rule changes for cash-settled ETF Options will be based on NYSE American Rule 903G and Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(5)(A).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>241</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c)(5)(A)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>242</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c)(5)(B). As discussed below, cash settlement is also permitted in the OTC market. Trading in cash-settled FLEX ETF Options will not commence until the related reporting requirements are finalized.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>243</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 88131 (February 5, 2020), 85 FR 7806 (February 11, 2020) (SR-NYSEAmer-2019-38) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 1 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To Allow Certain Flexible Equity Options To Be Cash Settled).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>244</SU>
                             Cboe also filed an immediately effective rule change to allow certain FLEX Options to be cash settled. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98044 (August 2, 2023), 88 FR 53548 (August 8, 2023) (SR-Cboe-2023-036) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Allow Certain Flexible Exchange Equity Options To Be Cash Settled).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        To permit cash settlement of certain FLEX ETF Options, the Exchange proposes rule text in Section 3(c)(5)(A)(ii) to provide that the exercise settlement for a FLEX ETF Option may be by physical delivery of the underlying ETF or by delivery in cash if the underlying security, measured over a defined six-month period,
                        <SU>245</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         has an average daily notional value of $500 million or more and a national average daily volume (“ADV”) of at least 4,680,000 shares.
                        <SU>246</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>245</SU>
                             As noted below, the Exchange plans to conduct the bi-annual review on January 1 and July 1 of each year. As such, the six-month periods will be from January to June, and from July to December each year.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>246</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(5)(A)(ii) for materially identical provisions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange also proposes in Section 3(c) that a FLEX Equity Option overlying an ETF (cash- or physically-settled) may not be the same type (put or call) and may not have the same exercise style, expiration date, and exercise price as a non-FLEX Equity Option overlying the same ETF.
                        <SU>247</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In other words, regardless of whether a FLEX Equity Option overlying an ETF is cash or physically settled, at least one of the exercise style (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         American-style or European-style), expiration date, and exercise price of that FLEX Option must differ from those terms of a non-FLEX Option overlying the same ETF in order to list such a FLEX Equity Option. For example, suppose a non-FLEX SPY option (which is physically settled, p.m.-settled and American-style) with a specific September expiration and exercise price of 475 is listed for trading. A FLEX Trader could not submit an order to trade a FLEX SPY option that is cash-settled (or physically settled) and American-style with the same September expiration and exercise price of 475.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>247</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             introductory paragraph of Cboe Rule 4.21(b) for materially identical provisions. All non-FLEX Equity Options (including on ETFs) are physically settled. Note all FLEX and non-FLEX Equity Options (including ETFs) are p.m.-settled.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the Exchange proposes new subparagraph (a) to Section 3(c)(5)(A)(ii), which would provide that the Exchange will determine bi-annually the underlying ETFs that satisfy the notional value and trading volume requirements in Section 3(c)(5)(A)(ii) by using trading statistics for the defined six-month period.
                        <SU>248</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95007"/>
                        proposed rule would further provide that the Exchange will permit cash settlement as a contract term on no more than 50 underlying ETFs that meet the criteria in this subparagraph (ii) and that if more than 50 underlying ETFs satisfy the notional value and trading volume requirements, then the Exchange would select the top 50 ETFs that have the highest average daily volume.
                        <SU>249</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>248</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c)(5)(A)(ii)(a), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(5)(A)(ii)(a). The Exchange plans to conduct the bi-annual review on January 1 and July 1 of each year. As such, the six-month periods will be from January to June, and from July to December each year. The results of the bi-annual review will be announced via an Options Trader Alert and any new securities that qualify would be permitted to have cash settlement as a contract term beginning on February 1 and August 1 of each year. If the Exchange initially begins listing cash-settled FLEX 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            Equity Options on a different date (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             September 1), it would initially list securities that qualified as of the last bi-annual review (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             the one conducted on July 1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>249</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c)(5)(A)(ii)(a), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(5)(A)(ii)(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed new subparagraph (b) to Section 3(c)(5)(A)(ii) would further provide that if the Exchange determines pursuant to the bi-annual review that an underlying ETF ceases to satisfy the requirements under proposed Section 3(c)(5)(A)(ii), any new position overlying such ETF entered into will be required to have exercise settlement by physical delivery, and any open cash-settled FLEX ETF Option positions may be traded only to close the position.
                        <SU>250</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>250</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Section 3(c)(5)(A)(ii)(b), which is based on Cboe Rule 4.21(b)(5)(A)(ii)(b). If a listing is closing only, pursuant to Options 4, Section 4(a), opening transactions by Market Makers executed to accommodate closing transactions of other market participants are permitted.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Exchange believes it is appropriate to introduce cash settlement as an alternative contract term to the select group of ETFs because they are among the most highly liquid and actively traded ETF securities. As described more fully below, the Exchange believes that the deep liquidity and robust trading activity in the ETFs identified by the Exchange as meeting the criteria mitigate against historic concerns regarding susceptibility to manipulation.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Characteristics of ETFs</HD>
                    <P>ETFs are funds that have their value derived from assets owned. The net asset value (“NAV”) of an ETF is a daily calculation that is based off the most recent closing prices of the assets in the fund and an actual accounting of the total cash in the fund at the time of calculation. The NAV of an ETF is calculated by taking the sum of the assets in the fund, including any securities and cash, subtracting out any liabilities, and dividing that by the number of shares outstanding.</P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, each ETF is subject to a creation and redemption mechanism to ensure the price of the ETF does not fluctuate too far away from its NAV—which mechanisms the Exchange believes reduce the potential for manipulative activity. Each business day, ETFs are required to make publicly available a portfolio composition file that describes the makeup of their creation and redemption “baskets” (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         a specific list of names and quantities of securities or other assets designed to track the performance of the portfolio as a whole). ETF shares are created when an Authorized Participant,
                        <SU>251</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         typically a market maker or other large institutional investor, deposits the daily creation basket or cash with the ETF issuer. In return for the creation basket or cash (or both), the ETF issues to the Authorized Participant a “creation unit” that consists of a specified number of ETF shares. For instance, IWM is designed to track the performance of the Russell 2000 Index. An Authorized Participant will purchase all the Russell 2000 constituent securities in the exact same weight as the index prescribes, then deliver those shares to the ETF issuer. In exchange, the ETF issuer gives the Authorized Participant a block of equally valued ETF shares, on a one-for-one fair value basis. This process can also work in reverse. A redemption is achieved when the Authorized Participant accumulates a sufficient number of shares of the ETF to constitute a creation unit and then exchanges these ETF shares with the ETF issuer, thereby decreasing the supply of ETF shares in the market.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>251</SU>
                             “Authorized Participant” means a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the Commission, which has a written agreement with the exchange-traded fund or one of its service providers that allows the authorized participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of creation units. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             SEC Rule 6c-11(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The principal, and perhaps most important, feature of ETFs is their reliance on an “arbitrage function” performed by market participants that influences the supply and demand of ETF shares and, thus, trading prices relative to NAV. As noted above, new ETF shares can be created and existing shares redeemed based on investor demand; thus, ETF supply is open-ended. This arbitrage function helps to keep an ETF's price in line with the value of its underlying portfolio, 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         it minimizes deviation from NAV. Generally, in the Exchange's view, the higher the liquidity and trading volume of an ETF, the more likely the price of the ETF will not deviate from the value of its underlying portfolio, making such ETFs less susceptible to price manipulation.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Trading Data for the ETFs Proposed for Cash Settlement</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that average daily notional value is an appropriate proxy for selecting underlying securities that are not readily susceptible to manipulation for purposes of establishing a settlement price. Average daily notional value considers both the trading activity and the price of an underlying security. As a general matter, the more expensive an underlying security's price, the less cost-effective manipulation could become. Further, manipulation of the price of a security encounters greater difficulty the more volume that is traded. To calculate average daily notional value (provided in the table below), the Exchange summed the notional value of each trade for each symbol (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the number of shares times the price for each execution in the security) and divided that total by the number of trading days in the six-month period (from January 1, 2024 through June 30, 2024) reviewed by the Exchange.
                    </P>
                    <P>Further, the Exchange proposes that qualifying ETFs also meet an ADV standard. The purpose for this second criteria is to prevent unusually expensive underlying securities from qualifying under the average daily notional value standard while not being one of the most actively traded securities. The Exchange believes an ADV requirement of 4,680,000 shares a day is appropriate because it represents average trading in the underlying ETF of 200 shares per second. While no security is immune from all manipulation, the Exchange believes that the combination of average daily notional value and ADV as prerequisite requirements would limit cash settlement of FLEX ETF Options to those underlying ETFs that would be less susceptible to manipulation in order to establish a settlement price.</P>
                    <PRTPAGE P="95008"/>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that the proposed objective criteria would ensure that only the most robustly traded and deeply liquid ETFs would qualify to have cash settlement as a contract term. As provided in the below table, from January 1, 2024 to June 30, 2024, the Exchange would be able to provide cash settlement as a contract term for FLEX ETF Options on 46 underlying ETFs, as only this group of securities would currently meet the requirement of $500 million or more average daily notional value and a minimum ADV of 4,680,000 shares. The table below provides the list of the 46 ETFs that, for the period covering January 1, 2024 through June 30, 2024, would be eligible to have cash settlement as a contract term.
                        <SU>252</SU>
                    </P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,r50,15,15">
                        <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Symbol</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Security name</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                Average daily
                                <LI>notional value</LI>
                                <LI>(in dollars)</LI>
                                <LI>(1/1/24-6/30/24)</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                Average daily
                                <LI>volume</LI>
                                <LI>(in shares)</LI>
                                <LI>(1/1/24-6/30/24)</LI>
                            </CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">AGG</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>$ 806,096,032</ENT>
                            <ENT>8,295,918</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">ARKK</ENT>
                            <ENT>ARK Innovation ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>588,267,283</ENT>
                            <ENT>12,516,087</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">BIL</ENT>
                            <ENT>SPDR Bloomberg 1-3 Month T-Bill ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>618,700,170</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,753,925</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">BND</ENT>
                            <ENT>Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Fund ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>514,223,054</ENT>
                            <ENT>7,130,093</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">EEM</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares MSCI Emerging Markets ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,164,586,979</ENT>
                            <ENT>28,535,696</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">EFA</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares MSCI EAFE ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,104,421,854</ENT>
                            <ENT>14,216,699</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">EMB</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares JPMorgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>542,748,575</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,149,042</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">EWJ</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares MSCI Japan ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>509,554,399</ENT>
                            <ENT>7,481,823</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">EWZ</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares MSCI Brazil ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>683,919,536</ENT>
                            <ENT>21,690,846</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">FXI</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares China Large-Cap ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,027,752,868</ENT>
                            <ENT>42,009,611</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">GDX</ENT>
                            <ENT>VanEck Gold Miners ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>774,584,258</ENT>
                            <ENT>24,682,952</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">GLD</ENT>
                            <ENT>SPDR Gold Shares</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,511,241,142</ENT>
                            <ENT>7,344,884</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">HYG</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>2,850,542,598</ENT>
                            <ENT>37,011,783</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">IEF</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>743,974,086</ENT>
                            <ENT>7,917,457</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">IEFA</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>577,266,076</ENT>
                            <ENT>7,997,376</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">IEMG</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>519,063,454</ENT>
                            <ENT>10,129,994</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">IVV</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares Core S&amp;P 500 ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>2,774,452,994</ENT>
                            <ENT>5,417,239</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">IWM</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares Russell 2000 ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,731,230,018</ENT>
                            <ENT>33,649,687</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">IYR</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>537,339,035</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,177,644</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">KRE</ENT>
                            <ENT>SPDR S&amp;P Regional Banking ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>676,589,675</ENT>
                            <ENT>13,902,921</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">KWEB</ENT>
                            <ENT>KraneShares CSI China Internet ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>555,987,739</ENT>
                            <ENT>20,766,407</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">LQD</ENT>
                            <ENT>Shares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>3,007,311,016</ENT>
                            <ENT>27,902,549</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">NVDL</ENT>
                            <ENT>GraniteShares 2x Long NVDA Daily ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>682,096,758</ENT>
                            <ENT>11,387,201</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">QQQ</ENT>
                            <ENT>Invesco QQQ Trust</ENT>
                            <ENT>17,916,413,637</ENT>
                            <ENT>41,065,771</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">RSP</ENT>
                            <ENT>Invesco S&amp;P 500 Equal Weight ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>982,482,303</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,062,567</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">SLV</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares Silver Trust</ENT>
                            <ENT>602,178,901</ENT>
                            <ENT>24,515,577</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">SMH</ENT>
                            <ENT>VanEck Semiconductor ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,783,514,710</ENT>
                            <ENT>8,199,564</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">SOXL</ENT>
                            <ENT>Direxion Daily Semiconductor Bull 3x Shares</ENT>
                            <ENT>2,703,451,838</ENT>
                            <ENT>64,700,251</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">SOXS</ENT>
                            <ENT>Direxion Daily Semiconductor Bear 3x Shares</ENT>
                            <ENT>695,294,352</ENT>
                            <ENT>92,188,004</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">SPXL</ENT>
                            <ENT>Direxion Daily S&amp;P 500 Bull 3X Shares</ENT>
                            <ENT>737,685,244</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,096,062</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">SPY</ENT>
                            <ENT>SPDR S&amp;P 500 ETF Trust</ENT>
                            <ENT>33,559,628,313</ENT>
                            <ENT>66,151,690</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">SQQQ</ENT>
                            <ENT>ProShares UltraPro Short QQQ ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,461,906,416</ENT>
                            <ENT>131,905,524</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">TLT</ENT>
                            <ENT>iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>3,779,166,025</ENT>
                            <ENT>40,682,936</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">TNA</ENT>
                            <ENT>Direxion Daily Small Cap Bull 3X Shares</ENT>
                            <ENT>697,479,128</ENT>
                            <ENT>18,832,200</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">TQQQ</ENT>
                            <ENT>ProShares UltraPro QQQ</ENT>
                            <ENT>3,796,209,774</ENT>
                            <ENT>64,941,840</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VCIT</ENT>
                            <ENT>Vanguard Intermediate-Term Corp Bond Idx Fund ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>597,752,071</ENT>
                            <ENT>7,484,828</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VEA</ENT>
                            <ENT>Vanguard Tax Managed Fund FTSE Developed Markets ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>517,396,977</ENT>
                            <ENT>10,583,858</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VOO</ENT>
                            <ENT>Vanguard S&amp;P 500 ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>2,425,398,743</ENT>
                            <ENT>5,177,005</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">XBI</ENT>
                            <ENT>SPDR S&amp;P Biotech ETF</ENT>
                            <ENT>979,943,806</ENT>
                            <ENT>10,728,380</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">XLE</ENT>
                            <ENT>Energy Select Sector SPDR Fund</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,411,567,713</ENT>
                            <ENT>15,798,449</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">XLF</ENT>
                            <ENT>Financial Select Sector SPDR Fund</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,736,012,363</ENT>
                            <ENT>43,157,138</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">XLI</ENT>
                            <ENT>Industrial Select Sector SPDR Fund</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,114,661,946</ENT>
                            <ENT>9,277,779</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">XLK</ENT>
                            <ENT>Technology Select Sector SPDR Fund</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,274,025,061</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,202,031</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">XLP</ENT>
                            <ENT>Consumer Staples Select Sector SPDR Fund</ENT>
                            <ENT>907,491,273</ENT>
                            <ENT>12,108,426</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">XLU</ENT>
                            <ENT>Utilities Select Sector SPDR Fund</ENT>
                            <ENT>944,774,031</ENT>
                            <ENT>14,540,920</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">XLV</ENT>
                            <ENT>Health Care Select Sector SPDR Fund</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,127,277,467</ENT>
                            <ENT>7,876,680</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that permitting cash settlement as a contract term for FLEX ETF Options for the ETFs in the above table would broaden the base of investors that use FLEX Equity Options to manage their trading and investment risk, including investors that currently trade in the OTC market for customized options, where settlement restrictions do not apply.
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>252</SU>
                             The Exchange notes that for the period covering January 1, 2024 through June 30, 2024, both the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (GBTC) and iShares Bitcoin Trust ETF meet the requirements of $500 million or more average daily notional value and a minimum ADV of 4,680,000 shares. These two ETFs are not listed in the above table because as discussed above, the Exchange is prohibiting FLEX trading on IBIT options. As it relates to GBTC, the Exchange would need to file a 19b-4 rule filing with the Commission to list GBTC options on the Exchange's standard non-FLEX market. In the event, however, that the Exchange files to list GBTC options on its standard non-FLEX market, it would still prohibit FLEX trading on GBTC options under this proposal. The Exchange will have system controls in place to ensure that it will only list FLEX Options on ETFs for which it has proper authority, even if those ETFs meet the numerical eligibility criteria.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <SU>253</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             PHLX FX Options traded on Nasdaq PHLX and S&amp;P 500® Index Options traded on Cboe Options Exchange. The Commission approved, on a pilot basis, the listing and trading of RealDay
                            <E T="51">TM</E>
                             Options on the SPDR S&amp;P 500 Trust on the BOX 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            Options Exchange LLC (“BOX”). 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 79936 (February 2, 2017), 82 FR 9886 (February 8, 2017) (“RealDay Pilot Program”). The RealDay Pilot Program was extended until February 2, 2019. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 82414 (December 28, 2017), 83 FR 577 (January 4, 2018) (SR-BOX-2017-38). The RealDay Pilot Program was never implemented by BOX. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 56251 (August 14, 2007), 72 FR 46523 (August 20, 2007) (SR-Amex-2004-27) (Order approving listing of cash-settled Fixed Return Options (“FROs”)); and 71957 (April 16, 2014), 79 FR 22563 (April 22, 2014) (SR-NYSEMKT-2014-06) (Order approving name change from FROs to ByRDs and re-launch of these products, with certain modifications.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="95009"/>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange notes that the SEC has previously approved a rule filing of another exchange that allowed for the trading of cash-settled options 
                        <SU>253</SU>
                         and, specifically, cash-settled FLEX ETF Options (which the Exchange proposes to list in the same manner as that exchange).
                        <SU>254</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>254</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 88131 (February 5, 2020), 85 FR 7806 (February 11, 2020) (SR-NYSEAMER-2019-38) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, to Allow Certain Flexible Equity Options To Be Cash Settled); 97231 (March 31, 2023), 88 FR 20587 (April 6, 2023) (SR-NYSEAMER-2023-22) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Change to Make a Clarifying Change to the Term Settlement Style Applicable to Flexible Exchange Options); and 98044 (August 2, 2023), 88 FR 53548 (August 8, 2023) (SR-Cboe-2023-036) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Allow Certain Flexible Exchange Equity Options To Be Cash Settled.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Today, equity options are settled physically at The Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         upon exercise, shares of the underlying security must be assumed or delivered. Physical settlement may possess certain risks with respect to volatility and movement of the underlying security at expiration against which market participants may need to hedge. The Exchange believes cash settlement may be preferable to physical delivery in some circumstances as it does not present the same risk. If an issue with the delivery of the underlying security arises, it may become more expensive (and time consuming) to reverse the delivery because the price of the underlying security would almost certainly have changed. Reversing a cash payment, on the other hand, would not involve any such issue because reversing a cash delivery would simply involve the exchange of cash. Additionally, with physical settlement, market participants that have a need to generate cash would have to sell the underlying security while incurring the costs associated with liquidating their position as well as the risk of an adverse movement in the price of the underlying security.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        With respect to position and exercise limits, cash-settled FLEX ETF Options would be subject to the position limits set forth in proposed Options 3A, Section 18. Accordingly, the Exchange proposes to add subparagraph (b)(1)(B) of Options 3A, Section 18, which would provide that a position in FLEX Equity Options where the underlying security is an ETF that is settled in cash pursuant to Options 3A, Section 3(c)(5)(A)(ii) shall be subject to the position limits set forth in Options 9, Section 13, and subject to the exercise limits set forth in Options 9, Section 15.
                        <SU>255</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed rule would further state that positions in such cash-settled FLEX Equity Options shall be aggregated with positions in physically settled options on the same underlying ETF for the purpose of calculating the position limits set forth in Options 9, Section 13 and the exercise limits set forth in Options 9, Section 15.
                        <SU>256</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange further proposes to add in subparagraph (b)(1)(A) of Section 18 a cross-reference to subparagraph (b)(1)(B) of Section 18, as subparagraph (b)(1)(B) would also contain provisions about position limits for FLEX Equity Options that would be exceptions to the statement in Options 3A, Section 18(b)(1)(A) that FLEX Equity Options have no position limits. The Exchange also proposes to add in paragraph (c) of Section 18, a cross-reference to proposed subparagraph (b)(1)(B), as the proposed rule adds language regarding aggregation of positions for purposes of position limits, which will be covered by paragraph (c). Given that each of the underlying ETFs that would currently be eligible to have cash-settlement as a contract term have established position and exercise limits applicable to physically settled options, the Exchange believes it is appropriate for the same position and exercise limits to also apply to cash-settled options. Accordingly, of the 48 underlying securities that would currently be eligible to have cash settlement as a FLEX contract term, 33 would have a position limit of 250,000 contracts pursuant to Options 9, Section 13(d)(5).
                        <SU>257</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, pursuant to Supplementary Material .01 to Options 9, Section 13, seven would have a position limit of 500,000 contracts (EWJ, EWZ, TLT, HYG, XLF, LQD, and GDX); four (EEM, FXI, IWM, and EFA) would have a position limit of 1,000,000 contracts; one (QQQ) would have a position limit of 1,800,000 contracts; and one (SPY) would have a position limit of 3,600,000.
                        <SU>258</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>255</SU>
                             The Exchange proposes to add to proposed Options 3A, Section 18(b)(1)(A) a cross reference to proposed paragraph (c) of Section 18, as proposed Section 18(c) also contains provisions about position limits for FLEX Equity Options that would be exceptions to the statement in proposed Section 18(b)(1)(A) that FLEX Equity Options have no position limits (in addition to the language in proposed Section 18(b)(1)(B). The Exchange also proposes to add to proposed Section 18(c) a cross-reference to proposed subparagraph (b)(1)(B) of Section 18, as the proposed rule adds language regarding aggregation of positions for purposes of position limits, which will be covered in proposed Section 18(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>256</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 18(b)(1)(B), which is based on Cboe Rule 8.35(c)(1)(B). The aggregation of position and exercise limits would include all positions on physically settled FLEX and non-FLEX Options on the same underlying ETFs.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>257</SU>
                             Options 9, Section 13(d)(5) provides that to be eligible for the 250,000 contract limit, either the most recent six (6) month trading volume of the underlying security must have totalled at least 100 million shares or the most recent six-month trading volume of the underlying security must have totalled at least seventy-five (75) million shares and the underlying security must have at least 300 million shares currently outstanding. Further as noted above, options on GBTC and IBIT will not be available for FLEX trading.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>258</SU>
                             These were based on position limits as of September 13, 2024. Position limits are available on at 
                            <E T="03">https://www.theocc.com.</E>
                             Position limits for ETFs are always determined in accordance with the Exchange's Rules regarding position limits.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange understands that cash-settled ETF options are currently traded in the OTC market by a variety of market participants, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         hedge funds, proprietary trading firms, and pension funds.
                        <SU>259</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These options are not fungible with the exchange listed options. The Exchange believes some of these market participants would prefer to trade comparable instruments on an exchange, where they would be cleared and settled through a regulated clearing agency. The Exchange expects that users of these OTC products would be among the primary users of exchange-traded cash-settled FLEX ETF Options. The Exchange also believes that the trading of cash-settled FLEX ETF Options would allow these same market participants to better manage the risk associated with the volatility of underlying equity positions given the enhanced liquidity that an exchange-traded product would bring.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>259</SU>
                             As noted above, other options exchanges have received approval to list certain cash-settled FLEX ETF Options. 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 243 and 244.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the Exchange's view, cash-settled FLEX ETF Options traded on the Exchange would have three important advantages over the contracts that are traded in the OTC market. First, as a result of greater standardization of contract terms, exchange-traded contracts should develop more liquidity. Second, counter-party credit risk would be mitigated by the fact that the contracts are issued and guaranteed by OCC. Finally, the price discovery and dissemination provided by the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95010"/>
                        Exchange and its members would lead to more transparent markets. The Exchange believes that its ability to offer cash-settled FLEX ETF Options would aid it in competing with the OTC market and at the same time expand the universe of products available to interested market participants. The Exchange believes that an exchange-traded alternative may provide a useful risk management and trading vehicle for market participants and their customers. Further, the Exchange believes listing cash-settled FLEX ETF Options would provide investors with competition on an exchange platform, as other options exchanges have received Commission approval to list the same options.
                        <SU>260</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>260</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 243 and 244.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange notes that OCC has received approval from the Commission for rule changes that will accommodate the clearance and settlement of cash-settled ETF options and is now clearing these products.
                        <SU>261</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it and The Options Price Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional traffic associated with the listing of cash-settled FLEX ETF Options. The Exchange believes any additional traffic that would be generated from the introduction of cash-settled FLEX ETF Options would be manageable. The Exchange expects that members will not have a capacity issue as a result of this proposed rule change. The Exchange also does not believe this proposed rule change will cause fragmentation of liquidity. The Exchange will monitor the trading volume associated with the additional options series listed as a result of this proposed rule change and the effect (if any) of these additional series on market fragmentation and on the capacity of the Exchange's automated systems.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>261</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 34-94910 (May 13, 2022), 87 FR 30531 (May 19, 2022) (SR-OCC-2022-003).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Exchange does not believe that allowing cash settlement as a contract term would render the marketplace for equity options more susceptible to manipulative practices. The Exchange believes that manipulating the settlement price of cash-settled FLEX ETF Options would be difficult based on the size of the market for the underlying ETFs that are the subject of this proposed rule change. The Exchange notes that each underlying ETF in the table above is sufficiently active to alleviate concerns about potential manipulative activity. Further, in the Exchange's view, the vast liquidity in the 46 underlying ETFs that would currently be eligible to be traded as cash-settled FLEX options under the proposal ensures a multitude of market participants at any given time. Moreover, given the high level of participation among market participants that enter quotes and/or orders in physically settled options on these ETFs, the Exchange believes it would be very difficult for a single participant to alter the price of the underlying ETF or options overlying such ETF in any significant way without exposing the would-be manipulator to regulatory scrutiny. The Exchange further believes any attempt to manipulate the price of the underlying ETF or options overlying such ETF would also be cost prohibitive. As a result, the Exchange believes there is significant participation among market participants to prevent manipulation of cash-settled FLEX ETF Options.</P>
                    <P>
                        Still, the Exchange believes it has an adequate surveillance program in place and intends to apply the same program procedures to cash-settled FLEX ETF Options that it applies to the Exchange's other options products.
                        <SU>262</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange will periodically review its surveillance procedures and make any changes that the Exchange believes are necessary for FLEX trading. FLEX options products and their respective symbols will be integrated into the Exchange's existing surveillance system architecture and will thus be subject to the relevant surveillance processes, as applicable. The Exchange believes that the existing surveillance procedures at the Exchange are capable of properly identifying unusual and/or illegal trading activity, which procedures the Exchange would utilize to surveil for aberrant trading in cash-settled FLEX ETF Options.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>262</SU>
                             For example, the regulatory program for the Exchange includes surveillance designed to identify manipulative and other improper options trading, including, spoofing, marking the close, front running, wash sales, etc.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        With respect to regulatory scrutiny, the Exchange believes its existing surveillance technologies and procedures adequately address potential concerns regarding possible manipulation of the settlement value at or near the close of the market. The Exchange notes that the regulatory program operated by and overseen by ISE 
                        <SU>263</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         includes cross-market surveillance designed to identify manipulative and other improper trading, including spoofing, algorithm gaming, marking the close and open, as well as more general, abusive behavior related to front running, wash sales, and quoting/routing, which may occur on the Exchange or other markets.
                        <SU>264</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These cross-market patterns incorporate relevant data from various markets beyond the Exchange and its affiliates and from markets not affiliated with the Exchange. The Exchange represents that, today, its existing trading surveillances are adequate to monitor trading in the underlying ETFs and subsequent trading of options on those securities listed on the Exchange. Further, with the introduction of cash-settled FLEX ETF Options, the Exchange would leverage its existing surveillances to monitor trading in the underlying ETFs and subsequent trading of options on those securities listed on the Exchange with respect to cash-settled FLEX ETF options.
                        <SU>265</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>263</SU>
                             ISE maintains a regulatory services agreements with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) whereby FINRA provides certain regulatory services to the exchanges, including cross-market surveillance, investigation, and enforcement services.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>264</SU>
                             As it relates to Reg SHO violations, the Exchange will enforce this through its Stock-Tied Reg SHO price protections in Options 3, Section 16(e). 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 205 for Stock-Tied Reg SHO discussion. NES will only execute Stock-Option Strategies and Stock-Complex Strategies if the underlying covered security component is in accordance with Rule 201 of Regulation SHO. Additionally, FINRA's regulatory program addresses Reg SHO compliance for its member firms (which includes Exchange Members).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>265</SU>
                             Such surveillance procedures generally focus on detecting securities trading subject to opening price manipulation, closing price manipulation, layering, spoofing or other unlawful activity impacting an underlying security, the option, or both. The Exchange has price movement alerts, unusual market activity and order book alerts active for all trading symbols.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, for options, the Exchange utilizes an array of patterns that monitor manipulation of options, or manipulation of equity securities (regardless of venue) for the purpose of impacting options prices on the Exchange (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         mini-manipulation strategies). That surveillance coverage is initiated once options begin trading on the Exchange. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that the cross-market surveillance performed by the Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, coupled with ISE's own monitoring for violative activity on the Exchange comprise a comprehensive surveillance program that is adequate to monitor for manipulation of the underlying ETF and overlying option. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that the existing surveillance procedures at the Exchange are capable of properly identifying unusual and/or illegal trading activity, which the Exchange would utilize to surveil for aberrant trading in cash-settled FLEX ETF Options.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In addition to the surveillance procedures and processes described above, improvements in audit trails (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                          
                        <PRTPAGE P="95011"/>
                        the Consolidated Audit Trail), recordkeeping practices, and inter-exchange cooperation over the last two decades have greatly increased the Exchange's ability to detect and punish attempted manipulative activities. In addition, the Exchange is a member of the ISG. The ISG members work together to coordinate surveillance and investigative information sharing in the stock and options markets. For surveillance purposes, the Exchange would therefore have access to information regarding trading activity in the pertinent underlying securities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The proposed rule change is designed to allow investors seeking to effect cash-settled FLEX ETF Options with the opportunity for a different method of settling option contracts at expiration if they choose to do so. As noted above, market participants may choose cash settlement because physical settlement possesses certain risks with respect to volatility and movement of the underlying security at expiration that market participants may need to hedge against. The Exchange believes that offering innovative products flows to the benefit of the investing public. A robust and competitive market requires that exchanges respond to members' evolving needs by constantly improving their offerings. Such efforts would be stymied if exchanges were prohibited from offering innovative products for reasons that are generally debated in academic literature. The Exchange believes that introducing cash-settled FLEX ETF Options would further broaden the base of investors that use FLEX Equity Options to manage their trading and investment risk, including investors that currently trade in the OTC market for customized options, where settlement restrictions do not apply. The proposed rule change is also designed to encourage market makers to shift liquidity from the OTC market onto the Exchange, which, it believes, would enhance the process of price discovery conducted on the Exchange through increased order flow. The Exchange also believes that this may open up cash-settled FLEX ETF Options to more retail investors. The Exchange does not believe that this proposed rule change raises any unique regulatory concerns because existing safeguards—such as position limits (and the aggregation of cash-settled positions with physically-settled positions), exercise limits (and the aggregation of cash-settled positions with physically-settled positions), and reporting requirements—would continue to apply. The Exchange believes the proposed position and exercise limits may further help mitigate the concerns that the limits are designed to address about the potential for manipulation and market disruption in the options and the underlying securities.
                        <SU>266</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>266</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 256.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Given the novel characteristics of cash-settled FLEX ETF Options, the Exchange will conduct a review of the trading in cash-settled FLEX ETF Options over an initial five-year period. The Exchange will furnish five reports to the Commission based on this review, the first of which would be provided within 60 days after the first anniversary of the initial listing date of the first cash-settled FLEX ETF Option under the proposed rule and each subsequent annual report to be provided within 60 days after the second, third, fourth and fifth anniversary of such initial listing. At a minimum, each report will provide a comparison between the trading volume of all cash-settled FLEX ETF Options listed under the proposed rule and physically settled options on the same underlying security, the liquidity of the market for such options products and the underlying ETF, and any manipulation concerns arising in connection with the trading of cash-settled FLEX ETF Options under the proposed rule. The Exchange will also provide additional data as requested by the Commission during this five year period. The reports will also discuss any recommendations the Exchange may have for enhancements to the listing standards based on its review. The Exchange believes these reports will allow the Commission and the Exchange to evaluate, among other things, the impact such options have, and any potential adverse effects, on price volatility and the market for the underlying ETFs, the component securities underlying the ETFs, and the options on the same underlying ETFs and make appropriate recommendations, if any, in response to the reports.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
                        <SU>267</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in general, and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act.
                        <SU>268</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section 6(b)(5) 
                        <SU>269</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         requirements that the rules of an exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>267</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78f(b)
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>268</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>269</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that the adoption of the proposed rules allowing FLEX Options to trade on ISE in the manner specified above is consistent with the goals of the Act to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market because it will benefit market participants by providing an additional venue for market participants to provide and seek liquidity for FLEX Options. As the Commission noted in its order granting FLEX trading on Cboe and what was then the Pacific Stock Exchange (now NYSE Arca), trading FLEX Options on an exchange is an alternative to trading customized options in OTC markets and carries with it the advantages of exchange markets such as transparency, parameters and procedures for clearance and settlement, and a centralized counterparty clearing agency.
                        <SU>270</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Therefore, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change will promote these same benefits for the market as a whole by providing an additional venue for market participants to trade customized FLEX Options. The Exchange believes that providing an additional venue for FLEX Options will be beneficial by increasing competition for order flow and executions.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>270</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841 (February 14, 1996), 61 FR 6666 (February 21, 1996) (SR-CBOE-95-43) (SR-PSE-95-24) (Order Approving the Trading of Flexibly Structured Equity Options by CBOE and PSE).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In general, transactions in FLEX Options will be subject to many of the same rules that currently apply to non-FLEX Options traded on the Exchange. In order to provide investor with the flexibility to designate terms of the options and accommodate the special trading of FLEX Options, however, the Exchange is proposing to add new rules in proposed Options 3A that will apply solely to FLEX Options. As noted above, the proposed rules are largely consistent with Cboe's rules pertaining to electronic FLEX Options, with certain intended differences primarily to align to current System behavior (and especially current auction behavior) to provide increased consistency for Members trading FLEX Options and non-FLEX Options on ISE, each as discussed above and below. Further, the Exchange has omitted certain Cboe rules from the proposed rules due to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95012"/>
                        differences in scope and operation of FLEX trading at Cboe compared to the proposed scope and operation of FLEX trading on ISE, each as noted above. For example, the Exchange will not include Cboe rule provisions related to floor trading, Asian- or Cliquet-settled FLEX Index Options, or Micro FLEX Index Options as it does not offer these capabilities today. For the same reason, the Exchange will not allow prices in FLEX trading to be expressed as percentages under this proposal.
                    </P>
                    <P>The Exchange further believes that its proposal is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices as the Exchange believes that it has an adequate surveillance program in place and intends to apply the same program procedures to FLEX Options that is applied to the Exchange's other options products, as applicable. As described above, FLEX Option products and their respective symbols will be integrated into the Exchange's existing surveillance system architecture and will be subject to the relevant surveillance processes, thereby allowing the Exchange to properly identify disruptive and/or manipulative trading activity.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. General Provisions (Section 1)</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange believes that proposed Section 1(a) setting forth the applicability of Exchange Rules will make clear that unless otherwise provided in proposed Options 3A, the Exchange's existing rules will continue to apply to FLEX Options, which will provide consistency for Members trading both FLEX Options and non-FLEX Options on ISE.</P>
                    <P>The Exchange believes that the defined terms proposed in Section 1(b) will provide increased clarity to Members by specifying definitions like “FLEX Option” and “FLEX Order” that are used throughout Options 3A. The Exchange further believes that adding the definition of “FLEX Order” in Options 3, Section 7(z) will add transparency as to which order types would be available on ISE. Lastly, the non-substantive change proposed in Options 3, Section 7(y) will bring clarity and avoid potential confusion for market participants.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Hours of Business (Section 2)</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange believes that specifying the trading hours for FLEX Options in proposed Section 2(a) will provide increased clarity that the trading hours for FLEX Options will generally be the same as the trading hours for corresponding non-FLEX Options as set forth in Options 3, Section 1. As noted above, the proposed language is materially identical to Cboe Rule 5.1(b)(3)(A).</P>
                    <P>As it relates to the Exchange's proposed discretion relating to the trading hours for FLEX Options, this is consistent with Cboe's FLEX Options rules as noted above. The Exchange believes that because of the unique nature of FLEX, in contrast to the non-FLEX market, it is reasonable to permit the Exchange, in its discretion, to narrow or otherwise restrict the trading hours for FLEX Options, so long as such trading hours occur within the normal options trading hours of the Exchange described above. The Exchange would provide adequate advance notification to its Members of such changes in FLEX trading hours.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. FLEX Option Classes and Permissible Series (Section 3(a) and (b))</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule text in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) will provide greater transparency around the Exchange's listing standards for FLEX Option classes and FLEX Option series. As described above, the Exchange is proposing to exclude IBIT options from being eligible for trading as a FLEX Option on ISE. The Exchange believes this is consistent with the Act because it aligns to ISE's approval order of IBIT options, which required the position limit for IBIT options to be 25,000 contracts. As discussed in the position limits section above, there will generally be no position limits for FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange therefore proposes to exclude IBIT options from being eligible to trade as a FLEX Option to continue to limit the position limits for IBIT options.</P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 3(b)(1), which will prevent FLEX Options and non-FLEX Options with the same terms from trading concurrently by System enforcing this restriction, is consistent with the Act because this restriction will address concerns that FLEX Options would act as a surrogate for the trading of non-FLEX Options. In particular, a non-FLEX Option trading pursuant to Options 3 has different priority rules than a FLEX Option trading pursuant to proposed Options 3A.
                        <SU>271</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Allowing an option with the same terms to trade under both rules concurrently would result in inconsistent order handling and could allow the order priority of non-FLEX Orders to be circumvented. Therefore, the Exchange proposes to prevent this situation by permitting FLEX Options transactions only in options with a different term (exercise style, expiration date, or exercise price) than a non-FLEX Option on the same underlying security or index that is already listed for trading. As noted above, the proposed language in Section 3(a) and Section 3(b) is substantially similar to Cboe Rule 4.20, Rule 4.21(a), and Rule 4.22(c) respectively, except the Exchange is clarifying in proposed Section 3(b)(2) that on the expiration date, a FLEX Order for the expiring FLEX Option series may only be submitted to close out a position in such expiring FLEX Option series. 
                        <SU>272</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>271</SU>
                             For example, the Exchange's order books will be inapplicable to FLEX Orders and thus certain priority provisions in Options 3, Section 10 applicable to non-FLEX Orders will not be applicable to FLEX Orders, such as the enhanced Primary Market Maker priority in Section 10(c)(1)(B), Preferred Market Maker priority in Section 10(c)(1)(C), and entitlement for orders of 5 contracts or fewer in Section 10(c)(1)(D). FLEX Options will instead be subject to the priority provisions in Options 3A, Section 11(b)(3)(A) (electronic FLEX Auctions), Section 12(e) (FLEX PIM), and Section 13(e) (FLEX SOM).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>272</SU>
                             The Exchange will System enforce this provision such that it will reject an opening position in an expiring FLEX Option series on the day of expiration.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. FLEX Options Terms (Section 3(c))</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that the terms of FLEX Options pursuant to proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c) serve to perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because they will permit investors to customize some of the terms of their FLEX Options to implement more precise trading strategies, which may not be possible using non-FLEX Options. These investors may have improved capability to execute strategies to meet their specific investment objectives by using customized FLEX Options. However, only certain terms as specified in proposed Section 3(c) are subject to flexible structuring by the parties to the FLEX Option transactions, and most of such terms have a specified number of alternative configurations. The Exchange believes that these restrictions are reasonable and designed to further the objectives of the Act and to promote just and equitable principles of trade because limiting FLEX Option terms enables the efficient, centralized clearance and settlement and active secondary trading of opened FLEX Options. As noted above, these terms are consistent with Cboe Rule 4.21(b) except the Exchange will not incorporate applicable Cboe provisions relating to Asian- or Cliquet-settled FLEX Options, Micro FLEX Index Options, or relating to prices that are expressed as a percentage value because the Exchange does not offer these features today.
                        <PRTPAGE P="95013"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above, the Exchange is proposing to allow the listing of FLEX PM Third Friday Options on ISE, consistent with the Commission's recent approval of Cboe's proposal to make its pilot a permanent program.
                        <SU>273</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange believes that aligning to Cboe will allow ISE to compete effectively with Cboe's product offering. Like Cboe, the Exchange believes that FLEX PM Third Friday Options will provide investors with greater trading opportunities and flexibility. The Exchange notes that the Commission recently approved proposals to make other pilots permitting p.m.-settlement of index options permanent after finding those pilots were consistent with the Act and the options subject to those pilots had no significant impact on the market.
                        <SU>274</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>273</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 52.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>274</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 98454 (September 20, 2023) (SR-CBOE-2023-005) (order approving proposed rule change to make permanent the operation of a program that allows the Exchange to list p.m.-settled third Friday-of-the-month SPX options series) (“SPXPM Approval”); 98455 (September 20, 2023) (SR-CBOE-2023-019) (order approving proposed rule change to make permanent the operation of a program that allows the Exchange to list p.m.-settled third Friday-of-the-month XSP and MRUT options series) (“XSP and MRUT Approval”); and 98456 (September 20, 2023) (SR-CBOE-2023-020) (order approving proposed rule change to make the nonstandard expirations pilot program permanent) (“Nonstandard Approval”). See also Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 98450 (September 20, 2023), 88 FR 66111 (September 26, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-08) (order approving proposed rule change to make permanent certain p.m.-settled pilots); and 98935 (November 14, 2023), 88 FR 80792 (November 20, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-20) (order approving a proposed rule change to permit the listing and trading of p.m.-settled Nasdaq-100 Index® Options with a third-Friday-of-the-month expiration).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange further believes that permitting ISE to list FLEX PM Third Friday Options, similar to Cboe, will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and protect investors, while maintaining a fair and orderly market. As described in the FLEX Settlement Pilot Approval, Cboe observed no significant adverse market impact or identified any meaningful regulatory concerns during the nearly 14-year operation of the FLEX PM Third Friday Program as a pilot nor during the 15 years since P.M.-settled index options (SPX) were reintroduced to the marketplace.
                        <SU>275</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>275</SU>
                             Notably, Cboe did not identify any significant economic impact (including on pricing or volatility or in connection with reversals) on related futures, the underlying indexes, or the underlying component securities of the underlying indexes surrounding the close as a result of the quantity of FLEX PM Third Friday Options or the amount of expiring open interest in FLEX PM Third Friday Options, nor any demonstrated capacity for options hedging activity to impact volatility in the underlying markets. 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 52.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                      
                    <P>
                        As discussed in the FLEX Settlement Pilot Approval, the DERA staff study 
                        <SU>276</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and corresponding Cboe study concluded that a significantly larger amount of non-FLEX p.m.-settled index options had no significant adverse market impact and caused no meaningful regulatory concerns. Therefore, Cboe concluded that the relatively small amount of FLEX Index Option volume would similarly have no significant adverse market impact or cause no meaningful regulatory concerns.
                        <SU>277</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>276</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             FLEX Settlement Pilot Approval, citing to Securities and Exchange Commission, Division of Economic Risk and Analysis, Memorandum dated February 2, 2021 on Cornerstone Analysis of PM Cash-Settled Index Option Pilots (September 16, 2020), available at: 
                            <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/files/Analysis_of_PM_Cash_Settled_Index_Option_Pilots.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>277</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 52. Additionally, these studies measured any impact on related futures, the underlying indexes, or the underlying component securities of the underlying indexes surrounding the close. Despite FLEX SPX options (which represent approximately half of the year-to-date 2023 volume of FLEX Index Options but only approximately 0.3% of total SPX volume) not being included in the DERA staff study and corresponding Cboe study, those studies concluded that during the time periods covered (which included the period of time in which the Pilot Program has been operating), there was no significant economic impact on the underlying index or related products. Therefore, Cboe concluded that any FLEX SPX Options that executed during the timeframes covered by the studies had no significant impact on the underlying index or related products, as neither DERA staff nor Cboe observed any significant economic impact on the underlying index or related product.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Cboe also concluded that the introduction of FLEX PM options had no significant impact on the market quality of corresponding a.m.-settled options or other options. As discussed in the FLEX Settlement Pilot Approval, Cboe's analysis conducted after the introduction of SPXW options with Tuesday and Thursday expirations demonstrated no statistically significant impact on the bid-ask or effective spreads of SPXW options with Monday, Wednesday, and Friday expirations after trading in the SPXW options with Tuesday and Thursday expirations began.
                        <SU>278</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, Cboe concluded that large FLEX PM Third Friday Options trades had no material negative impact (and likely no impact) on quote quality of non-FLEX a.m.-settled options overlying the same index with similar terms as the FLEX PM Third Friday Option upon evaluating data that showed that the spreads were relatively stable before and after large trades.
                        <SU>279</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Therefore, Cboe concluded that it is likely that FLEX PM Third Friday Options have had no significant negative impact on the market quality of non-FLEX Options with a.m.-settlement.
                        <SU>280</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>278</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 52.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>279</SU>
                             Specifically, Cboe evaluated each FLEX PM Third Friday Options trade for more than 500 contracts that occurred on Cboe during a two-year timeframe and analyzed the market quality (specifically, the average time-weighted quote spread and size 30 minutes prior to the trade and the average time-weighted quote spread and size 30 minutes after the trade) of series non-FLEX a.m.-settled options overlying the same index with similar terms as the FLEX PM Third Friday Option that traded (time to expiration, type (call or put), and strike price) as set forth in the Cboe's data. 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 52.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>280</SU>
                             Cboe acknowledged that, while FLEX PM Third Friday Options has historically represented a very small percentage of overall volume, it is possible trading in these options may grow in the future. 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 52.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Additionally, Cboe noted that the significant changes in the closing procedures of the primary markets in recent decades, including considerable advances in trading systems and technology, has significantly minimized risks of any potential impact of FLEX PM Third Friday Options on the underlying cash markets. As such, Cboe concluded that listing FLEX PM Third Friday Options did not raise any unique or prohibitive regulatory concerns and that such trading has not, and will not, adversely impact fair and orderly markets on expiration Fridays for the underlying indexes or their component securities.</P>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange notes that p.m.-settled options were previously approved on ISE's standard market,
                        <SU>281</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         including p.m.-settled third-Friday-of-the-month expirations for NDX options.
                        <SU>282</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In the P.M.-Settled Pilot Permanency Approval, the Commission stated it believed that the evidence contained in the Exchange's filing, the Exchange's pilot data and reports, and the DERA staff study 
                        <SU>283</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         analysis demonstrate that the Exchange's pilot programs have benefitted investors and other market participants by providing more flexible trading and hedging opportunities while 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95014"/>
                        also having no disruptive impact on the market.
                        <SU>284</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission also stated that the market for p.m.-settled options has grown in size over the course of the Exchange's pilot programs, and analysis of the pilot data did not identify any significant economic impact on the underlying component securities surrounding the close as a result of expiring p.m.-settled options nor did it indicate a deterioration in market quality (as measured by relative quoted spreads) for an existing product when a new p.m.-settled expiration was introduced.
                        <SU>285</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the Commission stated that significant changes in closing procedures in the decades since index options moved to a.m. settlement may also serve to mitigate the potential impact of p.m.-settled index options on the underlying cash markets.
                        <SU>286</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>281</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98450 (September 20, 2023), 88 FR 66111 (September 26, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-08) (Order Granting Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To Make Permanent Certain P.M.-Settled Pilots) (“P.M.-Settled Pilot Permanency Approval”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>282</SU>
                             See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98935 (November 14, 2023), 88 FR 80792 (November 20, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-20) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change To Permit the Listing and Trading of P.M.-Settled Nasdasq-100 Index® Options With a Third-Friday-of-the-Month Expiration) (“P.M. Third Friday NDX Options Approval”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>283</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             P.M.-Settled Pilot Permanency Approval, citing to Securities and Exchange Commission, Division of Economic Risk and Analysis, Memorandum dated February 2, 2021 on Cornerstone Analysis of PM Cash-Settled Index Option Pilots (September 16, 2020) (also referred to therein as the “Pilot Memo”), available at: 
                            <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/files/Analysis_of_PM_Cash_Settled_Index_Option_Pilots.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>284</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             P.M.-Settled Pilot Permanency Approval.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>285</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>286</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In support of its proposal to list p.m.-settled third-Friday-of-the-month expirations for NDX options on its standard market, the Exchange pointed to, among other things, the data it provided underlying the P.M.-Settled Pilot Permanency Approval.
                        <SU>287</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In reviewing this data from the Exchange (and other options exchanges in support of similar proposals to list and trade certain p.m.-settled broad-based index options) as well as the DERA staff study analysis, the Commission concluded that analysis of the pilot data did not identify any significant economic impact on the underlying component securities surrounding the close as a result of expiring p.m.-settled options nor did it indicate a deterioration in market quality for an existing product when a new p.m.-settled expiration was introduced.
                        <SU>288</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the Commission made similar findings as those in the P.M.-Settled Pilot Permanency Approval that significant changes in closing procedures in the decades since index options moved to a.m. settlement may also serve to mitigate the potential impact of p.m.-settled index options on the underlying cash markets.
                        <SU>289</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange has observed no significant adverse market impact or identified any meaningful regulatory concerns since the introduction of p.m.-settled index options on its standard market.
                        <SU>290</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Given that the Exchange anticipates FLEX PM Third Friday Options to have a relatively smaller amount of volume compared to its standard non-FLEX p.m.-settled index options market, the Exchange believes that introducing FLEX PM Third Friday coupled with the other findings in Cboe's FLEX Settlement Pilot Approval would likely have no significant adverse market impact or cause any meaningful regulatory concerns as well.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>287</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             P.M.-Settled Pilot Permanency Approval and P.M. Third Friday NDX Options Approval in notes 272 and 273, respectively.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>288</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             P.M. Third Friday NDX Options Approval.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>289</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>290</SU>
                             While the Exchange has received approval to list p.m.-settled third Friday-of-the-month expirations for NDX options on its standard market pursuant to the Third Friday NDX Options Approval, the Exchange has not listed them to date. The Exchange will launch p.m.-settled third-Friday-of-the-month expirations on NDX options on or before the launch of electronic FLEX on ISE.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. FLEX Fungibility (Section 3(d))</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange believes that the FLEX fungibility provisions in proposed Options 3A, Section 3(d) are consistent with the Act by preventing new FLEX Option positions from being opened when a non-FLEX Option with the same terms is listed for trading. Pursuant to proposed Section 3(d)(1), a FLEX Option with the same terms as a subsequently added non-FLEX Option would become fungible with the non-FLEX Option. Accordingly, once a non-FLEX Option is added with the same terms as an outstanding FLEX Option, the FLEX Option would effectively become a standardized, non-FLEX Option and trade under the same rules and procedures that apply to any other standard non-FLEX Option. The Exchange believes that enforcing consistent order handling for identical and fungible options prevents fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, and promotes just and equitable principles of trade to protect investors and the public interest by ensuring consistent treatment of these options. As noted above, proposed Section 3(d)(1) is materially identical to Cboe Rule 4.22(a).  </P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, pursuant to proposed Section 3(d)(2)(A), if a non-FLEX Option series 
                        <SU>291</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         is added intraday, for the balance of that trading day, a position established under the FLEX trading procedures may be closed using the FLEX trading procedures in this Options 3A against another closing only FLEX position. No FLEX Orders may be submitted into an electronic auction pursuant to Options 3A, Sections 11(b), 12, or 13 for a FLEX Option series with the same terms as the non-FLEX Option series, unless the FLEX Order is a closing order, and it is the day on which the non-FLEX Option series was added intraday; Members may only submit responses that close out existing FLEX positions. The Exchange notifies Members when a FLEX Option series is restricted to closing only transactions. The System will reject a transaction in such a restricted series that does not conform to these requirements.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>291</SU>
                             As noted above, Cboe Rule 4.22(b)(1) currently indicates that Cboe's closing-only provisions apply if a non-FLEX Option 
                            <E T="03">American-style</E>
                             series is added intraday. The Exchange, however, believes it is more straightforward to apply the closing-only provisions to 
                            <E T="03">all</E>
                             non-FLEX Option series (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             American-style and European-style FLEX Option series) instead of limiting these provisions to one type of exercise style. As such, the Exchange's proposed language in Options 3A, Section 3(d)(2)(A) will instead provide that the Exchange's closing-only provisions would apply “if a non-FLEX Option is added intraday.” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             BOX Rule 7605(d)(3), which similarly does not limit BOX's closing-only provisions to American-style FLEX Options series.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        This proposed rule will prevent an option with the same terms from trading both a FLEX Option series and a non-FLEX Option series concurrently, while providing a narrow exception for closing positions. The Exchange believes that providing a narrow exception to permit such closing only transactions will help investors close out their outstanding FLEX Option positions the same day as the identical non-FLEX Option is added. As noted above, proposed Section 3(d)(2) is substantially similar to other options exchanges.
                        <SU>292</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>292</SU>
                             In particular, proposed Options 3A, Sections 3(d)(2)(A) and (B) are based on Cboe Rule 4.22(b) and BOX Rule 5055(f)(3), respectively. 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 57 and 58.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Units of Trading; Minimum Trading Increments (Sections 4 and 5)</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule text in Section 4(a) provides clear, transparent language regarding how bids and offers for FLEX Options must be expressed. As noted above, proposed Section 4(a) is consistent with Cboe Rule 5.3(e)(3) except the Exchange is not proposing to provide for Micro FLEX Index Options or to allow prices to be expressed as a percentage value because the Exchange does not offer these features today and does not intend to introduce such features under this proposal.</P>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange similarly believes that proposed Section 5(a) provides clarity to market participants that the Exchange will determine the minimum increments for bids and offers on FLEX Options on a class-by-class basis, which may be no smaller than $0.01 for the options leg of a FLEX Option. Allowing FLEX Options to trade in increments as small as $0.01 is consistent with the Act because it provides investors with increased ability to meet their specific investment objectives and allows for increased opportunities for price improvement through a finer trading increment. As noted above, proposed Section 5(a) is consistent with Cboe 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95015"/>
                        Rule 5.4(c)(4) except the Exchange is not proposing to allow prices to be expressed as a percentage value and the Exchange is also clarifying that proposed Section 5(a) would apply to the options leg of a FLEX Option. The Exchange is also proposing to clarify in proposed Section 5(b) that the stock leg of a FLEX Option will be subject to the minimum increment rules in proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(1)(G), Section 12(a)(5), and Section 13(a)(5) for greater transparency around how minimum increments for complex FLEX Orders (including complex FLEX Orders with a stock component) would be handled.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Types of Orders; Order and Quote Protocols (Section 6)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that specifying in proposed Section 6(a) that it may make the order types and TIFs specified in Options 3, Section 7 available on a class or System basis for FLEX Orders is consistent with the Exchange's existing authority to designate the availability of order types and times-in-force for non-FLEX Orders.
                        <SU>293</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As noted above, only the following order types in Options 3, Section 7 would apply to FLEX at this time: Limit Orders and Cancel and Replace Orders. Also as noted above, only the Immediate-or-Cancel TIF described in Supplementary Material .02(d) would apply to FLEX. Given that FLEX Orders will only be eligible to submitted into an electronic FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, or FLEX SOM, and not rest on the order book or route away (for which most of the order types and TIFs set forth in Options 3, Section 7 are relevant), the Exchange believes that these are appropriate designations for FLEX Orders. Because there is no existing market for FLEX Options on the Exchange, the Exchange believes that permitting FLEX Options to be submitted as limit orders is appropriate to ensure execution of FLEX Orders at reasonable prices (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         at the Member's specified price or better). The Exchange also believes that it is appropriate to allow FLEX Orders to be submitted as Cancel and Replace orders so that Members can cancel and replace their FLEX Order in a single message. The Exchange further believes that it is appropriate to allow FLEX Orders to have a TIF of Immediate-or-Cancel because that is how the Exchange currently treats all auction orders in its standard non-FLEX market today. Specifically, the Exchange considers all orders that are entered into one of its non-FLEX auction mechanisms (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         SOM Orders and PIM Orders) to have a TIF of Immediate-or-Cancel. By their terms, these orders will be: (1) executed either on entry or after an exposure period, or (2) cancelled.
                        <SU>294</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Because FLEX Orders may only be submitted into one of the proposed auctions described above (FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, FLEX SOM), the Exchange will likewise consider FLEX Orders like its non-FLEX auction orders today.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>293</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             introductory paragraph to Options 3, Section 7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>294</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Supplementary Material .02(d)(3) to Options 3, Section 7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Exchange further believes proposed Section 6(b) will provide greater transparency as to which existing order and quote protocols would be available for FLEX Orders, FLEX auction notifications, and FLEX auction responses.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Complex Orders (Section 7)</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange believes the proposed Section 7 will provide investors with additional transparency regarding order entry requirements for complex FLEX Options. As noted above, the proposed complex FLEX Order entry requirements will be consistent with Cboe Rule 5.70(b), except the Exchange will not offer Asian-settled or Cliquet-settled FLEX Index Options.</P>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange also believes that allowing the submission of complex FLEX Orders with any ratio will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and benefit investors, because it will provide Members with additional flexibility and precision in their investment strategies. As noted above, Cboe already offers this feature for complex FLEX Orders, so the Exchange believes that the proposed changes will promote a free and open market and a national market system by providing an additional venue for market participants to execute complex FLEX Orders with any ratio.
                        <SU>295</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>295</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 81.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Opening of FLEX Trading (Section 8)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that proposed Section 8, which will specify that there will be no Opening Process in FLEX Options and that Members may begin submitting FLEX Orders into an electronic FLEX Auction, a FLEX PIM, or a FLEX SOM when the underlying security is open for trading, will provide clarity to market participants regarding the mechanisms available for FLEX trading. The Exchange will not conduct an Opening Process in FLEX Options due to the customized nature of these products and the fact that there will be no requirement for specific FLEX Option series to be quoted or traded each day. The Exchange notes that Cboe likewise does not hold an opening trading rotation in FLEX Options.
                        <SU>296</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>296</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rule 5.71. 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 83.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Exchange also believes that allowing Member to begin submitting FLEX Orders once the underlying security is open is appropriate. Because market participants incorporate transaction prices of underlying securities or the values of underlying indexes when pricing options (which will include FLEX Options), the Exchange believes it will benefit investors for FLEX Options trading to not be available until that information has begun to be disseminated in the market. Because the Exchange will have no electronic book of resting orders for FLEX Options (and no Opening Process), being “open” for FLEX trading merely means that Members may submit FLEX Orders into one of the specified FLEX auction mechanisms once the underlying is open, at the conclusion of which executions in those auction mechanisms may occur (which are all discussed in the respective FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, and FLEX SOM sections above).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Trading Halts (Section 9)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that proposed Section 9 will provide clarity as to when the Exchange would halt trading in FLEX Options. The reasons why the Exchange would halt trading in a non-FLEX Option class (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         trading in the underlying security is halted) would generally be reasons why the Exchange would halt a FLEX Option class, and therefore the Exchange will always halt trading in a FLEX Option class when trading in a non-FLEX Option class with the same underlying equity security or index is halted on the Exchange. Proposed Section 9 also provides the Exchange with authority to halt trading in a FLEX Option, even if trading in a non-FLEX Option with the same underlying is not halted. While such situation would be rare, there may be unusual circumstances that would cause the Exchange to halt trading in the FLEX Option. As noted above, the proposed halt provisions are consistent with Cboe Rule 4.21(a)(3).  
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Exchange Order Books (Section 10)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that specifying in proposed Section 10 that the Exchange's simple and complex order books will not be available for transactions in FLEX Options will make clear what mechanisms would be available for FLEX trading (or not). FLEX Orders may only be submitted into a FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, or FLEX SOM. As noted above, proposed 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95016"/>
                        Section 10 is consistent with the FLEX rules of other options exchanges that similarly do not contemplate the interaction of their respective order books with FLEX transactions.
                        <SU>297</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>297</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 89.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">L. FLEX Options Trading (Section 11)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that proposed Section 11(a), which specifies the requirements for submitting FLEX Orders for trading, is consistent with the Act. Proposed Section 11(a) will set forth which mechanisms would be available for FLEX Orders (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         electronic FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, or FLEX SOM) and the order entry requirements for simple and complex FLEX Orders. As noted above, these provisions will be substantially similar to the FLEX rules of other options exchanges.
                        <SU>298</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange believes that System-enforcing the stipulation that it will not accept simple or complex FLEX Orders if the order or leg, as applicable, has identical terms as a non-FLEX Option series that is already listed for trading will prevent options with the same terms to trade as both a FLEX Options and non-FLEX Option, thereby eliminating any potential concerns around inconsistent order handling.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>298</SU>
                             In particular, proposed Options 3A, Section 11(a) is based on Cboe Rule 5.72(b) and BOX Rule 7605(d). 
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 90-92 and note 94.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that the electronic FLEX Auction as described in proposed Section 11(b) will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market, and protect investors and the public interest. The proposed FLEX Auction will offer market participants with an auction mechanism for the execution of FLEX Options at potentially improved prices that is substantially similar in all respects to Cboe Rule 5.72(c), except for certain intended differences to align to current auction functionality in order to allow the proposed FLEX Auction to fit more seamlessly into the Exchange's market. For instance, the Exchange will not allow prices to be expressed as percentages in the electronic FLEX Auction as it does not have this capability today. The Exchange will also follow current non-FLEX auction behavior by allowing the FLEX Auction to end at the market close with an execution (if an execution is permitted pursuant to proposed Section 11(b)) in the event the designated exposure interval exceeds the market close.
                        <SU>299</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In doing so, the Exchange's proposal will promote executions in electronic FLEX Auctions (instead of cancelling the FLEX Order) while also preventing executions after the market close. The Exchange will also align the minimum increment requirements in proposed Section 11(b)(1)(G) for stock-tied FLEX complex strategies with its existing requirements for stock-tied non-FLEX complex strategies in Options 3, Section 14(c)(1). Furthermore, pursuant to proposed Section 11(b)(2)(D), the Exchange would not allow Members to submit multiple FLEX responses using the same badge/mnemonic and would also not aggregate all of those responses at the same price in order to align to current auction functionality for non-FLEX Orders. Additionally, the Exchange will also specify in proposed Section 11(b)(2)(D) that an additional FLEX response from the same badge/mnemonic for the same auction ID will automatically replace the previous FLEX response. 
                        <SU>300</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange will also align the proposed FLEX Auction allocation methodology (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         Priority Customer Size Pro-Rata and one contract allocation) 
                        <SU>301</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and related rounding (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         rounding up for the higher response quantity) 
                        <SU>302</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         with current auction functionality in those respects.
                        <SU>303</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange believes that the proposed priority and allocation rules for the FLEX Auction will ensure a fair and orderly market by maintaining the priority of orders and protecting Priority Customer orders, while still affording the opportunity for price improvement during each FLEX Auction commenced on the Exchange. As noted above, all of the foregoing features are harmonized with the Exchange's current auction functionality for non-FLEX Orders, including PIM and SOM, so the Exchange believes that this will promote consistency for Members participating across different auctions on ISE.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>299</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(1)(F). While the current rules are silent in this regard, the Exchange notes that its proposal will follow current SOM and PIM behavior. 
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             Options 3, Sections 11(d) and 13.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>300</SU>
                             While this behavior is not specified in the Exchange's current rules, auction responses are currently handled in the same manner for SOM and PIM. 
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             Options 3, Sections 11(d)(2) and 13(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>301</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Sections 11(b)(3)(A)(i) and (iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>302</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Sections 11(b)(3)(A)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>303</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Options 3, Section 11(d)(3)(C) (SOM allocation methodology); Options 3, Section 13(d) (PIM allocation methodology); Supplementary Material .09 to Options 3, Section 11; and Supplementary Material .10 to Options 3, Section 13.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Furthermore, unlike Cboe, the Exchange will not include certain details in the proposed FLEX Auction notification message in proposed Section 11(b)(2)(A) like what time the auction will conclude or whether the FLEX Order is Attributable. For simplicity, the Exchange will instead disseminate the duration of the exposure interval, instead of calculating and disseminating what time the auction will conclude, and will not offer an Attributable designation for FLEX Orders.</P>
                    <P>Otherwise, the general framework of the proposed electronic FLEX Auction in Section 11(b) (such as the eligibility requirements, the auction process and conclusion, and execution provisions) is consistent with the framework for Cboe's electronic FLEX Auctions in Cboe Rule 5.72(c). The clarity in how the proposed FLEX Auction will function and its consistency with similar auctions at another exchange will help promote a fair and orderly national options market system.</P>
                    <P>Like Cboe, the Exchange believes that the proposed auction exposure interval periods strike an appropriate balance between allowing executions of FLEX Orders to be completed in a timely fashion and providing Members sufficient time to price the unique terms of FLEX Options. As noted above, the submitting Member must designate the length of the exposure interval (which will be included in the auction notification message) to be between three seconds and five minutes, which is identical to Cboe's range of exposure intervals for their electronic FLEX Auctions in Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(1)(F). The Exchange believes it is appropriate to require the submitting Member to establish the length of the auction period (which will be included in the auction notification message), as the Member is in the best position to determine a reasonable period of time to provide other Members to respond based on the complexity of the FLEX Option series that is the subject of the auction, as well as based on market conditions (for example, in a volatile market, the Member may believe it is in the best interests of a customer to have a shorter auction period given quickly changing prices).  </P>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change to allow multiple electronic FLEX Auctions overlap will benefit investors, as it may lead to an increase in Exchange volume and permit the Exchange to compete with the OTC market, while providing for additional opportunities for price discovery and execution. Although electronic FLEX Auctions will be allowed to overlap, the Exchange does not believe that this raises any issues that are not addressed through the proposal as described above. For example, although overlapping, each auction will be started in a sequence 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95017"/>
                        and with a time that will determine its processing. Thus, even if there are two auctions that commence and conclude, at nearly the same time, each auction will have a distinct conclusion at which time the auction will be allocated. Additionally, FLEX Orders submitted into an electronic FLEX Auction will be able to execute only against FLEX responses submitted to that auction. If market participants desire to have interest execute against both FLEX Orders subject to concurrent FLEX Auctions, market participants may submit responses to both auctions. Additionally, the proposed concurrent auction feature is materially identical to Cboe's electronic FLEX Auction feature in Cboe Rule 5.72(c)(2)(B).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">M. FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM (Sections 12 and 13)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that the FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM Auctions as described in proposed Sections 12 and 13, respectively, will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market, and protect investors and the public interest. The proposed FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM Auctions will offer market participants with auction mechanisms for the execution of FLEX Options at potentially improved prices that are substantially similar to Cboe's FLEX AIM and FLEX SAM set forth in Cboe Rule 5.73 and 5.74, respectively, except for certain intended differences to align to the Exchange's current PIM and SOM auction functionality to allow the proposed FLEX PIM and SOM Auctions to fit more seamlessly into the Exchange's market. For instance, the Exchange will not allow prices to be expressed as percentages in FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM as it does not have this capability today. For FLEX SOM, the Exchange will not allow the Solicited Order to be comprised of multiple solicited orders in FLEX SOM to be consistent with current non-FLEX SOM functionality in Options 3, Section 11(d). The Exchange will also align the minimum increment requirements for stock-tied FLEX complex strategies submitted into FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM with its existing requirements for stock-tied non-FLEX complex strategies in Options 3, Section 14(c)(1). The Exchange will also follow current non-FLEX PIM and SOM behavior by allowing the FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM Auction to end at the market close with an execution (if an execution is permitted pursuant to proposed Section 12 or Section 13, as applicable) in the event the designated length of the auction period exceeds the market close.
                        <SU>304</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In doing so, the Exchange's proposal will promote executions in FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM (instead of cancelling the FLEX Order) while also preventing executions after the market close. Furthermore, pursuant to Sections 12(c)(5)(B) and 13(c)(5)(B) (as applicable), the Exchange would not allow Members to submit multiple FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM responses using the same badge/mnemonic and would also not aggregate all of those responses at the same price in order to align to current PIM and SOM functionality for non-FLEX Orders. Additionally, the Exchange will also specify that an additional FLEX PIM or SOM response from the same badge/mnemonic for the same auction ID will automatically replace the previous FLEX PIM or SOM response.
                        <SU>305</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange will also align to current PIM functionality by allowing a limited exception to the restriction in proposed Section 12(c)(4) against modifying or canceling a FLEX PIM Agency Order or Initiating Order by allowing Initiating Members to improve the price of their Initiating Orders.
                        <SU>306</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange will also align to current SOM functionality by allowing Initiating Members to cancel (but not modify) their FLEX SOM Agency Orders and Solicited Orders pursuant to proposed Section 13(c)(4).
                        <SU>307</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>304</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Sections 12(c)(3) and 13(c)(3). While the current rules are silent in this regard, the Exchange notes that its proposal will follow current SOM and PIM behavior. 
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             Options 3, Sections 11(d) and 13.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>305</SU>
                             While this behavior is not specified in the Exchange's current rules, auction responses are currently handled in the same manner for SOM and PIM. 
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             Options 3, Sections 11(d)(2) and 13(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>306</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 138 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>307</SU>
                             As noted above, while this feature is not explicitly stated in the current SOM rules in Options 3, Section 13(d), it is consistent with current SOM functionality.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange will also align certain aspects of the proposed FLEX PIM allocation methodology with its current non-FLEX PIM allocation methodology. First, the Exchange will base the allocation percentages set forth in proposed Section 12(e)(1)(B)(ii) on the original size of the Agency Order, instead of the number of contract remaining after execution against Priority Customer responses like Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(1)(B)(ii). As noted above, this will align to current PIM behavior in Options 3, Section 13(d)(3). Second, the Exchange will specify two limited scenarios in proposed Section 12(e)(1)(B) where the Initiating Member could receive an allocation percentage that is greater than the Initiating Member's guaranteed allocation (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         when there are remaining contracts after including all PIM responses or when rounding up). As noted above, while Cboe does not have these exceptions noted in Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(1)(B), this will be consistent with current PIM behavior.
                        <SU>308</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Third, the Exchange will specify in proposed Section 12(e)(2)(B) that other FLEX PIM responses at prices better than the final auction price will be allocated in time priority and all other FLEX PIM responses at the final auction price will be allocated on a Size Pro-Rata Basis.
                        <SU>309</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Fourth, the Exchange will replace Cboe's last priority allocation in Cboe Rule 5.73(e)(4) with a guaranteed allocation feature in proposed Section 12(e)(4), which will be similar to a current PIM feature currently in Options 3, Section 13(d)(3) that allows Members to request a lower percentage than their guaranteed allocation.
                        <SU>310</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For both FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM, the Exchange will also specify that if an allocation would result in less than one contract, then one contract will be allocated.
                        <SU>311</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This would align to current SOM and PIM allocation.
                        <SU>312</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As noted above, all of the foregoing features are consistent with the Exchange's current PIM and SOM auction functionality for non-FLEX Orders, so the Exchange believes that this will promote consistency for Members participating across different auctions on ISE.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>308</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 151.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>309</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 155.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>310</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 158.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>311</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Supplementary Material .03 to Options 3A, Section 11 and Supplementary Material .03 to Options 3A, Section 12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>312</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Supplementary Material .09 to Options 3, Section 11 and Supplementary Material .10 to Options 3, Section 13).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As it relates to FLEX PIM's proposed guaranteed allocation percentages of 50% (if there is a response(s) from one other Member) or 40% (if there are responses from two or more Members), these percentages will align to other options exchanges as noted above.
                        <SU>313</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         While the foregoing percentages for FLEX PIM differ from the current guaranteed allocation percentage of 40% for the Exchange's non-FLEX PIM, the Exchange does not believe that this percentage difference will put market participants using one type of PIM auction (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         FLEX versus non-FLEX PIM) on ISE at a competitive disadvantage against market participants using the other PIM auction type. FLEX PIM is a separate auction functionality and can only be used for FLEX Options. Once a FLEX Option series becomes fully fungible with an identical non-FLEX Option series, that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95018"/>
                        non-FLEX Option series can no longer be submitted into a FLEX PIM auction and must instead be entered into one of the Exchange's other auction mechanisms (such as standard PIM) if the market participant desires to utilize an auction mechanism. Furthermore, the FLEX market is unique in that there is no order book, no opening, and no quoting versus its standard non-FLEX market which has all of those features and therefore has a myriad of other ways in which market participants may access liquidity. The Exchange therefore does not believe offering a different guaranteed allocation percentage for its FLEX PIM would place market participants using non-FLEX PIM at a competitive disadvantage given the reasons set out above.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>313</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             supra note 158.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                      
                    <P>Otherwise, the general frameworks of the proposed FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM Auctions in Sections 12 and 13 (such as the eligibility requirements, stop price requirements, auction process and conclusion, and execution provisions) are consistent with the frameworks for Cboe's FLEX AIM and FLEX SAM in Cboe Rules 5.73 and 5.74, respectively. The clarity in how FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM will function and their consistency with similar auctions at another exchange will help promote a fair and orderly national options market system. For example, the proposed range for the length of each of the FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM Auction periods is consistent with the range for the auction periods of the Cboe's FLEX AIM and FLEX SAM Auctions in Cboe Rules 5.73(c)(3) and 5.74(c)(3), respectively. Like Cboe, the Exchange believes it is appropriate to provide a reasonable and sufficient amount of time in which market participants may submit responses because of the unique terms of FLEX Options. Therefore, the Exchange is proposing that the minimum length of a FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM Auction be three seconds. The Exchange also proposes a maximum length of an auction period to be five minutes, as the Exchange also believes it is appropriate to provide for efficient and timely executions so that customers do not potentially miss a market. The proposed rule change also requires the Initiating Member to establish the length of the auction period (which will be included in the auction notification message), as the Member is in the best position to determine a reasonable period of time to provide other Members to respond based on the complexity of the FLEX Option series that is the subject of the auction, as well as based on market conditions (for example, in a volatile market, the Member may believe it is in the best interests of a customer to have a shorter auction period given quickly changing prices).</P>
                    <P>The proposal will also allow FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM Auctions to occur concurrently with other FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM Auctions. As discussed above, the Exchange is aligning with current Cboe FLEX AIM and FLEX SAM behavior in Cboe Rules 5.73(c)(1) and 5.74(c)(1), respectively. Like Cboe, the Exchange does not believe that allowing FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM Auctions to overlap would raise any issues that are not addressed by proposal. For example, although overlapping, each FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM Auction will be started in a sequence and with a duration that determines its processing. Thus, even if there are two FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM Auctions that commence and conclude, at nearly the same time, each Auction will have a distinct conclusion at which time the Auction will be allocated, and only against responses submitted into that Auction. As discussed above, each FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM response is required to specifically identify the FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM Auction, respectively, for which it is targeted and if not fully executed, will be cancelled back at the conclusion of the Auction. Thus, responses will be specifically considered and executed only in the specified Auction. As a general matter, issues with concurrent auctions can relate to the interaction of auctioned orders with contra-side interest resting on the book at the end of various auctions. As noted above, there will be no order book available for FLEX trading, so there can be no conflict among contra-side interest resting on the book and FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM responses with respect to executions. Further, because there is no book for FLEX Options, there are no events that cause a FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM to conclude prior to the end of auction exposure period that would result in an execution, and therefore, the same event could not cause multiple auctions to conclude early.</P>
                    <P>
                        Like Cboe, the Exchange will apply a Size Pro-Rata execution algorithm with a Priority Customer overlay for FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM.
                        <SU>314</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange believes that the proposed priority and allocation rules for FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM will ensure a fair and orderly market by maintaining the priority of orders and protecting Priority Customer orders, while still affording the opportunity for price improvement during each FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM Auction commenced on the Exchange.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>314</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Sections 12(e) and 13(e). As noted above, this is also consistent with the Exchange's current priority and allocation methodology for non-FLEX auctions, including SOM and PIM. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3, Section 11(d)(3)(C) and Section 13(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">N. Risk Protections (Section 14)</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange believes that specifying the risk protections in proposed Options 3A, Section 14 will benefit investors with additional transparency regarding which of the Exchange's risk protections in Options 3, Sections 15 (simple order risk protections, 16 (complex order risk protections), and 28 (optional risk protections) would apply to FLEX trading. The Exchange also believes that applying the foregoing risk protections to FLEX Options will protect investors and the public interest, and maintain fair and orderly markets, by providing market participants with more tools to manage their risk. In addition, providing Members with more tools for managing risk facilitates transactions in FLEX Options because Members will have more confidence that risk protections are in place. As a result, apply the foregoing risk protections has the potential to promote just and equitable principles of trade.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">O. Data Feeds (Section 15)</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange believes that specifying the data feeds in proposed Options 3A, Section 15 will benefit investors with additional transparency regarding which data feeds it will disseminate auction notifications for simple and complex FLEX Orders. As discussed above, the Exchange proposes to disseminate auction notifications for simple FLEX Orders through the Order Feed and auction notifications for complex FLEX Orders through the Spread Feed, which will be consistent with how non-FLEX simple and complex auction notifications are disseminated today.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">P. FLEX Market Makers and Letters of Guarantee (Sections 16 and 17)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that the proposed FLEX Market Maker provisions in Section 16 will provide clarity and transparency as to how FLEX Market Makers are appointed and their related obligations. As noted above, these provisions are substantially similar to other options exchanges, notably Cboe and Phlx.
                        <SU>315</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>315</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 211-214.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to proposed Section 17, the Exchange will ensure that all FLEX transactions effected by FLEX Market Makers will be covered by an effective Letter of Guarantee.
                        <SU>316</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95019"/>
                        believes that the Letter of Guarantee will protect investors and the public interest because it signifies that the clearing member has accepted financial responsibility for transactions in all options entered into by the Market Maker, which will protect the counterparties of those trades and such protections will flow to other clearing members and ultimately to the OCC as the central counterparty and guarantor of both FLEX and non-FLEX Option transactions. The Exchange will notify all clearing members of the new FLEX rules to confirm that all clearing members' Letters of Guarantee will cover all financial responsibilities for all FLEX transactions by FLEX Market Makers, and will require additions to their effective Letters of Guarantee to provide full coverage, where necessary. The Exchange believes this will ensure that all FLEX Market Makers will be covered by effective Letters of Guarantee for their FLEX transactions.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>316</SU>
                             Today, all ISE Market Makers are required to enter into a Letter of Guarantee pursuant to Options 6, Section 4. Cboe Rule 3.61(e) separately requires FLEX Market Makers to provide a Letter of 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            Guarantee issued by a clearing member and filed with the Exchange accepting responsibility for all FLEX transactions made by the FLEX Market Maker.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Q. Position and Exercise Limits (Sections 18 and 19)</HD>
                    <P>Position and exercise limits are designed to address potential manipulative schemes and adverse market impacts surrounding the use of options, such as disrupting the market in the security underlying the options. While position and exercise limits should address and discourage the potential for manipulative schemes and adverse market impact, if such limits are set too low, participation in the options market may be discouraged. The Exchange believes that any decision regarding imposing position and exercise limits for FLEX Options must therefore be balanced between mitigating concerns of any potential manipulation and the cost of inhibiting potential hedging activity that could be used for legitimate economic purposes.  </P>
                    <P>
                        As it relates to FLEX Index Options, the Exchange believes that the proposed position and exercise limits in Sections 18(a), 18(c), and 19(a) are reasonably designed to prevent a Member from using FLEX Index Options to evade the position limits applicable to comparable non-FLEX Index Options. Further, by establishing the proposed position and exercise limits for FLEX Index Options and, importantly, aggregating such positions in the manner described in proposed Sections 18(c)(1), (c)(2), and 19(a)(3), the Exchange believes that the position and exercise limit requirements for FLEX Index Options should help to ensure that the trading of FLEX Index Options would not increase the potential for manipulation or market disruption and could help to minimize such incentives. The Exchange also notes that proposed position and exercise limits are consistent with the rules of another options exchanges that offer FLEX Index Options, as well as the rules of its own standard non-FLEX index options market, and therefore raise no novel issues for the Commission.
                        <SU>317</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>317</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rules 8.35(a), (b), (d), and 8.42(g) and ISE Options 4A, Sections 6(a), 7(a)(1), 9(a)(13), and 9(a)(14).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As it relates to FLEX Equity Options, while no position limits are proposed for FLEX Equity Options, there are several mitigating factors, which include aggregation of FLEX Equity Option and non-FLEX Equity Option positions that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month and subjecting those positions to position and exercise limits, and daily monitoring of market activity. Similar to the other exchanges that trade FLEX Equity Options, the Exchange believes that eliminating position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options, while requiring positions in FLEX Equity Options that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month to be aggregated with positions in non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying security,
                        <SU>318</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because it allow the Exchange to create a product and market that is an improved but comparable alternative to the OTC market in customized options. OTC transactions occur through bilateral agreements, the terms of which are not publicly disclosed to the marketplace. As such, OTC transactions do not contribute to the price discovery process that exists on a public exchange.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>318</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 18(c)(3) and Section 19(a)(3). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Cboe Rules 8.35(d)(3) and 8.42(g)(3); NYSE Arca Rules 5.35-O(a)(iii), (b) and 5.36-O; NYSE American Rules 906G and 907G; and Phlx Options 8, Section 34(e) and (f).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that the proposed elimination of position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options may encourage market participants to transfer their liquidity demands from OTC markets to exchanges and enable liquidity providers to provide additional liquidity to ISE through transactions in FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange notes that the Commission previously approved the elimination of position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options, finding that such elimination would allow exchanges “to better compete with the growing OTC market in customized equity options, thereby encouraging fair competition among brokers and dealers and exchange markets.” 
                        <SU>319</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission has also stated that the elimination of position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options “could potentially expand the depth and liquidity of the FLEX equity market without significantly increasing concerns regarding intermarket manipulations or disruptions of the options or the underlying securities.” 
                        <SU>320</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>319</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 42223 (December 10, 1999), 64 FR 71158, 71159 (December 20, 1999) (SR-Amex-99-40) (SR-PCX-99-41) (SR-CBOE-99-59) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval to Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Permanent Approval of the Elimination of Position and Exercise Limits for FLEX Equity Options).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>320</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Additionally, the Exchange believes that requiring positions in FLEX Equity Options that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month to be aggregated with positions in non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying security subjects FLEX Equity Options and non-FLEX Equity Options to the same position and exercise limits on third Friday-of-the-month expirations. These limitations are intended to serve as a safeguard against potential adverse effects of large FLEX Equity Option positions expiring on the same day as non-FLEX Equity Option positions. As noted above, Cboe Rules 8.35(d)(3) and 8.42(g)(3) have the same requirements.</P>
                    <PRTPAGE P="95020"/>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that any potential risk of manipulative activity is mitigated by existing surveillance technologies, procedures, and reporting requirements at the Exchange, which allows the Exchange to properly identify disruptive and/or manipulative trading activity. In addition to its own surveillance programs, the Exchange also works with other SROs and exchanges on intermarket surveillance related issues. Through its participation in ISG, the Exchange shares information and coordinates inquiries and investigations with other exchanges designed to address potential intermarket manipulation and trading abuses. The Exchange also notes that FINRA conducts cross-market surveillances on behalf of the Exchange pursuant to a regulatory services agreement.
                        <SU>321</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange also represents that it is reviewing its procedures to detect potential manipulation in light of any changes required for FLEX Options to confirm appropriate surveillance coverage and would make any changes that the Exchange believes are necessary for FLEX trading. These procedures utilize daily monitoring of market activity via automated surveillance techniques to identify unusual activity in both options and their underlying securities and are designed to protect investors and the public interest by ensuring that the Exchange has an adequate surveillance program in place.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>321</SU>
                             The Exchange notes that it is responsible for FINRA's performance under this regulatory services agreement.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Exchange believes that proposed Section 18(b)(2) and (3) further mitigates concerns for potential market manipulation and/or disruption in the underlying markets and thus protects investors and the public interest because position reporting will be required (other than for a Market Maker) and the Exchange may determine that a higher margin requirement is necessary in light of the risks associated with a FLEX Equity Option position in excess of the standard limit for non-FLEX Equity Options of the same class. The Exchange may, pursuant to its authority under Options 6C, Section 5, impose additional margin upon the account maintaining such under-hedged position as a safeguard against potential adverse effects of large FLEX Equity Option positions. The Exchange notes that the clearing firm carrying the account will be subject to capital charges under SEC Rule 15c3-1 to the extent of any margin deficiency resulting from a higher margin requirement imposed by the Exchange.  </P>
                    <P>
                        Lastly, the Exchange notes that other exchanges currently trading FLEX options have similar position and exercise limits described above.
                        <SU>322</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>322</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rules 8.35(d) and 8.42(g); and Phlx Options 8, Section 34(e) and (f).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">R. Cash-Settled FLEX ETF Options</HD>
                    <P>Introducing cash-settled FLEX ETF Options will increase order flow to the Exchange, increase the variety of options products available for trading, and provide a valuable tool for investors to manage risk.</P>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that the proposal to permit cash settlement as a contract term for options on the specified group of equity securities would remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market as cash-settled FLEX ETF Options would enable market participants to receive cash in lieu of shares of the underlying security, which would, in turn provide greater opportunities for market participants to manage risk through the use of a cash-settled product to the benefit of investors and the public interest. The Exchange does not believe that allowing cash settlement as a contract term for options on the specified group of equity securities would render the marketplace for equity options more susceptible to manipulative practices. As illustrated in the table above, each of the qualifying underlying securities is actively traded and highly liquid and thus would not be susceptible to manipulation because, over a six-month period, each security had an average daily notional value of at least $500 million and an ADV of at least 4,680,000 shares, which indicates that there is substantial liquidity present in the trading of these securities, and that there is significant depth and breadth of market participants providing liquidity and of investor interest. The Exchange believes the proposed bi-annual review to determine eligibility for an underlying ETF to have cash settlement as a contract term would remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market as it would permit the Exchange to select only those underlying ETFs that are actively traded and have robust liquidity as each qualifying ETF would be required to meet the average daily notional value and average daily volume requirements, as well as to select the same underlying ETFs on which other exchanges may list cash-settled FLEX ETF Options.
                        <SU>323</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>323</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 243 and 244.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Exchange believes the proposed change that, for FLEX ETF Options, at least one of exercise style, expiration date, and exercise price must differ from options in the non-FLEX market will provide clarity and eliminate confusion regarding permissible terms of FLEX ETF Options, including the proposed cash-settled FLEX ETF Options.</P>
                    <P>The Exchange believes that the data provided by the Exchange supports the supposition that permitting cash settlement as a FLEX term for the 46 underlying ETFs that would currently qualify to have cash settlement as a contract term would broaden the base of investors that use FLEX Equity Options to manage their trading and investment risk, including investors that currently trade in the OTC market for customized options, where settlement restrictions do not apply.</P>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that the proposal to permit cash settlement for certain FLEX ETF options would remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market because the proposed rule change would provide members and member organizations with enhanced methods to manage risk by receiving cash if they choose to do so instead of the underlying security. In addition, this proposal would promote just and equitable principles of trade and protect investors and the general public because cash settlement would provide investors with an additional tool to manage their risk. Further, the Exchange notes that another exchange has previously received approval that allows for the trading of cash-settled options, and, specifically, cash-settled FLEX ETF Options in an identical manner as the Exchange proposes to list them pursuant to this rule filing.
                        <SU>324</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed rule change therefore should not raise issues for the Commission that it has not previously addressed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>324</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             notes 243 and 244.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                      
                    <P>
                        The proposed rule change to permit cash settlement as a contract term for options on up to 50 ETFs is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade in that the availability of cash settlement as a contract term would give market participants an alternative to trading similar products in the OTC market. By trading a product in an exchange-traded environment (that is currently traded in the OTC market), the Exchange would be able to compete more effectively with the OTC market. The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in that it would lead to the migration of options currently trading in the OTC market to trading on the Exchange. Also, any migration to the Exchange from the OTC market would 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95021"/>
                        result in increased market transparency. Additionally, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is designed to remove impediments to and to perfect the mechanism for a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest in that it should create greater trading and hedging opportunities and flexibility. The proposed rule change should also result in enhanced efficiency in initiating and closing out positions and heightened contra-party creditworthiness due to the role of OCC as issuer and guarantor of the proposed cash-settled options. Further, the proposed rule change would result in increased competition by permitting the Exchange to offer products that are currently available for trading only in the OTC market and are approved to trade on another options exchange.
                    </P>
                    <P>The Exchange believes that establishing position limits for cash-settled FLEX ETF Options to be the same as physically settled options on the same underlying security, and aggregating positions in cash-settled FLEX ETF Options with physically settled options on the same underlying security for purposes of calculating position limits is reasonable and consistent with the Act. By establishing the same position limits for cash-settled FLEX ETF Options as for physically settled options on the same underlying security and, importantly, aggregating such positions, the Exchange believes that the position limit requirements for cash-settled FLEX ETF Options should help to ensure that the trading of cash-settled FLEX ETF Options would not increase the potential for manipulation or market disruption and could help to minimize such incentives. For the same reasons, the Exchange believes the proposed exercise limits are reasonable and consistent with the Act.</P>
                    <P>Finally, the Exchange represents that it has an adequate surveillance program in place to detect manipulative trading in cash-settled FLEX ETF Options and the underlying ETFs. Regarding the proposed cash settlement, the Exchange would use the same surveillance procedures currently utilized for the Exchange's other FLEX Options. For surveillance purposes, the Exchange would have access to information regarding trading activity in the pertinent underlying ETFs. The Exchange believes that limiting cash settlement to no more than 50 underlying ETFs (currently, 46 ETFs would be eligible to have cash-settlement as a contract term) would minimize the possibility of manipulation due to the robust liquidity in both the equities and options markets.</P>
                    <P>
                        As a self-regulatory organization, the Exchange recognizes the importance of surveillance, among other things, to detect and deter fraudulent and manipulative trading activity as well as other violations of Exchange rules and the federal securities laws. As discussed above, ISE has adequate surveillance procedures in place to monitor trading in cash-settled FLEX ETF Options and the underlying securities, including to detect manipulative trading activity in both the options and the underlying ETF.
                        <SU>325</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange further notes the liquidity and active markets in the underlying ETFs, and the high number of market participants in both the underlying ETFs and existing options on the ETFs, helps to minimize the possibility of manipulation. The Exchange further notes that under Section 19(g) of the Act, the Exchange, as a self-regulatory organization, is required to enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the Exchange.
                        <SU>326</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange believes its surveillance, along with the liquidity criteria and position and exercise limits requirements, are reasonably designed to mitigate manipulation and market disruption concerns and will permit it to enforce compliance with the proposed rules and other Exchange rules in accordance with Section 19(g) of the Act. The Exchange performs ongoing evaluations of its surveillance program to ensure its continued effectiveness and will continue to review its surveillance procedures on an ongoing basis and make any necessary enhancements and/or modifications that may be needed for the cash settlement of FLEX ETF Options.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>325</SU>
                             Among other things, ISE's regulatory program include cross-market surveillance designed to identify manipulative and other improper trading, including spoofing, algorithm gaming, marking the close and open, as well as more general abusive behavior related to front running, wash sales, and quoting/routing, which may occur on the Exchange and other markets. Furthermore, the Exchange stated that it has access to information regarding trading activity in the pertinent underlying securities as a member of ISG. As it relates to Reg SHO violations, the Exchange will enforce this through its Stock-Tied Reg SHO price protections in Options 3, Section 16(e). See supra note 205 for Stock-Tied Reg SHO discussion. NES will only execute Stock-Option Strategies and Stock-Complex Strategies if the underlying covered security component is in accordance with Rule 201 of Regulation SHO.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>326</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78s(g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Additionally, the Exchange will monitor any effect additional options series listed under the proposed rule change will have on market fragmentation and the capacity of the Exchange's automated systems. The Exchange will take prompt action, including timely communication with the Commission and with other self-regulatory organizations responsible for oversight of trading in options, the underlying ETFs, and the ETFs' component securities, should any unanticipated adverse market effects develop.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">S. Section 11(a) Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that the proposed FLEX rules in Options 3A, including the proposed electronic FLEX Auction in Options 3A, Section 11(b), proposed FLEX PIM in Options 3A, Section 12, and proposed FLEX SOM in Options 3A, Section 13, are consistent with Section 11(a)(1) of the Act 
                        <SU>327</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the rules promulgated thereunder. Generally, Section 11(a)(1) of the Act restricts any member of a national securities exchange from effecting any transaction on such exchange for (i) the member's own account, (ii) the account of a person associated with the member, or (iii) an account over which the member or a person associated with the member exercises investment discretion (collectively referred to as “covered accounts”), unless a specific exemption is available. Examples of common exemptions include the exemption for transactions by broker dealers acting in the capacity of a market maker under Section 11(a)(1)(A),
                        <SU>328</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the “G” exemption for yielding priority to non-members under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Act and Rule 11a1-1(T) thereunder,
                        <SU>329</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the “Effect vs. Execute” exemption under Rule 11a2-2(T) under the Act.
                        <SU>330</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The “Effect vs. Execute” exemption permits an exchange member, subject to certain conditions, to effect transactions for covered accounts by arranging for an unaffiliated member to execute transactions on the exchange. To comply with Rule 11a2-2(T)'s conditions, a member: (i) must transmit the order from off the exchange floor; (ii) may not participate in the execution of the transaction once it has been transmitted to the member performing 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95022"/>
                        the execution; 
                        <SU>331</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (iii) may not be affiliated with the executing member; and (iv) with respect to an account over which the member has investment discretion, neither the member nor its associated person may retain any compensation in connection with effecting the transaction except as provided in the Rule. For the reasons set forth below, the Exchange believes that Members entering orders and responses into the electronic FLEX Auction pursuant to proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b), FLEX PIM pursuant to proposed Options 3A, Section 12, and FLEX SOM pursuant to proposed Options 3A, Section 13 would satisfy the requirements of Rule 11a2-2(T).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>327</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78k(a). Section 11(a)(1) prohibits a member of a national securities exchange from effecting transactions on that exchange for its own account, the account of an associated person, or an account over which it or its associated person exercises investment discretion unless an exception applies.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>328</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>329</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(G) and 17 CFR 240.11a1-1(T).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>330</SU>
                             17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>331</SU>
                             The member may, however, participate in clearing and settling the transaction.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Rule 11a2-2(T)'s first requirement is that orders for covered accounts be transmitted from off the exchange floor. The Exchange does not operate a physical trading floor. In the context of automated trading systems, the Commission has found that the off-floor transmission requirement is met if a covered account order is transmitted from a remote location directly to an exchange's floor by electronic means.
                        <SU>332</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange represents that the System and the proposed FLEX auction mechanisms described above will receive all FLEX Orders and FLEX responses electronically through remote terminals or computer-to-computer interfaces. The Exchange represents that FLEX Orders and FLEX responses for covered accounts from Members will be transmitted from a remote location directly to the proposed FLEX auction mechanisms described above by electronic means.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>332</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 95445 (August 8, 2022), 87 FR 49894 (August 12, 2022) (SR-MEMX-2022-10) (approving options trading on MEMX Options); 61419 (January 26, 2010), 75 FR 5157 (February 1, 2010) (SR-BATS-2009-031) (approving BATS options trading); 59154 (December 23, 2008), 73 FR 80468 (December 31, 2008) (SR-BSE-2008-48) (approving equity securities listing and trading on BSE); 57478 (March 12, 2008), 73 FR 14521 (March 18, 2008) (SR-NASDAQ-2007-004 and SR-NASDAQ-2007-080) (approving NOM options trading); 53128 (January 13, 2006), 71 FR 3550 (January 23, 2006) (File No. 10-131) (approving The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC); 44983 (October 25, 2001), 66 FR 55225 (November 1, 2001) (SR-PCX-00-25) (approving Archipelago Exchange); 29237 (May 24, 1991), 56 FR 24853 (May 31, 1991) (SR-NYSE-90-52 and SR-NYSE-90-53) (approving NYSE's Off-Hours Trading Facility); and 15533 (January 29, 1979), 44 FR 6084 (January 31, 1979) (“1979 Release”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The second condition of Rule 11a2-2(T) requires that neither a member nor an associated person participate in the execution of its order once the order is transmitted to the floor for execution. The Exchange represents that, upon submission to the FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, or FLEX SOM, a FLEX Order or FLEX response will be executed automatically pursuant to the rules set forth in proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b) (for FLEX Auctions), Section 12 (for FLEX PIM), and Section 13(for FLEX SOM). In particular, execution of a FLEX Order (including the Agency and the Initiating or Solicited Order, as applicable) or a FLEX response sent to the applicable auction mechanism depends not on the Member entering the FLEX Order or FLEX response, but rather on what other FLEX responses are present and the priority of those FLEX responses. Thus, at no time following the submission of a FLEX Order or FLEX response is a Member or any associated person of such Member able to acquire control or influence over the result or timing of the FLEX Order or FLEX response execution.
                        <SU>333</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Once the FLEX Order (including the Agency Order and Initiating or Solicited Order (as applicable)) has been transmitted, the Member that transmitted such order into the FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, or FLEX SOM (as applicable) will not participate in the execution of the FLEX Order. Members submitting the FLEX Orders (including the Agency Orders and Initiating or Solicited Orders (as applicable)) into the applicable FLEX auction mechanisms will relinquish control to cancel their FLEX Orders entered into the FLEX Auction, or modify or cancel their Agency Orders and Initiating or Solicited Orders (as applicable) entered into FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM.
                        <SU>334</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, no Member, including the Member submitting the FLEX Order into the applicable FLEX auction mechanisms described above, will see FLEX responses submitted into any of the FLEX auction mechanisms and therefore will not be able to influence or guide the execution of their FLEX Orders or FLEX responses, as applicable.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>333</SU>
                             The submitting Member may cancel a FLEX Auction prior to the end of the exposure interval. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(2)(C). Members may modify or cancel FLEX responses during the exposure interval. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3A, Section 11(b)(2)(D)(v). An Initiating Member may not cancel or modify an Agency Order or Initiating Order after it has been submitted into FLEX PIM, except to improve the price of the Initiating Order. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(4). Members may modify or cancel their responses after being submitted to into a FLEX PIM. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(5)(F). An Initiating Member may not modify an Agency Order or Solicited Order after it has been submitted into FLEX SOM. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 13(c)(4). Members may modify or cancel their responses after being submitted to into a FLEX SOM. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(5)(F). The Commission has stated that the nonparticipation requirement does not preclude members from cancelling or modifying orders, or from modifying instructions for executing orders, after they have been transmitted so long as the modifications or cancellations are also transmitted from off the floor. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 14563 (March 14, 1978), 43 FR 11542, 11547 (the “1978 Release”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>334</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Rule 11a2-2(T)'s third condition requires that the order be executed by an exchange member who is unaffiliated with the member initiating the order. The Commission has stated that the requirement is satisfied when automated exchange facilities, such as the FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, and FLEX SOM are used, as long as the design of these systems ensures that members do not possess any special or unique trading advantages in handling their orders after transmitting them to the exchange.
                        <SU>335</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange represents that the FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, and FLEX SOM are designed so that no Member has any special or unique trading advantage in the handling of its FLEX Orders after transmitting its FLEX Orders to the applicable FLEX auction mechanism.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>335</SU>
                             In considering the operation of automated execution systems operated by an exchange, the Commission noted that, while there is not an independent executing exchange member, the execution of an order is automatic once it has been transmitted into the system. Because the design of these systems ensures that members do not possess any special or unique trading advantages in handling their orders after transmitting them to the exchange, the Commission has stated that executions obtained through these systems satisfy the independent execution requirement of Rule 11a2-2(T). 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             1979 Release.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Rule 11a2-2(T)'s fourth condition requires that, in the case of a transaction effected for an account with respect to which the initiating member or an associated person thereof exercises investment discretion, neither the initiating member nor any associated person thereof may retain any compensation in connection with effecting the transaction, unless the person authorized to transact business for the account has expressly provided otherwise by written contract referring to Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder.
                        <SU>336</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95023"/>
                        recognizes that Members relying on Rule 11a2-2(T) for transactions effected pursuant to the proposed FLEX rules, and in particular through the applicable FLEX auction mechanisms described above, must comply with this condition of the Rule and the Exchange will enforce this requirement pursuant to its obligations under Section 6(b)(1) of the Act to enforce compliance with federal securities laws.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>336</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T)(a)(2)(iv). In addition, Rule 11a2-2(T)(d) requires a member or associated person authorized by written contract to retain compensation, in connection with effecting transactions for covered accounts over which such member or associated persons thereof exercises investment discretion, to furnish at least annually to the person authorized to transact business for the account a statement setting forth the total amount of compensation retained by the member in connection with effecting transactions for the account during the period covered by the statement which amount must be exclusive of all amounts paid to others during that period for services rendered to effect such transactions. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             1978 Release, at 11548 (stating “[t]he contractual and disclosure requirements are designed to assure that accounts electing to permit transaction-related compensation do so only after deciding that such arrangements are suitable to their interests”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Exchange therefore believes that the proposed rules in Options 3A governing FLEX trading, including the proposed FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, and FLEX SOM, are consistent with Rule 11a2-2(T).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                    <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                    <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intra-market competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as all Members who wish to trade FLEX Options will be able to trade such options in the same manner. Additionally, positions in FLEX Options of all Members will be subject to the same position limits, and such positions will be aggregated in the same manner as described in proposed Section 18(c).</P>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange also does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on inter-market competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. As discussed above, other options exchanges currently offer electronic FLEX trading and cash-settled FLEX ETF Options on their respective markets. The Exchange believes that its proposal will allow ISE to compete with these other exchanges and provide an additional execution venue for these transactions for market participants. Thus, the Exchange believes that its proposal will promote inter-market competition by increasing the number of exchanges where electronic FLEX trading and cash-settled FLEX ETF Options will be available. The proposal also promotes inter-market competition by providing another alternative (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         exchange markets) to bilateral OTC trading of options with flexible terms. Exchange markets, in contrast with bilateral OTC trading, are centralized, transparent, and have the guarantee of OCC for options traded.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                    <P>No written comments were either solicited or received.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Discussion and Commission Findings</HD>
                    <P>
                        After careful review, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, is consistent with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.
                        <SU>337</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In particular, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as amended, is consistent with Section 6(b)(1) and 6(b)(5) 
                        <SU>338</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         of the Exchange Act. Section 6(b)(5) of the Exchange Act 
                        <SU>339</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         requires, among other things, that the rules of a national securities exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices; to promote just and equitable principles of trade; to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, and processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities; to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system; and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. Section 6(b)(5) also requires that the rules of a national securities exchange not be designed to permit unfair discrimination among customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers. Further, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as amended, is consistent with Section 6(b)(1) of the Exchange Act,
                        <SU>340</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         which requires, among other things, that a national securities exchange be so organized and have the capacity to carry out the purposes of the Exchange Act, and to comply and enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members, with the provisions of the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations thereunder.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>337</SU>
                             In approving the proposed rule change, the Commission has considered its impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>338</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(1) and (5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>339</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>340</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, the Exchange is proposing to list and trade FLEX Options 
                        <SU>341</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         on the Exchange's electronic market. FLEX Options allow market participants to customize certain specified terms (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         expiration date, exercise price and exercise style) of equity and index options. The Exchange states that FLEX Options are currently traded on the Chicago Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe”), NYSE American LLC (“NYSE American”), NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”), Nasdaq PHLX LLC (“Phlx”), and FLEX Equity Options are currently traded on BOX Exchange LLC (“BOX”).
                        <SU>342</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange further states that it believes its proposal will allow the Exchange to compete with these other exchanges and provide an additional execution venue in FLEX Options for market participants.
                        <SU>343</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>341</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 1(b) which defines a FLEX Option as a “flexible exchange option” and includes FLEX Options on an equity security (a “FLEX Equity Option”) and on an index (a “FLEX Index Option”),
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>342</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 23. All of the exchanges trade FLEX Options in open outcry on their respective trading floors, while Cboe also offers electronic FLEX Options trading.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>343</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 145.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange has proposed to allow for the trading of FLEX Options on its electronic market in a substantially similar manner as Cboe's electronic FLEX Options, with certain differences primarily intended to align its rules to current System 
                        <SU>344</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and auction behavior in order to provide increased consistency for Members trading FLEX Options and non-FLEX Options on ISE.
                        <SU>345</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         While the trading procedures applicable to FLEX Options will be similar to those for trading non-FLEX Options under the Exchange's electronic System, as discussed in more detail below, proposed Options 3A will specifically address the trading of FLEX Options including rules to address their customized nature as well as those non-FLEX options rules that are not applicable to FLEX Options.
                        <SU>346</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange's proposal is also consistent with the FLEX rules of other national securities exchanges that trade FLEX Options, and according to the Exchange are primarily based on, with certain exceptions, CBOE FLEX rules.
                        <SU>347</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95024"/>
                        Commission believes that the Exchange's proposal is designed to provide investors with a tailored or customized product for equity and index options that can be traded on the Exchange that may be more suitable to their investment needs. For the reasons described in more detail below, the Commission believes the proposal is consistent with the Exchange Act.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>344</SU>
                             The term “System” means the electronic system operated by the Exchange that receives and disseminates quotes, executes orders and reports transactions. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 1, Section 1(a)(50).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>345</SU>
                             For example, the Exchange states it is not proposing to add open outcry FLEX Options trading as it does not have a trading floor. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Notice, 89 FR 22295 n. 15.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>346</SU>
                             For example, proposed Options 3A, Section 10 states that the Exchange simple and complex order books will not be available for FLEX Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>347</SU>
                             In its proposal, ISE described the FLEX rules of Cboe upon which its proposed FLEX rules are based and, where there were differences, described those and the reasons for those differences. For example, the Exchange stated it primarily based its rules on Cboe but omitted certain rules that are floor based because it doesn't have a trading floor, such as Cboe Rule 5.75(b) which sets for the responsibilities of FLEX Officials, including the responsibility to nullify certain FLEX Option transactions that do not conform to Cboe's FLEX rules, and to call upon a FLEX Market-Maker with 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            an appointment in a FLEX Option class to respond to open outcry FLEX Auctions in that FLEX Option class when no other ICMP's respond. 
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at note 18. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at pages 146-153 for a list of the similar rules and differences between Cboe rules and new Exchange Rule Options 3A.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. FLEX Equity and Index Options Requirements</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. General Provisions (Section 1)</HD>
                    <P>
                        FLEX Options traded on the Exchange will generally be subject to the same rules that apply to the trading of equity options and index options on the Exchange, unless otherwise provided in proposed Options 3A Rules.
                        <SU>348</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Among other things, proposed Options 3A Rules will provide the framework under which FLEX Options would be eligible for trading on the Exchange, including, but not limited to, the terms under which FLEX Options would be available (detailing the underlying security, type, exercise price and style, and expiration date), the form of settlement, fungibility provisions, minimum quoting and trading increments, exercise by exception requirements, position and exercise limits, trading halts and letters of guarantee. In addition, there will be no simple or complex order books available for FLEX Options which is consistent with the rules of other national securities exchanges that trade FLEX Options.
                        <SU>349</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         FLEX Options, as discussed in more detail below, will be traded by orders being inputted into the Exchange's electronic FLEX Auction, FLEX Price Improvement Auction (FLEX PIM), or FLEX Solicited Order Mechanism (“SOM”). As the Exchange states these auction functionalities are similar to the Systems for executing non-FLEX options with differences to accommodate the customized nature of FLEX Options and that there is no order book available or continuous quotes in FLEX Options. As stated by the Exchange FLEX Options in its electronic market will trade in a substantially similar manner to Cboe's electronic FLEX Options. Further, the Exchange has represented that it has conducted a thorough review of its existing trading rules to ensure that the proposed Rules in Options 3A accurately reflect the application of the Exchange's non-FLEX Option trading rules to FLEX Options, as well as those non-FLEX Options trading rules that would not apply to FLEX Options. The ISE proposal, as stated above, is also consistent with the FLEX rules of other national securities exchanges that trade FLEX Options.
                        <SU>350</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>348</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 1(a) that sets forth the applicability of Exchange Rules and provides that Options 3A Rules apply only to FLEX Options and that trading of FLEX Options will be subject to all other Rules applicable to the trading of options on the Exchange, unless otherwise provided in Options 3A.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>349</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 83. Because of the customized nature of FLEX Options and that there are no pre-established outstanding series in FLEX Options such options are not continuously quoted and there is no national best bid and offer in FLEX Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>350</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 347.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. FLEX Option Classes, Permissible Series and Fungibility (Section 3)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 3(a) allows the Exchange to authorize for trading a FLEX Option class on any equity security, with the exception of the iShares Bitcoin Trust ETF (“IBIT”), or index if it may authorize for trading a non-FLEX Option class on that equity security or index, even if the Exchange does not list that non-FLEX Option class for trading.
                        <SU>351</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange proposes to exclude IBIT from being eligible for trading as a FLEX Option on ISE to be consistent with the Commission's approval of IBIT options, which required the position limit for IBIT options to be 25,000 contracts.
                        <SU>352</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed in the position limits section below, there will generally be no position limits for FLEX Equity Options.
                        <SU>353</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For clarity, this exclusion will apply to both physically-settled and cash-settled FLEX ETF options, such that IBIT options will be excluded from being eligible to trade as a physically-settled or a cash-settled FLEX ETF option. If the Exchange determines to allow FLEX trading on IBIT options at a later date, it will do so by submitting a 19b-4 rule filing with the Commission.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>351</SU>
                             Proposed Section 3(b) would allow the Exchange to approve a FLEX Option series for trading in any FLEX Option class it may authorize for trading pursuant to proposed Section 3(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>352</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 101128 (September 20, 2024), 89 FR 78942 (September 26, 2024) (SR-ISE-2024-03). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 14.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>353</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 18(b)(1)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        FLEX Options will only be permitted in puts and calls that do not have the same exercise style (American or European), same expiration date and same exercise price as Non-FLEX Options that are already available for trading on the same underlying security, provided the option is otherwise eligible for trading. The Exchange states that its System enforces these requirements and that its System will not accept a FLEX Order for a put or call FLEX Option series if a non-FLEX Option series on the same underlying security or index with the same expiration date, exercise price, and exercise style is already listed for trading. Under the proposal a FLEX Order for a FLEX Option may be submitted on any trading day prior to the expiration date although on the expiration date, a FLEX Order for the expiring FLEX Option series may only be submitted to close out a position in such expiring FLEX Option series.
                        <SU>354</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>354</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Proposed Options 3A Section 3(b)(2). The Exchange represented that the Exchange's System will enforce this provision such that it will reject an opening position in an expiring FLEX Option series on the day of expiration. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 15, note 3. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Proposed Options 3A Section 3(d) when expiration falls on a holiday.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        FLEX Options can also be listed before an option with identical terms is listed for trading as a non-FLEX Option. Proposed Section 3(d)(1) provides that if the Exchange lists for trading a non-FLEX Option series with identical terms as a FLEX Option series, (A) all existing open positions established under the FLEX trading procedures will become fully fungible with transactions in the identical non-FLEX Option series and (B) any further trading in the series would be as non-FLEX Options subject to non-FLEX trading procedures and rules. If a non-FLEX Option Series is added intraday, for the balance of that trading day, a position established under the FLEX trading procedures may be closed using the FLEX trading procedures only against another closing only FLEX position.
                        <SU>355</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange will notify Members when a FLEX Option series is restricted to closing only transactions and the System will reject a transaction in such a restricted series that does not conform to the requirements specified in proposed Section 3(d).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>355</SU>
                             This is because in the event a Non-FLEX Equity Option with identical terms to a FLEX Equity Option is listed intraday, OCC could not net the positions in the contracts until the next day potentially leading to assignment risk. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 62321 (June 17, 2010), 75 FR at 36131 (June 24, 2010).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As the Commission has previously stated, it has been concerned about FLEX Options acting as a surrogate for trading in standardized non-FLEX Options given the protections for investors in the non-FLEX Options market, and the fungibility provisions could help to mitigate some of these concerns.
                        <SU>356</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission continues to believe that requiring FLEX Options 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95025"/>
                        to be fungible with their non-FLEX counterparts could help to address the surrogacy concerns and ensure that market participants can avail themselves of the protections provided in the standardized market.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>356</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59417 (February 18, 2009), 74 FR 8591 (February 25, 2009) (Order providing for fungibility of FLEX and non-FLEX option series with same terms upon listing of non-FLEX option series).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The proposed rule text should provide greater transparency around the Exchange's listing standards and ensure that the listing and trading of FLEX Options is consistent with ISE's approval order of IBIT options.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. FLEX Options Terms (Section 3(c))</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 3(c) specifies the terms that must be included in a FLEX Order. Such terms include: (1) the underlying equity security or index; (2) the type of option (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         put or call); (3) the exercise style (American or European); (4) the expiration date with terms no longer than 15 years; 
                        <SU>357</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (5) the settlement type; and (6) the exercise price, in increments no smaller than $0.01. The Exchange may determine the smallest increment for exercise prices of FLEX Options on a class-by-class basis, without going lower than $0.01.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>357</SU>
                             The expiration date may be any business day (specified to the day, month, and year) no more than 15 years from the date on which a member submits a FLEX Order to the system. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 3(c)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Exchange has noted that the terms applicable to FLEX Options are consistent with rules previously approved by the Commission for other exchanges in that they will permit investors to customize some of the terms of their FLEX Options to implement more precise trading strategies.</P>
                    <P>
                        Under the proposal, settlement for index options can be either a.m. (settlement value determined by reported opening prices of component securities) or p.m. (settlement value determined by reported closing prices of component securities). The Exchange has proposed to permit p.m. settlement in FLEX Index Options, including on the third Friday of the month (known as “Expiration Fridays”) similar to that approved for another national securities exchange. In the context of approving CBOE's Flex PM Pilot on a permanent basis the Commission stated that the CBOE's pilot data and reports, demonstrated that its pm pilot has benefited investors and other market participants by providing more flexible trading and hedging opportunities while also having shown no evidence of an adverse impact on the market. The Commission further stated, among other things, that the market for FLEX PM Third Friday Options had remained relatively small compared to non-FLEX p.m.-settled index options and the studies and analysis of the pilot data did not identify any adverse market impact on the underlying indexes, components of those indexes or related products or any significant impact on market quality of a.m.-settled index options.
                        <SU>358</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission has made similar conclusions in approving rules on p.m. settlement for non-FLEX Options including on the P.M.-settled Nasdaq-100 Index (“NDX”) Options with a Third-Friday-of-the-Month expiration.
                        <SU>359</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, significant changes in closing procedures in the decades since index options moved to a.m. settlement may also serve to mitigate the potential impact of p.m.-settled index options on the underlying cash markets.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>358</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             As noted above, for Third-Friday expirations ISE currently only has authority to trade non-FLEX on the NDX and therefore would only be allowed to trade P.M.-settled Third-Friday-of-the-Month index options on the NDX. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98935 (November 14, 2023), 88 FR 80792 (November 20, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-20).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>359</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 99222 (December 21, 2023) (SR-CBOE-2023-018) (order making permanent the operation of Cboe's FLEX Options pilot program regarding permissible exercise settlement values for FLEX Index Options); 98454 (September 20, 2023) (SR-CBOE-2023-005) (order approving proposed rule change to make permanent the operation of a program that allows the Exchange to list p.m.-settled third Friday-of-the-month SPX options series) (“SPXPM Approval”); 98455 (September 20, 2023) (SR-CBOE-2023-019) (order approving proposed rule change to make permanent the operation of a program that allows the Exchange to list p.m.-settled third Friday-of-the-month XSP and MRUT options series) (“XSP and MRUT Approval”); and 98456 (September 20, 2023) (SR-CBOE-2023-020) (order approving proposed rule change to make the nonstandard expirations pilot program permanent) (“Nonstandard Approval”). See also Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 98450 (September 20, 2023), 88 FR 66111 (September 26, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-08) (order approving proposed rule change to make permanent certain p.m.-settled pilots); and 98935 (November 14, 2023), 88 FR 80792 (November 20, 2023) (SR-ISE-2023-20) (order approving a proposed rule change to permit the listing and trading of p.m.-settled Nasdaq-100 Index® Options with a third-Friday-of-the-month expiration).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Types of Orders; Order and Quote Protocols (Sections 6 and 7)</HD>
                    <P>Proposed Section 6(a) provides that the Exchange may determine to make only the Limit Order and Cancel and Replace Order order types available on a class or System basis for FLEX Orders. The Exchange may also determine to make only the Immediate-or-Cancel time-in-force available on a class or System basis for FLEX Orders. Proposed Section 6(b) provides that the only order and quote protocols that will be available for FLEX Orders, FLEX auction notifications, and FLEX auction responses are: FIX (“Financial Information eXchange”); OTTO (“Ouch to Trade Options”); and SQF (“Specialized Quote Feed”).</P>
                    <P>Proposed Section 6 could aid in FLEX Order executions and should provide greater transparency as to which order and quote protocols will be available for FLEX Orders, FLEX auction notifications, and FLEX auction responses.</P>
                    <P>Proposed Section 7(a) covers the operation of complex orders, include a Complex Options Order, Stock-Options Order, and Stock-Complex Order. Each leg of a complex FLEX Order: (1) must be for a FLEX Option series authorized for FLEX trading with the same underlying equity security or index; (2) must have the same exercise style; and (3) for a FLEX Index Option, may have a different settlement type (a.m.-settled or p.m.-settled). Also, each options leg of a complex order cannot go below the $0.01 minimum increment.</P>
                    <P>Proposed Section 7 will provide investors with additional transparency regarding order entry of complex FLEX Options and will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market, benefiting investors.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Opening of FLEX Trading and Trading Halts (Sections 8 and 9)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 8(a) provides that there will be no Opening Process. Members may begin submitting FLEX Orders into an electronic FLEX Auction pursuant to proposed Section 11(b), a FLEX PIM pursuant to proposed Section 12, or a FLEX SOM pursuant to proposed Section 13 when the underlying security is open for trading. Proposed Options 3A, Section 8(a) and (b) are based on Cboe Rule 5.71, except with respect to open outcry trading and trading sessions outside of regular trading hours.
                        <SU>360</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange stated its belief that because market participants incorporate transaction prices of underlying securities or the value of underlying indexes when pricing options (including FLEX Options), the Exchange believes that it will benefit investors for FLEX Options trading to not be available until that information has begun to be disseminated in the market.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>360</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at note 75.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In addition, proposed Section 9 provides that the Exchange may halt trading in a FLEX Option and will always halt trading in a FLEX Options class when trading in a non-FLEX Options class with the same underlying equity security or index is halted on the Exchange.</P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 9 adds clarity and transparency as to when FLEX Orders can be submitted since there is no opening process, as in the non-FLEX 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95026"/>
                        Options market, and when the Exchange would halt trading in FLEX Options.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. FLEX Options Auction Trading (Sections 11, 12 and 13)</HD>
                    <P>Proposed Section 11 details the procedures for FLEX trading on the Exchange. A FLEX Options series will only be eligible for trading if a Member submits a FLEX Order for that series into an electronic FLEX Auction pursuant to paragraph (b) of Options 11, or submits the FLEX Order to a FLEX PIM or FLEX SOM Auction pursuant to proposed Section 12 or proposed Section 13, respectively. Proposed Section 11(a) specifies the requirements for simple and complex FLEX Orders while proposed Section 11(b) describes how the electronic FLEX Auction will work.</P>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange has represented that it will System enforce the stipulation that it will not accept simple or complex FLEX Orders if the FLEX Order or any leg of a complex FLEX Order, as applicable, has identical terms as a non-FLEX Option series that is already listed for trading. The proposed FLEX Auction will offer market participants with an auction mechanism that offers potentially improved prices. The initiating Member must designate the length of the exposure interval for the order which must be between three seconds and five minutes, which is the same exposure time frame under Cboe' electronic auction rules. Each auction will remain open for the designated time between three seconds and five minutes and if the designated time exceeds the market close, the auction will end at the market close with an execution, if permitted.
                        <SU>361</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed FLEX Auction will promote executions in electronic FLEX Auctions while also preventing executions after the market close. In addition, the Exchange will not allow Members to submit multiple FLEX responses using the same badge/mnemonic and will not aggregate all responses at the same price. Proposed Section 11(b)(2)(D) specifies that an additional FLEX response from the same badge/mnemonic for the same auction ID will automatically replace the previous FLEX response.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>361</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(1)(F).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange believes that having these features harmonized with the Exchange's current auction functionality for non-FLEX Orders will promote consistency for Members participating across different auctions on ISE. Importantly, the Exchange has stated that its System will prohibit a FLEX Order from being accepted if it has the same terms (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         expiration date, exercise price, and exercise style) of a non-FLEX Option.
                    </P>
                    <P>Use of the electronic FLEX Auction, that is similar in function to existing functionality with differences to accommodate FLEX and the accompanying clarity this will provide to Members and market participants, should be beneficial to market participants and should be beneficial to market participants.</P>
                    <P>Proposed Section 12 establishes the FLEX price improvement mechanism (“PIM”). The FLEX PIM is a price improvement mechanism auction that allows Members to provide price improvement opportunities for transactions. A Member may electronically submit for execution an order it represents as agent against principal interest or a solicited order(s), provided it submits the Agency Order for electronic execution into a FLEX PIM auction. The proposed FLEX PIM is substantially similar to Cboe's FLEX AIM except that the FLEX PIM will not allow prices to be entered as a percentage value. Proposed Section 13 establishes the FLEX solicited order mechanism (“SOM”) auction functionality for FLEX Options. The FLEX SOM is an auction that allows Members to submit complex orders for a single-price all-or-none execution. A Member may electronically submit for execution an order it represents as agent against a solicited order if it submits the Agency Order for electronic execution into a FLEX SOM auction.</P>
                    <P>
                        As with the FLEX Auction, the initiating Member must designate the length of the exposure interval for the order which must be between three seconds and five minutes. Both the FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM auctions will remain open for the designated time between three seconds and five minutes and if the designated time exceeds the market close, the auction will end at the market close with an execution, if permitted.
                        <SU>362</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange's FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM, unlike Cboe's FLEX PIM and FLEX SAM, respectively, specifies that if the designated length of the FLEX PIM or SOM auction period exceeds the market close, then the auction will end at the market close with an execution, if an execution is permitted.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>362</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The FLEX Auctions, FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM rules also provide provisions on order execution priority and allocations. Generally, FLEX Auctions, FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM will apply the same priorities as it applies under its current rules for non-FLEX options. The System will execute trading interest at the best price with Priority Customers 
                        <SU>363</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         having priority over non-Priority Customers at the same price with time priority (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         meaning that priority shall be afforded to Priority Customer orders in the sequence received by the System). Allocations generally follow the exiting rules for the exchange non-FLEX auctions but the Exchange is aligning its rule with CBOE's rules instead of providing the standard 40% for standard PIM.
                        <SU>364</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The clarity in how FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM Auctions will function, as well as the explanations for the differences between the FLEX PIM and SOM and Cboe's FLEX AIM and SAM, should be beneficial to market participants.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>363</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 50-54.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>364</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at note 150.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. Risk Protections (Section 14)</HD>
                    <P>Proposed Section 14 specifies which of the Exchange's risk protections apply to FLEX trading. Specifically, the Market Wide Risk Protection and Size Limitation will be available to FLEX Options. Market Wide Risk Protections are mandatory activity-based protections that allow Members to establish limits for order entry and execution rate during a specified period of time. The Size Limitation is a limit on the number of contracts an incoming order may specify. Orders that exceed the maximum number of contracts are rejected. This maximum is established by the Exchange from time-to-time.</P>
                    <P>Proposed Section 14(b) provides that the following complex order risk protections are available to FLEX Options: Strategy Protections (only to FLEX Auctions and FLEX responses in proposed Section 11(b)), Size Limitation, the Price Limit for Complex Order protection as applicable to the stock component, the Stock-Tied NBBO protections, and the Stock-Tied Reg SHO protections. The Exchange notes that the risk protections specified in proposed Sections 14(a) and 14(b) are mandatory.</P>
                    <P>Proposed Section 14(c) provides that the following optional risk protections (from Options 3, Section 28) are available: (1) notional dollar value per order; (2) daily aggregate notional dollar value; (3) quantity per order; and (4) daily aggregate quantity.</P>
                    <P>
                        Applying these risk protections to FLEX Options will protect investors and the public interest, and may help with maintaining fair and orderly markets, by providing market participants with more tool with which to manage their risk.
                        <PRTPAGE P="95027"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">8. FLEX Market Makers and Letters of Guarantee (Sections 16 and 17)</HD>
                    <P>Proposed Section 16 governs FLEX Market Makers. Proposed Section 16(a) provides that a FLEX Market Maker will automatically receive an appointment in the same FLEX option class(es) as its non-FLEX class appointments, but only the Primary Market Maker in the non-FLEX Option may be assigned Primary Market Maker in that FLEX Option. Proposed Section 16(b) provides that FLEX Market Makers do not need to provide continuous quotes in FLEX Options, but a FLEX Market Maker must fulfill all of the obligations of a Market Maker under Options 2 and must comply with the applicable provisions.</P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 17(a) provides that no FLEX Market Maker shall effect any transactions in FLEX Options unless one or more effective Letter(s) of Guarantee has been issued by a Clearing Member and filed with the Exchange accepting financial responsibility for all FLEX transactions made by the FLEX Market Maker pursuant to Options 6, Section 4. The Letters of Guarantee for FLEX transactions of FLEX market makers should, as the Exchange states, help to protect investors and the public interest because they signify that the clearing member has accepted financial responsibility for such FLEX transactions thus protecting the counterparties to those trades.
                        <SU>365</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>365</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 129.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The provisions contained in proposed Sections 16 and 17 will provide additional clarity and transparency as to how FLEX Market Makers are appointed and their responsibilities and will ensure that the appropriate guarantees are available to market participants for FLEX transactions.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">9. Position Limits and Exercise Limits (Sections 18 and 19)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 18 details the position limits for FLEX Options. Specifically, proposed Section 18(a) governs the position limits for FLEX Index Options and provides that FLEX Index Options will be subject to the same position limits governing non-FLEX index options in Options 4A, Sections 6 and 7. However, except as provided in Options 4A, Section 6(a) as set forth below, in no event shall the positions limits for broad-based FLEX Index Options exceed 25,000 contracts on the same side of the market. In addition, there shall be no position limits for those broad-based index options listed in Options 4A, Section 6(a).
                        <SU>366</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>366</SU>
                             The broad-based index options listing in Options 4A, Section 6(a) currently are options on Nasdaq 100 Index, Mini Nasdaq 100 Index; Nations VolDex Index, Nasdaq 100 Reduced Value Index; and Nasdaq Micro Index Options.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Each Member (other than FLEX Market Makers) that maintains a FLEX broad-based index position on the same side of the market in excess of 100,000 contracts in NDX or RUT for its own account, or for the account of a customer, shall report information as to whether the positions are hedged and provide documentation as to how such contracts are hedged, in the manner and form required by the Exchange. In addition, industry-based FLEX Index Options shall be subject to separate position limits of 18,000, 24,000, or 31,500 contracts, depending on the position limit tier determined pursuant to Options 4A, Section 7(a)(1).
                        <SU>367</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>367</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 18(a)(4). The Commission notes that these position limits are identical to those in place for Cboe. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Cboe Rules 8.32 and 8.35.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 18(b) governs the position limits for FLEX Equity Options. Proposed Section 18(b)(1)(A) provides that there will generally be no position limits for FLEX Equity Options except for FLEX cash-settled ETFs, as discussed in detail below.
                        <SU>368</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Each Member (other than a Market Maker) that maintains a position on the same side of the market in excess of the standard limit under Options 9, Section 13 for non-FLEX Equity Options of the same class on behalf of its own account or for the account of a customer shall report information on the FLEX Equity option position, positions in any related instrument, the purpose or strategy for the position and the collateral used by the account, in the form and manner prescribed by the Exchange. Whenever the Exchange determines that a higher margin requirement is necessary in light of the risks associated with a FLEX Equity Options position in excess of the standard position limit for Non-FLEX Equity Options of the same class, the Exchange may consider imposing additional margin upon the account maintaining such under-hedged position.
                        <SU>369</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>368</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 76-77 and Proposed 3A, Section 18(b)((1)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>369</SU>
                             The clearing firm carrying the account will be subject to capital charges under SEC Rule 15c3-1 to the extent of any margin deficiency resulting from a higher margin requirement.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Proposed Section 18(c) governs the aggregation of FLEX positions and states that for purposes of the position limits and reporting requirements, FLEX Option positions shall not be aggregated with positions in non-FLEX Options except in certain situations provided for in proposed Section 18(c) and in proposed Section 18(b)(1)(B) (setting forth position limits for cash-settled FLEX ETF options discussed below. Proposed Section 18(c)(1) states that commencing at the close of trading two business days prior to the last trading day of the calendar quarter, positions in P.M.-settled FLEX Index Options shall be aggregated with position in Quarterly Options Series on the same index with the same expiration and shall be subject to the position limits set forth in Options 4A, Section 6 or Section 7, as applicable. In addition, proposed Section 18(c)(2) states that commencing at the close of trading two business day prior to the last trading day of the week, positions in FLEX Index Options that are cash settled shall be aggregated with positions in Short Term Option Series on the same underlying with the same means for determining exercise settlement value and same expiration, and shall be subject to the position limits set forth in Options 4A, Section 6 or Section 7, as applicable. Finally, proposed Section 18(c)(3) states that for as long as the options positions remain open, positions in FLEX Options that expire on the third Friday-of-the-month shall be aggregated with positions in non-FLEX Options on the same underlying security and shall be subject to the position limits set forth in Options 4A, Section 6 or Section 7, or Options 9, Section 13, as applicable, and the exercise limits set forth in Options 9, Section 15.</P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 19(a) provides that exercise limits for FLEX Options shall be equivalent to the FLEX position limits prescribed in proposed Section 18.
                        <SU>370</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, there shall be no exercise limits for those broad-based index options listed in Options 4A, Section 6(a).
                        <SU>371</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>370</SU>
                             Proposed Options 3A, Section 19(a)(1) indicates that the minimum value size for FLEX Equity Option exercises shall be 25 contracts or the remaining size of the position, whichever is less. Proposed Options 3A, Section 19(a)(2) indicates that the minimum value size for FLEX Index Option exercises shall be $1 million in Underlying Equivalent Value (as defined in Section 19) or the remaining Underlying Value of the position, whichever is less.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>371</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 80.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The enhanced reporting requirements and margin provisions as well as the requirement that FLEX Options that expire on an Expiration Friday be subject to, and aggregated with, standard non-FLEX Options position and exercise limits are the same position and exercise limit requirements that apply under the rules of the other exchanges that currently trade FLEX Options. It is therefore appropriate for ISE to have the same position and exercise limit rules for FLEX Options as these other exchange markets. As the Commission has previously stated, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95028"/>
                        while it cannot entirely rule out the potential for future adverse effects on the securities markets for the FLEX Options or component securities underlying FLEX Options, the continued enhanced market surveillance of positions should help the Exchange to take the appropriate action in order to avoid any manipulation or market risk concerns.
                        <SU>372</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission expects ISE, as it has the other exchanges trading FLEX Options, to take prompt action including timely communication with the Commission and other marketplace self-regulatory organizations responsible for oversight of trading in FLEX Options and the underlying stocks, should any unanticipated adverse market effects develop.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>372</SU>
                             The Commission, for example stated, in approving FLEX Equity Options with no position limits, that the monitoring of accounts should provide the Exchanges with information necessary to determine whether to impose additional margin and/or assess capital charges and also determine whether a large position could have an undue effect on the underlying market and to take the appropriate action. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 42223 (December 10, 1999), 64 FR 71158 (December 20, 1999) (Order approving the elimination of position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 42346 (January 18. 2000), 65 FR 4010 (January 25, 2000) (Order approving the elimination of position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">10. Summary</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Commission notes that the listing and trading rules are modeled on FLEX rules previously approved by the Commission. Furthermore, the Commission believes that the Exchanges rules governing its hours of business, minimum increments, the trading auctions, position and exercise limits, letters of guarantee, and trading halts, among other things, are consistent with the Exchange Act, and Section 6(b)(5) 
                        <SU>373</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         therein. Finally, the Commission notes that the proposed rules are substantially similar to those already approved for other Exchanges, in particular, those of Cboe.
                        <SU>374</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>373</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>374</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99222 (December 21, 2023), 88 FR 89771 (December 28, 2023) (SR-CBOE-2023-018).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Cash-Settled FLEX ETFs</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Commission also believes, for the reasons discussed below, that the portion of the proposed rules to trade cash settled FLEX ETFs that meet certain specified criteria are consistent with the requirements of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                        <SU>375</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         which requires, among other things, that the rules of a national securities exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>375</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange's proposal would allow cash settlement for FLEX Equity Options only on ETFs, and only where the underlying ETF, as measured over the prior six-month period, has (1) an average daily notional value of at least $500 Million; and (2) a national ADV of at least 4,680,000 shares.
                        <SU>376</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission notes, and the Exchange has represented, that the 46 ETFs 
                        <SU>377</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         currently eligible using the proposed criteria appear to be among some of the most liquid and actively-traded ETFs based on their average daily volume and average notional value. The Commission believes that, by limiting the trading of options permitted to have cash settlement to those with underlying ETFs and only where these ETFs are liquid and actively traded, along with the other proposed requirements, appears to be reasonably designed to mitigate concerns about the susceptibility to manipulation of such cash-settled FLEX ETF Options and their underlying ETFs and the potential for market disruption. Additionally, the proposed aggregated position and exercise limits and surveillance procedures discussed below, taken together with the liquid and active markets in the underlying eligible ETFs, also appears reasonably designed to address and mitigate concerns about the potential for manipulation and market disruption in markets for the options and the underlying securities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>376</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 82-83. These are the same requirements that both Cboe and NYSE American have to trade FLEX-cash settled ETFs. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98044 (August 2, 2023), 88 FR 53548 (August 8, 2023) (SR-Cboe-2023-036) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Allow Certain Flexible Exchange Equity Options To Be Cash Settled) and Securities Exchange Act Release No. 88131 (February 5, 2020), 85 FR 7806 (February 11, 2020) (SR-NYSEAmer-2019-38) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 1 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To Allow Certain Flexible Equity Options To Be Cash Settled).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>377</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 14 and 87.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission also notes that the Exchange has proposed to use the same position limits and exercise limits for cash-settled FLEX ETF Options that are applicable to the non-FLEX standardized options market, and to aggregate the positions in cash-settled FLEX ETF Options with all positions on physically-settled options on the same underlying ETF for purposes of calculating the position and exercise limits.
                        <SU>378</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This is structured the same as on other exchanges that currently trade cash-settled FLEX ETFs under the same criteria described above. The Commission has previously recognized that position and exercise limits serve as a regulatory tool designed to address manipulative schemes and adverse market impact surrounding the use of options and that the limits can be useful to prevent investors from disrupting the market in securities underlying the options as well as the options market itself.
                        <SU>379</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission believes therefore that establishing position and exercise limits at the same levels as those in the non-FLEX standardized options market and aggregating those positions with all physically-settled options on the same underlying ETFs 
                        <SU>380</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         can further help mitigate the concerns that the limits are designed to address about the potential for manipulation and market disruption in the options and the underlying securities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>378</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at note 248 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>379</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 82770 (February 23, 2018), 83 FR 8907, 8910 (March 1, 2018) (SR-CBOE-2017-057).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>380</SU>
                             The aggregation of position and exercise limits would include all positions on physically-settled FLEX and non-FLEX options on the same underlying ETFs.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission notes that the Exchange will conduct a biannual review of the underlying ETFs to determine whether they no longer meet the requirements for cash-settled FLEX ETF Options on those ETFs.
                        <SU>381</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission believes that this requirement is a reasonable means to limit cash settlement to those FLEX ETF Options that only overlie ETFs that continue to meet the specified liquidity and trading volume standards. The Commission also believes that while, as part of the biannual review, the Exchange can identify new underlying ETFs that meet the requirements and are thus eligible for cash-settled FLEX ETF Options, limiting the number of qualifying underlying ETFs to 50 will prevent the scope of cash settlement on FLEX ETF Options from growing considerably without an evaluation about whether the level of the requirements remains reasonable.
                        <SU>382</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission further believes that selecting the top 50 securities based on ETFs with the highest ADV, if more than 50 ETFs otherwise meet the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95029"/>
                        requirements in Section 3(c), appears to be a reasonable tiebreaker. In addition, the Commission notes that, should the Exchange determine, pursuant to the bi-annual review that an underlying ETF ceases to satisfy the requirements under Section 3(c), any new options position overlying such ETF would be required to have exercise settlement by physical delivery and any open cash-settled FLEX ETF Option positions may be traded only to close the position.
                        <SU>383</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission believes that this provision is a reasonable means to address how to wind down an outstanding cash-settled FLEX ETF Option where the underlying ETF no longer qualifies under the liquidity and volume criteria, thereby addressing manipulation concerns, while still allowing market participants to close out positions.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>381</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at note 237 and accompanying text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>382</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 84. At the same time, the overall limit of 50 ETFs that can underlie cash settled FLEX ETF Options should also provide the Exchange with flexibility to add additional ETFs that meet the Exchange's requirements given that the current eligible list of ETFs as of June 30, 2024 contains 46 ETFs.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>383</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 84.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        While two exchanges commenced trading FLEX cash settled ETFs in August, 2023 under similar rules as those proposed by ISE, the proposal is significant in that the large majority of exchange traded equity options are still physically settled and the proposal would allow options on ETFs that currently are only available to be traded on ISE with physical settlement to now have a cash-settlement alternative as a FLEX Option on the specified ETFs. The Exchange, acknowledging the “novel characteristics” of its proposal has committed to perform periodic data analyses with written assessments and to make such analyses and assessments available to the Commission on an annual basis for the first five years of trading in the subject options.
                        <SU>384</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As noted above, the Exchange has also stated that the reports will discuss any recommendations it has on enhancements to its proposed listing standards based on these reviews. The Commission notes that the annual reports will allow the Commission and the Exchange to evaluate, among other things, the impact such options have, and any potential adverse effects, on price volatility and the market for the underlying ETFs, the component securities underlying the ETFs, and the options on the same underlying ETFs and make appropriate recommendations, if any, in response to the reports.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>384</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 99. The Exchange has represented that trading in cash-settled FLEX ETF Options will not commence until the related reporting requirements are finalized. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at note 234.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission notes that surveillance is important, among other things, to detect and deter fraudulent and manipulative trading activity as well as other violations of Exchange rules and the federal securities laws. The Exchange has represented that it has adequate surveillance procedures in place to monitor trading in these options and the underlying securities, including to detect manipulative trading activity in both the options and the underlying ETF and to identify unusual and/or illegal trading activity.
                        <SU>385</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission notes that the proposed surveillance, along with the liquidity criteria and position and exercise limits requirements, appear to be reasonably designed to mitigate manipulation concerns. The Exchange has represented that it will periodically review its surveillance procedures and make any enhancements and/or modifications that might be needed for cash settlement of FLEX ETF Options.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>385</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 97-98. Among other things, the Exchange noted that its regulatory program included cross-market surveillance designed to identify manipulative and other improper trading, including spoofing, algorithm gaming, marking the close and open, as well as more general abusive behavior related to front running, wash sales, quoting/routing, and Reg SHO violations, that may occur on the Exchange and other markets. Furthermore, the Exchange stated that it has access to information regarding trading activity in the pertinent underlying securities as a member of ISG. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at note 317.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Commission notes that cash-settled FLEX ETF Options will be subject to the same trading rules and procedures that will govern the trading of FLEX Options on the Exchange, with the exception of the rules to accommodate the cash settlement feature being approved herein. The Commission also notes that the Exchange has represented that it will monitor any effect additional options series listed under the proposal have on market fragmentation and the capacity of the Exchange's automated systems.
                        <SU>386</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, the Commission expects that the Exchange will take prompt action, including timely communication with the Commission and with other self-regulatory organizations responsible for oversight of trading in options, the underlying ETFs, and the ETFs' component securities, should any unanticipated adverse market effects develop.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>386</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 95.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Based on the Exchange's representations with respect to the proposed cash-settlement of FLEX Equity Options, whose underlying security is an ETF, and that the proposed rules are substantially similar to other exchanges trading similar FLEX Options as well as the on-going reporting requirement, the Commission believes this part of the Exchange's proposal is consistent with the Act.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Section 11(a) of the Exchange Act</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 11(a)(1) of the Act 
                        <SU>387</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         prohibits a member of a national securities exchange from effecting transactions on that exchange for its own account, the account of an associated person, or an account over which it or its associated person exercises investment discretion (collectively, “covered accounts”) unless an exception applies. Rule 11a2-2(T) under the Act,
                        <SU>388</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         known as the “effect versus execute” rule, provides exchange members with an exemption from the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition. Rule 11a2-2(T) permits an exchange member, subject to certain conditions, to effect transactions for covered accounts by arranging for an unaffiliated member to execute transactions on the exchange. To comply with Rule 11a2-2(T)'s conditions, a member: (i) must transmit the order from off the exchange floor; (ii) may not participate in the execution of the transaction once it has been transmitted to the member performing the execution; 
                        <SU>389</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (iii) may not be affiliated with the executing member; and (iv) with respect to an account over which the member or an associated person has investment discretion, neither the member nor its associated person may retain any compensation in connection with effecting the transaction except as provided in the Rule. For the reasons set forth below, the Commission believes that Members entering orders and responses into the electronic FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM and FLEX SOM could satisfy the requirements of Rule 11a2-2(T).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>387</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>388</SU>
                             17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>389</SU>
                             This prohibition also applies to associated persons. The member may, however, participate in clearing and settling the transaction.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                      
                    <P>
                        The Rule's first condition is that orders for covered accounts be transmitted from off the exchange floor. In the context of automated trading systems, the Commission has found that the off-floor transmission requirement is met if a covered account order is transmitted from a remote location directly to an exchange's floor by electronic means.
                        <SU>390</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         ISE represents that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95030"/>
                        it does not operate a physical trading floor and that the System and the proposed FLEX auction mechanisms will receive all FLEX Orders and FLEX responses electronically through remote terminals or computer-to-computer interfaces.
                        <SU>391</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Exchange also represents that FLEX Orders and FLEX Responses for covered accounts from Members will be transmitted from a remote location directly to the proposed auction mechanisms by electronic means. Therefore, the Commission believes that the proposed FLEX auction mechanisms satisfy the off-floor transmission requirement.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>390</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 61419 (January 26, 2010), 75 FR 5157 (February 1, 2010) (SR-BATS-2009-031) (approving BATS options trading); 59154 (December 23, 2008), 73 FR 80468 (December 31, 2008) (SR-BSE-2008-48) (approving equity securities listing and trading on BSE); 57478 (March 12, 2008), 73 FR 14521 (March 18, 2008) (SR-NASDAQ-2007-004 and SR-NASDAQ-2007-080) (approving NOM options trading); 53128 (January 13, 2006), 71 FR 3550 (January 23, 2006) (File No. 10-131) (approving The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC); 44983 (October 25, 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            2001), 66 FR 55225 (November 1, 2001) (SR-PCX-00-25) (approving Archipelago Exchange); 29237 (May 24, 1991), 56 FR 24853 (May 31, 1991) (SR-NYSE-90-52 and SR-NYSE-90-53) (approving NYSE's Off-Hours Trading Facility); and 15533 (January 29, 1979), 44 FR 6084 (January 31, 1979) (“1979 Release”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>391</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 141.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Second, the Rule requires that the member and any associated person not participate in the execution of its order after the order has been transmitted. The Exchange represents that at no time following the submission of an order is a Member or any associated person of such Member able to acquire control or influence over the result or timing of the order's execution.
                        <SU>392</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         According to the Exchange, execution of a FLEX Order (including the Agency and Initiating or Solicited Order, as applicable) or a FLEX response sent to the applicable auction mechanism depends not on the Member entering the FLEX Order or FLEX response, but rather on what other FLEX responses are present and the priority of those FLEX responses.
                        <FTREF/>
                        <SU>393</SU>
                         Accordingly, the Commission believes that a member does not participate in the execution of an order submitted to the proposed FLEX auction mechanisms.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>392</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 142-3 (also representing, among other things, that no Member, including the Member submitting the FLEX Order into the applicable FLEX auction mechanisms, will see FLEX responses submitted into any of the FLEX auction mechanisms and therefore will not be able to influence or guide the execution of their FLEX Orders or FLEX responses, as applicable).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>393</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 142. The Exchange also states that the submitting Member may cancel a FLEX Auction prior to the end of the exposure interval. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 11(b)(2)(C). Members may modify or cancel FLEX responses during the exposure interval. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Options 3A, Section 11(b)(2)(D)(v). An Initiating Member may not cancel or modify an Agency Order or Initiating Order after it has been submitted into FLEX PIM, except to improve the price of the Initiating Order. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(4). Members may modify or cancel their responses after being submitted to into a FLEX PIM. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(5)(F). An Initiating Member may not modify an Agency Order or Solicited Order after it has been submitted into FLEX SOM. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 13(c)(4). Members may modify or cancel their responses after being submitted to into a FLEX SOM. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed Options 3A, Section 12(c)(5)(F). The Commission has stated that the non-participation condition is satisfied under such circumstances so long as such modifications or cancellations are also transmitted from off the floor. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 14563 (March 14, 1978), 43 FR 11542 (March 17, 1978) (“1978 Release”) (stating that the “non-participation requirement does not prevent initiating members from canceling or modifying orders (or the instructions pursuant to which the initiating member wishes orders to be executed) after the orders have been transmitted to the executing member, provided that any such instructions are also transmitted from off the floor”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Third, Rule 11a2-2(T) requires that the order be executed by an exchange member who is unaffiliated with the member initiating the order. The Commission has stated that this requirement is satisfied when automated exchange facilities, such as the FLEX Auction, FLEX PIM, and FLEX SOM, are used, as long as the design of these systems ensures that members do not possess any special or unique trading advantages in handling their orders after transmitting them to the exchange.
                        <SU>394</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         ISE represents that the auctions are designed so that no Member has any special or unique trading advantage in the handling of its orders after transmitting its orders to the mechanism.
                        <SU>395</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Based on the Exchange's representation, the Commission believes that the proposed FLEX auction mechanisms satisfy this requirement.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>394</SU>
                             In considering the operation of automated execution systems operated by an exchange, the Commission noted that, while there is not an independent executing exchange member, the execution of an order is automatic once it has been transmitted into the system. Because the design of these systems ensures that members do not possess any special or unique trading advantages in handling their orders after transmitting them to the exchange, the Commission has stated that executions obtained through these systems satisfy the independent execution requirement of Rule 11a2-2(T). 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             1979 Release.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>395</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 143.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Fourth, in the case of a transaction effected for an account with respect to which the initiating member or an associated person thereof exercises investment discretion, neither the initiating member nor any associated person thereof may retain any compensation in connection with effecting the transaction, unless the person authorized to transact business for the account has expressly provided otherwise by written contract referring to Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder.
                        <SU>396</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         ISE represents that Members relying on Rule 11a2-2(T) for transactions effected through the proposed FLEX auction mechanisms must comply with this condition of the Rule and that the Exchange will enforce this requirement pursuant to its obligations under Section 6(b)(1) of the Act to enforce compliance with federal securities laws.
                        <SU>397</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>396</SU>
                             In addition, Rule 11a2-2(T)(d) requires a member or associated person authorized by written contract to retain compensation, in connection with effecting transactions for covered accounts over which such member or associated persons thereof exercises investment discretion, to furnish at least annually to the person authorized to transact business for the account a statement setting forth the total amount of compensation retained by the member or any associated person thereof in connection with effecting transactions for the account during the period covered by the statement. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T)(d). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             1978 Release, at 11548 (stating “[t]he contractual and disclosure requirements are designed to assure that accounts electing to permit transaction-related compensation do so only after deciding that such arrangements are suitable to their interests”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>397</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 144.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Surveillance and Regulation</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Commission believes that surveillance is important, among other things, to detect and deter fraudulent and manipulative trading activity as well as other violations of Exchange rules and the federal securities laws. The Exchange has stated that it has an adequate surveillance program and will be integrating FLEX Options and their symbols into the existing surveillance system and processes. The Exchange believes this will allow the Exchange to properly identify disruptive and/or manipulative activity. The Exchange has also represented that it has taken into consideration that FLEX Options have unique characteristics and has reviewed its catalog of patterns and updated a number of patterns to include FLEX Options transactions when they begin trading. In addition, the Exchange has represented that it will periodically review its surveillance procedures and make any changes that the Exchange believes are necessary for FLEX trading. Furthermore, the Exchange represents that it believes it and the Options Price Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional message traffic associated with the listing of new series that may result from the introduction of FLEX Options.
                        <SU>398</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>398</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, at 80. The Exchange noted that it will report FLEX Equity Options trades and, if necessary, trade cancels to OPRA. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Amendment No. 1, note 231.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Exchange's proposed regulatory structure raises no new regulatory issues. As discussed above, the Exchange states that the FLEX provisions will be Systems enforced such that the system will reject an order if it does not conform to the FLEX rules. The Exchange has also incorporated FLEX Options into its surveillance program to cover it says the few instances where it will not Systems 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95031"/>
                        enforce and to detect manipulative and illegal activity and will periodically review its surveillance to see if changes will be needed for FLEX. Accordingly, the Commission finds that the Exchange's proposed regulatory structure, including the Exchange's proposed application of its existing rules along with the proposed rule changes and the updates to its surveillance program to monitor issues unique to FLEX trading are consistent with the Exchange Act and, in particular, the Section 6(b)(5) requirement that a national securities exchange's rules be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices; promote just and equitable principles of trade, and protect investors and the public interest.
                        <SU>399</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission also finds that the Exchange's proposed regulatory structure is consistent with the requirements of Section 6(b)(1) of the Exchange Act, which requires a national securities exchange to be so organized and have the capacity to be able to carry out the purposes of the Exchange Act and to comply, and to enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its members, with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the Exchange.
                        <SU>400</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>399</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>400</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments on Amendment No. 1 to the Proposed Rule Change  </HD>
                    <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments regarding whether the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, is consistent with the Exchange Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                    <P>
                        • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                        ); or
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Send an email to 
                        <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                         Please include file number SR-ISE-2024-12 on the subject line.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                    <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                    <FP>
                        All submissions should refer to file number SR-ISE-2024-12. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                        ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-ISE-2024-12 and should be submitted on or before December 20, 2024.
                    </FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Commission finds good cause to approve the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1 prior to the thirtieth day after the date of publication of notice of the filing of Amendment No. 1 in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        . The Commission notes that the original proposal was published for comment in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                        <SU>401</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>401</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Notice, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 3; OIP, 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 11.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In Amendment No. 1, the Exchange amended the proposal to make a number of clarifying changes to the proposal and the proposed rule text as well as the following more substantive rule text changes from the original filing: (i) excluding the iShares Bitcoin Trust ETF from FLEX trading in proposed Options 3A, Section 3(a); (ii) clarifying in proposed Options 3A, Section 3(b)(2) that on the expiration date, a FLEX Order for the expiring FLEX Option series may only be submitted to close out a position in such expiring FLEX Option series; (iii) aligning the Exchange's closing only provisions in proposed Options 3A, Section 3(d)(2) to already effective rules of other options exchanges; (iv) clarifying in proposed Options 3A, Section 5 which provisions will govern how the minimum increments for complex FLEX Orders (including complex FLEX Orders with a stock component) will be handled; (v) clarifying in proposed Options 3A, Sections 6(a) and 6(b) that only the specified order types, times-in-force, and order and quote protocols are available for FLEX trading; (vi) removing in proposed Options 3A, Section 7(b) the Exchange's discretion to determine on a class-by-class basis which complex FLEX Orders would not have to adhere to the ratio requirements for the standard complex market; (vii) adding language in proposed Options 3A, Section 11(a)(2)(A) to describe what would happen if there is a complex FLEX Order and subsequently, a non-FLEX Option series is introduced for the component leg(s), which would align to already effective rules of another options exchange; (viii) adding language in proposed Options 3A, Sections 12(a)(2) and 13(a)(2) that each leg of a complex FLEX Order must be in a permissible FLEX option series that complies with proposed Options 3; (ix) specifying in proposed Options 3A, Section 13(a)(4) that the minimum size requirement will apply to each leg of a complex FLEX Order; (x) adding in proposed Options 3A, Section 14(b) that the Price Limit for Complex Order protections as applicable to the stock component, the Stock-Tied NBBO protections, and the Stock-Tied Reg SHO protections will also be available to FLEX Options as complex order risk protections; and (xi) aligning the proposed position limits for FLEX Index Options in proposed Options 3A, Section 18(a) with the position limits for index options in the Exchange's standard index options market. These changes help to clarify the proposal by providing additional specificity and justification about the proposal as well as making the proposed rule substantially similar to the existing rules of other national securities exchanges.</P>
                    <P>
                        For these reasons, the changes and additional information in Amendment No. 1 assist the Commission in evaluating the Exchange's proposal and in determining that it is consistent with the Exchange Act. Accordingly, the Commission finds good cause, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act,
                        <SU>402</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to approve the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, on an accelerated basis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>402</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="95032"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Conclusion</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the foregoing reasons, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, is consistent with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange. In addition, the Commission finds, pursuant to Rule 9b-1 under the Exchange Act, that FLEX Options are standardized options for purposes of the options disclosure framework established under Rule 9b-1 of the Exchange Act.
                        <SU>403</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>403</SU>
                             17 CFR 240.9b-1(a)(4). As part of the original approval process of the FLEX Options framework, the Commission delegated to the Director of the Division of Market Regulation the authority to authorize the issuance of orders designating securities as “standardized options” pursuant to Rule 9b-1(a)(4) under the Act. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Securities Exchange Act Release No. 31911 (February 23, 1993), 58 FR 11792 (March 1, 1993).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">It is therefore ordered,</E>
                         pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act,
                        <SU>404</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that the proposed rule change SR-ISE-2024-12, as modified by Amendment No. 1, be, and it hereby is, approved on an accelerated basis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>404</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <SIG>
                        <P>
                            For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                            <SU>405</SU>
                            <FTREF/>
                        </P>
                        <FTNT>
                            <P>
                                <SU>405</SU>
                                 17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                            </P>
                        </FTNT>
                        <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                        <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                    </SIG>
                </PREAMB>
                <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27992 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
            </NOTICE>
        </NOTICES>
    </NEWPART>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>230</NO>
    <DATE>Friday, November 29, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
    <NEWPART>
        <PTITLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="95033"/>
            <PARTNO>Part V </PARTNO>
            <AGENCY TYPE="P">Environmental Protection Agency</AGENCY>
            <CFR>40 CFR Part 51</CFR>
            <TITLE>Guideline on Air Quality Models; Enhancements to the AERMOD Dispersion Modeling System; Final Rule</TITLE>
        </PTITLE>
        <RULES>
            <RULE>
                <PREAMB>
                    <PRTPAGE P="95034"/>
                    <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
                    <CFR>40 CFR Part 51</CFR>
                    <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OAR-2022-0872; FRL-10391-02-OAR]</DEPDOC>
                    <RIN>RIN 2060-AV92</RIN>
                    <SUBJECT>Guideline on Air Quality Models; Enhancements to the AERMOD Dispersion Modeling System</SUBJECT>
                    <AGY>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                        <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
                    </AGY>
                    <ACT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                        <P>Final rule.</P>
                    </ACT>
                    <SUM>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                        <P>
                            In this action, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) promulgates revisions to the 
                            <E T="03">Guideline on Air Quality Models</E>
                             (“
                            <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                            ”). The 
                            <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                             has been incorporated into the EPA's regulations, satisfying a requirement under the Clean Air Act (CAA), for the EPA to specify, with reasonable particularity, models to be used in the Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) program. The 
                            <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                             provides EPA-preferred models and other recommended techniques, as well as guidance for their use in predicting ambient concentrations of air pollutants. The EPA is revising the 
                            <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                             including enhancements to the formulation and application of the EPA's near-field dispersion modeling system, AERMOD, and updates to the recommendations for the development of appropriate background concentration for cumulative impact analyses.
                        </P>
                    </SUM>
                    <EFFDATE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                        <P>This rule is effective January 28, 2025.</P>
                    </EFFDATE>
                    <ADD>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                        <P>
                            The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2022-0872. All documents in the docket are listed on the 
                            <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                             website. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, 
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available electronically through 
                            <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </ADD>
                    <FURINF>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                        <P>
                            Mr. George M. Bridgers, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Air Quality Assessment Division, Air Quality Modeling Group, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Mail code C439-01, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711; telephone: (919) 541-5563; email: 
                            <E T="03">Bridgers.George@epa.gov</E>
                             (and include “2024 Revisions to the Guideline on Air Quality Models” in the subject line of the message).
                        </P>
                    </FURINF>
                </PREAMB>
                <SUPLINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>The information in this preamble is organized as follows:</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. General Information</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Does this action apply to me?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Where can I get a copy of this document?</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Judicial Review</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. List of Acronyms</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Background</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                            A. The 
                            <E T="03">Guideline on Air Quality Models</E>
                             and EPA Modeling Conferences
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. The Twelfth and Thirteenth Conferences on Air Quality Modeling</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Alpha and Beta Categorization of Non-Regulatory Options</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            III. Discussion of Final Action on the Revisions to the 
                            <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Final Action</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Ongoing Model Development</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 14094: Modernizing Regulatory Review</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations and Executive Order 14096: Revitalizing Our Nation's Commitment to Environmental Justice for All</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)</FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. General Information</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
                    <P>This action applies to Federal, State, territorial, and local air quality management programs that conduct or review air quality modeling as part of State Implementation Plan (SIP) submittals and revisions, New Source Review (NSR), including new or modifying industrial sources under Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD), Conformity, and other programs in which air quality assessments are required under EPA regulation. Categories and entities potentially regulated by this action include:</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,15">
                        <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                NAICS 
                                <SU>a</SU>
                                 code
                            </CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Federal/State/territorial/local/Tribal government</ENT>
                            <ENT>924110</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <TNOTE>
                            <SU>a</SU>
                             North American Industry Classification System.
                        </TNOTE>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Where can I get a copy of this document?</HD>
                    <P>
                        In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy of this final rule and relative supporting documentation will also be available on the EPA's Support Center for Regulatory Atmospheric Modeling (SCRAM) website. Following signature, these materials will be posted on SCRAM at the following address: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/scram/2024-appendix-w-final-rule.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Judicial Review</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act (CAA), this final rule is “nationally applicable” because it revises the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline on Air Quality Models,</E>
                         40 CFR part 51, Appendix W. Therefore, petitions for judicial review of this final action must be filed in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit by January 28, 2025. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final action does not affect the finality of the action for the purposes of judicial review, nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review must be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such action. 42 U.S.C. 7607(b)(1). This rule is also subject to section 307(d) of the CAA because it revises a regulation addressing a requirement under section 165(e)(3)(D) of the CAA, which is included in part C of title I of the CAA (relating to prevention of significant deterioration of air quality and protection of visibility). 42 U.S.C. 7607(d)(1)(J).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. List of Acronyms</HD>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">AEDT Aviation Environmental Design Tool</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">AERMET Meteorological data preprocessor for AERMOD</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">AERMINUTE Pre-processor to AERMET to read 1-minute ASOS data to calculate hourly average winds for input into AERMET</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">AERMOD American Meteorological Society (AMS)/EPA Regulatory Model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">AERSCREEN Program to run AERMOD in screening mode</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">AERSURFACE Land cover data tool in AERMET</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">AQRV Air Quality Related Value</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">AQS Air Quality System</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ARM2 Ambient Ratio Method 2</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ASOS Automated Surface Observing Stations</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            B
                            <E T="52">o</E>
                             Bowen ratio
                            <PRTPAGE P="95035"/>
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">BID Buoyancy-induced dispersion</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">BLP Buoyant Line and Point Source model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">BOEM Bureau of Ocean Energy Management</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">BPIPPRM Building Profile Input Program for PRIME</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CAA Clean Air Act</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CAL3QHC Screening version of the CALINE3 model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CAL3QHCR Refined version of the CALINE3 model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CALINE3 CAlifornia LINE Source Dispersion Model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CALMPRO Calms Processor</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CALPUFF California Puff model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CAMx Comprehensive Air Quality Model with Extensions</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">COARE Coupled Ocean-Atmosphere Response Experiment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CFR Code of Federal Regulations</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CMAQ Community Multiscale Air Quality</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CO Carbon monoxide</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CTDMPLUS Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable Situations</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CTSCREEN Screening version of CTDMPLUS</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CTM Chemical transport model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">dθ/dz Vertical potential temperature gradient</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">DT Temperature difference</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">EPA Environmental Protection Agency</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">FAA Federal Aviation Administration</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">FHWA Federal Highway Administration</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">FLAG Federal Land Managers' Air Quality Related Values Work Group Phase I Report</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">FLM Federal Land Manager</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">GEP Good engineering practice</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">GRSM Generic Reaction Set Method</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">GUI Graphical user interface</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">IBL Inhomogeneous boundary layer</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ISC Industrial Source Complex model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">IWAQM Interagency Workgroup on Air Quality Modeling</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">km kilometer</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">L Monin-Obukhov length</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">m meter</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">m/s meter per second</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MAKEMET Program that generates a site-specific matrix of meteorological conditions for input to AERMOD</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MCH Model Clearinghouse</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MCHISRS Model Clearinghouse Information Storage and Retrieval System</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MERPs Model Emissions Rates for Precursors</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">METPRO Meteorological Processor for dispersion models</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MM5 Mesoscale Model 5</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MMIF Mesoscale Model Interface program</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MODELOPT Model option keyword</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MPRM Meteorological Processor for Regulatory Models</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NCEI National Centers for Environmental Information</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            NH
                            <E T="52">3</E>
                             Ammonia
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NO Nitric oxide</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            NO
                            <E T="52">X</E>
                             Nitrogen oxides
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            NO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             Nitrogen dioxide
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NSR New Source Review</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NWS National Weather Service</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">OCD Offshore and Coastal Dispersion Model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">OCS Outer Continental Shelf</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">OLM Ozone Limiting Method</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">PCRAMMET Meteorological Processor for dispersion models</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P-G stability Pasquill-Gifford stability</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                             Particles less than or equal to 2.5 micrometers in diameter
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            PM
                            <E T="52">10</E>
                             Particles less than or equal to 10 micrometers in diameter
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">PRIME Plume Rise Model Enhancements algorithm</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">PSD Prevention of Significant Deterioration</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">PVMRM Plume Volume Molar Ratio Method</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">r Albedo</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">RHC Robust Highest Concentration</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">RLINE Research LINE source model for near-surface releases</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">RLINEXT Research LINE source model extended  </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">SCICHEM Second-order Closure Integrated Puff Model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">SCRAM Support Center for Regulatory Atmospheric Modeling</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">SCREEN3 A single source Gaussian plume model which provides maximum ground-level concentrations for point, area, flare, and volume sources</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">SDM Shoreline Dispersion Model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">SIP State Implementation Plan</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            SO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             Sulfur dioxide
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">SRDT Solar radiation/delta-T method</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">TSD Technical support document</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">u Values for wind speed</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">u* Surface friction velocity</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">VOC Volatile organic compound</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">w* Convective velocity scale</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">WRF Weather Research and Forecasting model</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            z
                            <E T="52">i</E>
                             Mixing height
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            Z
                            <E T="52">o</E>
                             Surface roughness length
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            Z
                            <E T="52">ic</E>
                             Convective mixing height
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            Z
                            <E T="52">im</E>
                             Mechanical mixing height
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                            σ
                            <E T="52">v</E>
                            , σ
                            <E T="52">w</E>
                             Horizontal and vertical wind speeds
                        </FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. The Guideline on Air Quality Models and EPA Modeling Conferences</HD>
                    <P>
                        The 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         is used by the EPA, other Federal, State, territorial, and local air quality agencies, and industry to prepare and review preconstruction permit applications for new sources and modifications, SIP submittals and revisions, determinations that actions by Federal agencies are in conformity with SIPs, and other air quality assessments required under EPA regulation. The 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         serves as a means by which national consistency is maintained in air quality analyses for regulatory activities under CAA regulations, including 40 CFR 51.112, 51.117, 51.150, 51.160, 51.165, 51.166, 52.21, 93.116, 93.123, and 93.150.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA originally published the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         in April 1978 (EPA-450/2-78-027), and it was incorporated by reference in the regulations for the PSD program in June 1978. The EPA revised the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         in 1986 (51 FR 32176) and updated it with supplement A in 1987 (53 FR 32081), supplement B in July 1993 (58 FR 38816), and supplement C in August 1995 (60 FR 40465). The EPA published the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         as Appendix W to 40 CFR part 51 when the EPA issued supplement B. The EPA republished the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         in August 1996 (61 FR 41838) to adopt the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) system for designating paragraphs. The publication and incorporation of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         by reference into the EPA's PSD regulations satisfies the requirement under the CAA section 165(e)(3)(D) for the EPA to promulgate regulations that specify with reasonable particularity models to be used under specified sets of conditions for purposes of the PSD program.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To support the process of developing and revising the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         during the period of 1977 to 1988, we held the First, Second, and Third Conferences on Air Quality Modeling as required by CAA section 320 to help standardize modeling procedures. These modeling conferences provided a forum for comments on the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         and associated revisions, thereby helping us introduce improved modeling techniques into the regulatory process. Between 1988 and 1995, we conducted the Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Conferences on Air Quality Modeling to solicit comments from the stakeholder community to guide our consideration of further revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         update the available modeling tools based on the current state-of-the-science, and advise the public on new modeling techniques.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The Seventh Conference was held in June 2000 and also served as a public hearing for the proposed revisions to the recommended air quality models in the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         (65 FR 21506). These changes included the CALPUFF modeling system, AERMOD Modeling System, and ISC-PRIME model. Subsequently, the EPA revised the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         on April 15, 2003 (68 FR 18440), to adopt CALPUFF as the preferred model for long-range transport of emissions from 50 to several hundred kilometers and to make various editorial changes to update and reorganize information and remove obsolete models.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        We held the Eighth Conference on Air Quality Modeling in September 2005. This conference provided details on changes to the preferred air quality models, including available methods for model performance evaluation and the notice of data availability that the EPA published in September 2003, related to the incorporation of the PRIME downwash algorithm in the AERMOD dispersion model (in response to comments received from the Seventh Conference). Additionally, at the Eighth Conference, a panel of experts discussed the use of state-of-the-science prognostic 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95036"/>
                        meteorological data for informing the dispersion models. The EPA further revised the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         on November 9, 2005 (70 FR 68218), to adopt AERMOD as the preferred model for near-field dispersion of emissions for distances up to 50 kilometers.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The Ninth Conference on Air Quality Modeling was held in October 2008 and emphasized the following topics: reinstituting the Model Clearinghouse, review of non-guideline applications of dispersion models, regulatory status updates of AERMOD and CALPUFF, continued discussions on the use of prognostic meteorological data for informing dispersion models, and presentations reviewing the available model evaluation methods. To further inform the development of additional revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         we held the Tenth Conference on Air Quality Modeling in March 2012. The conference addressed updates on: the regulatory status and future development of AERMOD and CALPUFF, review of the Mesoscale Model Interface (MMIF) prognostic meteorological data processing tool for dispersion models, draft modeling guidance for compliance demonstrations of the fine particulate matter (PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                        ) national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS), modeling for compliance demonstration of the 1-hour nitrogen dioxide (NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        ) and sulfur dioxide (SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        ) NAAQS, and new and emerging models/techniques for future consideration under the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         to address single-source modeling for ozone and secondary PM
                        <E T="52">2.5,</E>
                         as well as long-range transport and chemistry.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The Eleventh Conference on Air Quality Modeling was held in August 2015 and included the public hearing for a 2015 proposed revision of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                         The conference included presentations summarizing the proposed updates to the AERMOD Modeling System, replacement of CALINE3 with AERMOD for modeling of mobile sources, incorporation of prognostic meteorological data for use in dispersion modeling, the proposed screening approach for long-range transport for NAAQS and PSD increments assessments with use of CALPUFF as a screening technique rather than an EPA-preferred model, the proposed 2-tiered screening approach to address ozone and PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                         in PSD compliance demonstrations, the status and role of the Model Clearinghouse, and updates to procedures for single-source and cumulative modeling analyses (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         modeling domain, source input data, background data, and compliance demonstration procedures).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, the 2015 proposed action included a reorganization of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         to make it easier to use and to streamline the compliance assessment process (80 FR 45340), and also included additional clarity in distinguishing requirements from recommendations while noting the continued flexibilities provided within the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         including but not limited to use and approval of alternative models (82 FR 45344). These proposed revisions were adopted and reflected in the most recent version of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         promulgated on January 17, 2017 (82 FR 5182).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. The Twelfth and Thirteenth Conferences on Air Quality Modeling</HD>
                    <P>
                        Following the 2017 revision of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         the Twelfth Conference on Air Quality Modeling was held in August 2019 in continuing compliance with CAA section 320. While not associated with a regulatory action, the Twelfth Conference was held with the intent to inform the ongoing development of the EPA's preferred air quality models and potential revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                         The conference included expert panel discussions and invited presentations covering the following model/technique enhancements: treatment of low wind conditions, overwater modeling, mobile source modeling, building downwash, prognostic meteorological data, near-field and long-range model evaluation criteria, NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         modeling techniques, plume rise, deposition, and single source ozone and PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                         modeling techniques. At the conclusion of the expert panels and invited presentations, there were several presentations given by the public, including industrial trade groups, on recommended areas for additional model development and future revision in the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Based on the engagement and presentations from the Twelfth Conference and continuing model formulation research and development activities in the years since 2019, the EPA proposed new revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         on October 12, 2023, including enhancements to the formulation and application of the EPA's near-field dispersion modeling system, AERMOD, updates to the recommendations for the development of appropriate background concentration for cumulative impact analyses, and various typographical updates to the existing regulation (88 FR 72826). The Thirteenth Conference on Air Quality Modeling, held on November 14-15, 2023, provided a formal venue for EPA presentations to the public on the October 2023 proposed revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         and AERMOD. The Thirteenth Modeling Conference also served as the public hearing for the October 2023 proposed rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Specific to the AERMOD Modeling System, the October 2023 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         proposed rule included an update to the AERMET meteorological preprocessor for AERMOD that would add the capability to process measured and prognostic marine-based meteorology for offshore applications. Additionally, the proposed rule had separate AERMOD updates that would incorporate a new Tier 3 screening method for the conversion of nitrogen oxides (NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        ) emissions to NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and would add a new source type for modeling vehicle roadway emissions. Finally, the proposed rule suggested minor revisions to the recommendations regarding the determination of appropriate model input data, specifically background concentration, for use in NAAQS implementation modeling demonstrations in section 8.3 of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                         In conjunction with the October 2023 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         proposed rule, the EPA developed the 
                        <E T="03">Draft Guidance on Developing Background Concentrations for Use in Modeling Demonstrations.</E>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This draft guidance document detailed the EPA-recommended framework with stepwise considerations to assist permit applicants in characterizing a credible and appropriately representative background concentration for cumulative impact analyses through qualitative and semi-quantitative considerations within a transparent process using the variety of emissions and air quality data including the contributions from nearby sources in multi-source areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. Draft Guidance on Developing Background Concentrations for Use in Modeling Demonstrations. Publication No. EPA-454/P-23-001. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        All of the presentations, along with the transcript of the conference and public hearing proceedings, are available in the docket for the Thirteenth Conference on Air Quality Models (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2022-0872). Additionally, all the materials associated with the Thirteenth Conference and the public hearing are available on the EPA's SCRAM website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/scram/13th-conference-air-quality-modeling.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Alpha and Beta Categorization of Non-Regulatory Options</HD>
                    <P>
                        With the release of AERMOD version 18181 in 2018, the EPA adopted a new 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95037"/>
                        paradigm for engagement with the scientific community to facilitate the continued development of the AERMOD Modeling System. Previously, updates to the scientific formulation of the model were not made available to the public for review, testing, evaluation, and comment prior to the proposal stage of the formal rulemaking process when an update was made to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                         This limited the public's engagement and feedback to a short, predefined comment period, typically only one to two months. The new approach enables the EPA to release potential formulation updates as non-regulatory “alpha” and “beta” options as they are being developed. As non-regulatory options, they can be made available during any release cycle, thereby enabling feedback as they are being developed. This approach allows for more robust testing and evaluation during development, benefitting from the experience of a broad expert community. A pathway such as this that facilitates more frequent and active engagement with the external modeling community allows for a more informed and timely regulatory update process when the EPA has determined an update has met the criteria required for consideration as a science formulation update to the regulatory version of the model.
                    </P>
                    <P>In this alpha/beta construct, alpha options are updates to the scientific formulation that are thought to have merit but are considered experimental, still in the research and development stage. Alpha options require further testing, performance evaluation, and/or vetting through peer review and, thus, are not intended for regulatory applications of the model.</P>
                    <P>
                        Beta options, on the other hand, have been demonstrated to be suitable and applicable to the modeling problem at hand on a theoretical basis, have undergone scientific peer review, and are supported with performance evaluations using available and adequate databases that demonstrate improved model performance and no inappropriate model biases. In general, beta options have met the necessary criteria to be formally proposed and adopted as updates to the regulatory version of the model but have not yet been proposed through the required rulemaking process, which includes a public hearing and formal comment period. Beta options are mature enough in the development process to be considered for use as an alternative model, provided an appropriate site-specific modeling demonstration is completed to show the alternative model is appropriate for the site and conditions where it will be applied and the requirements of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         section 3.2, are fully satisfied, including formal concurrence by the EPA's Model Clearinghouse. With the release of AERMOD version 24142, each of the beta options that existed in version 23132 are being promulgated as regulatory updates to the formulation of AERMOD. All previous alpha options in version 23132 are being retained as alpha options in version 24142. No options are being added as beta options and no alpha options are being updated to beta status.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Discussion of Final Action on the Revisions to the Guideline</HD>
                    <P>
                        In this action, the EPA is promulgating revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         corresponding to updates to the scientific formulation of the AERMOD Modeling System and updates to the recommendations for the development of appropriate background concentration for cumulative impact analyses. When and where appropriate, the EPA has engaged with our Federal partners, including the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) and the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), to collaborate on these updates to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                         There are additional editorial changes being made to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         to correct minor typographical errors found in the 2017 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         and to update website links.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Final Action</HD>
                    <P>
                        This section provides a detailed overview of the substantive changes being finalized in the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         to improve the science of the models and approaches used in regulatory assessments.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Updates to EPA's AERMOD Modeling System</HD>
                    <P>
                        Based on studies presented and discussed at the Twelfth Conference on Air Quality Models held on October 2-3, 2019,
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and additional relevant research since 2017, the EPA and other researchers have conducted additional model evaluations and developed changes to the model formulation of the AERMOD Modeling System to improve model performance in its regulatory applications. One update is to the AERMET meteorological preprocessor for AERMOD. This update provides the capability to process measured and prognostic marine-based meteorology for offshore applications. Separate updates are related to the AERMOD dispersion model and include (1) a new Tier 3 screening method for the conversion of nitrogen oxides (NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        ) emissions to NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and (2) a new source type for modeling vehicle roadway emissions.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/scram/12th-conference-air-quality-modeling.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Each of these formulation updates to the AERMOD Modeling System was provided as a non-regulatory beta option in the version 23132 release of the relevant AERMOD Modeling System components. With the release of the AERMOD Modeling System version 24142, the EPA has removed the non-regulatory beta restriction and is finalizing the following updates to the AERMOD Modeling System to address several technical concerns expressed by stakeholders.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Incorporation of COARE Algorithms Into AERMET for Use in Overwater Marine Boundary Layer Environments</HD>
                    <P>
                        The EPA received a few specific comments in support of adding the Coupled Ocean-Atmosphere Response Experiment (COARE) into AERMET. Therefore, the EPA is finalizing the integration of the COARE 
                        <E T="51">3 4</E>
                        <FTREF/>
                         algorithms to AERMET for meteorological data processing in applications using either observed or prognostic meteorological data in overwater marine boundary layer environments.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>3</SU>
                             Fairall, C.W., E.F. Bradley, J.E. Hare, A.A. Grachev, and J.B. Edson, 2003: “Bulk Parameterization of Air-Sea Fluxes: Updates and Verification for the COARE Algorithm.” 
                            <E T="03">Journal of Climate,</E>
                             16, 571-591.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <SU>4</SU>
                             Evaluation of the Implementation of the Coupled Ocean-Atmosphere Response Experiment (COARE) algorithms into AERMET for Boundary Layer Environments. EPA-2023/R-23-008, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, RTP, NC.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule, the algorithms in COARE are better suited for overwater boundary layer calculations than the existing algorithms in AERMET that are better suited for land-based data. The addition of the COARE algorithms to AERMET replaces the need of the standalone AERCOARE program used for overwater applications and ensures that the COARE algorithms are updated regularly as part of routine AERMET updates. For prognostic applications processed through the Mesoscale Model Interface (MMIF), the addition of COARE algorithms to AERMET replaces the need to run MMIF for AERCOARE input, and the user can run MMIF for AERMET input for overwater applications. The COARE option is selected in AERMET by the user with the METHOD COARE RUN-COARE* record in the AERMET Stage 2 input file.</P>
                    <P>
                        We are including the COARE algorithms into AERMET as a non-default regulatory option. This eliminates the previous alternative 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95038"/>
                        model demonstration requirements for use of AERMOD in marine environments, and its use is contingent upon consultation with the EPA Regional Office and appropriate reviewing authority to ensure that platform downwash and shoreline fumigation are adequately considered in the modeling demonstration. Also note that since COARE is a non-default regulatory option, the user no longer must include the BETA option with the MODELOPT keyword in the AERMOD input file to use AERMET data generated using the COARE algorithms.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                        b. Addition of a New Tier 3 Detailed Screening Technique for NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                    </HD>
                    <P>
                        As supported by the discussions in the October 2023 proposed revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         and based on the public comments received, the EPA is finalizing adoption of the Generic Reaction Set Method (GRSM) as a regulatory non-default, detailed Tier 3 NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         screening option in AERMOD version 24142.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in the preamble to the October 2023 proposed revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         the functionality of the GRSM implementation in AERMOD is similar to that of the existing PVMRM and OLM Tier 3 NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         schemes, with exception to some additional input requirements necessary (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         hourly NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         inputs) for treatment of the reverse NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         photolysis reaction during daytime hours. Background NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         concentrations are accounted for in the GRSM daytime equilibrium NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         concentration estimates based on the chemical reaction balance between ozone entrainment and NO titration, photolysis of NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         to NO, and ambient background NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         participation in titration and photolysis reactions. Similar to PVMRM and OLM, nighttime GRSM NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         estimates are based on ozone entrainment and titration of available NO in the NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         plume.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA received several comments in support of the proposed adoption of GRSM as a Tier 3 NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         screening option in AERMOD. Several commenters requested further clarification and guidance from the EPA on the suitability and regulatory modeling application of GRSM, as well as the selection of GRSM instead of PVMRM and OLM for detailed Tier 3 NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         screening modeling demonstrations. The EPA plans to draft NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         modeling guidance in the future to respond to these comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        One commenter notes that the GRSM supporting documentation is unclear on what assessment or evaluation was conducted that supports the assertion that updates to the GRSM code in AERMOD version 23132 address NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         model overpredictions farther downwind, thereby improving model performance. As discussed in the preamble of the October 2023 proposed revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         updates to the GRSM formulation in AERMOD version 22112 were developed in late 2022 to address more realistic building effects on instantaneous plume spread, accounting of multiple plume effects on entrainment of ozone, and the tendency of GRSM to over-predict in the far-field (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         beyond approximately 0.5 to 3 km for typical point source releases). In response to this comment, the GRSM Technical Support Document (TSD) has been updated with clarifying information in an appendix.
                        <SU>5</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>5</SU>
                             Environmental Protection Agency, 2024. Technical Support Document (TSD) for Adoption of the Generic Reaction Set Method (GRSM) as a Regulatory Non-Default Tier-3 NO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             Screening Option, Publication No. EPA-454/R-24-005. Office of Air Quality Planning &amp; Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Addition of RLINE as Mobile Source Type</HD>
                    <P>
                        The EPA is finalizing RLINE as a new regulatory source type in AERMOD for mobile source modeling. The inclusion of the RLINE source type is in addition to the AREA, LINE, and VOLUME source types already available for mobile source modeling, giving additional flexibility to users in characterizing transportation projects when modeling them with AERMOD. As stated in the preamble to the proposed rule, the addition of RLINE as a regulatory source type is an extension of the 2017 update to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         in which AERMOD replaced CALINE3 as the Addendum A model for mobile source modeling. The RLINE source type has undergone significant evaluation by the EPA and FHWA as part of the Interagency Agreement between the EPA and FHWA and, as noted in the preamble to the proposed rule, has shown improved performance since its introduction into AERMOD in 2019.
                        <E T="51">6 7</E>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>6</SU>
                             Incorporation and Evaluation of the RLINE source type in AERMOD for Mobile Source Applications. EPA-2023/R-23-011, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, RTP, NC.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <SU>7</SU>
                             Owen, R., 
                            <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                             2024. Incorporation of RLINE into AERMOD: An update and evaluation for mobile source applications. 
                            <E T="03">Journal of the Air &amp; Waste Management Association,</E>
                             Manuscript submitted for publication.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The EPA received several comments supporting the inclusion of RLINE as a regulatory option into AERMOD. Several commenters also mentioned the need to update the EPA's guidance. The EPA agrees that practitioners will need guidance for using RLINE, and we plan to update the relevant guidance.</P>
                    <P>The EPA also received a comment supporting the retention of the RLINEXT source type as an ALPHA option. As described below, the EPA has retained the RLINEXT as an ALPHA option for further model development and evaluation.</P>
                    <P>
                        Commenters also asked whether the CAL3QHC model could continue to be used for carbon monoxide (CO) hot-spot analyses. The EPA confirms that the 1992 CO Guidance that employs CAL3QHC for CO screening analyses is still an available screening approach for CO hot-spot analyses of transportation projects.
                        <SU>8</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In the EPA's January 17, 2017 final rule, section 4.2.3.1(b) of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         was modified, and the 1992 technical guidance (with CAL3QHC) remains in place as the recommended approach for CO screening analyses (82 FR 5192).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>8</SU>
                             U.S. EPA, 1992: Guideline for modeling carbon monoxide from roadway intersections. EPA-454/R-92-005. U.S. EPA, Office of Air Quality Planning &amp; Standards, RTP, NC.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The RLINE source type includes the ability to include terrain in AERMOD modeling as well as the urban source algorithms in AERMOD. However, as stated in the preamble to the proposed rule, the inclusion of RLINE with terrain use does not change the EPA's recommendation in the PM Hot-spot Guidance 
                        <SU>9</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to model transportation projects with FLAT terrain. Since RLINE is now a regulatory source type, the user no longer has to include the BETA flag with the MODELOPT keyword in the AERMOD input file to use the RLINE source, including the use of RLINE with the AERMOD urban option or RLINE with terrain.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>9</SU>
                             U.S. EPA, 2021: PM Hot-spot Guidance; Transportation Conformity Guidance for Quantitative Hot-spot Analyses in PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                             and PM
                            <E T="52">10</E>
                             Nonattainment and Maintenance Areas. EPA-42-B-21-037. U.S. EPA, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, Ann Arbor, MI.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The RLINEXT source type is based on the same algorithm as the RLINE source type but includes additional parameters to allow modeling of other features of the source, such as solid barriers and the source below grade. As these are not yet fully developed, the RLINEXT source type continues to be an ALPHA option. Therefore, the ALPHA flag must be included with MODELOPT keyword when using an RLINEXT source.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Support Information, Documentation, and Model Code</HD>
                    <P>
                        Model performance evaluation and peer-reviewed scientific references for each of these three updates to the AERMOD Modeling System are cited and placed in the docket for this action. An updated user's guide and model formulation documents for version 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95039"/>
                        24142 have also been placed in the docket for this action. We have updated the summary description of the AERMOD Modeling System to Addendum A of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         to reflect these updates. The essential codes, preprocessors, and test cases have been updated and posted to the EPA's SCRAM website, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/scram.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Updates to Recommendations on the Development of Background Concentration</HD>
                    <P>
                        Based on comments received on the 2023 proposed revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         the EPA is finalizing revisions to section 8 of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         to refine the recommendations regarding the determination of appropriate model input data, specifically background concentration, for use in NAAQS implementation modeling demonstrations (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         PSD compliance demonstrations, SIP demonstrations for inert pollutants, and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         designations). These revisions include the removal of the term “significant concentration gradient” and the associated recommendations which are replaced with a more robust framework for characterizing background concentrations for cumulative modeling with particular attention to identifying and modeling nearby sources in multi-source areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA has revised the recommendations for the determination of background concentrations in constructing the design concentration, or total air quality concentration in multi-source areas (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         section 8.3), as part of a cumulative impact analysis for NAAQS implementation modeling demonstrations. The EPA is finalizing the proposed framework, which includes a stepwise set of considerations to replace the narrow recommendation of modeling nearby sources that cause a significant concentration gradient. This framework focuses the inherent discretion in defining representative background concentrations through qualitative and semi-quantitative considerations within a transparent process using the variety of emissions and air quality data available to the permit applicant. To construct a background concentration for model input under the framework, permit applicants should consider the representativeness of relevant emissions, air quality monitoring, and pre-existing air quality modeling to appropriately represent background concentrations for the cumulative impact analysis.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA received numerous comments on the proposed revisions to section 8 of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                         Multiple commenters expressed their support of the revisions to section 8.3 and the removal of the recommendation of identifying sources which cause a significant concentration gradient from the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                         Based on this support, the EPA is removing the recommendations which highlight the use of significant concentration gradients and finalizing the framework of stepwise considerations.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters expressed their perspective on the contents of the framework of stepwise considerations for developing background concentrations and its future implementation. Some commenters expressed their concern that the framework would limit the flexibility that has been afforded to permitting authorities, while other commenters stated that the framework documents steps that have been unofficially used by air agencies and modelers for many years. Additionally, some commenters feel that the steps detailed in the framework do not remove the ambiguity in the process of developing a representative background concentration. The EPA recognizes that preferred methods for developing background concentrations vary at both the State and permit-specific level, which explains the variety of stances on the framework of stepwise considerations. With this action, the EPA is finalizing the proposed revisions to section 8 of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                         These revisions strike an appropriate balance of the interests raised by comments by more clearly documenting the general steps recommended for determining background concentrations while leaving discretion for and recommending the exercise of professional judgement by the reviewing authority to ensure that the background concentration is appropriately represented in each cumulative impact analysis. In conjunction with the finalized revisions to section 8 of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         the EPA is also finalizing the 
                        <E T="03">Guidance on Developing Background Concentrations for Use in Modeling Demonstrations.</E>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This guidance document details the EPA-recommended framework with illustrative examples to assist permit applicants in characterizing a credible and appropriately representative background concentration for cumulative impact analyses including the contributions from nearby sources in multi-source areas. The EPA requested that the public submit comment through the docket associated with the October 2023 proposed revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         and received many comments requesting clarification or revisions which should be incorporated in the finalized version of the guidance. A majority of the comments were generally requests for the EPA to include examples and additional details in the finalized version of the guidance. The requests for additional details ranged from minor sentence revisions to improve clarity to requests for specific metrics that may be used in the process and requests for how to implement the framework for specific modeling cases. The EPA agreed with the commenters requesting examples and has incorporated hypothetical examples in the finalized version of the guidance to help the stakeholder community implement the framework of stepwise considerations. Additionally, the EPA has revised the guidance to address many of the clarification concerns stated by commenters.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>10</SU>
                             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2024. Guidance on Developing Background Concentrations for Use in Modeling Demonstrations. Publication No. EPA-454/R-24-003. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Transition Period for Applicability of Revisions to the Guideline</HD>
                    <P>
                        As noted in the 
                        <E T="02">DATES</E>
                         section above, this rule is effective December 30, 2024. For all regulatory applications covered under the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         the changes to the Addendum A preferred models and revisions to the requirements and recommendations of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         should be integrated into the regulatory processes of respective reviewing authorities and followed by applicants as quickly as practicable. The EPA encourages the transition to the revised 2024 version of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         by no later than November 29, 2025. During the 1-year period following promulgation, protocols for modeling analyses based on the 2017 version of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         which are submitted in a timely manner, may be approved at the discretion of the appropriate reviewing authority.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA notes that some States have approved SIP provisions that authorize the use of revised versions of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         whereas other States have SIP provisions that will require revision to provide for the use of a revised 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         such as the version addressed in this notice. States that have incorporated an older version of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         into their SIPs in order to satisfy an infrastructure SIP requirement under CAA section 110(a)(2) should update their regulations as necessary to incorporate this latest version of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         as soon as practicable into their SIPs, but must do so no later than 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95040"/>
                        February 7, 2027, which is the due date for 2024 PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                         infrastructure SIP submittals. For States that have chosen to satisfy the modeling and permitting requirements of CAA section 110(a)(2) by adopting specific versions of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         in their State regulations, the EPA expects States to update their regulations to include this most recent version of the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         by the infrastructure SIP submittal due date. The EPA will at that time be evaluating infrastructure SIP submissions for compliance with applicable infrastructure SIP requirements under CAA section 110, including CAA sections 110(a)(2)(K), (C), (D)(i)(II), and (J). However, the need for such an update to a State or local regulation should not, in most cases, preclude regulatory application of the changes to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         adopted in this rule in regulatory actions.
                    </P>
                    <P>All applicants are encouraged to consult with their respective reviewing authority and EPA Regional office as soon as possible to assure acceptance of their modeling protocols and/or modeling demonstration during this period of regulatory transition.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Revisions by Section</HD>
                    <P>a. Throughout Appendix W to Part 51—Guideline on Air Quality Models, the EPA is revising the phrase “Appendix A” to “Addendum A” in accordance with the requirements of the Government Printing Office (GPO).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Section 1.0—Introduction</HD>
                    <P>During publication, in the first sentence of paragraph (i), the phrase “Appendix A” was separated, thereby ending the sentence with “Appendix” and inadvertently creating a subparagraph (A). The EPA is correcting paragraph (i) so that the first sentence ends with the phrase “Addendum A,” and including the rest of the text from the inadvertently created paragraph (A).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Section 3.0—Preferred and Alternative Air Quality Models</HD>
                    <P>The EPA is updating an outdated website link in section 3.0(b).</P>
                    <P>In sections 3.1.1(c) and 3.1.2(a), the phrase “Appendix A” was separated, ending the sentences with “Appendix” and inadvertently creating a subparagraph (A). The EPA is correcting these sections by combining the inadvertently created subparagraph (A) with the sentences that end with “Appendix,” revising the phrase to “Addendum A,” and including the rest of the text from the inadvertently created subparagraphs (A).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Section 4.0—Models for Carbon Monoxide, Lead, Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen Dioxide and Primary Particulate Matter</HD>
                    <P>The EPA is updating reference numbers where necessary due to added references.</P>
                    <P>In sections 4.1(b) and 4.2.2(a), the phrase “Appendix A” was separated, ending the sentences with “Appendix” and inadvertently creating a subparagraph (A). The EPA is correcting these sections combining the inadvertently created subparagraph (A) with the sentences that end with “Appendix,” revising the phrase to “Addendum A,” and including the rest of the text from the inadvertently created subparagraphs (A).</P>
                    <P>In section 4.2.2.1, the EPA is adding a new paragraph (f) regarding the use of AERMOD in certain overwater situations. A typographical correction is made in section 4.2.2.1(b).</P>
                    <P>The EPA is amending section 4.2.2.3 to account for circumstances where OCD is available to evaluate situations where shoreline fumigation and/or platform downwash are important.</P>
                    <P>
                        In section 4.2.3.4, the EPA is revising paragraph (e) to adopt the Generic Reaction Set Method (GRSM) as a regulatory Tier 3 detailed screening technique for NO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         modeling demonstrations. Sentences in this section are being updated to incorporate GRSM with the existing regulatory Tier 3 screening techniques OLM and PVMRM. An additional statement is made indicating GRSM model performance may be better than OLM and PVMRM under certain source characterization situations. The EPA also is adding two references to the section including one for the peer-reviewed paper on development and evaluation of GRSM, and a second reference to the EPA Technical Support Document (TSD) on GRSM.
                    </P>
                    <P>The EPA is revising Table 4-1 in section 4.2.3.4(f) to include GRSM as a Tier 3 detailed screening option.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. Section 5.0—Models for Ozone and Secondarily Formed Particulate Matter</HD>
                    <P>The EPA is updating reference numbers where necessary due to added references.</P>
                    <P>
                        In section 5.2, the EPA is revising paragraph (c) to include a reference for guidance on the use of models to assess the impacts of emissions from single sources on secondarily formed ozone and PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">f. Section 6.0—Modeling for Air Quality Related Values and Other Governmental Programs</HD>
                    <P>The EPA is updating reference numbers where necessary due to added references and is updating an outdated website link in section 6.3(a).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">g. Section 7.0—General Modeling Considerations</HD>
                    <P>The EPA is updating reference numbers where necessary due to added references.</P>
                    <P>In section 7.2.3, the EPA is revising paragraph (b) to include the addition of RLINE as a source type for use in regulatory applications of AERMOD and remove references to specific distances that receptors can be placed from the roadway.</P>
                    <P>Also in section 7.2.3, the EPA is revising paragraph (c) to include RLINE as a source type that can be used to model mobile sources and clarify that an area source can be categorized in AERMOD using the AREA, LINE, or RLINE source type.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">h. Section 8.0—Model Input Data</HD>
                    <P>The EPA is updating reference numbers where necessary due to added references.</P>
                    <P>The EPA is revising Table 8-1 and Table 8-2 to correct typographical errors and update the footnotes in each of the tables.</P>
                    <P>The EPA is revising section 8.3.1 to address current EPA practices and recommendations for determining the appropriate background concentration as model input data for a new or modifying source(s) or sources under consideration for a revised permit limit. This revision provides a stepwise framework for modeling isolated single sources and multi-source areas as part of a cumulative impact analysis. The EPA also is removing the term “significant concentration gradient” and its related content in section 8.3.1(a)(i) due to the ambiguity and lack of definition of this term in the context of modeling multi-source areas.</P>
                    <P>The EPA is removing paragraph (d) in section 8.3.2 and renumber paragraphs (e) and (f) to (d) and (e), respectively. The content of paragraph (d) is being included in the revisions of paragraph (a) in section 8.3.2.</P>
                    <P>
                        In section 8.3.3, the EPA is revising the content in section 8.3.3(b) on the recommendations for determining nearby sources to explicitly model as part of a cumulative impact analysis. The EPA is removing the content related to the term “significant concentration gradient” in section 8.3.3(b)(i), section 8.3.3(b)(ii), and section 8.3.3(b)(iii) due 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95041"/>
                        to the lack of definition of this term in the context of modeling multi-source areas. The EPA is also removing an undefined acronym inadvertently included in the October 2023 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         proposal in section 8.3.3(b)(ii). Finally, the EPA is revising the example given in section 8.3.3(d) to be consistent with the discussion of other sources in section 8.3.1(a)(ii) and the revisions to Tables 8-1 and 8-2.
                    </P>
                    <P>In section 8.4.1, the EPA is including buoy data as an example of site-specific data as a result of the inclusion of the Coupled-Ocean Atmosphere Response Experiment (COARE) algorithms to AERMET for marine boundary layer processing. The EPA is also revising the heading for section 8.4.1(d) to correct a capitalization typographical error.</P>
                    <P>The EPA is revising paragraph (a) of section 8.4.2 to note that MMIF should be used to process prognostic meteorological data for both land-based and overwater applications, and is revising paragraph (b) to clarify that AERSURFACE should be used to calculate surface characteristics for land-based data and AERMET calculates surface characteristics for overwater applications. Also, the EPA is revising paragraph (e) of this section to clarify that at least 1 year of site-specific data applies to both land-based and overwater-based data.</P>
                    <P>The EPA is revising paragraph (a) of section 8.4.3.2 to remove references to specific Web links and to state that users should refer to the latest guidance documents for Web links.</P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA is adding a new section 8.4.6 to discuss the implementation of COARE for marine boundary layer processing and to renumber the existing section 8.4.6 (in the 2017 
                        <E T="03">Guideline)</E>
                         to a new section 8.4.7. References to specific wind speed thresholds are being replaced with guidance to consult the appropriate guidance documents for the latest thresholds.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">i. Section 9.0—Regulatory Application of Models</HD>
                    <P>The EPA is updating reference numbers where necessary due to added references.</P>
                    <P>In section 9.2.3, the EPA is revising the example given in section 9.2.3(a)(ii) to be consistent with the discussion of other sources in section 8.3.1(a)(ii) and the revisions to Tables 8-1 and 8-2.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">j. Section 10.0—References</HD>
                    <P>
                        The EPA is updating references in section 10.0 to remove outdated website links and reflect current versions of guidance documents, user's guides, and other supporting documentation where applicable. The EPA also is adding references to support updates to the AERMOD Modeling System described in this update to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Revisions to Addendum A to Appendix W to Part 51</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Section A.0</HD>
                    <P>The EPA is revising section A.0 to remove references that indicate there are “many” preferred models while the number is currently only three.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Section A.1</HD>
                    <P>
                        The EPA is revising the References section to include additional references that support our updates to the AERMOD Modeling System consistent with our October 2023 proposed revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         and AERMOD.
                    </P>
                    <P>In the Abstract section, the EPA is adding line type sources as one of the source types AERMOD can simulate.</P>
                    <P>The EPA is revising section A.1(a) to include overwater applications for regulatory modeling where shoreline fumigation and/or platform downwash are not important to facilitate the use of AERMOD with COARE processing. This revision removes the need to request an alternative model demonstration for such applications. The EPA also is clarifying elevation data that can be used in AERMOD, specifically the change in the name of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) National Elevation Dataset (NED) to 3D Elevation Program (3DEP). For consistency, references to NED are being updated to 3DEP throughout section A.1.</P>
                    <P>The EPA is revising section A.1(b) to include prognostic data as meteorological input to the AERMOD Modeling System, as applicable.</P>
                    <P>The EPA is revising section A.1(l) to include the Generic Reaction Set Method in the discussion on chemical transformation in AERMOD. We also are clarifying the status of the different deposition options in A.1(l).</P>
                    <P>The EPA is revising section A.1(n) to include references to additional evaluation studies to support our updates to the AERMOD Modeling System.</P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA is updating a reference added in the October 2023 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         proposal in section A.1 from a manuscript to an existing EPA Technical Support Document.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Section A.3</HD>
                    <P>In section A.3, the EPA is removing the reference to the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management's (BOEM) outdated guidance.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Ongoing Model Development</HD>
                    <P>With the release of AERMOD version 24142, no additional beta options remain within AERMOD. The alpha options in version 23132 have all been retained in version 24142. The EPA is committed to the continued maintenance and development of AERMOD to expand the model's capabilities and improve performance where needed. Ongoing model development priorities for model improvement, many of which are represented in the version 24142 as alpha options, are described below.</P>
                    <P>• Modifications to PRIME Building Downwash</P>
                    <P>Beginning with AERMOD version 19191, two distinct sets of alpha options were added that modify the formulation of the building downwash algorithm, PRIME. The two sets of options, ORD_DWNW and AWMADWNW, were developed independently by the EPA's Office of Development and Research (ORD) and the Air &amp; Waste Management Association (A&amp;WMA), respectively. With a couple of exceptions, the options within each set can be employed individually or combined with other options from each set. In addition to these alpha options that modify the formulation of PRIME, are the building input parameters required by the algorithm. In conjunction with the assessment and evaluation of these alpha options, the EPA is focused on improvement of the building preprocessor, BPIPPRM, and the parameterization of the buildings that is input to AERMOD.</P>
                    <P>• Offshore Modeling</P>
                    <P>To enhance AERMOD's offshore modeling capabilities with the goal of replacing the Offshore Coastal Dispersion (OCD) dispersion model as the EPA's preferred model for offshore dispersion modeling applications, a platform downwash alpha option (PLATFORM), adapted from OCD, was incorporated into AERMOD version 22112. This model enhancement specifically treats building downwash effects from raised offshore drilling platforms. The PLATFORM option continues to undergo refinements and evaluation. In addition to the PLATFORM alpha option, the EPA is implementing a shoreline fumigation algorithm into AERMOD, also needed for the eventual goal of replacing the OCD model.</P>
                    <P>• Extended RLINE Source Type Including Barriers and Depressed Roadways</P>
                    <P>
                        The extended RLINE source type (RLINEXT) source type was implemented in AERMOD version 
                        <PRTPAGE P="95042"/>
                        18181 as an alpha option that allows for a more refined characterization of an individual road segment. It accepts separate inputs for the elevations of each end of the road segment with added capability to model road segments that include roadway barriers (RBARRIER) and/or are characterized as depressed roadways (RDEPRESS). RBARRIER and RDEPRESS are also alpha options and can only be used in conjunction with the RLINEXT source type. The development of the RLINEXT source type and accompanying options to account for barriers and depressed roadways is ongoing.
                    </P>
                    <P>• Highly Buoyant Plume</P>
                    <P>A Highly Buoyant Plume (HBP) option was implemented as an alpha option beginning with AERMOD version 23132 to explore and refine AERMOD's treatment of the penetrated plume. A penetrated plume occurs when a plume is released into the mixed layer, and a portion of the plume eventually penetrates the top of the mixed layer during convective hours as it continues to rise due to either buoyancy or momentum. The BLP alpha option is only applicable to POINT source types.</P>
                    <P>• Aircraft Plume Rise</P>
                    <P>Beginning with AERMOD version 23132, the ARCFTOPT alpha option was added with the goal to extend the capabilities of AERMOD to appropriately model emissions from aircraft on the ground and during takeoffs and landings. The ARCFTOPT option extends the AREA and VOLUME source type inputs to account for the buoyancy and horizontal momentum of aircraft emissions.</P>
                    <P>• Low Wind Default Overrides (LOW_WIND)</P>
                    <P>A LOW_WIND option was first implemented as a collection of non-regulatory beta test options in AERMOD version 12345 (LOWWIND1 and LOWWIND2) and expanded in version 15481(LOWWIND3), before the alpha/beta framework was implemented. Each of these options altered the default model values for minimum sigma-v, minimum wind speed, and the minimum meander factor with different combinations of hardcoded values. Though the original LOW_WIND beta test options are no longer implemented in AERMOD, the LOW_WIND option was recategorized as an alpha option in AERMOD version 18181 to include a number of user defined default overrides for wind data parameters. The LOW_WIND option in version 24142 enables the user to override AERMOD default values with user-defined values for one or more of the following parameters:</P>
                    <P>○ Minimum standard deviation of the lateral velocity to the average wind direction;</P>
                    <P>○ Minimum mean wind speed;</P>
                    <P>○ Minimum and maximum meander factor;</P>
                    <P>○ Minimum standard deviation of the vertical wind speed; and</P>
                    <P>○ Time scale for random dispersion.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
                    <P>
                        Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/laws-regulations/laws-and-executive-orders.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 14094: Modernizing Regulatory Review</HD>
                    <P>This action is not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866, as amended by Executive Order 14094, and was, therefore, not subject to a requirement for Executive Order 12866 review.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)</HD>
                    <P>This action does not impose an information collection burden under the PRA. This action does not contain any information collection activities, nor does it add any information collection requirements beyond those imposed by existing New Source Review requirements.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)</HD>
                    <P>
                        I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. This action will not impose any requirements on small entities. This action finalizes revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         including enhancements to the formulation and application of the EPA's near-field dispersion modeling system, AERMOD, and updates to the recommendations for the development of appropriate background concentration for cumulative impact analyses. Use of the models and/or techniques described in this action is not expected to pose any additional burden on small entities.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)</HD>
                    <P>This action does not contain an unfunded mandate as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538. This action imposes no enforceable duty on any State, local or Tribal governments or the private sector.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</HD>
                    <P>This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
                    <P>
                        This action does not have Tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175. This action provides final revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         which is used by the EPA, other Federal, State, territorial, local, and Tribal air quality agencies, and industry to prepare and review preconstruction permit applications, SIP submittals and revisions, determinations of conformity, and other air quality assessments required under EPA regulation. Separate from this action, the Tribal Air Rule implements the provisions of section 301(d) of the CAA authorizing eligible Tribes to implement their own Tribal air program. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA specifically solicited comments on the October 2023 proposed revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         from Tribal officials and did not formally receive any Tribal comments during the public comment period for the rule. Subsequently, the EPA provided information regarding this final action to the Tribes during a monthly National Tribal Air Association (NTAA) call earlier in 2024 and will continue to provide any new or subsequent updates to EPA modeling guidance and other regulatory compliance demonstration related topics upon request of the NTAA.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks</HD>
                    <P>
                        The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that the EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action does not address an environmental health risk or safety risk that may disproportionately affect children. Therefore, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13045. The EPA's Policy on Children's Health also does not apply.
                        <PRTPAGE P="95043"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>
                    <P>This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act</HD>
                    <P>This rulemaking does not involve technical standards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations and Executive Order 14096: Revitalizing Our Nation's Commitment to Environmental Justice for All</HD>
                    <P>
                        The EPA believes that this type of action cannot be evaluated with respect to potentially disproportionate and adverse effects on communities with environmental justice concerns because this final action does not regulate air pollutant emissions or establish an environmental health or safety standard. This action finalizes revisions to the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                         including enhancements to the formulations and application of EPA's near-field dispersion modeling system, AERMOD, that would assist and expand assessment of environmental considerations in required compliance demonstrations across various CAA programs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The EPA identifies and addresses environmental justice concerns through continuing efforts to improve the scientific formulations of the EPA's air quality models, increase model overall performance, and reduce uncertainties of model projections for regulatory applications, which ultimately provides for protection of the environment and human health. While the EPA does not expect this action to directly impact air quality, the revisions are important because the 
                        <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                         is used by the EPA, other Federal, State, territorial, local, and Tribal air quality agencies, and industry to prepare and review preconstruction permit applications, SIP submittals and revisions, determinations of conformity, and other air quality assessments required under EPA regulation and serves as a benchmark of consistency across the nation. This consistency has value to all communities including communities with environmental justice concerns.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)</HD>
                    <P>This action is subject to the Congressional Review Act (CRA), and the EPA will submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
                    <LSTSUB>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 51</HD>
                        <P>Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Criteria pollutants, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Mobile sources, Nitrogen oxides, Ozone, Particulate Matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Stationary sources, Sulfur oxides.</P>
                    </LSTSUB>
                    <SIG>
                        <NAME>Michael S. Regan,</NAME>
                        <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
                    </SIG>
                    <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Environmental Protection Agency is amending title 40, chapter I of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:</P>
                    <PART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 51—REQUIREMENTS FOR PREPARATION, ADOPTION, AND SUBMITTAL OF IMPLEMENTATION PLANS</HD>
                    </PART>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="51">
                        <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 51 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <AUTH>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                            <P> 23 U.S.C. 101; 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.</P>
                        </AUTH>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="40" PART="51">
                        <AMDPAR>2. Appendix W to part 51 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">APPENDIX W TO PART 51—GUIDELINE ON AIR QUALITY MODELS</HD>
                        <EXTRACT>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Preface</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Industry and control agencies have long expressed a need for consistency in the application of air quality models for regulatory purposes. In the 1977 Clean Air Act (CAA), Congress mandated such consistency and encouraged the standardization of model applications. The 
                                <E T="03">Guideline on Air Quality Models</E>
                                 (hereafter, 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                ) was first published in April 1978 to satisfy these requirements by specifying models and providing guidance for their use. The 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 provides a common basis for estimating the air quality concentrations of criteria pollutants used in assessing control strategies and developing emissions limits.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. The continuing development of new air quality models in response to regulatory requirements and the expanded requirements for models to cover even more complex problems have emphasized the need for periodic review and update of guidance on these techniques. Historically, three primary activities have provided direct input to revisions of the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                                 The first is a series of periodic EPA workshops and modeling conferences conducted for the purpose of ensuring consistency and providing clarification in the application of models. The second activity was the solicitation and review of new models from the technical and user community. In the March 27, 1980 
                                <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                                <E T="03">,</E>
                                 a procedure was outlined for the submittal of privately developed models to the EPA. After extensive evaluation and scientific review, these models, as well as those made available by the EPA, have been considered for recognition in the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                                 The third activity is the extensive on-going research efforts by the EPA and others in air quality and meteorological modeling.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. Based primarily on these three activities, new sections and topics have been included as needed. The EPA does not make changes to the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 on a predetermined schedule, but rather on an as-needed basis. The EPA believes that revisions of the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 should be timely and responsive to user needs and should involve public participation to the greatest possible extent. All future changes to the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 will be proposed and finalized in the 
                                <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                                . Information on the current status of modeling guidance can always be obtained from the EPA's Regional offices.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">List of Tables</HD>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1.0 Introduction</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2.0 Overview of Model Use</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2.1 Suitability of Models</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.1.1 Model Accuracy and Uncertainty</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2.2 Levels of Sophistication of Air Quality Analyses and Models</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2.3 Availability of Models</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3.0 Preferred and Alternative Air Quality Models</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3.1 Preferred Models</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.1.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.1.2 Requirements</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3.2 Alternative Models</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2.2 Requirements</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3.3 EPA's Model Clearinghouse</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4.0 Models for Carbon Monoxide, Lead, Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen Dioxide and Primary Particulate Matter</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4.2 Requirements</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.1 Screening Models and Techniques</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.1.1 AERSCREEN</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.1.2 CTSCREEN</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.1.3 Screening in Complex Terrain</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.2 Refined Models</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.2.1 AERMOD</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.2.2 CTDMPLUS</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.2.3 OCD</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.3 Pollutant Specific Modeling Requirements</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.3.1 Models for Carbon Monoxide</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.3.2 Models for Lead</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.3.3 Models for Sulfur Dioxide</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.3.4 Models for Nitrogen Dioxide</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                                4.2.3.5 Models for PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                                4.2.3.6 Models for PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5.0 Models for Ozone and Secondarily Formed Particulate Matter</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5.2 Recommendations</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5.3 Recommended Models and Approaches for Ozone</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5.3.1 Models for NAAQS Attainment Demonstrations and Multi-Source Air Quality Assessments</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5.3.2 Models for Single-Source Air Quality Assessments</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                                5.4 Recommended Models and Approaches for Secondarily Formed PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                <PRTPAGE P="95044"/>
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5.4.1 Models for NAAQS Attainment Demonstrations and Multi-Source Air Quality Assessments</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5.4.2 Models for Single-Source Air Quality Assessments</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6.0 Modeling for Air Quality Related Values and Other Governmental Programs</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6.2 Air Quality Related Values</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6.2.1 Visibility</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6.2.1.1 Models for Estimating Near-Field Visibility Impairment</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6.2.1.2 Models for Estimating Visibility Impairment for Long-Range Transport</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6.2.2 Models for Estimating Deposition Impacts</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6.3 Modeling Guidance for Other Governmental Programs</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">7.0 General Modeling Considerations</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">7.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">7.2 Recommendations</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7.2.1 All sources</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7.2.1.1 Dispersion Coefficients</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7.2.1.2 Complex Winds</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7.2.1.3 Gravitational Settling and Deposition</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7.2.2 Stationary Sources</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7.2.2.1 Good Engineering Practice Stack Height</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7.2.2.2 Plume Rise</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7.2.3 Mobile Sources</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8.0 Model Input Data</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8.1 Modeling Domain</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.1.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.1.2 Requirements</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8.2 Source Data</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.2.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.2.2 Requirements</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8.3 Background Concentrations</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.3.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.3.2 Recommendations for Isolated Single Sources</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.3.3 Recommendations for Multi-Source Areas</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8.4 Meteorological Input Data</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.2 Recommendations and Requirements</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.3 National Weather Service Data</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.3.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.3.2 Recommendations</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.4 Site-Specific Data</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.4.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.4.2 Recommendations</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.5 Prognostic Meteorological Data</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.5.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.5.2 Recommendations</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.6 Marine Boundary Layer Environments</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.6.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.6.2 Recommendations</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.7 Treatment of Near-Calms and Calms</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.7.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8.4.7.2 Recommendations</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">9.0 Regulatory Application of Models</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">9.1 Discussion</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">9.2 Recommendations</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">9.2.1 Modeling Protocol</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">9.2.2 Design Concentration and Receptor Sites</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">9.2.3 NAAQS and PSD Increments Compliance Demonstrations for New or Modified Sources</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">9.2.3.1 Considerations in Developing Emissions Limits</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">9.2.4 Use of Measured Data in Lieu of Model Estimates</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">10.0 References</FP>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Addendum A to Appendix W of Part 51—Summaries of Preferred Air Quality Models</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">List of Tables</HD>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,r50">
                                <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Table No.</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Title</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">8-1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Point Source Model Emission Inputs for SIP Revisions of Inert Pollutants.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">8-2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Point Source Model Emission Inputs for NAAQS Compliance in PSD Demonstrations.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0 Introduction</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. The 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 provides air quality modeling techniques that should be applied to State Implementation Plan (SIP) submittals and revisions, to New Source Review (NSR), including new or modifying sources under Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD),
                                <E T="51">1 2 3</E>
                                 conformity analyses,
                                <SU>4</SU>
                                 and other air quality assessments required under EPA regulation. Applicable only to criteria air pollutants, the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 is intended for use by the EPA Regional offices in judging the adequacy of modeling analyses performed by the EPA, by State, local, and Tribal permitting authorities, and by industry. It is appropriate for use by other Federal government agencies and by State, local, and Tribal agencies with air quality and land management responsibilities. The 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 serves to identify, for all interested parties, those modeling techniques and databases that the EPA considers acceptable. The 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 is not intended to be a compendium of modeling techniques. Rather, it should serve as a common measure of acceptable technical analysis when supported by sound scientific judgment.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. Air quality measurements 
                                <SU>5</SU>
                                 are routinely used to characterize ambient concentrations of criteria pollutants throughout the nation but are rarely sufficient for characterizing the ambient impacts of individual sources or demonstrating adequacy of emissions limits for an existing source due to limitations in spatial and temporal coverage of ambient monitoring networks. The impacts of new sources that do not yet exist, and modifications to existing sources that have yet to be implemented, can only be determined through modeling. Thus, models have become a primary analytical tool in most air quality assessments. Air quality measurements can be used in a complementary manner to air quality models, with due regard for the strengths and weaknesses of both analysis techniques, and are particularly useful in assessing the accuracy of model estimates.
                            </P>
                            <P>c. It would be advantageous to categorize the various regulatory programs and to apply a designated model to each proposed source needing analysis under a given program. However, the diversity of the nation's topography and climate, and variations in source configurations and operating characteristics dictate against a strict modeling “cookbook.” There is no one model capable of properly addressing all conceivable situations even within a broad category such as point sources. Meteorological phenomena associated with threats to air quality standards are rarely amenable to a single mathematical treatment; thus, case-by-case analysis and judgment are frequently required. As modeling efforts become more complex, it is increasingly important that they be directed by highly competent individuals with a broad range of experience and knowledge in air quality meteorology. Further, they should be coordinated closely with specialists in emissions characteristics, air monitoring and data processing. The judgment of experienced meteorologists, atmospheric scientists, and analysts is essential.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. The model that most accurately estimates concentrations in the area of interest is always sought. However, it is clear from the needs expressed by the EPA Regional offices, by State, local, and Tribal agencies, by many industries and trade associations, and also by the deliberations of Congress, that consistency in the selection and application of models and databases should also be sought, even in case-by-case analyses. Consistency ensures that air quality control agencies and the general public have a common basis for estimating pollutant concentrations, assessing control strategies, and specifying emissions limits. Such consistency is not, however, promoted at the expense of model and database accuracy. The 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 provides a consistent basis for selection of the most accurate models and databases for use in air quality assessments.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                e. Recommendations are made in the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 concerning air quality models and techniques, model evaluation procedures, and model input databases and related requirements. The guidance provided here should be followed in air quality analyses relative to SIPs, NSR, and in supporting analyses required by the EPA and by State, local, and Tribal permitting authorities. Specific models are identified for particular applications. The EPA may approve the use of an alternative model or technique that can be demonstrated to be more appropriate than those recommended in the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                                 In all cases, the model or technique applied to a given situation should be the one that provides the most accurate representation of atmospheric transport, dispersion, and chemical transformations in the area of interest. However, to ensure consistency, deviations from the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 should be carefully documented as part of the public record and fully supported by the appropriate reviewing authority, as discussed later.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                f. From time to time, situations arise requiring clarification of the intent of the guidance on a specific topic. Periodic workshops are held with EPA headquarters, EPA Regional offices, and State, local, and Tribal agency modeling representatives to ensure consistency in modeling guidance and to promote the use of more accurate air quality models, techniques, and databases. The workshops serve to provide further explanations of 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 requirements to the EPA Regional offices and workshop materials are issued with this clarifying information. In addition, findings from ongoing research programs, new model development, or results from model 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95045"/>
                                evaluations and applications are continuously evaluated. Based on this information, changes in the applicable guidance may be indicated and appropriate revisions to the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 may be considered.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                g. All changes to the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 must follow rulemaking requirements since the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 is codified in Appendix W to 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) part 51. The EPA will promulgate rules in the 
                                <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                                 to amend this appendix. The EPA utilizes the existing procedures under CAA section 320 that requires the EPA to conduct a conference on air quality modeling at least every 3 years (CAA 320, 42 U.S.C. 7620). These modeling conferences are intended to develop standardized air quality modeling procedures and form the basis for associated revisions to this 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 in support of the EPA's continuing effort to prescribe with “reasonable particularity” air quality models and meteorological and emission databases suitable for modeling national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) 
                                <SU>6</SU>
                                 and PSD increments. Ample opportunity for public comment will be provided for each proposed change and public hearings scheduled.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                h. A wide range of topics on modeling and databases are discussed in the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                                 Section 2 gives an overview of models and their suitability for use in regulatory applications. Section 3 provides specific guidance on the determination of preferred air quality models and on the selection of alternative models or techniques. Sections 4 through 6 provide recommendations on modeling techniques for assessing criteria pollutant impacts from single and multiple sources with specific modeling requirements for selected regulatory applications. Section 7 discusses general considerations common to many modeling analyses for stationary and mobile sources. Section 8 makes recommendations for data inputs to models including source, background air quality, and meteorological data. Section 9 summarizes how estimates and measurements of air quality are used in assessing source impact and in evaluating control strategies.
                            </P>
                            <P>i. Appendix W to 40 CFR part 51 contains an addendum: Addendum A. Thus, when reference is made to “Addendum A” in this document, it refers to Addendum A to Appendix W to 40 CFR part 51. Addendum A contains summaries of refined air quality models that are “preferred” for particular applications; both EPA models and models developed by others are included.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0 Overview of Model Use</HD>
                            <P>a. Increasing reliance has been placed on concentration estimates from air quality models as the primary basis for regulatory decisions concerning source permits and emission control requirements. In many situations, such as review of a proposed new source, no practical alternative exists. Before attempting to implement the guidance contained in this document, the reader should be aware of certain general information concerning air quality models and their evaluation and use. Such information is provided in this section.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.1 Suitability of Models</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. The extent to which a specific air quality model is suitable for the assessment of source impacts depends upon several factors. These include: (1) the topographic and meteorological complexities of the area; (2) the detail and accuracy of the input databases, 
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 emissions inventory, meteorological data, and air quality data; (3) the manner in which complexities of atmospheric processes are handled in the model; (4) the technical competence of those undertaking such simulation modeling; and (5) the resources available to apply the model. Any of these factors can have a significant influence on the overall model performance, which must be thoroughly evaluated to determine the suitability of an air quality model to a particular application or range of applications.
                            </P>
                            <P>b. Air quality models are most accurate and reliable in areas that have gradual transitions of land use and topography. Meteorological conditions in these areas are spatially uniform such that observations are broadly representative and air quality model projections are not further complicated by a heterogeneous environment. Areas subject to major topographic influences experience meteorological complexities that are often difficult to measure and simulate. Models with adequate performance are available for increasingly complex environments. However, they are resource intensive and frequently require site-specific observations and formulations. Such complexities and the related challenges for the air quality simulation should be considered when selecting the most appropriate air quality model for an application.</P>
                            <P>c. Appropriate model input data should be available before an attempt is made to evaluate or apply an air quality model. Assuming the data are adequate, the greater the detail with which a model considers the spatial and temporal variations in meteorological conditions and permit-enforceable emissions, the greater the ability to evaluate the source impact and to distinguish the effects of various control strategies.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. There are three types of models that have historically been used in the regulatory demonstrations applicable in the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                                 each having strengths and weaknesses that lend themselves to particular regulatory applications.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                i. Gaussian plume models use a “steady-state” approximation, which assumes that over the model time step, the emissions, meteorology and other model inputs, are constant throughout the model domain, resulting in a resolved plume with the emissions distributed throughout the plume according to a Gaussian distribution. This formulation allows Gaussian models to estimate near-field impacts of a limited number of sources at a relatively high resolution, with temporal scales of an hour and spatial scales of meters. However, this formulation allows for only relatively inert pollutants, with very limited considerations of transformation and removal (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 deposition), and further limits the domain for which the model may be used. Thus, Gaussian models may not be appropriate if model inputs are changing sharply over the model time step or within the desired model domain, or if more advanced considerations of chemistry are needed.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                ii. Lagrangian puff models, on the other hand, are non-steady-state, and assume that model input conditions are changing over the model domain and model time step. Lagrangian models can also be used to determine near- and far-field impacts from a limited number of sources. Traditionally, Lagrangian models have been used for relatively inert pollutants, with slightly more complex considerations of removal than Gaussian models. Some Lagrangian models treat in-plume gas and particulate chemistry. However, these models require time and space varying concentration fields of oxidants and, in the case of fine particulate matter (PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                ), neutralizing agents, such as ammonia. Reliable background fields are critical for applications involving secondary pollutant formation because secondary impacts generally occur when in-plume precursors mix and react with species in the background atmosphere.
                                <E T="51">7 8</E>
                                 These oxidant and neutralizing agents are not routinely measured, but can be generated with a three-dimensional photochemical grid model.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                iii. Photochemical grid models are three-dimensional Eulerian grid-based models that treat chemical and physical processes in each grid cell and use diffusion and transport processes to move chemical species between grid cells.
                                <SU>9</SU>
                                 Eulerian models assume that emissions are spread evenly throughout each model grid cell. At coarse grid resolutions, Eulerian models have difficulty with fine scale resolution of individual plumes. However, these types of models can be appropriately applied for assessment of near-field and regional scale reactive pollutant impacts from specific sources
                                <E T="51">7 10 11 12</E>
                                 or all sources.
                                <E T="51">13 14 15</E>
                                 Photochemical grid models simulate a more realistic environment for chemical transformation,
                                <E T="51">7 12</E>
                                 but simulations can be more resource intensive than Lagrangian or Gaussian plume models.
                            </P>
                            <P>e. Competent and experienced meteorologists, atmospheric scientists, and analysts are an essential prerequisite to the successful application of air quality models. The need for such specialists is critical when sophisticated models are used or the area has complicated meteorological or topographic features. It is important to note that a model applied improperly or with inappropriate data can lead to serious misjudgments regarding the source impact or the effectiveness of a control strategy.</P>
                            <P>f. The resource demands generated by use of air quality models vary widely depending on the specific application. The resources required may be important factors in the selection and use of a model or technique for a specific analysis. These resources depend on the nature of the model and its complexity, the detail of the databases, the difficulty of the application, the amount and level of expertise required, and the costs of manpower and computational facilities.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">2.1.1 Model Accuracy and Uncertainty</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. The formulation and application of air quality models are accompanied by several sources of uncertainty. “Irreducible” uncertainty stems from the “unknown” conditions, which may not be explicitly accounted for in the model (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 the turbulent velocity field). Thus, there are likely to be deviations from the observed 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95046"/>
                                concentrations in individual events due to variations in the unknown conditions. “Reducible” uncertainties 
                                <SU>16</SU>
                                 are caused by: (1) uncertainties in the “known” input conditions (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 emission characteristics and meteorological data); (2) errors in the measured concentrations; and (3) inadequate model physics and formulation.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. Evaluations of model accuracy should focus on the reducible uncertainty associated with physics and the formulation of the model. The accuracy of the model is normally determined by an evaluation procedure which involves the comparison of model concentration estimates with measured air quality data.
                                <SU>17</SU>
                                 The statement of model accuracy is based on statistical tests or performance measures such as bias, error, correlation, etc.
                                <SU>18</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>19</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. Since the 1980's, the EPA has worked with the modeling community to encourage development of standardized model evaluation methods and the development of continually improved methods for the characterization of model performance.
                                <SU>16</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>18</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>20</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>21</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>22</SU>
                                 There is general consensus on what should be considered in the evaluation of air quality models. Namely, quality assurance planning, documentation and scrutiny should be consistent with the intended use and should include:
                            </P>
                            <P>• Scientific peer review;</P>
                            <P>• Supportive analyses (diagnostic evaluations, code verification, sensitivity analyses);</P>
                            <P>• Diagnostic and performance evaluations with data obtained in trial locations; and</P>
                            <P>• Statistical performance evaluations in the circumstances of the intended applications.</P>
                            <P>Performance evaluations and diagnostic evaluations assess different qualities of how well a model is performing, and both are needed to establish credibility within the client and scientific community.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. Performance evaluations allow the EPA and model users to determine the relative performance of a model in comparison with alternative modeling systems. Diagnostic evaluations allow determination of a model capability to simulate individual processes that affect the results, and usually employ smaller spatial/temporal scale data sets (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 field studies). Diagnostic evaluations enable the EPA and model users to build confidence that model predictions are accurate for the right reasons. However, the objective comparison of modeled concentrations with observed field data provides only a partial means for assessing model performance. Due to the limited supply of evaluation datasets, there are practical limits in assessing model performance. For this reason, the conclusions reached in the science peer reviews and the supportive analyses have particular relevance in deciding whether a model will be useful for its intended purposes.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.2 Levels of Sophistication of Air Quality Analyses and Models</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. It is desirable to begin an air quality analysis by using simplified and conservative methods followed, as appropriate, by more complex and refined methods. The purpose of this approach is to streamline the process and sufficiently address regulatory requirements by eliminating the need of more detailed modeling when it is not necessary in a specific regulatory application. For example, in the context of a PSD permit application, a simplified and conservative analysis may be sufficient where it shows the proposed construction clearly will not cause or contribute to ambient concentrations in excess of either the NAAQS or the PSD increments.
                                <SU>2</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>3</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. There are two general levels of sophistication of air quality models. The first level consists of screening models that provide conservative modeled estimates of the air quality impact of a specific source or source category based on simplified assumptions of the model inputs (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 preset, worst-case meteorological conditions). In the case of a PSD assessment, if a screening model indicates that the increase in concentration attributable to the source could cause or contribute to a violation of any NAAQS or PSD increment, then the second level of more sophisticated models should be applied unless appropriate controls or operational restrictions are implemented based on the screening modeling.
                            </P>
                            <P>c. The second level consists of refined models that provide more detailed treatment of physical and chemical atmospheric processes, require more detailed and precise input data, and provide spatially and temporally resolved concentration estimates. As a result, they provide a more sophisticated and, at least theoretically, a more accurate estimate of source impact and the effectiveness of control strategies.</P>
                            <P>d. There are situations where a screening model or a refined model is not available such that screening and refined modeling are not viable options to determine source-specific air quality impacts. In such situations, a screening technique or reduced-form model may be viable options for estimating source impacts.</P>
                            <P>i. Screening techniques are differentiated from a screening model in that screening techniques are approaches that make simplified and conservative assumptions about the physical and chemical atmospheric processes important to determining source impacts, while screening models make assumptions about conservative inputs to a specific model. The complexity of screening techniques ranges from simplified assumptions of chemistry applied to refined or screening model output to sophisticated approximations of the chemistry applied within a refined model.</P>
                            <P>ii. Reduced-form models are computationally efficient simulation tools for characterizing the pollutant response to specific types of emission reductions for a particular geographic area or background environmental conditions that reflect underlying atmospheric science of a refined model but reduce the computational resources of running a complex, numerical air quality model such as a photochemical grid model.</P>
                            <P>In such situations, an attempt should be made to acquire or improve the necessary databases and to develop appropriate analytical techniques, but the screening technique or reduced-form model may be sufficient in conducting regulatory modeling applications when applied in consultation with the EPA Regional office.</P>
                            <P>e. Consistent with the general principle described in paragraph 2.2(a), the EPA may establish a demonstration tool or method as a sufficient means for a user or applicant to make a demonstration required by regulation, either by itself or as part of a modeling demonstration. To be used for such regulatory purposes, such a tool or method must be reflected in a codified regulation or have a well-documented technical basis and reasoning that is contained or incorporated in the record of the regulatory decision in which it is applied.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.3 Availability of Models</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. For most of the screening and refined models discussed in the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                                 codes, associated documentation and other useful information are publicly available for download from the EPA's Support Center for Regulatory Atmospheric Modeling (SCRAM) website at 
                                <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/scram.</E>
                                 This is a website with which air quality modelers should become familiar and regularly visit for important model updates and additional clarifications and revisions to modeling guidance documents that are applicable to EPA programs and regulations. Codes and documentation may also be available from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 
                                <E T="03">https://www.ntis.gov,</E>
                                 and, when available, is referenced with the appropriate NTIS accession number.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0 Preferred and Alternative Air Quality Models</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. This section specifies the approach to be taken in determining preferred models for use in regulatory air quality programs. The status of models developed by the EPA, as well as those submitted to the EPA for review and possible inclusion in this 
                                <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                                 is discussed in this section. The section also provides the criteria and process for obtaining EPA approval for use of alternative models for individual cases in situations where the preferred models are not applicable or available. Additional sources of relevant modeling information are: the EPA's Model Clearinghouse 
                                <SU>23</SU>
                                 (section 3.3); EPA modeling conferences; periodic Regional, State, and Local Modelers' Workshops; and the EPA's SCRAM website (section 2.3).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. When approval is required for a specific modeling technique or analytical procedure in this 
                                <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                                 we refer to the “
                                <E T="03">appropriate reviewing authority.”</E>
                                 Many States and some local agencies administer NSR permitting under programs approved into SIPs. In some EPA regions, Federal authority to administer NSR permitting and related activities has been delegated to State or local agencies. In these cases, such agencies “
                                <E T="03">stand in the shoes”</E>
                                 of the respective EPA Region. Therefore, depending on the circumstances, the appropriate reviewing authority may be an EPA Regional office, a State, local, or Tribal agency, or perhaps the Federal Land Manager (FLM). In some cases, the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 requires review and approval of the use of an alternative model by the EPA Regional office (sometimes stated as “
                                <E T="03">Regional Administrator”</E>
                                ). For all approvals of alternative models or 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95047"/>
                                techniques, the EPA Regional office will coordinate and seek concurrence with the EPA's Model Clearinghouse. If there is any question as to the appropriate reviewing authority, you should contact the EPA Regional office modeling contact (
                                <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/scram/air-modeling-regional-contacts</E>
                                ), whose jurisdiction generally includes the physical location of the source in question and its expected impacts.
                            </P>
                            <P>c. In all regulatory analyses, early discussions among the EPA Regional office staff, State, local, and Tribal agency staff, industry representatives, and where appropriate, the FLM, are invaluable and are strongly encouraged. Prior to the actual analyses, agreement on the databases to be used, modeling techniques to be applied, and the overall technical approach helps avoid misunderstandings concerning the final results and may reduce the later need for additional analyses. The preparation of a written modeling protocol that is vetted with the appropriate reviewing authority helps to keep misunderstandings and resource expenditures at a minimum.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. The identification of preferred models in this 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 should not be construed as a determination that the preferred models identified here are to be permanently used to the exclusion of all others or that they are the only models available for relating emissions to air quality. The model that most accurately estimates concentrations in the area of interest is always sought. However, designation of specific preferred models is needed to promote consistency in model selection and application.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.1 Preferred Models</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">3.1.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. The EPA has developed some models suitable for regulatory application, while other models have been submitted by private developers for possible inclusion in the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                                 Refined models that are preferred and required by the EPA for particular applications have undergone the necessary peer scientific reviews 
                                <SU>24</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>25</SU>
                                 and model performance evaluation exercises  
                                <SU>26</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>27</SU>
                                 that include statistical measures of model performance in comparison with measured air quality data as described in section 2.1.1.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. An American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) reference 
                                <SU>28</SU>
                                 provides a general philosophy for developing and implementing advanced statistical evaluations of atmospheric dispersion models, and provides an example statistical technique to illustrate the application of this philosophy. Consistent with this approach, the EPA has determined and applied a specific evaluation protocol that provides a statistical technique for evaluating model performance for predicting peak concentration values, as might be observed at individual monitoring locations.
                                <SU>29</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>c. When a single model is found to perform better than others, it is recommended for application as a preferred model and listed in Addendum A. If no one model is found to clearly perform better through the evaluation exercise, then the preferred model listed in Addendum A may be selected on the basis of other factors such as past use, public familiarity, resource requirements, and availability. Accordingly, the models listed in Addendum A meet these conditions:</P>
                            <P>i. The model must be written in a common programming language, and the executable(s) must run on a common computer platform.</P>
                            <P>ii. The model must be documented in a user's guide or model formulation report which identifies the mathematics of the model, data requirements and program operating characteristics at a level of detail comparable to that available for other recommended models in Addendum A.</P>
                            <P>iii. The model must be accompanied by a complete test dataset including input parameters and output results. The test data must be packaged with the model in computer-readable form.</P>
                            <P>
                                iv. The model must be useful to typical users, 
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 State air agencies, for specific air quality control problems. Such users should be able to operate the computer program(s) from available documentation.
                            </P>
                            <P>v. The model documentation must include a robust comparison with air quality data (and/or tracer measurements) or with other well-established analytical techniques.</P>
                            <P>vi. The developer must be willing to make the model and source code available to users at reasonable cost or make them available for public access through the internet or National Technical Information Service. The model and its code cannot be proprietary.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. The EPA's process of establishing a preferred model includes a determination of technical merit, in accordance with the above six items, including the practicality of the model for use in ongoing regulatory programs. Each model will also be subjected to a performance evaluation for an appropriate database and to a peer scientific review. Models for wide use (not just an isolated case) that are found to perform better will be proposed for inclusion as preferred models in future 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 revisions.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                e. No further evaluation of a preferred model is required for a particular application if the EPA requirements for regulatory use specified for the model in the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 are followed. Alternative models to those listed in Addendum A should generally be compared with measured air quality data when they are used for regulatory applications consistent with recommendations in section 3.2.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">3.1.2 Requirements</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Addendum A identifies refined models that are preferred for use in regulatory applications. If a model is required for a particular application, the user must select a model from Addendum A or follow procedures in section 3.2.2 for use of an alternative model or technique. Preferred models may be used without a formal demonstration of applicability as long as they are used as indicated in each model summary in Addendum A. Further recommendations for the application of preferred models to specific source applications are found in subsequent sections of the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                            </P>
                            <P>b. If changes are made to a preferred model without affecting the modeled concentrations, the preferred status of the model is unchanged. Examples of modifications that do not affect concentrations are those made to enable use of a different computer platform or those that only affect the format or averaging time of the model results. The integration of a graphical user interface (GUI) to facilitate setting up the model inputs and/or analyzing the model results without otherwise altering the preferred model code is another example of a modification that does not affect concentrations. However, when any changes are made, the Regional Administrator must require a test case example to demonstrate that the modeled concentrations are not affected.</P>
                            <P>c. A preferred model must be operated with the options listed in Addendum A for its intended regulatory application. If the regulatory options are not applied, the model is no longer “preferred.” Any other modification to a preferred model that would result in a change in the concentration estimates likewise alters its status so that it is no longer a preferred model. Use of the modified model must then be justified as an alternative model on a case-by-case basis to the appropriate reviewing authority and approved by the Regional Administrator.</P>
                            <P>d. Where the EPA has not identified a preferred model for a particular pollutant or situation, the EPA may establish a multi-tiered approach for making a demonstration required under PSD or another CAA program. The initial tier or tiers may involve use of demonstration tools, screening models, screening techniques, or reduced-form models; while the last tier may involve the use of demonstration tools, refined models or techniques, or alternative models approved under section 3.2.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.2 Alternative Models</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">3.2.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Selection of the best model or techniques for each individual air quality analysis is always encouraged, but the selection should be done in a consistent manner. A simple listing of models in this 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 cannot alone achieve that consistency nor can it necessarily provide the best model for all possible situations. As discussed in section 3.1.1, the EPA has determined and applied a specific evaluation protocol that provides a statistical technique for evaluating model performance for predicting peak concentration values, as might be observed at individual monitoring locations.
                                <SU>29</SU>
                                 This protocol is available to assist in developing a consistent approach when justifying the use of other-than-preferred models recommended in the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 alternative models). The procedures in this protocol provide a general framework for objective decision-making on the acceptability of an alternative model for a given regulatory application. These objective procedures may be used for conducting both the technical evaluation of the model and the field test or performance evaluation.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. This subsection discusses the use of alternate models and defines three situations when alternative models may be used. This subsection also provides a procedure for implementing 40 CFR 51.166(l)(2) in PSD permitting. This provision requires written approval of the Administrator for any modification or substitution of an applicable model. An applicable model for purposes of 40 CFR 51.166(l) is a preferred model in 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95048"/>
                                Addendum A to the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                                 Approval to use an alternative model under section 3.2 of the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 qualifies as approval for the modification or substitution of a model under 40 CFR 51.166(l)(2). The Regional Administrators have delegated authority to issue such approvals under section 3.2 of the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                                 provided that such approval is issued after consultation with the EPA's Model Clearinghouse and formally documented in a concurrence memorandum from the EPA's Model Clearinghouse which demonstrates that the requirements within section 3.2 for use of an alternative model have been met.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">3.2.2 Requirements</HD>
                            <P>a. Determination of acceptability of an alternative model is an EPA Regional office responsibility in consultation with the EPA's Model Clearinghouse as discussed in paragraphs 3.0(b) and 3.2.1(b). Where the Regional Administrator finds that an alternative model is more appropriate than a preferred model, that model may be used subject to the approval of the EPA Regional office based on the requirements of this subsection. This finding will normally result from a determination that: (1) a preferred air quality model is not appropriate for the particular application; or (2) a more appropriate model or technique is available and applicable.</P>
                            <P>b. An alternative model shall be evaluated from both a theoretical and a performance perspective before it is selected for use. There are three separate conditions under which such a model may be approved for use:</P>
                            <P>i. If a demonstration can be made that the model produces concentration estimates equivalent to the estimates obtained using a preferred model;</P>
                            <P>ii. If a statistical performance evaluation has been conducted using measured air quality data and the results of that evaluation indicate the alternative model performs better for the given application than a comparable model in Addendum A; or</P>
                            <P>iii. If there is no preferred model.</P>
                            <P>Any one of these three separate conditions may justify use of an alternative model. Some known alternative models that are applicable for selected situations are listed on the EPA's SCRAM website (section 2.3). However, inclusion there does not confer any unique status relative to other alternative models that are being or will be developed in the future.</P>
                            <P>c. Equivalency, condition (1) in paragraph (b) of this subsection, is established by demonstrating that the appropriate regulatory metric(s) are within +/− 2 percent of the estimates obtained from the preferred model. The option to show equivalency is intended as a simple demonstration of acceptability for an alternative model that is nearly identical (or contains options that can make it identical) to a preferred model that it can be treated for practical purposes as the preferred model. However, notwithstanding this demonstration, models that are not equivalent may be used when one of the two other conditions described in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this subsection are satisfied.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. For condition (2) in paragraph (b) of this subsection, established statistical performance evaluation procedures and techniques 
                                <E T="51">28 29</E>
                                 for determining the acceptability of a model for an individual case based on superior performance should be followed, as appropriate. Preparation and implementation of an evaluation protocol that is acceptable to both control agencies and regulated industry is an important element in such an evaluation.
                            </P>
                            <P>e. Finally, for condition (3) in paragraph (b) of this subsection, an alternative model or technique may be approved for use provided that:</P>
                            <P>i. The model or technique has received a scientific peer review;</P>
                            <P>ii. The model or technique can be demonstrated to be applicable to the problem on a theoretical basis;</P>
                            <P>iii. The databases which are necessary to perform the analysis are available and adequate;</P>
                            <P>
                                iv. Appropriate performance evaluations of the model or technique have shown that the model or technique is not inappropriately biased for regulatory application; 
                                <SU>a</SU>
                                <FTREF/>
                                 and
                            </P>
                            <FTNT>
                                <P>
                                    <SU>a</SU>
                                     For PSD and other applications that use the model results in an absolute sense, the model should not be biased toward underestimates. Alternatively, for ozone and PM
                                    <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                     SIP attainment demonstrations and other applications that use the model results in a relative sense, the model should not be biased toward overestimates.
                                </P>
                            </FTNT>
                            <P>v. A protocol on methods and procedures to be followed has been established.</P>
                            <P>f. To formally document that the requirements of section 3.2 for use of an alternative model are satisfied for a particular application or range of applications, a memorandum will be prepared by the EPA's Model Clearinghouse through a consultative process with the EPA Regional office.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.3 EPA's Model Clearinghouse</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. The Regional Administrator has the authority to select models that are appropriate for use in a given situation. However, there is a need for assistance and guidance in the selection process so that fairness, consistency, and transparency in modeling decisions are fostered among the EPA Regional offices and the State, local, and Tribal agencies. To satisfy that need, the EPA established the Model Clearinghouse 
                                <SU>23</SU>
                                 to serve a central role of coordination and collaboration between EPA headquarters and the EPA Regional offices. Additionally, the EPA holds periodic workshops with EPA Headquarters, EPA Regional offices, and State, local, and Tribal agency modeling representatives.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. The appropriate EPA Regional office should always be consulted for information and guidance concerning modeling methods and interpretations of modeling guidance, and to ensure that the air quality model user has available the latest most up-to-date policy and procedures. As appropriate, the EPA Regional office may also request assistance from the EPA's Model Clearinghouse on other applications of models, analytical techniques, or databases or to clarify interpretation of the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 or related modeling guidance.
                            </P>
                            <P>c. The EPA Regional office will coordinate with the EPA's Model Clearinghouse after an initial evaluation and decision has been developed concerning the application of an alternative model. The acceptability and formal approval process for an alternative model is described in section 3.2.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0 Models for Carbon Monoxide, Lead, Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen Dioxide and Primary Particulate Matter</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. This section identifies modeling approaches generally used in the air quality impact analysis of sources that emit the criteria pollutants carbon monoxide (CO), lead, sulfur dioxide (SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                ), nitrogen dioxide (NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                ), and primary particulates (PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 and PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                                ).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. The guidance in this section is specific to the application of the Gaussian plume models identified in Addendum A. Gaussian plume models assume that emissions and meteorology are in a steady-state, which is typically based on an hourly time step. This approach results in a plume that has an hourly-averaged distribution of emission mass according to a Gaussian curve through the plume. Though Gaussian steady-state models conserve the mass of the primary pollutant throughout the plume, they can still take into account a limited consideration of first-order removal processes (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 wet and dry deposition) and limited chemical conversion (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 OH oxidation).
                            </P>
                            <P>c. Due to the steady-state assumption, Gaussian plume models are generally considered applicable to distances less than 50 km, beyond which, modeled predictions of plume impact are likely conservative. The locations of these impacts are expected to be unreliable due to changes in meteorology that are likely to occur during the travel time.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. The applicability of Gaussian plume models may vary depending on the topography of the modeling domain, 
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 simple or complex. Simple terrain is considered to be an area where terrain features are all lower in elevation than the top of the stack(s) of the source(s) in question. Complex terrain is defined as terrain exceeding the height of the stack(s) being modeled.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                e. Gaussian models determine source impacts at discrete locations (receptors) for each meteorological and emission scenario, and generally attempt to estimate concentrations at specific sites that represent an ensemble average of numerous repetitions of the same “event.” Uncertainties in model estimates are driven by this formulation, and as noted in section 2.1.1, evaluations of model accuracy should focus on the reducible uncertainty associated with physics and the formulation of the model. The “irreducible” uncertainty associated with Gaussian plume models may be responsible for variation in concentrations of as much as +/− 50 percent.
                                <SU>30</SU>
                                 “Reducible” uncertainties 
                                <SU>16</SU>
                                 can be on a similar scale. For example, Pasquill 
                                <SU>31</SU>
                                 estimates that, apart from data input errors, maximum ground-level concentrations at a given hour for a point source in flat terrain could be in error by 50 percent due to these uncertainties. Errors of 5 to 10 degrees in the measured wind direction can result in concentration errors of 20 to 70 percent for a particular time and location, depending on stability and station location. Such uncertainties do not 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95049"/>
                                indicate that an estimated concentration does not occur, only that the precise time and locations are in doubt. Composite errors in highest estimated concentrations of 10 to 40 percent are found to be typical.
                                <E T="51">32 33</E>
                                 However, estimates of concentrations paired in time and space with observed concentrations are less certain.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                f. Model evaluations and inter-comparisons should take these aspects of uncertainty into account. For a regulatory application of a model, the emphasis of model evaluations is generally placed on the highest modeled impacts. Thus, the Cox-Tikvart model evaluation approach, which compares the highest modeled impacts on several timescales, is recommended for comparisons of models and measurements and model inter-comparisons. The approach includes bootstrap techniques to determine the significance of various modeled predictions and increases the robustness of such comparisons when the number of available measurements are limited.
                                <E T="51">34 35</E>
                                 Because of the uncertainty in paired modeled and observed concentrations, any attempts at calibration of models based on these comparisons is of questionable benefit and shall not be done.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.2 Requirements</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. For NAAQS compliance demonstrations under PSD, use of the screening and preferred models for the pollutants listed in this subsection shall be limited to the near-field at a nominal distance of 50 km or less. Near-field application is consistent with capabilities of Gaussian plume models and, based on the EPA's assessment, is sufficient to address whether a source will cause or contribute to ambient concentrations in excess of a NAAQS. In most cases, maximum source impacts of inert pollutants will occur within the first 10 to 20 km from the source. Therefore, the EPA does not consider a long-range transport assessment beyond 50 km necessary for these pollutants if a near-field NAAQS compliance demonstration is required.
                                <SU>36</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>b. For assessment of PSD increments within the near-field distance of 50 km or less, use of the screening and preferred models for the pollutants listed in this subsection shall be limited to the same screening and preferred models approved for NAAQS compliance demonstrations.</P>
                            <P>
                                c. To determine if a compliance demonstration for NAAQS and/or PSD increments may be necessary beyond 50 km (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 long-range transport assessment), the following screening approach shall be used to determine if a significant ambient impact will occur with particular focus on Class I areas and/or the applicable receptors that may be threatened at such distances.
                            </P>
                            <P>i. Based on application in the near-field of the appropriate screening and/or preferred model, determine the significance of the ambient impacts at or about 50 km from the new or modifying source. If a near-field assessment is not available or this initial analysis indicates there may be significant ambient impacts at that distance, then further assessment is necessary.</P>
                            <P>ii. For assessment of the significance of ambient impacts for NAAQS and/or PSD increments, there is not a preferred model or screening approach for distances beyond 50 km. Thus, the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and the EPA Regional office shall be consulted in determining the appropriate and agreed upon screening technique to conduct the second level assessment. Typically, a Lagrangian model is most appropriate to use for these second level assessments, but applicants shall reach agreement on the specific model and modeling parameters on a case-by-case basis in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and EPA Regional office. When Lagrangian models are used in this manner, they shall not include plume-depleting processes, such that model estimates are considered conservative, as is generally appropriate for screening assessments.</P>
                            <P>d. In those situations where a cumulative impact analysis for NAAQS and/or PSD increments analysis beyond 50 km is necessary, the selection and use of an alternative model shall occur in agreement with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and approval by the EPA Regional office based on the requirements of paragraph 3.2.2(e).</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.1 Screening Models and Techniques</HD>
                            <P>a. Where a preliminary or conservative estimate is desired, point source screening techniques are an acceptable approach to air quality analyses.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. As discussed in paragraph 2.2(a), screening models or techniques are designed to provide a conservative estimate of concentrations. The screening models used in most applications are the screening versions of the preferred models for refined applications. The two screening models, AERSCREEN 
                                <E T="51">37 38</E>
                                 and CTSCREEN, are screening versions of AERMOD (American Meteorological Society (AMS)/EPA Regulatory Model) and CTDMPLUS (Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable Situations), respectively. AERSCREEN is the recommended screening model for most applications in all types of terrain and for applications involving building downwash. For those applications in complex terrain where the application involves a well-defined hill or ridge, CTSCREEN 
                                <SU>39</SU>
                                 can be used.
                            </P>
                            <P>c. Although AERSCREEN and CTSCREEN are designed to address a single-source scenario, there are approaches that can be used on a case-by-case basis to address multi-source situations using screening meteorology or other conservative model assumptions. However, the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) shall be consulted, and concurrence obtained, on the protocol for modeling multiple sources with AERSCREEN or CTSCREEN to ensure that the worst case is identified and assessed.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. As discussed in section 4.2.3.4, there are also screening techniques built into AERMOD that use simplified or limited chemistry assumptions for determining the partitioning of NO and NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 for NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 modeling. These screening techniques are part of the EPA's preferred modeling approach for NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 and do not need to be approved as an alternative model. However, as with other screening models and techniques, their usage shall occur in agreement with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)).
                            </P>
                            <P>e. As discussed in section 4.2(c)(ii), there are screening techniques needed for long-range transport assessments that will typically involve the use of a Lagrangian model. Based on the long-standing practice and documented capabilities of these models for long-range transport assessments, the use of a Lagrangian model as a screening technique for this purpose does not need to be approved as an alternative model. However, their usage shall occur in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and the EPA Regional office.</P>
                            <P>f. All screening models and techniques shall be configured to appropriately address the site and problem at hand. Close attention must be paid to whether the area should be classified urban or rural in accordance with section 7.2.1.1. The climatology of the area must be studied to help define the worst-case meteorological conditions. Agreement shall be reached between the model user and the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) on the choice of the screening model or technique for each analysis, on the input data and model settings, and the appropriate metric for satisfying regulatory requirements.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.1.1 AERSCREEN</HD>
                            <P>a. Released in 2011, AERSCREEN is the EPA's recommended screening model for simple and complex terrain for single sources including point sources, area sources, horizontal stacks, capped stacks, and flares. AERSCREEN runs AERMOD in a screening mode and consists of two main components: (1) the MAKEMET program which generates a site-specific matrix of meteorological conditions for input to the AERMOD model; and (2) the AERSCREEN command-prompt interface.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. The MAKEMET program generates a matrix of meteorological conditions, in the form of AERMOD-ready surface and profile files, based on user-specified surface characteristics, ambient temperatures, minimum wind speed, and anemometer height. The meteorological matrix is generated based on looping through a range of wind speeds, cloud covers, ambient temperatures, solar elevation angles, and convective velocity scales (w*, for convective conditions only) based on user-specified surface characteristics for surface roughness (Z
                                <E T="52">o</E>
                                ), Bowen ratio (B
                                <E T="52">o</E>
                                ), and albedo (r). For unstable cases, the convective mixing height (Z
                                <E T="52">ic</E>
                                ) is calculated based on w*, and the mechanical mixing height (Z
                                <E T="52">im</E>
                                ) is calculated for unstable and stable conditions based on the friction velocity, u*.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. For applications involving simple or complex terrain, AERSCREEN interfaces with AERMAP. AERSCREEN also interfaces with BPIPPRM to provide the necessary building parameters for applications involving building downwash using the Plume Rise Model Enhancements (PRIME) downwash algorithm. AERSCREEN generates inputs to AERMOD via MAKEMET, AERMAP, and BPIPPRM and invokes AERMOD in a screening mode. The screening mode of AERMOD forces the AERMOD model calculations to represent values for the plume 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95050"/>
                                centerline, regardless of the source-receptor-wind direction orientation. The maximum concentration output from AERSCREEN represents a worst-case 1-hour concentration. Averaging-time scaling factors of 1.0 for 3-hour, 0.9 for 8-hour, 0.60 for 24-hour, and 0.10 for annual concentration averages are applied internally by AERSCREEN to the highest 1-hour concentration calculated by the model for non-area type sources. For area type source concentrations for averaging times greater than one hour, the concentrations are equal to the 1-hour estimates.
                                <E T="51">37 40</E>
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.1.2 CTSCREEN</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. CTSCREEN 
                                <E T="51">39 41</E>
                                 can be used to obtain conservative, yet realistic, worst-case estimates for receptors located on terrain above stack height. CTSCREEN accounts for the three-dimensional nature of plume and terrain interaction and requires detailed terrain data representative of the modeling domain. The terrain data must be digitized in the same manner as for CTDMPLUS and a terrain processor is available.
                                <SU>42</SU>
                                 CTSCREEN is designed to execute a fixed matrix of meteorological values for wind speed (u), standard deviation of horizontal and vertical wind speeds (σv, σw), vertical potential temperature gradient (dθ/dz), friction velocity (u*), Monin-Obukhov length (L), mixing height (z
                                <E T="52">i</E>
                                ) as a function of terrain height, and wind directions for both neutral/stable conditions and unstable convective conditions. The maximum concentration output from CTSCREEN represents a worst-case 1-hour concentration. Time-scaling factors of 0.7 for 3-hour, 0.15 for 24-hour and 0.03 for annual concentration averages are applied internally by CTSCREEN to the highest 1-hour concentration calculated by the model.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.1.3 Screening in Complex Terrain</HD>
                            <P>a. For applications utilizing AERSCREEN, AERSCREEN automatically generates a polar-grid receptor network with spacing determined by the maximum distance to model. If the application warrants a different receptor network than that generated by AERSCREEN, it may be necessary to run AERMOD in screening mode with a user-defined network. For CTSCREEN applications or AERMOD in screening mode outside of AERSCREEN, placement of receptors requires very careful attention when modeling in complex terrain. Often the highest concentrations are predicted to occur under very stable conditions, when the plume is near or impinges on the terrain. Under such conditions, the plume may be quite narrow in the vertical, so that even relatively small changes in a receptor's location may substantially affect the predicted concentration. Receptors within about a kilometer of the source may be even more sensitive to location. Thus, a dense array of receptors may be required in some cases.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. For applications involving AERSCREEN, AERSCREEN interfaces with AERMAP to generate the receptor elevations. For applications involving CTSCREEN, digitized contour data must be preprocessed 
                                <SU>42</SU>
                                 to provide hill shape parameters in suitable input format. The user then supplies receptor locations either through an interactive program that is part of the model or directly, by using a text editor; using both methods to select receptor locations will generally be necessary to assure that the maximum concentrations are estimated by either model. In cases where a terrain feature may “appear to the plume” as smaller, multiple hills, it may be necessary to model the terrain both as a single feature and as multiple hills to determine design concentrations.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. Other screening techniques may be acceptable for complex terrain cases where established procedures 
                                <SU>43</SU>
                                 are used. The user is encouraged to confer with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) if any unforeseen problems are encountered, 
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 applicability, meteorological data, receptor siting, or terrain contour processing issues.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.2 Refined Models</HD>
                            <P>a. Addendum A provides a brief description of each preferred model for refined applications. Also listed in that addendum are availability, the model input requirements, the standard options that shall be selected when running the program, and output options.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.2.1 AERMOD</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. For a wide range of regulatory applications in all types of terrain, and for aerodynamic building downwash, the required model is AERMOD.
                                <E T="51">44 45</E>
                                 The AERMOD regulatory modeling system consists of the AERMOD dispersion model, the AERMET meteorological processor, and the AERMAP terrain processor. AERMOD is a steady-state Gaussian plume model applicable to directly emitted air pollutants that employs best state-of-practice parameterizations for characterizing the meteorological influences and dispersion. Differentiation of simple versus complex terrain is unnecessary with AERMOD. In complex terrain, AERMOD employs the well-known dividing-streamline concept in a simplified simulation of the effects of plume-terrain interactions.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. The AERMOD Modeling System has been extensively evaluated across a wide range of scenarios based on numerous field studies, including tall stacks in flat and complex terrain settings, sources subject to building downwash influences, and low-level non-buoyant sources.
                                <SU>27</SU>
                                 These evaluations included several long-term field studies associated with operating plants as well as several intensive tracer studies. Based on these evaluations, AERMOD has shown consistently good performance, with “errors” in predicted versus observed peak concentrations, based on the Robust Highest Concentration (RHC) metric, consistently within the range of 10 to 40 percent (cited in paragraph 4.1(e)).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. AERMOD incorporates the PRIME algorithm to account for enhanced plume growth and restricted plume rise for plumes affected by building wake effects.
                                <SU>46</SU>
                                 The PRIME algorithm accounts for entrainment of plume mass into the cavity recirculation region, including re-entrainment of plume mass into the wake region beyond the cavity.
                            </P>
                            <P>d. AERMOD incorporates the Buoyant Line and Point Source (BLP) Dispersion model to account for buoyant plume rise from line sources. The BLP option utilizes the standard meteorological inputs provided by the AERMET meteorological processor.</P>
                            <P>e. The state-of-the-science for modeling atmospheric deposition is evolving, new modeling techniques are continually being assessed, and their results are being compared with observations. Consequently, while deposition treatment is available in AERMOD, the approach taken for any purpose shall be coordinated with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)).</P>
                            <P>
                                f. The AERMET meteorological processor incorporates the COARE algorithms to derive marine boundary layer parameters for overwater applications of AERMOD.
                                <E T="51">47 48</E>
                                 AERMOD is applicable for some overwater applications when platform downwash and shoreline fumigation are adequately considered in consultation with the Regional office and appropriate reviewing authority. Where the effects of shoreline fumigation and platform downwash need to be assessed, the Offshore and Coastal Dispersion (OCD) model is the applicable model (paragraph 4.2.2.3).
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.2.2 CTDMPLUS</HD>
                            <P>a. If the modeling application involves an elevated point source with a well-defined hill or ridge and a detailed dispersion analysis of the spatial pattern of plume impacts is of interest, CTDMPLUS is available. CTDMPLUS provides greater resolution of concentrations about the contour of the hill feature than does AERMOD through a different plume-terrain interaction algorithm.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.2.3 OCD</HD>
                            <P>a. The OCD (Offshore and Coastal Dispersion) model is a straight-line Gaussian model that incorporates overwater plume transport and dispersion as well as changes that occur as the plume crosses the shoreline. The OCD model can determine the impact of offshore emissions from point, area, or line sources on the air quality of coastal regions. The OCD model is also applicable for situations that involve platform building downwash.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.3 Pollutant Specific Modeling Requirements</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.3.1 Models for Carbon Monoxide</HD>
                            <P>a. Models for assessing the impact of CO emissions are needed to meet NSR requirements to address compliance with the CO NAAQS and to determine localized impacts from transportations projects. Examples include evaluating effects of point sources, congested roadway intersections and highways, as well as the cumulative effect of numerous sources of CO in an urban area.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. The general modeling recommendations and requirements for screening models in section 4.2.1 and refined models in section 4.2.2 shall be applied for CO modeling. Given the relatively low CO background concentrations, screening techniques are likely to be adequate in most cases. In applying these recommendations and requirements, the existing 1992 EPA guidance for screening CO impacts from highways may be consulted.
                                <SU>49</SU>
                                <PRTPAGE P="95051"/>
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.3.2 Models for Lead</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. In January 1999 (40 CFR part 58, appendix D), the EPA gave notice that concern about ambient lead impacts was being shifted away from roadways and toward a focus on stationary point sources. Thus, models for assessing the impact of lead emissions are needed to meet NSR requirements to address compliance with the lead NAAQS and for SIP attainment demonstrations. The EPA has also issued guidance on siting ambient monitors in the vicinity of stationary point sources.
                                <SU>50</SU>
                                 For lead, the SIP should contain an air quality analysis to determine the maximum rolling 3-month average lead concentration resulting from major lead point sources, such as smelters, gasoline additive plants, etc. The EPA has developed a post-processor to calculate rolling 3-month average concentrations from model output.
                                <SU>51</SU>
                                 General guidance for lead SIP development is also available.
                                <SU>52</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>b. For major lead point sources, such as smelters, which contribute fugitive emissions and for which deposition is important, professional judgment should be used, and there shall be coordination with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)). For most applications, the general requirements for screening and refined models of section 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 are applicable to lead modeling.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.3.3 Models for Sulfur Dioxide</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Models for SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 are needed to meet NSR requirements to address compliance with the SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 NAAQS and PSD increments, for SIP attainment demonstrations,
                                <SU>53</SU>
                                 and for characterizing current air quality via modeling.
                                <SU>54</SU>
                                 SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 is one of a group of highly reactive gases known as “oxides of sulfur” with largest emissions sources being fossil fuel combustion at power plants and other industrial facilities.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. Given the relatively inert nature of SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 on the short-term time scales of interest (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 1-hour) and the sources of SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 stationary point sources), the general modeling requirements for screening models in section 4.2.1 and refined models in section 4.2.2 are applicable for SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 modeling applications. For urban areas, AERMOD automatically invokes a half-life of 4 hours 
                                <SU>55</SU>
                                 to SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                . Therefore, care must be taken when determining whether a source is urban or rural (
                                <E T="03">see</E>
                                 section 7.2.1.1 for urban/rural determination methodology).
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">4.2.3.4 Models for Nitrogen Dioxide</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Models for assessing the impact of sources on ambient NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 concentrations are needed to meet NSR requirements to address compliance with the NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 NAAQS and PSD increments. Impact of an individual source on ambient NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 depends, in part, on the chemical environment into which the source's plume is to be emitted. This is due to the fact that NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 sources co-emit NO along with NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 and any emitted NO may react with ambient ozone to convert to additional NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 downwind. Thus, comprehensive modeling of NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 would need to consider the ratio of emitted NO and NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                , the ambient levels of ozone and subsequent reactions between ozone and NO, and the photolysis of NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 to NO.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. Due to the complexity of NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 modeling, a multi-tiered screening approach is required to obtain hourly and annual average estimates of NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                .
                                <SU>56</SU>
                                 Since these methods are considered screening techniques, their usage shall occur in agreement with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)). Additionally, since screening techniques are conservative by their nature, there are limitations to how these options can be used. Specifically, modeling of negative emissions rates should only be done after consultation with the EPA Regional office to ensure that decreases in concentrations would not be overestimated. Each tiered approach (
                                <E T="03">see</E>
                                 Figure 4-1) accounts for increasingly complex considerations of NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 chemistry and is described in paragraphs c through e of this subsection. The tiers of NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 modeling include:
                            </P>
                            <P>i. A first-tier (most conservative) “full” conversion approach;</P>
                            <P>
                                ii. A second-tier approach that assumes ambient equilibrium between NO and NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                ; and
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                iii. A third-tier consisting of several detailed screening techniques that account for ambient ozone and the relative amount of NO and NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 emitted from a source.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. For Tier 1, use an appropriate refined model (section 4.2.2) to estimate nitrogen oxides (NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                ) concentrations and assume a total conversion of NO to NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                d. For Tier 2, multiply the Tier 1 result(s) by the Ambient Ratio Method 2 (ARM2), which provides estimates of representative equilibrium ratios of NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                /NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 value based ambient levels of NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 and NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 derived from national data from the EPA's Air Quality System (AQS).
                                <SU>57</SU>
                                 The national default for ARM2 includes a minimum ambient NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                /NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 ratio of 0.5 and a maximum ambient ratio of 0.9. The reviewing agency may establish alternative minimum ambient NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                /NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 values based on the source's in-stack emissions ratios, with alternative minimum ambient ratios reflecting the source's in-stack NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                /NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 ratios. Preferably, alternative minimum ambient NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                /NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 ratios should be based on source-specific data which satisfies all quality assurance procedures that ensure data accuracy for both NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 and NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 within the typical range of measured values. However, alternate information may be used to justify a source's anticipated NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                /NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 in-stack ratios, such as manufacturer test data, State or local agency guidance, peer-reviewed literature, and/or the EPA's NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                /NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 ratio database.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                e. For Tier 3, a detailed screening technique shall be applied on a case-by-case basis. Because of the additional input data requirements and complexities associated with the Tier 3 options, their usage shall occur in consultation with the EPA Regional office in addition to the appropriate reviewing authority. The Ozone Limiting Method (OLM),
                                <SU>58</SU>
                                 the Plume Volume Molar Ratio Method (PVMRM),
                                <SU>59</SU>
                                 and the Generic Set Reaction Method (GRSM),
                                <E T="51">60 61</E>
                                 are three detailed screening techniques that may be used for most sources. These three techniques use an appropriate section 4.2.2 model to estimate NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 concentrations and then estimate the conversion of primary NO emissions to NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 based on the ambient levels of ozone and the plume characteristics. OLM only accounts for NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 formation based on the ambient levels of ozone while PVMRM and GRSM also accommodate distance-dependent conversion ratios based on ambient ozone. GRSM, PVMRM and OLM require explicit specification of the NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                /NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 in-stack ratios and that ambient ozone concentrations be provided on an hourly basis. GRSM requires hourly ambient NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 concentrations in addition to hourly ozone.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                f. Alternative models or techniques may be considered on a case-by-case basis and their usage shall be approved by the EPA Regional office (section 3.2). Such models or techniques should consider individual quantities of NO and NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 emissions, atmospheric transport and dispersion, and atmospheric transformation of NO to NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                . Dispersion models that account for more explicit photochemistry may also be considered as an alternative model to estimate ambient impacts of NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 sources.
                            </P>
                            <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="201">
                                <PRTPAGE P="95052"/>
                                <GID>ER29NO24.004</GID>
                            </GPH>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                Figure 4-1: Multi-Tiered Approach for Estimating NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 Concentrations
                            </HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                                4.2.3.5 Models for PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                            </HD>
                            <P>
                                a. PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 is a mixture consisting of several diverse components.
                                <SU>62</SU>
                                 Ambient PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 generally consists of two components: (1) the primary component, emitted directly from a source; and (2) the secondary component, formed in the atmosphere from other pollutants emitted from the source. Models for PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 are needed to meet NSR requirements to address compliance with the PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 NAAQS and PSD increments and for SIP attainment demonstrations.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. For NSR modeling assessments, the general modeling requirements for screening models in section 4.2.1 and refined models in section 4.2.2 are applicable for the primary component of PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                , while the methods in section 5.4 are applicable for addressing the secondary component of PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                . Guidance for PSD assessments is available for determining the best approach to handling sources of primary and secondary PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                .
                                <SU>63</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. For SIP attainment demonstrations and regional haze reasonable progress goal analyses, effects of a control strategy on PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 are estimated from the sum of the effects on the primary and secondary components composing PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                . Model users should refer to section 5.4.1 and associated SIP modeling guidance 
                                <SU>64</SU>
                                 for further details concerning appropriate modeling approaches.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                d. The general modeling requirements for the refined models discussed in section 4.2.2 shall be applied for PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 hot-spot modeling for mobile sources. Specific guidance is available for analyzing direct PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 impacts from highways, terminals, and other transportation projects.
                                <SU>65</SU>
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                                4.2.3.6 Models for PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                            </HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Models for PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                                 are needed to meet NSR requirements to address compliance with the PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                                 NAAQS and PSD increments and for SIP attainment demonstrations.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. For most sources, the general modeling requirements for screening models in section 4.2.1 and refined models in section 4.2.2 shall be applied for PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                                 modeling. In cases where the particle size and its effect on ambient concentrations need to be considered, particle deposition may be used on a case-by-case basis and their usage shall be coordinated with the appropriate reviewing authority. A SIP development guide 
                                <SU>66</SU>
                                 is also available to assist in PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                                 analyses and control strategy development.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. Fugitive dust usually refers to dust put into the atmosphere by the wind blowing over plowed fields, dirt roads, or desert or sandy areas with little or no vegetation. Fugitive emissions include the emissions resulting from the industrial process that are not captured and vented through a stack, but may be released from various locations within the complex. In some unique cases, a model developed specifically for the situation may be needed. Due to the difficult nature of characterizing and modeling fugitive dust and fugitive emissions, the proposed procedure shall be determined in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) for each specific situation before the modeling exercise is begun. Re-entrained dust is created by vehicles driving over dirt roads (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 haul roads) and dust-covered roads typically found in arid areas. Such sources can be characterized as line, area or volume sources.
                                <SU>65</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>67</SU>
                                 Emission rates may be based on site-specific data or values from the general literature.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                d. Under certain conditions, recommended dispersion models may not be suitable to appropriately address the nature of ambient PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                                . In these circumstances, the alternative modeling approach shall be approved by the EPA Regional office (section 3.2).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                e. The general modeling requirements for the refined models discussed in section 4.2.2 shall be applied for PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                                 hot-spot modeling for mobile sources. Specific guidance is available for analyzing direct PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                                 impacts from highways, terminals, and other transportation projects.
                                <SU>65</SU>
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0 Models for Ozone and Secondarily Formed Particulate Matter</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Air pollutants formed through chemical reactions in the atmosphere are referred to as secondary pollutants. For example, ground-level ozone and a portion of PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 are secondary pollutants formed through photochemical reactions. Ozone and secondarily formed particulate matter are closely related to each other in that they share common sources of emissions and are formed in the atmosphere from chemical reactions with similar precursors.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. Ozone formation is driven by emissions of NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 and volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Ozone formation is a complicated nonlinear process that requires favorable meteorological conditions in addition to VOC and NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 emissions. Sometimes complex terrain features also contribute to the build-up of precursors and subsequent ozone formation or destruction.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 can be either primary (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 emitted directly from sources) or secondary in nature. The fraction of PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 which is primary versus secondary varies by location and season. In the United States, PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 is dominated by a variety of chemical species or components of atmospheric particles, such as ammonium sulfate, ammonium nitrate, organic carbon mass, elemental carbon, and other soil compounds and oxidized metals. PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 sulfate, nitrate, and ammonium ions are predominantly the result of chemical reactions of the oxidized products of SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 and NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 emissions with direct ammonia emissions.
                                <SU>68</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                d. Control measures reducing ozone and PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 precursor emissions may not lead to proportional reductions in ozone and PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                . Modeled strategies designed to reduce ozone or PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 levels typically need to consider the chemical coupling between these pollutants. This coupling is important in understanding processes that control the levels of both pollutants. Thus, when feasible, it is important to use models that take into account the chemical coupling between ozone and PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                . In addition, using such a multi-pollutant modeling system can reduce the resource burden associated with applying and evaluating separate models for each pollutant and promotes consistency among the strategies themselves.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                e. PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 is a mixture consisting of several diverse chemical species or components of 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95053"/>
                                atmospheric particles. Because chemical and physical properties and origins of each component differ, it may be appropriate to use either a single model capable of addressing several of the important components or to model primary and secondary components using different models. Effects of a control strategy on PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 is estimated from the sum of the effects on the specific components comprising PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.2 Recommendations</HD>
                            <P>a. Chemical transformations can play an important role in defining the concentrations and properties of certain air pollutants. Models that take into account chemical reactions and physical processes of various pollutants (including precursors) are needed for determining the current state of air quality, as well as predicting and projecting the future evolution of these pollutants. It is important that a modeling system provide a realistic representation of chemical and physical processes leading to secondary pollutant formation and removal from the atmosphere.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. Chemical transport models treat atmospheric chemical and physical processes such as deposition and motion. There are two types of chemical transport models, Eulerian (grid based) and Lagrangian. These types of models are differentiated from each other by their frame of reference. Eulerian models are based on a fixed frame of reference and Lagrangian models use a frame of reference that moves with parcels of air between the source and receptor point.
                                <SU>9</SU>
                                 Photochemical grid models are three-dimensional Eulerian grid-based models that treat chemical and physical processes in each grid cell and use diffusion and transport processes to move chemical species between grid cells.
                                <SU>9</SU>
                                 These types of models are appropriate for assessment of near-field and regional scale reactive pollutant impacts from specific sources 
                                <SU>7</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>10</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>11</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>12</SU>
                                 or all sources.
                                <SU>13</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>14</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>15</SU>
                                 In some limited cases, the secondary processes can be treated with a box model, ideally in combination with a number of other modeling techniques and/or analyses to treat individual source sectors.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. Regardless of the modeling system used to estimate secondary impacts of ozone and/or PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                , model results should be compared to observation data to generate confidence that the modeling system is representative of the local and regional air quality. For ozone related projects, model estimates of ozone should be compared with observations in both time and space. For PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                , model estimates of speciated PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 components (such as sulfate ion, nitrate ion, etc.) should be compared with observations in both time and space.
                                <SU>69</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                d. Model performance metrics comparing observations and predictions are often used to summarize model performance. These metrics include mean bias, mean error, fractional bias, fractional error, and correlation coefficient.
                                <SU>69</SU>
                                 There are no specific levels of any model performance metric that indicate “acceptable” model performance. The EPA's preferred approach for providing context about model performance is to compare model performance metrics with similar contemporary applications.
                                <SU>64</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>69</SU>
                                 Because model application purpose and scope vary, model users should consult with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) to determine what model performance elements should be emphasized and presented to provide confidence in the regulatory model application.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                e. There is no preferred modeling system or technique for estimating ozone or secondary PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 for specific source impacts or to assess impacts from multiple sources. For assessing secondary pollutant impacts from single sources, the degree of complexity required to assess potential impacts varies depending on the nature of the source, its emissions, and the background environment. The EPA recommends a two-tiered approach where the first tier consists of using existing technically credible and appropriate relationships between emissions and impacts developed from previous modeling that is deemed sufficient for evaluating a source's impacts. The second tier consists of more sophisticated case-specific modeling analyses. The appropriate tier for a given application should be selected in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and be consistent with EPA guidance.
                                <SU>70</SU>
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.3 Recommended Models and Approaches for Ozone</HD>
                            <P>a. Models that estimate ozone concentrations are needed to guide the choice of strategies for the purposes of a nonattainment area demonstrating future year attainment of the ozone NAAQS. Additionally, models that estimate ozone concentrations are needed to assess impacts from specific sources or source complexes to satisfy requirements for NSR and other regulatory programs. Other purposes for ozone modeling include estimating the impacts of specific events on air quality, ozone deposition impacts, and planning for areas that may be attaining the ozone NAAQS.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">5.3.1 Models for NAAQS Attainment Demonstrations and Multi-Source Air Quality Assessments</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Simulation of ozone formation and transport is a complex exercise. Control agencies with jurisdiction over areas with ozone problems should use photochemical grid models to evaluate the relationship between precursor species and ozone. Use of photochemical grid models is the recommended means for identifying control strategies needed to address high ozone concentrations in such areas. Judgment on the suitability of a model for a given application should consider factors that include use of the model in an attainment test, development of emissions and meteorological inputs to the model, and choice of episodes to model. Guidance on the use of models and other analyses for demonstrating attainment of the air quality goals for ozone is available.
                                <E T="51">63 64</E>
                                 Users should consult with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) to ensure the most current modeling guidance is applied.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">5.3.2 Models for Single-Source Air Quality Assessments</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Depending on the magnitude of emissions, estimating the impact of an individual source's emissions of NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 and VOC on ambient ozone is necessary for obtaining a permit. The simulation of ozone formation and transport requires realistic treatment of atmospheric chemistry and deposition. Models (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 Lagrangian and photochemical grid models) that integrate chemical and physical processes important in the formation, decay, and transport of ozone and important precursor species should be applied. Photochemical grid models are primarily designed to characterize precursor emissions and impacts from a wide variety of sources over a large geographic area but can also be used to assess the impacts from specific sources.
                                <E T="51">7 11 12</E>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. The first tier of assessment for ozone impacts involves those situations where existing technical information is available (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 results from existing photochemical grid modeling, published empirical estimates of source specific impacts, or reduced-form models) in combination with other supportive information and analysis for the purposes of estimating secondary impacts from a particular source. The existing technical information should provide a credible and representative estimate of the secondary impacts from the project source. The appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and appropriate EPA guidance 
                                <SU>70</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>71</SU>
                                 should be consulted to determine what types of assessments may be appropriate on a case-by-case basis.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. The second tier of assessment for ozone impacts involves those situations where existing technical information is not available or a first tier demonstration indicates a more refined assessment is needed. For these situations, chemical transport models should be used to address single-source impacts. Special considerations are needed when using these models to evaluate the ozone impact from an individual source. Guidance on the use of models and other analyses for demonstrating the impacts of single sources for ozone is available.
                                <SU>70</SU>
                                 This guidance document provides a more detailed discussion of the appropriate approaches to obtaining estimates of ozone impacts from a single source. Model users should use the latest version of the guidance in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) to determine the most suitable refined approach for single-source ozone modeling on a case-by-case basis.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">
                                5.4 Recommended Models and Approaches for Secondarily Formed PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                            </HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Models that estimate PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 concentrations are needed to guide the choice of strategies for the purposes of a nonattainment area demonstrating future year attainment of the PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 NAAQS. Additionally, models that estimate PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 concentrations are needed to assess impacts from specific sources or source complexes to satisfy requirements for NSR and other regulatory programs. Other purposes for PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 modeling include estimating the impacts of specific events on air quality, 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95054"/>
                                visibility, deposition impacts, and planning for areas that may be attaining the PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 NAAQS.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">5.4.1 Models for NAAQS Attainment Demonstrations and Multi-Source Air Quality Assessments</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Models for PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 are needed to assess the adequacy of a proposed strategy for meeting the annual and 24-hour PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 NAAQS. Modeling primary and secondary PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 can be a multi-faceted and complex problem, especially for secondary components of PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 such as sulfates and nitrates. Control agencies with jurisdiction over areas with secondary PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 problems should use models that integrate chemical and physical processes important in the formation, decay, and transport of these species (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 photochemical grid models). Suitability of a modeling approach or mix of modeling approaches for a given application requires technical judgment as well as professional experience in choice of models, use of the model(s) in an attainment test, development of emissions and meteorological inputs to the model, and selection of days to model. Guidance on the use of models and other analyses for demonstrating attainment of the air quality goals for PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 is available.
                                <SU>63</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>64</SU>
                                 Users should consult with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) to ensure the most current modeling guidance is applied.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">5.4.2 Models for Single-Source Air Quality Assessments</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Depending on the magnitude of emissions, estimating the impact of an individual source's emissions on secondary particulate matter concentrations may be necessary for obtaining a permit. Primary PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 components shall be simulated using the general modeling requirements in section 4.2.3.5. The simulation of secondary particulate matter formation and transport is a complex exercise requiring realistic treatment of atmospheric chemistry and deposition. Models should be applied that integrate chemical and physical processes important in the formation, decay, and transport of these species (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 Lagrangian and photochemical grid models). Photochemical grid models are primarily designed to characterize precursor emissions and impacts from a wide variety of sources over a large geographic area and can also be used to assess the impacts from specific sources.
                                <SU>7</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>10</SU>
                                 For situations where a project source emits both primary PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 and PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 precursors, the contribution from both should be combined for use in determining the source's ambient impact. Approaches for combining primary and secondary impacts are provided in appropriate guidance for single source permit related demonstrations.
                                <SU>70</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. The first tier of assessment for secondary PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 impacts involves those situations where existing technical information is available (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 results from existing photochemical grid modeling, published empirical estimates of source specific impacts, or reduced-form models) in combination with other supportive information and analysis for the purposes of estimating secondary impacts from a particular source. The existing technical information should provide a credible and representative estimate of the secondary impacts from the project source. The appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and appropriate EPA guidance 
                                <SU>70</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>71</SU>
                                 should be consulted to determine what types of assessments may be appropriate on a case-by-case basis.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. The second tier of assessment for secondary PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 impacts involves those situations where existing technical information is not available or a first tier demonstration indicates a more refined assessment is needed. For these situations, chemical transport models should be used for assessments of single-source impacts. Special considerations are needed when using these models to evaluate the secondary particulate matter impact from an individual source. Guidance on the use of models and other analyses for demonstrating the impacts of single sources for secondary PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 is available.
                                <SU>70</SU>
                                 This guidance document provides a more detailed discussion of the appropriate approaches to obtaining estimates of secondary particulate matter concentrations from a single source. Model users should use the latest version of this guidance in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) to determine the most suitable single-source modeling approach for secondary PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 on a case-by-case basis.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0 Modeling for Air Quality Related Values and Other Governmental Programs</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>a. Other Federal government agencies and State, local, and Tribal agencies with air quality and land management responsibilities have also developed specific modeling approaches for their own regulatory or other requirements. Although such regulatory requirements and guidance have come about because of EPA rules or standards, the implementation of such regulations and the use of the modeling techniques is under the jurisdiction of the agency issuing the guidance or directive. This section covers such situations with reference to those guidance documents, when they are available.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. When using the model recommended or discussed in the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 in support of programmatic requirements not specifically covered by EPA regulations, the model user should consult the appropriate Federal, State, local, or Tribal agency to ensure the proper application and use of the models and/or techniques. These agencies have developed specific modeling approaches for their own regulatory or other requirements. Most of the programs have, or will have when fully developed, separate guidance documents that cover the program and a discussion of the tools that are needed. The following paragraphs reference those guidance documents, when they are available.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.2 Air Quality Related Values</HD>
                            <P>a. The 1990 CAA Amendments give FLMs an “affirmative responsibility” to protect the natural and cultural resources of Class I areas from the adverse impacts of air pollution and to provide the appropriate procedures and analysis techniques. The CAA identifies the FLM as the Secretary of the department, or their designee, with authority over these lands. Mandatory Federal Class I areas are defined in the CAA as international parks, national parks over 6,000 acres, and wilderness areas and memorial parks over 5,000 acres, established as of 1977. The FLMs are also concerned with the protection of resources in federally managed Class II areas because of other statutory mandates to protect these areas. Where State or Tribal agencies have successfully petitioned the EPA and lands have been redesignated to Class I status, these agencies may have equivalent responsibilities to that of the FLMs for these non-Federal Class I areas as described throughout the remainder of section 6.2.</P>
                            <P>b. The FLM agency responsibilities include the review of air quality permit applications from proposed new or modified major pollution sources that may affect these Class I areas to determine if emissions from a proposed or modified source will cause or contribute to adverse impacts on air quality related values (AQRVs) of a Class I area and making recommendations to the FLM. AQRVs are resources, identified by the FLM agencies, that have the potential to be affected by air pollution. These resources may include visibility, scenic, cultural, physical, or ecological resources for a particular area. The FLM agencies take into account the particular resources and AQRVs that would be affected; the frequency and magnitude of any potential impacts; and the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of any potential impacts in making their recommendations.</P>
                            <P>c. While the AQRV notification and impact analysis requirements are outlined in the PSD regulations at 40 CFR 51.166(p) and 40 CFR 52.21(p), determination of appropriate analytical methods and metrics for AQRV's are determined by the FLM agencies and are published in guidance external to the general recommendations of this paragraph.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. To develop greater consistency in the application of air quality models to assess potential AQRV impacts in both Class I areas and protected Class II areas, the FLM agencies have developed the Federal Land Managers' Air Quality Related Values Work Group Phase I Report (FLAG).
                                <SU>72</SU>
                                 FLAG focuses upon specific technical and policy issues associated with visibility impairment, effects of pollutant deposition on soils and surface waters, and ozone effects on vegetation. Model users should consult the latest version of the FLAG report for current modeling guidance and with affected FLM agency representatives for any application specific guidance which is beyond the scope of the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">6.2.1 Visibility</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Visibility in important natural areas (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 Federal Class I areas) is protected under a number of provisions of the CAA, including sections 169A and 169B (addressing impacts primarily from existing sources) and section 165 (new source review). Visibility impairment is caused by light scattering and light absorption associated with particles and gases in the atmosphere. In most areas of the country, light scattering by PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 is the most 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95055"/>
                                significant component of visibility impairment. The key components of PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 contributing to visibility impairment include sulfates, nitrates, organic carbon, elemental carbon, and crustal material.
                                <SU>72</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. Visibility regulations (40 CFR 51.300 through 51.309) require State, local, and Tribal agencies to mitigate current and prevent future visibility impairment in any of the 156 mandatory Federal Class I areas where visibility is considered an important attribute. In 1999, the EPA issued revisions to the regulations to address visibility impairment in the form of regional haze, which is caused by numerous, diverse sources (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 stationary, mobile, and area sources) located across a broad region (40 CFR 51.308 through 51.309). The state of relevant scientific knowledge has expanded significantly since that time. A number of studies and reports 
                                <SU>73</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>74</SU>
                                 have concluded that long-range transport (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 up to hundreds of kilometers) of fine particulate matter plays a significant role in visibility impairment across the country. Section 169A of the CAA requires States to develop SIPs containing long-term strategies for remedying existing and preventing future visibility impairment in the 156 mandatory Class I Federal areas, where visibility is considered an important attribute. In order to develop long-term strategies to address regional haze, many State, local, and Tribal agencies will need to conduct regional-scale modeling of fine particulate concentrations and associated visibility impairment.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. The FLAG visibility modeling recommendations are divided into two distinct sections to address different requirements for: (1) near field modeling where plumes or layers are compared against a viewing background, and (2) distant/multi-source modeling for plumes and aggregations of plumes that affect the general appearance of a scene.
                                <SU>72</SU>
                                 The recommendations separately address visibility assessments for sources proposing to locate relatively near and at farther distances from these areas.
                                <SU>72</SU>
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">6.2.1.1 Models for Estimating Near-Field Visibility Impairment</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. To calculate the potential impact of a plume of specified emissions for specific transport and dispersion conditions (“plume blight”) for source-receptor distances less than 50 km, a screening model and guidance are available.
                                <SU>72</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>75</SU>
                                 If a more comprehensive analysis is necessary, a refined model should be selected. The model selection, procedures, and analyses should be determined in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and the affected FLM(s).
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">6.2.1.2 Models for Estimating Visibility Impairment for Long-Range Transport</HD>
                            <P>a. Chemical transformations can play an important role in defining the concentrations and properties of certain air pollutants. Models that take into account chemical reactions and physical processes of various pollutants (including precursors) are needed for determining the current state of air quality, as well as predicting and projecting the future evolution of these pollutants. It is important that a modeling system provide a realistic representation of chemical and physical processes leading to secondary pollutant formation and removal from the atmosphere.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. Chemical transport models treat atmospheric chemical and physical processes such as deposition and motion. There are two types of chemical transport models, Eulerian (grid based) and Lagrangian. These types of models are differentiated from each other by their frame of reference. Eulerian models are based on a fixed frame of reference and Lagrangian models use a frame of reference that moves with parcels of air between the source and receptor point.
                                <SU>9</SU>
                                 Photochemical grid models are three-dimensional Eulerian grid-based models that treat chemical and physical processes in each grid cell and use diffusion and transport processes to move chemical species between grid cells.
                                <SU>9</SU>
                                 These types of models are appropriate for assessment of near-field and regional scale reactive pollutant impacts from specific sources 
                                <E T="51">7 10 11 12</E>
                                 or all sources.
                                <E T="51">13 14 15</E>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. Development of the requisite meteorological and emissions databases necessary for use of photochemical grid models to estimate AQRVs should conform to recommendations in section 8 and those outlined in the EPA's 
                                <E T="03">Modeling Guidance for Demonstrating Attainment of Air Quality Goals for Ozone, PM</E>
                                <E T="52">2.5,</E>
                                <E T="03"> and Regional Haze</E>
                                .
                                <SU>64</SU>
                                 Demonstration of the adequacy of prognostic meteorological fields can be established through appropriate diagnostic and statistical performance evaluations consistent with recommendations provided in the appropriate guidance.
                                <SU>64</SU>
                                 Model users should consult the latest version of this guidance and with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) for any application-specific guidance that is beyond the scope of this subsection.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">6.2.2 Models for Estimating Deposition Impacts</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. For many Class I areas, AQRVs have been identified that are sensitive to atmospheric deposition of air pollutants. Emissions of NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                , sulfur oxides, NH
                                <E T="52">3</E>
                                , mercury, and secondary pollutants such as ozone and particulate matter affect components of ecosystems. In sensitive ecosystems, these compounds can acidify soils and surface waters, add nutrients that change biodiversity, and affect the ecosystem services provided by forests and natural areas.
                                <SU>72</SU>
                                 To address the relationship between deposition and ecosystem effects, the FLM agencies have developed estimates of critical loads. A critical load is defined as, “A quantitative estimate of an exposure to one or more pollutants below which significant harmful effects on specified sensitive elements of the environment do not occur according to present knowledge.” 
                                <SU>76</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. The FLM deposition modeling recommendations are divided into two distinct sections to address different requirements for: (1) near field modeling, and (2) distant/multi-source modeling for cumulative effects. The recommendations separately address deposition assessments for sources proposing to locate relatively near and at farther distances from these areas.
                                <SU>72</SU>
                                 Where the source and receptors are not in close proximity, chemical transport (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 photochemical grid) models generally should be applied for an assessment of deposition impacts due to one or a small group of sources. Over these distances, chemical and physical transformations can change atmospheric residence time due to different propensity for deposition to the surface of different forms of nitrate and sulfate. Users should consult the latest version of the FLAG report 
                                <SU>72</SU>
                                 and relevant FLM representatives for guidance on the use of models for deposition. Where source and receptors are in close proximity, users should contact the appropriate FLM for application-specific guidance.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.3 Modeling Guidance for Other Governmental Programs</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Dispersion and photochemical grid modeling may need to be conducted to ensure that individual and cumulative offshore oil and gas exploration, development, and production plans and activities do not significantly affect the air quality of any State as required under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (OCSLA). Air quality modeling requires various input datasets, including emissions sources, meteorology, and pre-existing pollutant concentrations. For sources under the reviewing authority of the Department of Interior, Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), guidance for the development of all necessary Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) air quality modeling inputs and appropriate model selection and application is available from the BOEM's website: 
                                <E T="03">https://www.boem.gov/about-boem/regulations-guidance/guidance-portal.</E>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) is the appropriate reviewing authority for air quality assessments of primary pollutant impacts at airports and air bases. The Aviation Environmental Design Tool (AEDT) is developed and supported by the FAA, and is appropriate for air quality assessment of primary pollutant impacts at airports or air bases. AEDT has adopted AERMOD for treating dispersion. Application of AEDT is intended for estimating the change in emissions for aircraft operations, point source, and mobile source emissions on airport property and quantify the associated pollutant level- concentrations. AEDT is not intended for PSD, SIP, or other regulatory air quality analyses of point or mobile sources at or peripheral to airport property that are unrelated to airport operations. The latest version of AEDT may be obtained from the FAA at: 
                                <E T="03">https://aedt.faa.gov.</E>
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.0 General Modeling Considerations</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. This section contains recommendations concerning a number of different issues not explicitly covered in other sections of the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline.</E>
                                 The topics covered here are not specific to any one program or modeling area, but are common to dispersion modeling analyses for criteria pollutants.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.2 Recommendations</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">7.2.1 All Sources</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">7.2.1.1 Dispersion Coefficients</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. For any dispersion modeling exercise, the urban or rural determination of a source 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95056"/>
                                is critical in determining the boundary layer characteristics that affect the model's prediction of downwind concentrations. Historically, steady-state Gaussian plume models used in most applications have employed dispersion coefficients based on Pasquill-Gifford 
                                <SU>77</SU>
                                 in rural areas and McElroy- Pooler 
                                <SU>78</SU>
                                 in urban areas. These coefficients are still incorporated in the BLP and OCD models. However, the AERMOD model incorporates a more up-to-date characterization of the atmospheric boundary layer using continuous functions of parameterized horizontal and vertical turbulence based on Monin-Obukhov similarity (scaling) relationships.
                                <SU>44</SU>
                                 Another key feature of AERMOD's formulation is the option to use directly observed variables of the boundary layer to parameterize dispersion.
                                <SU>44</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>45</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. The selection of rural or urban dispersion coefficients in a specific application should follow one of the procedures suggested by Irwin 
                                <SU>79</SU>
                                 to determine whether the character of an area is primarily urban or rural (of the two methods, the land use procedure is considered more definitive.):
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                i. Land Use Procedure: (1) Classify the land use within the total area, A
                                <E T="52">o</E>
                                , circumscribed by a 3 km radius circle about the source using the meteorological land use typing scheme proposed by Auer; 
                                <SU>80</SU>
                                 (2) if land use types I1, I2, C1, R2, and R3 account for 50 percent or more of A
                                <E T="52">o</E>
                                , use urban dispersion coefficients; otherwise, use appropriate rural dispersion coefficients.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                ii. Population Density Procedure: (1) Compute the average population density, 
                                <E T="7501">p</E>
                                 per square kilometer with A
                                <E T="52">o</E>
                                 as defined above; (2) If 
                                <E T="7501">p</E>
                                 is greater than 750 people per square kilometer, use urban dispersion coefficients; otherwise use appropriate rural dispersion coefficients.
                            </P>
                            <P>c. Population density should be used with caution and generally not be applied to highly industrialized areas where the population density may be low and, thus, a rural classification would be indicated. However, the area is likely to be sufficiently built-up so that the urban land use criteria would be satisfied. Therefore, in this case, the classification should be “urban” and urban dispersion parameters should be used.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. For applications of AERMOD in urban areas, under either the Land Use Procedure or the Population Density Procedure, the user needs to estimate the population of the urban area affecting the modeling domain because the urban influence in AERMOD is scaled based on a user-specified population. For non-population oriented urban areas, or areas influenced by both population and industrial activity, the user will need to estimate an equivalent population to adequately account for the combined effects of industrialized areas and populated areas within the modeling domain. Selection of the appropriate population for these applications should be determined in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and the latest version of the AERMOD Implementation Guide.
                                <SU>81</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                e. It should be noted that AERMOD allows for modeling rural and urban sources in a single model run. For analyses of whole urban complexes, the entire area should be modeled as an urban region if most of the sources are located in areas classified as urban. For tall stacks located within or adjacent to small or moderate sized urban areas, the stack height or effective plume height may extend above the urban boundary layer and, therefore, may be more appropriately modeled using rural coefficients. Model users should consult with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and the latest version of the AERMOD Implementation Guide 
                                <SU>81</SU>
                                 when evaluating this situation.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                f. Buoyancy-induced dispersion (BID), as identified by Pasquill,
                                <SU>82</SU>
                                 is included in the preferred models and should be used where buoyant sources (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 those involving fuel combustion) are involved.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">7.2.1.2 Complex Winds</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. 
                                <E T="03">Inhomogeneous local winds.</E>
                                 In many parts of the United States, the ground is neither flat nor is the ground cover (or land use) uniform. These geographical variations can generate local winds and circulations, and modify the prevailing ambient winds and circulations. Typically, geographic effects are more apparent when the ambient winds are light or calm, as stronger synoptic or mesoscale winds can modify, or even eliminate the weak geographic circulations.
                                <SU>83</SU>
                                 In general, these geographically induced wind circulation effects are named after the source location of the winds, 
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 lake and sea breezes, and mountain and valley winds. In very rugged hilly or mountainous terrain, along coastlines, or near large land use variations, the characteristics of the winds are a balance of various forces, such that the assumptions of steady-state straight-line transport both in time and space are inappropriate. In such cases, a model should be chosen to fully treat the time and space variations of meteorology effects on transport and dispersion. The setup and application of such a model should be determined in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) consistent with limitations of paragraph 3.2.2(e). The meteorological input data requirements for developing the time and space varying three-dimensional winds and dispersion meteorology for these situations are discussed in paragraph 8.4.1.2(c). Examples of inhomogeneous winds include, but are not limited to, situations described in the following paragraphs:
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                i. 
                                <E T="03">Inversion breakup fumigation.</E>
                                 Inversion breakup fumigation occurs when a plume (or multiple plumes) is emitted into a stable layer of air and that layer is subsequently mixed to the ground through convective transfer of heat from the surface or because of advection to less stable surroundings. Fumigation may cause excessively high concentrations, but is usually rather short-lived at a given receptor. There are no recommended refined techniques to model this phenomenon. There are, however, screening procedures 
                                <SU>40</SU>
                                 that may be used to approximate the concentrations. Considerable care should be exercised in using the results obtained from the screening techniques.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                ii. 
                                <E T="03">Shoreline fumigation.</E>
                                 Fumigation can be an important phenomenon on and near the shoreline of bodies of water. This can affect both individual plumes and area-wide emissions. When fumigation conditions are expected to occur from a source or sources with tall stacks located on or just inland of a shoreline, this should be addressed in the air quality modeling analysis. The EPA has evaluated several coastal fumigation models, and the evaluation results of these models are available for their possible application on a case-by-case basis when air quality estimates under shoreline fumigation conditions are needed.
                                <SU>84</SU>
                                 Selection of the appropriate model for applications where shoreline fumigation is of concern should be determined in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                iii. 
                                <E T="03">Stagnation.</E>
                                 Stagnation conditions are characterized by calm or very low wind speeds, and variable wind directions. These stagnant meteorological conditions may persist for several hours to several days. During stagnation conditions, the dispersion of air pollutants, especially those from low-level emissions sources, tends to be minimized, potentially leading to relatively high ground-level concentrations. If point sources are of interest, users should note the guidance provided in paragraph (a) of this subsection. Selection of the appropriate model for applications where stagnation is of concern should be determined in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)).
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">7.2.1.3 Gravitational Settling and Deposition</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Gravitational settling and deposition may be directly included in a model if either is a significant factor. When particulate matter sources can be quantified and settling and dry deposition are problems, use professional judgment along with coordination with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)). AERMOD contains algorithms for dry and wet deposition of gases and particles.
                                <SU>85</SU>
                                 For other Gaussian plume models, an “infinite half-life” may be used for estimates of particle concentrations when only exponential decay terms are used for treating settling and deposition. Lagrangian models have varying degrees of complexity for dealing with settling and deposition and the selection of a parameterization for such should be included in the approval process for selecting a Lagrangian model. Eulerian grid models tend to have explicit parameterizations for gravitational settling and deposition as well as wet deposition parameters already included as part of the chemistry scheme.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">7.2.2 Stationary Sources</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">7.2.2.1 Good Engineering Practice Stack Height</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. The use of stack height credit in excess of Good Engineering Practice (GEP) stack height or credit resulting from any other dispersion technique is prohibited in the development of emissions limits by 40 CFR 51.118 and 40 CFR 51.164. The definition of GEP stack height and dispersion technique are contained in 40 CFR 51.100. Methods and procedures for making the appropriate stack height calculations, determining stack height credits and an example of applying those 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95057"/>
                                techniques are found in several references,
                                <SU>86</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>87</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>88</SU>
                                 
                                <SU>89</SU>
                                 that provide a great deal of additional information for evaluating and describing building cavity and wake effects.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. If stacks for new or existing major sources are found to be less than the height defined by the EPA's refined formula for determining GEP height, then air quality impacts associated with cavity or wake effects due to the nearby building structures should be determined. The EPA refined formula height is defined as H + 1.5L.
                                <SU>88</SU>
                                 Since the definition of GEP stack height defines excessive concentrations as a maximum ground-level concentration due in whole or in part to downwash of at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration without downwash, the potential air quality impacts associated with cavity and wake effects should also be considered for stacks that equal or exceed the EPA formula height for GEP. The AERSCREEN model can be used to obtain screening estimates of potential downwash influences, based on the PRIME downwash algorithm incorporated in the AERMOD model. If more refined concentration estimates are required, AERMOD should be used (section 4.2.2).
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">7.2.2.2 Plume Rise</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. The plume rise methods of Briggs 
                                <E T="51">90 91</E>
                                 are incorporated in many of the preferred models and are recommended for use in many modeling applications. In AERMOD,
                                <E T="51">44 45</E>
                                 for the stable boundary layer, plume rise is estimated using an iterative approach, similar to that in the CTDMPLUS model. In the convective boundary layer, plume rise is superposed on the displacements by random convective velocities.
                                <SU>92</SU>
                                 In AERMOD, plume rise is computed using the methods of Briggs, except in cases involving building downwash, in which a numerical solution of the mass, energy, and momentum conservation laws is performed.
                                <SU>93</SU>
                                 No explicit provisions in these models are made for multistack plume rise enhancement or the handling of such special plumes as flares.
                            </P>
                            <P>b. Gradual plume rise is generally recommended where its use is appropriate: (1) in AERMOD; (2) in complex terrain screening procedures to determine close-in impacts; and (3) when calculating the effects of building wakes. The building wake algorithm in AERMOD incorporates and exercises the thermodynamically based gradual plume rise calculations as described in paragraph (a) of this subsection. If the building wake is calculated to affect the plume for any hour, gradual plume rise is also used in downwind dispersion calculations to the distance of final plume rise, after which final plume rise is used. Plumes captured by the near wake are re-emitted to the far wake as a ground-level volume source.</P>
                            <P>
                                c. Stack tip downwash generally occurs with poorly constructed stacks and when the ratio of the stack exit velocity to wind speed is small. An algorithm developed by Briggs 
                                <SU>91</SU>
                                 is the recommended technique for this situation and is used in preferred models for point sources.
                            </P>
                            <P>d. On a case-by-case basis, refinements to the preferred model may be considered for plume rise and downwash effects and shall occur in agreement with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and approval by the EPA Regional office based on the requirements of section 3.2.2.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">7.2.3 Mobile Sources</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Emissions of primary pollutants from mobile sources can be modeled with an appropriate model identified in section 4.2. Screening of mobile sources can be accomplished by using screening meteorology, 
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 worst-case meteorological conditions. Maximum hourly concentrations computed from screening modeling can be converted to longer averaging periods using the scaling ratios specified in the AERSCREEN User's Guide.
                                <SU>37</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. Mobile sources can be modeled in AERMOD as either line (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 elongated area) sources or as a series of volume sources. Line sources can be represented in AERMOD with the following source types: LINE, AREA, VOLUME or RLINE. However, since mobile source modeling usually includes an analysis of very near-source impacts, the results can be highly sensitive to the characterization of the mobile emissions. Important characteristics for both line/area and volume sources include the plume release height, source width, and initial dispersion characteristics, and should also take into account the impact of traffic-induced turbulence that can cause roadway sources to have larger initial dimensions than might normally be used for representing line sources.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. The EPA's quantitative PM hot-spot guidance 
                                <SU>65</SU>
                                 and Haul Road Workgroup Final Report 
                                <SU>67</SU>
                                 provide guidance on the appropriate characterization of mobile sources as a function of the roadway and vehicle characteristics. The EPA's quantitative PM hot-spot guidance includes important considerations and should be consulted when modeling roadway links. Area and line sources, which can be characterized as AREA, LINE, and RLINE source types in AERMOD, or volume sources, may be used for modeling mobile sources. However, experience in the field has shown that area sources (characterized as AREA, LINE, or RLINE source types) may be easier to characterize correctly compared to volume sources. If volume sources are used, it is particularly important to ensure that roadway emissions are appropriately spaced when using volume source so that the emissions field is uniform across the roadway. Additionally, receptor placement is particularly important for volume sources that have “exclusion zones” where concentrations are not calculated for receptors located “within” the volume sources, 
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 less than 2.15 times the initial lateral dispersion coefficient from the center of the volume.
                                <SU>65</SU>
                                 Therefore, placing receptors in these “exclusion zones” will result in underestimates of roadway impacts.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.0 Model Input Data</HD>
                            <P>a. Databases and related procedures for estimating input parameters are an integral part of the modeling process. The most appropriate input data available should always be selected for use in modeling analyses. Modeled concentrations can vary widely depending on the source data or meteorological data used. This section attempts to minimize the uncertainty associated with database selection and use by identifying requirements for input data used in modeling. More specific data requirements and the format required for the individual models are described in detail in the user's guide and/or associated documentation for each model.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.1 Modeling Domain</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.1.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>a. The modeling domain is the geographic area for which the required air quality analyses for the NAAQS and PSD increments are conducted.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.1.2 Requirements</HD>
                            <P>a. For a NAAQS or PSD increments assessment, the modeling domain or project's impact area shall include all locations where the emissions of a pollutant from the new or modifying source(s) may cause a significant ambient impact. This impact area is defined as an area with a radius extending from the new or modifying source to: (1) the most distant location where air quality modeling predicts a significant ambient impact will occur, or (2) the nominal 50 km distance considered applicable for Gaussian dispersion models, whichever is less. The required air quality analysis shall be carried out within this geographical area with characterization of source impacts, nearby source impacts, and background concentrations, as recommended later in this section.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. For SIP attainment demonstrations for ozone and PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                , or regional haze reasonable progress goal analyses, the modeling domain is determined by the nature of the problem being modeled and the spatial scale of the emissions that impact the nonattainment or Class I area(s). The modeling domain shall be designed so that all major upwind source areas that influence the downwind nonattainment area are included in addition to all monitor locations that are currently or recently violating the NAAQS or close to violating the NAAQS in the nonattainment area. Similarly, all Class I areas to be evaluated in a regional haze modeling application shall be included and sufficiently distant from the edge of the modeling domain. Guidance on the determination of the appropriate modeling domain for photochemical grid models in demonstrating attainment of these air quality goals is available.
                                <SU>64</SU>
                                 Users should consult the latest version of this guidance for the most current modeling guidance and the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) for any application specific guidance that is beyond the scope of this section.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.2 Source Data</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.2.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Sources of pollutants can be classified as point, line, area, and volume sources. Point sources are defined in terms of size and may vary between regulatory programs. The line sources most frequently considered are roadways and streets along which there are well-defined movements of motor vehicles. They may also be lines of roof vents or stacks, such as in aluminum refineries. Area 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95058"/>
                                and volume sources are often collections of a multitude of minor sources with individually small emissions that are impractical to consider as separate point or line sources. Large area sources are typically treated as a grid network of square areas, with pollutant emissions distributed uniformly within each grid square. Generally, input data requirements for air quality models necessitate the use of metric units. As necessary, any English units common to engineering applications should be appropriately converted to metric.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. For point sources, there are many source characteristics and operating conditions that may be needed to appropriately model the facility. For example, the plant layout (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 location of stacks and buildings), stack parameters (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 height and diameter), boiler size and type, potential operating conditions, and pollution control equipment parameters. Such details are required inputs to air quality models and are needed to determine maximum potential impacts.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. Modeling mobile emissions from streets and highways requires data on the road layout, including the width of each traveled lane, the number of lanes, and the width of the median strip. Additionally, traffic patterns should be taken into account (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 daily cycles of rush hour, differences in weekday and weekend traffic volumes, and changes in the distribution of heavy-duty trucks and light-duty passenger vehicles), as these patterns will affect the types and amounts of pollutant emissions allocated to each lane and the height of emissions.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                d. Emission factors can be determined through source-specific testing and measurements (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 stack test data) from existing sources or provided from a manufacturing association or vendor. Additionally, emissions factors for a variety of source types are compiled in an EPA publication commonly known as AP-42.
                                <SU>94</SU>
                                 AP-42 also provides an indication of the quality and amount of data on which many of the factors are based. Other information concerning emissions is available in EPA publications relating to specific source categories. The appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) should be consulted to determine appropriate source definitions and for guidance concerning the determination of emissions from and techniques for modeling the various source types.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.2.2 Requirements</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. For SIP attainment demonstrations for the purpose of projecting future year NAAQS attainment for ozone, PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                , and regional haze reasonable progress goal analyses, emissions which reflect actual emissions during the base modeling year time period should be input to models for base year modeling. Emissions projections to future years should account for key variables such as growth due to increased or decreased activity, expected emissions controls due to regulations, settlement agreements or consent decrees, fuel switches, and any other relevant information. Guidance on emissions estimation techniques (including future year projections) for SIP attainment demonstrations is available.
                                <E T="51">64</E>
                                 
                                <E T="51">95</E>
                            </P>
                            <P>b. For the purpose of SIP revisions for stationary point sources, the regulatory modeling of inert pollutants shall use the emissions input data shown in Table 8-1 for short-term and long-term NAAQS. To demonstrate compliance and/or establish the appropriate SIP emissions limits, Table 8-1 generally provides for the use of “allowable” emissions in the regulatory dispersion modeling of the stationary point source(s) of interest. In such modeling, these source(s) should be modeled sequentially with these loads for every hour of the year. As part of a cumulative impact analysis, Table 8-1 allows for the model user to account for actual operations in developing the emissions inputs for dispersion modeling of nearby sources, while other sources are best represented by air quality monitoring data. Consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) is advisable on the establishment of the appropriate emissions inputs for regulatory modeling applications with respect to SIP revisions for stationary point sources.</P>
                            <P>c. For the purposes of demonstrating NAAQS compliance in a PSD assessment, the regulatory modeling of inert pollutants shall use the emissions input data shown in Table 8-2 for short and long-term NAAQS. The new or modifying stationary point source shall be modeled with “allowable” emissions in the regulatory dispersion modeling. As part of a cumulative impact analysis, Table 8-2 allows for the model user to account for actual operations in developing the emissions inputs for dispersion modeling of nearby sources, while other sources are best represented by air quality monitoring data. For purposes of situations involving emissions trading, refer to current EPA policy and guidance to establish input data. Consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) is advisable on the establishment of the appropriate emissions inputs for regulatory modeling applications with respect to PSD assessments for a proposed new or modifying source.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. For stationary source applications, changes in operating conditions that affect the physical emission parameters (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 release height, initial plume volume, and exit velocity) shall be considered to ensure that maximum potential impacts are appropriately determined in the assessment. For example, the load or operating condition for point sources that causes maximum ground-level concentrations shall be established. As a minimum, the source should be modeled using the design capacity (100 percent load). If a source operates at greater than design capacity for periods that could result in violations of the NAAQS or PSD increments, this load should be modeled. Where the source operates at substantially less than design capacity, and the changes in the stack parameters associated with the operating conditions could lead to higher ground level concentrations, loads such as 50 percent and 75 percent of capacity should also be modeled. Malfunctions which may result in excess emissions are not considered to be a normal operating condition. They generally should not be considered in determining allowable emissions. However, if the excess emissions are the result of poor maintenance, careless operation, or other preventable conditions, it may be necessary to consider them in determining source impact. A range of operating conditions should be considered in screening analyses. The load causing the highest concentration, in addition to the design load, should be included in refined modeling.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                e. Emissions from mobile sources also have physical and temporal characteristics that should be appropriately accounted. For example, an appropriate emissions model shall be used to determine emissions profiles. Such emissions should include speciation specific for the vehicle types used on the roadway (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 light duty and heavy duty trucks), and subsequent parameterizations of the physical emissions characteristics (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 release height) should reflect those emissions sources. For long-term standards, annual average emissions may be appropriate, but for short-term standards, discrete temporal representation of emissions should be used (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 variations in weekday and weekend traffic or the diurnal rush-hour profile typical of many cities). Detailed information and data requirements for modeling mobile sources of pollution are provided in the user's manuals for each of the models applicable to mobile sources.
                                <E T="51">65 67</E>
                            </P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r75,6,r75,6,r75">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 8-1—Point Source Model Emission Inputs for SIP Revisions of Inert Pollutants 
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Averaging time</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Emissions limit 
                                        <LI>
                                            (lb/MMBtu) 
                                            <SU>2</SU>
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">×</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Operating level 
                                        <LI>
                                            (MMBtu/hr) 
                                            <SU>2</SU>
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">×</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Operating factor 
                                        <LI>
                                            (
                                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                             hr/yr, hr/day)
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="05">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Stationary Point Sources(s) Subject to SIP Emissions Limit(s) Evaluation for Compliance with Ambient Standards</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="03">(Including Areawide Demonstrations)</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">Annual &amp; quarterly</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Maximum allowable emission limit or federally enforceable permit limit</ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT O="xl">
                                        Actual or design capacity (whichever is greater), or federally enforceable permit condition.
                                        <SU>3</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Actual operating factor averaged over the most recent 2 years.
                                        <SU>4</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW RUL="s">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="95059"/>
                                    <ENT I="01">Short term (≤24 hours)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Maximum allowable emission limit or federally enforceable permit limit</ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT O="xl">
                                        Actual or design capacity (whichever is greater), or federally enforceable permit condition.
                                        <SU>3</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Continuous operation, 
                                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                         all hours of each time period under consideration (for all hours of the meteorological database).
                                        <SU>5</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Nearby Source(s)</E>
                                         
                                        <SU>5</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">Annual &amp; quarterly</ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl">
                                        Maximum allowable emission limit or federally enforceable permit limit.
                                        <SU>6</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT O="xl">
                                        Annual level when actually operating, averaged over the most recent 2 years.
                                        <SU>4</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Actual operating factor averaged over the most recent 2 years.
                                        <SU>4</SU>
                                         
                                        <SU>8</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="01">Short term (≤24 hours)</ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl">
                                        Maximum allowable emission limit or federally enforceable permit limit.
                                        <SU>6</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT O="xl">
                                        Temporarily representative level when actually operating, reflective of the most recent 2 years.
                                        <SU>4</SU>
                                         
                                        <SU>7</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Continuous operation, 
                                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                         all hours of each time period under consideration (for all hours of the meteorological database).
                                        <SU>5</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Other Source(s)</E>
                                         
                                        <SU>6</SU>
                                         
                                        <SU>9</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        The ambient impacts from Non-nearby or Other Sources (
                                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                         natural, minor, distant major, and unidentified sources) can be represented by air quality monitoring data unless adequate data do not exist.
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     For purposes of emissions trading, NSR, or PSD, other model input criteria may apply. See Section 8.2 for more information regarding attainment demonstrations of primary PM
                                    <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                    .
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>2</SU>
                                     Terminology applicable to fuel burning sources; analogoous terminology (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     lb/throughput) may be used for other types of sources.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>3</SU>
                                     Operating levels such as 50 percent and 75 percent of capacity should also be modeled to determine the load causing the highest concentration.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>4</SU>
                                     Unless it is determined that this period is not representative.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>5</SU>
                                     If operation does not occur for all hours of the time period of consideration (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     3 or 24-hours) and the source operation is constrained by a federally enforceable permit condition, an appropriate adjustment to the modeled emission rate may be made (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     if operation is only 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. each day, only these hours will be modeled with emissions from the source. Modeled emissions should not be averaged across non-operating time periods.)
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>6</SU>
                                     See Section 8.3.3.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>7</SU>
                                     Temporarily representative operating level could be based on Continuous Emissions Monitoring (CEM) data or other informtation and should be determined through consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (Paragraph 3.0(b)).
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>8</SU>
                                     For those permitted sources not in operation or that have not established an appropriate factor, continuous operation, (
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     8760) should be used.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>9</SU>
                                     See Section 8.3.2.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r75,6,r75,6,r75">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 8-2—Point Source Model Emission Inputs for NAAQS Compliance in PSD Demonstrations 
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Averaging time</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Emissions limit 
                                        <LI>
                                            (lb/MMBtu) 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">×</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Operating level 
                                        <LI>
                                            (MMBtu/hr) 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">×</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Operating factor 
                                        <LI>
                                            (
                                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                             hr/yr, hr/day)
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="05">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Proposed Major New or Modified Source</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">Annual &amp; quarterly</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Maximum allowable emission limit or federally enforceable permit limit</ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT O="xl">
                                        Design capacity or federally enforceable permit condition.
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Continuous operation, (
                                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                         8760 hours.
                                        <SU>3</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="01">Short term (≤24 hours)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Maximum allowable emission limit or federally enforceable permit limit</ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT O="xl">
                                        Design capacity or federally enforceable permit condition.
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Continuous operation, 
                                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                         all hours of each time period under consideration (for all hours of the meteorological database).
                                        <SU>3</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Nearby Source(s)</E>
                                         
                                        <SU>4</SU>
                                         
                                        <SU>5</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">Annual &amp; quarterly</ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl">
                                        Maximum allowable emission limit or federally enforceable permit limit.
                                        <SU>5</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Annual level when actually operating, averaged over the most recent 2 years 
                                        <SU>6</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Actual operating factor averaged over the most recent 2 years.
                                        <SU>6</SU>
                                         
                                        <SU>8</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="01">Short term (≤24 hours)</ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl">
                                        Maximum allowable emission limit or federally enforceable permit limit.
                                        <SU>5</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT O="xl">
                                        Temporarily representative level when actually operating, reflective of the most recent 2 years.
                                        <SU>6</SU>
                                         
                                        <SU>7</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Continuous operation, 
                                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                         all hours of each time period under consideration (for all hours of the meteorological database).
                                        <SU>3</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="05" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Other Source(s)</E>
                                         
                                        <SU>5</SU>
                                         
                                        <SU>9</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        The ambient impacts from Non-nearby or Other Sources (
                                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                         natural, minor, distant major, and unidentified sources) can be represented by air quality monitoring data unless adequate data do not exist.
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     Terminology applicable to fuel burning sources; analogous terminology (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     lb/throughput) may be used for other types of sources.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>2</SU>
                                     Operating levels such as 50 percent and 75 percent of capacity should also be modeled to determine the load causing the highest concentration.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="95060"/>
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>3</SU>
                                     If operation does not occur for all hours of the time period of consideration (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     3 or 24-hours) and the source operation is constrained by a federally enforceable permit condition, an appropriate adjustment to the modeled emission rate may be made (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     if operation is only 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. each day, only these hours will be modeled with emissions from the source. Modeled emissions should not be averaged across non-operating time periods.)
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>4</SU>
                                     Includes existing facility to which modification is proposed if the emissions from the existing facility will not be affected by the modification. Otherwise use the same parameters as for major modification.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>5</SU>
                                     See Section 8.3.3.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>6</SU>
                                     Unless it is determined that this period is not representative.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>7</SU>
                                     Temporarily representative operating level could be based on Continuous Emissions Monitoring (CEM) data or other informtation and should be determined through consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (Paragraph 3.0(b)).
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>8</SU>
                                     For those permitted sources not in operation or that have not established an appropriate factor, continuous operation, (
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     8760) should be used.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>9</SU>
                                     See Section 8.3.2.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.3 Background Concentrations</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.3.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Background concentrations are essential in constructing the design concentration, or total air quality concentration, as part of a cumulative impact analysis for NAAQS and PSD increments (section 9.2.3). To assist applicants and reviewing authorities with appropriately characterizing background concentrations, the EPA has developed the 
                                <E T="03">Draft Guidance on Developing Background Concentrations for Use in Modeling Demonstrations</E>
                                .
                                <SU>96</SU>
                                 The guidance provides a recommended framework composed of steps that should be used in parallel with the recommendations made in this section. Generally, background air quality should not include the ambient impacts of the project source under consideration. Instead, it should include:
                            </P>
                            <P>i. Nearby sources: These are individual sources located in the vicinity of the source(s) under consideration for emissions limits that are not adequately represented by ambient monitoring data. The ambient contributions from these nearby sources are thereby accounted for by explicitly modeling their emissions (section 8.2).</P>
                            <P>ii. Other sources: That portion of the background attributable to natural sources, other unidentified sources in the vicinity of the project, and regional transport contributions from more distant sources (domestic and international). The ambient contributions from these sources are typically accounted for through use of ambient monitoring data or, in some cases, regional-scale photochemical grid modeling results.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. The monitoring network used for developing background concentrations is expected to conform to the same quality assurance and other requirements as those networks established for PSD purposes.
                                <SU>97</SU>
                                 Accordingly, the air quality monitoring data should be of sufficient completeness and follow appropriate data validation procedures. These data should be adequately representative of the area to inform calculation of the design concentration for comparison to the applicable NAAQS (section 9.2.2).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. For photochemical grid modeling conducted in SIP attainment demonstrations for ozone, PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 and regional haze, the emissions from nearby and other sources are included as model inputs and fully accounted for in the modeling application and predicted concentrations. The concept of adding individual components to develop a design concentration, therefore, do not apply in these SIP applications. However, such modeling results may then be appropriate for consideration in characterizing background concentrations for other regulatory applications. Also, as noted in section 5, this modeling approach does provide for an appropriate atmospheric environment to assess single-source impacts for ozone and secondary PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                d. For NAAQS assessments and SIP attainment demonstrations for inert pollutants, the development of the appropriate background concentration for a cumulative impact analysis involves proper accounting of each contribution to the design concentration and will depend upon whether the project area's situation consists of either an isolated single source(s) or a multitude of sources. For PSD increment assessments, all impacts after the appropriate baseline dates (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 trigger date, major source baseline date, and minor source baseline date) from all increment-consuming and increment-expanding sources should be considered in the design concentration (section 9.2.2).
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.3.2 Recommendations for Isolated Single Sources</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. In areas with an isolated source(s), determining the appropriate background concentration should focus on characterization of contributions from all other sources through adequately representative ambient monitoring data. The application of the EPA's recommended framework for determining an appropriate background concentration should be consistent with appropriate EPA modeling guidance 
                                <E T="51">63</E>
                                 
                                <E T="51">96</E>
                                 and justified in the modeling protocol that is vetted with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)).
                            </P>
                            <P>b. The EPA recommends use of the most recent quality assured air quality monitoring data collected in the vicinity of the source to determine the background concentration for the averaging times of concern. In most cases, the EPA recommends using data from the monitor closest to and upwind of the project area. If several monitors are available, preference should be given to the monitor with characteristics that are most similar to the project area. If there are no monitors located in the vicinity of the new or modifying source, a “regional site” may be used to determine background concentrations. A regional site is one that is located away from the area of interest but is impacted by similar or adequately representative sources.</P>
                            <P>c. Many of the challenges related to cumulative impact analyses arise in the context of defining the appropriate metric to characterize background concentrations from ambient monitoring data and determining the appropriate method for combining this monitor-based background contribution to the modeled impact of the project and other nearby sources. For many cases, the best starting point would be use of the current design value for the applicable NAAQS as a uniform monitored background contribution across the project area. However, there are cases in which the current design value may not be appropriate. Such cases include but are not limited to:</P>
                            <P>i. For situations involving a modifying source where the existing facility is determined to impact the ambient monitor, the background concentration at each monitor can be determined by excluding values when the source in question is impacting the monitor. In such cases, monitoring sites inside a 90° sector downwind of the source may be used to determine the area of impact.</P>
                            <P>
                                ii. There may be other circumstances which would necessitate modifications to the ambient data record. Such cases could include removal of data from specific days or hours when a monitor is being impacted by activities that are not typical or not expected to occur again in the future (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 construction, roadway repairs, forest fires, or unusual agricultural activities). There may also be cases where it may be appropriate to scale (multiplying the monitored concentrations with a scaling factor) or adjust (adding or subtracting a constant value the monitored concentrations) data from specific days or hours. Such adjustments would make the monitored background concentrations more temporally and/or spatially representative of the area around the new or modifying source for the purposes of the regulatory assessment.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                iii. For short-term standards, the diurnal or seasonal patterns of the air quality monitoring data may differ significantly from the patterns associated with the modeled concentrations. When this occurs, it may be appropriate to pair the air quality monitoring data in a temporal manner that reflects these patterns (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 pairing by season and/or hour of day).
                                <SU>98</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>iv. For situations where monitored air quality concentrations vary across the modeling domain, it may be appropriate to consider air quality monitoring data from multiple monitors within the project area.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. Considering the spatial and temporal variability throughout a typical modeling domain on an hourly basis and the complexities and limitations of hourly observations from the ambient monitoring network, the EPA does not recommend hourly or daily pairing of monitored background and modeled concentrations except in rare cases of relatively isolated 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95061"/>
                                sources where the available monitor can be shown to be representative of the ambient concentration levels in the areas of maximum impact from the proposed new source. The implicit assumption underlying hourly pairing is that the background monitored levels for each hour are spatially uniform and that the monitored values are fully representative of background levels at each receptor for each hour. Such an assumption clearly ignores the many factors that contribute to the temporal and spatial variability of ambient concentrations across a typical modeling domain on an hourly basis. In most cases, the seasonal (or quarterly) pairing of monitored and modeled concentrations should sufficiently address situations to which the impacts from modeled emissions are not temporally correlated with background monitored levels.
                            </P>
                            <P>e. In those cases where adequately representative monitoring data to characterize background concentrations are not available, it may be appropriate to use results from a regional-scale photochemical grid model, or other representative model application, as background concentrations consistent with the considerations discussed above and in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)).</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.3.3 Recommendations for Multi-Source Areas</HD>
                            <P>a. In multi-source areas, determining the appropriate background concentration involves: (1) characterization of contributions from other sources through adequately representative ambient monitoring data, and (2) identification and characterization of contributions from nearby sources through explicit modeling. A key point here is the interconnectedness of each component in that the question of which nearby sources to include in the cumulative modeling is inextricably linked to the question of what the ambient monitoring data represents within the project area.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. 
                                <E T="03">Nearby sources:</E>
                                 All sources in the vicinity of the source(s) under consideration for emissions limits that are not adequately represented by ambient monitoring data should be explicitly modeled. The EPA's recommended framework for determining an appropriate background concentration 
                                <SU>96</SU>
                                 should be applied to identify such sources and accurately account for their ambient impacts through explicit modeling.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                i. The determination of nearby sources relies on the selection of adequately representative ambient monitoring data (section 8.3.2). The EPA recommends determining the representativeness of the monitoring data through a visual assessment of the modeling domain considering any relevant nearby sources and their respective air quality data. The visual assessment should consider any relevant air quality data such as the proximity of nearby sources to the project source and the ambient monitor, the nearby source's level of emissions with respect to the ambient data, and the dispersion environment (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 meteorological patterns, terrain, etc.) of the modeling domain.
                            </P>
                            <P>ii. Nearby sources not adequately represented by the ambient monitor through visual assessment should undergo further qualitative and quantitative analysis before being explicitly modeled. The EPA recommends evaluating any modeling, monitoring, or emissions data that may be available for the identified nearby sources with respect to possible violations to the NAAQS.</P>
                            <P>
                                iii. The number of nearby sources to be explicitly modeled in the air quality analysis is expected to be few except in unusual situations. The determination of nearby sources through the application of the EPA's recommended framework calls for the exercise of professional judgment by the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and should be consistent with appropriate EPA modeling guidance.
                                <E T="51">63</E>
                                 
                                <E T="51">96</E>
                                 This guidance is not intended to alter the exercise of that judgment or to comprehensively prescribe which sources should be included as nearby sources.
                            </P>
                            <P>c. For cumulative impact analyses of short-term and annual ambient standards, the nearby sources as well as the project source(s) must be evaluated using an appropriate Addendum A model or approved alternative model with the emission input data shown in Table 8-1 or 8-2.</P>
                            <P>i. When modeling a nearby source that does not have a permit and the emissions limits contained in the SIP for a particular source category is greater than the emissions possible given the source's maximum physical capacity to emit, the “maximum allowable emissions limit” for such a nearby source may be calculated as the emissions rate representative of the nearby source's maximum physical capacity to emit, considering its design specifications and allowable fuels and process materials. However, the burden is on the permit applicant to sufficiently document what the maximum physical capacity to emit is for such a nearby source.</P>
                            <P>ii. It is appropriate to model nearby sources only during those times when they, by their nature, operate at the same time as the primary source(s) or could have impact on the averaging period of concern. Accordingly, it is not necessary to model impacts of a nearby source that does not, by its nature, operate at the same time as the primary source or could have impact on the averaging period of concern, regardless of an identified significant concentration gradient from the nearby source. The burden is on the permit applicant to adequately justify the exclusion of nearby sources to the satisfaction of the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)). The following examples illustrate two cases in which a nearby source may be shown not to operate at the same time as the primary source(s) being modeled: (1) Seasonal sources (only used during certain seasons of the year). Such sources would not be modeled as nearby sources during times in which they do not operate; and (2) Emergency backup generators, to the extent that they do not operate simultaneously with the sources that they back up. Such emergency equipment would not be modeled as nearby sources.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. 
                                <E T="03">Other sources.</E>
                                 That portion of the background attributable to all other sources (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 natural, minor, distant major, and unidentified sources) should be accounted for through use of ambient monitoring data and determined by the procedures found in section 8.3.2 in keeping with eliminating or reducing the source-oriented impacts from nearby sources to avoid potential double-counting of modeled and monitored contributions.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.4 Meteorological Input Data</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. This subsection covers meteorological input data for use in dispersion modeling for regulatory applications and is separate from recommendations made for photochemical grid modeling. Recommendations for meteorological data for photochemical grid modeling applications are outlined in the latest version of the EPA's 
                                <E T="03">Modeling Guidance for Demonstrating Attainment of Air Quality Goals for Ozone, PM</E>
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                , 
                                <E T="03">and Regional Haze</E>
                                .
                                <SU>64</SU>
                                 In cases where Lagrangian models are applied for regulatory purposes, appropriate meteorological inputs should be determined in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)).
                            </P>
                            <P>b. The meteorological data used as input to a dispersion model should be selected on the basis of spatial and climatological (temporal) representativeness as well as the ability of the individual parameters selected to characterize the transport and dispersion conditions in the area of concern. The representativeness of the measured data is dependent on numerous factors including, but not limited to: (1) the proximity of the meteorological monitoring site to the area under consideration; (2) the complexity of the terrain; (3) the exposure of the meteorological monitoring site; and (4) the period of time during which data are collected. The spatial representativeness of the data can be adversely affected by large distances between the source and receptors of interest and the complex topographic characteristics of the area. Temporal representativeness is a function of the year-to-year variations in weather conditions. Where appropriate, data representativeness should be viewed in terms of the appropriateness of the data for constructing realistic boundary layer profiles and, where applicable, three-dimensional meteorological fields, as described in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this subsection.</P>
                            <P>
                                c. The meteorological data should be adequately representative and may be site-specific data (land-based or buoy data for overwater applications), data from a nearby National Weather Service (NWS) or comparable station, or prognostic meteorological data. The implementation of NWS Automated Surface Observing Stations (ASOS) in the early 1990's should not preclude the use of NWS ASOS data if such a station is determined to be representative of the modeled area.
                                <SU>99</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                d. Model input data are normally obtained either from the NWS or as part of a site-specific measurement program. State climatology offices, local universities, FAA, military stations, industry, and pollution control agencies may also be sources of such data. In specific cases, prognostic meteorological data may be appropriate for 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95062"/>
                                use and obtained from similar sources. Some recommendations and requirements for the use of each type of data are included in this subsection.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.2 Recommendations and Requirements</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. AERMET 
                                <SU>100</SU>
                                 shall be used to preprocess all meteorological data, be it observed or prognostic, for use with AERMOD in regulatory applications. The AERMINUTE 
                                <SU>101</SU>
                                 processor, in most cases, should be used to process 1-minute ASOS wind data for input to AERMET when processing NWS ASOS sites in AERMET. When processing prognostic meteorological data for AERMOD, the Mesoscale Model Interface Program (MMIF) 
                                <SU>109</SU>
                                 should be used to process data for input to AERMET, both for land-based applications and overwater applications. Other methods of processing prognostic meteorological data for input to AERMET should be approved by the appropriate reviewing authority. Additionally, the following meteorological preprocessors are recommended by the EPA: PCRAMMET,
                                <SU>102</SU>
                                 MPRM,
                                <SU>103</SU>
                                 and METPRO.
                                <SU>104</SU>
                                 PCRAMMET is the recommended meteorological data preprocessor for use in applications of OCD employing hourly NWS data. MPRM is the recommended meteorological data preprocessor for applications of OCD employing site-specific meteorological data. METPRO is the recommended meteorological data preprocessor for use with CTDMPLUS.
                                <SU>105</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. Regulatory application of AERMOD necessitates careful consideration of the meteorological data for input to AERMET. Data representativeness, in the case of AERMOD, means utilizing data of an appropriate type for constructing realistic boundary layer profiles. Of particular importance is the requirement that all meteorological data used as input to AERMOD should be adequately representative of the transport and dispersion within the analysis domain. Where surface conditions vary significantly over the analysis domain, the emphasis in assessing representativeness should be given to adequate characterization of transport and dispersion between the source(s) of concern and areas where maximum design concentrations are anticipated to occur. The EPA recommends that the surface characteristics input to AERMET should be representative of the land cover in the vicinity of the meteorological data, 
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 the location of the meteorological tower for measured data or the representative grid cell for prognostic data. Therefore, the model user should apply the latest version AERSURFACE,
                                <E T="51">106</E>
                                 
                                <E T="51">107</E>
                                 where applicable, for determining surface characteristics when processing measured land-based meteorological data through AERMET. In areas where it is not possible to use AERSURFACE output, surface characteristics can be determined using techniques that apply the same analysis as AERSURFACE. In the case of measured meteorological data for overwater applications, AERMET calculates the surface characteristics and AERSURFACE outputs are not needed. In the case of prognostic meteorological data, the surface characteristics associated with the prognostic meteorological model output for the representative grid cell should be used.
                                <E T="51">108</E>
                                 
                                <E T="51">109</E>
                                 Furthermore, since the spatial scope of each variable could be different, representativeness should be judged for each variable separately. For example, for a variable such as wind direction, the data should ideally be collected near plume height to be adequately representative, especially for sources located in complex terrain. Whereas, for a variable such as temperature, data from a station several kilometers away from the source may be considered to be adequately representative. More information about meteorological data, representativeness, and surface characteristics can be found in the AERMOD Implementation Guide.
                                <E T="51">81</E>
                            </P>
                            <P>c. Regulatory application of CTDMPLUS requires the input of multi-level measurements of wind speed, direction, temperature, and turbulence from an appropriately sited meteorological tower. The measurements should be obtained up to the representative plume height(s) of interest. Plume heights of interest can be determined by use of screening procedures such as CTSCREEN.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. Regulatory application of OCD requires meteorological data over land and over water. The over land or surface data, processed through PCRAMMET 
                                <SU>102</SU>
                                 or MPRM,
                                <SU>103</SU>
                                 that provides hourly stability class, wind direction and speed, ambient temperature, and mixing height, are required. Data over water requires hourly mixing height, relative humidity, air temperature, and water surface temperature. Missing winds are substituted with the surface winds. Vertical wind direction shear, vertical temperature gradient, and turbulence intensities are optional.
                            </P>
                            <P>e. The model user should acquire enough meteorological data to ensure that worst-case meteorological conditions are adequately represented in the model results. The use of 5 years of adequately representative NWS or comparable meteorological data, at least 1 year of site-specific (either land-based or overwater based), or at least 3 years of prognostic meteorological data, are required. If 1 year or more, up to 5 years, of site-specific data are available, these data are preferred for use in air quality analyses. Depending on completeness of the data record, consecutive years of NWS, site-specific, or prognostic data are preferred. Such data must be subjected to quality assurance procedures as described in section 8.4.4.2.</P>
                            <P>
                                f. Objective analysis in meteorological modeling is to improve meteorological analyses (the “
                                <E T="03">first guess field</E>
                                 ”) used as initial conditions for prognostic meteorological models by incorporating information from meteorological observations. Direct and indirect (using remote sensing techniques) observations of temperature, humidity, and wind from surface and radiosonde reports are commonly employed to improve these analysis fields. For long-range transport applications, it is recommended that objective analysis procedures, using direct and indirect meteorological observations, be employed in preparing input fields to produce prognostic meteorological datasets. The length of record of observations should conform to recommendations outlined in paragraph 8.4.2(e) for prognostic meteorological model datasets.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.3 National Weather Service Data</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.3.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>a. The NWS meteorological data are routinely available and familiar to most model users. Although the NWS does not provide direct measurements of all the needed dispersion model input variables, methods have been developed and successfully used to translate the basic NWS data to the needed model input. Site-specific measurements of model input parameters have been made for many modeling studies, and those methods and techniques are becoming more widely applied, especially in situations such as complex terrain applications, where available NWS data are not adequately representative. However, there are many modeling applications where NWS data are adequately representative and the applications still rely heavily on the NWS data.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. Many models use the standard hourly weather observations available from the National Centers for Environmental Information (NCEI).
                                <SU>b</SU>
                                <FTREF/>
                                 These observations are then preprocessed before they can be used in the models. Prior to the advent of ASOS in the early 1990's, the standard “hourly” weather observation was a human-based observation reflecting a single 2-minute average generally taken about 10 minutes before the hour. However, beginning in January 2000 for first-order stations and in March 2005 for all stations, the NCEI has archived the 1-minute ASOS wind data (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 the rolling 2-minute average winds) for the NWS ASOS sites. The AERMINUTE processor 
                                <SU>101</SU>
                                 was developed to reduce the number of calm and missing hours in AERMET processing by substituting standard hourly observations with full hourly average winds calculated from 1-minute ASOS wind data.
                            </P>
                            <FTNT>
                                <P>
                                    <SU>b</SU>
                                     Formerly the National Climatic Data Center (NCDC).
                                </P>
                            </FTNT>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.3.2 Recommendations</HD>
                            <P>a. The preferred models listed in Addendum A all accept as input the NWS meteorological data preprocessed into model compatible form. If NWS data are judged to be adequately representative for a specific modeling application, they may be used. The NCEI makes available surface and upper air meteorological data online and in CD-ROM format. Upper air data are also available at the Earth System Research Laboratory Global Systems Divisions website and from NCEI. For the latest websites of available surface and upper air data see reference 100.</P>
                            <P>b. Although most NWS wind measurements are made at a standard height of 10 m, the actual anemometer height should be used as input to the preferred meteorological processor and model.</P>
                            <P>
                                c. Standard hourly NWS wind directions are reported to the nearest 10 degrees. Due to the coarse resolution of these data, a specific set of randomly generated numbers has been developed by the EPA and should 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95063"/>
                                be used when processing standard hourly NWS data for use in the preferred EPA models to ensure a lack of bias in wind direction assignments within the models.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                d. Beginning with year 2000, NCEI began archiving 2-minute winds, reported every minute to the nearest degree for NWS ASOS sites. The AERMINUTE processor was developed to read those winds and calculate hourly average winds for input to AERMET. When such data are available for the NWS ASOS site being processed, the AERMINUTE processor should be used, in most cases, to calculate hourly average wind speed and direction when processing NWS ASOS data for input to AERMOD.
                                <SU>99</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                e. Data from universities, FAA, military stations, industry and pollution control agencies may be used if such data are equivalent in accuracy and detail (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 siting criteria, frequency of observations, data completeness, etc.) to the NWS data, they are judged to be adequately representative for the particular application, and have undergone quality assurance checks.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                f. After valid data retrieval requirements have been met,
                                <SU>110</SU>
                                 large number of hours in the record having missing data should be treated according to an established data substitution protocol provided that adequately representative alternative data are available. Data substitution guidance is provided in section 5.3 of reference 110. If no representative alternative data are available for substitution, the absent data should be coded as missing using missing data codes appropriate to the applicable meteorological pre-processor. Appropriate model options for treating missing data, if available in the model, should be employed.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.4 Site-Specific Data</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.4.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Spatial or geographical representativeness is best achieved by collection of all of the needed model input data in close proximity to the actual site of the source(s). Site-specific measured data are, therefore, preferred as model input, provided that appropriate instrumentation and quality assurance procedures are followed, and that the data collected are adequately representative (free from inappropriate local or microscale influences) and compatible with the input requirements of the model to be used. It should be noted that, while site-specific measurements are frequently made “on-property” (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 on the source's premises), acquisition of adequately representative site-specific data does not preclude collection of data from a location off property. Conversely, collection of meteorological data on a source's property does not of itself guarantee adequate representativeness. For help in determining representativeness of site-specific measurements, technical guidance 
                                <SU>110</SU>
                                 is available. Site-specific data should always be reviewed for representativeness and adequacy by an experienced meteorologist, atmospheric scientist, or other qualified scientist in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)).
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.4.2 Recommendations</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. The EPA guidance 
                                <SU>110</SU>
                                 provides recommendations on the collection and use of site-specific meteorological data. Recommendations on characteristics, siting, and exposure of meteorological instruments and on data recording, processing, completeness requirements, reporting, and archiving are also included. This publication should be used as a supplement to other limited guidance on these subjects.
                                <E T="51">5 97 111 112</E>
                                 Detailed information on quality assurance is also available.
                                <SU>113</SU>
                                 As a minimum, site-specific measurements of ambient air temperature, transport wind speed and direction, and the variables necessary to estimate atmospheric dispersion should be available in meteorological datasets to be used in modeling. Care should be taken to ensure that meteorological instruments are located to provide an adequately representative characterization of pollutant transport between sources and receptors of interest. The appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) is available to help determine the appropriateness of the measurement locations.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                i. 
                                <E T="03">Solar radiation measurements.</E>
                                 Total solar radiation or net radiation should be measured with a reliable pyranometer or net radiometer sited and operated in accordance with established site-specific meteorological guidance.
                                <E T="51">110 113</E>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                ii. 
                                <E T="03">Temperature measurements.</E>
                                 Temperature measurements should be made at standard shelter height (2m) in accordance with established site-specific meteorological guidance.
                                <SU>110</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                iii. 
                                <E T="03">Temperature difference measurements.</E>
                                 Temperature difference (DT) measurements should be obtained using matched thermometers or a reliable thermocouple system to achieve adequate accuracy. Siting, probe placement, and operation of DT systems should be based on guidance found in Chapter 3 of reference 110 and such guidance should be followed when obtaining vertical temperature gradient data. AERMET may employ the Bulk Richardson scheme, which requires measurements of temperature difference, in lieu of cloud cover or insolation data. To ensure correct application and acceptance, AERMOD users should consult with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) before using the Bulk Richardson scheme for their analysis.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                iv. 
                                <E T="03">Wind measurements.</E>
                                 For simulation of plume rise and dispersion of a plume emitted from a stack, characterization of the wind profile up through the layer in which the plume disperses is desirable. This is especially important in complex terrain and/or complex wind situations where wind measurements at heights up to hundreds of meters above stack base may be required in some circumstances. For tall stacks when site-specific data are needed, these winds have been obtained traditionally using meteorological sensors mounted on tall towers. A feasible alternative to tall towers is the use of meteorological remote sensing instruments (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 acoustic sounders or radar wind profilers) to provide winds aloft, coupled with 10-meter towers to provide the near-surface winds. Note that when site-specific wind measurements are used, AERMOD, at a minimum, requires wind observations at a height above ground between seven times the local surface roughness height and 100 m. (For additional requirements for AERMOD and CTDMPLUS, 
                                <E T="03">see</E>
                                 Addendum A.) Specifications for wind measuring instruments and systems are contained in reference 110.
                            </P>
                            <P>b. All processed site-specific data should be in the form of hourly averages for input to the dispersion model.</P>
                            <P>
                                i. 
                                <E T="03">Turbulence data.</E>
                                 There are several dispersion models that are capable of using direct measurements of turbulence (wind fluctuations) in the characterization of the vertical and lateral dispersion (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 CTDMPLUS or AERMOD). When turbulence data are used to directly characterize the vertical and lateral dispersion, the averaging time for the turbulence measurements should be 1-hour. For technical guidance on processing of turbulence parameters for use in dispersion modeling, refer to the user's guide to the meteorological processor for each model (
                                <E T="03">see</E>
                                 section 8.4.2(a)).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                ii. 
                                <E T="03">Stability categories.</E>
                                 For dispersion models that employ P-G stability categories for the characterization of the vertical and lateral dispersion, the P-G stability categories, as originally defined, couple near-surface measurements of wind speed with subjectively determined insolation assessments based on hourly cloud cover and ceiling height observations. The wind speed measurements are made at or near 10 m. The insolation rate is typically assessed using observations of cloud cover and ceiling height based on criteria outlined by Turner.
                                <SU>77</SU>
                                 It is recommended that the P-G stability category be estimated using the Turner method with site-specific wind speed measured at or near 10 m and representative cloud cover and ceiling height. Implementation of the Turner method, as well as considerations in determining representativeness of cloud cover and ceiling height in cases for which site-specific cloud observations are unavailable, may be found in section 6 of reference 110. In the absence of requisite data to implement the Turner method, the solar radiation/delta-T (SRDT) method or wind fluctuation statistics (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 the σ
                                <E T="52">E</E>
                                 and σ
                                <E T="52">A</E>
                                 methods) may be used.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                iii. The SRDT method, described in section 6.4.4.2 of reference 110, is modified slightly from that published from earlier work 
                                <SU>114</SU>
                                 and has been evaluated with three site-specific databases.
                                <SU>115</SU>
                                 The two methods of stability classification that use wind fluctuation statistics, the σ
                                <E T="52">E</E>
                                 and σ
                                <E T="52">A</E>
                                 methods, are also described in detail in section 6.4.4 of reference 110 (note applicable tables in section 6). For additional information on the wind fluctuation methods, several references are available.
                                <E T="51">116 117 118 119</E>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. 
                                <E T="03">Missing data substitution.</E>
                                 After valid data retrieval requirements have been met,
                                <SU>110</SU>
                                 hours in the record having missing data should be treated according to an established data substitution protocol provided that adequately representative alternative data are available. Such protocols are usually part of the approved monitoring program plan. Data substitution guidance is provided in section 5.3 of reference 110. If no representative alternative data are available for substitution, the absent data should be coded as missing, using missing data codes appropriate to the applicable meteorological pre-processor. 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95064"/>
                                Appropriate model options for treating missing data, if available in the model, should be employed.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.5 Prognostic meteorological data</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.5.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. For some modeling applications, there may not be a representative NWS or comparable meteorological station available (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 complex terrain), and it may be cost prohibitive or infeasible to collect adequately representative site-specific data. For these cases, it may be appropriate to use prognostic meteorological data, if deemed adequately representative, in a regulatory modeling application. However, if prognostic meteorological data are not representative of transport and dispersion conditions in the area of concern, the collection of site-specific data is necessary.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. The EPA has developed a processor, the MMIF,
                                <SU>108</SU>
                                 to process MM5 (Mesoscale Model 5) or WRF (Weather Research and Forecasting) model data for input to various models including AERMOD. MMIF can process data for input to AERMET or AERMOD for a single grid cell or multiple grid cells. MMIF output has been found to compare favorably against observed data (site-specific or NWS).
                                <SU>120</SU>
                                 Specific guidance on processing MMIF for AERMOD can be found in reference 109. When using MMIF to process prognostic data for regulatory applications, the data should be processed to generate AERMET inputs and the data subsequently processed through AERMET for input to AERMOD. If an alternative method of processing data for input to AERMET is used, it must be approved by the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)).
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.5.2 Recommendations</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. 
                                <E T="03">Prognostic model evaluation.</E>
                                 Appropriate effort by the applicant should be devoted to the process of evaluating the prognostic meteorological data. The modeling data should be compared to NWS observational data or other comparable data in an effort to show that the data are adequately replicating the observed meteorological conditions of the time periods modeled. An operational evaluation of the modeling data for all model years (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 statistical, graphical) should be completed.
                                <SU>64</SU>
                                 The use of output from prognostic mesoscale meteorological models is contingent upon the concurrence with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) that the data are of acceptable quality, which can be demonstrated through statistical comparisons with meteorological observations aloft and at the surface at several appropriate locations.
                                <SU>64</SU>
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. 
                                <E T="03">Representativeness.</E>
                                 When processing MMIF data for use with AERMOD, the grid cell used for the dispersion modeling should be adequately spatially representative of the analysis domain. In most cases, this may be the grid cell containing the emission source of interest. Since the dispersion modeling may involve multiple sources and the domain may cover several grid cells, depending on grid resolution of the prognostic model, professional judgment may be needed to select the appropriate grid cell to use. In such cases, the selected grid cells should be adequately representative of the entire domain.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. 
                                <E T="03">Grid resolution.</E>
                                 The grid resolution of the prognostic meteorological data should be considered and evaluated appropriately, particularly for projects involving complex terrain. The operational evaluation of the modeling data should consider whether a finer grid resolution is needed to ensure that the data are representative. The use of output from prognostic mesoscale meteorological models is contingent upon the concurrence with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) that the data are of acceptable quality.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.6 Marine Boundary Layer Environments</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.6.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>a. Calculations of boundary layer parameters for the marine boundary layer present special challenges as the marine boundary layer can be very different from the boundary layer over land. For example, convective conditions can occur in the overnight hours in the marine boundary layer while typically over land, stable conditions occur at night. Also, surface roughness in the marine environment is a function of wave height and wind speed and less static with time than surface roughness over land.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. While the Offshore and Coastal Dispersion Model (OCD) is the preferred model for overwater applications, there are applications where the use of AERMOD is applicable. These include applications that utilize features of AERMOD not included in OCD (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 chemistry). Such use of AERMOD would require consultation with the Regional Office and appropriate reviewing authority to ensure that platform downwash and shoreline fumigation are adequately considered in the modeling demonstration.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. For the reasons stated above, a standalone pre-processor to AERMOD, called AERCOARE 
                                <SU>47</SU>
                                 was developed to use the Coupled Ocean Atmosphere Response Experiment (COARE) bulk-flux algorithms 
                                <SU>48</SU>
                                 to bypass AERMET and calculate the boundary layer parameters for input to AERMOD for the marine boundary layer. AERCOARE can process either measurements from water-based sites such as buoys or prognostic data. To better facilitate the use of the COARE algorithms for AERMOD, EPA has included the COARE algorithms into AERMET thus eliminating the need for a standalone pre-processor and ensuring the algorithms are updated as part of routine AERMET updates.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.6.2 Recommendations</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. 
                                <E T="03">Measured data.</E>
                                 For applications in the marine environment that require the use of AERMOD, measured surface data, such as from a buoy or other offshore platform, should be processed in AERMET with the COARE processing option following recommendations in the AERMET User's Guide 
                                <SU>100</SU>
                                 and AERMOD Implementation Guide.
                                <SU>81</SU>
                                 For applications in the marine environment that require the use of OCD, users should use the recommended meteorological pre-processor MPRM.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. 
                                <E T="03">Prognostic data.</E>
                                 For applications in the marine environment that require the use of AERMOD and prognostic data, the prognostic data should be processed via MMIF for input to AERMET following recommendations in paragraph 8.4.5.1(b) and the guidance found in reference 109.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.7 Treatment of Near-Calms and Calms</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.7.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Treatment of calm or light and variable wind poses a special problem in modeling applications since steady-state Gaussian plume models assume that concentration is inversely proportional to wind speed, depending on model formulations. Procedures have been developed to prevent the occurrence of overly conservative concentration estimates during periods of calms. These procedures acknowledge that a steady-state Gaussian plume model does not apply during calm conditions, and that our knowledge of wind patterns and plume behavior during these conditions does not, at present, permit the development of a better technique. Therefore, the procedures disregard hours that are identified as calm. The hour is treated as missing and a convention for handling missing hours is recommended. With the advent of the AERMINUTE processor, when processing NWS ASOS data, the inclusion of hourly averaged winds from AERMINUTE will, in some instances, dramatically reduce the number of calm and missing hours, especially when the ASOS wind are derived from a sonic anemometer. To alleviate concerns about these issues, especially those introduced with AERMINUTE, the EPA implemented a wind speed threshold in AERMET for use with ASOS derived winds.
                                <E T="51">99 100</E>
                                 Winds below the threshold will be treated as calms.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. AERMOD, while fundamentally a steady-state Gaussian plume model, contains algorithms for dealing with low wind speed (near calm) conditions. As a result, AERMOD can produce model estimates for conditions when the wind speed may be less than 1 m/s, but still greater than the instrument threshold. Required input to AERMET for site-specific data, the meteorological processor for AERMOD, includes a threshold wind speed and a reference wind speed. The threshold wind speed is the greater of the threshold of the instrument used to collect the wind speed data or wind direction sensor.
                                <SU>110</SU>
                                 The reference wind speed is selected by the model as the lowest level of non-missing wind speed and direction data where the speed is greater than the wind speed threshold, and the height of the measurement is between seven times the local surface roughness length and 100 m. If the only valid observation of the reference wind speed between these heights is less than the threshold, the hour is considered calm, and no concentration is calculated. None of the observed wind speeds in a measured wind profile that are less than the threshold speed are used in construction of the modeled wind speed profile in AERMOD.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">8.4.7.2 Recommendations</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Hourly concentrations calculated with steady-state Gaussian plume models using calms should not be considered valid; the wind and concentration estimates for these hours should be disregarded and considered to be missing. Model predicted 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95065"/>
                                concentrations for 3-, 8-, and 24-hour averages should be calculated by dividing the sum of the hourly concentrations for the period by the number of valid or non-missing hours. If the total number of valid hours is less than 18 for 24-hour averages, less than 6 for 8-hour averages, or less than 3 for 3-hour averages, the total concentration should be divided by 18 for the 24-hour average, 6 for the 8-hour average, and 3 for the 3-hour average. For annual averages, the sum of all valid hourly concentrations is divided by the number of non-calm hours during the year. AERMOD has been coded to implement these instructions. For hours that are calm or missing, the AERMOD hourly concentrations will be zero. For other models listed in Addendum A, a post-processor computer program, CALMPRO 
                                <SU>121</SU>
                                 has been prepared, is available on the EPA's SCRAM website (section 2.3), and should be used.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                b. Stagnant conditions that include extended periods of calms often produce high concentrations over wide areas for relatively long averaging periods. The standard steady-state Gaussian plume models are often not applicable to such situations. When stagnation conditions are of concern, other modeling techniques should be considered on a case-by-case basis (
                                <E T="03">see</E>
                                 also section 7.2.1.2).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                c. When used in steady-state Gaussian plume models other than AERMOD, measured site-specific wind speeds of less than 1 m/s but higher than the response threshold of the instrument should be input as 1 m/s; the corresponding wind direction should also be input. Wind observations below the response threshold of the instrument should be set to zero, with the input file in ASCII format. For input to AERMOD, no such adjustment should be made to the site-specific wind data, as AERMOD has algorithms to account for light or variable winds as discussed in section 8.4.6.1(a). For NWS ASOS data, see the AERMET User's Guide 
                                <SU>100</SU>
                                 for guidance on wind speed thresholds. For prognostic data, see the latest guidance 
                                <SU>109</SU>
                                 for thresholds. Observations with wind speeds less than the threshold are considered calm, and no concentration is calculated. In all cases involving steady-state Gaussian plume models, calm hours should be treated as missing, and concentrations should be calculated as in paragraph (a) of this subsection.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.0 Regulatory Application of Models</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">9.1 Discussion</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Standardized procedures are valuable in the review of air quality modeling and data analyses conducted to support SIP submittals and revisions, NSR, or other EPA requirements to ensure consistency in their regulatory application. This section recommends procedures specific to NSR that facilitate some degree of standardization while at the same time allowing the flexibility needed to assure the technically best analysis for each regulatory application. For SIP attainment demonstrations, refer to the appropriate EPA guidance 
                                <E T="51">53 64</E>
                                 for the recommended procedures.
                            </P>
                            <P>b. Air quality model estimates, especially with the support of measured air quality data, are the preferred basis for air quality demonstrations. A number of actions have been taken to ensure that the best air quality model is used correctly for each regulatory application and that it is not arbitrarily imposed.</P>
                            <P>
                                • First, the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 clearly recommends that the most appropriate model be used in each case. Preferred models are identified, based on a number of factors, for many uses.
                            </P>
                            <P>• Second, the preferred models have been subjected to a systematic performance evaluation and a scientific peer review. Statistical performance measures, including measures of difference (or residuals) such as bias, variance of difference and gross variability of the difference, and measures of correlation such as time, space, and time and space combined, as described in section 2.1.1, were generally followed.</P>
                            <P>
                                • Third, more specific information has been provided for considering the incorporation of new models into the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 (section 3.1), and the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 contains procedures for justifying the case-by-case use of alternative models and obtaining EPA approval (section 3.2).
                            </P>
                            <P>c. Air quality modeling is the preferred basis for air quality demonstrations. Nevertheless, there are rare circumstances where the performance of the preferred air quality model may be shown to be less than reasonably acceptable or where no preferred air quality model, screening model or technique, or alternative model are suitable for the situation. In these unique instances, there is the possibility of assuring compliance and establishing emissions limits for an existing source solely on the basis of observed air quality data in lieu of an air quality modeling analysis. Comprehensive air quality monitoring in the vicinity of the existing source with proposed modifications will be necessary in these cases. The same attention should be given to the detailed analyses of the air quality data as would be applied to a model performance evaluation.</P>
                            <P>
                                d. The current levels and forms of the NAAQS for the six criteria pollutants can be found on the EPA's NAAQS website at 
                                <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/criteria-air-pollutants.</E>
                                 As required by the CAA, the NAAQS are subjected to extensive review every 5 years and the standards, including the level and the form, may be revised as part of that review. The criteria pollutants have either long-term (annual or quarterly) and/or short-term (24-hour or less) forms that are not to be exceeded more than a certain frequency over a period of time (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 no exceedance on a rolling 3-month average, no more than once per year, or no more than once per year averaged over 3 years), are averaged over a period of time (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 an annual mean or an annual mean averaged over 3 years), or are some percentile that is averaged over a period of time (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 annual 99th or 98th percentile averaged over 3 years). The 3-year period for ambient monitoring design values does not dictate the length of the data periods recommended for modeling (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 5 years of NWS meteorological data, at least 1 year of site-specific, or at least 3 years of prognostic meteorological data).
                            </P>
                            <P>e. This section discusses general recommendations on the regulatory application of models for the purposes of NSR, including PSD permitting, and particularly for estimating design concentration(s), appropriately comparing these estimates to NAAQS and PSD increments, and developing emissions limits. This section also provides the criteria necessary for considering use of an analysis based on measured ambient data in lieu of modeling as the sole basis for demonstrating compliance with NAAQS and PSD increments.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">9.2 Recommendations</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">9.2.1 Modeling Protocol</HD>
                            <P>a. Every effort should be made by the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) to meet with all parties involved in either a SIP submission or revision or a PSD permit application prior to the start of any work on such a project. During this meeting, a protocol should be established between the preparing and reviewing parties to define the procedures to be followed, the data to be collected, the model to be used, and the analysis of the source and concentration data to be performed. An example of the content for such an effort is contained in the Air Quality Analysis Checklist posted on the EPA's SCRAM website (section 2.3). This checklist suggests the appropriate level of detail to assess the air quality resulting from the proposed action. Special cases may require additional data collection or analysis and this should be determined and agreed upon at the pre-application meeting. The protocol should be written and agreed upon by the parties concerned, although it is not intended that this protocol be a binding, formal legal document. Changes in such a protocol or deviations from the protocol are often necessary as the data collection and analysis progresses. However, the protocol establishes a common understanding of how the demonstration required to meet regulatory requirements will be made.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">9.2.2 Design Concentration and Receptor Sites</HD>
                            <P>a. Under the PSD permitting program, an air quality analysis for criteria pollutants is required to demonstrate that emissions from the construction or operation of a proposed new source or modification will not cause or contribute to a violation of the NAAQS or PSD increments.</P>
                            <P>i. For a NAAQS assessment, the design concentration is the combination of the appropriate background concentration (section 8.3) with the estimated modeled impact of the proposed source. The NAAQS design concentration is then compared to the applicable NAAQS.</P>
                            <P>ii. For a PSD increment assessment, the design concentration includes impacts occurring after the appropriate baseline date from all increment-consuming and increment-expanding sources. The PSD increment design concentration is then compared to the applicable PSD increment.</P>
                            <P>
                                b. The specific form of the NAAQS for the pollutant(s) of concern will also influence how the background and modeled data should be combined for appropriate comparison with the respective NAAQS in such a modeling demonstration. Given the 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95066"/>
                                potential for revision of the form of the NAAQS and the complexities of combining background and modeled data, specific details on this process can be found in the applicable modeling guidance available on the EPA's SCRAM website (section 2.3). Modeled concentrations should not be rounded before comparing the resulting design concentration to the NAAQS or PSD increments. Ambient monitoring and dispersion modeling address different issues and needs relative to each aspect of the overall air quality assessment.
                            </P>
                            <P>c. The PSD increments for criteria pollutants are listed in 40 CFR 52.21(c) and 40 CFR 51.166(c). For short-term increments, these maximum allowable increases in pollutant concentrations may be exceeded once per year at each site, while the annual increment may not be exceeded. The highest, second-highest increase in estimated concentrations for the short-term averages, as determined by a model, must be less than or equal to the permitted increment. The modeled annual averages must not exceed the increment.</P>
                            <P>d. Receptor sites for refined dispersion modeling should be located within the modeling domain (section 8.1). In designing a receptor network, the emphasis should be placed on receptor density and location, not total number of receptors. Typically, the density of receptor sites should be progressively more resolved near the new or modifying source, areas of interest, and areas with the highest concentrations with sufficient detail to determine where possible violations of a NAAQS or PSD increments are most likely to occur. The placement of receptor sites should be determined on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the source characteristics, topography, climatology, and monitor sites. Locations of particular importance include: (1) the area of maximum impact of the point source; (2) the area of maximum impact of nearby sources; and (3) the area where all sources combine to cause maximum impact. Depending on the complexities of the source and the environment to which the source is located, a dense array of receptors may be required in some cases. In order to avoid unreasonably large computer runs due to an excessively large array of receptors, it is often desirable to model the area twice. The first model run would use a moderate number of receptors more resolved near the new or modifying source and over areas of interest. The second model run would modify the receptor network from the first model run with a denser array of receptors in areas showing potential for high concentrations and possible violations, as indicated by the results of the first model run. Accordingly, the EPA neither anticipates nor encourages that numerous iterations of modeling runs be made to continually refine the receptor network.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">9.2.3 NAAQS and PSD Increments Compliance Demonstrations for New or Modifying Sources</HD>
                            <P>a. As described in this subsection, the recommended procedure for conducting either a NAAQS or PSD increments assessment under PSD permitting is a multi-stage approach that includes the following two stages:</P>
                            <P>i. The EPA describes the first stage as a single-source impact analysis, since this stage involves considering only the impact of the new or modifying source. There are two possible levels of detail in conducting a single-source impact analysis with the model user beginning with use of a screening model and proceeding to use of a refined model as necessary.</P>
                            <P>
                                ii. The EPA describes the second stage as a cumulative impact analysis, since it takes into account all sources affecting the air quality in an area. In addition to the project source impact, this stage includes consideration of background, which includes contributions from nearby sources and other sources (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 natural, minor, distant major, and unidentified sources).
                            </P>
                            <P>b. Each stage should involve increasing complexity and details, as required, to fully demonstrate that a new or modifying source will not cause or contribute to a violation of any NAAQS or PSD increment. As such, starting with a single-source impact analysis is recommended because, where the analysis at this stage is sufficient to demonstrate that a source will not cause or contribute to any potential violation, this may alleviate the need for a more time-consuming and comprehensive cumulative modeling analysis.</P>
                            <P>
                                c. The single-source impact analysis, or first stage of an air quality analysis, should begin by determining the potential of a proposed new or modifying source to cause or contribute to a NAAQS or PSD increment violation. In certain circumstances, a screening model or technique may be used instead of the preferred model because it will provide estimated worst-case ambient impacts from the proposed new or modifying source. If these worst case ambient concentration estimates indicate that the source will not cause or contribute to any potential violation of a NAAQS or PSD increment, then the screening analysis should generally be sufficient for the required demonstration under PSD. If the ambient concentration estimates indicate that the source's emissions have the potential to cause or contribute to a violation, then the use of a refined model to estimate the source's impact should be pursued. The refined modeling analysis should use a model or technique consistent with the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline</E>
                                 (either a preferred model or technique or an alternative model or technique) and follow the requirements and recommendations for model inputs outlined in section 8. If the ambient concentration increase predicted with refined modeling indicates that the source will not cause or contribute to any potential violation of a NAAQS or PSD increment, then the refined analysis should generally be sufficient for the required demonstration under PSD. However, if the ambient concentration estimates from the refined modeling analysis indicate that the source's emissions have the potential to cause or contribute to a violation, then a cumulative impact analysis should be undertaken. The receptors that indicate the location of significant ambient impacts should be used to define the modeling domain for use in the cumulative impact analysis (section 8.2.2).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                d. The cumulative impact analysis, or the second stage of an air quality analysis, should be conducted with the same refined model or technique to characterize the project source and then include the appropriate background concentrations (section 8.3). The resulting design concentrations should be used to determine whether the source will cause or contribute to a NAAQS or PSD increment violation. This determination should be based on: (1) The appropriate design concentration for each applicable NAAQS (and averaging period); and (2) whether the source's emissions cause or contribute to a violation at the time and location of any modeled violation (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 when and where the predicted design concentration is greater than the NAAQS). For PSD increments, the cumulative impact analysis should also consider the amount of the air quality increment that has already been consumed by other sources, or, conversely, whether increment has expanded relative to the baseline concentration. Therefore, the applicant should model the existing or permitted nearby increment-consuming and increment-expanding sources, rather than using past modeling analyses of those sources as part of background concentration. This would permit the use of newly acquired data or improved modeling techniques if such data and/or techniques have become available since the last source was permitted.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">9.2.3.1 Considerations in Developing Emissions Limits</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. Emissions limits and resulting control requirements should be established to provide for compliance with each applicable NAAQS (and averaging period) and PSD increment. It is possible that multiple emissions limits will be required for a source to demonstrate compliance with several criteria pollutants (and averaging periods) and PSD increments. Case-by-case determinations must be made as to the appropriate form of the limits, 
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 whether the emissions limits restrict the emission factor (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 limiting lb/MMBTU), the emission rate (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 lb/hr), or both. The appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and appropriate EPA guidance should be consulted to determine the appropriate emissions limits on a case-by-case basis.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">9.2.4 Use of Measured Data in Lieu of Model Estimates</HD>
                            <P>
                                a. As described throughout the 
                                <E T="03">Guideline,</E>
                                 modeling is the preferred method for demonstrating compliance with the NAAQS and PSD increments and for determining the most appropriate emissions limits for new and existing sources. When a preferred model or adequately justified and approved alternative model is available, model results, including the appropriate background, are sufficient for air quality demonstrations and establishing emissions limits, if necessary. In instances when the modeling technique available is only a screening technique, the addition of air quality monitoring data to the analysis may lend credence to the model results. However, air quality monitoring data alone will normally not be acceptable as the 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95067"/>
                                sole basis for demonstrating compliance with the NAAQS and PSD increments or for determining emissions limits.
                            </P>
                            <P>b. There may be rare circumstances where the performance of the preferred air quality model will be shown to be less than reasonably acceptable when compared with air quality monitoring data measured in the vicinity of an existing source. Additionally, there may not be an applicable preferred air quality model, screening technique, or justifiable alternative model suitable for the situation. In these unique instances, there may be the possibility of establishing emissions limits and demonstrating compliance with the NAAQS and PSD increments solely on the basis of analysis of observed air quality data in lieu of an air quality modeling analysis. However, only in the case of a modification to an existing source should air quality monitoring data alone be a basis for determining adequate emissions limits or for demonstration that the modification will not cause or contribute to a violation of any NAAQS or PSD increment.</P>
                            <P>c. The following items should be considered prior to the acceptance of an analysis of measured air quality data as the sole basis for an air quality demonstration or determining an emissions limit:</P>
                            <P>i. Does a monitoring network exist for the pollutants and averaging times of concern in the vicinity of the existing source?</P>
                            <P>ii. Has the monitoring network been designed to locate points of maximum concentration?</P>
                            <P>iii. Do the monitoring network and the data reduction and storage procedures meet EPA monitoring and quality assurance requirements?</P>
                            <P>iv. Do the dataset and the analysis allow impact of the most important individual sources to be identified if more than one source or emission point is involved?</P>
                            <P>v. Is at least one full year of valid ambient data available?</P>
                            <P>vi. Can it be demonstrated through the comparison of monitored data with model results that available air quality models and techniques are not applicable?</P>
                            <P>d. Comprehensive air quality monitoring in the area affected by the existing source with proposed modifications will be necessary in these cases. Additional meteorological monitoring may also be necessary. The appropriate number of air quality and meteorological monitors from a scientific and technical standpoint is a function of the situation being considered. The source configuration, terrain configuration, and meteorological variations all have an impact on number and optimal placement of monitors. Decisions on the monitoring network appropriate for this type of analysis can only be made on a case-by-case basis.</P>
                            <P>e. Sources should obtain approval from the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and the EPA Regional Office for the monitoring network prior to the start of monitoring. A monitoring protocol agreed to by all parties involved is necessary to assure that ambient data are collected in a consistent and appropriate manner. The design of the network, the number, type, and location of the monitors, the sampling period, averaging time, as well as the need for meteorological monitoring or the use of mobile sampling or plume tracking techniques, should all be specified in the protocol and agreed upon prior to start-up of the network.</P>
                            <P>f. Given the uniqueness and complexities of these rare circumstances, the procedures can only be established on a case-by-case basis for analyzing the source's emissions data and the measured air quality monitoring data, and for projecting with a reasoned basis the air quality impact of a proposed modification to an existing source in order to demonstrate that emissions from the construction or operation of the modification will not cause or contribute to a violation of the applicable NAAQS and PSD increment, and to determine adequate emissions limits. The same attention should be given to the detailed analyses of the air quality data as would be applied to a comprehensive model performance evaluation. In some cases, the monitoring data collected for use in the performance evaluation of preferred air quality models, screening technique, or existing alternative models may help inform the development of a suitable new alternative model. Early coordination with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)) and the EPA Regional Office is fundamental with respect to any potential use of measured data in lieu of model estimates.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.0 References</HD>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                1. 
                                <E T="03">Code of Federal Regulations;</E>
                                 Title 40 (Protection of Environment); part 51; §§ 51.112, 51.117, 51.150, 51.160.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1990. New Source Review Workshop Manual: Prevention of Significant Deterioration and Nonattainment Area Permitting (Draft). Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                3. 
                                <E T="03">Code of Federal Regulations;</E>
                                 Title 40 (Protection of Environment); part 51; §§ 51.166 and 52.21.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                4. 
                                <E T="03">Code of Federal Regulations;</E>
                                 Title 40 (Protection of Environment); part 93; §§ 93.116, 93.123, and 93.150.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                5. 
                                <E T="03">Code of Federal Regulations;</E>
                                 Title 40 (Protection of Environment); part 58 (Ambient Air Quality Surveillance).
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                6. 
                                <E T="03">Code of Federal Regulations;</E>
                                 Title 40 (Protection of Environment); part 50 (National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards).
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                7. Baker, K.R., Kelly, J.T., 2014. Single source impacts estimated with photochemical model source sensitivity and apportionment approaches. 
                                <E T="03">Atmospheric Environment,</E>
                                 96: 266-274.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8. ENVIRON, 2012. Evaluation of Chemical Dispersion Models using Atmospheric Plume Measurements from Field Experiments. ENVIRON International, Corp., Novato, CA. Prepared under contract No. EP-D-07-102 for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">9. McMurry, P.H., Shepherd, M.F., Vickery, J.S., 2004. Particulate matter science for policy makers: A NARSTO assessment. Cambridge University Press.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                10. Baker, K.R., Foley, K.M., 2011. A nonlinear regression model estimating single source concentrations of primary and secondarily formed PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                . 
                                <E T="03">Atmospheric Environment,</E>
                                 45: 3758-3767.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                11. Bergin, M.S., Russell, A.G., Odman, M.T., Cohan, D.S., Chameldes, W.L., 2008. Single-Source Impact Analysis Using Three-Dimensional Air Quality Models. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of the Air &amp; Waste Management Association,</E>
                                 58: 1351-1359.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                12. Zhou, W., Cohan, D.S., Pinder, R.W., Neuman, J.A., Holloway, J.S., Peischl, J., Ryerson, T.B., Nowak, J.B., Flocke, F., Zheng, W.G., 2012. Observation and modeling of the evolution of Texas power plant plumes. 
                                <E T="03">Atmospheric Chemistry and Physics,</E>
                                 12: 455-468.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                13. Chen, J., Lu, J., Avise, J.C., DaMassa, J.A., Kleeman, M.J., Kaduwela, A.P., 2014. Seasonal modeling of PM 2.5 in California's San Joaquin Valley. 
                                <E T="03">Atmospheric Environment,</E>
                                 92: 182-190.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                14. Russell, A.G., 2008. EPA Supersites program-related emissions-based particulate matter modeling: initial applications and advances. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of the Air &amp; Waste Management Association,</E>
                                 58: 289-302.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                15. Tesche, T., Morris, R., Tonnesen, G., McNally, D., Boylan, J., Brewer, P., 2006. CMAQ/CAMx annual 2002 performance evaluation over the eastern US. 
                                <E T="03">Atmospheric Environment,</E>
                                 40: 4906-4919.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                16. Fox, D.G., 1984. Uncertainty in air quality modeling. 
                                <E T="03">Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society,</E>
                                 65(1): 27-36.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">17. Bowne, NE, 1981. Validation and Performance Criteria for Air Quality Models. Appendix F in Air Quality Modeling and the Clean Air Act: Recommendations to EPA on Dispersion Modeling for Regulatory Applications. American Meteorological Society, Boston, MA; pp. 159-171. (Docket No. A-80-46, II-A-106).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                18. Fox, D.G., 1981. Judging Air Quality Model Performance. 
                                <E T="03">Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society,</E>
                                 62(5): 599-609.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                19. Simon, H., Baker, K.R., Phillips, S., 2012. Compilation and interpretation of photochemical model performance statistics published between 2006 and 2012. 
                                <E T="03">Atmospheric Environment,</E>
                                 61: 124-139.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">20. Burton, C.S., 1981. The Role of Atmospheric Models in Regulatory Decision-Making: Summary Report. Systems Applications, Inc., San Rafael, CA. Prepared under contract No. 68-01-5845 for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. (Docket No. A-80-46, II-M-6).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">21. Olesen, H.R., 2001. Ten years of Harmonisation activities: Past, present and future. Introductory address and paper presented at the 7th International Conference on Harmonisation within Atmospheric Dispersion Modelling for Regulatory Purposes, May 28-31, 2001, Belgirate, Italy.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                22. Weil, Sykes, and Venkatram, 1992. Evaluating Air-Quality Models: Review and Outlook. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of Applied Meteorology,</E>
                                 31: 1121-1145.
                                <PRTPAGE P="95068"/>
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">23. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2016. Model Clearinghouse: Operational Plan. Publication No. EPA-454/B-16-008. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">24. American Meteorological Society, 1983. Synthesis of the Rural Model Reviews. Publication No. EPA-600/3-83-108. Office of Research and Development, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 84-121037).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">25. Hanna, S., M. Garrison and B. Turner, 1998. AERMOD Peer Review report. Prepared by SAI, Inc. under EPA Contract No. 68-D6-0064/1-14 for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 12pp. &amp; appendices. (Docket No. A-99-05, II-A-6).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                26. Scire, J.S. and L.L. Schulman, 1981. Evaluation of the BLP and ISC Models with SF6 Tracer Data and SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 Measurements at Aluminum Reduction Plants. APCA Specialty Conference on Dispersion Modeling for Complex Sources, St. Louis, MO.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">27. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2003. AERMOD: Latest Features and Evaluation Results. Publication No. EPA-454/R-03-003. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">28. ASTM D6589: Standard Guide for Statistical Evaluation of Atmospheric Dispersion Model Performance. (2010).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">29. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1992. Protocol for Determining the Best Performing Model. Publication No. EPA-454/R-92-025. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 93-226082).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                30. Hanna, S.R., 1982. Natural Variability of Observed Hourly SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 and CO Concentrations in St. Louis. 
                                <E T="03">Atmospheric Environment,</E>
                                 16(6): 1435-1440.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">31. Pasquill, F., 1974. Atmospheric Diffusion, 2nd Edition. John Wiley and Sons, New York, NY; 479pp.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">32. Rhoads, R.G., 1981. Accuracy of Air Quality Models. Staff Report. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. (Docket No. A-80-46, II-G-6).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                33. Hanna, S.R., 1993. Uncertainties in air quality model predictions. 
                                <E T="03">Boundary-Layer Meteorology,</E>
                                 62: 3-20.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                34. Hanna, S.R., 1989. Confidence limits for air quality model evaluations, as estimated by bootstrap and jackknife resampling methods. 
                                <E T="03">Atmospheric Environment,</E>
                                 23(6): 1385-1398.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                35. Cox, W.M. and J.A. Tikvart, 1990. A statistical procedure for determining the best performing air quality simulation model. 
                                <E T="03">Atmospheric Environment,</E>
                                 24A(9): 2387-2395.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">36. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2016. Technical Support Document (TSD) for AERMOD-Based Assessments of Long-Range Transport Impacts for Primary Pollutants. Publication No. EPA-454/B-16-007. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">37. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2021. AERSCREEN User's Guide. Publication No. EPA-454/B-21-005. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">38. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2011. AERSCREEN Released as the EPA Recommended Screening Model. Memorandum dated April 11, 2011, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">39. Perry, S.G., D.J. Burns and A.J. Cimorelli, 1990. User's Guide to CTDMPLUS: Volume 2. The Screening Mode (CTSCREEN). Publication No. EPA-600/8-90-087. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 91-136564).  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">40. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1992. Screening Procedures for Estimating the Air Quality Impact of Stationary Sources, Revised. Publication No. EPA-454/R-92-019. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 93-219095).  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">41. Burns, D.J., S.G. Perry and A.J. Cimorelli, 1991. An Advanced Screening Model for Complex Terrain Applications. Paper presented at the 7th Joint Conference on Applications of Air Pollution Meteorology (cosponsored by the American Meteorological Society and the Air &amp; Waste Management Association), January 13-18, 1991, New Orleans, LA.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">42. Mills, M.T., R.J. Paine, E.A. Insley and B.A. Egan, 1987. The Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Terrain Preprocessor System—User's Guide and Program Description. Publication No. EPA-600/8-88-003. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 88-162094).  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">43. Environmental Research and Technology, 1987. User's Guide to the Rough Terrain Diffusion Model (RTDM), Rev. 3.20. ERT Document No. P-D535-585. Environmental Research and Technology, Inc., Concord, MA. (NTIS No. PB 88-171467).  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">44. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. AERMOD Model Formulation. Publication No. EPA-454/B-23-008. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                45. Cimorelli, A., 
                                <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                                 2005. AERMOD: A Dispersion Model for Industrial Source Applications. Part I: General Model Formulation and Boundary Layer Characterization. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of Applied Meteorology,</E>
                                 44(5): 682-693.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                46. L.L. Schulman, D.G. Strimaitis and J.S. Scire, 2002. Development and evaluation of the PRIME plume rise and building downwash model. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of the Air &amp; Waste Management Association,</E>
                                 50: 378-390.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">47. U.S. EPA, 2012: User's Manual AERCOARE Version 1.0. EPA-910-R-12-008. U.S. EPA, Region 10, Seattle, WA.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                48. Fairall, C.W., E.F. Bradley, J.E. Hare, A.A. Grachev, and J.B. Edson, 2003: “Bulk Parameterization of Air-Sea Fluxes: Updates and Verification for the COARE Algorithm.” 
                                <E T="03">Journal. Of Climate,</E>
                                 16, 571-591.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">49. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1992. Guideline for modeling carbon monoxide from roadway intersections. Publication number EPA-454/R-92-005. Office of Air Quality Planning &amp; Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">50. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1997. Guidance for Siting Ambient Air Monitors around Stationary Lead Sources. Publication No. EPA-454/R-92-009R. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 97-208094).  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                51. LEADPOST processor: 
                                <E T="03">https://gaftp.epa.gov/Air/aqmg/SCRAM/models/preferred/aermod/leadpost.zip.</E>
                                  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">52. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993. Lead Guideline Document. Publication No. EPA-452/R-93-009. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 94-111846).  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                53. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2014. Guidance for 1-Hour SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 Nonattainment Area SIP Submissions. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                54. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2016. SO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 NAAQS Designations Modeling Technical Assistance Document. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                55. Turner, D.B., 1964. A Diffusion Model for an Urban Area. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of Applied Meteorology,</E>
                                 3(1):83-91.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                56. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2015. Technical Support Document (TSD) for NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                -Related AERMOD Options and Modifications. Publication No. EPA-454/B-15-004. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                57. Podrez, M., 2015. An Update to the Ambient Ratio Method for 1-h NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 Air Quality Standards Dispersion Modeling. 
                                <E T="03">Atmospheric Environment,</E>
                                 103: 163-170.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                58. Cole, H.S. and J.E. Summerhays, 1979. A Review of Techniques Available for Estimation of Short-Term NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 Concentrations. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of the Air Pollution Control Association,</E>
                                 29(8): 812-817.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                59. Hanrahan, P.L., 1999. The Polar Volume Polar Ratio Method for Determining NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                /NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 Ratios in Modeling—Part I: Methodology. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of the Air &amp; Waste Management Association,</E>
                                 49: 1324-1331.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                60. Carruthers, D.J.; Stocker, J.R.; Ellis, A.; Seaton, M.D.; Smith, SE, 2017. Evaluation of an explicit NO
                                <E T="52">x</E>
                                 chemistry method in AERMOD; 
                                <E T="03">Journal of the Air &amp; Waste Management Association.</E>
                                 2017, 67 (6), 702-712; DOI:10.1080/10962247.2017.1280096.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                61. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. Technical Support Document (TSD) for Adoption of the Generic Reaction Set Method (GRSM) as a Regulatory Non-Default Tier-3 NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 Screening Option, Publication No. EPA-454/R-23-009. Office of Air Quality Planning &amp; Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                62. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2004. The Particle Pollution Report. Publication No. EPA-454/R-04-002. 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95069"/>
                                Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                63. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2022. Guidance for Ozone and PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 Permit Modeling. Publication No. EPA-454/R-22-005. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                64. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2018. Modeling Guidance for Demonstrating Attainment of Air Quality Goals for Ozone, PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                , and Regional Haze. Publication No. EPA 454/R-18-009. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                65. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2015. Transportation Conformity Guidance for Quantitative Hot-Spot Analyses in PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 and PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                                 Nonattainment and Maintenance Areas. Publication No. EPA-420-B-15-084. Office of Transportation and Air Quality, Ann Arbor, MI.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                66. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1987. PM
                                <E T="52">10</E>
                                 SIP Development Guideline. Publication No. EPA-450/2-86-001. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 87-206488).  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">67. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2012. Haul Road Workgroup Final Report Submission to EPA-OAQPS. Memorandum dated March 2, 2012, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">68. Seinfeld, J.H., Pandis, S.N., 2012. Atmospheric chemistry and physics: from air pollution to climate change. John Wiley &amp; Sons.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                69. Simon, H., Baker, K.R., Phillips, S., 2012. Compilation and interpretation of photochemical model performance statistics published between 2006 and 2012. 
                                <E T="03">Atmospheric Environment,</E>
                                 61, 124-139.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                70. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2016. Guidance on the use of models for assessing the impacts of emissions from single sources on the secondarily formed pollutants ozone and PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                . Publication No. EPA 454/R-16-005. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                71. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2019. Guidance on the Development of Modeled Emission Rates for Precursors (MERPs) as a Tier 1 Demonstration Tool for Ozone and PM
                                <E T="52">2.5</E>
                                 under the PSD Permitting Program. Publication No. EPA-454/R-19-003. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">72. U.S. Department of the Interior, 2010. Federal Land Managers' Air Quality Related Values Work Group (FLAG) Phase I Report—Revised 2010. Natural Resource Report NPS/NPRC/NRR-2010/232.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                73. National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program (NAPAP), 1991. Acid Deposition: State of Science and Technology. Volume III Terrestrial, Materials, Health and Visibility Effects. Report 24, 
                                <E T="03">Visibility: Existing and Historical Conditions—Causes and Effects.</E>
                                 Edited by Patricia M. Irving. Washington, DC, 129pp.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">74. National Research Council, 1993. Protecting Visibility in National Parks and Wilderness Areas. National Academy Press, Washington, DC, 446pp.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">75. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1992. Workbook for plume visual impact screening and analysis (revised). Publication No. EPA-454/R-92-023. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 93-223592).  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">76. Nilsson, J., Grennfelt, P., Ministerråd, N., 1988. Critical Loads for Sulphur and Nitrogen: Report from a Workshop Held at Skokloster, Sweden, 19-24 March, 1988. Nordic Council of Ministers.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">77. Turner, D.B., 1969. Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates. PHS Publication No. 999-AP-26. U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Public Health Service, Cincinnati, OH. (NTIS No. PB-191482).  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">78. McElroy, J.L. and F. Pooler, Jr., 1968. St. Louis Dispersion Study, Volume II— Analysis. National Air Pollution Control Administration Publication No. AP-53, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Public Health Service, Arlington, VA. (NTIS No. PB-190255).  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">79. Irwin, J.S., 1978. Proposed Criteria for Selection of Urban Versus Rural Dispersion Coefficients. (Draft Staff Report). Meteorology and Assessment Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. (Docket No. A-80-46, II-B-8).  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                80. Auer, Jr., A.H., 1978. Correlation of Land Use and Cover with Meteorological Anomalies. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of Applied Meteorology,</E>
                                 17(5): 636-643.  
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">81. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. AERMOD Implementation Guide. Publication No. EPA-454/B-23-009. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">82. Pasquill, F., 1976. Atmospheric Dispersion Parameters in Gaussian Plume Modeling, Part II. Possible Requirements for Change in the Turner Workbook Values. Publication No. EPA-600/4-76-030b. Office of Research and Development, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB-258036/3BA).  </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">83. Stull, R.B., 1988. An Introduction to Boundary Layer Meteorology. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston, MA. 666pp.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">84. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1987. Analysis and Evaluation of Statistical Coastal Fumigation Models. Publication No. EPA-450/4-87-002. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 87-175519).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">85. Wesely, M.L, P.V. Doskey, and J.D. Shannon, 2002: Deposition Parameterizations for the Industrial Source Complex (ISC3) Model. ANL Report ANL/ER/TRB01/003, DOE/W-31-109-Eng-38, Argonne National Laboratory, Argonne, Illinois 60439.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">86. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1981. Guideline for Use of Fluid Modeling to Determine Good Engineering Practice (GEP) Stack Height. Publication No. EPA-450/4-81-003. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 82-145327).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">87. Lawson, Jr., R.E. and W.H. Snyder, 1983. Determination of Good Engineering Practice Stack Height: A Demonstration Study for a Power Plant. Publication No. EPA-600/3-83-024. Office of Research and Development, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 83-207407).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">88. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1985. Guideline for Determination of Good Engineering Practice Stack Height (Technical Support Document for the Stack Height Regulations), Revised. Publication No. EPA-450/4-80-023R. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 85-225241).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">89. Snyder, W.H. and R.E. Lawson, Jr., 1985. Fluid Modeling Demonstration of Good Engineering-Practice Stack Height in Complex Terrain. Publication No. EPA-600/3-85-022. Office of Research and Development, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 85-203107).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">90. Briggs, G.A., 1975. Plume Rise Predictions. Chapter 3 in Lectures on Air Pollution and Environmental Impact Analyses. American Meteorological Society, Boston, MA; pp. 59-111.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                91. Hanna, S.R., G.A. Briggs and R.P. Hosker, Jr., 1982. Plume Rise. Chapter 2 in 
                                <E T="03">Handbook on Atmospheric Diffusion.</E>
                                 Technical Information Center, U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, DC; pp. 11-24. DOE/TIC-11223 (DE 82002045).
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                92. Weil, J.C., L.A. Corio and R.P. Brower, 1997. A PDF dispersion model for buoyant plumes in the convective boundary layer. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of Applied Meteorology,</E>
                                 36: 982-1003.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                93. L.L. Schulman, D.G. Strimaitis and J.S. Scire, 2002. Development and evaluation of the PRIME plume rise and building downwash model. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of the Air &amp; Waste Management Association,</E>
                                 50: 378-390.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                94. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1995. Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Volume I: Stationary Point and Area Sources (Fifth Edition, AP-42: GPO Stock No. 055-000-00500-1), and Supplements A-D. Volume I can be downloaded from EPA's website at 
                                <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/air-emissions-factors-and-quantification/ap-42-compilation-air-emission-factors.</E>
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">95. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2017. Emissions Inventory Guidance for Implementation of Ozone and Particulate Matter National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) and Regional Haze Regulations. Publication No. EPA-454/B-17-002. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">96. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. Draft Guidance on Developing Background Concentrations for Use in Modeling Demonstrations. Publication No. EPA-454/P-23-001. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                97. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1987. Ambient Air Monitoring 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95070"/>
                                Guidelines for Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD). Publication No. EPA-450/4-87-007. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 90-168030).
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                98. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2011. Additional Clarification Regarding Application of Appendix W Modeling Guidance for the 1-hour NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 National Ambient Air Quality Standard. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">99. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2013. Use of ASOS meteorological data in AERMOD dispersion modeling. Memorandum dated March 8, 2013, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">100. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. User's Guide for the AERMOD Meteorological Preprocessor (AERMET). Publication No. EPA-454/B-23-005. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">101. U.S Environmental Protection Agency. 2023. AERMINUTE User's Guide. Publication No. EPA-454/B-23-007. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">102. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993. PCRAMMET User's Guide. Publication No. EPA-454/R-96-001. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 97-147912).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">103. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1996. Meteorological Processor for Regulatory Models (MPRM). Publication No. EPA-454/R-96-002. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 96-180518).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">104. Paine, R.J., 1987. User's Guide to the CTDM Meteorological Preprocessor Program. Publication No. EPA-600/8-88-004. Office of Research and Development, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB-88-162102).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">105. Perry, S.G., D.J. Burns, L.H. Adams, R.J. Paine, M.G. Dennis, M.T. Mills, D.G. Strimaitis, R.J. Yamartino and E.M. Insley, 1989. User's Guide to the Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable Situations (CTDMPLUS). Volume 1: Model Descriptions and User Instructions. Publication No. EPA-600/8-89-041. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 89-181424).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">106. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2020. User's Guide for AERSURFACE Tool. Publication No. EPA-454/B-20-008. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">107. Brode, R., K. Wesson, J. Thurman, and C. Tillerson, 2008. AERMOD Sensitivity to the Choice of Surface Characteristics. Paper #811 presented at the 101st Air &amp; Waste Management Association Annual Conference and Exhibition, June 24-27, 2008, Portland, OR.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">108. Ramboll, 2023. The Mesoscale Model Interface Program (MMIF) Version 4.1 User's Manual.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">109. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. Guidance on the Use of the Mesoscale Model Interface Program (MMIF) for AERMOD Applications. Publication No. EPA-454/B-23-006. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">110. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2000. Meteorological Monitoring Guidance for Regulatory Modeling Applications. Publication No. EPA-454/R-99-005. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 2001-103606).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">111. ASTM D5527: Standard Practice for Measuring Surface Winds and Temperature by Acoustic Means. (2011).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">112. ASTM D5741: Standard Practice for Characterizing Surface Wind Using Wind Vane and Rotating Anemometer. (2011).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                113. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1995. Quality Assurance for Air Pollution Measurement Systems, Volume IV—Meteorological Measurements. Publication No. EPA600/R-94/038d. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. 
                                <E T="03">Note:</E>
                                 for copies of this handbook, you may make inquiry to ORD Publications, 26 West Martin Luther King Dr., Cincinnati, OH 45268.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">114. Bowen, B.M., J.M. Dewart and A.I. Chen, 1983. Stability Class Determination: A Comparison for One Site. Proceedings, Sixth Symposium on Turbulence and Diffusion. American Meteorological Society, Boston, MA; pp. 211-214. (Docket No. A-92-65, II-A-7).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">115. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993. An Evaluation of a Solar Radiation/Delta-T (SRDT) Method for Estimating Pasquill-Gifford (P-G) Stability Categories. Publication No. EPA-454/R-93-055. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 94-113958).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">116. Irwin, J.S., 1980. Dispersion Estimate Suggestion #8: Estimation of Pasquill Stability Categories. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. (Docket No. A-80-46, II-B-10).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">117. Mitchell, Jr., A.E. and K.O. Timbre, 1979. Atmospheric Stability Class from Horizontal Wind Fluctuation. Presented at 72nd Annual Meeting of Air Pollution Control Association, Cincinnati, OH; June 24-29, 1979. (Docket No. A-80-46, II-P-9).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                118. Smedman-Hogstrom, A. and V. Hogstrom, 1978. A Practical Method for Determining Wind Frequency Distributions for the Lowest 200 m from Routine Meteorological Data. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of Applied Meteorology,</E>
                                 17(7): 942-954.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">119. Smith, T.B. and S.M. Howard, 1972. Methodology for Treating Diffusivity. MRI 72 FR-1030. Meteorology Research, Inc., Altadena, CA. (Docket No. A-80-46, II-P-8).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">120. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2018. Evaluation of Prognostic Meteorological Data in AERMOD Applications. Publication No. EPA-454/R-18-002. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">121. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1984. Calms Processor (CALMPRO) User's Guide. Publication No. EPA-901/9-84-001. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Region I, Boston, MA. (NTIS No. PB 84-229467). </FP>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Addendum A to Appendix W of Part 51—Summaries of Preferred Air Quality Models</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A.0 Introduction and Availability</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A.1 AERMOD (AMS/EPA Regulatory Model)</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A.2 CTDMPLUS (Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable Situations)</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A.3 OCD (Offshore and Coastal Dispersion Model)</FP>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.0 Introduction and Availability</HD>
                            <P>(1) This appendix summarizes key features of refined air quality models preferred for specific regulatory applications. For each model, information is provided on availability, approximate cost (where applicable), regulatory use, data input, output format and options, simulation of atmospheric physics, and accuracy. These models may be used without a formal demonstration of applicability provided they satisfy the recommendations for regulatory use; not all options in the models are necessarily recommended for regulatory use.</P>
                            <P>(2) These models have been subjected to a performance evaluation using comparisons with observed air quality data. Where possible, the models contained herein have been subjected to evaluation exercises, including: (1) statistical performance tests recommended by the American Meteorological Society, and (2) peer scientific reviews. The models in this appendix have been selected on the basis of the results of the model evaluations, experience with previous use, familiarity of the model to various air quality programs, and the costs and resource requirements for use.</P>
                            <P>
                                (3) Codes and documentation for all models listed in this appendix are available from the EPA's Support Center for Regulatory Air Models (SCRAM) website at 
                                <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/scram.</E>
                                 Codes and documentation may also be available from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 
                                <E T="03">https://www.ntis.gov,</E>
                                 and, when available, are referenced with the appropriate NTIS accession number.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.1 AERMOD (AMS/EPA Regulatory Model)</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">References</HD>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. AERMOD Model Formulation. Publication No. EPA-454/B-23-010. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                Cimorelli, A., 
                                <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                                 2005. AERMOD: A Dispersion Model for Industrial Source Applications. Part I: General Model Formulation and Boundary Layer Characterization. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of Applied Meteorology,</E>
                                 44(5): 682-693.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                Perry, S., 
                                <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                                 2005. AERMOD: A Dispersion Model for Industrial Source 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95071"/>
                                Applications. Part II: Model Performance against 17 Field Study Databases. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of Applied Meteorology,</E>
                                 44(5): 694-708.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                Heist, D., 
                                <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                                 2013. Estimating near-road pollutant dispersion: A model inter-comparison. 
                                <E T="03">Transportation Research Part D: Transport and Environment,</E>
                                 25: pp 93-105.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. Incorporation and Evaluation of the RLINE Source Type in AERMOD For Mobile Source Applications. Publication No. EPA-454/R-23-011. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. User's Guide for the AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD). Publication No. EPA-454/B-23-008. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. User's Guide for the AERMOD Meteorological Preprocessor (AERMET). Publication No. EPA-454/B-23-005. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2018. User's Guide for the AERMOD Terrain Preprocessor (AERMAP). Publication No. EPA-454/B-18-004. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                Schulman, L.L., D.G. Strimaitis and J.S. Scire, 2000. Development and evaluation of the PRIME plume rise and building downwash model. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of the Air &amp; Waste Management Association,</E>
                                 50: 378-390.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Schulman, L.L., and Joseph S. Scire, 1980. Buoyant Line and Point Source (BLP) Dispersion Model User's Guide. Document P-7304B. Environmental Research and Technology, Inc., Concord, MA. (NTIS No. PB 81-164642).</FP>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">Availability</HD>
                            <P>The model codes and associated documentation are available on EPA's SCRAM website (paragraph A.0(3)).</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">Abstract</HD>
                            <P>
                                AERMOD is a steady-state plume dispersion model for assessment of pollutant concentrations from a variety of sources. AERMOD simulates transport and dispersion from multiple point, area, volume, and line sources based on an up-to-date characterization of the atmospheric boundary layer. Sources may be located in rural or urban areas, and receptors may be located in simple or complex terrain. AERMOD accounts for building wake effects (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 plume downwash) based on the PRIME building downwash algorithms. The model employs hourly sequential preprocessed meteorological data to estimate concentrations for averaging times from 1-hour to 1-year (also multiple years). AERMOD can be used to estimate the concentrations of nonreactive pollutants from highway traffic. AERMOD also handles unique modeling problems associated with aluminum reduction plants, and other industrial sources where plume rise and downwash effects from stationary buoyant line sources are important. AERMOD is designed to operate in concert with two pre-processor codes: AERMET processes meteorological data for input to AERMOD, and AERMAP processes terrain elevation data and generates receptor and hill height information for input to AERMOD.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Regulatory Use</HD>
                            <P>(1) AERMOD is appropriate for the following applications:</P>
                            <P>• Point, volume, and area sources;</P>
                            <P>
                                • Buoyant, elevated line sources (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 aluminum reduction plants);
                            </P>
                            <P>• Mobile sources;</P>
                            <P>• Surface, near-surface, and elevated releases;</P>
                            <P>• Rural or urban areas;</P>
                            <P>• Simple and complex terrain;</P>
                            <P>• Transport distances over which steady- state assumptions are appropriate, up to 50 km;</P>
                            <P>• 1-hour to annual averaging times,</P>
                            <P>• Continuous toxic air emissions; and,</P>
                            <P>• Applications in the marine boundary layer environment where the effects of shoreline fumigation and/or platform downwash are adequately assessed or are not applicable.</P>
                            <P>
                                (2) For regulatory applications of AERMOD, the regulatory default option should be set, 
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 the parameter DFAULT should be employed in the MODELOPT record in the COntrol Pathway. The DFAULT option requires the use of meteorological data processed with the regulatory options in AERMET, the use of terrain elevation data processed through the AERMAP terrain processor, stack-tip downwash, sequential date checking, and does not permit the use of the model in the SCREEN mode. In the regulatory default mode, pollutant half-life or decay options are not employed, except in the case of an urban source of sulfur dioxide where a 4-hour half-life is applied. Terrain elevation data from the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) 7.5-Minute Digital Elevation Model (DEM), or equivalent (approx. 30-meter resolution and finer), (processed through AERMAP) should be used in all applications. Starting in 2011, data from the 3D Elevation Program (3DEP, 
                                <E T="03">https://apps.nationalmap.gov/downloader</E>
                                ), formerly the National Elevation Dataset (NED), can also be used in AERMOD, which includes a range of resolutions, from 1-m to 2 arc seconds and such high resolution would always be preferred. In some cases, exceptions from the terrain data requirement may be made in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)).
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Input Requirements</HD>
                            <P>(1) Source data: Required inputs include source type, location, emission rate, stack height, stack inside diameter, stack gas exit velocity, stack gas exit temperature, area and volume source dimensions, and source base elevation. For point sources subject to the influence of building downwash, direction-specific building dimensions (processed through the BPIPPRM building processor) should be input. Variable emission rates are optional. Buoyant line sources require coordinates of the end points of the line, release height, emission rate, average line source width, average building width, average spacing between buildings, and average line source buoyancy parameter. For mobile sources, traffic volume; emission factor, source height, and mixing zone width are needed to determine appropriate model inputs.</P>
                            <P>
                                (2) Meteorological data: The AERMET meteorological preprocessor requires input of surface characteristics, including surface roughness (zo), Bowen ratio, and albedo, as well as, hourly observations of wind speed between 7zo and 100 m (reference wind speed measurement from which a vertical profile can be developed), wind direction, cloud cover, and temperature between zo and 100 m (reference temperature measurement from which a vertical profile can be developed). Meteorological data can be in the form of observed data or prognostic modeled data as discussed in paragraph 8.4.1(d). Surface characteristics may be varied by wind sector and by season or month. When using observed meteorological data, a morning sounding (in National Weather Service format) from a representative upper air station is required. Latitude, longitude, and time zone of the surface, site-specific or prognostic data (if applicable) and upper air meteorological stations are required. The wind speed starting threshold is also required in AERMET for applications involving site-specific data. When using prognostic data, modeled profiles of temperature and winds are input to AERMET. These can be hourly or a time that represents a morning sounding. Additionally, measured profiles of wind, temperature, vertical and lateral turbulence may be required in certain applications (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 in complex terrain) to adequately represent the meteorology affecting plume transport and dispersion. Optionally, measurements of solar and/or net radiation may be input to AERMET. Two files are produced by the AERMET meteorological preprocessor for input to the AERMOD dispersion model. When using observed data, the surface file contains observed and calculated surface variables, one record per hour. For applications with multi-level site-specific meteorological data, the profile contains the observations made at each level of the meteorological tower (or remote sensor). When using prognostic data, the surface file contains surface variables calculated by the prognostic model and AERMET. The profile file contains the observations made at each level of a meteorological tower (or remote sensor), the one-level observations taken from other representative data (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 National Weather Service surface observations), one record per level per hour, or in the case of prognostic data, the prognostic modeled values of temperature and winds at user-specified levels.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (i) Data used as input to AERMET should possess an adequate degree of representativeness to ensure that the wind, temperature and turbulence profiles derived by AERMOD are both laterally and vertically representative of the source impact area. The adequacy of input data should be judged independently for each variable. The values for surface roughness, Bowen ratio, and albedo should reflect the surface 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95072"/>
                                characteristics in the vicinity of the meteorological tower or representative grid cell when using prognostic data, and should be adequately representative of the modeling domain. Finally, the primary atmospheric input variables, including wind speed and direction, ambient temperature, cloud cover, and a morning upper air sounding, should also be adequately representative of the source area when using observed data.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (ii) For applications involving the use of site-specific meteorological data that includes turbulences parameters (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 sigma-theta and/or sigma-w), the application of the ADJ_U* option in AERMET would require approval as an alternative model application under section 3.2.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (iii) For recommendations regarding the length of meteorological record needed to perform a regulatory analysis with AERMOD, 
                                <E T="03">see</E>
                                 section 8.4.2.
                            </P>
                            <P>(3) Receptor data: Receptor coordinates, elevations, height above ground, and hill height scales are produced by the AERMAP terrain preprocessor for input to AERMOD. Discrete receptors and/or multiple receptor grids, Cartesian and/or polar, may be employed in AERMOD. AERMAP requires input of DEM or 3DEP terrain data produced by the USGS, or other equivalent data. AERMAP can be used optionally to estimate source elevations.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Output</HD>
                            <P>
                                Printed output options include input information, high concentration summary tables by receptor for user-specified averaging periods, maximum concentration summary tables, and concurrent values summarized by receptor for each day processed. Optional output files can be generated for: a listing of occurrences of exceedances of user-specified threshold value; a listing of concurrent (raw) results at each receptor for each hour modeled, suitable for post-processing; a listing of design values that can be imported into graphics software for plotting contours; a listing of results suitable for NAAQS analyses including NAAQS exceedances and culpability analyses; an unformatted listing of raw results above a threshold value with a special structure for use with the TOXX model component of TOXST; a listing of concentrations by rank (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 for use in quantile-quantile plots); and a listing of concentrations, including arc-maximum normalized concentrations, suitable for model evaluation studies.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Type of Model</HD>
                            <P>AERMOD is a steady-state plume model, using Gaussian distributions in the vertical and horizontal for stable conditions, and in the horizontal for convective conditions. The vertical concentration distribution for convective conditions results from an assumed bi-Gaussian probability density function of the vertical velocity.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. Pollutant Types</HD>
                            <P>AERMOD is applicable to primary pollutants and continuous releases of toxic and hazardous waste pollutants. Chemical transformation is treated by simple exponential decay.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">f. Source-Receptor Relationships</HD>
                            <P>AERMOD applies user-specified locations for sources and receptors. Actual separation between each source-receptor pair is used. Source and receptor elevations are user input or are determined by AERMAP using USGS DEM or 3DEP terrain data. Receptors may be located at user-specified heights above ground level.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">g. Plume Behavior</HD>
                            <P>
                                (1) In the convective boundary layer (CBL), the transport and dispersion of a plume is characterized as the superposition of three modeled plumes: (1) the direct plume (from the stack); (2) the indirect plume; and (3) the penetrated plume, where the indirect plume accounts for the lofting of a buoyant plume near the top of the boundary layer, and the penetrated plume accounts for the portion of a plume that, due to its buoyancy, penetrates above the mixed layer, but can disperse downward and re-enter the mixed layer. In the CBL, plume rise is superposed on the displacements by random convective velocities (Weil, 
                                <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                                 1997).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (2) In the stable boundary layer, plume rise is estimated using an iterative approach to account for height-dependent lapse rates, similar to that in the CTDMPLUS model (
                                <E T="03">see</E>
                                 A.2 in this appendix).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (3) Stack-tip downwash and buoyancy induced dispersion effects are modeled. Building wake effects are simulated for stacks subject to building downwash using the methods contained in the PRIME downwash algorithms (Schulman, 
                                <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                                 2000). For plume rise affected by the presence of a building, the PRIME downwash algorithm uses a numerical solution of the mass, energy and momentum conservation laws (Zhang and Ghoniem, 1993). Streamline deflection and the position of the stack relative to the building affect plume trajectory and dispersion. Enhanced dispersion is based on the approach of Weil (1996). Plume mass captured by the cavity is well-mixed within the cavity. The captured plume mass is re-emitted to the far wake as a volume source.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (4) For elevated terrain, AERMOD incorporates the concept of the critical dividing streamline height, in which flow below this height remains horizontal, and flow above this height tends to rise up and over terrain (Snyder, 
                                <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                                 1985). Plume concentration estimates are the weighted sum of these two limiting plume states. However, consistent with the steady-state assumption of uniform horizontal wind direction over the modeling domain, straight-line plume trajectories are assumed, with adjustment in the plume/receptor geometry used to account for the terrain effects.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">h. Horizontal Winds</HD>
                            <P>Vertical profiles of wind are calculated for each hour based on measurements and surface-layer similarity (scaling) relationships. At a given height above ground, for a given hour, winds are assumed constant over the modeling domain. The effect of the vertical variation in horizontal wind speed on dispersion is accounted for through simple averaging over the plume depth.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">i. Vertical Wind Speed</HD>
                            <P>In convective conditions, the effects of random vertical updraft and downdraft velocities are simulated with a bi-Gaussian probability density function. In both convective and stable conditions, the mean vertical wind speed is assumed equal to zero.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">j. Horizontal Dispersion</HD>
                            <P>Gaussian horizontal dispersion coefficients are estimated as continuous functions of the parameterized (or measured) ambient lateral turbulence and also account for buoyancy-induced and building wake-induced turbulence. Vertical profiles of lateral turbulence are developed from measurements and similarity (scaling) relationships. Effective turbulence values are determined from the portion of the vertical profile of lateral turbulence between the plume height and the receptor height. The effective lateral turbulence is then used to estimate horizontal dispersion.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">k. Vertical Dispersion</HD>
                            <P>In the stable boundary layer, Gaussian vertical dispersion coefficients are estimated as continuous functions of parameterized vertical turbulence. In the convective boundary layer, vertical dispersion is characterized by a bi-Gaussian probability density function and is also estimated as a continuous function of parameterized vertical turbulence. Vertical turbulence profiles are developed from measurements and similarity (scaling) relationships. These turbulence profiles account for both convective and mechanical turbulence. Effective turbulence values are determined from the portion of the vertical profile of vertical turbulence between the plume height and the receptor height. The effective vertical turbulence is then used to estimate vertical dispersion.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">l. Chemical Transformation</HD>
                            <P>
                                Chemical transformations are generally not treated by AERMOD. However, AERMOD does contain an option to treat chemical transformation using simple exponential decay, although this option is typically not used in regulatory applications except for sources of sulfur dioxide in urban areas. Either a decay coefficient or a half-life is input by the user. Note also that the Generic Reaction Set Method, Plume Volume Molar Ratio Method and the Ozone Limiting Method (section 4.2.3.4) for NO
                                <E T="52">2</E>
                                 analyses are available.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">m. Physical Removal</HD>
                            <P>AERMOD can be used to treat dry and wet deposition for both gases and particles. Currently, Method 1 particle deposition is available for regulatory applications. Method 2 particle deposition and gas deposition are currently alpha options and not available for regulatory applications</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">n. Evaluation Studies</HD>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                American Petroleum Institute, 1998. Evaluation of State of the Science of Air Quality Dispersion Model, Scientific Evaluation, prepared by Woodward-Clyde Consultants, Lexington, Massachusetts, for American Petroleum Institute, Washington, DC, 20005-4070.
                                <PRTPAGE P="95073"/>
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Brode, R.W., 2002. Implementation and Evaluation of PRIME in AERMOD. Preprints of the 12th Joint Conference on Applications of Air Pollution Meteorology, May 20-24, 2002; American Meteorological Society, Boston, MA.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Brode, R.W., 2004. Implementation and Evaluation of Bulk Richardson Number Scheme in AERMOD. 13th Joint Conference on Applications of Air Pollution Meteorology, August 23-26, 2004; American Meteorological Society, Boston, MA.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2003. AERMOD: Latest Features and Evaluation Results. Publication No. EPA-454/R-03-003. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                Heist, D., 
                                <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                                 2013. Estimating near-road pollutant dispersion: A model inter-comparison. 
                                <E T="03">Transportation Research Part D: Transport and Environment,</E>
                                 25: pp 93-105.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. Incorporation and Evaluation of the RLINE Source Type in AERMOD For Mobile Source Applications. Publication No. EPA-454/R-23-011. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                Carruthers, D.J.; Stocker, J.R.; Ellis, A.; Seaton, M.D.; Smith, SE Evaluation of an explicit NO
                                <E T="52">X</E>
                                 chemistry method in AERMOD; 
                                <E T="03">Journal of the Air &amp; Waste Management Association.</E>
                                 2017, 67 (6), 702-712; DOI:10.1080/10962247.2017.1280096.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Environmental Protection Agency, 2023. Technical Support Document (TSD) for Adoption of the Generic Reaction Set Method (GRSM) as a Regulatory Non-Default Tier-3 NO2 Screening Option. Publication No. EPA-454/R-23-009. Office of Air Quality Planning &amp; Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.2 CTDMPLUS (Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable Situations)</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">References</HD>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Perry, S.G., D.J. Burns, L.H. Adams, R.J. Paine, M.G. Dennis, M.T. Mills, D.G. Strimaitis, R.J. Yamartino and E.M. Insley, 1989. User's Guide to the Complex Terrain Dispersion Model Plus Algorithms for Unstable Situations (CTDMPLUS). Volume 1: Model Descriptions and User Instructions. EPA Publication No. EPA-600/8-89-041. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. (NTIS No. PB 89-181424).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                Perry, S.G., 1992. CTDMPLUS: A Dispersion Model for Sources near Complex Topography. Part I: Technical Formulations. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of Applied Meteorology,</E>
                                 31(7): 633-645.
                            </FP>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">Availability</HD>
                            <P>The model codes and associated documentation are available on the EPA's SCRAM website (paragraph A.0(3)).</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">Abstract</HD>
                            <P>CTDMPLUS is a refined point source Gaussian air quality model for use in all stability conditions for complex terrain applications. The model contains, in its entirety, the technology of CTDM for stable and neutral conditions. However, CTDMPLUS can also simulate daytime, unstable conditions, and has a number of additional capabilities for improved user friendliness. Its use of meteorological data and terrain information is different from other EPA models; considerable detail for both types of input data is required and is supplied by preprocessors specifically designed for CTDMPLUS. CTDMPLUS requires the parameterization of individual hill shapes using the terrain preprocessor and the association of each model receptor with a particular hill.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Regulatory Use</HD>
                            <P>CTDMPLUS is appropriate for the following applications:</P>
                            <P>• Elevated point sources;</P>
                            <P>• Terrain elevations above stack top;</P>
                            <P>• Rural or urban areas;</P>
                            <P>• Transport distances less than 50 kilometers; and</P>
                            <P>• 1-hour to annual averaging times when used with a post-processor program such as CHAVG.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Input Requirements</HD>
                            <P>(1) Source data: For each source, user supplies source location, height, stack diameter, stack exit velocity, stack exit temperature, and emission rate; if variable emissions are appropriate, the user supplies hourly values for emission rate, stack exit velocity, and stack exit temperature.</P>
                            <P>
                                (2) Meteorological data: For applications of CTDMPLUS, multiple level (typically three or more) measurements of wind speed and direction, temperature and turbulence (wind fluctuation statistics) are required to create the basic meteorological data file (“PROFILE”). Such measurements should be obtained up to the representative plume height(s) of interest (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 the plume height(s) under those conditions important to the determination of the design concentration). The representative plume height(s) of interest should be determined using an appropriate complex terrain screening procedure (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 CTSCREEN) and should be documented in the monitoring/modeling protocol. The necessary meteorological measurements should be obtained from an appropriately sited meteorological tower augmented by SODAR and/or RASS if the representative plume height(s) of interest is above the levels represented by the tower measurements. Meteorological preprocessors then create a SURFACE data file (hourly values of mixed layer heights, surface friction velocity, Monin-Obukhov length and surface roughness length) and a RAWINsonde data file (upper air measurements of pressure, temperature, wind direction, and wind speed).
                            </P>
                            <P>(3) Receptor data: receptor names (up to 400) and coordinates, and hill number (each receptor must have a hill number assigned).</P>
                            <P>(4) Terrain data: user inputs digitized contour information to the terrain preprocessor which creates the TERRAIN data file (for up to 25 hills).</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Output</HD>
                            <P>
                                (1) When CTDMPLUS is run, it produces a concentration file, in either binary or text format (user's choice), and a list file containing a verification of model inputs, 
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                            </P>
                            <P>• Input meteorological data from “SURFACE” and “PROFILE,”</P>
                            <P>• Stack data for each source,</P>
                            <P>• Terrain information,</P>
                            <P>• Receptor information, and</P>
                            <P>• Source-receptor location (line printer map).</P>
                            <P>(2) In addition, if the case-study option is selected, the listing includes:</P>
                            <P>• Meteorological variables at plume height,</P>
                            <P>• Geometrical relationships between the source and the hill, and</P>
                            <P>
                                • Plume characteristics at each receptor, 
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                            </P>
                            <P>○ Distance in along-flow and cross flow direction</P>
                            <P>○ Effective plume-receptor height difference</P>
                            <P>○ Effective σy &amp; σz values, both flat terrain and hill induced (the difference shows the effect of the hill)</P>
                            <P>○ Concentration components due to WRAP, LIFT and FLAT.</P>
                            <P>(3) If the user selects the TOPN option, a summary table of the top four concentrations at each receptor is given. If the ISOR option is selected, a source contribution table for every hour will be printed.</P>
                            <P>(4) A separate output file of predicted (1-hour only) concentrations (“CONC”) is written if the user chooses this option. Three forms of output are possible:</P>
                            <P>(i) A binary file of concentrations, one value for each receptor in the hourly sequence as run;</P>
                            <P>(ii) A text file of concentrations, one value for each receptor in the hourly sequence as run; or</P>
                            <P>(iii) A text file as described above, but with a listing of receptor information (names, positions, hill number) at the beginning of the file.</P>
                            <P>(5) Hourly information provided to these files besides the concentrations themselves includes the year, month, day, and hour information as well as the receptor number with the highest concentration.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Type of Model</HD>
                            <P>CTDMPLUS is a refined steady-state, point source plume model for use in all stability conditions for complex terrain applications.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. Pollutant Types</HD>
                            <P>CTDMPLUS may be used to model non- reactive, primary pollutants.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">f. Source-Receptor Relationship</HD>
                            <P>
                                Up to 40 point sources, 400 receptors and 25 hills may be used. Receptors and sources are allowed at any location. Hill slopes are assumed not to exceed 15°, so that the linearized equation of motion for Boussinesq flow are applicable. Receptors upwind of the impingement point, or those associated with any of the hills in the modeling domain, require separate treatment.
                                <PRTPAGE P="95074"/>
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">g. Plume Behavior</HD>
                            <P>(1) As in CTDM, the basic plume rise algorithms are based on Briggs' (1975) recommendations.</P>
                            <P>
                                (2) A central feature of CTDMPLUS for neutral/stable conditions is its use of a critical dividing-streamline height (H
                                <E T="52">c</E>
                                ) to separate the flow in the vicinity of a hill into two separate layers. The plume component in the upper layer has sufficient kinetic energy to pass over the top of the hill while streamlines in the lower portion are constrained to flow in a horizontal plane around the hill. Two separate components of CTDMPLUS compute ground-level concentrations resulting from plume material in each of these flows.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (3) The model calculates on an hourly (or appropriate steady averaging period) basis how the plume trajectory (and, in stable/neutral conditions, the shape) is deformed by each hill. Hourly profiles of wind and temperature measurements are used by CTDMPLUS to compute plume rise, plume penetration (a formulation is included to handle penetration into elevated stable layers, based on Briggs (1984)), convective scaling parameters, the value of H
                                <E T="52">c</E>
                                , and the Froude number above H
                                <E T="52">c</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">h. Horizontal Winds</HD>
                            <P>CTDMPLUS does not simulate calm meteorological conditions. Both scalar and vector wind speed observations can be read by the model. If vector wind speed is unavailable, it is calculated from the scalar wind speed. The assignment of wind speed (either vector or scalar) at plume height is done by either:</P>
                            <P>• Interpolating between observations above and below the plume height, or</P>
                            <P>• Extrapolating (within the surface layer) from the nearest measurement height to the plume height.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">i. Vertical Wind Speed</HD>
                            <P>
                                Vertical flow is treated for the plume component above the critical dividing streamline height (H
                                <E T="52">c</E>
                                ); 
                                <E T="03">see</E>
                                 “Plume Behavior.”
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">j. Horizontal Dispersion</HD>
                            <P>Horizontal dispersion for stable/neutral conditions is related to the turbulence velocity scale for lateral fluctuations, σv, for which a minimum value of 0.2 m/s is used. Convective scaling formulations are used to estimate horizontal dispersion for unstable conditions.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">k. Vertical Dispersion</HD>
                            <P>
                                Direct estimates of vertical dispersion for stable/neutral conditions are based on observed vertical turbulence intensity, 
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 σw (standard deviation of the vertical velocity fluctuation). In simulating unstable (convective) conditions, CTDMPLUS relies on a skewed, bi-Gaussian probability density function (pdf) description of the vertical velocities to estimate the vertical distribution of pollutant concentration.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">l. Chemical Transformation</HD>
                            <P>Chemical transformation is not treated by CTDMPLUS.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">m. Physical Removal</HD>
                            <P>Physical removal is not treated by CTDMPLUS (complete reflection at the ground/hill surface is assumed).</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">n. Evaluation Studies</HD>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Burns, D.J., L.H. Adams and S.G. Perry, 1990. Testing and Evaluation of the CTDMPLUS Dispersion Model: Daytime Convective Conditions. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Paumier, J.O., S.G. Perry and D.J. Burns, 1990. An Analysis of CTDMPLUS Model Predictions with the Lovett Power Plant Data Base. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                Paumier, J.O., S.G. Perry and D.J. Burns, 1992. CTDMPLUS: A Dispersion Model for Sources near Complex Topography. Part II: Performance Characteristics. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of Applied Meteorology,</E>
                                 31(7): 646-660.
                            </FP>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.3 OCD (Offshore and Coastal Dispersion) Model</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">Reference</HD>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">DiCristofaro, DC and S.R. Hanna, 1989. OCD: The Offshore and Coastal Dispersion Model, Version 4. Volume I: User's Guide, and Volume II: Appendices. Sigma Research Corporation, Westford, MA. (NTIS Nos. PB 93-144384 and PB 93-144392).</FP>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">Availability</HD>
                            <P>The model codes and associated documentation are available on EPA's SCRAM website (paragraph A.0(3)).</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">Abstract</HD>
                            <P>(1) OCD is a straight-line Gaussian model developed to determine the impact of offshore emissions from point, area or line sources on the air quality of coastal regions. OCD incorporates overwater plume transport and dispersion as well as changes that occur as the plume crosses the shoreline. Hourly meteorological data are needed from both offshore and onshore locations. These include water surface temperature, overwater air temperature, mixing height, and relative humidity.</P>
                            <P>(2) Some of the key features include platform building downwash, partial plume penetration into elevated inversions, direct use of turbulence intensities for plume dispersion, interaction with the overland internal boundary layer, and continuous shoreline fumigation.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Regulatory Use</HD>
                            <P>OCD is applicable for overwater sources where onshore receptors are below the lowest source height. Where onshore receptors are above the lowest source height, offshore plume transport and dispersion may be modeled on a case-by-case basis in consultation with the appropriate reviewing authority (paragraph 3.0(b)).</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Input Requirements</HD>
                            <P>
                                (1) 
                                <E T="03">Source data:</E>
                                 Point, area or line source location, pollutant emission rate, building height, stack height, stack gas temperature, stack inside diameter, stack gas exit velocity, stack angle from vertical, elevation of stack base above water surface and gridded specification of the land/water surfaces. As an option, emission rate, stack gas exit velocity and temperature can be varied hourly.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (2) 
                                <E T="03">Meteorological data:</E>
                                 PCRAMMET is the recommended meteorological data preprocessor for use in applications of OCD employing hourly NWS data. MPRM is the recommended meteorological data preprocessor for applications of OCD employing site-specific meteorological data
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (i) 
                                <E T="03">Over land:</E>
                                 Surface weather data including hourly stability class, wind direction, wind speed, ambient temperature, and mixing height are required.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (ii) 
                                <E T="03">Over water:</E>
                                 Hourly values for mixing height, relative humidity, air temperature, and water surface temperature are required; if wind speed/direction are missing, values over land will be used (if available); vertical wind direction shear, vertical temperature gradient, and turbulence intensities are optional.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (3) 
                                <E T="03">Receptor data:</E>
                                 Location, height above local ground-level, ground-level elevation above the water surface.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Output</HD>
                            <P>(1) All input options, specification of sources, receptors and land/water map including locations of sources and receptors.</P>
                            <P>(2) Summary tables of five highest concentrations at each receptor for each averaging period, and average concentration for entire run period at each receptor.</P>
                            <P>(3) Optional case study printout with hourly plume and receptor characteristics. Optional table of annual impact assessment from non-permanent activities.</P>
                            <P>(4) Concentration output files can be used by ANALYSIS postprocessor to produce the highest concentrations for each receptor, the cumulative frequency distributions for each receptor, the tabulation of all concentrations exceeding a given threshold, and the manipulation of hourly concentration files.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Type of Model</HD>
                            <P>OCD is a Gaussian plume model constructed on the framework of the MPTER model.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. Pollutant Types</HD>
                            <P>OCD may be used to model primary pollutants. Settling and deposition are not treated.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">f. Source-Receptor Relationship</HD>
                            <P>(1) Up to 250 point sources, 5 area sources, or 1 line source and 180 receptors may be used.</P>
                            <P>(2) Receptors and sources are allowed at any location.</P>
                            <P>(3) The coastal configuration is determined by a grid of up to 3600 rectangles. Each element of the grid is designated as either land or water to identify the coastline.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">g. Plume Behavior</HD>
                            <P>(1) The basic plume rise algorithms are based on Briggs' recommendations.</P>
                            <P>(2) Momentum rise includes consideration of the stack angle from the vertical.</P>
                            <P>
                                (3) The effect of drilling platforms, ships, or any overwater obstructions near the source are used to decrease plume rise using a 
                                <PRTPAGE P="95075"/>
                                revised platform downwash algorithm based on laboratory experiments.
                            </P>
                            <P>(4) Partial plume penetration of elevated inversions is included using the suggestions of Briggs (1975) and Weil and Brower (1984).</P>
                            <P>(5) Continuous shoreline fumigation is parameterized using the Turner method where complete vertical mixing through the thermal internal boundary layer (TIBL) occurs as soon as the plume intercepts the TIBL.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">h. Horizontal Winds</HD>
                            <P>(1) Constant, uniform wind is assumed for each hour.</P>
                            <P>(2) Overwater wind speed can be estimated from overland wind speed using relationship of Hsu (1981).</P>
                            <P>(3) Wind speed profiles are estimated using similarity theory (Businger, 1973). Surface layer fluxes for these formulas are calculated from bulk aerodynamic methods.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">i. Vertical Wind Speed</HD>
                            <P>Vertical wind speed is assumed equal to zero.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">j. Horizontal Dispersion</HD>
                            <P>(1) Lateral turbulence intensity is recommended as a direct estimate of horizontal dispersion. If lateral turbulence intensity is not available, it is estimated from boundary layer theory. For wind speeds less than 8 m/s, lateral turbulence intensity is assumed inversely proportional to wind speed.</P>
                            <P>(2) Horizontal dispersion may be enhanced because of obstructions near the source. A virtual source technique is used to simulate the initial plume dilution due to downwash.</P>
                            <P>(3) Formulas recommended by Pasquill (1976) are used to calculate buoyant plume enhancement and wind direction shear enhancement.</P>
                            <P>(4) At the water/land interface, the change to overland dispersion rates is modeled using a virtual source. The overland dispersion rates can be calculated from either lateral turbulence intensity or Pasquill-Gifford curves. The change is implemented where the plume intercepts the rising internal boundary layer.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">k. Vertical Dispersion</HD>
                            <P>(1) Observed vertical turbulence intensity is not recommended as a direct estimate of vertical dispersion. Turbulence intensity should be estimated from boundary layer theory as default in the model. For very stable conditions, vertical dispersion is also a function of lapse rate.</P>
                            <P>(2) Vertical dispersion may be enhanced because of obstructions near the source. A virtual source technique is used to simulate the initial plume dilution due to downwash.</P>
                            <P>(3) Formulas recommended by Pasquill (1976) are used to calculate buoyant plume enhancement.</P>
                            <P>(4) At the water/land interface, the change to overland dispersion rates is modeled using a virtual source. The overland dispersion rates can be calculated from either vertical turbulence intensity or the Pasquill-Gifford coefficients. The change is implemented where the plume intercepts the rising internal boundary layer.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">l. Chemical Transformation</HD>
                            <P>Chemical transformations are treated using exponential decay. Different rates can be specified by month and by day or night.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">m. Physical Removal</HD>
                            <P>Physical removal is also treated using exponential decay.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">n. Evaluation Studies</HD>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">DiCristofaro, DC and S.R. Hanna, 1989. OCD: The Offshore and Coastal Dispersion Model. Volume I: User's Guide. Sigma Research Corporation, Westford, MA.</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Hanna, S.R., L.L. Schulman, R.J. Paine and J.E. Pleim, 1984. The Offshore and Coastal Dispersion (OCD) Model User's Guide, Revised. OCS Study, MMS 84-0069. Environmental Research &amp; Technology, Inc., Concord, MA. (NTIS No. PB 86-159803).</FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                Hanna, S.R., L.L. Schulman, R.J. Paine, J.E. Pleim and M. Baer, 1985. Development and Evaluation of the Offshore and Coastal Dispersion (OCD) Model. 
                                <E T="03">Journal of the Air Pollution Control Association,</E>
                                 35: 1039-1047.
                            </FP>
                            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Hanna, S.R. and DC DiCristofaro, 1988. Development and Evaluation of the OCD/API Model. Final Report, API Pub. 4461, American Petroleum Institute, Washington, DC.</FP>
                        </EXTRACT>
                    </REGTEXT>
                </SUPLINF>
                <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-27636 Filed 11-27-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
            </RULE>
        </RULES>
    </NEWPART>
</FEDREG>
